Full text of "The Apocalypse revealed : wherein are disclosed the arcana there foretold which have hitherto remained concealed"

See other formats

I
I

0i t\xe Wnbgiat M

PRINCETON, N. J.

Shelf. Numbe

Division . . .
Sec/ion...:

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2014

https://archive.org/details/apocalypserevealOOswed

THE

Apocalypse Revealed;

WHEREIN ARE DISCLOSED

THE ARCANA THERE FORETOLD, WHICH
HAVE HITHERTO REMAINED
CONCEALED.

FROM THE LATIN OP

EMANUEL SWEDENBORG.

€fjc Bote!) Etittton

APPROVED BY THE GENERAL CONVENTION.

PHILADELPHIA:
J. B. LIPPINCOTT AND COMPANY

1883

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1874, by

SAMPSON REED, PELEG W. CHANDLER, AND THEOPHILUS PARSONS

(trustees),

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.

NOTE.

Mrs. Lydia S. Rotch, by her last will, made the follow-
ing bequest : —

"Thirdly, — I give and bequeath unto John H. Wilkins,
Sampson Reed, and Peleg W. Chandler, Esqrs., of Boston,
and to Theophilus Parsons, of Cambridge, the sum of fifteen
thousand dollars, to them and their successors in trust, to be
used and applied at their joint discretion for the benefit of the
General Convention of the receivers of the doctrines of the New
Jerusalem in the United States ; with full power and with in-
structions to supply by appointment and joint selection any
vacancy which may at any time during the existence or continu-
ance of this trust arise from the inability, death, or resignation
of any one or more of the above-named trustees."

Mr. Wilkins died before Mrs. Rotch. The Trustees,
in their report to the Convention in 1873, expressed the
intention of devoting a portion of the Rotch Fund to the
publication of a new edition of Swedenborg's Theological
Writings. The Convention approved thereof, and referred
this part of the report to the Board of Publication, recom-
mending to the Board, and also to the Trustees, that they
co-operate in the work. The Board appointed a com-
mittee, consisting of Rev. James Reed, Rev. T. B. Hay-
ward, and Rev. J. Worcester, to confer with the Trustees
in the preparation of translations or revisions ; and this
committee have attended to that duty.

" The Apocalypse Revealed " is now offered to the
public as the first-fruits of these labors. This transla-
tion was made by Rev. T. B. Hayward, and revised by
Rev. John Worcester.

Boston, October, 1874.

PREFACE.

There are many who have toiled in the explanation
of the Apocalypse ; but, as the spiritual sense of the
Word had been hitherto unknown, they were unable
to see the arcana which lie stored up in it, for these
the spiritual sense alone discloses ; on which account
expositors have conjectured various things, and the
most of them have applied the things that are in it to
the states of empires, intermingling also some things
about ecclesiastical matters. But the Apocalypse,
like the whole Word, does not in its spiritual sense
treat at all of worldly things, but of heavenly things ;
consequently not of empires and kingdoms, but of
heaven and the church. It is to be known, that aftei
the last judgment, which was accomplished in the
spiiitual world in the year 1757, — described in a
small work by itself, published at London in 1758, —
there was formed a New Heaven of the Christians ;
but of those only who could receive [the truth] that
the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, according
to His words in Matthew xxviii. 18, and who at the
same time had in the world repented of their evil

PREFACE.

works. From this heaven a New Church on earth,
which is the New Jerusalem, is descending and is to
descend. That this Church will acknowledge the
Lord alone, is manifest from these passages in the
Apocalypse : There came unto me one of the seven
angels, and spake with me, saying, Come, I will show
thee the - Bride, the Lamb's Wife : and he showed
me the great City holy Jerusalem coming down out
of heaven ffotn God (chap, xxi, 9, 10). And again :
Let us be glad and rejoice ; for the time of the
Marriage of the Lamb is come, and His Wife hath
made herself ready. Blessed are they that are called
unto the Marriage Supper of the Lamb (chap. xix.
7, 9). That there is to be a New Heaven, and
that a New Church on earth will descend therefrom,
is manifest from these words there : / saw a New
Heaven and a New Earth ; and I sazv the holy City
Jerusalem coming dozvn from God out of heaven, pre-
pared as a Bride adorned for her Husband. He thai
sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all thi?igs
nezv : and He said unto me. Write, for these words
are true and faithful (chap. xxi. 1, 2, 5). The New
Heaven is a new Heaven from the Christians : the
New Jerusalem is a new Church on earth, which will
act as one with that new Heaven. The Lamb is the
Lord as to His Divine Human.

To this some things shall be added for illustration
The Christian Heaven is below the Ancient Heavens.
Into it, from the time of the Lord, when He was in
the world, were admitted those who worshipped one

PREFACE.

God under three persons, and who at the same time
had not the idea of three Gods ; and this for the
reason that a Trinity of Persons has been received in
the whole Christian world. But they who cherished
no other idea of the Lord's Human than as of the
human of another man, could not receive the faith of
the New Jerusalem ; which is, that the Lord is the
only God, in whom is a Trinity. These were for
that reason separated, and were sent away to the
extremes : it was given me to see the separations
after the last judgment, and the removals. For the
whole Heaven is founded upon a just idea of God,
and the whole Church on earth, and in general all
religion ; since by it there is conjunction, and by con-
junction light, wisdom, and eternal happiness.

Every one can see that the Apocalypse can by no
means be explained but by the Lord alone ;. for each
word therein contains arcana, which would in no wise
be known without a particular enlightenment, and
thus revelation : on which account it has pleased the
Lord to open the sight of my spirit, and to teach me.
Do not believe, therefore, that I have taken any thing
herein from myself, nor from any angel, but from the
Lord alone. The Lord also said to John through the
angeM Seal not the words of the prophecy of this
Book (chap. xxii. 10) ; by which is meant that they are
to be made manifest.

A SUMMARY

DOCTRINES OF THE ROMAN CATHOLIC
CHURCH AND RELIGION.

Since Babylon, which is the Roman Catholic Religion,
is also treated of in the Apocalypse, chap, xvii., xviii., xix.,
its doctrinal tenets must first be presented, and in this
order : Of Baptism, the Eucharist or Holy Supper, Masses,
Repentance, Justification, Purgatory, the Seven Sacra-
ments, the Saints, and Power.

I. Of Baptism they teach these things : That Adam,
after the offence of disobedience, was wholly changed for
the worse as to body and soul : that that sin was transfused
into all the human race : that this original sin is taken
away only by the merit of Christ ; and that the merit of
Christ is applied by the Sacrament of Baptism ; and that
the whole guilt of original sin is thus taken away by Bap-
tism : that in baptized persons there still remains lust
as an incentive to sins, but not sin : that they thus put
on Christ, become a new creature, and obtain the full
and entire remission of their sins. Baptism is called the
washing of regeneration and of faith. That the baptized,
when grown up, are to be questioned concerning the
promises made by their sponsors, which is the Sacrament
of Confirmation. That, on account of lapses after Baptism,
the Sacrament of Repentance is necessary.

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

II. The Eucharist or Holy Supper. That, immedl
ately after consecration, the true body and the true blood
of Jesus Christ, together with His Soul and Divinity, are
really and substantially contained in the form of the Bread
and Wine, — His Body in the form of the Bread, and His
Blood in the form of the Wine, — by virtue of the words :
yet the body itself in the form of the Wine, and the
Blood in the form of the Bread, and the Soul in both,
by virtue of the natural connection and concomitance
by which the parts of the Lord Christ are connected with
each other ; and the Divinity by reason of its admirable
hypostatic union with the body and the soul ; and thus
that they are just as much contained in either form as in
both ; in a word, that the whole and entire Christ exists
in the form of the Bread and in every part of that form,
and the whole also in the form of the Wine and in its
parts : that on this account the two forms are separated,
and the Bread is given to the laity, and the Wine is for
the clergy. That water is to be mixed with the wine in
the cup. That the laity shall receive the communion
from the clergy, and the clergy from themselves. That
the true Body and true Blood of Christ is in the host after
consecration in the consecrated particles ; and that the
host is for that reason to be adored when it is shown
and carried around. That this wonderful and singular
conversion of the whole substance of the Bread into Body
and the whole substance of the Wine into Blood is called
Tran substantiation. That communion under both forms
may be granted by the Pope under certain conditions. Jt
is called supersubstantial Bread, and the Bread of Angels,
which the latter eat without veilings : it is also called spir-
itual food ; also, the antidote by which they are delivered
from their sins.

III. Masses. It is called the sacrifice of the Mass, since
the sacrifice by which Christ offered Himself to God the
Father is represented in this under the form of the Bread

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

and Wine : that hence there is in it a sacrifice truly pro-
pitiatory, pure, and altogether holy. That if the people do
not commune sacramentally, but only the minister, then the
people commune spiritually ; because the ministers do it not
for themselves only, but for all the faithful who belong to the
body of Christ. That masses ought not to be performed
hi the vulgar tongue, because they contain the great learn-
ing of the faithful people ; but that the ministers should de-
clare something of it on the Lord's days ; that it is ordained
that some things which are mystical should be pronounced
with a subdued, and some things with a louder, voice : and
that in order to give majesty to so great a sacrifice which
is offered to God, there should be lights, incense, garments,
and othei similar things. That it is to be offered for the sins,
penalties, satisfactions, and any necessities, of the living ;
and for the dead. That masses in honor of the saints are
thanksgivings, on account of their interceding when they
are implored.

IV. Repentance. That besides Baptism there is the
sacrament of Repentance, by which the benefit of Christ's
death and merit is applied to them that lapse after Bap-
tism ; on which account it is called a kind of laborious
baptism. That the parts of Repentance are Contrition,
Confession, and Satisfaction : that Contrition is the gift of
God, and the impulse of the Holy Spirit not yet indwell-
ing, but only moving ; and thus that it is a disposing.
That there ought to be Confession of all mortal sins, even
the most hidden, and of the intentions : that sins which
are kept back are not remitted j but that those which on
examination do not occur, are included in the confession :
that it ought to be made at least once in a year: that sins
are to be absolved by ministers of the keys ; and that they
are remitted when they say, I absolve : that Absolution is
like the act of a judge when sentence is pronounced : that
the graver sins are to be absolved by the bishops, and the
still more grave by the pope. Satisfaction : that it is made

lO THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

by satisfactory penalties, to be imposed by the minister
at discretion, according to the measure of the offence :
that when eternal punishment is remitted, temporal punish-
ment is also. That the power of Indulgences was left by
Christ to the church • and that the use of them is most
salutary.

V. Justification. That the transmission from that
state in which man is born a son of Adam into a state of
grace through the second Adam, the Saviour, is not effected
without the washing of regeneration and of faith, or Bap-
tism. That the second beginning of justification is from
preventing grace, which is a Calling ; with which man
co-operates by converting himself. That a disposing is
effected by Faith, when one believes the things to be true
which are revealed, to which he is moved freely ; also by
Hope, while he believes that God is propitious for Christ's
sake ; and by Charity, by which he begins to love the
neighbor, and to hate sin. That Justification, which fol-
lows, is not only the remission of sins, but sanctification,
and the renovation of the inner man : that they are then
not reputed just, but that they are just, receiving justice
into themselves : and that, because they receive the merit
of Christ's passion, justification is thus ingrafted by Faith,
Hope, and Charity. That Faith is the beginning of human
salvation, the foundation and root of Justification ; and
that this is being justified by faith : and because nothing
of those things which precede Justification, whether faith
or works, merits the grace of justification, that this is
being justified gratuitously, for it is a preventing grace :
and that still man is justified by works, and not by faith
alone : that the just may fall into light and venial sins, and
still be just : and that the just ought on that account con-
tinually to labor by prayers, oblations, alms, and fasts, lest
they fall ; because they are born again into the hope of
glory, and not into glory. That the Just, if they fall away
from the grace of justification, may again be justified by

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

I 1

the sacrament of Repentance : that by any mortal sin
grace is lost, but not faith ; yet that by unbelief, which is
a receding from religion, faith also is lost. That the works
of the justified man are merits ; and that the justified
merit eternal life by those that are done by them through
the grace of God and the merit of Christ. That Free-will
was not lost and extinguished after the sin of Adam ; and
lhat man co-operates by assenting to the calling of God ;
and that otherwise he would be an inanimate body. Pre-
destination they establish; saying that no one knows
whether he is in the number oi the predestinated, and
among those whom God had elected to Himself, except by
special revelation.

VI. Purgatory. That the guilt for which temporal
punishment is to be suffered is not all blotted out by Justi-
fication : that therefore all come into Purgatory, that they
may be absolved, before the way is open into heaven.
That the souls there detained are helped by the suffrages
of the faithful, and especially by the sacrifice of the Mass ;
and that this is diligently to be taught and preached. The
torments there are variously described ; but they are inven-
tions, — in themselves figments.

VII. The Seven Sacraments. That there are seven
sacraments, Baptism, Confirmation, the Eucharist, Repent-
ance, Extreme Unction, Order, and Matrimony : that there
are not more, nor less : that one is of greater dignity than
another : that they contain grace ; and that owing to the
work wrought by them grace is conferred : that there were
just so many sacraments of the Ancient Law. Baptism,
Confirmation, the Eucharist, and Repentance, have been
treated of above. The Sacrament 0/ Extreme Miction: that
it is from James v. 14, 15 : that it is done to the sick near
the end of life ; whence it is called the sacrament of the
departing : that if they recover, it may be applied again :
that it is clone with oil blessed by a bishop, and in these
words : " May God grant thee indulgence for whalevei

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

thou hast committed through fault of the eyes, of the nos-
trils, or of the touch." The Sacrament of Order: that
there are seven orders in the Ministry of the Priesthood,
which differ in dignity, and are together called the Eccle-
siastical Hierarchy, which is like the orderly arrangement
of an encampment : that inaugurations into the ministry
are by anointings, and by the transmissions of the Holy
Spiiit into them. That for the ordinations of Bishops
and Priests the secular power, or the consent or calling
or authority of the magistracy, is not required : that they
who, appointed by a calling from them, only climb up to
the ministry, are not ministers, but thieves and robbers,
who do not enter in by the door. The Sacrament of Mat-
rimony : that the dispensation of degrees and divorces
belongs to the Church : that the clergy shall not contract
matrimony : that they may all have the gift of chastity ;
and if any one says he cannot, when yet he has vowed, let
him be anathema ; because God does not deny it to them
that rightly seek it ; and does not suffer any one to be
tempted beyond what he can bear. That the state of
virginity and celibacy is to be preferred to the married
state : besides other things.

VIII. The Saints. That the Saints reigning together
with Christ offer to God their orisons for men : that Christ
is to be adored, and that the saints are to be invoked:
that the invocation of the saints is not idolatrous , nor is it
derogatory to the honor of the one Mediator between God
and men : it is called latria. That images of Christ, of
Mary the mother of God, and of the saints, are to be
venerated and honored j not that it is to be believed that
there is divinity and virtue in them, but that the honor
which is paid to them is referred to the prototypes which
they represent ; and that through the images, which they
kiss, and before which they fall prostrate and uncover the
head, they adore Christ, and venerate the saints : that
the miracles of God are done through the saints.

THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CHURCH.

IX. Power. That the Pope of Rome is the successor
of' the apostle Peter, and the vicar of Jesus Christ, — the
head of the Church, and the universal bishop : that he
is above Councils : that he has the keys to open and shut
heaven, and thus the power of remitting and retaining
sins : that to him, therefore, as the key-bearer of eternal
life, the rights at once of earthly and heavenly empire
belong : that from him also the bishops and priests have
such power, because it was also given to the rest of the
apostles ; and that on that account they are called minis-
ters of the keys. That it is for the Church to judge of
the true sense and interpretation of the Sacred Scrip-
ture ; and that they who oppose it are to be punished by
penalties established by law. That it is not fitting for the
laity to read the Sacred Scripture, since no one knows
the sense of it but the Church : hence her ministers make
traffic of their knowledge of it.

X. The above are from Councils and Bulls, especially
from the Council of Trent and the papal Bull confirming
it ; wherein they condemn by anathema all who think,
believe, and do contrary to the things which were decreed,
which in general are adduced above.

A SUMMARY

DOCTRINES OF THE CHURCH AND RELIGION
OF THE REFORMED.

Since the Reformed are much treated of in the Apoca-
lypse in its spiritual sense, for that reason, before enter-
ing upon the explanations, their Doctrinal tenets are also
to be laid open, and in this order : Of God, of Christ
the Lord, of Justification by faith and of good works, of
the Law and the Gospel, Repentance and Confession,
Original Sin, of Baptism, the Holy Supper, Free-Agency,
and of the Church.

L Of God. Concerning God they believe in con-
formity with the Athanasian Creed ; which, as it is in
every one's hand, is not here presented. It is also known
that they believe in God the Father as the Creator and
Preserver, in God the Son as the Saviour and Redeemer,
and in the Holy Spirit as the Enlightener and Sanctifier.

II. Of Christ the Lord. Concerning the person
of Christ the Reformed do not all teach alike. The Lu-
therans teach thus : That the virgin Mary conceived and
gave birth to, not a true man only, but also the true Son
of God ; whence she is rightly called, and in reality is, the
mother of God. That in Christ there are two natures,
the Divine and the human, — the Divine from eternity,
and the human in time : that these two natures are united

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

personally j and thus there are by no means two Christs*
the one the Son of God, and the other the Son of man ;
but that one and the same is the Son of God and the Son
of man : not that the two natures are commingled into
one substance, nor that the one is changed into the other ;
but that both natures retain their essential properties ; and
the quality of these is also described : that their union is
hypostatic ; and that this is the highest communion, like
that of the soul and body : that thus it is rightly said,
that in Christ God is Man and Man God. That He did
not suffer for us as a mere man only, but as a man whose
human nature has so close and ineffable a union and com-
munion with the Son of God, that it became one person
with Him. That the Son of God truly suffered for us, but
still according to the properties of the human nature. That
the Son of man, by which is meant Christ as to the human
nature, was really exalted to the right hand of God, when
He was taken into God ; which was done as soon as He
was conceived of the Holy Spirit in the womb of the mother:
that Christ, by reason of the personal union, always had
that majesty ; but that in the state of exinanition He did
not exercise it, except so far as seemed good to Him ; yet
that after the resurrection He fully and altogether laid
aside the form of a servant, and established the human
nature or essence in the plenary possession of the Divine
majesty; and that in this manner He entered into glory:
in a word, Christ is and for ever remains true God and
Man in one undivided person; and this true, omnipotent,
and eterna! God, present at the right hand of God even as
to His Human, governs all things in the heavens and on
earth, and also fills all things, is with us, and dwells and
operates in us: that there is no difference in the adoration
because through the nature which is seen the Divinity which
is not seen is adored. That the Divine Essence communi-
cates and imparts its own excellencies to the Human Nature,
and that it performs its Divine operations through the body

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

as through an organ : that thus all the fulness of the God-
head dwells in Christ bodily, according to Paul. That the
Incarnation took place, that He might reconcile \he Father
to us, and become a sacrifice for the sins of the who. " world,
as well original as actual. That He was incarnated from
the substance of the Holy Spirit ; but that the Human
Nature was produced from the virgin Mary, which He, as
the Word, assumed, and united to Himself. That He
sanctifies them that believe in Him, the Holy Spirit being
sent into their hearts, to govern, comfort, and vivify them,
and defend them against the devil and the power of sin.
That Christ descended to those below, and destroyed hell
for all believers ; yet in what manner these things were
effected, He does not wish them curiously to search out :
but the knowledge of this matter may be reserved to another
age, when not only this mystery, but many others also, will
be revealed. These things are from Luther, the Augustan
Confession, the Nicene Council, and the Smalcaldic Articles :
see the Formula Concordiae.

By another portion of the Reformed, in regard to whom
see also the Formula Concordiae, it is believed that Christ
by exaltation as to His Human Nature received only created
gifts and finite power ; and thus that He is a man like
another, retaining the properties of the flesh : that for that
reason as to His Human Nature He is not omnipresent
and omniscient : yet that though absent He governs as King
things remote from Himself: that as God from eternity He
is with the Father, and as a Man born in time He is with
the angels in heaven ; and that it is a figurative expression,
that " in Christ God is Man and Man God : " besides other
similar things.

But this disagreement is brought to an end by the creed
of Athanasius, which, is received by all in the Christian
world, and in which are these words: "The true faith is,
that we should believe and confess, that our Lord Jesus
Christ, the Son of God, is God and Man ; God from the

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

substance of the Father, born before the world, and Man
from the substance of the mother, born in the world •
perfect God and perfect Man : and although He is God
and Man, yet they are not two, but one Christ \ One, not
by the conversion of the Divine Essence into body, but by
the assumption of His Human into God ; altogether One,
not by confusion of substance, but by unity of Person ;
since as the rational soul and the body are one man, so
God and Man are one Christ."

III. Of Justification by Faith, and of Good Works.
The justifying and saving faith of the clergy is this : that
God the Father turned Himself away from the human race
on account of their iniquities, and so from justice condemned
them to eternal death ; and that on that account He sent
the Son into the world, to expiate and redeem, and to sat-
isfy and to reconcile ; and that the Son did this by His
taking upon Himself the condemnation of the Law, and
suffering Himself to be crucified ; and that in this manner
and by obedience He fulfilled all God's justice, so far that
He became justice ; and that this justice as His merit God
the Father imputes and applies to believers ; and sends to
them the Holy Spirit, who operates charity, good works,
and repentance, as a good tree bears good fruit ; and justi-
fies, renews, regenerates, and sanctifies them : and that this
faith is the only means of salvation ; and that by it alone
sins are remitted to man. They distinguish between the
act and the state of Justification. By the act of justification
they mean the commencement of justification ; which takes
place at the moment when a man, by that faith alone, takes
hold of the merit of Christ with confidence. By the state
of Justification they mean the progress of that faith, which
is effected by the interior operation of the Holy Spirit ;
which does not manifest itself except by certain signs, about
which they teach various things. They teach also manifest
good works, which are done by the man and his will, and
which follow that faith ; but they exclude them from justifi-

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

cation, because the proprium (ownhood) and thus the merit
of the man is in them. This is the faith of the present day
in a summary: but the confirmations of it and the traditions
concerning it are many and manifold ; from which some
also shall be adduced, which are, that men cannot be jus-
tified before God by their own powers, merits, and woiks,
but gratuitously for Christ's sake, through faith, — through
this, that they believe themselves to be received into grace,
and their sins to be remitted, for His sake, who by His
death made satisfaction for us ; and that God the Father
imputes this to believers for righteousness before Him.
That this faith is not only the historical knowledge that
Christ suffered and died for us, but also cordial assent,
confidence and trust that their sins are remitted and them-
selves justified gratuitously for Christ's sake : and that then
these three things concur, the gratuitous Promise, Christ's
Merit as the price, and Propitiation. That faith is the jus-
tice by which we are reputed just before God on account
of the Promise ; and that to be justified is to be absolved
from sins ; and that it may also in a certain way be called
being vivified and regenerated : that faith is reckoned to
us for justice, not because it is so good a work, but because
it takes hold upon Christ's merit : that Christ's merit is
His obedience, passion, death, and resurrection : that it
is necessary that there should be something by which God
can be approached ; and that this is nothing else but the
faith by which reception is effected. That in the act of
justification faith enters through the Word and the hearing ;
and that it is not the man's act, but is the operation of the
Holy Spirit ; and that the man does not then co-operate
any more than a pillar of salt, a stock, or a stone ; doing
nothing of himself, and knowing nothing about t ; but that
he co-operates after the act, yet not with any will of his
own in spiritual things : it is otherwise in natural, civil, and
moral things : but yet that they can then so far progress in
spiritual things, as to will good, and be delighted with it ,

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

but this veiy thing not by their own will, but by the Holy
Spirit: and that they thus co-operate, not by their own
powers, but by new powers and gifts, which the Holy Spirit
commenced at their conversion : and that in true conversion,
a change, renovation, and movement are effected in man's
understanding and heart: that charity, good works, and
repentance do not enter into the act of justification j but that
(hey are necessary in the state of justification, especially on
i account of God's command : and that by means of them they
merit the corporeal rewards of this life, but not the remission
of sins and the glory of eternal life; because faith alone,
without the works of the law, justifies and saves. That faith
in act justifies man, but faith in state renews him. That in
renovation, on account of God's command, the virtuous works
which the Decalogue prescribes are necessary to be done,
because God wills that the carnal lusts should be restrained
by civil discipline ; on which account He has given doctrine,
laws, magistracies, and punishments : that for that reason it
follows that it is false, that we merit the remission of sins
and salvation by works ; also that works do any thing
towards preserving faith : and that it is also false, that a
man is reputed just on account of the justice of his reason ;
and that reason can by its own powers love God above all
things, and do His law : in a word, that faith and salvation
are preserved and retained in men, not by good works, but
only by the Spirit of God and by faith : but still that good
works are testimonies that the Holy Spirit is present, and
is dwelling in them. The expression, that good works are
injurious to salvation, is condemned as pernicious ; because
it is the interior works of the Holy Spirit that are to be
understood as good, and not the exterior ones proceeding
from man's own will ; which are not good, but evil, because
meritorious. They maintain, besides, that at the last
judgment Christ is to pass sentence upon good and evil
works, as the effects, proper and not proper to man's faith.
This faith reigns at this day among the clergy in the whole

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

Reformed Christian world ; but not with the laity, except
a very few . For the laity understand nothing else by faith,
but to believe in God the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit ;
and that he who lives well and believes well, is saved :
and concerning the Lord, that He is the Saviour. For they
are ignorant of their preachers' mysteries of justification ;
and though these preach them, still with their lay hearers they
enter at one ear, and go out at the other : but the teachers
themselves repute themselves learned from the knowledge
of them, and labor much in their Colleges and Universities
to acquire them : on which account it was said above, that
that faith is the faith of the clergy. But still the teachers
teach this same faith diversely in the kingdoms where the
Reformed are. In Germany, Sweden, and Denmark : that
the Holy Spirit operates through that faith, and justifies
and sanctifies men, and afterwards gradually renews and
regenerates them, but without the works of the Law : and
that they who are in that faith from trust and confidence,
are in grace with God the Father : and that then the evils
which they do appear indeed, but are continually remitted.
In England : that that faith works charity without man's
knowing it : and that this also is a good of charity, that a
man interiorly feels the Holy Spirit working within him ;
and that if he does not feel it, and still does good for the
sake of salvation, this may be called good ; but still that
it derives from the man that there is merit in it : also that
that faith may operate this at the last hour of death ; yet
it is not known how. In Holla?id : that God the Father,
for the Son's sake, through the Holy Spirit, justifies and
purifies man interiorly by that faith j but as far as his own
will, from which He turns himself away, without touching
it : some teach that He touches it lightly ; and that so the
evils of man's will do not appear before God. But few of
the laity are acquainted with these mysteries of theirs ; noi
are they willing to publish them as they are, because they
know that they do not relish them.

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

IV. The Law and the Gospel. That the Law was
given by God, that it may be known what sin is ; and thus
that it may be restrained by threats and fears, and then
by the promise and announcement of grace : on which
account it is the chief office of the Law, that original sin
and all its fruits may be revealed, and that it may be known
to what a horrible extent man's nature has fallen, and how
deeply it is depraved. By this means it terrifies, humbles,
and prostrates man, until he despairs for himself, and anx-
iously desires help. This effect of the Law is called Con-
trition, which is not active or factitious, but is passive
and the torture of conscience. But the Gospel is the
whole Doctrine concerning Christ and faith, and thus
concerning the remission of sins ; consequently the most
gladdening messenger, not accusing and terrifying, but
comforting. By the Law God's anger against all impiety
is revealed, and man is condemned : wherefore it causes
man to look to Christ and to the Gospel. There must be
the preaching of both, because they are conjoined. The
Gospel teaches that Christ took upon Himself all the curse
of the Law, and expiated all sins ; and that we obtain remis-
sion by faith. That the Holy Spirit is given and received,
and the heart of man renewed, by the preaching, not of
the Law, but of the Gospel ; and that the Spirit then uses
the ministry of the Law, to teach and point out by the
Decalogue what God's good will and pleasure is : in this
manner the Spirit makes dead and makes alive. That a
distinction is to be made between the works of the Law and
the works of the Spirit : wherefore believers, because they
are such, are not under the Law, but under grace. That
the righteousness of the Law does not justify ; that is, does
not reconcile, nor regenerate, nor by itself make persons
accepted of God ; but when the Holy Spirit is given, the
fulfilling of the Law follows. That the works of the
second table of the Decalogue do not justify, because by
it we are acting with men, and not properly with God ;

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

and yet in justification we must act with God. That Christ,
because without sin He suffered the punishment of sin,
and was made an offering for us, took away that claim
of the Law, lest it should condemn believers ; because He
is a propitiation for them, for the sake of which they are
reputed just.

V. Repentance and Confession That Repentance
consists of two parts ; one which is Contrition, or the
terror excited in the conscience on account of sins ; the
other which is faith, which is conceived from the Gospel,
and by the remission of sins comforts the conscience, and
liberates from terrors. He who confesses that he is wholly
sin, comprehends all sins, excludes none, and forgets none :
thus the sins are purged away, and the man is purified,
rectified, and sanctified, since the Holy Spirit does not
permit sin to rule, but represses and restrains it. That the
enumeration of sins ought to be free, as he wishes or does
not wish ; and that private confession and absolution are
to be spoken highly of : wherefore, if one wishes, he can
confess his sins, and receive absolution from a Confessor,
and the sins are then remitted. The words with which the
Minister is then to answer are, " God be propitious to thee,
and confirm thy faith ; be it done to thee as thou believest ;
and by command of the Lord I remit thy sins." But others
say, " I announce to thee the remission of thy sins : " yet
that sins are not remitted by repentance, as neither by
works, but by faith. Wherefore repentance as held by die
clergy is only a confession before God that they are sin-
ners, and a petition that they may persevere in faith. That
expiations and satisfactions are not necessary, because
Christ is the expiation and satisfaction.

VI. Of Original Sin. They teach, that since Adam's
fall all men propagated according to nature are born with
sin ; that is, without the fear of God and with concupis-
cences ; and that this damns, and even now brings eternal
death upon those who are not born again by Baptism and by

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

the Holy Spirit : that it is a privation of original righteous-
ness and with this a disorderly disposition of the parts of
the soul, and a corrupt habit. That there is a distinction
between the nature itself into which man was created
(which even after the fall is and remains a creature of
God) and original sin : consequently that there is a dis-
tinction between the corrupt nature, and the corruption
which is implanted in nature, and by which nature is cor-
rupted : that no one can separate the corruption of nature
from nature itself, but God alone • which will be perfectly
done at the blessed resurrection ; because the nature itself
which man carries round in the world, is there to be raised
again without original sin, and to enjoy eternal happiness :
that the distinction is as between a work of God and a
work of the devil : that this sin did not invade nature in
such a manner as if Satan created any evil substantially,
and mixed it up with nature ; but that concreated and
original righteousness was lost : that sin of origin is an
accident, and that man by reason of it is as if spiritually
dead before God. That this evil is covered over and par-
doned by Christ alone : that the seed itself from which a
man is formed is contaminated by that sin : that it is
hence also, that a man receives from his parents depraved
inclinations and internal uncleanness of heart.

VII. Baptism. That Baptism is not simply water,
but that it is water taken by the Divine command, and
sealed by the Word of God, and thus made holy : that the
virtue, work, fruit, and end of Baptism is, that men should
be saved, and be elected into the Christian communion :
that through Baptism there is proffered victory over death
and the devil, remission of sins, the grace of God, Christ
with all His works, and the Holy Spirit with all His gifts,
and eternal blessedness to all and each that believe :
whether faith also is given to infants by Baptism, is a
thing too high to be urgently inquired into. That immer-
sion into the water signifies the mortification of the old

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

man and the resurrection of the new : that it may therefore
be called the washing of regeneration, and truly a washing
in the Word, also in the death and burial of Christ : that a
Christian's life is a daily baptism when once thus begun :
that the water does not effect this, but the Word of God,
which is in and with the water, and faith in the Word of
God added to the water : that it follows hence, that baptiz
ing in the name of God is indeed done by, but is not from,
men, but from God Himself : that Baptism does not take
away original sin, by the extinction of depraved lust, but
takes away guilt.

But others of the Reformed believe that Baptism is an
external washing with water, by which internal ablution
from sins is signified : that it does not confer regeneration,
faith, the grace of God, and salvation, but only signifies
and seals them ■ and that they are not conferred in and
with Baptism, but afterwards with increasing age ; and
that only the elect obtain the grace of Christ and the gift
of faith : and because salvation does not depend on Bap-
tism, that in the lack of a regular minister it is therefore
permitted to be done by another person.

VIII. The Holy Supper. The Reformed who are
called Lutherans teach, that in the Holy Supper or Sacra-
ment of the Altar, the Body and Blood of Christ are truly
and substantially present ; and that they are truly distrib-
uted and received together with the Bread and the Wine ;
and that on that account the true Body and true Blood of
Chiist are in, with, and under the Bread and Wine, and
are given to Christians to eat and drink : and that for
that reason they are not simply bread and wine, but are
included in and bound to the Word of God ; and that this
causes them to be the Body and Blood of Christ : for when
the Word is added to the elements, they become a Sacra
ment : yet that it is not transubstantiation, such as the
papists claim : that it is the food of the soul, nourishing
and strengthening the new man : that it was instituted,
vol. 1. 2

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

that faith might repair and recover its powers, the remis-
sion of sins be given, and the new life which Christ merited
for us. That so the Body and Blood of Christ are taken
not only spiritually by faith, but also by the mouth in a
supernatural manner, by reason of their sacramental unior*
with the bread and wine. That worthiness for the Supper
consists in obedience alone, and in Christ's merit, whick
is applied by true faith : in a word, that the Sacraments o4
the Lord's Supper and Baptism, are testimonies of God's
will and grace towards men j and that the sacrament of
the Supper is a promise of the remission of sins through
faith : that it moves the hearts to believe ; and that through
the Word and the Sacraments the Holy Spirit operates.
That the consecration of the minister does not produce
this, but that it is to be attributed to the Lord's omnipo-
tent virtue alone. That both the worthy and the unworthy
receive the true Body and true Blood of Christ, as He
hung upon the cross ; but the worthy unto salvation, the
unworthy unto condemnation. That they are worthy who
have faith. That no one is to be constrained to the Sup-
per j but that every one should draw near when spiritual
hunger urges.

But others of the Reformed teach that in the Holy
Supper the Body and Blood of Christ are taken only
spiritually, and that the bread and wine therein are only
signs, types, symbols, tokens, figures, and similitudes :
that Christ is not present in body, but only in virtue and
operation from His Divine essence : yet that in heaven
there is conjunction according to the communion of indi-
vidual feelings. That worthiness for this Supper depends
not only upon faith, but also upon preparation. That the
worthy alone receive its virtue, but the unworthy only the
bread and wine. Although there are these disagreements,
still all the Reformed agree in this, that those who wish
to go to the Holy Supper worthily, are by all means to
repent j the Lutherans, that if they have not done repent-

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

ance from evil works, and still approach, they are con
demned for ever ; and the English, that otherwise the
devil will enter into them, as he did into Judas. This is
evident from the exhortations read before the communion.

IX. Free-Will. They distinguish between the state
before the fall, after the fall, after the reception of faith
and renovation, and after the resurrection. That man,
since the fall, can begin, think, understand, believe, will,
operate, and co-operate absolutely nothing in spiritual
and Divine things from his own powers ; nor apply or
accommodate himself to grace ; but that his natural will
is only unto those things which are contrary to God, and
displeasing to God : consequently that man in spiritual
things is like a stock ; but that he still has capacity, not
active but passive, by which he may by the grace of God.
be turned to good : yet that the free-will left to man
since the fall is, to be able and not to be able to hear
the Word of God ; and that thus a little spark of faith
is enkindled in his heart, which embraces the remission
of sins for Christ's sake, and gives comfort. Yet that the
human will has liberty as to the doing of civil justice and
the choice of matters subject to reason.

X. The Church. That the Church is the congrega-
tion and communion of the saints ; and that it is spread
through the entire world with those who have the same
Christ and the same Holy Spirit, and the same Sacra-
ments ; whether they have similar or dissimilar traditions :
and that it is principally a society of faith : and that this
Church alone is the body of Christ j and that the good
are the Church in reality and in name, but the evil only
in name. That the evil and hypocrites, because they are
intermixed, are members of the Church according to its
external signs, provided they are not excommunicated;
but that they are not members of Christ's body. That
the ecclesiastical rites, which are called ceremonies, are
indifferent; and that they are not the worship of God,

THE REFORMED CHURCH.

nor a part of the worship of God: for that reason the
Church is at liberty to institute, change, and abrogate
such things ; as distinctions of garments, of times, of
clays, of foods, and other things : and therefore that no
Church ought to condemn another on account of such
things.

XI. These are in brief the Doctrinal tenets of the
C hurch and Religion of the Reformed. But the things
which the Schwengfeldians, Pelagians, Manichees, Dona-
tists, Anabaptists, Arminians, Cinglians, Antitrinitarians,
Socinians, Arians, and at this day the Quakers and Mora-
vians teach, are passed by, because these are reprobated
and rejected as heretics by the Reformed Church.

THE APOCALYPSE.

CHAPTER FIRST.

1. The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave
unto Him, to show unto His servants the things which
must shortly be done : and He signified it, sending by His
angel unto His servant John.

2. Who testified the Word of God, and the testimony of
Jesus Christ, whatsoever things he saw.

3. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear, the
words of the prophecy, and keep the things written therein ;
for the time is at hand.

4. John to the seven churches that are in Asia : Grace
be unto you, and peace, from Him who is, and who was,
and who is to come ; and from th& seven spirits which are
before His throne :

5. And from Jesus Christ ; the faithful witness, the
First born from the dead, and the Prince of the kings of
the earth ; that loveth us, and washeth us from our sins in
His blood :

6. And He maketh us kings and priests unto God and
His Father: to Him be glory and strength for ever and
ever.

7. Behold, He cometh with the clouds ; and every eye shall
see Him, and they who pierced Him : and all the tribes of
the earth shall wail because of Him : Even so ; Amen.

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

8. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the End, saith the Lord, who is, and who was, and who is
to come, the Almighty.

9. I John, who also am your brother, and companion in
affliction, and in the kingdom and the patient expectation
of Jesus Christ: was in the island called Patmos for the
Word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.

10. I became in the spirit on the Lord's day, and heard
behind me a great voice as of a trumpet ;

j c. Saying, I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First
and the Last. What thou seest write in a book, and send
unto the churches that are in Asia ; unto Ephesus and unto
Smyrna, and unto Pergamos and unto Thyatira, and
unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.

12. And I turned to see the voice which was speaking
with me : and, having turned, I saw seven golden candle-
sticks ;

13. And in the midst of the seven candlesticks One like
unto the Son of Man, clothed with a garment down to the
foot, and girded at the paps with a golden girdle ;

14. And His head and hairs were white as white wool,
like snow ; and His eyes as a flame of fire :

15. And His feet like unto fine-brass, as if glowing in a
furnace ; and His voice as the voice of many waters :

16. And having in His right hand seven stars: and out
of His mouth was a sharp two-edged sword going forth :
and His face was as the sun shineth in his power.

17. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead:
and He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me.
Fear not : I am the Firs:: and the Last ;

18 And am He that is living, and was dead; and be-
hold. I am alive for ever and ever ; amen : and have the
keys of hell and of death.

19. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things
which are, and the things which shall be hereafter :

?o. The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest

Chap I.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks :
the seven stars are the angels of the seven churches ; and
the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven
churches.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. That this
Pevelation is from the Lord alone ; and that it is received
by those who will be in His New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem, and who acknowledge the Lord as the God of
heaven and earth. The Lord is also described as to the
Word.

The Contents of each Verse. "The Revelation of
Jesus Christ," signifies predictions from the Lord con-
cerning Himself and concerning His Church, — what the
latter will be at its end, and what it is to be afterwards :
" Which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants,"
signifies for those who are in faith from charity : " The
things which must shortly be done," signifies that they are
certainly to be, lest the Church should perish : " And He
signified it, sending by His angel unto His servant John,"
signifies the things which are revealed by the Lord through
heaven to those who' are in good of life from charity and
its faith: *Wka testified the Word of God and the testimony
of Jesus Christ," signifies, who from the heart and thus in
the light receive Divine Truth from the Word, and acknowl-
edge the Lord's Human to be Divine: "Whatsoever things
he saw," signifies their enlightenment in all the things which
are in this Revelation : " Blessed is he that readeth, and they
that hear the words of the prophecy, and keep the things
written therein," signifies the communion of those with
the angels of heaven, who live according to the Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem : " For the time is at hand," signifies
that the state of the Church is such that it can no longer
continue so as to have conjunction with the Lord : " John

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

to the seven churches," signifies to all who are in the Chris-
tian world, where the Word is, and by it the Lord is known,
and who draw near to the Church : " Which are in Asia,"
signifies to those who from the Word are in the light of
truth : " Grace be unto you and peace," signifies the Divine
salutation : " From Him who is, and who was, and who is to
come," signifies from the Lord, who is Eternal and Infinite,
and Jehovah: " And from the seven spirits which are before
His throne," signifies from the whole heaven, where the Lord
is in His Divine Truth : " And from Jesus Christ," signifies
the Divine Human : " The faithful witness," signifies that He
is the Divine Truth itself : " The First born from the dead,"
signifies that He is also the Divine Good itself : " And the
Prince of the kings of the earth," signifies from Whom is all
truth from good in the Church : " That loveth us, and washeth
us from our sins in His blood," signifies Who from love and
mercy reforms and regenerates men by His Divine truths
from the Word : " And He maketh us kings and priests,"
signifies who gives to those who are born of Him, that is,
regenerated, to be in wisdom from Divine truths and in
love from Divine goods : " Unto God and His Father," sig-
nifies and thus images of His Divine Wisdom and His Divine
Love : " To Him be glory and strength for ever and ever,"
signifies Who alone has Divine majesty and Divine omnipo-
tence to eternity : " Amen," signifies the Divine confirmation
from truth, thus from Himself : " Behold, He cometh with
the clouds of heaven," signifies that the Lord will reveal
Himself in the literal sense of the Word, and will open its
spiritual sense, at the end of the Church : " And every eye
shal. see Him," signifies that all will acknowledge Him,
who, from affection, are in the understanding of Divine
truth : " And they who pierced Him," signifies that they
also will see, who are in falsities in the Church: "And
all the tribes of the earth shall wail," signifies that this will
be when there are no longer any goods and truths in the
Church : " Even so, Amen," signifies the Divine confirma-

Chap. I.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

tion that thus it will be : "I am the Alpha and the Omega,
the Beginning and the End," signifies Who is the Self-
existent and the Only from first things to last, from whom
all things are ; and thus who is Love Itself and the Only-
Love, Wisdom Itself and the Only Wisdom, and Life Itself
and the Only Life in Himself, and thus the Creator Himself
and the Only Creator, Saviour, and Enlightener from Him-
self, and thence the all in all of Heaven and the Church :
" Saith the Lord, who is, and who was, and who is to come,"
i ignifies who is Eternal and Infinite, and Jehovah: "The
Almighty," signifies who is, lives, and has power, from
Himself, and who governs all things from first things by
ultimates: "I, John, who am your brother and companion,"
signifies those who are in the good of charity and thence in
the truths of faith : " In affliction, and in the kingdom, and
the patient expectation of Jesus Christ," signifies which
in the Church are infested by evils and falsities, but these
are to be removed by the Lord, when He comes : " I was
in the island called Patmos," signifies a state and place in
which he could be enlightened : " For the Word of God
and the testimony of Jesus Christ," signifies in order that
the Divine Truth from the Word may be received from the
heart and thus in the light, and that the Lord's Human
may be acknowledged to be Divine : " I became in the
spirit on the Lord's day," signifies a spiritual state at that
time from Divine influx : " And I heard behind me a great
voice as of a trumpet," signifies the manifest perception of
Divine Truth revealed from heaven : " Saying, I am the
Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last," signifies
who is the Self-existent and the Only from first things
to last, from whom all things are; and more as above:
" What thou seest write in a book," signifies that they might
be revealed to posterity : " And send unto the churches that
are in Asia," signifies for those in the Christian world who*"*,
are in the light of truth from the Word : " Unto Ephesus [
and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos and unto Thvatira,

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia and unto Laodicea,"
signifies in particular according to the state of each one's
reception : " And I turned to see the voice which was
speaking with me," sig?iifies the inversion of the state of
those who are in good of life as to the perception of truth
in the Word, when they turn themselves to the Lord;
" And having turned I saw seven golden candlesticks,"
iignifies the New Church which will be in enlightenment
from the Lord out of the Word : " And in the midst of the
seven candlesticks One like unto the Son of Man," signifies
the Lord as to the Word, from whom is the Church : " Clothed
with a garment down to the foot," signifies, the proceeding
Divine, which is the Divine Truth : "And girded at the paps
with a golden girdle," signifies the proceeding and at the
same time conjoining Divine, which is the Divine Good :•
" And His head and hairs were white as white wool, like
snow" signifies the Divine Love of the Divine Wisdom in first
principles and in ultimates : " And His eyes as a flame of
fire," signifies the Divine Wisdom of the Divine Love : " And
His feet like unto fine-brass, as if glowing in a furnace,"
signifies the Divine Good natural : " And His voice as the
voice of many waters," signifies the Divine Truth natural :
" And having in His right hand seven stars," signifies all the
knowledges of good and truth in the Word from Him : " And
out of His mouth a sharp two-edged sword going forth,"
signifies the dispersion of falsities by the Lord through the
Word and through Doctrine therefrom : " And His face was
as the sun shining in power," signifies the Divine Love and
the Divine W'isdom, which are Himself, and proceed from
Him : " And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead,"
signifies the failing of his own life from such presence of
the Lord : " And He laid His right hand upon me," sigfiifies
life then inspired from Him : "Saying unto me, Fear not,"
signifies resuscitation, and adoration then from the deepest
humiliation : "I am the First and the Last," sigfiifies that
He is Eternal and Infinite, and thus the Only God : " And

No. i.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

am He that is living," signifies who alone is life, and from
whom alone life is : " And was dead," signifies that He
was neglected in the Church, and His Divine Human
not acknowledged : " And behold, I am alive for ever and
ever," signifies that He is life eternal : " Amen," signifies
the Divine confirmation that it is the truth : " And have
the keys of Hell and of death," signifies that He alone can
save : " Write the things which thou hast seen, and the
things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter,"
signifies in order that all the things which are now revealed
may be for posterity : " The mystery of the seven stars
which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden
candlesticks," signifies arcana in the visions concerning
he New Heaven and concerning the New Church : " The
seven stars are the angels of the seven churches," signifies
the New Church in the heavens, which is the New Heaven:
" And the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the
seven churches," signifies a New Church on earth, which
is the New Jerusalem descending from the Lord out of the
New Heaven.

THE EXPLANATION.

i. What the spiritual sense is has been hitherto unknown.
That it is in every thing in the Word, and that the WTord in
many places cannot be understood without it, has been
shown in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Sacred Scripture," n. 5-26. That sense does not
appear in the sense of the letter; for it is within it, as
the soul is in the body. It is known that there is the
spiritual and the natural ; and that the spiritual flows in
into the natural, and presents itself to be seen and felt in
the forms which fall under the sight and the touch ; and
that without them the spiritual is not otherwise perceived
than as affection and thought, or as love and wisdom,
which are of the mind. It is acknowledged that affection

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

and thought, — or love, to which belongs affection, and
wisdom, to which belongs thought, — are spiritual. That
these two faculties of the soul present themselves in the
body in the forms which are called the organs of sense and
motion, is known ; as also that they make one ; and in such
manner one, that when the mind thinks, the mouth in an
instant speaks ; and when the mind wills, the body in an
instant acts. Hence it is manifest, that there is a perfect
union of spiritual things and natural things in man. It is
similar in each and every thing in the world. There is
there the spiritual, which is the inmost of the cause ; and
there is the natural, which is its effect ; and the two make
one : and in the natural the spiritual does not appear ;
because the latter is within the former as the soul is in the
body, and as the inmost of the cause is in the effect, as
was said. It is similar with the Word : that this interiorly
is spiritual, because it is Divine, can be denied by no one.
But as the spiritual does not appear in the sense of the
letter, which is natural, the spiritual sense has for that
reason been hitherto unknown : nor could it be made
known until genuine truths were revealed by the Lord,
for that sense is in these. This is the reason that the
Apocalypse has not hitherto been understood. But lest
there should be doubt that such things are within it, they
are to be explained one by one, and to be demonstrated by
similar things elsewhere in the Word. The explanation
and demonstration now follow.

2. The Revelation of yesus Christ signifies predictions
by the Lord concerning Himself and concerning His
Church, what the latter will be at its end, and what it
is to be afterwards, as well in the heavens as upon
earth. By the Revelation of Jesus Christ all predictions are
signified ; and it is called the Revelation of Jesus Christ,
because these are from the Lord. That they relate to
the Lord and His Church will be manifest from the expla-
nations. In the Apocalypse the successive states of the

No 3.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Church are not treated of, still less the successive states of
kingdoms, as some have hitherto believed : but therein,
from beginning to end, the last state of the Church in the
heavens and upon the earth is treated of. and then the last
judgment, and after this a New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem. That this New Church is the end of this work
is manifest ; on which account the things that come first
treat of the immediately preceding state of the Church.
But in what series these things are treated of, may be seen
from the Contents of each chapter, and more distinctly
from the explanation of each verse.

3. Which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants,
signifies for those who are in faith from charity, or in the
truths of wisdom from the good of love. By showing is
signified to make manifest, and by servants those are here
signified who are in faith from charity : to them these
things are made manifest, because they understand and
receive. By servants in the spiritual sense are meant they
who are in truths : and as truths are from good, those are
meant by servants who are in truths from good, and thus
also those who are in wisdom from love ; because wisdom
is of truth, and love is of good ; likewise those who are in
faith from charity, since faith also is of truth, and charity
is of good. And as the genuine spiritual sense is abstracted
from person, therefore in it by servants are signified truths.
Now as truths are serviceable to good by teaching it, there-
fore in the general and in the proper sense, by a servant in
the Word is meant one that does sendee, or he who or that
which serves. In this sense not only are the prophets
called the servants of God, but also the Lord as to His
Human. That the prophets were called God's servants,
is evident from these passages : Jehovah hath sent unto you
all His servants the prophets (Jer. xxv. 4). He hath revealed
His secret unto His servants the prophets (Amos iii. 7). He
hath set before you by the hand of His servants the prophets
(©an. be 10). And Moses is called the servant of Jehovah

38 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

(Mai. iv. 4). The reason is, that by a prophet in the
spiritual sense is meant truth of doctrine, which is treated
of below. And because the Lord was the Divine Truth itself,
which is also the Word, and from this was Himself called
the Prophet, and served in the world, and for ever serves
all by teaching, therefore He also, in many places, is called
the servant of Jehovah j as in the following passages : He
shall see of the labor of His soul, and shall be satisfied ; by
His knowledge shall my righteous Servant justify many (Isa.
T iii. 11). Behold My Servant shall act prudently ; He shall
be extolled and exalted and lifted up greatly (Isa. Hi. 13).
Behold My Servant on whom I lean, Mine Elect in whom My
wul hath good-pleasure ; I have put My Spirit upon Him
Isa. xlii. 1, 19). These are concerning the Lord. The
.ike is said of David, where by him the Lord is meant ; as
in these passages : / Jehovah will be their God, and My
servant David a prince in the midst of them (Ezek. xxxiv.
24). My servant David shall be king over them, that there
may be one shepherd to the7n all (Ezek. xxxvii. 24). / will
protect this city to preserve it, for My sake and My servant
David's (Isa. xxxvii. 35 : so too Ps. lxxviii. 70-72 ;
Ps. lxxxix. 3, 4, 20). That the Lord is meant by David
in these places may be seen in the " Doctrine of the
New Jerusalem concerning the Lord," n. 43, 44. The
Lord Himself speaks in like manner of Himself : Whoso-
ever will be great among you, let him be your minister ;
and whosoever will be the first, let him be your servant :
as the Son of Man came not to be ministered unto, but
to minister (Matt. xx. 25-28 ; Mark x. 42-44 ; Luke
xxii. 27 : likewise Luke xii. 37). The Lord says this,
because by a servant and a minister is meant he who
serves and ministers by teaching, and abstractly from the
person the Divine Truth which He Himself was. Since
therefore by a servant is meant he that teaches Divine
Truth, it is manifest that by servants in this passage in the
Apocalypse those are meant who are in truths from good

No. 4.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

or in faith from charity, because these can teach from the
Lord; that is, the Lord can teach and minister through
them. In this sense they are called servants in Matthew :
In the consummation of the age, who is the faithful and
pricdent servant^ whom his Lord shall set over his house
hold, to give them their food i?i its season ? blessed is this
servant who?n the Lord shall find so doing (xxiv. 45, 46).
And in Luke : Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord
when coming shall find watching: verily, L say unto you,
that He shall gird Himself, and make them sit down, and
shall Himself come 7iear and miiiister unto them (xii. 37).
In heaven all are called the Lord's servants who are in
His spiritual kingdom, but they who are in His heavenly
(celestial) kingdom are called ministers. The reason is,
lhat they who are in His spiritual kingdom are in wis-
dom from Divine Truth ; and they who are in His
heavenly kingdom are in love from Divine Good ; and
good ministers, and truth serves. But in the opposite
sense those who serve the devil are meant by servants.
These are in slavery itself, but they who serve the Lord,
are in a state of liberty ; as the Lord also teaches, John
viii. 32-36.

4. The things which must shortly be done, signifies that
they are certainly to be, lest the Church perish. By " must
shortly be done," is not meant that the things which are
foretold in the Apocalypse are to happen immediately and
quickly, but certainly ; and that the Church would perish
unless they took place. In the Divine idea, and thence in
the spiritual sense, there is no time, but instead of time
there is state ; and as " shortly " is a thing of time, by it
is signified certainly, and that it is to be before its time.
For the Apocalypse was given in the first century, and
seventeen centuries have now passed away j from which it
is manifest that by " shortly " is signified that which corre-
sponds, which is certainly. These words of the Lord also
involve very similar things : Except those days should be

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

shortened, no flesh would be saved ; but for the elects' sake
those days shall be shortejied (Matt. xxiv. 22): by which is
also meant, that, unless the Church should come to an end
before its time, it would altogether perish. In that chapter
the consummation of the age and the Lord's coming are
treated of ; and by the consummation of the age is meant
the last state of the old Church, and by the Lord's coming
the first state of the new Church. It was said that in the
Divine idea there is not time, but that all things past and
futire are present. On which account it is said in David,
A thousand years in thy sight are as yesterday (Ps. xc. 4) ;
and again, I will declare the decree, yehovah said unto Mey
Thou art My Son, to-day have I begotten Thee (Ps. ii. 7).
" To-day " denotes that the Lord's coming is present.
Hence also it is, that an entire period is called in the
Word a day ; its first state, twilight and morning ; and the
last, evening and night.

5. And He signified it, sending by His angel unto His ser-
vant John, signifies the things which are revealed by the
Lord through heaven to those who are in good of life
from charity and its faith. By " He signified it sending
by His angel," is meant in the spiritual sense the things
which were revealed from heaven, or through heaven, by
the Lord ; for by an angel, in many places in the Word,
is meant the angelic heaven, and in the highest sense the
Lord Himself. The reason is, that no angel ever speaks
with man separate from heaven J for there is such a con-
junction there of each one with all, that every one speaks
from the communion, although the angel is not conscious
of it. For in the Lord's sight heaven is as one man, whose
soul is the Lord Himself ; on which account the Lord
speaks with man through heaven, as a man does with
another from his soul through his body : and this is done
in conjunction with all and each of the things in his mind,
in the midst of which things are those which he speaks.
But this arcanum cannot be unfolded in few words. It is

No. 5.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

unfolded in part in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and Divine Wisdom." It is hence manifest,
that by an angel is signified heaven, and in the highest
sense the Lord. That the Lord is meant in the highest
sense by an angel, is because heaven is not heaven from
the things belonging to the angels, but from the Divine of
the Lord ; from which they have love and wisdom, yea,
life. Hence it is that the Lord Himself is called an Angel
in the Word. From these things it is manifest, that the
angel did not speak with John from himself, but the Lord
through him with heaven as a medium. That by those
words is meant that the things were revealed to those who
are in good of life from charity and its faith, is because
these are meant by John. For by the Lord's twelve dis-
ciples or apostles were meant all within the Church who
are in truths from good, and in the abstract sense all
things of the church ; and by Peter, all who are in faith,
and abstractly faith itself; by James, they who are in
charity, and abstractly charity itself ; and by John, they
who are in good of life from charity and its faith, and
abstractly good itself of life therefrom. That these things
were meant by John, James, and Peter in the Word of
the evangelists, may be seen in the small work on the
" New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine," published
at London in the year 1758, n. 122. Now because good
of life from charity and its faith makes the church, there-
fore through the apostle John, the arcana concerning the
state of the Church were revealed, which are contained in
his visions. That by all the names of persons and places
in the Word the things of heaven and the church are sig-
nified, has been shown in many places in the "Heavenly
Arcana," also published in London. It may from these
things be evident that by "He signified sending by His
angel unto His servant John," is meant in the spiritual
sense the things which are revealed by the Lord through
heaven to those who are in good of life from charity and

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. I

its faith : for charity does good through faith ; and not
charity by itself, nor faith by itself.

6. Who testified the Word of God, and the testimony of
Jesus Christ, signifies who from the heart and thus in the
light receive Divine truth from the Word, and acknowl-
edge the Lord's Human to be Divine. It is said of John,
that he testified the Word of God : but since all who are
in good of life from charity and its faith are meant by
John, as was said just above, n. 5, therefore in the spiritual
sense all those are meant. The angels, who are in the
spiritual sense of the Word, in no wise know any name of
a person mentioned in the Word, but only that which the
person represents and thence signifies j which, for John,
is good of life, or good in act ; consequently all in the
aggregate who are in that good. These testify, that is,
see, acknowledge, and receive from the heart in the light,
and confess, the truths of the Word ; especially that truth
therein, that the Lord's Human is Divine : as may be evi-
dent from the passages adduced from the Word in abun-
dance in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Lord." By Jesus Christ and by the Lamb in the
Apocalypse is meant the Lord as to His Divine Human,
and by God, the Lord as to the Divine itself from which
[all things are]. As regards the spiritual signification of
testifying, it is predicated of the Truth, for the reason that
in the world the truth is to be attested ; and when it is
attested, it is acknowledged. But in heaven the truth
. itself testifies concerning itself, because it is the very light
of heaven. For when the angels hear the truth, they forth-
with know it interiorly and acknowledge it ; and because
the Lord is the truth itself, as He teaches in John xiv. 6,
in heaven He is the testimony of Himself. Hence it is mani-
fest what is meant by " the testimony of Jesus Christ : "
on which account the Lord says, Ye sent unto John, an t
he testified unto the truth ; yet I receive not testimony from
man (John v. 33) : And again : John ca??ie for a witness,

No. 8.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

that he might testify of the Light : he was not that Light :
the Word, which was with God, and was God, and beca?ne
flesh, was the true Light, which enlightencth every man
(John i. i, 2, 7, 8, 14, 34). And again: Jesus said, / tes-
tify of Myself, and My testimony L true ; for L know whence
J came, a?id whither L go (John viii. 14). When the Com
forter, the Spirit of Truth, has come, He will testify of me
(John xv. 26). By "the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth,'*
is meant the Truth itself proceeding from the Lord ; on
which account it is said of it, that it was not to speak from
itself, but from the Lord (John xvi. 13-15).

7. Whatsoever things he saw, signifies their enlighten-
ment in all the things which are in this Revelation. By
"whatsoever things he saw" are not meant in the spirit-
ual sense the things which John saw, — these were only
visions, — but the things which they see who are meant
by John ; who are those that are in good of life from char-
ity and its faith ; as has been said above. These see in
John's visions the arcana concerning the state of the
Church ; not so much when they read them themselves,
but when they see them * revealed. Besides, to see signi-
fies to understand ; for which reason it is also said in
common speech, that one sees that matter, and that he
sees that it is the truth : for the spirit of man has sight as
well as his body. But by his spirit a man sees spiritual
things, because from the light of heaven j but with his
body natural things, because from the light of the world :
and spiritual things are real, but natural things are their .
forms. The sight of man's spirit is what is called the
understanding. It is manifest from this, what is meant in
the spiritual sense by " whatsoever things he saw;" and
so too in what follows, where it is said that he saw.

8. Blessed is he that readeth and they that hear the 7cords
of the prophecy, and keep the things which are written
therein, signifies the communion of those with the angels
of heaven, who live according to the Doctrine of the New

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

Jerusalem. By "blessed" is here meant he who as to
his spirit is in heaven, and who thus, while he is living in
the world, is in communion with the angels of heaven :
for as to his spirit he is in heaven. By the words of the
prophecy nothing else is meant but the doctrine .of the
New Jerusalem. For by a prophet in the abstract sense
is signified the doctrine of the Church from the Word,
and thus here the doctrine of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem j and the same by prophecy. By read-
ing, hearing, and keeping the things which are written in
it, is signified to wish to know that doctrine, to attend to
the things that are in it, and to do the things which are
in it j in fine, to live according to it. It is manifest that
those are not blessed, who only read, hear, and keep, or
preserve in the memory, the things that were seen by John ;
see below, n. 944. The reason that the Doctrine of the
Church from the Word is signified by a prophet, and
the like by prophecy, is because the W7ord was written by
the prophets ; and in heaven a person is regarded from that
which belongs to his office and function. From it also
every man, spirit, and angel there is named : and there-
fore, when a prophet is mentioned, since to write and teach
the Word was his function, the Word as to doctrine, or
Doctrine from the Word, is meant. Hence it is, that the
Lord, as He is the Word itself, was called a Prophet
(Deut. xviii. 15-20 ; Matt. xiii. 57 ;xxi. 11 ; Luke xiii. 33).
That it may be known that by a prophet is meant the Doc-
trine of the Church from the Word, some passages will
be adduced, from which it may be gathered ; in Matthew :
In the consummatio?i of the age, many false prophets shall
rise up, and shall seduce many : false Christs and false
prophets shall arise, and shall mislead, if possible, the elect
(xxiv. 11, 24). "The consummation of the age" is the
last time of the Church, which is now, when there are
not false prophets, but falsities of doctrine. In the same :
Whoever shall receive a prophet i?i the name of a prophet,

No. 8.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

shall reaive a prophet's reward; and whoever shall receive
a righteous man in the ?ia??ie of a righteous man, shall receit e
a righteous man's reward (x. 41). To receive a prophet in
the name of a prophet is to receive the truth of doctrine
because it is true ; and to receive a righteous man in the
name of a righteous man is to receive good for the sake of
good ; and to receive a reward is to be saved according to
the reception. It is manifest that no one receives reward,
or is saved, because he receives a prophet and a righteous
man in their own name. Without the knowledge of what
a prophet and what a righteous man is, these words can be
understood by no one \ nor those which follow : Whosoever
shall give to drink unto one of these little ones a cup of cold
water only i?i the name of a disciple, shall not lose his reward
(x. 42). By a disciple is meant charity, and at the same
time faith, from the Lord. In Joel: I will pour out My
Spirit upon all flesh, so that your sons and your daughters
shall prophesy (ii. 28). These things are concerning the
^-establishing of the Church by the Lord, in which they
did not prophesy, but received doctrine, which is to proph-
esy. In Matthew : Jesus said, Many will say unto Me in
that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy nai?ie ;
but the?i will L confess unto them, L know you not : depart
from Me, ye workers of iniquity (vii. 22, 23). Who does
not see that they will not say that they have prophesied,
but that they knew the doctrine of the Church, and taught
it. In the Apocalypse : The time for judging the dead has
come, and for giving rezcard to the prophets (xi. 18) ; and
again : Rejoice, O heaven, and holy apostles and prophets ;
for God hath judged your judgi7ie?it (xviii. 20). It is mani-
fest that reward is not to be given to the prophets only,
and that not the apostles and prophets only are to rejoice
when the last judgment takes place, but that all will do so,
who have received the truths of doctrine, and lived accord-
ing to them : these therefore are meant by the apostles and
prophets. In Moses : Jehovah said unto Moses, L have

THE AI OCaLYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

made thee a God to Pharaoh, and Aaron thy brother shall
be thy prophet (Ex. vii. i). By God is meant the Divine
Truth from the Lord as to reception, in which sense the
angels also are called Gods ; and by a prophet is meant
one that teaches and speaks it : it is hence that Aaron
is there called a prophet. The same is signified by a
prophet elsewhere, as in these passages: The Law^iall
not perish from the priest, nor the Word from the prophet
(Jer. xviii. 18). From the prophets of jferusaleiii hath gone
forth hypocrisy into all the land (Jer. xxiii. 15, 16). The
prophets shall become wind, neither is the Word in them
(Jer. v. 13). The priest and the prophet go astray through
strong-drink; they are swallowed up by wine; they stag
gcr in judgment (Isa. xxviii. 7). The sun setteth upon the
prophets, and the day groweth dark over them (Mic. iii. 6).
From the prophet even to the priest every one doeth a lie
(Jer. viii. 10). In these places by prophets and priests in
the spiritual sense are not meant prophets and priests,
but the entire Church ; by prophets the Church as to
truth of doctrine, and by priests the same as to good of
life ; both of which were lost. In this manner are these
things understood by the angels in heaven, when they are
understood by men in the world according to the sense of
the letter. That the prophets represented the state of the
Church as to doctrine, and the Lord the same as to the
Word itself, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord," n. 15-17.

9. For the time is at hand, signifies that the state of the
Church is such that it can no longer continue, so as to have
conjunction with the Lord. There are two essentials by
which conjunction with the Lord is effected, and thence
salvation, — the Acknowledgment of one God, and Repent-
ance of Life. But at this day, instead of the acknowledg-
ment of one God, there is an acknowledgment of three ;
and instead of repentance of life, there is a repentance of
the mouth only that one is a sinner ; and by these two

No. io.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

there is no conjunction : on which account, unless a new
Church rises up, which acknowledges these two essentials,
and lives them, no one can be saved. On account of this
peril, the time has been shortened by the Lord, according
to His Words in Matthew : Then shall be great affliction,
such as hath not been from the beginning of the World until
now, nor shall be ; yea, except those days should be shortened,
no flesh would be saved (xxiv. 21, 22). That at hand, 01
nearness of time, is not meant, may be seen below (n. 947).

10. Joh?i to the seven churches, signifies to all who are in
the Christian world, where the Word is, and by it the Lord
is known, and who draw near to the church. By the Seven
Churches are not meant seven churches, but all who are of
the Church in the Christian world j for numbers in the Word
signify things, and seven all, and thence also full and per-
fect j and it is used in the Word where a holy thing is treated
of, and in the opposite sense a profane thing : on which
account that number involves holiness, and in the opposite
sense profaneness. That numbers signify things, or rather
that they are like certain adjectives to substantives, adding
some quality to the things, is because number in itself is
natural ; for natural things are determined by numbers, but
spiritual by things and their states : and therefore he who
does not know the signification of the numbers in the Word,
and especially in the Apocalypse, cannot know many arcana
which are contained therein. Now since by seven are sig-
nified all, it is manifest that by " the Seven Churches," are
meant all who are in the Christian world, where the Word
is, and the Lord is known by it. If these live according to
the Lord's precepts in the Word, they make the Church
itself. Hence it is that the Sabbath was instituted on the
seventh day, and that the seventh year was called the sab-
batical year, and the seven times' seventh year the Jubilee;
by which was signified all that is holy in the Church. It
is hence also, that a 7ueek, in Daniel and elsewhere, signi-
fies an entire period from beginning to end, and is predi-

48 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

cated of the Church. Similar things are signified by seven
in the following passages ; as, by the seven golde?i candle-
sticks, i?i the midst of 7vhich was the Son of Man (Apoc. i.
13) ; by the seven stars in his right hand (Apoc. i. 16, 20) ;
by the seven spirits of God (Apoc. i. 4 ; iv. 5) ; by the seven
la?nps of fire (Apoc. iv. 5) ; by the seven angels, to who?n
were given the seve?i trumpets (Apoc. viii. 2) ; by the seven
angels having the seven last plagues (Apoc. xv. 5,6); by the
seven vials full of the seven last plagues (Apoc. xvi. 1 ; xxi. 9) ;
by the seven seals with which the Book was sealed (Apoc.
v. 1). In like manner in these following : That the hands
should be filled seven days (Ex. xxix. 35) ; that they should
be sanctified seven days (Ex. xxix. 37) ; that when they were
being inaugurated they should go seven days clothed in the
garments of holiness (Ex. xxix. 30) j that they should not go
out of the tabernacle for seven days, when they were being
initiated into the priesthood (Lev. viii. 33, 35) ; that the altar
should be expiated upon its horns seven times (Lev. xvi. 18,
19) \ that the altar should be sanctified by oil seven times
(Lev. viii. 11) ; that the blood should be sprinkled seven times
towards the vail (Lev. iv. 16, 17) ; and also seven times tow-
ards the east (Lev. xvi. 12-15) > tnat ^e ^oter of separation
should be sprinkled seven times towards the tabernacle (Num.
xix. 4) ; that the Passover should be celebrated seven days,
and unleave?ied bread be eaten seve?i days (Ex. xii. 15 ;
Deut. xvi. 4-7). Likewise, that the Jews should be pun-
ished sevenfold on account of their sins (Lev. xxvi. 18, 21,
24, 28) ; wherefore David says, Recompense unto our neigh-
bors sevenfold into their bosom (Ps. lxxix. 12): sevenfold
means fully. Also in these passages : The words of
Jehovah are pure words, silver purified in the furnace
seven times (Ps. xii. 6). The hungry have ceased, until
the barreji hath borne seve?i ; and she that had many chil-
dren hath failed (1 Sam. ii. 5). " The barren " is the
church of the Gentiles, who had not the Word : " she
that had many children " is the church of the Jews, who

No. II.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

had the Word. So too, She who had borne seven shall
languish, she shall breathe out her soul (Jer. xv. 9). The
inhabitants of the eities of Israel shall set on fire and shall
burn up the arms, and shall kindle a fire of them seven years :
they shall bury Gog, and shall clea?ise the land seve?i months
(Ez. xxxix. 9, 11, 12). The unclean spirit will take seven
other spirits worse than himself (Matt. xii. 45). Profana-
tion is here described, and by the seven spirits with which
he is to return are signified all the falsities of evil, and thus
a total extinction of good and truth. By the seven heads
of the dragon, and by the seven diadems upon his heads
(Apoc. xii. 3), is signified the profanation of all good and
truth. It is manifest from these passages, that Seven
involves holiness or profaneness, and signifies all and
full.

11. Which are in Asia, signifies to those who from the
Word are in the light of truth. Since by all the names of
persons and places in the Word the real things of heaven
and the church are meant, as has been said before, the
same are signified by Asia, and by the names of the Seven
Churches there, as will be manifest from what follows.
That those who are in the light of truth from the Word
are meant by Asia, is because the Most Ancient Church,
and after it the Ancient, and afterwards the Israelitish,
were in Asia ; also because the Ancient Word was with
them, and afterwards the Israelitish ; and all the light of
truth :s from the Word. That there were ancient churches
in the Asiatic world, and that they had a Word which was
afterwards lost, and at length the Word which is at this day.
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 101-103). Hence then
it is, that by Asia are here signified all who are in the light
of truth from the Word.

'* Respecting this Ancient Word, which was in Asia before
the Israelitish Word, it is fitting to relate this news : That
it is still reserved there among the people who dwell in
vol. 1. 3

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

Great Tartary. I have spoken with spirits and angels in
the spiritual world who were from that country, who said
that they possessed a Word, and that they had possessed it
from ancient times ; that they conduct their Divine worship
according to this Word ; and that it consists of nothing but
correspondences. They said also that the Book of Jasher
is in it, which is mentioned in Joshua x. 12, 13, and in the
second book of Samuel i. 17, 18 ; as also that among them
are the books, the 1 Wars of Jehovah] and the Prophecies?
which are mentioned by Moses (Num. xxi. 14, 15, and
27-30): and when I read in their presence the words which
Moses had taken therefrom, they searched whether they
were extant there, and found them. It was made manifest
to me from this, that the Ancient Word is still among them.
While speaking with them, they said that they worship
Jehovah, some as an invisible God, and some as visible.
They related further, that they do not suffer strangers to
come among them, except the Chinese, with whom they
cultivate peace, because the emperor of China is from
their country ; as also that they are so populous, that they
do not believe any region in the whole world to be more
so : which is credible also from the wall so many miles
long, which the Chinese constructed long since, as their
safeguard against invasion from them. Seek for it in
China, and perhaps you will find it there among the
Tartars."

12. Grace be unto you and peace, signifies the Divine
salutation. What in particular is meant by grace, and by
peace, will be told in the following pages. That Peace be
unto you was the Lord's salutation to His disciples, thus
the Divine salutation, may be seen in Luke xxiv. 36, 37 ;
John xx. 19-21: and by the Lord's command it was the
salutation of the disciples to all to whom they should enter
in (Matt. x. 11-15).

13. From Him who is and who was and who is to come,
signifies from the Lord who is Eternal and Infinite, and

No. 14.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Jehovah. That it is the Lord is plainly manifest from the
things that follow in this chapter, where it is said that he
heard a voice from the Son of Man, saying, / am the
Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last (vers. 11, 13) ;
and then, I a?n the First and the Last (vers. 17) ; and in the
following chapter (vers. 8) j and afterwards in chapter xxi.
6 ; xxii. 12,13; and in Isaiah : Jehovah the King of Lsrael
said, and his Redee?ner Jehovah Zebaoth, L am the First
and Lthe Last ; and besides Me there is no God (xliv. 6 ; also
xlviii. 12): and He who is the First and the Last is He
who is, who was, and who is to come. This is also meant
by Jehovah ; for the name Jehovah signifies Is ; and He
Who is, or He who is Esse (To be) itself, is also He who
was and who is to come : for things past and things future
are present in Him. Hence He is Eternal without time,
and Infinite without place. This the Church also confesses
from the Doctrine of the Trinity, which is called the Atha-
nasian ; where are these words : " The Father is Eternal
and Infinite, the Son is Eternal and Infinite, and the Holy
Spirit is Eternal and Infinite ; but yet there are not three
Eternals and Infinites, but One." That that One is the
Lord, has been demonstrated in the " Doctrine of the
Nfw Jerusalem concerning the Lord."

14. And from the seven Spirits which are before His throne,
signifies from the whole heaven, where the Lord is in His
Divine Truth, and where His Divine Truth is received.
By "the seven Spirits" are meant all who are in Divine
Truth, and in the abstract sense Divine Truth (Verum)
itself, or the Divine Truth (Veritas) itself. That by seven
in the Word are meant all, may be seen above (n. 10);
and that by the throne is meant the whole heaven, will
be seen presently. Hence by before the throne is meant
where His Divine Truth is : for heaven is not heaven from
the things belonging to the angels, but from the Divine of
the Lord ; as is shown in many places in the " Angelic
Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence," and " con-

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. L

cerning the Divine Love." That the Lord's throne
signifies heaven, is manifest from the following passages :
Jehovah said, the fyeave?ts are My throne (Isa. lxvi. i) ;
Jehovah hath established His throne in the heavens (Ps. ciii.
19). He that swear eth by heaven, sweareth by God's throne^
and by Him that sitteth upon it (Matt, xxiii. 22). Above
the expa?ise which was over the head of the cherubim, was as
it were the appeara?^ of a sapphire stone, the likeness of
a thro?ie, and upon it the appeara7ice of a Man (Ez. i. 26 ;
x. 1). By "the expanse above the head of the cherubs" is
meant heaven. And in the Apocalypse : He that overcometh,
I will give him to sit on My throne (hi. 21). "On the
throne " means in heaven, in particular where His Divine
Truth reigns ; on which account also, where the judgment is
treated of, it is said that the Lord will sit upon a throne,
for judgment is by means of truths.

15. And from Jesus Christ, signifies the Divine Human.
That by Jesus Christ and by the Lamb in the Word is
meant the Lord as to His Divine Human, may be seen
above (n. 6).

16. The faithful Witness, signifies that He is the Divine
Truth itself. That witness is predicated of the truth, and
that the truth testifies concerning itself, and so also the
Lord, who is the Divine Truth itself and the Word, may
be seen above (n. 6).

17. The First-born from the dead, signifies that He is
the Divine Good itself. What the First-born from the dead
is, no one as yet knows ; and what it signifies was disputed
by the ancients. It was known to them, that by the First-
born is signified the first and primary thing from which .s
the all of the church : and it was believed by many, that it
was truth in doctrine and in faith ; but by a few, that it was
truth in act and in work, which is good of life. That the
latter is the first and primary thing of the church, and
thence is meant in the proper sense by the First-born, will
be seen. But, first, the opinion of those who believed that

No. 17.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

truth in doctrine and in faith is the first and primary thing of
the church, and thus the First-born, shall be spoken of.
They believed this because the truth is learned first, and
because the church becomes a church by means of it ; but
still not before the truth becomes of the life. Previously
it is only in the thought of the understanding and in the
memory, and not in the act of the will ; and truth which is
not truth in act or work, does not live : it is only like a tree
luxuriant in branches and leaves, without fruit ; and it is
like knowledge without application to use ; and like the
foundation, upon which a house is built, which is to be
dwelt in. These things are the first in time, but they are
not the first in end ; and the first in end are primary. For
the first thing in end is residence in the house, and the first
in time is the foundation. The first also in end is use, and
the first in time is knowledge. So too the first thing in
end, when a tree is planted, is the fruit • but the first in
time are the branches and leaves. It is the same with the
understanding, which is the first thing formed in a man,
but for the end that that which the man sees with the
understanding he may do ; otherwise the understanding
is like a preacher who teaches well, but lives ill. More-
over, every truth is sown in the internal man, and rooted in
the external : on which account, unless the truth sown is
rooted in the external man, which is done by act, it is like
a tree set not in the ground, but above it ; which, breathed
upon by the heat of the sun, immediately withers away.
This root the man who had done the truths carries with
him after death: but not so the man who had known and
acknowledged them by faith only. Now, as many of the
ancients made that which is first in time the first in end,
which is the primary, they therefore said that the First-born
signified truth in doctrine and in faith in the church, not
knowing that this is the first-born apparently, but not actu-
ally. But all those who made truth in doctrine and in faith
the primary, were condemned j because nothing of deed or

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. i.

work, or nothing of the life, is in such truth. For that
reason Cain, who was the first-born of Adam and Eve, was
condemned. That by him is signified truth in doctrine
and in faith, may be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom con-
cerning the Divine Providence " (n. 242). For that
reason also Reuben, who was Jacob's first-born, was con-
demned by his father (Gen. xlix. 3, 4) ; and the birthright
taken from him (1 Chron. v. 1). That by Reuben in the
spiritual sense is meant truth in doctrine and in faith, will
be seen in the following pages. By the first-born of Egypt,
which were all smitten, because condemned, nothing else
is meant in the spiritual sense but truth in doctrine and
in faith separate from good of life, which truth in itself is
dead. By the goats in Daniel and Matthew no others are
meant but they who are in faith separate from the life,
concerning whom see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning Faith " (n. 61-68). That they who were in faith
separate from the life were rejected and condemned at the
time of the Last Judgment, may be seen in the " Continu-
ation concerning the Last Judgment " (n. 16, &c). It may
be evident from these few things, that truth in doctrine
and in faith is not the first-born of the church, but truth
in act or in work, which is good of life ; for the church
is not in a man before the truth becomes of the life ;
and when the truth becomes of the life, it is then good.
For the thought and memory of the understanding do not
flow in into the will, and through the will into the act ; but
the will flows in into the thought and memory of the under-
standing, and acts : and that which proceeds from the will
through the understanding, proceeds from affection, which
is of the love, through the thought, which is of the under-
standing ; and all this is called good, and enters into the
life : and therefore the Lord says that He that doeth the
t?-uth, doeth it in God (John iii. 21). Since John repre-
sented good of life, and Peter the truth of faith, — see
above (n. 5), — therefore John reclined at the Lord's breast,

No. 17.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

and followed Jesus ; but not Peter (John xxi. 18-23). The
Lord said also of John, that he was to remaifi till He came
(vers. 22, 23) ; consequently to the present day, which is
the Lord's coming : on which account also good of life
is now taught by the Lord for those who will be of His
New Church, which is the New Jerusalem. In short, the
first-born is what truth from good, and thus what the under-
standing from the will, first produces ; because truth is of
the understanding, and good is of the will. This first thing,
because it is as the seed from which the rest proceed, is the
primary. In regard to the Lord, He is the First-born from
the dead, because He is also, as to His Human, the Truth
itself united to the Divine Good, from which all men, who
are in themselves dead, live. The same is meant in David :
/ will make Him My First-born, higher than the kings of
the earth (Ps. lxxxix. 27). This is said of the Lord's Human.
Hence it is that Israel is called the " first-born " (Ex. iv.
22, 23). By Israel is meant truth in act, and by Jacob
truth in doctrine ; and since from the latter alone there is
no church, for that reason Jacob was named Israel : but in
the highest sense the Lord is meant by Israel. On account
of this representation of the first-born, all the first-born and
all the firstfruits were sanctified to Jehovah (Ex. xiii. 2, i2_
xxii. 28, 29). On account of this representation of the
first-born, the Levites were taken in place of all the first-
born in the Israelitish Church ; and it is said that they
were thus Jehovah's (Num. iii. 12, 13, 40-46 ; xviii. 15-18).
For by Levi is signified truth in act, which is good of
life ; and the priesthood was on that account given to his
posterity ; on which subject see in what follows. Therefore
also a double portion of the inheritance was given to the
first-born, and he was called the beginning of the strength
(Deut. xxi. 15-17). The first-born signifies the primary
thing of the church, because in the Word by natural births
are signified spiritual births ; and then what first produces
these in a man is meant by his first-born : for the church is

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. 1.

not in him before the truth of doctrine conceived in the
internal man is born in the external.

1 8. A?id the Prince of the kings of the earth, signifies from
Whom is all truth from good in the Church. This follows
from what goes before, because by the Faithful Witness is
signified the Lord as to the Divine Truth, and by the First-
born He is signified as to the Divine Good \ and thus by
the Prince of the kings of the earth is signified that all truth
from good in the Church is from Him. The reason that
this is signified by the Prince of the kings of the earth is
that by kings in the spiritual sense of the Word are meant
they who are in truths from good, and abstractly the truths
fron, good ; and by the earth is meant the Church. That
this is the signification of kings and earth, may be seen
below (n. 20, and n. 285).

19. That loveth us, and washeth us from our sins in His
blood, signifies who from love and mercy reforms and regen-
erates men by His Divine truths from the Word. It is
manifest that "to wash us from sins" is to purify from evils,
and thus to reform and regenerate ; for regeneration is
spiritual washing. But that by His blood is not meant the
passion of the cross, as is believed by many, but the Divine
Truth proceeding from Him, may be evident from many
passages in the Word, to adduce all of which here would
be too prolix: they will be adduced below (n. 379, 654).
Meantime see what has been said and demonstrated con-
cerning the signification of the Lord's Blood and Flesh in
the Holy Supper, in the " New Jerusalem and its Heavenly
Doctrine," published at London in the year 1758 (n. 210-
222) ; and concerning spiritual washing, which is regener-
ation (n. 202-209).

20. And He maketh us kings and priests, signifies who
gives to those who have been born of Him, that is, regen-
erated, to be in wisdom from Divine truths and in love
from Divine goods. It is known that the Lord is called a
King in the Word, and also a Priest. He is called a King

No. 20.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 57

from His Divine Wisdom, and a Priest from His Divine
Love : and therefore they who are in wisdom from the Lord
are called sons of the King, and also kings ; and they who
are in love from Him are called ministers and priests : for
the wisdom and love in them are not from them, and
thus not theirs, but the Lord's. Hence it is that they are
meant by kings and by priests in the Word ; not that they
are so, but the Lord in them, and causes them to be so
named. They are also called, born of Him, sons of the
kingdom, sons of the Father, and heirs : Bom of Him
(John i. 12, 13); that is, born anew, or regenerated (John
hi. 1, &c). Sons of the kingdom (Matt viii. 12 ; xiii. 38).
Sons of the Father in heaven (Matt. v. 45). Heirs (Ps.
cxxvii. 3 j 1 Sam. ii. 8 ; Matt. xxv. 34). And because they
are said to be heirs, sons of the kingdom, and born of the
Lord as a Father, they are for that reason called kings and
priests. Then, too, it is said that they are to sit with the
Lord on His throne (Apoc. iii. 21). There are two kingdoms
into which the universal heaven is distinguished, the spiritual
kingdom and the heavenly (celestial) kingdom. The spir-
itual kingdom is what is called the Lord's royalty ; and
because all who are there are in wisdom from truths, they are
therefore meant by the kings which the Lord will make those
to be who are in wisdom from Him : and the heavenly king-
dom is what is called the Lord's priesthood ; and because
all who are there are in love from goods, they are therefore
meant by the priests which the Lord will make those to be,
who are in love from Him. In like manner is the Lord's
Church on earth distinguished into two kingdoms. Con-
cerning these two kingdoms, see the work on " Heaven and
Hell," published at London in the year 1758 (n. 24, 226).
He who does not know the spiritual signification of kings
and priests may vainly attempt to explain many things
that are mentioned respecting them in the prophets and
the Apocalypse j as these in the prophets : The sons of tht
stranger shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall mi*i

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

ister unto thee I thou shalt suck the milk of the nations, yea,
thou shalt suck the breasts of kings ; that thou may est know
that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer (Isa. lx.

10, 1 6). Kings shall be thy nursing fathers, and their queens
thy nursing mothers (Isa. xlix. 23 : and elsewhere, as in
Gen. xlix. 20 ; Ps. ii. 10 ; Isa. xiv. 9 ; xxiv. 21 ; Hi. 15 ; Jei.

11. 26 ; iv. 9 ; xlix. 3 j Lam. ii. 6, 9 ; Ez. vii. 26, 27 ; Hos.
iii. 4 ; Zeph. i. 8). By kings here are not meant kings,
but they who are in Divine truths from the Lord, and ab-
stractly the Divine truths from which is wisdom. Neither
are kings meant by the king of the south and the king of the
north, who carried on war with each other (Dan. xi. 1, &c.) ;
but by " the king of the south " they who are in truths, and
by " the king of the north " they who are in falsities. In
like manner in the Apocalypse, where kings are many times
mentioned, as in these places : The sixth angel poured out his
vial upon the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried
up, that the way of the kings from the rising of the sun might
be prepared (xvi. 1 2). The kings of the earth committed whore-
dom with the great harlot that sitteth upon many waters
(xvii. 2). All the natioJis have drunk of the wine of the anger
f the whoredom of Babylon, and the kings of the earth have
-ommitted whoredom with her (xviii. 3). And I saw the beast
rnd the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together
■0 make war with Hiin that sat upon the white horse (xix. 19).
And the nations which are saved shall walk in His light, and
the kings of the earth shall bring their glory and honor into
the New Jerusalem (xxi. 24: and elsewhere, as xvi. 14;
xvii. 2, 9-14 ; xviii. 9, 10). By kings are here meant those
who are in truths, and in the opposite sense those who are
in falsities, and abstractly truths or falsities. By the whore-
dom of Babylon with the kings of the earth is meant the
falsification of the truth of the Church. It is evident that
Babylon, or the woman that sat upon the scarlet beast, did
not commit whoredom with the kings, but that she falsified
the truths of the Word. From these things it is manifest,

No. 21.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

that by kings which the Lord is to make those who are
wise from Him, is not meant that they are to be kings, but
to be wise. That it is so, enlightened reason also sees. So
too in the following : Thou hast made us kings and priests
unto our God, that we may reign upo?i the earth (Apoc. v.
10). That by king the Lord meant the Truth, is manifest
from His words to Pilate : Pilate said to Him, Art thou
not a king then ? Jesus answered, Thou hast said that I
am a King. For this was I born, and for this came I into
the world, that I' might bear testimony to the Truth : every
one that is of the Truth, heareth My voice. Pilate said unto
Him, What is Truth ? (John xviii. 37, 38). To bear testi-
mony to the Truth means that He is the Truth ; and because
from it He called Himself a King, Pilate said, "What is
Truth ? " that is, is truth a king ? That priests signify those
who are in the good of love, and abstractly the goods of
love, will be seen in what follows.

21. Unto God and His Father, signifies and thus images
of His Divine Wisdom and His Divine Love. By God and
the Father in the spiritual sense are not meant two persons ;
but by God is meant the Divine as to Wisdom, and by the
Father the Divine as to Love. For there are two things
in the Lord, the Divine Wisdom and the Divine Love,
or the Divine Truth and the Divine Good. These two are
meant in the Old Testament by God and Jehovah, and
here by God and the Father. Now as the Lord teaches
that He and the Father are one, and that He is in the
Father and the Father in Him (John x. 30; xiv. 10, 11);
by God and the Father two persons are not meant, but the
Lord alone. The Divine also is one and indivisible \ for
which reason by Jesus Christ having made us kings and
priests unto God and His Father, is signified that they
appear before Him as images of His Divine Wisdom and
His Divine Love. In these two things also does the image
of God in men and angels consist. That the Divine, which
in itself is one, is distinguished in the Word by various

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. L

names, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Lord." That the Lord Himself also is the
Father, is evident from these passages ; in Isaiah : Unto
us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given, whose name is
Wonderful, God, Mighty, Father of Eternity, Prince of
Peace (ix. 6). In the same : Thou Jehovah art oitr Father,
cur Pedeemer ; thy name is from everlasting (lxiii. 16).
And in John : If ye had known Me, ye would have knoivn
My Father also ; and from henceforth ye k?i07u Him, a?id
have seen Him. Philip saith imto Him, lord, shoza us the
Father: Jesus saith unto him, He that seeth Me seeth the
Father: how sayest thou then, Show us the Father? believe
Me, that I am in the Father and the Father in Me (xiv. 7-9,
11. See below, n. 962).

22. To Him be glory and strength for ever and ever, signifies
Who alone has Divine Majesty and Divine Omnipotence
to eternity. By " glory " in the Word, where the Lord is
spoken of, the Divine Majesty is meant, and it is predicated
of His Divine Wisdom ; and by " strength " is meant the
Divine Omnipotence, and it is predicated of His Divine
Love ; and by for ever and ever " is meant eternity.
That these things are meant by glory, strength, and for
ever and ever, in speaking of Jehovah or the Lord, may be
confirmed by many passages in the Word.

23. Amc?i signifies the Divine confirmation from Truth,
and thus from Himself. Amen signifies the Truth ; and
because the Lord was the Truth itself, He therefore so
often said Amen [verily] I say unto you ; as in Matt. v. 18,
26 ; vi. 16 \ x. 23, 42 j xvii. 20 ; xviii. 13, 18 ; xxv. 12 \
xxviii. 20 \ John hi. if ; v. 19, 24, 25 ; vi. 26, 32, 47, 53 ;
viii. 34, 51, 58 ; x. 7 ; xiii. 16, 20, 21 ; xxi. 18, 25 : and in
the following places i:i the Apocalypse : These things saith
the Amen, the faithful and true Witness (411.14)5 that is,
the Lord. That the Lord is the Truth itself, He teaches
in John xiv. 6 ; xvii. 19

24. Behold, He cometh ivith the clouds of heaven, signifies

No. 24 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 6 1

that the Lord will reveal Himself in the literal sense of
the Word, and will open its spiritual sense, at the end of
the Church. He who is not at all acquainted with the
internal or spiritual sense of the Word, cannot know what
was meant by the Lord by His coming in the clouds of
heaven. For He said to the high-priest, who adjured Him
to say whether He was the Christ the Son of God, Thou
hast said, I avt ; and ye shall see the Son of Man sitting at
the right hand of power, and coming with the clouds of heaven
(Matt. xxvi. 63, 64; Mark xiv. 61, 62). And where the
Lord is speaking to the disciples of the consummation of
the age, He said, And then shall appear the sign of the Son
of Man, and they shall see Him coming in the clouds of
heaven with power and glory (Matt. xxiv. 30 ; Mark xiii.
26). By " the clouds of heaven V in which He is to come
nothing else is meant but the Word in its literal sense,
and by the glory in which they will see Him is meant the
Word in the spiritual sense. That it is so can hardly be
believed by those who do not think beyond the sense oi
the letter of the Word. To them a cloud is a cloud ; and
hence is the belief that the Lord will appear in the clouds
of heaven, when the last judgment is at hand. But this
falls to the ground, when it is known what a cloud is, —
that it is the Divine Truth in ultimates, and thus the
Word in the literal sense. Clouds appear in the spiritual
world equally as in the natural world. But the clouds in
the spiritual world appear below the heavens with those
who are in the sense of the letter of the Wrord, darker or
brighter according to the understanding and at the same
time the reception of the Word. The reason is, that the
light of heaven there is the Divine Truth, and darkness
there is falsities. Hence bright clouds are the Divine
Truth veiled over by the appearances of truth, such as the
Word is in the letter with those who are in truths ; and
dark clouds, the Divine Truth covered over with fallacies
confirmed from appearances, such as the Word is in the

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

letter with those who are in falsities. I have seen those
clouds often, and it was made manifest whence and what
they are. Now as the Lord, after the glorification of His
Human, became the Divine Truth or the Word even in
ultimates, He said to the high-priest, that From he7iceforth
they should see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven.
But His saying to the disciples, that in the co7isii77i7nation
of the age the sign of the Son of Man should appear, and
that they should see Him coming i7i the clouds of heaven with
power a7id glory, signifies that at the end of the Church,
when the last judgment should take place, He would appear
in the Word, and reveal the spiritual sense ; which has also
been done at this day, because now is the end of the Church,
and the last judgment is accomplished ; as may be evident
from the small works lately published. This is therefore
what is here meant in the Apocalypse by Behold, He cometh
with the clouds : also in what follows : I saw, and oehold,
a white cloud, a7id upon the cloud one sitting like imto the
Son of Man (Apoc. xiv. 14). As also in Daniel: I saw in
visions of the night, and behold, the S071 of Ma7i co7ning with
the clouds (vii. 13). That by the Son of Man, is meant
the Lord as to the Word, may be seen in the " Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord" (n. 19-28).
That the Divine Truth in ultimates, and thence the Word
in the letter, is also meant by clouds elsewhere in the
Word, may be seen from the passages therein where clouds
are mentioned ; as in these : Not as the God of Jeshurmi,
that rideth i7i the heaven y a7id in magnifice7ice upon the
clouds (Deut. xxxiii. 26). Sing ye unto God, praise His
name, extol Him that rideth upo7i the clouds (Ps. lxviii. 4).
Jehovah rid'mg upo7t a swift cloud (Isa. xix. 1). " To
ride upon the clouds " signifies to be in the wisdom of the
Word, for a horse signifies the understanding of the Wora.
Who does not see that God does not ride upon the clouds.
In like manner, God rode ufio7i the cherubs, and put for His
tent the clouds of the heave7is (Ps. xviii. 9-1 1). The cherubs

No. 24.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

also signify the Word (see below, n. 239, 672). A tent sig-
nifies a dwelling : Jehovah layeth the beams of His cha?nbers
in the waters, He maketh a cloud His chariot (Ps. civ. 3).
Waters signify truths, chambers doctrinal tenets, and a
chariot doctrine : all of which are called clouds, because
they are from the literal sense of the Word. In like man-
ner in Job : He bindeth up the waters in His clouds, and the
cloud is not broken under them ; and He spreadeth out His
cloud over His throne (xxvi. 8, 9). . God maketh the light of
His cloud to shine (xxxvii. 15). Give ye strength unto God,
strength upo?i the clouds (Ps. lxviii. 34). The light of a
cloud signifies the Divine Truth of the Word, and strength
signifies the Divine power therein. Lucifer, thou hast said
in thine heart, I will go up above the heights of the cloud, I
will become like wito the Most High (Isa. xiv. 14). Forsake
ye Babel, because she hath lifted herself up even to the clouds
(Jer. li. 9). By Lucifer and Babel those who profane the
goods and truths of the Word are signified, wherefore
these are the things which are there meant by the clouds.
Jehovah spread out a cloud for a covering (Ps. cv. 39).
Jehovah created over every habitation of Zio?i a cloud by
day, for upon all the glory shall be a covering (Isa. iv. 5).
By a cloud here also is meant the Word in the sense of the
letter, which sense, because it encloses and covers the
spiritual sense, is called a covering upon the glory. That
the literal sense of the Word is a covering, lest the spiritual
sense of it should be injured, may be seen in the "Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture "
(n. 33) j and that it is a guard (n. 97). The Divine Truth
in ultimates, which is the same as the Word in the sense
of the letter, was also represented by the cloud in which
Jehovah descended upon mount Sinai, and promulgated
the Law (Ex. xix. 9 ; xxxiv. 5). Also by the cloud which
covered Peter, James, and John, when Jesus was transfig-
ured ; concerning which we read these words : While Peter
was still speaking, behold, a cloud overshadowed them ; and

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

behold^ a voice out of the cloud, saying, This is My beloved
Son, hear ye Him (Matt. xvii. 5 ; Mark ix. 7 ; Luke ix. 34,
35). The Lord in this transfiguration caused Himself to
be seen as the Word ; on which account the cloud overshad-
owed them, and the voice was heard out of the cloud, that
He is the Son of God. " A voice out of a cloud " is out
of the Word. That by a cloud in the opposite sense the
Word as to the literal sense falsified is meant, will be seen
elsewhere.

25. And every eye shall see Him, signifies that all wi .
acknowledge Him who from affection are in the under-
standing of Divine Truth. In the spiritual sense by an
eye is not meant the eye, but the understanding ; wherefore
by " every eye shall see," is signified that all who from affec-
tion are in the understanding of Divine truth will acknowl-
edge ; since they alone both understand and acknowledge.
The rest see indeed, and also understand, but do not ac-
knowledge. The former are signified, because it follows that
those also will see who pierced Him ; by whom they are
meant who are in falsities. That the eye signifies the
understanding will be seen below (n. 48).

26. And they who pierced Him, signifies that those also
will see, who in the Church are in falsities. By piercing
Jesus Christ nothing else is meant but to destroy His
Divine Truth in the Word. This also is meant by Ofie
of the soldiers piei'cing His side, and blood and water coming
out (John xix. 34). Blood and water are the Divine Truth
spiritual and natural, and thus the Word in the spiritual
and the natural sense ; and to pierce the Lord's side is
to destroy both by falsities, as was done also by the Jews.
For all the circumstances' of the Lord's passion represented
the state of the Jewish Church as to the Word ; on which
subject see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concern-
ing the Lord " (n. 15-17). The reason that by piercing Him
is signified to destroy the Word by falsities, is that this is
said concerning Jesus Christ, who is soon after called the

No. 29.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Son of Man ; and by the Son of Man the Lord as to the
Word is meant ; and therefore to pierce the Son of Man
is to destroy the Word.

27. A?id all the tribes of the earth shall wail, signifies
that this will be, when there are no longer any goods and
truths in the Church. That the tribes of the earth signify
the goods and truths of the Church, will be seen in the
explanation of the seventh chapter, where the twelve tribes
of Israel are treated of. By wailing is signified lamenta-
tion that they are dead. The same is meant by these
words as by the Lord's in Matthew : After the affliction
of those days the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall
not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven ; and
then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man ; and then
shall all the tribes of the earth wail (xxiv. 29, 30). These
things are said concerning the consummation of the age,
which is the end of the Church. " The sun shall be
darkened," signifies that love and charity are no longer :
" the moon shall not give her light," signifies that intelli-
gence and faith are no longer : " the stars shall fall from
heaven," signifies that there are no longer any knowledges
of good and truth : " all the tribes of the earth shall wail,"
signifies that there are no goods and truths : " the afflic-
tion " signifies that state of the church.

28. Even so, A7?ien, signifies the Divine confirmation
that thus it will be, as is manifest from the things ex-
plained above (n. 23).

29. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the
End, signifies Who is the Self-existent and the Only from
first things to last, from Whom all things are ; thus Who is
Love Itself and the Only Love, Wisdom Itself and the Only
Wisdom, Life Itself and the Only Life in Himself ; and
thus the Creator Himself and the Only Creator, Saviour,
and Enlightener, from Himself, and thence the all in all of
heaven and the church. These things and many more are
contained in these words by which the Lord is described.

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

That they were said of the Lord, and indeed of His Human,
is plainly manifest ; for it follows afterwards that he heard
a voice saying, I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First
and the Last ; and that he turned himself around to see the
voice which spake with him, a?id that he saw the Son of
Man in the midst of the seven candlesticks (i. 10-13). Who
also said presently, L am the First and the Last, and lie
that liveth, and was dead (vers. 17, 18 ; ii. 8). But thai
all the things which were said above are contained in
those words cannot be proved briefly ; for it would require
many sheets to confirm them fully. But still they are
proved in part in the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom," lately published at
Amsterdam ; which see. The Lord calls Himself " The
Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the End," because
the Alpha and the Omega have reference to His Divine Love,
and the Beginning and the End to His Divine Wisdom. For
in every particular of the Word there is a marriage of love
and wisdom, or of good and truth ; on which see the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture " (n. 80-90). The Lord is called the Alpha and
the Omega, because Alpha is the first letter and Omega
the last in the Greek alphabet ; and hence they signify
all things in the aggregate. The reason is, that every
alphabetical letter in the spiritual world signifies some real
thing ; and a vowel, because it is the vehicle of sound, sig-
nifies something of affection or love. Spiritual and angelic
speech, and also writing, are from this origin. But this is
an arcanum unknown hitherto ; for there is a universal
language, in which are all angels and spirits ; and this has
nothing in common with any language of men in the world.
Into this language every man comes after death ; for it is
implanted in every man from creation : and therefore every
one can understand another throughout the spiritual world.
It has very often been given me to hear that language, as
also to speak it ; and I have compared it with the languages

No. 31.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

in the world, and have found that it does not, even in any
smallest thing, make one with any natural language on
earth. It differs from them in its first principle ; which
is, that each letter of every word is significant, as well in
speaking as in writing. Hence then it is, that the Lord
is called the Alpha and the Omega, by which is signified
that He is the all in all of heaven and the church : and
because they are two vowels, they have reference to love,
as has been said above. Concerning this language and
writing, flowing from the spiritual thought of the angels,
see also some things in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom " (n. 295).

30. Sait A the Lo?'d, who is, and who was, and who is to
come. That it signifies who is Eternal and Infinite, and
Jehovah, may be seen above (n. 13) j where this has been
explained.

31. The Almighty, signifies Who is, lives, and has
power, from Himself, and Who governs all things from
first things by ultimates. Since all things are from the
Lord, being created from first things which are from Him,
and nothing is given which does not exist therefrom, as has
been abundantly shown in the " Angelic Wisdom concern-
ing the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom," it follows that
He is Almighty. Suppose One from whom all things are :
are not they all that One's on whom they depend in order
as the links of a chain do on" the hook ? or as the blood-ves-
sels of the whole body on the heart ? or as each and every
thing of the universe on the sun ? Thus they depend on
the Lord, who is the Sun of the spiritual world, from whom
is all essence, life, and power, with those who are under
that Sun : in a word, from Him we are, we live, and we are
moved (Acts xvii. 28). This is the Divine omnipotence.
That the Lord governs all things from first things by ulti-
mates, is an arcanum not hitherto revealed, but explained
in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the
Lord, ' and " concerning the Sacred Scripture," in many

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

places ; also in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine
Providence" (n. 124) ; and " concerning the Divine Love"
(n. 221). It is known that the Divine, because it is Infinite,
does not fall into the ideas of the thought of any man, nor
of an angel, because those ideas are finite ; and a finite is
not capable of perceiving the Infinite. Yet that it may be
perceived in some measure, it has pleased the Lord to
describe His infinity by these words : I am the Alpha and
the Omega, the Beginning and the End, Who is, and Who
was, and Who is to come, the Almighty. Wherefore these
words include all the things which angel and man can think
spiritually or naturally concerning the Divine ; which in
general are those that have been adduced in a universal
sense above.

32. /, John, who am your fo'other and companion, signi-
fies those who are in the good of charity and thence in the
truths of faith. That the Apostle John represented those
who are in the good of charity, was said above (n. 5) ; and
they who are in the good of charity are also in the truths
of faith, since charity is the soul and life of faith. Hence
it is that John calls himself the brother and companion of
those in the Church to whom he writes, for he wrote to the
Seven Churches. By a brother in the spiritual sense of
the Word is meant one who is in the good of charity ; and
by a companion, one who is thence in the truths of faith.
For by charity all are as it were kindred, but by faith neigh-
bors : for charity conjoins ; not so faith, unless it is from
charity. When faith is from charity, the charity then con-
joins, and the faith consociates : and because they make
one, for that reason the Lord commanded that they should
all be brethren; for He says, One is your Teacher, Christ:
and all ye a?-e brethren (Matt, xxiii. 8). The Lord also
calls those brethren who are in the good of charity, or in
good of life. He said, My mother and My brethren are
these who hear the Word of God, and do it (Luke viii. 2 1 ;
Matt. xii. 49; Mark iii. 33-35). By mother is meant the

No. 32.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

church, and by brethren, they who are in charity ; and
because the good of charity is a brother, the Lord there-
fore calls those who are in it brethren, also in Matt. xxv.
40; and therefore also the disciples (Matt, xxviii. 10;
John xx. 17). But we do not read that the disciples called
the Lord brother, because a brother is good which is from
the Lord. This is comparatively as with a king, a prince,
and a nobleman, who call their relatives and neighbors
brothers ; but still the latter do not call them so in return :
for the Lord says, One is your Teacher, Christ, but all ye
are brethren (Matt, xxiii. 8) ; also, Ye call Me Master and
Lord, and ye say well, for I am (John xiii. 13). The sons
of Israel called all brethren who were from their father
Jacob, and in a wider sense those also that were from
Esau ; but those that were not from them they called com-
panions. But as the Word in the spiritual sense treats only
of those who are in the Lord's Church, by brethren there-
fore in that sense are meant they who are in the good of
charity from the Lord, and by companions they that are in
truths of faith ; thus in the following passages : Thus shall
ye say every one to his companion, and every one to his
brother, What hath Jehovah answered '? (Jer. xxiii. 35). Ye
have not proclaimed liberty every one to his brother a?id every
one to his companion (Jer. xxxiv. 17). Let no one press his
companion nor his brother (Deut. xv. 1, 2). For my breth-
ren and companions' sake L will say (Ps. exxii. 8). Every
OJie helpeth his companion, and saith to his brother, Strengthen
thyself (Isa. xli. 6). And in the opposite sense : Beware
for yourselves every one of his companion, and trust not upon
an) brother : every brother supplanteth, and every companion
is a slanderer (Jer. ix. 4). L will mingle Egypt with Egypt,
that he may fight against his brother and against his com-
panion (Isa. xix. 2 : and in other places). These are
adduced that it may be known why John calls himself a
brother and companion j and that by a brother in the
Word is meant he who is in charity or good, and by a com-

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

parrion he who is in faith or truth. But because charity
is that from which is faith, therefore not any are called
companions by the Lord, but brethren or neighbor. Every
one also is a neighbor according to the quality of his good
(Luke x. 36, 37).

33. In affliction, and in the kingdom and the patient
expectation of Jesus Christ, signifies which in the church
are infested by evils and falsities ; -but these are to be
removed by the Lord, when He comes. By affliction is
meant the state of the church when there are no longer
any goods of charity and truths of faith, but evils and
falsities in place of them. By the kingdom is meant the
church ; and by the patient expectation of Jesus Christ is
meant the Lord's coming : and therefore these words, " In
affliction, and in the kingdom and the patient expectation
of Jesus Christ," gathered into one sense, signify when
the goods and truths of the church are infested by evils
and falsities ; but these are to be removed by the Lord,
when He shall come. That by affliction is meant the state
of the church when it is infested by evils and falsities, is
manifest from these passages : In the consummation of the
age they shall deliver you into affliction, and shall kill you.
There shall be great affliction, such as hath not been from
the beginning of the world, nor shall be. After the affliction
of those days the sun shall be darkened, the moon shall not
give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven (Matt,
xxiv. 9, 21, 29 ; Mark xiii. 19, 24). That "the kingdom "
signifies the Church will be seen in what follows.

34. / was in the island called Patmos, signifies a state
and place in which he could be enlightened. The reason
that the Revelation was made to John in Patmos was, that
it was an island in Greece, not far from the land of Canaan,
and between Asia and Europe ; and by islands are signi-
fied the nations more remote from the worship of God,
but which still are to draw near to it, because they can
be enlightened \ and the same by Greece \ but the church

No. 35.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

itself by the land of Canaan : by Asia, those in the church
who are in the light of truth from the Word ; and by Europe
those to whom the Word is to come. Hence it is that by
the island of Patmos is signified a state and place in which
he could be enlightened. That by islands in the Word are
signified the nations more remote from the worship of God,
but which are still to draw near to it, is manifest from these
places : In Urim honor ye Jehovah, the na?ne of the God
of Israel i?i the islands of the sea (Isa.xxiv. 15). He shall
not quench, nor break, until He set judgment in the earth:
and let the islands hope in His law. Sing ye unto Jehovah
a new song; the islands a?id their inhabitants shall give
glory to Jehovah, and shall proclaim his praise i?i the islands
(Isa. xlii. 4, 10, 12). Attend ye islands unto Me, and ye
peoples from afar (Isa. xllx. 1). In Me shall the islands
hope, and upon My arm shall they trust (Isa. li. 5). The
islands shall trust in Me, and the ships of Tarshish (Isa.
lx. 9). Hear the words of Jehovah, ye nations, and pro-
claim in the islands from afar (Jer. xxxi. 10). That they
should worship Jehovah every one i?i his place, all the islands
of the nations (Zeph. ii. 11; and elsewhere). That the
same is signified by Greece also, is not so manifest from
the Word, because Greece is named only in Dan. viii. 21 ;
x. 20 ; xi. 2 ; as also in John xii. 20 ; Mark vii. 26. That
the Lord's church is meant, by the land of Canaan, which
is thence called the Holy Land and the Heavenly Canaan,
is manifest from many passages in the Word. That by
Asia is meant those in the church who are in the light
of truth from the Word, may be seen above (n. 1 1) ; and
that by Europe is meant they to whom the Word is to
come, is evident.

35. For the Word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus
Christ, signifies, in order that the Divine Truth from the
Word may be received from the heart and so in the light,
and that the Lord's Human may be acknowledged to be
Divine. This was explained above (n. 6).

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

36. / became in the spirit on the Lord^s day, signifies a
spiritual state at that time from Divine influx. I became
in the spirit signifies the spiritual state in which he was
while in the visions, a description of which state follows.
On the Lord's day signifies influx at that time from the
Lord for on that day there is a presence of the Lord,
because the day is holy. From which it is manifest that
(i I became in the spirit on the Lord's day," signifies a
spiritual state then from Divine influx. Of the prophets
we read that they were in the spirit or in vision, also that
the Word was given to them by Jehovah. When they were
in the spirit or in vision, they were not in the body, but in
their spirit ; in which state they saw such things as are in
heaven : but when the Word was given to them, they were
then in the body, and heard Jehovah speaking. These two
states of the prophets are to be carefully distinguished.
In the state of vision the eyes of their spirit were opened,
and the eyes of their body shut; and they then heard
things which the angels spoke, or Jehovah through the
angels ; and they also saw things which were represented
to them in heaven : and they then sometimes seemed to
themselves to be carried away from place to place, the
body remaining in its own place. In this state was John
when he wrote the Apocalypse ; and sometimes also Eze-
kiel, Zechariah, and Daniel ; and it is then said that they
were in Visiofi, or in the Spirit. For Ezekiel says, The
spirit took me up, and brought me back into Chaldea to the
captivity in the vision of God, in the spirit of God : thus
the vision which I saw came up upon me .(xi. 1, 24). He
says also, that the spirit took him up, and he heard an earth-
quake behi?id him ; and other things (iii. 12, 24). Also, that
the spirit took him up betwee?i earth and heaven, and led hi?n
away to Jerusalem in the visions of God, and he saw abom-
inations (viii. 3, &c). In like manner he was in " the vision
of God " or in " the spirit," when he saw the four animals,
which were cherubs (chap. i. and x.) ; as also when he saw

No. 36.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

the new earth and the new temple, and the angel measur-
ing them (chap. xl. to xlviii.). That he was in " the visions
of God " he says in chap. xl. 2 ; and that " the spirit " took
him up, in chap, xliii. 5. The same took place with Zech-
ariah, in whom an angel was at the time, when he saw the
man riding among- the myrtle-trees (i. 8, &c.) : when he saw
the four horns, and then a man in whose hand was a measur-
ing line (ii. 1, 5, &^c.) : when he saw Joshua the high priest
(iii. 1, (S:c.) : when he saw the candlestick and the two olive-
trees (iv. 1, &c.) : when he saw the flying roll and the ephah
(v. 1, 6): and when he saw the four chariois going forth
between two mountains, and the horses (vi. 1, &c). In a
similar state was Daniel, when he saw the four beasts com-
ing up out of the sea (Dan. vii. 1, &c.) ; and when he saw
the battles of the rain and the he-goat (viii. 1, &c). That
he saw them "in visions" he says himself in chap. vii. 1,
2, 7, 13 ; viii. 2 ; x. 1, 7, 8: and that the angel Gabriel
was seen by him "in vision " (ix. 21). The like took place
with John j as when he saw the Sox of Max in the midst
of the srcen candlesticks (Apoc. i.) : when he saw a thro?ie
in heaven, and One sitting upon it, and around the throne the
four animals (chap, iv.) : when he saw the Book sealed
with seven seals (chap, v.) : when he saw the four horses
going forth out of the opened Book (chap, vi.) : when he
saw the four angels standing upon the four corners of the
earth (chap, vii.) : when he saw the locusts going forth out
of the pit of the abyss (chap, ix.) : when he saw the Angel
in whose hand was a little book, which He gave to him to
sat (chap, x.) : when he heard the seven angels sounding
the trumpets (chap, xi.) : when he saw the dragon, and the
woman whom the dragon persecuted; and the battle of the lat-
ter with Michael (chap, xii.) : and afterwards the two beasts
coming up, the one out of the sea, and the other out of the
earth (chnp. xiii.) : when he saw the se7>en angels having the
sn>cn last plagues (chap, xv., xvi.) : when he saw the harlot
sitting upon the scarlet beast (chap, xvii., xviii.) ; and after-

VOL. I. 4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. I.

wards, the white horse and Hi?n thai sat upon him (chap,
xix.) ; and at length, the New Heaven and the New Earth,
and then the New Jerusalem coming down out of heaven
(chap, xxi., xxii.). That John saw these things " in the
spirit" and "in vision," he says in chap. i. 10; iv. 2 ; ix.
17 ; xxi. 10. This is also meant by "I saw," throughout
this book. From these things it is plainly manifest that
to be in the spirit is to be in vision, which takes place by
the opening of the sight of a man's spirit ; and when this
is opened, the things which are in the spiritual world ap-
pear as clearly as do those that are in the natural world
before the sight of the body. That it is so, I can testify
from the experience of many years. In this state were the
disciples when they saw the Lord after the resurrection ;
on which account it is said that " their eyes were opened "
(Luke xxiv. 30, 31). In a similar state was Abraham,
when he saw the three Angels, and spoke with them. The
same of Hagar, Gideon, Joshua, and others, when they
saw the Angels of Jehovah. In like manner when the boy
of Elisha saw the mountain full of chariots and horses of
fire around Elisha ; for Elisha prayed, and said, O Jehovah^
open, I pray, his eyes, that he may see ; and Jehovah opened
the eyes of the boy, and he saw (2 Kings vi. 17). But as
regards the Word, it was not revealed in a state of the
spirit, or in vision, but was dictated by the Lord to the
■ Prophets by the living voice ; on which account it is
A nowhere said that they spoke it from the Holy Spirit,
but " from Jehovah " : see the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Lord " (n. 53).

37. And I heard behind me a great voice as of a trumpet,
signifies the manifest perception of Divine Truth revealed
from heaven. " A great voice," when it is heard from
heaven, signifies the Divine Truth, — treated of in what
follows. It was heard as a trumpet, because, when the
Divine Truth passes down from heaven, it is sometimes so
beard by the angels of the ultimate heaven, and is then

No 3S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

manifestly perceived. It is hence that by a voice as of a
trumpet manifest perception is signified. The signification
of a trumpet will be further treated of below (n. 397, 519).
That a great voice, when it is heard from heaven, signifies
the Divine Truth, is manifest from these passages : The
voice of Jehovah is upon the waters ; the voice of Jehovah is
in power ; the voice of Jehovah is with honor : the voice of
Jehovah is breaking the cedars . the voice of Jehovah falfaig
as a flame of fire : the voice of Jehovah maketh the wilder-
ness to tremble: the voice of Jehovah maketh the hinds to
travail (Ps. xxix. 3-9). Sing to the Lord, ye kingdoms of
the earth ; behold, He will utter with His voice a voice of
strength (Ps. lxviii. 32, 33). Jehovah gave forth His voice
before His army ; for, ?iumberless, it doeth His Word (Joel
ii. 11). Jehovah will utter His voice out of Jerusale?n
(Joel iii. 16). And because a voice signifies the Divine
Truth from the Lord, therefore the Lord said that His
sheep hear His voice : that they know His voice : also, other
sheep I have, which I must bring ; and they shall hear My
voice : My sheep hear My voice ; and I know them, and they
follow Me (John x. 3, 4, 16, 27). And again : The hour
cometh, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God,
and they that hear shall live (John v. 25). " Voice " here
is the Divine Truth of the Lord out of His Word.

38. Saying, I am' the Alpha and the Omega, the Tint
and the Last, signifies Who is the Self-existent and the
Only from first things to last, from whom all things are ;
thus, Who is Love Itself and the Only Love, Wisdom
Itself and the Only Wisdom, Life Itself and the Only
Life, in Himself ; and thus the Creator Himself and the
Only Creator, Saviour, and Enlightener from Himself;
and thence the all in all of heaven and the church : Who
alone is Infinite and Eternal, and Jehovah ; and that He
is the Lord. That these things are all contained in these
words, and infinitely more, may be seen above (n. 13, 29).
It is there said that all the syllables or letters of the alpha-

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

bet in the spiritual world signify real things ; and that
their speech and writing there are thence ; and that for
that reason the Lord describes His Divinity and Infinity
by the Alpha and the Omega ; by which is signified that
He is the all in all of heaven and the church. Since in
the spiritual world, and thence in the angelic language,
every letter signifies a real thing, therefore David wrote the
cxix. Psalm in the order of the letters of the alphabet,
beginning with Aleph, and ending with Tau ; as may be
evident from the initials of the verses there. A similar
thing appears in Psalm cxi., but not so manifestly. On
this account also Abram was called Abraham, and Sarai
was called Sarah ; which was done for the reason that in
heaven by Abraham and by Sarah they should not be
understood, but the Divine ; as it also is understood : for
the H involves infinity, because it is only an aspirate.
More may be seen on this subject above (n. 29).

39. What thou seest write i?i a Book : That it signifies
that they might be revealed to posterity, is manifest with-
out explanation.

40. And send unto the Churches that are in Asia, signifies
for those in the Christian world who are in the light of
truth from the Word. That these are meant by the churches
in Asia may be seen above (n. 10, 11).

41. Unto Ephesus and Smyrna, and unto Pergamos and
Thyatira, and unto Sardis and Philadelphia, and unto
Laodicea, signifies in particular according to the state of
each one's reception. That all the states of reception
of the Lord and His Church are signified in the spiritual
sense by these seven names, will be seen below : for John,
when this was commanded him, was in a spiritual state ;
and in that state nothing is called by a name which does
not signify a real thing or a state : on which account these
things which were written were not sent by John to any
Church in those places, but were said to their angels
by whom are meant those who receive. That spiritua.

No. 42.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

realities are meant by all the names of places and per-
sons in the whole Word, has been shown in many places
in the " Heavenly Arcana/' published at London : as what
by Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob ; also by Israel, and by the
names of his twelve sons ; as also what by the various
places in the land of Canaan, and by the places bordering
upon that land; and what by Egypt, Syria, Assyria, and
others. It is the same with these seven names. But he
who wishes to remain in the sense of the letter, let him
remain, because that sense conjoins : only let him know
that by those names the angels perceive real things and
the states of the Church.

42. And I turned to see the voice which was speakmg
with me, signifies the inversion of the state of th#se who
are in good of life, as to the perception of truth in the
"Word, when they turn themselves to the Lord. John says
that "he heard the voice behind him" (vers. 10); and
now, that " he turned to see the voice ; " and again, that
" having turned he saw seven candlesticks ; " from which
it is manifest that he heard the voice from behind, and that
he turned himself around to see whence it was. That there
is an arcanum in this, is manifest. The arcanum is, that
before a man turns himself to the Lord, and acknowledges
Him as the God of heaven and earth, he cannot see the
Divine Truth in the Word. The reason is, because God is
One both in person and essence, in whom is a Trinity ;
and that the Lord is that God : on which account they who
acknowledge a trinity of persons look primarily to the
Father, and some to the Holy Spirit, and rarely to the
Lord ; and if to the Lord, they think of His Human as of
an ordinary man. When a man does this, he cannot be
enlightened in the Word : for the Lord is the Word j for it
is from Him, and concerning Him. They therefore who
do not approach the Lord alone, look at Him and His
Word as behind them, and not before them j or at their
back, and not in front. This is the arcanum which lies

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. I

hid in these words ; that " John heard a voice behind him,
and that he turned to see the voice, and being turned saw
seven golden candlesticks, and in the midst of them the
Son of Man : " for the voice which he heard came from the
Son of Man, who is the Lord. That the Lord alone is
the God of heaven and earth, He now teaches by a mani-
fest voice ; for He says, I am the Alpha and the Omega, the
Beginning and the End, saith the Lord, Who is, a?id Who
was, and Who is to come (vers. 8) ; and here, / am the
Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last (vers, n) ;
and afterwards, / am the First and the Last (vers. 17 ; and
chap. ii. 8). That by " a voice," when from the Lord, the
Divine Truth is meant, may be seen above (n. 37) ; and that
by Johgi are meant they in the church who are in good of
life, may be seen (n. 5, 6). It may now be evident from
these things, that by these words, " And I turned to see
the voice which was speaking with me," is signified the
inversion of the state of those who are in good of life, as
to the perception of truth in the Word, when they turn
themselves to the Lord.

43. And having turned L saw seven golden candlesticks,
signifies the New Church, which will be in enlightenment
from the Lord out of the Word. That the seven candle-
sticks are the seven churches, is said in the last verse of
this chapter ; and that by the seven churches are meant all
who are in the Christian world and draw near to the church,
may be seen above (n. 10) ; and in particular according to
the state of each one's reception (n. 41). That by the
seven candlesticks the New Church is meant, is because in
it and in the midst of it is the Lord : for it is said that in
the midst of the seven candlesticks he saw one like unto
the Son of Man ; and by the Son of Man is meant the
Lord as to the Word. The candlesticks were seen to be
golden, because gold signifies good ; and every church is a
church from good which is formed by truths. That gold
signifies good, will be seen in what follows. The candle-

No. 4J.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

sticks were not one next another, or placed in contact, but
at distances, making a kind of circle \ as is manifest from
these words in the following chapter : These things saith
He that walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks
(vers. i). Nothing is said of the lamps in those candlesticks,
but in the following chapter it is said, that the " Holy Jeru-
salem," that is, the New Church, hath no need of the sun,
nor of the moon ; because the lamp of it is the Lamb : and the
nations which are saved shall walk in His light (Apoc. xxi.
23, 24) : and further, They have no need of a la?np, for the
Lord God enlighteneth them (xxii. 5) : for they who will be
of the Lord's New Church are only candlesticks, who will
give light from the Lord. By the golden candlestick in the
tabernacle nothing else was represented but the Church as
to enlightenment from the Lord ; concerning which candle-
stick see Ex. xxv. 31 to end; xxxvii. 17-24; Lev. xxiv.
3, 4 ; Num. viii. 2-4. That it represented the Lord's Church
as to Divine spiritual love, which is love towards the neigh-
bor, may be seen in the " Heavenly Arcana " published at
London (n. 954S, 9555, 955S, 9561, 9570, 97S3); also below
(n. 493). By the candlestick also in Zechariah (chap, iv.),
is signified a New Church to be established by the Lord,
since it signifies a New House of God, or New Temple ;
as is manifest from what follows there : and by a House of
God, or a Temple, the Church is signified, and in the highest
sense the Lord's Divine Human ; as He teaches (John ii.
19-21, and elsewhere). But it shall be told what is signified
in order in Zechariah (chap, iv.), when the candlestick was
seen by him. By the things which are contained from vers.
1-7 is signified the enlightenment of the New Church by
the Lord from the good of love through truth. The olive-
trees there signify the Church as to the good of love. By
the things there from vers. 8-10 is signified that this is from
the Lord. By Zerubbabel there, who is to build the house,
and thus the Church, the Lord is represented. By the
flings from vers. ii-T.j, is signified that there will also be

SO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I,

in that church truths from a heavenly origin. This explana*
tion of that chapter has been given to me by the Lord,
through heaven.

44. And i?i the midst of the seven candlesticks One like unto
the Son of Man, signifies the Lord as to the Word, from
whom is the Church. It is known from the Word, that
the Lord called Himself the Son of God and also the Son
of Man. That by the Son of God He meant Himself as
to the Divine Human, and by the Son of Man Himself as to
the Word, has been fully demonstrated in the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord " (n. 19-28) ; and
as it has been fully confirmed there from the Word, it is
unnecessary to confirm it further here. Now as the Lord
represented Himself before John as the Word, therefore as
seen by him He is called the Son of Man. He represented
Himself as the Word, because the New Church is treated
of, which is a Church from the Word, and according to the
understanding of it. That the church is from the Word, and
that it is such as is its understanding of the Word, may be
seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Sacred Scripture " (n. 76-79). Since the church is a
church from the Lord by means of the Word, therefore the
Son of Man was seen in the midst of the candlesticks.
In the midst signifies in the inmost, from which the things
that are around, or that are without, derive their essence,
here their light or intelligence. That the inmost is the all
in the things which are around or without, has been abun-
dantly shown in the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and Divine Wisdom." It is like light and
flame in the midst, from which all the circumferences have
light and ate warm. "In the midst" signifies the same in
the following passages in the Word : Cry out and shout, O
inhabitants of Zion : for great in the midst of thee is the Holy
One of Israel (Is. xii. 6). God is my King, working salva-
tions in the midst of the earth (Ps. lxxiv. 12). We haw
thought of thy mercy, O God in the midst of thy temple (Ps

No. 45.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

xlviii. 9). God standeth in the congregatiofi of God, He shall
judge in the midst of the gods (Ps. lxxxii. 1). Those are
called gods who are in Divine truths from the Lord, and
abstractly the truths themselves. Behold, I send an a?igel
before thee : beware of His face, since My name is in the
midst of Him (Ex. xxiii. 20, 21). The " name of Jehovah "
is all the Divine : " in the midst " is in the inmost, and
thence in every thing of it. The midst also signifies the
inmost, and thence the all, in many other places in the
Word, even where the evil are treated of ; as in Isa. xxiv.
13 ; Jer. xxiii. 9 ; Ps. v. 9 ; Jer. ix. 5, 6 ; Ps. xxxvi. 1 ; Ps.
liv. 7 ; Ps. lxii. 4. These passages are adduced, that it
may be known that " in the midst of the candlesticks "
signifies in the inmost from which is the Church and all
that belongs to it ; for the Church and all that belongs to
it is from the Lord through the Word. That the candle-
sticks signify the New Church, may be seen just above
(n. 43)-

45. Clothed with a garment down to the foot, signifies the
proceeding Divine, which is the Divine Truth. That " a
garment down to the foot" signifies the proceeding Divine
which is the Divine Truth, is because garments in the
Word signify truths : hence " a garment down to the foot,"
which is a general garment, when speaking of the Lord,
signifies the proceeding Divine Truth. That garments in the
Word signify truths, is because they are clothed in heaven
according to the truths proceeding from their good ; on which
subject see the work on "Heaven and Hell," published at
London in the year 1758, n. 177-182. In the following
pages also it will be seen that nothing else is meant by
garments in the Word in its spiritual sense j consequently
nothing else by the Lord's garments when He was trans-
figured, which appeared bright as the light (Matt. xvii.
1-4 ; Mark ix. 2-8 j Luke ix. 28-36) : nor any thing else I
by the Lord's garments which the soldiers divided (John L*
xix. 23, 24). That similar things were represented and

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

thence signified by Aaron's garments, may be seen in
the "Heavenly Arcana," published at London (n. 9814,
10068) ; in particular what by the ephod (n. 9477, 9824,
10005); what by the robe (n. 9825, 10005); what by the
undercoat (n. 9826, 9942) ; and what by the mitre (n. 9827) :
for Aaron represented the Lord's priestly office. On
the signification of garments from the Word, see below
(n. 166, 328).

46.. And girded at the paps with a go/den girdle, signifies
the proceeding and at the same time conjoining Divine,
which is the Divine Good. That a golden gird]e signifies this,
is because by the Lord's breast, and in particular by the paps
there, His Divine Love is signified ; hence by the golden
girdle which girded, is signified the proceeding and at the
same time conjoining Divine, which is the Divine Good
of the Divine Love. Gold also signifies good (see below,
n. 913). Also a zone or girdle in the Word signifies the
common bond by which all things are held together in order
and connection ; as in Isaiah : A Rod shall go forth out of
the stem of Jesse : justice shall be the girdle of His loins,
and truth the girdle of His thighs (xi. 1,5). " The Rod going
forth out of the stem of Jesse " is the Lord. That the
girdle of the ephod and the belt of the undercoat of
Aaron signified conjunction, may be seen in the " Heavenly
Arcana," published at London (n. 9837, 9944). Since a
girdle signifies the bond conjoining the goods and truths
of the Church, therefore when the Church among the sons
of Israel was destroyed, the prophet Jeremiah was com-
manded to buy for himself a girdle, and to put it upon his
loins, a?id the?i to hide it in the hole of a rock by the Eu-
phrates ; and at the end of the days, when he took it again,
behold, it was rotten, and was profitable for nothing (Jer.
xiii. 1-12) : by which was r presented that the good of the
Church was then nothing, £. ad that hence its truths were
dissipated. The like is sig lifted by a girdle in Isaiah :
Instead of a girdle there shall be a rent (m. 24: and else

No. 47-1 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

»3

where also). That by the paps or breasts the Divine Love
is signified, is manifest from the places in the Word where
they are named, as also from their correspondence with
kr-e.

47. And His head a?id hairs were white as wool, like snow,
signifies the Divine Love of the Divine Wisdom in first
principles and in ultimates. By the head of man is signi-
fied die all of his life, and the all of a man's life has refer-
ence to love and wisdom ; and therefore by the head is
signified wisdom and at the same time love. But as love
is not given without its wisdom, nor wisdom without its
love, it is therefore the love of wisdom which is meant by
the head ; and when speaking of the Lord, it is the Divine
Lo *e of the Divine Wisdom. But on the signification of
the head, from the Word, see below (n. 538, 565). When
by the head, therefore, love and at the same time wisdom
in their first principles are meant, it follows that by the
Lairs are meant love and wisdom in their ultimates ; and as
hairs are here mentioned of the Son of Man, who is the
Lord as to the Word, by His hairs are signified the Divine
Good which is of Love, and the Divine Truth which is of
Wisdom, in the ultimates of the Word ; and the ultimates
of the Word are the things which are contained in the
literal sense. That the Word in this sense is signified
by the hairs of the Son of Man, or of the Lord, appears
a paradox ; but still it is true. This may be evident
from the places in the Word adduced in the "Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture"
(n- 35* 49) ; where it was also shown that the Nazarites in
the Israelitish church represented the Lord as to the Word
in its ultimates, which is the literal sense. For Nazarite
in the Hebrew tongue is the hair, or the hair of the head :
hence Samson, who was a Nazarite from the womb, had
power m his locks. That the Divine Truth is in like man-
ner in power in the sense of the letter of the Word, may
be seen in the above-named " Doctrine of the Sacred Scrip-

84 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. 1.

ture " (n. 37-49). For this reason also the high-priest and
his sons were severely prohibited from shaving the head.
For this reason also the forty-two children were torn in
pieces by two she-bears, because they called Elisha Bald.
Elisba, like Elijah, represented the Lord as to the Word.
Bald signifies the Word without its ultimate, which, as was
said, is the literal sense ; and the she-bears signify this
sense of the Word separated from its internal sense. They
who separate them appear also in the spiritual world like
bears, but at a distance. It is hence manifest why it was
so done with the children. On that account also it was
the highest disgrace and cause of extreme mourning to
induce baldness. Wherefore, when the Israelitish nation
had perverted all the sense of the letter of the Word,
this lamentation is made over them : The Nazarites were
whiter than snow, bright-white above milk ; their form was
darkened more than blackness ; they are not k?iown in the
streets (Lam. iv. 7, 8) : also, Every head is made bald, and
every shoitlder is plucked of its hair (Ez. xxix. 18). Shame
upon all faces, and baldness upon all heads (Ez. vii. 18. In
like manner Isa. xv. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 37 ; Amos viii. 10).
Since the sons of Israel dispersed by falsities all the sense
of the letter of the Word, it was therefore commanded the
prophet Ezekiel, that he might thereby represent this, to
shave his head with a razor, a?id to burn a third part of the
hairs in the fire, to smite a third part with a sword, and to
scatter a third part to the wind, and to bind up some in his
skirts ; that also he should afterwards cast some into the fire
(Ez. v. 1-4, &c.) On this account it is also said in Micah,
Put oft baldness, and shave thee for the sons of thy delights :
efilarge baldness as the eagle, because they have departed from
thee (i. 16). The " sons of delights " are the genuine truths
of the church from the Word. And because Nebuchad-
nezzar king of Babylon represented the Babylonian falsifi-
cation of the Word and the destruction of all truth therein,
hence it came to pass that his hair grew like eagles' feather*

No. 47.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

(Dan. iv. 30). Since the hairs signified that holy part of
the Word, it is therefore said of the Nazarites, that they
should not shave the hair of their head, because that is the
Nazariteship of God upon their head (Num. vi. 1-2 1): and
it was therefore a statute, that the high-priest and his sons
should not shave their head, lest they should die, and wrath
should come upon the entire house of Israel (Lev. x. 6). Now
since by the hairs is signified the Divine Truth in ultimates,
which in the church is the Word in the sense of the letter,
the like is- therefore said also of the Ancient of Days in
Daniel : I saw until the thrones were cast down, and the
Ancient of Days did sit: His garme?it was white like snow,
and the hair of His head like clean wool (vii. 9). That " the
Ancient of Days " is the Lord is plainly manifest in Micah :
Thou Bcthlehe?n Ephratah, it is little that thou art among the
thousands of Judah ; out of thee shall go forth to Me He who
shall be Ruler in Israel, and Whose going forth is of Old,
from the days of eternity (v. 2) : and in Isaiah, where He
is called Father of Eternity (ix. 6). From these passages,
and from many others, which are not adduced on account
of their abundance, it may be evident that by " the head
and the hairs of the Son of Man, which were white as
wool, like snow," is meant the Divine of Love and Wisdom
in first principles and in ultimates : and since by the Son
of Man the Lord as to the Word is meant, it follows thai
the Litter in first principles and in ultimates is also meant.
Why, otherwise, should it be, that the Lord here in the
Apocalypse, and the Ancient of Days in Daniel, should be
described even as to their hairs ? That the sense of the
letter of the Word is signified by the hairs, is plainly mani-
fest from those who are in the spiritual world. They who
have despised the sense of the letter of the Word appear
bald there ; and on the contrary, they who have loved the
sense of the letter of the Word, appear there in becoming
heads of hair. It is said, "like wool and like snow,"
because wool signifies good in ultimates, and snow truth in

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

nltimates ; as also in Isaiah (chap. i. 18) : for wool is from
sheep, by which the good of charity is signified ; and snow
is from water, by which the truths of faith are signified.

48. And His eyes as a flame of fire, signifies the Divine
Wisdom of the Divine Love. By eyes in the Word the
understanding is meant, and thence by the sight of the
eyes intelligence ; and therefore in speaking of the Lord,
the Divine Wisdom is meant. But by "a flame of fire"
spiritual love, which is charity, is signified ; and therefore,
when said of the Lord, the Divine Love is meant. Hence
then by His eyes being as a flame of fire, the Divine
Wisdom of the Divine Love is signified. That the eye
signifies the understanding, is because they correspond ;
for as the eye sees by natural light, so the understanding
sees by spiritual light : for which reason to see is predicated
of both. That in the Word the understanding is signified
by the eye, is manifest from these passages following:
Lead forth the blmd people that have eyes, and the deaf that
have ears (Isa. xliii. 8). In that day the deaf shall hear the
words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of
thick darkness (Isa. xxix. 18). Then shall be opened the eyes
of the blind, and the ears of the deaf (Isa. xxxv. 5). J
will give Thee for the light of the nations, to open the eyes of
the blind (Isa. xlii. 6, 7). This is concerning the Lord, who,
when He shall come, will open the understanding of those
that are in ignorance of truth. That this is meant by
opening the eyes, is further manifest from these passages :
Make fat the heart of this people, and cover over their eyes, lest
peradventnre they see with their eyes (Isa. vi. 9, 10 ; John xii.
40). Jehovah hath poured out upon you the spirit of sleep,
and hath closed up your eyes, the prophets and your heads, the
seers hath He covered up (Isa. xxix. 10; xxx. 10). Who
shutteth his eyes, lest he should see evil (Isa. xxxiii. 15).
Hear ye these t/wigs, O foolish people, who have eyes, and
they see ?iot (Ez. xii. 2). The punishment of the shepherd that
deserteih the flock ; the sword shall be upon his right eye, and

No. 48.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

his right eye shall be utterly darkened (Zech. xi. 1 7). 27ie
plague with which Jehovah shall smite all the peoples which
shall fight against Jerusalem ; their eyes shall consume away
in their sockets (Zech. xiv. 12). / will smite every horse
with astonishment, and every horse of the people with blind
ness (Zech. xii. 4). " A horse " in the spiritual sense is the
understanding of the Word (n. 298). Hear me, O Jehovah
my God ; enlighten mine eyes, lest I sleep death (Ps. xiii. 3).
Every one sees that in these places the understanding is
signified by the eyes. It is hence manifest what is meant
by the Lord by the eye in these passages : The lamp of the
body is the eye : if thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be
light ; if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be darkened :
if then the light which is in thee be darkness, how great is the
darkness (Matt. vi. 22, 23 ; Luke xi. 34). If thy right eye
offejid thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee ; for it is better
to enter into life with one eye, than having two eyes to be sent
i?ito the hell of fire (Matt. v. 29 j xviii. 9). By eye in these
places is not meant the eye, but the understanding of truth.
Since the understanding of truth is signified by the eye,
it was therefore among the statutes for the sons of Israel,
that one blind or disordered in the eye, of the seed of Aaron,
should not come near to offer sacrifice, nor enter within the
vail (Lev. xxi. 18, 20) : also that what was blind should not
be offered in sacrifice (Lev. xxii. 22 j Mai. i. 8). From these
things it is manifest what is meant by the eye when speak-
ing of man. Hence it follows that by the eye, when speaking
of the Lord, is meant His Divine Wisdom, also His Omni-
science and Providence j as in these passages : Open thine
eyes, O Jehovah, and see (Isa. xxxvii. 17). I will set Mine
eye upon them for good, and will build the?n up (Jer. xxiv. 6).
Behold, the eye of Jehovah is upon them that fear Hi?n (Ps.
xxxiii. 18). Jehovah is in the temple of holiness ; His eyes
behold, His eyelids try, the sons of man (Ps. xi. 4). Since
by cherubs the Lord's guard and providence are signified,
lest the spiritual sense of the Word should be harmed, it is

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

therefore said of the four animals, which were cherubs, that
they were full of eyes before and behind, and that their wings
were in like manner full of eyes (Apoc. iv. 6, 8) : also, that
the wheels, upon which the cherubs were carried, were full of
eyes round about (Ez. x. 12). That by " a flame of fire " is
meant His Divine Love, will be seen in the following pages,
where flame and fire are mentioned : and because it is said
that " His eyes were as a flame of fire," the Divine Wisdom
of the Divine Love is signified. That in the Lord the Divine
Love is of the Divine Wisdom and the Divine Wisdom is
of the Divine Love, and thus there is a reciprocal union
of both, is an arcanum disclosed in the " Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom "
(n. 34-39, and elsewhere).

49. And His feet like unto fine-brass, as if glowing in a
furnace, signifies the Natural Divine Good. " The feet "
of the Lord signify His Natural Divine ; fire or "glowing"
signifies Good ; and fine-brass signifies the natural good
of truth : therefore by " the feet of the Son of Man like
unto fine-brass, as if glowing in a furnace," is signified the
Natural Divine Good. It is from correspondence that
His feet signify this. In the Lord, and hence from the
Lord, there is the Heavenly (Celestial) Divine, the Spirit-
ual Divine, and the Natural Divine. The Heavenly Divine
is meant by the head of the Son of Man ; the Spiritual
Divine by His eyes, and by His breast which was girded
with the golden girdle ; and the Natural Divine by His
feet. Because these three are in the Lord, therefore also
the three are in the angelic heaven. The third or high-
est heaven is in the Heavenly Divine, the second or middle
heaven is in the Spiritual Divine, and the first or ultimate
heaven in the Natural Divine : in like manner the Church
on the earth. For the whole heaven before the Lord is
as one man ; in which they who are in the Lord's Heavenly
Divine make the head, they who are in the Spiritual Divine
make the body, and they who are in the Natural Divine

No. 49.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 89

make the feet. Hence also in every man, because he was
created in the image of God, there are these three degrees ;
and as they are opened, he becomes an angel either of the
third heaven, or of the second, or of the ultimate. Hence
also it is, that there are three senses in the Word, the
heavenly, the spiritual, and the natural. That it is so,
may be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom," particularly in Part
Third ; in which these three degrees are treated of. That
the feet, the soles, and the heels correspond to natural
things with man, and therefore signify natural things
in the Word, may be seen in the " Heavenly Arcana,"
published at London (n. 2162, 4938-4952). The Natu-
ral Divine Good is also signified by the feet in the fol-
lowing passages in Daniel : / lifted up my eyes, and saw,
behold a man clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with
gold of Uphaz, His body like the beryl, a?id His eyes as lamps
of fire, His arms and His Feet as the brightness of polished
brass (x. 5, 6). In the Apocalypse : I saw an a?igel coming
down from heaven, His Feet as pillars of fire (x. 1). And
m Ezekiel : The Feet of the cherubs were glittering like the
brightness of polished brass (i. 7). The angels and cherubs
were seen thus, because the Lord's Divine was represented
in them. Since the Lord's church is under the heavens,
and thus under the Lord's feet, it is therefore called the
footstool of His feet, in these places : The glory of Lebanon
shall come unto thee, to decorate the place of My sanctuary ;
and 1 7a ill render the place of My Feet honorable : and fhey
shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet (Isa. lx 13,
1 4). The heaven is My throne, and the earth the footstool of
My Feet (Isa. lxvi. 1). God re?nembe?-eth ?iot the footstool
of His Feet in the day of His anger (Lam. ii. 1). Worship
Jehovah towards the footstool of His Feet (Ps. xcix. 5). Be-
hold, we heard of Him in Ephratah, Bethlehem ; we will
enter into His habitations ; we will bow ourselves down at the
footstool of His Feet (Ps. exxxii. 6, 7). Hence it is, that the}

90 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

fell down at the LoriVs feet worshippi?ig (Matt, xxviii.
9 ; Mark v. 22 ; Luke viii. 41 ; John xi. 32) : also, that
they kissed His feet, and wiped them with their hairs (Luke
vii. 37, 38, 44, 46 ; John xi. 2 ; xii. 3). As the natural is
signified by the feet, therefore the Lord said to Peter,
when He washed his feet, He that hath been washed hath
no need save to wash the feet, and is wholly clean (John
xiii. 10). To wash the feet is to purify the natural man;
and when this is purified, the whole man also is purified ;
as is shown in many places in the " Heavenly Arcana "
and in the " Doctrines of the New Jerusalem." The
natural man, which is also the external man, is purified,
when he shuns the evils which the spiritual or internal man
sees are evils and are to be shunned. Now as by the feet
is meant man's natural, and this perverts all things if it is
not washed or purified, the Lord therefore says, If thy foot
cause tfiee to offend, cut it off : it is better for thee to enter into
life halt, than to have two feet, and be cast into hell into the un-
quenchable fire (Mark ix. 45). The foot is not here meant,
but the natural man*. The like is meant by treadi7ig down
with the feet the good of the pastures, and by troubling the
waters with the feet (Ez. xxxii. 2 ; xxxiv. 18, 19 ; Dan. vii.
7, 19 ; and elsewhere). Since by the Son of Man the Lord
as to the Word is meant, it is manifest that by His feet the
Word in the natural sense is also meant, which is much
treated of in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture ; " as also, that the Lord came
into the world, that He might fulfil all the things of the
Word, and thereby become the Word even in ultimates (n.
98-100). But this arcanum is for those who will be in the
New Jerusalem. The Lord's Divine Natural was also sig-
nified by the brazen serpent set up by Moses in the wilder-
ness as commanded, on looking at which all who were
bitten by the serpents were healed (Num. xxi. 6, 8, 9).
That it signified the Lord's Divine Natural, and that they
are saved who look to that, the Lord Himself teaches in

No. 50.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

John : As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so
must the Son of Man be lifted up ; that every one that be-
lirc'eth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life
(iii. 14, 15). The reason of that serpent's being made of
brass is that brass, as well as fine-brass, signifies the nat-
ural as to good ; see below (n. 775).

50. And His voice as the voice of many waters, signifies
the Natural Divine Truth. That a voice, when from the
Lord, signifies the Divine Truth, may be seen above
(n. 37). That waters signify truths, and in particular
natural truths, which are knowledges from the Word, is
evident from many passages in the Word, of which the
following only will be quoted : The earth is full of the
kn 07v ledge of Jehovah, as the waters cover the sea (Is a.
xi. 9). Then with gladness shall ye draw 7vaters out of
the fountains of salvation (Isa. xii. 3). He that walketh
righteously, and speaketh uprightfiess, bread shall be given
him, and water shall be sure (Isa. xxxiii. 15, 16). The poor
and needy seek water, but there is none ; their tongue failcth
for thirst : I will open rivers upon the hillsides, and will put
fountains in the midst of the valleys, I will mahe the desert
a pool of waters, and the dry land springs of waters ; that
they may see, acknowledge, atte?id, and understand (Isa. xli.
17, 18, 20). I will pour waters upon him that thirsteth,
and foods upon the dry ground ; I will pour out My Spirit
(Isa. xliv. 3). Thy light shall arise in the darkness, that
thou mayest be as a watered garden, and as a going forth of
waters, whose waters shall not fail (Isa. lviii. 10, 11). My
people have done two evils ; they have deserted Ale, the fou?i-
tain of living waters, to cut out for themselves pits, which do
not hold waters (Jer. ii. 13). The nobles sent the younger
ones for water ; they came to the pits, they found no waters,
their vessels were returned empty (Jer. xiv. 3). They
have forsaken Jehovah, the fountain of living waters (Jer.
xvii. 13). 77/ ey shall come with weeping, and with weeping
**iU I bring them ; I will lead them to the foun tain of waters

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED [Chap. L

in a straight way (Jer. xxxi. 9). / will break the staff of
bread, and they shall dri?ik waters by measure and in aston-
ishment, that they may consume away for their i?iiquities
(Ez. iv. 16, 17 ; xii. 18, 19; Isa. li. 14). Behold, the days
shall come, in which I will send a famine upon the land ; not
a famine for bread, nor a thirst for waters ; but for hearing
the Word of Jehovah : they shall wander from sea to sea,
and shall mm to and fro to seek the Word of Jehovah, nor
shall they fi?id it : in that day the virgins and the youths shall
fail for thirst (Amos viii. 11-13). In that day living waters
shall go out from Jerusalem (Zech. xiv. 8). Jehovah is my
Shepherd ; He will lead me to the waters of quietness (Ps.
xxiii. 1, 2). They shall not thirst ; He will make waters to
flow out of the rock for them, and He will cleave the rock that
the waters may flow out (Isa. xlviii. 21). O God, I seek
thee- in the morning ; my soul thirsteth, I am faint without
waters (Ps. lxiii. 1). Jehovah sendeth the Word ; He maketh
the wind to blow, that the waters may flow (Ps. cxlvii. 18, 19).
Praise ye Jehovah, ye heavens of heavens, and ye waters that
are above the heave?is (Ps. cxlviii. 4). Jesus sitting at
Jacob's fountain said to the woman, Every one that drinketh
of this water shall thirst again, but he that drinketh of the
water which I will give shall not thirst for ever ; and the water
which I will give shall become in him a fountain of water
springing up tmto everlasting life (John iv. 7-15). Jesus
said, If any one thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink : he
that believeth on Me, as the Scripture saith, Out of his belly
shall flow rivers of living water (John vii. 37, 38). 7b him
that thirsteth will I give of the fountain of the water of life
freely (Apoc. xxi. 6). He showed him a river of water of
life going out of the throne of God and of the Lamb (Apoc.
xxii. 1). The Spirit and the Bride say, Come; and let him
that heareth, say, Come ; and let him that thirsteth come ; and
let him that willeth take tvater of life freely (Apoc. xxii. 1 7).
By waters in these passages are meant truths ; whence it
is manifest that by "the voice of many waters" is meant

No. si]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

the Lord's Divine Truth in the Word : and so in these
passages : Behold, the glory of the God of Israel ca?ne fro?n
the way of the east, and His voice was as the voice of many
waters, and the earth was lighted by His glory (Ez. xliii. 2).
I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters
(Apoc. xiv. 2). The voice of jfehovah is tipon the waters,
jfehovah is upon many waters (Ps. xxix. 3). When it is
known that by waters in the Word are meant truths in the
natural man, it may be evident what was signified by the
washings in the Israelitish church ; and what is signified
also by Baptism ; and by these words of the Lord in John :
Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot
enter into the kingdom of God (iii. 5). " Of water " signifies
by truths; and "of the Spirit" signifies by a life according
to them. That waters in the opposite sense signify falsities,
will be seen in what follows.

51. And having hi His right hand seven stars, signifies
all the knowledges of good and truth in the Word, which
are therefrom with the angels of heaven and the men of
the church. Around the angels, when they are below the
heavens, there appear as it were little stars in great abun-
dance : in like manner around the spirits> who, while they
lived in the world, acquired to themselves from the Word
knowledges of good and truth, or truths of life and doctrine.
But these little stars appear fixed with those who are in
genuine truths from the Word, but wandering with those
that are in falsified truths. Concerning these little stars,
also concerning the stars that appear in the expanse of
heaven there, I can relate wonderful things ; but it does
not belong to this work. It is manifest from this that by
stars the knowledges of good and truth from the Word
are signified. The Son of Man having them in His right
hand, signifies that they are from the Lord alone through
the Word. That seven signifies all may be seen above
(n. 1 o). That the knowledges of good and truth from the
Word are signified by stars, may also be seen from these

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

passages : I will lay waste the earth ; the stars of the heav
em and their constellations shall not shine with their light
(Isa. xiii. 9, 10). The earth which will be laid waste is the
church, which being vastated, the knowledges of good and
truth in the Word do not appear. / will cover the heavens
when I shall extinguish thee, and I will darken the stars ;
all the luminaries of light will I darken over thee, and will
set darkness upon thy la?id (Ez. xxxii. 7, 8). " Darkness
upon thy land " is falsities in the church. The sun and
the moon have been darkened, and the stars have withdrawn
their brightness (Joel ii. 10; iii. 15). After the affliction
of those days the swi shall be darkened, and the moofi shall
not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven (Matt,
xxxv. 29 ; Mark xiii. 24). The stars of heaven fell unto the
earth, as a fig-tree casteth its unripe figs (Apoc. vi. 13). A
star fell from heaven unto the earth (Apoc. ix. 1). By "stars
falling from heaven " are not meant stars, but that the
knowledges of good and truth are to perish. This is further
manifest from this, that the dragon drew down a thiri fart
of the stars fro?n heaven (Apoc. xii. 4) : also, that the he-goat
cast down some of the stars, and stamped upon them (Dan.
viii. 9-1 1) : and therefore it is also said in the following
verse in Daniel, that he cast dow?i the truth unto the earth
(vers. 12). The knowledges of good and truth are also
signified by stars in these places : Jehovah numbereth the
stars, He giveth names to them all (Ps. cxlvii. 4). Praise
Jehovah all ye stars of light (Ps. cxlviii. 3). The stars
fought from their ways (Judg. v. 20). It is manifest from
these remarks what is meant by these words in Daniel :
The intelligent shall shine as the brightness of the expanse,
they that justify i7iany as the stars for ever and ever (xii. 3).
" The intelligent " are they who are in truths, and " they
that justify " are those who are in goods.

52. And out of His ?nouth a sharp two-edged sword going
forth, signifies the dispersion of falsities by the Lord
through the Word and through Doctrine therefrom. Men-

No. 52.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

tion is often made in the Word of swords ;* and nothing
else is signified by them but truth combating against
falsities, and destroying them ; and in the opposite sense
also, falsity fighting against truths for by wars in the
Word are signified spiritual wars, which are those of truth
against falsity, and of falsity against truth ; on which
account by warlike arms such things are signified as are
used in these spiritual wars. That the dispersion of fal-
sities by the Lord is here meant by the sword is manifest,
since it was seen to go forth out of His mouth ; and to go
" out of the mouth " of the Lord is out of the Word, for
this the Lord spake by His mouth. And as the Word is
understood by means of Doctrine drawn therefrom, the
latter also is signified. It is called " a sharp two-edged
sword," because it penetrates the heart and soul. That it
may be known that the dispersion of falsities by the Lord
through the Word is here meant by the sword, a few pas-
sages will be adduced where a sword is named, from which
this may be seen ; which are : O sword against Babylon,
her princes and wise ones : O sword against the liars, that
'hey may become foolish : O sword against the mighty, that
they may be dismayed : O sword against her horses and her
chariots : O sword against her treasures, that they may be
despoiled : drought upon her waters, that they may dry up
(Jer. 1. 35-38). These things are concerning Babylon, by
which are meant those that falsify and adulterate the Word :
hence by " the liars who shall become foolish," by " the
horses and chariots upon which the sword is to be," and by
" the treasures which shall be despoiled," the falsities of
their doctrine are signified. That " the waters upon which
there should be drought that they may dry up " signify truths,
may be seen just above (n. 50). Prophesy, and say, A

* The words in the original are gladius, maehaera, and romphaea.
These are all translated sword in the common English Bible
Gladius is Latin for s?vord, machaera is Greek fc: the same, and
romphaea is Greek meaning a long and large sword.

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

sword is sharpened, and also furbished, sharpened to make a
great slaughter ; let the sword be repeated the third time ; the
sword of the pierced ones ; the sword of a great piercing, pene-
trating the inner parts, that causes of offence may be multi-
plied (Ez. xxi. 9-15, 19, 20). Here also by a sword is
meant the devastation of truth in the church. By His
sword shall Jehovah judge upon all flesh, wd the pierced
of Jehovah shall be multiplied (Isa. lxvi. 16). Those are
called " the pierced of Jehovah," here and elsewhere in the
Word, who perish by falsities. The wasters have come upon
all the hills in the wilderness, the sword of Jehovah devouring
from the end of the earth even to the end of the earth (Jer.
xii. 12). By peril of our lives we get our bread on account
of the sword of the wilderness (Lam. v. 9). Woe to the
worthless shepherd that deserteth the flock ; the sword shall
be upon his arm and upon his right eye (Zech. xi. 17). "The
sword upon the shepherd's right eye " is the falsity of his
understanding. The sons of man are fired, their tongue is a
sharp sword (Ps. lvii. 4). Behold, they belch out with their
mouth, a sword is in their lips (Ps. lix. 7). The workers of
iniquity sharpen their tongue as a sword (Ps. lxiv. 3). Similar
things are signified by "a sword" elsewhere, as Isa. xiii.
13,15; xxi. 14,15; xxxvii. 6, 7,38; xxxi. 7,8; Jer. ii.30; v.
\2 ; xi. 22 ; xiv. 13-18 ; Ez. vii. 15 ; xxxii. 10-12. From these
remarks it may be evident what the Lord meant by a sword
in these passages : Jesus said that He came not to send
peace upon earth, but a sword (Matt. x. 34). Jesus said,
He that hath 710 purse, let him sell his garment and buy a
sword : the disciples said, Lord, behold, two swords ; and He
said, It is enough (Luke xxii. 36, 38). All that take the sword,
shall perish by the sword (Matt. xxvi. 51,52). Of the con-
summation of the age Jesus says, They shall fall by the edge
of the sword, and shall be carried captive among all nations,
and at le?igth Jerusalejn shall be trodden down (Luke xxi. 24).
The consummation of the age is the last time of the church \
the sword is falsity destroying truth; the nations are evils •

Nc. 53-1

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Jerusalem, which shall be trodden down, is the church.
It is now manifest from these things, that by "the sharp
sword going out of the mouth of the Son of Man," the
dispersion of falsities by the Lord through the Word is
signified. The same in the following passages in the
Apocalypse : A great sword was given unto him that sat
upon the red horse (vi. 4). Out of the mouth of Hi?n that sat
upon the White Horse there went forth a sharp sword, that with
it He should smite the nations : the rest were slain by the sword
of Him that sat upon the horse (xix. 15, 21). By " Him that
sat upon the White Horse " is meant the Lord as to the
Word \ which is openly said there (vers. 13, 16). The like
is meant in David : Gird on the sword upon thy thigh, O
Mighty One ; ride upon the word of truth ; thy weapons are
sharp (Ps. xlv. 3-5). This is said of the Lord. And again :
Ihe saints shall exult, and the sword of their mouths is in
their hand (Ps. cxlix. 5, 6). And in Isaiah : Jehovah hath
made my mouth a sharp sword (xlix. 2).

53. And His face as the stm shining i?i his potver, signifies
the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom, which are Himself,
and proceed from Him. That by " the face of Jehovah "
or the Lord is meant the Divine Itself in its essence, which
is the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom, and thus Him-
self, will be seen in the explanations below, where the face
of God is mentioned : the same is signified by " the sun
shining in his power." That the Lord is seen as the Sun
in heaven before the angels, and that His Divine Love
together with His Divine WTisdom appear thus, may be
seen in the work on " Heaven and Hell," published at
London, 1758 (n. 116-125); and in the " Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom "
(n. 83-172). It remains here only to prove from the
Woid, that the sun, when relating to the Lord, is His
Divine Love and at the same time His Divine Wisdom.
This may be evident from the following passage : In that
day the light of the moon shall he as the light of the sun ; and

vol. 1. 5

08 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

the light of the sun shall be sevenfold, as the light of seven days
(Isa. xxx. 26). "That clay" is the Lord's coming, when the
old Church is destroyed, and a new one is to be instituted.
" The light of the moon " is faith from charity, and " the
light of the sun " is intelligence and wisdom from love,
from the Lord at that time. Thy sun shall no more go
down, and thy moon shall not be withdrawn ; for Jehovah
shall be an everlasting light (Isa, lx. 20). " The sun which
shall not set " is love and wisdom from the Lord. The
rock of Israel spake to me, as the light of the morning when
the sun riseth (2 Sam. xxiii. 3, 4). " The rock of Israel "
is the Lord. His throne shall be as the sun (Ps. lxxxix.
36, 37). This is said of David, but by David the Lord
is there meant. They shall fear Thee as long as the sun
endureth ; and in His days shall the righteous flourish, and
abundance of peace until the moon be no more : His name
shall be continued as long as the sun, and all nations shall be
blessed in Hi?n (Ps. lxxii. 5, 7, 17). This also is concerning
the Lord. Since the Lord appears as the Sun in heaven
before the angels, therefore, when He was transfigured His
face shone as the Sun, a?id His garments became as the light
(Matt. xvii. 1,2): and it is said of the mighty angel coming
down out of heaven, that He was clothed with a cloud, and
His face was as the sun (Apoc. x. 1) ; and of the woman,
that she was seen clothed with the sun (Apoc. xii. 1).
" The sun " here also is love and wisdom from the Lord ;
" the woman " here is the church which is called the New
Jerusalem. Since the Lord as to love and wisdom is meant
by the sun, it is manifest what is signified by " the sun " in
the following passages : Behold, the fierce day of Jehovah
cometh ; the sun shall be darkened in his risifig, and the moon
shall not make her light to shine : I will visit upon the world
its evil, a?id upon the wicked their iniquity (Isa. xiii. 9-1 1).
// shall be in that day, the moon shall be confounded, a?id the
sun asha7ned (Isa. xxiv. 21, 23). When I shall extinguish
thee, I will cover the heavens, and will darken their stars • J

No. 53 ]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not make
her light to shine ; and I will make darkness upon thy land
(Ez. xxxii. 7, 8). The day of Jehovah cometh, a day of dark-
ness; the sun and the mob t shall not make their light to shine,
and the stars have withdrawn their brightness (Joel ii. 10).
The sun shall be turned into dark?iess, and the moon i?ito
blood, before the great day of Jehovah cometh (Joel ii. 31).
The day of Jehovah is near in the valley that is cut off; the
sun and moon were blackened (Joel iii. 14, 15). The fourth
aii gel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and
the third part of the stars ; and the day shone not for a third
part of it (Apoc. viii. 12). The sun became black as a sack of
haircloth, and the moon became as blood (Apoc. vi. 12). The
sun was darkened by the smoke of the abyss (Apoc. ix. 2).
By " the sun " in these places is not meant the sun of
the world, but the Sun of the angelic heaven, which is the
Lord's Divine Love and Divine Wisdom. These are said
to be obscured, darkened, covered over, and blackened,
when there are falsities and evils in man. Hence it is
manifest that the like is meant by the Lord's words, where
He speaks of "the consummation of the age," which is the
last time of the church : Immediately after the affliction of
those days the sun shall be darkcfied, and the moon shall not
give her light, arid the stars shall fall from heaven (Matt,
xxiv. 29; Mark xiii. 24, 25). Likewise in these: The sun
shall go down over the prophets, and the day shall grow black
upon them (Mic. iii. 5, 6). /// that day I will make the sun
to set at noon, and I will darken the earth in the daytime
(Amos viii. 9). She that had borne seven shall breathe out
her soul, her sun shall set when it is yet day (Jer. xv. 9)
These things are said of the Jewish church, which " shall
breathe out its soul," that is, shall perish : the " sun shall
set" means that love and charity are no more. What
is said in Joshua, that " the sun stood still in Gibeon, and
the moon in the valley of Ajalon " (x. 12, 13), appears as
historical, but it is prophetical ; for it is from the Book of

IOO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I

Jashar, which was a prophetic book : for it says, " Is not
this written in the Book of Jashar" (vers. 13). The same
book is also named as prophetical by David (2 Sam. i.
17, 18). The like is also said in Habakkuk: The mountains
were shaken, the sun and the moon stood still in their place
(iii. 10, n). Thy sun shall no more go down, and thy moon
shall not be withdrawn (Isa. lx. 20). For to make the sun and
moon stand still would be to destroy the universe. Since
the Lord as to His Divine Love and Divine Wisdom is meant
by the sun, on that account the ancients, in holy worship,
turned their face to the sun's rising, and also their temples,
which usage still continues. That the sun of the world is
not meant by the sun in these passages, is evident from
the fact that it was profane and abominable to adore the
sun and moon of the world : see Num. xxv. 1-4 j Deut. iv.
19 ; xvii. 3, 5 ; Jer. viii. 1, 2 j xliii. 10, 13 j xliv. 17-19, 25 ;
Ez. viii. 16. For by the sun of the world is meant the love
of self and the pride of one's own intelligence j and the
love of self is diametrically opposite to the Divine Love,
and the pride of one's own intelligence opposite to the
Divine Wisdom. Also, to adore the sun of the world is to
acknowledge nature as the creator, and one's own prudence
as the producer, of all things ; which involves the denial of
God and the denial of the Divine Providence.

54. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead,
signifies the failing of his own life from such presence of
the Lord. A man's own life does not endure the Lord's
presence, as the Lord is in Himself, yea, as He is in the
inmosts of His Word : for His Divine Love is altogether
like the sun's heat, which, as it is in itself, no one can
endure, for he would be consumed. This is meant by no
one's being "able to see God, and live" (Ex. xxxiii. 20;
Juclg. xiii. 22). Since it is so, the Lord therefore appears
to the angels in heaven as a Sun, distant from them as the
sun of the world is from men. The reason is, because the
Lord in Himself is in that Sun. But the Lord still so mod-

No. 56.] THE AHJCALYPSE REVEALED.

IOI

erates and tempers His Divine, that man can endure His
presence. This is dofle by veilings : it was thus done
when He revealed Himself to many in the Word. Indeed,
by veilings He is present with every one who worships
Him, as He says in John : He that doeth My precepts, J
will ?nake my abode with him (xiv. 21, 23). That He will
be in them, and they hi Hi7n (xv, 4, 5). It is manifest from
these things why John, when he saw the Lord in such
glory, fell at His feet as dead ; as also, when the three
disciples saw the Lord in glory, why they were weighed
down with sleep, and a cloud covered them over (Luke ix.
32> 34).

55. And He laid His right hand upon me, signifies life then
inspired from Him. The Lord laid His right hand upon
him because communication is made by the touch of the
hands. The reason is, because the life of the mind, and
thence of the body puts itself forth into the arms, and
through them into the hands. It is from this that the Lord
touched with His hand those whom He restored to life and
healed (Mark i. 31, 41 ; vii. 32, 33 ; viii. 22-26 ; x. 13, 16 ;
Luke v. 12, 13 ; vii. 14; xviii. 15 ; xxii. 51): and that He
in like manner touched " the disciples, after they saw Jesus
transfigured, and fell upon their faces " (Matt. xvii. 6, 7).
The origin of this is that the Lord's presence with a man
is adjunction, and thus conjunction by contiguity ; and this
contiguity becomes nearer and fuller, as the man loves the
Lord, that is, does His commandments. From these few
things it may be evident that by " laying His right hand
upon him," is signified to inspire His life into him.

56. Saying unto ?ne, Fear not, signifies resuscitation, and
adoration then from the deepest humiliation. That it is
resusci ation unto life, follows from the things just pre-
ceding (n. 55); and that it is adoration from the deepest
humiliation is manifest, for he fell at the Lord's feet. And
because, when he was resuscitated, a holy fear took posses-
sion of him, the Lord said, " Fear not" A holy fear, which

102 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

is sometimes conjoined with a sacred tremor of the inte-
riors of the mind, and sometimes ■with horripilation, super-
venes, when life from the Lord enters in place of one's own
life. One's own life is, to look from one's self to the Lord ;
but life from the Lord is, to look from the Lord to the
Lord, and still as if from one's self. When a man is in
this life, he sees himself not to be any thing, but the Lord
onl}. In this holy fear was Daniel also, when he saw the
man clothed with Imen, whose loins were girt with gold of
Uphaz, His body as the beryl, His face as the lightning, His
eyes as lamps of fire, His arms and feet as the bright?iess of
polished brass, at seeing whom Daniel also became as dead,
and " a hand touched " him, and it was said, " Fear not,
Daniel" (Dan. x. 5-12). The like also took place with
Peter, James, and John, when the Lord was transfigured,
and seemed as to His face like the sun, and as to His gar-
ments like the light ; owing to which they also fell upon
their faces, and feared for themselves greatly: and then
Jesus coming near "touched them," saying, " Fear ye not"
(Matt. xvii. 6, 7). The Lord also said to the women who
saw Him at the sepulchre, " Fear not" (Matt, xxviii. 10).
And the angel also, whose face seemed like the lightning,
and His garment like snow, said to those women, " Fear
* ye not" (Matt, xxviii. 3-5). To Zacharias the angel also
said, " Fear not" (Luke i. 12, 13). In like manner the
angel said to Mary, " Fear not" (Luke i. 30). Also to
the shepherds, around whom the glory of the Lord shone,
the angel said, " Fear not" (Luke ii. 9, 10). A similar
holy fear seized Simon on account of the draught of fishes ,
for which cause he said, " Depart from me, for I am a sin-
ful man, O Lord." But Jesus said to him, " Fear not"
(Luke v. 8-10 : besides other places). These are adduced,
that it may be known why the Lord said to John, M Fear
not " : and that resuscitation is meant thereby, and adora
tion then from the deepest humiliation.

57. I am the First and the Last: That it signifies that

No 59.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 03

He alone is Infinite and Eternal, and thus the only God,
may be evident from the things which have been explained
above (n. 13, 29, 38).

58. And am He that is living, signifies, Who alone is life,
and from Whom alone life is. Jehovah, in the Word of
the Old Testament, calls Himself " the Living" and "He
that liveth," because He alone lives ; for He is Love itself
and Wisdom itself, and these are life. That there is an
Only Life, which is God, and that angels and men are
recipients of life from Him, is abundantly shown in the
"Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the
Divine Wisdom." Jehovah calls Himself "the Living"
and "He that liveth " (Isa. xxxviii. 18, 19 ; Jer. v. 2 ; xii.
16; xvi. 14, 15; xxiii. 7, 8; xlvi. 18; Ez. v. 11). The
Lord as to the Divine Human also is life, because the
Father and He are one j on which account He says, As
the Father hath life in Himself, so hath He given to the Son
to have life in Himself (John v. 26). Jesus said, / a?n the
Resurrection and the Life (John xi. 25). Jesus said,
I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life (John xiv. 6). Ln
the Beginning was the Word, and the Word was God; in
Him was Life; and the Word became Flesh (John i. 1-4,
14). Because the Lord is the only life, it follows that life
is from Him alone ; on which account He says, Because
I live, ye shall live also (John xiv. 19).

59. And was dead, signifies that He was neglected,
and His Divine Human not acknowledged. By being
dead is not meant that He was crucified, and thus
dead j but that He was neglected in the church, and
His Divine Human not acknowledged j for thus He
was dead with men. His Divine from eternity is indeed
acknowledged, but this is Jehovah Himself : but His
Human is not acknowledged to be Divine, although the
Divine and the Human in Him are like soul and body,
and so are not two, but one; yea, one person; according
lo the doctrine received in the whole Christian world,

104 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I.

which has its name from Athanasius. When, therefore,
His Divine is separated from His Human, by saying that
His Human is not Divine, but like the human of another
man, He is then dead among men. But concerning this
separation, and consequent death of the Lord, more may
be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concern-
ing the Lord," and .in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Providence " (n. 262, 263).

60. And, behold, I am alive for ever and ever, signifies
that He is eternal life. Since " I am He that is living "
signifies that He alone is life, and that life is from Him
alone (see above n. 58), it follows that " Behold, I am alive
for ever and ever," signifies that He alone is life to eternity,
and that thus eternal life is from Him alone : for eternal
life is in Him, and thence from Him. " For ever and
ever " signifies eternity. That life eternal is from the Lord
alone, is evident from these passages following : Jesus said,
Every one that believeth i?i Me shall not perish, but shall
have eternal life (John iii. 16). He that believeth in the Son
hath eternal life ; but he that believeth not the Son shall not
see life ; but the wrath of God abideth upon him (John iii.
36 ; vi. 40, 47, 48). Verily I say unto you, he that believeth
in Me, hath eternal life (John vi. 47). I am the resurrection
and the life; he that believeth in Me, though he die, shall
live : every one that believeth in Me, shall not die to eternity
(John xi. 25, 26 : and elsewhere). Hence then the Lord
is called " He that liveth for ever and ever " in the follow-
ing places also in the Apocalypse: chap. iv. 9, 10; v. 14;
x. 6 ; Dan. iv. 34.

61. Amen, signifies the Divine confirmation that it is the
truth. That "Amen " is the Truth, which is the Lord, may
be seen above (n. 23).

62. And I have the keys of hell and of death, signifies
that He alone can save. By keys the power of opening
and shutting is signified ; here the power of opening hell,
that man may be led out ; and of shutting it, lest when he

So. 65.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

has been led out, he should enter again. For man is born
into evils of every kind, and thus in hell, for evils are hell.
He is led out of it by the Lord, who has the power of
opening it. That by having the keys of hell and of death
is not meant the power of casting into hell, bur the power
of saving, is because it follows immediately after these
words, Behold, I am alive for ever and ever, by which is
signified that He alone is eternal life (n. 60) ; and the
Lord in no wise casts any one into hell, but the man casts
himself in. By keys is also signified the power of opening
and shutting, in the Apocalypse (chap. iii. 7 ; ix. 1 ; xx. 1 ;
also in Isaiah, chap. xxii. 21, 22 ; in Matthew, chap. xvi.
19 ; and in Luke xi. 52). The Lord's power is not only
over heaven, but also over hell ; for nell is kept in order
and connection by oppositions against heaven : and there-
fore, He who governs the one necessarily governs the
other ; otherwise man could not have been saved. To be
saved is to be led out of hell.

63. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things
which are, and the thi7igs which shall be hereafter : That it
signifies in order that all the things which are now revealed
may be for posterity, is evident without explanation.

64. The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in
My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks, signifies
arcana in the visions concerning the New Heaven and the
New Church. That by " the seven stars " the church in
the heavens is signified, and by the seven candlesticks the
church on earth, will be seen in what now follows.

65. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches,
signifies the New Church in the heavens, which is the New
Heaven. In the heavens there is a church equally as on
the earth, for in the heavens equally as on the earth there
is the Word, and there are doctrines from it, and from it
there are preachings \ on which subject see the " Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture "
(n. 70-75, and n. 1 04-1 13). That church is the New

106 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. L

Heaven, concerning which something was said in the
Preface. That the Church in the heavens, or the New
Heaven, is meant by " the seven stars," is because it is
said that "the seven stars are the angels of the seven
churches \ " and by an angel a heavenly society is signi-
fied. There appears in the spiritual world a heavenly
expanse full of stars as in the natural world ; and this so
appears from the angelic societies in heaven : each society
there, to those who are below, shines like a star. Thence
they know there in what situation the angelic societies are.
That seven does not signify seven, but all who are of the
Church there, according to each one's reception, may be
seen above (n. 10, 14, 41). Thus by "the angels of the
seven churches " is meant the universal Church in the
heavens, and so the New Heaven in its whole aggregate.

66. And the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the
seven churches, signifies the New Church on the earth,
which is the New Jerusalem coming down from the Lord
out of the New Heaven. That the candlesticks are the
church may be seen above (n. 43) ; and as seven signifies
all (n. 10), by the seven candlesticks are not meant seven
churches, but the church in the whole complex, which is
in itself one, but various according to reception. Those
varieties may be compared to the various jewels in a
king's crown ; and they may also be compared to the vari-
ous members and organs in a perfect body, which still
make one. The perfection of every form exists from vari-
ous things suitably arranged in their order. It is hence
that the universal New Church with its varieties is described
by " the seven churches " in what now follows.

67. The Faith of the New Heaven and the New
Church, in one universal idea, is this : That the Lord
from eternity, who is Jehovah, came into the world, that
He might subjugate the hells, and glorify His Human ;

No. 67.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 107

and that without this no mortal could be saved ; and that
they are saved who believe in Him.

It is said in a universal idea, because this is a universal
of faith ; and a universal of faith is what must be in each
and every thing of it. It is a universal of faith, that God
is one in person and in essence, in whom is a Trinity ;
and that the Lord is that God. It is a universal of faith,
that no mortal could be saved unless the Lord came into
the world. It is a universal of faith, that He came into
the world that He might remove hell from man ; and He
removed it by combats against it, and by victories over it.
In this manner He subjugated it, and reduced it to order,
and under obedience to Himself. It is also a universal of
faith, that He came into the world that He might glorify
the Human which He took upon Himself in the world ;
that is, might unite it to the Divine from which [all things
are]. Hell being thus subjugated by Him, He keeps it in
order and under obedience to Him for ever. Since neither
of these things could be done except by temptations, even
to the last of them, and the last was the passion of the
cross, therefore He endured that. These are the univer-
sal of faith concerning the Lord.

The universal of the Christian faith on man's part is,
that he should believe in the Lord ; for through believ-
ing in Him there is conjunction with Him, by which is
salvation. To believe in Him is to have confidence that
He saves : and because no one can have confidence but
he who lives well, therefore this also is meant by believing
in Him.

These two universals of the Christian faith have been
treated of particularly : the First, which regards the Lord,
in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the
Lord ; " and the Second, which regards man, in the " Doc-
trine of the New Jerusalem concerning Charity, and con-
cerning Faith," and in the " Doctrine of Life for it ; " and
both now in the explanations of the Apocalypse.

io8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

CHAPTER SECOND.

1. Unto the angel of the church in Ephesus write : These
things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right
hand, that walketh in the midst of the seven golden candle-
sticks ;

2. I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy endurance,
and that thou canst not bear the evil, and hast tried them
that say they are apostles and are not, and hast found them
liars :

3. And hast borne, and hast endurance, and for My
name's sake hast labored, and hast not fainted.

4. But I have against thee, that thou hast left thy first
charity.

5. Be mindful therefore whence thou hast fallen, and
repent, and do the first works ; but if not, I will come unto
thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of its
place, except thou repent.

6. But this thou hast, that thou hatest the works of the
Nicolaitans, which I also hate.

7. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches. To him that overcometh will I give to
eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise
of God.

8. And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write :
These things saith the First and the Last, who was dead
and is alive.

9. I know thy works, and afflictions, and poverty, and
the blasphemy of them that say they are Jews, and are not,
but are the synagogue of Satan.

10. Fear none of the things which thou shalt suffer.
Behold, the devil will cast some of you into prison, that ye

No. 20.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 109

may be tried ; and ye shall have affliction ten days. Be
thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.

11. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches. He that overcometh shall not be
hurt of the second death.

12. And unto the angel of the church in Pergamos write:
These things saith He that hath the sharp two-edged
sword ;

13. I know thy works, and where thou dwellest, where
Satan's throne is: and thou holdest fast My name, and hast
not denied My faith, even in the days in which Antipas
was My faithful martyr, who was slain among you where
Satan dwelleth.

14. But I have a few things against thee, that thou hast
there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught
Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the sons of Israel,
to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit whoredom.

15. So hast thou, even thou, them that hold the doctrine
of the Nicolaitans, which thing I hate.

16. Repent: or else I will come unto thee quickly, and
will fight with them with the sword of my mouth.

17. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches. To him that overcometh will I
give to eat of the hidden manna : and I will give him a
white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which
no one knoweth but he that receiveth it.

18. And unto the angel of the church in Thyatira write:
These things saith the Son of God, that hath His eyes as a
flame of fire, and His feet like unto fine-brass.

19. I know thy works, and charity, and ministry, and
faith, and thy endurance, and thy works, and the l^st more
than the first.

20. But I have a few things against thee, that thou per-
mittest the woman Jezebel, that calleth herself a prophetess,
to teach and seduce My servants to commit whoredom, and
to eat things sacrificed to idols.

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

21. And I gave her time to repent of her whoredom, and
she repented not.

22. Behold, I cast her into a bed, and them that commit
adultery with her into great affliction, except she repent of
her works.

23. And I will kill her children with death ; and all the
churches shall know that I am He that searcheth the reins
and hearts: and I will give unto every one of you according
to his works.

24. But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thyatira, as
many as have not this doctrine, and who have not known
the depths of Satan, as they speak, I will lay upon you no
other burden.

25. But that which ye have hold fast till I come.

26. And he that overcometh, and keepeth My works unto
the end, I will give him power over the nations :

27. And he shall rule them with a rod of iron: as the
vessels of a potter shall they be broken in pieces, even as
I have received from My Father.

28. And I will give him the morning star.

29. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. To the
churches in the Christian world : To those there who
primarily regard truths of doctrine, and not goods of life,
who are meant by the Ephesian Church (n. 73-90). To
those there who are in goods as to life, and in falsities
as to doctrine ; who are meant by the Church in Smyrna
(n. 91-106). To those there who place the all of the
church in good works, and not any thing in truths; who
are meant by the church in Pergamos (n. 107-123). And
to those there who are in faith from charity, as also to them

Chap. II.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I I I

who are in faith separated from charity ; who are meant by
the church in Thyatira (n. 124-152). All these are called
to the New Church, which is the New Jerusalem.

The Contents of each Verse. " Unto the angel of the
church in Ephesus write," signifies to those and concerning
those who primarily regard truths of doctrine, and not goods
of life: "These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars
in His right hand," signifies the Lord from whom through
the Word are all truths : " That walketh in the midst of
the seven golden candlesticks," signifies from Whom is all
enlightenment to those who are of His Church : " I know
thy works," sig?iifies that He sees all the interiors and exte-
riors of man at once : "And thy labor and thy endurance,"
signifies their study and patience : " And that thou canst
not bear the evil," signifies that they do not endure that
evils should be called goods, and the reverse: "And hast
tried them that say they are apostles, and are not, and
hast found them liars," signifies that they search into the
things in the church which are said to be good and true,
but which are evil and false : " And hast borne, and hast
endurance," signifies patience with them : " And for My
name's sake hast labored, and hast not fainted," signifies
the study and exertion to procure to themselves the things
which are of religion and of its doctrine : " But I have
against thee, that thou hast left thy first charity," signifies
that this is against them, that they do not hold the goods
of the life in the first place: "Be mindful therefore whence
thou hast fallen," signifies remembrance of their error: "And
repent, and do the first works," signifies that they should
invert the state of their life : " Or else I will come unto thee
quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of its place,
except thou repent," signifies that otherwise it is certain
that enlightenment will not be given them to see truths
any longer : " But this thou hast, that thou hatest the works
of the Nicolaitans, which also I hate," signifies that they
know this from their truths, and hence are not willing that

112

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

works should be meritorious : " He that hath an ear, let him
hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches," signifies that
he who understands these things should obey what the
Divine Truth of the Word teaches to those who will be of
the New Church, which is the New Jerusalem : " To him
that overcometh," signifies him who fights against his evils
and falsities, and is reformed : " I will give to eat of the
tree of life," sig?iifies the appropriation of the good of love
and charity from the Lord : " Which is in the midst of the
paradise of God," signifies interiorly in the truths of wisdom
and faith.

"And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write,"
signifies to those and concerning those who are in goods as
to life, but in falsities as to doctrine : " These things saith
the First and the Last," signifies the Lord, that He alone is
God : " Who was dead, and is alive," signifies that He was
neglected in the church, and His Human not acknowledged
to be Divine, when yet as to that also He alone is Life, and
from Him alone is life eternal : " I know thy works," signifies
that the Lord sees all their interiors and exteriors at once :
"And affliction and poverty" signifies that they are in falsities,
and hence not in goods: "And the blasphemy of them that
say they are Jews, and are not," signifies the false assertion
that the goods of love are with them, when yet they are not:
" But are the synagogue of Satan," signifies because they
are in falsities as to doctrine : " Fear none of the things
which thou shalt suffer," signifies despair not when ye are
infested by evils and assailed by falsities: "Behold, the
devil will cast some of you into prison," signifies that their
good of life will be infested by evils which are from hell :
" That ye may be tried," signifies by falsities fighting against
them: "And ye shall have affliction ten days," signifies that
it is to last the full time : " Be thou faithful unto death,"
signifies the reception of truths until the falsities have been
removed : " And I will give thee a crown of life," signifies
that they will then have eternal life as the reward of victory:

Chap. II.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

" He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches," signifies the same as before : " He that
overcometh," signifies he who rights against evils and falsities,
and is reformed : " Shall not be hurt by the second death,'*
signifies that they will not afterwards yield to evils and fal-
sities from hell.

* And unto the angel of the church in Pergamos write," sig-
nifies to those and concerning those who place the all of the
church in good works, and not any thing in truths of doctrine :
" These things saith He that hath the sharp two-edged
sword," signifies the Lord as to the truths of doctrine from
the Word, by which evils and falsities are dispersed : " I
know thy works," signifies the same as before: "And where
thou dwellest, where Satan's throne is," signifies their life in
thick darkness : " And thou holdest fast My name, and hast
not denied My faith," signifies when yet they have religion,
and a worship according to it : " Even in the days in which
Antipas was My faithful martyr, who was slain among you
where Satan dwelleth," signifies when all truth was extin-
guished in the church by falsities : " But I have a few things
against thee," signifies that these things which follow are
against them: "That thou hast there them that hold the
doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumt ling-
block before the sons of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto
idols, and to commit whoredom," signifies that there are
among them those that do hypocritical works, by which the
worship of God is defiled and adulterated in the Church :
" So hast thou, even thou, them that hold the doctrine of
the Nicolaitans, which I hate," signifies that there are also
among them those who make works meritorious: " Repent,"
signifies that they should guard against those works : " Or
else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight with them
with the sword of my mouth," signifies that if not, the Lord
will contend with them from the Word : " He that hath an ear,
let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches," signi-
fies the same as before : " To him that overcometh," signifies

ii4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Ckap. II

the same as before : " I will give to eat of the hidden
manna," signifies wisdom and the appropriation then of the
good of heavenly (celestial) love in their works, and thus
the conjunction of the Lord with those who work : " And I
will give him a white stone," signifies truths favoring and
united to good : " And in the stone a new name written,"
signifies that they will thus have a kind of good which they
had not before : " Which no one knoweth but he that
receiveth it," signifies that it does not appear to any one,
because it is written in their life.

" And unto the angel of the church in Thyatira write,"
signifies to those and concerning those who are in faith from
charity, and thence in good works ; and also to those and
concerning those who are in faith separated from charity,
and thence in evil works : " These things saith the Son of
God, that hath His eyes as a flame of fire," signifies the
Lord as to the Divine Wisdom of His Divine Love : "And
His feet like unto fine-brass," signifies the natural Divine
Good : " I know thy works," signifies the same as before .
" And thy charity and ministry7," signifies spiritual affection,
which is called charity, and its operation : " And thy faith,
and endurance," signifies the truth, and the study to procure
and teach it : " And the last more than the first," signifies
the increase of them from spiritual affection for truth:
" But I have a few things against thee," signifies these things
which follow : " That thou permittest the woman Jezebel,"
signifies that in the church with them are those who separate
faith from charity : " That calleth herself a prophetess,"
signifies and who make faith the only doctrine of the church:
" To teach and seduce my servants to commit whoredom,"
signifies from which it results that the truths of the Word are
falsified : " And to eat things sacrificed to idols," signifies
the defilement of worship, and profanations : " And I gave
her time to repent of her whoredom, and she repented not,"
sigjiifies that they who have confirmed themselves in that
doctrine do not recede, although they see things contrary

Cha*. II.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

1 1 5

to it in the Word : " Behold, I will cast her into a bed, and
them that commit adultery with her into great affliction,"
signifies that thus they will be left in their doctrine with the
falsifications, and that they will be grievously infested by
falsities: "Except she repent of her "works," signifies if they
are not willing to desist from separating faith from chaiity :
" And her sons I will kill with death," signifies that all
tmths from the Word will be turned into falsities: "That
the churches may know that I am He that searcheth the
reins and hearts," signifies that the church may know that
the Lord sees what truth and what good every one has :
"And I will give to every one according to his works,"
signifies that He gives to each one according to the charity
and its faith which are in his works : " But unto you I say,
and unto the rest in Thyatira, as many as have not this
doctrine," signifies to those with whom is the doctrine of
faith separated from charity, and with whom is the doctrine
of faith conjoined to charity : " And who have not known
the depths of Satan as they speak," signifies who do not
understand their interiors, which are nothing but falsi-
ties : " I put upon you no other burden," signifies only that
they should guard against them : " But that which ye have
hold fast till I come," signifies that the few things which
they know from the Word concerning charity and faith
thence, they should retain, and live according to them,
even to the Lord's coming : " And he that overcometh, and
keepeth my works unto the end," signifies those who are
actually in charity and in faith thence, and remain in them
to the end of life : " To him will I give power over the
nations," signifies that they shall overcome in themselves
the evils which are from hell : " And he shall rule them
with a rod of iron," signifies by truths from the literal sense
of the Word, and at the same time by rational principles
from natural light (Ju?nen) : " As the vessels of the potter
shall they be broken in pieces," signifies as of little or no
account : " Even as I have received from my Father,"

1 1 6 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IL

signifies, this is from the Lord, who, when He was in the
world, procured to Himself all power over the hells, from
His Divine which was in Himself : " And I will give him
the morning star," sigfiifies intelligence and wisdom then :
" He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith
i mto the churches," signifies the same as before.

THE EXPLANATION.

69. In this chapter and the following the Seven Churches
are treated of, by which are described all those in the Chris-
tian Church, who have religion, and from whom the New
Church, which is called the New Jerusalem, can be formed ;
and it is formed from those who approach the Lord alone,
and at the same ti?ne repent of their evil works. The rest,
who do not approach the Lord alone, from the confirmed
denial that His Human is Divine, and who do not repent
of their evil works, are indeed in the church, but have not
any thing of the church in them.

70. Since the Lord alone is acknowledged as the God
of heaven and earth by those who are of His New Church
in the heavens and those who will be of it on the earth
for that reason in the first chapter of the Apocalypse the
Lord alone is treated of ; and in these two following, it is
He alone who speaks to the churches, and He alone who
will give the happy things of eternal life. That it is He
alone who speaks to the churches, is manifest from these
passages : Unto the angel of the church in Ephesus write ^
These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His
right hand, that walketh in the midst of the seven golden
candlesticks (chap. ii. 1). Unto the angel of the church in
Smyrna write: These things saith the First and the Last
(ii. 8). Unto the angel of the church which is i?i Pergamos
write : These things saith He who hath the sharp two-edged
sword (ii. 12). Unto the angel of the church in Thyatira

No. 72.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

117

write: These things saith the Son of God, who hath His
eyes as a flame of fire, and His feet like unto fine-brass (ii.
18). Unto the angel of the church which is i?i Sardis write:
7hes e things saith He who hath the seveti Spirits of God
and the sevefi stars (iii. 1). Unto the angel of the church
which is in Philadelphia write : These things saith He that
is Holy, He that is True, He that hath the key of David
(iii. 7). And unto the angel of the church in Laodicea
write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and trm
Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God (iii. 14).
These are taken from the first chapter, in which the
Lord alone is treated of; and He is there described by
them all.

71. That the Lord alone will give the happy things of
eternal life to those who are and will be of His church, is
manifest from these passages. The Lord said to the
Ephesian church, To him that overcometh I will give to eat
of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise
of God (chap. ii. 7). To the church in Smyrna, / will
give thee a crown of life ; and he that overcometh shall not
be hurt by the second death (ii. 10, 11). To the church in
Pergamos, To him that overcometh I will give to eat of the
hiddeji manna ; and, I will give him a white stone, and in
the stone a new name written, which no one knoweth but he
that receiveth it (ii. 17). To the church in Thyatira, I will
give him power over the nations, and I will give him the
morning star (ii. 26, 28). To the church in Philadelphia,
Him that overcometh I will make a pillar in the te?nple of my
God ; and I will write upon him the name of My God, the
name of the New jferusalei7i, and My new ?iame (iii. 12).
To the church in Laodicea, To him that overcometh I will
pre to sit with Me on my throne (iii. 21). It is also mani-
fest from these passages that the Lord alone is acknowl-
edged in the New Church : hence it is that that church is
called the Lamb's Wife (Apoc. xix. 7, 9 j xxi. 9, 10).

72. That the New Church, which is the New Jerusalem,

I 1 8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

is formed of those who repent of their evil works, is also
evident from the Lord's words to the churches : To that of
Ephesus, / know thy works ; I have agaitist thee that thou
hast left thy first charity ; repent, and do the first works: or
else I will remove thy candlestick out of its place, except thou
repent (chap. ii. 2, 4, 5). To the church in Pergamos, I
know thy works, repent (ii. 16). To the church in Thya-
tira, / will deliver her i?ito affliction, except she reperit of her
works : I will give unto you every one accordifig to his works
(ii. 19, 22, 23). To the church in Sardis, I have not found
thy works perfect before God, repent (iii. 1-3). To the
church in Laodicea, / know thy works ; be zealous and
repent (iii. 15, 19). Now follows the explanation.

73. Unto the angel of the church in Ephesics write, signifies
to those and concerning those who primarily regard truths
of doctrine, and not the goods of life. It was shown above
(n. 66), that by the Seven Churches are not meant seven
churches, but the Church in the whole complex ; which in
itself is one, but varies according to reception : and that
these varieties may be compared to the various members
and organs in a perfect body, which yet make one ; indeed,
that they may be compared to the various jewels in a
king's crown : and that it is from this that the universal
New Church, with its varieties, is described by the seven
churches in what now follows. That by the Ephesian
Church are meant those in the church who primarily
regard truths of doctrine, and not goods of life, is mani-
fest from the things written to it, when understood in the
spiritual sense. That " the angel of that church " is writ-
ten to, is because by the angel is meant the angelic society
which corresponds to a church of such persons (see above,
n. 65).

74. These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in
His right hand, signifies the Lord, from whom through the
Word are all truths. That " He that holdeth the seven
stars in His right hand " is the Lord, and that " the seven

No. 76.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

119

stars in His right hand " are all the knowledges of good
and truth in the Word, which are thence from the Lord with
the angels of heaven and men of the church, may be seen
above (n. 51). The knowledges of good and truth from
the Word are truths.

75. That walketh in the midst of the seven golden candle-
sticks, signifies, from whom is all enlightenment to those
who are of His church. That " the seven candlesticks in
the midst of which was the Son of Man," signify the
church which is in enlightenment from the Lord, may be
seen above (n. 43, 66). It is here said, " He that walk-
eth," because to walk signifies to live (n. 167); and "in
the midst" signifies in the inmost, and thence in every
thing (n. 44, 383).

76. I know thy works, signifies that He sees all the inte-
riors and exteriors of man at once. Works are often men-
tioned in the Apocalypse, but what is meant by works few
know. This is known, that ten men may do works which
appear alike in externals, but which are still unlike with
them all, because they proceed from a different end and
from a different cause j and the end and the cause make
the works to be either good or evil : for every work is a
work of the mind j hence such as the mind is, such is the
work. If the mind is charity, the work becomes charity \
but if the mind is not charity, the work does not become
charity : still both may appear alike in externals. Works
appear to men in their external form, but to the angels in
their internal, and to the Lord such as they are from their
inmosts to their outmosts. In their external form works
appear no otherwise than as fruits do on the surface, but
in their internal form works appear as fruits do below the
surface, where there are numberless edible parts, and in
the midst the seeds, in which again are innumerable things,
which are far within all sight of the eyes, and indeed,
above the intellectual sphere of man. Such are all works ;
the internal quality of which, the Lord alone sees, and the

120

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

angels also perceive from the Lord, when a man is doing
them. But more may be seen on these subjects in the
" Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and Divine
Wisdom" (n. 209-220, and n. 277-281: and also below,
n. 141, 641, 868). It may from these things be evident,
that by " I know thy works " is signified that the Lord sees
all a man's interiors and exteriors at once.

77. And thy labor and thy endurance : That it signifies
their study and patience is evident without explanation.

78. And that thou canst not bear the evil, signifies that
they do not endure that evils should be called goods, and
the reverse, because this is contrary to the truths of doc-
trine. That this is signified by these words, is manifest
from the things next following, by which is signified that
they search into the things which are called goods and
truths in the church, when yet they are evils and falsities.
To know goods whether they are goods or evils, is of doc-
trine, and is among its truths ; but to do goods or evils is
of the life : on which account this is said of those who
primarily regard the truths of doctrine, and not the goods
of life (n. 73). By the evil in the spiritual sense are not
meant the evil, but evils ; as that sense is abstracted from
persons.

79. And hast tried them that say they are apostles, and
are not, and hast found them liars, signifies that they search
into the things which are called goods and truths in the
church which yet are evils and falsities. That these things
are signified, cannot be seen except by the spiritual sense,
and except it be known therefrom what is meant by apos-
tles and by liars. By apostles are not meant apostles, but
all who teach the goods and truths of the church, and in
the abstract sense, the goods and truths themselves of its
doctrine. That apostles are not meant by the apostles, is
clearly manifest from this which was said to them : When
the Son of Man shall sit upon the throne of His glory, ye
also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes

No. 81.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

12 J

of Israel (Matt. xix. 28 ; Luke xxii. 30). Who does not
see that the apostles are not to judge any one, and can-
not j still less the twelve tribes of Israel ; but that the
Lord alone will, according to the goods and truths of the
doctrine of the church from the Word. So also from
these words : The wall of the city New Jerusalem had
twelve fou?idatio?is, and in them the names of the twelve apos-
t}*3 :/ the Lamb (Apoc. xxi. 14) ; since by "the New Jeru-
salem " the New Church is signified (n. 880, 881) ; and by
" its foundations " all the goods and truths of its doctrine
(n. 902, &c). And also from these: Rejoice, O heavens
and ye holy apostles and prophets (Apoc. xviii. 20). What
is the rejoicing of the apostles and prophets, unless by
them are meant all who are in the goods and truths of
doctrine in the church ? By the Lord's disciples are meant
they who are instructed by the Lord in the goods and
truths of doctrine \ but by the apostles those who, after
they have been instructed, teach them : for it is said,
Jesus sent out His twelve Disciples to preach the kingdom
of God ; and the Apostles, returning, told Him all that
they had done (Luke ix. 1, 2, 10 ; Mark vi. 7, 30).
That by liars are meant they who are in falsities, and
abstractly the falsities themselves, may be evident from
very many places in the Word, where " those that lie 'r and
" lies " are named ; which, if they were adduced, would fill
pages : nor are lies in the spiritual sense any thing else
but falsities. From these things it may now be evident
that by thou hast tried them that say they are apostles, and
arc not, and hast found them liars, is signified that they
&earch into the things which are called goods and truths
in the church, which yet are evils and falsities.

80 A?id hast borne, and hast endurance. That it signi-
fies patience with them, is manifest without explanation.

81. And for my name's sake hast labored, and hast not
fainted, signifies the study and exertion to procure to
themselves, and also to teach, the things which are of
vol. 1. 6

122

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

religion and its doctrine. By the name of Jehovah or of
the Lord in the Word is not meant His name, but every
thing by which He is worshipped: and because He is
worshipped according to the doctrine in the church, by
His name the all of doctrine is meant, and in a universal
sense the all of religion. The reason why these things
are meant by "the name of Jehovah" is because no other
names are given in heaven but those which involve the
quality of any one ; and the quality of God is all that by
which He is worshipped. He who does not know that
this is the signification of a name in the Word can under-
stand only a name, and in this alone there is nothing of
worship and religion. Pie therefore who keeps his idea
in this signification of the Name of Jehovah in the Word,
wherever it occurs, will of himself understand what is
signified by it in the following passages : Ye shall say in
that day, Confess to Jehovah, call upon His Name (Isa.
xii. 4). O Jehovah, we have waited for Thee ; the desire
of our sold is unto Thy Name ; by Thee will we make men-
tion of Thy Name (Isa. xxvi. 8, 13). From the rising of
the sun shall My Name be invoked (Isa. xli. 25). From the
rising of the sun even unto its setting My Name shall be great
among the nations ; and in every place incense shall be offered
unto My Name ; for My Name shall be great among the
nations : ye profane My Name, when ye say, the table of
Jehovah is polluted : but ye puff at My Name, when ye
bring the torn and the la7ne and the sick (Mai. i. 11— 13).
All peoples walk in the Name of their God, and we will
walk in the Name of Jehovah our God (Mic. iv. 5). Every
one that is called by My Name I have created unto My glory,
I have formed him (Isa. xliii. 7). Thou shall not take the
Nime of thy God in vain ; Jehovah will not hold hi?n guilt-
less, who taketh His Name in vain (Deut. v. 11). They
shall worship Jehovah in o?ie place, where He shall put
His Name (Deut. xii. 5, 11, 13, 14, 18 ; xvi. 2, 6, ix, 15. 16 :
and in many other places besides). Who cannol zze> tb^t

No. 82.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I23

a Name alone is not here meant? In like manner by
" the name of the Lord " in the New Testament, as in
these places : Jesus said, Ye shall be haled by all for My
Name's sake (Matt. x. 22 ; xxiv. 9, 10). Where two or three
are gathered together in My Name, there am I in the midst
of them (Matt, xviii. 20). Whoever hath left houses, birth
ren, sisters, for My Name's sake, shall receive a hundred
fold, and eternal life (Matt. xix. 29). As many as received
Him, to them gave He power to become children of God, to
them that believe in His Name (John i. 12). Many believed
i?i His Name (John ii. 23). He that believeth not is judged
already, because he hath not believed in the Name of the only-
begotten Son of God (John iii. 17, 18). Believing, they shall
have life in His Name (John xx. 31). Blessed is He that
cometh in the Name of the Lord (Matt. xxi. 9 • xxiii. 39 ;
Luke xiii. 35 ; xix. 38). That the Lord as to His Human
is the name of the Father, is seen in these passages :
Father, glorify Thy Name (John xii. 28). Hallowed be Thy
Name ; Thy kingdom come (Matt. vi. 9 ; also, Ex. xxiii.
20, 21 ; Jer. xxiii. 6 ; Mic. v. 4). That "name " in other
places is the quality of worship, may be seen in these :
The Shepherd of the sheep callcth His own sheep by their
name (John x. 3). I have a few names in Sardis (Apoc.
iii. 4). I will write upon him the name of my God, and the
name of the city of my God, New jferusalent, and my new
7iame (Apoc. iii. 12 : and in other places). It may now be
evident from these things, that "for My name's sake thou
hast labored and hast not fainted," signifies the study and
exertion to procure to themselves, and also to teach, the
things which are of religion and its doctrine.

82. But I have against thee, that thou hast left thy first
charity, signifies that this is against them, that they do
not hold the goods of life in the first place, as, however,
was and is done in the beginning of every church. This
is said to the church in Ephesus, because by it are meant
those in the church who regard primarily, or in the first

I24

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

place, the truths of doctrine, and not the goods of life
(n. 73) 1 when yet the goods of life are to be regarded in the
first place, that is, primarily : for as far as a man is in the
goods of life, so far is he really in the truths of doctrine ;
but not the reverse. The reason is, that the goods of life
open the interiors of the mind ; which being opened, truths
appear in their own light, from which they are not only
understood, but also loved. It is otherwise when doctrinal
tenets are regarded primarily, or in the first place. Truths
may then be known indeed, but not seen interiorly, and
loved from spiritual affection. But this may be seen illus-
trated above (n. 17). Every church, at its commence-
ment, regards the goods of life in the first place, and truths
of doctrine in the second ; but as the church declines, it
begins to regard the truths of doctrine in the first place,
and in the second the goods of life : and at length, in the
end, it regards faith alone ; and it then not only separates
the goods of charity from faith, but also omits them.
From these things it may now be evident, that by " thou
hast left thy first charity," is signified that they do not
hold the goods of life in the first place ; as, however, has
been and is done in the beginning of every church.

83. Be mindful therefore whence thou hast fallen: That it
signifies remembrance of their error, is manifest from the
things just said above.

84. Afid repent, and do the first works, signifies that they
should invert the state of their life. Every man regards
the truths of doctrine in the first place ; but as long as
he does this, he is like unripe fruit. But he who is being
regenerated, after he has imbibed those truths, regards the
goods of life in the first place ; and as far as he does this,
like fruit he grows ripe ; and as far as he grows ripe, so
far the seed in him becomes fruitful. These two states
have been seen by me among men who had become spirits ;
and in the first state they appeared to be turned towards
the valleys which are above hell ; and in the second,

No. 86.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 125

towards the paradises which are in heaven. This turnirg
of the state of the life is what is meant here. That this
is done by repentance, and by good of life after it, is meant
by "repent, and do the first works."

85. Or else, I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove
thy candlestick out of its place, except thou repent, signifies
that otherwise it is certain that enlightenment will not be
given them to see truths any longer. By " quickly " is
signified certain (n. 4, 947, ; and by a candlestick the
church as to enlightenment (n. 43, 66) : hence by remov
ing it out of its place is signified to take away enlighten-
ment, that they may not see truths in their light, and at
length that they may see them no more. This follows
from the things that were said above (n. 82), namely, that
if the truths of doctrine are regarded primarily or in the
first place, they may indeed be known, but not seen inte-
riorly, and loved from spiritual affection ; on which ac-
count they gradually perish. For to see truths from their
own light is to see them from man's interior mind, which
is called the spiritual mind ; and this mind is opened by
charity : and when it is opened, there flows in light, and
the affection of understanding truths out of heaven from
the Lord. Thence is enlightenment. The man who is in
this enlightenment acknowledges truths as soon as he reads
or hears them ; but not he whose spiritual mind is not
opened, who is one that is not in the goods of charity,
however he may be in the truths of doctrine.

86. But this thou hast, that thou hatest the works of the
Nicolaitans, which I also hate, signifies that they know this
from their truths, and are thence not willing that works
should be meritorious, because this is against the Lord's
merit and justice. That the works of the Nicolaitans are
meritorious works it has been given to know by revelation.
It is said that they hate those works, because the church
Knows this from the truths of its doctrine, and hence does
not will it; and it is therefore said, "this thou hast." But

126 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

still, all those do meritorious works, who put the truths
of faith in the first place and the goods of charity in the
second ; but not they who put the goods of charity in the
first place. The reason is, that genuine charity does not
wish to merit, for it loves to do good : for it is in good, and
acts from it, and looks at the Lord from it, and sees from
truths that all good is from Him • on which account it is
averse to merit. Now since they who regard the truths of
faith in the first place can do no other works than those
which are meritorious, and yet know from their truths that
these are to be hated, therefore this follows after it was
said that if they do not hold charity in the first place, they
do works which are to be held in aversion. It is said that
it is against the Lord's merit and justice, for they who place
merit in works claim justice for themselves ; for they say
that justice is on their side, because they have merited:
when yet it is the highest injustice, because the Lord alone
has merited, and alone does good in them. That the Lord
alone is justice, is taught in Jeremiah : Behold, the days
shall come, whe?i I will raise up unto David a just branch ;
a?id this is His name which they shall call Him, Jehovah
our Justice (xxiii. 5, 6 ; xxxiii. 15, 16).

87. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches, signifies that he who understands these
things should obey what the Divine Truth of the Word
teaches to those who will be of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem. By hearing is signified both to perceive
ai d to obey ; because one attends, that he may perceive,
and that he may obey. That both of these things are sig-
nified by hearing, is manifest from common discourse, in
w hich we say to hear any one, and also to hear or hearken
to any one. The latter signifies to obey, and the former
%o perceive. That to hear signifies both these things is
from correspondence, for in the province of the ears in
heaven are they who are in perception and at the same
time in obedience. Since both of these are signified by

No. 88.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

127

hearing, the Lord therefore so often said, He that hath an
ear to hear, lei him hear (Matt. xi. 15 ; xiii. 43 ; Mark iv.
9, 23 ; vii. 16 ; Luke viii. 8 ; xiv. 35) ; and the like is also
said to all the churches, as is manifest from verses 11, 17,
and 29 of this chapter, and from verses 6, 13, and 22 of the
following one. But by " the Spirit," which " saith unto the
churches," is signified the Divine Truth of the Word ; and
by " the churches," the universal church in the Christian
world. That by " the Spirit of God," which is also " the
Holy Spirit," is meant the Divine Truth proceeding from
the Lord, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Lord" (n. 51): and because the
universal church is meant, it is not said " what the Spirit
saith unto the church," but "what the Spirit saith unto the
churches."

88. To him that overcometh, signifies he who fights against
his evils and falsities, and is reformed. Nov/ since in the
things written to the seven, churches is described the state
of all in the Christian church who can receive the doctrine
of the New Jerusalem, and live according to it, consequently
who can be reformed by combats against evils and falsities,
it is therefore said to each one, He that overcometh ; as here
to the Ephesian church, To him that overco77ieth I will
give to eat of the tree of life. To the church in Smyrna,
He that overcometh shall not be hurt by the second death
(chap. ii. n). To the church in Pergamos, To him that
overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna (ii. 17).
To the church in Thyatira, To him that overcometh, and
keepeth my works unto the end, I will give power over the
nations (ii. 26). To the church in Sard is, He that overco7jieth
shall be clothed in white garments (chap. iii. 5). To the
church in Philadelphia, Him that overcometh will I make a
pillar in the temple of my God (iii. 12). And to the church
in Laodicea, To him that overcometh I will give to sit with
Me in viy throne (iii. 21). He that overcometh signifies
in these places he who combats against evils and falsities,
and so is reformed.

128

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IL

89. I will give to eat of the tree of life, signifies the appro
priation of the good of love and charity from the Lord. By
eating in the Word is signified to appropriate ; and by " the
tree of life " is signified the Lord as to the good of love :
hence, by eating of the tree of life is signified the appro-
priation of the good of love from the Lord. That to
appropriate is signified by eating, is because, as natural
food, when it is eaten, is appiopriated to the life of a man's
body, so spiritual food, when it is received, is appropriated
lo the life of the soul. The reason why the Lord as to the
good of love is signified by the tree of life, is because
nothing else is signified by the Tree of Life in the garden
of Eden ; also because a man has heavenly and spiritual
life from the good of love and charity which is received
from the Lord. A tree is mentioned in many places ; and
by it is meant a man of the church, and in the universal
sense the church itself ; and by its fruit the good of life.
The reason is, because the Lord is the Tree of Life, from
whom is all good in the man of the church and in the
church : but of this in its own place. It is said : " the
good of love and charity," because the good of love is
heavenly (celestial) good, which is that of love to the Lord ;
and the good of charity is spiritual good, which is that of
love towards the neighbor. What and of what quality the
one and the other good is, will be told in the following
pages. On these points some things may be seen in the
work on " Heaven and Hell " (n. 13-19).

90. Which is i?i the midst of the paradise of God, signifies
interiorly in the truths of wisdom and faith. " In the midst "
signifies the inmost (n. 44, 383) ; here interiorly. " The
paradise of God " signifies the truths of wisdom and faith ;
on which account "the tree of life which is in the midst of
the paradise of God," signifies the Lord with the good of
love and charity interiorly in the truths of wisdom and faith.
God also is within in truths ; for good is the esse (to be) of
life, and truth is the existere (to exist) of life therefrom;

No. 90.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

129

as is shown in many places in the " Angelic Wisdom con-
cerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom." That
" the paradise of God " is the truth of wisdom and faith, is
manifest from the signification of "a garden" in the Word.
A garden there signifies wisdom and intelligence, because
the trees signify the men of the church, and their fruits the
goods of life. Nothing else is signified by " the garden of
Eden," for by it Adam's wisdom is described. The like
is meant by " the garden of God " in Ezekiel : In thy
wisdom and intelligence thou hadst made to thyself wealth :
thou hast been in Eden the garden of God : every precious
stone zaas thy covering (xxviii. 4, 13). This is said of Tyre, by
which the church as to the knowledges of truth and good,
and thus as to intelligence, is signified ; on which account
it is said, In thy wisdom and iiitelligence thou hadst ?nade to
thyself wealth. By the precious stones which were a cov-
ering, the truths of intelligence are signified. In the same:
Ashur is a cedar in lebanon ; the cedars in the garden of God
did not hide it ; nor was any tree in the garden of God equal
to it in beauty ; all the trees of Ede?i in the Garden of God
emulated it (xxxi. 3, 8, 9). This is said of Egypt and of
Ashur ; because by Egypt is signified knowledge, and by
Ashur rationality, by which is intelligence ; and the same
by "a cedar." But since by his rationality he came into
the pride of his own intelligence, it is therefore said of him,
To who77i art thou thus become like in glory and in greatness
among the trees of Eden, since thou shall be made to go dow?t
with the trees of Eden into the lower earth ; and shall lie down
in the midst of the wicircumcised (vers. 18 of that chapter) ?
The "uncircumcised " are they who are without the good of
chariryr. In Isaiah : Jehovah shall comfort Zio?i, and shall
?nake her wilderness as Eden, and her desert as the garden of
Jehovah (li. 3). "Zion" here is the church; the wilderness
and the desert are the lack and the ignorance of truth ;
Eden and " the garden of God " are wisdom and intelli-
gence. Wisdom and intelligence are also signified by a

130

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

garden in Isa. lviii. n ; lxi. n ; Jer. xxxi. 12 j Am. ix. 14 ;
Num. xxiv. 6. The man of the church is also like a garden
as to intelligence, when he is in the good of love from the
Lord ; for the spiritual heat which vivifies him is love, and
spiritual light is intelligence therefrom. It is known that
from these two, heat and light, the gardens in the world
flourish ; and it is the same in heaven. There appear ir.
heaven paradisal gardens with fruit trees, according to their
wisdom from the good of love from the Lord ; and around
those who are in intelligence, and not in the good of love,
there does not appear a garden, but grass ; but around
those who are in faith separated from charity, not even
grass, but sand.

91. And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write,
signifies to those and concerning those who are in goods
as to life, but in falsities as to doctrine. That these aro
meant by the church in Smyrna, is manifest from the things
written to it when understood in the spiiitual sense.

92. These things saith the First and the Last, signifies
the Lord, that He alone is God. That the Lord calls
Himself " the First and the Last," also " the Beginning
and the End," and " the Alpha and the Omega," and " He
who is and who was and who is to come," may be seen,
chap. i. 4, 8, 11, 17 ; and what they signify may be seen
above (n. 13, 29-31, 38, 57); where it is manifest that it is
also meant by them that He alone is God.

93. Who was 'dead and is alive, signifies that He was
neglected in the church, and His Human not acknowledged
to be Divine, when yet as to that also He alone is Life,
and from Him alone is life eternal. That these things
are meant by these words, may be seen above (n. 58-60,)
where they are explained. The reason why these and the
things just preceding are said, is because it is a primary
falsity of those who are described by this church, that they
do not acknowledge the Lord's Divine Human, and there-
fore do not go to Him.

No. 96.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

94. I know thy works : That it signifies that the Lord
sees all their interiors and exteriors at once, is evident
from the things that were explained above (n. 76) : here
that He sees that they are in falsities, and yet as to life
in goods, which they believe to be goods of life, when yet
they are not.

95. And affliction and poverty, signifies that they are in
falsities, and hence not in goods. " To know their afflic-
tion " signifies to see that they are in falsities, and "to
know their poverty " signifies to see that they are not in
goods ; for " affliction " in the Word is predicated of falsi-
ties, as above (n. 33) ; and " poverty " of the lack of goods :
nor is spiritual poverty any thing else. We often read in
the Word of " the poor and the needy ; " and in the spiritual
sense by " the poor " is meant one who is not in truths,
and by " the needy " one who is not in goods. These
words also are added, " yet thou art rich ; " but in paren-
thesis, and this because they are omitted in some manu-
scripts.

96. And the blasphemy of them that say they are Jews,
and are not, signifies the false assertion that the goods of
love are with them, when yet they are not. Blasphemy
here signifies a false assertion. By " Jews " are not signi-
fied the Jews, but they who are in the good of love, and
abstractly the goods of love : hence by " the blasphemy of
them that say they are Jews, and are not," is signified the
false assertion that the goods of love are in them, when
vet thev are not. That those who are in the °;ood of love
are meant by Jews, is because by Judah in the Word in
the highest sense is meant the Lord as to the Divine Good
of the Divine Love, and by Israel the Lord as to the Divine
Truth of the Divine Wisdom : hence by Jews those are
signified who are in the good of love from the Lord, and
those by Israel who are in Divine truths from the Lord.
That the former are meant by the Jews, may be evident
from many passages which will be adduced below (n. 350).

132

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Chap IT.

See also some things in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusa-
lem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 51). That the
goods of love are meant abstractly by the Jews, is because
the spiritual sense is abstracted from persons ; see above
(n. 78, 79). He who does not know that those who are of
the Lord's celestial church, who are they that are in love
to him, are meant by "the Jews" in the Word, may fall
into many mistakes in reading the Word in the prophets ;
but see below (n. 350).

97. But are the synagogue of Satan, signifies, because
they are in falsities as to doctrine. " The Synagogue "
is mentioned because the Jews are named ; and as they
taught in the synagogues, by a synagogue is signified doc-
trine. And since by Satan is meant the hell of them that
are in falsities, it is therefore said "the synagogue of Satan."
Hell is called the Devil and Satan ; and by the hell which
is called the Devil are meant those there who are in evils,
— properly those that are in the love of self ; and by the
hell that is called Satan those there are meant who are
in falsities, — properly they who are in the pride of their
own intelligence. That those hells are called " the Devil "
and " Satan " is because all who are in them are called
devils and satans. It may now be evident from these
things, that by their being " the synagogue of Satan " is
signified that as to doctrine they are in falsities. But as
those are here treated of who are in good as to life, but in
falsities as to doctrine, and these do not know otherwise
than that they are in good, and that their falsities are
truths, something shall be said of them. All the good of
worship is formed by truths, and all truth is formed from
goods ; consequently good without truth is not good, and
truth witnout good is not truth. They indeed appear to
be so in the external form, but still are not. The con-
junction of good and truth is called the heavenly Marriage.
From this is the church in man, and from it is heaven
in him. If therefore falsities are instead of truths in a

No. 97.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

133

man, he then does the good of falsity, which is not good ;
for it is either pharisaical, or meritorious, or inborn natural
good. But take examples for illustration : He who is in
this falsity, that he believes that he does good from himself,
because he has the faculty of doing good, his good is not
good, because himself is in it, and not the Lord. He who
is in this falsity, that he can do good, which is good, with-
out the knowledge of what evil there is in him, and thus
without repentance • he, while he does good, does that
which is not good ; for without repentance he is in evil.
He who is in this falsity, that good purifies him from evil,
and knows nothing of the evils in which he is ; he does
no other good than spurious good, which inwardly is con-
taminated by his evils. He who is in this falsity, that there
are many gods, and confirms himself in it ; the good which
he does is a divided good ; and divided good is not good.
He who is in this falsity, that he believes that the Divine
is not in the Lord's Human as the soul in the body, cannot
do good from Him ; and good not from the Lord is not
good, for it is against these words of the Lord : Except one
abide in Me, and I in him, he cannot bear any fruit ; for
without Me ye can do nothing : except one abide in Me, he
is cast forth as a dried branch, znd is cast into the fire, and
is burned (John xv. 4-6). The like is found in many other
places ; for good derives its quality from truths, and truths
derive their esse (to be) from good. Who does not know
that a church is not a church without doctrine * and doc-
trine must teach how a man shall think concerning God
and from God, and how he shall act from God and with
God ; consequently doctrine must be from truths, and to
do according to these is what is called good : from which
it follows, that to do according to falsities is not good
It is believed that in the good which a man does there is
nothing from truths or from falsities ; when yet the quality
of the good is from no other source : for they cohere to-
gether like love and wisdom, and also like love and fool

134

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[CHAr. II

ishness. It is the love of the wise which does good ; but
the love of the foolish does the like in externals, but it is
altogether unlike in internals : on which account the good
of the wise is as pure gold, but the good of the foolish is
like gold spread over dung.

98. Fear none of the things which thou shalt suffer : That
it signifies, despair not when ye are infested by evils and
assailed by falsities, since with those who are in goods as
to life and in falsities as to doctrine it cannot be otherwise,
— is manifest from what now follows.

99 Behold, the devil will cast some of you into prison,
signifies that their good of life will be infested by evils
which are from hell. That this is signified by being cast
into prison or confinement by the devil, is because by the
devil is meant the hell where they are who are in evils,
and thus abstractly the evil which is there and thence
(n. 97). That to be sent into prison or confinement is to
be infested, is because they that are infested by evils from
hell are as if bound in a prison ; for they can think
nothing but evil, when yet they will good. Hence there
is interior combat and anxiety, from which they cannot
be released, being scarce otherwise than as those who are
in chains. The reason is that their good is not good so
far as it coheres with falsities ; and as far as it coheres
with falsities there is evil in it. This therefore is what
is infested. Yet this infestation does not exist in the
natural world, but in the spiritual world, and thus after
death. Their infestations it has often been given me to
see. They lament, saying that they have done good, and
wish to do good ; and yet they now cannot, owing to the
evils around. But still they are not all infested alike, but
more severely as they have confirmed themselves in the
falsities ; and it is therefore said, " the devil shall cast
some of you into prison." That the confirmation of falsity
is injurious, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 91-97).

No. ioo-]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

135

In the Wo' 1 the like is signified by " the bound " as here
by those tl.at are cast into prison, as in these places: /
will give thee for a covenant of the people, to bring forth
him that is bound out of the prison, and them that sit in
darkness out of the prison-house (Isa. xlii. 6, 7 ; xlix. 8, 9).
Jehovah hath sent me to preach liberty to the captives, a?id
to the bound (Isa. lxi. 1). By the blood of thy covenant I
will send forth the bound out of the pit (Zech. ix. 11). God
hath brought forth them that are bound with fetters (Ps.
lxviii. 6). The sighing of the bound shall come before Thee
(Ps. lxxix. 11). To hear the groaning of the bound, to re-
lease the so7is of death (Ps. cii. 20). Jehovah who looseth
the bound (Ps. cxlvi. 7). That by " the bound " in these
places, those are not meant who are bound in the world,
but they that are bound by hell, and thus by evils and
falsities, is manifest. The same is signified by these
words of the Lord : / was in prison, a?id ye came unto Me
(Matt xxv. 36). Since the Lord leads out of prison, or
liberates from infestation, those who have been in good
as to life, although in falsities as to doctrine, He says,
u Fear nothing of the things thou art about to suffer ; "
also, " Be thou faithful, and I will give thee a crown of
life."

100. That ye may be tried, signifies by falsities fighting
against them. The reason why this is signified is because
all spiritual temptation is a combat between the devil and
the Lord, as to which shall have possession of the man.
The devil, or hell, brings forward his falsities, and blames
and condemns him ; but the Lord brings forward his truths,
and draws him away and liberates him from the falsities.
This is the combat which appears to the man as if it were
in him, because it is from the evil spirits who are with
him, and is called temptation. That spiritual temptation
is nothing else I know from experience, because in my
temptations I have seen the infernal spirits who induced
them, and have perceived the influx from the Lord who
liberated.

1 36 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. EL

10 1. And ye shall have affliction te?t days, signifies that
this is to last the full time, that is, as long as they are will-
ing to remain in falsities. " Affliction " here signifies in-
festation, concerning which see above (n. 33, 95), and thus
temptation ; and " ten days " signify the duration of that
state to the full : it therefore follows, Be thou faithful even
wito death ; by which is signified the reception and ac-
knowledgment of truths, until the falsities are removed
and as it were abolished by them. That " ten days
signify the duration of a state to the full, is because " days "
signify states, and " ten " full : for times in the Word sig-
nify states (n. 947) ; and the numbers describe their quality
(n. 10). Since ten signifies full, it also signifies much and
many, also every and all j as may be evident from the
following passages : The mc7i who have seen My glory have
tempted Me ten times (Num. xiv. 22). Ye have treated me
with ignominy ten times (Job xix. 3). Daniel was foimd
to be wise above the astrologers by ten times (Dan. i. 20).
Ten women shall bake their bread in one oven (Lev. xxvi.
26). Ten men out of all the tongues of the nations shall
take hold of the skirt of a man a Jew (Zech. viii. 23). As
" ten " signifies many, and also all, therefore the things
that were written by Jehovah upon the tables of the Deca-
logue are called the Ten Words (Deut. iv. 13 ; x. 4). The
Ten Words are all truths, for they include them. And
since ten signifies all, both persons and things, the Lord
therefore compared the kingdom of the heavens to " ten
virgins " (Matt. xxv. 1). Also in the parable of the noble-
man He said that he gave to his servants "ten pounds"
for trading (Luke xix. 12-27). Many are also signified by
the ten horns of the beast that came up out of the sea (Dan.
vii 7) ; and by the ten horns, and the ten diadems upo?i the
horns of the beast that also came up out of the sea (Apoc.
xiii. 1) ; also by the ten horns of the dragon (Apoc. xii. 3) ;
and by the ten horns of the scarlet beast, upon which the
wo7nan was sitting (Apoc. xvii. 3, 7, 12). By "the ten

No. 103.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

137

horns " is signified much power. From the signification
of the number ten, which is full, much, and all, it may be
seen why it was ordained that the Tenth part of all the
increase should be given to Jehovah, and by Jehovah to
Aaron and the Levites (Num. xviii. 24, 28 ; Deut. xiv. 22) :
also, why Abraham gave to Melchizedek Tithes of all
(Gen. xiv. 18, 20): for it was thereby signified that thus
all things of theirs were from Jehovah, and were hallowed ;
see Mai. iii. 10. It may from these things be now evident,
that by having affliction ten days is signified that the temp-
tation is to last a full time, that is, as long as they are
willing to remain in falsities ; for falsities are in no wise
taken away from man against his will, but with it.

102. Be thou faithful unto death, signifies the reception
and acknowledgment of truths, until the falsities are re-
moved, and as it were abolished. By " be thou faithful
unto death " is meant in the natural sense that they are
not to recede from their fidelity even to the end of life ;
but in the spiritual sense, that they are to receive and
acknowledge truths, until the falsities are removed, and
as it were abolished by them : for the latter sense is prop-
erly for those who are in the spiritual world, for whom
there is no death; consequently by death here the end
of their temptation is meant. It is said, until they are
as it were abolished ; because falsities and evils with a
man are not abolished, but are removed : and when they
are removed, they appear as if abolished : because, the
evils and falsities being removed, the man is kept in goods
and truths by the Lord.

103. And I will give thee a crown of Life, signifies that
they will then have eternal life as the reward of victory.
Because temptations even unto death are treated of, it is
said that a crown of life will be given to them, such as
was given to the martyrs who were faithful unto death ;
and because the martyrs desired this, therefore after death
crowns were given to them, by which the reward of victory

I38 THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

was signified. They still appear in their crowns in heaven ;
which I have been permitted to see.

104. He that hath a?i ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches : That it signifies that he who
understands should obey the things which the Divine
Truth of the Word teaches to those who will be of the
New Church, which is the New Jerusalem, is manifest
from the explanation of the same words above (n. 87).

105. He that overcometh : That it signifies he who fighti
against evils and falsities, and is reformed, is manifest
from the explanation (n. 88), where were like words.

106. Shall not be hurt by the second death, signifies that
they will not afterwards yield to evils and falsities from
hell. By the first death is meant the death of the body,
and by the second death is meant the death of the soul,
which is damnation (see below, n. 853, 873). And be-
cause by " Be thou faithful unto death," is signified that
they are to acknowledge truths until falsities are removed
by them (n. 102) ; it follows that by "he shall not be hurt
by the second death," is signified that they shall not after-
wards yield to evils and falsities from hell ; for thereby
they are delivered from damnation.

107. And unto the angel of the church in Pergai7ios, write,
signifies to those and concerning those who place the all
of the church in good works, and not any thing in the
truths of doctrine. That these are meant by the church
in Pergamos, is manifest from the things written to it,
when understood in the spiritual sense. But respect-
ing these something is to be premised, that it may be
known who and what kind of persons they are in the
church. There are two kinds of men of whom the Chris-
tian church at this day for the most part consists. They
who are in works alone, and in no truths, make one kind ;
and they who are in worship alone, and not in works nor
in truths, make the other. The former kind is here treated
of ; the latter in the things written to the church in Sardis

No. no.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

139

(n. 154, &c). They who are in works alone, and in no
truths, are like those who do, and understand not ; and
deeds without understanding are lifeless. They appear
before the angels like images carved out of wood ; and
they who have placed merit in their works, like those
carved images naked, without any covering. They also
appear like sheep without wool, and they that place merit
in the works, like these sheep covered over with dung.
For all works are done from the will through the under-
standing ; and in the understanding they receive life, and
at the same time clothing. Hence it is, that, as was said,
they appear before the angels as things lifeless and naked.

108. These things saith He that hath the sharp two-edged
sword, signifies the Lord as to the truths of doctrine from
the Word, by which evils and falsities are dispersed. In
the preceding chapter, where the Son of Man is described,
who is the Lord as to the Word, it is said that a sharp
two-edged sword was seen to go forth out of His mouth
(vers. 16). That by this is signified the dispersion of falsi-
ties by the Lord by means of the Word and of doctrine
therefrom, may be seen above (n. 52). This is said to
those and concerning those who place the all of the church
in works alone, and not any thing in the truths of doc-
trine ; and because they omit or lightly esteem the truths
of doctrine, which still are necessary, it is said to them in
what follows, Repent ; or else, I will come unto thee quickly,
and will fight with them with the sword of my mouth (vers.
16 of this chapter).

109. / know thy works. That it signifies that the Lord
sees all their interiors and exteriors at the same time,
may be seen above (n. 76), where it is explained ; here
that the Lord sees that they are in works alone, and not
in doctrinals.

no. And where thou dwellest, where Satan's throne is,
signifies their life in thick-darkness. That by Satan is
meant the hell of those that are in falsities, may be seen

I4O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

above (n. 97) • and to be in falsities is to be in spiritual
thick-darkness. Spiritual thick-darkness, the shadow of
death, and darkness, are nothing else but the states of
those in hell, who are in the falsities of evil ; on which
account falsities are described by them in the Word : from
which it may be evident, that by " Satan's throne " is sig-
nified mere thick-darkness. But by thick-darkness here
it is not meant that they are in mere falsities, but that
they are in no truths of doctrine ; for the truths of doc-
trine which are from the Word are in the light : hence,
not to be in truths is not to be in the light, consequently
in thick-darkness. That truths are in the light of heaven,
may be seen in the work on " Heaven and Hell " (n. 126-
140); and in the "Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 73, 104-113). In many
places in the Word those are treated of who are " in dark-
ness, in the shadow of death, and in thick-darkness ;
whose eyes the Lord will open ; " and by them are meant
the Gentiles, who were in good works, but not in any
truths ; because they have not known the Lord, nor had
the Word. Quite similar to them are those in the Chris-
tian world, who are in works alone, and in no truths of
doctrine ; on which account they cannot be called any
thing else than Gentiles. They indeed know the Lord,
but still do not go to Him ; and they have the Word, but
still do not search for truths therein. By knowing where
thou dwellest is signified to know of what quality they are,
since every one in the spiritual world dwells according to
the quality of his affection. It may be evident from these
things, that by "thou dwellest where Satan's throne is,"
their life of good in thick-darkness is signified. In the
spiritual world also the satanic spirits have power through
those who are in works alone, but without them they are
nothing ; for they adjoin them to themselves. If one of
them only says, I am thy neighbor, and therefore good
offices are to be extended to me, on hearing this thev

No. ii2.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 141

draw near, and give aid ; nor do they inquire who and
what he is, because they have not truths \ and by truths
alone one is known from another. This also is signified
by "thou dwellest where Satan's throne is."

in. And thou /widest fast My name, and hast not denied
My faith, signifies when yet they have religion, and wor-
ship according to it, and also acknowledge the Word to
be the Divine Truth. That by the name of Jehovah or
the Lord is meant every thing by which He is worshipped,
and thus the all of religion, may be seen above (n. 81) ;
here, therefore, is meant that they have a religion, and
according to their religion worship. By faith is not here
meant faith, as faith is at this day in the church, but the
Divine truth ; since faith is of truth, and truth is of faith.
Nothing else is meant by faith in heaven, nor any thing
else by faith in God in the Word. Hence it is, that faith
and truth in the Hebrew language are one word, and are
called Amuna. Now as by the faith of God is meant the
Divine Truth, and the Word is the Divine Truth itself, it
is manifest that by "thou hast not denied My faith," is
meant that they acknowledge that the Word is the Divine
Truth.

112. Even in the days in which Antipas was My faithfut
martyr, who was slain amo?ig you where Satan dwelleth, sig-
nifies when all truth was extinguished by the falsities in
the church. By a martyr is signified the confession of the
truth, the same as by a witness above (n. 6, 16) ; because
" martyr" and "witness" in the Greek language are one
word. Antipas is named from the spiritual or angelic
language. Since by Antipas the martyr is signified a con-
fessor of the truth, and abstractly the truth itself, it is
manifest that by " in the days in which Antipas was My
faithful martyr, who was slain among you where Satan
dwelleth," is signified, when the truth is extinguished by
falsities in the church. That by Satan is meant the hell
where and whence falsities are, may be seen above (n. 97).

142 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

113. But I have a few things against thee: That it signifies
that these things which follow are against them, is manifest
without explanation.

114. That thou hast there them that hold the doctrine of
Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumbling-black before
the sons of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to
commit whoredom, signifies that among them are those whc
do hypocritical works, by which the worship of God in the
church is defiled and adulterated. That by these words
are meant those that do works by which worship is defiled
and adulterated, is manifest from the historical parts of the
Word relating to Balaam and Balak the king of Moab.
For Balaam was a hypocrite and a diviner : for he spoke
well of the sons of Israel from Jehovah, and yet in heart
cherished the desire to destroy them, and did also destroy
some by the counsel given to Balak ; from which it is
manifest that his works were hypocritical. That he was a
diviner we read in Num. xxii. 7 ; xxiv. 1 ; Josh. xiii. 22.
That he spoke in favor of the sons of Israel by blessing
them, Num. xxiii. 7-15, 18-24; xxiv. 5-9, 16-19 ; but that
he spoke this from Jehovah, Num. xxiii. 5, 12, 16 , xxiv. 13.
That he cherished in heart the desire to destroy them, and
also did destroy some by the counsel given to Balak, Num.
xxxi. 16. The counsel which he gave, Num. xxv. 1, 9, 18.
This was the stumbling-block which he cast before the sons
of Israel, of which it is thus written : In Shittim the people
began to coinmit whoredom with the daughters of Moab, and
they called the people to the sacrifices of their gods ; the people
did eat, and bowed themselves down to their gods, especially
they joined the7nselves to Bael-peor ; therefore there were slain
of Israel twenty-four thousand (Num. xxv. 1-3, 9, 18). By
the sons of Israel the church is signified : by eating of their
sacrifices is signified the appropriation of what is holy ;
wherefore by eating of the sacrifices of other gods, or things
sacrificed to idols, the defilement and profanation of what
is holy is signified : by committing whoredom is signified

No. 118.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

143

to adulterate and pervert worship. That by Moab, and
thence by its king, and by its daughters, those also are
signified who defile and adulterate worship, may be seen in
the "Heavenly Arcana," published at London (n. 2468).
It is now manifest from these things, that this is the
spiritual sense of those words.

115. So hast thou, even thou, them that hold the doctrine
of the Nicolaitans, which I hate, signifies that there are
among them also those who make works meritorious. That
" the works of the Nicolaitans " are meritorious works,
may be seen above (n. 86). With those who place the all
of the church and of salvation in good works, and not any-
thing in the truths of doctrine, who are they that are meant
by the church in Pergamos, there are found those that do
hypocritical works and also meritorious works, but still not
all ; on which account it is said that thou hast there them
that hold the doctrine of Balaam ; and then, thou hast, even
thou, them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitans : and
all the works of worship are either good, or meritorious,
or hypocritical ; on which account the latter two are here
spoken of, and afterwards the good works in what follows.

116. Repent signifies that they should guard against those
works, and do the works which are good. That these things
are signified by repenting, is because meritorious and hypo-
critical goods have just been treated of, against which they
must guard who place the all of the church and of salvation
in good works, and not any thing in the truths of doctrine ,
when yet the truths of doctrine teach how and what one
must will and think, or must love and believe, that the
works may be good.

117. Or else, I will come unto thee quickly, and will fght
with them with the sword of my mouth, signifies that if not,
the Lord will contend with them from the Word, and con
vince them that their works are evil. But these words may
be seen explained above (n. 108).

118. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit

i44

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

saith unto the churches: That it signifies that he who under-
stands should obey the things which the Divine Truth of
the Word teaches to those who will be of the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, is manifest from the explana-
tions above (n. 87), where are similar words.

119. To him that overcometh : That it signifies he who
fights against his evils and falsities, and is reformed, is
also manifest from the explanations above (n. 88).

120. I will give to eat of the hidden manna, signifies wis-
dom, and the appropriation then of the good of heavenly
(celestial) love in their works, and thus the conjunction
of the Lord with those who work. By " the hidden manna "
which those will have who are in good works and at the
same time adjoin the truths of doctrine to the works, is
meant hidden wisdom, such as those have who are in the
third heaven. For these, because they were in good works
and at the same time in the truths of doctrine in the world,
are in wisdom above the rest of the angels ; but in a hidden
wisdom, for it is inscribed on their life, and not so much on
the memory: on which account they are of such a character
that they do not speak of the truths of doctrine, but do them j
and they do them because they know them, and also see
them when others speak of them. That the good of love
is appropriated to them, and that the Lord conjoins Himself
with those who adjoin to their good works the truths of
doctrine, and so gives them wisdom in their goods, and that
this is giving them to eat of the hidden manna, may be
evident from these words of the Lord : The Bread of God is
He that cometh down from heave?i, and giveth life to the world.
I am the Bread of life : your fathers did eat the manna in
the desert, and are dead. This is the bread that cometh down
from heaven, that he that eateth thereof may not die. I am
the living bread that came down from heaven : if any one eat
of this bread, he shall live for ever (John vi. 33, 35, 49-51).
From which it is manifest that the Lord Himself is the
hidden manna, which will be in their works, if they go to

No. 121.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

145

Him alone. Whether you say the Lord, or the good of
heavenly love, as also the wisdom of that love, it is the
same. But this is an arcanum which falls with difficulty
into the natural idea of any one, so long as that is veiled
over with a cloud from worldly things j but it does enter
when the mind is serene and in the sunshine, as may be
seen on these subjects in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom," from beginning
to end.

121. And I will give him a white stone, signifies truths
favoring and united to good. " A white stone " signifies
this, because in judgments the suffrages were collected by
stones, and by white ones those which were affirmative.
That it is affirmative truths that are signified is because
white is predicated of truths (n. 167, 379). Hence it is,
that by a white stone are signified truths favoring good.
That they are also united to the good, is because the good
draws them, and unites them to itself. For all good loves
truth, and conjoins to itself such as accords with itself
especially the good of heavenly love : this so unites truth
to itself, that they make altogether one. Hence it is that
they see truths from good alone. These are meant by
them that have the law written on their hearts, spoken of
in Jeremiah : / will put my law in the midst of them, and
will write it upon their hearts ; neither shall they teach any
longer every one his competition or every o?ie his brother,
faying, k?ww ye Jehovah; for every one shall know Me
(xxxi. 33. 34). All who are in the third heaven are such.
They do not speak of truths from any memory, but see
them clearly while they are hearing others speak of the
tiuths, especially while they are reading the Word. The
reason is, because they are in the marriage itself of good
and truth. Such do they become in the world, who have
gone to the Lord alone, and done good works because they
are according to the truths of the Word. Concerning
vol. 1. 7

146

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

whom see some things in the work on " Heaven and
Hell" (n. 25, 26, 270, 271).

122. And in the stone a new name written, signifies that
they will thus have a kind of good which they had not
before. That a name signifies the quality of a thing, may
be seen above (n. 81); here therefore, the quality of the
good. All the quality of good is from the truths united
to it ; for good without truths is like bread and food with-
out wine and water, which do not nourish ; and it is also
like fmit in which there is no juice. It appears also like
trees stripped of their leaves, on which hang dry apples
left from the autumn. This is also meant by these words
of the Lord. Every one shall be salted with fire, and every
sacrifice shall be salted with salt : salt is good, but if the salt
have lost its saltness, wherewith will ye season it? Have
salt in yourselves (Mark ix. 49, 50). Salt here is the desire
for truth.

123. Which no one knoweth but he that receiveth it, signi-
fies that it does not appear to any one, because it is written
in their life. That truths united to good are not inscribed
on the memory with them, but on their life, may be seen
just above (n. 121, 122); and that which is inscribed on
the life alone, and not on the memory, does not appear to
any one, not even to themselves, except from the fact that
they perceive whether it is true, and what is true, when
they are hearing and reading j for the interiors of their mind
are open even to the Lord : and because the Lord is in
them, and He sees all things, He therefore causes them
to see as from themselves. But they still know from their
wisdom that they do not see truths from themselves, but
from the Lord. From these things it may now be evident
what is meant by all this : I will give him to eat of the hid-
den manna; and I will give /mn a white stone, and in the
stone a new name written, which no one knoweth but he that
receiveth it: by which is signified briefly, that they will be
angels of the third heaven, if they read the Word, draw
therefrom truths of doctrine, and go to the Lord.

No. 128.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

147

124. And unto the angel of the church in Thyatira write,
signifies to those and concerning those who are in faith
from charity, and thence in good works ; and also to those
and concerning those who are in faith separated from
charity, and thence in evil works. That both are de-
scribed by "the church in Thyatira," is manifest from
the things written to it when understood in the spiritual
sense.

125. These things saith the Son of God, that hath His
eyes as a flame of fire, signifies the Lord as to the Divine
Wisdom of His Divine Love. That this is signified, ma)
be seen explained above (n. 48).

126. A?id His feet like unto fine-brass : That it signifies
the Natural Divine Good, is evident from the things which
have been explained before (n. 49).

127. I kf tow thy works : That it signifies that the Lord
sees all their interiors and exteriors at once, may be seen
above (n. 76), where it is explained.

128. And charity and ministry, signifies the spiritual
affection which is called charity, and its operation. That
charity is spiritual affection, is because charity is love to-
wards the neighbor, and love towards the neighbor is that
affection. That ministry is its operation, is because they
are called ministers in the Word, who do the works which
are of charity. The man who is a worshipper of God is
sometimes called a servant, and sometimes a minister \
and he is called a servant of God who is in truths, and a
minister of God who is in goods. The reason is, because
truth serves good, and good ministers to truth. That he
who is in truths is called a servant, may be seen above,
(n. 3) ; but that he who is in good is called a minister, is
manifest from these passages : Ye shall be called the priests
of yehovah, the ministers of your God (Isa. lxi. 6). My
covenant shall not become void with the Levites my ministers
(Jer. xxxiii. 21). They are called ministers, because the
priests represented the Lord as to Divine Good. Bless

148

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

ye Jehovah all His hosts, ye ministers that do His will
(Ps. ciii. 21, 22). Jehovah maketh His angels spirits, His
ministers a flaming fire (Ps. civ. 4). Angel-spirits are they
who are in truths, and angel-ministers they who are in
goods. A naming fire also signifies the good of love.
Jesus said, Whoever will be great, let him be your min-
ister; and whoever will be first, let him be your servant
(Matt. xx. 26, 27 ; xxiii. n, 12). "Minister" is here said
of good, and " servant " of truth. The same is signified
by ministering and by ministry in (Isaiah lxi. 6 ; John xii.
26 ; Luke xii. 37) ; and elsewhere. It is manifest from
these remarks, that by charity and ministry spiritual
affection and its operation are signified ; for good is of
charity, and truth is of faith.

129. And thy faith and endurance, signifies the truth,
and the study to procure it for themselves and to teach
it. That " faith " signifies truth, may be seen above (n.
111) : and that "endurance" then signifies the study and
labor of procuring and teaching it, follows as a conse-
quence.

130. And the last more than the first, signifies the increase
of them from spiritual affection for truth, which is charity.
By " the last works being more than the first " are meant
all the things of their charity and faith, for these are the
interiors from which are works (n. 73, 76, 94). These
increase, when charity is in the first place, and faith in
the second. For charity is the spiritual affection for doing
good, and from it is the spiritual affection for knowing
truth ; for good loves truth, as food loves drink ; for it
wishes to be nourished, and it is nourished by truths.
Hence it is that to those who are in genuine charity the
increase of truth is continual. These, therefore, are the
things which are signified by / know thy works, and the
last more than the first.

131. But I have a few things against thee, signifies that
these things which follow may be a stumbling-block to

No. 132.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 49

them. For it now goes on to treat of faith separated from
charity, which to those who are in faith from charity may-
be a stumbling-block.

132. That thou permittest the woman Jezebel, signifies
that in the church among them are those that separate
faith from charity, and make it alone saving. That faith
separated from charity is meant by "the woma.i Jeze-
bel," is manifest from the things that now follow, when
they are unfolded in series by means of the spiritual sense,
and are compared with that faith. For the evil deeds of
Jezebel the wife of Ahab were these : That she went and
served Baal, and erected an altar to him in Samaria, and
made a grove (1 Kings xvi. 31-33). That she killed the
prophets of Jehovah (1 Kings xviii. 4, 13). That she
wished to kill Elijah (xix. 1, 2). That through deceit by
substituting false witnesses she took away NabotWs vineyard,
and killed him (xxi. 6, 7, &c.) That on account of these
evil deeds it was foretold to her by Elijah that the dogs
should eat her (xxi. 23). That she was cast down out of
the window where she stood painted, and that the wall was
sprinkled with her blood, and also the horses which trampled
upon her (2 Kings ix. 30-33). Since all the historical as
well as the prophetical parts of the Word signify the spiritual
things of the church, so also do these. That they signify
faith separated from charity is evident from the spiritual
sense, and from a comparison of them in that sense : for
by going and serving Baal, and erecting an altar to him,
and making a grove, is signified to serve lusts of every
kind, or what is the same, the devil ; not thinking of
any evil lust, nor of any sin ; as those do who have
no doctrine of charity and life, but of faith only. By
killing the prophets is signified to destroy the truths
of doctrine in the Word. By wishing to kill Elijah is
signified to wish the same to the Word itself. By taking
away his vineyard from Naboth, and killing him, is signi-
fied to destroy the church itself; for a vineyard is the

I50 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

church. By the dogs which ate her are signified lusts.
By her being cast down out of the window, by her blood
being sprinkled upon the wall, and by her being trampled
by the horses, is signified their destruction ; for each one
of those things signifies, — the window, truth in the light ;
the blood, falsity ; the wall, truth in the ultimates ; a horse,
the understanding of the Word. It may hence be con-
cluded, that when these things are compared with faith
separated from charity they coincide ; as may be further
evident from what follows in the Apocalypse, where that
faith is treated of.

133. That calleth herself a prophetess, signifies, and who
make it the very doctrine of the church, and found all
Theology upon it. That the doctrine of the church is
signified by a prophet, in the Word, may be seen above
(n. 8) ; the same therefore by a prophetess. It is known
that in the Reformed Christian Church faith alone has
been accepted as the only means of salvation, and that
hence the works of charity have been separated from faith
as not saving. Hence it is, that at this day the universal
doctrine of man's salvation, which is called Theology, is
that faith, consequently the woman Jezebel.

134. To teach and seduce my servants to commit whore-
dom, signifies, from which it results that the truths of the
Word are falsified. By " teaching and seducing the Lord's
servants," is meant to do so to those who are able and
willing to be instructed in truths out of the Word. That
they who are in truths are called " the servants of the
Lord," maybe seen above (n. 3, 128). And by commit
ting whoredom is signified to adulterate and falsify the
Word. This is signified by committing whoredom because
there is a marriage of good and truth in each thing of the
Word, and this marriage is broken when good is separated
and taken away from truth. That in every thing of the
Word there is a marriage of the Lord and the church,
and thence a marriage of good and truth may be seen

No. 134.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 151

in the "Doctrine of the NeM Jerusalem concerning the
Sacred Scripture " (n. 80-90). It is from this that to
adulterate the goods and to falsify the truths of the Word
are signified by committing whoredom ; and because this
is spiritual whoredom, those therefore who from their own
reason have falsified the Word do also become whore-
mongers, when they come into the spiritual world after
death : and what has hitherto lain concealed before the
whole world is, that they who have confirmed faith alone,
to the exclusion of the works of charity, are in the lust of
the adultery of a son with his mother. That they are in
the lust of an adultery so unutterably impious has been
very often perceived in the spiritual world. Remember
this, and inquire after death, and you will be confirmed.
This I have not before ventured to reveal, because it of-
fends the ears. This adultery is signified by the adultery
of Reuben with Bilhah, his father's concubine (Gen. xxxv.
22) j for by Reuben that faith is signified : on which ac-
count he was cursed by Israel his father, and afterwards
his birthright was taken away from him. For his father
Israel, prophesying concerning his sons, said of Reuben,
Reuben my first-born, thou art my strength, ci?id the begin-
ning of my powers t unstable as water, thou shalt not excel,
because thou wentest up upon thy father's bed ; then thou
didst prof ane ; he went up upon my couch (Gen. xlix. 3, 4).
His birthright was therefore taken from him : Reuben was
the first-bom of Israel ; but because he polluted the couch of
his father, his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph
(1 Chron. v. 1). That by Reuben was represented truth
from good, or faith from charity, and afterwards truth sep-
arated from good, or faith separated from charity, will be
seen in the explanation of chap. vii. vers. 5. That by
" whoredoms " in the Word the adulterations of good and
the falsifications of truth are signified, may be evident
from these passages : When Joram saw jfehu, he said, Is
it peace, JeJiu ? who said, What is peace, as long as the

'52

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Hi

whoredoms of thy mother Jezebel, and her enchantments are
so many? (2 Kings ix. 22). By "the whoredoms of Jeze-
bel " are not meant any whoredoms, but her deeds, men •
tioned above (n. 132). Your so?is shall wander in the
wilderness forty years, and shall carry their whoredoms
(Num. xiv. 33). I will cut off the soul that looketh back to
pythons and soothsayers to go a whoring after them (Lev.
xx. 6). A covenant is not to be made with the inhabitants of
the land, lest they go a whori?ig after their gods (Ex. xxxiv.
16). Jerusalem, thou didst trust in thy beauty, and didst
commit whoredo?n on account of thy fame ; so that thou pour-
tdst out thy whoredoms upon every o?ie that passed by i thou
didst co?nmit whoredom with the sons of Egypt thy neighbors
great in flesh, and thou multipliedst thy whoredom : thou
didst commit whoredom with the sons of Ashur, when thou
wast insatiable of those with whom thou didst commit whore-
dom ; thou didst multiply thy whoredom even unto Chaldea.
A woman an adulteress taketh strangers instead of her hus-
dand. All give reward to their harlots ; but thou hast given
rewards to all, that they may come to thee in a circuit in thy
whoredoms. Wherefore, O harlot, hear the Word of Jeho-
vah (Ez. xvi. 15, 16, 26, 28, 29, 32, 33, 35, &c). Jerusalem
here is the Israelitish and Jewish church : by her whore-
doms are meant the adulterations and falsifications of the
Word : and since by Egypt in the Word the knowledge of
the natural man is signified, by Ashur the reasoning there-
from, by Chaldea the profanation of truth, and by Babel
the profanation of good, it is therefore said that she com-
mitted whoredom with them. Two wo?nen, the daughters
of one mother, committed whoredom in Egypt ; they commit-
ted whoredom in their youth. The one com?7iitted whoredom
when she was mine, and doted upon her lovers the Assyrians
her neighbors ; she gave her whoredoms with them ; but yet
she did ?iot desert her whoredoms in Egypt. The other cor-
rupted her love more than she, and her whoredoms above the
whoredoms of her sister ; she added to her whoredoms, shi

No. 134.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED

153

loved the Chaldeans : the sons of Babel came unto her to the
bed of loves ; and polluted her by their whoredom (Ez. xxiii.
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 14, 16, 17, &c). "The two daughters of the
same mother" are also the Israelitish and Jewish Church,
whose adulterations and falsifications of the Word are
described here, as above, by "whoredoms." So too, in
these places : Thou hast co?nmitted whoredoni with many
companions , thou hast profaned the land with thy whore
doms and thy wickedness. Hast thou seen what backsliding
Israel hath done ? she hath gone away upon every high moun-
tain and committed ivhoredom : her perfidious sister Judah
also hath gone away and committed whoredom, so that by the

%voice of her whoredom she hath profaned the lafid : she hath
committed adultery with stone and wood (Jer. iii. 1-9). And
again : Run to and fro through the streets of Jerusalem,
and seek if ye may fi?id a man (vir) who is doing judgment
and seeking the truth : when I satisfied them, they committed
whoredom, and came in a crowd into the house of the harlot
(Jer. v. 1, 7). / have seen thy adulteries, thy neighings, the
wickedness of thy whoredo?n, thy abominations upon the hills
in the field : woe unto thee, O Jerusalem, wilt thou no* be
cleansed ? (Jer. xiii. 27). In the prophets of Jerusalem I have
seen a horrible stubbornness, in committing adultery and
walking in lies (Jer. xxiii. 14). They did foolishness in
Israel ; they committed whoredom, and spoke ?ny Word vi -my
name with lying (Jer. xxix. 23). They sinned against ms ;

1 / will turn their glory into disgrace ; they committed whore-
dom because they have forsaken Jehovah : whoredom hath
taken possession of their heart: your daughters commit
whoredo?n, and your daughters-in-law commit adultery (Hos.
iv. 7, 10, 1 1, 13). / know Ephraim, that he hath altogether
comr?iitted whoredom, and Israel is polluted (Hos. v. 3). /
have seen a foul thing i?i the house of Israel ; Ephraim hath
committed whorcdo?7i there, and Israel is polluted (Hos. vi.
10). Israel here is the church, and Ephraim is the under-
standing of the Word, from which and according to which

*54

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

the church is ; and it is therefore said, " Ephraim hath
committed whoredom, and Israel is polluted." Since the
church had falsified the Word, it was commanded the
prophet Hosea that he should take to himself a harlot for
a wife, saying, Take to thee a woman of whoredoms and chil-
dren of whoredoms, because the land by committing whoredom
committeth whoredom from Jehovah (Hos. i. 2) : and again,
Love a woman beloved by her companion, and an adulteress
(Hos. iii. 1). Since the Jewish church was of such a char-
acter, the Jewish nation was therefore called by the Lord
an adulterous generation (Matt. xii. 39 ; xvi. 4 5 Mark viii.
38) : and in Isaiah, the seed of the adulterer (lvii. 3) : and in
Nahum, Woe to the city of bloods, wholly in a lie; a multi-
tude of them that are pierced above the multitude of the
whoredoms of the whore, that selleth nations by her whore-
doms (iii. 1, 3, 4). Since Babylon adulterates and falsifies
the Word more than the others in the Christian world, she
is therefore called " the great harlot ; " and these things are
said of her in the Apocalypse : Babylon hath made all the
nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her whoredom (xiv.
8). Babylon hath made all the natio?is to drink of the
wine of the fury of her whoredom, atid the kings of the earth
have committed whoredom with her (xviii. 3). The angel
said, / will show thee the judgment of the great harlot,
with whom the kings of the earth have committed whore-
dom (xvii. 1, 2). He hath judged the great harlot, who hath
corrupted the earth with her whoredom (xix. 2). It is now
clearly manifest from these things, that to commit adultery
and whoredom signify to adulterate and falsify the goods
and truths of the Word.

135. And to eat things sacrificed to idols. That it signifies
the defilement of worship thence, and profanations, is man-
ifest from the explanations above (n. 114); for they who
adulterate goods appropriate to themselves things unclean,
and defile and profane worship by them.

136. And I gave her time to repent of her whoredom, and

No. 137.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

155

she repented, not, signifies that they who have confirmed
themselves in that doctrine do not recede, although they
see things contrary to it in the Word. By receding from
whoredom is here signified to recede from falsifying the
Word. That they see things contrary to their doctrine is
manifest from a thousand places in the WTord, where it is
said that evils are to be shunned, and goods to be done ;
also that they who do goods come into heaven, and they
who do evils into hell; as also that faith without works
is dead and diabolical. But it is asked, " What of the Word
have they falsified ? " or, " WThere have they committed
whoredom spiritually with the Word ? " The answer is, that
they have falsified the whole Word, for the whole Word
is nothing but the doctrine of love to the Lord and love
towards the neighbor ; for the Lord says, that on the com-
viandments 7'cspecting these two loves hang- the Law and the
Prophets (Matt xxii. 40). There is also a doctrine of
faith in the Word \ but not of such a faith, but of the faith
of love.

137. Behold, I will cast her into a bed, and the?n that
commit adultery with her into great affliction, signifies that'
thus they will be left in their doctrine with the falsifica-
tions, and that they will be grievously infested by falsities.
That doctrine is signified by " a bed," will be seen pres-
ently. That by " them that commit adultery " the falsifi-
cations of truth are signified, may be seen above (n. 134,
136) ; and that by affliction is signified infestation from
falsities (n. 33, 95, 101) ; hence by "great affliction" griev-
ous infestation. That a bed signifies doctrine is from cor-
respondence ; for as the body reclines in its bed, so does
the mind in its doctrine. But by a bed is signified the
doctrine which any one procures to himself either from
the Word or from his own intelligence ; for in it his mind
rests, and as it were sleeps. The beds in which they lie
in the spiritual world are from no other origin. Every one
there has a bed according to the quality of his knowledge

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

and intelligence ; there are magnificent for the wise, mean
for the unwise, and filthy for falsifiers. This is signified by
a bed in Luke ; I say unto yon, in that night there shall be
two in one bed ; the one shall be taken, and the other left
(xvii. 34). This is concerning the last judgment. The
two in one bed are two in one doctrine, but not in similar
life. In John : Jesus said to the sick ma?i, Arise, take tip
thy bed, and walk : and he took up his bed% and walked (v.
8-12): and in Mark: Jesus said to the palsied, Son, thy
si?ts are forgiven thee : and He said to the scribes, Which is
the easier, to say, Thy sins are forgive?! thee, or to say, Take
up thy bed, and walk ? The?i said He, Arise, take up thy
bed, and walk : and he took ip his bed, and went forth from
them (ii. 5, 9, 11, 12): That something is here signified by
" the bed " is manifest j because Jesus said, Which is the
easier to say, Thy sins are forgiven thee, or to say, Take up
thy bed, and walk ? By carrying the bed, and walking, is
signified to meditate on doctrine ; it is thus understood
in heaven. Doctrine is also signified by a bed in Amos :
As the shepherd taketh out of the mouth of the lion, so shall
the sons of Israel be taken out, that dwell in Samaria, in the
comer of a bed, in the extremity of a couch (iii. 12). "In
the corner of a bed " and " in the extremity of a couch "
means more remotely from the truths and goods of doctrine.
By a bed and a couch, and by a bed-chamber, the like is
signified elsewhere; as in Isaiah xxviii. 20; lvii. 2, 7, 8 ;
Ez. xxiii. 41 ; Am. vi. 4 ; Mic. ii. 1 ; Ps. iv. 4 ; xxxvi. 4 ;
xli. 3 j Job vii. 13 ; Lev. xv. 4, 5. Since by Jacob in the
p;ophecies of the Word the church as to doctrine is signi-
fied, it is therefore said of him, that he bowed himself down
upon the head of the bed (Gen. xlvii. 31). That when Joseph
came, he sat upon the bed (Gen. xlviii. 2). That he gathered
up his feet upon the bed, and expired (Gen. xlix. 33). Since
the doctrine of the church is signified by Jacob, therefore
several times, when I have thought of Jacob, there has
appeared to me, above, in front, a man lying on a bed

No. 140.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

157

138. Except she repent of her works: That it signifies,
if they are not willing to desist from separating faith from
charity, and from falsifying the Word, may be evident
without further explanation.

139. And her sons I will kill with death, signifies that
all the truths from the Word with them will be turned into
falsities. By sons in the Word truths are signified, and
in the opposite sense falsities; and therefore "to kill
sons " signifies to turn truths into falsities, for so they
perish. By " the slain " and " the pierced of Jehovah "
nothing else is meant. By killing her sons with death is
also signified to condemn their falsities. The reason that
sons signify truths, and in the opposite sense falsities, is
because by generations in the spiritual sense of the Word
spiritual generations are meant, and the like by consan-
guinities and affinities ; consequently by their names, as
by father, mother, sons, daughters, brothers, sisters, sons-
in-law, daughters-in-law, and the rest. From spiritual gen-
eration no other sons and daughters are born but truths
and goods ; see below (n. 542, 543).

140. That all the churches may know that I am He that
searchcth the reins and hearts, signifies that the church may
know that the Lord sees what truth and what good every
one has. By " the seven churches " the church universal
is signified, as before ; and by searching the reins and
hearts is signified to see all the things which a man be-
lieves and which he loves, consequently what kind of truth
and what kind of good he has. It is from correspondence
that this is signified by searching the reins and hearts ;
for the Word in the sense of the letter consists of nothing
but correspondences. The correspondence is from this,
that as the reins purify the blood from the impurities
which are called urinous, and the heart purifies it from
t he unclean things which are called foul, so the truth of
faith purifies a man from falsities, and the good of love
from evils. It is hence that the ancients placed love and

1 58 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

its affections in the heart, and intelligence and its per-
ceptions in the reins ; as may be evident from these pas-
sages in the Word : Behold, thou desirest the truth in the
reins, and makest wisdom known to me in secret (Ps. li. 6).
Thou possessest my reins ; my bone was not hid from Thee,
when I was made in secret (Ps. cxxxix. 13, 15). My heart
is grieved, and I incite myself in my reins ; but I am stupid
and do not know (Ps. lxxiii. 21, 22). / Jehovah am He
that searcheth the heart, and that trieth the reins, and giveth
to every one. after his ways (Jer. xvii. 10). Thou art near
in their mouth, and far from their reins : O Jehovah, thou
wilt see me, and wilt try my heart (Jer. xii. 2, 3). Jehovah
is a judge of justice, trying the rei?is a7id the heart (Jer. xi.
20 ; xx. 12). Confirm the just, for it is thou that try est the
hearts a?id the rei?is ; a just God (Ps. vii. 9). Prove me,
O Jehovah, and try me; explore my reins and my heart
(Ps. xxvi. 2). By the reins in these places are signified
the truths of intelligence and faith, and by the heart the
good of love and charity. That the heart signifies the love
and its affections may be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and Wisdom" (n. 371-393).

141. And I will give to every one accordifig to his works,
signifies that He gives to each one according to the charity
and its faith which are in his works. That works are the
containers of charity and faith, and that charity and faith
without works are only as airy images, which, after they
have appeared, vanish away, may be seen above (n. 76).

142. But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thyatira,
as many as have not this doctrine : That it signifies to those
with whom is the doctrine of faith separated from charity,
and with whom is the doctrine of faith conjoined to charity,
is manifest from what is said above, and so without expla-
nation.

143. And who have not known the depths of Satan, as they
speak, signifies, who do not understand their interiors,
A'hich are nothing but falsities. That by Satan is meant

No. 146.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

159

the hell of them that are in falsities, and abstractly falsities,
may be seen above (n. 97). Hence by " the depths " of it
are signified the interiors of the doctrine of faith separated
from charity, which are nothing but falsities. The depths
and interiors of that doctrine are the things which are put
forth in their books, and in the lectures in the universities,
and thence in the preachings. Of what quality these are,
may be seen in the things prefixed to chap, i., where their
doctrinal tenets are adduced, — in particular those " Con-
cerning Justification by Faith, a?id concerning Good Works;"
where it may be seen stated, that only the clergy are ac-
quainted with the arcana of that doctrine, but not the laity;
on which account the latter are chiefly meant by those who
have not known the depths.

144. / put upofi you no other burden, signifies only that
they should guard against them. The reason is, that they
confirm their falsities by reasonings from the natural man,
and by a few things from the Word, which they falsify ; for
by the latter they are able to seduce. They are like serpents
in the grass, which bite them that are passing by, or like
hidden poisons, which destroy them that are unaware.

145. But that which ye have, hold fast till I come, signifies
that the few things which they know from the Word con-
cerning charity and faith thence, they should retain, and
live according to them, until the New Heaven and the New
Church are formed, which are the coming of the Lord.
For these, and no others, receive the things which the
Doctrine of the New Jerusalem teaches concerning the
Lord and concerning charity.

146. And he that overcometh, a7id keepeth my works unto
the end, signifies those who fight against evils and falsities
and are reformed, and are actually in charity and thence
in faith, and remain in them until the end of life. That to
overcome is to fight against evils and falsities, may be
seen above (n. 88) \ and that works are charity and the
faith thence in act (n. 76, 141). That to keep them unto

l6o THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

the end is to be in them, and to remain in them even to
the end of life, is manifest

147. To him will I give power over the nations, signifies
that they shall overcome in themselves the evils which are
from hell. That by "nations" in the Word are meant they
who are in good, and in the opposite sense those that are
in evil, and thus abstractly goods and evils, may be seen
below (n. 483). By "giving power over the nations" is
therefore signified here to give them to conquer in them-
selves the evils from hell.

148. And he shall rule them with a rod of iron, signifies
by truths from the literal sense of the Word, and at the
same time by rational principles from natural light (lumen).
The reason why these things are signified by a rod or staff
of iron, is that by a rod or staff in the Word power is sig-
nified, and by iron is signified natural truth, consequently
the natural sense of the Word, and at the same time the
natural light (lume?i) of man. In these two the power of
truth consists. That the Divine Truth is in its power in
the natural sense of the Word, which is the sense of its
letter, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
respecting the Sacred Scripture" (n. 37-49); for the reason
that the sense of the letter is the basis, the container, and
the support of its spiritual sense (n. 27-36). And that all
power is in the ultimates, which are called things natural,
may be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and the Divine W7isdom " (n. 205-221) ; con-
sequently in the natural sense of the letter of the Word,
and in man's natural light (lumen). These, therefore, are
" the iron rod " with which he shall govern the nations,
that is, shall overcome the evils which are from hell.
Similar things are signified by a rod in these passages :
Thou shall break in pieces the nations with a rod of iron, as
a potter's vessel thou shall disperse the?n (Ps. ii. 9). The
wonian brought forth a man-child, that was to govern all
•nations with a rod of iron (Apoc. xii. 5). Out of the mouth

No. 151.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. l6l

of Him that sat upon the white horse proceeded a sharp sword,
,/hat with it He should s?nite the ?iations ; but He shall govern
them with a rod of iron (Apoc. xix. 15). Jehovah shall
smite the wicked with the rod of His mouth (Isa. xi. 4).

149. As the vessels of a potter shall they be broken in pieces,
signifies as of little or no account It is said, "the vessels
of a potter," because by them are signified the things which
are of one's own intelligence, all of which are falsities, and
in themselves of no account. So in David : Thou shalt
break in pieces the nations with a rod of iron, thou shalt
disperse them as a potter's vessel (Ps. ii. 9).

150. Even as I have received of my Father, signifies that
they will have this from the Lord, who procured to Himself
all power over the hells, while He was in the world, from
His Divine which was in Himself. That the Lord, when
He was in the world, by temptations admitted into Himself,
and at length by the last of them, which was the passion of
the cross, subjugated the hells, and glorified His Human,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem re-
specting the Lord" (n. 29-36); also above (n. 67): from
which it may be evident, that to receive from His Father
means from the Divine which was in Him : for He said that
the Father is in Him and He in the Father ; that the Father
and He are one ; also, the Father who is in me ; and much
more.

151. And I will give him the mor7iing star, signifies intel-
ligence and wisdom then. That by stars the knowledges of
good and truth are signified, may be seen above (n. 51) ;
and because by means of them come intelligence and
wisdom, these are therefore signified by "the morning
star." It is said "the morning star," because intelligence
and wisdom will be given to them by the Lord, when He
shall come to institute the New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem : for He says, What ye have hold fast until I
come (vers. 25) ; by which is signified that they should retain
the few truths which they know from the Word respecting

1 62 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

charity and its faith, and should live according to them, until
the New Heaven and the New Church, which are the Lord's
coming, are formed (n. 145). The reason of its being called
"the morning star" is, that by morning-time or the morning
the coming of the Lord is signified, when there is a New
Church. That this is meant by morning in the Word, is
manifest from the following passages : Until the evening and
the morning two thousand three hwidred, then shall the Holy be
justified : the vision of the evening and the morning, it is truth
(Dan. viii. 14, 26). Crying unto me out of Seir, Watchman,
watchman, what of the night 1 The watchman said, The
morning cometh, and also the night (Isa. xxi. 11, 12). By
evening and night is signified the last time of an Old
Church, and by morning the first time of a New Church.
The end is co?ne, the morning is come upon thee, O inhabitant
of the earth ; behold, the day is come, the morning hath gone
forth (Ez. vii. 6, 7, 10). Jehovah in the morning, in the
morning He will give His judgment unto the light, nor will
He fail (Zeph. iii. 5). God is in the midst of her, God shall
help her when the morning appeareth (Ps. xlvi. 5). / have
waited for Jehovah, my soul waiteth for the Lord more than
they that watch for the morning, that watch for the morning,
because with Him is plenteous redemption, and He will redeem
Israel (Ps. cxxx. 5-8 : and elsewhere). By morning in these
places is meant the coming of the Lord, when He came into
the world, and established a New Church ; in like manner
now. And because the Lord alone gives intelligence and
wisdom to them who will be of His New Church, and all
things which the Lord gives are Himself, because they are
His, the Lord therefore says that He is "the morning
star : " I am the root and the offspring of David, the bright
and morni?tg star (Apoc. xxii. 16). He is also called
" the morning " in 2 Samuel : The God of Israel said, the
Rock of Israel spake unto me, He is as the light of the morn'
ing, a morning without clouds (xxiii. 3, 4).

152. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit

No. 153] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 63

saith unto the churches, signifies that he who understands
should obey the things which the Divine Truth of the Word
teaches to those who will be of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem, as above (n. 87).

153. To this I will add something Memorable concerning
the lot of those after death, who have, both in doctrine and
in life, confirmed themselves in faith alone even to justifi-
cation. I. When they are dead, and revive as to the spirit,
which generally happens on the third day after the heart
has ceased to beat, they appear to themselves to be in a
body like that in which they before were in the world, so
much so that they know no otherwise than that they are
living in the former world. Yet they are not in a material
body, but in a spiritual body, which, to their senses, which
are also spiritual, appears as if material, although it is not.
II. After some days they see that they are in a world where
there are various societies instituted, which world is called
" the World of Spirits," and is midway between heaven and
hell. All the societies there, which are innumerable, are
wonderfully arranged, according to the natural affections,
good and evil. The societies arranged according to the
good natural affections communicate with heaven, and the
societies arranged according to the evil affections commu-
nicate with hell. III. The novitiate spirit, or the spiritual
man, is conducted and transferred into various societies, as
well good as evil, and is explored whether he is affected by
truths, and how ; or whether he is affected by falsities, and
how. IV. If he is affected by truths, he is led away from
the evil societies, and is led into good societies, and also into
various ones, until he comes into a society corresponding
with his natural affection ; and he there enjoys the good
that agrees with that affection : and this until he puts off
his natural affection, and puts on a spiritual one ; and he

164

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II.

is then taken up into heaven. But this takes place with
those who have lived a life of charity, and thus a life of
faith also, in the world ; which is, that they believed in the
Lord, and shunned evils as sins. V. But they who have
in doctrine and in life confirmed themselves in faith even
to justification by it alone, since they are not affected by
truths, but by falsities, and since they have rejected from
the means of salvation the goods of charity, which are good
works, are led away from the good societies, and are. led
into the evil societies, and into various ones also, until they
come into a society corresponding to the concupiscences of
their love : for he who loves falsities cannot do otherwise
than love evils. VI. But because they had in the world
feigned good affections in externals, although in their inter-
nals there were nothing but evil affections, or concupiscences,
they are at first kept by turns in their externals : and they
who had in the world presided over large bodies, are set
over societies here and there in the World of Spirits, large
or small, according to the extent of the offices which they
had filled. But because they do not love the truth, nor
justice, nor can be so far enlightened as to know what
truth and justice are, they are therefore, after some days,
deposed. I have seen such ones transferred from one
society to another, and an administration given to them
everywhere, but after a short time as often deposed.
VII. After frequent dismissions, some from weariness do
noi" wish, and some from fear of the loss of reputation do
not dare, to seek for offices any more ; on which account
they withdraw, and sit sad : and they are then led away
into a desert, where there are huts, which they enter ; and
there some work is given them to do : and as they do it,
they receive food; and if they do not do it, they are hungry,
and receive none ; on which account necessity compels
them. The food there is similar to the food in our world ;
but it is from a spiritual origin, and is given from heaven
by the Lord to all, according to the uses which they do :

No. 153.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 65

to the idle, because they are useless, none is given.

VIII. After some time they are disgusted with work, and
then they go out of the huts ; and if they were priests, they
wish to build. And forthwith there then appear piles of
hewn stones, bricks, beams and boards of wood, also heaps
of reeds and rushes, of clay, lime, and bitumen. When they
see these, the lust of building is kindled ; and they begin
to construct a house, taking now a stone, now a timber,
now a reed, now mud, and put one upon another without
order, but in their view with order. But what they build
up during the day falls down in the night ; and on the
following day they gather from the rubbish the things that
had fallen, and build again : and this continues, until they
get tired of building. This takes place because they had
heaped together falsities to confirm salvation by faith alone,
and those falsities build up the church in no other manner.

IX. Afterwards from weariness they go away and sit
solitary and idle ; and because food is not given from heaven
to the idle, as was said, they begin to be hungry, and to
think of nothing else but how they are to get food, and to
appease their hunger. When they are in this state, there
come to them certain ones, of whom they ask alms ; and
they say, " Why do ye sit thus idle ? come with us into our
houses, and we will give you work to do, and will feed you."
And then they rise up gladly, and go away with them into
their houses ; and there to each one is given his work, and
for the work food is given. But because all those who have
confirmed themselves in falsities of faith cannot do works
of good use, but of evil use ; nor these faithfully, but only
so as to appear, for the sake of honor or gain ; therefore
they leave their work, and only love to be in company, to
talk, to walk about, and to sleep. And then, because they
can no longer be induced by the masters to go to work,
they are therefore cast out as useless. X. When they are
cast out, their eyes are opened, and they see a way leading
to a certain cavern. When they come thither, a door is

1 66 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. II

opened, and they enter, and ask whether there is food there ;
and when it is answered that there is, they request to be
permitted to remain there ; and it is said that they may ;
and they are introduced, and the door is shut after them.
And then the overseer of that cavern comes, and says to
them, " You can go out no more ; behold your companions :
they all labor ; and as they labor, food is given them from
heaven. I tell you this, that ye may know." And their
companions also say, " Our overseer knows what work each
one is fitted for, and allots such to every one daily. On the
day in which you finish it, food is given you ; and if not,
food is not given, nor clothing. And if any one does evil
to another, he is cast into a corner of the cavern, upon a
kind of bed of cursed dust, where he is miserably tortured ;
and this until the overseer sees signs of repentance in him,
and he is then let out, and is commanded to do his work."
And it is also told them, that every one, after his work, is
permitted to walk about, to converse, and afterwards to
sleep. And they are led farther inward into the cavern,
where there are harlots ; from whom each one is permitted
to take some one for his woman, and is forbidden under
penalty to commit whoredom promiscuously. Of such cav-
erns, which are nothing but eternal workhouses, the entire
hell consists. It has been given me to enter into some of
them, and to see, to the end that I might make it known ;
and they were all seen to be vile, nor did any one know who
and in what function he had been in the world. But the
angel who was with me, told me that this one in the world
was a domestic, this a soldier, this an officer, this a priest,
this in dignity, this in opulence ; and yet they all knew no
otherwise than that they had been slaves and comrades as
now. This was for the reason that they had been similar
interiorly, although dissimilar exteriorly ; and the interiors
consociate all in the spiritual world. Such is the lot of
those who have set aside the life of charity, and hence have
not lived it in the world.

No. 153.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 67

As regards the hells in general, they consist of nothing
but such caverns and workhouses, but those of the satans
differ from those of the devils. The satans are they who
were in falsities and thence in evils, and the devils are they
who were in evils and thence in falsities. The satans appear
in the light of heaven like corpses, and some black like
mummies ; and the devils in the light of heaven appear
dark and fiery, and some coal-black, like soot: yet all, as
to their faces and bodies, appear as monsters ; but in their
own light, which is like the light from burning coals, not as
monsters, but as men. This is given them in order that
they may associate together.

1 68

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

CHAPTER THIRD.

1. And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write.
These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of God,
and the seven stars. I know thy works ; that thou hast
a name that thou livest, and art dead.

2. Be watchful, and strengthen the remaining things
which are ready to die ; for I h^ve not found thy works
full before God.

3. Remember, therefore, how thou hast received and
heard, and take heed and repent. If, therefore, thou shalt
not watch, I will come upon thee as a thief; and tbou
shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.

4. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis, which have
not defiled their garments ; and they shall walk with Me
in white, for they are worthy.

5. He that overcometh shall be clothed in white gar-
ments : and I will not blot out his name out of the book
of life ) and I will confess his name before My Father
and before His angels.

6. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches.

7. And unto the angel of the church in Philadelphia
write : These things saith He that is Holy, He that is
True, He that hath the key of David ; that openeth and
no one shutteth, and shutteth and no one openeth.

8. I know thy works : Behold I have set before thee an
open door, and no one can shut it ; because thou hast a
little power, and hast kept My Word, and hast not denied
My name.

9. Behold, I will bring from the synagogue of Satan
them that say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie j

Chap. III.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 69

behold I will make them to come and worship at thy feet,
and to know that I have loved thee.

10. Because thou hast kept the word of My endurance,
1 wi' * also keep thee from the hour of temptation that will
come upon the whole world, to try them that dwell upon
the earth.

11. Behold, I come quickly: hold fast that thou hast,
tint no one take thy crown.

12. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the
temple of My God, and he shall no more go out : and I
will write upon him the name of My God, and the name
of the city of My God, the New Jerusalem, which cometh
down out of heaven from My God ; and My new name.

13. He that hath an ear let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches.

14. And unto the angel of the church of the Laodi-
ceans write : These things saith the Amen, the faithful and
true Witness, the beginning of the work of God.

15. I know thy works ; that thou art neither cold, nor
hot. Would that thou wert cold, or hot.

16. So, because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold
nor hot, I will spew thee out of my mouth.

17. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased in
goods, and have need of nothing ; and knowest not that
thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind,
and naked.

18. I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire,
that thou mayest be rich ; and white garments, that thou
mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness
do not appear j and anoint thine eyes with eye-salve, that
thou mayest see.

19. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zeal-
ous therefore, and repent.

20. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock. If any one
hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in unto him,
and will sup with him, and he with me.

vol. 1. 8

170

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

21. To him that overcometh will I give to sit with Me
on my throne ; as I also overcame, and sit with My Father
on His throne.

22. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Those in
the Christian world are treated of, who are in dead wor-
ship, which is without charity and faith j who are described
by the church in Sardis (n. 1 54-1 71). Those who are in
truths from good from the Lord ; who are described by
the church in Philadelphia (n. 172-197). Those who
alternately believe from themselves, and from the Word,
and so profane holy things ; who are described by the
church in Laodicea (n. 198-223). All of these likewise
are called to the New Church of the Lord.

The Contents of each Verse. " And unto the angel
of the church in Sardis write," signifies to those and
respecting those who are in dead worship, or in worship
which is without the goods of charity and without the
truths of faith. "These things saifh He that hath the
seven spirits of God and the seven stars," signifies the Lord
from whom are all truths and all knowledges of good and
truth. " I know thy works," sig?iifies that the Lord sees
all their interiors and exteriors at once. " That thou hast
a name that thou livest, and art dead," signifies that it
seems to them and to others, and is believed by them and
by others, that they are spiritually alive, when yet they are
spiritually dead. " Be watchful," signifies that they should
be in truths and in a life according to them. "And
strengthen the remaining things which are ready to die,"
signifies in order that the things which are of their wor-

Chap. III.l THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

171

ship may receive life. " For I have not found thy works
full before God," sig?iifies that the interiors of their worship
are not conjoined to the Lord. " Remember therefore how
thou hast received and heard," signifies that they shouid
reflect that all worship is natural in the beginning, and
afterwards becomes spiritual by means of truths \ and much
more besides. "And take heed and repent," signifies that
they should attend to those things, and vivify their dead
worship. " If therefore thou shalt not watch," signifies the
same as above. " I will come upon thee as a thief, and
thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee,"
signifies that the things of worship will be taken away,
and that they shall not know where and how. " Thou hast
a few names even in Sardis," signifies that even among
them there are those who have life in their worship. " Who
have not denied their garments," signifies who are in truths,
and have not defiled their worship by evils of life and the
falsities thence. " And they shall walk with Me in white,"
signifies that they shall live with the Lord, because they
are in truths from Him. " He that overcometh shall be
clothed in white garments," signifies that he who is reformed
becomes spiritual. "And I will not blot out his name out
of the book of life," signifies that he will be saved. " And
I will confess his name before My Father and before His
angels," signifies that they will be received who are in
Divine Good and Divine Truths from the Lord. " He that
hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the
churches," signifies the same as before.

"And unto the angel of the church in Philadelphia
write," signifies to those and respecting those who are in
truths from good from the Lord. " These things saith He
that is Holy, He that is True ; " signifies the Lord as to
the Divine Truth. " He that hath the key of David, and
that openeth and no one shutteth, and shutteth and no one
openeth," signifies, Who alone has omnipotence to save.
" I know thy works," signifies the same as above. " Behold,

172

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IIL

I have set before thee an open door," signifies that to those
who are in truths from good from the Lord heaven is open.
" And no one can shut it," signifies that hell cannot prevail
against them. " Because thou hast a little power," signifies
because they know that they have no ability of themselves.
" And hast kept my Word," signifies because they live ac-
cording to the Lord's precepts in His Word. " And hast
not denied my name," signifies that they are in the worship
of the Lord. "And I will bring from the synagogue of
Satan," signifies those who are in falsities as to doctrine.
" Them that say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie,"
signifies who say that the church is with them, and yet it is
not. " Behold, I will make them to come and worship at thy
feet," signifies that many who are in falsities as to doctrine,
will receive the truths of the New Church. "And to know
that I have loved thee," sig?iifies that they will see that
they are loved and received into heaven by the Lord.
" Because thou hast kept the word of my endurance," sig-
nifies because they have fought against evils. " I also will
keep thee from the hour of temptation that will come upon
the whole world, to try them that dwell upon the earth,"
signifies that they will be protected and preserved at the
day of the last judgment. " Behold, I come quickly,"
signifies the Lord's coming. " Hold fast that thou hast,"
signifies that they should remain firm meantime in their
goods and truths. " That no one take thy crown," signi-
fies lest their wisdom should perish, from which is eternal
happiness. " He that overcometh," signifies those that
stand fast in truths from good. " I will make him a pillar
in the temple of my God," signifies that truths from good
from the Lord sustain the church among those with whom
they are. " And he shall no more go out," signifies that
they will remain therein for ever. "And I will write upon
him the name of my God," signifies that the Divine Truth
will be written in their hearts. " And the name of the city
of my God, the New Jerusalem," signifies that the doc-

Chap. III.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

173

trine of the New Church will be written in their hearts.
"Which cometh down out of heaven from my God," signi-
fies which will be from the Lord's Divine Truth such as it
is in heaven. " And my new name," signifies the worship
of the Lord alone, with new things which were not in the
former church. " He that hath an ear, let him hear what
the Spirit saith unto the churches," signifies the same as
before.

"And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans
wiite," signifies to those and concerning those in the
church, who believe sometimes from themselves and some-
times from the Word, and so profane holy things. " These
things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness," sig-
nifies the Lord as to the Word, which is the Divine Truth
from Him. " The beginning of the work of God," signi-
fies the Word. " I know thy works," signifies the same as
before. "That thou art neither cold nor hot," signifies
that they who are such sometimes deny that the Word is
Divine and Holy, and sometimes acknowledge it. " Would
that thou wert cold or hot," signifies that it is better that
they should either deny from the heart the holy things of
the Word and of the Church, or from the heart acknowl-
edge them. " Therefore, because thou art lukewarm, and
neither cold nor hot, I will spew thee out of my mouth,"
signifies profanation and separation from the Lord. " Be-
cause thou sayest, I am rich, and increased in goods,"
signifies that they believe themselves to possess in all
abundance the knowledges of good and truth, which are
of heaven and the church. " And have need of nothing,"
signifies that they have no need to be more wise. " And
knowest not that thou art wretched," signifies that all the
things which they know about them do not cohere at all.
" And miserable and poor," signifies that they are without
truths and goods. " And blind and naked," signifies that
they are without the understanding of truth and the will
of good. " I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the

1 74 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap, lit

fire, that thou mayest be rich," signifies admonition that
they should procure to themselves the good of love from
the Lord through the Word, that they may be wise. " And
white garments, that thou mayest be clothed," signifies that
they should procure to themselves the genuine truths of
wisdom. " That the shame of thy nakedness do not
appear," signifies lest the good of heavenly love should
be profaned and adulterated. " And anoint thine eyes
with eye-salve, that thou mayest see," signifies that the
understanding may be healed. "As many as I love. I
rebuke and chasten," signifies that because they are then
loved, they cannot but be let into temptations. " Be zeal-
ous therefore, and repent," signifies that this should be
done from affection for truth. " Behold, I stand at the
door, and knock," signifies that the Lord is present to every
one in the Word, and is earnest there to be received, and
teaches how. " If any one hear my voice, and open the
door," signifies, he who believes the Word, and lives
according to it. " I will come in unto him, and will sup
with him, and he with me," signifies that the Lord conjoins
Himself to them and them to Himself. " To him that
overcometh will I grant to sit with me on my throne,"
signifies that they will have conjunction with the Lord in
heaven. " As I overcame^ and sit with My Father on His
throne," signifies as He and the Father are one, and are
heaven. " He that hath an ear, let him hear what the
Spirit saith unto the churches," signifies the same as
before.

THE EXPLANATION.

154. And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write,
signifies to those and respecting those who are in dead
worship, or in worship which is without the goods of
charity and without the truths of faith. That they who
are in that worship are meant by the church in Sardis, iS

No. 157.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

175

manifest from the things written to it when understood
in the spiritual sense. By dead worship is meant worship
alone, which is, to frequent churches, to hear the preachings,
to come to the Holy Supper, to read the Word and books
of piety, to speak of God, of heaven and hell, of the life
after death, and especiaRy of piety, to pray morning and
evening; and still not to desire to know the truths of faith,
nor to wish to do the goods of charity, believing that they
have salvation through worship alone ; whereas worship
without truths, and without a life according to them, is only
the external sign of charity and faith, within which there
can lie hid evils and falsities of every kind, if charity and
faith are not in it. Genuine worship is of these : or else
worship is like the skin or outside of a fruit, within which
there lies hid a rotten and worm-eaten pulp, which fruit
is dead. That such worship is prevalent at this day is
known.

155. These things saith He that hath the seven spirits of
God and the seven stars, signifies the Lord from whom are
all truths, and all knowledges of good and truth. That
by " the seven spirits of God " is meant the Divine Truth
proceeding from the Lord, or the Divine Verity, may be
seen above (n. 14) ; and that by " the seven stars " are
meant all the knowledges of good and truth from the Word
(n. 5 1), from which is the church in heaven (n. 65). Those
things are now said by the Lord, because dead worship and
living worship are treated of j and worship has life from
truths, and from a life according to them.

156. I know thy works, signifies that the Lord sees all
their interiors and exteriors at once j as above (n. 76).

157. lliat thou hast a name that thou /ivest, and art dead,
signifies that it seems to themselves and to others, and is
believed by themselves and by others, that they are spirit-
ually alive, when yet they are spiritually dead. By "having
a name " is signified to seem and to be believed to be
such ; here that they are alive, when yet they are dead. For

176

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

spiritual life, which properly is life, is not of worship alone,
but is within in worship : within there must be Divine Truths
from the Word ; and when the man lives them, there is life
in the worship. The reason is, that the external derives its
quality from the internals; and the internals of worship are
the truths of life. These are they who are meant by these
words of the Lord : Then shall ye begin to sta?id without,
and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, open unto us : but He,
answering, shall say, I know you not whence ye are. And ye
shall begin to say, We have eate?i before thee, and drank before
thee; and thou hast taught in our streets : but I will say unto
you, I know you not whence ye are ; depart from me, all ye
zuorkers of iniquity (Luke xiii. 25-27). It has been given
also to hear many in the spiritual world saying that they
have very often come to the Holy Communion, and thus
have eaten and drank the holy thing, and have as often
been absolved from their sins ; that they listened every
Sabbath-day to them that taught, and prayed devoutly
morning and evening at home ; with other things : but
when the interiors of their worship were laid open, they
appeared full of iniquities, and infernal ; for which reason
they were rejected. And when they said, "Whence is
this ? " they received for answer, that they were not at all
concerned about Divine truths ; and yet a life not according
to Divine truths, is not life, such as they have in heaven :
and they who are not in the life of heaven cannot endure
the light of heaven, which is the Divine Truth proceeding
from the Lord as the Sun there ; still less the heat of heaven,
which is the Divine Love. But though they heard these
things, and also understood them, still, when they were let
back into themselves, and their worship, they said, " What
need is there of truths?" and, "What are truths?" But
because they were no longer able to receive truths, they
were left to their lusts, which were within in their worship ;
and these lusts at length rejected from themselves all
worship of God. For the interiors accommodate to them

No. 159.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

177

selves the exteriors, and reject the things which do not
agree with themselves; for with all after death the exteiiors
are brought into conformity to the interiors.

158. Be watchful, signifies, that they should be in truths,
and in a life according to them. Nothing else is signified
by watching in the Word. For he who learns truths, and
lives according to them, is like him who is awaked out of
sleep and becomes watchful. But he who is not in truths,
but only in worship, is like him that is sleeping and dreaming.
Natural life, viewed in itself, or without spiritual life, is noth-
ing but a sleep ; but natural life in which there is spiritual
life is watchfulness : and this is not procured in any other
way than through truths ; which are in their light and in their
day, when the man is in a life according to them. This is
signified by watching in these places : Watch ye, because
ye know not what hour the Lord will come (Matt. xxiv. 42).
Blessed are the servants, whom the Lord, when He cometh,
shall find watching: be ye ready, because at an hour when
ye think not, the Son of Man shall come (Luke xii. 37, 40).
Watch ye, because ye know not when the Lord of the house
shall come ; lest, coming suddenly, He find you sleeping: what
L say unto you, L say unto all, Watch (Mark xiii. 35-37).
The virgins, while the bridegroom tarried, slumbered and
slept : and the five foolish ones came and said, Lord, open unto
us : but the Lord shall answer, L know you not: Watch therefore,
because ye know neither the day nor the hour i?i which the Son
of Man will come (Matt. xxv. 1-13). Because the Lord's
coming is called "the morning" (n. 151), and truths are
then opened, and it becomes light, therefore that time is
called the "beginning of the watches " (Lam. ii. 19) ; and the
Lord is called the Watcher (Dan. iv. 13) : and it is said in
Isaiah, Thy dead shall live ; awake, ye inhabitants of the dust
(xxvi. 19). But that the state of the man who is not in truths
is called a slumber and a sleep, may be seen (Jer. li. 39, 57 :
Ps. xiii. 3 ; Ps. lxxvi. 6 j Luke viii. 23 ; and elsewhere).

159. And strengthen the remaining things which are readv

r78

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

to die, signifies, in order that the things which are of their
worship may receive life, and not be extinguished. It
shall be told how these things are to be understood.
Dead worship is altogether similar to living worship in the
external form, for they who are in truths do similar things ;
for they hear preachings, go to the Holy Supper, pray upon
their knees morning and evening, besides other things
which are common and customary in worship : on which
account they who are in dead worship have no further need
but to learn truths and live them. In this manner the re-
maining things which are ready to die are strengthened.

1 60. For I have not found thy works full before God, sig-
nifies that the interiors of their worship are not conjoined
to the Lord. That by " works " are meant the interiors
and exteriors, and that by " I know thy works " is meant
that the Lord sees all a man's interiors and exteriors at
once, may be seen above (n. 76); which are called "full
before God," when they are conjoined to the Lord. It is
to be known, that dead worship, or worship only external,
effects a presence of the Lord, but not conjunction ; but
external worship in which the interiors are alive, effects
both presence and conjunction. For the conjunction of
the Lord is with those things in man which are from the
Lord, which are truths from good ; and unless these are
in the worship, the works are not full before God, but are
empty. In the Word the man is called "empty" in whom
there are nothing but falsities and evils; as in Matt. xii. 44,
and elsewhere. Hence the man is called "full" in whom
are truths and goods.

161. Re?nember therefore how thou hast received and heard,
signifies, that it should be brought to their attention, that
all worship is natural in its beginning, and afterwards
becomes spiritual by truths from the Word and by a life
according to them ; and more besides. These are the
things which are meant by these words ; as also, that every
one knows from the Word, from the doctrine of the churcfe

No. i6t.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I 79

from the Word, and from preachings, that truths are to be
learned, and that by means of truths a man has faith,
charity, and all the things of the church. That it is so has
been abundantly shown in the " Heavenly Arcana," pub-
lished at London : as that by means of truths comes faith
(n- 4353) 4977? 7178, 10637): that by means of truths
co>nes love towards the neighbor or charity (n. 4368. 7623,
761-4. S034). That by means of truths comes love to the
Loid (n. 10143, 10153, 10310, 10578, 10645). That intel-
ligence and wisdom come by truths (n. 3182, 3190, 33S7,
10064). That regeneration is effected by truths (n. 1555,
1904, 2046, 21S9, 9088, 9959. too2S\ That by truths
there is power against evils and falsities, and against hell
(n. 3091, 4015, 10485). That by truths there is purification
from -evils and falsities (n. 2799, 5954, 7044, 7918, 10229,
10237). That the church exists by means of truths
(n. 1798, 1799, 3963, 446S, 4672). That heaven exists by
truths (n. 6690, 9832, 9931, 10303). That by truths comes
the innocence of wisdom (n. 3183. 3494, 6013). That con-
science is formed by means of truths (n. 1077, 2053, 9113X
That by truths there is order (n. 3316, 3417, 3470, 4104.
5339, 5343, 6028, 10303). That by truths the angels have
beaut}*, and men also as to the interiors which are of their
spirit (n. 553, 3080, 4985, 5199V That by truths man is
man (n. 3175, 3387, 8370, 10298). But yet all these things
are by truths from good, and not by truths without good,
and 1he good is from the Lord (n. 2434. 4070, 4736, 5147).
That all good is from the Lord (n. 1614, 2016, 2904, 4151,
9981, 5147). But who thinks this? Is it not a matter of
indifference at this day what truths one knows, provided he
is in worship ? And because few search the Word with the
end of learning and living the truths, nothing is known
therefore concerning worship, whether it be dead or living ;
and ye* according to the qualify of his worship man himself
is dead or living. On -any other ground, what is the Word,
and doctrine therefrom ? what the Sabbaths, and preachings?

l8o THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

also books of instruction? yea, otherwise, what is the church
and religion ? It is known that all worship in the beginning
is natural, and afterwards becomes spiritual by means of
truths from the W ord and by a life according to them : for
a man is born natural, but is trained to become civil and
moral, and afterwards spiritual ; for thus he is reborn. The
latter things, therefore, and the former, are signified by
'•' Remember how thou hast received and heard."

162. And take heed and repe?it, signifies that they should
attend to these things, and vivify their dead worship. That
to take heed is to attend to the things which are meant by
"Remember how thou hast received and heard," is manifest:
and that to repent is to vivify the dead worship by truths
from the Word and by a life according to them, follows
therefrom.

163. If therefore thou shalt not watch: That it signifies,
if they are not in truths and in a life according to them, is
evident from the explanations above (n. 158).

164. / will come upon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not
know what hour I will come upon thee, signifies that the
things which are of worship will be taken away, and that
they shall not know when and how. It is said that the
Lord is to come as a thief, because from the man who is in
dead worship the external good of worship is taken away.
For there is something of good in dead worship, because
they are thinking about God, and about eternal life. But
still, good without its truths is not good, — only meritorious
or hypocritical \ but evils and falsities take it away like a
thief. This is done gradually in the world, and completely
after death, and also without the man's knowing when and
how. It is said that it is the Lord who will come as a thief,
but in the spiritual sense it is meant that hell will take away
and steal it. This is similar to that which is said in the
Word, that God does evil to man, vastates him, revenges, is
wrathful, leads into temptation ; whereas hell does these
things : for it is so said on account of the appearance to

No. 165.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 8 1

man. That the talent and pound to trade with will be taken
away from a man if he gains nothing, may be seen in Matt,
xxv. 26-30 j Luke xix. 24-26. To trade and to gain signify
to procure truths and goods to one's self. Since the taking
away of good and truth from them that are in dead worship
is done as by a thief in darkness, this is therefore several
times likened to a thief in the Word \ as in the following
passages : Behold, I come as a thief; blessed is he that watcheth
and kcepeth his garments, lest he walk naked (Apoc. xvi. 15).
Watch, therefore ; for ye know not what hour your Lord will
come: know this ; if the householder knew what hour the thief
would come, he would certainly watch, and not suffer his house
to be broken through (Matt. xxiv. 42, 43). If thieves shall
come unto thee, if destroyers by night, how wilt thou be cut off?
will they not steal that they may have enough ? (Ob. vers. 5).
They shall run about in the city, they shall run upon the wall,
they shall go upon the houses, they shall enter through the
windows as a thief (Joel ii. 9). They have done a lie, and
the thief co?neth, and a troop spreadeth itself without (Hos.
vii. 1). Lay not up treasures on earth, but in heaven ; where
thieves do not come, nor steal (Matt. vi. 19, 20). That a man
is to watch, and not to know the hoar in which the Lord
comes, is for the end that the man may think and act as
of himself, and thus in freedom according to his reason,
unaffected by fear; for every one would have fear, if he
knew : and that which a man does of himself in freedom
remains to eternity, but what he does from fear does not
remain.

165. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis, signifies that
even among them there are those who have life in their
worship. By " a few names," are signified some who are
of the quality now to be described ; for a name signifies the
quality of any one. The reason is, because every one in the
spiritual world is named according to his quality (n. 81).
The qu d ry of those now treated of is, that they have life
in their worshiu.

182

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

1 66. Who have not defiled their garments, signifies who are
m truths, and have not denied their worship by evils of life
and the falsities thence. By "garments" in the Word are
signified the truths which clothe good, and in the opposite
sense, the falsities which clothe evil : for a man is either
his good or his evil ; hence truths or falsities are his gar-
ments. All angels and spirits appear clothed according to
the truths of their good, or according to the falsities of
their evil ; on which subject see the work on " Heaven and
Hell," published at London (n. 177-182). From which it
is manifest that by not defiling their garments is signified
to be in truths, and not to defile worship by evils of life
and the falsities thence. That garments in the Word signify
truths, and in the opposite sense falsities, is manifest from
these passages : Awake, awake, put on thy strength, O Zion ;
put on the garments of thy comeliness, O Jerusalem (Isa.
lii. 1). O Jerusalem, I have clothed thee with needlework, I
have shod thee with badgers'* skin, I have girded thee with
fine-linen, and adorned thee with ornaments ; thou art arrayed
in gold and silver, and thy garments are fine-linen, silk, and
needlework, whence thou hast become exceedingly beautiful.
But thou hast taken^ff thy garments , and hast adorned thy
high-places with divers colors, that thou mightest commit
whoredom upon them ; thou hast also take?i thy garments of
needlework, and hast made images of a male, with which
thou committedst whoredo?n (Ez. xvi. 10-18). The Jewish
church is here described, — that to it were given truths,
because the Word ; but that they falsified them : to com-
mit whoredom is to falsify (n. 134). The king's daughter is
all glorious within, and her clothing is of woven gold ; in
needlework shall she be brought to the king (Ps. xlv. 13, 14).
" The king's daughter " is the church as to affection for
truth. Daughters of Israel, weep over Saul, who arrayed
you in doubledyed scarlet with delicacies, and put an or?iame?it
of gold upon your garment (2 Sam. i. 24). This is said of
Saul because by him as king the Divine Truth is signified

No. 166] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

(r„ 20). / will visit tip on the princes and upon the king's
sons, and upon all that are clothed i?i the garments of the
stranger (Zeph. i; 8). The enemies shall put off thy garments
from thee, and shall take away thy adornments (Ez. xxiii. 26).
Joshua was clothed in polluted garments ^ and stood so before
the angel ; who said, Remove ye the polluted garments from
him, and clothe him in other garments (Zech. iii. 3-5). The
king came in, and saw them that were recli?iing ; and he saw
a man not clothed in a weddmg garme7it ; and he said unto
him, Frie?id, how earnest thou in hither not having a wed-
ding garment (Matt. xxii. 1 1-13). The " wedding garment "
is Divine Truth from the Word. Beware of false-prophets,
who C07ne unto you in sheep's clothing (Matt. vii. 15). No
o?ie putteth a piece of a new garme?it upo?i an old garment ;
otherwise the new re?ideth the old, and the piece from the new
agreeth ?iot with the old (Luke v. 36, 37). Because "a gar-
ment " signifies truth, the Lord therefore compares the
truths of the former church, which were external, and repre-
sentative of spiritual things, to a piece of an old garment ;
and the truths of the new church, which were internal and
spiritual, to a piece of a new garment. Upo?i the thrones
were twe?ityfour elders sitting, clothed in white garments
( Apoc. iv. 4). They who 7i>ere standing before the thro?ie and
before the Lamb, were arrayed i?i white robes : who washed
their robes, and made their robes white in the blood of the
Lamb (Apoc. vii. 9, 13, 14). There were given to every one
of those who were under the altar white robes (Apoc. vii n).
The armies of Hi?n that sat upon the white horse follo-wed
Him clothed in fine-linen white and clean (Apoc. xix. 14).
Because angels signify Divine Truths, therefore the angels
seen in the Lord's sepulchre appeared in garments white
and shining (Matt, xxviii. 3 j Luke xxiv. 4). Because the
Lord is the Divine Good and the Divine Truth, and truths
are meant by garments, therefore when he was trans-
figured, His face shone as the sun, and his garments became
white as the light (Matt. xvii. 2) j and were white and glistet-

184 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Hi.

ing (Luke ix. 29) ; and shining white as snow, such as no
fuller up 07i earth could whiten (Mark ix. 3). Of the Ancient
of Days, who also is the Lord, it is said that His garment
was white as snow (Dan. vii. 9). And these things are said of
the Lord besides : He hath anointed all thy garments with
myrrh, and aloe, and cassia (Ps. xlv. 8). He washeth His
garment in wine, and His clothing in the blood of grapes
(Gen. xlix. 11). Who is this that cometh from Edom,
sprinkled as to His garments from Bozrah ? this that is hon-
orable in His apparel : wherefore art thou red as to thy gar-
ment? thy garments are as of one that treadeth in the
wi?ie-press : victory is sprinkled upon my garme?its ; and I
have polluted all my raiment (Isa. lxiii. 1-3). This is also
concerning the Lord : His garments here are the truths of
the Word. He that sat upon the white horse, was clothed in
a garment dipped in blood, and His naine is called the Word of
God (Apoc. xix. 13, 16). From the signification of gar-
ments, it may be seen why the Lord's disciples laid their
garments upon the ass and the colt, when the Lord entered mto
Jerusalem ; and why the people then spread their garments in
the way (Matt. xxi. 7-9 ; Mark xi. 7, 8 ; Luke xix. 35, 36) ;
and what is signified by the soldiers dividing the Lord's gar-
ments into four parts (John xix. 23, 24) ; and thus what is
signified by these words in David : They parted my gar-
ments, and upon my vestment they cast lots (Ps. xxii. 18).
From the signification of garments it is also manifest why
they rent their garments, when any one spoke against the
Divine Truth of the Word (Isa. xxxvii. 1, and elsewhere) :
also why they washed their garments, that themselves might
be purified (Ex. xix. 14 ; Lev. xi. 25, 40 ; xiv. 8, 9 ; Num.
xix. 11 to the end) : and why, on account of transgressions
against Divine Truths, they put off their garments, and
put on sackcloth (Isa. xv. 3 ; xxii. 12 ; xxxvii. 1, 2 ; Jer.
iv. 8 ) vi. 26 ; xlviii. 37 ; xlix. 3 ; Lam. ii. 10; Ez. xxvii.
31 ; Amos viii. 10; Jonah iii. 5, 6, 8). He who knows
what garments signify in general and in particular, cau

No. 167.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 85

know what the garments of Aaron and his sons signified :
which were the Ephod, the Robe, the Checkered Under-
coat, the Belt, the Breeches, the Mitre. Since light signifies
the Divine Truth, and a garment the same, it is there-
fore said in David, Jehovah covereth Himself with light as
with a garment (Ps. civ. 2).

167. And they shall walk with me in white, signifies that
they shall live with the Lord in His spiritual kingdom,
because they are in truths from Him. This is the sense
of these words, because " to walk " in the Word signifies
to live, and " to walk with God " signifies to live from
Him 5 and because " in white " signifies in truths. For
white in the Word is predicated of truths, because it
derives its origin from the sun's light ; and red is predi-
cated of goods, because it derives its origin from the sun's
fire : and black is predicated of falsities, because it draws
its origin from the darkness of hell. They who are in
truths from the Lord, since they are conjoined to Him,
are called worthy j for all worthiness in the spiritual world
is from, conjunction with the Lord. It is manifest from
these things, that by " they shall walk with me in white,
for they are worthy," is signified that they shall live with
the Lord, because they are in truths from Him. It is said
that they shall live with the Lord in His spiritual king-
dom, because the universal heaven is distinguished into
two kingdoms, the heavenly (celestial) and the spiritual j
and in the heavenly kingdom are they who are in the good
of love from the Lord, and in the spiritual kingdom they
who are in the truths of wisdom from the Lord ; and the
latter are said to walk with the Lord in white : they are
also clothed in white garments. That to walk signifies to
live, and " to walk with God " to live with Him because
from Him, is evident from these passages following : He
Wtlked with Me in peace and rectitude (Mai. ii. 6). Thou
hast delivered my feet from stumbling, that I may walk before
God in the light of the living (Ps. lvi. 13). David hath

i86

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

kept my commandm.nts, and hath walked after me with his
ivhole heart (i Kings xiv. 8). O Jehovah, remember that I
have walked before thee in truth (Isa. xxxviii. 3). If ye will
walk contrary to Me, and will not obey my voice, I also will
7valk contrary to you (Lev. xxvi. 23, 24, 27, 28). They
would not walk in the ways of Jehovah (Isa. xlii. 24; Deut.
xi. 22 ; xix. 9 ; xxvi. 17). All peoples walk in the name of
their God, and we will walk in the name of Jehovah (Mic.
iv. 5). Yet a littk while is the light with you ; walk while
ye have the light ; believe in the light (John xii. 35, 36 ; viii.
12). The scribes asked, Why walk not thy disciples accord-
ing to the tradition of the elders ? (Mark vii. 5). It is also
said of Jehovah, — that " He walks " among them, that is,
lives in them and with them. I will set my habitation i?i
the midst of them, and will walk in the midst of you, and
will be a God unto you (Lev. xxvi. 11, 12). From these
passages it is manifest what is meant above by These
things saith He that walketh in the midst of the seven golden
candlesticks (Apoc. ii. 1).

168. He that overcometh shall be clothed in wMte gar-
ments, signifies that he who is reformed becomes spiritual.
That " he that overcometh " signifies he who is reformed,
may be seen above (n. 88) ; and that to be clothed in
white garments signifies to become spiritual by truths
(n. 166, 167). All those who are in truths, and in a life
according to them, become spiritual.

169. A?id I will not blot out his name out of the book of
life, signifies that he will be saved. What a name is has
been told before ; and what " the book of life " is, will be
told below. That not to blot out his name out of the book
of life means to be saved, is manifest to every one.

170. And I will confess his name before my Father, and
before His angels, signifies that they will be received who
are in Divine Good and Divine Truths from the Lord,
and thus who have the life of heaven in themselves.
That to confess the name is to acknowledge the quality of

No. 172.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 187

any one, or that he is of such a quality, is evident from
the signification of a name; of which above (n. 81, 122).
By the Father is meant the Divine Good, and by the angels
are meant Divine Truths, both from the Lord. In the
Word of the Evangelists the Father is very often men-
tioned by the Lord, and everywhere is meant Jehovah, from
Whom and in Whom He was, and Who was in Him, and
in no wise any Divine separate from Him. That it is so,
has been abundantly shown in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord," and also in the "Angelic
Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence " (n. 262, 263).
That the Lord Himself is the Father, may be seen (n. 21,
960). The Lord spoke of "the Father," because by "the
Father" in the spiritual sense is signified good, and by
"God the Father" the Divine Good of the Divine Love.
The angels in no wise understand any thing else by the
Father when that name is read in the Word, nor can they
understand any thing else ; because no one in the heavens
knows any one as his father, from whom they are said to
be born, and whose sons and heirs they are called, but the
Lord. This is meant by the Lord's words in Matt, xxiii. 9.
It is manifest from this, that by confessing his name before
the Father is signified that they will be received among
those who are in Divine good from Him. That they who
are in Divine truths from the Lord, and abstractly the
Divine truths, are meant by the angels, is because the
angels are the recipients of Divine good in the Divine
truths which they have from the Lord.

171. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches, signifies that he who understands
should obey the things that the Divine Truth of the Word
teaches to those who will be of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem ; as above (n. 87).

172. And unto the angel of the church in Philadelphia
write, signifies to those and respecting those who are in
truths from good from the Lord. That these are meant

i88

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

by "the church in Philadelphia," is manifest from the
things written to it, when understood in the spiritual sense.

173. These things saith He that is Holy, He that is True,
signifies the Lord as to the Divine Truth. That it is the
Lord is manifest. That He that is Holy, He that is True,
is the Lord as to the Divine Truth, is because the Lord is
called Holy from His Divine Truth, and Just from I lis
Divine Good. Hence it is that His proceeding Divine,
which is the Divine Truth, is called the Holy Spirit ; and
the Holy Spirit is here He that is Holy, He that is True.
" Holy " is very often mentioned in the Word, and every-
where with reference to Truth ; and because all truth,
which is truth in itself, is from good, and from the Lord,
it is that truth which is called holy : but good, from which
the truth is, is called "Just." Hence it is, that the angels
who are in the truths of wisdom, and are called spiritual,
are said to be holy, and the angels who are in the good of
love, and are called heavenly (celestial), are said to be
just; and the same of men in the church. It is hence
also, that the prophets and apostles are called holy ; for
by prophets and apostles the truths of the doctrine of the
church are signified. Hence also it is, that the Word is
called Holy ; for the Wrord is the Divine Truth : also that
the Law in the Ark in the Tabernacle was called " the
Holy of Holies," and also "the Sanctuary." It is also
from this that Jerusalem is called holy ; for by Jerusalem
is signified the church which is in Divine truths. It is also
from the same cause that the altar, the tabernacle, and the
garments of Aaron and his sons, were called holy, after
they had been anointed with oil ; for oil signifies the good
of love, and this sanctifies : and every sanctified thing has
reference to truth. That the Lord is alone Holy, because
He is the Divine Truth itself, is manifest from these pas-
sages : Who shall not glorify thy name, O Lord, because thou
alone art Holy ? (Apoc. xv. 4). Thy Redeemer is the Holy One
of Israel ; the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa.

No. 174.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

189

liv. 5). Thus said Jehovah, the Redeemer of Israel, His
Holy One (Isa. xlix. 7). As to our Redeemer, Jehovah
Zabaoth is His name, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xlvii. 4).
Said Jehovah, your Redcenier, the Holy One of Israel (Isa.
xliii. 14). In that day shall they lean upon Jehovah the
Holy One of Israel in truth (Isa. x. 20). Besides other
places, as Isa. i. 4; v. 19 ; xii. 6 ; xvii. 7 ; xxix. 19 j xxx.
11, 12 ; xli. 16 ; xlv. n, 15 ; xlviii. 17 j lv. 5 ; lx. 9 ; Jer.
1. 29 ; Dan. iv. 13, 23 ; Ps. lxxviii. 41. Since the Lord is
the Holy Itself, the angel therefore said to Mary, the Holy
Thing that shall be born of thee, shall be called the Son of
God (Luke i. 35). And the Lord said of Himself, Father,
sanctify them in the Truth, thy Word is Truth : for them
I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified in the
Truth (John xvii. 17, 19). It is manifest from these things,
that the Truth, which is from the Lord, is Holiness Itself,
because He alone is Holy ; of which the Lord says : When
the Spirit of Truth shall come, He will lead you into all
Truth : He shall not speak from Himself; He shall receive
of Mine, and shall declare it unto you (John xvi. 13-15).
The Comforter, the Holy Spirit, He shall teach you all things
(John xiv. 26). That the Holy Spirit is the life of the
Lord's Wisdom, and thus the Divine Truth, may be seen
in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the
Lord " (n. 5 1). From these things it may be evident, that He
that is Holy, He that is True, is the Lord as to the Divine
Truth. That "holy" relates to truth, and "just" to good,
is manifest from the places in the Word where both are
mentioned ; as from these : He that is just let him be justi
fied still; he that is holy, let him be sanctified still (Apoc.
xxii. 11). Just and true are thy ways, O King of the Saints
(Apoc. xv. 3). To sen'e Him in holiness and in justice
( Luke i. 75). Herod feared John, knowing that he was a
man (vir) just and holy (Mark vi. 20). Tine-linen is the
justice of the saints (Apoc. xix. 8).

174. He that hath the key of David, and that openeth and

190

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. HI.

no one shntteth, and shntteth and nc one openeth, signifies
Who alone has omnipotence to save. By David is meant
the Lord as to the Divine Truth ; by the key is signified
the Lord's omnipotence over heaven and hell ; and by
opening so that no one shuts, and shutting so that no one
opens, is signified to lead forth out of hell and introduce
into heaven, thus to save ; just as above (n. 62), where it
is explained. That by David the Lord as to the Divine
Truth is meant, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord" (n. 43, 44). The same as
here by the key of David, is signified by the keys of Peter
(Matt. xvi. 15-19); which may be seen explained below
(n. 798) : as also by these words to all the disciples :
Whatsoever things ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in
heaven, and whatsoever things ye shall loose on earth shall be
loosed in heaven (Matt, xviii. 18). For the twelve disciples
represented all the things of the church as to its goods and
truths, and Peter represented it as to truth ; and truths and
goods save man, and thus the Lord alone from whom they
are. The same is also meant by the key of David given to
Eliakim, spoken of thus : I will give the do?ninion into his
hand, that he may be as a father to the inhabitant of Jerusale?n
and to the house of yudah ; and I will put the key of the house
of David upon his shoulder, that he may open and none s/mt,
and shut and none ope?i (Isa. xxii. 21, 22). He was over the
king's house ; and by the king's house is signified the church
as to Divine Truth.

175. I know thy works, signifies that the Lord sees all
their interiors and exteriors at once ; as above (n. 76).

176. Behold, I have set before thee an open door, signifies
that to them who are in truths from good from the Lord
heaven is open. That by "an open door" admission is
signified, is manifest. The reason why the door is said to be
open to those who are from the church in Philadelphia, is
because by that church those are meant who are in truths from
good from the Lord, and to these the Lord opens heaven

No. 176.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

But on this subject something not before known shall be
told. The Lord alone is the God of heaven and earth (Matt,
xxviii. 18) : they therefore who do not go directly to Him,
do not see the way to heaven, and hence do not find the
door; and if perchance they are allowed to approach it,
it is shut, and is not opened to him that knocks. In the
spiritual world there are actually ways which lead to heaven,
and there are gates here and there ; and they who are led
to heaven by the Lord, go the ways that tend thither, and
enter through the gates. That there are ways there, may
be seen in the work on " Heaven and Hell " (n. 479, 534,
590) ; and gates also (n. 429, 430, 583, 584). For all the
tilings that are beheld in the heavens are correspondences ;
hence also the ways and the gates : for ways correspond
to and thence signify truths j and gates correspond to
and signify entrance. Since the Lord alone leads man to
heaven, and opens the door, He therefore calls Himself
" the Way," and also " the Door ; " " the Way " in John :
I am the Way, the Truth, and' the Life (xiv. 6) : and "the
Door " in the same : / am the Door of the sheep ; by Me if
any one enter in, he shall be saved (x. 7, 9). Since there are
both ways and doors in the spiritual world, and angelic
spirits actually go in the ways, and enter through the doors,
when they enter into heaven, therefore doors, gates, and
portals are often mentioned in the Word, and by them
entrance is signified ; as in these places : Lift up your
heads, O ye gates ; lift up, ye doors of the world ; that the
King of glory may come in (Ps. xxiv. 7, 9). Open ye the
gates, that the just nation that doeth truth may come in (Isa.
xxvi. 2). The five prudent virgins went in to the ivcdding,
and the door was shut : and the five foolish virgins came, and
knocked ; but it was not opened (Matt. xxv. 10-12). Jesus
said, Strive to enter in through the strait gate ; because many
shall seek to e?itcr in, and s/mII not be able (Luke xiii. 24, 25 :
besides other places). Since a door signifies entrance, and
the New Jerusalem the church composed of those who are

192

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

in truths from good from the Lord, the New Jerusalem is
therefore described also as to its gates, over which there
were angels ; and it is said that they shall not be shut
(Apoc. xxi. 12, 13, 25).

177. And no one can shut it, signifies that hell cannot
prevail against it. For the Lord alone opens and shuts
the doors to heaven j and the door which He opens is
perpetually open to them who are in truths from good
from the Lord, and is perpetually shut to those that are in
falsities from evil. And since the Lord alone opens and
shuts, it follows that hell cannot prevail against them.
More may be seen above on this subject (n. 174).

178. Because thou hast a little power, signifies because
they know that they have no ability of themselves. They
who are in truths from good from the Lord, know that they
have not any power against evils and falsities, and thus
against hell, of themselves ; and they also know that they
cannot do good from any power from themselves, and
introduce themselves into heaven : but that the Lord has
all power, and thus they from the Lord ; and that as far
as they are ;n truths from good, so far they are in power
from the Lord, which still appears to them as theirs. These,
therefore, are the things which are meant by "because thou
hast a little power."

179. And hast kept my Word : That it signifies because
they live according to the Lord's precepts in His Word, is
manifest without explanation.

180. And hast not denied my name, signifies that they
are in the worship of the Lord. That the name of Jehovah
or the Lord in the Word signifies all that by which He is
worshipped, and thus all the doctrine of the church, and
universally all of religion, may be seen above (n. 81) ; from
which it is evident what is here signified by "thou hast not
denied my name."

181. And I will bring from the synagogue of Satan : That
it signifies those who are in falsities as to doctrine, may be
seen above (n. 97).

No. 185.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1^3

182. Them that say they are yews, a?id are not, but do lie,
signifies those that say that the church is with them, when
yet there is no church with them. Those who are of the
church are here meant by the Jews, because the church
had been instituted among them, and therefore also by
dieir Jerusalem the Church as to doctrine is still meant.
But in particular by the Jews are meant they who are in the
good of love, as above (n. 96), and thus also the church ;
for the church is from the good of love. Yet that there
was no church with those, is signified by " and are not, but
do lie."

183. Behold, I will make them to come and worship at thy
feet, signifies that those who are in falsities as to doctrine,
provided they are not in falsities from evil, will receive the
truths of the New Church, and acknowledge them. This
is said of "them that are of the synagogue of Satan,
and that say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie ; " by
whom are meant they who are in falsities as to doctrine,
yet still not in falsities from evil ; but in falsities as to
doctrine, yet in good as to life. The latter, and not the
former, receive and acknowledge truths, when they hear
them. The reason is, that good loves truth, and truth
from good rejects falsity. To receive and acknowledge
truths is signified by " coming and worshipping at thy
feet ; " not at theirs, but at the Lord's feet, from whom
they have the truths from good : on which account the
same is signified by these words in David : Worship
Jehovah our God, worship at the footstool of His feet
(Ps. xcix. 5).

184. And to know that I have loved thee, signifies that they
will see that diose who are in truths from good are loved
and received into heaven by the Lord. This follows in a
series from the foregoing.

185. Because thou hast kept the word of my endurance,
signifies because they have fought against evils, and then
rejected falsities. That the spiritual combat, which is

vol. 1. 9

194 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

called temptation, is signified by "the word of endurance,"
is manifest from what now follows : " I also will keep thee
from the hour of temptation that will come : " for he who
is tempted in the world, is not tempted after death. The
spiritual combat which is temptation, is called " the word of
the Lord's endurance " or patience, because the Lord fights
for man in temptations, and fights by truths from His Word.

1 86. / also will keep thee from the hour of temptation that
will come upon the whole world, to try them thaf dwell upon
the earth, signifies that they will be protected and preserved
at the day of the last judgment. That their protection and
preservation at the day of the last judgment is meant by
these words, may be seen- from the things which have been
written and related concerning the Last Judgment in a
separate small work, and afterwards in a " Continuation "
concerning it: from which it is evident that they who passed
through it were let into temptation, and were explored as to
their quality • and that they who were interiorly evil were
rejected, and they who were interiorly good were saved:
and those were interiorly good who were in truths from
good from the Lord.

187. Behold, I come quickly, signifies the Lord's coming,
and then a New Church from these. The Lord said here,
" Behold, I come quickly," because by the words just pre-
ceding, the last judgment is meant ; and the last judgment
is also called the Lord's coming, as in Matthew : The disciples
said to Jesus, What shall be the sign of thy coming, and of
the co7isummatioii of the age ? (xxiv. 3). The consummation of
the age is the last time of the church, when a last judgment
takes place. That by the words, " Behold, I come quickly,"
is also meant a new church, is because after a last judgment
the church is re-established by the Lord. That church is now
the New Jerusalem, into which those are to come who are
in truths from good from the Lord, to whom this saying is
addressed.

188. Holdfast that thou hast: That it signifies that they

No. 189.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

195

should remain firm meantime in their truths and in theii
good, is evident without explanation.

189. That no one take thy crown, signifies lest their wis-
dom should perish, from which is eternal happiness. Man
has wisdom from no other source but good through truths
from the Lord. That a man has wisdom through these is
because the Lord conjoins Himself to the man, and the
man to Himself, by them ; and the Lord is wisdom itself.
On which account wisdom perishes with a man when he
ceases to do the truths, that is, to live according to them :
he then also ceases to love wisdom, consequently the Lord.
By wisdom is meant wisdom in spiritual things. From this
as a fountain is derived wisdom in other things, which is
called intelligence ; and by means of this, knowledge,
which is from the affection for knowing truths. That
a crown signifies wisdom, is because wisdom holds the
highest place with man, and so crowns him. Nor does a
king's crown signify any thing else : for a king in the
spiritual sense is the Divine Truth (n. 20) ; and from the
Divine Truth is all wisdom. Wisdom is also signified by a
crown in the following places : I will make the horn of David
to bud, and upon Him shall His crow?i flourish (Ps. exxxii.
17, 18). Jehovah put ear-rings upon thine ears, and a crown
of ornament up o)i thy head (Ez. xvi. 12). These things are
said of Jerusalem, by which the church as to doctrine is
signified ; and therefore the crown of ornament is wisdom
from the Divine Truth or the Word. In that day shall
Jehovah Zabaoth be for a crown of ornament, and for a dia-
dem of comeliness to the remnant of His people (Isa. xxviii. 5).
This is concerning the Lord, because it is said, " in that
day." "The crown of ornament " which He shall be, is
wisdom ; and " the diadem of comeliness " is intelligence.
" The remnant of the people " are those with whom His
church will be. The same is signified by crown and dia-
dem in Isa. lxii. 1, 3 j also the same by the plate upon
Aaron's mitre (Ex. xxviii. 36, 37) j which was also called a

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

coronet. Likewise in these passages : Say unto the king
and unto the queen, Humble yourselves, sit down ; because the
adornment of your head is come down, the crown of your
comeliness (Jer. xiii. 18). The joy of our heart hath ceased, the
crown of our head has fallen (Lam. v. 15, 16). He hath
torn away my glory from me, a?id removed the crown of my
head (Job xix. 9). Thou hast condc7nned the crown of th ine
Anointed unto the earth (Ps. lxxxix. 39). In these places,
by a crown is signified wisdom.

190. He that overco?neth : That it signifies those who
stand fast in truths from good from the Lord, is manifest
from the series, and so without explanation.

191. I will make him a pillar in the temple of my God,
signifies that truths from good from the Lord, among those
with whom they are, sustain the • Lord's Church in heaven.
By " a temple," the church is signified, and by " the temple
of my God" the Lord's Church in heaven. Hence it is
manifest that by " a pillar " is signified that which sustains
the church and makes it firm, and this is the Divine Truth
of the Word. In the highest sense, by a temple is signified
the Lord as to His Divine Human, in particular as to His
Divine Truth ; but in the representative sense the Lord's
Church in heaven is signified by the temple, as also the
Lord's Church in the world. That by the temple in the
highest sense the Lord is signified as to His Divine Hu-
man, and in particular as to His Divine Truth, is manifest
from these passages : Jesus said to the Jews, Destroy thu
temple, and in three days I will raise it up : He spake of the
Temple of His Body (John ii. 19, 21). I saw no temple in
the New Jerusalem, for the Lord God Almighty is the temple
of it, and the Lamb (Apoc. xxi. 22). Behold, the Lord shall
suddenly come to His temple, and the angel of the covenant whom
ye seek (Mai. iii. 1). / will bow myself down towards the
temple of thy holiness (Ps. exxxviii. 2). / will look again
unto the temple of thy holiness ; and my prayer came unto
thee, unto the temple of thy holiness (Jonah ii. 4, 7). Jehovah

No. 191.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

197

is in the temple of His holiness (Hab. ii. 20). " The temple
of the holiness of Jehovah," or the Lord, is His Divine
Human ; for the bowing, the looking, and the praying are
to this, and not to the temple alone, for this is not holy in
itself. It is called " the temple of holiness," because holiness
is predicated of the Divine Truth (n. 173). By "the temple
that sanctifies the gold " (Matt, xxiii. 16, 17), nothing else
is meant but the Lord's Divine Human. That by the tem-
ple in the representative sense the Lord's Church in heaven
is signified, is manifest from these passages : The voice of
Jehovah out of the temple (Isa. lxvi. 6). A great voice came
forth out of the te?nple of heaven (Apoc. xvi. 1 7). The te??iple
of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in the temple
the ark of His covenant (Apoc. xi. 19). The temple of the
tabernacle of the testimo?iy in heaven was opened ; and the seven
angels went forth out of the te?nple ; a?id the te?nple was filed
with smoke from the glory of God (Apoc. xv. 5, 6, 8). /
called u?ito Jehovah, and cried unto my God ; He heard my
voice out of His temple (Ps. xviii. 6). I saw the Lord sitting
upon a high and lofty throne, and His skirts filled the temph
(Isa. vi. 1). That " the temple " signifies the Church in the
world, is manifest from these : Our house of holiness has
beco?ne a conflagration (Isa. lxiv. 1 1). I will shake all nations,
that I may fill this house with glory : the glory of the lattet
house shall be greater than of the former (Hag. ii. 7,9). The
Church to be established by the Lord is described by the
. " new temple " in Ezekiel xl. to xlviii. j and is meant by
the temple which the angel measured (Apoc. xi. 1) ; and so in
other places j as Isa. xliv. 28 ; Jer. vii. 2-4, 9-1 1 ; Zech.
viii. 9. The disciples came to Jesus, to show Him the build-
ings of the tonple ; and Jesus said unto them, Verily I say
unto you, there shall not be left stone upon stone, which shall
not be thrown down (Matt. xxiv. 1,2; Mark xiii. 1-5 ; Luke
xxi. 5-7). By the temple is here signified the Church of
this day ; and by its destruction till there should not be
one stone upon another, is signified the end of that Church,

J 98 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap, lit

that there should not be any truth then remaining. For
when the disciples spoke with the Lord concerning the
temple, the Lord foretold the successive states of that
Church, even to its end, or the consummation of the age ;
and by the consummation of the age is meant its last time,
which is at this day. This is represented by that temple's
being destroyed to its foundation. The temple signifies
these three things, namely, the Lord, the Church in heaven,
and the Church in the world ; because these three make
one : they cannot be separated ; consequently the one can-
not be understood without the other. He, therefore, who
separates the Church in the world from the Church in
heaven, and the latter and the former from the Lord, is not
in the truth. The reason that the church in heaven is here
meant by the temple, is because the church in the world is
treated of directly after (n. 194).

192. And he shall 110 more go out : That it signifies that
they will remain therein for ever, is manifest without ex-
planation.

193. And I will write upon him the name of my God, sig-
nifies that the Divine Truth wili be written in their hearts.
To write upon any one signifies to inscribe so that it may be
in him as his ; and " the name of my God " signifies the
Divine Truth. Something shall here be said concerning
this, that " my God " is the Divine Truth. In numberless
places in the Word of the Old Testament it is said Jeho-
vah God ; also separately, sometimes Jehovah and some- .
times God : and by Jehovah is meant the Lord as to the
Divine Good, and by God the Lord as to the Divine Truth :
or, what is the same, by Jehovah is meant the Lord as to
the Divine Love, and by God the Lord as to the Divine
Wisdom. Both are mentioned on account of the heavenly
marriage in every thing of the Word ; which is the marriage
of love and wisdom, or the marriage of good and truth ;
concerning which marriage see the "Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 80-90).

No. 194.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

199

But in the Word of the New Testament it is not said
"Jehovah God," but "the Lord God;" for "the Lord."
like as " Jehovah," signifies the Divine Good or the Divine
Love. From this it may be evident, that by " the name of
my God " is signified the Lord's Divine Truth. That
name, when spoken of the Lord, is all that by which He is
worshipped, may be seen above (n. 81) : and all that by
which He is worshipped has reference to Divine Good and
Divine Truth. As it is not known what is meant by these
words of the Lord, Father, glorify thy name ; then came a
voice out of heaven, I have both glorified it, and will glorify it
again (John xii. 28), it shall be told. When the Lord was
in the world, He made His Human the Divine Truth,
which is also the Word j and when He went out of the
world, He fully united the Divine Truth to the Divine
Good which was in Him from conception. For the Lord
glorified, that is, made Divine, His Human, as He makes
a man spiritual. For He first implants truths from the
Word in the man, and afterwards unites them to good ;
and by that union the man is made spiritual.

194. And the name of the city of my God, the New Jeru-
salem, signifies that the doctrine of the New Church will
be written in their hearts. By " the New Jerusalem " the
New Church is signified ; and by it, when it is called a
city, is signified the New Church as to doctrine : therefore,
by writing upon him the name of the city of my God, the
New Jerusalem, is signified that the doctrine of the New
Church will be inscribed upon them. That by Jerusalem
the Church is signified, and by it as a city the Church as
to doctrine, may be seen below (n. 880, 881). That doc-
trine is signified by a city, is because by a land, and in
particular by the land of Canaan, the Church in the whole
aggregate is signified; and hence by the inheritances into
which the land of Canaan was divided, the various things
of the Church are signified ; and by the cities in them, its
doctrinal tenets. From this it is, that by cities, where they

200

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

are named in the Word, nothing else is understood by the
angels \ which has also been testified to me by much ex-
perience. This is the same as with the signification of
mountains, hills, valleys, fountains, and rivers, which all
signify such things as are of the Church. That cities
signify doctrinal tenets, may in some degree be evident
from the following passages : The land shall be emptied,
the land (hall be confounded, the land shall be profaned,
the empty city shall be broken, the remnant in the city is a
waste, and the gate shall be beaten down even to destruction
(Isa. xxiv. 3, 4, 10-12). The lion has come up from the
thicket, to reduce the la?id to a waste; thy cities shall be
destroyed ; I saw Carmel a wilderness, and her cities deso-
late: the land shall mourn; the whole city shall flee, being
deserted (Jer. iv. 7, 26-29). "The land" here is the
Church, and " the city " is its doctrine. Thus is de-
scribed the devastation of the Church by the falsities of
doctrine. The waster shall come upon every city, and no
city shall escape, and the valley shall perish, and the plain
be destroyed (Jer. xlviii. 8). In like manner, Behold, I have
made thee a fortified city against the whole land (Jer. i. 18).
This was said to the prophet, because by a prophet the
doctrine of the church is signified (n. 8). In that day it
shall be sung in the land of Judah, We have a strong city ;
salvation will He put for walls and bulwarks (Isa. xxvi.
1, 2). The great city was divided into three parts, a?id the
cities of the nations fell (Apoc. xvi. 18, 19). The prophet
saw up o?i a high mountain the structure of a city to the
south, and an angel ?neasured the wall, the gates, the cham-
bers, the porch of the gate ; and the name of the city was
Jehovah there (Ez. xL, and the following chapters). A
river, whose streams made glad the city of God (Ps. xlvi.
4, 5). Itvill confound Egypt with Egypt, that city may fight
against city, and kingdom against kingdom (Is. xix. 2).
Every kingdom divided against itself is desolated, and ezery
city divided against itself shall not stand (Matt. xii. 25). In

No. 195.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

20I

these passages by " cities " in the spiritual sense are
meant doctrines; as also Isa. vi. 11 ; xiv. 12, 17, 21 ; xix.
t8, 19; xxv. 1-3 ; xxxiii. 8, 9; liv. 3 ; Ixiv. 10; Jer. vii.
17, 34; xiii. 18, 19 : xxxii. 42, 44; xxxiii. 4; Zeph. iii. 6;
Ps. xlviii. 2 ; Ps. lv. 9 ; Ps. cvii. 4, 7 ; Matt. v. 14, 15 ; and
elsewhere. From the signification of a city it may be evi-
dent what is meant by " the cities " in this parable of the
Lord : A nobleman going away to receive for himself a king-
dom, gave his servants pounds to trade with : when he re-
turned, he called the servants : the first approached, saying,
Thy pound hath gained ten pounds ; to whom he said, Good
servant, thou shalt have authority over ten cities : a?id the
second came, saying, Thy pound hath gained five pounds ; to
whom he said, Be thou over five cities (Luke xix. 12-19).
By " cities " here also doctrinal tenets or the truths of doc-
trine are signified, and by being over them is to be intelli-
gent and wise, and thus to give power over them is to give
intelligence and wisdom : " ten " signifies much, and five
some. That by trading and gaining is meant to procure
to one's self intelligence by the use of one's faculties, is
manifest. That the holy city Jerusalem signifies the doc-
trine of the New Church, is plainly manifest from the
description of it (Apoc. xxi.) ; for it is described as to its
dimensions, also as to its gates, and as to the wall and its
foundations ; which, when Jerusalem signifies the Church,
can signify nothing else but the things that are of its doc-
trine. From nothing else is the church a church. Because
the church as to doctrine is meant by the city Jerusalem,
it is therefore called the City of Truth (Zech. viii. 3, 4) ;
and in many places the holy city ; and this because " holy "
is predicated of truths from the Lord (n. 173).

195. Which comcth do7vn out of heaven f?vm my God, sig-
nifies which will be from the Lord's Divine Truth, such as
it is in heaven. Since by " my God " the Divine Truth is
signified (n. 193), it follows that by "coming down out
of heaven from my God," when it is said by the Lord,

202

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

and concerning the doctrine of the New Church, is signi-
fied, which will be from the Lord's Divine Truth, such as
it is in heaven.

196. And my new name, signifies the worship of the
Lord alone, with new things which were not in the former
Church. That by the Lord's name is signified all that by
which He is worshipped, may be seen above (n. 81) ; here,
therefore, the worship of the Lord alone, with new things
which were not in the former church. That the worship
of the Lord alone is in the New Church, is manifest from
chapter xxi. vers. 9, 10; where that Church is called the
Lamb's Wife. That there are new things in that Church,
is manifest from chapter xxi. vers. 5 ; where it is said,
"Behold, I make all things new." These, therefore, are
signified by " my new name," which will be written upon
them.

197. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
saith unto the churches, signifies that he who understands
should obey the things which the Divine Truth of the
Word teaches to those who will be of the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem ; as above (n. 87).

198. And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans
write, signifies to those and concerning those in the church,
who believe sometimes from themselves, and sometimes
from the Word, and so profane holy things. But of these
something preliminary must be said. There are found in
the church those that believe and do not believe ; they
believe that there is a God, that the Word is holy, that life
is eternal, and more things which are of the church and
its doctrine : and still they do not believe. They believe
them when they are in their natural sensual, but they
do not believe when they are in their natural rational :
they thus believe when they are in externals, consequently
when they are in society and conversation with others ;
but they do not believe when they are in their internals,
consequently when they are not in society with others,

No. 200.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 203

and then in converse with themselves. Of these it is said,
that they are neither cold nor hot, and that they are to be
spewed out.

199. These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true
Witness, signifies the Lord as to the Word, which is the
Divine Truth from Him. That " Amen " is the Divine
confirmation from the truth itself, which is the Lord, and
thus from the Lord, may be seen above (n. 23) : and that
" the faithful and true witness," when speaking of the
Lord, is the Divine Truth which is from Him in the Word
(n. 6, 16). Whether you say that the Lord testifies of
Himself, or that the Word testifies of Him, it is the same ;
since the Son of Man, who here speaks to the Churches,
is the Lord as to the Word (n. 44). These things aie
premised to this church, because those in the church are
here treated of, who believe both from themselves and
from the Word ; and they who believe from the Word,
believe from the Lord.

200. The begi?ini7ig of the work of God, signifies the Word.
That the Word is the beginning of the work of God, has
not yet been known in the church, because these things in
John have not been understood : In the beginning was the
Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was
God : all things were made by H'un, and without Him was
nothing made that was made. In Him was life, and the life
was the light of ?7ien. He was in the wo?id, and the world
was made by Him ; but the World knew Him not. And the
Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us ; and we beheld
His glory, the glory as of the Only-begotten of the Father
(i. 1-14). He who understands these words as to their in-
terior sense, and at the same time compares them with the
things that are written in the "Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture," as also with
some which- are in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Lord," can see that the Divine Truth itself,
in the Word which had before been in this world, spoken

204 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Ill

of n. ii, which also is in this Word which exists at
the present day, is meant by the Word which was in the
beginning with God, and which was God : yet not the Word
as to the words and letters of languages, but as to its essence
and life, which is from the inmost in the senses of its words
and letters. From this life the Word vivifies the affections
of the will of the man who reads it in a holy state, and
from the light of that life enlightens the thoughts of his
understanding : on which account it is said in John, In the
Word ivas life, and the life was the light of 7nen (i. 4). This
the Word does, because the Word is from the Lord and
concerning the Lord, and thus the Lord. All thought, speech,
and writing derives its essence and life from him who
thinks, speaks, and writes : the man with his quality is in
them ; but the Lord alone is in the Word. But no one
feels and perceives the Divine life in the Word but he
who is in the spiritual affection for truth when he reads
it, for he is in conjunction with the Lord through the
Word : there is something inmostly affecting the heart and
the spirit, which flows in into the understanding with light,
and testifies. The same as in John, is signified by these
words in the first chapter of Genesis : In the beginni?ig God
created the heaven and the earth ; and the Spirit of God
moved itself upon the face of the waters : and God said, Let
there be light, and there was light (ver. 1-3). " The Spirit
of God " is the Divine Truth, and so too " the Light : "
the Divine Truth is the Word ; and therefore, when the
Lord calls Himself " the Word," He also calls Himself
"the Light" (John i. 4, 8, 9). The same is also meant l»y
these words in David : By the Word of Jehovah were the
heavens made, and all the host of them by the breath of His
mouth (Ps. xxxiii. 6). In fine, without the Divine Truth of
the Word, which in its essence is the Divine Good of the
Divine Love and the Divine Truth of the Divine Wisdom
of the Lord, a man cannot have life. Through the Word
there is conjunction of » the Lord with man. and of man with

No. 202.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 205

the Lord j and through that conjunction there is life.
There must be something from the Lord, which can be re-
ceived by man, by means of which there may be conjunc-
tion, and thence eternal life. It may be evident from
these things that by " the beginning of the work of God "
the Word is meant, and if you are willing to believe it, the
Word such as it is in the literal sense ; for this sense is
t:he complex of its interior sanctities, as has been abun-
dantly shown in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture." And what is wonderful, the
Word is so written that it communicates with the universal
heaven, and in its particulars with every society there ;
which it has been given me to know by living experience :
concerning which elsewhere. That the Word is such in its
essence, is manifest also from these words of the Lord :
The wards which I speak tmto you are spirit, and are life
(John vi. 63).

201. I know thy works, signifies that the Lord sees all
their interiors and exteriors at once ; as above (n. 76).

202. That thou art neither cold nor hot, signifies that they
who are such sometimes deny that the Word is Divine and
Holy, and sometimes acknowledge it. At one time to
deny in one's self and at another to acknowledge the holi-
ness of the Word, is to be neither cold nor hot ; for thev
are against the Word, and also for the Word. They are
also the same in regard to God, — they now deny and now
acknowledge Him ; and the same in regard to all the things
of the church : consequently they are now with them that
are in hell, and now with those who are in heaven. They
fly upward and downward as between the two • and whither
they fly, thither they turn their faces. Such do those be-
come, who have confirmed in themselves that there is a
God, that there is a heaven and a hell, and that there is
eternal life ; and afterwards recede. When the former
confirmation returns, they acknowledge ; but when it does
nc' return, they deny. The reason that they recede is that

206

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap III.

they afterwards think only of themselves and the world,
being continually ambitious to be supereminent ; and
thereby they immerse themselves in their proprium
(ownhood) : thus hell swallows them up.

203. Would that thou wert cold or hot, signifies that it is
better that they should either deny from the heart the holy
things of the Word and of the church, or from the heart
acknowledge them. The reason will be told in the para-
graph now following.

204. Therefore because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold
nor hot, I zvill spew thee out of my mouth, signifies profana-
tion, and thence separation from the Lord. By "I will
spew thee out of My mouth " is signified to be separated
from the Lord ; and to be so separated from the Lord is
not to be in heaven nor in hell, but in a separate place,
deprived of human life, where there are nothing but fanta-
sies. The reason is, that they have mingled truths with
falsities and goods with evils, and thus holy things with
profane, so that they cannot be separated : and as the man
cannot then be prepared, so as to be either in heaven
or in hell, the whole of his rational life is rooted out, the
ultimates of life remaining, which, when separated from the
interiors of life, are mere fantasies. Concerning the state
and lot of these, more may be seen in the " Angelic Wis-
dom concerning the Divine Providence " (n. 226-228, 231) ;
which will suffice for information respecting them. It is
said of these that they are spewed out, because the World
of Spirits, which is midway between heaven and hell, —
into which every man first comes after death, and is there
prepared, — corresponds to the stomach, in which all the
things that are put in are prepared, either to become blood
and flesh, or to become excrement and urine. The latter
have correspondence with hell, but the former with heaven.
Yet the things that are spewed out of the stomach, are those
which have not been separated, but mixed up together. On
account c f this correspondence, to be " spewed out " and

No. 206 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 207

" spewing " are mentioned in the following passages : Dsitik
and be made drunk, that thy foreski?i may be revealed ; the
cup of Jehovah shall go around to thee, that disgraceful spew-
ing may be upon thy glo?y (Hab. ii. 15, 16). Make Mo ab
drunk, that he may clap the hands i?i his spewmg (Jer. xlviii.
26). All tables are full of the spewing of e?nptyi?ig ; what
one shall He teach knowledge ? (Isa. xxviii. 8, 9) : besides other
places, as in Jer. xxv. 27 ; Lev. xviii. 24, 25, 28. That
tepid water excites vomiting is also from correspondence.

206. Because thou say est, I am rich, and increased i?i goods,
signifies that they believe themselves to possess in all
abundance the knowledges of truth and good which are of
the church and of heaven. To be rich and increased in
goods, signify nothing else here but fully to know and un-
derstand such things as are of the church and heaven,
which are called spiritual and theological things, because
these are here treated of. Spiritual riches and resources
are nothing else. They that believe from themselves, and
not from the Lord through the Word, also believe that they
know and understand all things. The reason is, because
their spiritual mind is closed up, and only the natural
mind open ; and this mind, without spiritual light, sees no
otherwise. That by riches and wealth in the Word spirit-
ual riches and wealth are signified, which are the knowl-
edges of truth and good, is manifest from these passages :
In thy wisdom and in thy intelligence thou madest to thyself
wealth ; gold and silver was in thy treasures ; by the multi-
plication of thy wisdom thou hast multiplied to thyself wealth
(Ez. xxviii. 4, 5). This is said of Tyre, by which the
church as to the knowledges of truth and good is signified.
In like manner, The daughter of Tyre shall bring thee a pres-
ent ; O daughter of the king, the rich peoples shall entreat thy
favor (Ps. xlv. 12). Jehovah zvill impoverish .Tyre ; He will
shake off her wealth into the sea (Zech. ix. 4). O Tyre, they
shall plunder thy wealth (Ez. xxvi. 12). Ashur said, By the
strength of my hand I have done it, and by my wisdom, because

208

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

I am intelligent ; whence I will plunder the treasures of the
peoples, my hand shall find the wealth of the peoples (Isa. x.
13, 14). By Ashur the rational is signified; here that it
perverts the goods and truths of the church, which are the
treasures and wealth of the peoples, which he will plunder.
I will give thee the treasures of darkness, and the hidden
wealth of the lurking-places (Isa. xlv. 3). Blessed is the man
that feareth Jehovah ; wealth and riches are in his house, and
his justice endureth forever (Ps. cxii. 1, 3). God hath filled
the hungry with good things, and the rich He hath sent away
empty (Luke i. 53). Woe unto you that are rich, for ye
have received your joy ; woe unto you that are filled, for ye
shall hunger (Luke vi. 24, 25). By the rich are here meant
those who possessed the knowledges of truth and good
because they had the Word, who were the Jews : the same
by the rich man, who was clothed in purple and fine-linen
(Luke xvi. 19). The same by the rich and by riches
elsewhere, as Isa. xxx. 6; Jer. xvii. 11 j Mic. iv. 13;
vi. 12; Zech. xiv. 14; Matt. xii. 35; xiii. 44; Luke
xii. 21.

207. And I have need of nothing. That it signifies that
they have no need of more knowledge and wisdom and
from any other source, is manifest from the things said
above, because it is a consequence.

208. And knowest not that thou art wretched, signifies
that they do not know that all the things that they know
and think concerning the truths and goods of the church
do not at all cohere, and that they are walls of loose stones.
By "wretchedness" is. here signified incoherency, and thus
by " wretched " one who thinks about the things of the
church without coherence. The reason is, because they of
whom these things are said, now deny God, heaven, eternal
life, and the holiness of the Word, and now acknowledge
them ; on which account what they build up with one hand,
mey destroy with the other. They are thus like them that
build a house, and soon pull it down ; or like those who

No. 209.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

209

array themselves in becoming garments, and soon tear them
off : wherefore their houses are rubbish, and their garments
are rags. Such are all the things that they think about the
church and heaven ; but this they do not know. These
things are meant bv wretchedness also in the following
places : Thy wisdom and thy knozuledge hath seduced thee,
when thou saidst in thy heart, I. and none besides ; therefore
shall wretchedness fall upon thee (Isa. xlvii. 10, 11). Wretch-
edness shall co?7ie upon wretchedness ; the king shall mourn,
and the prince shall be clothed with astonishment (Ez. viL
26, 27). "The king who shall mourn," and "the prince
who shall be clothed with astonishment," are they who are
in the truths of the church. The right is 7iot in their mouth,
wretchedness is in the niidst of them (Ps. v. 9). Similar things
are signified by the walls of loose stones (Jer. xlix. 27 ; Ez.
xiii. 10, 12 ; Hos. ii. 6).

209. And miserable and poor, signifies that they are without
truths and goods. By " the miserable " and " the poor "
in the spiritual sense of the Word are meant those who are
without the knowledges of truth and good j for they are
spiritually miserable and poor. They are also meant by them
in the following passages : I a 771 miserable and poor, O Lo?'d;
re7ne77iber 7ne (Ps. xl. 17 ; lxx. 5). O Jehovah, i7icli7ie thine
ear, a7id a7iswer ; for I a77i miserable and poor (Ps. lxxxvi. 1).
The wicked draw the sword, afid bc7id their bow, to cast down
the 77iise7'able a7id the poor (Ps. xxxvii. 14). The wicked
pcrsecuteth the 77iise7-able and the poor, a7id the dejected i7i
heart, to slay him (Ps. cix. 16). God will judge the 7niserable
of the people ; He will keep the so7is of the poor; He will
deliver the poor that crieth, and the 7niserable (Ps. lxxii. 4,
12, 13). Jehovah deliver eth the miserable f'077i hi77i that is
stronger than he, and the poor fro7n the7n that spoil him
(Ps. xxxv. 10). The wicked plotteth evil deeds to destroy the
miserable by the words of a lie, even when the poor speakcih
judgment (Isa. xxxii. 7). The miserable shall have joy in
Jehovah, and the poor a7no7ig men shall exult in the Holy

2IO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

One of Israel (Is a. xxix. 19). Blessed are the poor in spit it,
for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens (Matt. v. 3 : besides
other places, as Isa. x. 2 ; Jer. xxii. 16 ; Ez. xvi. 49 ; xviii.
12 ; xxii. 29 ; Am. viii. 4; Ps. ix. 18 ; Ps. lxix. 32, 33 ; Ps.
lxxiv. 21 ; Ps. cix. 22 ; Ps. cxl. 12 ; Deut. xv. 11 ; xxiv. 14 ;
Luke xiv. 13, 21, 23). By the miserable and the poor are
chiefly meant those who are not in the knowledges of truth
and good, and yet desire them j since by the rich are meant
those who possess the knowledges of truth and good
(n. 206).

210. And blind and naked, signifies that they are without
the understanding of truth and the will of good. By the
blind in the Word are meant they that are without truths,
either from the lack of them in the church, and thus from
ignorance, or from the non-understanding of them ; and by
the naked those are meant who thence are without goods :
for all spiritual good is procured by truths. No others are
meant by the blind in the following places : Then shall the
deaf in that day hear the words of the Book, and the eyes
of the blind shall see out of thick darkness (Isa. xxix. 18).
Behold, your God shall come ; then shall the eyes of the blind
be opened (Isa. xxxv. 4-6). I will give thee for a light of the
nations, to open the blind eyes (Isa. xlii. 6-8). I will lead the
blind into a way which they faiew not : I will make their
darkness light (Isa. xlii. 16). Bring out the blind people that
have eyes, and the deaf that have ears (Isa. xliii. 8). His
watchmen are all blind, and know not how to understand
(Isa. Ivi. 10, 11). He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened
their heart, that they may not see with the eyes, and understand
with their heart (John xii. 40). Jesus said, For judgment
came I into the world, that they that see not may see, and they
that see may be made blind (John ix. 39). Bli?id leaders,
fools and infatuated (Matt, xxiii. 16, 17, 19, 24). Blind
leaders of the blind (Matt. xv. 14; Luke vi. 39). On account
of the signification of blind and blindness, it was forbidden
to offer the blind in sacrifice (Lev. xxi. 18; Deut. xv. 21).

Xo. 212.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

21 I

They were not to put a stumbling-block before the blind
(Lev. xix. 14). He was cursed, who made the blind to wander
(Deut. xxvii. 18). Respecting the signification of naked
and nakedness, see below (n. 213).

211. I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that
thou mayest be rich, signifies admonition to procure to them-
selves the good of love from the Lord through the Word,
that they may be wise. For " to buy" signifies to procure
to one's self; "of Me" signifies from the Lord through the
Word; "gold" signifies good, and "gold tried in the fire"
the good of heavenly love ; and to be enriched therefiom
signifies to understand and be wise. The reason that gold
signifies good, is because the metals in their order signify
such things as are of good and truth ; gold heavenly
(celestial) and spiritual good, sriver the truth of those
goods, brass natural good, and iron natural truth. These
are signified by the metals of which the statue of Nebu-
chadnezzar consisted, the head of which was gold, the breast
a?id ar7ns silver, the belly and thighs brass, the legs iron, and
the feet part iron and part clay (Dan. ii. 32, 33) ; by which
are represented the successive states of the church as to the
good of love and the truth of wisdom. Because the states
of the church succeeded each other in this manner, the
ancients therefore gave similar names to the periods, calling
them the golden, the silver, the brazen, and the iron ages ;
and by the golden age they meant the first period, when
the good of heavenly love reigned. Heavenly love is love
to the Lord from the Lord : from this love they then had
wisdom. That gold signifies the good of love, see below
(n. 913).

212. And white garments, that thou mayest be clothed, sig-
nifies that they should procure for themselves the genuine
truths of wisdom. That garments signify truths clothing
good, may be seen above (n. 166) ; and that white is
predicated of truths (n. 167): hence "white garments"
signify the genuine truths of wisdom ; and this because

2 1 2 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

"gold purified in the fire" signifies the good of heavenly
love, and the truths of this love are the genuine truths of
wisdom.

213. That the shame of thy nakedness do not appear, sig-
nifies lest the good of heavenly love should be profaned
and adulterated. No one can know what " the shame of
nakedness " signifies, except he who knows that the mem-
bers of generation in both sexes, which are also called the
genitals, correspond to heavenly love. That there is a
correspondence of man and all his members with the
heavens, may be seen in the wrork on " Heaven and
Hell," published at London in the year 1758 (n. 87-102) ;
and that the genital members correspond to heavenly love
in the " Heavenly Arcana," also published at London
(n. 5050-5062). Now because those members correspond
to heavenly love, which is the love of the third or inmost
heaven, and a man is born of his parents into loves opposite
to that love, it is manifest that if he does not procure to
himself from the Lord the good of love and the truth of
wisdom, .which are signified by the gold tried in the fire,
and by the white garments, he must appear in the oppo-
site love, which in itself is profane. This is signified
by " uncovering the nakedness," and " manifesting the
shame of it," in the following passages : Blessed is he that
watcheth and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and
they see his shame (Apoc. xvi. 15). Daughter of Babylon
and of Chaldea, sit on the earth ; uncover thy locks \ uncover
the thigh, pass over the streams ; let thy nakedness be ux :overed<
and let thy reproach also be seen (Isa. xlvii. 1-3). Woe to the
city of bloods, because of the multitude of her whoredoms : /will
uncover iks skirts upon thy face, and will show the nations thy
nakedness, and the kingdoms thy disgrace (Nah. iii. i, 4, 5).
Contend with your mother, lest perchance I set her naked
(Hos. ii. 2-4). When I passed by thee, I covered thy ?iakcd-
ness, and washed thee, and clothed thee : but thou committedst
whoredom ; not recollectifig thy youth, when thou wast naked

No. 214.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 213

and stripped bare ; therefore thou hast revealed thy naked?iess
(Ez. xvi. 6, and following verses). Jcrusalein hath grievously
sinned ; therefore all speak ill of her, because they sau her
nakedness (Lam. i. 8). By Jerusalem, of which these things
are said, the church is meant ; and by committing whoredom
is signified to adulterate and falsify the Word (n. 134). Woe
to him that maketh his companion drink, making him drunk,
that thou mayest look upon his nakedness : drink also thyself,
that thy foreskin, may be uncovered (Hab. ii. 15, 16). He
who knows what nakedness signifies can understand what
is signified by the case of Noah, when he lay drunk with
wine naked in the midst of his tent, and Ham saw and laughed
at his nakedness, and Shem and yaphet covered his nakedness,
turning away their faces lest they should see it (Gen. ix. 2 1-23) ■
also why it was ordained Xh&t Aaron and his sons should not
go up by steps upon the altar, lest their nakedness should be
uncovered (Ex. xx. 26) : as also, that they should make for
them breeches of line?i to cover the flesh of their nakedness,
a?id that they should be upon them when they we?it up to the
altar, a?id that otherwise they should carry their iniquity, and
should die (Ex. xxviii. 42, 43). By "nakedness" in these
passages are signified the evils into which a man is born,
which, because they are opposite to the good of heavenly
love, are in themselves profane ; which are not removed
except by truths, and by a life according to them : " linen "
also signifies truth (n. 671). By "nakedness" is also sig-
nified Innoce?ice, and likewise Ignorance of good and truth ;
innocence in this passage : They were both naked, the man
and his wife, and had no cause for shame (Gen. ii. 25):
ignorance of good and truth in this : This is the fast which
J choose ; to break bread to the hungry ; and when thou seest
the naked, to cover him (Isa. lviii. 6, 7). Let him give his
bread to the hungry, and cover the naked with a garment
(Ez. xviii. 7). / hungered, and ye gave Me to eat ; I was
naked, and ye clothed Me (Matt. xxv. 35, 36).

214. And anoint thine eyes with eye-salve, that thou mayest

v214 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

see, signifies that the understanding may be healed, lest the
genuine truths of wisdom be profaned and falsified. That
the understanding is signified by the eyes, and intelligence
and wisdom by the sight of the eyes, may be seen in n. 48 ;
and since its medicine is signified by eye-salve, it follows
that by anoint thine eyes with eye-salve is signified to heal
the understanding, that it may see truths, and be wise ;
and unless this is done, the genuine truths of the Word
are profaned and adulterated.

215. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten, signifies
that those of them who do thus are loved by the Lord,
and that then they cannot but be let into temptations,
that they may fight against themselves. That this is the
sense of these words is manifest ; for it is said, As many
as I love, by whom are meant they who buy of the Lord
gold purified in the fire, and who anoint their eyes with
eye-salve, that they may see. It is said, I rebuke and
chasten them, by which is meant temptation as to falsities
and as to evils ; by rebuking, temptation as to falsities ; and
by chastening, temptation as to evils. They who are here
treated of cannot but be let into temptations, since without
them denials of and confirmations against Divine truths
cannot be extirpated. Temptations are spiritual combats
against the falsities and evils in one's self, and thus against
one's self. Furthermore, what tempt itions are, whence
they are, and what good they effect, may be seen in the
work on " the New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine,"
published at London in the year 1758 (n. 187-201).

216. Be zealous, therefore, and repent, signifies that this
should be done from affection for truth and aversion to
falsity. It is here said, " Be zealous," because it was said
above (vers. 15), " I would thou wert cold or hot," here that
they should be hot ; for zeal is spiritual heat, and spirit-
ual heat is the affection of love j here the affection of the
love of truth : and he who acts from the affection of the love
of truth, acts also from an aversion to falsity ; for which

No. 2i8.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 215

reason these things are signified by " repent." "Zeal " in
the Word, when the Lord is spoken of, signifies love and
wrath : love, John ii. 17 ; Ps. lxix. 9 j Isa. xxxvii. 32 j briii
15 ; Ez. xxxix. 25 ; Zech. i. 14; viii. 2 : wrath, Deut
xxxii. 16, 21 j Ps. lxxix. 5, 6 ; Ez. viii. 18 ; xxiii. 25 ; Zepb
i. 18 ; iii. 8. But zeal with the Lord is not wrath ; it only
appears in externals as if it were : interiorly it is love.
The reason that it appears in externals as if it were wrath
is that it appears as if the Lord was .wrathful when He
reproves man, especially when his evil punishes him ; which
is permitted from love, that his evil may be removed. He
is altogether like a parent, who, if he loves his children,
permits chastisement in order to remove their evils. From
these things it is manifest why Jehovah calls Himself
zealous [jealous] (Deut. iv. 24 ; v. 9, 10 ; vi. 14, 15).

217. Behold, I stand at the door and knock, signifies that
the Lord is present to even- one in the Word, and is earnest
there to be received, and teaches how. Things similar to
these are said by the Lord in Luke : Ye shall be like unto
men that wait for their Lord, when He will return from the
wedding ; that when he cometh and knocketh, they may open
unto Hi?n iijimcdiately (xii. 36). That " a door " signifies ad-
mission and entrance may be seen above (n. 176).

218. If any one hear my voice, a?id open the door, signifies
he who believes the Word, and lives according to it. " To
hear the voice " is to believe the Word, for the Divine
Truth of the Word is the voice of Jehovah (n. 37, 50) : and
" to open the door " is to live according to it ; since the
door is not opened, and the Lord. received, by only hearing
the voice, but by living according to it : for the Lord says,
He that hath my commandments, and doeth them, I will mani-
fest Myself to him, and will come unto him, and make my
abode with him (John xiv. 21-24). That a man ought to
open the door as of himself, by shunning evils as sins, and
doing goods, is shown in the " Doctrine of Life for the New
Jerusalem j " and that it is so, is also manifest from the

2l6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. I1L

Lord's words here, "If any one open ; " also from His words,
Luke xii. 36.

219. I will come in unto him, and will sup with him, and
he with Me, signifies that the Lord conjoins Himself to them
and them to Himself. " To come in and sup with him,"
signifies to conjoin Himself to him : and because there
must be reciprocity that there may be conjunction, it is also
said, " and he with Me." That being conjoined is signified
by " coming in and supping," is manifest from the Holy
Supper instituted by the Lord ; by which is effected the
Lord's presence with those who hear His voice, that is, who
believe the Word ; but conjunction with them that live ac-
cording to the Word. To live according to the Word, is
to repent and believe on the Lord. It is said " to sup," and
"the Lord's Supper," because supper takes place in the
evening ; and by the evening the last period of the church
is signified : on which account, when the Lord departed
out of the world, — and then was the last period of the
church, — He supped with the disciples, and instituted
the Sacrament of the Supper. That " evening " signifies
the last period of an old church, and " morning " the first
of a new church, may be seen above (n. 151).

220. To him that overcometh. That it signifies those who
are in conjunction with the Lord by a life according to
His precepts in the Word, is manifest from what is said
above.

221. Will I grant to sit with Me on my throne, signifies
that they will have conjunction with the Lord in heaven.
That " the Lord's throne " is heaven, may be seen above
(n. 14) ; and therefore " to sit with the Lord on His throne "
signifies conjunction with Him in Heaven.

222. As I overcame, and sit with My Father on His throne,
signifies, as He and the Father are One, and are heaven.
That the Father and the Lord are One is fully shown in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord ; "
also elsewhere that heaven is not heaven from the things

No. 222.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

217

belonging to the angels, but from the Divine of the Lord,
which is in the angels and with them : on which account
by this, " as I sit with the Father on His throne," is signi-
fied as He and the Father are One, and are heaven.
" Throne " is heaven (n. 14, 221). " As I overcame," sig-
nifies that by the temptations admitted into His Human,
and by the last of them, which was the passion of the cross,
also by fulfilling all the things of the Word, He conquered
the hells and glorified His Human, that is, united it to His
Divine, which was in Him from conception, and is called
Jehovah the Father : on which subjects see the foremen-
tioned " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the
Lord " (n. 8-14, 29-36) ; and also above (n. 67). The
reason that the Lord says, " To him that overcometh will
I grant to sit with Me on my throne, as I overcame and
sit with My Father on His throne," is that the Lord's union
with the Father, that is, with His Divine in Himself, had
for its end that man might be conjoined to the Divine
which is called the Father in the Lord, because it is im-
possible that a man may be conjoined to the Divine of the
Father immediately, but mediately through His Divine
Human, which is the Divine Natural : on which account
the Lord says, No one hath seen God at any time ; the Only-
begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath
brought Him forth (John i. 18). And again : I am the way,
the truth, and the life: no one cometh to the Father but by
Me (John xiv. 6). The conjunction of the Lord with man
is by His Divine Truth ; and this in a man is the Lord's,
and thus the Lord ; and is not at all the man's, and thus
not the man. The man indeed feels it as his ; yet it is
still not his, for it is not united to him, but is adjoined. It
is otherwise with the Divine of the Father. This is not
adjoined, but united, to the Lord's Human, as the soul is to
its body. He who understands this can understand the
following words of the Lord : He that abideth in Me, and I
in him, beareth much fruit ; for without Me ye can do nothing
vol. 1. 10

2l8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. 111.

(John xv. 4, 5). I?i that day ye shall know that I attain my
Father, and ye in Me, and I in you (John xiv. 20). And
this : Sanctify them in thy truth ; thy Word is truth : for
them I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified in the
truth : that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me,
and I in Thee ; that they also i7iay be one i?i us : I in them,
and Thou in Afe (John xvii. 17, 19, 21, 23).

223. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
taith unto the churches, signifies that he who understands
should obey the things which the Divine Truth of the Word
teaches to those who will be of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem \ as above (n. 87).

224. TO THESE THINGS I WILL ADD THIS RELATION.

I saw an assembly of spirits, all upon their knees, praying
to God, that He would send angels to them, with whom
they might speak face to face, and to whom they might
open the thoughts of their heart ; and when they rose,
there were seen three angels in fine linen standing in their
presence. And they said, " The Lord Jesus Christ has
heard your prayers, and has therefore sent us to you. Open
to us the thoughts of your heart." And they answered,
" The priests have told us that in theological matters not
the understanding, but faith, has efficacy ; and that intel-
lectual faith is not profitable to any one in those things,
because it springs from the man. We are Englishmen,
and we have heard many things from our sacred ministry,
which we believed : but when we have spoken with others,
who also called themselves Reformed, and with others
who called themselves Roman Catholics, and again with
sectarians, they all appeared to us learned, and yet in
many things not one agreed with another ; and still they
all said, Believe us ; and some, We are God's ministers^
and we know. Yet as we knew that the Divine truths

No. 224.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 219

which are called those of faith, and are those of the church,
are not any one's by birthright alone, nor from inheritance,
but out of heaven from God ; and as they show the way
to heaven, and enter the life together with the good of
charity, and thus lead to life eternal, we became anxious,
and prayed upon our knees to God." Then the angels
answered, " Read the Word, and believe on the Lord, and
you will see the truths which must be of your faith and
life. From the Word as from the only fountain all in
the Christian world draw their doctrinal tenets." But
two of the assembly said, " We have read, but we did not
understand." And the angels answered, " Ypu did not
go to the Lord, and you have also confirmed yourselves
in falsities." And the angels said further, "What is faith
without light? and what is thinking without understand-
ing? It is not human. Ravens and magpies even can
learn to speak without understanding. We can assure
you, that every man, whose soul desires it, can see the
truths of the Word in light. There is not found an ani-
mal, that does not know the food of its life when he sees it.
And man is a rational and spiritual animal. He sees the
food of his life, — not so much that of his body, but of his
soul, which is the truth of faith, — if he hungers for it,
and seeks it from the Lord. Whatever also is not received
by the understanding, does not abide in the memory as to
the matter, but only as to the words. On which account,
when we have looked down from heaven into the world,
we have not seen any thing, but have only heard sounds,
the most of them inharmonious. But we will enumerate a
few things which the learned of the clergy have removed
from the understanding ; not knowing that there are two
ways to the understanding, — one from the world, and the
other from heaven ; and that the Lord withdraws the un-
derstanding from the world, when He enlightens it. But
if the understanding is closed from religion, the way to
it from heaven is closed, and then the man sees nothing

220

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IIL

more in the Word than the blind. We have seen many
such, that had sunk into pitfalls ; out of which they did
not rise. Let examples serve for illustration : Can you
not understand what charity is, and what faith is ? that
charity is to act well with the neighbor, and that faith is
to think well concerning God and concerning the essen-
tials of the church ? and hence that he who acts well and
believes well, that is, who lives well and thinks well, is
saved ? " To these things they said that they understood
them. The angels further said, " Do you not understand
that a man must repent from sins that he may be saved ?
and that unless a man repents, he remains in the sins
in which he was born ? and that to repent is, not to will
evils because they are against God, and to search one's
self once or twice a year, to see one's evils, to confess
them before the Lord, to implore help, to desist from them,
and to enter upon a new life ? and as far as he does this,
and believes on the Lord, so far his sins are remitted ? "
Some of the company then said, "We understand these
things, and so also what the remission of sins is." And
they then asked the angels to inform them further ; and
now especially concerning God, concerning the immortal-
ity of the soul, concerning regeneration, and concerning
baptism. To these things the angels replied, "We will
X not say any thing but what you understand ; otherwise our
discourse falls like rain upon the sand, and into the seeds
there, which, however irrigated from heaven, still wither
and perish." And concerning God they said: "All who
come into heaven are allotted a place there, and thence
eternal joy, according to their idea of God ; because this
idea reigns universally in all the things of worship. The
idea of an invisible God is not determined to any one, nor
terminated in any one ; for which reason it comi:s to an
end and perishes. The idea of God as a spirit, when spirit
is believed to be like ether or wind, is an empty idea.
But the idea of God as a Man is the just idea. For God

No. 224.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

22 1

is Divine Love and Divine Wisdom, with every quality of
them ; and the subject of these is Man, and not ether or
wind. In heaven the idea of God is the idea of the Lord.
He is the God of heaven and earth, as He taught. Let
your idea of God be similar to ours, and we shall be conso-
ciated." When they said these things, their faces shone.
Concerning the Immortality of the Soul they said : " Man
liv'es for ever, because he is capable of being conjoined to
God by love and faith : of this every one is capable. That
this capability makes the immortality of the soul, you can
understand, if you think concerning it a little more deeply.
Concerning Regeneration : " Who does not see that every
man has freedom to think of God, and not to think of
Him 1 provided he has been instructed that there is a God ?
Every one thus has freedom in spiritual things equally as
in civil and moral things. This the Lord continually gives
to all ; on which account one becomes guilty, if he does
not think. Man is man from this ability ; but a beast is
a beast from not having this ability. For which reason a
man can reform and regenerate himself as of himself, pro-
vided he in heart acknowledges that it is from the Lord.
Every one who repents, and believes on the Lord, is being
reformed and regenerated. A man must do both as of
himself ; but the as of himself is from the Lord. It is true
that the man cannot contribute any thing to this, not in the
least : but yet you were not created statues ; but you were
created men, that you may do this from the Lord as of
yourselves. This is the one return of love and faith, which
the Lord constantly wishes that man should make to Him.
In a word, do of yourselves, and believe that it is from the
Lord : you thus do as of yourselves." But the Englishmen
then asked whether to do as of himself was implanted in
man from creation ? An angel answered, " It was not
implanted, because to do of one's self belongs to God alone;
but it is continually given, that is, continually adjoined :
and so far as the man then does good and believes truth

222

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. III.

as of himself, he is an angel of heaven ; but so far as he does
evil and thence believes falsity, which also is as of himself,
so far he is an angel of hell. You wonder that this also
is as of himself j but still you see it, when you pray to be
protected from the devil, lest he should seduce you, — lest
\ he should enter into you as he did into Judas, fill you with
all iniquity, and destroy both soul and body. But every
one becomes guilty, who believes that he does either good
or evil of himself; but he does not become guilty, who
believes that he acts as of himself." Concerning Baptism
they said, that it is a spiritual washing, which is reforma
tion and regeneration ; and that an infant is reformed and
regenerated, when, having become adult, he does the things
which the sponsors promised for him, which are two, —
repentance, and faith in God. For they promise, first, that
he shall reject the devil and all his works ; and second,
that he shall believe in God. All infants in heaven are
initiated into these two ; but to them the devil is hell, and
God is the Lord. Besides, Baptism is a sign before the
angels, that a man is within the church. On hearing
these things, some of the company said, " These things we
understand." But a voice was heard at the side, crying,
" We do not understand ; " and another voice, " We do not
wish to understand." And it was asked from whom those
voices came ; and it was found that they were from those
who had confirmed themselves in falsities of faith, and
who wished to be believed as oracles, and thus to be
adored. The angels said, " Do not wonder ; there are
very many such at this day. They appear to us 'rom
heaven like carved images, made with such art as to be
able to move the lips, and to make sounds like organs ;
and they do not know whether the breath by which they
sound is from hell or from heaven, because they do not
know whether a thing is false or true. They reason and
reason ; they also confirm and confirm: nor in regard to
any thing do they see whether it is so. But you may know

No. 224.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 223

that human ingenuity can confirm whatever it wishes, even
till it appears as if it were so : and therefore heretics can
do this ; the impious can ; yea, atheists can prove that
there is no God, but nature alone." After these things
that assembly of Englishmen, enkindled with the desire
of being wise, said to the angels, " They speak such vari-
ous things concerning the Holy Supper, tell us what the
truth is." The angels said, "The truth is, that the man
who looks to the Lord and repents, is by that most holy
sacrament conjoined to the Lord, and introduced into
heaven." But some of the company said, " This is a mys-
tery." And the angels answered, " It is a mystery, but
still such as can be understood. The Bread and Wine do
not effect this : there is not any thing holy in them : but
material bread and heavenly bread correspond to each
other, and so do material wine and heavenly wine ; and
heavenly bread is the holy of love, and heavenly wine is
the holy of faith," — both of them from the Lord, and both
the Lord. There is thence conjunction of the Lord with man
and of man with the Lord ; not with the bread and wine,
but with the love and faith of the man who had repented :
and conjunction with the Lord is also introduction into
heaven." And after the angels taught them something
concerning correspondence and its effect, they of the
assembly said, "Now for the first time we understand."
And when they said, we understand, behold, a flaming
light descending from heaven consociated them with the
angels, and they loved one another.

224

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

CHAPTER FOURTH.

1. After these things I saw, and behold, a door opened
in heaven : and the first voice which I heard, as of a trumpet
speaking with me, said, Come up hither, and I will show
thee the things which must be hereafter.

2. And immediately I was in the spirit ; and behold, a
throne was set in heaven, and upon the throne One sitting.

3. And He that sat was in appearance like a jasper and
a sardine stone : and a rainbow was around the throne, in
appearance like an emerald.

4. And around the throne were twenty-four thrones ; and
upon the thrones I saw twenty-four elders sitting arrayed
in white garments, and upon their heads golden crowns.

5. And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thun-
ders and voices ; and there were seven lamps of fire burning
before the throne, which are the seven spirits of God.

6. And before the throne was a sea of glass like unto
crystal. And in the midst of the throne and around the
throne were four animals full of eyes before and behind.

7. And the first animal was like a lion, and the second
animal like a calf, and the third animal having a face like
a man, and the fourth animal like a flying eagle.

8. And the four animals, each by himself, had six wings
about him : and they were full of eyes within : and they
had no rest day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy Lord
God Almighty, who was and who is and who is to come.

9. And when the animals gave glory and honor and
thanks to Him that sat upon the throne, who liveth for
ever and ever,

Chap. IV.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

225

10. The twenty -four elders fell down before Him that
sat upon the throne, and worshipped Him that liveth for
ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne,
saying,

11. Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honor
and power : for thou hast created all things ; and by thy
will they are, and were created.

THE SPIRITUAL SEXSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The subject
treated of is the arrangement and preparation of all things
in heaven for the judgment, which is to be executed from the
Word and according to it : also the acknowledgment that
the Lord is the only judge.

The Contents of each Verse. " After these things I
saw, and behold, a door opened in heaven," signifies a
manifestation concerning the arrangement of the heavens
by the Lord for the last judgment, which is to be executed
according to His Divine truths in the Word. " And the
first voice which I heard, as of a trumpet speaking with me,
said, Come up hither," signifies the Divine influx, and thence
elevation of mind, and manifest perception then. " And I
will show thee the things which must be hereafter," signifies
revelations concerning the things that are to be before the
last judgment, and concerning that, and the things after it.
" And immediately I was in the spirit," signifies that he was
let into a spiritual state, in which the things that exist in
heaven manifestly appear. " And behold, a throne was set
in heaven," signifies the judgment in a representative form.
" And upon the throne One sitting," signifies the Lord.
"And He that sat was in appearance like a jasper and a
sardine stone," signifies the appearance of the Lord's
Divine Wisdom and Divine Love in ultimates. " And a
rainbow was around the throne in appearance like an

10*

226

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

emeiald," signifies their appearance also around the Lord.
" And around the throne were twenty-four thrones ; and
upon the thrones I saw twenty-four elders sitting," signifies
the arrangement of all things in heaven for the judgment.
" Arrayed in white garments," signifies from the Divine
truths of the Word. " And they had upon their heads
golden crowns," signifies the things which are of wisdom
from love. " And out of the throne proceeded lightnings
and thunders and voices," signifies enlightenment, perception,
and instruction from the Lord. " And there were seven
lamps of fire before the throne, which are the seven spirits
o£ God," signifies a New Church thence in heaven and on
earth from the Lord through the Divine Truth proceeding
from Him. " And before the throne was a sea of glass
like unto crystal," signifies a New Heaven from Christians.
" And in the midst of the throne and around the throne
were four animals," signifies the Lord's Word from first
things to ultimates, and its guards. " Full of eyes before
and behind," signifies the Divine Wisdom therein. " And
the first animal was like a lion," signifies the Divine Truth
of the Word as to power. " And the second animal like a
calf," signifies the Divine Truth of the Word as to affection.
" And the third animal having a face like a man," signifies
the Divine Truth of the Word as to Wisdom. " And the
fourth animal like a flying eagle," signifies the Divine Truth
of the Word as to knowledges, and thence understanding.
"And the four animals, each by himself, had six wings
about him," signifies the Word as to its powers and as to
its guards. " And they were full of eyes within," signifies
the Divine Wisdom in the Word in the natural sense from
its spiritual and heavenly (celestial) sense. " And they
had no rest day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy Lord
God Almighty," signifies that the Word continually teaches
the Lord, and that He alone is God, and hence that He
alone is to be worshipped. "Who was and who is and
who is to come,'" signifies the Lord. " And when the animals

No. 225.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

227

gave glory and honor and thanks to Him that sat upon the
throne," signifies that the Word ascribes all truth and all
good and all worship to the Lord who is to judge. "Who
liveth for ever and ever," signifies that the Lord alone is life,
and that eternal life is from Him alone. " The twenty-four
elders fell down before Him that sat upon the throne, and
worshipped Him that liveth for ever and ever," signifies the
humiliation of all in heaven before the Lord. "And cast
their crowns before the throne," signifies the acknowledgment
that their wisdom is from Him alone. " Saying, Thou art
Worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honor and power,"
signifies the confession that unto the Lord, because He is
the Divine Truth and the Divine Good, the kingdom belongs
from merit and justice. " For thou hast created all things, and
by thy will they are, and were created," signifies that all the
things of heaven and the church were made and formed, and
that men are reformed and regenerated, from the Lord's
Divine Love through His Divine Wisdom, or from the Divine
Good through the Divine Truth, which also is the Word.

THE EXPLANATION.

225. After these things I sa7V, and behold, a door opened in
heaven, signifies a manifestation concerning the arrangement
of the heavens by the Lord for the last judgment, which is
to be executed according to His Divine truths in the Word.
By a door opened, when speaking of heaven, is signified
admittance, as above (n. 176); here also manifestation,
because he says, M I saw, and behold." And because the
things were then seen that are related in this chapter,
which are concerning the arrangement of the heavens for
the last judgment by the Lord, to be executed according
to His Divine truths in the Word, therefore by "I saw, and
behold, a door opened in heaven," a manifestation concern*
ing those things is signified.

228

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

226. And the first voice which I heard, as of a trumpet
speaking with 7ne, said, Come up hither ; signifies the Di-
vine influx, and thence elevation of mind, and manifest
perception then. That a voice, when it is heard from
heaven, is the Divine Truth flowing in, may be seen above
(ii. 37, 50), and thus the Divine influx; and that by "a
voice like a trumpet " is signified manifest perception, see
also above (n. 37); and by "come up hither" is signified
elevation of the mind. For in the spiritual world the higher
one ascends, into so much the purer light does he come, by
which the understanding is by degrees opened 5 that is, the
mind is elevated. For which reason it follows also, that he
was then in the spirit ; by which is meant that he was let
into a spiritual state, in which the things that are in the
heavens manifestly appear. The reason that that voice
was heard like a trumpet is because the arrangement of
the heavens for the last judgment is treated of ; and voices
like trumpets are heard in heaven, when convocations and
arrangements are made. On which account also among the
sons of Israel, with whom all things were representative of
heaven and the church, it was ordained that trumpets of
silver should be made, and that the sons of Aaron -should
sound them, for the convocations, for the journeyi?igs, on days
of gladness, on festivals, at the beginnings of the months, over
the sacrifices, for a memorial, and for war (Num. x. 1-10).
But trumpets and the sounding of them will be spoken of in
the explanation of chapter eighth, where the seven angels to
whom seven trumpets were given, will be treated of.

227. And I will show thee the things which micst be here-
after, signifies revelations concerning the things that are to
be before the last judgment, and concerning that, and the
things after it. These things are signified, because no other
subject is treated of in the Apocalypse but the state of the
church at its end ; and thus concerning the things that are
to be before the last judgment, concerning that, and the
things after it ; as was said above (n. 2).

No. 229.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

229

228. And immediately I was in the spirit, signifies that he
was let into a spiritual state, in which the things that exist
in heaven manifestly appear. That to " be in the spirit "
is to be let into a spiritual state from Divine influx, also
what a spiritual state is, and what its quality, and that a
man may in that state see the things that are in the spiritual
world as manifestly as in the natural state of the body he
sees those whicn are in this world, may be seen above (n. 36).

229. A?id behold, a throne was set in heaven, signifies
the judgment in a representative form. That "a throne"
signifies heaven may be seen (n. 14). That a throne also
signifies judgment is manifest from these passages : When
the Son of Man shall come in His glory, and all the holy
angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His
glory (Matt. xxv. 31, &c). The last judgment is here
treated of. O Jehovah, thou hast judged me, thou sattest
upon the throne a judge of justice. Jehovah will prepare His
th?'o?ie for judgment (Ps. ix. 4, 7, 8). I saw when the Ancient
of Days did sit ; His throne was as a flame of fire; a thousand
and thousands ministered u?ito Him, and a myriad of myriads
stood before Hhn : the judgment was in session and the books
were opened (Dan. vii. 9, 10). Jerusalem is built ; thither
the tribes go up; and there are set thrones for judgment
(Ps. cxxii. 3, 5). I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and
judgment was given u?ito them (Apoc. xx. 4). The throne
built by Solomon, mentioned 1 Kings x. 18-20, signified
both kingdom and judgment ; since kings, when they ex-
ecuted judgment, sat upon thrones. It is said that the
throne signifies judgment in a representative form, because
the things which John saw were visions which represented.
They were seen as he has described ; but they were forms
representative of future things, as may be evident from
what follows j as that there were seen animals, a dragon,
oeasts, a temple, the tabernacle, the ark, and many other
things. Similar were the things which were seen by the
prophets, spoken of above (n. 36).

23O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

230. And upon the throne One sitting. That it signifies
the Lord is plainly manifest from what follows, and from
the passages in the Word where it is said that the Lord
will execute judgment; as Matt. xxv. 32, &c. ; John v. 22,
27 ; and elsewhere.

231. And He that sat was in appearance like a jasper and
a sardine stone, signifies the appearance of the Lord's Divine
Wisdom and Divine Love in ultimates. " A stone " in the
Word signifies truth in ultimates, and a precious stone truth
transparent from good (n. 915). There are two colors that
are fundamental of the rest in the spiritual world, white and
red. White derives its origin from the light of the Sun in
heaven, and thus from spiritual light, which is bright-white ;
and red derives its origin from the fire of the Sun there, and
thus from heavenly (celestial) light, which is flamy. The
spiritual angels, because they are in the truths of wisdom
from the Lord, are in that bright- white light \ on which
account they are clothed in white : and the heavenly angels,
because they are in the goods of love from the Lord, are in
that flamy light ; for which reason they are clothed in red.
Hence these two colors are also in the precious stones in
heaven, where they are in great abundance. From this it
is, that precious stones in the Word signify such things as
are either of the truth of wisdom or of the good of love ; and
that the jasper, because it is bright- white, signifies the things
which are of the truth of wisdom, and the sardius, because
it is red, the things which are of the good of love. The
reason that these stones signify the appearance of the Divine
Wisdom and the Divine Love in ultimates, is that all precious
stones in heaven derive their origin from the ultimates of
the Word, and their transparency from the spiritual sense
of the 'ultimates there. That it is so, may be seen in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture " (n. 44, 45). The ultimates of the Word are
the truths and goods of its literal sense. That this is the
origin of the precious stones in heaven can hardly be believed

No. 233.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

23I

by any one in our world, because he does not know that all
the things which exist in the spiritual world are correspond-
ences, and that all the things which exist in the natural
world derive therefrom their spiritual origin. That the origin
of the precious stones in heaven is from this, it has been
given me tD know from discourse with the angels, and to
see also with my eyes ; but the formation of these is from
the Lord alone. But the black colors derive their origin
from hell ; which are also two ; the one opposite to white,
— this blackness is with those who have falsified the truths
of the Word ; the other opposite to red, — this blackness is
with those who have adulterated the goods of the Word.
The latter blackness is diabolical, but the former satanic.
What the jasper and the sardius signify may be further seen
in the explanation of chapter xxi. vers. 11, 18-20.

232. And a rainbow was around the throne, in appeara?ice
like an emerald, signifies their appearance also around the
Lord. In the spiritual world there appear rainbows of many
kinds. They appear of many colors, as on earth ; and they
appear of one color. This was of one color, as it is said to
have been like an emerald. This appearance was around
the Lord, because it is said to have been around the throne.
Around Him is also in the angelic heaven. The Divine
sphere which surrounds the Lord, is from His Divine Love
and at the same time His Divine Wisdom j which, when it
is represented in the heavens, appears in the heavenly
kingdom to be red like a ruby, in the spiritual kingdom to
be blue like the lapis-lazuli, and in the natural kingdom to
be green like the emerald ; everywhere with ineffable splen-
dor and radiance.

233. A?id around the thro?ie were twenty-four thrones, and
upon the thrones I saw twe?ity -four elders sitting, signifies the
arrangement of all things in heaven for the last judgment
He who does not know the spiritual sense of the Word, and
at the same time the genuine truths of the church, may be-
lieve that when the last judgment shall come, the Lord will

232 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

sit upon a throne ; and that around Him will be other judges,
also upon thrones. But he who knows the spiritual sense
of the Word, and at the same time the genuine truths of the
church, knows that the Lord will not then sit upon a throne,
nor have other judges around Him ; yea, that the Lord will
not judge any one to hell, but that He will cause the Word
to judge every one ; the Lord directing, in order that all
things may be done according to justice. The Lord indeed
says, The Father judgeth no 07ie, but hath given all judg-
ment tmto the Son; and hath given Him power to execute
judgi?ient, because He is the Son of Man (John v. 22, 27).
But He says elsewhere, / came not to judge the world, but to
save the world : the Word which I have spoken, that shall judge
him at the last day (John xii. 47, 48). These two agree,
when it is known that the Son of Man is the Lord as to the
Word ; see above (n. 44). Wherefore the Word is to judge,
the Lord directing. That by the twelve tribes of Israel and
their elders are signified all who are of the church of the
Lord in the heavens and on earth, and abstractly all the truths
and goods therein, may be seen (n. 251, 349, 369, 808) ; and
that the same is signified by the apostles (n. 79, 790, 903.)
It is manifest from this what is signified by these words of
the Lord : Jesus said to the disciples, Ye who have followed
Me, when the Son of Man shall sit upon the throne of His
glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve
tribes of Israel (Matt. xix. 28 ; Luke xxii. 30). By " twelve "
is signified all, and it is predicated of the truths and goods
of heaven and the church (n. 348) ; the same is signified by
" twenty-four : " for which reason the twelve apostles and
the twenty-four elders signify all the things of the church ;
and the twelve and also the twenty-four thrones signify all
judgment. Who cannot understand that the apostles and
elders are not to judge ? and that they cannot ? It may now
be evident from these things, why thrones and elders are
mentioned where judgment is treated of; as also in Isaiah:
Jehovah shall come to judgment with the elders of His people

No. 236.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

233

(iii. 14). In David : Jerusalem is built, and thither the tribes
go up, ana7 there are set the thrones for judgment (Ps. exxii.
3-5). And in the Apocalypse : I saw thrones, and they sat
upon the?n, and judgment was given unto them (xx. 4).

234. Arrayed in white garments, signifies from the Divine
truths of the Word. That "white garments " signify th?
genuine truths of the Word, may be seen above (n. 166, 212).

235. And they had upon their heads golden crowns, signifies
the things which are of wisdom from love. That a crown
signifies wisdom, may be seen above (n. 189) : and that gold
signifies the good of love (n. 211, 913). Hence a golden
crown signifies wisdom from love. Since all the things
of heaven and the church, which are signified by the
twenty-four elders, are from that wisdom, golden crowns
were therefore seen- upon their heads. It is to be known
that the spiritual sense is abstract from persons ; as above
(n. 78, 79, 96), so also here.

236. And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and
thunders and voices, signifies enlightenment, perception, and
instruction, from the Lord. Lightnings, from the flame affect-
ing the eyes, signify enlightenment ; and thunders, from the
crash affecting the ears, signify perception ; and when these
signify enlightenment and perception, then voices signify
instruction. These were seen to proceed out of the throne,
because from the Son of Man, or from the Lord as to the
Word, and all enlightenment, perception, and instruction
come from the Lord through the Word. Similar things are
signified by lightnings, thunders, and voices elsewhere in
the Word ; as in these places : Ihou hast with thine arm
redeemed thy people : the shies sent out a voice ; the voice of
thunder woit into the world ; the lightnings enlightened the
world (Ps. lxxvii. 15, 17, 18). The lightnings of 'Jehovah
shall enlighten the world (Ps. xcvii. 3, 4). Thou calledst upon
Me in siraitness, and J rescued thee : I answered thee in the
secret place of the thunder (Ps. lxxxi. 7). /heard a voice of a
great multitude, as a sound of mighty thunders, saying, Hal-

234

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. IV.

lelujah,for &ur Lord God omnipotent reigneth (Apoc. xix. 6).
Because enlightenment, perception, and instruction are
signified by lightnings, thunders, and voices, when there-
fore Jehovah descended upon Mount Sinai, and promulgated
the Law, the7-e were lightnings a?id voices (Ex. xix. i6)„
And when a voice was sent down from heaven to the Lord, it
was heard as thwider (John xii. 28, 29). And as James
and John represented charity and its works, and all percep-
tion of truth and good is from these, they were called by
the Lord Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder (Mark iii. 17).
From these things it is manifest that similar things are
signified by lightnings, thunders, and voices, in the follow-
ing places in the Apocalypse : I heard a voice from the four
animals, as it were a voice of thunder (vi. 1). / heard a
voice out of heave7i as a voice of great thunder (xiv. 2). When
the angel cast the censer unto the earth, there were thunders,
voices, and lightnings (viii. 5). When the angel cried out, seven
thunders uttered their voices (x. 3, 4). When the temple of
God was opened in heaven, there were lightnings, and voices,
and thunders (xi. 19) : in like manner elsewhere.

237. And there were seven lamps of fire before the throne,
which are the seven spirits of God, signifies a New Church
thence in heaven and on earth from the Lord through the
Divine Truth proceeding from Him. By " the seven lamps "
here the same is signified as by " the seven candlesticks,"
also by "the seven stars," above. That by the seven
candlesticks is meant a New Church on earth, which will be
in enlightenment from the Lord, may be seen above (n. 43) ;
and that by the seven stars is meant a New Church in the
heavens (n. 65). And as the church is a church from the
Divine which proceeds from the Lord, which is the Divine
Truth, and is called the Holy Spirit, it is therefore said,
" which are the seven spirits of God." That by the seven
spirits of God that proceeding Divine is signified, may
be seen above (n. 14, 155).

236. And before the throne was a sea of glass like unto

No. 238.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

235

crystal, signifies a New Heaven from the Christians who
were in general truths from the literal sense of the Word.
In the spiritual world there appear atmospheres, and also
waters, as in our worjd, — atmospheres as if ethereal, where
the angels of the highest heaven are ; atmospheres as if
aerial, where the angels of the middle heaven are ; and
atmospheres as if watery, where the angels of the ultimate
heaven are. And the latter are the seas which appear in
the boundaries of heaven ; and those are there, who are in
general truth's from the literal sense of the Word. That
waters signify truths, maybe seen above (n. 50) : hence the
sea, in which the waters terminate and are collected, signifies
the Divine Truth in its boundaries. Since, therefore, by
Him that sat upon the throne the Lord is meant (n. 230) ;
and by the seven lamps, which are the seven spirits of God
before the throne, the New Church which will be in Divine
Truth from the Lord (n. 237) \ it is manifest that by the sea
of glass which was before the throne, is meant the church
with those who are in the borders. The seas in the boun-
daries of the heavens it has also been given me to see, and
to speak with those who were there, and thus to know by ex-
perience the truth of this matter. They were seen by me as
in the sea ; but they said that they were not in a sea, but in
an atmosphere : from which it was manifest to me, that the
sea is the appearance of the Divine Truth proceeding from
the Lord in the boundaries. That there are seas in the
spiritual world is clearly manifest from the fact that they
were often seen by John, as here j also chap. v. 13 ; vii
1-3 ; viii. 8, 9 ; x. 2, 8 ; xii. 12 ; xiii. 1 ; xiv. 7 ; xv. 2 ; xvi.
3 ; xviii. 17, 19, 21 ; xx. 13. It is said, " a sea of glass like
unto crystal," from the transparency of the Divine Truth
proceeding from the Lord. Since the Divine Truth in the
boundaries in the spiritual world presents the appearance
of a sea therefore by sea elsewhere in the Word the same
is signiiieol ; as in these passages : In that day living waters
shall go out from Jerusalem, part of them to the eastern sea*

236

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

and part of them to the hinder sea (Zech. xiv. 8). "Living
waters from Jerusalem " are the Divine truths of the church
from the Lord ; hence the sea is where they terminate. O
Jehovah, thy way is in the sea, and thy, path in many Waters
(Ps. lxxvii. 19). Thus said Jehovah, who made a way in the
sea, and a path in ??ia?iy waters (Isa. xliii. 16). Jehovah
hath founded the world upon the seas, and established it upon
the streams (Ps. xxiv. 2). Jehovah hath founded the earth
upon its basis, that it may 7iot be removed for ever ; thou hast
covered it over with the abyss or sea as with a 'garment (Ps.
civ. 5, 6). That the earth is founded upon the sea denotes
that the church, which is meant by the earth, is founded
upon general truths ; for these are its basis and founda-
tions. I will dry up the sea of Babylon, a7id will make dry
her spring: the sea shall come up upon Babylon ; she shall be
covered by the multitude of its billows (Jer. li. 36, 42). By
drying up the sea of Babylon, and making dry its spring,
is signified to extinguish all the truth of that church from first
things to last. After Jehovah shall they go, and the sons from
the sea shall draw near with honor (Hos. xi. 10). "Sons
from the sea " are they who are in general or ultimate truths.
Jehovah, who buildeth His stairs in the heave?is, and calleth
the waters of the sea, and poureth them forth icpon the face
of the earth (Am. ix. 6). By the Word of Jehovah were
the heavens made ; He gathereth the waters of the sea to-
gether as a heap, He layeth up the abyss in store-houses
(Ps. xxxiii. 6, 7). By my rebuke I dry up the sea, I make
the rivers a desert (Isa. L 2 : besides other places). Si .ice
by the sea Divine truths with those who are in the bor< .ers
of heaven are signified, by Tyre, therefore, and Zidon, be-
cause they were by the sea, is signified the church as t( the
knowledges of good and truth : and therefore also by ' the
islands of the sea" those are signified who are in the i^ore
remote worship of the Lord (n. 34) ; and for that reason
" the sea " in the Hebrew tongue is " the west," tha: is,
where the sun's light goes into its evening, or truth intc»

No. 239.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 237

obscurity. That the sea signifies also man's natural sepa-
rated from his spiritual, and thus also hell, will be seen in
what follows.

239. And in the midst of the throne and around the
throne were four animals, signifies the Lord's Word from
first things to ultimates, and its guards. I know that men
will wonder that it is said that the four animals signify the
Word : but that this is their signification will be seen in
what follows. These animals are the same with " the
cherubs " in Ezekiel. There also, in chapter first, they are
called " animals but in the tenth chapter, " cherubs : "
and they were, like these, a lion, an ox, a man, and an
eagle. In the Hebrew language they are there called cha-
Joth, which word indeed signifies animals ; but it is derived
from chaja, which is life ; from which also Adam's wife was
called chaja (Gen. iii. 20). " Animal " also, in the singular
number, is called chaja in Ezekiel, on which account Ihose
animals may also be called living beings. Nor is it extraor-
dinary that the Word is described by animals, when the
Lord Himself is here and there in the Word called a Lion,
and often a Lamb ; and they who are in charity from the
Lord are called sheep ; and also the understanding of the
Word is called a horse in chapters that follow. That by
those animals or cherubs the Word is signified, is manifest
from the fact that they were seen in the midst of the throne
and around the throne ; and in the midst of the throne was
the Lord : and because the Lord is the Word, they could
not be seen anywhere else. That they were also around
the throne, was because they were in the angelic heaven,
where also the Word is. That the Word and its guards are
signified by cherubs is shown in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 97) ; wheie
are these words : " The literal sense of the Word is a guard
for the genuine truths which lie hid within ; and the pro-
tection lies in this, that that sense can be turned hither and
thither ; that is, be explained according to one's apprehen-

238 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

sion, and yet the internal of the Word not be injured or
violated by it. For it does no harm for the sense of the
letter to be understood by one otherwise than by another ;
but it does do harm, if the Divine truths which lie hid
within are perverted : for by this is violence offered to the
Word. Lest this should be done, the sense of the letter
acts as a guard ; and it is a guard with those who are in
falsities from religion, and do not confirm those falsities ,
for these do not offer any violence. This guard is signified
by cherubs, and is also described by them in the Word.
This guard is signified by the cherubs, which, after Adam
with his wife was cast out of the garden of Eden, were placed
at the entrance of it ; of which we read this : Whe?i Jeho-
vah God had drive?i out the man, He made cherubs to dwell
on the east of the garden of Eden, and the flame of a sword
turning itself hither and thither, to guard the way of the tree
of life (Gen. iii. 23, 24). By " the cherubs" is signified a
guard ; by " the way of the tree of life " is signified the en-
trance to the Lord, which men have through the Word ; by
" the flame of a sword turning itself hither and thither " is
signified the Divine Truth in ultimates, which is like the
Word in the literal sense, which may be so turned, as has
been said. The same is signified by " the cherubs of gold
placed over the two ends of the mercy-seat, which was over
the ark in the tabernacle" (Ex. xxv. 18-21). Because this
was signified by the cherubs, Jehovah therefore spake with
Moses between them (Ex. xxv. 22 ; xxx. 6 ; Num. vii. 89).
Nor is any thing else signified by the cherubs upon the cur-
tains of the tabernacle, and upon the vail there (Ex. xxvi. 1,
31) ; for the curtains and vails of the tabernacle represented
the ultimates of heaven and the church, and thus also the
altimates of the Word. Neither was any other thing signi-
fied by the cherubs in the midst of the Temple at Jerusalem
(1 Kings vi. 23-28) ; and by the cherubs carved upon the
walls and upon the doors of the Temple (1 Kings vi. 29, 32,
35) : and the same by the cherubs in the new temple (Ez. xli.

No 239.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 239

18-20). Since by the cherubs was signified a guard, that
the Lord, heaven, and the Divine Truth, such as it is inte-
riorly in the Word, should not be approached immediately,
but mediately through the ultimates, it is therefore said of
the king of Tyre : Thou that art co?7iplete in form, full of
wisdom and perfect in beauty ; thou hast been in Eden ; every
precious stone was thy covering : thou, O spreading cherub,
that cover eth : I have destroyed thee, O covering cherub, in the
midst of the stones of fire (Ez. xxviii. 12-14, 16). By Tyre
is signified the church as to the knowledges of truth and
good ; and hence by the king of it, the Word where and
whence those knowledges are. That the Word in its ulti-
mate, which is the sense of the letter, is here signified by the
king of Tyre, and a guard by the cherubs, is manifest ; for
it is said, " Thou that art complete in form ; every precious
stone was thy covering \ and thou, O spreading cherub,
that covereth." By the precious stones, which are also
named here, the truths of the literal sense of the Word are
signified (see n. 231). Since by the cherubs the Divine
Truth in the ultimates as a guard is signified, it is therefore
said in David, Shepherd of Israel, who sitteth upon the
cherubim, shine forth (Ps. lxxx. 1). Jehovah that is seated
upon the cherubim (Ps. xcix. 1). Jehovah bowed the heavens,
and came down, and rode upon the cherubs (Ps. xviii. 10, 11).
To ride upon the cherubs, to sit, and to be seated upon
them is upon the ultimate sense of the Word. The Divine
Truth in the Word, and its quality, are described by cherubs
in Ezekiel in chapters first, ninth, and tenth j and as no
one can know what is signified by the particulars of the
description of them, except him to whom the spiritual sense
has been opened, and as this has been disclosed to me, it
shall briefly be told what is signified by all those things
which are related concerning the four animals or cherubs
in the first chapter in Ezekiel, which are these : " The ex-
ternal Divine sphere of the Word is described (vers. 4) ; it
is represented as a man (vers. 5) ; conjoined with spiritual

240

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

and heavenly (celestial) things (vers. 6) ; the natural of the
Word, its quality (vers. 7) ; the spiritual and heavenly
of the Word conjoined to the natural, their quality (vers
8, 9) ; the Divine Love of good and truth, heavenly, spirit-
ual, and natural therein, distinctly and together (vers. 10,
t 1) ; that they regard one end (vers. 12) ; the sphere of the
Word from the Lord's Divine Good and Divine Truth, from
which the Word lives (vers. 13, 14) ; the doctrine of good
and truth in the Word and from the Word (vers. 15-21) ;
the Lord's Divine above it and in it (vers. 22, 23) ; and
from it (vers. 24, 25) j that the Lord is above the heavens
(vers. 26) ; that Divine Love and Divine Wisdom are His
(Vers. 27, 28)." This is a summary.

240. Full of eyes before and behind, signifies the Divine
Wisdom therein. By eyes, when speaking of man, the
understanding is signified ; and when of the Lord, His
Divine Wisdom (n. 48, 125): and the same when said of
the Word, as here, because the Word is from the Lord, and
concerning the Lord, and thus the Lord. The same is said
of the cherubs in Ezekiel, that they were full of eyes " (chap,
x. 12). By "before and behind," when speaking of the
Word from the Lord, the Divine Wisdom and the Divine
Love therein are signified.

241. And the first animal was like a lion, signifies the
Divine Truth of the Word as to power. That a lion signifies
truth in its power, here the Divine Truth of the Word as
to power, may be evident from the power of the lion above
every animal of the earth ; as also from the lions in the
spiritual world, that they are representative images of the
power of the Divine Truth ; and also from the Word, where
they signify the Divine Truth in its power. What the power
of the Divine Truth in the Word is, may be seen in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture" (n. 49), and in the work on "Heaven and Hell"
(n. 228-233). It is hence that Jehovah or the Lord is
compared to a lion, and is also called a lion ; as in the

No. 242.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

24I

following passages : The lion roareth, who would ?iot fear?
the Lord Jehovah hath spoken, who would not prophesy ?
(Am. iii. 8). / will not return to destroy Ephraim ; they
shall walk after Jehovah, as a lion He roareth (Hos. xi. 9, 10).
As the lion roareth, and the young lion, so shall Jehovah come
down to fght upo?i Mount Zion (Isa. xxxi. 4). Behold, the
Lion, which is of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, hath
conquered (Apoc. v. 5). Judah is a lion's whelp ; he couched,
he lay down like an old lion ; who shall stir him up ?
(Gen. xlix. 9). In these places the power of the Divine
Truth which is from the Lord is described by the lion.
"To roar" signifies to speak and act from power against
the hells, which wish to drag man away, and from which
the Lord delivers him, as a lion his prey. To couch is
to put himself into power. Judah in the highest sense
signifies the Lord (n. 96, 266). The angel cried with a great
voice as a lion roareth (Apoc. x. 3). He couched, he lay doivn
as an old lion ; who shall stir him up ? (Num. xxiv. 9). Lo,
the people rise up like an old lion, and lift themselves up as a
lion (Num. xxiii. 24). This is said of Israel, by whom the
church is signified, whose power, which is in Divine truths,
is thus described. In like manner, The remnant of Jacob
shall be in the midst of the peoples, as a lion among the beasts
of the forest, as a young lion among the flocks of the peoples
(Mic. v. 7, 8 : besides many other places, as Isa. xi. 6; xxi.
6-9 ; xxxv. 9 ; Jer. ii. 15 ; iv. 7 ; v. 6 ; xii. 8 ; 1. 17 ; li. 38 ; Ez.
xix. 3, 5, 6 ; Hos. xiii. 7, 8 ; Joel i. 6, 7 ; Nah. ii. 12 ; Ps.
xvii. 12 ; xxii. 13 ; lvii. 4 j lviii. 6 j xci. 13 ; civ. 21, 22 ;
Deut. xxxiii. 20).

242. And the second animal was like a calf, signifies the
Divine Truth of the Word as to affection. By the beasts
of the earth the various natural affections are signified :
tiny also are those affections ; and by a calf is signified
the affection of knowing. This affection is represented by
a calf in the spiritual world ; on which account it is also
signified by a calf in the Word ; as in Hosea : We will
vol. 1. II

242

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

repay to Jehovah the calves of our lips (xrv. 2). The "calves
of the lips " are confessions from affection for truth. In
Malachi : Unto you that fear my name shall the Sun of
Righteousness arise, with healing in His wings, that ye may
grow up as fattened calves (iv. 2). A comparison is made
with fattened calves, because those are signified by them
who are filled with the knowledges of truth and good from
the affection for knowing them. In David : The voice of
Jehovah maketh the cedars of Lebanon to skip as a calf
(Ps. xxix. 6). By the cedars of Lebanon the knowledges
of truth are signified: hence it is said that "the voice
of Jehovah maketh them to skip as a calf." The voice of
Jehovah is the Divine Truth, here affecting. As the
Egyptians loved knowledges, for that reason they made
to themselves calves for a sign of their affection for them.
But they afterwards began to- worship the calves as gods,
and then by them in the Word are signified the affections for
knowing falsities; as Jer. xlvi. 20, 21 ; Ps. lxviii. 30; and
elsewhere. The same is therefore signified by the calf
which the sons of Israel made to themselves in the desert
(Ex. xxxii.) ; the same also by the calves of Samaria
(1 Kings xii. 28-32 ; Hos. viii. 4, 5 ; x. 5) : on which ac-
count it is said in Hosea, They make to themselves a molten
thing of silver; sacrificing a man, they kiss the calves (xiii. 2).
To "make to themselves a molten thing of silver" signifies
to falsify truth ; to "sacrifice a man" signifies to destroy
wisdom; and to "kiss the calves" signifies to acknowledge
falsities from affection. In Isaiah : There shall the calf feed,
there shall he lie down, and co?isume its branches (xxvii. 10).
The same is signified by a calf in Jeremiah (xxxiv. 18-20).
Since all Divine worship is from the affections for truth and
good, and thence the knowledges of them, the sacrifices,
therefore, in which the worship of the church among the
sons of Israel principally consisted, were made from various
beasts, as from lambs, she-goats, kids, sheep, he-goats, calves,
oxen ; and from calves, because they signified the affection

No. 244.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

243

for knowing truths and goods, which is the first natural
affection. This was signified by the sacrifices from calves
(Ex. xxix. 11, 12 * Lev. iv. 3, 13, and the following verses ;
viii. 14, and following verses ; ix. 2 ; xvi. 3 ; xxiii. 18 ; Num.
viii. 8, &c. ; xv. 24; xxviii. 19, 20 ; Judg. vi. 25-28 ; 1 Sam.
i. 25 ; xvi. 2 ; 1 Kings xviii. 23-26, 33). The second animal
was seen like a calf, because the Divine Truth of the Word
which is signified by it, affects the natural mind, and so
instructs and imbues.

243. And the third animal having a face like a man,
signifies the Divine Truth of the Word as to wisdom. By
"a man " in the Word wisdom is signified, because he was
born that he might receive wisdom from the Lord, and
become an angel. Hence, as far as one is wise, so far
he is a man. Wisdom truly human is to be wise in these
things, — that there is a God, what God is, and what is
God's : these the Divine Truth of the Word teaches. That
wisdom is signified by a man, is manifest from these passages :
/ will 7nake a man more rare than pure gold, and man than the
gold of Ophir (Isa. xiii. 12). " A man " (vir-homo) is intelli-
gence, and "man" (homo) is wisdom. The inhabitants of the
earth shall be burnt, and few men shall be left (Isa. xxiv. 6).
/ will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with
the seed of man and the seed of beast (Jer. xxxi. 27). Ye my
flock, ye are ?iwi, Ia?n your God (Ez. xxxiv. 3 1). The wasted
cities shall be full of the flocks of men (Ez. xxxvi. 38). I
beheld the earth, and, lo, it was vacant and empty, and the
heavens, a?id there was no light ; and I beheld, when, lo, there
was no man (Jer. iv. 23, 25). They sacrifice a man, they kiss
the calves (Hos. xiii. 2). He measured the wall of the Holy
jferusalcm, a hundred and forty -four cubits, the measure of a
man, that is, of an angel (Apoc. xxi. 17 : besides many other
places, in which by " man " is signified he that is wise, and
in the abstract sense wisdom).

244. And the fourth animal was like a flying eagle, signifies
the Divine Truth of the Word as to knowledges, and thence

244 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV

understanding. Various things are signified by eagles, and
by flying eagles are signified the knowledges from which is
understanding ; since when they fly, they recognize and
see. They also have sharp eyes, that they may see clearly ;
and by the eyes is signified the understanding (n. 48, 214).
By flying is signified to perceive and to instruct j and in
the highest sense, which treats of the Lord, it signifies to
look out for and to provide. That eagles signify such things
in the Word, is manifest from these passages : They that
wait for Jehovah shall be renewed in strength, they shall
mount up with wings as eagles (Isa. xl. 31). "To mount
up with wings as eagles " is to be elevated into the knowl-
edges of truth and good, and thence into intelligence. Is it by
thy intelligence and according to thy word that the eagle lifteth
himself up, and searcheth out his foodl his eyes look forward
afar (Job xxxix. 26, 29). The faculty of knowing, of under-
standing, and of looking forward is here described by the
eagle, and that this is not from one's own intelligence.
jfehovah who satisfieth thy mouth with good, that thou mayest
be renewed in thy youth like the eagle (Ps. ciii. 5). "To
satisfy the mouth with good " is to give understanding by
knowledges : hence the comparison is made with the eagle.
A great eagle, great in wings, long in feathers, came tipon
Lebanon, and took a twig of a cedar, and put it in a fruitful
field, and it grew. And there was another great eagle, to
which the vine applied its roots (Ez. xvii. 1-8). By the two
eagles are here described the Jewish and Israelitish
churches, both of them as to the knowledges of truth and
intelligence thence. But in the opposite sense eagles
signify the knowledges of falsity, from which comes per-
verted understanding; as Matt. xxiv. 28 ; Jer. iv. 13 ; Hab.
i. 8 ; and elsewhere.

245. And the four animals, each by himself , had six wings
about him, signifies the Word as to its powers and as to its
guards. That the Word is signified by the. four animals
was shown above. That by wings powers aie signified, and

No. 245.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

245

also guards, will be seen below. By six is signified all as to
truth and good ; for six arises from three and two multiplied
by each other: and by three is signified all as to truth (n. 505);
and by two, all as to good (n. 762). By wings are signified
powers, because by them the birds raise themselves up, and
wings are to them in the place of arms with men • and powers
are signified by the arms. Since powers are signified by
wings, and each animal had six wings, from what is said
above it is manifest what power is signified by the wings of
each one ; namely, that by the wings of the lion the power
of fighting against evils and falsities from hell is signified ;
this power is of the Divine Truth of the Word from the Lord :
that by the wings of the calf is signified the power of affecting
the natural mind ; for the Divine Truth of the Word affects
those who read it in a holy state : that by the six wings of the
man is signified the power of being wise as to what God is and
what is God's ; for this power is peculiarly man's in reading
the Word : and that by the wings of the eagle is signified
the power of knowing truth and good, and thus of procuring
intelligence to one's self. We read in Ezekiel concerning
the wings of the cherubs, that the wings kissed each other,
and that they also covered their bodies, and that the likeness
of hands was wider them (i. 23, 24; iii. 13 ; x. 5, 21). By
kissing each other is signified to act conjointly and unani-
mously : by covering the bodies is signified to keep guard
lest the interior truths, which are those of the spiritual
sense of the Word, should be violated : and by the hands
under the wings are signified powers. Concerning the
Seraphim it is said also, that they had six wings, with two
of which they covered the face, with two the fed, and flew with
two (Isa. vi. 2). By the Seraphim in like manner the Word
is signified, properly doctrine from the Word ; and by the
wings with which they covered the face and the feet, guards
are in like manner signified ; and by the wings with which
they flew, powers, as above. That by flying is signified to
perceive and to instruct, and in the highest sense to look

246

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV,

out for and to provide, is also evident from these passages:
God rode upon a cherub. He did fly, and was borne upon the
wings of the wind (Ps. xviii. 10 ; 2 Sam. xxii. 11). I saw an
angel flying through the midst of heaven, having the ez'erlasting
gospel (Apoc. xiv. 6). That guards are signified by wings, is
manifest from these: Jehovah covereth thee under His wing
(Ps. xci. 4). To be hid ttnder the shadow of God's wings
(Ps. xvii. 8). To sit in the shadow of His wings (Ps. xxxvi.
7 ; lvii. 1 ; lxiii. 7). / spread a iving over thee, and covered
thy nakedness (Ez. xvi. 8). Unto you there shall be healing
in His wings (Mai. iv. 2). As the eagle stirreth up her nest,
broodeth over her young, spreadeth out her ivings, carrieth them
on her wings, so Jehovah leadeth Jmn (Deut. xxxii. 10-12).
Jesus said, O Jerusalem, how often would I have gathered
thy children together as a hen gathereth her chickens imder her
wings (Matt, xxiii. 37 ; Luke xiii. 34).

246. And they were full of eyes within, signifies the Divine
Wisdom in the Word in the natural sense from its spiritual
and heavenly (celestial) sense. That by the animals being
full of eyes before and behind the Divine Wisdom in the
Word is signified, may be seen above (n. 240). It is the
same here by their wings being full of eyes. And because
the Divine Wisdom of the Word in the natural sense is
from the spiritual and heavenly senses, which lie hid within,
it is therefore said that they were full of eyes within. Con-
cerning the spiritual and heavenly senses, which are within
in each thing of the Word, see the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 5-26).

247. And they have no rest day and night, saying, Holy,
holy, holy Lord God Almighty, signifies that the Word
continually teaches the Lord, and that He alone is God,
and hence that He alone is to be worshipped. That the
animals had no rest day and night, signifies that the Word
teaches continually and without intermission j and that it
teaches that which the animals say, which is, " Holy, holy,
holy Lord God Almighty ; " that is, that the Lord alone is

No. 249.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

247

God, and hence that He alone is to be worshipped. Holy
three times repeated signifies this 3 for the triplication
implies all holiness in Him alone. That the Divine Trinity
is in the Lord, is fully shown in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord j " as also that the Word
treats of the Lord alone, and that from this is its sanctity.
That the Lord alone is holy, see above (n. 173).

248. Who was and who is and who is to co??ie, signifies
the Lord. That it is the Lord is plainly manifest in the
first chapter, vers. 4, 8, 11, 17; where the Son of Man is
treated of, who is the Lord as to the Word : and it is there
openly said that He is the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning
and the End, the First and the Last, Who is and Who was
and Who is to come, and the Almighty. But what is signified
by these things is explained (n. 13, 29-31, 38, 57) ; here now,
that the Lord is meant by " Holy, holy, holy Lord God
Almighty, who was and who is and who is to come."

249. A?id when the a?iimals gave glory and honor and
h to Him that sat upon the throne, signifies that the

Word ascribes all good and all truth and all worship to the
Lord who will judge. The animals are the Word, as has
been shown. Glory and honor, when ascribed to the Lord,
mean that all truth and all good are His and from Him :
thanks denotes the whole of worship : He that sitteth upon
the throne is the Lord as to judgment, as above. Hence it
is manifest that by "when the animals gave glory- and honor
and thanks unto Him that sat upon the throne," is signified
that the Word ascribes all truth and all good and all worship
to the Lord who will judge. By giving to the Lord glory
and honor nothing else is meant in the Word but to
acknowledge and confess that all truth and all good are
from Him, and thus that He is the only God j for He has
glory from the Divine Truth and honor from the Divine
Good. These things are signified by glory and honor in the
following passages : Jehovah made the heavens ; glory and
honor are before Him (Ps. xcvi. 5,6). O Jehovah God, thou

248

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

art very great ; thou art clothed with glory and honor (Ps.
civ. 1). The works of Jehovah are great ; glory and honor
are His work (Ps. cxi. 2, 3). Glory and honor thou lay est
upon Him, blessings for ever (Ps. xxi. 5, 6). These things
are said of the Lord. Gird thy sword upo?i thy thigh, 0
mighty in glory and honor ; in thine honor mount up, ride
upo?i the Word of truth (Ps. xlv. 3, 4). Thou hast made Iwn
little less than the angels ; thou hast crowned him with glory
and honor (Ps. viii. 5). The glory of Lebanoii hast thou given
tmto it, the honor of Cannel and Sharon : they shall see the
glory of Jehovah, and the honor of our God (Isa. xxxv. 1, 2).
These and the foregoing are concerning the Lord ; besides
other places, as Ps. cxlv. 4, 5, 12 ; Apoc. xxi. 24, 26. Be-
sides, where the Divine Truth is treated of in the Word,
the word "glory" is used (n. 629) j and where the Divine
Good is treated of, "honor."

250. To Him that liveth for ever a?id ever. That it signifies
the Lord, that He alone is life, and that eternal life is from
Him alone, may be seen above (n. 58, 60).

251. The twenty-four elders fell dowti before Him that sat
upon the thro?ie, a?id worshipped Him that liveth for ever and
ever, signifies the humiliation of all in heaven before the
Lord. That all who are of the Lord's church are meant by
the twenty-four elders, may be seen above (n. 233) ; here
all who are of His church in heaven : " the elders," as
heads, represented all. That it is humiliation before the
Lord, and from humiliation adoration, is manifest without
explanation.

252. And cast their crowns before the throne, signifies the
acknowledgment that their wisdom is from Him alone.
That " a crown " signifies wisdom may be seen above
(n. 189, 235). Hence by "casting their crowns before the
throne" is signified to acknowledge that wisdom is not
theirs, but the Lord's in them.

253. Saying, Thou art W07'thy, O Lord, to receive glory
and honor and power, signifies the confession that unto the

No. 254.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

249

Lord, because He is the Divine Truth and the Divine
Good, the kingdom belongs from merit and justice. Con-
fession is signified by "saying." That it is from merit and
justice, is signified by "thou art worthy, O Lord." That
He is the Divine Truth and the Divine Good, is signified by
"glory and honor," as above (n. 249). That the kingdom
is His. is signified by His receiving the power. These things,
therefore, collected into one idea, signify the confession
that unto the Lord, because He is the Divine Truth and
the Divine Good, belongs the kingdom from merit and
justice.

254. For thou hast created all things, and by thy will they
are, and were created, signifies that all things of heaven
and the church were made and formed, and that men are
reformed and regenerated, from the Lord's Divine Love
through His Divine Wisdom, or from the Divine Good
through the Divine Truth, which also is the Word. This
is the spiritual sense of these words, because by creating
is signified to reform and regenerate by the Divine Truth ;
and by the will of the Lord is signified the Divine Good.
Whether it is said the Divine Good and the Divine Truth
or the Divine Love or the Divine Wisdom, it is the same,
since all good is of love, and all truth is of wisdom. That
all the things of heaven and the church are from the Divine
Love and the Divine Wisdom, yea, that the world was
created from them, is abundantly shown in the " Angelic
Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wis-
dom ; " also that love and good are of the will, and wisdom
and truth are of the understanding. It is hence manifest,
that by the will of the Lord is meant His Divine Love or
Divine Good. That to create, in the Word, signifies to
reform and to regenerate, is manifest from these passages :
Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit in
the midst of ?ne (Ps. li. 10). Thou openest thy hand, they are
filled with good; thou sendest forth thy Spirit, they arc created
(Ps. civ. 2S, 30). The people which shall be crmUd shjU

11*

25O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

praise Jah (Ps. cii. 18). Behold, I am He that createth a
new heaven and a new earth : rejoice for ever in that which I
create: behold, I will create Jerusalem an exultation (Is a. lxv.
17, 18). Jehovah is He that createth the heavens, and that
stretcheth out the earth, and that giveth breath to the people upon
it, and spirit to the?n that walk on it (Isa. xlii. 5 ; xlv. 12, 18).
Thus said Jehovah, thy Creator, O Jacob, thy Former, O
Israel ; I have redeemed thee, I have called thee by my name :
every one called by my name, I have created him unto my glory
(Isa. xliii. 1, 7). In the day that thou wast created, they were
prepared : thou wast perfect in thy ways in the day that thou
wast created, until perversity was found in thee (Ez. xxviii.
13, 15). This is said of the king of Tyre, by whom are
signified they who are in intelligence through Divine Truth.
That they may see, k?iow, consider, and understand that the
hand of Jehovah hath done this, and the Holy One of Israel
hath created it (Isa. xli. 19, 20).

255. To this I will add this Relation. Lest any one
should enter into the spiritual sense of the Word, and
pervert the genuine truth which is of that sense, guards
are placed by the Lord ; which are meant in the Word
by cherubs, which here are the four animals. That guards
ire placed, has been thus represented to me. It was given
to see great purses, appearing like sacks, in which silver in
great abundance was stored up ; and as they were open, it
appeared as if every one might take out, yea, plunder, the
silver there laid up. But near those purses sat two angels,
who were guards. The place where they were stored up
appeared like a manger in a stable. In the next room
were seen modest virgins, with a chaste wife ; and near
that room stood two nfants: and it was said that they were
not to be played with in an infantile manner, but wisely.
And there afterwards appeared a harlot, and a horse lying

No. 255.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 25 1

dead. Seeing these things, I was instructed that by them
was represented the literal sense of the Word, in which is
the spiritual sense. The great purses full of silver signified
the knowledges of truth and good in great abundance.
That .hey were open, and yet guarded by the angels, signi-
fied that every one could take therefrom the knowledges of
(ruth; but that care is taken lest anyone should falsify
the spiritual sense, in which are nothing but truths. The
manger in the stable, in which the purses lay, signified
spiritual instruction for the understanding. This a manger
signifies, even the manger in which the Lord was laid when
an Infant j because a horse, which eats therefrom, signifies
the understanding of the Word. The modest virgins, who
were seen in the next apartment, signified affections for
truth ; and the chaste wife, the conjunction of good and
truth. The infants signified the innocence of wisdom in
the Word. They were angels from the third heaven, who
all appear as infants. The harlot, with the dead horse,
signified the falsification of the Word by many at this day,
by which all understanding of truth perishes. A harlot
signifies falsification ; and a dead horse, no understanding
of truth.

It has been given to speak with many after death, who
believed that they were to shine in heaven, as the stars;
because, as they said, they had held the Word sacred, read it
often, and gathered many things therefrom, by which they
confirmed the dogmas of their faith, and thereby were cele-
brated as learned in the world ; from which they believed that
they were to be Michaels and Raphaels. But very many of
them were examined as to the love from which they studied
the Word : and it was found that some did it from the love
of self, that they might appear great in the world, and be
reverenced as primates of the church ; but some from the
love of the world, that they might gain wealth. When these
were examined as to what they knew from the Word, it was
found that they knew therefrom nothing of genuine trutn;

252 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IV.

but only such as is called truth falsified, which in itself is
false ; and this in the spiritual world stinks to the nostrils
of the angels. And it was said to them that this was the
case with them, for the reason that their ends, or what is
the same their loves, were themselves and the world, and
not the Lord and heaven : and when self and the world are
the ends, then when they read the Word, their mind sticks
fast in themselves and the world \ and hence they think
perpetually from their proprium (ownhood), which is in
thick-darkness as to all the things that are of heaven : in
which state a man cannot be withdrawn from his own light
(lumen), and so be elevated into the light of heaven ; and
consequently he cannot receive any influx from the Lord
through heaven. I have also seen these admitted into
heaven ; and when they were found to be without truths,
they were stripped of their garments, and appeared in na-
kedness : and they who falsified truths, because they stank,
were expelled. But there still remained with them pride,
and the belief in their own merit. It is otherwise with
those who have studied the Word from the affection for
knowing truth because it is true, and because it subserves
the uses of spiritual life, — not only their own, but also their
neighbor's. I have seen these taken up into heaven, and
so into the light in which is the Divine Truth there ; and at
the same time also exalted into angelic wisdom, and into
its happiness, which is eternal life.

Chap. V.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

2S3

CHAPTER FIFTH.

1. And I saw in the right hand of Him that sat upon the
throne a Book written within and on the back, sealed with
seven seals.

2. And I saw a mighty angel proclaiming with a great
voice, Who is worthy to open the Book, and to loose the
seals thereof?

3. And no one in heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under
the earth, was able to open the Book, neither to look
thereon.

4. And I wept much, that no one was found worthy to
open and to read the Book, nor to look thereon.

5. And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not : be
hold, the Lion that is of the tribe of Judah, the root of
David, hath prevailed, to open the Book, and to loose the
seven seals thereof.

6. And I saw, and behold, in the midst of the throne
and of the four animals, and in the midst of tne elders, a
Lamb standing as if slain, having seven horns and seven
eyes, which are the seven spirits of God sent forth into all
the earth.

7. And He came, and took the Book out of the right
hand of Him that sat upon the throne.

8. And when He had taken the Book, the four animals,
and the twenty-four elders, fell down before the Lamb, hav-
ing every one harps, and golden vials full of incense, which
are the prayers of the saints.

9. And they sang a new song, saying, Thou art worthy
to take the Book, and to open the seals thereof ; because
thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood
out of every tribe and tongue, and people and nation

254

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

10. And hast made us kings and priests unto our God ;
and we shall reign upon the earth.

11. And I saw, and I heard the voice of many angels
around the throne and the animals and the elders ; and the
number of them was myriads of myriads and thousands of
thousands.

12. Saying with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that
was slain to receive power and riches and wisdom and
honor and glory and blessing.

13. And every created thing which is in heaven and
upon the earth, and under the earth, and those that are in
the sea, and all that are in them, I heard saying, Blessing
and honor and glory and strength be unto Him that sit-
teth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.

14. And the four animals said, Amen : and the twenty-
four elders fell down and worshipped Him that liveth for
ever and ever.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. That the
Lord in His Divine Human will execute judgment from the
Word and according to it, because He is the Word ; and
that this is acknowledged by all in the three heavens.

The Contents of each Verse. " And I saw in the
right hand of Him that sat upon the throne a Book written
within and on the back," signifies the Lord as to His Divine
Itself from eternity, who has omnipotence and omniscience,
and who is the Word. " Sealed with seven seals," signifies
that it is altogether hidden from angel and man. " And I
saw a mighty angel proclaiming with a great voice," sigmfies
the Divine Truth from the Lord flowing in deeply with
angels and men. " Who is worthy to open the Book, and
to loose the seals thereof ? " signifies who has the power to
know the states of life of all in heaven and on earth, and

Chap. V.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

255

to judge every one according to his state? "And no one
in heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the earth, was
able," signifies that no one was able in the higher heavens
01 in the lower heavens. " To open the Book," signifies to
know the states of life of all, and to judge every one ac-
cording to his state. " Neither to look thereon," signifies
not in the least. " And I wept much, that no one was
found worthy to open and to read the Book, nor to
look thereon," signifies grief of heart, that if no one could,
all must perish. "And one of the elders said unto me,
Weep not," signifies consolation. " Behold, the Lion which
is of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, hath prevailed,"
signifies the Lord, that from His own power He had sub-
jugated the hells, and reduced all things to order when He
was in the world, by the Divine Good united to the Divine
Truth in His Human. " To open the Book, and to loose
the seven seals thereof," signifies here as before. " And I
saw, and behold, in the midst of the throne, and of the four
animals, and in the midst of the elders," signifies from in-
mosts and thence in all things of heaven, of the Word, and
of the church. " A Lamb standing as if slain," signifies
the Lord as to His Human hot acknowledged as Divine in
the church. " Having seven horns," signifies His omnipo-
tence. " And seven eyes," signifies His omniscience and
Divine Wisdom. " Which are the seven spirits of God sent
forth into all the earth," signifies that from it is the Divine
Truth in the whole world, where there is any religion,
" And He came and took the Book out of the right hand of
Him that sat upon the throne," signifies that the Lord as to
His Divine Human is the Word, and that this is from His
Divine in Himself, and that therefore from His Divine
Human He will execute judgment. " And when He had
taken the Book," signifies when the Lord determined to
execute judgment, and thereby to reduce all things in hea-
ven and upon earth to order. "The four animals and the
twenty-four elders fell down before the Lamb," signifies

256 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

humiliation, and adoration of the Lord from the higher
heavens. " Having every one harps," signifies confession
of the Lord's Divine Human from spiritual truths. " And
golden vials full of incense," signifies confession of the
Lord's Divine Human from spiritual goods. "Which
are the prayers of the saints " signifies thoughts which are
of faith from affections which are of charity with those who
worship the Lord from spiritual goods and truths. " And
they sung a new song," signifies acknowledgment and glori-
fication of the Lord, that He alone is the Judge, Redeemer,
and Saviour, and thus the God of heaven and earth.
" Saying, Thou art worthy to take the Book, and to open
the seals thereof," signifies here as before. " Because thou
wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood,"
signifies liberation from hell, and salvation by conjunction
with Him. "Out of every tribe and tongue and people
and nation," signifies that those are redeemed by the Lord,
who, in the church or in any religion, are in truths as to
doctrine and in goods as to life. "And hast made us
kings and priests unto our God," signifies that from the
Lord they are in wisdom from Divine truths and in love
from Divine goods. " And we shall reign upon the earth,"
signifies, and they will be in His kingdom, He in them
and they in Him. " And I saw, and I heard the voice of
many angels around the throne and the animals and the
elders," signifies confession and glorification of the Lord
by the angels of the lower heavens. " Saying with a great
voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power
and riches and wisdom and honor and glory," signifies con-
fession from the heart, that to the Lord as to His Divine
Human belong omnipotence, omniscience, Divine Good
and Divine Truth. " And blessing," signifies all these
things in Him, and from Him in them. " And every cre-
ated thing, which is in heaven and upon the earth and
under the earth and those that are in the sea, and all
that are in them, heard I saying," signifies confession and

No. 256.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

257

glorification of the Lord by the angels of the lowest hea
vens. " Blessing and honor and glory and strength be unto
Him that sitteth upon the throne and unto the Lamb, for
ever and ever," signifies that in the Lord from eternity and
thence in His Divine Human is the all of heaven and of
the church, Divine Good and Divine Truth, and Divine
Power, and from Him in them. " And the four animals
said, Amen," signifies Divine confirmation from the Word.
" And the twenty-four elders fell down and worshipped Him
that liveth for ever and ever," signifies humiliation before
the Lord, and from humiliation adoration by all the hea-
vens of Him from Whom and in Whom is life eternal.

THE EXPLANATION.

256. And I saw in the right hand of Him that sat tipon
the throne a book written within and on the back, signifies the
Lord as to His Divine Itself from eternity, who has omnip-
otence and omniscience, and who is the Word, who also
knows from Himself the states of life of all in the heavens
and on the earth, in every particular and in general. By
" Him that sitteth upon the throne " is meant the Lord as
to the Divine Itself, from which is His Human : for it fol-
lows that the Lamb took the Book out of the right hand
of Him that sat upon the throne (vers. 7) ; and by the Lamb
the Lord as to the Divine Human is meant. By the " Book
written within and on the back " is meant the Word in every
particular and in general : by " within," in every particular ;
and by " on the back," in general. By within and on the
back is also meant the interior sense of the Word which is
spiritual, and its exterior sense which is natural. By the
right hand is meant Himself as to omnipotence and omni-
science, because the exploration of all in the heavens and
on earth, upon whom the last judgment is to be executed,
and their separation, are treated of. That the Lord as the

258 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chav. V.

Word knows the states of life of all in the heavens and
on earth from Himself is because He is the Divine Truth
itself, and the Divine Truth itself knows all things from
itself. But this is an arcanum, which is revealed in the
" Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the
Divine Wisdom." That the Lord as to the Divine Itself
from eternity was the Word, that is, the Divine Truth, is
manifest from this in John : I?i the beginning was the
Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was
God (i. 1) ; and again, that the Lord as to the Human also
became the Word : And the Word became flesh (i. 14). It
may hence be evident what it means, that the Book was in
the right hand of Him that sat upon the throne, and that
the Lamb took the Book therefrom (vers. 7). Since the
Lord is the Word, and the Word is the Divine Truth,
which in general makes heaven and the church, and in
particular an angel so that heaven may be in him, and a
man so that the church may be in him ; and because the
Word is here meant by the Book, from which and accord-
ing to which all are to be judged; therefore, "to be writ-
ten in the Book," " to be judged from the Book," " to be
blotted out of the Book," frequently occur where the state
of the eternal life of any one is treated of ; as in these
passages : The Ancient of Days did sit for judgment, and
the Books were opened (Dan. vii. 9, 10). All the people shall
be delivered, who are found written in the Book (Dan. xii.
1.) My bone was not hid from thee ; in thy Book all my
days were written, and not one of them is wanting (Ps.
cxxxix. 15, 16). Moses said, Blot me, I pray, out of the Book
which thou hast writte?i ; and Jehovah said, Him who hath
sinned against Me will I blot out of the Book (Ex. xxxii.
32, 33). Let them be blotted out of the Book of Life, a?id let
them not be written with the just (Ps. lxix. 28). L saw thai
the Books were opened ; and another Book was opened, which
is the Book of Life ; and the dead were judged according to
the things that were written in the Book, according to their

No. 25S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

259

works : and if any one was not found written in the Book of
Life, he 7vas cast out into the lake of fire (xx. 12-15). None
shall enter into the New Jerusalem but them that a?'e written
in the Lamb" s Book of LJfc (Apoc. xxi. 27). All worshipped
the beast, whose names were not written in the Lamb's Book
of Life (Apoc. xiii. 8 ; xvii. 8). That the Word is meant by
the Book may be seen in David : /// the Volume of the Book
it is written of Me (Ps. xl. 7) : and in Ezekiel : L saw, and
behold, a hand sent forth unto me, and in it the Volume of a
Book written before and behind (\\. 9, 10). The Book of the
words of Isaiah (Luke iii. 4). The Book of Psalms (Luke
xx. 42).

257. Scaled with sevc?i seals, signifies that it is altogether
hidden from angel and man. That " sealed with a seal"
signifies hidden, is manifest; hence "sealed with seven
seals " signifies altogether hidden : for seven signifies all
(n. 10), and thus also altogether. That it was altogether
hidden fiom angel and man, is soon said in these words :
" and no one in heaven, nor upon the earth, neither under
the earth, was able to open and read the Book, neither to
look thereon" (vers. 3, 4). Such is the Word to all to
whom the Lamb, that is, the Lord, does not open it. Here,
because the exploration of all before the last judgment is
treated of, it is the states of life of all, in general and in
particular, which are altogether hidden.

258. And I saw a niighty angel proclaiming with a great
voice, signifies the Divine Truth from the Lord flowing in
deeply into the thought of angels and men, and investiga-
tion. By an angel proclaiming, in the spiritual sense, the
Lord is meant ; because the angel does not proclaim and
teach from himself, but from the Lord ; yet still as of him-
self. The angel is called mighty, because he speaks with
power ; and that which is proclaimed with power flows in
deeply into the thought. A great voice signifies the Divine
Truth from the Lord in power or virtue. That investiga-
tion also is signified, is because it asks the question, " Who
s worthy to open the Book ? " as now follows.

26o THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

259. Who is worthy to open the Book, and to loose the seals
thereof '? signifies, who has the power to know the states of
life of all in heaven and on earth, and to judge every one
according to his state ? " Who is worthy," signifies, who
can, or who has the power : " to open the book, and to
loose the seals thereof," signifies here to know the states of
life of all in heaven and on earth, and also to judge every-
one according to his state. For, when the Book is opened,
inquisition is made as to their quality, and then sentence or
judgment is passed, comparatively as by a judge with a
book of the law, and from it. That by opening the Book
inquisition is signified as to what the state of life of all
and each is, is manifest from the following chapter, where
what was seen when the Lamb opened its seven seals in
their order is described.

260. And no one in heaven, nor upon the earth, neither
under the earth, was able, signifies that no one was able
in the higher heavens, or in the lower heavens. By " in
heaven, upon the earth, and under the earth," is meant in the
higher and lower heavens ; as also below (vers. 13), where
are these words : And every created thing, which is in heaven,
on the earth, and under the earth, and those that are in the
sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying. Because he
heard the latter and the former "saying," it is manifest
that they were angels and spirits who were speaking.
John also was in the spirit, as he says in the preced-
ing chapter (iv. vers. 2) ; in which state no other earth ap-
peared to him than the earth of the spiritual world : for
there are earths there as in the natural world, as may be
evident from the description of that world in the work on
" Heaven and Hell," also in the " Continuation concern-
ing the Spiritual World " (n. 32-38). The higher heavens
appear there upon mountains and hills, the lower heavens
upon the earth beneath, and the ultimate heavens as it were
under the earth. For the heavens are expanses, one above
another, and each expanse is as the earth under the feet 0/

No. 262.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

26l

those who are there. The highest expanse is as the top
of a mountain ; the second expanse is under it, but ex-
tending itself more widely round about on the sides ; and
the lowest expanse more widely still : and because the lat-
ter is under the former, those there are they who are under
the earth. The three heavens also appear thus to the
angels who are in the higher heavens, because to them
there appear two below them. To John, therefore, they ap-
peared the same, because he was with them j for he as-
cended up to them, as appears from chap. iv. vers. 2, where
it is said, Come up hither, and I will show thee things which
must be hereafter. He who does not know any thing con-
cerning the spiritual world and concerning the earths
there, can by no means know what is meant in the Word
by " under the earth," and in like manner what by the
" lower parts of the earth," as in Isaiah : Sing, O heavens ,
shout, ye lower parts of the earth ; resound, ye mountains,
with singing ; because Jehovah hath redeemed Jacob (xliv.
23) : and elsewhere. Who does not see that earths in the
spiritual world are there meant ? for no man dwells under
the earth in the natural world.

261. To open the Book. That it signifies to know the
states of life of all, and to judge every one according to hip
state, is manifest from the explanations above (n. 259).

262. Neither to look thereon, signifies not in the least.
When by opening the Book is signified to know the states
of life of all, by looking upon it is signified to see what the
state of the life of each one is ; wherefore, by no one being
able to open the Book nor to look thereon, is signified that
they cannot in the least. For the Lord alone sees the
state of every one from inmosts to outmosts ; also what a
man has been from infancy even to old age, and what he
will be to eternity ; as also what place in heaven or in
hell he will share. And the Lord sees this in an instant
and from Himself, because He is the Divine Truth Itself,
or the Word ; but angels and man not in the least, be-

262

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

cause they are finite : and those who are finite see only a
few things, and external ones ; and these they by no means
see from themselves, but from the Lord.

263. And I wept much that no one was found worthy to
open and to read the Book, nor to look thereon, signifies grief
of heart, that if no one could, all must perish. That to
weep much is to grieve at heart is manifest. The cause of
his grieving at heart was, that otherwise all would perish:
for, if all things in the heavens and on the earth were not
reduced to order by the last judgment, it could not be
otherwise. For the last state of the church is treated of in the
Apocalypse, when its end arrives ; which is described by
the Lord as to its quality in these words : There shall be
great affliction, such as has not been from the beginning of the
world until now, nor shall be : wherefore except those days
should be shortened, no flesh would be saved (Matt. xxiv. 21,
22). This is said of the last period of the church; when the
judgment takes place. That such is the state of the church
at this day, may be known from these things only j that in
the greatest part of the Christian world there are those who
have transferred the Lord's Divine power to themselves,
and who wish to be worshipped as Gods ; and who invoke
dead men, and scarce any one among them the Lord : and
that the rest in the church make God three, and the Lord
two ; and place salvation not in amendment of life, but in
certain words uttered with a devout tone ; thus not in re-
pentance, but in the trust that they are justified and sanc-
tified, provided they fold the hands and look upwardj and
pray in the established form.

264. And one of the elders said unto me, Weep not. That
it signifies consolation, is manifest.

265. Behold, the Lion hath prevailed, signifies the Lord,
that from His own power He had subjugated the hells, and
reduced all things to order when He was in the world.
That a lion signifies the Divine Truth of the Word as to
power may be seen above (n. 241) ; and because the Lord

No. 267.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

263

is the Divine Truth Itself or the Word, He is therefore
called a Lion. That when the Lord was in the world, He
subjugated the hells, and reduced all things in the heavens
to order, and also gloiified His Human, may be seen above
(n. 67) ; and how, in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Lord" (n. 12-14). Hence it is manifest,
what is meant by "the Lion hath prevailed."

266. Which is of the t?'ibe of Judah, the root of David,
signifies by the Divine Good united to the Divine Truth in
His Human. By Judah in the Word is meant the church
which is in the good of love to the Lord, and in the highest
sense the Lord as to the Divine Good of His Divine Love ;
and by David is meant the Lord as to the Divine Truth of
His Divine Wisdom. That this is meant by David maybe
seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Lord " (n. 43, 44) ; and that the former is meant by
Judah, may be seen (n. 96, 266, 350). From these things
it is manifest, that by " Behold, the Lion hath prevailed,
which is of the tribe of Judah, the root of David," is signi-
fied that the Lord conquered the hells and reduced all
things to order by the Divine Good united to the Divine
Truth in His Human. That this is the sense of these
words cannot be seen in the literal sense, but only that
it is He Himself who was born in the world of the tribe of
Judah and of the race of David. But still those same
words contain in themselves a spiritual sense, in which by the
names of persons things are meant, as has been occasionally
said above ; thus not by Judah, Judah, nor by David, David,
but by Judah the Lord as to Divine Good, and by David
the Lord as to Divine Truth. Hence it is that this mean-
ing results therefrom. That that sense is here set forth, is
because the Apocalypse, as to the spiritual sense, is now
being opened.

267. To open the Book, and to loose the seve?i seals there-
of, signifies to know the states of life of all in heaven and
on earth, and to judge every one according to his state ; as
above (n. 258, 259).

264

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

268. And I saw, and behold, in the midst of the throne and
of the four animals, and in the midst of the elders, signifies
from inmosts and thence in all things of heaven, of the
Word, and of the church. " In the midst " signifies in the
inmosts and thence in all things (n. 44). The throne sig-
nifies heaven (n. 14). The four animals or cherubs signify
the Word (n. 239). And the twenty-four elders signify the
church as to all the things of it (n. 233, 251). It follows
from these things, that by " in the midst of the throne, and
of the four animals, and in the midst of the elders," signi-
fies from inmosts in all things of heaven, of the Word, and
of the church.

269. A Lamb standing as if slain, signifies the Lord as
to His Human not acknowledged as Divine in the church.
By " the Lamb " in the Apocalypse is meant the Lord as to
His Divine Human j and by " the Lamb slain," that His
Human is not acknowledged as Divine in the church ; the
same as in chapter i. vers. 18, where it is said, I was made
dead, and behold, I am alive for ever and ever, by which is
meant that the Lord has been neglected in the church, and
His Human not acknowledged as Divine (n. 59). That it
is so, may be seen below (n. 294). Since therefore the
Lord as to His Divine Human is meant by the Lamb, and
it is said of Him that " He took the Book out of the right
hand of Him that sat upon the throne," and afterwards that
" He opened it, and loosed its seven seals ; " and since no
mortal could do this, but the Lord alone ; it follows that
the Lord as to His Divine Human is meant by the Lamb ;
and by " slain," that as to His Human He is not acknowl-
edged as God.

270. Having seven horns, signifies His omnipotence.
A horn is mentioned very often in the Word, and by it is
everywhere signified power ; for which reason, by a horn,
in speaking of the Lord, omnipotence is signified. That
there are said to be seven horns, is because seven signifies
all (n. 10), thus omnipotence. That a horn signifies power,

No. 270.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

265

and in speaking of the Lord, omnipotence, may be evident
from the following passages : They who are glad at a thing
of nought, who say, have we not by our strength taken us
horns (Amos vi. 13). I said to the wicked, lift not up the
horn, lift not up your horn on high : all the horns of the wicked
Twill cut off; the horns of the just shall be exalted (Ps. lxxv.
<j, 5, 10). yehovah hath exalted the horn of thine enemies
(fyam. ii. 17). The horn of Moab is cut off, and his arm is
broken (Jer. xlviii. 25). Ye push with side and shoulder, and
strike all the feeble sheep with your hor?is (Ez. xxxiv. 21).
Jehovah hath exalted the horn of His people (Ps. cxlviii.
14). yehovah God of Zebaoth, the glory of oicr strength,
hath exalted our horn (Ps. lxxxix. 17). The brightness of
yehovah God shall be as the light, He had horns out of His
hand, and there was the hiding of His stnngth (Hab. iii. 4).
My arm shall strengthen David, and in my name shall His
horn be exalted (Ps. lxxxix. 21, 24). yehovah is my strength,
my rock, my horn (Ps. xviii. 2 ; 2 Sam. xxii. 3). Arise,
O daughter of Zion, because I will make thy horn iron, that
thou mayest break iti pieces many peoples (Mic. iv. 13).
yehovah hath destroyed in His wrath the bulwark of the
daughter of yudah, and hath cut off all the hor?i of Israel
(Lam. ii. 2, 3). Powers are also signified by the horns of
the Dragon (Apoc. xii. 3) ; by the horns of the beast that
came up out of the sea (Apoc. xiii. 1) ; by the horns of the
scarlet beast upon which the woman sat (Apoc. xvii. 3, 7,
12); by the horns of the ram and the he-goat (Dan. viii.
3-5, 7-12, 21, 25) ; by the horns of the beast that came up
from the sea (Dan. vii. 3, 7, 8, 20, 21, 23, 24) ; by the four
horns which dispersed Judah and Israel (Zech. i. 18-21);
by the horns of the altars of burnt-offering and of incense
(Ex. xxvii. 2 ; xxx. 2, 3, 10). By the latter the power of the
Divine Truth in the church was signified; and on the other
hand, that the power was to cease, by the horns of the altars
in Bethel ; as in Amos : I will visit upon the transgi essions
of Israel, I will visit upon the altars of Bethel, that the

VOL. I. 12

266

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

homs of the altar may be cut off, and may fall to the earth
(iii. 14).

271. And seven eyes, signifies His Omniscience and
Divine Wisdom. That eyes, in speaking of the Lord,
signify His Divine Wisdom, may be seen above (n. 48,
125); and thus omniscience also. And that seven signi-
fies all, and is predicated of holy things (see n. 10).
Hence by the seven eyes of the Lamb the Lord's Divine
Wisdom is signified, which is also omniscience.

272. Which are the seven spirits of God seitt forth into
all the earth, signifies that from it is the Divine Truth in
the whole world where there is any religion. The seven
spirits of God are the Divine Truth proceeding from the
Lord, as above (n. 14, 155). That their being sent forth
into all the earth means into the whole world where there
is any religion, is manifest : for, where there is religion, it
is taught that there is a God, and that there is a devil ;
and that God is good itself, and He from whom good
is ; and that the devil is evil itself, and that all evil is from
him : And as they are opposites, that evil, because it is
from the devil, is to be shunned ; and that good, because
it is from God, is to be done : consequently, that as far
as one does evil, he loves the devil, and does contrary to
God. Such Divine Truth is in the whole world, where
there is any religion ; on which account it is only neces-
sary to know what evil is. All know this also, who have
any religion • for the precepts of all religions are such as
are in the Decalogue, — that one must not kill, must not
commit adultery, must not steal, must not testify falsely.
These are in general the Divine truths sent forth by the
Lord into all the earth (see the " Doctrine of the New
Jemsalem concerning the Sacred Scripture," n. 101-118).
Wherefore he who lives according to them because they
are Divine Truths, or commandments of God, and thence
of religion, is saved : but he who only lives according to
them because they are civil and moral truths, is not saved ;

No. 274.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

267

for he that denies God can live in this manner, but not he
that confesses God.

273. And He came and took the Book out of the right hand
of Him that sat upon the throne, signifies that the Lord as
to His Divine Human is the Word, and that this is from
His Divine in Himself, and that therefore He will execute
judgment from His Divine Human. It is here clearly
manifest, that He that sat upon the throne and the Lamb
are one person ; and that His Divine from which [all things
are] is meant by Him that sat upon the throne, and His
Divine Human by the Lamb : for it is said in a preceding
verse, that he saw the Lamb standing in the midst of the
throne ; and now, that He took the Book from Him that
sat upon the throne. That the Lord will execute judg-
ment from His Divine Human because He is the Word,
is evident from these passages : Then shall they see the sign
of the Son of Man ; and they shall see the Son of Man
coming in the clouds of heaven with p07cer and glory (Matt
xxiv. 30). When the Son of Man shall sit upon His throne,
He will judge the tzvelve tribes of Israel (Matt. xix. 28).
The Son of Man will come in the glory of His Father, and
then He will render to every one according to his deeds (Matt,
xvi. 27). Watch always, that ye may be Jield worthy to
stand before the Son of Man (Luke xxi. 36). At an hour
when ye think not, the Son of Man co?neth (Matt xxiv. 44).
The Father judge th no one, but hath given all judgment unto
the Son, because He is the Son of Man (John v. 22, 27).
" The Son of Man " is the Lord as to His Divine Human,
and this is the Word, which was God and became flesh
(John i. 1, 14).

274. And when He had taken the Book, signifies when
the Lord determined to execute judgment, and by it to
reduce all things in the heavens and upon the earth to
order. By receiving the Book and opening it is signified
to explore the states of life of all, and to judge even- one
according to his state, as above. Here, therefore, by His

268

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

taking the Book is signified His purpose to perform the
last judgment ; and because a last judgment is executed
that all things may be reduced to order in the heavens,
and through the heavens on the earth, this also is sig-
nified.

275. The four animals and the twenty-four elders fell down
before the Lamb, signifies humiliation and from humiliation
adoration of the Lord from the higher heavens. Now fol-
lows the glorification of the Lord on that account j for as
was said above (n. 263), unless the Lord should now exe-
cute a judgment, and by it reduce to order all things in
the heavens and on the earth, all would perish. The glori-
fication of the Lord which now follows, is first made by the
higher heavens, afterwards by the lower heavens, and at
last by the lowest heavens ; the glorification by the higher
heavens (vers. 8-10) ; by the lower (vers, is, 12) ; and by
the lowest (ver. 13) : and at last confirmation and adora-
tion by the higher heavens (vers. 14). The higher heavens
arc therefore signified by the four animals and by the
twenty-four elders ; for by the cherubs, which are the four
animals, " in the midst of the throne," the Lord as to the
Word is signified; but by the cherubs, or four animals,
" around the throne," is signified heaven as to the Word ;
for it is said that in the midst of the throne and around the
throne were seen four animals, full of eyes before and behind
(chap. iv. vers. 6) ; for the heavens are heavens from the
reception of the Divine Truth through the Word from
the Lord. Also by the twenty-four elders the angels in
the higher heavens are signified, since those elders were
nearest around the throne (chap. iv. 4). That to fall
before the Lamb is humiliation, and from humiliation
adoration, is manifest.

276. Having every one harps, signifies confession of the
Lord's Divine Human from spiritual truths. It is known
that the confessions of Jehovah in the temple at Jerusa-
lem were made by songs and at the same time by musical

No. 277] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 269

instruments, which corresponded. The instruments were
chiefly trumpets and timbrels, and psalteries and harps.
To heavenly (celestial) goods and truths the trumpets and
timbrels corresponded, and the psalteries and harps to
spiritual goods and truths : the correspondence was with
their sounds. What heavenly (celestial) good and truth,
and what spiritual good and truth, are, may be seen in the
work on "Heaven and Hell" (n. 13-19, 20-28). That
harps signify confessions of the Lord from spiritual truths,
may be evident from these passages : Confess to Jehovah
ivith the harp, si?ig unto Him with the psaltery of ten strings
(Ps. xxxiii. 2, 3). / will confess to thee with the harp,
O God, my God (Ps. xliii. 4). / will confess to thee with
the psaltery, I will sing to thee with the harp, O Holy One of
Israel (Ps. lxxi. 22). Arouse me, psaltery and harp , I will
confess unto thee among the nations, O Lord (Ps. lvii. 8-10 ;
cviii. 2-4). Answer to Jehovah by confession, play to our
G'od on the harp (Ps. cxlvii. 7). It is good to confess to
Jehovah upon the psaltery, a?id upon the higgaion on the
harp (Ps. xcii. 2-4). Make a joyful noise to Jehovah, all
the earth, sing to Jehovah with the harp, with the harp
and the voice of singing (Ps. xcviii. 4-6 : and in many other
places; as Ps. xlix. 4; cxxxvii. 2 ; Job. xxx. 31 ; Is. xxiv.
7-9 ; xxx. 31, 32 ; Apoc. xiv. 2 ; xviii. 22). Since the harp
corresponded to the confession of the Lord, and this evil
spirits do not endure, therefore David by the harp drove
away the evil spirit from Saul (1 Sam. xvi. 14-16, 23).
That it was not harps, but confessions of the Lord, that
were heard as harps by John, may be seen below (n. 661).

277. And golden vials full of incense, signifies the confes-
sion of the Lord's Divine Human from spiritual goods.
The reason that incense signifies worship from spiritual
goods, but here confession from those goods, is that the
principal worship in the Jewish and Israelitish church con-
sisted in sacrifices and incense-offerings ; on which account
there were two altars, the one for sacrifices, and the other

270

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V

for incense. The latter altar was in the Tabernacle, and
was called the golden altar ; but the former was without
the Tabernacle, and was called the altar of burnt-offering.
The reason was, that there are two kinds of good from
which is all worship, heavenly (celestial) good and spirit-
ual good. Heavenly good is the good of love to the Lord,
and spiritual good is the good of love to the neighbor.
The worship by sacrifices was worship from heavenly
good, and the worship by incense was worship from spirit-
ual good. Whether you say worship or confession, it
is the same ; for all worship is confession. The same that
is signified by incense is also signified by the vials in which
the incense was j since the container and the contents, like
the instrumental and the principal, act as one cause. Wor-
ship from spiritual good is signified by incense in the fol-
lowing passages : From the rising of the sun unto the going
down thereof my name shall be great among the nations, and
in every place incense shall be offered to my name (Mai. i. 11).
They shall teach Jacob thy judgments, they shall offer incense
before thee, and a burnt-offeri?ig upon thine altar (Deut. xxxiii.
10). Burnt-offeriftgs of fallings will I offer unto thee, with
incense (Ps. lxvi. 13, 15). They shall come from the circuit
of Judah bringing burnt-offerings, meat-offerings, and frank-
incetise (Jer. xvii. 26). They shall come from Sheba, they shall
bring gold and frankincense, and shall declare the praises of
Jehovah (Isa. lx. 6). By frankincense the same is signified
as by incense, because frankincense was the principal spice
from which incense was made. In like manner in Matthew :
Hie wise men from the east opened their treasures, and offered
to the infant Lord gold, frankincense, and myrrh (ii. 1 1). The
reason of their offering these three was that gold signifies
heavenly good, frankincense spiritual good, and myrrh nat-
ural good ; and from these three goods is all worship.

278. Which are the prayers of the saints, signifies thoughts
which are of faith from affections which are of charity with
those who worship the Lord from spiritual goods and truths.

No. 279.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

27I

By prayers are meant the things that are of faith and at
the same time those that are of charity, with those who
utter the prayers ; since prayers without these things are
not prayers, but empty sounds. That " the saints signify
those who are in spiritual goods and truths, may be seen
above (n. 173). The reason that the incense is called
;he prayers of the saints is because fragrant odois cor-
respond to affections for good and truth. It is from this
that a " grateful odor," and an " odor of rest to Jehovah
are so many times mentioned in the Word ; as Ex. xxix.
18, 25, 41 ; Lev. i. 9, 13, 17 ; ii. 2, 9, 12 ; iii. 5 ; iv. 31 ;
vi. 15, zi j viii. 28; xxiii. 13, 18; xxvi. 31; Num. xxviii.
6, 8, 13; xv. 7; xxix. 2, 6, 8, 13, 36; Ez. xx. 41 ; Hos.
xiv. 7. Similar things are signified by the prayers which are
called incense, in the following passages in the Apocalypse :
An angel stood at the altar, having a golden mat, and there
was given to him ??iuch ineense, that he should offer it with the
prayers of all the saints upon the golden altar ; and the smoke
of the incense went up with the prayers of the saints out of the
hand of the angel before God (viii. 3-5). And in David :
Give car to my voice ; my prayers have been accepted as in-
cense before thee (Ps. cxli. 1, 2).

279. And they sung a new song, signifies acknowledg-
ment and glorification of the Lord, that He alone is
the Judge, Redeemer, and Saviour, and thus the God of
heaven and earth. The following things are contained in
the song which they sung, and those that are contained are
also signified. The acknowledgment that the Lord is the
Judge, in these things that now follow: Thou art worthy to
take the Book, and to open the seals thereof That He is the
Redeemer, in this : Because thou waft slain, and hast re-
deemed us by thy blood. That He is the Saviour, in this :
Thou hast made us kings and priests unto our God, and wt
shall reign upon the earth. That He is the God of Heaven
and earth, in this : ThcyfcH down and worshipped Him that
Uvcth for ever and ever (vers. 14). Since the acknowledg-

272

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

ment that the Lord alone is the God of heaven and earth ;
and that His Human is Divine, and that He cannot other-
wise be called the Redeemer and Saviour, has not before
been in the church, it is therefore called a new song. That
a song also signifies glorification, which is confession from
joy of heart, is because singing exalts, and causes the affec-
tion to break forth from the heart into sound, and to pre-
sent itself intensely in its life. The psalms of David are
nothing else but songs, for they were played and sung ;
on which account also they are in many places called songs,
as Ps. xviii. 1 ; xxxiii. 1,3; xlv. 1 ; xlvi. 1 ; xlviii. 1 ; lxv.
1 ; lxvi. 1 ; lxvii. 1 ; lxviii. 1 j lxxv. 1 ; lxxxiii. 1 ; Ixxxvii.
1 j lxxxviii. 1 ; xcii. 1 ; xcvi. 1 ; xcviii. 1 ; cviii. 1 ; cxx. 1 ;
cxxi. 1 ; cxxii. 1 ; cxxiii. 1 ; cxxiv. 1 j cxxv. 1 ; cxxvi. 1 ;
cxxvii. 1 ; cxxviii. 1 ; cxxix. 1 ; cxxx. 1 j cxxxii. 1 ; cxxxiii.
1 ; cxxxiv. 1. That songs were for the sake of the exalta-
tion of the life of love, and hence of joy, is manifest from
these passages : Sing unto Jehovah a new song; make a
joyful noise to Jehovah, all the earth ; ring out, shout (Ps.
xcviii. 1, 4-8). Sing unto Jehovah a new song ; let Israel
be glad in His Maker ; let them sing unto Him (Ps. cxlix.
1-3). Sing unto Jehovah a new song ; lift up the voice (Isa.
xlii. 10, 12). Sing, 0 heavens ; shout ye lower parts of the
earth ; ring out, ye mountains ^ in singing (Isa. xliv. 23 ;
xlix. 13). Shout u?ito God our straigth ; cry out unto the
God of Jacob ; lift up the song (Ps. lxxxi. 1-3). Gladness
and joy shall be found in Zio?i, confession and the voice of
singing (Isa. li. 3 ; lii. 8, 9). Sing unto Jehovah ; cry out
an. I shout, O daughter of Zion, for great is the Holy One of
Israel in the -midst of thee (Isa. xii. 1-6). My heart is fixed ;
I will sing and give praise ; arouse thee, my glory ; I will con-
fess unto thee among the nations, O lord ; I will praise thee
among the peoples (Ps. lvii. 7-9) r and in many other
places.

280. Saying, TJiou art ivorthy to take the Book, and to
}pen the seals thereof, signifies that He alone can know the

No. 25 1 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

273

states of the life of all, and judge every one according to
his state ; as above (n. 256, 259, 261, 267, 273).

281. Because thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God
by thy blood, signifies liberation from hell, and salvation by
conjunction with Him. What in particular is signified by
each of these things there is no need of unfolding by the
spiritual sense ; as what by His being slain, by His re-
deeming us to God, and what by His blood : for they are
arcana which do not appear in the literal sense. It is
enough that it is redemption which is thus described ; and
because it is redemption, it is liberation from hell, and sal-
vation by conjunction with the Lord : these are the things
which are signified. It shall here only be proved from the
Word, that Jehovah Himself came into the world, was born
a Man, and became the Redeemer and Saviour to all who
by a life of charity and its faith are conjoined to His Divine
Human ; and that Jehovah is the Lord from eternity : con
sequently that the Lord's Divine Human, with which there
must be conjunction, is the Divine Human of Jehovah
Himself. Here, therefore, shall be adduced the passages
which prove that Jehovah and the Lord are one ; and be-
cause they are one, and not two, that the Lord from eternity,
who is Jehovah Himself, is by the assumption of the Hu-
man the Redeemer and Saviour. This is manifest from
these : Thou, O Jehovah, art our Father, our Redeemer, thy
name is from everlasting (Isa. lxiii. 16). Thus said the King
of Israel, and His Redeemer Jehovah Zebaoth, lam the First
and the Last, and besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv. 6).
Thus said Jehovah thy Redeemer and thy Former, I Jehovah
am He that viakcth all things, and alone by myself (Isa.. xhv.
24). Thus said Jehovah thy Redeemer the Holy One of
Israel, I Jehovah am thy God (Isa. xlviii. 17). Jehovah
my Roch and my Redeemer (Ps. xix. 14A Their Redeemer is
strong, Jehovah Zebaoth is His name (Jer. 1. 34). Jehovah
Zebaoth is His name, and thy Redeemer the Holy One of
Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv.

12*

274

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. V

5). That all flesh may know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour
and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. xlix. 26 ;
lx. 16). As to our Redeemer, Jehovah Zebaoth is His name
(Isa. xlvii. 4). With everlasting kindness will I have mercy
upon thee, saith thy Redeemer Jehovah (Isa. liv. 8). Thus
sait : Jehovah your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel (Isa.
xliii. 14). Thus saith Jehovah the Holy One of Israel your
Redeemer (Isa. xlix. 7). Thou hast redeemed me, O Jehovah
of trtith (Ps. xxxi. 5). Let Israel hope in Jehovah, for with
Hi '71 is plenteous Redemption ; He shall redeem Israel from
all his iniquities (Ps. cxxx. 7, 8). O Lord, arise for a help
to us, and redeem us for thy mercy's sake (Ps. xliv. 26). Thus
saith Jehovah God, out of the hand of hell will I redeem
them, from death I will redeem them (Hos. xiii. 4, 14). O
Jehovah, hear my voice ; He shall redeem my soul (Ps. lv.
17, 18): also Ps. xlix. 15 ; lxix. 18; lxxi. 23; ciii. 1, 4 ;
cvii. 2 ; Jer. xv. 20, 21. That the Lord as to the Human
is the Redeemer, is not denied in the church, because it is
according to Scripture, as in these passages : Who cometh
from Edom, walking in the greatness of His strength 1 The
year of His redeemed hath come, He hath redeemed them (Isa.
lxiii. 1, 4, 9). Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy
salvation cometh ; behold, His reward is with Him ; and they
shall call them the people of holiness, the redeemed of Jehovah
(Isa. lxii. 11, 12). Blessed be the Lord God of Israel, be-
cause He hath visited and made redemption for His people
(Luke i. 68) : besides other places. There are many other
passages proving that the Lord from eternity, who is
Jehovah Himself, came into the world, and took on the
Human, to redeem men ; see the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord (n. 37-46). Jehovah is
also called the Saviour in many places, which, from their
abundance, there is not room to adduce.

282. Out of every tribe, and tongue, and people, and nation,
signifies that those are redeemed by the Lord, who, in the
church, or m any religion, are in truths as to doctrine, and

No. 282.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

275

in goods as to life. By " tribe " the church as to religion
is signified j by " tongue " is signified its doctrine, to be
spoken of soon j by " people " they who are in truths of
doctrine are signified, and abstractly the truths of doc-
trine (n. 483) ; and by " nation " are signified they who
are in goods of life, and abstractly the goods of life,
(n. 483). From this it is manifest, that by " every tribe
and tongue, and people and nation," are signified such
things as have been said ; as also in n. 627. It shall now
be proved here, that by " tongue " in the spiritual sense is
signified the doctrine of the church, and of any religion.
This is manifest from these passages : My to?igue shall talk
of thy justice, thy praise all the day (Ps. lxxi. 24). Then shall
the lame leap as a stag, and the tongue of the dumb shall sing ;
because waters shall burst forth i?i the desert (Is a. xxxv. 6).
The tongue of the stammerers shall be swift to speak (Isa. xxxii.
4). It appears as if speech was here meant by " the
tongue," but in the spiritual sense that which they speak is
meant, which is the truth of doctrine which th'ey will have
trom the Lord. Again : / have sworn that to me every knee
shall bow, and every tongue shall swear (Isa. xlv. 23). The
time shall come to gather all nations and tongues, that they may
come a?id see my glory (Isa. lxvi. 18). In those days ten
men out of all the tongues of the nations shall take hold of the
skirt of a man a Jew, saying, we will go with you, for we
have heard that God is with. you (Zech. viii. 23). These
things are also said of the conversion of the nations to the
truth of doctrine by the Lord. But by tongues in the op-
posite sense false doctrines are signified, in these : A man
of evil tongue shall not subsist 011 the earth (cxl. 11). Thou
shall hide them in thy tabernacle from the strife of tongues
(xxxi. 20). J will bri?igup07i you a nation whose tongue thou
knrwest not (Jer. v. 15, 16). To be sent to peoples of diffcmit
tojigue (Ez. iii. 5, 6). To a people barbarous of tongue (Isa.
xxxiii. 19). It is to be known, that the tongue as an organ
signifies doctrine, and as speech it also signifies religion

276

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V

He who knows that the tongue signifies doctrine can un-
derstand what is signified by the words of the rich man in
hell to Abraham, That he would send Lazarus, that he might
dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool his tongue, that he
should not be tortured in the flame (Luke xvi. 24). Water
signifies truth, and tongue doctrine, by the falsities of which
he was tortured, and not by a flame : for no one in hell is in
a flame, but the flame there is the appearance of the love
of falsity, and fire the appearance of the love of evil.

283. And hast made us kings and priests unto our God,
signifies that from the Lord they are in wisdom from Divine
truths and in love from Divine goods, and thus images of
His Divine Wisdom and His Divine Love ; as above (n.
20, 21).

284. And we shall reign upon the earth, signifies, and
they will be in His kingdom, — He in them, and they in
Him. By reigning upon the earth nothing else is meant
but to be in the Lord's kingdom, and one with Him there ;
according to* these words of the Lord : That all that believe
in Me may be one ; and may be one as Thou, Father, a?'t in
Me, and I in Thee ; that they also may be one in us. I have
given them the glory which thou gavest Me, that they may be
one as we are one ; Jin them, and Thou in Me ; that where I
am, they may be with Me also (John xvii. 20-24). As, there-
fore, they are thus one with the Lord, and together with the
Lord make the kingdom which is called the kingdom of
God, it is manifest that nothing else is signified by reigning.
It is said reigning, because it was before said, Thou hast
mad: us kings aiid priests ; and those are signified by kings,
who from the Lord are in wisdom from Divine truths ; and
by priests, who are in love from Divine good from Him (n.
20). Hence it is that the Lord's kingdom is also called
the kingdom of the saints (Dan. vii. 18, 27); and that it is
said of the apostles, that with the Lord they are to judge the
twelve tribes of Lsrael (Matt. xix. 28), although the Lord
alone judges and reigns ; for He judges and reigns from

No. 285.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

277

the Divine Good through the Divine Truth, which is also
from Him in them. But he who believes that that which is
in them from the Lord is theirs, is cast out of the kingdom,
that is, out of heaven. The same is signified by reigning
in the following passages in the Apocalypse : They shall be
priests of God and of Christ, ajid shall reign with Him a
thousand years (xx. 4, 6) : and concerning them that are to
come into the New Jerusalem : The Lamb shall enlighten
them, and they shall reign for ever and ever (xxii. 5).

285. It is said, "they shall reign upon the earth," because
by the earth here and elsewhere the Lord's church in the
heavens and on the earth is meant : the church in both is
the Lord's kingdom. Lest, therefore, any one should believe
that all who are redeemed by the Lord become kings and
priests, and that they are to reign upon the earth, it is impor-
tant that it should be demonstrated from the Word that the
earth signifies the church. This may be seen from the
following passages : Behold, jFehovah that maketh the ea?in
vacant, and maketh the earth empty, and turneth the face of
it upsidedown : the earth shall be made utterly vacant : the
habitable earth shall mourn and be confounded : the earth
shall be defiled under its inhabitants ; therefore the curse shall
devour the earth, and the inhabitants of the earth shall be
burnt up, and few men are left : there shall be in the midst of
the earth as the plucking of an olive-tree. The cataracts from
on high are opened, and the foundations of the earth are shaken:
the earth is utterly broken in pieces ; the earth is altogether
burst asunder : the earth is thoroughly shaken : the earth
staggereth like one drunk (Isa. xxiv. 1-23). The lion hatti
come up from the thicket to lay waste thy land : I saw the
earth, when, behold, it was vacant and empty : Jehovah said,
The whole earth shall be waste, therefore the earth shall mourn
(Jer. iv. 7, 23-28). How long shall the earth mourn ; the
whole earth is desolate, because there is not a man that laycth
it to heart (Jer. xii. 4, 11-13). The earth mourneth and
languisheth, Lebanon is ashamed and is withered away (Isa.

278

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

xxxiii. 9). The earth shall become burning pitch, and is laid
waste (Isa. xxxiv. 9, 10). I have heard a consummation a?id
decree upon the e?itire earth (Isa. xxviii. 2, 22). Behold, the
day of Jehovah cometh to lay the earth waste, and the earth
shall be shaken out of its place (Isa. xiii. 9-13). The earth
was shaken and trembled, and the foundations of the ?nou?i-
tains quaked (Ps. xviii. 7, 8). We will not fear though the
earth be re7noved : when He uttereth His voice, the earth shall
melt (Ps. xlvi. 2, 3, 6, 8). Have ye not wider stood from the
foundations of the earth ? (Isa. xl. 21, 23). O God, thou
hast deserted us, thou hast made the earth to tremble; heal its
breaches, because it is shaken (Ps. lx. 1, 2). The earth and
all its inhabitants shall melt ; I will make firm its pillars
(Ps. lxxv. 3). Woe to the land* shadowed with wings ; go,
ye ambassadors, to a nation trodden down, whose land the,
rivers have spoiled (Isa. xviii. 1, 2). Through the wrath
of Jehovah Zebaoth is the earth darkened (Isa. ix. 19). Ye
shall be a delightsome land (Mai. iii. 12). I have given Thee
for a covenant of the people, to restore the earth : sing, O
heavens ; and exult, O earth (Isa. xlix. 8, 13).' Thou shall
not see Jah in the land of the living (Is. xxxviii. 1 1). Who sent
terror in the land of the living (Ez. xxxii. 23-27). Unless I
believed to see .good in the land of the living (Ps. xxvii. 13).
Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth (Matt,
v. 5). I am Jehovah that maketh all things, that spreadeth
out the heavens alone, that stretcheth out the earth by Myself
(Isa. xliv. 23, 24; Zech. xii. 1 ; Jer. x. 11-13; li. 15; Ps.
cxxxvi. 6). Let the earth open itself, let it bring forth salva-
tion ; thus said Jehovah, that createth the heavens, that formeth
the earth (Isa. xlv. 8, 12, 18, 19). Behold, I create new
heavens and a new earth (Isa. lxv. 17 ; lxvi. 22). Besides
many other places, which, if they were adduced, would fill
pages. The reason why the church is signified by the
earth is because by earth or land the land of Canaan is

The same word is translated both earth and la?ia\

No. 2S7.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 279

often meant, in which was the church: the heavenly Canaan
is nothing else : also because when the earth is mentioned,
the angels, who are spiritual, do not think of the earth, but
of the human race which is upon it, and their spiritual state ;
and their spiritual state is the state of the church. Earth
also has an opposite sense, and in that it signifies damna-
tion ; since, when there is no church with a man, there is
damnation. The earth is spoken of in this sense in Isa.
k'w. 12; xxi. 9; xxvi. 19, 21; xxix. 4; xlvii. 1; lxiii. 6;
Lam. ii. 2, 10 ; Ez. xxvi. 20; xxxii. 24 ; Num. xvi. 29-33 ;
xxvi. 10 ; and elsewhere.

286. And I saw, and I heard a voice of many angels around
the t/irofie and the animals and the elders, signifies confession
and glorification of the Lord by the angels of the lower
heavens. That confession and glorification of the Lord
was made by the angels of the three heavens, may be seen
above (n. 275) ; and also by the angels of the higher heavens
(from vers. 8 to 10) ; and hence now by the angels of the
lower heavens (vers. 11, 12) : on which account, by a voice
of angels around the throne is meant confession and glori-
fication of the Lord by the angels of the lower heavens.
The reason that he then saw also the animals and the elders
together with them, is because the angels of the higher
heavens are signified by the animals and the elders (n. 275) ;
and the lower heavens never act separately from the higher
heavens, but conjointly with them : for the Lord flows in
immediately from Himself into all the heavens, and thus
also into the lower ones, and at the same time mediately
through the higher heavens into the lower. This is there-
fore the cause that he saw and heard the animals and the
elders first by themselves, and then together with the
others.

287. And the number of them was myriads of myriads and
thousands of thousands, signifies all in truths and in goods.
By a number in the natural sense is meant that which has
relation to measure or weight, but by a number in the

280 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V.

spiritual sense that which has relation to quality : and their
quality is here described by their being myriads of myriads
and thousands of thousands ; for myriad is predicated of
truths and a thousand of goods. The reason that a myriad
is predicated of truths and a thousand of goods, is because a
myriad is the greater number, and a thousand the less; and
truths are manifold, but goods simple: and because where
truths are treated of in the Word, goods are also treated of,
on account of the marriage of truth and good in each thing
of the Word : otherwise it might have said only myriads of
myriads. Because these two numbers signify such things,
they are therefore also mentioned elsewhere ; as in these
passages : The chariots of God are two myriads ; thousands
of angels of peace; the Lord is in them, Sinai in the sanctu-
ary (Ps. lxviii. 1 7). / saw when the Ancient of Days did
sit ; thousands of thousands ministered to Him, and myriads
of myriads stood before Him (Dan. vii. 9, 10). Moses says
of Joseph, His horns are the horns of a unicorn ; with them
shall he strike the peoples together to the ends of the earth ;
and these are the myriads of Ephraim and the thousands of
Afandsseh (Deut. xxxiii. 17). Thou shall not fear for
the pestileiice that spreadeth in thick-darkness, and for the
destruction that wasteth at noonday : a thousand shall fall at
thy side, and a myriad at thy right hand (Ps. xci. 5-7). Our
flocks are thousands, myriads in our streets (Ps. cxliv. 13).
Is Jehovah delighted with thousands of rams, with myriads
of rivers of oil ? (Mic. vi. 7). When the ark rested, Moses
said, Return, O Jehovah, unto the myriads of the thousands
of Israel (Num. x. 36). In all these places "myriads"
relates to truths, and " thousands " to goods.

288. Saying with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that
was slain, to ?-eceive power and riches and wisdom and honor
and glory, signifies confession from the heart that the Lord
as to His Divine Human has omnipotence, omniscience,
Divine Good and Divine Truth. " Saying with a great
voice" signifies confession from the heart : " Worthy art

No. 2S9.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

28l

thou " signifies that in Him are the things which follow ■
"the Lamb " signifies the Lord as to His Divine Human :
" power " signifies the Divine power, which is omnipotence :
" riches and wisdom " signify Divine knowledge and wis-
dom, which are omniscience : u honor and glory " signify
Divine Good and Divine Truth. That riches signify the
cognitions of good and truth, and thus knowledge, may be
seen above (n. 206) ; hence omniscience, when speaking
of the Lord : and that " honor and glory," when ascribed
to the Lord, signify the Divine Good and the Divine Truth,
see above (n. 249).

289. And blessing, signifies all these things in Him, and
from Him in them. By blessing is meant all the good
which man has from the Lord, as power and opulence, and
the things which accompany them ; but especially all spir-
itual good, as love and wisdom, charity and faith, and
thence the joy and happiness which are of life eternal :
and because all these are from the Lord, it follows that
they are in Him ; for unless they were in Him, they could
not be in others from Him. Hence it is, that the Lord is
called " Blessed " in the Word, and also u Blessing," that
is Blessing Itself. That Jehovah, that is, the Lord, is
called " Blessed," is manifest from these places : The High
priest asked Jesus, Art thou the Christ the Son of the
Blessed 1 (Mark xiv. 6i\ Jesus said, Ye shall not see me
hereafter, until ye say, Blessed is He that cometh in the name
of the Lord (Matt, xxiii. 39 ; Luke xiii. 35). Melehizedek
blessed Abram, and said, Blessed be God Most High, who
hath given thine enemies into thy hand (Gen. xiv. 1S-20).
Blessed be Jehcrvah the God of Shem (Gen. ix. 26). Blessed
be Jehovah, who hath heard my voiee (Ps. xxviii. 6)
Blessed be Jehovah, because He hath made manrllous His
kindness (Ps. xxxi. 21). Blessed be Jehovah from everlast-
ing even to everlasting (Ps. xli. 13. So, too, Ps. lxvi. 20 ; Ps.
lxviii. 19, 35 ; Ps. Ixxii. iS, 19 ; Ps. lxxxix. 52 ; Ps. cxix.
12 ; Ps. cxxiv. 6 \ Ps. cxxxv. 21 ; Ps. cxliv. 1 j Luke i. 63.

282

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V

Hence it is that it is here said "Blessing," as also vers. 12 \
and chap. vii. 12 : and in David, Glory and honor hast
thou laid upon Him, since thou makest Him a Blessing for
ever (Ps. xxi. 5,6): this is concerning the Lord. It may
be seen from these things what is meant in the Word by
blessing God ; that it is to ascribe to Him all blessing j
also by praying that He would bless, and by giving thanks
because He has blessed ; as may be evident from these
passages following: The mouth of Zacharias was opened,
and he spake blessing God (Luke i. 64, 68). Simeon took up
the infant Jesus in his arms, and blessed God (Luke ii. 28,
30, 31). Bless ye Jehovah, who hath cowiselled for me (Ps.
xvi. 7). Bless ye the name of Jehovah, preach the good
tidings of his salvation from day to day (Ps. xcvi. 1-3).
Blessed be the Lord froiti day to day : bless ye God in the
congregations, the Lord from the fountain of Lsrael (Ps.
lxviii. 19, 26).

290. And every created thing which is i?i heave?i, and upon
the earth, and under the earth, and those that are in the sea,
and all that are in them, heard I saying, signifies confession
and glorification of the Lord by the angels of the lowest
heavens. That this confession and glorification of the
Lord is from the angels of the lowest heavens, is manifest
from the series ; because the confessions and glorifications
of the Lord which precede were made by the angels of
the higher heavens, and the lower (n. 275, &c, and 286,
&c.) ; for there are three heavens, and numberless societies
in each, any one of which is called a heaven. That by
every created thing which is in heaven and upon the earth
and under the earth and in the sea, the angels are meant,
is manifest : for he says, 1 heard them saying; and they said,
Blessing and honor and glory and strength be unto Him that
sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb, for ever and ever.
Their being called a created thing, is according to the
style of the Word, in which by all the created things, as
well those that are of the animal kingdom as those of lie

No. 290.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 283

vegetable kingdom, the various things in man are signi-
fied ; in general those that are of his will or affection, and
those that are of his understanding or thought. They sig-
nify these things because they correspond to them. And
because the Word is written entirely by correspondences,
similar things are therefore said in it of the angels of
heaven and of the men of the church ; to prove which
a few passages only will be adduced. Jesus said unto
the disciples, Go ye into all the world, and preach the
gospel to every creature (Mark xvi. 15). Ask, I pray,
the beasts, and they shall teach ; and the birds of heavent
and they shall declare tmto thee ; or the shrub of the earth,
and it shall teach thee; and the fishes of the sea shall
relate unto thee : who of all these doth not know that the.
hand of jfehovah hath w rough t this I (Job xii. 7-10). Let
the heaven and earth praise jfehovah, the seas and all that
creepeth in the?n for God will save Zion (Ps. lxix. 34, 35).
Praise jfehovah from the earth, ye whales and all deeps (Ps.
cxlviii. 7). I will utterly consume all tilings from upon the
face of the earth ; I will consume man and beast, I will con-
sume the birds of the heavens and the fishes of the sea (Zeph.

1. 2, 3. So too Isa. 1. 2, 3 ; Ez. xxxviii. 19, 20 ; Hos. iv.

2, 3 ; Apoc. viii. 7-9). The heavens shall be glad, the earth
shall rejoice, the sea shall be moved, and the fulness thereof,
the field shall rejoice and all that is therein ; then shall all
the trees of the forest sing before jfehovah ; for He cometh,
for He cometh to judge the earth (Ps. xcvi. 11-13): and in
many other places. It is said "every created thing," and
by this is meant every thing that is reformed, or all the
reformed ; for by creating is signified to reform and regen-
erate (n. 254). What is meant by "in heaven, upon the
earth, and under the earth," may be seen above (n. 260) :
and what by " the sea " (n. 23S). It is hence manifest
what is signified by " the things that are in the sea, and
all that are in them." These are meant in the Word by
the fishes of the sea, which are the sensual affections

284 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap, V

which are the lowest affections of the natural man ; for
such affections appear in the spiritual world at a distance
like fishes, and as if in the sea ; because the atmosphere
in which they are appears watery, and hence in the eyes
of those who are in the heavens and upon the earth there,
as a sea (see above, n. 238 ; and concerning fishes, n. 405).

291. Blessing and honor and glory and strength be unto
Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever
and ever, signifies that in the Lord from eternity, and thence
in His Divine Human, is the all of heaven and of the
church, Divine Good and Divine Truth, and Divine Power,
and from Him in those who are in heaven and in the
church. That the Lord from eternity is Jehovah, who took
on the Human in time, that He might redeem and save
men, may be seen above (n. 281); wherefore by "Him
that sitteth upon the throne " is meant the Lord from eter-
nity, who is called the Father ; and by " the Lamb " the
Lord as to the Divine Human, which is the Son : and be-
cause the Father is in the Son, and the Son in the Father,
and they are one, it is evident that by both — Him that
sitteth upon the throne, and the Lamb — the Lord is
meant : and because they are one, the Lamb is also said to
be in the midst of the throne (vers. 6) ; also chap. vii. 17.
That " blessing," when speaking of the Lord, is the all of
heaven and the church in Him, and from Him in those who
are in heaven and in the church, may be seen above (n. 289).
That " honor and glory v are the Divine Good and the
Divine Truth, see also above (n. 249) : and that " strength,"
when ascribed to the Lord, is the Divine Power, is manifest.
That all these belong to the Lord, may be evident in
Daniel : Behold, one like the Son of Man came with the
clouds of heaven, and even unto the Ancient of Days : and to
Him 7uas given dominion and glory and the kingdom ; and all
peoples, nations, and tongues shall worship Him : His domin-
ion is the dominion of an age which shall not pass away, and
His kingdom that which shall not perish (vii. 13, 14). That

No. 294.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

" the Ancient of Days " is the Lord from eternity, is mani-
fest from this in Micah : Thou Bethlehem Ephratah, it is
little that thou art among the thousands of Judah ; out of
thee shall go forth to Me He who shall be Ruler in Israel,
and whose going forth is from a?icie?it time, fro?n the days
vf eternity (v. 2). Also from this in Isaiah : Unto us a
Child is born, unto us a Son is given, upon whose shoulder is
the sovereignty ; His ?iame shall be called Counsellor, God,
Mighty, Father of Eternity, Prince of Peace (ix. 5).

292. And the four animals said, Amen, signifies Divine
confirmation from the Word. That the four animals or
cherubs signify the Word, may be seen above (n. 239) : and
that " Amen " signifies Divine confirmation from the truth
itself (n. 23, 28, 61) ; and thus from the Word.

293. And the twenty-four ciders fell down and worshipped
Him that liveth for rver and ever, signifies humiliation before
the Lord, and from humiliation adoration by all in the
heavens of Him, in Whom and from Whom is eternal life j
as above (n. 251, and n. 58, 60).

294. TO THESE THINGS I WILL ADD THIS RELATION.

In the natural world man has a twofold speech, because he
has a twofold thought, an exterior and an interior : for a
man can speak from interior thought, and at the same time
from exterior thought ; and he can speak from exterior
thought, and not from the interior, and even against the
interior : hence come simulations, flatteries, and hypocrisies.
But in the spiritual world man's speech is not twofold, but
single. He there speaks as he thinks : otherwise the sound
is harsh, and offends the ear. But still he can be silent, and
thus not divulge the thoughts of his mind : on which ac-
count, when a hypocrite comes among the wise, he either
goes away, or hurries himself into a corner of the room,
and makes himself inconspicuous, and sits mute. There

286 THE APOCALYPSE ^REVEALED. [Chap. V

were once many gathered together in the world of spirits,
speaking on this subject among themselves, and saying that
not to be able to speak except as one thinks, is hard,
when in conversation with the good, to those who have not
thought justly concerning God and concerning the Lord.
In the middle of the congregation were Protestants and
many from the clergy • and next them the Papists, with
the monks ; and the latter and the former said at first that
this was not hard. What need of speaking otherwise than
as one thinks ? And if perchance he does not think justly,
can he not close his lips, and keep silence ? And a clergy-
man said, 1 Who does not think justly concerning God and
concerning the Lord ? ' But some of the congregation said,
' Let us, however, try.' And it was said to those who had
confirmed themselves in a trinity of persons in regard to
God, — especially from these words in the Athanasian
Creed, " There is one person of the Father, another of the
Son, and another of the Holy Spirit ; and as the Father is
God, so the Son is God, and the Holy Spirit is God," —
that they should say One God. But they could not. They
twisted and folded their lips into many curves, and could
not articulate any other words than those that agreed with
the ideas of their thought, which were of three persons, and
thence of three Gods. Again it was said to those who had
confirmed faith separate from charity, that they should
name Jesus ; but they could not : yet all could say Christ,
and also God the Father. This they wondered at, and
sought for the cause ; and they found it to be, that they
prayed to God the Father for the Son's sake, and did not
pray to the Saviour Himself ; for Jesus signifies Saviour.
It was further said to them, that from thought concerning
the Lord's Human, they should say Divine Human ; but no
one of the clergy who was there present could : but some
of the laity could ; on which account this was taken into
serious discussion. And then, I. These things were read
to them from the Evangelists : The Father hath given all

No. 294.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 2S7

things into the hand of the Son (John iii. 35). The Father
hath given to the Son power overall flesh (John xvii. 2). All
things are delivered unto Me by my Father (Matt. xi. 27).
All powet is given unto me in heaven and upon earth (Matt
xxviii. 18) : and it was said to them, f Keep in mind from
these, that Christ, not only as to His Divine, but also as to His
Human, is the God of heaven and earth, and so pronounce
Diz ine Human.1 But still they could not : and they said that
they indeed retained from those passages some thought
from understanding concerning it, but not acknowledgment ;
and that on that account they could not. II. Afterwards
was read to them from Luke i. 32, 34, 35, that the Lord as
to His Human was the Son of Jehovah God. and that as to
His Human He is everywhere in the Word called the Son
of God, and also the Only-begotten : and they were re-
quested to hold this in the thought, and also that the Only-
begotten Son of God born in the world cannot but be
God, as the Father is God, and to utter " Divine Human."
But they said, ' We cannot, for the reason that our spiritual
thought, which is interior, does not admit into the thought
that is next the speech any other ideas than what are sim-
ilar to it ; and that they perceived from this, that it is not
now permitted to divide their thoughts, as in the natural
world. III. Then were read to them these words of the Lord
to Philip : Fhilip said, Lord, shew us the Father ; and the
Lord said, He that seeth Me, seeth the Father : trimmest thou
twt that L am in the Father, and the Father in me (John xiv.
8-11) : and other passages also, that tlie Father and He are
one (John x. 30). and elsewhere. And it was said to them,
that they should keep this in the thought, and say k< Divine
Human:' But because that thought was not rooted in the
acknowledgment that the Lord was God even as to His
Human, they could not. They twisted their lips into folds
even to indignation, and wished to compel their mouth to
utter it, and to force it out : but they were not able. The
cause was, that the ideas of the thought which flows from

288 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V

acknowledgment make one with the words of the tongue,
with those who are in the spiritual world ; and where
those ideas do not exist, there are no words ; for ideas
become words in speech. IV. Further, these things
were read to them from the doctrine of the church
received in the entire world, That " the Divine and the
Human in the Lord are not two, but one, yea, one person,
being united altogether as the soul and the body." These
are fiom the Athanasian Creed or Faith. And it was said
to them, From this you can certainly have the idea from
acknowledgment that the Lord's Human is Divine, because
His soul is Divine ; for it is from the doctrine of your
church, which you had acknowledged in the world. More-
over, the soul is the essence itself, and the body is the
form ; and essence and form make one, like esse (to be)
and existere (to exist), and like the efficient cause of the
effect and the effect itself. They retained this idea, and
from it wished to utter " Divine Human ; " but they could
not, for the interior idea concerning the Lord's Human
exterminated and expunged this new adscititious idea, as
they called it. V. Again this was read to them from John :
The Word was with God, and the Word was God ; and the
Word was made flesh (i. t, 14) : and this from Paul : In
Christ Jesus dwelleth all the fubiess of the Godhead bodily
(Col. ii. 9). And it was said to them that they should
think firmly that God who was the Word was made flesh,
and that all the Divine dwelleth in Him bodily ; and per-
haps they might thus utter "Divine Human." But still
they could not ; saying openly that they could not have
the idea of a Divine Human, because God is God, and
man is man j and God is a Spirit, and of a spirit we hare
thought no otherwise than as of wind or ether. VI. It
was at length said to them, You know that the Lord said,
Abide in Me, and I in you : he that abideth in Me, and I in
him, beareth much fruit ; for without Me ye cannot do any
thing (John xv. 4, 5). And as some of the English clergy

No. «94-J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 289

were present, this was read to them out of one of their
exhortations before the Holy Communion : " For, when we
spiritually eat the flesh of Christ, and drink His blood,
then we dwell in Christ, and Christ in us." " If you now
think that this cannot be unless the Lord's Human is
Divine, pronounce Divine Human from acknowledgment
in the thought." But still they could not : for so deeply
was the idea impressed upon them, that the Lord's Divine
was one thing, and His Human another, and that His
Divine was like the Divine of the Father, and the Human
like the human of another man. But it was said to them,
" How can you think so ? can a rational mind in anywise
think that God is three, and that the Lord is two?"
VII. They afterwards turned to the Lutherans, saying that
the Augustan Confession and Luther taught that the Son
of God and the Son of Man in Christ are one person,
and that He, even as to His Human Nature, is the true,
omnipotent, and eternal God ; and that being present as
to this also at the right hand of the omnipotent God,
he governs all things in the heavens and on earth, fills all
things, is with us, and dwells and operates in us ; and that
there is no difference of worship, because through the
Nature which is seen, the Divinity which is not seen is
worshipped : thus that in Christ God is Man and Man
God. On hearing this they answered, " Is it so?" Arid
they looked around, and presently said, " We did not know
this before, and therefore we cannot." Yet one and another
said, " We have read it, and written it ; but still, while we
thought about it in ourselves from ourselves, they were only
words, of which we had not an interior idea." VIII. At
length, turning to the Papists, they said, "Perhaps you
can say 1 the Divine Human] because you believe that in
the Bread and Wine in your Eucharist, and in every part
of it, is the entire Christ; and you also adore Him as
God, when you show and carry around the host ; also
because you call Mary the mother of God ; consequently
vol. 1. 13

290

THE APOCAIYFSE REVEALED. [Chap. V

you acknowledge that she brought forth God, that is, the
Divine Human." And they then wished to utter it from
these ideas of their thought concerning the Lord ; but they
could not, on account of their material idea of His Body
and Blood, and on account of their declaration that the
Human Power, and not the Divine, was transferred by
Him to the Pope. And one of the monks arose and said,
that he could think of a Divine Human in relation to the
most holy virgin Mary, the mother of God, and also in rela-
tion to the saint of his monastery. And another monk
approached, saying, " From the idea of my thought I can
say Divine Human of the most holy Pope, rather than of
Christ." But other monks then pulled him back, and said,
" Shame on you." After this, heaven was seen to be
opened, and there were seen tongues as little flames
descending and flowing in with some \ and these then cel-
ebrated the Lord's Divine Human, saying, " Remove the
idea of three Gods, and believe that in the Lord dwells
all the fulness of the Godhead bodily j and that the Father
and He are one, as the soul and body are one ; and that
God is not wind or ether, but that He is Man ; and then
you will be conjoined to heaven, and will thereby be able
from the Lord to speak the name Jesus, and to say Divine,
Human"

Chap. VI.l THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

29I

CHAPTER SIXTH.

1. And I saw when the Lamb had opened the first of the
seals ; and I heard one of the four animals, saying, as with
a voice of thunder, Come and see.

2. And I saw, and behold, a white horse ; and he that
sat upon him had a bow : and there was given unto him a
crown j and he went forth conquering and to conquer.

3. And when He had opened the second seal, I heard the
second animal saying, Come and see. •

4. And there went forth another horse that was red ; and
to him that sat upon him it was given to take peace from
the earth, and that they should kill one another ; and there
was given unto him a great sword.

5. And when He had opened the third seal, I heard the
third animal saying, Come and see. And I saw, and be-
hold, a black horse * and he that sat upon him had a
balance in his hand.

6. And I heard a voice in the midst of the four animals,
saying, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three meas-
ures of barley for a penny ; and hurt not the oil and the
wine.

7. And when He had opened the fourth seal, I heard the
voice of the fourth animal, saying, Come and see.

8. And I saw, and behold, a pale horse ; and the name
of him that sat upon him was Death ; and hell followed
with him : and there was given unto them power over the
fourth part of the earth, to kill with the sword, and with
famine, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

9. And when He had opened the fifth seal, I saw under
the altar the souls of them that were slain for the Word of
God, and for the testimony which they held.

292 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

10. And they cried with a great voice, saying, How long,
O Lord, Holy and True, dost thou not judge and avenge
our blood upon them that dwell on the earth.

11. And there were given unto each of them white robes ;
and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet a little
while, until both their fellow-servants and their brethren
who would be killed as they were should be fulfilled.

12. And I saw when He had opened the sixth seal ; and
behold, there was a great earthquake : and the sun be-
came black as sackcloth of hair • and the moon became as
blood.

13. And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, as a fig
tree casteth its unripe figs, when shaken by a great wind.

14. And the heaven departed as a book rolled together,
and every mountain and island were moved out of their
places.

15. And the kings of the earth and the great ones, and
the rich and the commanders of thousands, and the mighty,
and every servant, and every freeman, hid themselves in the
caves, and in the rocks of the mountains ;

16. And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall upon us,
and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth upon the throne,
and from the anger of the Lamb.

17. Because the great day of His anger is come, and
who can stand ?

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The ex-
ploration of those upon whom the last judgment is about
to come, is treated of ; and it is discovered what their un-
derstanding of the Word had been, and hence what was the
state of their life : that there were those who were in truths
from good (vers. 1, 2) j who were without good (vers.
3, 4) \ who were in contempt for the truth (vers. 5, 6) ; and

UHAP. VI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

293

who were altogether vastated as to good and as to truth
(vers. 7, 8). The state of those who were guarded by the
Lord in the lower earth on account of the evil ; that they
are to be liberated at the time of the last judgment (vers.
9-1 1). The state of those who are in evils and thence in
falsities ; what it is at the day of the last judgment (vers.
12-17).

The Contents of each Verse. " And I saw when
the Lamb had opened the first of the seals," sig?iifies the
exploration by the Lord of all upon whom the last judgment
was about to come, as to their understanding of the Word,
and hence as to the states of their life. " And I heard one
of the four animals saying as with a voice of thunder," sig-
nifies according to the Divine Truth of the Word. " Come
and see," signifies a manifestation concerning the first in
order. " And I saw, and behold, a white horse," signifies
the understanding of truth and good from the Word with
these. " And he that sat upon him had a bow," signifies
that they have the doctrine of truth and good from the
Word, by which they fight against the falsities and evils
that are from hell. " And there was given unto him a
crown," signifies their badge of combat. " And he went
forth conquering and to conquer," signifies victory over evils
and falsities, for ever. " And when He had opened the
second seal, I heard the second animal saying, Come and
see," signifies the same here as above. " And there went
forth another horse that was red," signifies the understand-
ing of the Word destroyed as to good and thence as to the
life with them. " And unto him that sat upon him it was
given to take peace from the earth," signifies the taking
away of charity, spiritual security, and internal rest. " That
they should kill one another/' signifies intestine hatreds, in-
festations from the hells, and internal unrest. " And there
was given unto him a great sword," signifies the destruction
of truth by the falsities of evil. " And when He had opened
the third seal, I heard the third animal saying, Come and

294

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI,

see," signifies the same here as above. " And I saw, and
behold, a black horse," signifies the understanding of the
Word destroyed as to truth, and thus as to doctrine, with
these. " And he that sat upon him had a balance in his
hand," signifies the estimation of good and truth, what it
was with these. " And I heard a voice in the midst of the
four animals, saying," signifies the Divine care of the Word
by the Lord. " A measure of wheat for a penny, and three
measures of barley for a penny," signifies, because the esti-
mation of good and truth is so trifling as scarce to be any
thing. " And hurt not the oil and the wine," signifies that
it is provided by the Lord that the holy goods and truths
which lie hid interiorly in the Word should not be violated
and profaned. " And when He had opened the fourth seal,
I heard the voice of the fourth animal, saying, Come and
see," signifies the same as above. " And I saw, and behold,
a pale horse," signifies the understanding of the Word
destroyed both as to good and as to truth. " And the
name of him that sat upon him was death, and hell followed
with him," signifies the extinction of spiritual life, and thence
damnation. " And there was given unto them power over
the fourth part of the earth to kill," signifies the destruction
of every good of the church. " With the sword, and with
fainine, and with death, and by the beasts of the earth,"
signifies by falsities of doctrine, by evils of life, by the love
of proprium (ownhood), and by lusts. " And when He had
opened the fifth seal," signifies exploration by the Lord of
the state of life of those who were to be saved at the day of
the last judgment, and in the mean time were reserved.
" I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain
for the Word of God and for the testimony which they held,"
signifies those who, being rejected by the evil on account of
their life according to the truths of the Word and their ac-
knowledgment of the Lord's Divine Human, were guarded
by the Lord, lest they should be led away. " And they
cried with a great voice," signifies grief of heart. " Sayings

Chap. VI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 295

How long, O Lord, dost thou not judge and avenge our
blood upon them that dwell on the earth," signifies, on this
account, that the last judgment is delayed, and that those
are not removed who offer violence to the Word and to the
Lord's Divinity. " And there were given unto each of
them white robes," signifies their communication and con-
junction with the angels who are in Divine truths. "And
it was said unto them, that they should rest yet a little
while, until both their fellow-servants and their brethren,
who would be killed as they were, should be fulfilled,"
signifies that the last judgment would be delayed yet a little,
until those were gathered together who were in like manner
rejected by the evil. " And I saw when He had opened
the sixth seal," signifies the exploration by the Lord of the
state of life of those who were interiorly evil, upon whom
the last judgment was about to come. " And behold, there
was a great earthquake," signifies the state of the church
altogether changed with them, and terror. " And the sun
became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became
as blood," signifies every good of love with them adulterated,
and every truth of faith falsified. " And the stars fell unto
the earth," signifies all the knowledges of good and truth dis-
persed. " As a fig-tree casteth its unripe figs when shaken by
a great wind," signifies by the reasonings of the natural man
separated from the spiritual. " And the heaven departed
as a book rolled together," signifies separation from heaven
and conjunction with hell. " And every mountain and
island were removed out of their places," signifies that all
the good of love and the truth of faith receded. " And the
kings of the earth and the great ones, and the rich and
the commanders of thousands, and the mighty, and every
servant, and every freeman," signifies those who before the
separation were in the understanding of truth and good, in
the knowledge of the cognitions of them, and in erudition,
from others or from themselves, and still not in a life ac-
cording to them. u Hid themselves in the caves and in the

296

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI

rocks of the mountains," signifies that they were now in
evils and in the falsities of evil. " And said to the moun-
tains and rocks, Fall upon us, and hide us from the face of
Him that sitteth upon the throne, and from the anger of
the Lamb," signifies confirmations of evil by falsities from
evil, until they did not acknowledge any thing Divine in die
Lord. " Because the great day of His anger is come, and
who can stand ? " signifies that they had become such of
themselves by separation from the good and the faithful on
account of the last judgment, which they could not other-
wise endure.

THE EXPLANATION.

295. And T saw when the Lamb had opened the first of the
seals, signifies the exploration by the Lord of all upon whom
the last Judgment was about to come, as to their under-
standing of the Word, and thence as to the states of their
life. These things are signified, because there now follows
in order the exploration of all those upon whom the last
Judgment was about to come, as to the states of their life ;
and this by the Lord according to the Word. This, there-
fore, is what is signified by the Lamb's opening the seals
of the Book. That to open the Book, and to loose its
seals, signifies to know the states of the life of all, and to
judge each according to his own, may be seen above (n. 259,
265-267, 273, 274).

296. And I heard, one of the four animals saying, as with
a voice of thunder, signifies according to the Divine Truth
of the Word. That the Word is meant by the four animals
or cherubs, may be seen above (n. 239, 275, 286) , and
that perception of the Divine Truth is meant by a voice of
thunder, see n. 236. It is here called a voice of thunder,
because by this animal the lion is meant, by which the
Divine Truth of the Word as to power is signified (n. 24A

No. 29S.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

297

Hence it is that this animal is said to speak as with a voice
of thunder ; for it is afterwards said that the second animal
spoke, and then the third, and the fourth.

297. Come and jac, signifies a manifestation concerning
the first in order. It was said above, that the exploration
of all upon whom the Judgment was about to come is
described in this chapter, as to the states of their life \
and this by the Lord according to the Word (n. 295). Here,
therefore, the exploration of those who were the first in
order is described, — what they were as to their under-
standing of the Word, and thence the states of their life.
That the Church is from the Word, and that it is such as
its understanding of the Word is, may be seen in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture " (n. 76-79).

298. And I saw, a?id behold, a white horse, signifies the
understanding of truth and good from the Word with these.
The understanding of the Word is signified by a horse, and
by a white horse the understanding of truth from the Word;
for white is predicated of truths (n. 167). That a horse
signifies the understanding of the Word, is shown in a
separate little work on the " White Horse : " but as only a
few passages are there adduced, more will here be brought
forward in confirmation. This is clearly manifest from the
fact that horses were seen to go forth out of the Book which
the Lamb opened ; and that the animals said, Come and
see: for by the animals the Word is signified (n. 239, 275
286) • and by the Book also (n. 256) ; and by the Son ot
Man, who is here the Lamb, the Lord as to the Word
(n. 44). From these things it is now manifest, that nothing
else but the understanding of the Word is here meant by
the horse. This may be more manifestly evident from these
words below in the Apocalypse : / saw heaven open, whm,
behold, a White Horse ; and He that sat upon him is called
the J Ford of God : and He hath upon His vesture and upon
His thigh a name written, King of kings and Lord of lords •

*3*

298

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

and His armies in the heavens followed Him upon white horses
(xix. 11, 13, 14, 16). It maybe still more evident that a
horse signifies the understanding of the Word, from the
following passages : Was thy wrath against the sea, O
Jehovah ; that thou ridest upon thy horses ? thy chariots are
salvation ; thou didst tread the sea with thy horses, the mud
of the waters (Hab. iii. 8, 15). The hoofs of the horses of
Jehovah are counted as flints (Is a. v. 28). In that day I
will smite every horse with astonishment, and his rider with
fury ; and I will smite every horse of the people with blindness
(Zech. xii. 4). In that day there shall be upon the bells of tht
horses, Holiness to Jehovah (Zech. xiv. 20). Because God
hath made her forget wisdom, nor hath imparted understand-
ing; at what time she raiseth herself on high, she scometh the
horse and his rider (Job xxxix. 17, 18, &c.). I will cut off
the horse from Jerusalem ; but He shall speak peace to the
nations (Zech. ix. 10). Because of thy rebuke, O Jehovah,
both the chariot and the horse -have fallen asleep (Ps. lxxvi. 6).
I will overturn the throne of kings, and I will overturn the
chariot and them that ride in it; and the horses and their
horsemen shall come down (Hag. ii. 22). By thee I will
disperse the kingdoms, by thee I will disperse'the horse and his
rider (Jer. li. 20, 21). Gather yourselves from every side to
my sacrifice ; ye shall be satisfied at my table with horses and
chariots; thus will I set Piy glory among t'he nations (Ez.
xxxix. 17, 20, 21). Be gathered together to the great Simper
of God, and ye shall eat the flesh of horses and of them -hat
sit upon them (Apoc. xix. 17, 18). Dan shall be a viper ipnji
the path, biting the heels of the horse, and his rider shah fall
backwards : I wait for thy salvation, O Jehovah (Gen. xlix.
17, 18). Gird on thy sword, O Mighty ; mount, ride upon
the Word of Truth (Ps. xlv. 3, 4). Sing unto God ; extol
Him that rideth upon the clouds (Ps. lxviii. 4). Beholdt
Jehovah rideth upon a cloud (Isa. xix. 1, 2). Sing unto the
l^ord, that rideth upon the heaven of heaven of old (Ps. i*viii
32, 33). God rode upon a cherub (Ps. xviii. 10). Then Jwlt

No. 598.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

299

thou delight in Jehovah, and I will make thee to ride upo?i the
high places of the earth (Isa. lviii. 14). Jehovah alone did
lead him, and made him to ride upon the high places of the
earth (Deut. xxxii. 12, 13). / will make J^phraim to ride
(Hos. x. 1 1). Ephraim also signifies the understanding of
the Word. Since Elijah and Elisha represented the Lord
as to the Word, they were therefore called " the chariot of
Israel and his horsemen." Elisha said to Elijah, My father,
my father, the chariot of Israel and the horsemen thereof
(2 Kings ii. 12): and Joash the king said to Elisha, My
father, the chariot of Israel and the horsemen thereof (2 Kings
xiii. 14). Jehovah opened the eyes of the boy of Elisha ; and
he saw, and behold, the mountain was full of horses and
chariots of fire around Elisha (2 Kings vi. 17). A chariot
signifies doctrine from the Word, and a horseman one who
is wise therefrom. Similar things are signified by the Four
chariots going forth between the mountains of brass, and by the
four horses harnessed to them, which were red, black, white,
and speckled ; which are also called four spirits, and are said
to have gone forth from standing near the lord of the whole
earth (Zech. vi. 1-8, 15). In these passages, the under-
standing of the Word, or the understanding of truth from
the Word, is signified by horses ; and so in other places.
This may be still more evident from horses when mentioned
in the opposite sense ; in which they signify the understand-
ing of the Word and of truth, falsified by reasonings, and
also destroyed ; also one's own intelligence ; as in the fol-
lowing : Woe to them that go down into Egypt for helps, and
depend upon horses, and look not to the Holy One of Israel;
for Egypt is man, a?id not God ; and its horses flesh, and ?wt
spirit (Isa. xxxi. 1, 3). Thou shalt set as king over Israel
him whom Jehovah hath chosen ; only he shall not multiply
horses to himself, lest he bring back the people into Egypt to
multiply horses (Deut. xvii. 14, 15, 16). These things were
said because knowledge and reasoning trom one's own
intelligence are signified by Egypt, whence comes the faJ

300 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

sification of the truth of the Word, which here is a horse.

Ashur will noi save us ; we will not ride upon horses (Hos.
xiv. 3). Some trust in chariots and some in horses, but we
will glory in tk% 7ia?ne of our God (Ps. xx. 7). A horse is
a treacherous thing for safety (Ps. xxxiii. 17). Jehovah
delighteth not in the strength of the horse (Ps. cxlvii. 10).
The Holy One of Israel said, in trust shall be your strength ;
hut ye said, Nay, we will flee upon horses, and we will ride
upo?i the swift (Isa. xxx. 15, 16). Jehovah shall make Judah
as a horse of glory ; they that ride upon horses shall be ashamed
(Zech. x. 3-5). Woe to the city of bloods, all full of a lie; and
iheneighing horse, and the bounding chariot, and the horseman
mounting (Nah. iii. 1-4). I will bring against Tyre the king
of Babylon with horses and with chariots and with horsemen :
because of the abundance of horses their dust shall cover thee ;
because of the voice of the horseman and the chariot thy walls
shall be shaken : with the hoofs of his horses shall he trampk
all thy streets (Ez. xxvi. 7-1 1). By Tyre the Church as tr
the knowledges of truth is signified ; here the same falsifier
therein, which are the horses of Babylon. Besides othe:
places, as Isa. v. 26, 28; Jer. vi. 22, 23; viii. 16; xlvi. 4,
9 ; I. 37, 38, 42 ; Ez. xvii. 15 ; xxiii. 6, 20 • Hab. i. 6, 8, 9,
10; Ps. lxvi. 12. The understanding of the Word de-
stroyed is also signified by the red, the black, and the pale
horse, in what now follows. It is from appearances in the
spiritual world that a horse signifies the understanding of
truth from the Word ; see the small work on the " White
Horse."

299. And he that sat upon him had a bow, signifies that
they have the doctrine of truth and good from the Word, by
which they fight against the falsities and evils which are
from hell, and thus against hell. By Him that sat upon the
white horse spoken of Apoc. xix. 13, is meant the Lord
as to the Word : but by him that sat upon this white horse
is meant a man-angel as to the doctrine of truth and good
from the Word, and thus from the Lord, — the same as by the

No. 209.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Lord's army in heaven, who "followed the Lord upon white
horses" (Apoc. xix. 14). Of Him who sat upon the white
horse (chap, xix.), it is said that a sharp sword went out of
His mouth, that with it He might smite the nations ; and
by the sword going out of His mouth is signified the Divine
Truth of the Word fighting against falsities and evils
(n. 52, 108, 117): but it is here said that he that sat upon
this white horse had a bow ; and by a bow is signified the
doctrine of truth and good from the Word fighting against
evils and falsities. To fight against evils and falsities is
also to fight against the hells, because evils and falsities
are thence ; on which account this also is signified. That
a bow in the Word signifies doctrine combating in both
senses, may be evident from these passages : The arrows
of Jehovah are sharp, and all His bows bent; the hoofs of
His horses are counted as flint (Isa. v. 28). The Lord hath
bent His bow as a?i enemy (Lam. ii. 4). Jehovah, thou ridest
upon thy horses ; thy bow shall be made naked (Hab. iii. 8, 9).
He gave the nations before him, a?id made him to rule over
kings ; He gave them as dust to his sword, as stubble to his
bow (Isa. xli. 2). In these passages " a bow," because
belonging to Jehovah or the Lord, signifies the Word, from
which the Lord fights in man against evils and falsities.
T will cut off the chariot from Ephraim, and the horse from
Jerusalem ; and the bow of war shall be cut off, and He shall
speak peace to the nations (Zech. ix. 10). They bend their
tongue, their bow is a lie, and not the truth (Jer. ix. 3).
Behold, the wicked bend their bow, they make ready their arrows
upon the string, to shoot i?i the darkness the upright in heart
(Ps. xi. 2). They shall afflict Joseph and shall shoot; the
ayhers shall hate him ; but he shall abide in the strength
of his bow from the hands of the Mighty One of Jacob (Gen.
xLx. 23, 24). Put yourselves in array against Babylon ; all
ye that bend the bow shoot at her ; spare ye not the arrow
because she hath sinned against Jehovah (Jer. 1. 14, 29).
David lamented over Saul, to teach the sons of Judah the bow

3C2

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

(2 Sam. i. 1 7, 18). In that lamentation the combat of truth
against falsities is treated of. Jehovah Zebaoth said, Behold,
I am He that breaketh the bow of Elam, the beginning of his
strength (Jer. xlix. 35). Jehovah hath made me a polished
shaft, He hath hid me in His quiver (Isa. xlix. 2). Lo,
children are the heritage of Jehovah ; blessed is he who hath
his quiver full of them (Ps. cxxvii. 3-5). Here as elsewhere
children signify the truths of doctrine. In Salem shall be
the tabernacle of Jehovah ; there brake He the strings of the
bow, the shield, the sword, and the battle (Ps. lxxvi. 2, 3).
Jehovah will make wars to cease, He will break the bow, He
will cut off the spear, He will burn the chariot in the fire
(Ps. xlvi. 9 ; Ez. xxxix. 8, 9 ; Hos. ii. 18). In these places
a bow signifies the doctrine of truth combating against
falsities, and in the opposite sense, the doctrine of falsity
combating against truths. Hence arrows and darts signify
truths or falsities. Since war in the Word signifies spiritual
war, the arms of war, therefore, as the sword, the spear,
the shield, the buckler, the bow, the arrows, signify things
belonging to such war.

300. And there was given wito him a crown, signifies his
badge of combat. The reason that a crown signifies a badge
of combat, is because in ancient times kings wore their
crowns in battles \ as may be evident from histories, and
in some degree from 2 Sam. i. 10; where the man said to
David concerning Saul, that when he died in the battle, he
took the crown which was upon his head, and the armlets that
were upon his arms : as also from the things that are related
of the king of Rabbah and David (2 Sam. xii. 29, 3c).
And because temptations are spiritual combats, which the
martyrs endured, crowns were therefore given to them as
badges of victory (n. 103). It is manifest from these things
that their badge of combat is here signified by the crown ,
on which account it also follows, And he went fo?'th con-
quering and to conquer.

301. And he went forth conquering and to conquer, signifies

No. 305.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

303

victory over falsities and evils for ever. The reason that it
is said, " conquering and to conquer," is because he who
overcomes in the world in spiritual combats, which are
temptations, overcomes for ever ; for the hells cannot
assault any one who has overcome.

302. And when He had opened the second seal, signifies the
exploration of those by the Lord upon whom the last judg-
ment was about to come, as to their states of life. Similar
things are signified here as before (n. 295), with the dis-
tinction which follows.

303. And I heard the second animal saying, signifies ac-
cording to the Divine Truth of the Word, as above (n.
296).

304. Come and see. That it signifies a manifestation
concerning those that were the second in order, may be
evident from the explanations above (n. 297) j but there
concerning them that were first in order, and here concern-
ing those that were second.

305. And there went forth another horse that was red*
signifies the understanding of the Word destroyed as to good,
and thence as to the life, with them. By a horse the un-
derstanding of the Word is signified (n. 298) ; and by red
is signified good destroyed. It may be seen above that the
color white is predicated of truths, because it is from
the light of the Sun of heaven (n. 167) j and the color
red* (bright red) of goods, because it is from the fire of
the Sun of heaven (n. 231): but the reason that red is
predicated of good destroyed, is because by this red is
meant infernal red, which is from the fire of hell, and which
is the love of evil. The red which is infernal, is repulsive
and abominable, because there is nothing living in it ; but
all is dead. Hence it is that by the red horse is signified the

* In the Latin language red is expressed by two different word?,
ruber, which means fire-red, ruby-red, or bright-red ; and rufus, which
means hair-red, or dead-red, like the hair of animals that are called
red. The latter is that which is applied to the horse here.

304 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VL

understanding of the Word destroyed as to good. This may
also be evident from the description thereof, — that it was

given to M771 to take peace from the earth, that they should
kill one another, as presently follows. The second animal
also, which was like a calf, by which the Divine Truth of
the Word as to affection is signified (n. 242), said, Come
and see ; thus showing that there was no affection of good,
and thus no good, with them. That " red " is applied to
love both of good and of evil, may be evident from the
following passages : Who washed His clothifig in wine, His
garment in the blood of grapes ; his eyes are redder than
wine, and his teeth whiter than milk (Gen. xlix. 11, 12).
This is concerning the Lord. Who is this that co??ieth from
Edom, red as to His garment, and His garment as of him
that treadeth in the winepress (Isa. lxiii. 1, 2). This is also
concerning the Lord. The Nazarites were whiter than
snow, brighter than milk ; they were redder in body than red-
shining gems (Lam. iv. 7). In these places red is predi-
cated of the love of good ; in the following, of the love
of evil : The shield was made red, and the men were empur- '
pled ; in the fire of torches were their chariots, their aspect
was as of torch-lights (Nah. ii. 3, 4). Though your sins
we7'e as scarlet, they shall- be white as s?ww ; though they
were red as purple, they shall be as wool (Isa. i. 18). Neither
is any thing else signified by the " Red Dragon " (Apoc.
xii. 3) ; and the " red Horse standing among the myrtle-
trees " (Zech. i. 8). Similar things are said of the colors
which are derived from red, as of scarlet and purple.

306. And to him that sat upo?i him it was give?i to take
peace from the earth, that they should kill one another, sig-
nifies the taking away of charity, spiritual security, and
internal rest. By peace are signified all the things in the
complex which are from the Lord, and thence all the things
of heaven and the church, and the blessedness of life in
them. These are of peace in the highest or inmost sense.
It follows from this, that charity, spiritual security, and

No. 300.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

305

internal rest, are peace j for, when a man is in the Lord,
he is in peace with his neighbor, which is charity ; in pro-
tection against the hells, which is spiritual security ; and
when he is in pe?cce with his neighbor, and in protection
against the hells, he is in internal rest from evils and falsi-
ties. Since, therefore, all these are from the Lord, it may
be evident what is signified by peace, in general and in
particular, in the following passages : Unto us a Child is
born, unto us a Son is given, upo?i whose shoulder is the sove-
reignty, and His name shall be called God, Mighty, Father
of eternity, Prince of Peace: of the increase of His sove-
reignty and peace there shall be 710 end (Isa. ix. 6, 7). Jesus
said, Peace I leave with you, My peace I give u/ito you (John
xiv. 27). Jesus said, These things have I spoken, that in Me
ye might have peace (John xvi. 33). 7)/ His days shall the
righteous flourish, and abundance of peace (Ps. lxxii. 7).
Then I will make a covenant of peace (Ez. xxxiv. 25, 27 ;
xxxvii. 25, 26 ; Mai. ii. 4, 5). How beautiful upon the
mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings,
that publisheth peace, that saith to Zion, thy King reigneth
(Isa. lii. 7). Jehovah bless thee, and lift up His counte-
nance upon thee, and give thee peace (Num. vi. 24-26). Je-
hovah zvill bless His people ivith peaQ (Ps. xxix. 11). Jehovah
will redeem my soul in peace (Ps. lv. 18). The work of
Jehovah is peace, the labor of righteousness is rest, and secu-
rity for ever ; that they may dwell in the tabernacle of peace,
and in the tents of security, and in quiet resting-places (Isa.
xxxii. 17, 18). Jesus said to the seventy whom He sent
out, Into whatever house ye enter, first say, Peace be to this
house; and if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest
upon it (Luke x. 5, 6 ; Matt. x. 12-14). The meek shall
possess the earth, and shall be delighted in the abundance
of peace: behold the upright, for the end of that man is
peace (Ps. xxxvii. 11, 37). Zecharias prophesying said,
The day-spring from on high hath appeared, to guide our fie t
into the way of peace (Luke i. 78, 79). Depart from evil, and

306

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

do good ; seek peace, and pursue it (Ps. xxxiv. 14). Great
peace have they that love thy law (Ps. cxix. 165). O that
thou hadst hearkened to my commandments, then had thy
peace been as a river: there is no peace, saith yehovah, to
the wicked (Isa. xlviii. 18, 22). Jehovah shall speak peace
to His people : let righteousness and peace kiss each other (Ps.
lxxxv. 8, 16). There is no peace in my bones on account of
my sin (Ps. xxxviii. 3). He hath filled mc with bitterness,
my soul is removed from peace, I forgot good (Lam. iii. 15,
1 7 : besides many other places) ; from which it may be
seen that the things before said are meant by peace. Keep
the mind in spiritual peace, and you will see it clearly. So
likewise is in these : Isa. xxvi. 12 j liii. 5 ; liv. 10, 13 ; Jer.
xxxiii. 6, 9 ; Hag. ii. 9 ; Zech. viii. 16, 19 ; Ps. iv. 6-8 ; Ps.
cxx. 6, 7 ; Ps. cxxii. 6-9 ; Ps. cxxviii. 5, 6 ; Ps. cxlvii. 14.
That peace is that which inmostly affects all good with
blessedness, may be seen in the work on " Heaven and
Hell " (n. 284-290).

307. That they should kill one another, signifies intestine
hatreds, infestations from the hells, and internal unrest
These are signified, when by taking away peace is signified
to take away charity, spiritual security, and internal rest,
and when by the red ho#e is signified the understanding
of the Word destroyed as to good : for the former things
exist, when there is no longer any good ; and there is no
longer any good, when it is not known what good is. That
there are intestine hatreds when there is no charity, also in-
festations from the hells when there is no spiritual security,
and that there is internal unrest when there is no rest from
evils and their lusts, is manifest. These things take place
after death, if not in this world. That to kill signifies these
things, is evident from the signification of a sword, which
follows.

308. And there was given unto him a great sword, signifies
the destruction of truth by the falsities of evil. That swords
of various kinds signify truth combating against falsities,

No. 312.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

307

and destroying them, and in the opposite sense falsity
fighting against truths and destroying them, may be seen
above (n. 52). Here " a great sword " signifies the falsities
of evil destroying the truths of good. They are called the
falsities of evil, because there are falsities not of evil ; and
the latter do not destroy truths, but the former. That this
is signified by the great sword is manifest from the fact that
a black horse was soon seen, by which the understanding
of the Word destroyed as to truth is signified ; and truth is
not destroyed except by evil.

309. And when He had opened the third seal, signifies the
exploration of those by the Lord, upon whom the last
judgment will be, as to the states of their life. The same
is signified by this as before (n. 295) ; with the difference
which follows.

310. I heard the third animal saying, signifies according
to the Divine Truth of the Word, as above (n. 296).

311. Come and see. That it signifies a manifestation
concerning those who were the third in order, may be
evident from the explanations above (n. 297) j but there
the first in order were treated of, and here the third.

312. And I saw, and behold, a black horse, signifies the
understanding of the Word destroyed as to truth, and thus
as to doctrine, with these. It has been shown above, that
a horse signifies the understanding of the Word. That
black signifies not true, and thus falsity, is because black is
opposite to white, and white is predicated of truth (n. 167,
231, 232). White also derives its origin from light, and
black from darkness, and thus from the absence of light ;
and light is truth. But in the spiritual world there is black-
ness from a twofold origin, — the one from the absence of
flamy light, which light is with those who are in the Lord's
heavenly (celestial) kingdom, and the other from the ab-
sence of white light, which light is with those who are in
the Lord's spiritual kingdom. This blackness signifies the
same as darkness, but the former the same as thick-darkness.

3o8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VL

These two kinds of blackness differ from each other ; the
one is abominable, the other not so much so. The same
is true of the falsities which they signify. In the abominable
blackness appear those who are called devils : they also
abominate truth as owls do the light of the sun. But in
the blackness not abominable appear those who are called
satans : these do not abominate, but turn away from, truth ;
on which account the latter may be compared to birds of
night, but the former to horned owls. That " black " in
the Word is descriptive of falsity, may be evident from
these passages : The Nazarites were whiter tha?i snow ;
their form was darkened more than blackness (Lam. iv. 7, 8).
Upon the prophets the day shall grow black (Mic. iii. 6). In
the day that thou shall go down into hell, I will make Leba?ion
black over thee (Ez. xxxi. 15). The sun became black as
sackcloth of hair (Apoc. vi. 12). The sun, moon, and stars
were made black (Jer. iv. 27, 28 ; Ez. xxxii. 7 ; Joel ii. 2 ;
iii. 15 : and elsewhere). The reason that the third animal
showed a black horse was because it had a face as a man ;
by which the Divine Truth of the Word as to wisdom was
signified (n. 243) ; on which account this animal showed
that there was no longer any truth of wisdom with these
who were the third in order.

313. And he that sat upon him had a balance in his hand,
signifies the estimation of good and truth, what it was with
these. By a balance in the hand the estimation of truth
and good is signified ; for all measures, as well as weights,
in the Word, signify the estimation of the thing which is
treated of. That measures and weights signify such things
is manifest from these words in Daniel : There appeared a
writi?ig before B els hazzar the king of Babylon, when he was
drinking wine fro?n the vessels of gold and silver taken out of
the te??iple of Jerusalem, Mene, Mene, Thekel, Perizin ; that is,
Numbered, Numbered, Weighed, Divided ; the interpretation
of which is this: Mene, God hath numbered thy kingdom, and
finished it; Thekel, Thou art weighed in the balance, and found

No. 314] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 309

wci7iti?ig; Perez, The kingdom is divided, and given to the Mede
and the Persian. By drinking from the gold and silver
vessels of the temple of Jerusalem, and worshipping other
gods at the same time, the profanation of good and truth
is signified y as also by Babylon. By Mene, or to number,
is signified to know his quality as to truth ; by Thekel, or
tc weigh, is signified to know his quality as to good ; by
Perez, or to divide, is signified to disperse. That the
quality of truth and good is signified by measures and by
scales in the Word, is manifest in Isaiah : Who hath
measured the waters in the hollow of his hand, and hath
meted out the heavens with the span, and hath embraced the
dint of the earth in a measure, and weighed the mountains
in scales, and the hills in a balance (xl. 12). And in the
Apocalypse : The angel measured the wall of the holy Jeru-
salem a hundred and forty-four cubits, which is the measure
of a 7?ian, that is, of an angel (xxi. 17).

314. And I heard a voice i?i the midst of the four animals,
siying, signifies the Divine care of the Word by the Lord.
That the four animals or cherubs signify the Word from
first things in ultimates, and guards lest its interior truths
and goods should be violated, may be seen above (n. 239) :
and because these guards are from the Lord, the voice was
therefore heard in the midst of the four animals. By " in
the midst of them " is meant the Word as to its internal
spiritual sense, which the Lord guards. That a guard is
signified, is manifest from the things that it said : A measure
of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a pen fix ;
and hurt not the oil and the wine, by which is signified that
because the estimation of good and truth is so trifling that
it is scarce any thing, it must be provided that the holy
goods and truths, which lie hid interiorly in the Word,
should not be violated and profaned j and this is provided
by the Lord by this means, that they at length do not know
any good, and thence neither any truth, but mere evil and
falsity: for they who know goods and truths can violate,

3IO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

yea, profane them ; but not they that do not know. That
this is the Divine Providence for guarding the Word, may
be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine
Providence" (n. 221-233; n. 257, at the end, and 258 at
the beginning).

315. A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures
of barley for a penny, signifies, because the estimation of
good and truth is so trifling as to be scarce any thing.
This is signified, because by the chcenix, which was both a
measure and the quantity measured, is signified quality, as
above (n. 314). By wheat and barley good and truth are
signified j and by a penny, which is one of the smallest
coins, is signified estimation so trifling as scarce to be any
thing. The reason that three measures of barley are
mentioned, is because three signifies all, and is applied to
truths (n. 515). Why wheat and barley signify good and
truth, here the good and truth of the church from the Word,
is because all the things which are from the field and the
vineyard signify such things as are of the church j for the
reason that a field signifies the church as to good and thence
truth, and a vineyard the church as to truth and thence good :
on which account, where they are mentioned in the Word,
the angels, who perceive all things spiritually, understand
nothing else ; as in Joel : The field is laid waste, the land
mourneth, because the grain is laid waste, the new-wine is dried
up, the oil languisheth, the husbandmen were made ashamed,
the vinedressers wailed, over the wheat and the barley, becaust
the harvest of the field hath perished (i. 10-12). All these
signify such things as are of the church. That wheat and
barley signify the good and truth of the church, may be seen
from these passages : John says of Jesus, that He shall
gather the wheat into the garner, and shall burn up the chaff
with fire (Matt. iii. 11, 12). Jesus said, Let the tares and the
wheat grow together ; and in the time of the harvest I will say
to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares to burn them,
but gather the wheat into my barn (Matt. xiii. 24-30). I

No. 316.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 311

have heard a consummation a?id decision from Jehovah God ;
he layeth up the measured wheat and the appointed barley ;
thus his God instructeth him to judgment, his God teacheth
hi?7i (Isa. xxviii. 22-26). Jehovah shall lead thee to a land
of wheat and of barley (Deut. viii. 7, 8). " The land of wheat
and barley" is here the land of Canaan, by which the church
is signified. They shall come and sing in the height of Zion,
and shall flow together to the goodness of Jehovah, to the wheat
and the new wine (Jer. xxxi. 12). Jehovah will fill thee with
the fat of wheat (Deut. xxxii. 13, 14; Ps. lxxxi. 16, 17 ; Ps.
cxlvii. 12-14). Jehovah said to the prophet Ezekiel, that
he should make for himself ct cake of barley mixed with dung,
and should eat it (iv. 12, 15): and to the prophet Hosea,
that he should take a woman an adulteress, whom he should
purchase for a hoi?ier of barley a?id a half homer of barley
(iii. J, 2): which things were done by those prophets, that
they might represent the falsifications of truth in the
church : for barley is truth, and barley mixed with dung is
truths falsified and profaned. An adulterous woman also
signifies falsified truth (n. 134).

316. And hurt not the oil and the wi?ie, signifies that it
is provided by the Lord, that the holy goods and truths,
which lie hid interiorly in the Word, should not be vio-
lated and profaned. The good of love is signified by oil,
and truth from that good by wine ; and thus by oil holy
good is signified, and by wine holy truth. That it is pro-
vided by the Lord that they should not be violated and
profaned, is signified by " hurt not j " for this was heard
out of the midst of the four animals, and thus from the
Lord (n. 314). That which is said by the Lotd, is also
provided by Him. That it is provided may be seen above
(n. 314, and n. 255). That oil signifies the good of love,
will be seen below (n. 778, 779) : but that wine signifies
truth from that good, is evident from the following pas-
sages : Every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and
he that hath no money ; come ye, buy and eat, and without

312

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI

money buy wine and milk (Isa. lv. i). // shall come to pass
in that day, the mountains shall drop new-wine, and the hills
shall flow with milk (Joel iii. 18 ; Amos ix. 13, 14). Joy
is taken away front Cannel, and in the vineyards there is
no singing ; the wine is not trodden in the winepress, I have
made their vintage-shout to cease (Isa. xvi. 10 ; Jer. xlviii.
32, 33). The spiritual church is signified by Carmel, be-
cause there were vineyards there. Howl, all ye that drink
wine, because of the new-wine which is cut off from your
mouth; the vinedressers howled (Joel i. 5, 10, 11: nearly
the same in Hos. ix. 2, 3 ; Zeph. i. 13 ; Lam. ii. 11, 12 ;
Mic. vi. 15 ; Amos v. 11 ; Isa. xxiv. 6, 7, 9, 11). He washeth
his garment in wine, and his clothing in the blood of grapes ;
his eyes are red with wine (Gen. xlix. 11). This is con-
cerning the Lord, and the wine signifies the Divine
Truth. Hence it is that the Holy Supper was instituted
by the Lord, in which the Bread signifies the Lord as to
Divine Good, and the Wine the Lord as to Divine Truth ;
and with the recipients the Bread signifies holy good, and
the Wine holy truth, from the Lord : on which account He
said, I say wito you, that I will not drink henceforth of this
fruit of the vine, until the day when I shall drink it ne7v
with you i?i my Father's kingdom (Matt. xxvi. 29 ; Luke
xxii. 18). Because bread and wine signify these things,
therefore also Melchizedek, going forth to meet Abram,
brought out bread and wine ; and he was priest to the Most
High God, and blessed Abram (Gen. xiv. 18, 19). Simi-
lar things were signified by the " meat-offering " and the
" drink-offering " in the sacrifices, spoken of Ex. xxix. 40 ;
Lev. xxiii. 12, 13, 18, 19 ; Num. xv. 2-15; xxviii. 6, 7, 18,
to the end ; xxix. 1-7, &c. The meat-offering was of
wheat flour, and hence it was instead of bread ; and the
drink-offering was of wine. It may from these things be
evident what is signified by these words of the Lord : They
do not put new wine into old bottles, but put the wine into new
bottles, and both are preserved (Matt. ix. 17 ; Luke v. 37).

No. 316.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

3*3

*' The new wine " is the Divine Truth of the New Testa-
ment, and thus of a New Church ; and " the old wine " is
the Divine Truth of the Old Testament, and thus of the
Old Church. The like is signified by these words of
the Lord at the wedding in Cana of Galilee : Every man
at first setteth forth good wine; and when they have had
enough, the poorer : thou hast kept the good wi?ie until now
(John ii. 1-10). The same is also signified by the wine
in the Lord's parable of the man wounded by robbers, that
the Samaritan poured i?i oil and wine into his wounds (Luke
x. 33, 34). For by the man wounded by robbers are meant
they who were spiritually wounded by the Jews by evils
and falsities ; to whom the Samaritan brought help by
pouring in oil and wine into his wounds ; that is, by teach-
ing good and truth, and, as far as he was able, by healing
him. Holy truth is also signified by new-wine and wine
elsewhere in the Word, as Isa. i. 21, 22 ; xxv. 6 ; xxxvi. 17 j
Hos. vii. 4, 5, 14 ; xiv. 6-8 ; Amos ii. 8 ; Zech. ix. 15, 17 ;
Ps. civ. 14-16. Hence it is that the church which is in
truths from the Lord is signified in the Word by "a vine-
yard." That wine signifies holy truth may also be evident
from its opposite sense, in which it signifies truth falsified
and profaned ; as in these places : Whoredom, wine, and
new wine occupied the heart ; their wine has failed; they
have committed whoredom continually (Hos. iv. n, jy, 18).
Whoredom signifies the falsification of truth ; here wine
and new wine signify the same. A cup is in the hand of
ychovah, and He hath mixed it with wine ; He hath filled
it with the mixture, and poured it out ; and the dregs of it
shall all the wicked of the earth suck out and drink (Ps.
lxxv. 8). A cup of gold is Babylon i?i the hand of Jehovah,
making drunk the whole earth ; of the wine of it have the
nations drunk, therefore they are insane (Jer. Ii. 7). Baby-
lon hath fallen, because she hath made all nations drink of
the wine of the wrath of her whoredo?n : if any one worship
the beast, he shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God
vol. 1. 14

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI

prepared unmixed in the cup of the wrath of God (Apoc.
xiv. 8, 10). Babylon hath made all nations drink of the
wi?ie of her whoredom (Apoc. xviii. 3). The memory of
Babylon the great came before God, to give her the cup of the
wine of the fury of the wrath of God (Apoc. xvi. 19V
The i7ihabitants of the earth have been made drunk with
the wine of her whoredom (Apoc. xvii. 1,2). By the wine,
which Belshazzar king of Babylon, and his nobles and wives
and concubines, drank out of the vessels of the temple of Jeru-
salem, and praised together the gods of gold, of silver, of
brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone (Dan. v. 2-5), nothing
else is signified but the holy truth of the Word and of the
church profaned ; on which account there was a writing
at that time on the wall, and the king was slain that night
(vers. 25, 30). Truth falsified is also signified by wine
(Isa. v. 11, 12, 21, 22 ; xxviii. 1, 3, 7 ; xxix. 9 ; lvi. 11, 12 ;
Jer. xiii. 12, 13 ; xxiii. 9. 10). The like is signified by the
drink-offering which they poured out to the idols (Isa. lxv.
11; IviL 6; Jer. vii. 18; xliv. 17-19; Ez. xx. 28; Deut.
xxxii. 38). It is from correspondence that wine signifies
holy truth, and in the opposite sense profaned truth ; for
the angels, who perceive all things spiritually, when men
read of wine in the Word, understand nothing else. Such
is the correspondence between the natural thoughts of men
and the spiritual thoughts of the angels. It is xthe same
with the wTine in the Holy Supper : hence it is, that by the
Holy Supper introduction into heaven is effected (n. 224,
at the end).

317. And when he had ope?ied the fourth seal, signifies the
exploration by the Lord of those upon whom the last judg-
ment is about to come, as to the states of their life ; as
above (n. 295, 302), with the distinction which follows.

318. I heard the voice of the fourth animal saying, signi-
fies according to the Divine Truth of the Word, as above
(n. 296, 303).

319. Come and see. That it signifies a manifestation o*

No. 32i.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 315

those that were the fourth in order, is evident from the
explanations above (n. 297) ; but there the first in order,
here the fourth.

320. And I saw >, and behold, a pale horse, signifies the
understanding of the Word destroyed both as to good and
as to truth. By a horse the understanding of the Word is
sigrrfied (n. 298), and by pale is signified what has not
vital -ty. In the Word those are said to have no vitality, who
are not in goods of life from the truths of doctrine. For
the Word in the sense of the letter is not understood
without doctrine, and doctrine is not perceived without a
life according to it. The reason is, that a life according to
doctrine from the Word opens the spiritual mind, and light
flows into it out of heaven, and enlightens, and gives per-
ception. That it is so is unknown to him who knows the
truths of doctrine, and yet does not live according to them.
That it was the fourth animal that showed the pale horse,
is because that animal was like a flying eagle ; and by it
is therefore signified the Divine Truth of the Word as to
knowledges and thence understanding (n. 244) ; on which
account he showed that with those who were now seen
there were not any knowledges of good and truth from the
Word, nor any understanding of them ; and they who are
such in the spiritual world appear pale, like those that
are without life.

321. And the name of him that sat upon him was death,
and hell followed with him, signifies the extinction of spirit-
ual life, and thence damnation. By death is here signified
spiritual death, which is the extinction of spiritual life ,
and by hell damnation is signified, which follows that
death. Every man has spiritual life, indeed, from crea-
tion, and thence from birth ; but that life is extinguished,
when God, the holiness of the Word, and eternal life, are
denied. It is extinguished in the will, but remains in the
understanding, or rather in the faculty of understanding.
By the latter, man is distinguished from the beasts. Since

316

THE APOC AXYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VL

death signifies the extinction of spiritual life, and hell
damnation thence, therefore death and hell are named
together in some passages, as in these: I will redeem them
out of the hand of hell ; I will deliver them from death :
O death, I will be thy' plague ; O hell, I will be thy destruc-
tion (Hos. xiii. 14). The cords of death encompassed met
the cords of hell encompassed me, the snares of death pre-
vented me (Ps. xviii. 4, 5 ; Ps. cxvi. 3). Like sheep they are
laid in hell; death feedeth upon them; hell is their habita-
tion ; but God will redeem my soul from the hand of hell (Ps.
xlix. 14, 15). / have the keys of hell and of death (Apoc.

i. 18).

322. And there was given unto them power over the fourth
pa?'t of the earth, to kill, signifies the destruction of all the
good of the church. Since the extinction of man's spiritual
life is meant by death, and by hell damnation, it follows
that by killing is here meant to destroy the life of a man's
soul. The life of the soul is spiritual life. By the fourth
part of the earth all the good of the church is signified : the
earth is the church (n. 285). That the fourth part is all
good cannot be known by any one, unless he knows what
numbers signify in the Word. The numbers two and four
in the Word are applied to goods, and signify them ; and
the numbers three and six are applied to truths, and signify
them. Hence the fourth part, or simply a fourth, signifies
all good ; and the third part, or simply a third, signifies all
truth : and therefore by killing a fourth part of the earth is
here signified to destroy all the good of the church. That
the power of killing the fourth part of the habitable earth
was not given to him that sat upon the pale horse is manifest.
Besides, four in the Word signifies the conjunction of good
and truth. That these are the things which are signified by
four may be proved from the Word, as from the four ani-
mals or cherubs (Ez. i., iii., x.; Apoc. iv.) ; by the four
chariots between the two mountains of brass (Zech. vi.);
by the four horns (Zech. i.) ; and by the four horns of the

No. 323.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 3 1 7

altar (Ex. xxvii. 1-8 ; Apoc. ix. 13) ; by the four angels
standing upon the four corners of the earth, holding the
four winds of the earth (Apoc. vii. 1 ; Matt. xxiv. 31): also
by visiting iniquity upon the third and the fourth generation
(Num. xiv. 18) ; and elsewhere by the third and fourth
generation. By these and many more passages in the Word,
I say, it may be proved that four is descriptive of goods,
and signifies them, and also the conjunction of good and
truth. But as this is not manifest without an extended
explanation of those passages, suffice it to declare that
nothing else is understood by four and a fourth part in
heaven.

323. With the sword and with famine and with death and
by the beasts of the earth, signifies, by falsities of doctrine,
by evils of life, by the love of proprium (ownhood), and
by lusts. That by a sword is signified truth combating
against evils and falsities and destroying them, and in the
opposite sense falsity fighting against goods and truths
and destroying them, may be seen above (n. 52, 108, 117).
Here, therefore, by a sword, falsities of doctrine are signified
because the destruction of all the good of the church is
treated of. That by famine evils of life are signified, will be
confirmed below. That man's love of proprium is signified
by death, is because by death is signified the extinction of
spiritual life, and thence natural life separate from spiritual
life, as above (n. 321) ; and this life is a life of the love of
one's proprium (ownhood) : for from this life a man does
not love any thing else but himself and the world, and hence
also loves evils of every kind, which from the love of that
life are delightful to him. That by the beasts of the earth
the lusts from that love are signified, will be seen below
(n. 567). Something will here be said concerning the.
signification of famine. Famine signifies the deprivation
and the rejection of the knowledges of truth and good,
arising from evils of life. It also signifies ignorance of the
knowledges of truth and good arising from deficiency of

3i8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

them in the church ; and it signifies also a desire to know
and understand them. I. That famine signifies the depri-
vation and rejection of the knowledges of truth and good
arising from evils of life, and the evils of life thence, may-
be evident from the following passages : By the sword and
by fa7?iine they shall be consumed, that their carcase may be for
food to the birds of the heavens a?id to the beasts of the earth
(Jer. xvi. 4). These two things shall come upon thee, devasta-
tion and breaking in pieces, and famine and the sword (Isa.
li. [9). Behold, I will visit upon them; the young men shall
die by the sword, the sons and daughters shall die of famine
(Jer. xi. 22). Give his sons to famine, and pour out their
blood by the power of the sword, let the men be put to death
(Jer. xviii. 21). I will send against them the sword, famine,
and pestilejice, and J will make them like wild figs that cannot
be eaten for badness, a?id I will pursue after them with the
sword, famine, and pestilence (Jer. xxix. 17, 18). I will send
against them the sword, famhie, and the pestilence, until they
are consumed from the earth (Jer. xxiv. 10). Iproclai?n liberty
for you to the sword, to famine, and to the pestile?ice ; a?id I
will deliver you to the attack of all nations (Jer. xxxiv. 17).
Because ye have polluted my sanctuary, the third part of thee
shall die by the pestilence and shall be consumed with famine,
and the third part shall fall by the sword : when I send the
evil darts of famine against them, which shall be for destruction
(Ez. v. 11, 12, 16, 17). The sword without, and the pestilence
and famine within (Ez. vii. 15). On accoinit of all the evil
abominations, they shall fall by the sword, by famine, and by the
pestilence (Ez. vi. 11, 12). My four evil judgments, the sword,
the fami?ie, and the evil beast, and the pestilence, will I send
upon Jerusalem, to cut off from it man and beast (Ez. xiv.
13, 15, 21 : besides other places, as Jer. xiv. 12, 13, 15, 16 ;
xlii. 13, 14, 16-18, 22 ; xh'v. 12, 13, 27 ; Matt. xxiv. 7, 8;
Mark xiii. 8 ; Luke xxi. 11). By the sword, famine, pesti-
lence, and the beast# in these places the same things are
signified as here by the sword, famine, death, and the beasts

No. 325.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 319

of the earth ; for there is a spiritual sense in every thing in
the Word, in which a sword is the destruction of spiritual
life by falsities, famine is the destruction of spiritual life by
evils, the beast of the earth is the destruction of spiritual
life by the lusts of falsity and evil, and the pestilence and
death are an utter wasting away, and thus damnation.
II. That famine signifies ignorance of the knowledges of
truth and good arising from deficiency of them in the
church, is evident also from various passages in the Word,
as Isa. v. 13 ; viii. 19-22 ; Lam. iv. 9 ; v. 8-10 ; Amos viii.
u-14; Job v. 17, 20: and elsewhere. III. That famine
or hunger signifies the desire of knowing and understanding
the truths and goods of the church, is manifest from these,
Isa. viii. 21 ; xxxii. 6 • xlix. 10 j lviii. 6, 7 ; 1 Sam. ii. 4, 5 j
Ps. xxxiii. 18, 19; xxxiv. 9, 10; xxxvii. 18, 19; cvii. 8, 9,
35-37 ; cxlvi. 7 ; Matt. v. 6 ■ xxv. 35, 37, 44; Luke i. 53 ;
John vi. 35 : and elsewhere.

324. And when he had opened the fifth seal, signifies
exploration by the Lord of the state of life of those who
were to be saved at the day of the last judgment, and in
the mean time were reserved. That these are treated of
here is manifest from what now follows. But it is to be
known, that these and those like them are treated of
throughout the twentieth chapter, the explanation of which
may be seen from n. 840-874 ; from which it is manifest
who they are, and why they were reserved.

325. / sa7c> tinder the altar the souls of them that were slam
for the Word of God and for the testimony which they held,
signifies those who were hated, reproached, and rejected,
by the evil, on account of their life according to the truths
of the Wrord, and their acknowledgment of the Lord's
Divine Human, and were guarded by the Lord lest they
should be led away. "Under the altar" signifies the lower
earth where they were guarded by the Lord. An altar
signifies the worship of the Lord from the good of love. By
the souls of the slain are not here signified martyrs, but

320

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

those that were hated, reproached, and rejected, by the
evil, in the world of spirits, and who might be led away by
dragonists and heretics. " For the Word of God and for
the testimony which they held," signifies on account of a
life according to the truths of the Word, and on account
of their acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine Human.
Testimony is not given in heaven to any others but those
who acknowledge the Lord's Divine Human ; for the Lord
is He who testifies, and gives to the angels to testify
(n. 1 6) : For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy
(Apoc. xix. 10). As they were under the altar, it is manifest
that they were guarded by the Lord ; for all who have lived
any life of charity are guarded by the Lord, lest they should
be hurt by the evil; and after the last judgment, when the evil
have been removed, they are released from the guards, and
are taken up into heaven. After the last judgment I often
saw them sent forth from the lower earth and transferred
into heaven. That by the slain are meant they who are
rejected, treated with abuse, and held in hatred, by the evil
in the world of spirits, and who might be led away, also
they who desire to know truths, but cannot on account
of the falsities in the church, may be evident from these
passages : Jehovah God said, Feed the sheep of slaughter,
which their possessors slay : and I fed the sheep of slaughter
for your sakes, ye poor of the flock (Zech. xi. 4, 5, 7). We
are slain every day, we are counted as sheep for the slaughter ;
forsake us not, O Jehovah (Ps. xliv. 22, 23). Jacob shall
cause them that co?ne to take root ; is he slain according to the
slaughter of them whom he slew ? (Isa. xxvii. 6, 7). I heard
the voice of the daughter of Zion, Woe unto me, my soul is
wearied by the slayers (Jer. iv. 31). They shall deliver you
into affliction, and shall slay you ; and ye shall be hated for
my name's sake (Matt. xxiv. 9; John xvi. 2,3). This last
the Lord says to the disciples ; but by the disciples are
meant all who worship the Lord and live according to the
truths of His Word. These the evil in the world of spirits

No. 32S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

321

continually wish to kill ; but as they cannot there do this
as to the body, they continually wish to do it as to the soul :
and as they cannot do this, they burn with such hatred
against them, that they feel nothing to be more delightful
than to do evil to them ; which is the cause of their being
guarded by the Lord : and when the evil are cast out into
hell, which is done after the last judgment, they are led
forth from their guards. But see the explanations on
chapter twentieth, and concerning these in n. 846 there.
That " to kill ;' in the Word signifies to destroy souls,
which is to kill spiritually, is manifest from many passages
therein, as from these, Isa. xiv. 19-21 ; xxvi. 21 j Jer. xxv.
33 ; Lam. ii. 21 ; Ez. ix. 1, 6 ; Apoc. xviii. 24.

326. And they cried with a great voice. That it signifies
grief of heart, is manifest from what now follows.

327. Saying, How long, O Lord, dost thou not judge and
avenge our blood upofi them that dwell on the earth, signifies
on this account, that the last judgment is delayed, and that
those are not removed who offer violence to the Word and
to the Lord's Divinity. " How long, O Lord, dost thou not
judge," signifies, why is the last judgment delayed? "and
avenge our blood," signifies, why are not those in justice
condemned, who offer violence to these on account of their
acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine Human, and on
account of a life according to the truths of His Word. By
"blood" is signified the violence offered to them (n. 379)
by them that dwell upon the earth are meant the evil in the
world of spirits, from whom they have been guarded lest
they should be injured.

328. And there were given unto each of them white robes, signi-
fies that there was given to them communication and conjunc-
tion with the angels who are in Divine truths. Garments
signify truths (n. 166); and white garments genuine truths
(a. 212). These things are signified by garments, because all
in the heavens are clothed according to the truths which they
possess; and every one is clothed according to his conjunction

14*

322

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

with angelic societies : for which reason, when conjunction
is given, they forthwith appear clothed correspondingly.
Hence it is, that by " white robes were given to each of
them," is signified that communication and conjunction
were given to them with the angels who are in Divine
truths. Robes, mantles, and cloaks signify truths in genera!,
because they were general clothings. He who knows that
this is their signification, can know the arcana that lie hid in
the following passages: That Elijah, when -he found Elisha,
threw his mantle upon him (i Kings xix. 19). That Elijan
by his mantle divided the waters of the jfordan (2 Kings ii. 8).
In like manner Elisha (2 Kings ii. 14). That the mantle
fell from Elijah when he was taken up, and Elisha took it up
(2 Kings ii. 12, 13). For by Elijah and Elisha the Lord as
to the Word was represented, and hence their mantle sig-
nified the Divine Truth of the Word in general. Also what
the cloak of Aaron's ephod signified, upon whose fri?ige were
pomegratiates of hyacinthine blue and purple, and bells of gold
(Ex. xxviii. 31-35). That it signified Divine Truth in gen-
eral may be seen in the " Heavenly Arcana " published at
London (n. 9825). Similar things are signified by clocks
and mantles in these passages : All the princes of the sea
shall descend from their thrones, they shall throw away their
robes (Ez. xxvi. 16). The scribes and pharisees enlarge the
fri7iges of their garments, that they may be seen by men (Matt,
xxiii. 5). My people have made themselves an enemy for the
sake of a gar?nent, ye pull off the mantle from them that
pass by (Mic. ii. 8; and elsewhere).

329. And it was said unto them, that they should rest yet a
little while, until their fellow-servants and their brethren, who
would be killed as they were, should be fulfilled, signifies that
the last judgment would be delayed yet a little, until those
were gathered together from every quarter, who were in
like manner hated, reproached, and rejected, by the evil,
on account of their acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine
Human, and life according to the truths of His Word.

No. 330.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

323

That this is signified is manifest from what is said above.
Similar things are signified by this in Isaiah : Thy dead shall
live: awake and shout, ye dwellers in the dust: come, my people,
enter thou i?ito thy bedchambers, and shut the door behi?id thee ;
hide thyself as for a little moment, tcntil the anger be passed by:
for, behold, Jehovah goeth forth out of His place, to visit the
iniquity of the inhabitants of the earth upon them : then the
earth shall reveal her blood, and shall no longer conceal her
slain (xxvi. 19-21). But, as was said above, these and
similar things are treated of in chapter twentieth that
follows, which is explained from n. 840-874.

330. And I saw when he had opened the sixth seal, signi-
fies the exploration of the state of life of those who were
interiorly evil, upon whom the judgment was to come.
That these are treated of is manifest from the things that
now follow. But that they may be understood, two arcana
are to be revealed. First, that the last judgment was
not executed upon any others but those who appeared as
Christians in the external form, and professed with the
mouth the things which are of the church ; but in the in-
ternal form, or in the heart, were opposed to them. And
because they were such, they were therefore conjoined
as to their exteriors with the ultimate heaven, and as to
their interiors, with hell. Secondly, that as long as they
were conjoined with the ultimate heaven, so long were the
internals of their will and love closed up ; owing to which
they did not appear before others as evil. But when they
were separated from the ultimate heaven, their interiors
were then opened j which were totally in opposition to
their exteriors, from which they dissembled, and pretended
that they were angels of heaven, and that the places where
Ihey dwelt were heavens. These heavens so called were
those which passed away at the time of the last judgment
(Apoc. xxi. 1). But more may be seen on this subject in
the little work on the "Last Judgment" (n. 70, 71); and
in the " Continuation concerning the Last Judgment "
(n. 10).

THE ATOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

331. And, behold, there was a great earthquake, signifies
the state of the church altogether changed with them,
and terror. The reason that earthquakes signify changes
of state in the church, is because the earth signifies the
church (n. 285) : and because, in the spiritual world, when
the state of the church is anywhere perverted, and a
change is made, there is an earthquake ; and because this
foreshadows their destruction, they are in terror. For
the earths or lands * in the spiritual world are similar as
to their appearance to the lands * in the natural world
(n. 260) ; but because the lands there, like all other things
in that world, are from a spiritual origin, they are therefore
changed according to the state of the church with them
that dwell upon them : and when the state of the church
is perverted, they quake and tremble, yea, sink down and
are moved out of their place. That it was so done when
the last judgment was impending and taking place, may
be seen in the small work on the " Last Judgment." It
may be evident from these things, what is signified by
quakings, concussions, and commotions of the earth, in
the following passages : There shall be pestile?ices, fa?nines,
and earthquakes in divers places (Matt. xxiv. 7 ; Mark xiii
8; Luke xxi. 11). The things here are said concerning
the last judgment. In the fire of indignation I have spoken,
Surely in that day there shall be a great earthquake, that
every man upon the face of the earth should shake, and the
mountains should be overturned (Ez. xxxviii. 19, 20). There
was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were made
upon the earth (Apoc. xvi. 18). / will shake the heavens,
and the earth shall be shaken out of its place, in the indigna-
tion of Jehovah Zabaoth (Isa. xiii. 12, 13). The founda-
tions of the earth have been shaken ; the earth hath been
shaken exceedmgly, because its transgression is heavy upon it
(Tsa. xxiv. 18-20). The earth is smitten and shaken, and

* See note, page 278.

No. 333.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 325

the foundations of the mountains, because He was wroth (Ps.
xviii. 6, 7). The mountains tremble before Jehovah, and the
rocks are overturned (Nah. i. 5, 6). In like manner else-
where, as Jer. x. 10; xlix. 21 ; Joel ii. id; Hag. ii. 6, 7 \
Apoc. xi. 19 ; and elsewhere. But these things are to be
understood as being done in the spiritual world, and not in
the natural world : there they signify such mings as are
said above.

332. And the sun beca?7ie black as sackcloth of hair, and
the moon became as blood, signifies every good of love with
them adulterated, and every truth of faith falsified. That
by the sun the Lord is signified as to His Divine Love,
and thence the good of love from Him, and in the oppo-
site sense the Lord's Divinity denied, and thence the good
of love adulterated, may be seen above (n. 53) • and as
the sun signifies the good of love, hence the moon signi-
fies the truth of faith : for the sun is red from fire, and
the moon is white from the light of the sun \ and fire signi-
fies the good of love, and light, truth from that good. Con-
cerning the moon, see also the passages adduced above
(n. 53). The reason that the sun is said to have become
black as sackcloth of hair, is because good adulterated is
in itself evil, and evil is black. And the moon is said
to have become as blood, because blood signifies Divine
Truth, and in the opposite sense Divine Truth falsified ;
see below (n. 379, 684). Of the sun and the moon almost
the same is said in Joel ; The sun shall be turned into dark-
ness, and the moon into blood, before the great amd terrible
day of Jehovah cometh (ii. 31).

333. And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, signifies
all the knowledges of good and truth dispersed. That
the stars signify the knowledges of good and truth, may
be seen above (n. 51). That to fall from heaven to the
earth is to be dispersed, is manifest. In the spiritual world
also the stars appear to fall from heaven to the earth
when the knowledges of good and truth perish.

326

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

334. As a fig-tree casteth its unripe figs when shaken by a
great win//, signifies by the reasonings of the natural man
separated from the spiritual. The reason that it is said
that they signify, when yet it is a comparison, is because
all comparisons in the Word are in like manner corre-
spondences, and in the spiritual sense cohere with the
thing that is treated of, as in the present instance. For a
fig-tree from correspondence signifies a man's natural good
conjoined with his spiritual good, but here, in the opposite
sense, a man's natural good separated from his spiritual
good, which is not good. And because the natural man
separated from the spiritual man perverts by reasonings
the knowledges of good and truth which are signified by
the stars, it follows that this is signified by the fig-tree
shaken by a great wind. That reasoning is signified by a
wind and a storm, is manifest from many passages in the
Word ; but there is no need to adduce them here", as it is
a comparison. That a fig-tree signifies natural good in
man, is because every tree signifies something of the
church in man, and thus also man in respect to it. These
passages may serve for confirmation : All the host of
heaven shall fall down, as a leaf falleth fro77i the vine, and
as a fig falleth from the fig-tree (Isa. xxxiv. 4). 1 7vill con-
sume them ; there shall be 110 grapes on the vine, nor figs on
the fig-tree; and the leaf shall fall (Jer. viii. 13). All thy
bulwarks are like a fig-tree with its first fruits, which, if
they be shaken, fall into the* mouth of the eater (Nah. iii. 12).
Besides other places, as Jer. xxiv. 2, 3, 5, 8; Isa. xxxviii.
21 ; Jer. xxix. 17, 18 ; Hos. ii. 12 ; ix. 10 ; Joel i. 7, 12 ;
Zech. iii. 10; Matt. xxi. 18-21; xxiv. 32, 33; Mark xi.
12-14, 19—23 ; Luke vi. 44; xiii. 6-9; in which passages
nothing else is meant by a fig-tree.

335. And the heaven departed as a book rolled together \
signifies separation from heaven and conjunction with
hell. The reason that it is said that the heaven departed
as a book rolled together, is that man's interior under-

No. 336 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 327

standing and thence his thought is like heaven. For his
understanding can be elevated into the light of heaven,
and in elevation can think with the angels about God,
about love and faith, and about eternal life. But if his
will is not at the same time elevated into the heat of
heaven, the man is still not conjoined to the angels of
heaven, and thus is not like heaven. That it is so, may
be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine
Love and Divine Wisdom," in Part Fifth. By this faculty
of the understanding, the evil, who are here treated of,
were able to be in consociation with the angels of the
lowest heaven. But when these were separated from them,
their heaven then departed like a book rolled together.
By a book rolled together is meant a parchment rolled to-
gether, since their books were parchments : and the com-
parison is with a book, because the Word also is a book
(n. 256) ; wherefore when it is rolled together as a parch-
ment, whatever is therein does not appear, but is as if it
were not. For this reason the like is said in Isaiah : All
the host of heaven shall waste away, and the heavens shall
be rolled together as a book, and shall fall down as a leaf
falleth from the fig-tree (xxxiv. 4). " The host " are the
goods and truths of the church from the Word (n. 447).
It may be evident from this that by "the heaven departed
as a book rolled together," separation from heaven and
conjunction with hell are signified. That separation from
heaven is conjunction with hell, is manifest. •

336. A?id every moi/ntam and island were removed out of
their places, signifies that all the good of love and the
truth of faith receded. That this is signified by these
words no one can see except by the spiritual sense. The
reason that it is signified is that those who are in the
good of love are meant by mountains, because the angels
dwell upon mountains ; they who are in love to the Lord
upon the more elevated and they who are in love towards
the neighbor upon the less elevated : on which account by

328 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

" every mountain " every good of love is signified. That
by islands those are meant who are more remote from the
worship of God, may be seen above (n. 34) j here they who
are in faith, and not so much in the good of love. Hence,
in the abstract sense, by " every island " every truth of
faith is signified. By being moved out of their places
is signified to recede. It is because the homes of the
angels are upon mountains and hills that by mountains
and Ivlls in the Word heaven and the church are signified,
where are love to the Lord and love towards the neighbor;
and in the opposite sense hell, where are the love of self
and the love of the world. That heaven and the church,
where are love to the Lord and love towards the neighbor,
and thus where the Lord is, are signified by mountains
and hills, is manifest from these passages following : Lift
thine eyes to the mountains, whence cometh help (Ps. cxxi. 1).
Behold, upon the mountains the feet of him that publisheth
peace (Nah. i. 15 ; Isa. lii. 7). Praise Jehovah, mountains
and hills (Ps. cxlviii. 9). A mountain of God is the mou?i-
tain of Bashan, a mountain of hills is the mountain of
Bashan ; wherefore leap ye, O mountains, ye hills of the
mountain, Jehovah desires to dwell therein, even Jehovah will
dwell for ever (Vs. lxviii. 15, 16). The mountains skipped
like rams, the hills like the sons of the flock ; before the Lord
thou art in travail, O earth (Ps. cxiv. 4-7). / will bri?ig
forth a seed from Jacob, and from Judah an inheritor of
my mountains ; that my elect may possess them, and my ser-
vants shall dwell there (Isa. lxv. 9). Ln the consummation
of the age ; then let them that ai-e in Judea flee to the moun-
tains (Matt. xxiv. 16). O Jehovah, thy justice is like the
great mountains (Ps. xxxvi. 6). Jehovah shall go forth and
fight; His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of
Olives before the face of Jerusalem on the east (Zech. xiv.
3, 4). Since the mount of Olives signified the Divine
Love, for that reason the Lord in the day time preached in
the temple, bid going out at night, He abode in the Mount of

No. 336.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

329

Olives (Luke xxi. 37 ; xxii. 39 ; John viii. 1) : and for that
reason the Lord spake with the disciples upo?i that mountain
concerning His coming and concerning the consummation of the
age (Matt. xxiv. 3 ; Mark xiii. 3, &c.) : and He also went
thence to Jerusalem and suffered (Matt. xxi. 1 ; xxvi. 30 ;
Mark xi. 1 \ xiv. 26 ; Luke xix. 29, 37 ; xxi. 37 • xxii. 39).
Since a mountain signified heaven and love, hence Jehovah
descended upon the top of Mount Sinai, and promulgated the
law (Ex. xix. 20; xxiv. 17); and for the same reason, the
Lord was transfigured upon a high mountain befo?-e Peter,
James, and John (Matt. xvii. 1). And for that reason
Zion was upon a mountain, and also Jerusalem ; and
they are called the Mountain of Jehovah and the Moun-
tain of Holiness in many places in the Word. Similar
things are signified by mountains and hills elsewhere, as Isa.
vii. 25 ; xxx. 25 ; xl. 9 ; xliv. 23 ; xlix. 11, 13 ; lv. 12 ; Jer.
xvi. 15, 16; Ez. xxxvi. 8; Joel iii. 18; Amos iv. 1, 13;
ix. 13, 14; Ps. Ixv. 6; Ixxx. 8, 10; civ. 5-10, 13. That
mountains and hills signify those loves may be still more
manifestly evident from their opposite sense, in which they
signify infernal loves, which are the love of self and the
love of the world ; as is manifest from these passages :
The day of Jehovah shall come upon all high mountains and
upon all lofty hills (Isa. ii. 12, 14). Every valley shall be
exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low (Isa.
xl. 3, 4). The mountains shall be thrown down, and the
steep places shall fall (Ez. xxxvi ii. 20, 21). Behold, L am
against thee, O mountain, that destroyest the whole earth ;
L will make thee a mountain of burning (Jer. Ii. 25). L saw
the mountains, and behold they were shaken, and all the hills
were tlwown down (Jer. iv. 23-25). A fire is kindled in
mine anger, and it shall set fire to the foundations of the
mountains (Deut. xxxii. 22). / will lay waste mountains
ard hills (Isa. xlii. 15). Behold, O Jacob, L have made thee
as a threshing-sledge, that thou mayest thresh and grind the
viountains, and mayest make the hills as chaff, that the wind

33o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

may take them away (Isa. xli. 15, 16). Give glory to jfe-
hovah, before your feet stumble against the mountains of the
twiliglit (Jer. xiii. 16). Nor is any thing else meant by
the seven mountains, upon which the Woman, who was Baby-
lon, sat (Apoc. xvii. 9 : besides other places, as Isa. xiv.
13 1 Jer. ix. 10 ; 1. 6 ; Ez. vi. 3 ; xxxiv. 6 ; Mic. vi. 1, 2 ;
Nah. i. 5, 6 ; Ps. xlvi. 2, 3). « From these passages it may
now be evident, what is meant by " every mountain and
island being moved out of their places;" also what in a
following chapter by " every island fleeing away, and the
mountains not being found" (Apoc. xvi. 20; n. 714).

337. And the kings of the earth and the great ones, and the
rich and the commander s-of thousands, and the mighty, and
every servant and every freeman, signifies those who before
the separation were in the understanding of truth and
good, in the knowledge of the cognitions of them, and in
erudition, from others or from themselves, and still not in a
life according to them. No one can know that all these
things are signified by these persons in their order, but he
who knows what is signified in the spiritual sense by kings,
by great ones, by the rich, by commanders-of -thousands,
by the mighty, by a servant and by a freeman. In the
spiritual sense by " kings " those who are in truths are
signified, by " the great ones " those who are in goods, by
" the rich " those that are in the cognitions of truth, by
" commanders-of -thousands " they who are in the cogni-
tions of good, by " the mighty " they that are in erudition,
y " servants " they that are in such things from others, and
thus from the memory, and by " freemen " they that are in
such things from themselves, and thus from judgment.
But to prove from the Word that these are signified by all
these names, would be too prolix. What kings signify was
shown above (n. 20) ; and what the rich (n. 206). What
ihe great-ones signify, is manifest in Jer. v. 5 ; Nah. iii. 10 ;
Jonah iii. 7 : for great is predicated of good (n. 896, 898).
That the mighty, and that servants and freemen, are they

No. 333.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 33 1

that are in erudition, either from others or from them-
selves, will be seen below. It is said, those who were in
these things, and still not in a life according to them ;
since the evil, yea, the worst, can be in the knowledge and
understanding of the cognitions of truth and good, and also
in much erudition ; but because they are not in a life ac-
cording to them, they are actually not in them. For what
is only in the understanding, and not at the same time
in the life, is not in the man : it is out of him as in the
entrance-hall ; but that which is at the same time in the
life is in the man; it is within him as in the house: on
which account the latter are preserved, but the former
rejected.

338. Hid themselves in the caves and i?i the rocks of the
mountains, signifies that they were now in evils and in
the falsities of evil. That by hiding themselves in the
caves and in the rocks of the mountains is signified to be
in evils and in the falsities of evil, is because they who
have pretended before the world that they were in the good
of love, and yet were in evil, hide themselves after death
in caves ; and they who have pretended that they were in
the truths of faith, and yet were in the falsities of evil,
hide themselves in the rocks of the mountains. The
entrances appear like holes in the earth and like fissures
in the mountains, into which they introduce themselves
like serpents, and hide themselves therein. That such are
their dwellings I have often seen. Hence it is that by
caves the evils of such are signified, and by holes and
fissures the falsities of evil, in the following passages : In
that day they shall enter into the caves of the rocks, and into
the fissures of the cliffs, when Jehovah shall arise to terrify
the earth (Isa. ii. 19). In that day they shall enter into the
defh of the rocks and into the fissures of the cliff, for fear of
fchovah (Isa. ii. 21). They shall dwell in a fissure of the
valley and in the holes of the earth and in the rocks (Job xxx.
6) The pride of thy heart hath deceived thee, who dwcllest

332

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VL

in the fissures (Obad. vers. 3). In that day they shall come
and rest in the rivers of desolations, and in the fissures of
the rocks (Isa. vii. 19). The palace shall be a desert, the hill
and the tower shall be for caves for ever (Isa. xxxii. 14). The
pride of thine heart hath deceived thee, thou who dwellest in
the holes of the rock (Jer. xlix. 16). They shall hunt them
fi'om upon every mountain and hill, and out of the holes of
the rocks : they shall not be hidden from me, nor shall their
iniquity lie hid (Jer. xvi. 16, 17). In that day the sucking
child shall play upon the hole of the viper, and the weaned
child shall put his hand upon the cave of the basilisk (Isa.
xi. 8).

339. And said to the mountains a?id rocks, Fall upon us,
and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth upon the throne,
and from the anger of the Iamb, signifies the confirmations
of evil by falsity and of falsity from evil, until they did
not acknowledge any thing Divine in the Lord. By moun-
tains the loves of evil, and thus evils, are signified (n. 336) ;
and by rocks are signified the falsities of faith. By falling
upon them and hiding them is signified to protect against
influx from heaven : and because this is done by the con-
firmations of evil by falsity and of falsity from evil, this
is therefore signified. By hiding themselves from the face
of Him that sat upon the throne and from the anger of the
Lamb, is signified, until they would not acknowledge any
thing Divine in the Lord. By Him that sitteth upon the
throne is meant the Lord's Divine from Which [all things
are], and by the Lamb, Himself as to His Divine Human.
The Lord as to both was upon the throne, as was shown
above. The reason that it is said, "from His face and
from His anger," is because all those who are in the caves
and in the rocks do not dare to set foot out of them, nor
even to put out a finger, on account of torment and torture
if they do. The reason is, because they hate the Lord to
such a degree that they cannot speak His name ; and the
Lord's Divine sphere fills all things, which they cannot

No. 340.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

remove from themselves except by the confirmations ot
evil by falsity and of falsity from evil. The enjoyments
of evils do this. Similar things are signified by this in
Hosea : They shall say to the mountains, Cover us, a?id to
the hills, Fall upon us (x. 8) ; and in Luke : T/ien shall they
begin to say to the mountains. Fall upon us, and to the hills
hide us (xxiii. 30). That this is the spiritual sense of those
words cannot appear in the letter ; but in the spiritual
sense it appears from this, that when a last judgment is
being accomplished, they that are in evil and wish to be
in good then suffer hard things in the beginning, but
less hard at that time those who confirm themselves in
their evil by falsities : for the latter cover up their evil
by the falsities, but the former lay bare their evil, and then
cannot endure the Divine influx ; as appears in what fol-
lows. The caves and caverns into which they cast them-
selves are correspondences.

340. Because the g?-eat day of His anger is come, and who
can standi signifies that they became such of themselves
by separation from the good and the faithful on account of
the last judgment, which they could not otherwise endure.
By "the great day of the anger of the Lamb " the last
judgment is signified ; and by " who can stand " is signi-
fied not to be able to endure for torture. For where a last
judgment is impending, the Lord with heaven draws near j
and of those who are below, in the world of spirits, no
others can endure the Lord's coming, but they who are
interiorly good ; and they are interiorly good, who shun
evils as sins, and look to the Lord. That the day of the
Lord's anger signifies the last judgment, is plainly mani-
fest from these passages : Before the fierce anger of Jehovah
come upon you, before the day of the anger of Jehovah come
upon you, it may be ye shall be hid in the day of Jehovah's
V-v (Zeph. ii. 2, 3). Behold, the day of Jehovah comcth,
cruel, both with indignation, and with the wrath of anger
(Isa. xiii. 9, 13). The great day of Jehovah is near, a day iff

334

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI.

wrath, a day of straitness and distress, a day of darkness
and of thick darkness (Zeph. i. 14, 15). Thine anger is come,
and the time to judge the dead, and to give reward unto thy
servants, and to destroy them that destroy the earth (Apoc.
xi. 18). Kiss the Son, lest He be angry and ye perish in tht
way, because His anger is kifidled quickly ; blessed are all
they that trust in Him (Ps. ii. 12).

341. To this I will add this Relation. I saw the clergy
of England assembled to the number of six hundred, who
prayed to the Lord that He would permit them to ascend
into one of the societies of the higher heaven ; and it was
granted, and they ascended. And when they entered, they
saw their king, — the grandfather of the king that reigns at
this day (1766) ; and they were glad. He then approached
two bishops who were among them, whom he had known
in the world, and speaking with them, asked, How did you
come hither? They answered that they made supplication
to the Lord, and it was granted. He said to them, "Why to
the Lord, and nut to God the Father?" And they said that
they were so instructed below. And he said, " Did I not
tell you this many times in the world, that the Lord is to
be approached ? as also that charity is the primary ? What
did you then answer concerning the Lord ? " And it was
given them to recollect that they had answered, that when
the Father is approached the Son also is approached. But
the angels who were around the king said, " You mistake ;
you did not think that: neither is the Lord approached
when God the Father is approached j but God the Father
is approached when the Lord is approached, because they
are one like soul and body. Who goes to a man's soul
and thus to his body ? When a man is approached as to
his body which one sees, is not his soul also aj preached,
which one does not see? " At this they were sik -t. And

No. 34i.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 335

the king came up to the two bishops holding in his hand
two gifts, saying, "These are gifts from heaven." They
were heavenly forms, of gold; and he wished to piesent
them. But then a dusky cloud covered them over, and
separated them ; and they descended by the way by which
they came up : and they wrote these things in a book.

The rest of the clergy of England, who heard that it had
!>een granted to their companions to ascend into the higher
heaven, gathered together at the foot of the mountain,
where they were waiting for their return. And when they
returned, they saluted their brethren, and related what had
happened to them in heaven, and that two heavenly forms,
of gold, most beautiful to the sight, were given by the king
to the bishops ; but that they fell out of their hands. And
they then went away out of the open air into a grove
which was near ; and they conversed among themselves,
looking around to see whether any one was hearing : but
they were overheard, nevertheless. They spoke concern-
ing unanimity and concord, and then concerning sove-
reignty and dominion. The bishops spoke, and the rest
favored by assent. And suddenly — which I wondered
at — they no longer appeared as many, but as one great
person, whose face was like the face of a lion, having
upon his head a turreted mitre upon which was a crown :
and he spoke in a lofty tone, and walked with a proud
step ; and looking back said, To whom else, of right, be-
longs the sovereignty, but to me ? The king looked down
from heaven, and saw, first all as one, and then as many
unanimous ; and most of them, as h€ said, in a secular
dress.

33^

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI L

CHAPTER SEVENTH.

1. And after these things I saw four angels standing
upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds
of the earth, that the wind should not blow oh the earth,
nor on the sea, nor on any tree.

2. And I saw another angel ascending from the rising of
the sun, having the seal of the living God ; and he cried
with a great voice to the four angels, to whom it was given
to hurt the earth and the sea :

3. Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the
trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their
foreheads.

4. And I heard the number of the sealed, — a hundred
forty-four thousand, sealed out of every tribe of the chil-
dren of Israel.

5. Of the tribe of Judah twelve thousand sealed \ of the
tribe of Reuben twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of
Gad twelve thousand sealed :

6. Of the tribe of Asher twelve thousand sealed ; of the
tribe of Naphtali twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of
Manasseh twelve thousand sealed :

7. Of the tribe of Simeon twelve thousand sealed ; of the
tribe of Levi twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of Issa-
char twelve thousand sealed :

8. Of the tribe of Zebulon twelve thousand sealed ; of
the tribe of Joseph twelve thousand sealed ; of the tribe of
Benjamin twelve thousand sealed.

9. After these things I saw, and behold a great multitude
which no one could number, out of all nations and tribes
and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and

Chap. VII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

337

before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palms in
their hands.

10. And crying with a great voice, saying, Salvation
unto our God, who sitteth upon the throne, and unto the
Lamb.

11. And all the angels stood around the throne, and the
elders and the four animals, and fell before the throne upon
their faces, and worshipped God.

12. Saying Amen : Blessing and glory and wisdom and
thanksgiving and honor and power and might unto our
God, for ever and ever, Amen.

13. And one of the elders answered, saying unto me,
Who are these that are arrayed in white robes, and whence
came they ?

14. And I said unto him, Lord, thou knowest. And he
said unto me, These are they that come out of great afflic-
tion, and have washed their robes, and made them white in
the blood of the Lamb.

15. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and
serve Him day and night in His temple : and He that sit-
teth on the throne shall dwell among them.

16. They shall hunger no more, nor thirst any more ;
neither shall the sun fall upon them, nor any heat.

17. For the Lamb who is in the midst of the throne shall
feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of
waters j and God shall wipe away every tear from their
eyes.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. In this
chapter those are treated of who are and who will be in the
Christian heaven : and first, concerning the separation of
them from the evil (vers. 1-3) : after that, concerning those
who are in love to the Lord and thence in wisdom, of whom
are the higher heavens (vers. 4-8) ; and concerning those
vol. 1. 15

338

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII,

who are in charity and its faith from the Lord, because they
have fought against evils, of whom are the lower heavens
(vers. 9-17).

The Contents of each Verse. " After these things I
saw four angels standing upon the four corners of the earth,"
signifies the entire heaven now in the effort to execute the last
judgment. " Holding the four winds of the earth, that the
wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on
any tree," signifies a nearer and thence stronger influx into
the lower parts, where the good were conjoined to the evil,
which influx is withheld and restrained by the Lord. " And
I saw another angel ascending from the rising of the sun,"
signifies the Lord providing and directing. " Having the
seal of the living God," signifies who alone knows all and
each, and can distinguish and separate them from one
another. " And He cried with a great voice to the four
angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and sea, say-
ing, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees," signi-
fies the keeping back and withholding by the Lord of the
nearer and stronger influx' into the lower things. " Till we
have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads,"
signifies before those are separated who are in truths from
good from the Lord. " And I heard the number of the
sealed, — a hundred forty-four thousand," signifies all who
acknowledge the Lord as the God of heaven and earth,
and are in truths of doctrine from the good of love from
Him through the Word. " Sealed out of every tribe of
Israel," signifies the Lord's heaven and church from them.
u Of the tribe of Judah twelve thousand sealed," signifies
heavenly (celestial) love, which is love to the Lord, and
this with all who will be in the New Heaven and the New
Church. " Of the tribe of Reuben twelve thousand sealed,"
signifies wisdom from heavenly love, with those who will be
there. " Of the tribe of Gad twelve thousand sealed,"
signifies uses of life which are of wisdom from that love,
with those who will be there. " Of the tribe of Asher

Chap. VII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

339

twelve thousand sealed," signifies mutual love with them.
" Of the tribe of Naphtali twelve thousand sealed," signifies
the perception of use and of what use is, with them. " Of
the tribe of Manasseh twelve thousand sealed," signifies the
will of serving and of doing, with them. "Of the tribe
of Simeon twelve thousand sealed," signifies spiritual love,
which is love towards the neighbor, with them. " Of the
tribe of Levi twelve thousand sealed," signifies the affection
for truth from good, from which is intelligence, with them.
" Of the tribe of Issachar twelve thousand sealed," sig-
nifies the good of life with them. " Of the tribe of Zebulon
twelve thousand sealed," signifies the conjugial love of good
and truth with them. " Of the tribe of Joseph twelve thou
sand sealed," signifies the doctrine of good and truth with
them. "Of the tribe of Benjamin twelve thousand sealed,"
signifies the life of truth from good according to doctrine,
with them. " After these things I saw, and behold, a
great multitude, which no one could number," signifies all
the rest who are not of those enumerated, and yet are in
the Lord's New Heaven and New Church, and are they
who make the ultimate heaven and the external church,
whose quality no one knows but the Lord alone. " Out of
all nations and tribes and peoples and tongues," signifies
all in the Christian world who are in religion from good
and in truths from' doctrine. " Standing before the throne
and before the Lamb," signifies hearing the Lord and doing
the things which He teaches. " Clothed in white robes,
and palms in their hands," signifies communication and
conjunction with the higher heavens, and confession from
Divine truths. " And crying with a great voice ; and sav-
ing, Salvation unto our God who sitteth upon the throne,
and unto the Lamb," signifies the acknowledgment from
the heart that the Lord is their Saviour. " And all the
angels stood around the throne and the elders and the foui
animals," signifies all in the entire heaven, hearing and do-
ing what the Lord teaches. " And fell upon their faces

340

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

before the throne, and worshipped God," signifies their
humiliation of heart, and worship of the Lord from humilia-
tion. " Saying, Amen," signifies Divine Truth and confir-
mation from it. " Blessing and glory and wisdom and
thanksgiving," signifies the Spiritual Divine things of the
Loi d. " And honor and power and might," signifies the
Heavenly Divine things of the Lord. " Unto our God for
ever and ever," signifies those things in the Lord and from
the Lord to eternity. " Amen," signifies the consent of all.
:< And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, Who
are these that are arrayed in white robes, and whence came
they ? and I said unto him, Lord, thou knowest," signifies
the desire to know and the wish to inquire and the answer
and information. " And he said, These are they who came
out of great affliction," signifies that they are those who
have been in temptations, and have fought against evils
and falsities. " And have washed their robes," signifies,
and who have cleansed their religious principles from the
evils of falsity. " And made white their robes in the blood
of the Lamb," signifies, and have purified them from the
falsities of evil by truths, and thus are reformed by the
Lord. " Therefore are they before the throne of God, and
serve Him day and night in His temple, and He that sitteth
upon the throne shall dwell among them," signifies that they
are in the Lord's presence, and live constantly and faithfully
according to the truths which they receive from Him in His
church. "They shall not hunger any more, nor thiist any
more," signifies that hereafter goods and truths shall not be
wanting to them. " Neither shall the sun fall upon them,
nor any heat," signifies that hereafter they shall not have
concupiscences to evil nor to the falsity of evil. " For the
Lamb who is in the midst of the throne shall feed them,"
signifies that the Lord alone will teach them. " And shall
lead them to living fountains of waters," signifies, and will
lead by the truths of the Word to conjunction with Himself.
" And God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes,"

No. 342.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

341

signifies that they shall no longer be in combats against
evils and their falsities, and so not in grief, but in goods
and truths, and thence in heavenly joys from the Lord.

THE EXPLANATION.

342. Afterw.ards I saw four angels standing upon the four
forners of the earthy signifies the entire heaven now in the
effort to execute the last judgment upon those who were in
the world of spirits. Many things now follow concerning
the state of the spiritual world just before the last judg-
ment, which no one can know except by revelation from the
Lord ; and because it was given me to see how the last
judgment was accomplished, and the changes which pre-
ceded, and the arrangements which followed it, I am able
to relate what things are signified in this chapter, and what
in the following, by all the things in them. By the four
angels here the entire heaven is signified ; by the four cor-
ners of the earth is signified the entire world of spirits, which
is in the midst between heaven and hell : for the last judgment
was executed upon those who were in the world of spirits,
but not upon any one in heaven, nor upon any one in hell.
The reason that heaven is signified by the angels is that
in the highest sense the Lord as to the Divine Human is
meant by an angel (n. 344) ; and because heaven is heaven
from the Lord, heaven is also signified by the angels.
The reason that the entire heaven is here signified by
the four angels, is that they were seen to stand upon the
four corners of the earth j and by the four corners the four
quarters are signified. Why the effort of the entire heaven
to execute the last judgment is signified, is because the
Lord, when the judgment was impending, caused the
heavens to approach over the world of spirits ; and by
the approach of the heavens such a change was effected
in the state of the interiors of the mind with those who
were below, that they saw nothing but terrors before their

342

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII

eyes. That the corners signify the quarters, and hence the
four corners all the quarters, may be evident from the fol-
lowing passages : Ye shall measure without the city the cor-
ner towards the east, the corner towards the south, the corner
towards the west, a7id the corner towards the north (Num.
xxxv. 5). Thou shalt make planks for the tabernacle for the
corner of the south and for the corner of the north of it (Ex.
xxvi. 18, 20, 23). And the court to the corner of the south, to
the corner of the north, to the cor7ier of the west, and to the
coimer of the east (Ex. xxvii. 9, 11-13). The four quarters
are also often called the four corners in Ezekiel, as chap,
xlvii. 18-20, and chap, xlviii. Since corners signify the
quarters, they therefore signify all things, as all things of
heaven or of hell, or of good or truth, as is manifest from
these passages : Satan shall go forth to seduce the nations
which are in the four corners of the earth (Apoc. xx. 8). I
will cut off the nations, a?id their corners shall be laid waste
(Zeph. iii. 6). Israel was gathered together as one man, and
the corners of all the people stood together (Judg. xx. 1, 2). A
sceptre shall arise out of Israel, which shall crush the co?'?iers
of Moab (Num. xxiv. 17). A day of the trumpet and of out-
cry upon the high corners (Zeph. i. 16). I will cast them into
the farthest corners (Deut. xxxii. 26). That a corner signifies
the ultimate which sustains things higher, as the foundation
does a house, and so also all things, is manifest from these :
He will lay in Zion a comer-stojie, a precious stone, a well-
foimded foundation (Isa. xxviii. 16). They shall not take from
it a stone for a corner (Jer. li. 26). Out of Judah there shall
be a cor7ier-stone (Zech. x. 4). The stone which they rejected
has become the head of the cor?ier (Ps. cxviii. 22 ; Matt. xxi.
42 ; Mark xii. 10 ; Luke xx. 17, 18).

343. Holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind
should not blow on the earth, nor oji the sea, nor 011 any tree,
signifies a nearer and thence stronger influx into the lower
parts, where the good were conjoined with the evil, which
influx is restrained and withheld by the Lord. It is to be

No. 343.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

343

known, that a last judgment takes place, when the evil
are multiplied to such a degree under the heavens in the
world of spirits, that the angels in the heavens cannot sub-
sist in the state of their love and their wisdom ; for they
then have no support and foundation. And because this
takes place from the multiplication of the evil below, the
Lord, therefore, that He may preserve their state, flows in
more and more strongly with His Divine ; and this is done
until they cannot be preserved by any influx, unless the
evil below are separated from the good : and this is effected
by a lowering and drawing near of the heavens, and hence
a stronger influx, until the evil cannot endure it ; and the
evil then flee away, and cast themselves into hell. This
also it is, which is signified in the preceding chapter by these
words : They said to the mountains and to the rocks, Fall
upon us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth upon
the throne, and from the anger of the Lamb ; for the great
day of His anger is come, and who can stand i (Apoc. vi.
16, 17). To return to the explanation: By the four winds
the influx of the heavens is signified. By the earth,
the sea, and every tree, all the lower parts are signi-
fied, and the things that are there : by the earth and the
sea all the lower parts, and by every tree all the things
which are there. That wind signifies influx, properly the
influx of truth into the understanding, may be evident from
the following passages : The Lord yehovih said, Come from
the four winds, O breath, and breathe into these slain, that
they may live (Ez. xxxvii. 9, 10). Four chariots were seen-,
to which there were four horses; these are the four winds
of the heavens (Zech. vi. 1, 5). Ye must be born again : the
wind bloweth where it Hsteth, and thou knowest not whence
it comeih and whither it goeth (John iii. 7, 8). The Maker of
the earth hath established the world by His wisdom; He
bringeth forth the wind out of His treasures (Jer. x. 12, 13 :
ii. 15, 16; Ps. exxxv. 7). Jehovah makcth His wind to
blow, and the waters flow ; He dcclarcth His Word, His

344

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

statutes and His judgments (Ps. cxlvii. 17-19). Let the
stormy wind praise Jehovah, that doeth His Word (Ps. cxlviii.
8). Jehovah maketh the winds His angels (Ps. civ. 3, 4).
Jehovah did fly upon the wings of the wind (Ps. xviii. 9, 10 ;
civ. 3). " The wings of the wind " are the Divine Truths
which flow in. On this account the Lord is called the
"breath of the nostrils " (Lam. iv. 20) ; and it is said that
He breathed into the nostrils of Adam the breath of life
(Gen. ii. 7) : also, that He breathed upon the disciples, and
said, Receive ye the Holy Spirit (John xx. 21, 22). The
Holy Spirit is the Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord,
the influx of which into the disciples was represented and
thence is signified by His breathing upon them. That wind
and breathing signify the influx of the Divine Truth into
the understanding, is from the correspondence of the lungs
with the understanding, on which see the " Angelic Wis-
dom concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom "
(n. 371-429). As a nearer and stronger Divine influx
through the heavens disperses the truths that are with the
evil, therefore wind signifies the dispersion of the truth
with them, and thence their conjunction with hell, and
their destruction ; as may be seen from these passages :
/ will bring upon Elam the four winds from the four ends
of the heavens, and will scatter him (Jer. xlix. 36). Thou
shall fan them, that the wind may take the7?i away, and the
storm dissipate them (Isa. xli. 16). The breath of Jehovah
like a stream of brimstone doth kindle them (Isa. xxx. 33).
The plotters of iniquity perish by the blast of God, and are
consumed by the breath of His nostrils (Job iv. 8, 9). The
foundations of the world were revealed by thy rclmke, O Je-
h wah, by the blast of the breath of thy nostrils (Ps. xviii.
15). I saw in the vision, and behold the four winds rushed
upon the great sea ; and four beasts went up (Dan. vii. 2, 3,
&c). From the storm of Jehovah went forth His anger;
it shall rush upon the head of the wicked (Jer. xxiii. 19 ; xxx.
23). My God, persecute them by thy storm, terrify them by

No. 344.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

345

thy tempest (Ps. lxxxiii. 15). The way of Jehovah is in the
storm and the tei?ipest (Nah. i. 3) : besides other places, as
Jer. xxv. 32 ; Ez. xiii. 13 ; Hos. viii. 7 ; Amos i. 14; Zech.
ix. 14 ; Ps. xi. 6 ; 1. 3 ; lv. 8 ; cvii., where are these words :
He commandeth and raiseth the stormy wind ; God made tht
storm to calm, that its waves might be still (vers. 25, 29). It
is hence manifest, what is signified in the spiritual sense
by this : Jesus in the ship rebuked the wind, a?id said to
the sea, Be still ; and it was at rest (Mark iv. 39, 40 ; Luke
viii. 23, 24). By the sea here is signified hell, and by the
wind influx therefrom. Nor is any thing but a strong influx
signified by "the east wind" Jer. xviii. 17; Ez. xvii. 10;
xix. 12 ; Hos. xiii. 15 ; Ps. xlviii. 7) : also by the same w ind,
bywhith the Red Sea was dried up (Ex. xiv. 21), thus spoken
of in Moses : By the blast of thy nostrils the waters were
heaped up ; Thou didst blow with thy wind, the sea covered
them (Ex. xv. 8, 10). It may now be evident from these things.,
that by holding the four winds lest the wind should blow
upon the ' earth, the restraining and keeping back of a
nearer and stronger influx into the lower parts is sig-
nified.

344. And I saw another angel ascending f?'om the rising
of the sun, signifies the Lord providing and directing. By
the angel here the Lord as to the Divine Love is under-
stood, because He ascended from the rising of the sun ;
and from the rising of the sun, or from the east, is from
the Divine Love. For in the spiritual world the Lord is
the Sun and the East, and is also so called as to that 'ove.
That He was providing and directing is manifest fron His
command to the four angels, not to hurt the earth and the
sea, until the servants of God were sealed in their fore-
heads. That in the highest sense the Lord's Divine
Human is meant by an angel, is manifest from these pas-
sages : The angel of the face of Jehovah delivered them on
account of His love and His pity; He redeemed them, and
He took them, and carried them all the days of eternity (Isa.

346

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

lxiii. 9). The angel who redeemed me from all evil bless
them (Gen. xlviii. 16). The Lord whom ye seek shall sud-
denly come to His temple, and the Angel of the Cove?iant
whom ye desire (Mai. iii. 1). I send an angel before thee, to
guard thee in the way ; beware of His face, because My
name is in the midst of Him (Ex. xxiii. 20-23). Angel and
Sent in the Hebrew language are one word. Hence it
is that the Lord so many times says that He was Sent by
the Father, by which the Divine Human is meant. But
an angel in a relative sense is every one who receives
the Lord ; not only he who is in heaven, but he who is in
the world.

345. Having the seal of the living God, signifies who
alone knows all and each, and can distinguish and sepa-
rate them from one another. Since they were sealed with
the seal upon their foreheads, therefore by having a seal of
the living God, because it is said of the Lord, is meant to
know all and each, and to be able to distinguish and sepa-
rate the servants of God from those who are not the ser-
vants of God.

346. And he cried with a great voice to the four angels,
to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, saying,
Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, signifies the
keeping back and restraining by the Lord of the nearer
and stronger influx into the lower parts. That those things
are signified is manifest from the things explained above
(n. 343). According to the sense of the letter the four
angels restrained the influx, but according to the spiritual
sense it was the Lord, That they should not hurt the earth,
the sea, and the trees, signifies that there should not be a
vehement but a moderate influx. For the Lord, by vari-
ous degrees of influx, disposes, arranges, tempers, and
directs all things there and in the hells, and through the
heavens and the hells all things in the world.

347. Till we have sealed the servants of our God in their
foreheads, signifies before those are separated who are ic

No. 347.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

347

truths from good from the Lord, and thus who are good
interiorly. By sealing upon their foreheads is not meant
to seal them there, but to distinguish and separate those
who are in the good of love from the Lord ; for the fore-
head signifies the good of love. That it is those who are
in truths from good from the Lord, is because these are
meant by the servants of God (n. 3). The forehead signi-
fies the good of love, because the face is the image of
man's affections j and the forehead is the highest part of
'the face : the brain from which is the origin of all the
things of a man's life, is directly under the forehead.
As the forehead signifies love — good love with the good,
and evil love with the evil — by sealing upon the fore-
heads is therefore signified to distinguish and separate one
from another according to the love. The same is signified
in Ezekiel : Pass through the midst of Jerusalem, and seal
a seal upon the foreheads of them that sigh over the abomina-
tions (ix. 4-6). As the forehead signifies love, it is there-
fore said of the plate upon Aaron's mitre, upon which was
engraved Holiness to Jehovah, that it was over agai?ist the
face of his mitre, that it might be upon Aaron's forehead,
and be upon Aaron's forehead perpetually that they may be
acceptable before Jehovah (Ex. xxviii. 36-38). And it was
also commanded that these words, Thou shalt love thy God
ivith all thy heart, and with all thy soul, should be upon the
hand and upon the forehead (Deut. vi 5, 8 ; xi. 18). And
that they should have the name of the Father written upon
their fo7'eheads (Apoc. xiv. 1). And the name of God and
the Lamb upon their foreheads (Apoc. xxii. 4). It is to be
known that the Lord looks at the angels in their foreheads,
and they in turn look at the Lord through the eyes ; for
the reason that the Lord looks at all from the good of
love, and wishes that they should look at him in turn from
the truths of wisdom : thus conjunction is effected. By
the forehead in the opposite sense evil love is signified, in
these passages : They who have the mark of the beast upon

348

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

their foreheads (Apoc. xiii. 16 ; xiv. 9; xx. 4): and also
the name of Babylon upon her forehead (Apoc. xvii. 5). The
forehead of a woman a harlot (Jer. iii. 3). Obstinate in
forehead, and hard in heart (Ez. iii. 7, 8). Thou art hard,
and thy forehead is brazen (Isa. xlviii. 4).

348. And I heard the number of the sealed, a hundred
forty-four thousand, signifies all who acknowledge the Lord
as the God of heaven and earth, and are in truths of doc-
trine fiY>m the good of love from Him through the Word.
These are signified by the one hundred forty-four thousand
out of the twelve tribes of Israel, because by the twelve
tribes of Israel is signified the church from those who are
in good and truth from the Lord, and who acknowledge
Him as the God of heaven and earth. All these are meant
by the number one hundred forty-four thousand ; for the
like is signified by that number as by twelve, since it
arises from the multiplication of twelve by twelve, and
then from multiplication -by a hundred and a thousand:
and any number whatever, multiplied into itself, and then
by ten, a hundred, or a thousand, signifies the like as the
original number ; thus the number a hundred forty-four
thousand the same as a hundred forty-four * and this the
same as twelve, because twelve times twelve makes the
number a hundred forty-four : in like manner the twelve
thousand sealed out of every tribe, multiplied by twelve,
makes a hundred forty-four thousand. The number twelve
signifies all, and is predicated of truths from good, be-
cause twelve arises from the multiplication of three and
four into each other : and the number three signifies all as
to truth, and the number four all as to good ; hence twelve
here all as to truth from the good of love. That all num-
bers signify the properties of things, determining their
quality or quantity, may be manifestly evident from the
numbers in the Apocalypse, for unless they were significa-
tive, there would in many places be no sense in them. It
may be seen from the things here said, that by the hundred

No. 348.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

349

and forty-four thousand sealed,, and by the twelve thousand
out of each tribe, is not meant that just so many were
sealed and elected out of the tribes of Israel, but all
who are in truths of doctrine from the good of love from
the Lord. This is signified in general by the twelve tribes
of Israel, and also by the Lord's twelve apostles ; but in
particular some truth from good by every tribe and by
every apostle. But what is here signified by each tribe
will be told in what follows. Since the twelve tribes sig-
nify all truths of doctrine from the good of love from the
Lord, they therefore signify also all things of the church ;
on which account the twelve tribes of Israel represented
the church, and the twelve apostles the same. Because
" twelve " is applied to the truths and goods of the church,
therefore the New Jerusalem, by which the Lord's New
Church is meant, is described in its particulars by the
number twelve ; as that the city was twelve thousand fur-
longs in length and breadth ; that its wall Was a hundred
and forty-four cubits, — a hundred forty-four is twelve
times twelve \ that there were twelve gates, and the gates of
twelve pearls ; that over the gates were twelve angels, and
the names of the twelve tribes of Israel written ; that there
were twelve foundations to the wall, and in them the names
of the twelve apostles of the Lamb, and they consisted of
tivelve precious stones; also, that there was there the tree
of life bearing twelve fruits, according to the twelve months :
all which may be seen in chap. xxi. and mi. Of these
which are here treated of, the New Heaven was formed,
and a New Church is being formed, by the Lord : for they
are the same who are mentioned (chap, xiv., &c), where
these things are said of them : And I saw, and behold the
Lamb standing upon mount Zion, and with Him a hundred
forty-four thousand : and they sung a new song before the
throne; and no one could learn that song but the hundred
forty-four thousand redeemed from the earth : they art
i.rgins, and fallout the Lamb 7i>hith:'rsoever He goeth (vers.

35°

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII

i, 3, 4). Since the twelve tribes signify the Lord's church
as to all its truths and goods, the number twelve therefore
became a number of the church, and was used in its
solemnities ; as that in the breast-plate of judgment, where
the Urim and Thummim were, there were twelve precious
stones (Ex. xxviii. 2 1). That twelve loaves of show-bread
were put upo?i the table in the tabernacle (Lev. xxiv. 5, 6).
That Moses built a?i altar under mount Sinai, and erected
twelve pilla7-s (Ex. xxiv. 4). That twelve men were sent
to explore the land of Canaan (Deut. i. 23). That twelve
men carried out twelve stones out of the midst of the
Jordan (Josh. iv. 1-9, 20). That at the dedication of
the altar the twelve princes brought twelve silver chargers,
twelve cups of silver, twelve censers of gold, twelve bullocks,
twelve rams, twelve lambs, twelve he-goats (Num. vii. 84, 87).
That Elijah took twelve stones, and built the altar (1 Kings
xviii. 31, 32). That Elijah found Elisha when he was
plowing with twelve yoke of oxen, and he among the ttvelve ;
and that he then threw his mantle upon him (1 Kings xix.
19). That Solomon placed twelve oxen wider the braze?i sea
(1 Kings vii. 25, 44). That he made a throne, and twelve
lions standing at the steps (1 Kings x. 19, 20). That upon
the head of the woman clothed with the sun was a crown of
twelve stars (Apoc. xii. 1). From the above it may now be
evident that by the one hundred forty-four thousand sealed,
twelve thousand out of each tribe, are not meant just so
many in number from the Jews and Israelites, but all in the
New Christian Heaven and the New Church, who will be in
truths of doctrine from the good of love through the Word
from the Lord.

349. Sealed out of every tribe of Israel, signifies the Lord's
heaven and church from them. By a tribe is signified re-
ligion as to good of life, and by " every tribe " is signified
the church as to all the good of love and as to all the truth
from that good, from both of which is the good of life. For
there are two things which make the church, the good of

No. 349.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

35-'

love and the truth of doctrine : their marriage is the church.
The twelve tribes of Israel represented and thence signified
the church as to that marriage, and each tribe some universal
truth of good or good of truth in it. But what each tribe
signified has not hitherto been revealed to any one ; nor*
could it be revealed, lest by wrongly connected explanation
the holiness which lies hid in them when united into one
should be profaned : for the signification is according to
the conjunction ; it is one thing in the series in which they
are named according to their births (Gen. xxix., xxx., xxxv.
18). The series there is this : Reuben, Simeon, Levi,
Judah, Dan, Naphtali, Gad, Asher, Issachar, Zebulon,
Joseph, Benjamin. It is another in the series in which
they are named when they came into Egypt, which is,
Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Zebulon, Gad,
Asher, Joseph, Benjamin, Dan. Naphtali (Gen. xlvi. 8-24).
And another in the order in which they are blessed by
their father Israel ; which is this, Reuben, Simeon, Levi,
Judah, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali,
Joseph, Benjamin (Gen. xlix). Another, in the order in
which they are blessed by Moses, which is this, — Reuben,
Judah, Levi, Benjamin, Joseph, Ephraim, Manasseh, Zeb-
ulon, Gad, Dan, Naphtali, Asher (Deut. xxxiii.) : there
Ephraim and Manasseh are found, and not Simeon and
Issachar. And another, in the order in which they en-
camped and marched; which is this, — the tribes of Judah,
Issachar, and Zebulon to the east; the tribes of Reuben,
Simeon, and Gad to the south ; the tribes of Ephraim,
Manasseh, and Benjamin to the west ; the tribes of Dan,
Asher, and Naphtali to the north ; and the tribe of Levi in
the middle (Num. ii. 1, to the end). And another, in the
series in which they are named elsewhere ; as Gen. xxxv.
23-26; Num. i. 5-16 ; vii. 1, to the end j xiii. 4-15 ; xxvi.
5-57 ; xxxiv. 17-28; Deut. xxvii. 12, 13; Josh, xv.-xix.
Ez. xlviii. 1, to the end. On which account, when Balaam
saw Israel dwelling according to their tribes, he said, How

352

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

goodly are thy tabernacles ', O Jacob, and thy dwelling-places,
O Israel (Num. xxiv. 1-4, &c). In the breastplate of
judgment, which was the Urim and Thummim, in which
were twelve precious stones according to the names of the
'sons of Israel (Ex. xxviii. 15-21), the tribes signified in
series according to the inquiry, to which they returned an
answer. But what they signify in the series in which they
are here named in the Apocalypse, which is still diffeient,
will be told in what follows. That the tribes signify religion,
and the twelve tribes the church as to all things in it, is
because tribe and sceptre are one word in the Hebrew lan-
guage ; and the sceptre is the kingdom, and the Lord's
kingdom is heaven and the church.

350. Of the tribe of Judah twelve thousa7id sealed, signifies
heavenly (celestial) love, which is love to the Lord, and
this with all who will be in the New Heaven and in the
New Church. In the highest sense by Judah the Lord as to
heavenly love is signified ; in the spiritual sense, the Lord's
heavenly kingdom, and the Word ; and in the natural sense
the doctrine of the heavenly church from the Word. But
here heavenly love, which is love to the Lord, is signified
by Judah : and because it is named the first in the series,
that love is signified with all who will be in the Lord's New
Heaven and New Church. For the tribe named in the
first place is the all in the rest : it is as their head, and as
a universal entering into all the things which follow : it
gathers together, qualifies, and affects them : such is love
to the Lord. That " twelve thousand " signify all who are
in that love, may be seen above (n. 348). It is known
that after Solomon the twelve tribes of Israel were divided
into two kingdoms, the Jewish and the Israelitish. The
Jewish kingdom represented the heavenly kingdom, or the
Lord's priesthood ; and the Israelitish kingdom the spiritual
kingdom, or the Lord's royalty: but the latter was destroyed
when there remained nothing spiritual with them ; but the
Jewish kingdom was preserved for the sake of the Word,

No. 350 ] THE ATOCALYPSE REVEALED. 353

and because the Lord was born there. But when they
altogether adulterated the Word, and thus could not know
the Lord, their kingdom was then destroyed. It may be
evident from these things that heavenly love, which is love
to the Lord, is signified by the tribe of Judah : but as thev
were such in regard to the Word and in regard to the
Lord, the opposite love is also signified by the tribe of
Judah, which is the love of self, — properly the love of
ruling from the love of self, which love is called diabolical
love. That the heavenly kingdom and its love, which
is love to the Lord, is signified by Judah and his tribe,
is evident from these passages : O Judah, thy brethren
shall praise thee: the scept?'e shall not be removed from
Judah, until Shiloh come ; and to him is the adherence of
the peoples : he bindeth his foal to the vine, and the ass's
colt to the choice vine ; he washeth his garment in wine ; his
eyes shall be red with wine, and his teeth white with milk
(Gen. xlix. 8-12). David shall be prince to them for ever,
and I will make with them a covenant of peace ; a covenant
of eternity shall be with them, and I will set my sanctuary in
the midst of them for ever (Ez. xxxvii. 25, 26). Shout and
be glad, O daughter of Zion ; Jehovah will make Judah an
inheritance to Himself His portion in the land of holiness
(Zech. ii. 10-12). O Judah, keep thy festivals, perfonn thy
voles, because Belial shall no ?nore pass through thee; every
one shall be cut off (Nah. i. 1 5). The Lord shall suddenly
come to his temple ; then shall the offering of Judah and
Jerusalem be pleasant unto Jehovah as in the days of old
(Mai. iii. 1, 4). Judah shall dwell for ever, and Jerusalem
unto generation and generation (Joel iii. 20). Behold, the
days shall come, when I will raise up unto David a just
branch ; in His days Judah shall be saved (Jer. xxiii. 5, 6).
/ will bring forth a seed from Jacob, and from Judah an
inheritor of my mountains, that the elect may possess it (Isa.
Ixv. 9). Judah 7i>as His sanctuary, and Israel His dominions
(Fs. cxiv. 2). Behold, the days shall come, in which I will

354

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIL

make a new covenant' with the house of Judah ; this shall be
the covenant, I will put my law in the midst of them, and
write it upon their heart (Jer. xxxi. 27, 31, 33, 34). In those
days shall ten men take hold of the skirt of a ma?i a Jen ,
saying, we will go with you, for we have heard that God is
with you (Zech. viii. 22, 23). As the new heave?is and the
new earth which I will make shall remain before Me, so shall
your seed and your name remain : the kings of the nations
shall be thy nursing fathers, their queens thy nursing mothers;
they shall bow themselves doiun to thee with their faces upon
the earth, and lick up the dust of thy feet (Is a. lxvi. 20, 22 ;
xlix. 22, 23). From these and many other places, too
numerous to adduce, it may be manifestly evident, that by
Judah is not meant Judah, but the church : as that the
Lord will make with that nation a new and eternal covenant,
will make it His inheritance and His sanctuary for ever ;
and that the kings of the nations and their princes will bow
themselves down to him, licking up the dust of his feet ;
and more besides. That the diabolical kingdom, which is
the love of ruling from the love of self, is meant by the
tribe of Judah viewed in itself, may be evident from these
passages : I will hide my face from them, I will see what
their latter end will be; it is a generation of perversenesb,
children in whom there is no fidelity ; a nation void of counsel
are they ; their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the fields
of Go?norrah ; its grapes are grapes of gall, clusters of bitter-
ness a7-e theirs ; their wine is the poison of dragons, and the
cruel veno?n of asps : all this is hidden with Me, sealed up in
my treasures (Deut. xxxii. 20-35). Know that not for thy
justice and the uprightness of thy heart doth Jehovah give
thee the la?id of Canaan, for thou art a people of stiff neck
(Deut. ix. 5, 6). According to the number of thy cities were
thy gods, O Judah ; according to the 7iumber of the streets of
Jerusalem hast thou set altars for burning incense to Baal
(Jer. ii. 28 ; xi. 13). Ye are of your father the devil, and the
lusts of your father ye will do (John viii. 44). They are said

No. 351.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

355

to be full of hypocrisy, iniquity, and u?iclean?iess (Matt xxiii.
27, 28). An adulterous generation (Matt. xii. 39 ; Mark

viii. 38) : and Jerusalem, their habitation, was called Sodom
(Isa. iii. 9 ; Jer. xxiii. 14 ; Ez. xvi. 46, 48 j Apoc. xi. 8 :
besides other places where it is said that that nation was
altogether corrupt, and that Jerusalem was to be destroyed ;
as in Jer. v. 1 ; vi. 6, 7 ; vii. 17, 18, &C. ; viii. 6-3, &e. ;

ix. 10, 11, 13; xiii. 9, 10, 14 ; xiv. 16; Lam. i. 8, 9, 17 ;
\Lz. iv. 1, to the end ; v. 5, to the end; xii. 18, 19 ; xv. 6-8 ;
.\ vi. 1-63 ; xxiii. 1-49).

351. Of the tribe of Reuben twelve thousand sealed, signi-
fies wisdom from heavenly (celestial) love with those who
will be in the Lord's New Heaven and New Church. In
the highest sense by Reuben is signified omniscience ; in
the spiritual sense, wisdom, intelligence, and knowledge,
also faith ; in the natural sense, sight. But here wisdom
is signified by Reuben, because it follows after Judah, by
whom heavenly love is signified ; and heavenly love produces
wisdom. For there is not given a love without its partner,
which is knowledge, intelligence, and wisdom. The partner
of natural love is knowledge, of spiritual love is intelligence,
and of heavenly love is wisdom. These things are signified
by Reuben, because he was named from sight, and spiritual-
natural sight is knowledge, spiritual sight is intelligence, and
heavenly sight is wisdom. Reuben was also Jacob's first-
born, and was for that reason called by Israel the first of
his strength, the beginning of his powers, excellent in eminence
and excellent in valor (Gen. xlix. 3). Such is also the wisdom
from heavenly love. And because Reuben from his birth-
right represented and thence signified the wisdom of the
men of the church, he therefore exhorted his bretrnen not
to kill Joseph, and grieved when Joseph was not found
in the pit (Gen. xxxvii. 21, 22). And therefore his tribe
encamped on the south, and they were called the camp of
Reuben (Num. ii. 10-16). "The south" also signifies
wisdom from love ; on which account they who are in that

356 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII

wisdom dwell to the south in heaven (see the work on
" Heaven and Hell," n. 148-150). This wisdom is signified
by Reuben in the prophecy of Deborah and Barak, by this:
In the divisions of Reuben there were great resolves of heart ;
wherefore sittest thou, O fssachar, between the burdens to hear
the bleatings of the flocks ? in the divisions of Reuben, where there
are great searehings of heart (Judg. v. 15, 16). " The divisions
of Reuben " are knowledges of every kind, which are of
wisdom. As all the tribes signify opposite things also, so
also does the tribe of Reuben ; and in the opposite sense
it signifies wisdom separate from love, and hence also faith
separate from charity ; on which account he was cursed by
Israel his father (Gen. xlix. 3,4); and was therefore deprived
of his birthright (1 Chron. v. 1) ; see above (n. 17) ; and an
inheritance was therefore given him beyond the Jordan,
and not in the land of Canaan : and also instead of Reuben
and Simeon the sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh,
were acknowledged (Gen. xlviii. 5) : nevertheless he still
retained the representation and thence the signification of
wisdom.

352. Of the tribe of Gad twelve thousand sealed, signifies
uses of life also, which are of wisdom from that love, with
those who will be in the Lord's New Heaven and New
Church. By Gad in this highest sense omnipotence is
signified, in the spiritual sense good of life, which also is
use, and in the natural sense work ; here the uses of life,
because it follows after Reuben and Judah ; and heavenly
(celestial) love by means of wisdom produces uses. There
are three things which cohere, and cannot be separated,
love, wisdom, and use of life. If one is separated, the
remaining two perish ; see the " Angelic Wisdom concern-
ing the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom " (n. 241, 297, 316).
That use of life, which is also called fruit, is signified by
Gad, may be evident from the derivation of his name from
a troop or a heap (Gen. xxx. 10, 11) ; also from his blessing
by his father Israel (Gen. xlix. 19) ; and from his blessing by

No. 354.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 357

Moses (Deut. xxxiii. 20, 21) ; and also from his inheritance
(Num. xxxii. I, to the end; xxxiv. 14; Deut. hi. 16, 17 ;
Josh. xiii. 24-28) : also from the signification in the oppo-
site sense (Isa. lxv. 11 ; Jer. xlix. 1-3). It is to be known
that all the tribes of Israel are here distinguished into
four classes, as in the Urim and Thummim, and in their
encampment ; and that each class contains three tribes,
for the reason that the three cohere as one, like love,
wisdom, and use, and like charity, faith, and work ; for, as
u as said, if one is wanting, the remaining two are not any-
thing.

353. Of the tribe of Asher twelve thousand scaled, signifies
mutual love, which is the love of doing good use to the
community or society, with those who will be of the Lord's
New Heaven and New Church. By Asher in the highest
sense eternity is signified, in the spiritual sense eternal
blessedness, and in the natural sense affection for good
and truth ; but by Asher here is signified the love of doing
uses, which is with those who are in the Lord's heavenly
(celestial) kingdom, and is there called mutual love. This
love descends proximately from love to the Lord, since the
Lord's love is to do uses to the community and to each soci-
ety in the community ; and He does them through men who
are in love to Him. That the things said above are signi-
fied by Asher can in some degree be seen from his blessing
by Israel his father : Of Asher, his bread shall be fat, and
he shall yield the dainties of a king (Gen. xlix. 20) : and fiom
his blessing by Moses : Blessed above the children is Asher ;
let him be acceptable to his brethren ; as his day shall his
fame be (Deut. xxxiii. 24, 25). He was named also from
" blessing ; " and they who are in the love of doing uses to
the community and to society are in blessedness in heaven
above others.

354. Of the tribe of Naphtali twelve thousand sealed, sig-
nifies the perception of use and of what use is, with those
Who will be in the Lord's New Heaven and New Church.

358

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

By Naphtali in the highest sense is signified the power of
the Lord's Divine Human, in the spiritual sense temptation
and victory, and in the natural sense struggle by the natural
man ; for he was named from strugglings. But here the
perception of use and of what use is, is signified by Naph-
tali, because he follows after Asher in the series, by whom
the love of uses is signified ; and those also have an interior
perception of uses, who have conquered in temptations : for
by temptations the interiors of the mind are opened. The
perception which these have is described in Jeremiah xxxi.
33, 34. They feel in themselves what is good, and see in
themselves what is true. That the tribe of Naphtali signifies
angels and men as to this perception, may be confirmed by
these things in the Word : Naphtali is upon the heights of
the field (Judg. v. 18). " The heights of the field " are the
interiors of the church as to perception. Naphtali is satisfied
with the goodwill, and full of the blessing of Jehovah, possess
the west and the south (Deut. xxxiii. 23). To possess the west
is to have the good of the love of serving, and to possess the
south is to have the light of wisdom, which is the perception
mentioned above. Naphtali is a hind let loose, giving dis-
courses of elegance (Gen. xlix. 21). The state after temptation
is thus described, as to free eloquence from perception. It
is also related that one of the tribe of Naphtali, who was
filled with wisdom, intelligence, and k?iowledge, made all th*
work of brass for Solomon about the temple (1 Kings vii. 14).
The historical parts of the Word, as to the names and as to
the tribes, are equally significative with the prophecies.

355. Of the tribe of Afanasseh twelve thousand sealed, sig-
nifies the will of serving and of doing, also with those who
will be of the Lord's New Heaven and New Church. There
are three things which follow in order, love to the Lord,
wisdom, and use, as was said above (n. 352) : so also here,
mutual love, understanding or perception, and will or act.
These also make one, so that if one is wanting, the other
two ai 2 nothing. The will of serving with the act is the

No. 356.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED

359

effect, and thus the ultimate, in which the two former are
and coexist. Manasseh signifies this, because Joseph, who
was the father of Manasseh and Ephraim, signifies the
spiritual of the church ; and the spiritual of the church is
the good of the will, and at the same time the truth of the
understanding. It is hence that Manasseh signifies the
roluntary of the church, and Ephraim the intellectual of it.
Manasseh signifies the voluntary of the church because
Ephraim signifies the intellectual, as manifestly appears in
Hosea, where Ephraim is so many times mentioned : and
because Manasseh signifies the voluntary of the church,
he also signifies act ; for the will is the effort of every act :
and where there is effort, there there is action, when it is
possible. Manasseh is mentioned in several places, as
when he was born (Gen. xli. 50-52) ; when accepted by
Jacob instead of Simeon (Gen. xlviii. 3-5) ; and when
blessed by him (Gen. xlviii. 15, 16) ; and by Moses (Deut.
xxxiii. 17: and besides in Isa. ix. 19-21 ; Ps. lx. 7 ; lxxx.
2 j cviii. 8) : from which it may in some measure be seen
that the voluntary of the church is meant by Manasseh.

356. Of the tribe of Simeon twelve thousand sealed, signi-
fies spiritual love, which is love towards the neighbor or
charity, with those who will be of the Lord's New Heaven
and New Church. In the highest sense by Simeon is sig-
nified Providence, in the spiritual sense love towards the
neighbor or charity, and in the natural sense obedience
and hearing. In the two foregoing series they who are in
the Lord's heavenly (celestial) kingdom were treated of ;
in the present series those are treated of who are in the
Lord's spiritual kingdom. The love of these is called
spiritual love, which is love towards the neighbor, as also
charity. Simeon and his tribe represented this love, and
signify it in the Word, because he was born after Reuben,
and next before Levi ; and by these three, Reuben, Simeon,
and Levi, in their order, is signified truth in the under-
standing, or faith ; truth in the will, or charity ; and truth

360

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII

in act, or good work : the same as by Peter, James, and
John. As, therefore, Simeon and his tribe represented
truth in the will, which is both charity and obedience, he
was therefore named from hearing: and to hear signifies
both to understand the truth and to will it or to obey, —
to understand it when it is said " to hear any one," and to
w ill it and obey, when it is said " to hearken to any one,"
or to listen. Something shall here be said concerning love
towards the neighbor, or charity. Love towards the neigh-
bor is the love of obeying the Lord's precepts, which are
especially those that are contained in the second table of
the Decalogue ; and which are, Thou shalt not kill, Thou
shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt
not testify falsely, Thou shalt not covet the things that
are thy neighbor's. The man who will not do such things
because they are sins, loves his neighbor. For he does
not love his neighbor, who holds him in hatred, and from
hatred wishes to kill him ; he does not love the neighbor,
who wishes to commit adultery with his wife ; nor does he
love his neighbor, who wishes to steal and plunder his
goods : and so with the rest. This also Paul teaches in
these words : He that loveth another hath fulfilled the law :
for this, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not
kill, Thou shalt not steal, 27wtt shalt not be a false witness^
Thou shalt not covet ; and if there be a?iy other command-
ment, it is comprehended in this precept, Thou shalt love thy
neighbor as thyself : charity is therefore the fulfilling of the
law (Rom. xiii. 8-10).

357. Of the tribe of Levi twelve thousand sealed, signifies
the affection for truth from good, from which is intelli-
gence, with those who will be of the Lord's New Heaven
and New Church. By Levi in the highest sense love and
mercy are signified, in the spiritual sense charity in act,
which is good of life, and in the natural sense consocia-
tion and conjunction. He was named also from adhering
by which in the Word conjunction by love is signified.

No. 358.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 36 1

But by Levi here is signified love or affection for truth,
and thence intelligence ; because he follows after Simeon,
and is the intermediate in this series. Since Levi repre-
sented these things, that tribe was therefore appointed to
the priesthood (Num. iii. 1 to the end ; Deut. xxi. 5 ; and
elsewhere). That the tribe of Levi signifies the love of
{ruth, which is the very love from which the church is a
crunch, and intelligence therefrom, may be evident from
these passages : The sons of Levi were chosen by Jehovah
to minister unto Him, and to bless in His name (Deut. xxi. 5).
To bless in the name of Jehovah is to teach ; which those
only can do, who are in the affection of truth, and thence
in intelligence. They guard thy Word and keep thy cove-
fiant ; they shall teach Jacob thy judgments, and Israel thy
law (Deut. xxxiii. 8-1 1). The Lord shall suddenly come to
His temple, and shall sit as a rejiner and purifier of silver ;
and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and shall refine them
as gold and silver (Mai. iii. 1-4). "To purify the sons of
Levi " is to purify those that are in the affection for truth.
Because that affection flourishes from intelligence, there-
fore the rod of Levi, upon which Aaron's name was
written, blossomed with almonds (Num. xvii. 1-11).

358. Of the tribe of Issachar twelve thousand sealed, sig-
nifies the good of life with those who will be of the Lord's
New Heaven and New Church. By Issachar in the high-
est sense the Divine Good of Truth and Truth of Good
are signified, in the spiritual sense heavenly conjugial love
which is that of good and truth, and in the natural sense
recompense : but here good of life, because he is the third
in order in this class j and the third in any class signifies
the ultimate, which is produced from the former two, as an
effect from its causes : and the effect from spiritual love,
which is love towards the neighbor, and is signified by
Simeon, through affection for truth, which is signified
by Levi, produces good of life, which is Issachar. He
was named also from hire (Gen. xxx. 17, 18), and thus
vol. 1. 16

362

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

from recompense ; and good of life has its recompense
in itself. Some such thing is also signified by Issachar
in his blessing by Moses : Rejoice, Zebulon, in thy going
forth ; Issachar, in thy tents ; they shall call the peoples into
the mountain, there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of right-
eousness ; because they suck the abundance of the sea, and the
hidden things concealed in the sand (Deut. xxxiii. 18, 19).
But by Issachar in the blessing from his father Isiael
(Gen. xlix. 14, 15), meritorious good of life is signified
(see the " Heavenly Arcana," published at London,
n. 6388).

359. Of the tribe of Zebulo?i twelve thousa7id sealed, sig-
nifies the conjugial love of good and truth,- also with those
who will be of the Lord's New Heaven and New Church.
In the highest sense by Zebulon the union of the Divine
Itself and the Divine Human in the Lord is signified, in
the spiritual sense the marriage of good and truth with
those who are in heaven and in the church, and in the
natural sense conjugial love itself. Hence by Zebulon
here the conjugial love of good and truth is signified. He
was named also from cohabitation (Gen. xxx. 19, 20) ; and
cohabitation is predicated of married partners, whose
minds are conjoined into one : for that conjunction is
spiritual cohabitation. The conjugial love of good and
truth, which is here signified by Zebulon, is the conjugial
love of -the Lord and the church. The Lord is the Good
itself of love, and He gives to the church to be truth from
that good ; and cohabitation is effected when the man of
the church receives good from the Lord in truths. Then
is accomplished in man the marriage of good and truth,
which is the church itself, and constitutes heaven. Hence
it is that the kingdom of God, that is, heaven and the
church, are in the Word compared so many times to a
marriage.

360. Of the tribe of Joseph twelve thousand sealed, signi-
fies the doctrine of good and truth with those who will be

No. 360.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 363

of the Lord's New .Heaven and New Church. By Joseph
in the highest sense is signified the Lord as to the Spiritual
Divine, in the spiritual sense the spiritual kingdom, and
in the natural sense fructification and multiplication. But
here by Joseph the doctrine of good and truth is signified,
which is with those who are in the Lord's spiritual king-
dom. This is here signified by Joseph, because, he is
named after the tribe of Zebulon, and before the tribe of
Benjamin, and thus in the middle: and the tribe which is
named first in the series or class signifies some love which
is of the will ; and the tribe which is named after it signi-
fies something of wisdom, which is of the understanding ;
and the tribe which is named last signifies some use or
effect from them. Hence each series is full. Since Joseph
signified the Lord's spiritual kingdom, he was therefore
made Ruler in Egypt (Gen. xli. 38-44; Ps. cv. 17-22),
where each thing signifies such things as are of the
Lord's spiritual kingdom. The spiritual kingdom is the
Lord's Royalty, and the heavenly (celestial) kingdom is
His Priesthood. The reason that Joseph here signifies the
doctrine of good and truth, is because he is here in the
place of Ephraim ; and by Ephraim the intellectual of
the church is signified (see the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Sacred Scripture," n. 79) j and the
intellectual of the church is altogether from the doctrine
of good and truth from the Word. Joseph is here in the
place of Ephraim, because Manasseh, who was Joseph's
other son, and signified the voluntary of the church, has
been before reckoned among the tribes (n. 355). Because
the intellectual of the church is from the doctrine of good
and truth, therefore that intellectual, and also that doc-
trine, are signified by Joseph in the following passages :
Joseph is the son of a fruitful tree, of a fruitful tree by a
fountain ; he shall sit in the strength of his bow : he shall
be blessed with the blessings of heaven from above, and with
the blessings of the deep below (Gen. xlix. 22, 26). "The

364

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII

fountain" signifies the Word, and "the bow" doctrine
(n. 299). Blessed of Jehovah is the land of Joseph, for the
precious things of heaven, for the dew, for the deep also lying
below, and for the precious things of the products of the sun,
for the precious things of the produce of the moons, and for
the precious things of the earth and its fulness ; let it coine
upon the head of Joseph (Deut. xxxiii. 13-17). The knowl-
edges of good and truth, from which is doctrine, are signi-
fied by these precious things. Who drink wine from bowls,
and are not grieved for the affliction of Joseph (Amos vi.
5, 6). I will strengthen the house of Judah, and will save
the house of Joseph ; and they of Ephraim shall be like a
mighty man, and their heart shall be glad as from wine
(Zech. x. 6, 7). Here also Joseph stands for doctrine
wine signifies the truth of it from good (n. 316).

361. Of the tribe of Benjamin twelve thousand sealed,
signifies the life of truth from good according to doctrine,
with those who will be of the Lord's New Heaven and
New Church. When the conjugial love of good and truth
is signified by Zebulon, and by Joseph the doctrine of
good and truth, by Benjamin, because he is the third in
the series, the life of truth from good is signified. " Ben-
jamin" bears this signification, because he was latest born,
and was called by his father the son of his right hand
(Gen. xxxv. 18) ; and by the son of the right hand truth
from good is signified : on which account also his tribe
dwelt around Jerusalem, where the tribe of Judah was :
and the city Jerusalem signified the church as to doctrine,
and the confines of it the things which are from doctrine
(see Josh, xviii. 1 1-28 ; Jer. xvii. 26 ; xxxii. 8, 44 ; xxxiii.
13 ; and elsewhere).

362. In this enumeration of the tribes of Israel Dan is
not mentioned, nor Ephraim. The reason is that Dan
was the last of the tribes, and his tribe dwelt most remcte
in the land of Canaan, and thus could not signify any thi ig
in the Lord's New Heaven and New Church, where will

No. 363.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

3^5

be only the heavenly (celestial) and the spiritual : hence
Manasseh is put instead of Dan. That Joseph is put for
Ephraim, see above (n. 360).

363. After these things I saw, and behold, a great multi-
tude, which no one could number, signifies all the rest who
are not of those enumerated, and yet are in the Lord's
New Heaven and New Church, and are they who make
the ultimate heaven and the external church, whose quality
no one knows but the Lord alone. That the rest, who are
not of those recounted, and yet are in the Lord's heaven
and church, are signified by the great multitude, is mani-
fest from vers. 9, 10, 13-17 ; where it is said that they
stood before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white
robes, and pahns in their hands ; and that they shall se?'ve
Hint in His temple; and He that sitteth upon the throne
shall dwell amo?ig them ; besides other things. By " num-
bering " in the spiritual sense is signified to know what or
of what quality, they are. That this is signified by num-
bering will be seen in the following paragraph. But who
in particular are meant by these who are called the great
multitude, cannot be known without an arcanum which
must first be disclosed. The arcanum is this. The whole
heaven together with the church on earth is before the
Lord as one Man : and because it is as one Man, there
are those there who constitute the head and thus the face
with all its organs of sense ; and there are there those
who constitute the body with all its members. Hitherto
those have been enumerated who constitute the face with
all its organs of sense, but these who are now mentioned
are they who constitute the body with all its members.
That it is so, has been revealed to me, as also that they
who make the first class of the tribes (vers. 5), are those
who correspond to the forehead as far as the eyes ; that
they who make the second class (vers. 6), are they that
correspond to the eyes together with the nose ; that the
third (vers. 7), are they who correspond to the ears and

366

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

the cheeks ; and that the fourth (vers. 8), are they that
correspond to the mouth and tongue. The Lord's church
is also internal and external. They who are meant by
the twelve tribes of Israel are those that make the Lord's
internal church ; but they who are now mentioned are
those that make the external church ; and they cohere as
one with those above recounted, as lower things with
higher, and thus as the body with the head. Wherefore
the twelve tribes of Israel signify the higher heavens, and
also the internal church ; but these the lower heavens
and the external church. The latter are also called a
great multitude elsewhere, as may be seen below (n. 803,
&c-., and n. 811).

364. The reason why "to number" in the spiritual sense
signifies to know the quality, is because a number in the
Word does not signify a number, but the quality of a thing
(n. 10). Here therefore by this, a great multitude which no
one could number, is meant in the natural sense according
to the words, that the multitude was so vast ; but in the
spiritual sense it is meant that no one but the Lord alone
knows their quality. For the Lord's heaven consists of
numberless societies, and the societies are distinguished
according to the varieties of the affections in general, and
so all in each society in particular. The Lord alone knows
the quality of the affection of each, and arranges all into
order according to it. The knowledge of this quality is
understood by the angels by numbering, and the same in
the Word in these passages : When Belshazzar drank wine
out of the vessels of the temple of Je?-usalem, it was written on
the wall, Thou art numbered, thou art numbered (Dan. v. 2,
5, 25). I shall go to the gates of hell, I am numbered (Isa.
jexxviii. 10). A voice of the tumult of the kingdo7?is ; Jehovah
Zebaoth numbereth the host of battle (Isa. xiii. 4). Behold
who hath created these, that bringeth out their host by number
(Isa. xl. 26). Jehovah who numbereth the host of the stars
(Ps. cxlvii. 4). The flocks shall yet pass wider the hands of

No. 356.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 367

him that numbereth (Jer. xxxiii. 13). My steps are numbered
(Job xiv. 16). The houses a?id towers of Zio7i a?id Je?-usalem
were numbered (Isa. xxii. 9, 10; xxxiii. 18, 19; Ps. xlviii.
12-14). " To number " means to know of what quality they
are. It may be evident from the signification of number and
numbering why a punishment was denounced upon David
for numbering the people or tribes of Israel, and why h a
said to the prophet Gad, / have sinned greatly i?i what /
have done (2 Sam. xxiv. 1, to the end). And why. when the
people were numbered by Moses as to all their tribes, it
was commanded that every one should give an expiatio?i of
his soul to Jehovah at the numbering, that there might not be
a plague among them in ?iu7nbering them (Ex. xxx. 12). The
reason was because " to number " signifies to know their
quality as to their spiritual state, and thus as to the state
of the church understood by the twelve tribes of Israel,
which the Lord alone knows.

365. Out of all nations and t?'ibes and peoples a7id tongues ■
signifies all in the Christian world who are in religion from
good, and in truths from doctrine. By all nations and tribes
are meant those who are in religion from good, and who are
of the ultimate heaven (n. 363) : by nations they that are
in good (n. 920, 921) j and by tribe religion (n. 349). By
peoples and tongues those are meant who are in truths from
doctrine ; by peoples they that are in truths (n. 483) ; and
by tongue doctrine (n. 2S2). Hence all who are in religion
from good and in truths from doctrine are meant in the
spiritual sense by "out of all nations and tribes and peoples
and tongues."

366. Standing before the throne and before the Lamb, signi-
fies hearing the Lord and doing the things which He teaches.
By standing before God is signified to hear and do what He
teaches, as he does who stands before a king. This is sig-
nified by standing before God elsewhere also in the Word,
as, 77: e angel said to Zacharias, I am Gabriel that stand
bifore God (Luke i. 19). There shall not be wanting a man

368

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. Vli,

to stand before Me for ever (Jer. xxxv. 19). These are the
two sons of the olive-tree standing before the Lord of the whole
earth (Zech. iv. 1 4). He separated the tribe of Levi to stand
before Jehovah (Deut. x. 8 : and elsewhere).

367. Clothed in white robes, and palms in their hand?,
signifies communication and conjunction with the higher
heavens, and confession from Divine truths. That to be
clothed in white robes signifies to have communication and
conjunction with the heavens, may be seen above (n. 328).
To hold palms in the hands signifies confession from
Divine truths, because palms signify Divine truths. For
every tree signifies something of the church, and palms
Divine Truth in ultimates, which is the Divine Truth of
the literal sense of the Word. For this reason upon all the
walls of the te77iple at Jerusalem within a?id without, and also
upon the doors, were carved cherubs and palms (1 Kings vi.
29, 32). In like manner in the New Temple, spoken of
Ez. xli. 18-20. By the cherubs the Word is signified,
and by the palms the Divine Truth therein. That by palms
the Divine Truths of the Word are signified, and confessions
from them by the palms in the hands, may be evident from
the command that at the feast of tabernacles they should take
the fruits of goodly trees, and leaves of palms, a?id should
rejoice before Jehovah (Lev. xxiii. 39, 40). That when Jesus
went to Jerusalem to the feast, they took branches of palms,
and went to meet Him, cryi?ig, Blessed is He that cometh in
the name of the Lord (John xii. 12, 13) : by which was sig-
nified confession from Divine truths concerning the Lord.
The palm also signifies the Divine Truth in David : The
just shall flourish as the palm-tree, he shall g?vw planted i?i
the house of Jehovah, he shall flourish in the courts of our
God (Ps. xcii. 12, 13: and the same elsewhere). Because
Jericho was a city near the Jordan, and that which is first
in the church was signified by the river Jordan, and this is
the Divine Truth such as it is in the sense of the letter ot
the WTord, it was therefore called " the City of Palms

No. 369.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

369

(Deut. xxxiv. 3 ; Judg. i. 16 ; iii. 13): for the Jordan was
the first boundary or the entrance into the land of Canaan,
and by the land of Canaan the church is signified.

368. And crying with a great voice, sayifig, Salvation unto
our God who sitteth upon the throne, and unto theLanib, signifies
the acknowledgment from the heart that the Lord is their
Saviour. "To cry with a great voice " signifies acknowl-
edgment from the heart : " Salvation unto our God who
sitteth upon the throne and unto the Lamb," signifies that
the Lord is salvation itself, and that the salvation of all is
from Him, and thus that He is the Saviour. By Him that
sitteth upon the throne and by the Lamb the Lord alone is
meant ; by Him that sitteth upon the throne His Divine
from Which [all things are], and by the Lamb His Divine
Human ; as also above (n. 273). Both are mentioned,
because from His Divine from Which [He came forth],
through His Divine Human, He was the Saviour. That
they are one is manifest from the places where it is said,
the Lamb in the midst of the throne (chap. v. 6 ; vii. 17). The
Lord is many times called " Salvation " in the W7ord, by
which is meant that He is the Saviour ; as, My salvation
shall not delay, and I will place salvation in Zion (Isa. xlvi.
13). Say ye to the daughter of Zion, Behold, thy salvation
cometh (Isa. lxii. 1 1). / gave thee, that thou mayest be my
salvation to the end of the earth (Isa. xlix. 6). This is Jehovah
whom we have waited for, we will rejoice and be glad in His
salvation (Isa. xxv. 9). Salvation in the Hebrew language
is called Joschia, which is Jesus.

369. And all the angels stood around the throne and the
elders and the four animals, signifies all in the entire heaven,
hearing and doing what the Lord teaches. The angels of
the higher heavens are meant by the animals and the elders,
as above, and also below (n. 808) : but by the angels here
the angels of the lower heavens are meant ; thus all in the
entire heaven. By "standing" is signified to hear and do
what He teaches (n. 366).

16*

37o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap VII.

370. And fell upon their faces before the throne, and wor-
shipped God, signifies their humiliation of heart, and worship
of the Lord from humiliation. It is manifest that to fall
upon their faces and to worship, is humiliation of the heart,
and worship thence. Humiliation before the Lord and the
worship of Him is signified by falling before the throne and
worshipping God, because by God His Divine is meant,
which is the Divine from Which, and at the same time the
Divine Human (n. 368): for both are one God, because
one person.

371. Saying, Amen, signifies Divine Truth, and confirma-
tion from it; see above (n. 23, 28, 61).

372. Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving,
signifies the Spiritual Divine things of the Lord. All
acknowledgment and confession of the Lord in general
comprehends these two things, that He is Divine Love
itself and Divine Wisdom itself, and thence that love, and
all that belongs to it, with those who are in heaven and in
the church, is from Him ; in like manner wisdom and all
that is of it. Whatever proceeds from the Lord's Divine
Love is called the Heavenly Divine, and what is from His
Divine Wisdom is called the Spiritual Divine. The Lord's
Spiritual Divine is meant by " glory, wisdom, and thanks-
giving ; " and the Heavenly Divine by " honor, power, and
might," which follow. Blessing, which precedes, signifies
both ; see above (n. 289). That glory is predicated of the
Divine Truth, and thus of the Spiritual Divine, see n. 249.
That wisdom has relation to the same, is manifest. That
it is the same with thanksgiving is because this is from
Divine Truth ; for man gives thanks from it and by means
of it.

373. And honor, and power, and might, signifies the Heav-
enly Divine things of the Lord. It was said in the preceding
paragraph, that these three, honor, and power, and might,
in the Word, where the Lord is spoken of, refer to His
Heavenly Divine, or His Divine Love or Divine Good

So. 376.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

371

That this is true of "honor," may be seen, n. 249. of
might, n. 22 : that power also has such meaning may
be evident from the places in the Word where it is men-
tioned. It is to be known, that in every thing in the Word
there is the marriage of good and truth ; and that there are
words which have relation to good, and that there are words
which have relation to truth. But these words cannot be dis-
tinguished but by those who study the spiritual sense. From
that it is manifest which word relates to good or love, and
which to truth or wisdom. And it has been given to know
from many passages, that "honor, power, and might " occur,
where the Divine Good is treated of. That "power" relates
to the same may be seen Matt. xiii. 54 ; xxiv. 30 ; Mark
xiii. 25, 26 ; Luke i. 17, 35 ; fat 1 ; xxi. 27 : and elsewhere.
That in every thing in the Word there is the marriage of
the Lord and the church, and thence the marriage of good
and truth, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. So-90).

374. Unto our God for ever and ever. That it signifies
those things in the Lord and from the Lord to eternity, is
manifest from what is said above ; and that for ever and
ever is to eternity.

375. Amen, signifies the consent of all. In this verse
" Amen " occurs in the beginning, and now at the end.
When at the beginning, it signifies the Truth, and confir-
mation from it (n. 371) ; but when at the end, it signifies
confirmation, and the consent of all that it is the truth.

376. And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, Who
«re these that are arrayed in white robes, and whence came
they 1 And I said unto him, Lord, thou knowest, signifies
the desire to know and the wish to inquire, and the answer
and information. The reason why John was asked con-
cerning these things is, because it is common in all Divine
worship, that the man should first wish, desire, and prav.
and the Lord then answer, inform, and do : otherwise the
man does not receive any thing divine. Now as John saw

372

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. V[L

those that were arrayed in white robes, and desired to know
and to ask who they were, and this was perceived in heaven,
he was therefore first asked, and then informed. The like
occurred to Zechariah the prophet, when he saw many things
represented to him ; as may be evident from chap. i. 9 ; ii.
2, 4 ; iv. 2, 5, 11, 12 ; v. 2, 6, 10 ; vi. 4. Besides, we may
often read in the Word that the Lord answers those who
call and cry ; as Ps. iv. 1 ; xvii. 6 ; xx. 9 ; xxxiv. 4 ; xci.
15 ; cxx. 1. Also that He gives to those who ask (Matt,
vii. 7, 8 ; xxi. 22 ; John xiv. 13, 14 ; xv. 7 ; xvi. 23-27). But
still the Lord gives them to ask, and what to ask ; and
therefore the Lord knows it before ; but still the Lord
wishes that man should ask first, to the end that it may be
as of himself, and so be appropriated to him. Otherwise
if the petition itself were not from the Lord, it would not
have been said in those places, that they should receive
whatsoever they asked.

377. And he said, These are they who come out of great
affliction, signifies that they are those who have been in
temptations, and have fought against evils and falsities.
That affliction is infestation from evils and falsities, and
spiritual combat against them, which is temptation, may be
seen (n. 33, 95, 100, 101).

378. And have washed their robes, signifies, and who have
cleansed their religious principles from the evils of falsity.
By " washing " in the Word is signified to cleanse from
evils and falsities ; and by " robes " general truths are
signified (n. 328). General truths are the knowledges of
good and truth from the literal sense of the Word, according
to which they have lived ; and hence they are religious
principles: and because everything religious has reference
to good and truth, the robes are therefore twice named ■
namely, they washed their robes, and they made white their
robes. The robes, or religious principles, are cleansed only
with those who fight against evils, and so reject falsities,
and thus by temptations, which are signified by the great

No. 378.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

373

affliction (n. 377). That to be washed signifies to be
cleansed from evils and falsities, and so to be reformed
and regenerated, may be evident from the following pas-
sages : When the Lord hath washed away the filth of the
daughters of Zion, a?id hath cleansed the blood of Jerusalem
by the spirit of judgment and by the spirit of purifying (Isa.
iv. 4). Wash you, make you clean; put away the evil of
your doings fro?n before mi?ie eyes ; cease to do evil (Isa. i. 16).
Wash thy heart from wickedness, O Jerusalem, that thou
mayst be saved (Jer. iv. 14). Wash me fro7n my iniquity,
and I shall be whiter than snow (Ps. li. 2, 7). Though thou
shouldst wash thee with nitre, and shouldst take thee much
soap, thy iniquity will still ?'etain its spots (Jer. ii. 22). If I
should wash me in the waters of snow, and should cleanse my
hands with soap, still my clothes shall abhor me (Job ix. 30, 3 1).
Who washed his garment in wine, his clothing in the blood
of grapes (Gen. xlix. n). This is said of the heavenly
(celestial) church, to which they belong who are in love to
the Lord ; and in the highest sense it is said of the Lord.
Wine and the blood of grapes is Divine Truth spiritual and
heavenly (celestial). I have washed thee with waters, and I
have washed away the blood from off thee (Ez. xvi. 9). This
is said of Jerusalem : " waters " are truths, and " bloods "
are the adulterations of truth. It may be evident from
these things what was represented and thence signified by
the washings in the Israelitish church, as that Aaroji should
wash himself before he put on the garments of ministry (Lev.
xvi. 4, 24). And before he drew near to the altar to minister
(Ex. xxx. 18-21 ; xl. 30, 31). In like manner the Levitcs
(Num. viii. 6, 7). In like manner others, who were, made
unclean by sins; even that they washed the vessels- (Lev. xi. 32 ;
xiv. 8, 9 ; xv. 5-13 ; xvii. 15, 16 j Matt, xxiii. 25, 26). That
they were sanctified by the washings (Ex. xxix. 4; xl. 12 ;
Lev. viii. 6). That Naaman of Syria washed himself in the
Jordan (2 Kings v. 10, 14). On which account, that they
might wash themselves, the brazen sea and many lavers were

374

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

placed near the temple (i Kings vii. 23-39). And tnat ^u
Lord washed the feet of the disciples (John xiii. 5) ; and told
the blind man, that he should wash himself in the pool of
Siloam (John ix. 6, 7. 11, 15). From these things it may
be evident that the washing among the sons of Israel
represented spiritual washing, which is purification from
evils and falsities, and thence reformation and regeneration.
From the foregoing it is also manifest what is signified by
he baptism performed by John in the Jordan (Matt, iii.,
Mark i. 4-13) ; and what by these words of John concerning
the Lord, that He should baptize with the Holy Spirit and
with fire (Luke iii. 16 ; John i. 33) ; and concerning him-
self, that he baptized with water (John i. 26) ; the meaning
of which is, that the Lord washes or purifies man by the
Divine Truth and the Divine Good, and that John by his
baptism represented them. For the Holy Spirit is the Divine
Truth, fire is the Divine Good, and water is the representa-
tive of them ; for water signifies the truth of the Word, which
becomes good by a life according to it (n. 50).

379. And made white their robes in the blood of the Lamb,
signifies, and have purified them from the falsities of evil
by truths, and thus are reformed by the Lord. There are
evils of falsity and falsities of evil, — evils of falsity with
those who believe from religion that evils do not condemn
provided they confess with the mouth that they are sin-
ners ; and falsities of evil with those who confirm evils
in themselves. By robes, here as above (n. 378), general
truths from the Word are signified, which constitute their
religious principles. It is said that they made white their
robes in the blood of the Lamb, because " white " is repre-
sentative of- truths (n. 167, 231, 232): thus that they puri-
fied themselves from falsities by truths. That they were
thus reformed by the Lord is also signified, because all
who have fought against evils in the world, and have be-
lieved in the Lord, are taught by the Lord after their
departure out of the world, and are led away from the

No 379.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 375

falsities of their religion by means of truths, and so are
reformed. The reason is, because they who shun evils as
sins are in good of life ; and good of life desires truths,
and acknowledges and accepts them : but in no wise evil
of life. It is believed that by the blood of the Lamb here
and elsewhere in the Word is signified the Lord's passion
of the cross. But the passion of the cross was the last
temptation, by which the Lord fully conquered the hells,
and fully glorified His Human ; by which two works He
saved man (see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Lord," n. 22-24, and n. 25-27 ; also above,
n. 67). And because the Lord by that fully glorified His
Human, that is, made it Divine, nothing else can therefore
be meant by His flesh and blood but the Divine in Him
and from Him, — by flesh the Divine Good ' of the Divine
Love, and by blood the Divine Truth from that Good.
Blood is mentioned in many places in the Word, and by it
everywhere in the spiritual sense the Lord's Divine Truth
b signified, which is also the Divine Truth of the Word,
and in the opposite sense the Divine Truth of the Word
falsified and profaned ; as may be evident from the follow-
ing passages. First: that the Divine Truth of the Lord
or of the Word is signified by blood, from these : that
blood was called the blood of the covenant ; and a cove-
nant is conjunction ; and this is effected by the Lord by
His Divine Truth ; as in Zechariah : By the blood of thy
covenant I will send forth the prisoners out of the pit (ix.
11): and in Moses: Moses, after he had read the Book of
the Law in the ears of the people, sprinkkd half of the blood
upon the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant
which Jehovah hath made with you concer?ii?ig all these
words (Ex. xxiv. 3-8). And Jesus took the cup, and gave to
them, saying, Drink all ye of it; this is my Blood, that of
the New Covenant (Matt. xxvi. 27, 28 ; Mark xiv. 24 ; Luke
xxii. 20). By the blood of the New Covenant or Testament
nothing else but the Word is signified, which is called

37^

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIL

the Covenant and Testament, Old and New, and thus the
Divine Truth therein. Since that is signified by tolood,
the Lord therefore gave them the wine, saying, This is my
blood; and wine signifies the Divine Truth (n. 316); on
which account it is also called the blood of grapes (Gen*
xlix. 11 ; Deut. xxxii. 14). This is still more manifest
from these words of the Lord : Verily, verily I say unto
you, except ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man, and dtink
His blood, ye have ?w life in you ; for my flesh is truly food,
and my blood is truly drink : he that eateth my flesh, and
drinketh my blood, abideth in me, and I i?i him (John vi.
50-58). That the Divine Truth is here meant by blood
is plainly manifest, because it is said that he who drinks
it has life, and abides in the Lord, and the Lord in him.
That the Divine Truth and a life according to it do this,
and that the Holy Supper confirms it, may be known in
the church. Since blood signified the Divine Truth of the
Lord, which is also the Divine Truth of the Word, and this
is the Covenant or Testament itself, Old and New, blood
was therefore the most holy representative in the Israelitish
church, in which every thing and all things were corre-
spondences of spiritual things : as that they should take of
the blood of the Passover, and put it upon the posts and upon
the lintels of the houses, lest the plague should come upon them
(Ex. xii. 7, 13, 22). That the blood of the burnt-offeritig
should be sprinkled upon the altar, at the foundations of the
altar, upon Aaron, upon his sons, and upon their garments
(Ex. xxix. 12, 16, 20, 21 ; Lev. i. 5, 11, 15; hi. 2, 8, 13;
iv. 25, 30, 34; v. 9 ; viii. 15, 24 ; xvii. 6 ; Num. xviii. 17 ;
Deut. xii. 27): also upo?i the vail which was over the ark,
upon the mercy-seat there, and upon the horns of the altar of
incense (Lev. iv. 6, 7, 17, 18; xvi. 12-15). The same is
signified by the blood of the Lamb in the following places
in the Apocalypse : There was war in Jieaven ; Michael
and his angels fought against the Dragon, and overcame him
by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony

No. 379 ]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

377

(xii. 7. 11). For it cannot be thought that Michael and
his angels conquered the Dragon by any thing else but
the Lord's Divine Truth in the Word. For the angels in
heaven cannot think of any blood ; nor do they think of
the Lord's passion, but of His Divine Truth and of His
resurrection. Wherefore when a man thinks of the Lord's
blood, the angels perceive His Divine Truth ; and when
he thinks of the Lord's passion, they perceive His glorifi-
cation, and then only His resurrection. That it is so, has
been given to know by much experience. That blood sig-
nifies the Divine Truth is also manifest from these things
in David : God will preserve the souls of the needy, precious
*hall their blood be in His eyes ; and they shall live, and He
shall give them of the gold of Sheba (Ps. lxxii. 13-15). The
blood precious in the eyes of God stands for the Divine
Truth with them ; the gold of Sheba is wisdom therefrom.
In Ezekiel : Gather yourselves together to the great sacrifice
tip on the ?noimtains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh a/id drink
blood ; the blood of the princes of the earth shall ye drink,
and ye shall drink blood even to drunkenness, of my sacrifice
which I sacrifice for you : so will I set ?)iy glory a??iong the
nations (xxxix. 17-21). By blood here cannot be meant
blood, because it is said that they shall drink the blood of
the princes of the earth, and that they shall drink blood
even to drunkenness. But the true sense of the Word
appears, when Divine Truth is understood by blood. The
Lord's church is also there treated of, which He was to
establish with the gentiles. Secondly : That blood signifies
the Divine Truth maybe clearly manifest from its opposite
sense, in which it signifies the Divine Truth of the Word
falsified or profaned ; as is manifest from these passages :
Who stoppeth his ears, lest he should hear of bloods, and
shutteth his eyes, lest he should see evil (Isa. xxxiii. 15).
Thou shalt destroy them that speak falsehood; the ?nan of
bloods and deceit Jehovah abhorreth (Ps. v. 6). Every oni
that is written among the living in Jerusalem, when the Lord

•

378

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

shall have washed away the blood thereof out of the midst
of it by the spirit of judgment and by the spirit of purifying
(Isa. iv. 3, 4). In the day that thou wast born I saw thee
trodden down in thy blood ; and I said, In thy blood live ; I
washed a?id cleansed the blood from off thee (Ez. xvi. 5, 6, 9,
22 j 36, 38). They have wa?idered like blind men in the
streets ; they we?~e polluted by blood, till they can no more ,*
they touch with their garments (Lam. iv. 13, 14). The gat -
merit is polluted with blood (Isa. ix. 5). Even in thy skirt*
is found the blood of the souls of the innocents (Jer. ii. 33,
34). Your hands are full of blood; wash you, purify you '■
put away the evil of your doings (Isa. i. 15, 16). Your
hands are def ied with blood, a?id your fingers with iniquity ;
your lips have spoken a lie ; .they hasten to shed innocent
blood (Isa. lix. 3, 7). Jehovah goeth forth to visit the iniquity
of the ea?'th ; then shall the earth rroeal her blood (Isa. xxvi.
21). As many as received Him, to them gave He power to
become childrcji of God ; who were born not of blood (John i.
12, 13). In Babylon was found the blood of the prophets
and of the saints (Apoc. xviii. 24). The sea became as the
blood of a dead man, a?id the fountains of waters became
blood (Apoc. xvi. 3, 4 : Isa. xv. 6, 9 ; Ps. cv. 23, 28, 29).
The same is signified by the streams, pools, and lakes of
waters i?i Egypt being turned into blood (Ex. vii. 15-25).
The moon shall be turned into blood before the great day of
Jehovah co??ieth (Joel ii. 31). The moon became blood (Apoc.
vi. 12). In these places, and many more, blood signifies
the truth of the W ord falsified, and also profaned ; which
can be still more manifestly seen from the passages read
in the Word in their connection. Since therefore the truth
of the Word falsified or profaned is signified by blood in
the opposite sense, it is manifest that by blood in the genu-
ine sense the truth of the Word not falsified is signified.

380. The?-efore are they before the throne of God, a?id serve
Him day and night in His te?nple, and He that sitteth upon
the thro?ie shall dwell among them, signifies that they are

No. 381.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

379

in the Lord's presence, and live constantly and faithfully
according to the truths which they receive from Him in
His church, and that the Lord continually implants good
in their truths. " Therefore are they before the throne of
God," signifies that they are in the Lord's presence. And
seive Him day and night, signifies that they constantly and
faithfully live according to the truths, that is, the precepts,
which they receive from Him : by serving the Lord nothing
else is signified. " In His temple " signifies in His church
(n. 191). "He diat sitteth upon the throne shall dwell
among them," signifies that the Lord continually fills with
good the truths which they receive from Him. This is
signified by dwelling among them, because " to dwell "' in
the Word relates to good, and to serve, to truth. Here this
arcanum is now to be disclosed, — that the marriage of the
Lord with the church consists in this, that the Lord flows
into angels and men with the good of love, and that the
angels and men receive Him or His good of love in truths ;
that thereby a marriage of good and truth is effected, which
marriage is the church itself, and becomes heaven with
them. Because the Lord's influx and the reception of Him
are such, the Lord therefore looks at angels and men in
the forehead, and they look in turn at the Lord through the
eyes : for the forehead corresponds to the good of love, and
the eyes correspond to truths from that good, which thus
by conjunction become truths of good. But the influx of
the Lord with truths into angels and men is not like the
influx of good with them ; for it is mediate, flowing forth
from good as light from fire, and is received in the under-
standing by them, and in the will as far as they do the
truths. This therefore is the marriage of love and wisdom,
or of good and truth, from the Lord, with them that receive
it in the heavens and on earth. This arcanum is disclosed,
that it may be known how it is to be understood that the
Lord continually fills their truths with good.
381. They shall not hunger any more, nor thirst any more}

380

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

signifies that hereafter goods and truths shall not be wanting
to them. By not hungering is signified not to have a lack
of good, and by not thirsting is signified no lack of truth:
for hunger relates to bread and food, and thirst to wine and
water ; and by bread and food good is signified, and truth
is signified by wine and water ; see above (n. 323).

382. Neither shall the sun fall upon them, nor any heat,
signifies that hereafter they shall not have concupiscences
to evil, nor to the falsity of evil. The sun shall not fall
upon them, signifies that they shall not have concupiscences
to evil : nor shall any heat fall upon them, signifies that they
shall not have concupiscences to falsity. That the sun
signifies the Divine Love and the affections of good there-
from, and in the opposite sense diabolical love and the
concupiscences to evil thence, may be seen above (n. 53).
But that heat signifies lust for the falsity of evil is because
falsity is produced from evil, like heat from the sun. For,
when the will loves evil, the understanding loves falsity,
and is heated by the lust of confirming it \ and confirmed
evil in the understanding is the falsity of evil : the falsity of
evil is therefore evil in its form. Heat and to be hot sig-
nify the same in the following passages : Blessed is the
man who trusteth in jfehovah ; he shall not see when heat
cometh (Jer. xvii. 7, 8). Thou hast been a refuge to the needy
from the storm, and a shade from the heat. He tempereth
the heat with the shadow of a cloud (Isa. xxv. 4, 5). When
they are heated, I will make them drunk, that they may sleep
a perpetual sleep (Jer. li. 39). They are all hot as an oven,
not one among them calleth unto me (Hos. vii. 7). He beholdeth
not the way of the vineyards, drought and heat consume the
waters of the snow (Job xxiv. 18, 19). The fourth angel
poured out his vial upon the sun, and it was given to him to
scorch men with a great heat ; and they blasphemed the name
of God (Apoc. xvi. 8, 9). That thou mayest say to the pris-
oners, Go forth ; they shall not hunger nor thirst, neither shall
the heat smite them (Isa. xlix. 9, 10).

No. 384. J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 38 1

383. For the Lamb who is in the 7?iidsi of the throne shall
feed them, signifies that the Lord alone will teach them.
By " the Lamb in the midst of the throne " is signified the
Lord as to His Divine Human in the inmost, and so in all
things of heaven. "In the midst" is in the inmost and
i-hus in all things (n. 44). The throne is heaven (n. 14) ;
and the Lamb is the Lord as to His Divine Human (269,
291) : and He who is in the inmost, and thus in all things,
He alone feeds, that is, teaches all. If it is asked how He
alone can feed all, let it be known that it is because He is
God, and because He is in the universal heaven like the
soul in its body ; for heaven from Him is as one Man. To
feed is to teach, because the church is called in the Word
the flock, and the men of the church are called sheep and
lambs : hence to feed signifies to teach, and the shepherd
him that teaches ; and this in many passages, as, They shall
feed the flocks in that day in a broad meadow (Isa. xxx. 23).
He shall feed His flock like a shepherd (Isa. xl. 11). They
*hall feed in the ways, and all the hills shall be their pastures
(Isa. xlix. 9). Israel shall feed in Car?nel and Bashan (Jer.
1. 19). I will seek my flock, I will feed them in a good pasture,
and in a fat pasture upon the mountains of Israel (Ez. xxxiv.
12-14). Feed thy people; let them feed in Bashan and Gilead
(Mic. vii. 14). The rem?iant of Israel shall feed, and shall
rest (Zeph. iii. 13). Jehovah is my Shepherd, I shall not
want : He maketh 77ie to lie down i?i green pastures (Ps. xxiii.
1, 2). The Lord chose David to feed Jacob and Israel, and
he fed them (Ps. lxxviii. 70-72). Jesus said to Peter, Feed
my lambs ; the second and third time He said, Feed my sheep
(John xxi. 15-17).

384. And shall lead the?n to living fountains of waters,
signifies, and will lead by the truths of the Word to con-
junction with Himself. Since by "a living fountain of
waters " the Lord and also the Word are signified, and
by waters truths are signified (n. 50), and because by the
Divine truths of the Word — when they are made of the life,

382 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

which is done when one lives according to them — conjunc-
tion with the Lord is effected, therefore by leading them to
living fountains of waters is signified to lead by the truths
of the Word to conjunction with the Lord. That the Lord
and also the Word are signified by a fountain and foun-
tains, is evident from .these passages : All my fountains are
in Thee, O Jehovah (Ps. lxxxvii. 7). They have forsaken
Jehovah, the. fountain of living waters (Jer. xvii. 13). The
people have forsaken Me, the fountain of living waters (Jer.
ii. 12, 13). Thoumakest them to drink of the river of de-
lights, because with Thee is the fountain of life (Ps. xxxvi.
8, 9). In that day shall a fou?itain be opened to the inhabi-
tants of Jerusalem (Zech. xiii. 1). Israel hath dwelt securely
solitary at the fountain of Jacob (Deut. xxxiii. 28). When
the lord sat at the foimtain of Jacob, He said to the woman,
The water which I will give shall be a fountain of water
springing up into everlasting life (John iv. 5-20). Joseph
is the son of a fruitful tree by a fountain (Gen. xlix. 22).
Bless ye the Lord f-om the fountain of Israel (Ps. lxviii.
26). Therefore with joy shall ye draw waters out of the
fountains of salvation (Isa. xii. 3). I will give unto hi?n
that thirsteth of the fountain of the water of life freely
(Apoc. xxi. 6). / will lead them to fountains of waters in
a straight way (Jer. xxxi. 9). Similar things to those said
here in the Apocalypse are said also in Isaiah : They shall
not hunger nor thirst, neither shall the heat smite them ; for
He that hath mercy upon the?n shall lead them even to foun-
tains of waters (Isa. xlix. 10).

385. And God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes,
signifies that they shall no longer be in combats against
evils and their falsities, and so not in grief, but in goods
and truths, and thence in heavenly joys from the Lord.
These things are signified by the Lamb's wiping away
every tear from their eyes, because it is said above in vers.
14, that they are those who came out of great affliction ;
by which is signified that they are those who have been in

No. 386.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

383

temptations, and have fought against evils (n. 377) : and
they who afterwards are not in combats against evils are
they who are in goods and truths, and thence in heavenly
joys. Similar things are signified by this in Isaiah : He
shall swallow up death for ever ; and the Lord Jehovah
shall wipe away tears from off all faces : then shall they say
in that day, Behold, this is our God, whom we have waited
for, that He might deliver us ; this is Jehovah whom we
have waited for ; let us rejoice and be glad i?i His salvation
(xxv. 8, 9).

386. To the above I will add this Relation. Once when
I looked around in the spiritual world, I heard as it were
the gnashing of teeth, and as it were a knocking, and mixed
with them something grating ; and I asked what they were.
And the angels who were with me said, "They are schools,
which are called by us diver soria, where disputations are
carried on. These disputations are heard thus at a dis-
tance ; but when near, they are only heard as disputations.
I drew near, and saw small houses constructed of reeds
plastered together with mud: and I wished to look in
through a window, but there was none : for it was not per-
mitted to enter through the door, since light would thus
flow in out of heaven, and confound them. But a window
was suddenly made on the right side, and I then heard
them complaining that they were in darkness. But soon a
window was made on the left side, the window on the right
side being shut j and the darkness was then dissipated by
degrees, and they seemed to themselves to be in light:
and after this it was given me to enter by the door, and to
hear. There was a table in the midst, and benches round
about ; yet they all seemed to me to be standing upon the
benches, and to be disputing sharply with one anothei
concerning Faith and Charity; — on the one part, that
Faith was the principal thing of the church ; on the other,

3§4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VII.

that Charity was. They who made faith the principal
thing said, " Do we not act with God by faith, and by
charity with man? Is not faith therefore heavenly, and
charity earthly ? Are we not saved by the heavenly, and
not by the earthly ? Also, " Cannot God give faith out of
heaven because it is heavenly ? and is not man to procure
for himself charity because it is earthly ? And what a man
procures for himself is not of the church, and therefore does
not save. Can any one thus be justified before God by
the works which are called of charity ? Believe us, that
we aie not only justified by faith alone, but sanctified also ;
if the faith is not defiled by the things of merit which are
from the works of charity. And more was said. But they
who made Charity the principal thing of the church, sharply
refuted these things ; saying that " Charity saves, and not
faith. Does not God hold all dear, and will good to all ?
How can God do this good, except through men ? Does
God only give us to speak with men the things of faith ?
and does He not give us to do to men those which are of
charity ? Do you not see that you said absurdly of charity,
that it is earthly ? Charity is heavenly ; and because you
do not do the good of charity, your faith is earthly. How
do you receive faith, except as a stock or a stone ? You
say, by the hearing of the Word only. But how can the
Word operate when only heard? and how upon a stock
or a stone ? Perhaps you are vivified unconsciously. But
what is that vivification, except that you can say that faith
alone saves ? Yet what faith is, and what saving faith,
you do not know." But one then arose, who was called a
Syncretist by the angel that was speaking with me. He
took off a turban from his head, and laid it upon the table ;
but suddenly put it on again, because he was bald. He
said, " Hear : you all mistake. It is true that faith is
spiritual, and charity moral ; but still they must be con-
joined : and they are conjoined by the Word, by the Holy
Spirit, and by the effect, while man knows it not ; which

No. 386.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

3B5

effect may indeed be called obedience ; but one in which
the man has no part. I have long meditated upon these
things ; and I have at length found, that a man may re-
ceive from God a faith which is spiritual ; but that he
cannot be moved by God to a charity which is spiritual,
except as a pillar of salt." Having said this, they that
were in faith alone applauded j but they who were in
charity hooted. And the latter said with indignation,
" Hear, friend : you do not know that there is a moral life
which is spiritual, and that there is a moral life merely
natural, — a moral life which is spiritual with those who do
good from God and still as of themselves, and a moral
life merely natural with those that do good from hell and
still as of themselves.

It was said that the disputation was heard as the gnash-
ing of teeth, and as a knocking, with which something
grating was intermixed. The sound heard as the gnashing
of teeth was from those who were in faith alone ; but that
heard as a knocking was from them that were in charity
alone ; and the grating intermixed was from the Syncretist.
The reason that their sounds were heard thus at a distance,
was because they all disputed in the world, and did not
shun any evil, and therefore did not do any moral good
which was spiritual. And they were altogether ignorant
also, that the all of faith is truth, and the all of charity,
good j and that truth without good is not truth in spirit,
and that good without truth is not good in spirit ; and that
the one thus makes the other. The reason why there
was darkness when the window was made on the right
side, is because light flowing in from heaven on that side
affects the will ; and the cause of its being light when a
v.indow was made on the left side, the window on the right
being shut, is because light flowing in from heaven on the
left side affects the understanding : and every man can be
in the light of heaven as to the understanding, provided
the will is closed as to its evil.
vol. 1. 17

3*6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

CHAPTER EIGHTH.

1. And when he opened the seventh seal, there was
silence in heaven as of half an hour.

2. And I saw the seven angels who stood before God ;
and there were given unto them seven trumpets.

3. And another angel came, and stood at the altar, hav-
ing a golden censer ; and there was given unto him much
incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all
the saints upon the golden altar which was before the
throne.

4. And the smoke of the incense went up with the
prayers of the saints out of the angel's hand before
God.

5. And the angel took the censer, and filled it with the
fire of the altar, and cast it unto the earth ; and there were
voices, and thunders, and lightnings, and an earthquake.

6. And the seven angels that had the seven trumpets
prepared themselves to sound.

7. And the first angel sounded, and there followed hail
and fire mingled with blood ; and they were cast unto
the earth : and a third part of the trees was burnt up,
and all green grass was burnt up.

8. And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great
mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea ; and 3
third part of the sea became blood.

9. And a third part of the creatures that were in the
sea and had lives died ; and a third part of the ship?
pe rished.

to. And the third angel sounded ; and there fell from
heaven a great star burning as it were a lamp : and it
fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the foun-
tains of waters.

Chap. VIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

387

11. And the name of the star is called Wormwood j and
the third part of the waters became wormwood : and
many men died of the waters, because they were made
bitter.

12. And the fourth angel sounded ; and a third part of
the sun was smitten, and a third part of the moon, and a
third part of the stars, so that the third part of them \yas
darkened ; and the day shone not for a third part of it,
and the night likewise.

13. And I saw, and I heard an angel flying in the
midst of heaven, saying with a great voice, Woe, woe,
woe to them that dwell on the earth by reason of the
other voices of the trumpet of the three angels that are
about to sound.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The Church
of the Reformed is here treated of, as to the quality of
those therein who are in faith alone : the preparation of the
Spiritual Heaven for communication with them (vers. 1-6).
The exploration and manifestation of those therein, who
are in the interiors of that faith (vers. 7) j and of those
who are in its exteriors (vers. 8, 9). What they are as to
the understanding of the Word (vers. 10, 11). That they
are in falsities and thence in evils (vers. 12, 13).

The Contents of each Verse. " And when he opened
the seventh seal," signifies the exploration by the Lord ot the
state of the church and thence of the life of those who are in
His spiritual kingdom, who are they that are in charity and
its faith \ here those who are in faith alone. " There
was silence in heaven as of half an hour," sig/iifies that the
angels of the Lord's spiritual kingdom were exceedingly
astonished, when they saw that those who said they were
in faith were in such a state. " And I saw the seven angels

388 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

who stood before God," signifies the entire spiritual heaven
in the Lord's presence, hearing and doing the things which
he teaches. " And there were given unto them seven
trumpets," signifies the exploration and disclosure of the
state of the church and thence of the life of those who
are in faith alone. " And another angel came and stood
at the altar, having a golden censer," signifies spiritual
worship, which is from the good of charity by the truths of
faith. " And there was given unto him much incense,
that he should offer it with the prayers of all the saints
upon the golden altar which was before the throne," signifies
propitiation, lest the angels of the Lord's Spiritual King-
dom should be hurt by the spirits of the satanic kingdom,
who were below. " And the smoke of the incense went up
with the prayers of the saints out of the angel's hand be-
fore God," signifies their protection by the Lord. " And
the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire from the
altar, and cast it unto the earth," signifies spiritual love in
which there is heavenly (celestial) love, and the influx of it
into the lower parts, where those were who were in faith sepa-
rate from charity. " And there were voices, and thunders,
and lightnings, and an earthquake," signifies that after
communication was opened with them, there were heard
reasonings concerning faith alone and confirmations in
favor of it. " And the seven angels that had the Seven
trumpets prepared themselves to sound," signifies that they
were prepared and qualified to explore the state of the
church and thence of the life of those whose religion was
faith alone. " And the first angel sounded," signifies ex-
ploration and manifestation of the quality ot the state of the
church with those who are interiorly in that faith. " A*nd
there followed hail and fire mingled with blood," signifies
falsity from infernal love destroying good and truth, and
falsifying the Word. " And they were cast unto the earth,
and a third part of the trees was burnt up," signifies
that with them all affection for and perception of truth,

Chap. VIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

3*9

which make the man of the church, perished. " And all
green grass was burnt up," signifies thus every living thing
of faith. " And the second angel sounded," signifies ex-
ploration and manifestation of the quality of the state of
the church with those who are exteriorly in that faith.
a And as it were a mountain burning with fire was cast into
the sea," signifies the appearance of infernal love with
them. " And a third part of the sea became blood,"
signifies that all general truths with them were falsified.
u And a third part of the creatures that were in the sea
and had lives died," sig?iifies that they who have lived
and are living that faith cannot be reformed and receive
life. " And a third part of the ships perished," signifies
that all the knowledges of good and truth from the Word
serviceable for use of life were destroyed with them.
"And the third angel sounded," signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the state of the church with those
whose religion is faith alone, as to their affection for and
reception of truths from the Word. " And there fell from
heaven a great star burning as it were a lamp," signifies
the appearance of their own intelligence from pride aris-
ing from infernal love. " And it fell upon a third part
of the rivers and upon the fountains of waters," sig?iifies
that thence all truths of the W7ord were altogether falsi-
fied. " And the name of the star is called Wormwood,
and a third part of the waters became wormwood,"
signifies the infernal falsity from which is their own intel-
ligence, by which all the truths of the Word were falsi-
fied. " And many men died of the waters, because they
were made bitter," signifies the extinction of spiritual life
by the falsified truths of the Word. " And the fourth angel
sounded/ sigJiifies the exploration and manifestation of the
state of the church with those whose religion is faith alone,
tiiat they are in the evils of falsity and in the falsities of
evil. " And a third part of the sun was smitten, and a
third part of the moon, and a third part of the stars, and

3Q-0 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED [Chap. VIII.

the third part of them was darkened," sig?iijies that on ac-
count of evils from falsities and falsities from evils they did
not know what love is, what faith is, nor any truth. " That
the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night L'Ve-
wise," signifies that there was no longer any spiritual truth
nor natural truth serviceable for doctrine and life from
the Word with them. " And I saw, and I heard an angel
flying in the midst of heaven," signifies instruction and pre-
diction irom the Lord. " Saying with a great voice, Woe,
woe, woe to them that dwell upon the earth by reason of the
other voices of the trumpet of the three angels that are
about to sound," signifies the deepest lamentation over the
damned state of those in the church, who in doctrine and in
life have confirmed themselves in faith separate from charity.

THE EXPLANATION.

387. There are two kingdoms into which the Universal
Heaven is distinguished, the Heavenly {Celestial) Kingdom
and the Spiritual Kingdom. The Heavenly Kingdom
consists of those who are in love to the Lord, and thence
in wisdom ; and the Spiritual Kingdom of those who
are in love towards the neighbor, and thence in intelli-
gence : and because love towards the neighbor is at
this day called charity, and intelligence faith, the latter
kingdom consists of those who are in charity and thence
in faith. Now because heaven is distinguished into two
kingdoms, hell is also distinguished into two kingdoms op-
posite to them, — into the Diabolical Kingdom and the
Satanic Kingdom. The Diabolical Kingdom consists of
them that are in the love of ruling from the love of self,
and thence in foolishness ; for that love is opposite to
hea/enly love, and its foolishness is opposite to heavenly
wisdom : but the Satanic Kingdom consists of those that
are in the love of ruling from the pride of their own intel-
ligence, and thence in insanity ; for that love is opposite to

No. 388J

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

39 1

spiritual love, and the insanity of it is opposite to spiritual
intelligence. By folly and insanity are meant folly and
insanity in heavenly and spiritual things. Similar things
are to be understood concerning the Church on the
earth as have been said concerning heaven ; for they make
one. Concerning those two kingdoms, see the work on
Heaven and Hell," published at London (n. 20-28) ; see
also many other places. Now as the only thing treated of
in the Apocalypse is the state of the church at its end, as
was said in the Preface and in n. 2, for that reason those
who are in the two kingdoms of heaven and those that are
in the two kingdoms of hell together with their quality are
henceforth treated of ; from this eighth chapter to the six-
teenth they who are in the Spiritual Kingdom, and in the
Satanic Kingdom opposite to it ; and in the seventeenth and
eighteenth chapters, they who are in the Heavenly King-
dom, and in the Diabolical Kingdom opposite to it ; and
afterwards the Last Judgment ; and at length the New
Church, which is the New Jerusalem. This last forms the
conclusion to all the things that precede, because it is the
end for the sake of which they are. In the Word, the Devil
and Satan are many times mentioned, and by each is meant
hell. It is so called, because all who are in one hell are
called devils, and all in the other are called satans.

388. And when he opened the seventh seal, signifies the ex-
ploration by the Lord of the st ate of the church and thence
of the life of those who are in His Spiritual Kingdom, who
are they that are in charity and its faith, here those who
are in faith alone. That this is signified may be evident
from each of the things in this chapter when understood in
the spiritual sense. For in this chapter and in those that
follow, as far as the sixteenth, they who are in the spirit-
ual kingdom are treated of, who, as was said just above
(n. 387), are those who are in love towards the neighbor
and thence in intelligence. But since at this day instead
of love to the neighbor they say charity, and instead of

392

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VUL

intelligence faith ; and since there is no exploration here
of those that are in charity and thence in faith, as these
things belong to those who are in heaven ; therefore the
exploration here is of those that are in faith alone. Faith
alone is also faith separated from charity, since there is no
conjunction ; see below (n. 417). That to open the seal
signifies to explore the states of life, or what is the same,
the states of the church and thence of life, may be seen
above (n. 295, 302, 309, 317, 324).

389. There was silence in heaven as of half an hour, signi-
fies that the angels of the Lord's spiritual kingdom were
exceedingly astonished, when they saw those who said they
were in faith, in such a state. By the silence in heaven
nothing else is meant but the astonishment there at those
who say they are in faith, and yet are in such a state : for
their state is described in what follows, and what its quality
is may be evident from the explanations. By " half an
hour " it signified exceedingly, because by an hour a full
state is signified. That time signifies state will be seen below.

390. And I saw the seven angels who stood before God,
signifies the entire spiritual heaven in the Lord's presence,
hearing and doing the things which He teaches. That the
whole heaven is signified by the seven angels is because by
seven is signified all, and thence the whole and the entire
(n. 10) ; and in the highest sense by angels the Lord is
signified, and in a relative sense heaven (n. 5, 66, 342,
344) : here the spiritual heaven, as maybe evident from the
things said above (11.387,388). That "to stand before -
God " signifies to hear and do what He teaches, may be
seen above (n. 366).

391. And there were given unto them seven trumpets, sig-
nifies the exploration and disclosure of the state of the
church, an I thence of the life of those who are in faith
alone. B5 trumpets is here signified the same as by sound-
ing, because they sounded with them ; and by sounding
trumpets is signified to call together upon solemn occasions.

No. 392J

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

393

which were various : here to explore and disclose the qual-
ity of those who are in faith alone, and thus the quality of
those who are of the church of the Reformed at this day.
It is to be known that the church in the Reformed World
is at this day divided into three, from the three great
leaders, Luther, Calvin, and Melanchthon ; and that these
three churches disagree on various points. But, what is
wonderful, they all agree in this article, That man is justi-
fied by faith without the works of the law. That by
sounding the trumpets is signified to convoke, will be seen
below (n. 397).

392. And another angel came and stood at the altar having
a golden censer, signifies spiritual worship, which is from the
good of charity by the truths of faith. By the altar at which
the angel stood, and by the golden censer which he had
in his hand, the worship of the Lord from spiritual love
is signified, which worship is from the good of charity by
the truths of faith. There were two Altars wTith the chil-
dren of Israel, — the one without the tent, the other within
the tent. The altar without the tent was called the Altar
of Burnt-offering, because burnt-offerings and sacrifices were
offered upon it. The altar within the tent was called the
Altar of Incense and also the Golden Altar. The reason of
there being two altars was that the worship of the Lord
is from heavenly (celestial) love and from spiritual love ;
from heavenly love by those who are in His heavenly king-
dom, and from spiritual love by those who are in His
spiritual kingdom. Concerning these two kingdoms see
above (n. 387). And concerning the two altars see the
following places in Moses: the Altar of Burnt-offering,
Ex. xx. 21 to the end; xxvii. 1-8: xxxix. 36-43; Lev.
vii. 1-5 ; viii. 11 ; xvi. 18, 19, 33, 34: the Altar 01 Incense,
Ex. xxx. 1-10; xxxi. 8; xxxvii. 25-29; xl. 5, 26; Num.
vii. 1. The reason why altars, censers, and incense were
seen by John was not because there are such things in hea-
ven : they were only representatives of the worship of the

17*

394

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

Lord there. The reason is, because such things were in-
stituted among the children of Israel, and are therefore
often named in the Word : and that church was a represen-
tative church ; for all the things of their worship repre-
sented and therefore here signify the Divine Heavenly and
Spiritual things of the Lord, which are of His church in
the heavens and on earth. Similar things are therefore
signified by the two altars in the Word in the following
passages : Send out thy light and thy truth, let them lead vie
to thy habitation, and I will go in unto the altar of God, to
God (Ps. xliii. 3,4). / will wash my hands in innocence,
and compass thine altar, O Jehovah, and will make the voice
of confession to be heard (Ps. xxvi. 6, 7). The sin of Judah
is written with a pen of iron upon the tablet of their heart, and
on the horns of your altars (Jer. xvii. 1, 2). God is Jehovah,
who hath showed us light, bind the sacrifice with cords even to
the horns of the altar (Ps. cxviii. 27). In that day there shall
be an altar to Jehovah in the midst of the land of Egypt (Isa.
xix. 19). " An altar to Jehovah in the midst of the land of
Egypt " signifies the worship of the Lord from love in the
natural man. The thistle and the thorn shall come up upon
their altars (Hos. x. 7, 8) : by which is signified worship
from evils and the falsities of evil. And other places be-
sides, as Isa. xxvii. 9 ; lvi. 6, 7 ; lx. 7 ; Lam. ii. 7 ; Ez. vi.
3, 4, 6, 13 ; Hos. viii. n ; x. i, 2 ; Amos iii. 14; Ps. li.
18. 19; lxxxiv. 2, 3, 4; Matt. v. 23, '24; xxiii. 18-20.
Since the worship of the Lord was represented and thence
signified by the altar, it is manifest that nothing else is
meant by the altar in the Apocalypse here, and also else-
where ; as, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were
slain for the Word of God (Apoc. vi. 9). The angel stood
and said, Measure the temple of God and the altar, and them
that worship in it (Apoc. xi. 1). I heard another angel out
of the altar saying, true and just are thy judgments (Apoc.
xvi. 7). Since representative worship, which was chiefly
performed upon the two altars, was abrogated by the Lord

No. 593.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

395

w hen He came into the world, because He opened the inte
riors of the church, therefore it is said in Isaiah, /// that day
shall a ?na?i look to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect
to the Holy One of Israel, and not to the altars, the work of
his hands (xvii. 7, 8).

393. And there was given unto him much incense, that he
should offe? it with the prayers of all the saints upofi the golden
ttltar which was before the throne, signifies propitiation lest
the angels of the Lord's spiritual kingdom should be hurt
by the spirits of the satanic kingdom, who were below. By
the incense and by the golden altar the worship of the Lord
from spiritual love is signified (n. 277, 392) : by the prayers
are signified the things which are of charity and thence
of faith in the worship (n. 278) : and by the saints are
meant those who are of the Lord's spiritual kingdom,
and by the just they who are of His heavenly (celestial)
kingdom (n. 173). It may from this be evident that those
are here treated of who are in the Lord's spiritual king-
dom. By the much incense offered with the prayers of all
the saints upon the golden altar, is signified propitiation
lest they should be hurt by the spirits of the satanic king-
dom who were below, because propitiations and expiations
were made by incense, especially when perils were eminent,
as may be evident from these passages : Whe?i the congre-
gation fnurmured against Moses and Aaron, and they were
affected by the plague, Aaron took fire from the altar, and put
incense into the censer, atid ran between the living and the dead
to expiate, and the plague was stayed (Num xvi. 41-48).
7 'he altar of i?icense was also placed in the te?it before the
mercy-seat which was over the ark, and every morning, when
the lamps were trimmed, incense was offered upo?i it (Ex.
xxx. 1-10) : and it was commanded, that as ofte?i as Aaron
entered within the vail, he should offer incense, and the
cloud of the incense should cover the mercy-seat, lest he
should die (Lev. xvi. 11-13.) It may be evident from this
that in the representative Israelitish church propitiations

396

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI U

were made by offering incense : in like manner here, lest
they should be hurt by the satanic spirits who were below.

394. And the smoke of the incense went up with the prayers
of the saints out of the angel's hand before God, signifies
their protection by the Lord. By the smoke of the incense
going up before God is signified what is acceptable and
grateful ; on which account David says the like : Let my
prayers be acceptable as incense before Thee (Ps. cxli. 2). The
reason was, because the smoke of the incense was fragrant
from the aromatics of which the incense was compounded,
which were stacte, onycha, galbanum, and frankincense (Ex.
xxx. 34) : and the fragrance from those aromatics corresponds
to such things as are of spiritual love, or of charity and thence
of faith. For in heaven the most fragrant odors are perceived,
corresponding to the perceptions of the angels arising from
their love : on which account also it is said in many places
in the Word, that Jehovah smelled an odor of rest. That
protection from the Lord is signified follows from the things
that were said just above (n. 393).

395. And the angel took the censer and filled it with fire
from the altar, and cast it unto the earth, signifies spiritual
love in which is heavenly love, and the influx of it into the
lower parts, where those were who are in faith separate from
charity. That worship from spiritual love is signified by
the censer equally as by the incense, is manifest from what
is shown above, and from this, that in the Word the con-
taining vessel signifies the same as the contents, as the cup
and platter signify the same as the wine and the food
(Matt, xxiii. 25, 26 • Luke xxii. 20 ; and elsewhere). That
the Divine Heavenly (Celestial) Love is signified by the
fire of the altar of burnt-offering, is because worship from
that love was signified by that altar • see above (n. 392) :
and by fire in the highest sense the Divine Love is signified
(n. 494). Spiritual love, which is charity, derives its essence
from heavenly love, which is love to the Lord. Without the
latter love there is nothing living in spiritual love, or charity

No. 396.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

397

for spirit and life are from no other source than the Lord.
This was represented in the Israelitish church by their not
taking fire for the censers from anywhere else, when they
offered incense, than from the altar of burnt-offering ; as
may be evident in Moses (Lev. xvi. 12, 13 ; Num. xvi.
46, 47) : and by the two sons of Aaroii being consumed by fire
from heaven, because they offered incense with strange fire:
that is, with fire not taken from the altar (Lev. x. 1,2): on
which account it was also ordained that the fire should burn
continually upon the altar of burnt-offering, and should not be
put out (Lev. vi. 12, 13). This was for the reason that the
fire of that altar signified the Lord's Divine Love, and
hence love to the Lord. By casting the censer unto the
earth is signified influx into the lower parts.

396. And there were voices a?id thunders and lightnings
and a?i earthquake, signifies that after communication was
opened with them, there were heard reasonings concerning
faith alone and confirmations in favor of it, and the state
of the church with them was perceived to be tottering to
destruction. That lightnings, thunders, and voices signify
enlightenments, perceptions, and instructions, by influx from
heaven, may be seen above (n. 236). But here, with those
who were in faith alone, and who had no enlightenment,
perception, and instruction, by influx from heaven, reasonings
about faith alone and argumentations and confirmations in
favor of it are signified by the voices, the thunders, and
the lightnings. By the earthquake changes of state of
the church are signified (n. 331) ; here that the state of the
church with them was perceived to be tottering to its
destruction. For earthquakes take place in the world of
spirits, when the state of the church in the societies is
perverted and inverted. The reason that the censer was
cast by the angel unto the earth before the seven angels
began to sound the trumpets was, that communication might
be opened by influx between those who were in the spiritual
heaven, and those below who were in faith alone ; from

393

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

which communication the reasonings and confirmations in
favor of it arose, and were also heard and perceived ; on
which account it is said that they were heard and peiceived
after the communication was opened.

397. And the seven angels that had the seven trumpets pre-
pared the?7iselves to sound, signifies that they were prepared
and qualified to explore the state of the church and thence
of the life of those whose religion is faith alone. What
is signified by the trumpets is evident from the statute
respecting their use among the children of Israel, of which
it is said in Moses : Jehovah spake unto Moses, to make
trumpets of silver for the convocation of the assembly, and the
setting forth of the camp, and that they should sound them on
days of joy, on the festivals, the new-moons, and over the burnt-
offermgs and sac?'ifices : also, that when they we?it to war
against enemies that infested them, they should give the signal
with trumpets, and that then they should co?ne into remembrance
before Jehovah God, and should be preserved from their ene?nies
(Num. x. 1-10). From this it may be seen what is signified
by sounding with trumpets. That here by the seven angels
sounding is signified the exploration and manifestation
of the quality of the state of the church with those whose
religion is faith alone, is manifest from the particulars in
this chapter, and from the things in the following chapters
as far as the sixteenth inclusive, when understood in the spir-
itual sense. From the uses of trumpets among the children
of Israel, it may also be seen what is signified by trumpets
and by sounding them, in the following passages : Sound
the trwnpet in Zion, and sound in the mountain of holiness,
for the day of Jehovah cometh (Joel ii. 1, 2). Jehovah shall
appear upon them, and His dart shall go forth as lightning,
and the Lord Jehovih shall sound the trumpet (Zech. ix. 14).
Jehovah shall go forth as a lion, and shall soicnd (Isa. xlii. 13).
In that day the great trumpet shall be sounded, and they shall
come that are perishing i?i the land of Asshur, and the outcasts
in the land of Egypt, and shall bow themselves down to Jehovah

No. 398.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

399

in the mountain of holiness (Isa. xxvii. 13). He shall send
His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, a?id they shall
gather together His elect from the four winds, from one end of
the heavens to the other end of them (Matt. xxiv. 31). Blessed
is the people that k?iow the trumpet sound ; O Jehovah, they
shall walk in the light of thy countenance (Ps. lxxxix 15).
When the morning stars sing, and the sons of God sound the
trumpet (Job xxxviii. 7). Since the sounds of trumpets
signify such things, and in the Israelitish church all things
were presented to the life according to correspondences and
thence significations, it therefore so came to pass, that,
when Jehovah descended upon Mount Sinai, there were voices
a?id thunders a?id a heavy cloud, and a vehement voice of a
trumpet, a?id a voice of a trumpet going on and strengthening
itself exceedingly, and the people in the ca?np trembled exceed-
ingly (Ex. xix. 16-25). Therefore also it came to pass,
that when the three hundred with Gideon sounded with the
trumpets against Midian, then every man's sword was against
his companion, and they fled (Judg. vii. 16-22). So too, that
the twelve thousand from the sons of Israel, with the vessels
of holiness and with the trumpets i?i their hands, overcame
Midian (Num. xxxi. 1-8). As also, that the wall of Jericho,
after the seven priests with the seven trumpets went around the
city seven times, fell dozen (Josh. vi. 1-20). Wherefore it is
said in Jeremiah, Sound the trumpet against Babylon round
about, its walls are destroyed (1. 15) j and in Zephaniah: A
day of darkness and of thick-darkness, a day of the trumpet
and of sounding against the fortified cities (i. 15, 16).

398. And the first angel sowidcd, signifies an exploration
and manifestation of the quality of the state of the church
with those who are interiorly in that faith. By sounding
is signified to explore and to manifest (n. 397). By the
sounding of this first angel is meant the exploration and
manifestation of the state of the church with those that
are interiorly in that faith, because the operation of it was
directed to the earth, as it follows ; and the operation c<

400

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

the sounding of the second angel was into the sea : and by
the earth and the sea, everywhere in the Apocalypse, when
both are named, the entire church is meant ; by the earth
the church composed of those who are in its internals,
and by the sea the church composed of those that are in
its externals. For the church is internal and external,
— internal with the clergy, and external with the laity ; or
internal with those who have studied its doctrines interiorly,
and have confirmed them from the Word, and external with
those who have not done so. The latter and the former
are they who are meant by the earth and the sea in these
passages in the Apocalypse : That the wind should not blow
upon the earth, nor upon the sea (vii. i). That they should
not hurt the earth nor the sea (vii. 3). The angel coming down
out of heaven set his right foot upon the sea and his left upo?i
the earth (x. 2, 8 : also, vers. 5). I sa7u a beast coming up
out of the sea, and another beast coming up out of the earth
(xiii. 1, 11). Praise God, who made the heaven, the earth, and
the sea (xiv. 7). The first angel poured out his vial upon the
earth, and the second angel his upon the sea (xvi. 2, 3). By
the earth and the sea the church internal and external, and
thus the entire church, is signified, because in the spiritual
world they who 'are in the internals of the church appear
upon dry-land, and they that are in the externals as in the
seas ; but the seas are appearances from the general truths
in which they are. That the earth signifies the church,
may be seen (n. 285). That the world stands for the same
(«• 55 0-

399. And there followed hail and fire mi7igled with blood,
signifies falsity from infernal love destroying good and
truth and falsifying the Word. Falsity destroying good
and truth is signified by the hail ; by the fire is signified
infernal love, and by the blood the falsification of truth.
That hail signifies falsity destroying good and truth, will
be seen below : that fire is love in both senses, the heav-
enly and the infernal, may be seen (n. 468) : that blood is

No. 399.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

4OI

the Lord's Divine Truth, which is also the Word, and in
the opposite sense the Word falsified (n. 379). From these
gathered into one sense, it is manifest that by "there fo1-
lowed hail and fire mingled with blood," is signified falsity
from infernal love destroying good and truth, and falsi-
fying the Word. These things are signified because in
the spiritual world such things appear, when the sphere of
the Lord's Divine Love and Divine Wisdom descends into
societies below, where are falsities from infernal love, and
the Word is falsified by them. Similar things are signified
by hail together with fire in the following passages. At
the brightness before Him the clouds passed away, hailsto?ies
and coals of fire: the Most High gave His voice, hail-
stones and coals of fire ; and He sent His arrows, and scat-
tered them (Ps. xviii. 12-14). I will judge with pestilence
and blood, and I will ?nake hailstones, fire, and brimstone to
rain upon them (Ez. xxxviii. 22). Then shall jfehovah make
His voice to be heard, with a fame of devouring fire and
hailstones (Isa. xxx. 30). He gave them hail for rain,
and flaming fire i?i their land, and He brake the trees of their
coasts (Ps. cv. 32, 33). The hail smote their vine, and their
sycamores with grievous hail, and their flocks with burning
coals ; He sent in the wrath of His anger an incursion of
evil angels (Ps. lxxviii. 47-49). These things are said
of Egypt, concerning which we read in Moses : Moses
stretched out the rod, and Jehovah gave voices and hail, and
there was hail and fire walking together in the ??iidst of the
heavy hail ; and the hail smote every herb of the field, and
brake every tree of the field (Ex. far. 22-35). All the mira-
cles performed in Egypt signified the evils and falsities
from infernal love which were with the Egyptians. Every
miracle signified some evil and falsity. For there was with
them a representative church, as in many kingdoms of
Asia ; but it had become idolatrous and magical. By the
Red Sea is signified hell, in which they at length perished.
Something like this is signified by the hailstones, by which

402

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIIL

more of their ene?nies perished than by the sword (Josh. x.
n). The like also is signified by hail in the following
passages: Woe to the crown of pride : the Lord is strong,
like an inundation of hail : the hail overturneth the refiige of
lies (Isa. xxviii. i, 2, 17). It shall hail until the forest sink
itsdf down (Isa. xxxii. 19). The temple of God was opened
in heaven, and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunders,
and an earthquake, and great hail (Apoc. xi. 19). And
great hail of the weight of a tale7it came down out of heaven
upon men (Apoc. xvi. 21). Hast thou seen the treasures of
the hail, which are kept back unto the day of battle a?id of
war? (Job xxxviii. 22, 23). Say to them that daub on what
is unfit, that it shall fall : there shall come an inundati?ig
rain, in which you, O hailstones, shall fall (Ez. xiii. 11).
"To daub on what is unfit" is to confirm falsity so as
to appear as truth ; on which account they who do this are
called hailstones.

400. And they were cast unto the earth, and a third part
of the trees was burnt up, signifies that with those who are
in the internals of the church and in faith alone, all affec-
tion for and perception of truth, which make the man of
the church, perished. By the earth upon which the hail
and fire mingled with blood were cast, is signified the
church with those that are in its internals and in faith
alone ; who are the clergy, as may be seen n. 398. By a
third part is signified all as to truth, as by a fourth part all
as to good (n. 322). That by three is signified all, full,
and altogether, will be seen below (n. 505) : hence by a
thijd, which is a third part, the same is signified. By being
burnt up is signified to perish, here by falsity from infernal
love, which is meant by the hail and fire mingled with
blood ; respecting which see just above (n. 399). By a
tree man is signified ; and because man is man from affec-
tion which is of the will and from perception which is of
the understanding, therefore these also are signified by a
tree. There is also a correspondence between a man and

No. 40i.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 403

a tree ; on which account there appear in heaven paradises
of trees, which correspond to the affections and thence the
perceptions of the angels. And there are also in some
places m hell forests of trees which bear evil fruits, ac-
cording to correspondence with the lusts and thence the
thoughts of those there. That trees in general signify
men as to their affections and their thoughts thence, may-
be evident from .he following passages : All the trees of ihe
field shall know, that I Jehovah will humble the high tree,
will exalt the low tree, and will dry up the green tree, and
will make the dry tree to flourish (Ez. xvii. 24). Blessed is
the man that trusteth in Jehovah ; he shall be like a tree
planted by the waters ; he shall not cease from bearing, fruit
(Jer. xvii. 7, 8). Blessed is the man whose delight is in the
law ; he shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of waters,
which bringeth forth fruit in its season (Ps. i. 1-3). Praise
Jehovah, ye fruitful trees (Ps. cxlviii. 9). The trees of
Jehovah are full (Ps. civ. 16). The axe lies at the root
of tjie tree ; every tree that beareth not good fruit shall be cut
down (Matt. iii. 10 j vii. 16-20). Either 7iiake the tree good
and its fruit good, or make the tree corrupt and its fruit cor-
rupt; for the tree shall be known by its fruit (Matt. xii. 33 ;
Luke vi. 43, 44). / will kindle a fire which shall consume
every green tree a?id every dry tree (Ez. xx. 47). Since a
tree signifies man, it was therefore ordained that the fruit
of a tree serviceable for food in the la?id of Canaan should be
circumcised (Lev. xix. 23-25). Also that when any city was
besieged, they should not put forth an axe against any free
with good fruit (Deut. xx. 19, 20). As also, that at the
feast of tabernacles they should take the fruit of goodly ti ees,
and should be glad before Jehovah (Lev. xxiii. 40, 41) : be-
sides more passages which are not here adduced on account
of their abundance.

401. And all green grass was burnt up, signifies thus
every living thing of faith. By being burnt up is signified
to perish, as just above (n. 400). By green grass in the

4O4 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII,

Word is signified that good and truth of the church or
of faith, which first springs up in the natural man. The
same is also signified by the herb of the field ; and as faith
lives from good and truth, therefore by all the green grass
being burnt up is signified that every living thing of faith
perished ; and every living thing of faith perishes, when
there is no affection for good and perception of truth ; see
just above. That this is signified by grass is also from
correspondence ; for which reason they who separate faith
from charity not only in doctrine but also in life, in the
spiritual world, dwell in a desert, where there is no grass.
As a fruit-tree signifies a man as to the affections for good
and the perceptions of truth, so green grass signifies a
man as to that thing of the church which is conceived and
also born first with him ; and grass not green signifies this
destroyed. In general, all the things that are in gardens,
forests, fields, and plains, signify man as to something of
the church, or, what is the same, something of the church
in him : the reason is, because they correspond. That
grass does, may be evident from these passages : The voice
said, Cry ; and he said, What shall I cry ? All flesh is grass:
the grass withereth, a?id the flower fadeth because the wind
hath blown upon it ; truly the people is grass : the grass with-
ereth, and the flower fadeth, but the Word of our God shall
stand for ever (Isa. xl. 5-8). The inhabitants were as an
herb of the field, a green herb, the grass of the roofs ; and a
field scorched before the corn is grown up (Isa. xxxvii. 27 ;
2 Kings xix. 26). I will pour my blessing upon thy seed,
and they shall spring up as among the grass (Isa. xliv. 3, 4) ;
and elsewhere, as Isa. li. 12; Ps. xxxvii. 2; Ps. ciii. 15;
Ps. cxxix. 6 ; Deut. xxxii. 2. That by green or growing-
green is signified living or alive is manifest in Jer. xvii. 8 ;
xi. 16; Ez. xvii. 24; xx. 47; Hos. xiv. 8; Ps. xxxvii. 35 ;
Ps. lii. 8 ; Ps. xcii. 10. The same that is here described in
the Apocalypse came to pass in Egypt, namely, that from
hail and fire mi?igled every tree and every herb of the field was
burnt up (Ex. ix. 28-35 > lxxviii. 47-49 ; Ps. cv. 32, 33).

No. 404.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 405

402. And the second angel sounded, signifies exploration
and manifestation of the quality of the state of the church
with those who are exteriorly in that faith. That to sound
a trumpet signifies to explore and manifest the state of the
chuich and thence of the life with those whose religion is
faith alone, may be seen above (n. 397). These words are
said of those who are exteriorly in that faith, because those
are here treated of who were in the sea, and in the former
case those that were upon the earth \ and they that are in the
internals of the church, who are the clergy, are meant by
those that were upon the earth ; and by them that were in
the sea those are meant that are in the externals of the
church, who are the laity ; see above (n. 398). That
they appear in the spiritual world as in the sea (n. 238,
290).

403. And as it were a mountain bur7ii?ig with fire
was cast into the sea, signifies the appearance of infernal
love with those who are in the externals of the church and
in faith alone. The church with those that are in ex-
ternals and in faith alone is signified by the sea ; and they
who are in externals are called in common speech the laity,
because those that are in internals are called the clergy (n.
397, 402). By a mountain is signified love ; and by a
mountain burning with fire, infernal love (n. 494, 599).
There is a manifestation of this love with those who are
here treated of ; for that love appears from them before
the angels. The reason is, because faith alone is faith
separate from charity (n. 388) ; and where there is no
charity, that is, love towards the neighbor, which is spirit-
ual love, there is infernal love. There is no middle love
except with the lukewarm, treated of in Apoc. iii, 15, 16.

404. And a third part of the sea became blood, signifies
that all general truths with them were falsified. By a third
part is signified all (n. 400). By blood the falsification of
the truth of the Word is signified (n. 379). By the sea is
signified the church with those who are in the externals of

406

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

it, and in faith alone (n. 398, 402). General truths are
falsified with these, because they are in them alone ; for
they do not know the particulars of that faith, like the
clergy. It is owing to the general truths that are with
them, that they appear as in the sea in the spiritual world.
The reason is, because waters signify truths (n. 50) ; and
the sea is the general receptacle of them (n. 238).

405. And a third part of the creatures that were in the sea
and had lives died, signifies that they who have lived and are
living that faith cannot be reformed, and receive life. By
a third part all of them are signified, as above : by creatures
they that can be reformed are meant (n. 290) ; for the rea-
son that by creating is signified to reform (n. 254) : by
having lives is signified to be able to receive life by refor-
mation : by their dying is signified that they who live that
faith alone cannot thus receive life. They cannot, because
all are reformed by faith united to charity, and thus by the
faith of charity ; and no one by faith alone : for charity is
the life of faith. Since the affections and thence the per-
ceptions and the thoughts of spirits and angels in the spiritual
world appear at a distance in the forms of the animals or
creatures upon the earth which are called beasts, of the
creatures in the air which are called birds, and of the creat-
ures in the sea which are called fishes, therefore beasts,
birds, and fishes are so often mentioned in the Word ; by
which, however, nothing else is meant ; as in these pas-
sages : Jehovah hath a controversy with the inhabitants of
the earth, because there is no truth, no mercy, no knowledge of
God ; and every one dwelling in it shall waste away with the
beast of the field, and the bird of the heavens ; the fishes of the
sea shall also be gathered together (Hos. iv. 1, 3). / will
consicme man and beast, the bird of the heavens and the fishes
of the sea, the stumbling-blocks with the wicked (Zeph. i. 3).
There shall be a great earthquake upon the land of Israel,
and the fishes of the sea, the bird of the heavens, and the
beast of the field shall shake greatly before Me (Ez. xxxviil

No. 405.I THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

18-20). Thou hast made Him to rule over the works of thy
hands, thou hast put all things under His feet, beasts of the
fields, bird of heaven, and fish of the sea, and whatever pass-
eth through the paths of the seas (Ps. viii. 6-8) : this is said
concerning the Lord. Ask, I pray, the beasts, and they shall
teach thee, or the birds of heaven, and they shall declare unto
thee, and the fishes of the sea shall relate to thee ; who of all
these doth not know, that the hand of Jehovah doeth this
(Job xii. 7-9). Besides many other places. But by the
fishes or creatures of the sea spoken of here are meant the
affections and thence the thoughts of those men who are
in general truths, and who thus partake more of the natural
than of the spiritual. These are meant by fishes in the
foregoing passages, and also in these following : By my re-
buke I dry icp the sea, I make the rivers a desert, their fish
shall putrify, and die with thirst (Isa. L 2). Thou king of
Egypt art a great sea-monster, who liest in the midst of thy
rivers, thou saidst, The river is mine, I made me ; therefore I
will make the fish of thy rivers to adhere to thy scales, and I
will abandon thee and all the fish of thy rivers in the desert
(Ez. xxix. 3-5). These things were said to the king of
Egypt, because by Egypt the natural separated from the
spiritual is signified, and hence by the fishes of its rivers
those who are in doctrinals, and from them are in faith
separate, which faith is only knowledge ; on account of
which separation it was also among the miracles there, that
their waters were tu?'ned into blood, and that from this the
fishes died (Ex. vii. 17-25 \ Ps. cv. 29). Wherefore dost
thou ?nake man as the fishes of the sea ? every one draweth out
with a hook, and gathereth in a ;/^/(Hab. i. 14-16). Fishes
here stand for those who are in general truths and in faith
separated from charity ; but fishes stand for them that are
in general truths and in faith conjoined to charity in Eze-
kiel : He said unto me, These are the waters that go forth to
the eastern boundary ; they come to the sea ; whence it Cometh
to pass that every soul which crcepeth liveth, and exceeding

408

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII

much fish : the fishers stand upon it to spread forth nets ; its
fish shall be according to their kinds, as the fish of the great
sea exceeding many (xlvii. i, 8-n). In Matthew: Jesus
said, The kingdom of the heavens is like unto a net cast into
the' sea, and they gathered the fishes together ; and the good
they put into vessels, and the bad they cast away (xiii. 47-49).
And in Jeremiah: I will bring back the childre?i of Israel
into their land, and I will send for. many fishers who shall
fish them (xvi. 16). He, therefore, who knows that such
persons and things are signified by fishes, can see why the
Lord chose fishers for His disciples, a?id said, Come unto Me,
and I will make you fishers of men (Matt. iv. 18, 19 ; Mark
i. 16, 17), why the disciples, by the Lord's blessing, caught a
vast multitude of fishes ; and the Lord said to Peter, Fear not,
henceforth thou shall catch men (Luke v. 2-10) : why the
Lord, when they wished to exact tribute from Him, told Peter
to go to the sea, and draw out a fish, and give the piece of
money found in it for himself and for Him (Matt xvii. 24-
27): why the Lord, after His resurrection, gave the disciples
fish and bread to eat (John xxi. 2-13) : and commanded them
to go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature
(Mark xvi. 15) : for the nations which they converted were
only in general truths, and in natural truth more than in
spiritual.

406. And a third part of the ships perished, signifies that all
the knowledges of good and truth from the Word service-
able for use of life were destroyed with them. " A third
part " signifies all, as above (n. 400, 404, 405) : ships signify
the knowledges of good and truth from the Word service-
able for the use of life. That these are signified by ships
is because ships cross the sea, and bring back the neces-
saries which supply the natural man for every use : and the
knowledges of good and truth are the necessaries which
supply the spiritual man for its uses : for from them is the
doctrine of the church, and according to this is life.
Ships signify these knowledges, because they are contain-

No. 406.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 409

ers ; and in many places in the Word the container is taken
for the thing contained, as a cup for wine, a platter for food,
the tabernacle and the temple for the holy things in them,
the ark for the law, the altars for worship, and so on.
Ships signify the knowledges of good and truth in the fol-
lowing passages : Zebulon shall dwell at the shore of the seas,
and at the port of the ships (Gen. xlix. 13). By Zebulon is
meant the conjunction of good and truth. O Tyre, the
builders have perfected thy beauty ; of firs from Senir have
they made all thy boards ; they have taken the cedar of LebaTion
to ?nake masts ; they have made thine oars of the oaks of Ba-
shan ; thine oar-bench have they made of ivory, the daughter of
steps from the isles of Kittim ; the inhabitants of Sidon and
Arvad were thy rowers ; thy wise men were thy ship-masters ;
all the ships of the sea and their sailors were in thee to trade ;
the ships of Tarshish were thy troops in thy tradings ; whence
thou wast exceedingly filled a?id ho?wred in the midst of the
seas (Ez. xxvii. 3-9, 25). This is concerning Tyre, because
the church as to the knowledges of truth and good is signi-
fied by Tyre in the Word, as may be evident from the par-
ticulars concerning it in this chapter and in the eighteenth
following, when understood in the spiritual sense : and as
the knowledges of the truth and good of the church are
signified by Tyre, a ship is therefore described as to the
particulars of it, and by each one is signified some quality
of those knowledges that conduces to intelligence. What
has the Word in common with the ships of Tyre and its
commerce ? The devastation of that church is afterwards
described thus : At the voice of the cry of thy shipmasters the
suburbs shall quake, and all that hold an oar shall descend
from thy ships, all mariners and shipmasters of the sea shall
cry out bitterly upon thee (Ez. xxvii. 28-30) ; also Isa. xxiii.
14, 15). The devastation of Babylon as to all the knowl-
edges of truth is similarly described in what follows in the
Apocalypse : In one hour are so great riches come to naught ;
every shipmaster and every one employed upon ships, and the?

VOL. I. iS

4IO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII.

mariners, shall cry out, saying, Alas, alas, that great city
Babylon, i?i which all who have ships in the sea were made
rich (xviii. 17, 19) ; see the explanation hereafter. The
knowledges of truth and good are also signified by ships
in the following passages : My days were swift, they fled
away, they saw not good, they passed by with the ships of
desire (Job ix. 25, 26). They that go down to the sea in
ships, that do business in great waters, these see the works of
'Jehovah, and His wonders in the deep (Ps. cvii. 23, 24).
The isles shall trust in me, and the ships of Tarshish in the
beginning, to bring thy sons from afar (Isa. lx. 9). The
kings gathered thefnselves together, terror seized them; thou
shall break the ships of Tarshish by an east wind (Ps. xlviii. 4-
7). Howl, ye ships of Tarshish (Isa. xxiii. 1, 14). Besides
other places, as Num. xxiv. 24; Judg. v. 17 ; Ps. civ. 26;
Isa. xxxiii. 21.

407. And the third angel sounded, signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the church with those whose religion
is faith alone, of what quality they are as to their affection
for and reception of truths from the Word. That this is
signified may be evident from the things which now follow,
when understood in the spiritual sense.

408. And there fell from heaven a great star burning as it
were a lamp, signifies the appearance of their own intelligence
from pride arising from infernal love. The appearance of
their own intelligence from pride arising from infernal love
is signified by the great star falling from heaven, because
it was seen to burn as a lamp, and because its name was
wormwood, as it follows ; and by a star and also by a
lamp intelligence is signified, — here one's own intelligence,
because- it seemed to burn : and all self-intelligence burns
from pride ; and the pride of it arises from infernal love,
which is signified by the mountain burning with fire (n. 403).
By wormwood infernal falsity is signified, from which that
intelligence springs forth and is enkindled. That a star
signifies intelligence may be seen (n. 151, 954); so too a
lamp or a lantern (n. 796).

No. 409.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

411

409. And it fell upo?i a third part of the rivers, and upon
the fountains of waters, signifies that thence all truths of
the Word were altogether falsified. By rivers are signi-
fied truths in abundance, because truths are signified
by waters (n. 50) • and by fountains of waters the Word
is signified (n. 384). The truths of the Word were al-
together falsified ; because it follows that a third part
of the waters were made wormwood, and by wormwood
infernal falsity is signified (n. 410). That rivers signify
truths in abundance may be evident from the following
passages: Behold, I do a new thing: I will give waters in
the desert and rivers in the wilderness , to give dri?ik to my
people, my chosen (Isa. xliii. 19, 20). I will pour water upo?i
him that is thirsty, and rivers upon the dry ground ; I will
pour my spirit upon thy seed, and my blessing upon thine
offspring (Isa. xliv. 3). Then the tongue of the dumb shall
sing; for in the wilderness shall waters break out, and- rivers
in the plain of the desert (Isa. xxxv. 6). I will open rivers
upon the slopes, and I will put fountains in the midst of the
valleys, I will make the wilderness a pool of waters, and
the dry land springs of water (Isa. xli. 18). Jehovah hath
founded the world upon the seas, he hath established it upon
the rivers (Ps. xxiv. 2). I will put His hand in the sea, and
His right hand in the rivers (Ps. lxxxix. 25). Was Jehovah
incensed at the rivers 1 was thy anger against the rivers ? was
thy wrath against the sea, that thou dost ride upon thy horses ?
(Hab. iii. 8). A river whose streams shall gladden the city
of God (Ps. xlvi. 3, 4, 5). He showed me a pure river of
water of life, going forth from the tlironc of God and of the.
Lamb (Apoc. xxii. 1). He clave the rocks in the desert, and
gave them drink from the great deeps ; He smote the rock and
the rivers gushed out (Ps. lxxviii. 15,^6, 20; cv. 41). Then
the waters shall fail in the sea, and the river shall be dried up
(Isa. xix. 5-7 ; xlii. 15 ; 1. 2 ; Nah. i. 4; Ps. cvii. 33 j Job
xiv. 10, 11). Jesus said, if any one come unto Me, as the
Scripture hath said, Out of his belly shall plow rivers of living

412

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII

water (John vii. 37, 38. Besides other places, as Isa. xxxiii.
21 ; Jer. xvii. 7, 8 ; Ez. xxxi. 3, 4 ; xlvii. 1-12 ; Joel iii. 18 ;
Zech. ix. 10 ; Ps. lxxx. 1 1 ; xciii. 3, 4; xcviii. 7, 8 ; ex. 7 ;
Num. xxiv. 6, 7 ; Deut. viii. 7). But that rivers in the op-
posite sense signify falsities in abundance may be evident
from these : He shall send ambassadors on the sea to a nation
trodden down, whose land the rivers have destroyed (Isa.
xviii. 2). Except Jehovah were for us, the waters would
have overwhelmed us, and the river would have gone over our
soul (Ps. exxiv. 2-5). When thou passest through the waters,
J will be with thee, and through the rivers, they shall not over-
flow thee (Isa. xliii. 2). The cords of death encompassed
me, and the floods of Belial terrified me (Ps. xviii. 4). The
dragon cast forth water as a river out of his mouth after the
woman, that he might cause her to be swallowed up by the flood
(Apoc. xii. 15). Behold, Jehovah brifigeth up upon you the
waters of a river strong and many, a?id it shall overflow and
go over, and shall reach even to the 7ieck (Isa. viii. 6-8). The
floods came, and beat upon that house, and it fell not, for it
was founded upo?i a rock (Matt. vii. 25, 27 ; Luke vi. 48, 49).
Here the floods also stand for falsities in abundance, be-
cause the Lord as to the Divine Truth is signified by the
Rock. By floods also temptations are signified, because
temptations are inundations of falsities.

410. And the ?iame of the star is called Wormwood, and a
third part of the waters became wormwood, signifies the
infernal falsity from which is their own intelligence, by
which all the truths of the Word have been falsified. By
the star is signified their own intelligence from the pride
arising from infernal love (n. 408) : by name is signified its
quality (n. 81, 122, 165): by wormwood infernal falsity is
signified, spoken of in#hat follows : by waters are signified
truths (n. 50) ; here the truths of the Word, because faith
is treated of: by a third part is signified all, as above.
From these collected into one the sense above stated results.
Wormwood signifies infernal falsity owing to its strong bit-

No 411.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

terness, by which it renders food and drink abominable.
Such falsity is therefore signified by wormwood in the fol-
lowing passages : Behold I feed this people with wormwood,
and I give the?n drink of the waters of gall (Jer. ix. 14, 15).
llius said Jehovah against the prophets, Behold, I feed them
with wormwood, and give them dri?ik of the waters of gall ;
because hypocrisy hath gone forth from the prophets of Je?-usalem
into all the earth (Jer. xxiii. 15). Ye turn judgment into gall,
and the fruit of justice into wormwood (Amos v. 7 ; vi. 12).
Lest there should be among you a root bearing gall and worm-
wood (Deut. xxix. 18). Since the Jewish Church falsified
all the truths of the Word, like the church which is here
treated of, and the Lord in all. the things of His passion
represented it by permitting the Jews to treat Him as they
did the Word, because He was the Word, therefore they
gave Hi?n vinegar mixed 7uith gall, which is like wormwood :
but tasting it He would not drink it (Matt, xxvii. 34 ; Mark xv.
23 ; Ps. Ixix. 21). Because the Jewish Church was such, it
is therefore thus described : He hath filled Me with bitterness,
and hath made Me drunk with wormwood '(Lam. iii. 15, 18, 19).

411. And many men died of the waters, because they were
made bitter, signifies the extinction of spiritual life with
many by the falsified truths of the Word. " Many men
died," signifies the extinction of spiritual life ; for a man is
called alive from the spiritual life that is in him : but from
natural life separate from spiritual life he is called dead.
" Of the waters because they were made bitter," signifies
by the falsified truths of the Word. That waters are the
truths of the Word, may be seen just above (n. 409) : that
bitter signifies falsified is because the bitter of wormwood
is meant; and by wormwood is signified infernal falsity
(n. 410). A Christian man has spiritual life from no other
source but the truths of the Word, for in them is life ; but
when the truths of the Word are falsified, and a man under-
stands and regards them according to the falsities of his
religion, spiritual life is then extinguished in him. The

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII

reason is, because the Word communicates with heaven ;
on which account when it is read by a man, the truths
therein ascend into heaven, and the falsities to which the
truths are adjoined or conjoined tend to hell : hence a
rending takes place, by which the life of the V/ord is
extinguished. But this is done with those only who confirm
falsities by the Word, but not with those that do not. I
have seen these rendings, and have heard the noise from
them as of wood split up by the fire in a furnace. Bitter
signifies falsified in the following passages also : Woe to
them that call evil good, and good evil; that put bitter for
sweet, and sweet for bitter (Isa. v. 20, 22). They shall not
drink wine with the song, strong drink shall be bitter to them
that drink it (Isa. xxiv. 9). Something similar is signified
by the little book eaten up, which was sweet in the mouth, and
from which the belly was made bitter (Apoc. x. 9, 10) : and
by these words, They came to Mar ah, but they could not drink
the waters for bitterness ; but Jehovah showed him wood,
which lies cast i?ito the waters, and they were made sweet (Ex.
xv. 23-25). Wood in the Word signifies good. The like is
also signified by the wild-gourds cast into the pottage, on
account of which the sons of the prophets cried out, There
is death in the pot ; which Elisha healed by putting in meal
(2 Kings iv. 38-41). Meal signifies truth from good.

412. And the fourth angel sounded, signifies the explora-
tion and manifestation of the state of the church with
those whose religion is faith alone, that they are in the
evils of falsity and in the falsities of evil. That this is
signified is evident from the things which now follow when
understood in the spiritual sense. To sound signifies here
as above (n. 398, 402, 407), to explore and to manifest.

413. A7id a third part of the sun was sniitten, and a third
part of the moon, and a third part of the stars, and the
third part of them was darkened, signifies that on account
of evils from falsities and falsities from evils they did not
know what love is, what faith is, nor any truth. By a third

No. 413.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 415

part is signified all (n. 400) : by the sun love is signified
(n. 53): by the moon intelligence and faith are signified (n.
332): by the stars are signified the knowledges of truth
and good from the Word (n. 51): by being darkened is
signified not to be seen and known on account of evils
from falsities and falsities from evils. Those have evils
from falsities who assume falsities of religion, and con-
firm them until they appear as truths ; and when they live
according to them, they do evils from falsities or evils of
falsity*. But those have falsities from evils, who do not
regard evils as sins ; and still more those who, by reason-
ings from the natural man, and more still from the Word,
confirm in themselves that evils are not sins. The con-
firmations themselves are falsities from evils, and are called
the falsities of evil. The reason that darkness signifies
this, is because light signifies truth ; and when the light is
extinguished, there comes darkness. In confirmation the
passages will first be adduced, where similar things to
those here in the Apocalypse are said of the sun, the moon,
and the stars, and of the darkness arising from the extinc-
tion of them : The sun shall be turned into darkness, a?id
the moo7i into blood, before the great and terrible day of Je-
hovah cometh (Joel ii. 31). The stars of the heavens and their
constellations shall not shine tuith their light ; the sun shall
be darkc?ied in his rising ; and the 7noon shall not ma he her
light to shine (Isa. xiii. 10). When I shall extinguish thee,
I will cover the heavens ; I will cover the sun with a cloudy
and the moon shall not make her light to shine ; all the lumi-
naries of light in the heavens will I make black over thee,
and I will set darkness upon thy land (Ez. xxxii. 7, 8). The
day of Jehovah is near; the sun and the moon are black-
ened, and the stars shall withdraw their brightness (Joel ii.
10). Immediately after the affliction of those days the sun
shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and
the stars shall fall from heaven (Matt. xxiv. 29 ; Mark xiii.
24, 25). Who, that elevates his mind, cannot see that the

416

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIIL

sun, the moon, and the stars of the world are not meant
in these cases ? That falsities of various kinds are signi-
fied by darkness, is evident from these passages : Woe to
them that desire the day of Jehovah ; it is a day of da: kness
and 7iot of light : is not the day of Jehovah darkness, and
not light? thick-darkness, and not brightness? (Amos v. 18,
20). The day of Jehovah is a day of darkness and thick-
darkness, a day of cloud and of cloudiness (Zeph. i. 15). In
that day He shall look down upon the earth, which, behold, is
darkness ; and the light shall grow dark in its ruins (Isa. v.
30 ; yiii. 22). Behold, darkness cover eth the earth, a?id thick-
darkness the peoples (Isa. lx. 2). Give glory to Jehovah,
before He cause darkness ; we 7oait for light, but He makcth it
thick-darkness (Jer. xiii. 16). We wait for light, but behold
da?'kness, and not brightness ; we 7valk in thick-darkness ;
we stumble at noon as in the twilight, as if dead among the
living (Isa.. lix. 9, 10). Woe to them that put darkness for
light, and light for darkness (Isa. v. 20). The people that
walked in darkness have seen a great light (Isa. ix. 2 ; Matt,
iv. 1 6). The day-spring from on high hath appeared to us,
who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death (Luke i. 79).
If thou give thy soul to the hungry, thai shall thy light rise in
the darkness, and thy thick-darkness shall be as the noon-day
(Isa. lyiii. 10). In that day the eyes of the blind, who are
in thick-darkness and darkness, shall see (Isa. xxix. 18 ; xlii.
16 ; x!ix. 9). Jesus said, I am the light of the world; he
that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have
the light of life (John viii. 12). Walk while ye have the light,
lest darkness come upon you : I am come a light into the world,
that every one that believeth in Me should- not abide in dark-
ness (John xii. 35, 46). When I sit in darkness Jehovah
is a light unto me (Mic. vii. 8). This is the judgment,
that light hath come into the world ; but 7nen loved the dark-
ness more than the light (John iii. 19 ; i. 4, 5). If the light
{lumen) that is in thee be darkness, how great is the darkness
(Luke xi. 34-36). This is your hour, and the power of

No. 414.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

417

darkness (Luke xxii. 53). By darkness in these places is
signified falsity arising from ignorance of the truth, or
from a false principle of religion, or from a life of evil.
Of them that are in falsities of religion, and thence in
evils of life, the Lord says, that they are to be cast out into
outer darkness (Matt. viii. 12 ; xxii. 13 ; xxv. 30).

414. That the day shone not for a third part of it, ana
the night likewise, signifies that there was no longer any
spiritual truth nor natural truth serviceable for doctrine
and life from the Word with them. By the day not shin-
ing is meant that there was no light from the sun, and by
the night in like manner is meant that there was not light
from the moon and stars. By light in general Divine
Truth is signified, which is Truth from the Word : by the
light of the sun spiritual Divine Truth, and by the light of
the moon and stars natural Divine Truth, both from the
Word. The Divine Truth in the spiritual sense of the
Word is like the light of the sun in the day, and the Divine
Truth in the natural sense of the Word is like the light
of the moon and stars in the night. The spiritual sense of
the Word also flows in into its natural sense, as the sun
with its light into the moon, which presents the light of
the sun mediately. So also the spiritual sense of the Word
enlightens men — even those who do not know any thing
of that sense — while they are reading the Word in the
natural sense ; but it enlightens the spiritual man as the
light from the sun his eye, but the natural man as the light
from the moon and stars enlightens his eye. Every ore is
enlightened according to his spiritual affection for trutn
and good, and at the same time according to the genuine
truths by which he has opened his rational. These things
are also meant by day and night in the following passages :
God said, Let there be luminaries in the expanse of the heav-
ens, to distinguish between the day and the night : and God
made two great luminaries — the great luminary to rule in
the day, and the less luminary to rule in the night, — and the

iS*

4i8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VI IL

stars : and God set them in the expanse of the heavens, to
give light upon the earth, and to rule i?i the day and in the
night, and to distinguish between the light and the darkness
(Gen. i. 14-19). Jehovah made great luminaries, the sun to
rule i?i the day, the moon and stars to rule in the night (Ps.
cxxxvi. 7-9). To thee, O Jehovah, is the day, and to thee
the night ; thou hast prepa?'ed the light a?id the sun (Ps.
lxxiv. 16). Jehovah that giveth the sun for the light of the
day, the statutes of the moon and stars for the light of the night
(Jer. xxxi. 35). If ye ean make void my covenant of the day
and my covenant of the night, that there should ?iot be day and
night in their season, my covenant also with David my servant
shall be made void; if I have not set my covenant of the day
and of the flight, the statutes of heaven and earth, I will also
set aside the seed of Jacob and of David (Jer. xxxiii. 20, 21,
25, 26). These are adduced, that it may be known that
the darkening of both kinds of light is meant.

415. And I saw and I heard an a?igel flying in the midst
of heaven, signifies instruction and prediction from the Lord.
By an angel in the highest sense is meant the Lord, and
hence also something from the Lord (n. 344) : and by
" flying in the midst of heaven and saying," is signified to
perceive and to understand ; and when speaking of the
Lord, to foresee and to provide (n. 245) : here, indeed, to
instruct and foretell.

416. Saying with a great voice, Woe, woe, woe to them that
dwell upon the earth by reason of the other voices of the trmnpet
of the three angels that are about to sound, signifies the deepest
lamentation over the damned state of those in the church
who have confirmed themselves in faith separate from charity
in doctrine and in life. By " woe " is signified lamentation
over the evil in any one, and thence over his unhappy state ;
here over the damned state of those who are treated of in
the following chapter and afterwards : and by " woe, woe,
woe," the highest lamentation is signified ; for the triplica-
tion makes it superlative, because three signifies all and full

No. 417.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 419

(n. 505). By " them that dwell upon the earth " are meant
those who are in the church where the Word is and by it
the Lord is known. That " earth M signifies the church
may be seen above (n. 285). By " the voices of the trum-
pet of the three angels that are about to sound," is signified
the exploration and manifestation of the state of the church
and of life with them that have confirmed themselves in
faith separate from charity in doctrine and in life, over
whose state the lamentation is made. " Woe " signifies
lamentation over the present or future calamity, unhappiness
or damnation of others, in these passages : Woe unto you,
Pharisees and hypocrites (Matt xxiii. 13-16, 23, 25, 27, 29).
Woe unto that man by whom the Son of Jlfan is betrayed
(Luke xxii. 22). Woe unto him by whom offences come
(Luke xvii. 1). Woe to them that join house to house. Woe
to them that rise in the morning at the dawn, to pursue strong-
drink. Woe to them that draw iniquity. Woe to them that
call evil good. Woe to them that are wise in their own eyes.
Woe to them that are mighty to drink wine (Isa. v. 8, 11,
18, 20-22) : and many more elsewhere.

417. To this I will add this Relation. Two flocks were
seen in the spiritual world ; the one was of goats, the other
of sheep. I wondered who they were ; since I knew that
the animals seen in the spiritual world are not animals, but
that they are correspondences of the affections and thence
of the thoughts of those who are there : for which reason
I came nearer j and as I approached, the appearance of
animals disappeared, and in place of them were seen men :
and it was made manifest that they who composed the flock
of goats were those that had confirmed themselves in the
doctrine of justification by faith alone, and that they who
composed the flock of sheep were they who believed that
Charity and Faith are one, as good and truth are one. And

420 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIIL

I then spoke with those who were seen as goats, and said,
1 Why are you thus gathered together ? ' The most of them
were of the clergy, who gloried in the fame of their learning,
because they knew the arcana of justification by faith alone.
They said that they were gathered together to sit as a coun-
cil, because they had heard that the saying of Paul (Rom.
iii. 28), that "man is justified by faith without the works of
'.lie law," was not rightly understood, since by the works of
the law Paul meant the works of the Mosaic law, which
was for the Jews ; which we also saw clearly from his words
to Peter, whom he blamed for judaizing, when yet he knew
that " no one is justified by the works of the law " (Gal. ii.
14-16). Also, that he distinguishes between the law of
faith and the law of works, and between Jews and Gen-
tiles, or circumcision and uncircumcision ; and by circum-
cision he means Judaism, as he does everywhere else : and
that he also closes the subject with these words : " Do
we then make void the law by faith ? by no means, but we
establish the law." All these things he says in one con-
nection (Rom. iii. 27-31): and in the chapter which pre-
cedes he also says, " Not the hearers of the law shall be
justified by God, but the doers of the law shall be justi-
fied " (Rom. ii. 13). Also, that " God will render to every
one according to his works " (Rom. ii. 6). And further,
"We must all appear before the judgment-seat of Christ,
that each one may receive the things which he hath done
in the body, whether good or evil " (2 Cor. v. 10). Be-
sides other things from him ; from which it is manifest
that Paul rejected faith without good works equally with
James (chap. ii. 17-26). That the works of the Mosaic law
which was for the Jews were meant by Paul, we were fur-
ther confirmed by this, that all the statutes for the Jews in
Moses are called the law, and thus the works of the law ;
as we see from these passages : This is the law of the meat-
offering (Lev. vi. 14, etc.). This is the law of the sacrifici
(Lev. vii. 1). This is the law of the sacrifice of peace-

tio. 417.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

421

offerings (Lev. vii. 7, 11, &c) This ts the law for the burnt
offering, for the ?neat-offering, for the sacrifice for sin and
guilt, for the consecrations (Lev. vii. 37). This is the law of
the beast and of the bird (Lev. xi. 46, &c.). This is the law
of her that bringeth forth, for a son or for a daughter (Lev.
xii. 7). This is the law of leprosy (Lev. xiii. 59 ; xiv. 2, 32,
54, 57). lids is the law of him that hath an issue (Lev. xv.
32). This is the law of jealousy (Num. v. 29, 30). This
is the law of the Nazarite (Num. vi. 13, 21). This is the law
of cleansing (Num. xix. 14). This is the law concerning the
red heifer (Num. xix. 2). The law for the king (Deut. xvii.
15-19). Indeed, the whole book of Moses is called "the
Book of the Law " (Deut. xxxi. 9, 11, 12, 26). So also in
the Evangelists (Luke ii. 2 j xxiv. 44 ; John i. 45 ; vii. 22,
23 1 viii. 5) ; and elsewhere. To this they also added that
they saw in Paul that the law of the Decalogue is to be
lived, and that it is fulfilled by charity, which is love
towards the neighbor (Rom. xiii. 8-1 1) ; and thus not by
faith alone. They said that on account of these things,
they were called together. But lest I should disturb them
I withdrew : and then they were again seen at a distance
like goats, and sometimes as lying down, and sometimes
as standing; but they turned themselves away from the
flock of sheep. They appeared to be lying down when they
were deliberating, and standing when they were drawing con-
clusions. But I kept my sight upon their horns, and won-
dered that the horns on their foreheads now appeared as
stretched out forward and upward, now curved backward,
and at length altogether thrown back. And then they all
suddenly turned themselves to the flock of sheep, but still
appeared as goats. On which account I again came up,
and asked, " What now ? " They said that they had con-
cluded that faith alone produces the goods of charity, which
are called good works, as a tree produces fruit. But then
thunder was heard and lightning seen from above ; and
soon an angel appeared standing between those two flocks

422

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIII

who cried to the flock of sheep, " Do not listen to them.
They have not receded from their former faith ; which
is, that God the Father is merciful for the sake of the
Son ; which faith is not a faith in the Lord. Neither is
faith a tree ; but man is a tree. But repent, and look to
the Lord \ and you will have faith. Faith before that is
not a faith in which there is any thing living." The goats,
with their horns bent back, then wished to approach the
sheep. But the angel that stood between them divided
the sheep into two flocks * and said to those on the left,
" Join yourselves to the goats : but I tell you that a wolf
will come, who will carry them off, and you with them."

But after the two flocks of sheep were separated, and
they on the left had heard the threatening words of the
angel, they looked at each other, and said, " Let us converse
with our former associates." And then the left-hand flock
spoke to the right, saying, " Why did you withdraw from
your shepherds ? Are not faith and charity one, as a tree
and its fruit are one ? For the tree by the branch is con-
tinued into the fruit. Tear away from the branch any
thing which flows in by continuity into the fruit, and will
not the fruit perish ? Ask our priests whether it is so or
not." And then they asked : and the priests looked around
to the rest ; who winked with their eyelids, that they should
say, that they spoke well. And after this they answered
that it was so, — that faith is preserved by the fruits ; but
they were not willing to say that faith is continued into the
fruits. But then one of the priests, who was among the
sheep on the right, arose and said, "They answered you,
that it is so ; but still to their friends, that it is not so ; for
they think otherwise." Wherefore they asked, " How then
do they think ? Do they think as they teach ? " He said,
" No ; they think that every good of charity that is called a
good work, which is done by a man for the sake of salva-
tion or eternal life, is not good, but evil ; for the reason
that the man wishes to save himself by a work done by him*

No.417-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

423

self, claiming to himself the justice and merit of the one
Saviour ; and that it is so with every good work, in which
a man is sensible of his own will. On which account,
among themselves, they call good works done by man
not blessed, but cursed ; and say that they merit hell lather
than heaven." But they of the left flock said, " You speak
lies against them. Do they not preach manifestly before
us charity and its works, which they call the works of faith ? "
And he answered " You do not understand their preach-
ings. A clergyman only who is present attends and under-
stands. They think of moral charity only, and its civil and
political goods, which they call those of faith ; and they are
not at all so : for an atheist can do them in a like manner
and under the same form. On which account they say
unanimously, that no one is saved by any works, but by
faith alone. But let this be illustrated by comparisons.
An apple-tree produces apples : but if a man does goods
for the sake of salvation, as that tree bears apples, by con-
tinuity7, then those apples are inwardly rotten, and full of
worms. They say also, that a vine produces grapes : but
if a man were to do spiritual goods as the vine bears
grapes, he would produce wild-grapes." But they then
asked, " What kind of goods of charity or works have they
then, which are the fruits of faith?' He answered that
" they are inconspicuous, done within in the man by the
Holy Spirit, of which the man knows nothing." But they
said, "Though the man knows nothing of them, there must
by all means be some conjunction ; otherwise how can
they be called works of faith ? Perhaps those insensible
goods are insinuated at the time into the man's voluntary
works by some mediating influx ; as by some affection, aspir-
ation, inspiration, incitation, and excitation of the will, — by
a tacit perception in the thought, and thence exhortation,
contrition, and thus by conscience and an impulse, thence
obedience to the Decalogue and the Word either as a child
or as a wise man, or by some other similar motive." But

424 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. VIIE

he answered, " No j and if they say that it is done by
such things because by faith, they still bur}' them in their
sermons with words which produce the result that it is not
from faith. Still some put forth such things, but as the
signs of faith, not as its bonds with charity. Some, however
have devised a conjunction by the Word." And then they
said, " Is there not a conjunction by this, that a man does
voluntarily according to the Word ? " But he answered,
" They do not think this, but that it is only by the hearing
of the Word, and thus not by the understanding of the
Word ; lest through the understanding something should
enter manifestly into the thought and will of the man. For
they assert that every thing voluntary with man is merito-
rious ; and that man in spiritual things cannot begin, will,
think, understand, believe, operate, and co-operate any
thing, any more than a stock. But yet it is different with
the influx of the Holy Spirit through faith into the words of
the preachers, because these are the acts of the mouth, and
not the acts of the body ; also because man acts with
God by faith, but with men by charity." But one, when he
heard that it was only by the hearing of the Word, and not
by the understanding of the Word, being indignant, said,
" Is it thus through the understanding of the Word by the
Holy Spirit alone, while the man turns himself away during
the service, or sits deaf as a post, or while he is sleeping ?
or only from an exhalation from the volume of the Word ?
But what is more ludicrous ? " After this a certain man
from the right-hand flock, who excelled the rest in judg-
ment, requested to be heard ; and speaking, he said, " I
heard a certain one say, ' I have planted a vineyard ; I
will now drink wine even to intoxication.' But another
asked, * Are you going to drink the wine from your own cup
by your own right hand ? ' And he said, ' No, but from an
unseen cup by an unseen hand.' And the other answered,
'You certainly will not then be intoxicated.'" Presently,
the same man said, " But hear me, I pray : I say unto you,

No 417 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED

425

Drink wine from the Word understood. Do you not know
that the Lord is the Word ? Is not the Word from the
Lord ? Is He not thus in it ? If then you do good from
the Word, do you not do it from the Lord ? from His mouth
and will ? And if you then look to the Lord, He will also
lead you, and will do the good ; and He will do it through
you ; and you will do it as of yourselves. Who. that does
any thing from a king — his mouth and will — can say, J
do this of myself, — of my own mouth or command, — of
my own will ?" After this he turned himself to the clergy,
and said, " Ministers of God, do not mislead the flock." On
hearing these things, the greatest part of the flock to the
left withdrew, and associated themselves with the flock to
the right. Some also of the clergy then said, " We have
heard what we have not heard before. We are shepherds ;
we will not leave the sheep/' And they withdrew together
with them, and said, " That man spoke a true word.
Who, that acts from the Word, and thus from the Lord,
— His mouth and will, — can say, I do this of myself ?
We now see the Divine Providence, why a conjunction
of faith and works has not been found out, which has
been acknowledged by the ecclesiastical body. It could
not be found out, because it cannot be given. For there
is not faith in the Lord, who is the Word ; and hence
neither is there faith from the Word." But the rest of the
priests went away, and swung their caps, and shouted
" Faith alone, faith alone ; it will live still."

THE APOCALYPSE.

CHAPTER NINTH.

1. And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fallen
from heaven unto the earth ; and there was given unto him
the key of the pit of the abyss.

2. And he opened the pit of the abyss ; and there went
up a smoke out of the pit as the smoke of a great furnace.
And the sun and the air were darkened from the smoke of
the pit.

3. And out of the smoke there went forth locusts upon
the earth ; and power was given unto them as the scorpions
of the earth have power.

4. And it was said to them that they should not hurt the
grass of the earth, nor any green thing, nor any tree, but
only the men who have not the seal of God in their fore-
heads.

5. And it was given to them that they should not kill
them, but that they should torment them five months ; and
their torment was like the torment of a scorpion, when he
striketh a man.

6. And in those days shall men seek death, and shall
not find it j and shall desire to die, and death shall flee
from them.

7. And the likenesses of the locusts were like unto
horses prepared for war ; and upon their heads were as it
were crowns like gold ; and their faces were as the faces of
men.

VOL. ll. 1

428

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX

8. And they had hair as the hair of women, and their
teeth were as those of lions.

9. And they had breastplates as breastplates of iron ;
and the voice of their wings was as the voice of chariots of
many horses running to war.

10. And they had tails like unto scorpions ; and there
were stings in their tails : and their power was to hurt men
five months.

11. And they had a king over them, the angel of the
abyss : his name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in the Greek
he hath the name Apollyon.

12. One woe is passed; behold, there come two woes
more hereafter.

13. And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice
from the four horns of the golden altar that is before
God.

14. Saying to the sixth angel that had the trumpet,
Loose the four angels that are bound at the great river
Euphrates.

15. And the four angels were loosed, that were prepared
for an hour and a day and a month and a year, to kill a
third part of men.

16. And the number of the armies of horsemen was
two myriads of myriads ; and I heard the number of
them.

17. And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them
that sat upon them, having breastplates of fire and jacinth
and brimstone : and the heads of the horses were as the
heads of lions ; and out of their mouths issued fire and
smoke and brimstone.

18. By these three was a third part of men slain, by the
fire and by the smoke and by the brimstone that issued out
of their mouths.

19. And their power was in their mouth: for their tails
were like unto serpents, having heads ; and with them they
hurt.

Chap. IX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

20. And the rest of the men, who were not killed by these
plagues, yet repented not of the works of their hands, thai
they should not worship demons, and idols of gold and
silver and brass and stone and wood, which can neither see
nor hear nor walk :

21. And repented not of their murders, nor of their en-
chantments, nor of their whoredoms, nor of their thefts.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Concerning
the exploration and manifestation of the state of the life of
those in the Church of the Reformed who are called learned
and wise from the confirmation of faith separated from
charity, and of justification and salvation by it alone : these
are treated of, vers. 1-13. Concerning the exploration
and manifestation of those therein who are not so learned
and wise, and are in faith alone, and live as they list : these
are treated of, vers. 13-20. Lastly, concerning those
therein who know nothing but that faith is the all by which
man is saved, and not any thing besides this, vers. 20, 21.

The Contents of each Verse. " The fifth angel
sounded," signifies the exploration and manifestation of
the state of the life of those in the Church of the Reformed
who are called learned and wise from their confirmation of
faith separate from charity, and of justification and salva-
tion by it alone. " And I saw a star fallen from heaven
unto the earth," signifies spiritual Divine Truth flowing
in out of heaven into the church with, them, exploring and
manifesting. " And there was given unto him the key of
the pit of the abyss," signifies the opening of their hell.
" And he opened the pit of the abyss, and there went up
a smoke out of the pit as the smoke of a great furnace,"
signifies the falsities of the lusts of the natural man arising
from their evil loves. " And the sun and the air were
darkened from the smoke of the pit," signifies that thence

430 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

the light of truth became thick-darkness. " And out of the
smoke there went forth locusts upon the earth," signifies
that from them were falsities in the outermost things, such
as those have who have become sensual, and see and judge
all things from the senses and their fallacies. " And power
was given unto them as the scorpions of the earth have
power," signifies the power of persuading that their falsities
are truths. " And it was said to them that they should not
hurt the grass of the earth, nor any green thing, nor any
tree, but only the men who had not the seal of God in their
foreheads," signifies the Lord's Divine Providence, that they
should not be able to take away any truth and good of faith,
nor affection for and perception of them, from any but those
who are not in charity and thence not in faith. " And it
was given to them that they should not kill them, but that
they should torment them five months," signifies that neither
should they be able to take away from these the faculty of
understanding and willing truth and good, but only that they
should be able to induce a stupor for a short time. "And
their torment was like the torment of a scorpion when he
striketh a man," signifies that this is from their persuasive
power. " And in those days men shall seek death, and shall
not find it ; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee
from them," signifies that they wish that in matters of faith
the understanding should be shut up and the will closed,
by which spiritual light and life are extinguished ; and still
that this cannot be done. "And the likenesses of the
locusts," signifies the appearances and images of those who
have confirmed in themselves faith separate from charity.
" Were like unto horses prepared for war," signifies that
because they can reason, they appeared to themselves as
if fighting from the understanding of truth from the Word.
" And upon their heads were as it were crowns like gold,"
signifies that they appeared to themselves as conquerors.
" And their faces were as the faces of men," signifies that
they appeared to themselves as wise. " And they had hair

Chap. IX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

431

as the hair of women," sig?iifies that they appeared to them-
selves as in affection for truth. " And their teeth were as
those of lions," signifies that sensual things, which are the
ultimates of the life of the natural man, appeared to them
to have power over all things. " And they had breastplates
as breastplates of iron," signifies the argumentations from
fallacies, by which they fight and prevail, which appeared to
them so strong that they could not be refuted. "And tie
voice of their wings was as the voice of chariots of many
horses running to war," signifies their reasonings as from
the truths of doctrine from the Word, fully understood, for
which they must ardently fight. " And they had tails like
unto scorpions," signifies the truths of the Word falsified by
which they induce stupor. " And there were stings in their
tails, and their power was to hurt men five months," signifies
subtle falsifications of the Word, by which for a short time
they darken and fascinate the understanding, and thus
deceive and captivate. " And they had a king over them,
the angel of the abyss ; his name in Hebrew is Abaddon,
and in the Greek he hath the name Apollyon," signifies
that they are in the satanic hell, who are in falsities from
lusts, and have destroyed the church by the total falsification
of the Word. " One woe is passed ; behold, there come two
woes more hereafter," signifies further lamentations over the
state of the church.

" And the sixth angel sounded." signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the state of the life with those in the
church of the Reformed who are not so wise, and still place
the all of religion in faith, and think of that alone, and live
as they list. " And I heard a voice from the four horns of
the golden altar that is before God, saying to the sixth angel,
who had the trumpet," signifies a command from the Loid
out of the spiritual heaven to them who should explore and
manifest. " Loose the four angels that are bound at the
great river Euphrates," signifies that external bonds should
be taken away from them, that the interiors of their minds

432

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

might appear. " And the four angels were loosed," signifies
that when the external bonds were taken away the interiors
of their minds appeared. " Prepared for an hour and a
day and a month and a year, to kill a third part of men,"
signifies that they were in the perpetual effort to take away
spiritual light and life from the men of the church. " And
the number of the armies of horsemen was two myriads of
myriads," signifies the reasonings concerning faith alone,
with which the interiors of their minds were crammed, from
mere falsities of evil in abundance. " And I heard the
number of them," signifies their quality perceived. "And
thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat upon
them," signifies that it was then disclosed that the reasonings
of the interiors of their minds concerning faith alone were
imaginary and visionary, and that they themselves were
insane from them. " Having breastplates of fire, jacinth,
and brimstone," signifies their argumentations imaginary and
visionary from infernal love and their own intelligence and
from the lusts thence. " And the heads of the horses were
as the heads of lions," signifies their fantasies concerning
faith alone as if it were in power. " And out of their mouths
issued fire and smoke and brimstone," signifies that in their
thoughts and discourses viewed interiorly there is nothing
else, and from them proceeds nothing else, but the love of
self and of the world, the pride of their own intelligence,
and the lusts of evil and falsity from these two. " By these
three was a third part of men killed, by the fire and by the
smoke and by the brimstone, that issued out of their mouths,"
signifies that it is from those things that the men of the church
perish. "And their power was in their mouth," signifies
that they prevail only by discourse that confirms faith
" For their tails were like unto serpents, having heads ;
and with them do they hurt," signifies the reason, that they
are sensual and inverted, speaking truths with the mouth,
but falsifying them from the principle which makes the
head of their religion ; and thus they deceive.

No. 419.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 433

" And the rest of the men, who were not killed by these
plagues," signifies those in the church of the Reformed, who
are not so spiritually dead from visionary reasonings, and
from the love of self, from the pride of their own intelligence,
and from the lusts thence, as the former, and still make faith
alone the head of their religion. " Yet repented not of the
works of their hands," signifies that neither did they shun
as sins the things of their own which are evils of every kind.
"That they should not worship demons," signifies that thus
they are in the evils of their lusts, and make one with their
like in hell. " And idols of gold and silver and brass and
stone and wood," signifies that thus they are in worship from
mere falsities. " Which neither can see nor hear nor walk,"
signifies in which there is nothing of spiritual and truly
rational life. " And repented not of their murders nor of
their enchantments nor of their whoredoms nor of their
thefts," signifies that the heresy of faith alone induces in
the hearts stupidity, tergiversation, and hardness, so that
they do not think any thing of the precepts of the decalogue,
nor indeed of any sin that it is to be shunned because it is
with the devil and against God.

THE EXPLANATION.

419. And the fifith angel sounded, signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the state of the life of those in the
Church of the Reformed, who are called learned and wise
from their confirmation of faith separate from charity, and
of justification and salvation by it alone. That these are
treated of in what now follows as far as to vers. 12, is evi-
dent from the particulars when understood in the spiritual
sense. That by sounding is signified to explore and mani-
fest the state of the church and thence of the life with
those whose religion is faith alone, may be seen above
397)-

434

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chaf. IX,

420. And I saw a star fallen from heaven unto the ea7'th,
signifies spiritual Divine Truth flowing in cut of heaven
into the church with them, exploring and manifesting.
Spiritual Divine Truth is here signified by the star, be-
cause it fell down from the spiritual heaven, spoken of
above (n. 387, 388) ; and by the earth is here signified the
church with those that are in its internals, as above (n. 398).
By spiritual Divine Truth is meant intelligence from spiiit-
ual love, which is love towards the neighbor; and because
that intelligence is at this day called faith, and that love
charity, it is faith from charity, or rather, it is the truth of
faith from the good of charity, which is here signified by
the star. The like is signified by a star in the singular
Apoc. ii. 28 ; xxii. 16 : for by stars, in the plural, the
knowledges of good and truth are signified (n. 51); and
through these comes intelligence. That it is the Divine
Truth exploring and manifesting is manifest from what
follows.

421. And there was given unto him the key of the pit of
the abyss, signifies the opening of their hell. By a key is
signified the power of opening, and also the act of opening
(n. 62, 174, 840); and by the abyss is signified the hell
where those are who have confirmed themselves in justifi-
cation and salvation by faith alone, who all are from the
Church of the Reformed ; here, however, those who, in
their own eyes and thence in the eyes of many others,
appear as learned and erudite, when yet they appear before
the angels in heaven bereft of understanding as to the
things which are of heaven and the church ; since they
who confirm that faith even to its interiors close up the
higher things of their understanding, and to such a degree
at length, that they can no longer see any spiritual truth
in the light. The reason is because the confirmation of
falsity is the denial of truth : on which account, when they
hear any spiritual truth, which is a truth of the Word ser-
viceable for doctrine and life to those who are of the church,

No. 421.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 435

they keep '.heir minds upon the falsities which they have
confirmed ; and then the truth they have heard they either
cover over with falsities, or reject as a mere sound, or
yawn at it, and turn themselves away ; and this so much
the more as they are in pride from their erudition : for
pride glues falsities together, till they at length cohere like
the hardened scum of the sea ; on which account the Word
is hidden to them, like the Book sealed with seven seals.
Of what quality they are afterwards, and of what quality
their hell is, shall also be told ; because it has been per-
mitted me to see it, as well as to speak with them that are
there, and also to see the locusts which went forth there-
from. " That pit, which is like the opening of a furnace,
appears in the southern quarter ; and the abyss below is
of great extent towards the east. They have light in it,
but if light from heaven is let in, there is darkness there ;
on which account that pit is closed above. There appear
there huts arched as if with bricks, which are divided into
many cells ; and in each is a table, upon which lie papers
with some books. At his own table sits every one who
in the world had confirmed justification and salvation by
faith alone, by making charity a merely natural-moral act
and its works only the works of civil life, from which men
may gain rewards in the world : but if they should do them
for the sake of salvation, they condemn them ; and some
severely, because there is human reason and will in them.
All who are in this abyss were learned and erudite in the
world ; and among them are some metaphysicians and
schoolmen, who are esteemed above the rest there. When
it was permitted me to speak with them, I recognized some
of them. But yet their lot is this. When they are first
let in thither, they sit clown in the first cells : but as they
confirm faith, by excluding the works of charity, they leave
their first seats, and enter the cells nearer to the east;
and so on successively up towards the end, where those
are who confirm those dogmas from the Word : and be-

436

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

cause they then cannot but falsify the Word, their huts
vanish, and they see themselves in a desert j and then it
happens to them as is described above (n. 153). There
is likewise an abyss below that abyss, where those are who
have in like manner confirmed justification and salvation
by faith alone, but who have denied God secretly in their
spirit, and have laughed in their heart at the holy things
of the church. There they only quarrel, tear their gar-
ments, mount the tables, kick, fight among themselves
with vituperations ; and because it is not there permitted
to do harm to any one as to the body, they threaten with
mouth and fists. It is unclean and squalid there." But
these are not treated of here.

422. And he opened the pit of the abyss, and there went
up a smoke out of the pit as the smoke of a great furnace,
signifies the falsities of the lusts of the natural man aris-
ing from their evil loves. By " the pit of the abyss" is
signified the hell described just above (n. 421): by the
smoke from it the falsities from lusts are signified j and
because it is said to be as the smoke of a great furnace,
the falsities of the lusts flowing up from the evil loves are
meant : for fire signifies love (n. 468), and the fire of hell
evil love (n. 494). " A great furnace " signifies the same,
since this smokes from fire. The infernal spirits are not
in any material fire, but in spiritual fire, which is their
love ; and therefore they do not feel any other fire : on
which subject see the work on " Heaven and Hell," pub-
lished at London, 1758 (n. 134, 566-575). In the spiritual
w orld, every love, when it is excited, appears at a distance
as fire, — within the hells as a glowing fire, and out of them
as the smoke of a fire or as the smoke of a furnace. The
falsities of lusts welling up out of the evil loves are also
described elsewhere in the Word by smoke from fire and
from a furnace ; as in these passages : Abraham looked
iowards Sodom and Gomorrah, and, behold, the smoke of the
earth went up as the smoke of a f urnace (Gen. xix. 28). The

No. 424.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

437

sun set, and there was thick-darkness ; and, behold, a furnace
of smoke, and a torch of fire, which passed between the pieces
(Gen. xv. 1 7). They go on to sin, therefore they shall be as
the smoke from a chi?nncy (Hos. xiii. 2, 3). The wicked
shall perish, into smoke shall they consume (Ps. xxxvii. 20).
I will show signs in heaven and o?i the earth, fire and pillars
of smoke (Joel ii. 30). They shall cast the wicked into a
furnace of fire, there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth
(Matt. xiii. 41, 42, 49, 50, and elsewhere).

423. And the sun and the air were darke?ied from the smoke
of the pit, signifies that thence the light of truth became
thick-darkness. By the sun and the air here the light of
truth is signified ; for love is signified by the sun, and the
Divine Truth by the light thence : on which account, when
it is said that the sun was darkened, and at the same time
the air, it is signified that the Divine Truth became thick-
darkness. That this was from the falsities of lusts is signi-
fied by its being from the smoke of the pit.

424. And out of the smoke there went forth locusts upon the
earth, signifies that from them were falsities in the outer-
most things, such as those have who have become sensual,
and see and judge all things from the senses and their
fallacies. Those things are called falsities in the outer-
most things, which are in the outermosts of a man's life,
which are called sensual things, spoken of below : these
are signified in the Word by locusts. But it is to be known
that they do not appear like locusts in the fields, which
leap about and lay waste the meadows and the crops ; but
that they appear like pigmies or dwarfs ; which is also
manifest from the description of them, as that they had
crowns upon their heads, faces as of men, hair as of women,
teeth as of lions, iron breastplates, and as king over them
the angel of the abyss. That dwarfs were also called
locusts by the ancients may be concluded from these pas-
sages : The explorers of the land of Canaan said, We sa70
the Ncphilim, the sons of the Anakim, and we we?'e in their

438

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

eyes as locusts (Num. xiii. 33). Jehovah who sitteth upon
the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants of it are as
locusts (Isa. xl. 22). But because falsities in the outermost
things, such as are with those mentioned above, are signi-
fied in the Word by locusts, those persons are therefore
called locusts, and also are said to be crowned and com-
manding, in Nahum : The fire shall devour thee, it shall eat
thee up like the caterpillar ; multiply thyself like the caterpillar,
multiply thyself like the locust ; thy crowned ones are as the
locust, and thy coi?imanders as the locust of locusts (iii. 15-17).
That falsities in the outermost things, because they consume
the truths and goods of the church springing up in man, are
signified by the locusts which consume the grass in the
plains and the herbs in the fields, is evident from these
passages : Thou shall carry out much seed into the field, but
the locust shall consume it (Deut. xxviii. 38). That which
the palmer-worm hath left hath the locust eaten, and that
which the locust hath left hath the ca?iker-worm eaten, and
that which the canker-worm hath left hath the caterpillar
eaten (Joel i. 4, 5). I will compe?isate to you the years which
the locust hath consumed, the canker-worm, the caterpillar, and
the palmer-worm (Joel ii. 24, 25). The same is signified by
the locusts in Egypt, thus spoken of in Moses : Moses
stretched out his rod over the la?id of Egypt, and an east wind
brought the locusts ; a?id the locusts went up over all the land
of Egypt ; before them there were no such locusts ; and they
did eat up every herb of the field : and afterwards Moses
stretched out his rod, and the locusts were cast into the Red
Sea (Ex. x. 12, &c). And in David: He gave their produce
to the caterpillar, and their labor to the locust (Ps. cv. 34, 3 5 J.
By the miracles in Egypt the vastation of the church is
described ; and by this miracle vastation by falsities in the
outermost things ; and the outermost things of the life of
man, when the interiors on which they depend are closed
up, are infernal : on which account the locusts were cast
into the Red Sea, by which hell is signified.

No. 424.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

439

As few at this day know what is meant by the sensual,
and of what quality the sensual man is, since this is signified
by the locusts, the following passages shall therefore be
adduced from the " Heavenly Arcana " concerning it.
"That the sensual is the ultimate of the life of a man's
mind, adhering and cohering to the five senses of his body

(n- 5°77> 5767> 92I2> 92l6> 933I>973°)- That he is called
a sensual man who judges all things from the senses of the
body, and who believes nothing but what he can see with
his eyes and touch with his hands, saying that these are
something, and rejecting every thing else (n. 5094, 7693).
That the interiors of his mind, which see from the light
of heaven, are closed up ; so that he sees in them nothing
of the truth, which is of heaven and the church (n. 6564,
6844, 6845). That such a man thinks in the outermost
things, and not interiorly from any spiritual light (n. 5089,
5094, 6564, 7693). In a word, that such men are in gross
natural light {lumen) (n. 6201, 6310, 6564, 6844, 6845,
6612, 6614, 6622, 6624). That hence they are interiorly
against the things which are of heaven and the church, but
that exteriorly they can speak in favor of them, with an
ardor proportioned to the dominion by them (n. 6201,
6316, 6844, 6845, 6948, 6949). That the learned and
erudite, who have confirmed themselves deeply in falsities,
and still more those who have confirmed themselves
against the truths of the Word, are sensual beyond others
(n. 6316). That sensual men reason acutely and shrewdly,
because their thought is so near to the speech as to be
almost in it, and as it were in the lips ; and because they
place all intelligence in speech from the memory alone :
also that some of them can confirm falsities dexterously,
and that after confirmation they believe them to be true
(n. 195, 196, 5700, 10236). But that they reason and con-
firm from the fallacies of the senses, oy which the common
people are captivated and persuaded (n. 5084, 6948, 6949,
7693)- That sensual men are cunning and malicious above

440

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

others (n. 7693, 10236). That the avaricious, adulterers, the
voluptuous, and the deceitful are especially sensual, although
they do not appear so before the world (n. 6310). That the
interiors of their minds are foul and filthy (n. 6201). That
by them they communicate with the hells (n. 63 11), That
they who are in the hells are sensual, and the more so the
deeper they are (n. 4623, 63 11). That the sphere of infer-
nal spirits conjoins itself with man's sensual from behind
(n. 63 1 2). That they who reasoned from sensual things alone,
and thence against the genuine truths of the church, were
called by the ancients serpents of the tree of knowledge
(n. 195, 196, 197, 6398, 6399, 10313). Further, man's sen-
sual and the sensual man is described (n. 10236) ; and the
extension of sensual things with man (n. 9731). That sen-
sual things ought to be in the last place, and not in the
first ; and that with a wise and intelligent man they are in
the last place, and subject to things interior ; but that with
an unwise man they are in the first place, and rule : it is
the latter who are properly called sensual (n. 5077, 5125,
5128, 7645). That if sensual things are in the last place,
the way to the understanding is opened by them, and truths
are elaborated by a mode of extraction (n. 5580). That these
sensual things stand out nearest to the world, and admit
the things that flow in from the world, and as it were sift
them (n. 9726). That by these sensual things man commu-
nicates with the world, and by rational things with heaven
(n. 4009). That the sensual supply things that are of service
to the interiors of the mind(n. 5077, 5081). That there are
sensuals that supply the intellectual part, and those that sup-
ply the voluntary part (n. 5077). That unless the thought is
elevated out of sensual things the man has little wisdom (n.
5089). That a wise man thinks above sensual things (n. 5089,
5094). That a man, when his thought is elevated above sen-
sual things, comes into a clearer light (lumen), and at length
into heavenly light (n. 6183, 6313, 6315, 9407, 9730, 9922).
That elevation above sensual things and withdrawal from

No. 426 J THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

441

them was known to the ancients (n. 6313). That a man can
observe in his spirit the things that are done in the spiritual
world, if he can be led away from sensual things, and ele-
vated into the light of heaven, by the Lord (n. 4622) j the
reason is, because the body does not think, but the man's
spirit within the body, and as far as it does this in the body,
so far it does it obscurely and in darkness : and as far as
it does it not in the body, so far it does it clearly and in
light; but in spiritual things (n. 4622, 6614, 6622). That
the ultimate of the understanding is the sensual faculty* of
knowing, and that the ultimate of the will is sensual enjoy-
ment (n. 9996). What the difference is between the sen-
suals common to beasts and the sensuals not common to
them (n. 10236). That there are sensual persons who are
not evil, because their interiors are not so much closed up ;
whose state in the other life is spoken of n. 63 1 1 .

425. And power was given unto them, as the scorpions of
the earth have power, signifies the power of persuading that
their falsities are truths. By a scorpion is signified a deadly
persuasive power, and by " a scorpion of the earth " per-
suasive power in matters of the church ; since the earth
signifies the church (n. 285). For a scorpion, when he
stings a man, induces a stupor upon the limbs, and, if it is
not cured, death. Their persuasive power induces the like
upon the understanding. Such also is signified by the
scorpion in these passages : Be thou not afraid of them a?id
of their words ; they are thorny ; thou divellest among scor-
pions ; they a?-e hard of face and obstinate of heart (Ez. ii.
6). Jesus said to the seventy whom He sent forth, Behold,
I give unto you power to tread upon serpents and scorpions,
and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing shall by any
means hurt you (Luke x. 19).

426 And it was said to them, that they should not hurt
the grass of the earth, nor any green thing, nor a?iy tree, but
only the men who had not the seal of God in their foreheads,
signifies the Lord's Divine Providence, that they should

442 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. DC

not be able to take away any truth and good of faith, nor
affection for and perception of them, from any but those
who are not in charity and thence not in faith. By " its
being said to them V the Lord's Divine Providence is sig-
nified, because it was said from heaven. By " not hurting
the grass of the earth, nor any green thing," is signified
not to be able to take away any truth and good of faith ;
for the truth of faith, which is the first thing springing up
in a man, is signified by grass (n. 401) : and by a green
thing is signified the living principle of faith, which is from
good (n. 401). By not hurting any. tree is signified not to
be able to take away the affection for and perception of
truth and good ; for man as to these is signified by a tree
(n. 400). By them that have not the seal of God upon
their foreheads those are signified who are not in charity
and thence in faith ; for the forehead signifies love and
charity (n. 347) ; and to have a seal signifies to know and
distinguish these from others (n. 345). That they who
have confirmed faith alone even to the arcana of justifi-
cation and salvation by it, cannot take away any truth and
good of faith, nor affection and perception, from any but
those who are not in the faith of charity, is because scarce
any one except the prelate who teaches and preaches them,
comprehends those things. The layman hears them ; but
they pass in through one of his ears, and out at the other :
which the mystery-preaching priest himself may know from
this, that he has himself expended all the force of his talent
in imbibing them in his youth, and afterwards in retaining
them in his subsequent age ; also that he esteems himself
super-learned by reason of them. What then shall the
layman do, who simply thinks of faith from charity, when
he hears these mystic notions ? It may be seen from
this, that faith alone justifying is the faith of the clergy,
and not of the laity, except of those who live carelessly.
These draw from those mysteries only this, that faith alone
saves ; that they cannot do good of themselves ; that they

No 427.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

443

can neither fulfil the law j that Christ suffered fcr them :
besides a few more general propositions similar to these.

427. And it 7i>as given to them that they should not kill
them, but that they should torment them Jive months, signifies
that it is of the Lord's Divine Providence that they cannot
take away from those who are not in the faith of charity
the faculty of understanding and willing truth and good,
but can only induce a stupor for a short time. By " its
being given to them " is signified that it is of the Divine
Providence of the Lord, as just above. " Not to be able to
kill them " signifies not to be able to take away from those
who are not in the faith of charity the faculty of under-
standing and willing truth and good ; for when this faculty-
is taken away the man is spiritually killed. By tormenting
them five months is signified to induce a stupor for a sho?i
time. Five signifies a little, or for a short time ; and to
torment signifies to induce a stupor, because this is signi-
fied by a scorpion (n. 425), and by torment as of a scorpion,
as it follows (n. 428). That the faculty of understanding
truth and of willing it, or rationality and liberty, cannot
be taken away from a man, is shown in many places in the
" Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence " (n. 73,
74, 82-86, 92-98, 138-149, 322). " Five months "signify a
little, or a short time, because this is signified by five : for
times, whether they be hours, days, weeks, months, or years,
do not signify time, but state ; and the numbers determine
its quality (n. 4, 10, 348, 947). That five signifies some, and
also a little, may be evident from these passages : A thru-
sand shall flee at the rebuke of five (Isa. xxx. 17). Five
shall pursue a hundred (Lev. xxvi. 8). Jesus said, that the
kingdom of the heavens is like unto ten virgins, of who??i
five were prudent, and five foolish (Matt. xxv. 1, 2). By
the ten virgins all in the church are signified ; by five are
signified some part or some. Similar things are signified
by ten and five in the parable which says, that the pound's
u v given to the servants, that they might traffic, and that

444

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

from a pound one acquired ten pounds, and another five (Luke
xix. 13-20). "Ten pounds" signify much, and "five
pounds " a little : besides other places, as Isa. xvii. 6 ; xix.
18, 19 j Matt. xiv. 15-22.

428. And their torment was like the torment of a scorpion
when he striketh a man, signifies that this is from their
persuasive power. This follows from the things just said
(n, 427) : for by the torment is signified the stupor which their
persuasive power induces upon the understanding, as the
scorpion does upon the body, when he stings. The scor-
pion signifies that persuasive power (n. 425). In the
spiritual world a persuasive power is given, which takes
away the understanding of truth, and induces stupor and
thus pain in the mind (animus) ; but this persuasive power
is unknown in the natural world.

429. And in those days men shall seek death, and shall not
find it, and shall desire to die and death shall flee from them,
signifies that they who are in the doctrine of faith separate
wish that in matters of faith the understanding should be
shut up, and the will closed, and thus that they should not
have any spiritual light and life 5 but that it is still provided
by the Lord, that the understanding should not be shut up,
nor the will closed, lest spiritual light and life should be
extinguished with man. " In those days," signifies the last
state of the church, when the doctrine concerning faith
alone was universally received. " Men shall seek death,"
signifies that they wish the understanding to be shut up in
matters of faith : " and shall not find it," signifies that it is
provided by the Lord, that it should not be done: and shall
desire to die, signifies that they wish also to have the will
closed in those things : and death shall flee from them,
signifies that it is provided that this cannot be done : for
thus spiritual light and life would be extinguished, and
man would spiritually die. " To seek " is predicated of
he understanding, and " to desire " of the will, and " death "
>f both. That this is signified by these words is manifest.

No. 432.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

445

What otherwise would it mean that "men should seek
death in those days, and not find it ? and desire to die,
and death should flee from them ? " For by death no other
death is meant but spiritual death, which is brought on
when the understanding is removed from the things that
should be believed : for thus' a man does not know whether
he thinks and does truth or falsity ; and thus whether he is
with the angels of heaven or with the devils of hell.

430. And the likenesses of the locusts, signifies the appear-
ances and images of those who have confirmed in themselves
faith separate from charity. By the likenesses are signified
their appearances in a representative image : by the locusts
falsities in the outermost things are signified (n. 424) : and
because falsities make one with those who are in the falsities,
these also are signified by the locusts. That they who have
confirmed faith alone in themselves, or their falsities, are
meant by the locusts, was clearly manifest to me from this,
that the Presbyters who were in that faith embraced and
kissed the locusts that were seen, and wished to introduce
them into their houses. For the images, which are repre-
sentative forms of the affections and thoughts of angels and
spirits in the spiritual world, appear as alive, in like manner
as the animals, birds, and fishes spoken of above.

431. Were like unto horses prepared for war, signifies that
because they can reason they appeared to themselves as if
fighting from the understanding of truth from the Word.
The understanding of the Word is signified by a horse
(n. 298) : by war spiritual war is signified, which is made
by reasonings and argumentations (n. 500, 586) : by "like 9
or "likenesses " are signified the appearances, as just above

(n. 43°)- •

432. And upon their heads 7vere as it were crcnuns like gold,
signifies that they appeared to themselves as conquerors.
By "crowns upon their heads like unto gold" are signified
badges of victory, because kings formerly wore golden
crowns in battles (n. 300) ; for it was said that they were

446 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. ICHAr. IX.

seen like unto horses, that is, upon horses, prepared for war
(n. 431), for they had the faces of men, as it follows : and
they are in the persuasion that they cannot be con-
quered.

. 433. And their .faces were as the faces of men, signifies that
they appeared to themselves as wise. By man in the Word
one wise and intelligent is signified (n. 243) ; and by his
face wisdom and intelligence. Hence it is that by their
faces being as the faces of men is signified that they appeared
to themselves wise. They are also called wise, learned, and
erudite, although they are among " the foolish virgins who
had not oil in their lamps " (Matt. xxv. 1, 2) : oil signifies
love and charity : and they are among " the foolish ones
who hear the Lord," that is, read the Word, " and do not
do it" (Matt. vii. 26).

434. A7id they had hair as the hair of women, signifies
that they appeared to themselves to be in affection for
truth. By a man (vir) in the Word the understanding of
truth is signified, and by a woman the affection for truth ;
because the man is born understanding, and the woman
affection ; on which see " the Angelic Wisdom concerning
Marriage." By hair in the Word is signified the ultimate
of man's life, which is the sensual, described n. 424. It is
this which appears to them as being in affection for truth,
when yet they are in affection for falsity ; for this they believe
to be truth. That " a woman " signifies affection for truth
may be evident from any passages in the Word. It is hence
that the church is called a wife, a woman, a daughter, a
virgin ; and the church is a church from love or affectic n
for truth, for from this comes the understanding of truth.
The church is- called a woman in these passages : There
were two women of one mother, who committed whoredo?n
in Egypt, OJwla which is Samaria, and Oholiba which is
"Jerusalem (Ez. xxiii. 2, 3, 4). As a woman deserted and
afflicted in spirit hath Jehovah called thee, and a wo?7ian of
youth (Isa. liv. 6, 7). Jehovah will create a new thing in

No. 435 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

447

the earth, a woman shall compass a man (Jer. xxxi. 21, 22).
By the woman encompassed with the sun, whom the dragon
persecuted (Apoc. xii.), a New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem, is signified. By women are signified affections
for truth, from which the church is a church, in very many
places, as in these : Ye drive out the women of my people
from the house of their delights (Mic. ii. 9). The families of
the houses shall i?iour?i apart, and the women apart (Zech.
xii 11-13). Stand up, ye careless women; hear my speech
(Isa. xxxii. 9). Wherefore ye do evil to cut off from you man
and woman (Jer. xliv. 7). / will disperse ma?i and woman
(Jer. li. 22). By man and woman, here and elsewhere, in
the spiritual sense, the understanding of truth and affection
for truth are signified.

435. A?id their teeth were as those of lions, signifies that
the sensual things which are the ultimates of the life of
the natural man, appeared to them to have power over all
things. The teeth signify the ultimates of the natural life
of man, which are called things sensual, spoken of above
(n. 424). There are two kinds of sensual things, one which
is of the will, and another which is of the understanding.
The sensual things of the will are signified by " the hair of
women," treated of just above (n. 434) ; and the sensual
things of the understanding are signified by the teeth.
These sensual things, or, what is the same, sensual men
who are in falsities from confirmation, appear to themselves
to be in such power over all things that they cannot be
conquered ; on which account the teeth of the locusts, by
which such sensual things are signified, were like those of
lions. By the lion is signified power (n. 241). That teeth
signify the ultimates of the life of man, which are called
sensual things, which when they are separated from the
interiors of the mind are in mere falsities, and offer violence
to truths, and destroy them, may be evident from the following
passages : My soul, I lie in the midst of lions, their teeth are
spears and darts (Ps. lvii. 4). O God, break the teeth in their

44*

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

month, break out the great teeth of the young lions (Ps. lviii. 6).
A strong nation hath come up upon my land, its teeth are the
teeth of a lion, a?id it hath the great teeth of a lion (Joel i. 6).
Jehovah, thou breakcst the teeth of the ungodly (Ps. iii. 7).
A beast came up out of the sea, terrible, and dreadful, and
strong exceedingly, which had great iron teeth ; it devoured
and crushed (Dan. vii. 7). Blessed be Jehovah, who hath
not delivered us a prey to their teeth (Ps. cxxiv. 6). Since
sensual men do not see any truth in its light, but argue and
wrangle about every thing as to whether it is so, and these
altercations in the hells are heard out of them as gnashings
of teeth, which in themselves are the collisions of falsity
and truth, it is manifest what is signified by the gnashing
of teeth (Matt. viii. 12 ; xiii. 42, 50 ; xxii. 13 ; xxiv. 51 ; xxv.
30 ; Luke xiii. 28) : and in a measure what by gnashing v
with the teeth (Ps. xxxv. 16 ; xxxvii. 12 ; cxii. 10 ; Mic. iii.
5 \ Lam. ii. 16).

436. And they had breastplates as breastplates of iron,
signifies the argumentations from fallacies by which they
fight and prevail, which appeared to them so strong that
they could not be refuted. By breastplates are signified
protections, because they protect the breast ; here the pro-
tections of falsities, which are effected by argumentations
from fallacies, by which a false principle is defended. For
from a false principle nothing but falsities can flow forth.
If truths are brought forward, they are not looked at except
outwardly and superficially, and thus also sensually, and
so are falsified, and become fallacies with them. Breast-
plates signify such things, because wars in the Word sig-
nify spiritual wars ; and hence the arms of war signify the
various things which are of this war ; as in Jeremiah :
Harness the horses, and mount, ye horsemen, and stand ye in
helmets, polish the lances, put on the coat-of-mail (xlvi. 4).
In Isaiah : He put on justice as a coat-of-mail, and thehehnei
of salvation upon his head (lix. 17). In David: Under Hh
wings shall thou trust, His truth thy shield and buckler (Ps,

No. 437.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

449

xci. 4). Besides other places, as Ez. xxiii. 24 j xxxviii. 4 ;
xxxix. 9 ; Nah. ii. 3 ; Ps. v. 12 ; xxxv. 2, 3. The breast-
plates being as of iron signifies that the argumentations
appeared to them so strong, that they could not be refuted ;
for iron, from its hardness, signifies strength.

437. And the voice of their wings was as the voice of the
chariots of many horses running to war, signifies their rea-
i onings as from the truths of doctrine, from the Word fully
understood, for which they must ardently fight. "The
voice of wings " signifies reasonings, because " to fly " sig-
nifies to perceive and to instruct (n. 245, 415): "a char
iot " signifies doctrinal tenets, spoken of hereafter : horses
signify the understanding of the Word (n. 298) ; and
"many horses" plenary understanding: that "to run to
war " signifies ardor for fighting, is manifest. That a char-
iot signifies doctrine is evident from these passages : The
chariots of God are two myriads, thousands of peaceful ones ;
the Lord is in them (Ps. lxviii. 17). Jehovah maketh the
clouds His chariots, He goeth upon wings of the wind (Ps.
civ. 2, 3) Jehovah, thou rides t upon thy horses, thy chariots
are salvation (Hab. iii. 8). Behold, Jehovah shall come in
fire, and His chariot as a storm (Isa. lxvi. 15). Ye shall
be satisfied upon my table with horses and with chariots ; so
will I set my glory among the nations (Ez. xxxix. 20, 21). /
will cut off the horse from Ephraim, and the chariot from
Jc7'usalem (Zech. ix. 10). / will overturn the throne of
kingdoms j I will overturn the chariot, arid them that ride in
//(Hag. ii. 22). Set a watchman, who may boh; and an-
nounce: he saw therefore a chariot, a pair of horsemen, a
camel-chariot, and the chariot of a man; and he said,
Babylon hath fallen, hath fallen (Isa. xxi. 6-9). Since
Elijah and Elisha represented the Lord as to the Word,
and thence signified doctrine from the Word, as all the
prophets did (n. 8), they were therefore called the chariot
of Israel and the horsemen thereof ; and Elijah was there-
fore seen to be taken away inty heaven in a chariot of fire ;

45°

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

and around Elisha chariots and horses of fire were seen by
his servant (2 Kings ii. f i, 12; vi. 27; xiii. 14). Besides
other places, where chariot is mentioned ; as Isa. xxxi. 1 ;
xxxvii. 24 ; Ixvi. 20 • Jer. xvii. 25 ; xxii. 4 ; xlvi. 2, 3, 8, 9 ;
I. 37, 38 ; li. 20, 21 ; Ez. xxvi. 7, 8, 10, 11 ; Dan. xi. 40 ;
N*h. iii. 1-3 ; Joel ii. 1-5.

438. And they had tails like unto scorpions, signifies the
Itutbs of the Word falsified, by which they induce stupor.
By the tail is signified the ultimate of the head, because
the head is continued through the spine of the back into
the tail ; on which account the head and the tail make one
as the first and the last. When, therefore, faith alone jus-
tifying and saving is signified by the head, by the tail are
signified all the confirmations of it in the aggregate, which
are from the Word, and thus the truths of the Word falsi-
fied. Every one who takes a principle of religion from his
own intelligence, and puts it for the head, takes confirming
things from the Word, and puts these for the tail. He
thus induces stupor upon others, and so hurts them. On
which account it is said, that they "had tails like unto
scorpions," and directly, that " there were stings in theii
tails, and their power was to hurt men : " for by the scor
pion is signified a persuasive power inducing stupor upon
the understanding (n. 425). As to the tail being the con-
tinuation of the brain through the spine of the back to its
ultimate, ask an anatomist, and he will tell you ; or look at
a dog or other wild beast which has a tail, and coax and
caress him, and you will see the crest of the back smooth
clown, and the tail move correspondingly ; and on the con-
trary, that the crest will rise up, if you irritate him. The
primary thing of the understanding, which is taken as a
principle, is also signified by the head, and the ultimate
by the tail, in these passages : He shall cut off from Israel
the head and the tail ; the old and the honored is the head,
but the prophet a teacher of lies is the tail (Isa. ix. 14, 15).
There shall be no work for Egypt which may make head and

No. 439.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

45'

tail (Is a. xix. 15). By the seven heads of the dragon, and
by the tail, with which he drew down a third part of the stars
of heaven, and cast them unto the earth (Apoc. xii. 4), as
also by the tails like unto serpents, having heads, with which
they do hurt (vers. 19 of this chapter), nothing else is sig-
nified. Since the ultimate is signified by the tail, and the
ultimate is the aggregate of all, Jehovah therefore said to
Moses, Take hold of the tail of the serpent, and he took hold,
and it became a rod (Ex. iv. 3, 4). And it was therefore
commanded that they should remove the entire tail next the
spi?ie of the back, and should sacrifice it with the fat which is
upon the inwards, the kidneys, and the intestines, and the liver
(Lev. iii. 9-1 1 ; viii. 25 ; ix. 19; Ex. xxix. 22). That the
ultimate is the continent and aggregate of all prior things,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 38, 65) ; and in the
" Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and Divine
Wisdom" (n. 209-216, 217-222).

439. And there were stings i?i their tails, and their power
was to hurt ?nen five months, signifies subtle falsifications of
the Word by which for a short time they darken and fasci-
nate the understanding, and thus deceive and captivate.
By the stings in their tails are signified subtle falsifications
of the Word ; by the stings subtlety, and by the tails the
truths of the Wrord falsified (n. 43S) : by the power of hurt-
ing is signified that they can bring on stupor by those falsi-
fications, that is, darken and fascinate the understanding,
and so deceive and captivate ; for the tails were similar
to scorpions, and such things are signified by scorpions
(n. 425) : by the five months is signified for a short time,
as above (n. 427). This takes place when they bring forth
any things from the Word and apply them : for the Word
is written by correspondences, and correspondences are in
part appearances of truth ; and these contain genuine
truths within in themselves. If the genuine truths are not
known in the church, many things can be produced from

vol. 11. 2

452

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

the Word which appear at first as agreeing with heresy:
but when genuine truths are known in the church, the ap-
pearances of truth are then laid bare, and the genuine truths
come into view. But before this is done, a heretic can, by
various things from the Word, veil over and fascinate the
understanding, and so deceive and captivate. That this
is done by those who assert that sins are remitted to man
(which is to be justified) by the act of faith, of which no
one knows any thing, and this in a moment, and at the
last hour of death if not before, — this may be illustrated
by examples, but not properly here. By " stings " falsities
from evil doing hurt are signified also in Amos : Behold^
the days shall come upon you in which they shall take you
away with stings (iv. 2) ; and in Moses : that they should
extirpate the inhabitants of the land, lest they should be thorns
in their eyes, and stings in their sides (Num. xxxiii. 55).
Thorns, briers, brambles, and thistles also signify the falsi-
ties of evil from their stings.

440. And they had a king over them, the angel of the abyss,
whose name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek he hath the
name Apollyon, signifies that they are in the satanic hell
who are in falsities from lusts, and who have destroyed the
church by the total falsification of the Word. By " the
king the angel of the abyss " is not signified any angel as
king there, but the falsity reigning there : for by a king in
the genuine sense he who is in truths from affection for
good is signified, and abstractly that truth itself (n. 20) ;
and hence, in the opposite sense, he who is in falsities from
the lust of evil is signified by a king, and abstractly that
falsity itself. By the abyss is signified the satanic hell,
where those are (n. 387, 421). By a name the quality of a
state is signified (n. 81, 122, 165). Abaddon in the Hebrew
language is he that destroys or a destroyer, and Apollyon
in the Greek language is the same; and this is falsity in
the outermost things, which by the total falsification of the
Word had destroyed the church. Destruction is signified

No. 442.] THE ArOCALYPSE RE YE A LED.

453

by Abaddon in the Hebrew text, in these places : Thy truth
in destruction (Ps. lxxxviii. 11). Hell is naked before him,
and there is no covering to destruction (Job xxvi. 6). Shall the
fire drcour even to destruction ? (Job xxxi. 12). Destruction
and death say (Job xxviii. 22). In other places hell and the
devil are called destruction and destroyer (Isa. liv. 16 ; ¥.z.
v. 16 j ix. 1 ; Ex. xii. 13), but by another word.

441. One woe is past; behold, there come two woes more
hereafter, signifies further lamentations over the devastation
of the church. That " woe " signifies lamentation over ca-
lamity, unhappiness, and damnation, may be seen n. 416 :
Here, therefore, by "the two woes hereafter" further lam-
entations over the state of the church are signified.

442. And the sixth angel sounded, signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the state of the life with those in the
church of the Reformed who are not so wise, and still place
the all of religion in faith, and think of that aione, and of
nothing beyond that and the customary worship, and thus
live as they list. That these are treated of quite to the
end of the chapter, will be manifest from the explanation
of what follows. That to sound signifies to explore and
manifest the state of the church and thence of the life with
those whose religion is faith alone, see above (n. 397).

"These who are now treated of are altogether distinct
from those who have been treated of thus far in this chapter,
and whose falsities of faith were seen in the forms of locusts.
They are distinct in this, that they who have been treated
of apply themselves closely to the study of exploring the
arcana of justification by faith, and also of teaching the
signs of it, as also the evidences of it, which, with them, are
the goods of moral and civil life ; admitting that the precepts
of the Word are in themselves indeed Divine, but that with
man, because they proceed from his will, they become natural
things which have no conjunction with the spiritual things
of faith : and because they confirm these by the rational
things which they are skilled in from erudition, they dwell

454

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

in the southern quarter in the abyss, according to the
description above (n. 421). But they who are treated of in
what now follows to the end of the chapter do not study
those arcana, but only make bare faith the all of religion,
and think of nothing beyond that and the stated worship,
and so live as they list. These it has also been given me
to see, and to speak with them. They live in the northern
quarter in huts built of rushes and reeds plastered over
with lime, in which the ground is the floor. These huts
are scattered about. The more ingenious, who know from
natural light (lumen) how to establish that faith by reasonings,
and to prove that it has nothing in common with the life,
dwell more in front, the more simple behind these, and the
more stupid towards the west of that quarter. The multitude
of them is so great that it cannot be believed. They are
taught by angelic spirits ; but they who do not receive the
truths of faith, and live according to them, are sent down
into the hell which is under them, and imprisoned."

443. And I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden
altar which is before God, saying to the sixth angel who had
the trumpet, signifies a command from the Lord out of the
spiritual heaven to those who should explore and manifest.
By the voice the Divine command is signified : by the golden
altar, or the altar upon which incense offerings were made,
the spiritual heaven is signified (n. 277, 392): by the four
horns of that altar its power is signified (n. 270) ; here the
power of loosing the four angels bound at the river Euphrates,
as it follows : by the sixth angel who had the trumpet is
signified those upon whom the office of exploring and man-
ifesting those things was enjoined (n. 442).

444. Loose the four angels that are bound at the great river
Euphrates, signifies that external bonds should be taken
away from them, that the interiors of their minds might
appear. That this is signified by these words no one can
know, and scarce suspect, unless he knows what is meant
by the great river Euphrates, and what by the four angels

No. 444.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

455

bound there. By the river Euphrates in the Word those
interiors of the human mind which are called rational are
signified ; which, with them who are in truths from good,
are full of wisdom, but with those that are in falsities from
evil, are full of insanity. The reason that these things are
signified in the Word by the river Euphrates, is because
that river separated the land of Canaan from Assyria ; and
by the land of Canaan the church was signified, and by
Assyria its rational ; and hence by the bounding river those
interiors of the mind which are called rational are signified
in both senses. For there are three things which make
the man of the church, — the Spiritual, the Rational or
Intellectual, and the Natural, which is also the faculty of
knowing. The spiritual of the church was signified by the
land of Canaan and by the rivers in it ; the rational or
intellectual of the church, by Ashur or Assyria, and by its
river the Euphrates j and the natural of the church, which
also is the faculty of knowing, by Egypt and its river the
Nile : but on these subjects see more below (n. 503). By
"the four angels bound at the river Euphrates " are signified
those interiors with the men of the church, which are said
to be bound because they are not manifested. For they
are infernal spirits which are meant by these four angels,
because it is said of them that they were prepared to kill a
third part of men, as soon follows (n. 446) : and the interiors
of men make one with spirits, either infernal or heavenly ;
since they dwell together. By loosing them is signified to
take away external bonds, that the interiors of their minds
may appear. These are the things that are signified by
those words. That by the Euphrates are signified the
interiors of the mind of man bordering upon the spiritual
things of the church in him, may be evident from the
passages in the Word where Ashur or Assyria is named :
but the Euphrates occurs in the opposite sense, in which it
signifies the interiors full of falsities and thence of insanities,
in these passages : Behold, God bringeth up over them the

456

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

waters of the river (Euphrates) strong a7id many ; the king
of Ashur, he shall pass through Judah ; he shall overflow
and go over (Is a. viii. 7, 8). What hast thou to do with the way
of Egypt, to drink the waters of the Sihor ? and what hast
thou to do with the way of Assyria, to drink the waters of
the river ? (Jer. ii. 18). Jehovah shall curse the tongue of
the sea of Egypt, and shall shake His hand over the river
Euphrates (Isa. xi. 15, 16). The sixth angel poured out his
vial upon the river Euphrates, whose water was dried up
(Apoc. xvi. 12). // was commanded the prophet that he
should put a girdle upon his loins, and should afterwards
hide it in a hole of a rock by the Euphrates ; and when after a
short time he took it again, behold, it was rotten, nor was it good
for any thing (Jer. xiii. 1-7, 1 1). And it was also commanded
him that after he should finish reading the book, he should
throw it into the midst of the Euphrates, and say, thus shall
Babylon sink, and shall not rise again (Jer. li. 63, 64). By
these things the interiors of the state of the church with
the children of Israel were represented. That the river of
Egypt, the Nile, and the river of Assyria, the Euphrates,
were the boundaries of the land of Canaan, is manifest
from this : Jehovah made a covenant with Abraham, Unto
thy seed will I give this land, from the river of Egypt even to
the great river Euphrates (Gen. xv. 18). That the Euphrates
was a boundary, see Ex. xxiii. 31 \ Deut. i. 7, 8 ; xi. 24;
Josh. i. 4 ; Mic. vii. 12.

445. And the four angels were loosed, signifies that when
the external bonds were taken away, the interiors of their
minds appeared. This follows from what is said above.

446. Prepared for an hour and a day and a month and a
year, to kill a third part of men, signifies that they were in
the perpetual effort to take away from the men of the church
spiritual light and life. By " prepared " is signified tha^
they were in the effort : by " an hour, a day, a month, and a
year," is signified continually and perpetually, the same as
by all time : by " to kill " is signified to take away spiritual

No. 447. J

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

457

light and life from the men of the church (n. 325) : and by
" a third part of men " all are signified (n. 400).

447. And the number of the armies of the horsemen was
two myriads of myriads, signifies the reasonings concerning
faith alone, with which the interiors of their minds were
crammed, from mere falsities of evil in abundance. By
an army goods and truths are signified, and in the opposite
sense, evils and falsities ; here the falsities of evil described
in what follows : by horsemen are signified reasonings con-
cerning faith alone, because the understanding of the Word
is signified by a horse (n. 298), and also the understanding
of the Word destroyed (n. 305, 312, 321) : hence by horsemen
are signified reasonings from the understanding of the Word
destroyed ; here concerning faith alone, because those who
are in it are treated of. By two myriads of myriads are
not meant so many in number, but great abundance.
There are said to be two, because two is predicated of good,
and in the opposite sense of evil (n. 322) ; and myriads
are predicated of truths, and in the opposite sense of falsities
(n. 287). It may be seen from this, that by the number of
the aimies of the horsemen, two myriads of myriads, are
signified the reasonings concerning faith alone, of which
the interiors of their minds were full from mere falsities of
evil in abundance. That the goods and truths of heaven
and the church are signified in the Word by armies, and in
the opposite sense evils and falsities, may be evident from
the passages where the sun, moon, and stars are called
armies or hosts j and by the sun the good of love is signi-
fied, by the moon the truth of faith, and by the stars the
knowledges of good and truth ; and the contrary in the op-
posite sense (n. 51, 53, 332, 413). The former and the
latter are called armies (hosts) in these passages : Praise
Jehovah, all His hosts ; praise Hi)n, sun and moon ; praise
Him, all the stars (Ps. cxlviii. 2, 3). My hands have spread
out the heavens, and I have commanded all their host (Isa.
civ. 12). By the Word of Jehovah wc?<, the heavens madef

458

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chak IX.

and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth (Ps.

xxxiii. 6). The heavens and the earth were finished, and
all the host of them (Gen. ii. i). The horn of the he-goat
grew even to the host of the heavens ; and it cast down
unto the earth from the host and from the stars ; yea, it
raised itself up even to the prince of the host : and the host
was delivered to it on account of the co?itinual sacrifice for
transgression, because he cast down the truth to the earth : the
holy one said, How long is the holy place and the host given to
be trodden down? (Dan. viii. 10-14). Jehovah uttered His
voice before His army (Joel ii. 11). Upon the roofs of the
houses they have offered incense to all the host of the heavens
(Jer. xix. 13). Lest thou shouldst bow thyself dowfi and serve
the sun, the moon, the stars, and all the host of the heavens
(Deut. iv. 19 ; xvii. 3 ; Jer. viii. 2) : so too in Isa. xiii.
4; xxxiv. 4; xl. 26; Jer. xxxiii. 22 ; Apoc. xix. 14. Since
the goods and truths of heaven and the church are signified
by the hosts or armies of the heavens, the Lord is therefore
called Jehovah Zebaoth, that is, Jehovah of armies or
hosts ; and on this account the ministry of the Levites was
called a military service (Num. iv. 3, 23, 30, 39) : and it is
said in David, Bless Jehovah, all His hosts, His ministers
that do His will (Ps. ciii. 21). The evils and falsities in
the church are signified by the army of the nations (Isa.

xxxiv. 2) ; by the army of the king of the north with which he
came against the king of the south (Dan. xi. 13, 15, 20).
" The king of the north " is the falsity of evil in the church,
and the king of the south is the truth of good therein. It
is said by the Lord, When ye shall see Jeritsale7n encompassed
with ar?nies, know that its devastation is near (Luke xxi. 20).
By Jerusalem the church is here signified, and by armies
the evils and falsities which were vastating it. The con-
summation of the age is there treated of, which is the last
time of the church. Evils and falsities are signified by
armies in Joel : I will recompense to you the years which
the locust hath consumed, the canker-worm, the caterpillar^

No. 449.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

459

and the palmer-worm, my great army, which I have sent
among you (Joel ii. 25). That by the locust and the other
insects falsity in outermost things is signified, may be seen
above (n. 424).

448. And I heard the number of them, signifies their
quality perceived, that it was as follows : By hearing is
signified to perceive : by number the quality of a thing or
^>f a state is signified (n. 10, 348, 364). It is the quality
of their state as now follows, because it is described in the
following paragraphs ; on which account it is said, " and
thus I saw."

449. And thus I saw the horses in the vision and them
that sat upon them, signifies that it was then disclosed that
the reasonings of the interiors of their minds concerning
faith alone were imaginary and visionary, and that they
themselves were insane from them. By seeing is signified
to disclose their quality : by the horses the reasonings of
the interiors of their minds concerning faith alone are sig-
nified,— here that they were imaginary and visionary, be-
cause it is said that he saw them in vision : by them that
sat upon horses those who are intelligent from the Word
understood are signified ; here they that are insane from
imaginary and visionary things, which are contrary to the
Word. As the interiors of their minds appeared under
such forms as those by which the imaginary and visionary
things relating to faith alone are signified, a few things will
be related concerning them, which I have heard from their
own lips ; which are these : "Was not faith alone, after
man's so grievous fall, made the one only means of salva-
tion ? Without that means, how can we appear before
God ? Is not that the only means ? Are we not born in
sins ? Is not our nature altogether corrupted by Adam's
transgression? Is there any other means of healing than
faith alone ? What will our works do towards this ? Who
can do any good work of himself ? Who can purif) , ab-
solve, justify, and save himself? In every little work which

460 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

A man does of himself, do not merit and his own righteous*
ness lie concealed ? And if by chance we should do any
thing that might be good, could we do all things, and fulfil
the law ? and further, if any one sins against one thing, he
sins against all, because they cohere together. Why did
the Lord come into the world, and suffer so grievous a
cross, unless that he might take away from us the condem-
nation and curse of the law, might propitiate God the
Father, and might alone become merit and righteousness,
which should be imputed to man by faith ? On any other
ground, what good did His coming do ? or to whom did it
do any good ? Since therefore Christ suffered for us, and
fulfilled the. law for us, and took away its right of condem-
nation, can evil then any longer condemn us ? and can
good save us ? Wherefore we who have faith are in the
full liberty of thinking, willing, speaking, and doing what-
ever we list, provided we do not incur the loss of reputa-
tion, honor, and gain, and do not bring upon us the penalties
of the civil law, from which come disgrace and injury."
Some, who were wandering more remotely in the north,
said that " the good works which are done for the sake of
salvation are injurious, pernicious, and cursed." Among
these were also some presbyters. These are the things that
I heard ; but they prated and muttered more, which I did
not hear. Besides, they spoke shamelessly with all license,
and were lascivious both in words and actions, without the
restraint of fear for any misdeed, except by pretence for the
sake of the appearance of respectability. Such are the in-
teriors of the mind, and thence the exteriors of the body,
of those who make faith alone the all of religion.
But all these things which were said by them fall to the
ground, if the Lord the Saviour Himself is approached im-
mediately, and believed in, and good is done, for the sake
of salvation ; and if they are dona- by man as of himself,
with the belief, however, that it is from the Lord : and un-
less these things are done by a man as of himself, there is

No. 450-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 46 1

not any faith nor any charity, and thus no religion, and na
salvation.

450. Having breastplates of fire, jacinth, and brimstone,
signifies their argumentations imaginary and visionary from
infernal love and their own intelligence, and from the lusts
thence. By the breastplates are signified the argumenta-
tions with which they fight for faith alone (n. 436) : by fire
heavenly love is signified, and in the opposite sense, infer-
nal love (n. 452, 465, 494) : by jacinth is signified intelli-
gence from spiritual love, and in the opposite sense,
intelligence from infernal love, which is one's own intelli-
gence, spoken of below : and by brimstone is signified lust
from that love through one's own intelligence (n. 452). It
follows from this, that such things are signified by the
breastplates of fire, of jacinth, and of brimstone. The
reason why their argumentations for faith alone are thus
described, is because all those that believe themselves to
be justified, that is, absolved from sins, by means of faith
alone, never think of repentance : and an impenitent man
is in nothing but sins ; and all sins are derived from and
thence partake of infernal love, of one's own intelligence, and
of the lusts that are from them : and they who are in them
not only act from them, but also speak, and indeed think
and will, consequently reason and argue, from them.
These are the man, because they are their life ; but a man-
devil, and his life, which is infernal life. But indeed they
who live a moral life only for the sake of themselves and
the world, do not know this. The cause is, that their in-
teriors are of such a character, but their exteriors similar
to the exteriors of those who live a Christian life. Yet let
them know that any one, when he dies, comes into his
interiors, because he becomes a spirit ; and this is his inter-
nal man. And the interiors then accommodate the exte-
riors to themselves, and they become similar. On which
account the moral things of their life in the world then
become like the scales of fishes, which are wiped away. It

462

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

is altogether otherwise with those who regard the precepts
of moral life as Divine, and the civil ones also, because
they are of love towards the neighbor. Hyacinth or jacinth
signifies intelligence from the affection of spiritual love,
because that color partakes of the redness of fire and of the
whiteness of light ; and love is signified by fire, and in-
telligence by light. This intelligence is signified by the
hyacin thine blue in the coverings and vails of the Tabernacle
(Ex. xxvi. 31, 36 ; xxvii. 16) : in Aaron's ephod (Ex. xxviii.
6, 15) : by the cloth of hyacinth placed over the ark, the
table, the candlestick, and the altar, when they set forth
(Num. iv. 6, 7, 9, 11, 12) : by the ribbon of hyacinth upon the
skirts of their garments (Num. xv. 38, 39) : and by hyacinth
(Ez. xxvii. 7, 24). But intelligence from the affection of
infernal love is signified by hyacinth in Ezekiel : Ohola or
Samaria committed whoredom, and delighted in her lovers the
Assyrians her neighbors, clothed in hyacinth, horsemen riding
on horses (xxiii. 4-6). Thus is described the church which
had falsified the truths of the Word by reasonings from
their own intelligence. And in Jeremiah : They are i?ifatu-
ated and grown foolish, their teaching of vanities is a stock ;
silver spread into plates is brought from Tarshish, the work
of the workmen and of the hands of the founder, hyacinth
and purple is their clothing, all is the work of the wise
(x 8, 9). " The work of the workmen and of the hands
of the founder," and " all is the work of the wise," signify
here that they are from their own intelligence.

451. And the heads of the horses were as the heads of
lions, signifies their fantasies concerning faith alone as if
it "w ere in power. By the heads the imaginary and vision-
ary things with them concerning faith alone are signified,
which are here treated of, and which are called by one
word fantasies : by the horses are signified the reasonings
of the interiors of their minds, which are such (n. 449) : by
lions power is signified (n. 241). That it is power from
fallacies is because they are sensual 5 and the sensual

No. 452.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

reason from fallacies, by which they persuade and capti-
vate (n. 424). That their argumentations in favor of faith
alone are Imaginary and visionary, every one who elevates
the mind a little can see. What are faith in act and faith
in state, according to their idea, but visionary things?
Who of them knows any thing about faith in act? and
what avails faith in state, when nothing of good enters
from the man into faith in act? What is the remission
of sins, and thence instantaneous salvation, but a thing of
visionary thought? That it is the flying serpent in the
church may be seen in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Providence" (n. 340). What is the conceit of
immunity, merit, justice, holiness, from imputation, but a
visionary thing ? (see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Lord," n. 18). What is the Divine opera-
tion in internals without man's co-operation in externals as
from himself ? for to separate the internal from the external
so that there should not be conjunction, is merely vision-
ary (see below, n. 606). Such a visionary thing is faith
separated from charity, for charity in works is the conti-
nent and foundation of faith. It is its ground and earth,
also its essence and life. In a word, faith from charity is
a man ; but faith without charity is a spectre : and it is a
creature of the imagination, like a bubble of water flying
in the air. But perhaps some one is ready to say, " If you
remove the understanding from faith, you will not see
visionary things." Yet let him know, that he who can
remove the understanding from faith, can also obtrude a
thousand visionary things upon any religion ; as has been
done by the Roman Catholics for ages back.

452. And out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and
brimstone, signifies that in their thoughts and discourses
viewed interiorly, there is nothing else, and from them pro-
ceeds nothing else, but the love of self and of the world
which is the proprium (ownhood) of the will, the pride of
self-intelligence which is the proprium of the understanding

464

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX,

and the lusts of eril and falsity which is the general pro
prium ilowing forth from those two. " Out of their mouths "
means from their thoughts and discourses. By the fire is
signified the love of self and of the world, which love is
the proprium of man's will (n. 450, 468, 494) : by the smoke
the pride of one's own intelligence is signified, which is the
proprium of his understanding, going forth from the love of
self and of the world, as smoke from a fire (n. 422) : and
by the brimstone is signified the lust of evil and falsity,
which is the general proprium flowing forth from those
two. But these things do not appear from their discourses
before men in the world, but manifestly before the angels in
heaven ; on which account it is said that viewed interiorly
they are of such a quality. Fire signifies infernal love,
and brimstone the lusts flowing forth from that love through
the pride of one's own intelligence, in the following pas-
sages : 7" will make it rai?i fire a?id brimstone upon him (Ez.
xxxviii. 22). Jehovah will rain upon the wicked fire and
brimstone (Ps. xi. 6). The day of the vengeance of Jehovah ;
the streams shall be turned into pitch, and the dust of it into
brimsto7ie . the smoke of it shall go up for ever (Isa. xxxiv.
8-10). In the day that Lot went out of Sodom it rai?ied fire
and brimstone from heaven : so shall it be i?i the day when
the Son of Man shall be revealed (Luke xvii. 29, 30 \ Gen.
xix. 24). He that worshippeth the beast and his image shall
be tormented with fire 'and brimstone (Apoc. xiv. 9, 10).
The beast, the false-prophet, and the devil shall be cast into
thz lake of fire and brimstoiie (Apoc. xix. 20; xx. 10; xxi.
8). The breath of Jehovah, like a stream of brimstone,
shall kindle the pile (Isa. xxx. 33). The whole land is brim-
stone, salt, and burning; it shall not be sown, it shall not
put forth, according to the overthrow of Sodom and Gomor-
rah (Deut. xxix. 2i, 23). Brimstone shall be strewn upon
the habitation of the wicked (Job xviii. 15).

453. By these three was a third part of men killed, by the
smoke and by the fire and by the brimstofie issuing out of their

No. 455 TIIE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

465

mouth >, signifies that it is from those things that the men of
the church perish. A third part of men being killed, sig-
nifies that the men of the church perish from those three
things spoken of just above (n. 452) : for by being killed
is signified to be killed spiritually, which is to perish as to
the soul ; and by a third part is signified all who are in
those falsities, as often said above. What is signified by
the fire, the smoke, and the brimstone, and what by their
going forth out of their mouths, may be seen just above
(n. 452). It is owing to those falsities that it is not known
in the whole Christian world, that the fire which is here
treated of is the love of self and of the world, and that that
love is the devil j also that the smoke from that fire is the
pride of one's own intelligence, and that that pride is satan ;
as also that the brimstone kindled from that fire by means
of that pride, is the lusts of evil and falsity ; and that
these lusts are the crew of the devil and satan, of which
hell consists : and when these things are not known, it
cannot be known what sin is j for sin draws all its enjoy-
ment and pleasantness from those things.

454. And their power was in their mouth, signifies that
they prevail only by discourse that confirms faith. By
power in the mouth is signified power in discourse con-
firming doctrine : for finish and elegance of discourse,
assumed zeal, the ingenious confirmation of falsity, espe-
cially from the appearances in the Word, authority, the
closing of the understanding, and other similar things, do
all, and the truth nothing, nor yet the Wcrd. For the truth
does not shine before any others but those who are in
charity and thence in faith \ nor does the Word teach ar.y
others.

455. For their tails were like unto serpents, having heads,
and with them do they hurt, signifies the reason ; that they
are sensual and inverted, speaking truths with the mouth,
but falsifying them from the principle which makes the
head of the doctrine of their religion ; and so they de*

466 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chaf. IX.

ceive. Similar things are here signified as above concern-
ing the locusts (n. 438, 439) : but it is there said that they
had tails like unto scorpions, but here like unto serpents ;
because those who are described by the locusts, speak and
persuade from the Word, from knowledges, and from eru-
dition ; but these only from arguments, which are the
appearances of truth, and fallacies: and they that speak
from these elegantly and as it were wisely, do indeed
deceive, but not to so great a degree. By serpents in the
Word are signified the sensual things which are the ulti-
mates of man's life, treated of above (n. 424). The reason
is, that all animals signify man's affections ; on which
account the affections of the angels and spirits also in the
spiritual world appear at a distance like animals, and the
merely sensual affections like serpents. The reason is,
that serpents creep on the ground and lick up the dust :
and sensual things are the lowest things of the understand-
ing and will : for they stand forth next to the world, and
are nourished from its objects and its enjoyments, which
affect only the material senses of the body. Noxious ser-
pents, which are of manv kinds, signify the sensual things
which are derived from the evil affections, which make up
the interiors of the mind with those who are insane from
the falsities of evil ; and harmless serpents signify the
sensual things which are derived from the good affections,
which make up the interiors of the mind with those who
are wise from the truths of good. The sensual things that
grow out of the evil affections are signified by serpents in
these passages : They lick the dust like a serpent (Mic. vii.
17). Dust shall be the serpenfs meat (Isa. lxv. 25). He
said to the serpent, Updn thy belly shall thou go, and dust
shall thou eat all the days of thy life (Gen. iii. 14). The
sensual is thus described, which, because it communicates
with hell, where all are sensual, turns heavenly wisdom
into infernal insanity in spiritual things. Rejoice not, Phi-
listia, for out of the serpenfs root shall go forth a basilisk,

No 456.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

467

whose fruit is a flying fiery serpe?it (Isa. xiv. 29) They lay
asp's eggs ; he that eateth ofi its eggs dieth, and when one
presses it out, a viper is hatched (Isa. lix. 5). Because the
sons of Israel desired to return into Egypt, they were bitten
by serpents (Num. xxi. 1-10). "To return into Egypt," sig-
nified to become sensual from being spiritual ; on which
account it is said, The hirelings of Egypt have turned them-
selves away, the voice thereof shall go like a serpent (Jer xlvi.
21, 22). Because Dan was the farthest of the tribes, and
thence signified the ultimate of the church, which is the
sensual subject to the interiors, it is therefore said thus of
him : Dan is a serpe?it upon the way biting the horse's heels,
and the rider shall fall backwards (Gen. xlix. 17). By the
horse's heels the ultimates of the understanding, which are
sensual, are signified : by biting is signified to adhere to
them : by the rider is signified the lack of knowledge from
them, by which truths are perverted ; for which reason it
is said, "His rider shall fall backwards." Since sensual
men are crafty and cunning as foxes, the Lord therefore
says, Be ye prudent as serpents (Matt. x. 16): for the sen-
sual man speaks and reasons from appearances and falla-
cies ; and if he is strong in the gift of arguing, he knows
how to confirm every falsity shrewdly, and also the heresy
concerning faith alone, and still is so dull in the power of
seeing truth that it is scarcely possible to be duller.

456. And the rest of the men, who were not killed by these
plagues, signifies those in the Church of the Reformed who
are not so spiritually dead from visionary reasonings and
the Jove of self, the pride of their own intelligence, and from
the lusts thence, as the former, and still make faith alone the
head of their religion. By " the rest of the men " are meant
those who are not such, but still make faith alone the
head of their religion : by " who were not killed " those
are signified who are not so spiritually dead : by " these
plagues " are meant the love of self, the pride of their own
intelligence, and the lusts of evil and falsity from them ;

4.68 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

which three things are signified by the fire, the smoke,
and the brimstone, spoken of above (n. 452, 453). That
the plagues signify such things will be seen below ; but
concerning these something shall first be said. "These
also it has been given me to see, and to speak with them.
They dwell in the northern quarter towards the west, where
some have huts with roofs, and some without roofs. Their
beds are of rushes, their garments of goats' hair. In the
light flowing in from heaven there appears in their faces a
lividness and also a stupor. The reason is, because they
know nothing else from that religion, but that there is a God,
that there are three persons, that Christ suffered the cross for
them, and that it is faith alone by which they are saved, and
also by worship in the temples, and by prayers at stated times.
To the rest of the things which are of religion and its doctrine
they give no attention ; for the worldly and corporeal things
with which their minds are entirely occupied, close their
ears to them. There are many of the Presbyters among
them, whom I have asked what they thought when they
read in the Word of works, of love and charity, of fruits, of
the precepts of life, of repentance, in a word, of the things
to be done. They answered that they read them indeed,
and so saw them, but still did not see them, because they
held their minds in faith alone, and thence in the idea that
all those things are faith ; and that they did not think that
they are the effects of faith. That such ignorance and
stupidity belongs to those who have once embraced faith
alone, and have made it the all of their religion, can scarcely
be believed ; although it has been given me to know it by
much experience." That by plagues spiritual plagues are
signified, by which a man dies in spirit or soul, is manifest
from these passages : Thy wound is incurable, thy plague
grievous ; I will restore health unto thee, I will heal thee of
thy plagues (Jer. xxx. 12, 14, 17). Every one that passeth
by Babylo?i shall hiss at all her plagues (Jer. 1. 13). In one
day shall the plagues come upon Babylon, death and lamentation

No. 457.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

469

(Apoc. xviii. 8). / saw the seven ivigels that had the seven
last plagues, bj which the anger of God is to be Consummated
(Apoc. xv. 1). Woe to the sinful nation, to the people heavy
with iniquity ; fro?n the sole of the foot even to the head there
is no soundness in it, a wound and a scar and a recent plague,
not pressed, not bound up, not mollified with oil (Isa. i. 4, 6).
In the day that Jehovah bound up the fracture of His people,
and healed the wound of their plague (Isa. xxx. 26. Besides
other places, as Deut. xxviii. 59 ; Jer. xlix. 17 ; Zech. xiv.
12, 15 ; Luke vii. 21 ; Apoc. xi. 6 ; xvi. 21).

457. Yet repented not of the works of their hands, signifies
that neither did they shun as sins the things of their own,
which are evils of every kind. The reason that by the
works of a man's hands the man's own things, which are
evils and the falsities from them, are signified, is because
the things which proceed from the man are signified in the
sum by the hands j for the powers of his mind and thence
of his body are determined into the hands, and are there
terminated : on which account by the hands power is sig-
nified. Hence it is that by the works of a man's hands the
things of his own are signified, which are evils and falsities
of every kind ; his own things in the will are evils, and his
own things in the understanding are the falsities from
them. It is said of those who are here treated of, that
they repented not ; because they who make faith alone the
all of religion say in themselves, "What is the need of
repentance, when sins are remitted and we are saved by
faith alone ? What do our works do towards this ? I know
that I was born in sins, and that I am a sinner. If I
confess this, and pray that my faults may not be imputed
to me, is not repentance then done? What need of more?"
And so he does not think any thing about his sins, even
till he does not know that they are sins ; and therefore he
is borne on continually by enjoyment and pleasantness
from them, in them, and into them, as a ship with a favor-
able wind and current is borne upon the rocks, while the

47°

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX,

helmsman and sailors are asleep. By the works of a man's
hands in the Word in its natural sense are meant graven
images, molten images, and idols : but in the spiritual sense
evils and falsities of every kind are signified by them, which
are the things of man's own ; as in these passages : Provoke
me not to anger by the works of your hands ; if ye provoke me
to anger by the works of your hands, to your own hurt :
I will recompense them according to their works, and according
to the deeds of their hands (Jer. xxv. 6, 7, 14). The children
of Israel provoked me to anger by the works of their hands
(Jer. xxxii*. 30 ; xliv. 8). / will speak judgments against
them touching all their wickedness, that they have bowed
themselves down to the works of their hands (Jer. i. 16). In
that day their eyes shall look to the Holy One of Israel, a?id
not to the altars the wo?'k of their hands, and which their fingers
have made (Isa. xvii. 7, 8 ; xxxi. 7 ; xxxvii. 19 j Jer. x. 9).
That the work of a man's hands is his proprium (ownhood),
and the evil and falsity thence, may be manifestly evident
from this, that for that reason it was prohibited to build the
altar and the Temple of hewn stones, and to lift up a tool
of iron upon those stones ; for by this the work of man's
hands was signified. If thou makest an altar of stones unto
Me, thou shall not build them hewn ; because if thou lift up a
chisel upon it, thoti wilt profane it (Ex. xx. 25). Joshua built
an altar of stones, upon which he did not lift up any iron
(Josh. vili. 30, 31). The Temple at Jerusalem was built of
whole stone, and neither hammer nor axe nor any instruments
of iron were heard when it was building (1 Kings vi. 7).
All things also which are done by the Lord, are called the
works of His hands ; which are His own, and in themselves
goods and truths ; as in these places : The works of the
hands of Jehovah are truth and judgment (Ps. cxi. 7). O
Jehovah, thy mercy is for ever ; forsake not the works of thy
hands (Ps. cxxxviii. 8). Thus said Jehovah, the Holy One of
Israel, and His Maker, ask signs of Me concerning my sons,
concerning the work of my hands command ye Me (Isa. xlv. 11).

No. 458 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

471

Thy people shall all be just, the branch of my planti?ig, the
work of my hands (Isa. lx. 21). O Jehovah, thou art our
Father; we are the clay, a?id thou our potter ; and we all are
the 7Vork of thy hands (Isa. lxiv. 8).

458. That they should not worship demons, signifies that
thus they are in the evils of their lusts, and make one with
their like in hell. By demons the lusts of evil arising from
the love of the world are signified. The reason is, that
in hell they are called demons who are in those lusts ; and
men also who are in the same become demons after death.
Such men also have conjunction with them ; for every man
is conjoined with spirits as to his affections, to such a degree
that they make one. From which it is manifest, that to
worship demons is to sacrifice to those lusts from the love of
them. He, therefore, who invokes faith alone as the head
of his religion, or as his idol, because he does not search out
any evil in himself which he calls a sin, and therefore does
not wish to remove it by repentance, remains in it ; and
because every evil is made up of lusts, and is nothing but
a bundle of lusts, it follows that he who does not search out
any evil in himself, and shun it as a sin against God, which
is done solely by repentance, becomes a demon after death.
Nothing but such lusts are signified by demons in the fol-
lowing passages : They sacrifice to demons, not to God (Deut.
xxxii. 17). The children of Israel shall no longer sacrifice to
demons, after whom they have committed whoredom (Lev. xvii.
7 ; Ps. cvi. 37). The Ziim shall meet with the Ijim, and the
de?non of the forest shall co?ne to his companion (Isa. xxxiv. 14).
The Ziim shall sing there, and the Ochim shall fill their houses,
and the daughters of the owl shall diuell there, and the dcmofis
of the forest shall dance there (Isa. xiii. 21). By the Ziim, the
Ijim, the Ochim, and the daughters of the owl, various lusts
are signified. The demons of the forest are lusts such as
those of the Priapi and Satyrs. Babylon has become the
habitation of demons, and the hold of every unclean spirit
(Apoc. xviii. 2). The demons which the Lord cast out were

472

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX,

such lusts when they lived in the world, concerning whom
Matt. viii. 16, 28 ; ix. 32,33 ; x. 8 ; xii. 22 ; xv. 22 ; Mark i. 32-
34 j Luke iv. 33-37, 41 > viii. 2, 26-40 j ix. 1,37-50 ; xiii. 32.

459. And idols of gold and silver and brass and stone and
wood, signifies that thus they are in worship from mere
falsities. By idols in the Word are signified the falsities of
worship, and hence by adoring them worship from falsities
is signified ; and by adoring idols of gold, and silver, and
brass, and stone, and wood, is signified worship from falsi-
ties of every kind ; and, taking them together, worship from
mere falsities. Even the materials, the forms, and the gar-
ments of the idols among the ancients represented the
falsities of religion from which the worship of them was
performed. Idols of gold signified falsities concerning
Divine things, idols of silver falsities concerning spiritual
things, idols of brass falsities concerning charity, idols of
stone falsities concerning faith, and idols of wood falsities
concerning good works. All these falsities are in those
who do not repent, that is, shun evils as sins against God.
These things are signified in the spiritual sense by the idols
which were graven images and molten images, in the follow-
ing passages : Every man has become foolish by knowledge,
every founder is affected with shame by his graven image,
because his molten image is a lie, neither is there breath in
them ; they are vanity, a work of errors ; in the time of their
visitation they shall perish (Jer. x. 14, 15 ; li. 17, 18). The
graven images are the work of the hands of the workman ;
they speak not ; they are infatuated and grow foolish together ;
the wood is a teaching of vanities ; they all are the work of the
wise (Jer. x. 3-5, 8-10). What profiteth the graven image,
that the maker and teacher of lies has graven it ; that the
maker of a lie hath trusted in it ? there is no breath in the
midst of it (Hab. ii. 18-20). In that day a man shall cast
his idols of silver and his idols of gold, which they made for
themselves to bow themselves down to, to the moles and to the
bats (Isa. ii. 18, 20). They have made themselves a molten

No. 460.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

473

image of their silver, idols according to their own understand-
ing, the whole the work of the artificers (Hos. xiii. 2). J will
sprinkle clean waters upon you, that ye may be cleansed from
all your uncleannesses, and from all your idols (Ez. xxxvi.
25). " Clean waters " are truths ; the idols are the falsities
of worship. Ye shall pronounce unclean the coveri?ig of thy
graven images of silver and the veil of thy molten image of
gold ; thou shall cast it away as a menstruous cloth, thou
s halt call it dung (Isa. xxx. 22). Nor is any thing but the
falsities of religion and thence of worship signified by the
gods of gold, of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone \
which Belshazzar, king of Babylon, praised (worshipped},
when he drank wine with his lords, wives, and concubifies out
of the vessels of gold and silver of the Temple of Jerusalem ;
for which the king was slain (Dan. v. 1-5, &c.) : besides
many other places, as Isa. x. 10, 11 ; xxi. 9 ; xxxi. 7 ; xl.
19, 20 ; xli. 29 : xlii. 17 ; xlviii. 5 ; Jer. viii. 19 ; 1. 38, 39 ;
Ez. vi. 4, 5 3 xiv. 3-6 ; Mic. i. 7 ; v. 13 ; Ps. cxv. 4, 5 ;
exxxv. 15, 16 ; Lev. xxvi. 30. By idols are properly signified
the falsities of worship from one's own intelligence. How
a man fashions them, and afterwards accommodates them, so
as to appear as truths, is fully described in Isaiah xliv. 9-20.

460. Which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk, signifies
in which there is nothing of spiritual and truly rational
life. These things are said because idolaters believe that
their idols see and hear ; for they regard them as gods.
But still this is not the meaning of those words ; but that
in falsities of worship there is nothing of spiritual nor truly
rational life : for by seeing and hearing is signified to un-
derstand and to perceive (n. 7, 25, 87) ; and by walking is
signified to live (n. 167) : hence by the three, spiritual and
truly rational life is signified. These things are signified
because by idols falsities of worship are signified, and in
these there is nothing of spiritual and rational life. Thai
idols do not see, hear, and walk, is too manifest to be men-
tioned here, unless there is something within which is

474

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

signified. Similar things are also said of idols elsewhere
in the Word, as in these places : They k?iow not, nor under-
stand, and their eyes do not see, their hearts do not know ; they
have no knowledge nor intelligence (Isa. xliv. 18, 19). They
do not speak nor walk (Jer. x. 3-10). They have mouths,
but they speak not ; and they have eyes, but do not see (Ps.
cxv. 5 j cxxxv. 15, 16) : by which similar things are signified,
because falsities of worship are signified by idols ; and in
falsities of worship there is nothing of life, which is life.

461. And repented not of their 7?iurders, nor of their en-
chantments, nor of their whoredoms, nor of their thefts, signi-
fies that the heresy of faith alone induces in the hearts
stupidity, tergiversation, and hardness, so that they do not
think any thing of the precepts of the Decalogue, nor indeed
of any sin that it is to be shunned because it is with the
devil and against God. What murders, whoredoms, and
thefts signify in every sense, may be seen in the " Doctrine
of Life for the New Jerusalem from the Precepts of the
Decalogue," where it is shown ; on which account there is
no need of explaining them here. But what enchantments
signify will be told in the following paragraph. That faith
alone induces stupidity, tergiversation, and hardness in th-c
hearts of them that are in the Churches of the Reformed,
is because goodness of life is not religion where faith
alone prevails ; and if goodness of life is not religion,
then the second table of the Decalogue, which is a table of
repentance, is like a smoothed tablet, on which nothing is
written. That the second table of the Decalogue is a table
of repentance, is manifest ; since it is not said in it that
good works are to be done, but that evil works are not to
be done ; as, " Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not commit
adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not testify falsely,
Thou shalt not covet the things that are thy neighbor's ; "
and if these are not of one's religion, this comes to pass,
" And they repented not of their murders, nor of their en-
chantments, nor of their whoredoms, nor of their thefts."

No. 462.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

475

That good of life is not religion where faith alone pre-
vails, will be clearly seen in what follows.

462. As it is not known at this day what is meant by
cnchant?nents, it will be briefly told. Enchantments are
mentioned just above in place of the eighth precept of
the Decalogue, " Thou shalt not testify falsely ; " for the
remaining three evils, which are murders, whoredoms,
and thefts, are there named. By " testifying falsely " is
signified in the natural sense to act as false witness, to
lie, and defame ; and in the spiritual sense, to confirm
and persuade that falsity is truth and that evil is good :
from which it is manifest, that by enchanting is signified
to persuade to falsity, and so to destroy truth. Enchant-
ments were in use among the ancients, and were effected
in three ways. First : They kept the hearing of another,
and thus his mind, continually in their words and sayings,
not relaxing any thing from them ; and at the same time
breathing and inspiring thought conjoined with affection
through the breath in the sound of the speech, in conse-
quence of which the hearer could not think any thing of him-
self ; and thus the falsifiers infused their falsities by force.
Secondly : They infused a persuasion ; which was done by
keeping the mind away from every thing contrary, and
holding it intent in the sole idea of the things said by them :
hence the spiritual sphere of their mind dispelled the
spiritual sphere of the other's mind, and suffocated it.
This was the spiritual witchcraft which the magi of old
used ; and it was called the binding and tying of the under-
standing. This kind of enchantment was of the spirit or
thought alone, but the former was also of the mouth or the
speech. Thirdly : The hearer kept his mind so fixedly on
liis own belief, as almost to stop his ears against hearing
any thing from the speaker ; which was done by keeping in
the breath of the mouth, and sometimes by a tacit mum-
bling, and so by continual denial of the sentiments of his
adversary. This kind of enchantment was that of those
vol. a. 3

476

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

who heard others, but the two former were used by those
who spoke to others. These three kinds of enchantment
were among the ancients, and are still with infernal spirits ;
but with men in the world there is only the third kind, re-
maining with those who have confirmed in themselves the
falsities of religion from pride in their own intelligence :
for when these hear things contrary, they admit them no
nearer into their thought than to contact, and then emit
from the interior bosom of their mind a fire as it were which
consumes them ; of which the other knows nothing, except
by the indications from the face and the tone in the answer,
if the enchanter does not keep down that fire, that is, the
anger of his pride, by simulation. This kind of enchant-
ment, at the present day, causes truths not to be received,
and with many, not to be understood. That in ancient
times there were many magic arts, and among them en-
chantments, is manifest in Moses : When thou shalt come
into the land, thou shalt not learn to do after the abomina-
tions of those nations ; there shall not be found in thee one
that passeth his son or his daughter through the fire; a
diviner by divinations, a magician and a soothsayer, a sorcerer,
and an enchanter of enchantment, and one that interrogateth
a python, and an augurer, and one that inquireth of the dead ;
for all these are an abomination to Jehovah (Deut. xviii.
9-1 1). The persuasion of falsity, and thus the destruction
of truth, are signified by enchantments in these passages :
Thy wisdom and thy k?iowledge hath seduced thee ; therefore
shall evil come upon thee : persist in thine enchantments, and in
the multitude of thy divinations (Isa. xlvii. 10-12). All nations
were seduced by the enchantment of Babylon (Apoc. xviii. 23).
Without shall stand dogs, enchanters, whoremongers, mur-
derers (Apoc. xxii. 15). Jehoram said to Jehu, Is it peace ?
he said, What peace to the whoredoms of thy mother Jezebel,
and her many enchantments (2 Kings ix. 22). By her whore-
doms are signified falsifications (n. 134), and by her en-
chantments the destructions of truth by persuasions of

No. 463.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

477

falsity. That enchantment, on the other hand, signifies the
rejection of falsity by truths, which was also done by tacitly
thinking and muttering charms from a zeal for truth against
falsity, is manifest from these passages : Jehovah will re-
move out of Zion the mighty, the man of war, the counsellor,
the learned in muttering charms, the skilful in enchantment
(Isaj iii. 1-3). Their poison is as the poison of the deaf asp ;
that stoppeth her ear that she may not hear the voice of tht
charmers, of the wise e?ichanter of enchantments (Ps. lviii. 4, 5).
Behold, I send against you basilisk serpents, against which
there is no enchantment (Jer. viii. 17). Iji distress they sought
thee, they cried out in murmuring speech (Isa. xxvi. 16).

463. To this I will add this Relation. I looked forth
to the sea-coast in the spiritual world, and saw there a
magnificent dock. I drew near, and looked at it ; and,
behold, there were vessels there large and small, and mer-
chandise in them of every kind ; and upon the decks were
boys and girls distributing it to those that wished. And
they said, We are waiting to see our beautiful tortoises,
which now and then come up to us out of the sea. And,
behold, I saw tortoises great and small, upon whose shells
and scales young tortoises were sitting, which were looking
at the islands around. The father tortoises had two heads,
the one large, covered over with a shell similar to the shell
of their body, whence they had a reddish glow ; and the
other small, such as tortoises have, which they were wont
to draw back into the front parts of the body, and also to
insert in an unobserved manner in the larger head. But I
kept my eyes on the great reddish head ; and I saw that it
had a face like a man's, and spoke with the boys and girls
upon the decks, and licked their hands. And the boys
and girls then stroked them, and gave them eatables and
dainties, and also costly things, as pure silk for garments,
thyine wood for tablets, purple for decorations, and scarlet
for paints. Seeing these things, I desired to know what

478

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX.

they represented ; as I knew that all the things that appear
in the world of spirits are correspondences, and represent
something spiritual coming down from heaven. And they
then spoke with me out of heaven, and said, " You know
yourself what the dock represents, also what the ships,
and the boys and girls upon the decks ; but you do not
know what the tortoises represent." And they said, "The
tortoises represent those of the clergy there, who altogether
separate faith from charity and its good works, affirming
in themselves that there is plainly no conjunction between
them ; but that the Holy Spirit, through faith in God the
Father for the sake of the Son's merit, enters into a man,
and purines his interiors even to his own will, out of which
they make an oval plane as it were ; and that when the
operation of the Holy Spirit approaches this plane, it bends
itself around it on the left side, and by no means touches
it : and thus that the inner or higher part of a man's con-
stitution is for God, and that the outer or lower is for man ;
and that so nothing that the man does, neither good nor
evil, appears before God : not the good, because this is
meritorious ; and not the evil, because this is evil : since,
if either appeared before God, the man would perish ; and
since it is so, that man is permitted to will, think, speak
and do whatever he pleases, provided he is careful before
the world." I asked whether they also assert that it is
permitted to think of God, that He is not omnipresent
and omniscient ? They said from heaven, that this also is
permitted them ; because God, in him who has once been
purified and so justified, does not look at any thing of his
thought and will ; and that he still retains in the inner
bosom or higher region of the mind or constitution the
faith which he had received in its first operation ; and that
that operation may sometimes return, when the man does
not know it These are the things which the small head
represents, which they draw into the fore parts of the body,
and conceal, and also insert in the great head, when they

No 463.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

479

speak with the laity : for they do not speak with them from
the small head, but the large one, which appears in front
as furnished with a human face. And they speak with
them from the Word concerning love, charity, good works,
the precepts of the Decalogue, repentance ; and they quote
from the Word almost all the things that are there on
these subjects. But they then insert the small head into
the large one, from which they understand inwardly in
themselves, that all those things are not to be done for the
sake of God, of heaven, and of salvation ; but only for pub-
lic and private good. But as they speak concerning these
things from the Word, especially concerning the Gospel,
the operation of the Holy Spirit, and salvation, agreeably
and elegantly, they therefore appear before their hearers
as handsome men, and as wise above all others in the
whole world : for which reason also you saw that costly
and precious things were given to them by the boys and
girls that sat upon the decks of the vessels. It is these,
therefore, whom you saw represented as tortoises. In
your world they are little distinguished from others, —
only by this, that they believe themselves to be wiser than
all, and laugh at others, — especially at their companions
who they say are not wise, — as those whom they despise.
They carry a kind of small mark with them on their gar-
ments, by which they are known to one another. He that
spake with me said, " I shall not tell you what they think
concerning other matters of faith ; as election, free agency,
baptism, the Holy Supper : which are such things as they
do not divulge, but we in heaven know. But because they
are such in the world, and after death it is not permitted
any one to speak otherwise than he thinks, therefore be-
cause they cannot then do otherwise than speak from the
insanity of their thoughts, they are reputed as insane, and
are cast out of the societies, and are at length let down
into the pit of the abyss, and become corporeal spirits, and
appear like mummies : for a callousness is induced over

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED [Chap. IX.

the interiors of their minds, because in the world also they
had interposed a barrier. There is an infernal society of
them on the confines next the society from the Machiavel-
lists, and they sometimes enter from the one into the other,
and call themselves companions ; but they go away be-
cause there is a contrariety, on this account, that there was
with them some religion concerning faith in act, but none
among the Machiavellists.

After I saw them cast out of the societies, and gathered
together to be cast down, there was seen a vessel in the
air flying with seven sails, and therein officers and sailors
clothed in a purple dress, having magnificent laurels upon
their hats, crying, " Lo, we are in heaven ; we are the
purple-robed doctors, and crowned above all, because we
are the chief of the wise from all the clergy in Europe."
I wondered what this was ; and it was told me that they
were images of the pride, and the ideal thoughts which
are called fantasies, from those who were before seen as
tortoises, and now as the insane ones cast out of the soci-
eties, and gathered together into one, and standing to-
gether in one place. And I then desired to speak with
them ; and I came to the place where they were standing,
and saluted them, and said, " Are you they who have sep-
arated men's internals from their externals, and the opera-
tion of the Holy Spirit as in faith from its co-operation
with man outside of faith, and so have separated God
from man ? Have you not thus removed not only charity
itself and its works, from faith, like many other doctors
of the clergy, but also faith itself as to its manifestation
before God, from man ? But, I pray, Do you wish that I
should speak with you on this matter from reason, or from
the sacred Scripture ? " They said, " Speak first from
reason." And I spoke, saying, " How can the internal
and the external with a man be separated ? Who does
not see, or cannot see, from common perception, that all
of a man's interiors proceed and are continued into his

No. 463.J

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

481

exteriors and even into the outermosts. that they may
produce their effects and do their works ? Are not the
internals for the sake of the externals, that they may ter-
minate, in them, and subsist in them, and so exist, scarce
otherwise than as a column does upon its pedestal ? You
can see that if there were not continuation, and so con-
junction, the outermosts would be dissolved, and would
disperse like bubbles in the air. Who can deny that the
i iterior operations of God with men are myriads of myri-
ads, of which man knows nothing ? And what good does
it do to know them, provided he knows the outermosts, in
which he is with his thought and will, together with God ?
But this shall be illustrated by an example. Does a man
know the interior operations of his speech? as how the
lungs draw in the air, and fill the vesicles, the bronchiae,
and the lobes with it? how they emit this air into the tra-
chea, and there turn it into sound ? how that sound is mod-
ified in the glottis by the help of the larynx ? and how the
tongue then articulates it, and the lips complete the artic-
ulation, so that it becomes speech ? All these interior
operations, of which the man knows nothing, are they not
for the sake of the outermost, that man may be able to
speak? Remove or separate one of those internal things
from its continuous connection with the outermosts, —
could the man speak any more than a stock ? Take another
example : The two hands are the ultimates of man. Are
there not interiors, which are continued thither ? Thev
are from the head through the neck, also through the
breast, the shoulders, the amis, and the forearms ; and
there are the innumerable muscular textures, the number-
less orders of the moving fibres, the innumerable bundles
of the nerves and blood-vessels, and the many connec-
tions of the bones with their membranes and ligaments.
Do^s man know any thing concerning these? and yet they
all combine in the motion of his hands. Suppose that
those interiors around the elbow were turned to the left,

482

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. IX

and -did not enter the hand ; would not the hand from the
elbow pine away, and go to decay like something torn off
without life ? Indeed, if you are willing to believe it, it
would be as it would with the body, if the man were
beheaded. It would be altogether similar with the will
and thought of man, if the Divine operation should leave
off before it reaches them, and not flow into them. This
is according to reason. Now if you are willing to hear it,
these same things are also according to the Sacred Scrip-
ture. Does not the Lord say, Abide in me, and I in you :
I am the Vine, and ye are the bra?iches : he that abideth in
me, and I in him, the same beareth much fruit ; for without
me ye cannot do any thing? (John xv. 4, 5). Is not this fruit
the good works which the Lord does through the man,
and which the man does as of himself? Does not the
Lord also say that He stands at the door and knocks ; and
that to him who opetis He will enter in, and will sup with
him, and he with Hi?n 1 (Apoc. iii. 20). Does not the Lord
give the pounds and the talents, that ma7i may trade with
them, and get gain ; and as he gains, give him eternal life ?
(Matt. xxv. 14-34; Luke xix. 13-26). Also that He gives
reward to every one according to his labor in His vineyard
(Matt. xx. 1-17). These are but a few passages. Pages
might be tilled from the Word concerning this, — that man
ought to bear fruit as a tree, to do the commandments, to
love God and the neighbor, and other like things. But I
know that your own intelligence can hold no such prin-
ciple, as it really is, in common with the Word, which
although you quote, still your ideas pervert it. And you
cannot do otherwise, because you remove all the things of
God away from man as regards communication and thence
conjunction. What then remains, except also all the things
of worship ? " They were afterwards seen by me in the light
of heaven, which discloses and makes manifest what the
quality of each one is ; and then they were not seen as
before in a ship in the air as it were in heaven, nor in pur-

Chap. IX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

4«3

pie garments, nor with heads crowned with laurel ; but in
a sandy place, and in garments of rags, and girded with
fishing nets as it were around the loins ; through which
their nakedness appeared : and they were then cast down
into the society on the confines next the Machiavellists,
spoken of above.

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap X.

CHAPTER TENTH.

1. And I saw another mighty angel coming down from
heaven, encompassed with a cloud, and a rainbow was over
his head, and his face was as the sun, and his feet as pillars
of fire.

2. And he had in his hand a little book open ; and he
set his right foot upon the sea, and his left upon the earth.

3. And he cried with a great voice, as a lion roareth ;
and when he cried, the seven thunders uttered their voices.

4. And when the seven thunders uttered their voices, I
was about to write. And I heard a voice from heaven
saying unto me, Seal up the things which the seven thunders
uttered, and write them not.

5. And the angel whom I saw standing upon the sea and
upon the earth, lifted up his hand unto heaven.

6. And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who
created the heaven and the things that are in it, and the
earth and the things that are in it, and the sea and the things
that are in it, that time shall be no longer.

7. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when
he is about to sound, the mystery of God shall also be fin-
ished, as He hath declared to His servants the prophets.

8. And the voice which I heard from heaven spake again
unto me, and said, Go, take the little book that is open in
the hand of the angel that standeth upon the sea and upon
the earth.

9. And I went unto the angel, saying unto him, Give
me the little book ; and he said unto me, Take it and eat
it up j and it shall make thy belly bitter ; but in thy mouth
it shall be sweet as honey.

10. And I took the little book out of the angel's hand.

Chap. X.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALEf >

485

and eat it up ; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey ;
and when I had eaten it up, my belly was made bitter.

it. And he saith unto me, Thou must prophesy again
over peoples and nations and tongues and many kings

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The explora
tion and manifestation of those who are in the Churches of
the Reformed is still treated of ; here what they believe
concerning the Lord as being the God of heaven and earth,
as He taught (Matt, xxviii. 18) j and as to His Humanity
being Divine : and that this is not received there, and that
it can with difficulty be received as long as the dogma
concerning justification by faith alone is seated in their
hearts.

The Contents of each Verse. " And I saw another
mighty angel coming down from heaven," signifies the Lord
in Divine Majesty and Power. " Encompassed with a cloud,
and a rainbow was over his head," signifies His Divine
Natural and Divine Spiritual. " And his face was as the
sun," signifies the Divine Love and at the same time the
Divine Wisdom. " And his feet as pillars of fire," signifies
the Lord's Divine Natural as to the Divine Love, which
sustains all things. " And he had in his hand a little book
open," signifies the Word as to this point of doctrine therein,
lhat the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and that His
Human is Divine. " And he set his right foot upon the
sea and his left upon the earth," signifies that the Lord has
the universal church under his auspices and dominion.
" And he cried with a great voice as a lion roareth," signifies
grievous lamentation that the Church was taken away from
Him. " And when he cried, the seven thunders uttered
'heir voices," signifies that the Lord will disclose through
the universal heaven what is in the little book. " And

486 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

when the seven thunders uttered their voices, I was about
to write ; and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me,
Seal up the things which the seven thunders uttered, and
write them not," signifies that those things are indeed
manifested, but that they are not received, until after they
who are meant by the dragon, the beast, and the false-
prophet have been cast out of the world of spirits ; because
there would be danger if they were received before. " And
the angel whom I saw standing upon the sea and upon the
earth lifted up his hand unto heaven, and sware by Him
that liveth for ever and ever," signifies attestation and tes-
tification of the Lord by Himself. " Who created heaven
and the things that are in it, and the earth and the things
that are in it, and the sea and the things that are in it,"
signifies who gives life to all who are in heaven and who
are in the church and each and every thing within them.
!< That time shall be no longer," signifies that there would
not be any state of the church, nor any church, unless one
God were acknowledged, and that the Lord is He. " But
in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he is
about to sound," signifies the final exploration and manifes-
tation of the state of the church, that it would perish if a new
one were not established by the Lord. " And the mystery of
God shall be finished, as He hath declared to His servants
the prophets," signifies that it will then appear that it has
been foretold in the Word of both Testaments, and has
hitherto been hidden, that after the last judgment upon
those who have devastated the church, the Lord's kingdom
will come. "And the voice which I heard from heaven
spake unto me again, saying, Take the little book that is
open in the hand of the angel that standeth upon the sea
and upon the earth," signifies a command from heaven that
the) should take to themselves that doctrine, but that it
would be made manifest through John how it would be
received in the church, before they who are meant by the
dragon, the beast, and the false-prophet, were removed,

No. 465.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

487

"And I went unto the angel, saying unto him, Give me the
little book," signifies an inclination of the natural mind with
many to. receive the doctrine. " And he said unto me, Take
it, and eat it up, and it shall make thy belly bitter, but in
thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey," signifies that the
reception from acknowledgment that the Lord is the Sav-
iour and Redeemer is agreeable and pleasant, but that the
acknowledgment that He alone is the God of heaven and
earth, and that His Human is Divine, is disagreeable and
difficult owing to falsifications. "And I took the little
book out of the angel's hand, and eat it up ; and it was in
my mouth sweet as honey • and when I had eaten it up,
my belly was made hitter "signifies that it was so done, and
so manifested. " And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy
again over peoples and nations and tongues and many
kings," signifies that because it is so, it must be further
taught of what quality they are who are in faith alone.

THE EXPLANATION.

464. In this and the following chapter the Lord is treated
of, that He is the God of heaven and earth, and that He
is also God as to His Human : consequently that He is
Jehovah. That this is treated of in these two chapters
may be seen from the particulars in the spiritual sense, and
from the conclusion of them (chap. xi. 15-17).

465. And I saw another mighty angel coming down from
heaven, signifies the Lord in Divine Majesty and Power.
That this angel is the Lord is manifest from the description
of him ; that he was encompassed with a cloud, a rainbow
over his head, his face as the sun, his feet as pillars of fire,
and that he set his feet upon the sea and upon the earth ;
also that he cried as a lion roareth, and spake like thunder.
He was seen as an angel, because He appears in the
heavens and below the heavens as an angel, when He

488

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

manifests Himself : for He fills some angel with His Divine
accommodated to the reception of those to whom He gives
to see Him. His presence itself, such as it is in itself or
in its essence, not any angel, and still less any man, can
sustain j on which account He appears above the heavens
as the Sun, which is distant from the angels as the sun of the
world from men. There He is in His Divine from eternity,
and at the same time in His Divine Human, which are one,
as soul and body. He is here called " a mighty angel " from
the Divine Power : and He is said to be " another angel "
from the fact that His Divine is described here different
from before.

466. Encompassed with a cloud, and a rainbow was over
His head, signifies His Divine Natural and Divine Spiritual.
By the cloud with which He was encompassed the Divine
Natural is signified ; on which account the Word in the
natural sense, which also is from Him, thus His and
Himself, is signified by a cloud (n. 24). By the rainbow
is signified the Divine Spiritual ; and because this is above
the Natural, the rainbow was therefore seen over His head.
It is to be known, that the Lord in His Divine Natural is
with men, but in His Divine Spiritual with the angels of the
spiritual kingdom, and in the Divine Heavenly (Celestial)
with the angels of the heavenly (celestial) kingdom ; but
still He is not divided, but appears to each one according
to his quality. The Lord's Divine Spiritual is also signified
by the rainbow in Ezekiel : Upon the expanse of the cherubs
was the likeness of a throne, and upo?i it the appearance of
a man ; and from the fire of his loins as the appearance of the
rainbow which is in the cloud on a day of rain ; this was the
appearance of the glory of Jehovah (Ez. i. 26-29). By the
throne heaven is signified : by the man upon it the Lord :
by the fire of his loins heavenly (celestial) love ; and by
the rainbow the Divine Truth Spiritual, which aiso is of
His Divine Wisdom. By the rainbow, of which this is
said in Moses, I have set my bow in the cloud) which shall be

N0.46S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 4S9

a sign of the covenant between me and the earth ; and when
I see it in the cloud, I will remember tht eternal covenant
(Gen. ix. 12-17), nothing else is meant but the Divine
Truth spiritual in the natural with the man who is being
regenerated ; for a man, when he is being regenerated,
from natural is becoming spiritual : and because there is
then a conjunction of the Lord with him, it is therefore
said that the bow in the cloud was for a sign of a covenant.
A covenant signifies conjunction. That there is no con-
junction of the Lord with man by the rainbows in the
world, is manifest.

467. And his face was as the sun. That it signifies the
Divine Love and at the same time the Divine Wisdom, is
manifest from the explanations above (n. 53), where similar
things are said of the Son of Man.

468. And His feet as pillars of fire, signifies the Lord's
Divine Natural as to the Divine Love, which sustains all
things. This also is manifest from the explanations above
(n. 49), where it is said of the Son of Man. that His feet
were like unto fine brass, as if glowing in a furnace. The
reason that His feet were seen as pillars of tire, is because
the Lord's Divine Natural, which in itself is the Divine
Human which He begot in the world, sustains His Divine
from eternity, as the body does the soul, and as the natural
sense of the Word sustains its spiriDial and heavenly
(celestial) senses ; respecting which see the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture "
(n. 27-49A That the feet signify the natural may be seen
(n. 49), and a pillar support (n. 191). Fire signifies love,
because spiritual fire is nothing else : for which cause it is
customary in worship to pray that heavenly tire nay kindle
the hearts, that is, heavenly love. That there is a corre-
spondence between fire and love is known from this, —
that a man grows warm from love, and grows cold from the
privation of it. There is nothing else that makes vital heat
but love in both senses. The origin of correspondences

490

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

is from the two Suns ; the one in the heavens, which is
pure love ; and the other in the world, which is pure fire.
Thence also there is a correspondence of all spiritual and
natural things. Since fire signifies the Divine Love, there-
fore Jehovah was seen by Moses upon mount Horeb in a bush
i?i fire (Ex. iii. 1—3). And He came down on mount Sinai in
fire (Deut. iv. 36). And therefore the seven lamps of tht
candlestick in the tabernacle were kindled every evening, that
they might burn before Jehovah (Lev. xxiv. 2-4). Also,
that the fire burned perpetually upon the altar, and was not
extinguished (Lev. vi. 13). And that they took fire from the
altar in the censers, and offered incense (Lev. xvi. 12, 13 ;
Num. xvi. 46, 47). That Jehovah went before the children
of Israel by night in a pillar of fire (Ex. xiii. 21, 22). That
there was fire by night upo?i the tabernacle (Ex. xl. 38 ; Ps.
cv. 39 ; Isa. iv. 5, 6). That fire from heaven consumed the
burnt-offerings upon the altar, as a sign of the Lord's good
pleasure (Lev. ix. 24; 1 Kings xviii. 38). That the bur?it-
offerings were called offerings made by fire to Jehovah, and
the offerings by fire for an odor of rest to Jehovah (Ex. xxix.
18 3 Lev. i. 9, 13, 17 • ii. 2, 9-1 1 ; iii. 5, 16 ; iv. 31 ; v. 12 ;
vi. t8; xxi. 6 ; Num. xxviii. 2 ; Deut. xviii. 1). That the
eyes of the Lord were seen as a flame of fire ( Apoc. i. 1 4 ;
ii. 18 ; xix. 12 ; Dan. x. 5, 6). That the seven lamps of fire
burned before the thro?ie (Apoc. iv. 5). Hence it is manifest
what is signified by the lamps with oil and without oil
(Matt. xxv. 1-11). By the oil is meant fire, and thus love.
Besides many other places. That fire in the opposite sense
signifies infernal love, is manifest from so many places in
the Word, that it is in vain to adduce them on account of
their abundance : see something on this subject in the work
on "Heaven and Hell," published at London (n. 566-575).

469. And he had in his hand a little book open, signifies
the Word as to this point of doctrine therein, that the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and that His Human is
Divine. That by the Book which the Lamb took from Him

No. 470.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 49 I

that sat upon the throne, and whose seven seals He loosed
(Apoc. v. 1, 7 ; vi. 1), is meant the Word, may be seen
above (n. 256, 259, 295, &x.) ; for which reason by the little
book in the hand of the angel, who also is the Lord (n.
465), nothing else is meant but the Word as to some essen-
tial therein. That this is the point of doctrine in the Word,
that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and that
His Human is Divine, is manifest from the particular in
this chapter and in the following, in the spiritual sense ;
and also from the natural sense (chap. xi. 15-17). The
little book is said to be open, because that point stands out
openly in the Word, and is manifest to every one who reads,
if he attends. This is now treated of, because this is the
essential itself of the New Church. The reason is, that on
the knowledge and acknowledgment of God depends the
salvation of every one : for it is as it was said in the Pref-
ace, that " upon a just idea of God the universal heaven is
founded, and the entire church on earth, and in general all
religion ; because by that there is conjunction, and by con-
junction light, wisdom, and eternal happiness." Now as
the Lord is Himself the God of heaven and earth, if there-
fore He is not acknowledged, no one is admitted into
heaven ; for heaven is His body : but he stands beneath,
and is bitten by serpents ; that is, by infernal spirits,
against whom there is given no healing, except that which
was given to the children of Israel, that they should look
to the serpent of brass (Num. xxi. 1-9) ; that by this the
Lord is meant as to His Divine Human, is manifest from
this in John : As Moses lifted up the serpoit in the wilderness •,
so must the Son of Man be lifted up, that every one that be-
lieveth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life (iii.

470. And he set his right foot upon the sea and his left
upon the earth, signifies that the Lord has the universal
church under His auspices and dominion, as well those
therein who are in its externals as those who are in its in-

492

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

[Chap. X.

ternals. By the sea and the earth the universal church is
signified ; by the sea the external church, that is, those who
are in its externals ; and by the earth the internal church,
that is, those who are in its internals (n. 398). By setting
His feet upon them is signified to have all things subject to
Himself, consequently under His Divine auspices and do-
minion. Since the Lord's church on the earth is under the
heavens, it is therefore called the footstool of His feet ; as
in these passages : He hath cast forth out of heaven unto the
earth the beauty of Israel, He doth not remember the footstool
of His feet (Lam. ii. 1). The earth is the footstool of ?ny feet
(Isa. lxvi. 1). We will enter ifito His habitations, we will
bow ourselves down at the footstool of His feet (Ps. cxxxii. 7).
Thou shall not swear by heaven, because it is the throne of
God, neither by the earth, because it is the footstool of His feet
^Matt. v. 34, 35). I will make the place of my feet honorable
Tsa. lx. 13). Thou hast made Him to rule over the works of
thy hands, thou hast put all things under His feet (Ps. viii. 6).
This is said of the Lord. That he put his right foot upon
the sea and his left upon the earth is because they who are
in the externals of the church have not so confirmed falsi-
ties with themselves as those who are in its internals.

471. And he cried with a great voice as a lion roareth,
signifies grievous lamentation that the church was taken
away from Him. That by " crying as a lion roareth " a
grievous lamentation concerning the church is signified,
and that it has been taken away from Him, is manifest from
the explanations in the preceding chapter, where the states
of life of those who are of the church were explored and
manifested, which were lamentable : also from these things
in this chapter, that " the angel sware by Him that liveth for
ever and ever, that time shall be no longer ; " by which is
signified that there is not a church : as also in the following
chapter, that " the beast that came up out of the abyss slew
His two witnesses ; " particularly that He is not acknowl-
edged and approached, although He is the God of heaven

No. 472.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

493

and earth. Lamentation concerning these things is signi-
fied by his roaring like a lion ; for the lion roars when he
sees his enemies and their insults, and when he sees his
whelps and his prey taken away : and so by comparison the
Lord, when He sees His church taken away by devils.
That this is signified by roaring as a lion, may be evident
fjom these passages: As the lion roareth. and the young
Hotly over his prey, when a multitude of shepherds goeth forth
against him, so Jehovah Zebaoth co?neth down to fight for
7nount Zion (Isa. xxxi. 4). The anger of Jehovah was kindled
against His people, His roari?ig is like a lion's, He roared
like the young lions, and He growled and seized the prey ; for,
behold, darkness and sorrow ; and the light shall be darkened
in the ruins thereof (Isa. v. 25-30). Jehovah shall roar
from on high, and shall utter His voice from the habitation
of His holiness ; He shall mightily roar against His habita-
tions (Jer. xxv. 29-31). Jehovah shall roar out of Zion,
and shall utter His voice out of Jerusalem (Joel iii. 16). /
will not destroy Ephrawi ; they shall go after Jehovah ; as a
lion shall He roar, because He shall roar (Hos. xi. 9-1 1).
The lion roareth, who shall not fear ? the Lord Jehovah
spake, who will not prophesy (Am. iii. 7, 8). God roareth with
His voice, He thunder eth with the voice of His majesty (Job
xxxvii. 4, 5). That roaring signifies grievous lamentation is
evident from these : ATy bones have become old through my
roaring all the day (Ps. xxxii. 3). I am feeble and broken ;
I have roared because of the roaring of my heart (Ps. xxxvii i.
8). My sighing comes before my bread, and my roarings are
poured out as water (Job iii. 24).

47 2 . And when he cried, the sroen thunders uttered their voices,
signifies that the Lord will disclose through the universal
heaven what is in the little book. This is signified because
it follows that he wished to write what the seven thunders
spake ; but that it was said to him from heaven that he
should seal up those things, and not write them : and after-
wards, hat he should eat up the little book ; and that it

494

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

should be sweet as honey in his mouth, but that his belly
should be made bitter by it ; by which is signified that
such things were in it as could not yet be received. The
reason may be seen in the following. paragraph. But I will
lay open what was in the little book. In the little book
were the things which are contained in the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord," from beginning
to end, which are the following : —

That the entire Sacred Scripture is concerning the
Lord, and that the Lord is the Word (n. 1-7).

The Lord's fulfilling all the things of the Law
means that He fulfilled all the things of the Word
(n. 8-1 1).

That the Lord came into the world, that He might
subjugate the hells, and glorify His Human ; and that
the passion of the cross was the last combat, by which
He fully overcame the hells, and fully glorified His
Human (n. 12-14).

That the Lord by the passion of the cross did
not take away sins, but that He bore them (n. 15-17).

That the imputation of the Lord's merit is noth-
ing else but the remission of sins after repentance
(n. 18).

That the Lord as to His Divine Human is called
the Son of God, and the Son of Man as to the Wc:d
(n. 19-28)'.

That the Lord made His Human Divine from the
Divine in Himself, and that He thus became one with
the Father (n. 29-36).

That the Lord is God Himself from whom and con-
cerning whom is the Word (n. 37-44).

That God is one, and that the Lord is that God
(n. 45).

No. 473.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

495

That the Holy Spirit is the Divine proceeding
from the Lord, and that it is the Lord Himself
(n. 46-54)-

That the Doctrine of the Athanasian Creed agrees
with the truth, provided that by the Trinity of Per-
sons is understood a Trinity of Person, which is in
the Lord (n. 55-61).

It is said that the seven thunders uttered their voices,
because the speech of the Lord passing down through the
heavens into the lower parts is heard as thunder j and be-
cause He speaks at the same time through the whole
heaven, and thus fully, they are called the seven thunders :
for by seven are signified all, all things, and the whole (n. 10,
391). For which reason instruction and the perception of
truth is also signified by thunder (n. 236) ; here also disclosure
and manifestation. That a voice out of heaven, when from
the Lord, is heard as thunder, is manifest from these pas-
sages : Jesus said, Father, glorify thy name : a?id there came
forth a voice out of heave?i, and said, I have both glorified it,
and will glorify it: the multitude heard this as thunder (John
xii. 28-30). God roareth with His voice, He thunder eth with
the voice of His majesty (Job xxxvii. 4, 5). Jehovah thun-
dered out of heaven, and the Highest uttered His voice (2 Sam.
xxii. 14). I heard a voice out of heaven, as the voice of great
thunder (Apoc. xiv. 2). Thou calledst unto me, and I an-
swered thee in secret thunder (Ps. lxxxi. 7).

473. And when the seven thunders uttered their voices, I
was about to write ; and I heard a voice from heaven saying
unto me, Seal up the things which the seven thunders uttered,
and write them not, signifies that those things are indeed
manifested, but that they are not received, until after they
who are meant by the dragon, the beast, and the false-
prophet, have been cast out of the world of spirits ; because
there would be danger, if they were received before. The

496 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

voices winch the seven thunders uttered are the things which
are treated of just above (n. 472), which, because they are
the very essentials of the New Church, are mentioned
thrice. By writing, in the natural sense, is signified to
commit to paper, and thus to posterity, for remembrance.
But in the spiritual sense by writing is signified to commit
to the heart for reception. Hence by sealing up and not
writing those things, is signified that they are not committed
to the heart and received, until after the dragon, the beast,
and the false-prophet were cast out of the world of spirits,
because there would be danger if they should be received
before. The reason is, because by the dragon, the beast,
and the false-prophet those are signified who are in faith
separate from charity ; and these constantly and tenaciously
adhere to their faith, that God the Father is to be ap-
proached, and not the Lord immediately ; also that the
Lord is not the God of heaven and earth as to His Human :
on which account, if that doctrine, stated just above (n. 472),
which has been manifested and is still being manifested,
— which is signified by the little book being open — should be
received by any others but those who are in charity and its
faith, who are also they that are signified by John (n. 5, 17),
before the dragon is cast out, it would be rejected not only
by them, but also through them by the rest : and if it should
not be rejected, it would still be falsified, yea, profaned.
That it is so is plainly manifest from the things that now fol-
low in the Apocalypse, when seen in series ; which are, that
they killed the Lord's two witnesses (chap, xi.) ; that the
dragon stood near the woman that was to bring forth, to
devour her offspring, and after he had fought with Michael,
persecuted the woman (chap, xii.) ; and that the two beasts
coming up, the one out of the sea and the other out of the
earth, made one with him (chap, xiii.) ; also that they
gathered their associates together to war at the place called
Armageddon (chap, xvi.) ; and lastly, that they called
together to the war the nations, Gog and Magog (chap, xx

No. 474-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

497

8, 9) : but that the dragon, the beast, and the false-prophet
were cast into the lake of fire and brimstone (chap. xx. 10) :
after which the New Church, which is to be the Lamb's
Wife, came down from heaven (chap, xxi., xxii). These are
the things that are meant by this : Seal up the thmgs which
the seven thunders uttered, and write them ?iot. Also by this
in this chapter : In the days of the voice of the seventh angel
the mystery of God shall be finished, as He hath declared to His
servants the prophets (vers. 7). As also by this in the fol-
lowing chapter : And the seventh angel sounded, and there
were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of the
world are become our Lord's and His Christ's (vers. 15):
and by many similar things besides in the chapters which
follow. See something on this subject in the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord" (n. 61).

474. A?id the angel whom I saw standing upo?i the sea
and upon the earth, lifted tip his hand unto heaven, and
sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, signifies attesta-
tion and testification of the Lord by Himself. The Lord
is meant by the angel standing upon the sea and the earth
(n. 470) : By lifting up the hand unto heaven is signified
attestation ; here, that time shall be no longer (vers. 6) :
By " swearing " testification is signified ; here, that in the
the days of the voice of the seventh angel the mystery of
God shall be finished (vers. 7). By " Him that liveth for
ever and ever" is meant the Lord Himself, as above
(chap. i. 18 ; iv. 9, 10 j v. 14 \ Dan. iv. 34). That the Lord
testifies by Himself, will be seen presently. From these
things it is manifest that by these words : And the angel
whom I saw standing upofi the sea and upo?i the earth, lifted
up his hand unto heaven, and sware by Him that liveth for
ever and ever, is signified the Lord's attestation and testifi-
cation by Himself. That Jehovah swears, that is, testifies
by Himself, is evident from these passages : / have sworn
by myself, the word hath gone out of ?ny mouth which shall
not be revoked (Isa. xlv. 23). / have sworn by myself, that

498

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

this house shall be a desolation (Jer. xxii. 5). Jehovah hath
sworn by His soul (Jer. li. 14 ; Am. vi. 8). Jehovah hath
sworn by His holiness (Am. iv. 2). Jehovah hath sworn
by His right hand, and by the arm of His strength (Isa.
lxii. 8). Behold, I have sworn by my great name (Jer. xliv.
26). That Jehovah, that is, the Lord, sware by Himself, sig-
nifies that the Divine Truth testifies ; for He is the Divine
Truth, and this testifies from itself and by itself. Besides
these passages declaring that Jehovah sware, cee Isa. xiv.
24; liv. 9 ; Ps. lxxxix. 3, 35 ; xcv. 11 ; ex. 4 ; exxxii. 11.
The reason that it is said that Jehovah sware, is because
the church instituted with the children of Israel was a rep-
resentative church, and hence the conjunction of the Lord
with the church was represented by a covenant, such as is
made between two who swear to their compact : on which
account, because an oath was part of a covenant, it is said
that Jehovah sware ; by which, however, is not meant that
He sware, but that the Divine Truth attests it. That an
oath was part of a covenant, is manifest from these pas-
sages : I have sworn unto thee, and have entered into a cove-
nant with thee, that thou shouldest be mine (Ez. xvi. 8). To
remember the covenant, the oath which He sware (Luke i. 72,
73 ; Ps. cv. 9 ; Jer. xi. 5 ; xxxii. 22 ; Deut. i. 34 ; x. 11 ;
xi. 9, 21; xxvi. 3, 15; xxxi. 20; xxxiv. 4). Because a
covenant was representative of the conjunction of the Lord
with the church, and reciprocally of the church with the
Lord, and as the oath was a part of the covenant, and was
to be sworn from the truth in itself, and thus also by it, it
was therefore permitted the children of Israel to swear by
Jehovah, and thus by the Divine Truth (Ex. xx. 7 ; Lev.
xix. 12 j Deut. vi. 13 ; x. 20 ; Isa. xlviii. 1 ; Ixv. 16 ; Jer.
iv. 2 m} Zech. v. 4). But after the representatives of the
church were abrogated, the use of oaths in covenants was
also abrogated by the Lord (Matt. v. 33-37 ; xxiii. 16-22).

475. Who created heave?i and the things that are in it,
and the earth and the things that are in it, and the sea and

No. 476.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

499

the things that are in it, signifies Who gives life to all
who are in heaven and who are in the church and each
and every thing within them. By creating in the natural
sense is signified to create, but in the spiritual sense by
creating is signified to reform and regenerate (n. 254,
290), which also is to vivify. By heaven is meant the
heaven where the angels are. By the earth and the sea
the church is signified j by the earth those who are in its
internals, and by the sea they that are in its externals
(n. 398, 470) ; by " the things that are in them " are signi-
fied each and every thing within them.

476. That time should be no longer, signifies that there
would not be any state of the church, nor any church,
unless one God were acknowledged, and that the Lord is
He. By " time " state is signified ; and as the church is
here treated of, the state of the church is signified : hence
by time being no longer is signified that there will not be
any state of the church. It follows that it is also meant
that there will not be any church, unless one God is ac-
knowledged, and that the Lord is He. Yet how is it at
this day ? That God is one, is not denied ; but it is denied
that the Lord is He. And yet there is not one God, and
in whom there is at the same time a trinity, except the
Lord. That the church is from Him who is the Saviour
and Redeemer, is not denied ; but that He is to be ap-
proached immediately as the Saviour and Redeemer, is
denied. Hence it is manifest, that the church is about
to expire, unless a new one comes into existence, which
acknowledges the Lord alone as the God of heaven and
earth, and therefore goes immediately to Him (see Matt,
xxviii. 18): for which reason this expression, that "time
shall be no longer," that is, that there will be no church,
has reference to the things which follow in this chapter
(vers. 7), and these to the things in chap. xi. 15 ; where it
is said that there will be a church which will be the Lord's
alone. That state is signified by time is because time is
vol. 11. 4

5oo

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X

not measured in the spiritual world by days, weeks, months,
and years, but by states, which are the progressions of
their life, from which they remember the past ; on which
subject see the work on " Heaven and Hell," published
at London in the year 1758 (n. 162-169) > where time in
heaven is treated of. The state of the church is her6
meant by time, because day and night, morning and even-
ing, summer and winter, make time in the world ; and
these, understood in the spiritual sense, make the states
of the church : on which account, when these states are no
longer, there is not any church • and there is none, when
good and truth are no longer, and thus when the light of
truth is thick-darkness, and the heat of good is cold.
These are the things that are meant by time being no
longer. Similar things are understood by these passages
in the Word : The fourth beast thought to change the times
(Dan. vii. 25). 7/ shall be one day which shall be known to
Jehovah, not day nor ?iight, thus not time (Zech. xiv. 7).
I will make the sun to set at noon, and' I will darken the
earth in the daylight, thus not time (Amos viii. 9). One
evil, behold, has come ; an end is come ; the end has come ; the
morning has come upon thee, O inhabitant of the earth ;
the ti?ne has come (Ez. vii. 5-7). " The morning " is the
beginning of a new church (n. 151); and therefore it is
said, "the time has come."

477. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when
he is about to sound, signifies the final exploration and
manifestation of the state of the church, that it would
perish, if a new one were not established by the Lord.
That by sounding a trumpet is signified to explore and
manifest the state of life of those who are of the church,
consequently also the state of the church, may be seen
above (n. 397) : and because seven angels sounded, by the
voice of the seventh angel the final exploration and man-
ifestation is signified ; which is, that the church would
perish, if a new one were not established by the Lord

No. 47S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

That it would perish is meant by time being no longer
(n. 476) ; and that a new church is to be established by
the Lord, is meant by the things which now follow.

478. And the mystery of God shall be finished, as He hath
declared to His servants the prophets, signifies that it will
then appear that it has been foretold in the Word of both
Testaments and has hitherto been hidden, that after the
last judgment upon those who have devastated the church,
the Lord's kingdom will come. By being finished is signified
to be fulfilled, to have an end, and then to appear. By the
mystery of God declared to the prophets is signified that
which has been foretold by the Lord in the Word, and has
hitherto been hidden. By declaring (evangelizing) is signified
to announce the Lord's coming and His kingdom, for the
Gospel (evangel) is a glad messenger. That this will come
to pass, after the last judgment upon those who have
devastated the church has been executed, is also foretold
in the Word ; and therefore this also is signified. From
this it may be evident that all these things are meant by
those words. Something shall first be said here concerning
the prediction of the Lord's coming and His kingdom in the
Word of each Testament. In that part of the Word of
the Old Testament which is called prophetic, in its spiritual
sense, and also in the natural sense where the former sense
shines forth, the Lord alone is treated of ; namely, His
coming in the fulness of time, which is when there should
be no longer the good of charity and the truth of faith
in the church ; which state of it is called consummation,
devastation, desolation, and termination : His combats with
the hells and His victories over them are then treated of,
which also are the last judgment executed by Him : and
after these the creation of a new heaven and the institution
of a new church are treated of, which are the coming king-
dom of the Lord. These things are also treated of in the
Word of the New Testament, which is called apostolic, and
especially in the Apocalypse. That it is the Lord's kingdom

502

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

which will be evangelized in the days of the voice of the
seventh angel, is manifest in the eleventh chapter following,
from this : And the seventh a?igel sounded, and there were
great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of the world
have become our Lord's and His Christ's, and He shall reign
for ever and ever : and the twenty-four elders fell upon their
faces, and worshipped God, saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord
God, who art and who wast and who art to come, that thou
hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast begun to reign
(vers. 15-17). This mystery is described in Daniel almost
in the same manner as here in the Apocalypse, where are
these words : / heard the man clothed in linen, that he lifted
up his hands to heaven, and sware by Him that liveth for
ever, that it should be unto the stated time of stated times and
a half, whe?i all these things should be finished : but he said,
Go, Daniel, because the words are shut up and sealed even to
the time of the end (xii. 7, 9). " Even to the time of the
end " is even to this time. That then the Son of Man will
take the kingdom he foretells in these words : 1 saw in the
visions of the night, and behold, there was one like the Son of
Man coming with the clouds of heaven ; and to Him was given
dominion, and glory, and kingdom ; and all peoples, nations,
and tongues shall worship Him : His dominion is the dominion
of an age which shall not pass away, and His kingdom that
which shall not perish (Dan. vii. 13, 14). That to bring
good tidings (evangelize) signifies the Lord's coming, and
His kingdom at that time, is manifest from these passages :
O Zion^ that bringest good tidings, get thee up upon the moun-
tain : O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice
with strength; say, Behold your God; behold the Lord
yehovih conzeth in strength, and His arm shall rule for Him
(Isa. xl. 9, 10). How delightful upon the mountains are the
feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace,
that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation,
that saith to Zion, Thy God shall reign (Isa. lii. 7, 8 ; Nak
i. 15). Sing unfr Jehovah, bless His name, declare the good

No. 479.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

503

tidings of His salvatio?i from day to day ; for yehovah eotneth
(Ps. xcvi. 2, 13). The Spirit of the Lord yehovah is upon
me, therefore yehovah hath anointed me to preach glad tidings
to the poor, to preach liberty to the captives, to proclaim the
year of the favor of yehovah (Isa. lxi. 1, 2). The angel said
to Zechariah, Behold, thy wife shall bring forth a son, who
shall go forth before the Lord God in the spirit and power of
Elias, and to prepare a people for the Lord : L am Gabriel,
and L was sent to show thee this glad tidings (Luke i. 13,
17, 19). The angel said to the shepherds, Fear not ; behold,
L bring you good tidings of great joy ; for unto you is born
this day in the city of David a Saviour who is Christ the
Lord (Luke ii. 10, 11). The Lord preached the glad tidings
of the kingdom of God (Matt. iv. 23; ix. 35; Mark i. 15 ;
Luke vii. 22 ; viii. 1 ; ix. 1, 2). John the Baptist also
(Luke iii. 18). yesus also said to the Disciples, Go out into
all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature (Mark
xvi. 15). This also is the everlasting Gospel which the angel
had that was flying in the midst of heaven, to preach to them
that dwell upon the earth (Apoc. xiv. 6). It is said that the
mystery of God shall be finished ; by which is meant that
now will be fulfilled that which has not been fulfilled before,
which is, that the kingdom will be the Lord's. For it was
not fulfilled by the Jews, because they did not acknowledge
the Lord. Nor was it fulfilled by the Christians, for neither
did they acknowledge the Lord as the God of heaven and
earth even as to His Human ; for they make this like the
human of another man : wherefore they do not go immedi-
ately to him ; when yet He is Jehovah, who came into the
world.

479. And the voice which L heard from heaven spake unto
me again, sayifig, Take the little book that is open in the hand
of the angel that standeth upon the sea and upon the earth, sig-
nifies a command from heaven that they should take to them-
selves that doctrine concerning the Lord, but that it would
De made manifest through John how it would be received

504 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

in the church, before they who are meant by the dragon,
the beast, and the false-prophet, were removed. By the
voice which he heard from heaven now speaking with him
again, is meant the voice which told him to seal up what
the seven thunders spake, and not write them (vers. 4) ;
by which was signified that that doctrine concerning the
Lord would not be received until after they who are meant
by the dragon, the beast, and the false-prophet were cast
out of the world of spirits ; because, if received before,
there would be danger : see above (n. 473). That it is so, is
now made manifest through John, by his eating up the little
book, as now follows. That the doctrine concerning the
Lord is meant by the little book, may be seen (n. 469; 472):
and that the Lord is meant by the angel standing upon the
sea and the earth (n. 465, 470).

480. And I went unto the angel, saying unto him, Give ?ne
the little book, signifies an inclination of the natural mind
with many in the church to receive the doctrine. This is
signified because it is here made manifest through John
how the doctrine concerning the Lord is received by many
in the church, as was said just above. An inclination of
the natural mind with these to receive it is meant, because
there was an inclination in John \ for he went and asked
for it. Since this involves such things, it was therefore
first said to John that he should take the little book ; he
next went and asked for it ; then the angel said that he
would give it, but that the little book would make his belly
bitter ; and at length it is added that it was given, and that
it so came to pass. All these things are significative.

481. And he said unto me, Take it and eat it up ; and it
shall make thy belly bitter, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as
honey, signifies that the reception from acknowledgment
that the Lord is the Saviour and Redeemer is agreeable
and pleasant, but that the acknowledgment that He alone is
the God of heaven and earth, and that His Human is
Divine, is disagreeable and difficult, owing to falsifications.

No. 482.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

505

By taking the little book is signified to receive the doctrine,
concerning the Lord : by eating it up is signified to ac-
knowledge it : by making the belly bitter is signified that it
will be disagreeable and difficult on account of falsifica-
tions, for truth falsified is signified by bitter (n. 411): by
being sweet as honey in the mouth, is signified that the first
reception is agreeable and pleasant. These things now
applied to that doctrine which is meant by the little book
open in the angel's hand (n. 469, 472), signify that the re-
ception from acknowledgment that the Lord is the Saviour
and Redeemer is agreeable and pleasant ; but that the
acknowledgment that He alone is the God of heaven and
earth, and that His Human is Divine, is disagreeable and
difficult by reason of falsifications. The principal falsifica-
tions on account of which that doctrine will be perceived
to be disagreeable and difficult are, that they did not ac-
knowledge the Lord to be one with the Father ; which,
however, He taught : and that they did not acknowledge
the Lord's Human to be Divine, which yet is the Son of
God (Luke i. 35) : and thus, it may be said, they made God
three, and the Lord two ; besides the falsities flowing from
them. From the latter falsities flows faith alone, and faith
alone afterwards confirms the former falsities. That from
these there arises so great bitterness and internal repug-
nance, that they cannot, after death, even name the Divine
Human from acknowledgment in the thought, may be seen
above (n. 294).

482. And I took the little book out of the angels hand, and
eat it up ; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey, and ivhcn
I had eaten it up, my belly was made bitter, signifies that it
was so done, and thus made manifest what would be the
reception of that doctrine, before they who are meant by
the dragon, the beast, and the false-prophet, were removed.
As this is a consequence of what is said above, it is not
further explained. We read that the prophet Ezekiel also
cat up, by command, the roll of a book ; and that in his mouth
it uhu sweet as honey (Ez. ii. S-10 ; iii. 1-3).

506

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

483. And He said unto me, Thou must prophesy again over
peoples and nations, and tongues and many kings, signifies
that, because it is so, they must be further taught of what
quality they are who are in faith alone. That this is signi-
fied is manifest from what follows, — that those who are in
faith alone are treated of as far as chapter xvii : and after-
wards the Roman Catholic religion is treated of ; and after
this, the casting out of the dragon, the beast, and the false-
pi ophet, into hell ; and then the New Church, in which the
Lord alone will be worshipped. By prophesying is signi-
fied to teach (n. 8, 133) ; hence by prophesying again is sig*
nified to teach further : by peoples those who are in truths
or falsities of doctrine are signified \ and by nations those
who are in goods or evils of life, treated of below; by
tongues those are signified who are in these things exte-
riorly (n. 282) ; and by kings those who are in them in-
teriorly. That those are signified by kings who are in
truths from good, and in the opposite sense, who are in
falsities from evil, and abstractly truths from good or falsi-
ties from evil, may be seen (n. 20, 664, 704, 720, 830, 92 t).
And because they who are in interior falsities are treated
of in particular in what follows, it is said "and many
kings," by whom falsities of evil in abundance are signified.
They are called peoples, nations, tongues, and kings, that all
who are such in the church may be understood. Its being
said to John that he must prophesy again, signifies that it
must be further taught what is the quality of those who are
in faith alone, to the end that their falsities may be disclosed,
and so abolished ; since no falsity is abolished before it is
disclosed. That peoples signify those who are in truths or
falsities of doctrine, and nations those that are in goods or
evils of life, may be evident from many places in the Word
where peoples and nations are mentioned : but to prove
this, the passages only where people and nations are men-
tioned together shall be adduced here, from which this may
oe concluded ; since in the Word, in each and every thing

No. 483.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 507

of it, there is the marriage of the Lord and the church,
and thence the marriage of good and truth : and " people "
has reference to truth, and " nations " to good. That there
is such a marriage in each and every thing in the Word,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 80-90). The passages in
the Word are these: Woe to the sinful nation, to the people
laden with iniquity (Isa. i. 4). / will send him against a
hypocritical nation, I will command him against the people of
my wrath (Isa. x. 6). Jehovah smote the people with a
plague not curable, He ruled the nations with anger (Isa.
xiv. 6). In that day shall there be brought as a present
to Jehovah a people distracted and phmdered, a?id a nation
meted out and trodden down (Isa. xviii. 7). The strong peo-
ple shall honor thee, the city of the powerful nations shall
fear thee (Isa. xxv. 3). Jehovah shall swallow up the cov-
ering over all people, and the veil over all the nations (Isa.
xxv. 7). Approach, ye nations, and listen, ye people (Isa.
xxxiv. 1). I have called thee for a covenant of the people, and
for a light of the nations (Isa. xlii. 6). Let all the nations
be gathered together, and let the people assemble (Isa. xliii.
9). Behold, I will lift up my hand to the nations, and
my standard to the people (Isa. xlix. 22). / have given
Him for a witness to the people, a leader and a lawgiver to
the nations (Isa. lv. 4). Behold a people coming from the land
of the north, ami a great nation from the sides of the earth (Jer.
vi. 22). Many people shall come, and numerous nations,
to seek Jehovah Zebaoth in Jerusalem (Zech. viii. 22).
Jehovah rct dereth void the counsel of the nations, He over-
turjieth the devices of the people (Ps. xxxiii. 10). Jehovah
will subdue the peoples under us, and the nations under our
feet: Jehovah reigned over the nations ; the nobles of the
people are gathered together (Ps. xlvii. 3, 8, 9). The people
shall confess to thee, the nations shall be glad, for thou shall
judge the people righteously, and lead the nations on the earth
(Ps. lxvii. 2-4). Remember me, O Jehovah, with the favor

508 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [C'lAP. X.

that thou dearest to thy people, that I may be glad in the joy of
thy nations (Ps. cvi. 4, 5). All people, nations, and tongues
shall worship the Son of Man (Dan. vii. 14). Besides other
places, as Ps. xviii. 43; Isa. ix. 1, 2; xi. 10; Ez. xxxvi.
15 ; Joel ii. 17 ; Zeph. ii. 9 ; Apoc. v. 9 ; Luke ii. 30-32.

484. To this I will add three Relations, of things that oc-
curred in the spiritual world. The First Relation is this :
I once heard there a sound as of a mill : it was in the
northern quarter. I wondered at first what this was ; but
I recollected that by a mill and by grinding in the Word is
meant to seek from the Word what is serviceable for doc-
trine (n. 794). On which account I went up to the place
where the sound was heard ; and when I was near, the
sound died away ; and I then saw a kind of arched roof
above the ground, the entrance to which was through a
cave. Seeing which, I descended and entered ; and behold,
there was a chamber, in which I saw an old man sitting
among books, holding before him the Word, and seeking
therefrom what might be serviceable to his doctrine.
Scraps of paper lay around, on which he wrote down what
served him. There were scribes in an adjoining room, who
gathered up the papers, and copied them upon an entire
sheet. I asked first about the books around him. He
said that they all treated of justifying faith ; those which
were from Sweden and Denmark profoundly, those which
were from Germany more profoundly, and those that were
from Britain more profoundly still, and most profoundly
those from Holland. And he added that they disagree in
various things, but that in the article of justification and salva-
tion by faith alone they all concurred. He afterwards told
me that he was now collecting from the Word this first point
of justifying faith, that God the Father fell away from grace
towards the human race on account of their iniquities ; and

No. 4S4.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 509

that it was therefore a Divine necessity for the saving of
men, that satisfaction, reconciliation, propitiation, and
mediation should be made by some one, who should take
upon himself the condemnation of justice ; and this could
by no means be done but by His only Son : and that after
this was done, access to God the Father was open for His
sake. And he said, " I see and have seen, that this is ac-
cording to all reason. How, otherwise, could God the Father
be approached, except through faith in that merit of the
Son ? I have now found also, that this is likewise accord-
ing to Scripture." I heard this, and was astonished that
he should say that it was according to reason and according
to Scripture, when yet it is contrary to reason and contrary
to Scripture ; which I also told him plainly. He then re-
joined in the wrath of his zeal, " How can you speak so ? "
For which reason I explained my meaning, saying, " Is it
not contrary to reason to think that God the Father fell
away from grace towards the human race, and rejected
them ? Is not the Divine Grace an attribute of the Divine
Essence ? Wherefore, to fall away from grace would be to
fall away from His Divine Essence ; and to fall away from
His Divine Essence, would be to be no longer God. Can
God be alienated from Himself ? Believe me, that grace
on the part of God, as it is infinite, is also eternal. The
grace of God may be lost on the part of man, if he does
not receive it ; but in no wise on God's part. If grace
should recede from God, there would be an end of the uni-
versal heaven and the entire human race, insomuch that
man would no longer be man in any respect ; for which
reason grace on the part of God endures for ever, not only
towards angels and men, but also towards the devil himself.
Since this is according to reason, why do you say that the
only access to God the Father is through faith in the Son's
merit, when yet there is perpetual access through grace ?
But why do you say, access to God the Father for the sake
of the Son ? and why not to God the Father through the

510 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X

Son ? Is not the Son the Mediator and Saviour ? Why
do you not go to the Mediator and Saviour Himself ? Is
He not God and Man ? Who on the earth goes immedi-
ately to any emperor, king, or prince ? Must there not be
a deputy or introducer ? Do you not know that the Lord
came into the world, that He might introduce us to the
Father ; and that access is not given, except through Him ?
Search now in the Scriptures, and you will see that this is
according to them ; and that your way to the Father is con-
trary to them, as it is contrary to reason. I tell you, too,
that it is presumption to climb up to the Father, and not
through Him who is in the bosom of the Father, and alone
is with Him. Have you not read John xiv. 6 ? " Hearing
these things, the old man was so angry, that he leaped
from his seat, and cried out to his scribes to cast me out.
And when I immediately went out of myself, he threw out
of doors after me the book which his hand by chance took
hold of, and that book was the Word.

The Second Relation. After I went out, I again
heard a harsh sound, but like that of two millstones in col-
lision with each other. I went in the direction of the sound,
and it died away ; and I saw a narrow gate leading obliquely
downwards into a kind of roofed building divided into little
cells, in each of which two were sitting, who were also col-
lecting from the Word confirming texts in favor of faith.
The one collected, and the other wrote ; and this alter-
nately. I went up to one of the cells, and stood in the door,
and asked, " What are you collecting and writing ? " They
said, " Concerning the act of justification, or, Concerning
Faith in act ; which is faith itself justifying, vivifying, and
saving, and is the chief doctrine in the Christian world."
And I then said to him, " Tell me some sign of the act,
when that faith is brought into the heart and into the soul
of a man." He answered, " The sign of the act is in the
moment when the man, overcome with distress that he is
condemned, thinks of Christ, that He took away the con-

Chap. X.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 5 1 I

demnation of the law, and takes hold of this His merit
with confidence ; and with this in his thought, goes to God
the Father, and prays." Then I said, " Thus is the act
done, and this is the moment." And I asked, "How shall
I comprehend what is said of this act, that not any thing
of the man contributes to it, any more than it would if he
were a stock or a stone ; and that the man, as to that act,
cannot begin, will, understand, think, operate, co-operate,
apply, and accommodate himself in any respect. Tell
me how this agrees with your saying, that the act takes
place at the time when the man thinks of the rightful power
of the law, of his condemnation as taken away by Christ,
of the confidence by which he takes hold of that merit of
His ; and when in thought concerning this he goes to God
the Father, and prays : and all those things are done by the
the man as of himself." But he said, " they are not done
actively by the man, but passively." And I replied, " How
can one thinkr, have confidence, and pray, passively ? Take
away action or reaction from the man at that time, do you
not take away receptiveness also, and thus the whole, and
with it the act itself? What then becomes of your act, un-
less it be a mere ideal, which is called a thing of the imagi-
nation ? I know that you do not believe, with some, that
such an act is given only with the predestinated, who know
nothing whatever of the infusion of faith with themselves.
These may play at dice, to find out whether it is so. For
which reason, my friend, believe that in the things of faith
man operates and co-operates as of himself ; and that with-
out that co-operation the act of faith, which you have called
the chief of doctrine and of religion, is nothing but the
statue of Lot's wife, tinkling as mere salt when scratched
by the scribe's pen, or finger-nail (Luke xvii. 32). I have
said this, because, as to that act, you make yourselves like
statues." When I said this, he rose, and seized the candle
stick with the full force of his hand to cast it in my face :
but the candle being then suddenly extinguished, in the

5 1 2 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. X.

darkness he threw it against the forehead of his companion ;
and I went away smiling.

The Third Relation. In the northern quarter of the
spiritual world I heard as it were the roar of waters ; and I
therefore went up thither : and when I was near, the roar
ceased, and I heard a sound like that from a multitude.
And then a house was seen full of holes, surrounded by a
rough wall, from which that sound proceeded. I approached
the door-keeper and asked him who were there. He said
that they were the wisest of the wise, who decide among
themselves concerning supernatural things. He spoke thus
from his simple belief. And I asked whether it was per-
mitted to enter. He said that it was, " provided you say
nothing. I may admit you, because I have leave to admit
gentiles, who stand with me at the door." I therefore
entered ; and behold, it was a circus, and in the midst
of it a pulpit ; and an assembly of the wise, as they were
called, were discussing the arcana of faith. And the mat-
ter or proposition then submitted for discussion was, whether
the good which a man does in the state of j testification by
faith, or in the progress of it after the act, is the good of
religion, or not. They said unanimously, that by the good
of religion was meant the good which contributes to salva-
tion. The discussion was sharp : but those prevailed, who
said that the good which a man does in the state or the
progress of faith, is only moral, civil, and political good,
which contributes nothing to salvation ; but that faith only
can do this. And they proved it thus. " How can any
work of man be conjoined with free-grace? Is not salva-
tion of free-grace ? How can any good of man be conjoined
with Christ's merit ? Is not salvation by that alone ? And
how can man's operation be conjoined with the operation
of the Holy Spirit ? Does not this do all, without the man's
help ? Are not these three things alone saving in the act
of faith ? and these three things also remain as alone sav-
ing in the state or progress of faith. For which reason ac-

Chap. X.] THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED. 5 1 3

cessory good from the man can by no means be called the
good of religion, which, as was said, contributes to salva-
tion. But if one does this for the sake of salvation, it is
rather to be called the evil of religion." Two Gentiles were
standing in the entry near the door-keeper ; and they heard
these things, and said to each other, " These people have
not any religion. Who does not see that to do good to the
neighbor for the sake of God, and thus with God, and from
God, is what is called religion ? " And the other said,
" Their faith has infatuated them." And they then asked
the door-keeper, " Who are these ?" The door-keeper said,
"They are wise Christians." And they answered, " Non-
sense, you are deceiving us : they are play-actors ; they
speak like them." And I went away. And when I looked,
after a time, to the place where that house was, behold it
was a marsh.

These things which I saw and heard, I saw and heard in
the wakefulness of my body and at the same time of my
spirit ; for the Lord has so united my spirit to my body,
that I may be in both at the same time. It was of the
Divine auspices of the Lord, that I came to those houses,
and that they then deliberated concernii g these matters ;
and that it took place as it is described.

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap- XI

CHAPTER ELEVENTH.

1. And there was given to me a reed like unto a staff ;
and the angel stood, saying, Arise, and measure the temple
of God, and the altar, and them that worship in it.

2. And the court which is without the temple cast out,
and measure it not ; for it is given to the Gentiles : and
the holy city shall they trample down forty-two months.

3. And I will give unto my two witnesses, and they shall
prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed
in sackcloth.

4. These are the two olive-trees, and the two candle-
sticks, which are standing before the God of the earth.

5. And if any one will hurt them, fire shall go forth out
of their mouth, and shall devour their enemies ; and if
any one will hurt them, thus must he be killed.

6. These have power to shut heaven, that the rain fall
not in the days of their prophecy : and they have power
over the waters, to turn them into blood ; and to smite the
earth with every plague, as often as they will.

7. And when they shall have finished their testimony,
the beast that cometh up out of the abyss shall make war
with them, and overcome them, and kill them.

& And their bodies shall lie upon the street of the great
city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where
also our Lord was crucified.

9. And they of the peoples and tribes and tongues and
nations shall see their bodies three days and a half, and
shall not suffer their bodies to be put into sepulchres.

10. And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice
over them, and shall be glad, and shall send gifts one to

Chap. XI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

515

another, because those two prophets tormented them that
dwell upon the earth.

11. And after the three days and a half, the spirit of life
from God entered into them, and they stood upon their
feet ; and great fear fell upon them that saw them.

12. And they heard a great voice from heaven, saying
'into them, Come up hither: and they ascended up into
heaven in a cloud, and their enemies beheld them.

13. And in that hour there was a great earthquake,
and a tenth part of the city fell ; and there were slain in
the earthquake names of men seven thousand : and the
remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of
heaven.

14. The second woe is past; behold, the third woe com-
eth quickly.

15. And the seventh angel sounded : and there were
great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of the world
are become our Lord's and His Christ's ; and He shall
reign for ever and ever.

16. And the twenty-four elders, who sat before God
upon their thrones, fell upon their faces, and worshipped
God ;

17. Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty,
who art, and who wast, and who art to come, that thou
hast taken thy great power, and hast entered upon thy
kingdom.

18. And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come,
and the time to judge the dead, and to give the reward to
thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and to them
that fear thy name, both small and great j and to destroy
them that destroy the earth.

19. And the temple of God was opened in heaven ;
and there was seen in His temple the ark of His cove-
nant ; and there were lightnings and voices and thunders
and an earthquake and great hail.

5i6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The state
of the church with the Reformed is still treated of, of what
quality they who are interiorly in faith alone, are in their
opposition to the two essentials of the New Church ; which
are, that the Lord alone is the God of heaven and earth,
and that His Human is Divine ; and that men ought to
live according to the precepts of the Decalogue. That
these two things were proclaimed before them (vers. 3-6).
But they were altogether rejected (vers. 7-10). That they
were resuscitated by the Lord (vers. 11-12). That those
who rejected them perished (vers. 13). That the state of
the New Church was made manifest from the New Heaven
(vers. 15-19).

The Contents of each Verse. " And there was
given to me a reed like unto a staff," signifies that there
was given the faculty and the power of knowing and see-
ing the state of the church in heaven and in the world.
"And the angel stood, saying, Arise and measure the tem-
ple of God and the altar and them that worship in it,"
signifies the Lord's presence and His command, that he
should see and know the state of the church in the New
Heaven. " And the court which is without the temple
cast out, and measure it not," signifies that the state of the
church on the earth, such as it is as yet, is to be removed,
and not to be known. " For it is given to the Gentiles,"
signifies because the state of that church is destroyed and
desolated by evils of life. " And the holy city shall they
trample down forty-two months," signifies that it had dis-
persed all the truth of the Word until not any remains.
" And I will give unto my two witnesses," signifies those
who confess and acknowledge from the heart that the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and that His Human is
Divine, and who are conjoined to Him by a life accord-

Chap. XL] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 5 1 7

ing to the precepts of the Decalogue. " And they shall
prophesy a thousand two hundred and sixty days," sigjiifies
that these two things, the acknowledgment of the Lord,
and a life according to the precepts of the Decalogue,
which are the two essentials of the New Church, are to be
taught until the end and the beginning. " Clothed in sack-
cloth," signifies mourning meantime on account of the non-
eception of the truth. "These are the two olive-trees and
the two candlesticks which are standing before the God of
the earth," signifies love and intelligence, or charity and
faith, from the Lord with them. " And if any one will
hurt them, fire shall go forth out of their mouth and shall
devour their enemies," signifies that he who would destroy
these two essentials of the New Church perishes from
infernal love. " And if any one will hurt them, thus must
he be killed," signifies that he who condemns them shall in
like manner be condemned. " These have power to shut
heaven that the rain fall not in the days of their prophecy,"
signifies that they who turn themselves away from those
two essentials cannot receive any truth from heaven.
" And they have power over the waters to turn them into
blood," signifies that they who turn themselves away from
them falsify the truths of the Word. " And to smite the
earth with every plague as often as they will," signifies that
they who would destroy them cast themselves into evils
and falsities of every kind, as often and as far as they do
it. " And when they shall have finished their testimony,"
signifies that after the Lord has taught these two essentials
of the New Church. " The beast that cometh up out of
the abyss shall make war with them, and shall overcome
them, and shall kill them," signifies that those who are in
the internals of the doctrine concerning faith alone will
reject those two essentials. " Their bodies shall lie upon
the street of the great city," signifies that they are alto-
gether rejected. " Which spiritually is called Sodom and
Egypt" signifies that the two infernal loves, which are the

5>8

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

love of ruling from the love of self, and the love of govern-
ing from the pride of one's own intelligence, which are
in the church where God is not One, and the Lord is not
worshipped, and where they do not live according to the
precepts of the Decalogue. "Where also our Lord was
crucified," signifies the non-acknowledgment of the Lord's
Divine Human, and thus a state of rejection. " And they
of the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations shall
see their bodies three days and a half," sig?iifies when all
who have been and shall be in falsities of doctrine and in
evils of life from faith alone at the end of the Church
which still is, until the beginning of the New, have heard
and shall hear concerning these two essentials. " And
shall not suffer their bodies to be put into sepulchres,"
signifies that they have condemned and will condemn
them. " And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice
over them and be glad," signifies the delight of the aifec-
tion of the heart and soul in the Church among those
who were in faith alone. " And shall send gifts one to
another," signifies consociation by love and friendship.
" Because those two prophets tormented them that dwell
upon the earth," signifies that those two essentials of the
New Church, from their contrariety with the two essentials
received in the church of the Reformed, are looked upon
with contempt, dislike, and aversion. " And after the
three days and a half the spirit of life from God entered
into them, and they stood upon their feet," signifies that
the two essentials, while the New Church is beginning and
advancing, are vivified by the Lord with those who receive
them. " And great fear fell upon those that saw them,"
signifies commotion of mind and consternation on account
of Divine truths. "And they heard a great voice from
heaven, saying unto them, Come up hither," signifies the
two essentials of the New Church taken up by the Lord
into heaven, whence they are and where they are, and
their protection. " And they ascended up into heaven in

Chap. XI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 519

a cloud," signifies the being taken up into heaven, and con-
junction with the Lord there through the Divine Truth of
the Word in its literal sense. " And their enemies beheld
them," signifies that they who are in faith separate from
charity heard them, but remained in their falsities. " And
in that hour there was a great earthquake, and a tenth part
of the city fell," signifies that a marked change of state then
took place with them, and that they were torn away from
heaven and cast down into hell. " And there were slain
in the earthquake names of men seven thousand," signifies
that all those who professed faith alone, and therefore made
the works of charity of no account, perished. " And the
remnant were affrighted and gave glory to the God of
heaven," signifies that they who saw their destruction,
acknowledged the Lord, and were separated. "The
second woe is past \ behold, the third woe cometh quickly,"
signifies lamentation over the perverted state of the church,
and then a last lamentation to be described presently.
"And the seventh angel sounded," signifies the exploration
and manifestation of the state of the church after its con-
summation, when the coming of the Lord and of His king-
dom takes place. " And there were great voices in heaven,
saying, The kingdoms of the world are become our Lord's
and His Christ's, and He shall reign for ever and ever,"
signifies celebrations by the angels, that heaven and the
church have become the Lord's, as they were from the be-
ginning, and that now also they have become the kingdom
of His Divine Human ; and thus that the Lord as to both
will now reign over heaven and the church for ever. "And
the twenty-four elders, who sat before God upon their
thrones, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God," signi-
fies the acknowledgment by all the angels of heaven, that
the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and the highest
adoration. " Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God
Almighty, who art and who wast and who art to come,"
signifies confession and glorification by the angels of

520 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

heaven, that the Lord is He who is, who lives, and has
power of Himself, and governs all things, because He
alone is Eternal and Infinite. " That thou hast taken thy
great power and hast entered upon thy kingdom," signifies
the New Heaven and the New Church, where they will
acknowledge Him as the only God. " And the nations
were angry," signifies those who are in faith alone and
thence in evils of life, that they became enraged and in-
fested those who are against their faith. " And thy wrath
is come, and the time to judge the dead," signifies their
destruction, and the last judgment upon those who have
not any spiritual life. " And to give reward to His ser-
vants the prophets and to the saints," signifies the happi-
ness of eternal life to those who are in truths of doctrine
from the Word, and in a life according to them. "And to
them that fear thy name, both small and great," signifies
who love the things which are the Lord's in a greater or
less degree. " And to destroy them that destroy the earth,"
signifies the casting into hell of those who have destroyed
the church. " And the temple of God was opened in
heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His
covenant," signifies the New Heaven, in which the Lord
is worshipped in His Divine Human, and they live accord-
ing to the commandments of the Decalogue ; which are the
two essentials of the New Church, by which there is con-
junction. " And there were lightnings and voices and
thunders and an earthquake and great hail," signifies that
then below there were reasonings, commotions, and falsifi-
cations of good and truth.

THE EXPLANATION.

485. And there was given to me a reed like unto a staffs
signifies that there was given to him by the Lord the faculty
and power of knowing and seeing the state of the church

No. 485.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 52 1

in heaven and in the world. By " a reed " is signified
feeble power such as man has of himself : and by a staff
great power is signified, such as man has from the Lord :
and therefore, by there being given a reed like unto a
staff is signified power from the Lord. That it is the
faculty and power of knowing and seeing the state of the
church in heaven and in the world, is manifest from
the things that follow in this chapter even to the end.
That feeble power, such as man has of himself, is signi-
fied by a reed or cane, is manifest from these passages :
Behold, thou hast trusted upon a staff of bruised reed, upon
Egypt, upon which when a man leaneth, it entereth into his
hand, and pieireth it (Isa. xxxvi. 6). That the diuelhrs in
Egypt may know that I am Jehovah, because they have been
a staff of reed to the house of Israel ; when they held thee by
the hand, thou wast broken, and didst pierce every shoulder
for them (Ez. xxix. 6, 7). By Egypt is signified the natural
man who trusts to his own powers, on which account it is
called "a staff of bruised reed." Feeble power is signified
by a reed in Isaiah i A bruised reed shall He not break, the
smoking fax shall He not quench (Isa. xlii. 3). But by a
staff is signified great power, which is from the Lord, here
that of knowing the state of the church, because the temple
and the altar were measured by the staff ; and by measur-
ing is signified to know, and by the temple and the altai
the church is signified, spoken of in what follows. Power
;s signified by a staff, because wood, of which staves were
made among the ancients in the church, signifies good ;
and because it is in place of the right hand, and supports
it ; and by the right hand power is signified. Hence it is
that a sceptre is a short staff, and by a sceptre is signified
the power of a king. Sceptre and staff are also the same
word in the Hebrew language. That a staff signifies power
is manifest from these passages : Say ye, How is the strong
staff broken, the beautiful staff; descend from glory, and sit
in thirst Qer. xlviii. 17, 18). Jehovah will send the staff

522 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

of thy strength out of Zion (Ps. ex. 2). Thou didst strike
through with staves the head of the unbelieving (Hab. iii. 14).
Israel the staff of Jehovah's inheritance (Jer. x. 16 ; li. 19).
2Viy rod and thy staff shall comfort me (Ps. xxiii. 4). Jeho-
vah hath broken the staff of the ungodly (Isa. ix. 4 ; xiv. 5 ;
(Ps. exxv. 3). My people inquire of a stock ; and their staff
answers them (Hos. iv. 12). Jehovah that removeth from
Jerusalem the whole staff of h'ead and the whole staff of
water (Isa. iii. 1, 2 \ Ez. iv. 16 ; v. 16 ; xiv. 13 ; Ps. cv.
16 ; Lev. xxvi. 26). By the staff of bread and of water
the power of good and truth is signified, and by Jerusalem
the church. By the staff of Levi, upon which Aaron's
?iame was written, which blossomed with almonds in the tent
(Num. xvii. 2-8), nothing else is signified in the spiritual
sense but the power of truth and good, because by Levi
and Aaron the truth and good of the church were signified.
That power is signified by a staff is manifest from the
power of Moses' staff [or rod] : That by the stretching out
of the staff the waters were turned into blood (Ex. vii. 20).
That frogs came up upon the land of Egypt (Ex. viii. 1, &c).
That there were made lice (Ex. viii. 16, &c). That there
we7-e thunders and hail (Ex, ix. 23, &c.) That the locusts
went forth (Ex. x. 12, &c). That the Red Sea was divided
and turned back (Ex. xiv. 16, 21, 26). That the waters
flowed forth from the rock of Horeb (Ex. xvii. 5, &c. ; Num.
xx. 7-13). That by it Joshua with Moses prevailed over
the Amalekites (Ex. xvii. 9-12). That fire was made to issue
out of the rock by the staff of the angel (Judg. vi. 21).
From these passages it is manifest that by a staff power
is signified : and also elsewhere, as Isa. x. 5, 24, 26 ; xi. 4 ;
xiv. 5 ; xxx. 31, 32 ; Ez. xix. 10-14; Lam. iii. 1, 2 ; Mic.
vii. 14; Zech. x. 11 ; Num. xxi. 18.

486. And the angel stood, saying, Arise, and measure the
temple of God, and the altar and them that worship in it,
signifies the Lord's presence, and His command that he
should see and know the state of the church in the New

No. 486.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 523

Heaven. By the angel is meant the Lord, here as n. 5.
415, and elsewhere; since an angel does nothing from
himself, but from the Lord : on which account He said,
I will give to my two witnesses (vers. 3) \ and they were the
Lord's witnesses. By his standing the Lord's presence
is signified ; and by his saying is signified His command.
By arising and measuring is signified to see and know.
That to measure signifies to know and to search out the
quality of the state, will be seen below. By the temple,
the altar, and them that worship in it, the state of the
church in the New Heaven is signified : by the temple
the church as to truth of doctrine (n. 191) ; by the altar the
church as. to good of love (n. 392) ; and by "them that
worship " is signified the church as to worship from these
two. By them that worship is here signified adoration,
which is worship ; since the spiritual sense is abstracted
from persons (n. 78, 79, 96) ; which is here manifest
also from this, that he is said to measure them that wor-
ship. Those three are also the things which make the
church, the truth of doctrine, the good of love, and wor-
ship from them. That it is the church in the New Heaven
which is meant, is manifest from the last verse of this
chapter, where it is said that the temple of God was opened
in heaven, and the ark of the covenant was seen in the te?nple
(vers. 19). The measuring of the temple is spoken of in
the beginning of this chapter, that the state of the church
in heaven might be seen and known before it should be
conjoined to the church in the world. The church in the
world is meant by the court without the temple, which he
should not measure because it was given to the gentiles
(vers. 2) ; and it is afterwards described by the great city
which is called Sodom and Egypt (vers. 7, 8) J but after
that great city fell (vers. 13), it follows that the church
became the Lord's (vers. 15, &c). It is to be known that
there is a church in the heavens equally as on earth, and
that they make one like the internal and the external with

VOL. IL c;

524

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

men ; for which reason the church in the heavens is first
provided by the Lord, and from it or through it the church
on earth : hence it is said that the New Jerusalem came
down from God out of the New Heaven (Apoc. xxi. i, 2).
By the New Heaven is meant a new heaven from Chris-
tians, which is treated of many times in what follows. To
measure signifies to know and search out the quality,
because by a measure is signified the quality of a thing
or a state. This is signified by all the measures of the
New Jerusalem in chapter xxi., and by these things there :
that the angel that had the golden reed measured the city and
its gates ; a?id that he measured the wall a hundred and forty-
four cubits, the measure of a man which is of an angel (vers.
15, 17). And as the New Church is signified by the New
Jerusalem, it is manifest that by measuring it and the
things which are of it, is signified to know the quality.
The same is signified by measuring in Ezekiel, where it is
said that the angel measured the house of God, the temple, the
altar, the court, the chambers (xl. 3-17 j xli. 1-5, 13, 14, 22 ;
xlii. and xliii.) ; and that he ?neasured the waters (xlvii. 3-5,
9) : and therefore it is said, Show the pattern to the house
of Israel, and let them be ashamed of their iniquities : and
they shall measure the pattern and the going out of it and the
entering in of it and all the forms of it, that they may gua?'d
all the pattern (Ez. xliii. 10, 11). The same is signified by
measuring in these places : / lifted up my eyes, and behold,
a ma?i, in whose hand was a measuring line; and I said,
Whither goest thou? and he said, To measure Jerusalem
(Zech. ii. 1, 2). He stood and measured the earth (Hab.
iii. 6). The Lord Jehovah measured the waters in the hollow
of His hand, and meted out the heavens with the span, and
weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in the balance
(Isa. xl. 12). Where wast thou when I founded the ea?'th ?
who set the measures of it? and who stretched out the line
upon it (Job xxxviii. 4-6).

487. And the court which is without the temple cast out,

No. 487.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 525

a?id measure it not, signifies that the state of the church
on earth, such as it is as yet, is to be removed, and not to
be known. By " the court without the temple " the church
on earth is signified, because this is without heaven, which
is the temple (n. 486). By casting out is signified to re-
move, here from heaven, because its state is such : and by
not measuring is signified not to search out and know its
quality (n. 486). The reason follows : because it is given
to the gentiles, and they shall trample down the holy city forty-
two months. That by the court without the temple the
church on earth is here signified, such as it is as yet, is
manifest from the things that follow in this chapter, where
it is described by the great city, which spiritually is called
Sodom and Egypt, in which the Lord's two witnesses lay
slain, and which soon after fell in the great earthquake ;
and in this there were slain names of men seven thousand :
besides other things. Elsewhere by a court in the Word
the external of the church is signified ; for there were two
courts, which were passed through in entering the temple
itself at Jerusalem : and because the church as to its
internal was signified by the temple, by the courts there-
fore the church as to its external was signified ; for which
reason foreigners who were from the gentiles were admit-
ted into the courts, but not into the temple itself. And as
the external of the church is signified by the court, there-
fore also the church on earth and also heaven in the ulti-
mates are signified by it, because the church on earth is
the entrance into heaven, and in like manner heaven in
ultimates. This is signified by the court in these passages:
Blessed is he whom thou ehoosest, he shall dwell in thy courts .
We shall be satisfied with the goodness of thy house, with the
holiness of thy temple (Ps. lxv. 4). Praise ye the nai?ie of
Jehovah, ye who staiid in His huuse, in the courts of the
house of our God (Ps. exxxv. 1, 2). How lovely are thy
tabernacles, O Jehovah ; yea, my soul faintcth for the courts
of Jehovah (Ps. lxxxiv. 1, 2). Enter into His gates wtih

526

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

thanksgiving, into His courts with praise (Ps. c. 4). The
just shall flourish like the palm-tree ; they that be planted in
the house of Jehovah shall flourish i?i the courts of our God
(Ps. xcii. 12. 13). A day in thy courts is better than a thou-
sand; I have chosen to sta7id at the door in the house of my
God (Ps. lxxxiv. 10). Besides other places, as Ps. xcvi. 8 ;
cxvi. 19 ; Isa. i. 12 ; lxii. 9 ; Zech. iii. 7 ; Ez. x. 3-5. Con-
cerning the courts of the temple at Jerusalem, 1 Kings vi.
3, 36. Concerning the courts of the new temple, Ez. xl.
17-31-44; xlii. 1-14; xliii. 4-7. And the court without
the tabernacle, Ex. xxvii. 9-18.

488. For it is give?i to the gentiles. That it signifies
because the state of that church is destroyed and deso-
lated by evils of life, is evident from the signification of
gentiles, as being those who are in evils of life, and ab-
stractly evils of the life (n. 147, 483).

489. And the holy city shall they trample down forty-two
months, signifies that it had dispersed all the truth of the
Word until not any remains. By " the holy city," or
walled-town, the Holy Jerusalem is meant ; and by the
Holy Jerusalem is meant the New Church which is in
truths of doctrine: for holy is predicated of the Divine
Truth (n. 173) ; and a walled town signifies doctrine
(n. 194): on which account by trampling down that city
or walled-town is signified to disperse the truths of its
doctrine. By " forty-two months " is signified even to the
end when not any thing remains. By truths of doctrine
are meant truths out of the Word, because from that is the
doctrine of the church and every thing of it. That they
who are in the internals of the church at this day have in
this manner dispersed the truths of the Word, and hence
of the doctrine of the church, and every thing of it, is
described in this chapter by the beast coming up out of
the abyss, and by his killing the two witnesses (vers. 7) \
and it may also be seen from the Relations from the spirit-
ual world, which are annexed to each ot the chapters.

No 490.J THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED. 527

That by forty-two months is signified even to the end when
not any truth and good of the church remains, is because
the like is signified by forty-two as by six weeks ; for six
times seven are forty-two : and by six weeks, complete
even to the end is signified. For the number six signifies
this ; and a week signifies state, and the seventh week a
holy state, which is the new state of the church when the
Lord begins His reign. The same is signified by this
number in the following passage : There was gvuin to the
beast that came up out of the sea a mouth speaking eat
things and blasphemies, and power was given unto him to do
it forty-two months (Apoc. xiii. 5, n. 583). Six signifies
complete to the end, because three has that meaning
(n. 505) ; and six is twice three : and in numbers the
double and the single have the same signification. Be-
sides, the like is signified by this number as by three and
a half, because forty-two months make three and a half
years. They are called months, because by a month a
full state is signified ; as in Isa. lxvi. 23 ; Apoc. xxii. 1, 2 ;
Gen. xxix. 14; Num. xi. 18-20; Deut. xxi. n, 13.

490. And I will give unto my two witnesses, signifies those
who confess and acknowledge from the heart that the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and that His Human is
Divine, and who are conjoined to Him by a life according
to the precepts of the Decalogue. These are they who are
here meant by the two witnesses, because those two things
are the two essentials of the New Church. That the First
Essential, that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth,
and that His Human is Divine, is a testimony, and hence
that they who in heart confess and acknowledge it are
witnesses, may be seen n. 6, 846, and also from these
passages : / am the fellow-servant of thy bnthren that have
the testimony of Jesus ; for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit
of prophecy (Apoc. xix. 10). The angels of Michael overcame
the dragon by the blood of the Lamb and by the Word of His
testimony : and the dragon went away to make war with the

528 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

rest of her seed, who kept the co?nma?idments of God, and had
the testi?nony of Jesus Christ (Apoc. xii. 11, 17). The souls
of them that were smitten with the axe for the testimony of
Jesus and for the Word of God (Apoc. xx. 4). These are
they who acknowledged the Lord. This is called the tes-
timony of Jesus, because the Lord testifies it from His
Word, and thus from Himself ; on which account He is
called the Faithful and True ' Witness (Apoc. i. 5 ; iii. 14):
and He says, / testify of myself and my testimony is true ,
because I know whence I come, and whither I go (John
viii. 14): also, When the Comforter, the Spirit of truth, is
come, He shall testify of me (John xv. 26). That the Com-
forter, the Spirit of truth, which is also the Holy Spirit, is
the proceeding Divine, and that this is the Lord Himself,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Lord " (n. 46-54). Now because the Lord
Himself is the Witness, therefore those also are meant
by witnesses who testify this from the Lord as John did :
Jesus said, Ye sent unto John, and he was a witness to the
truth ; yet I receive not testimony from man (John v. 33, 34).
John catne for testimony, that he might testify concerning the
light : he was not the Light, but that he might testify of the
Light. The Word, which was with God, and which was
God, was the true Light (John i. 1-14, 34). That the
Second Essential of the New Church, which is conjunction
with the Lord by a life according to the precepts of the
Decalogue, is a Testimony, is manifest from the fact that
the Decalogue is called the Testimony ; as in these places :
Thou shall put into the ark the Testimony which L will give
thee (Ex. xxv. 16). Moses put the Testimony i?ito the ark
(Ex. xl. 20). The ?nercy-seat which is over the Testimony
(Lev. xvi. 13). Leave the staves of the tribes before the
Testimony (Num. xvii. 4. Besides other places, as Ex.
xxv. 22 ; xxxi. 7, 18 xxxii. 15 ; Ps. lxxii. 5 ; Ps. exxxii. 12).
Something shall here be said concerning conjunction with the
Lord by a life according to the precepts of the Decalogue.

No. 491.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

5^9

There are two tables upon which those precepts are written,
— the one for the Lord, the other for man. The First
Table teaches that many Gods are not to be worshipped,
but One : the Second Table, that evils are not to be done.
When therefore one God is worshipped, and man does not
do evils, conjunction takes place j for as far as a man
desists from evils, that is, repents, so far he is accepted of
God, and does good from Him. But who now is the One
God ? A trinal God or a triune God is not One God, when
the trinal and triune is in three persons ; but He in whom
the trine or triune is in one person, He is the One God ;
and that God is the Lord. Perplex the ideas as far as
you can, yet you still will not bring it out clear that God is
One, unless He is also One in person. The whole Word,
as well the Old Prophetic as the New Apostolic, teaches
that it is so ; as may manifestly be seen from the " Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord."

491. And they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and
sixty days, signifies that those two things, the acknowledg-
ment of the Lord, and a life according to the precepts of
the Decalogue, which are the two Essentials of the New
Church, are to be taught until the end and the beginning.
That these two things, the acknowledgment of the Lord
and a life according to the precepts of the Decalogue, are
the two essentials of the New Church, and are meant by the
two witnesses, may be seen just above (n. 490) : and that
by prophesying is signified to teach (n. 8, 133). By the
thousand two hundred and sixty days is signified to the
end and the beginning ; that is, to the end of the former
church and thus to the beginning of the New. The reason
that this is signified by that number is because the same
is signified by that number as by three and a half : for the
number a thousand two hundred and sixty, reduced to
\vars, makes three years and a half; and by three and a
half a.i end and a beginning are signified (n. 505). In the
following chapter the same is signified by this number as

530

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XT.

here : 4nd the Woman fled into the desert, where she hath a
place prepared of God, that they may nourish her there a
thousand two hundred and sixty days (Apoc. xii. 6).

492. Clothed i?i sackcloth, signifies mourning meantime on
account of the non-reception of the truth. By being clothed
in sackcloth is signified mourning on account of the vastated
truth in the church ; for garments signify truths (n. 166, 2. 2,
32S, 378, 379) 1 and therefore, to be clothed in sackcloth,
which is not a gannent, signifies mourning that there is no
truth j and where there is no truth, there there is no church.
The children of Israel represented mourning by various
things, which were significative from correspondences ; as
by putting ashes upon the head, by rolling themselves in
the dust, by sitting upon the earth in silence for a long
time, by shaving themselves, by wailing and howling, by
rending their clothes, and also by putting on sackcloths ;
besides other things : and each of them signified some evil
of the church within them, on account of which they were
punished. And when they were punished, they by such
things represented repentance ; and on account of the
representation of repentance, and that of humiliation at the
same time, they were heard. That mourning on account
of vastated truth in the church was represented by putting
on sackcloth, may be seen from these passages : The lion
hath come up from the thicket, he hath gone forth out of his
place to lay waste the earth ; for this gird ye on sackcloth,
wail, howl (jer. iv. 7, 8). Daughter of my people, gird thee
with sackcloth, and roll thee in ashes, because the waster shall
come suddenly upon you (Jer. vi. 26). Woe unto thee, Chorazin,
and Bethsaida ; for if the mighty works had been done in
Tyre and Si don which have been done in you, they ivould have
repented in sackcloth and ashes (Matt. xi. 21 ; Luke x. 13).
The king of Nineveh, after he heard the words of Jonah, laid
aside his robe from him, and put on sackcloth, and sat in ashes
and proclai?ned a fast, and that man and beast should be
covered with sackcloth (Jonah iii. 5, 6, 8. Besides other places,..

No. 493-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 53 1

as Isa. iii. 24 ; xv. 2, 3 ; xxii. 12 ; xxxvii. 1, 2 ; 1. 3 ; Jer.
xlviii. 37, 38 ; xlix. 3 ; Lam. ii. 10; Ez. vii. 17, 18 ; xxvii. 31 ;
Dan. ix. 3; Joel i. 8, 13; Amos viii. 10 5 Job xvi. 15, 16;
Ps. xxx. 11 ; xxxv. 13 \ lxix. 11 ; 2 Sam. iii. 31 j 1 Kings
xxi. 27 ; 2 Kings vi. 30 ; xix. 1, 2).

493. These are the two olive-trees and the two candlesticks,
which are standing before the God of the earth, signifies love
and intelligence, or charity and faith, both from the Lord,
with them. By an olive-tree love and charity are signified,
as will be seen presently : and by a candlestick is signified
enlightenment in truths (n. 43), and thence intelligence and
faith ; because intelligence is from enlightenment in truths,
and faith is from that. By standing before God is signi
fied to hear and do what He directs (n. 366) ; here there-
fore that those two with them are from the Lord, who is
the God of the earth ; that is, with those who are in the
two essentials of the New Church, spoken of above. It is
hence manifest that by the two witnesses being the two
olive-trees and the two candlesticks is signified that they
were love and intelligence, or charity and faith. For
these two constitute the church, — love and charity its life,
and intelligence and faith its doctrine. An olive signifies
love and charity, because the olive-tree signifies the heav-
enly (celestial) church ; and thence the olive, which is
its fruit, signifies heavenly love, which love is love to the
Lord. Therefore this love is signified by the oil with
which all the holy things of the church were anointed.
The oil which was called the oil of holiness was from
olives and spices mixed (Ex. xxx. 23, 24) : and fro?n olive
oil the lamps of the candlestick in the Tabernacle were also
lighted every evening (Ex. xxvii. 20 ; Lev. xxiv. 2). Simi-
lar things are signified by the olive-tree and the olives in
Zechariah : Two olive-trees were by the candlestick, the one at
the right of the bowl, the other at the left of it, and two olive
berries ; these are the two sons of the olive-tree standing before
the Lord of the whole earth (iv. 3, 11, 12, 14). In David:

532

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

/ am like a gree?i olive-tree in the house of God (Ps. Hi. 8)»
And in Jeremiah : Jehovah hath called thy ?iamc a green
olive-tree, fair, with beautiful fruit (xi. 16, 17). Besides
elsewhere. Since the church was signified by Jerusalem,
therefore also such things as are of the church were signi-
fied by many things which were in it and around it. Near
it also was the Mount of Olives, and by this the Divine
Love was signified ; on which account Jesus was teaching
in the Temple during the days, and at night He went out a?ul
abode in the Mount of Olives (Luke xxi. 37 ; xxii. 39 ; John
viii. 1). And upon that mountain Jesus spake with the dis-
ciples of the consummation of the age, and of His coming at
that time (Matt. xxiv. 3, &c. ; Mark xiii. 3, &c.). And
from that mountain also He went to Jerusalem and suffered
(Matt. xxi. i ; xxvi. 30 ; Mark xi. 1 \ xiv. 26 ; Luke xix.
29, 37) : and this according to the prediction in Zechariah :
His feet shall stand in that day tipon the Mount of Olives,
which is before Jerusalem on the east (xiv. 4). Because the
olive-tree signifies the heavenly of the church, therefore
the cherubs in the midst of the Temple of Jerusalem were
mad<' of olive-wood : in like manner the doors of the oracle
and the posts (1 Kings vi. 23-33).

49 u And if any one will hurt them, fire shall go forth
out of their mouth, and shall devour their enemies, signifies
that he who would destroy these two essentials of the
New Church, perishes from infernal love. To wish to
hurt the two witnesses signifies to wish to destroy those
two essentials of the New Church, which are, the acknowl-
edgment of the Lord as the God of heaven and earth even
as to His Human, and a life according to the precepts of
the Decalogue. That they are the witnesses may be seen
above (n. 490). " Fire shall proceed out of their mouth,"
signifies infernal love : " and shall devour their enemies "
signifies that they who harm them will perish from it. But
it is not to be understood here that the fire will proceed out
oi the mouth of the witnesses, but from those who wish to

No. 496.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 533

destroy the two essentials of the New Church, which are
meant by the witnesses (n. 490). The fire is infernal love ;
for he who does not live according to the precepts of the
Decalogue, and does not go to God the Saviour and Re-
deemer, cannot do otherwise than be in infernal love, and
perish. This is the same as in other places in the Word,
where it is said that there is a fire from Jehovah which
consumes the wicked ; and that Jehovah acts from the
fire of wrath, of anger, and of fury; besides other similar
things : by which it is not meant that it is from Jehovah,
but from the infernal love of the wicked. Such things are
said in the Word because they are appearances, and the
Word in the sense of the letter is written by appearances
and correspondences. Since it is said that the fire should
go forth out of their mouth, and by this is meant that it is
from those who are in infernal love, a few places shall be
adduced where fire is said to be from Jehovah : The breath
of Jehovah like a river of brimstone shall consume it (Is a.
xxx. 33). A smoke went up fro7n His nose, and fire out of
His mouth ; coals were kindled by it (Ps. xviii. 8). I will
pour upon the?n the wrath of mine anger, since in the fire of
my zeal the whole earth shall be devoured (Zeph. iii. 8). Be-
ll old, Jehovah will come in fire, to recompense with the wrath
of His anger, and His rebuke with flames of fire (Isa. lxvi. 15).
Thou shall be visited by Jehovah with a fame of devouring
fire (Isa. xxix. 6 ; xxx. 30. Besides many other places).

495. And if any one will hurt them, thus must he be
killed, signifies that he who condemns them shall in like
manner be condemned. By hurting is here signified to
condemn, because it follows, "thus must he be killed;"
and by being killed in the Word is signified to be killed
spiritually, which is to be condemned : for the Lord says,
With what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged (Matt
* ii. 1).

496. These have power to shut heaven, that the rain fall
"■'/ in the days of their prophecy, signifies that they who

534

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XL

turn themselves away from the two essentials of the
New Church cannot receive any truth from heaven. By
" heaven " is here meant the angelic heaven ; hence by
" rain " the truth of the church therefrom is signified :
and therefore by shutting heaven that rain should not fall
is signified that they cannot receive any truth of the church
from heaven. The truth of the church from heaven is the
truth of doctrine from the Word. It is said that the wit-
nesses have this power ; but it is meant here as above
(n. 494), that they have not the power of shutting heaven,
but that those who turn themselves away from the +wo
essentials of the New Church shut it against themselves,
because they remain in their falsities. That rain signifies
the Divine Truth from heaven, is evident from these pas-
sages : My doct?'ine shall flow down as the rain, my word
shall distil as the dew (Deut. xxxii. 2). If ye serve other
gods, jfehovah will shut up the heaven, that there be no rain
(Deut. xi. 11, 14, 16, 17). I will lay waste my vitie, and I
will command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it (Isa.
v. 6). The showers have been withholde?i, and there hath
been no latter rain ; but yet thou hadst the forehead of a
harlot (Jer. iii. 3). As the rain cometh down from heaven,
so shall my Word be which goeth forth out of my mouth (Isa.
lv. 10, 11). Ye children of Zion, rejoice atid be glad in
jfehovah, because He shall give you the former raifi in justice
(Joel ii. 23). Thou, O God, didst send a plentiful rain (Ps.
Ixviii. 9). He shall come down like rain upon the mown
grass in His days shall the righteous flourish (Ps. lxxii.
6, 7). yehovah shall come imto us as the rai?i, as the latter
rain watereth the earth (Hos. vi. 3). My word shall drop
upon the?n, a?id they shall wait for me as for the rain, a?id
he shall open his mouth to the latter rain (Job xxix. 22, 23).
Son of man, say, thou art the land that is not cleansed,
which has no rain in the day of anger, there is a conspiracy
of the prophets in the midst of it (Ez. xxii. 24, 25. Besides
other places, Isa. xxx. 23 ; Jer. v. 24 ; x. 12, 13 ; xiv. 3, 4 ;

No 498.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

535

li. 16; Ez. xxxiv. 26, 27; Amos iv. 7, 8; Zech. x. 1; Ps.
lxv. 9, 10; cxxxv. 7 ; 2 Sam. xxiii. 3, 4). An inundating
rain stands for the devastation of truth, Ez. xiii. 11, 13, 14 ;
xxxviii. 22 ; and for temptation, Matt. vii. 24-27.

497. And they have power over the waters to turn them into
blood, signifies that they who turn themselves away from
those two essentials falsify the truths of the Word. By
"waters" truths are signified (n. 50); and by "blood"
the falsification of the truth of the Word (n. 379) ; hence
by turning the waters into blood is signified to falsify the
truths of the Word. This is understood in like manner as
before, namely, that they who turn themselves away from
the two essentials of the New Church can see nothing but
the falsities in which they are ; and if they confirm these
by the Word, they falsify its truths.

498. And to s?nite the earth with every plague as often as
they will, signifies that they who would destroy the two
essentials of the New Church cast themselves into evils
and falsities of every kind, as often and as far as they do it.
By " the earth " is signified the church (n. 285) ; and by
" plague," evil and falsity (n. 456) : hence by smiting the
earth with every plague is signified to bring ruin upon the
church by evils and falsities of every kind. But this is to be
understood in the same manner as the foregoing passages ;
namely, that they who wish to smite with a plague, that is,
to destroy, the two essentials of the New Church, which is
done from evil by falsities, cast themselves into evils and
falsities of even' kind : and as the natural sense is thus
inverted when it becomes spiritual, this therefore, " as often
as they will," is also inverted in like manner into this, as
often and as far as they do this. The reason is, that as far
as any one destroys these two essentials, he so far destroys
the truths of the Word ; and as far as he destroys the truths
of the Word, he so far casts himself into evils and falsities.
For these two essentials are the truths of the Word, as may
be manifestly evident from two of the " Doctrines of the

536

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XL

New Jerusalem," one "concerning the Lord," and the other
which is called the " Doctrine of Life from the Precepts of
the Decalogue." This, that the Witnesses have power to
smite the earth with every plague as often as they will, is
similar to many things in the Word which are attributed to
Jehovah, that is, to the Lord ; that He smites men with
plagues, and that this is of His will ; when yet it is to be
understood that He does not smite, and that it is not
of His will j as in Zechariah : This shall be the plague
with which Jehovah shall smite all peoples who shall fight
against Jerusalem (xiv. 12, &c). And in Jeremiah : With the
plague of an enemy have I smitten thee, with the chastisement
of a tyrant, for the greatness of thy iniquity (xxx. 14 : and so
in many other places). See also above (n. 494).

499. And when they shall have finished their testimony,
signifies that after the Lord has taught that He is the God
of heaven and earth, and that there is conjunction with
Him by a life according to the precepts of the Decalogue.
When they shall have finished signifies after the Lord has
taught. The two witnesses taught indeed, yet not from
themselves, but from the Lord. That the testimony signifies
these two essentials, see above (n. 490).

500. The beast that co?neth up out of the abyss shall make
war with them, and shall overcome them, and shall kill them,
signifies that they who are in the internals of the doctrine
of faith alone will oppose, and fight against those two
essentials of the New Church, and will themselves reject
rhem, and, as far as they have influence, will cause others
to reject them. By the beast that cometh up out of the
abyss are meant those who come up out of the abyss and
were seen as locusts (chap. ix. 1-12) ; and that these were
they who are in the internals of the doctrine of faith alone,
may be seen in the explanation there. By making war is
signified to set themselves in opposition, and to fight against
the two jessentials of the church, as described in what follows.
By overcoming and killing them is signified to reject and

No. 500.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

537

extirpate them in themselves, and, as far as they have in-
fluence, in others. The reason that they who are in the
internals of the doctrine of faith alone will fight against and
reject the two essentials, is that they have confirmed in
themselves the two things that ai-e antagonistic to them :
First, that not the Lord, but God the Father, is to be
approached \ and Second, that a life according to the
Commandments of the Decalogue is not spiritual life, but
only moral and civil life : and this they confirm, that no
one may believe that he can be saved by works, but only
by their faith. All they who have impressed thes^ dogmas
deeply upon their minds in schools and academies do not
afterwards recede from them. For this there are three
causes, hitherto unknown : First, that they have introduced
themselves, as to their spirit, into society with their like
in the spiritual world, where the greater part are satans,
who are delighted solely with falsities, from whom they can
(n no way be separated, unless they reject those falsities :
and neither can this be done, unless they go immediately to
God the Saviour, and commence a Christian life according
to the Commandments of the Decalogue. The Second Cause
is, that they believe that the remission of sins, and thus
salvation, is given in a moment in the act of faith, and
afterwards in its state or progress by the same act contin-
ued, preserved, and retained by the Holy Spirit, separately
from the exercises of charity ; and they who have once
imbibed these things, afterwards make sins of no account
before God, and thus live in their uncleannesses. And
because they know how to confirm such things subtly amc ng
the unlearned by falsifications of the Word, and among the
learned by sophistry, it is here said that the beast out of
the abyss overcame and killed those two witnesses. But
this takes place with no others but those who love to follow
their inclinations and are carried away by the enjoyments
of their lusts. These, when they are thinking concerning
salvation, favor those things in heart, and embrace the

538

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

belief of them with both hands ; because they can thus be
saved by a few words uttered with a tone of confidence,
and need not attend to any thing of their life for the sake
of God, but only for the sake of the world. The Third
Cause is, that they who had in youth drunk deeply of the
internals of that faith, which are called the mysteries of
justification, being afterwards promoted to an honored
ministry, do not think in themselves concerning God and
heaven, but concerning themselves and the world ; only re-
taining the mysteries of their faith for the sake of reputation,
that they may be honored as wise, and on account of their
wisdom be esteemed worthy to be remunerated with wealth.
That this is the effect of that faith, is because there is
nothing of religion in it. That it is so, see the Third
Relation above (n. 484). That by wars in the Word spiritual
wars are signified, which are fightings against the truth, and
are carried on by reasonings from falsities, is evident from
these passages : Spirits of demons go forth to gather them
together to the battle in the great day of God Almighty ( Apoc.
xvi. 1 4). The dragon was wroth with the Woman, and went
away to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep
the commandments of God, and have the testimony of jfesus
Chrht (Apoc. xii. 17). // was given to the beast of the
dragon to ?nake war with the saints (Apoc. xiii. 7). Consecrate
the battle against the daughter of Zion, and let us go up at noon
(Jer. vi. 3-5). Ye have ?iot go?ie up into the breaches to stand
in the battle in the day of Jehovah (Ez. xiii. 5). In Salem is
the tabernacle of God, and His dwcllitig-place in Zion ; where
He brake the fiery darts, the bow, and the battle (Ps. lxxvi. 2, 3).
jfehovah shall go forth as a Mighty man, He shall stir up
zeal as a man of war (Isa. xiii. 13 • Ps. xxiv. 8). Li that
day jfehcvah shall be for a spirit of judgment to him that
sitteth in judgment, and for strength to them that turn the
battle from the gate (Isa. xxviii. 6). Deliver me from the evil
man, and from the man of violence preserve me ; the whole day
they gather together for war, they sharpen their tongue as serpents

No. 501.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

539

(Ps. cxl. 1-3). Many shall come in my name, saying, I a?n
Christ, a?id shall deceive many ; and ye shall hear of wars
and rumors of wars ; see that ye be not troubled (Matt. xxiv.
5-S; Mark xiii. 6-9; Luke xxi. 8-1 1). The wars of the
kings of the north and of the south, and the other wars, in
Daniel, chap, x., xi., xii., signify no other than spiritual
wars : besides the wars in other places, as Isa. ii. 3-5 j
xiii. 4; xxi. 14, 15; xxxi. 4; Jer. xlix. 25, 26; Hos. ii.
18; Zech. x. 5; xiv. 3; Ps. xxvii. 3; xlvi. 8, 9. Since
spiritual wars are signified by the wars in the Word, the
ministry of the Levites was therefore called military ser-
vice; as is manifest from these passages : // was commanded
that the Levites should be numbered, to perform military ser-
vice, to do the work in the tent of the congregation (Num. iv.
23, 35, 39, 43, 47). This is the office of the Levites, to perform
military service in the ministry of the tent of the congregation ;
but from the age of fifty years he shall withdraw from the
military service of the ministry, nor shall he minister any
longer (Num. viii. 24, 25). See also above (n. 447), where
it is proved from the Word that armies signify the goods
and truths of the church, and in the opposite sense its evils
and falsities.

501. And their bodies shall lie upon the street of the great
city, signifies that the two essentials of the New Church are
altogether rejected by those who are interiorly in the fal-
sities of the doctrine of justification by faith alone. By the
bodies of the two witnesses the two essentials of the New
Church are signified, which are, the acknowledgment of the
Lord, that He alone is the God of heaven and earth, and
that conjunction with Him is through a life according to
the commandments of the Decalogue (n. 490, &c). By
"the street of the great city " is signified the falsities of
the doctrine of justification by faith alone : by a street is
signified falsity, as may be seen presently ; and by a city
is signified doctrine (n. 194). It is called "the great city,"
because it is the reigning doctrine among the clergy in the

54°

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

whole Reformed Christian world, but not in like manner
among the laity. By streets in the Word almost the same
is signified as by ways, because streets are the ways in a
city. But still the truths or falsities of doctrine are signified
by streets, because a city signifies doctrine (n. 194) ; and
by ways the truths or falsities of the church are signified,
because the earth signifies the Church (n. 285). That
streets signify the truths or falsities of doctrine, may be
seen from the following passages : Judgment is rejected,
and justice hath stood afar off; for truth hath fallen in the
street, and equity cannot e7iter (Isa. lix. 14). The chariots shall
rage in the streets, they shall run to and fro in the broadways
(Nah. ii. 4). In the days of Jael the ways ceased, the streets
ceased in Israel (Judg. v. 6, 7). How is the city of glory left?
therefore her young men shall fall in the streets (Jer. xlix. 25,
26 ; 1. 30). They that did feed delicately are desolate in the
streets. The form of the Nazarites is darker than blackness •
they are ?iot known i?i the streets. They wandered as blind men
i7i the streets. They hunted our steps that we ca?inot go in the
streets (Lam. iv. 5, 8, 14, 18). I will cut off the nations, their
corners shall be laid waste, I will desolate their streets (Zeph.
iii. 6). After sixty-two weeks the street of Jerusalem shall
be built, but in troublous times (Dan. ix. 25). The street of
the city New Jerusalem was pure gold, as clear glass (Apoc.
xxi. 21). /// the midst of the street of it on this side and on
that was the free bearing twelve fruits (Apoc. xxii. 1, 2.
Besides other places, as Isa. xv. 3; xxiv. 10, 11 ; li. 20;
Jer. v. 1 \ vi. 16 ; vii. 17 ; ix. 21 ; xi. 13 ; Ez. xvi. 24, 25,
31 ; Jer. xliv. 9, 17 ; Lam. ii. n, 19 ; Ez. xi. 6 ; xxvi. n,
12; Amos v. 16; Zech. viii. 3-5 ; Ps. cxliv. 13; Jobxviii. 17).
Since streets signify the truths of the doctrine of the church,
therefore they taught in the streets (2 Sam. i. 20) ; and it is
said, We have eaten before thee and drunk before thee, and
thou hast taught in our streets (Luke xiii. 26) : and on this
account the hypocrites prayed at the co?'ners of the streets
(Matt. vi. 2, 5) : and therefore the householder commanded

No. 502.]

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

his servants to go into the streets and ways, and call t/iem in
(Luke xiv. 21). For this reason falsity and what is falsified
is called the mud, the dirt, and the dang of the streets (Isa. v.

25 ; x. 6 ; Mic. vii. 10; Ps. xviii. 42). The prophets that
prophesied falsity were cast out into the streets of Jerusalem,
and the>re was none to bury them (Jer. xiv. 1 6).

502. Which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, signi-
fies the two infernal loves, which are the love of ruling from
the love of self, and the love of governing from the pride of
one's own intelligence, which are in the church where God is
not one and the Lord is not worshipped, and where they do
not live according to the commandments of the Decalogue.
By Sodom in the spiritual sense the love of ruling from the
love of self is signified, treated of in what follows ; and by
Egypt is signified in the spiritual sense the love of governing
from the pride of one's own intelligence, which also will be
spoken of presently : and as these two loves are signified, it
is therefore said " Sodom and Egypt spiritually." The reason
that these loves are in the church where God is not one and
the Lord is not worshipped, and where they do not live accord-
ing to the precepts of the Decalogue, is because man is born
into these two loves, and comes into them while he is growing
up : and these loves cannot be removed except by God the
Saviour, and by a life according to His commandments. And
they cannot by God the Saviour, unless He is approached ;
nor can a life according to His commandments be given,
unless the man is led by Him. It may indeed be given, but
not a life in which there is any thing of heaven and thence
of the church. This life is given only by Him who is life.
That the Lord is that life may be seen in John i. 1, 4 ; v.

26 J vi. 33, &c. \ xi. 25, 26 ; xiv. 6, 19 ; and in many other
places. That the love of ruling from the love of self and
the love of governing from the pride of one's own intelli-
gence are the heads of all the loves in hell, and thus of all
the evils and thence the falsities in the church, is not at
this day known. The enjoyments of those loves, which

5-P

THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XL

exceed the enjoyments of all the pleasures of the natural
mind, cause it not to be known, when yet they are spiritually
Sodom and Egypt. That Sodom is the love of ruling from
the love of self may be evident from the description of
Sodom in Moses, that they wished to do violence to the
angels that came thither into the house of Lot, and that
fire and brimstone rained down out of heaven upon them
(Gen. xix.). By the fire and brimstone is signified that
love with its lusts. I saw similar things, when the cities
and societies of such were overturned at the day of the last
judgment, and themselves were cast down into hell. Those
loves and their evils are signified by Sodom and Gomorrah
in these passages: Isa. i. 10; iii. 8, 9; xiii. 19; Jer. xxiii.
14; xlix. 18; i. 37, 40; Lam. iv. 6; Ez. xvi. 46-50; Amos
iv. 11; Zeph. ii. 9, 10; Deut. xxix. 23; xxxii. 32; Matt. x.
14, 15 ; xi. 23 ; Mark vi. 11 ; Luke x. 10, 1 1, 12 ; xvii. 28, 29.
It is not known in the world that that love is signified by
Sodom ; but retain this, and recollect it when you come
into the spiritual world, — which takes place after death, —
and you will be fully confirmed. But it is to be known that
there is the love of ruling from the love of self, and the love
of ruling from the love of uses : this love is heavenly, but
the former infernal. On which account, when the one makes
the head, the other makes the feet; that is, when the love of
ruling from the love of self makes the head, then the love
of ruling from the love of uses, which also is the love of.
being serviceable to the neighbor from the Lord, makes at
first the feet, afterwards the soles of the feet, and at length
is trampled upon. But yet, when the love of ruling from
the love of uses, which, as was said, is a heavenly love,
makes the head, then the love of ruling from the love of
self, which is, as was said, an infernal love, at first makes
the feet, afterwards the soles of the feet, and is at length
trampled upon. But in the world these two loves can with
difficulty be distinguished by man, — because their external
forms are alike. Yet they are known from each other by

No. 503.]

THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

this, that the heavenly love is with those who go to the Lord,
and live according to the commandments of the Decalogue ;
and that the infernal love is with those who do not go to
the Lord, and do not live according to the commandments
of the Decalogue.

503. What Egypt signifies in the Word shall be told.
Egypt signifies the natural man conjoined to the spiritual,
and then the affection for truth, and knowledge and intel-
ligence therefrom ; and in the opposite sense it signifies
the natural man separated from the spiritual, and then the
pride of one's own intelligence, and thence insanity in
spiritual things. Egypt signifies the natural man con-
joined to the spiritual, and affection for truth and knowl-
edge and intelligence thence, in the following passages :
In that day there shall be five cities in the land of Egypt
swearing to Jehovah Zebaoth. In that day there shall be
an altar to Jehovah in the midst of the land of Egypt ; then
shall Jehovah be made known unto Egypt, and the Egyptians
shall know Jehovah in that day (Is a. xix. 18-21). I11 that
day shall there be a highway out of Egypt into Assyria ; that
A s syria may come into Egypt, and Egypt into Assyria ; and
that the Egyptians may serve with Assyria: in that day
shall Israel be the third with Egypt and Assyria, a blessing
in the midst of the land ; whom Jehovah Zebaoth shall
bless, saying, Blessed be my people Egypt, and Assy?'ia the
work of my hands, and Israel mine inheritance (Isa. xix.
23-25). Egypt here is the natural, Assyria is the rational,
and Israel is the spiritual : these three make the man of
the church. Hence the king of Egypt was called the son of
the wise, the son of the kings of a?itiquity ; and Egypt was
called the corner-stone of the tribes (Isa. xix. 11, 13): and
it is said of Solomon, that his wisdom excelled the wisdom
of the Egyptians (1 Kings iv. 30) : and that he took the
daughter of Pharaoh to wife, and brought her into the city
of David (1 Kings iii. 1) : and that he built for the daugh-
ter of Pharaoh a house beside the porch (1 Kings vii. S\

544

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

For this reason also Joseph was brought down into Egypt,
and beca?ne the ruler of the whole land the?-e (Gen. xli.).
Since Egypt signified the natural man as to affection for
truth, and thence knowledge and intelligence, therefore
Joseph, the husband of Mary, at the angel's monition, went
with the infant Lord down into Egypt (Matt. ii. 14, 15),
according to the prediction, When Israel was a child, then
I loved him, and out of Egypt I called my Son (Hos. xi. 1).
Tlwn hast brought a vine out of Egypt ; thou hast planted
it, and hast caused it to take deep root (Ps. lxxx. 8, 9). For
man is born natural, becomes rational, and afterwards
spiritual ; and thus the vine out of Egypt is planted and
takes root. For the sake of that representation Abraham
also sojourned in Egypt (Gen. xii. 10, &c). And Jacob
with his sons was commanded to go down into Egypt, and
also tarried there (Gen. xlvi.). Hence also the land of
Canaan, by which the church is signified, is described as
extending even to the river of Egypt (Gen. xv. 18 ; 1 Kings
iv. 21 ; Mic. vii. 12) ; and Egypt is likened to the garden
of Eden, the garden of God (Ez. xxxi. 2, 8, 9 ; Gen. xiii.
10) : and the knowledges of the natural man are called the
desirable things of Egypt (Dan. xi. 43 ) ; and the fine linen
in needlework from Egypt is mentioned (Ez. xxvii. 7. Be-
sides other places where Egypt is spoken well of, as Isa.
xxvii. 12, 13; Ez. xxix. 13-16; xxxi. 1-8; Hos. xi. 11;
Zech. x. 10, 11 ; xiv. 16-18 ; Ps. lxviii. 31, 32 ; 2 Kings
xix. 23, 24). But in the opposite sense Egypt signifies the
natural man separated from the spiritual, and then the
pride of one's own intelligence, and thence insanity in
spiritual things, in the following passages : Because the
heart of Pharaoh is lifted up in his height, and he hath shot
tip his top among the thick boughs, stra?igers shall cut him off"
and cast him forth. In the day that thou s halt go down into
hell, I will cover the deep over him, and thou shall lie in the
midst of the uncircumcised (Ez. xxxi. 10-18). The founda-
tions of Egypt shall be overturned ; the pride of his strength

Xo. 503.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

545

shall come drum; and his cities shall be laid waste in the
midst of the desolate cities : I will send Jire into Egypt, and
I will disperse Egypt among the nations, and scatter them in
the lands (Ez. xxx. 1, to the end). Woe to them that go down
into Egypt for help, and look not to the Holy One of Israel;
for Egypt is ?nan, and not God ; and its horses are flesh and
not spirit (Isa. xxxi. 1, 3). Egypt riseth up as a flood ; it
iiiirh, I will go up, I will cover the earth, and I will destroy :
ccme up, ye horses ; rage, ye chariots ; the sword shall devour
you, anjl shall be made drunk with blood ; there is ?w heel-
ing to thee (Jer. xlvi. 2, 8-1 1). How say ye to Pharaoh, 1 am
the son of the wise, the son of the kings of antiquity] where
now are thy wise men 1 let them know : the princes of Zoar
have become foolish ; they have seduced Egypt, the corner-stone
of the tribes : there shall be 110 work for Egypt, that it may
make the head or the tail (Jsa. xix. 1-17). Prophesy against
Egypt : O great sea-beast, that licst in the midst of thy rivers :
because he hath said, The river is mine, and I ?nade ?ne ;
therefore I will put hooks in thy jaws, and I will make the
flsh of thy rivers to stick to thy scales, and I will leave thee
in the desert : and therefore shall the land of Egypt become a
wilderness and a waste (Ez. xxix. 1-12. Besides other
places, as Isa. xxx. 2, 7 ; Jer. ii. 17, 18, 36; xlii. 13-18 ;
Ez. xvi. 26, 28, 29; xxiii. 2-33; Hos. vii. 11, 13, 16; ix.
i, 3, 6 ; xi. 5 ; xii. 1 ; Joel iii. 19 ; Lam. v. 2, 4, 6, 8 ;
Deut. xvii. 16 ; 1 Kings xiv. 25, 26; 2 Kings xviii. 21).
Since the Egyptians became such, they were therefore vas-
tated as to all the goods and truths of the church. Their
vastations are described by the miracles done there, which
were plagues, and signified so many lusts of the natural
man separated from the spiritual, which acts solely from
its own intelligence and the pride of it. The plagues sig-
nificative of its lusts were, that the waters in the river were
turned into blood, so that the fish died, and the river stank
(Ex. vii.). That out of the rivers and lakes were brought
forth frogs over the land of Egypt. That the dust of the

546 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XL

earth was turned ifito lice. That a swarm of noxious winged
things was sent (Ex. viii.) That a sore inflamed with pus.
tides broke out upon man and beast. That it rained hail
mingled with fire (Ex. ix.). That the locust was sent. rThat
there was thick-darkness i?i all the land of Egypt (Ex. x. |
l^hat all the first bom in the land of Egypt died (Ex. xii).
And at length that the Egyptians were drowned in the Red
Sea (Ex. xiv.), by which hell is signified. What is signi
fied in particular by all these things may be seen in the
" Heavenly Arcana " published at London, where they are
explained. It is hence manifest, what is signified by the
plagues and diseases of Egypt (Deut. vii. 15; xxviii. 60):
what by being drowned i?i the flood of Egypt (Amos viii. 8 ;
ix. 5) : and whence it is that Egypt is called the land
of bondage (Mic. vi. 4); the land of Ha77i (Ps. cvi. 22):
also the furnace of iron (Deut. iv. 20; 1 Kings viii. 51).
The reason that Egypt signifies both intelligence and
insanity in spiritual things, is that the Ancient Churchi
which had spread into many kingdoms of Asia, was also in
Egypt ; and the Egyptians more than others then cultivated
a knowledge of the Correspondences between spiritual
and natural things, as is manifest from the hieroglyphics
there. But when that knowledge with them was turned
into magic, and became idolatrous, then their intelligence in
spiritual things became insanity : hence Egypt, in the oppo-
site sense, signifies the latter. It may be seen from this,
what is meant by the great city which spiritually is called
Sodom and Egypt.

504. Where also our Lord was crucified, signifies the non-
acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine Human, and thus a
state of rejection. It is said in the church, that those cru-
cify the Lord who blaspheme Him ; as also those who, like
the Jews, deny Him to be the Son of God. They who deny
His Human to be Divine are like the Jews, because every
one regards the Lord as a Man ; and he who regards His
Human as the equal of the human of another man cannot

No. 505.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

547

then think of His Divine, howsoever this is said to be the
Son of God, born from eternity, equal to the Divine of
the Father. When this is said and read, it is heard indeed ;
but still it is not at the same time believed, when it is
thought that the Lord is a material man like another man.
retaining similar properties of the flesh. And as the hearer
(hen removes His Divine, and does not regard it, he in that
state is therefore as if he denied it ; for he denies that His
Human is the Son of God, as the Jews also did, and on
that account crucified Him. Yet it is plainly said that the
Lord's Human is the Son of God (Luke i. 32, 35 ; Matt,
iii. 16, 17 j and elsewhere). It is manifest from these things
why the men of the church go immediately to God the
Father, and many also immediately to the Holy Spirit,
and rarely any one immediately to the Lord. Since the
Jews, from the denial that the Lord was the Messiah,
the Son of God, crucified Him, therefore their Jerusalem
is also called Sodom (Isa. iii. 9; Jer. xxiii. 14; Ez. xvi.
46, 48) ; and the Lord says, In the day that Lot wc7it out
of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and
destroyed them all; even thus shall it be in the day that the
Son of Man shall be rrcealed (Luke xvii. 29, 30). What fire
and brimstone signify, may be seen n. 452, 494.

505. And they of the peoples and tribes and tongues and
nations shall see their bodies three days and a half signifies
when all who have been and shall be in falsities of doc-
trine and thence in evils of life from faith alone, at the end
of the church which still is, until the beginning of the New,
have heard and shall hear of the two essentials, which are
the acknowledgment of the Lord ana of works according
to the Decalogue. By the peoples and tribes and tongues
and nations are meant all of the Reformed who have been
and will be in falsities of doctrine and thence in evils of
life from faith alone. By peoples those are signified who
are in falsities of doctrine (n. 483) ; by tribes the falsities
and evils of the church (n. 349) ; by tongues the confession

vol. II. 6

54»

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

and reception of them (n. 483) ; and by nations they who
are in evils of life (n. 483) : hence by these four are meant
all and each who have been and who will be such ; and
thus all who have been in the great city, and who will be
in it, from those of similar character who are still to come
out of the world. By their bodies, or those of the two wit-
nesses, are signified the two essentials of the New Church,
spoken of above (n. 501). By their seeing is signified
when they have heard and shall hear of them • since to see
is said in regard to their bodies, and to hear in regard to
the two essentials. By three days and a half is signified
unto the end and the beginning • that is, to the end of the
church which as yet is, and to the beginning of the New.
From these things now gathered into one sense, it is mani-
fest that by " they of the peoples and tribes and tongues
and nations shall see their bodies three days and a half,"
the things said above are signified in the spiritual sense.
Three days and a half signify to the end and a beginning,
because day signifies state, the number three what is com-
plete to the end, and a half, a beginning. For the same
is signified by three days and a half as by a week, six days
of which signify what is complete even to the end, and the
seventh day signifies what is holy : for the number three and
a half is half of the number seven, which makes a week ;
and a doubled number and the divided number from which
it is, signify the same. That three signifies complete, thus
to the end, may be seen from these passages in the Word :
That Isaiah went naked a?id barefoot three years (xx. 3).
That Jehovah called Samuel three times, and Samuel ra?i to
Eli three times ; and that the third time Eli tmderstood
(1 Sam. iii. 1-8). That Elijah stretched himself upon the
widow *s son three times (1 Kings xvii. 21). That Elijah
co?nmanded that they should pour water upon the bur?it-ojfer-
ing th?-ee times (1 Kings xviii. 34). That Jesus said, that
the kingdom of heaven is like unto leaven, which a wo??ian
took and hid in three measures of meal until the whole was

No. 506.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

549

leavened (Matt. xiii. 33). That Jesus said to Peter that he
would deny Hi?n thrice (Matt. xxvi. 34). That the Lord
thrice asked Peter, Loves t thou Mel (John xxi. 15-17). That
Jonah was in the whalers belly three days and three nights
(Jonah i. 17). That Jesus said that He would destroy the
Temple, and would Himself build it in three days (Matt. xxvi.
61). That Jesus prayed three times in Gethsemane (Matt,
xxvi. 39-44). That Jesus rose again on the third day
(Matt, xxviii. 1. Besides many other places, as Isa. xvi.
14; Hos. vi. 2 ; Ex. iii. 18 ; x. 22, 23 ; xix. 1, 11, 15. 16,
18 ; Lev. xix. 23-25 ; Num. xix. 11 to the end ; xxxi. 19-25 ;
Deut. xix. 2, 3; xxvi. 12 ; Josh. i. 11; iii. 2 ; 1 Sam. xx.
5, 12, 19, 20, 35, 36, 41 ; 2 Sam. xxiv. 11-13 j Dan. x. 1-3 ;
Mark xii. 2, 4-6 ; Luke xx. *i2 ; xiii. 32, 33). Seven signi-
fies full and complete equally as three ; but seven is said
of holy things, and three of things not holy.

506. And shall not suffer their bodies to be put into sepul-
chres, signifies that they have condemned and will con-
demn them. By the bodies are here signified the two
essentials of the New Church, spoken of n. 505 and
above : and by not suffering them to be put into sepulchres
is signified to reject them as condemned. This is signi-
fied, because by putting into sepulchres or burying, resur-
rection and continuation of life is signified ; for then the
things are committed to the earth, which are from the earth,
thus which are earthly and thence unclean. Therefore by
not being put into sepulchres, or not being buried, is signi-
fied to remain in things earthly and unclean, and on that
account to be rejected as condemned. Hence it was,
that in the church among the children of Israel, which was
a representative church, it was established that they who
were regarded as condemned should be cast forth and not
buried ; as is manifest from these passages : Jehovah said
■■Oficerning them, they shall die grievous deaths, they shall not
be mourned nor buried ; they shall be as dung upon the face
of the earth, and their carcasses shall be for food to the birds

550

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

of the heavens and to the beast of the earth (Jer xvi. 3, 4).
The prophets that prophesy a lie shall be cast out in the streets
of Jerusalem, and shall have none to bury the7n (Jer. xiv.
16). In that day they shall bring out the bones of the kings
of Judah, the bones of his princes, and the bones of the
priests, and the bones of the prophets, out of their sepulchres ;
they shall not be collected nor buried ; they shall be for dung
upon the face of the earth (Jer. viii. 1, 2). That the dogs
devoured Jezebel in the field, and there was none to bury her
(2 Kings ix. 10). Thou wast cast out of thy sepulchre as
an abominable branch, as a carcass trodden under foot (Isa.
xiv. 19, 20. Besides other places, as Jer. xxv. 32, 33 ; xxii.
19 ; vii. 32, 33 ; xix. 11, 12 ; 2 Kings xxiii. 16).

507. And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over
them and be glad, signifies the delight of the affection of the
heart and the soul in the church on that account with those
who were in faith alone as to doctrine and life. By "them
that dwell on the earth " are meant they who are in the
church, here those that are in the church where is faith
alone : the earth signifies the church in which they are
(n. 285). To rejoice and to be glad signifies to have
delight of the affection of the heart and the soul. Delight
of the affection of the heart is of the will, and delight of
the affection of the soul is of the understanding ; for by
heart and soul in the Word, man's will and understanding
are meant. Hence it is said, "to rejoice and be glad,"
although joy and gladness appear as one thing : but in
these two is the marriage of the will and the understanding,
which is also the marriage of good and truth, which is in
each and every thing of the Word : see the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture "
(n. 80-90). Hence it is that both, to rejoice and to be
glad, or joy and gladness, are spoken of in many other
places in the Word ; as in these : Behold joy and gladness
(Isa. xxii. 13). They shall obtain joy and gladness (Isa.
xxxv. 10 ; li. 11). Joy and gladness are cut off from the

No. 509.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

551

house of our God (Joel i. 16). The voice of joy and the voice
of gladness shall cease (Jer. vii 34; xxv. 10). The fast of
the tenth shall be for joy and gladness (Zech. viii. 19). Be
glad with jferusalem, and rejoice with her (Isa. lxvi. 10).
Rejoice and be glad, O daughter of Edotn (Lam. iv. 21)
Let the heavens be glad, let the earth rejoice (Ps. xcvi. 1 1).
Make me to hear joy and gladness (Ps. li. 8). jfoy and
gladness shall be fowid in Zion (Isa. li. 3). Thou shall have
joy and gladness, and many shall rejoice at his birth (Luk<»
i. 14). / will cause to cease the voice of joy and the voice of
gladness, the voice of the bridegroom and the voice of the bride
(Jer. vii. 34; xvi. 9 ; xxv. 10 j xxxiii. 10, 11). Let all those
that seek thee rejoice and be glad (Ps. xl. 16; lxx. 4). Let
the just be glad, let them rejoice with gladness (Ps. lxviii. 3).
Be glad in Jerusalem, rejoice for joy with her (Isa. lxvi. 10).

508. And shall send gifts one to another, signifies consoci-
ation by love and friendship. To send gifts signifies to be
consociated by love and friendship, because a gift consoci-
ates j for it produces love, and causes friendship. " To
one another " signifies mutually.

509. Because those two prophets tormented them that dwell
upon the earth, signifies that those two essentials, the one
concerning the Lord and the Divine Human, and the other
concerning a life according to the commandments of the
Decalogue, are in opposition to the two essentials received
in the Reformed Church, of which the one relates to a
Trinity of Persons, and the other to salvation by faith
alone without the works of the law; and that owing to that
opposition the two essentials of the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem, are looked upon with contempt, dislike,
and aversion. That these things are signified, when by the
two prophets, or witnesses, the two essentials of the New
Church are meant, and when by them that dwell upon the
earth are meant those who are in the two essentials of the
church of the Reformed, follows as a necessary conclusion.
By tormenting is signified to be a matter of contempt, dislike,
and aversion.

3 5 2 THE APOCALYTSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

510. v^z// the three days and a half the spirit of life
from God entered i?ito them, a?id they stood upon their feet,
signifies that the two essentials of the New Church, at the
end of the former, when the New Church is beginning and
advancing, are vivified by the Lord with those who receive
them. By " the three days and a half " is signified to the
end and a beginning (n. 505) ; and thus from the end of
the church which as yet is, to the beginning of the New ;
here with those among whom the New Church commences
and is progressing : because it is now said of the witnesses,
that " the spirit ot life entered into them, and they stood
upon their feet." By the spirit of life from God spiritual
life is signified j and by standing upon the feet is signified
natural life agreeing with the spiritual life, and thus to be
vivified by the Lord. This is signified because by the spirit
of life the internal of man is meant, which is called the
internal man, which viewed in itself is spiritual : for the
spirit of man thinks and wills \ and to think and will is in
itself spiritual. By standing upon the feet the external of
man is signified, which is also called the external man, which
in itself is natural ; for the body speaks and does what its
spirit thinks and wills, and to speak and do is natural.
That the feet signify things natural, may be seen n. 49, 468.
It shall be told what in particular is meant by this. Every
man who is reformed, is reformed first as to his internal
man, and afterwards as to the external. The internal man
is not reformed by only knowing and understanding the
truths and goods by which man is saved, but by willing and
loving them \ but the external man by speaking and doing
the things which the internal man wills and loves: and as
far as it does this, so far the man is regenerated. He is not
regenerated before, because his internal is not before in
effect, but only in the cause ; and the cause, unless it is
in effect, is dissipated. It is like a house built upon the
ice, which falls to the bottom when the ice is melted by the
sun. In a word, it is like a man without feet tr stand and

No. 513.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

553

walk upon. It is the same with the internal or spiritua.
man, unless it is founded on the external or natural. This
then is what is signified by the two witnesses standing upon
their feet, after the spirit of life from God entered into them :
and also by similar things in Ezekiel : Jehovah said u?ito
me, Prophesy u?ito the wind ; a?id when I prophesied, the
vftii'it entered into them, and they stood upon their feet (xxxvii.
9, 10). Again: The voice speaking to me said, Son of man,
stand upon thy feet: then the spirit entered into me, and set me
upon my feet (ii. 1, 2). And again : I fell upon my face ; then
the spirit came into me, and set me up upon my feet (iii. 23, 24).
This is also what is meant by the Lord's words to Peter:
Peter said, Thou shall not wash my feet only, but also my
hands and my head: Jesus said unto him, He that is washed
needeth not save to wash his feet, and is clean every whit (John
xiii. 8, 9).

511. And great fear fell upon them that saw them, signifies
commotion of mind and consternation on account of the
Divine truths. Fear signifies various things, according to
the thing which causes it. The great fear here signifies a
commotion of mind and consternation on account of Divine
truths : for Divine truths have those effects with the evil ;
for they terrify when hell and eternal damnation are heard
of at the same time. But that terror is shortly dissipated,
together with the belief that there is any life after death.

512. And they heard a great voice from heaven, saying
unto them, Co?ne up hither, signifies those two essentials of
the New Church taken up by the Lord into heaven, whence
they are and where they are, and their protection. By "a
great voice out of heaven " is signified from the Lord ; for
a voice out of heaven is from no one else. By " come
up hither " is signified their being taken up into heaven,
whence they are and where they are, and the protection of
them.

513. And they ascended up into heaven in a cloud, signifies
the being taken up into heaven, and conjunction with the

554

THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI,

Lord there through the Divine Truth of the Word in its
literal sense. By going up into heaven is signified being
taken up by the Lord into heaven, as just above (n. 512) :
here also conjunction with the Lord there, because they
went up in a cloud ; for by a cloud the sense of the letter
of the Word is signified (n. 24) ; and through this there
is conjunction with the Lord, and consociation with the
angels ; see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concern-
ing the Sacred Scripture" (n. 62-69).

514. And their enemies beheld them, signifies that they
who are in faith separate from charity heard them, but
remained fixed in their falsities. By beholding the two
witnesses is signified to hear the two essentials of the New
Church, and also to see confirming things from the Word ;
because they saw them ascending in a cloud ; and by a
cloud the literal sense of the Word is signified (n. 24, 513).
Yet that they did not receive, but remained fixed in their
falsities, is manifest from this, that nothing more is said
than that they beheld ; and it follows that there was a
great earthquake, and that they perished in it. By their
enemies are meant those who were in the great city, which
is spiritually called Sodom and Egypt ; and that these are
they who are in faith separated from charity may be seen
above (n. 501, 502, &c).

515. And in that hour there was a great earthquake ; and
a tenth part of the city fell, signifies that a remarkable
change of state then took place with them, and that they
were torn away from heaven and cast down into hell. "In
that hour" signifies the time when they beheld the two wit-
nesses go up into heaven, and yet remained fixed in their
falsities, as just above (n. 514); for the two witnesses
prophesied, that is, taught them (vers. 3). And after they
were slain, and came to life again, and they also saw them
ascend into heaven, and still did not recede from their
falsities, then that great earthquake took place. That the
same took place with " the two Doctrines of the New Jeru-

No. 516.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

555

salem, one concerning the Lord, and the other concerning
a Life according to the Commandments of the Decalogue/'*
may be seen in some degree from the Relations after the
chapters. These two Doctrines are the two Witnesses which
ai-e here treated of. By an earthquake a change of state is
signified (n. 331) ; here their destruction, because in it a
tenth part of the city fell. By a tenth part is there signi-
fied all of them; for ten signifies many and all (n. 101);
in like manner the tenth part or a tenth : as the fourth part
or a fourth signifies the same as four (n. 322) ; and the
third part or a third the same as three (n. 400). By falling
is signified to sink down into hell, which takes place when
they are torn away from heaven. For the cities in the
world of spirits which are in evils and falsities, — after
they who are there have been visited, informed, and ad-
monished, and still persist in their evils and falsities, — are
shaken by an earthquake ; and thereby a gulf is opened,
into which they sink down : and the inhabitants then
appear to themselves to be at the bottom, as it were in a
desert ; out of which they are sent away one by one to
their places in hell. That it was so done with this city,
will be seen below (n. 531).

516. And there were slain in the earthquake names of men
seven thousand, signifies that in that state all those who
professed faith alone, and therefore made the works of
charity of no account, perished. By being slain is signi-
fied here as before to be spiritually slain, which is to perish
as to the soul. By the earthquake is signified a change of
state with them, and their destruction, as just above. By
" the names of men seven thousand " are signified all who
professed faith alone, and for that reason made no account
of the works of charity, and therefore condemned the two
holy essentials of the New Church. By names are signi-
fied they who are of such a quality, for the name signifies
the quality of the man (n. 81, 122, 165): and by seven
thousand are signified all who are such ; for the same is

556

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

signified by seven thousand as by seven, just as by twelve
thousand the same as twelve (n. 348). That seven signi-
fies all, and is predicated of the holy things of heaven and
the church, and in the opposite sense of profane thingSj
may be seen (n. 10, 391).

517. And the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to
the God of heaven, signifies that they who joined any goods
of charity to their faith, when they saw the destruction of
those, acknowledged the Lord, and were separated. By
'* the remnant " are here meant those who adjoined to faith
any goods of charity. Their being affrighted signifies
through fear when they saw the destruction of the others.
By giving glory to the God of heaven is signified to ac-
knowledge the Lord as the God of heaven and earth : by
giving glory is signified to acknowledge and to worship ;
and by the God of heaven and earth the Lord is meant,
because He is the God of heaven and earth (Matt, xxviii.
18). Because these, through fear, acknowledged the Lord,
they were separated, that they might be explored as to
the origin from which they did good, — whether from
themselves or from the Lord. All those do goods from
themselves, who do not shun evils as sins, that is, who do
not live the commandments of the Decalogue ; but they
who so shun and live, do goods from the Lord.

518. The second woe is past; behold, the third woe cometh
quickly, signifies a lamentation over the perverted state of
the church, and then a last lamentation, to be described
presently. That "woe" signifies a lamentation over the
perverted state of the church, may be seen above (n. 416).
By the third woe the last lamentation is signified, when
there is a completion and end ; for three and the third
signify these (n. 505). To come quickly signifies here-
after ; and the hereafter is described in the twelfth tc the
seventeenth chapters following, and finally in chapter
twentieth, where the last judgment upon them is treated of.

519. And the seventh angel sounded, signifies the explora'

No. 520.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

557

tion and manifestation of the state of the church after its
consummation, when the coming of the *Lord and of His
kingdom takes place. By sounding the trumpet is signi-
fied to explore and make manifest the state of the church
after its consummation, when the coming of the Lord and
of His kingdom takes place. The reason is, because this
is signified by the seventh angel sounding ; for by the six
angels and their trumpets sounding, the explorations and
manifestations of the consummated church have been sig-
nified, as is manifest from the preceding chapter, where
only its consummation is described. But that its state
after consummation is now treated of, which is the coming
of the Lord and of His kingdom, is manifest from these
things that follow in this verse and afterwards : in this
verse, And the seventh angel sounded, and there were great
voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of the world are
become our Lord's and His Christ's, and He shall reign for
ever and ever, &c. The reason that this manifestation was
made by the sounding of the seventh angel, is because
seven signifies the same as a week ; and six days of it are
clays of labor and of what belongs to man, and the seventh
is holy and the Lord's. That the devastation of the church,
when there is no longer any truth of doctrine and good of
life therein, and thus when its end has come, is meant by
consummation, may be seen n. 658, 750 • and because
then is the coming of the Lord and of His kingdom,
therefore both, the consummation of the age and the com-
ing of the Lord, are spoken of in Matt. xxiv. 3 ; and both
are also foretold in that chapter.

520. And there were great voices i?i heaven, saying, The
kingdoms of this world a?-e beco?ne our Lord's and His
Christ's, and He shall reign for ever and ever, signifies cele-
brations by the angels, that heaven and the church have
become the Lord's, as they were from the beginning ; and
that now also they have become the kingdom of His Divine
Human ; and thus that the Lord as to both will now reign

553

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

over heaven and the church for ever. " There were great
voices," signifies celebrations by the angels : " saying, the
kingdoms of the world have become our Lord's and His
Christ's," signifies that heaven and the church have become
the Lord's as they were from the beginning, and now also
the kingdom of His Divine Human : " and He shall reign
for ever and ever," signifies that the Lord is to reign over
them as to both. That great voices in heaven signify
celebrations of the Lord, because He has now taken His
great power, is manifest from verse seventeenth following,
where those great voices appear in full. By the Lord here
is meant the Lord from eternity, who is Jehovah j and by
Christ His Divine Human is meant, which is the Son of
God (Luke i. 32, 35). That the Lord will reign as to His
Divine Human also, is plainly manifest from these passages :
The Father hath given all things into the hand of the Son (John
iii. 35). The Father hath given to the Son power over all flesh
(John xvii. 2). Father, all mine are thine, and thine are mine
(John xvii. 10). All power is given unto me in heaven and
in earth (Matt, xxviii. 18). Concerning His Divine Human
He also says that the Father and He are one. And that He
is in the Father and the Father in Him (John x. 30, 38 ;
xiv. 5-12). Add to this, that unless the Lord's Human is
acknowledged to be Divine, the church perishes ; since the
Lord cannot then be in man and man in the Lord, as He
teaches (John xiv. 20 ; xv. 4-6; xvii. 21): and this conjunc-
tion makes the man of the church, and thus the church.
That the Lord's Divine Human is meant by Christ, is
because Christ is the Messiah, and the Messiah is the Son
of God whom they expected to come into the world. That
Christ is the Messiah is manifest from these passages :
We have found the Messiah, which is, being interpreted^ the
Christ (John i. 41). The woman said, L know that the
Messiah cometh, ivho is called the CJi7'ist (John iv. 25).
For " Messiah " in the Hebrew language is Anointed, as
"Christ" is in the Greek language. That the Messiah is

No. 522.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

559

the Son of God appears from these passages : The high
priest asked Him, whether He was the Christ (Messiah) the Son
of God (Matt. xxvi. 63 ; Mark xiv. 61 ; John xx. 31). Thou
art the Christ the Son of God, who should come i?ito the world
(John xi. 27). Peter said, We believe and acknowledge that
thou art the Christ the Son of the living God (John vi. 69).
That the Lord as to His Divine Human is the Son of God
is manifest from this : The angel said to Mary, Thou shall
conceive in thy womb, and shall bring forth a Son ; He shall
be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest. The
Holy Spirit shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest
shall overshadow thee ; therefore, also that Holy Thing which
shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God (Luke i.
30-35 : and from many other places). From these things
it is manifest what is signified by The kingdoms have become
our Lord's and His Christ's.

521. And the twenty four elders, who sat before God upon
their thrones, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,
signifies the acknowledgment by all the angels of heaven,
that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and the
highest adoration. By the twenty-four elders sitting upon
the thrones are signified all in heaven, in particular in the
spiritual heaven (n. 233, 251): and by falling upon their
faces and worshipping God, is signified the highest adora-
tion, and the acknowledgment that the Lord is the God of
heaven and earth.

522. Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty,
who art and who wast and who art to come, signifies con-
fession and glorification by the angels of heaven, that the
Lord is He who is, who lives and has power of Himself,
and governs all things, because He alone is Eternal and
Infinite. By giving thanks, the acknowledgment and glo
rification of the Lord is signified. That the Son of Man,
who is the Lord as to the Divine Human, is Almighty, the
Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the End, the
First and the Last, also He who is and who was and who

560

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

is to come, may be seen above in the Apocalypse, chap. i. 8,
1 1, 17 ; ii. 8 ; iv. 8. And that they signify that it is He who
is, lives and has power of Himself, governs all things, and
is alone Eternal and Infinite, and God, may be seen above
(n. 13, 29-31, 38, 57, 92).

523. That thou hast taken thy great power ; and hast entered
upon thy kingdom, signifies the New Heaven and the New
Church, where they will acknowledge Him as the Only God,
as He is and as He was. " Thou hast taken thy great
power/' signifies the Divine Omnipotence, which is His,
and which was His from eternity. " Thou hast entered
upon thy kingdom," signifies that heaven and the church
are now His, as before. By His kingdom is here meant
the New Heaven and New Church, spoken of in the Apoc-
alypse (xxi., xxii.). In the Apocalypse, from the beginning
to the end, the state of the former heaven and church, and
their abolishment, is alone treated of ; and afterwards the
New Heaven and the New Church, and their establishment;
in which One God is acknowledged in whom is a trinity,
and that that God is the Lord. This the Apocalypse teaches
from beginning to end : for it teaches that the Son of Man,
who is the Lord as to the Divine Human, is the Alpha and
the Omega, the Beginning and the End, the First and the
Last ) who is, was, and is to come ; and is Almighty (n. 522) :
and at length that a New Church which is the New Jerusa-
lem, will be the Church of the Lamb, that is, of His Divine
Human, and thus at the same time of the Divine from
Which are all things ; as is plainly manifest from these
passages : Let us rejoice and exult, for the time of the marriage
of the Lamb is come, and His Wife hath made herself ready '
(Apoc. xix. 7). There came one of the seven angels, and said
unto me, Come hither, T will show thee the Bride the Lamb's
Wife ; and he showed me the Holy City Jerusalem (Apoc.
xxi. 9, 10). / Jesus am the root and the offsp7'ing of David,
the bright and morning star : the Spirit and the Bride say,
Come ; and let him that heareth say, Come (Apoc. xxii

No. 525.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

561

16, 17). There was give?i to the Son of Man dominion, and
glory, and the kingdom ; His dominion is an everlasti?ig
dominion, and His kingdom shall not perish (Dan. vii. 14).

524. And the nations were angry, signifies those who are
in faith alone, and thence in evils of life, that they became
enraged and infested those who are against their faith.
By "the nations" those are meant who are in evils of life,
and abstractly evils of life (n. 147, 483) ; but here those
who are in faith alone, because these are here treated of :
and these are in evils of life, because their religion is,
that the law does not condemn them, provided they have
faith that Christ took away its condemnation. Their being
angry also signifies not only that they became enraged, but
also that they infested those who are against their faith ; as
may be evident from the things that follow concerning the
Dragon (chap. xii. 17), and afterwards.

525. And thy wrath is come, and the time to judge the
dead, signifies their destruction and the last judgment upon
those who have not any spiritual life. By " thy wrath " the
last judgment is signified (n. 340), and thus their destruc-
tion. This is signified by the Lord's wrath, because it
appears to them as if the Lord from anger cast them down
into hell ; when yet the evil casts himself down. For it is
as if a malefactor should attribute it to the law, that he
is punished ; or to the fire that he is burnt, if he puts his
hand in it • or to a drawn sword in the hand of one who
is defending himself, if he is stabbed when he runs upon
its point : so it happens with every one who is against the
Lord, and from anger rushes against those whom the Lord
protects. By the dead that are to be judged are meant in
the universal sense those who have died out of the world ;
but in the proper sense those are meant who have not any
spiritual life : of these the judgment is predicated in John
iii. 18 ; v. 24, 29. The reason is, because those are said
to be alive, who have spiritual life. Spiritual life is solely
with those who go to the Lord, and at the same time shun

562 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XL

evils as sins. Those who have no spiritual life are meant in
these passages : They joined themselves also unto Baalpeor,
and eat the sacrifices of the dead (Ps. cvi. 28). The e?ieniy
persecuteth my soul, he hath made me to sit in darhness as
the dead of the world (Ps. cxliii. 3). To hear the groaning
of the priso?ier, and to loose the sons of death (Ps. cii. 20).
/ know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livesi, but
art dead: be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain
Which are ready to die (Apoc. iii. 1, 2). That these are
meant by the dead, is because spiritual death is meant:
on which account those also who are destroyed by that
death are signified by the slain (n. 321, 325, and else-
where). But they who have died out of the world are
meant by the dead in these passages : The dead were
judged according to the things that were written in the books
(Apoc. xx. 12). The rest of the dead lived not again (Apoc.
xx. 5). The reason is because by the first death is there
meant natural death, which is to die out of the world ; and
by the second death spiritual death, which is damnation.

526. And to give reward to His servants the prophets,
and to the saints, signifies the happiness of eternal life to
those who are in truths of doctrine from the Word, and
in a life according to them. By " reward " is signified the
happiness of eternal life, as will be shown presently : by
" the prophets " those are signified who are in the truths
of doctrine from the Word (n. 8, 133) : and by " the saints"
they who are in a life according to them (n. 173). By
reward is here meant the happiness of eternal life arising
from the enjoyment and pleasantness of the love and affec-
tion for good and truth. For every affection of love has
in itself its enjoyment and pleasantness, and the affection
of the love of good and truth enjoyment and pleasantness
such as the angels of heaven have j and every affection
remains with man after death. The reason is, because
affection is of love, and love is the life of man \ on which
account every one has such life after death as his reigning

No. 527.] THE ArOCALVrSE REVEALED. 563

love was in the world : and the reigning love of those who
have loved the truths of the Word, and have lived accord-
ing to them, is the love of good and truth. Xcth:r.~ c!se
but the delight of good and the pleasantness of truth is
meant by reward in the following passages : Behold, the
Lord Jehovih cometh in strength ; behold, His reward is with
Him (Isa. xl. 10; lxii. 11). Behold, I eome quickly; and
my reward is with me (Apoc. xxii. 12). My judgment is
with Jehovah) and the reward of my work is with my God
(Isa. xlix. 4). / Jehovah love judgment, I will give the
reward of their work (Isa. lxi. 8). Do good, hoping for noth-
ing again ; and your reward shall be great, a fid ye shall be the
children of the Highest (Luke vi. 35. Besides other places,
as Jer. xxxi. 15-17 : Matt. v. 12; vi. 4, 6, iS: x. 41,
42 ; Mark ix. 41 ; Luke vi. 22, 23 ; adv. 12-14 ; John iv.

527. And to them that fear thy name, both small and
great, signifies who love the things which are the Lord's in
a greater or less degree. By fearing the Lord's name is
signified to love the things which are the Lord's. By fear-
ing is signified to love ; and by the Lord's name all things
by which He is worshipped are signified (n. 81): by the
small and the Great are signified those who fear the Lord
in a less or a greater degree. That '* to fear " here signi-
fies to love, is because every one who loves, fears also to
do evil to him whom he loves. Genuine love is not given
without that fear. Consequently, he who loves the Lord,
fears to do evil, because evils are contrary to Him ; for
they are contrary to His Divine laws in the Word, which
is from Him, and thus Himself ; yea, they are contrary to
His Divine essence, which is that He wishes to save all ;
for He is the Saviour ; and He cannot save a man, unless
he lives according to His laws and commandments. And
what is more, he who loves evils, loves also to do evil to
the Lord ; yea, to crucify Him. This lies inmostly hid in
ever)- evil, even with those who confess Him with the moutb

564

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

in the world. That it is so is unknown to men, but well
known to the angels. That to fear God signifies to love
the things that are God's, by doing them, and not being
willing to do the things that are contrary to Him, is mani-
fest from these passages : What doth Jehovah thy God
require of thee, but to fear Jehovah thy God, to walk in all
His ways, and to love Him (Deut. x. 12). Ye shall walk
after Jehovah your God, and fear Him, and keep His com-
mandments (Deut. xiii. 4). Jehovah thy God shall thou
fear, Him shall thou serve, and to Hi?n shall thou cleave
(Deut. x. 20 ; vi. 2, 13, 14, 24 ; viii. 6 ; xvii. 19 ; xxviii. 58 ;

xxxi. 12). O that there were in them a heart to fear Me,
and to keep my commandme?its (Deut. v. 29). Teach me, O
Jehovah, thy way ; unite my heart to the fear of thy name
(Ps. lxxxvi. 11). Blessed is he that feareth Jehovah, that
walketh i?i His ways (Ps. cxxviii. 1 ; cxii. 1 ; Jer. xliv. 10).
If I am a father, where is ?ny honor 1 if I am a lord, where
is my fear? (Mai. i. 6 ; ii. 5 ; Isa. xi. 2, 3). / will give
them one heart and one way to fear Me ; and I will put my
fear in their heart, that they may not depart from Me (Jer.

xxxii. 39, 40). The fear of Jehovah is the beginning of
wisdom (Ps. cxi. 10. Besides other places, as Isa. viii. 13;
xxv. 3 ; xxix. 13 ; 1. 10; Jer. xxxiii. 9 ; Ps. xxii. 23 ; xxxiii.
8, 18 ; xxxiv, 7, 9 ; lv. 19 ; cxv. ii, 13 ; cxlvii. 11 ; Apoc.
xiv. 7 ; Luke i. 50). But the fear of God with the evil is
not love, but a fear of hell.

528. And to destroy them that destroy the earth, signifies
the casting into hell of those who have destroyed the church.
By destroying them that destroy the earth, is signified the
casting into hell of those who 'have destroyed the church,
because the church is signified by the earth (n. 285) ; and
because it follows after these words, the ti?ne to judge the
dead is come ; by which the last judgment upon those who
have no spiritual life is signified (n. 525). Thus by "the
time is come to destroy them that destroy the earth," is here
signified the casting into hell of those who have destroyed

No. 529.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

565

the church. The like is said of Lucifer, by whom Babylon
is meant, in Isaiah : Thou hast destroyed thine earth, and
hast slain thy people (xiv. 20).

529. And the Temple of God was opened in heaven, and
there was seen in His temple the ark of His eovenant, signifies
the New Heaven, in which the Lord is worshipped in His
Divine Human, and they live according to the command-
ments of His Decalogue ; which are the two essentials of
the New Church, by which there is conjunction. By " the
Temple of God " the Lord's Divine Human is signified,
also heaven where the angels are, and the church on earth.
That these three are signified by the temple of God, and
that they cannot be separated, may be seen n. 191. But
here by the temple of God is signified the Lord in His
Divine Human in heaven where the angels are, because it
is said, "the temple of God in heaven." By the ark in the
temple the Decalogue is meant ; for in the ark were only
the two tables, on which the Decalogue was inscribed. By
its being open is signified that these two, the Divine Human
and the Decalogue, which are the two Essentials of the New
Church, were now seen, and were seen after the evil were
cast down into hell (n. 528). It is said, "the ark of His
covenant in His temple," because a covenant signifies con-
junction ; of which below. But something shall first be
said concerning the Decalogue. What nation in the entire
world does not know that it is evil to kill, to commit adul-
ter}', to steal, and to testify falsely? Unless they knew
these things, and guarded by laws against such crimes, they
must perish ; for society, a commonwealth, and a kingdom,
without those laws, would fall. Who can suppose that the
Israelitish nation was so stupid above all other nations, as
not to know that those were evils ? On which account one
may wonder why those laws, known universally in the whole
world, were promulgated with so great a miracle from
mount Sinai by Jehovah Himself, and written also by His
ringer. But hear : They were promulgated by Jehovah

566

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap XL

with such a miracle, and written by His finger, that it
might be known that those laws were not only civil and
moral laws, but also spiritual laws ; and that to do contrary
to them was not only to do evil against a fellow-citizen and
against society, but also to sin against God. Wherefore,
those laws, by promulgation from mount Sinai by Jehovah,
were made laws of religion. For it is evident that whatever
Jehovah God commands, He commands it that it may be a
thing of religion ; and that it is to be done for His sake ;
and for man's sake, that he may be saved. Those laws —
because they were the first-fruits of the church about to be
established by the Lord with the Israelitish nation, and
because they were in a brief summary the aggregate of all
things of religion, by which there is conjunction of the
Lord with man and of man with the Lord — were on that
account so holy, that nothing is more holy. That they were
most holy may be evident from this : that Jehovah Himself,
that is, the Lord, descended in fire ; a?id that the mountain
then smoked a?id trembled, and that there were thunders %
lightnings, a thick cloud, and the voice of a trwnpet (Ex. xix.
16, 18 ; Deut. v. 19-23). That the people, before the descent
of Jehovah, prepared and sanctified themselves for three days
(Ex. xix. 10, 11, 15). That the mountain was enclosed by
bounds, that no one might approach to its base, lest he should
die (Ex. xix. 12, 13, 20-23 ; xxiv. 1, 2). That that law was
written on two tables of stone, and that it was written by the
finger of God (Ex. xxxi. 18 ; xxxii. 15, 16; Deut. ix. 10). That
the face of Moses shone, when he brought the Tables down from
the mountain the second time (Ex. xxxi v. 29-35). That the
Tables were laid up in the Ark (Ex. xxv. 16; xh 20 j Deut. x. 5 ;
1 Kings viii. 9). That the place in the Tabernacle where the
Ark was, was called the Holy of Holies (Ex. xxvi. 33, and
elsewhere). That the Ark, on account of the Law in it, was
called Jehovah There (Num. x. 35, 36 ; 2 Sam. vi. 2 ; Ps.
cxxxii. 8). That Jehovah spake with Moses above the Ark
(Ex. xxv. 22 ; Num. vii. 89). That on account of the holiness

N . 530.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

567

of that Law, it was not lawful for Aaron to enter within the
Vail where the Ark was, except with sacrifices and incense,
lest he should die (Lev. xvi. 2-14, &c). That owing to the.
presence and power of the Lord i?i the Law which was in the
Ark, the ?. aters of the Jordan were divided, and as long as
it rested in the middle, the people passed over on dry land
(Josh. iii. 1-17 ; iv. 5-20). That by carrying the Ark around,
the walls of Jericho fell down (Josh. vi. 1-20). That Dagon
the god of the- Philistines fell down to the earth before the
Ark, and afterwards lay upon the threshold of the temple with
his head broken off (1 Sam. v. 3, 4). That the Ekronitcs
ana Bcthshemites were smitten on account of the Ark to
the number of many thousands (1 Sam. v. and vi). That the
Ark was introduced into Zion by David with sacrifices and
rejoicing (2 Sam. vi. 1-19). That Uzzah died at that time,
because he touched it (2 Sam. vi. 6, 7). That the Ark was
the inmost recess in the te??iple of Jerusalem (1 Kings vi. 19,
&c. ; viii. 3-9). That the Tables on which the Law was
written were called the Tables of the Covenant, and from them
the ark was called the ark of the cove?iant, and the Law itself
the Covenant (Num. x. 33 5 Deut. iv. 13, 23 ; v. 2, 3 ; ix. 9 ;
Josh. iii. 11 , 1 Kings viii. 19, 21 ; and elsewhere). That
that law being called the covenant, signifies conjunction,
is because covenants are made for the sake of love, of
friendship, of consociation, and thus of conjunction.
Therefore it is said of the Lord, that He shall be for a
covenant to the people (Isa. xlii. 6 ; xlix. 8). And He is
called the Angel of the covenant (Mai. iii. 1): and His blood,
the blood of the covenafit (Matt. xxvi. 28 j Zech. ix. 11 \ Ex.
xxiv. 4-10). And for that reason the Word is called the
Old Covenant and the New Covena?it.

530. And there were lightnings, and voices, and thunders,
ami an earthquake, and great hail, signifies that then, below,
there were reasonings, commotions, and falsifications of
good and truth. By the lightnings, voices, and thunders,
reasonings are signified (n. 396). By the earthquake are

568

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI.

signified changes of the state of the church (n. 331) ; here
commotions. By the great hail, the falsifications of truth
and good are signified (n. 399). These things took place
in the lower parts, where the evil still tarried, before the
last judgment was executed upon them \ for it is said in
the eighteenth verse preceding, The time to judge the dead
is come, and to destroy them that destroy the earth. Such
things take place in the world of spirits, from the presence
and influx of heaven, which is above them. ,

531. To this I will add this Relation. I was suddenly
seized with a disease almost deadly : my whole head was
weighed down heavily : a pestilential smoke ascended from
the Jerusalem which is called Sodom and Egypt : I was
half-dead with severe pain : I expected the end. I lay
thus in my bed for three days and a half : my spirit was
affected thus, and from it my body. And then I heard
around me the voices of them that said, "Lo, he who
preached repentance for the remission of sins, and the
Man Christ alone, lies dead in the street of our city."
And they asked some of the clergy whether he was worthy
of burial ; and they said that he was not : " let him lie ; let
him be looked at." They passed to and fro and mocked.
In truth this happened to me, when this chapter of the
Apocalypse was being explained. Harsh speeches of the
scoffers were then heard, especially these : " How can
repentance be performed without faith ? How can Christ
the Man be adored as God ? When we are saved of free
grace without any merit of our own, what need we then
but the faith alone, that God the Father sent the Son, to
take away the condemnation of the law, impute to us His
merit, and thus justify us before Him, and absolve us from
our sins by His herald the priest, and then give the Holy
Spirit to operate all good in us ? Is not this according to

NTo. 531.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

5^9

the Scripture, and also according to reason ? " These
things the crowd that stood by applauded. I heard these
things ; but could not answer, because I lay almost dead.
But after three days and a half my spirit recovered ; and
1 went forth in the spirit from the broad way into the city,
and said again, " Repent, and believe in Christ ; and your
sins will be remitted, and ye will be saved : if not, ye will
perish. Did not the Lord Himself preach repentance for
the remission of sins, and that they should believe in
Him ? Did He not command the disciples to preach the
same ? Does not entire security of life follow the dogma
of your faith ? " But they said, " What nonsense ! Has
not the Son made satisfaction ? Has not the Father im-
puted it? Has He not justified us, who have believed
this ? We are thus led by the spirit of grace. What sin
is there then in us ? What power has death over us ? Do
you comprehend this gospel, preacher of sin and repent-
ance ? " But then a voice came -forth out of heaven, say-
ing, "What is the faith of the impenitent but a dead faith?
The end is come : the end has come upon you secure ones ;
blameless in your own eyes ; justified in your faith ; devils."
And suddenly an abyss was then opened in the midst of
that city ; and it widened ; and house fell upon house ;
and they were swallowed up ; and soon the water boiled
up out of a broad whirlpool, and overflowed the waste.

When they were thus engulfed, and seemed inundated, I
desired to know their lot in the deep j and it was said to
me from heaven, " Thou shalt see and hear." And thep
the waters in which they seemed to be inundated, disap-
peared before my eyes j because waters in the spiritual
World are correspondences, and hence appear around
those who are in falsities. And then they were seen by
me in a sandy bottom, where heaps of stones were piled
up j among which they were running about, and lamenting
that they were cast out of their great city. And they cried
out and exclaimed, " Why has this come upon us ? Are

5 70 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

we not, through our faith, clean, pure, just, and holy ? "
And others cried, "Are we not, through our faith, cleansed,
purified, justified, and sanctified ? " And others, " Are we
not, through our faith, made such that we may appear, be
seen, and be reputed, before God the Father, and be de
clared before the angels, as clean, pure, just, and holy?
Are not we reconciled, propitiated, expiated, and so ab-
solved, washed, and cleansed from sins ? Has not the
condemnation of the law been taken away by Christ?
Why then are we cast together here as condemned ? We
have heard, from an audacious preacher of sin in our great
city, ' Believe in Christ, and repent.' Did we not believe
in Christ, when we believed in His merit ? Have we not
repented, when we have confessed that we are sinners?
Why, then, has this befallen us ? " But a voice was then
heard speaking to them from one side, " Do you know any
sin in which you are ? Have you in any wise examined
yourselves ? Have you oh that account shunned any evil
as a sin against God ? And he that does not shun it, is in it.
Is not sin the devil ? Wherefore you are they of whom the
Lord says, ' Then shall ye begin to say, we have eaten
and drunk before Thee, and Thou hast taught in our
streets : but He shall say, I say unto you, I know you not
whence ye are \ depart from Me, all workers of iniquity,'
(Luke xiii. 26, 27): of whom He also speaks in Matt. vii.
22, 23. Depart, therefore, each to his place. You see
openings into caverns : enter in thither, and to each of
you will be given there his work to do, and there food in
proportion to the work. If you do not, hunger will compel
you to enter."

A voice afterwards came from heaven to certain ones
upon the earth, who were without that great city, and who
are spoken of in vers. 13, saying loudly, "Take heed to
yourselves, beware of consociation with such. Can you
not understand that the evils which are called sins and
iniquities render a man unclean and impure ? How can

No 531.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

571

the man be cleansed and purified from them, but by actual
repentance, and by faith in Jesus Christ? Actual repent-
ance is to examine one's self, to know and acknowledge his
sins, to hold himself guilty, to confess them before the
Lord, to implore help and power to resist them, and so to
desist from them, and to lead a new life ; and to do all
'.his as of himself. Do so once or twice in a year, when
you come to the Holy Communion ; and afterwards, when
the sins of which you have found yourselves guilty recur,
then say to yourselves, 'We do not will these, because
they are sins against God.' This is actual repentance.
Who cannot understand, that he who does not examine
and see his sins, remains in them ? For all evil is delight-
ful to man from birth. For it is delightful to him to
revenge, to commit adultery, to defraud, to blaspheme, and
especially to rule from the love of self. Does not the
delight prevent you from seeing them ? And if perchance
it is said that they are sins, do you not from the enjoyment
of them excuse them ? yea, persuade yourselves, and con-
firm it by falsities, that they are not sins ? and so remain in
them, and do them afterwards more than before ? and this
even until you do not know what sin is ; yea, whether there
is such a thing. It is otherwise with every one who ac-
tually repents. The evils which he knows and acknowl-
edges, he calls sins, and therefore begins to shun and turn
away from them, and to feel the delight of them as unde-
lightful. And as far as he does this, he so far sees and
loves goods, and at length feels the delight of them, which
is the delight of heaven. In a word, as far as one rejects
the devil, he is adopted by the Lord ; and is taught, led,
withheld from evils, and kept in good, by Him. This is
the way, and there is no other, from hell to heaven." It is
matter of wonder that the Protestants have a certain deep-
rooted opposition, repugnance, and aversion, to actual
repentance, which is so great that they cannot compel
themselves to examine themselves, and see their sins, and

VOL. II. 7

572

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI

confess them before God. It is as if a horror invades
them, when they think of it. I asked many concerning it
in the spiritual world, and they all said that it was beyond
their power. When they heard that still the Papists do it,
that is, that they examine themselves, and openly confess
their sins before a monk, they greatly wondered ; and still
more that the Protestants cannot do it in secret before
God j although it is equally enjoined upon them before they
come to the Holy Supper. And some there inquired why
this was so ; and they found that faith alone induced such
a state of impenitence and such a heart. And it was then
given them to see, that those of the Papists who worship
Christ, and do not invoke saints, and thus do not adore
His vicar so called, and any key-bearer of His, are saved.

After this there was heard as it were thunder, and a
voice speaking from heaven, saying, "We are astonished!
Say to the congregation of the Protestants, 1 Believe in
Christ, and repent ; and ye shall be saved.' " And I said
so : and I added moreover, " Is not Baptism a sacrament
of repentance, and thence an introduction into the Church ?
What else do the sponsors promise for the one that is to
be baptized, but that he shall renounce the devil and his
works ? Is not the Holy Supper a sacrament of repent-
ance, and thence introduction into heaven ? Is it not said
to the communicants, that they should by all means repent
before coming? Is not the Catechism — the universal
Doctrine of the Christian church — a teacher of repent-
ance? Is it not there said, in the six precepts of the
second table, This and that evil thou shalt not do ? and
not this and that good thou shalt do ? You may hence
know, that as far as one shuns evil, he loves good ; and
that before this, he does not know what good is ; yea, nor
what evil is."

Chap. XII.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

573

CHAPTER TWELFTH.

1. And a great sign was seen in heaven, a Woman
clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and
upon her head a crown of twelve stars.

2. And she being with child, cried, travailing in birth,
and pained to bring forth.

3. And another sign was seen in heaven ; and behold, a
great red Dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and
upon his heads seven diadems.

4. And his tail drew the third part of the stars of
heaven, and cast them unto the earth. And the Dragon
stood before the Woman who was ready to bring forth ;
that when she brought forth, he might devour her child.

5. And she brought forth a male child, who was to feed *
all nations with a rod of iron ; and her child was caught
up unto God and His throne.

6. And the Woman fled into the wilderness, where she
hath a place prepared by God, that they may nourish her
there a thousand two hundred and sixty days.

7. And there was war in heaven : Michael and his
angels fought with the Dragon ; and the Dragon fought
and his angels :

8. And prevailed not ; neither was their place found
any more in heaven.

9. And the great Dragon was cast out, that old serpent,
called the Devil and Satan, that seduceth the whole world
he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast
out with him.

10. And I heard a great voice in heaven, saying, Now

* As a shepherd.

574

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

is come the salvation and the strength and the kingdom
of our God and the power of His Christ ; for the accuser of
our brethren is cast down, that accused them before our
God day and night.

11. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb,
and by the word of their testimony • and they loved not
their life even unto death.

12. For this rejoice, O heavens, and ye that dwell in
them : woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea ;
for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath,
knowing that he hath but a short time.

13. And when the Dragon saw that he was cast unto
the earth, he persecuted the Woman who brought forth
the son.

14. And there were given to the Woman two wings of a
great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness into her
place ; where she is nourished for a time, and times, and
half a time, from the face of the serpent.

15. And the serpent cast out after the Woman out of
his mouth water as a flood, that he might cause her to be
swallowed up by the flood.

16. And the earth helped the Woman : and the earth
opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the
Dragon cast out of his mouth.

17. And the Dragon was wroth with the Woman, and
went away to make war with the remnant of her seed, that
keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony
of Jesus Christ.

18. And I stood upon the sand of the sea.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The New
Church and its Doctrine are here treated of. By the
Woman the New Church is meant ; and by the child which

Chap. XII.l THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

575

she brought forth, its doctrine. And those in the Church
of the present day are also treated of, who from doctrine
believe in a Trinity of Persons, and in the Duality of the
person of Christ, and in justification by faith alone : these
are meant by the Dragon. The persecution of the New
Church by these on account of its doctrine, and its protec-
tion by the Lord until from a few it spreads among many,
are then treated of.

The Contents of each Verse. "And a great sign
was seen in heaven," signifies a revelation from the Lord
concerning His New Church in the heavens and on
the earth, and concerning the difficult reception of and
assault upon its doctrine. "A woman clothed with the
sun, and the moon under her feet," signifies the Lord's
New Church in the heavens, which is the New Heaven,
and the Lord's New Church about to be on the earth,
which is the New Jerusalem. " And upon her head a
crown of twelve stars," signifies its wisdom and intelligence
from the knowledges of Divine Good and Divine Truth
from the Word. " And she, being with child, cried, travail-
ing in birth, and pained to bring forth," signifies the nas-
cent doctrine of the New Church, and its difficult reception
on account of resistance from those that are meant by the
dragon. " And another sign was seen in heaven," signifies
a revelation from the Lord concerning those who are
against the New Church and its doctrine. " And behold,
a great red dragon," signifies those in the church of the
Reformed, who make God three and the Lord two, and
who separate charity from faith, and make the latter, and
not at the same time the former, saving. " Having seven
heads," signifies insanity from the truths of the Word falsi-
fied and profaned. " And ten horns," signifies much power.
u And upon his heads seven diadems," signifies all the
truths of the Word falsified and profaned. " And his tail
drew the third part of the stars of heaven and cast them
unto the earth," signifies that by falsifications of the truths

57^

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

of the Word they have discarded from the Church all
spiritual knowledges of good and truth, and have utterly de-
stroyed them by applications to falsities. "And the dragon
stood before the Woman who was ready to bring forth,
that when she brought forth he might devour her child,"
signifies that they who are meant by the dragon are eager
to extinguish the doctrine of the New Church at its birth.
" And she brought forth a male child," signifies the Doc-
trine of the New Church. " Who was to feed all nations
[as a shepherd] with a rod of iron," signifies which by
truths from the literal sense of the Word and at the same
time by rational arguments from natural light {lumen) will
convince all who are in dead worship from faith separated
from charity, who are willing to be convinced. " And her
child was caught up unto God and to His throne," signifies
the protection of the doctrine by the Lord, and the watch-
ful care of it by the angels of heaven. " And the Woman
fled into the wilderness," signifies the church at first among
a few. " Where she hath a place prepared by God, that
they may nourish her there a thousand two hundred and
sixty days," signifies the state of the church at that time,
that, meanwhile, preparation may be made for it among
many, until it grows to its appointed state. " And there
was war in heaven : Michael and his angels fought with
the dragon ; and the dragon fought and his angels," signi-
fies the falsities of the former church fighting against the
truths of the New. " And prevailed not, neither was their
place found any more in heaven," signifies that they were
convicted of being in falsities and evils, and still remained
in them, and that on that account they were torn away from
conjunction with heaven, and cast down. " And the great
dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the devil and
satan," signifies that they were turned away from the Lord
to themselves and from heaven to the world, and thence
were in the evils of lusts and in falsities. " That seduceth
the whole world," signifies that they pervert all things of

Chap. XIL] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

577

the church. " He was cast out into the earth, and his
angels with him," signifies that they were cast out into the
world of spirits which is in the midst between heaven and
hell, from which there is immediate conjunction with
men on earth. " And I heard a great voice in heaven
saying, Now is come the salvation and the strength and
the kingdom of our God and the power of His Christ,"
signifies the joy of the angels of heaven, that the Lord
alone now ieigns in heaven and in the church, and that
they who believe in Him are saved. " For the accuser of
our brethren is cast down, that accuseth them before our
God day and night," sigjiifies that those who opposed the
doctrine of the New Church were removed by the last judg-
ment. "And they overcame him by the blood of the
Lamb and by the word of their testimony," signifies victory
by the Divine Truth of the Word and by the acknowledg-
ment of the Lord. "And they loved not their life even
unto death," signifies who did not love themselves more
than the Lord " For this rejoice, O heavens, and ye that
dwell in them," signifies a new state of heaven, that they
are in the Lord and the Lord in them. "Woe to the
inhabiters of the earth and of the sea, for the devil is come
down unto you, having great wrath," signifies lamentation
over those in the church who are in falsities of faith and
thence in evils of life, because they are in conjunction
with the dragonists. " Knowing that he hath but a short
time," signifies because he knows that the New Heaven is
formed, and that thus the New Church on the earth is at
hand, and that he with his like will then be cast into hell.
"When the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he
persecuted the Woman who brought forth the son," signi-
fies that the dragonists in the world of spirits, after being
cast down, immediately began to infest the New Church
on account of its doctrine. " And there were given to the
Woman two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into
the wilderness into her place," signifies the Divine circum-

578 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

spection for that church, and protection while it is yet
among a few. " Where she is nourished for a time, and
times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent," sig-
nifies that on account of the craftiness of them that seduce,
preparation is made cautiously that it may come among
more, until it grows to its appointed state. " And the ser-
pent cast out after the Woman out of his mouth watei as
a flood, that he might cause her to be swallowed up by
the flood," signifies reasonings from falsities in abundance
to destroy the Church. " And the earth helped the Woman,
and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the
flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth," signifies that
those reasonings in abundance fall to nothing before the
spiritual truths rationally understood, which the Michaels,
of whom the New Church consists, bring forward. " And
the dragon was wroth with the Woman, and went away to
make war with the remnant of her seed, that keep the
commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus
Christ," signifies the hatred kindled with those who believe
themselves to be wise on account of confirmations in favor
of the mystic union of the Divine and the Human in the
Lord, and in favor of justification by faith alone, agains*
those who acknowledge the Lord alone as the God dt
heaven and earth, and that the Decalogue is the law o*
life, accosting novitiates with the design of seducing them,
" And I stood upon the sand of the sea," signifies his state
now spiritual-natural.

THE EXPLANATION.

532. And a great sign was seen in heaven, signifies a
revelation from the Lord concerning His New Church in
the heavens and on the earth, and concerning the diffi-
cult reception of and assault upon its Doctrine. By a sigw
from heaven is here meant a revelation of things to come,

No- 533-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

579

and by " the great sign seen in heaven " a revelation con-
cerning the New Church is meant ; for the Woman clothed
with the sun, who is treated of in this chapter, signifies that
Church. The male child which she brought forth signifies
its doctrine. Her being pained to bring forth, signifies its
difficult reception. The dragon's wishing to devour the
male child, and his persecuting the Woman afterwards,
signifies assault upon it. These are the things which are
meant by the great sign seen in heaven. A sign in the
Word relates to future things, and then it is a revelation j
or it relates to the truth, and then it is a testification ; or
to the quality of a state or a thing, and then it is a mani-
festation. A sign relates to future things, and is then a
revelation, in the following passages. Let them declare to us
what shall happen, that we may k?iow the latter end of them ;
or make us to hear things to come ; show us the signs for the
future (Isa. xli. 22, 23). The disciples said to jfesus, What
shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the consicmmation of the
age (Matt. xxiv. 3 ; Mark xiii. 4 ; Luke xxi. 7). There shall
be signs from heaven, and signs i?i the sun, the moon, and the
stars (Luke xxi. n, 25). And then shall appear the sign
of the Son of Man (Matt. xxiv. 30). was said to king
Hezekiah, This shall be a sign to thee, that jfehovah will do
this thing ; the shadow shall be brought back in the degrees of
Ahaz. Afterwards Hezekiah said, What is the sign thai I
shall go tip into the house of jfehovah (Isa. xxxviii. 7, 8, 22 :
and elsewhere). That a sign relates to the truth, and that
it is then a testification, and likewise to the quality of a
state, and that it then is a manifestation, is plain from other
places in the Word.

533. A Woman clothed with the sun, and the moon wider
bcr feet, signifies the Lord's New Church in the heavens,
which is the New Heaven, and the Lord's New Church
about to be on the earth, which is the New Jerusalem
That the Lord's New Church is signified by this Woman, is
evident from every thing in this chapter when understood

580 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

in the spiritual sense. That the church is also signified by
a woman elsewhere in the Word, may be seen (n. 434) :
and the church is signified, because the church is called
the Bride and Wife of the Lord. She was seen clothed
with the sun, because it is in love to the Lord : for it
acknowledges Him, and does His precepts ; and this is to
love Him (John xiv. 21-24). That the sun signifies love
see n. 53. The moon was seen under the Woman's feet,
because the church on the earth is meant, which was not
yet conjoined to the church in the heavens. By the moon
is signified intelligence in the natural man, and faith
(n. 413) ; and by being seen under the feet is meant that it
is to be on the earth. Generally the church itself, when
* it is conjoined, is signified by the feet. It is to be known,
that there is a church in the heavens equally as on the
earth ; for the Word is there, there are temples there, and
preachings in them : there are ministers and priesthoods
there. For all the angels there have been men, and their
departure out of the world has been to them there only
the continuation of life ; on which account they are being
perfected in love and wisdom also, each according to the
degree of affection for truth and good which they brought
with them from the world. The church with them is meant
here by the Woman encompassed with the sun, and upon
whose head was a crown of twelve stars. But because the
church in the heavens does not subsist, unless there is also
a church on the earth, which is in concordant love and
wisdom, and this is yet to come, therefore the moon was
seen under the Woman's feet, by which specifically faith
is here signified ; through which, such as it is at this day,
conjunction is not given. The reason that the church in
the heavens does not subsist, unless there is a church
conjoined to it on the earth, is because heaven where the
angels are, and the church where men are, act as one, like
the internal and the external with man \ and the internal
with man does not subsist in its state, unless the external is

No- 535-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

conjoined to it : for the internal without the external is like
a house without a foundation, or like seed upon the ground,
and not in the ground, and thus like any thing without a
root : in a word, like a cause without an effect in which it
may be. It may be seen from this, that there is an abso-
lute necessity that there should be a church somewhere
in the world, where the Word is, and the Lord is known
U trough it.

534. And upon her head a crown of twelve stars, signifies
iis wisdom and intelligence from the knowledges of the
Divine Good and the Divine Truth from the Word. By a
"crown upon the head" wisdom and intelligence are signi-
fied (n. 189, 235, 252). By stars are signified knowledges of
Divine Good and Divine Truth from the Word (n. 51, 420).
By twelve all things of the church are signified which have
reference to its good and truth (n. 348). Hence then by
the crown of twelve stars upon the head of the Woman, the
wisdom and intelligence of the New Church is signified,
from the knowledges of Divine Good and Divine Truth
from the Word.

535. And she, being with child, cried, travailing in birth,
and pained to bring forth, signifies the nascent doctrine of
the New Church, and its difficult reception on account of
resistance from those who are meant by the dragon. To
be with child signifies the nascent doctrine, because by the
offspring which she bore in the womb, whose birth is treated
of in verse 5, the doctrine of the New Church is signified, for
in the spiritual sense of the Word nothing else is signified
by being with child, travailing, and bringing forth, but con-
ceiving and bringing forth the things which are of spiritual
life, spoken of in what follows. By crying out, travailing,
and being pained to bring forth, the difficult reception of
lhat doctrine, on account of resistance from those that are
meant by the dragon, is signified. This is manifest from
the things that follow in this chapter ; as that the dragon
stood before the Woman who was about to bring forth,

5*2

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

that he might devour her offspring ; and that he afterwards
pursued her into the wilderness. That by being with child,
travailing, and bringing forth, nothing else is signified in
the Word, is manifest from the following passages : Jesus
said, Except a man be born again, he cannot enter into the
kingdom of God : that which is born of the flesh is flesh, but
that which is born of the Spirit is spirit (John iii. 3-6).
Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear ; cry aloud, thou
that didst not travail with child ; for more are the children of
the desolate tha?i the children of the married wife (Isa. liv. 1).
They have ceased until the barre?i hath borne seven, and she
that hath many children is waxed feeble (1 Sam. ii. 5). By
"the barren" are signified the gentiles who had not genuine
truths, because they had not the Word : by " the married
wife " and " she that hath many children," the Jews are
signified, who had the Word. She that hath borne seven
shall languish, she shall breathe out her soul (Jer. xv. 9) :
this also is concerning the Jews. We have conceived, we
have travailed, we have as it were brought forth wind, we
have not wrought any deliverance in the earth (Isa. xxvi. 18).
Before she travailed, she brought forth ; before her pain came,
she was delivered of a man child : hath the earth borne in one
day ? shall a nation be born at once ? Shall I bring to the
birth, and not cause to bring forth 1 shall I cause to bring
forth, and shut the womb ? (Isa. lxvi. 7-10). Thou travailest,
O earth, at the presefice of the Lord, at the presence of the God
of Jacob (Ps. cxiv. 7). Alas for this day ; the children have
come to the birth, and there is not strength to bring forth (Isa.
xxx ii. 3). Sin shall travail, and No shall be rent asunder
(Ez. xxx. 15, 16). I have heard a voice as of a woman in
travail, as of her that bringeth forth her first-born ; the voice
of the daughter of Zion ; she bewaileth herself, she spreadeth
out her hands ; Woe is me, my soul is wearied because of
murderers (Jer. iv. 31). Pangs and sorrows take hold of
them, they travail like one that bringeth forth (Isa. xiii. 8).
The iniquity of Ephraim is bound up ; the sorrows of a trav-

No. 537.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

5S3

ailing woman shall conie upo?i him ; he is an unwise son, for
he should not stay long in the breaking forth of children (Hos.
xiii. 12, 13). O Ephraim, thy glory shall fly away like a
bird ; f?V7?i the birth, and from the womb, and from conception:
give them, O Jehovah, a miscarrying womb and dry breasts ;
even when they have conceived, I will slay the beloved of their
wcinb (Hos. ix. 11-16). In these places also the difficulty
of receiving the truths of doctrine from the Word is described
by many things which relate to the pain in travailing : in
like manner frequently elsewhere. Besides, Jehovah, that
is, the Lord, is called the Former from the womb (Isa. xliv.
2, 24; xlix. 1, 5); and by the Former from the womb is
meant the Reformer.

536. And another sign was seen in heaven, signifies a
revelation from the Lord concerning those who are against
the New Church and its Doctrine. By " a sign " revelation
from the Lord is signified, as above (n. 532). It is called
"another sign." because it is a revelation concerning those
who will be against the New Church.

537. Arid, behold, a great red Dragon, signifies those in
the church of the Reformed who make God three and the
Lord two, and who separate charity from faith, and make
the latter, and not at the same time the former, saving.
These are meant by the Dragon here and in what follows •
for they are against the two essentials of the New Church,
which are that God is one in essence and person, in whom
is a trinity ; and that that God is the Lord ; also that
charity and faith are one, like essence and its form : and
that no others have charity and faith but they who live
according to the commandments of the Decalogue, which
are, that evils are not to be done, and that as far as any
one does not do evils, shunning them as sins against God,
so far he does the goods which are of charity, and believes
the truths which are of faith. That they who make God
three, and the Lord two, and who separate charity from
faith, and make the latter and not at the same time the

584 I'HE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

former saving, are against these two essentials of the New
Church, may be seen by every one who considers. It is
here said, those who make God three, and the Lord two ;
and they are meant who think of three persons as three
Gods, and separate the Lord's Human from His Divine :
and who thinks otherwise, and can think otherwise, who
prays according to the form of the belief, " That God the
Father, for the sake of the Son, would send the Holy
Spirit ? " Does he not pray to God the Father as to one
God, and for the sake of the Son as another, and in regard
to the Holy Spirit as a third? From which it is manifest
that although he makes the three Persons one God in his
thought, he still divides them, that is, his idea of them,
into three Gods, when he so prays. The same formula of
faith also makes the Lord two, as the Lord's Human only,
and not at the same time His Divine, is then thought of :
since " for the sake of the Son " is for the sake of His
Human which suffered the cross. It may now be evident
from these things, who they are who are meant by the
Dragon, that wished to devour the Woman's child, and
afterwards persecuted the Woman on account of her child
even into the wilderness. The Dragon is called great,
because all the churches of the Reformed distinguish God
into three persons, and make faith alone saving ; except
some here and there, who do not so believe concerning the
trinity and concerning faith. They who distinguish God
into three persons, and stick fast in these words of the
Athanasian Doctrine, " There is one person of the Father,
another of the Son, and another of the Holy Spirit;" also
in these, "The Father is God, the Son is God, and the
Hoi)' Spirit is God;" these, I say, cannot make one God
out of three. They can indeed say that they are one
God, but they cannot think it. So too those who think
of the Lord's Divine from eternity as of a second person oi
the Divinity, and of His Human in time as of the human
of another man, — neither can these do otherwise than make

No. 537.] THE APOCALYPSE KEVEALED.

585

the Lord two, notwithstanding it is said in the Athanasian
Doctrine, that His Divine and Human are one person,
united like the soul and the body. The Dragon is said to
be red, because red signifies falsity from the evils of lusts,
which is infernal falsity. Now as these two essentials of
doctrine in the churches of the Reformed are false, and
falsities devastate the church, for they take away its truths
and goods, they are therefore represented by a Dragon.
The reason is, because the devastation of the church is
signified in the Word by a Dragon ; as may be evident
from these passages following : / will make Jerusalem
heaps, a habitation of Dragons ; and I will make the cities
of Judah desolate (Jer. ix. 11). Behold, a great tumult
cometh out of the land of the north, to make the cities of
Judah desolate, a habitation of Dragons (Jer. x. 22). Hazor
shall be a habitation of Dragons, a desolation for ever (Jer.
xlix. 33). That it may be a habitation of Dragons, a comt
for the daughters of the owl (Isa. xxxiv. 13). In the habi-
tation of Dragons is his couch (Isa. xxxv. 7). I will go
stripped and naked, I will make a wailing like the dragon,
and a lamentation like the daughter of the owl (Mic. i. 8).
I cried, I am a brother to dragons and a companion to the
daughters of the screech-owl (Job xxx. 28, 29). The ijim
shall answer in his palaces, and the dragons in his teniples
(Isa. xiii. 22). Let Babylon become a heap, a habitation of
dragons, a hissing and an astonishment (Jer. li. 37). Thou
hast broken us in the place of dragons, and hast covered us
with the shadow of death (Ps. xliv. 19, 20). / have laid
the mountains of Esau, and his heritage waste for the d?-agons
of the wilderness (Mai. i. 3 : besides other places, as Isa.
xliii 20; Jer. xiv. 6; Ps. xci. 13, 14; Deut. xxxii. 33).
That those are here meant by the dragon who are in faith
alone, and reject the works of the law as not saving, has
been several times attested to me by living experience in
the spiritual world. I have seen many thousands of them
gathered into a company, and they then appeared at a dis-

586

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIL

tance like a dragon with a long tail, which appeared to be
set with spines like a brier, which signified falsities. Once
also a still larger Dragon was seen, which, raising his
back, erected his tail even towards heaven, with the effort
of drawing down the stars therefrom. It was thus made
manifest before my eyes that no others are meant by the
1 )ragon.

538. Having seven heads, signifies insanity from the
truths of the Word falsified and profaned. Wisdom and
intelligence are signified by the head, and in the opposite
sense insanity. But by the seven heads, because they
were here the Dragon's, is properly signified insanity from
falsified and profaned truths of the Word. For seven is
predicated of holy things, and in the opposite sense of
things profane (n. 10) ; and it therefore follows that seven
diadems were seen upon his heads ; and by diadems are
signified the truths of the Word, there falsified and pro-
faned. That wisdom and intelligence are signified by the
head, is manifest from these passages : I will give you wise
men and intelligent, and I will set them for your heads (Deut.
i. 13). Jehovah hath closed your eyes ; the prophets, and your
heads, the seers, hath he covered (Isa. xxix. 10). By the head
of the statue of Nebuchadnezzar of pure gold (Dan. ii. 32),
nothing else is signified but the wisdom of the first age,
which was with the men of the most ancient Church. In
the opposite sense insanity and folly are signified by head :
in David : God shall wound the head of his enemies, the hairy
crown of him that goeth on in his trespasses (Ps. lxviii. 21).
Nor is any thing else signified by the serpent's head wnich
should be trodden clown (Gen. iii. 15): nor by smiting the
head over many countries (Ps. ex. 5, 6). Also by putting
dust upon the head, and by inducing baldness, and by put-
ling the hand upon the head, when they were ashamed or
lamented that they had acted insanely or contrary to wis-
dom (Isa. vii. 20 ; xv. 2 j Ez. vii. 18 j xxvii. 30 j Jer. ii.
37 ; xiv. 3, 4 ; Lam. ii. 10; 2 Sam. xiii. 19). But by seven

No. 540.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

587

heads is also signified insanity from truths falsified and
profaned, in the following places in the Apocalypse : xiii.
1, 3; xvii. 3, 7, 9.

539. And ten horns, signifies much power. A horn sig-
nifies power (n. 270) ; and ten signifies much (n. 101). It
is said that the Dragon had much power, because the sal-
vation of man by faith alone without the works of the law,
which faith is meant by the Dragon, captivates the minds
{animus) and then confirmations are convincing. For it
captivates, because when a man hears that the damnation
of the law is taken away, and that by mere faith in this,
the Lord's merit is imputed to him, he can indulge in the
pleasures of his mind {animus) and body, without fear of
hell. From this is the power which is signified by the
Dragon's ten horns. That he has had such power is
evidently manifest from the reception of that faith in the
whole Reformed Christian world.

540. And upon his heads seven diadems, signifies all the
truths of the Word falsified and profaned. By diadems,
or precious stones, the truths of the Word are signified, in
particular the truths of the literal sense, but here the same
falsified and profaned ; because they were seen upon the
seven heads of the dragon, by which insanity from truths
falsified and profaned is signified (n. 538). That the truths
of the literal sense of the Word are signified by diadems or
precious stones, may be seen in the Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture, n. 43-45 ;
where it is shown that Divine Truths in ultimates, which
are the truths of the literal sense of the Word, were sig-
nified by the twelve precious stones in Aaron's breastplate,
which was the Urim and Thummim (Ex. xxviii. 6, 15-21,
30) ; also by the precious stones in the garden of Eden, in
wJiic/i the king of Tyre is said to have been (Ez. xxviii. 12,
13) ; as also by the twelve precious stones, of which the found-
ations y the wall of the New Jerusalem consisted (Apoc.
vxi. 17-20). The truths of the literal sense of the Word

588

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

are signified by the diadems or precious stones, because
all things of the literal sense of the Word, before the eyes
of angels, are transparent from its spiritual sense, and
thus from the light of heaven, in which the spiritual truths
of the Word are. For a stone, in the Word, signifies truth
in ultimates, hence a precious stone that truth transparent,
The truths of the Word falsified and profaned are also
called diadems, because they shine of themselves, with
whomsoever they may be ; as diadems on earth do, in
whosoever hand they are. It has sometimes been given
me to see adulterous women, when they first came from
the earth into the world of spirits, ornamented with diadems ;
and Jews also selling diadems, which they procured to
themselves from heaven ; from which it was manifest that
their evils and falsities do not change the light and splen-
dor of the truths of the Word. Similar things are there-
fore signified by the ten diadems upon the horns of the beast
that ca7ne up out of the sea (Apoc. xiii. i) 5 and by the
precious stones upon the woman that sat upon the scarlet beast
(Apoc. xvii. 3, 4, 5). That it is the truths of the Word that
are signified by diadems, is plainly manifest in the Apoc-
alypse ; since many diadems were seen upon the head of Him
that sat upon the white horse, Whose ?iame was the Word of
God (xix. 12, 13).

541. And his tail drew the third part of the stars of
heaven, and cast them unto the earth, signifies that by falsifi-
cations of the truths of the Word, they have discarded
from the Church all spiritual knowledges of good and truth,
and have utterly destroyed them by applications to falsities.
By the tail, where those are treated of who have confirmed
heresies from the Word, the truths of the Word falsified are
signified (n. 438). By stars the spiritual knowledges of
good and truth are signified (n. 51, 420). By a third part
is signified all (n. 400, 505) : and by drawing down from
heaven and casting to the earth is signified to discard from
the church and to destroy utterly. For when they are

No. 541.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

589

drawn down from heaven they are drawn down from the
church, since every truth of the Word is insinuated into
the man of the church by the Lord through heaven. Nor
can truths be drawn down by any other means than by the
falsifications of them in the Word, since the truths of
heaven and the church are there and thence. It cannot
be believed by any one in the world, that all the truths of
the Word have been destroyed by those who are meant by
the Dragon, spoken of above (n. 537) ; and still they have
been so destroyed, that not one doctrinal truth remains.
This has been investigated in the spiritual world among
the learned of the clergy, and found to be so. I know the
causes, but I will here tell only one. They assert that
whatever proceeds from man's will and judgment is not
good ; and therefore that the goods of charity, or good
works, because they are done by man, contribute nothing
towards salvation ; but faith alone : whereas the only thing
by which man is man, and by which he is conjoined to the
Lord, is that he can do good and believe truth as of him-
self ; that is, as from his will according to his judgment.
If this one thing were taken away, all power of conjunction
of man with the Lord and of the Lord with man would
also be taken away at the same time : for this is the power
of reciprocating love which the Lord gives to every one
who is born a man ; which also He preserves in him to the
end of his life, and for ever afterwards. If this were
taken away from a man, every truth and good of the Word
would also be taken away from him, to such a degree that
the Word would be nothing but a dead letter and an empty
volume. For the Word teaches nothing else but the con-
junction of man with the Lord by charity and faith, both
of them from the man as of himself. They who are meant
by the Dragon, see above (n. 537), have broken this sole
bond of conjunction, by asserting that the goods of charity,
or good works, which proceed from man and his will and
judgment, are nothing but the moral, civil, and political

590

THE APOCALYPSE REVEAEED.

[Chap. Klh

works, by which a man has conjunction with the world,
and none at all with God and with heaven ; and when that
bond has been so broken, not any doctrinal truth of the
Word remains : and if the truths of the Word are applied
to confirm faith alone as saving without the works of the
law, they are then all falsified : and if the falsification pro-
ceeds even to the assertion that the Lord has not com-
manded good works in the Word for the sake of man's
conjunction with Himself, but only for the sake of his
co. i junction with the world, then the truths of the Word
are profaned j for the Word thus becomes no longer the
Holy Book, but a profane book. But these things may be
seen from experience at the end of the chapter. Similar
things are signified by this concerning the he-goat in
Daniel : The he-goat cast down with his horn to the earth
some of the host of heaven and of the stars, and trampled
upon them; and he cast down the truth to the earth (viii.
10, 12).

542. And the Dragon stood before the Woman who was
ready to bring forth, that when she brought forth, he might
devour her child, signifies that they who are meant by the
Dragon are eager to extinguish the doctrine of the New
Church in its birth. Who are meant by the Dragon may
be seen above (n. 537). That the New Church is signified
by the Woman (n. 533) : that by bringing forth is signi-
fied to receive the goods and truths of doctrine from the
Word (n. 535) : that the doctrine of the New Church is
signified by the offspring which she brought forth, will be
seen in the following paragraph : " to devour " signifies
to extinguish, because the doctrine is signified by the off-
spring ; and as the offspring is said to be devoured, the
doctrine is said to be extinguished. This was at its birth,
because it is said that the Dragon stood before the Woman,
to devour her offspring as soon as she brought forth.

543. And she brought forth a male child, signifies the
Doctrine of the New Church. By a son in the Word is

KO. 543.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 591

signified the truth of doctrine, and also the understanding
and thence the thought of truth and good ; but by a daugh-
ter the good of doctrine is signified, and also the will and
thence the affection for truth and good : and by a male
child is signified truth conceived in the spiritual man and
born in the natural. The reason is, because by genera-
tions and births in the Word spiritual generations and
births are signified, which all in general relate to good and
truth (n. 535) ; for nothing else is begotten and born of the
Lord as a Husband and of the Church as a wife. Now,
as the New Church is signified by the Woman who brought
forth (n. 533), it is manifest that the Doctrine of that
Church is signified by the male child. The doctrine which
is here meant is the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem,"
published at London, 1758; as also the "Doctrine con-
cerning the Lord," " concerning the Sacred Scripture,"
and " concerning a Life according to the Commandments
of the Decalogue," published at Amsterdam. For by doc-
trine all the truths of doctrine are meant, as doctrine is the
aggregate of them. While those Doctrines were written,
the dragonists stood around me, and combined with all
iheir fury to devour, that is, to extinguish them. This
news it is permitted to relate, because in truth it so hap-
pened. The dragonists who stood about me were from
all parts of the Reformed Christian world. Since no other
offspring is born from spiritual marriage, and masculine
offspring is truth and good in the understanding and
thence in the thought, and feminine offspring is truth
and good in the will and thence in the affection, therefore
truth is signified in the Word by a son. For confirmation
a few passages will be adduced, from which this can in a
measure be seen : Behold, sons are an heritage of Jehovah,
tke fruit of the womb is His reward : as arrows in the hand
of a mighty man, so are sons of the youth (Ps. cxxvii. 3,
4, 5). Make thee bald, a?id poll thee for the sons of thy de-
lights, because they have gone from thee (Mic. i. 16). I saw

592

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

two olive-trees by the candlestick, and he said, These are the
two so?is of the olive-tree that stand by the Lord of the whole
earth (Zech. iv. n, 14). My taber?iacle is spoiled, my sons
are gone from me, and they are not (Jer. x. 20). My sons are
become desolate, because the eJiemy hath prevailed (Lam. i. 16).
Thy sons, O Jerusalem, have fainted, they lie at the head of
all the streets (Isa. li. 17, 18, 20). The fathers shall eat the
sons in the midst of thee, and the sons shall eat their fathers ;
and the whole remnant of thee will I scatter to all the wind*.
(Ez. v. 10). The son shall be divided against the father, and
the father against the son (Matt. x. 21 ; Mark xiii. 12 ; Luke
xii. 53). Thou hast taken the jewels of thy ornament made
of my gold, and hast made to thee images of a male, and
didst commit whoredom with the?n (Ez. xvi. 1 7). Jesus said,
The seed are the sons of the kingdom, and the tares are the
sons of the evil one (Matt. xiii. 38). That the Son of Man
is the Divine Truth of the Word, and thus the Lord, may-
be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concern-
ing the Lord" (n. 19-28). In the passages adduced, they
who are in the truths of doctrine from the Word, and ab-
stractly the truths themselves, are meant by sons. The
same elsewhere, as Isa. xiii. 17, 18; xiv. 21, 22 ; xliii. 5 ;
xlix. 17, 22 ; li. 17, 18 ; lx. 9 ; Jer. iii. 24, 25 ; v. 17 j Ez.
xiv. 16-18, 20; xvi. 20, 36, 45; xx. 26, 31; xxiii. 3/;
Hos. xi. 9-1 1 ; Zech. ix. 13 ; Ps. cxliv. 11, 12 ; Deut.
xxxii. 8. That affection for the truth of the church, and
thus the church as to that affection, is signified by a daugh-
ter, is evident from so many passages in the Word, that
they would fill several pages, if they were adduced. Noth-
ing else is meant by the daughter of Zion, the daughter of
Jerusalem, the daughter of Judah, the daughter of Israel;
see some passages respecting the daughter of Zion, n. 612.
Who cannot see that no daughter of Zion, of Jerusalem,
of Judah, and of Israel, so often named in the Word, can
be meant.

544. Who was to feed all nations [as a shepherd] imth a

No. 546.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

593

rod of iron, signifies, which, by truths from the literal sense
of the Word, and at the same time rational arguments
from natural light {lumen), will convince all who are in
dead worship from faith separated from charity, who are
willing to be convinced. This is said of the Doctrine of
the New Church, as it is said of the male child, by whom
that doctrine is signified (n. 543). By feeding [as a shep-
herd] is signified to teach and instruct (n. 383) ; here
to convince those who are willing to be convinced. By
nations those who are in evils of life are signified (n. 483) ;
here they who are in dead worship from faith separated
from charity, because these are here treated of : and these
are in evils of life ; for when charity is separated, there is
not any good of life : and where there is not good, there
is evil. That to rule with a rod of iron signifies by the
truths of the literal sense of the Word, and at the same time
by rational arguments from natural light {lumen), may be
seen above (n. 148).

545. And her child was caught up unto God, and to His
thro7ie, signifies the protection of the Doctrine by the Lord
because it is for the New Church, and the watchful care
of it by the angels of heaven. The protection of the doc-
trine by the Lord is signified by these words, because it is
said that the Dragon stood before the Woman that was
ready to bring forth, that when she brought forth, he might
devour her child ; and by the child and the male child the
doctrine for the New Church is signified (n. 542, 543J.
Watchful care by the angels also is signified, because it is
said that it was caught up unto God and to His throne ;
and by the throne the angelic heaven is signified (n. 14,
221, 222).

546. And the PVoman fled into the wilderness, signifies
the church, which is the New Jerusalem, at first among a
few. By the Woman the New Church is signified (n. 533) ■
and by the wilderness is signified where there are no longet
any truths. That the Church is at first among a few )9

594

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

meant, because this follows, "Where she hath a place
prepared by God, that they may nourish her there a thou-
sand two hundred and sixty days ; " by which is signified
its state at that time, that, meanwhile, preparation may be
made for it among many, until it grows to its appointed
state (n. 547). By a wilderness in the Word is signified,
I. The church vastated, or in which all the truths of the
Word are falsified, as it was with the Jews at the time of
the Lord's coming. II. The church, in which there are
no truths, because it has not the Word ; as it was with the
upright Gentiles at the time of the Lord. III. A state of
temptation, in which a man is as it were without truths,
because he is surrounded by evil spirits, who bring tempta-
tions, and then as it were take away truths from him. That
a vastated church, or one in which all the truths of the
Word are falsified, such as it was with the Jews at the time
of the Lord's coming, is signified by a wilderness, is mani-
fest from these passages : Is this the man that shaketh the
earth, that maketh the kingdoms to tremble, that made the
world a wilderness (Isa. xiv. 16, 17). This is concerning
Babylon. Upon the land of my people have come up thorns
and briers ; the palace will be a wilderness (Isa. xxxii. 13, 14).
I saw, when, behold, Carmel was a wilderness ; shall the
whole earth be a waste (Jer. iv. 26, 27). The earth is the
church (n. 285). The shepherds have destroyed my vineyard,
they have made the field of my desire a solitary wilderness :
the wasters are come in the wilderness (Jer. xii. 10, 12). A
vine was planted in the wilderness, in a land of drought and
thirst (Ez. xix. 13). A fire shall consume the habitations of
the wilderness (Joel i. 19, 20). The day of Jehovah cometh ;
as the garden of Eden is the earth before Him, but behind Him
a desolate wilderness (Joel ii. 3). See ye the Word of Jehovah:
have I been a wilderness to Israel, or a land of darkiiess ?
(Jer. ii. 3 1). The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare
ye the way of Jehovah, make smooth in the desert a highway
for our God (Is. xl. 3. Besides other places, as Is. xxxiii.

No. 547.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

595

9 ; Jer. iii. 2 ; xxiii. 10 ; Lam. v. 9 ; Hos. ii. 2, 3 ; xiii. 15 ;
Joel iii. 19 ; Mai. i. 3 j Ps. cvii. 33, 34; Matt. xxiv. 26 j
Luke xiii. 35). That the church is such also at this day,
may be seen below (n. 566). II. That by a wilderness is
signified a church in which there are no truths, because
there is not the Word, as with the upright Gentiles at the
time of the Lord, is manifest from these passages : The
Spirit shall be poured upon us from 011 high ; then the wilder-
ness shall be a fruitful-field, and judgi?ient shall dwell in the
wilderness (Isa. xxxii. 15, 26). I will open fountains in the
midst of the valleys, a?id make the wilderness a lake of waters ;
I will pla?it in the wilderness the cedar, the shittim-tree, and the
oil-t?-ee (Isa. xli. 18, 19). He shall turn the wilderness into a
lake of waters, and the dry land into water-springs (Ps. cvii.
35, 36). / will make a way in the wilderness and rivers in the
desert, to give drink to my people, my chosen (Isa. xliii. 19, 20).
Jehovah will make her wilderness like Edefi, and her desert
like the garden of Jehovah ; gladness and joy shall be fowid
therein (Isa. li. 3). The habitations of the wilderness drop
(Ps. lxv. 12, 13). Let the wilderness lift up the voice, let
the inhabitants of the rock sing (Isa. xiii. 11). III. That
by a wilderness a state of temptation is signified, in which
a man is as it were without truths, because he is surrounded
by evil spirits, who bring temptation, and then as it were
take away truths from him, is manifest from Matt. iv. 1-3 ;
Mark i. 12, 13 \ Luke iv. 1-3 ; Ez. xx. 34-37 ; Jer. ii. 2, 6, 7 ;
Hos. ii. 13-16 ; Ps. cvii. 4-7 ; Deut. i. 31, 33 j viii. 2-4, 15,
16 ; xxxii. 10.

547. Where she hath a place prepared by God, that they
may nourish her there a thousand two hundred and sixty
days, signifies the state of the church at that time, that,
meanwhile, preparation may be made for it among many,
until it grows to its appointed state. State is signified by
place (n. 947) ; and by nourishing is signified to provide
for it to grow ; for so the church is nourished. Hence by
having a place prepared by God that they may nourish her,
vol. 11. 8

596 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

is signified the state of the church, that, meanwhile, prep-
aration may be made for it among many. By a thousand
two hundred and sixty days, is signified to the end and a
beginning (n. 491) \ that is, to the end of the former church,
and the beginning of the New ; the same as by a time,
times, and half a time (vers. 14, n. 562) j thus also to the
appointed state ; that is, until it exists, as has been provided.
It is of the Lord's Divine Providence, that the church should
at first be among a few, and should increase gradually among
many, because the falsities of the former church must first
be removed, as truths cannot before be received \ for the
truths which are received and implanted before falsities
are removed, do not remain, and are also dissipated by
the dragonists. The case was the same with the Christian
Church, that it increased gradually from a few to many.
Another reason is, that a New Heaven must first be formed,
which will make one with the church on the earth : on which
account we read, that he saw a New Heaven, and the Holy
Jerusalem coming down from God out of Heaveti (Apoc. xxi.
1, 2). It is certain that a New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem, will exist ; because it is foretold in the Apoca-
lypse, chap, xxi., xxii. : and it is also certain that the
falsities of the former church must first be removed ; for these
are treated of in the Apocalypse, as far as to the twentieth
chapter.

548. And there was war iti heaven; Michael and his
angels fought with the Dragon, and the Dragon fought and
his angels, signifies the falsities of the former church fight-
ing against the truths of the New Church. By war is
signified spiritual war, which is that of falsity against
truth and of truth against falsity (n. 500) : for no other
war can take place in heaven, where it is said to have
arisen ; nor can it in heaven, when once formed of angels:
but it was in the fonner heaven, which passed away, spoken
of Apoc. xxi. 1 ; concerning which heaven see the expla-
nation there. For that heaven passed away in consequence

No. 549.] THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED.

597

of the last judgment upon the dragon and his angels ;
which is also signified by the dragon being cast down, and
his place no longer found in heaven ; as will be seen
presently. What falsities are meant by the Dragon, which
are to fight against the truths of the New Church, may be
seen above (n. 537). By Michael is not meant any arch-
angel, nor by Gabriel and Raphael ; but ministries in
heaven are meant. The ministry there which is Michael,
is of those who prove from the Word that the Lord is the
God of heaven and earth, and that God the Father and
He are one, as the soul and the body are one ; also that
man must live according to the commandments of the
Decalogue, and that he then has charity and faith.
Michael is also mentioned in Daniel -(x. 13, 21; xii. 1) ;
and by him a similar ministry is meant, as is manifest from
chap. ix. x. xi., and from the last verses of chap. xii. But
by Gabriel is meant the ministry of those who teach from
the Word that Jehovah came into the world, and that the
Human which He there begot is the Son of God, and
Divine ; on which account the angel who announced it to
Mary, is called Gabriel (Luke i. 19, 26-35). Those who
are in these ministries are named Michaels and Gabriels
in heaven. By an angel in the highest sense the Lord is
meant, and in a relative sense the heaven of angels, as
also an angelic society ; as may be seen above (n. 5, 65,
258, 342, 344, 415, 465) : but here a ministry, because they
are called by name ; and in Daniel Michael is called a
prince ; and by a prince in the Word a principal truth is
signified, and by a king truth itself (n. 20).

549. And prevailed not, neither was their place found any
more in heaven, signifies that they were convicted of being
in evils and falsities, and still remained in them ; and that
on that account they were torn away from conjunction with
heaven, and cast down. That these things may be under-
stood, something must first be said of the state of those
who come into the other life after death. All these are

598

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

first instructed by angels, and led from one society to
another, and explored as to whether they are willing to
receive the truths of heaven, and to live according to them.
But still all those who have confirmed themselves in fal-
sities in the world, do not receive : on which account they
are sent into societies where are those who are in similar
falsities ; and those societies do not have any conjunction
with heaven, but with hell : for which reason, after a cer-
tain time in the world of spirits, they sink down into hell,
and are consigned to their places, each according to his
evil and the falsity thence. This is what is meant by their
being convicted of being in falsities and evils, and still
remaining in them, and by their being therefore torn away
from conjunction with heaven, and cast down. What their
lot is there, may be seen above (n. 153, 531).

550. A?id the great Dragon was cast out, that old serpent,
called the Devil and Satan, signifies that those who are
meant by the dragon were turned away from the Lord to
themselves and from heaven to the world, and thence from
corporeal became sensual ; who cannot do otherwise than
be in the evils of their lusts, and thence in falsities, and
by separation from the Lord and heaven become devils
and satans. Who are meant by the dragon may be seen,
n. 537 ; who, because they make God three and the Lord
two, and because they place the commandments of the
Decalogue among the works by which there is no salvation,
are called the old serpent, the devil and satan ; and by the
serpent is signified a man who from corporeal allurement
has become sensual (n. 424), and who has turned away
from the Lord to himself and from heaven to the world ;
and by the devil those are signified who are in the evils of
their lusts ; and by satan they who are in the falsities from
them (n. 97, 153, 856, 857). Such also was the serpent
that seduced Eve and Adam, as is manifest from his
a scription and curse (Gen. iii. 1-5, 14, 15). The dragon
is here called the devil and satan as one : but it is so said,

No. 552.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

599

because all in hell are devils and satans ; and hence hell
in the aggregate is so called.

551. That seduceth the whole world, signifies that they
pervert all things of the church. By seducing is signified
to pervert 5 and by the world the church is signified, in
like manner as by the earth (n. 285). By the world is not
signified the world of lands, but the church in it, in the
following passages : The earth shall mourn and be co?ifounded,
the world shall languish and be confounded (Is. xxiv. 4).
The lands shall learn thy judgments, and the inhabitants of
the world thy justice (Is. xxvi. 9). Who maketh the earth
by thy power, who prepareth the world by thy wisdom (Jer.
x. 12 ; li. 15). The foundations of the world were revealed
by the blast of thy breath (Ps. xviii. 15). The earth is Jeho-
Td/is and the fulness thereof, the world and they that dwell
therein : He hath founded it upo?i the seas, and established it
upofi the floods (Ps. xxiv. 1, 2). The heavens are thine, the
earth also is thine ; the world and the fulness thereof thou
hast founded (Ps. lxxxix. 11). He will make them to inherit
the throne of glory ; for the pillars of the earth are Jehovatis,
and He hath set the world upon them (1 Sam. ii. 8). O
Babylon, thou hast made the world a wilderness ; thou hast
destroyed thy land, and slain thy people (Is. xiv. 17, 20).
Besides other places, as Is. xviii. 3 ; xxvi. 18 j xxvii. 6 ;
xxxiv. 1 ; Nah. i. 5 ; Ps. ix. 8 ; Ps. lxxvii. 18 ; Ps. xcviii.
9; Lam. iv. 12 ; Job xviii. 18; Matt. xxiv. 14; Luke xxi.
26 ; Apoc. xvi. 14. But it is to be known, that when die
world and the earth are named together, the church as to
good is signified by the world, and the church as to truth
by the earth.

552. He was cast out ifito the earth, and his a?igels were
cast out with him, signifies that he was cast out into the
world of spirits, which is in the midst between heaven and
hell, and from which there is immediate conjunction with
men on earth. The world of spirits is meant by the earth
into which the dragon is said to have been cast, because

6oo

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

that world lies immediately under the heavens ; and when
any one is cast down from heaven, he does not fall directly
into hell, but upon the earth of that world which lies
immediately beneath : for that world is intermediate be-
tween heaven and hell, beneath the heavens and above the
hells. Many things concerning that world may be seen in
the work on " Heaven and Hell," published at London in
the year 1758 (n. 421-535). All those who are in that
world communicate immediately with men on earth ; con-
sequently the dragon and his angels, with those who are in
falsities and thence in evils from the received heresy of
faith alone : on which account it is said in what follows,
For this rejoice, O heavens ; woe to the inhabiters of the earth
and of the sea, for the devil is co77ie down unto you, having
great wrath, knowing that he hath but a short time (vers. 1 2
of this chapter). Also that he persecuted the Woman into
the wilderness, and went away to make war with the remnant
of her seed (vers. 13-17). It is to be known that every
man, as to his affections and thence his thoughts, is in
society with those who are in the world of spirits, and
mediately through them with those who are either in
heaven or in hell. Every man's life depends on that con-
junction.

553. And I heard a great voice in heaven saying, Now
is come the salvation and the strength and the kingdom of our
God, and the power of His Christ, signifies the joy of the
angels of heaven, that the Lord alone now reigns in
heaven and in the church, and that they who believe in
Him are saved. The joy of the angels of heaven is signi-
fied by the great voice, for which reason it follows, For this
rejoice, O heavens, and ye that dwell in them (vers. 12). The
voice also becomes great, because it is lifted up from joy
of heart. " Salvation and strength is come," signifies that
they are now saved by the Divine power of the Lord ; "and
the kingdom of our God and the power of His Christ,'
signifies because the Lord alone reigns in heaven and in

No. 553.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

60I

the church. That by God the Divine itself is meant from
Which [the Lord came] Which is called Jehovah the Father,
and by Christ His Divine Human, Which is called the Son
of God, may be seen above (n. 520). And as the Divine
Itself from which [He came forth], and the Lord's Divine
Human are one, as the soul and the body, it follows that
the Lord alone reigns. This is meant by the Gospel of
the Kingdom , and by the Kingdom of God (Matt. iii. 2 ;
iv. 17, 23 ; vii. 21, 22 ; ix. 35 ; xi. 11 ; xii. 28 ; Mark i. 14,
15 ; ix. 1 ; xv. 43 ; Luke iv. 43 ; viii. 1 ; ix. 60 ; x. 8-1 1 ;
xi. 17, 18, 20 ; xvi. 16 ; xxi. 30, 31 ; xxii. 18 ; xxiii. 50, 51).
That the Lord has all power in heaven and on earth, is
plainly manifest in Matthew xxviii. 18 • John iii. 35 ; xvii.
2, 10. That they who are in the Lord and the Lord in
them are saved, and that it is the Divine Human in which
they are, see John xiv. xv. xvii. ; and that no others are
saved but they who believe in Him, is evident from these
passages : As many as received Him, to them gave He power
to become the sons of God, to them that believe in His name
(John i. 12). That every one that believeth in the Son should
not perish, but have everlasting life (John iii. 15). God so
loved the world, that He gave His only-begotten Son, that every
one that believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlast-
ing life (John iii. 16). He that believeth in the So?i is not
condemned ; but he that believeth 7iot is condemned already,
because he hath not believed in the name of the only-begotten
Son of God (John iii. 18). He that believeth on the Son hath
everlasting life ; but he that believeth not the Sou shall not see
life, but the wrath of God abideth on him (John iii. 36). He
that cometh to Me shall never hunger, and he that believeth
in Me shall never thirst. Verily I say unto you, He that
believeth in Me hath everlasting life (John vi. 33, 35, 47).
Except ye shall believe that I am He, ye shall die in your sins
(John viii. 24). yesus said, I am the resurrection and the
life ; he that believeth in Me, though he were dead, yet shall he
live: whosoever liveth, and believeth in Me, shall never die

602

THE APOCALYPSE REVEalED. [Chap. XII.

(John xi. 25, 26. Besides other places, as John vi. 38, 39,
40 ; vii. 37, 38 ; viii. 12 ; xii. 36, 46). To believe hi the
Lord is to go immediately to Him, and to have trust that
He saves. And as no one can have trust but he who lives
well, this therefore is also meant by believing in Him ; see
above (n. 67).

554. For the accuser of our brethren is cast down, that
atcused them before our God day and night, signifies that
those who opposed the doctrine of the New Church were
removed by the last judgment. That the dragon was cast
down, signifies that they who are meant by the dragon were
removed. It has been said before, that they were removed
by being cast down out of heaven into the world of spirits,
and then into hell ; which is their last judgment. By
brethren are meant those who are in the doctrine of the
New Church, and in a life according to it. By accusing is
signified to oppose that doctrine, to denounce it as false,
and to cry out against it ; and because they do this contin-
ually as if before God, the dragon is called the accuser of
the brethren, that accuses them before God day and night.
The devil -also does this, when he tempts : for he draws
forth various things from man, which he calls falsities, and
condemns.

555. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb
and by the word of their testimony, signifies victory by the
Divine Truth of the Word, and by the acknowledgment
therefrom that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth,
and that the precepts of the Decalogue are precepts of life
according to which men must live. That " the blood of
the Lamb " is the Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord,
which is the Divine Truth of the Word, may be seen above
("« 379)- That "testimony" is Divine Truth, see above
(n, 6, 16) ; and that in particular it is these two things, —
that the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and that
the precepts of the Decalogue are precepts of life (n. 490,
509) : on which account the Decalogue is also called the

No. 556.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 603

Testimony (Ex. xxv. 22 ; xxxi. 7, 18 ; xxxii. 15 ; Lev. xvi.
13; Num. xvii. 4; Ps. lxxviii. 5 ; cxxxii. 12). It is be-
lieved by those at the present day who are in faith alone,
that the Lord's passion of the cross is here meant by the
blood of the Lamb ; for the reason, especially, that they
make the Lord's passion of the cross the principal thing
of their dogma ; saying that He thus took upon Himself
the condemnation of the law, satisfied the Father, and
reconciled the human race to Him ; and more besides.
Yet that it is not so, but that "the Lord came into the
world that He might subdue the hells and glorify His
Human, and that the passion of the cross was the last
combat, by which He fully conquered the hells, and fully
glorified His Human," may be seen in the " Doctrine of
the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord " (n. 12-14). It
may hence be seen, that the passion of the cross is not
here meant .by the blood of the Lamb, according to the
dogma of the present day. That the Divine Truth pro-
ceeding from the Lord, which is the Divine Truth of the
Word, is meant by the blood of the Lamb, may be seen
from the fact that the Lord is the Word ; and because He
is the Word, that the Divine Truth therein is His Blood,
and the Divine Good therein His Body. This may be
made evident thus: Is not every man his good and his
truth? And as good is of the will and truth is of the
understanding, every man is his will and his understand-
ing. What else makes the man ? Is not man, as to
essence, these two things? But the Lord is Good itself
and Truth itself ; that is, the Divine Good and the Divine
Truth, which two are also the Word.

556. And they loved not their life even unto death, signifies
who did not love themselves more than the Lord. By
loving their life is signified to love themselves and the
world ; for by the life man's own life is signified, which
every one has from birth ; which is to love himself and the
world above all things : for which reason, by not loving

604 l'HE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

their life is signified not to love themselves and the world
more than the Lord and the things which are the Lord's :
" even unto death " signifies to wish rather to die ; conse-
quently it is to love the Lord above all things, and the
neighbor as one's self (Matt. xxii. 35-39) ; and to wish to
die rather than to recede from these two loves. The same
is signified by these words of the Lord : He that would fi?id
his life, shall lose it ; and he that will lose his life for yesur'
iake, shall find it (Matt. x. 39 ; Luke xvii. 33). He that
loveth his life shall lose it; but he that hateth his life in this
world shall keep it unto life eternal (John xii. 25). jfesus
said, If any man will come after Me, let him deny hitnself;
for whosoever will save his life, shall lose it; but whosoever
will lose his life for my sake, shall find it: what doth it profit a
man, if he shall gain the whole world, but lose his own soul ?
or what shall a ma7i give in exchange far his soul (Matt. xvi.
24-26 ; Mark viii. 35-37 ; Luke ix. 24, 25). By loving the
Lord is meant to love to do His commandments (John xiv.
20-24). The reason is because He is His own command-
ments ; for they are from Him, consequently He is in them,
and thus in the man in whose life they are inscribed : and
they are inscribed upon man by willing and doing them.

557. For this rejoice, O heavens, and ye that dwell in them,
signifies a new state of heaven, that they are in the Lord,
and the Lord in them. By " the heavens " is meant a
heaven of Christians, in which the Lord alone is acknowl-
edged as the God of heaven and earth. By "rejoice" is
signified its new state, full of joy. By " them that dwell "
those who are in good are signified (n. 380) : and as all
good is from the Lord, it is signified that they are in the
Lord, and the Lord in them.

558. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea, for
the devil is com: dow?i unto you having great wrath, signifies
lamentation over them that are in the internals and the
externals of the doctrine of faith alone, and thence in evils
of life, since their like have been cast down from heaven

No. 558.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 605

irto the world of spirits, and are thence in conjunction
with men on earth, whom, from hatred against the New
Church, they excite to persevere in their falsities and the
evils from them. By " woe to the inhabiters of the earth
and of the sea" lamentation is signified over those in the
church who are in the doctrine of faith alone. By " woe "
lamentation is signified (n. 416). By "inhabiters" are
signified those that are in the church whose doctrine is
faith alone. By " the earth " are meant they who are in
its internals, and by " the sea " they that are in its exter-
nals (n. 470). By "great wrath" is signified hatred
against the New Church, because it is against the Woman
(n. 525). By coming down to them, is signified to those
who are in the world of spirits ; and as these are in con-
junction with men upon earth, to such on the earth is also
signified. That the dragon was cast down out of heaven
into the world of spirits, and that they who are there are in
conjunction with men on the earth, may be seen above
(n. 552). The dragon is here called the devil, because
they are meant who from that heresy are in evils of life ;
and those are in evils of life from it, who live according to
these things of their faith, — that they have no sins who
pray to God the Father in confidence ; and if they have,
that they are remitted : these, as they do not examine them-
selves, do not know any sin in themselves, and at length do
not know what sin is ; see above (n. 531). By the dragon
called the devil those are meant who are in the evils of their
lusts (n. 550). That every man is in conjunction with those
who are in the world of spirits, is because man is a spirit
as to the affections of his mind and the thoughts thence3;
on which account he is as to them continually in conjunction
with spirits who are in similar affection and thoughts from
it. The conjunction is such, that if that tie were broken
for a single moment, the man would fall down dead. Of
this the church has before known nothing ; nor that a man
after death is his own affection and thought thence, and thus

6o6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XJ1

his own charity anil faith therefrom ; and that no one can
be faith separate from charity.

559. Knowing that he hath but a short time, signifies
because he knows that the New Heaven is formed, and
that thus the New Church on the earth is at hand, and
that he with his like will then be cast into hell. This is
signified, because the dragon knows that a New Heaven
has been formed, for he was cast down from it (vers. 8, 9).
He also knows that a New Church on the earth is at hand,
from the prediction in the Apocalypse (chap, xxi.) ; and he
knows likewise that he and his are then to be cast into hell,
from the prediction (Apoc. xx. 1, 2, 10).

560. When the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth,
he persecuted the Woman who brought forth the son, signifies
that the dragonists in the world of spirits, after being cast
down, immediately began to infest the New Church on
account of its doctrine. " When the dragon saw that he was
cast out unto the earth," signifies when the dragonists saw
that they were separated from heaven, and in conjunction
with men on earth (n. 552, 558). " He persecuted the
Woman," signifies that they immediately began to infest
the Lord's church. That the Woman whom he persecuted
is that Church, may be seen, n. 533. Who brought forth
the son, signifies on account of its doctrine. That the
offspring or male child, which the Woman brought forth,
is the doctrine of the New Church, n. 535, 542, 543, 545.

561. And there were given to the Woman two wings of a
great eagle, that she ??iight fly into the wilderness into her
place, signifies the Divine circumspection for that church,
and protection while it is yet among a few. By the Woman
the New Church is signified (n. 533). Power and protection
are signified by the wings (n. 245). By the eagle is signified
intellectual sight and thought from it (n. 245). By flying
is signified perception and circumspection (n. 245). By the
wilderness is signified the church deserted, and thus among
few (n. 546). By place the state "here is signified. From

No. 562.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 60J

these things it follows, that by " the two wings of a great
eagle being given to the Woman for her to fly into the
wilderness unto her place," is signified the Divine circum-
spection for the New Church, and protection while it is yet
among a few.

562. Where she is nourished for a time, and times and half
a time from the face of the serpent, signifies that on account
of the craftiness of them that seduce, preparation is made
cautiously that it may come among more, until it grows to
its appointed state. By being nourished, when the New
Church is spoken of, is signified to provide that it may come
among more, as above (n. 547). By " a time and times
and half of a time," is signified to the end and a begin-
ning, and thus while it is growing from a few to more and
even to its appointed state, as also above (n. 547). The
craftiness of them that seduce is sign^ed by " the face of
the serpent;" by the face craftiness, and by the serpent
those that seduce. That they that seduce are signified by
the serpent, is manifest from these words in this chapter.
The great dragon was east out, that old serpent, that seduceth
the whole world (vers. 9) \ and in another place, He laid
hold of the dragon, that old serpent, and cast him into the
abyss, that he should seduce the nations no more (Apoc. xx.
2, 3). The same is here understood as by the serpent
which seduced Eve and Adam, of which it is said, And the
serpent was ??w?'e subtle than any wild-beast of the field ; and
the woman said to Jehovah, The serpent seduced ?ne (Gen. iii.
1, 13). By the face in the Word is signified that which is
interior in man ; because the face is the type of his mind
('Viimus) formed in correspondence : hence by the face of
the serpent, anger, hatred, and craftiness are signified. By
a time, times, and half of a time, the same is signified here
as by the thousand two hundred and sixty days (vers. 6),
w here are these words : The Woman fied into the wilderness,
where she hath a place prepared by God, where they may
nourish her a thousand two hundred and sixy days ; which

6o8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIL

may be seen explained above (n. 547). The same also as
by the three days and a half (Apoc. xi. 9, 10) ; also by the
three years and six months, when there was a famine (Luke
iv. 25). The same also as by this in Daniel, by a stated
time, stated times a?id a half, when they shall finish dispersing
the power of the holy people (xii. 7).

563. And the serpent cast out after the Woman, out of
his mouth, water as a flood, that he might cause her to be
swallowed up by the flood, signifies reasonings from falsities
in abundance to destroy the church. Here, as above, the
seducing dragon is signified by the serpent ; the New
Church by the Woman (n. 533). By water truths are sig-
nified, and in the opposite sense falsities (n. 50, 409). By a
flood are signified truths in abundance, and in the opposite
sense falsities in abundance (n. 409). Out of the mouth of
the serpent, signifies reasonings. Therefore by casting out
water as a river are signified reasonings from falsities in
abundance. The reasonings of those who are meant by
the dragon are all from fallacies and appearances j which,
if they are confirmed, appear outwardly as truths, but in-
wardly conceal falsities in abundance. This I can declare
that those in the church who hereafter confirm themselves
in faith alone, cannot recede from it except by serious
repentance, because they conjoin themselves with the
dragonists who are now in the world of spirits, and are
greatly excited, and from hatred against the New Church
are infesting all there whom they meet : and because they
are conjoined with men on the earth, as was said above,
they do not suffer those to recede from them, who have
once been caught by their reasonings ; for they hold
them as bound with chains, and then shut their eyes, so
that they can no longer see any truth in the light.

564. And the earth helped the Woman ; and the earth
opefied her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the
dragon cast out of his mouth, signifies that the reasonings
from falsities in abundance put forth by the dragonists.

No. 564.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 609

fall to nothing before the spiritual truths rationally under
stood, which the Michaels, of whom the New Church con-
sists, bring forward. The church as to doctrine is signified
by the earth which helped the Woman (n. 285) ; and be-
cause the reasonings from falsities which the dragonists
put forth are treated of, it is truths from the Word by
which the earth, that is, the church, helps the Woman.
By opening her mouth is signified to adduce those truths.
By the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth are
signified reasonings from falsities in abundance (n. 563).
By swallowing up is signified to cause them to fall to noth-
ing. By the Michaels the men of the New Church are
meant ; by Michael the wise therein, and by his angels the
rest. Since this dogma is rejected in the New Church,
that the understanding is to be kept in obedience to faith,
and this is received in place of it, that the truth of the
church mus': be seen to be believed (n. 224) ; and as the
truth cannot be seen otherwise than rationally, it is there-
fore said "before the truths rationally understood." How
can any man be led by the Lord and conjoined to heaven,
who has closed up his understanding in regard to such
things as relate to salvation and eternal life? Is it not
the understanding which must be enlightened and taught ?
And what is the understanding when closed up by religion,
but thick-darkness ? and such thick-darkness as rejects
from itself the illustrating light ? Who also can acknowl-
edge any truth and retain it, unless he sees it? What is
a truth not seen but an expression not understood, which
with sensual-corporeal men is wont to be retained in the
memory, but cannot with the wise ? Yea, the wise cast
out of their memory empty words, that is, words which
have not entered by the understanding ; as, that the one
God is three as to persons ; also, that the Lord born from
eternity is not one and the same with the Lord born in
time ; that is, that one Lord is God, and not the other: as
also, that a life of charity, which consists in good works,

6lO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII

and also in repentance from evil works, contributes noth-
ing to salvation. A wise man does not understand this ; on
which account he says from his rationality, Does religion
then contribute nothing ? Is not religion to shun evil and
to do good ? Must not the doctrine of the church teach
thj? as also what a man should believe, that he may do
the good works of religion from God ?

565. And the dragon was wroth with the Woman, and
went away to make war with the remnant of her seed, that
keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of
Jesus Christ, signifies the hatred kindled with those that
believe themselves wise on account of confirmations in
favor of the mystic union of the Divine and the Human
in the Lord, and in favor of justification by faith alone,
against those who acknowledge the Lord alone as the God
of heaven and earth, and that the Decalogue is the law of
life : accosting novitiates with the design of seducing them.
In these few words all these things are contained, because
they follow in a series from what has been said before,
that the earth helped the Woman, and opened her mouth,
and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of
his mouth \ by which is signified that their reasonings from
falsities fell to nothing (n. 564) • consequently, that they
endeavored in vain to destroy the New Church. Where-
fore by the dragon's being wroth with the Woman is signi-
fied hatred kindled and breathing vengeance against the
Church. By the dragon's wrath hatred is signified (n. 558).
By making war is signified to attack and fight against by
reasonings from falsities (n. 500). By "the remnant of
her seed, that keep the commandments of God and have
the testimony of Jesus Christ," are meant novitiates, who
receive the doctrine concerning the Lord and concei .ling
the Decalogue. What the testimony of Jesus Christ is,
may be seen above (n. 6, 490). That those who believe
themselves to be wise from confirmations in favor of the
mystic union of the Divine and the Human in the Lord.

No. 565.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 6 1 I

and in favor of justification by faith alone, are here meant
by the dragon, is because these are in the pride of wisdom,
and know how to ratiocinate ; and from pride proceeds
hatred, and from hatred anger and revenge against those
who do not believe the same. By the mystic union, which
is also called the hypostatic union, are meant their fig-
ments concerning the influx and operation of the Divinity
into the Humanity of the Lord, as into another ; not know-
ing that God and Man, or the Divine and the Human, in
the Lord, are not two, but one person, united like the soul
and the body, according to the doctrine received in the
whole Christian world, which has its name from Athana-
sius. But to adduce their figments about the mystic union
is not worth the time, as they are absurd. That those who
are of the New Church and in the truths of its doctrine are
here meant by the seed of the Woman, may be evident
from the signification of seed in the following passages :
Their seed shall be known among the gentiles, and their off-
spring among the people ; all that see them shall acknowledge
them, that they are the seed which Jehovah hath blessed (Isa.
lxi. 9). They are the seed of the blessed of Jehovah (Isa.
lxv. 23). As the new heavens and the new earth which I
will make shall remain before Me, so shall your seed remain
(Isa. lxvi 22). A seed which shall serve Him ; it shall be
counted to the Lord for a generation (Ps. xxii. 30). I iviil
put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy
seed and the woman 's seed (Gen. iii. 15). Does one seek a
seed of God (Mai. ii. 15). Behold, the days shall come, in
which 1 will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah
wit/i the seed of man (Jer. xxxi. 27). If thou shall make
His soul an offering for sin, He shall see seed (Isa. liii. i o).
Fear not. for I am with thee ; I will bring thy seed from the
cast (Isa. xliii. 5, 6). Thou shall break forth on the right
hen J and on the left, and thy seed shall inherit the gentiles
(Isa. Uv. 3). I had planted thee a noble vine, a seed of truth ;
how art thou turned to me into branches of a strange vine i

6l2

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

(Jer. ii. 21). Their fruit shalt thou destroy from the earthy
and their seed from amo7ig the children of men (Ps. xxi. 10).
The seed are the children of the kingdo77i (Matt. xiii. 38).
The same is signified by the seed of Israel, because Israel
is the church (Isa. xli. 8, 9 ; xliv. 3 ; Jer. xxiii. 8 ; xxxi.
35, 36). The same also by the seed of David, because
David is the Lord (Jer. xxx. 10 ; xxxiii. 22, 25, 26 ; Ps.
lxxxix. 4, 5, 29). The same likewise by the seed of the field,
because a field signifies the church, in many places. But
the opposite is signified by the seed of the wicked (Isa. i. 4 ;
xiv. 20 ; lvii. 3, 4) : and by the seed of the serpent (Gen.
Hi, 15).

565^-. And I stood up07i the sand of the sea, signifies his
state now spiritual-natural, as of those who are in the first
or ultimate heaven. By the sand of the sea that state is
signified, because by the sea is signified the external of the
church. This state is called spiritual-natural, such as is
with those who are in the first or ultimate heaven. Pre-
viously he was above in heaven, where he saw the Dragon ;
his combat with Michael, his downfall and his persecuting
the Woman. But now, when the Dragon has been cast
down, and yet continues to be treated of in what follows,
John was let down in the spirit, to the end that he might
see more things concerning the dragon below the heavens,
and describe them : in which state he saw the two beasts,
the one coming up out of the sea, and the other out of the
earth j which he could not see from heaven, since it is not
granted to any angel to look from heaven into things
below ; but if he chooses, he may go down. It is to be
known, that in the spiritual world place corresponds to
state ; for no one can be anywhere else but where the
state of his life is : and because John now stood upon the
sand of the sea, it follows that his state was now spiritual-
ly ?tural.

No. 566.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 613

566. To this I will add this Relation. There arose a
question among some spirits, whether any one can see any
doctrinal theological truth in the Word, except from the
Lord. They all agreed in this, that no one can, except
from God, because a ?na?i can receive nothing except it be
given him from heaven (John iii. 27): for which reason the
dispute was, whether it is possible to any one unless he
goes immediately to the Lord. They said on the one
hand, that the Lord is to be approached directly, because
He is the Word ; and on the other, that doctrinal truth
may also be seen when God the Father is immediately
approached. On which account the dispute centred upon
this point, Whether it is lawful for any Christian to go
immediately to God the Father, and so to climb above the
Lord ■ and whether this is not insolence and audacity both
indecent and rash ; because the Lord says that 110 one
cometh to the Father but through Him (John xiv. 6). But
they left this, and said that a man can see a doctrinal truth
in the Word from his own natural light {lumen) ; but this
was rejected ; wherefore they insisted that it might be seen
by those who pray to God the Father. Upon which some-
thing was read to them from the Word j and then they
prayed upon their knees, that God the Father would en-
lighten them : and as to the passage which was read to
them from the Word, they said that this and that was the
truth therein ; but it was false : and this repeatedly even
to tediousness. At length they confessed that it was not
possible. But on the other side, they who went imme-
diately to the Lord, saw truths, and informed the others.
After this dispute was thus decided, there came up some
out of the abyss, who appeared at first like locusts, but
afterwards as men. They were those who in the world
prayed to the Father, and confirmed themselves in justifi-
cation by faith alone j and they said that they saw the
tenet that man is justified by faith alone without the works

6 14 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Ckap. XII.

of the law, in clear light, and also from the Word. They
were asked, " By what faith ? " they answered, " In God
the Father." But after they were examined, it was told
them from heaven, that they did not know even one doc-
trinal truth from the Word. But they replied that still
they saw this in the light. It was then said to them that
they saw it in fatuous light. They asked, "What is
fatuous light ? " They were informed that fatuous light is
the light of the confirmation of falsity ; and that this light
corresponds to the light in which owls and bats are, to
whom darkness is light, and light is darkness. This was
confirmed by the fact, that when they looked upwards to
heaven, where light itself is, they saw darkness ; but when
they looked downwards to the abyss whence they came,
they saw light. Being indignant at this confirmation, they
said that thus light and darkness are not any thing, but
only the state of the eye, according to which light is called
light, and darkness, darkness. But it was shown that their
light was fatuous light, which is the light of the confirma-
tion of falsity ; and that it was only the activity of their
minds arising from the fire of lusts, not unlike the light of
cats, whose eyes, owing to their burning appetite for mice
in cellars in the night-time, appear like candles. On hear-
ing these things, they angrily replied that they were not
cats, nor like cats ; because they could see, if they would.
But because they feared being asked why they would not,
they retired, and let themselves down into their abyss and
into their light. They who are there, and such as resemble
them, are called owls and bats.

When they came to their companions in the abyss, and
related what the angels said, that "we do not know any
doctrinal truth, not even one ; " and that " they therefore
called us bats and owls," they were greatly excited and
said, " Let us pray to the Lord for permission to ascend,
and we will show clearly that we have many doctrinal
truths, which the archangels themselves will acknowledge.'

No. 566.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED. 615

And because they prayed to the Lord, leave was given ,
and they ascended to the number of three hundred. And
when they appeared above the earth, they said, "We were
celebrated and famed in the world, because we knew and
taught the arcana of justification by faith alone ; and from
confirmations we not only saw the light, but also as it were
a flashing radiance j as we still do in our cells. And yet
we have heard from our companions who were with you,
that that light is not light, but darkness ; for the reason
that we have not, as you said, any doctrinal truth from the
Word. We know that every truth of the Word shines ; and
we believe that our radiance is thence, when we profoundly
meditate upon our arcana. We will, therefore, demonstrate
that we have truths from the Word in great abundance."
And they said, " Have we not this truth, that there is a
Trinity, — God the Father, God the Son, and God the
Holy Spirit j and that the Trinity must be believed in ?
Have we not this truth, that Christ is our Redeemer and
Saviour ? Have we not this truth, that Christ alone is
justice, and that He alone has merit ? and that he is unjust
and impious, who wishes to claim to himself any thing of
His justice and merit? Have we not this truth, that no
mortal can do any spiritual good of himself, but that all
good which is good in itself is from God ? Have we not
this truth, that there is given meritorious and also hypo-
critical good, and that these goods are evil ? Have we not
this truth, that man of his own powers can contribute
nothing to his salvation ? Have we not this truth, that the
works of charity are still to be done ? Have we not this
truth, that there is faith, and that one must believe, and
that every one has life according to his belief ? Besides
many other things from the Word ? Who of you can deny
any one of these ? And yet you said that we have not any
truth in our schools, not even one. Have you not asserted
such things against us through prejudice? But they then
received the answer : " All the things which you have

6i6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

advanced are in themselves true ; but you have falsified
them, by applying them to confirm a false principle ; and
hence with you and in you they are falsified truths, which
are made false by the false principle. That it is so, we
will demonstrate even to the sight. Not far from here is a
place into which light flows immediately from heaven. In
the midst of it there is a table. When any paper on which
a truth from the Word is written is placed upon it, that
paper, from the truth written on it, shines like a star.
Write your truths, therefore, on a paper, and let it be put
upon that table ; and you will see." They did so, and
gave it to the keeper, who put it upon the table ; who then
said to them, " Withdraw a little and look at the table/'
And they withdrew and looked ; and behold, the paper
shone like a star. And then the keeper said, " You see
that the things which you have written upon the paper are
truths. But come nearer, and look intently at the paper."
And they did so ; and then the light suddenly disappeared,
and the paper became black, as if covered with the soot of
a furnace. Anal the keeper said further, " Touch the
paper with your hands, but be careful not to touch the
writing." And when they did so, a flame burst forth, and
consumed it. Seeing this, they fled away ; and it was said
to them, " If you had touched the writing, you would have
heard an explosion, and would have burned your fingers."
And it was then said by them that stood by, " You have
now seen that the truths which you have abused to confirm
the arcana of your justification, are truths in themselves ;
but that in you they are truths falsified." They then
looked up, and heaven appeared to them as blood, and
afterwards as thick-darkness ; and they seemed before the
eyes of angelic spirits, some like bats, some like owls,
some like moles, and some like horned-owls ; and they fled
away into their darkness, which to their eyes shone
fatuously.

The angelic spirits who were present wondered that they

No. ^66.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. 617

had not before known any thing of that place, and of the
table there. And a voice then came to them from the
southern quarter, saying, " Come hither, and you will see
something still more wonderful." And they came, and
entered into a chamber, whose walls shone as if golden ;
and they saw there also a table, upon which lay the Word,
set around with precious stones in heavenly forms. And
the angel keeper said, " When the Word is opened, a light
beams forth thence of ineffable brightness • and at the same
time there appears from the precious stones a rainbow above
and around the Word. When any angel from the third
heaven comes thither, and looks at the open Word, there
appears above and around the Word a rainbow of various
colors on a red ground. When an angel comes thither
from the second heaven, and looks, there appears a rainbow
on a blue ground. When an angel from the ultimate heaven
comes and looks, there appears a rainbow on a white ground.
When any good spirit comes and looks, there appears a
variegation of light, as of marble." That it was so, was also
shown them visibly. The angel keeper further said, " If
any one comes up, who has falsified the Word, the splendor
is then first dissipated ; and if he approaches, and fixes his
eyes on the Word, there is an appearance of blood around ;
and he is then admonished to depart, because there is
danger." But a certain one, who had in the world been a
prominent author on the doctrine of faith alone, boldly
came up, and said, "When I was in the world, I did not
falsify the Word ; I also exalted charity together with faith;
and I taught that man in the state of faith, in which he does
charity and its works, is renewed, regenerated, and sancti-
fied: also that faith is then not solitary, that is, without
good works ; as a tree is not without fruit, the sun without
light, and fire without heat : and I also blamed those who
said that good works were not necessary, and moreover I
magnified the precepts of the Decalogue, and also repent-
ance ; and I thus applied all things of the Word in an

bl8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII.

admirable manner to the one article of faith, which I set
forth and demonstrated to be still alone saving." In the
confidence of his assertion that he had not falsified the
Word, he came up to the table, and, contrary to the warning
of the angel, touched the Word. But then suddenly fire
with smoke issued from the Word, and an explosion took
place with a great crash, by which he was thrown to a
corner of the room, and lay there as dead for half an hour.
This the angelic spirits wondered at : but it was said to
them, that that prelate had exalted the goods of charity as
proceeding from faith more than others ; but that still he
meant no other than political works, which are also called
moral and civil, and which are to be done for the sake of
the world and of prosperity therein ; but not any works
which are to be done for the sake of God and salvation :
and also that he included the unseen works of the Holy
Spirit, of which the man knows nothing ; which are im-
planted in the act of faith during its state.

The angelic spirits then conversed among themselves
concerning the falsification of the Word : and they agreed
upon this, that to falsify the Word is to take truths from
it, and apply them to confirm falsities ; which is to drag
them forth from the Word outside of it, and slay them. As
for example : he who takes therefrom this truth, that the
neighbor is to be loved, and that good is to be done to him
from love for the sake of God and eternal life ; if any one
then confirms this, that it is to be done, but not for the sake of
salvation, because all good from man is not good, he drags
that truth from the Word outside of the Word, and destroys
it j since the Lord in His Word enjoins it upon every man
who wishes to be saved, to do good to his neighbor as of
himself, and yet to believe that it is of the Lord.

Chap. XIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

619

CHAPTER THIRTEENTH.

1. And I saw a beast coming up out of the sea, having
seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten dia-
dems, and upon his heads a name of blasphemy.

2. And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard,
and his feet like a bear's, and his mouth as the mouth of a
lion : and the dragon gave him his power and his throne
and great authority.

3. And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded unto
death, and his deadly wound was healed ; and the whole
earth wondered after the beast.

4. And they worshipped the dragon, who gave authority
to the beast ; and they worshipped the beast, saying, who
is like unto the beast ? who can make war with him.

5. And there was given unto him a mouth speaking
great things and blasphemies ; and there was given to him
authority to work forty-two months.

6. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God,
to blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, and them
that dwell in heaven.

7. And it was given unto him to make war with the
saints, and to overcome them ; and authority was given
him over every tribe and tongue and nation.

8. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him,
whose names are not written in the book of life of the
Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

9. If any one have an ear, let him hear.

10. If any one leadeth into captivity, he shall go into
captivity ; if any one killeth with the sword, he must be
killed with the sword: here is the patience and the faitb
of the saints.

VOL. II. 9

620

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII

11. And I saw another beast coming up out ot the
earth ; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as
? dragon.

12. And he exerciseth all the authority of the first
beast before him ; and causeth the earth and them that
dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly
wound was healed.

13. And he doeth great signs, so that he maketh fire to
come down from heaven unto the earth before men ;

14. And seduceth them that dwell on the earth, by the
signs which it was given him to do before the beast, say-
ing to them that dwell on the earth that they should make
an image to the beast, which hath the wound by a sword,
and did live.

15. And it was given him to give breath to the image of
the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak,
and cause that as many as would not worship the image of
the beast should be killed.

16. And he causeth all, the small and the great, and
the rich and the poor, and the free and the bond, that he
should give them a mark upon their right hand and upon
their foreheads :

17. And that no one might buy or sell, save he that hath
the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his
name.

18. Here is wisdom : he that hath understanding, let
him count the number of the beast ; for it is the number of
a man : and his number is six hundred sixty-six.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. In this chap-
ter the Dragon continues to be treated of, and the doctrine
and the faith which are meant by him are described : of
what kind it is among the laity, and afterwards of what

Chap. XIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

621

quality among the clergy. That doctrine and faith among
the laity is described by the beast that came up out of the
sea, from verse 1-10; and the same among the ckrgy by
the beast out of the earth, verse 11-17. Also, the falsifi-
cation of the truth of the Word by them is treated of,
verse 18.

The Contents of each Verse. "And I saw a beast
coming up out of the sea," signifies the laity in the churches
of the Reformed, who are in the doctrine and faith of the
dragon concerning God and concerning salvation. " Hav-
ing seven heads," signifies insanity from mere falsities.
" And ten horns," signifies great power. " And upon his
horns ten diadems," signifies the power of falsifying many
truths of the Word. " And upon his heads a name of
blasphemy," signifies the denial of the Lord's Divine
Human, and a doctrine of the church not from the Word,
but evolved from their own intelligence. " And the beast
which I saw was like unto a leopard," signifies heresy
destructive of the church, because from the truths of the
Word falsified. " And his feet like a bear's," signifies full
of falsities from the literal sense of the Word, read but not
understood. " And his mouth as the mouth of a lion,"
signifies reasonings from falsities as from truths. " And
the dragon gave him his power and his throne and great
authority," signifies that that heresy prevails and reigns
through its reception by the laity. " And I saw one of
his heads, as it were wounded unto death," signifies that
the doctrine of faith alone does not agree with the Word,
wherein works are so often commanded. " And his deadly
wound was healed," signifies the cure of it here explained.
" And the whole earth wondered after the beast," signifies
that then that doctrine and faith were received with joy.
" And they worshipped the Dragon who gave authority to
the beast," signifies acknowledgment that it is as deliv-
ered by the leaders and teachers, who have made it pre-
vail through its reception by the general body. u And they

622

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

worshipped the beast," signifies the acknowledgment by
the general body, that it is holy truth. " Saying, Who is
like unto the beast ? who can make war with him ? " signi-
fies the superiority of that doctrine, because it can be con-
tradicted by no one. "And there was given unto him a
mouth speaking great things and blasphemies," signifies
that it teaches evils and falsities. " And there was given
to him authority to work forty-two months," signifies the
opportunity to teach and do the evils and falsities of that
doctrine even to the end of that Church, and till the be-
ginning of the New. " And he opened his mouth in blas-
phemy against God, to blaspheme His name," signifies their
utterances, which are scandals against the Divine Itself
and the Divine Human of the Lord, and at the same time
against every thing of the church from the Word, by which
the Lord is worshipped. " And His tabernacle and them
that dwell in heaven," signifies scandals against the Lord's
heavenly (celestial) church and against heaven. " And
it was given unto him to make war with the saints and to
overcome them," signifies that they assailed the Divine
Truths of the Word, and overthrew them. " And authority
was given him over every tribe and tongue and nation,"
signifies dominion thus over all things of the church, both
those of its doctrine and those of its life. " And all that
dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are
not written in the book of life of the Lamb," signifies that
all acknowledged that heresy as a holy thing of the church,
except those who believed in the Lord. " Slain from the
foundation of the world," signifies the Lord's Divine
Human not acknowledged from the first establishment of
the church. " If any one have an ear, let him hear," sig-
nifies that they who wish to be wise should attend to these
things. " If any one leadeth into captivity he shall go
into captivity," signifies that he who by that heresy leads
others away from believing well and living well, shall be
led away into hell by his own falsities and evils. " If any

Chap. XIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 623

one killeth with the sword he must be killed with the
sword," signifies that he who destroys the soul of another
by falsities shall be destroyed and perish by falsities.
" Here is the patience and the faith of the saints," signifies
that the man of the Lord's New Church is explored by
temptations from them, as to the quality of his life and
faith. " And I saw another beast coming up out of the
earth" signifies the clergy who are in the doctrine and faith
of the dragon concerning God and salvation. -And he
had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon,"
signifies that they speak, teach, and write from the Word,
as if it were the Lord's Divine Truth, and yet it is truth
falsified. " And he exerciseth all the authority of the first
beast before him," signifies that they confirmed the dogmas,
and that thereby they prevail. " And he causeth the earth
and them that dwell therein to worship the first beast
whose deadly wound was healed," signifies that it was
firmly established by confirmations that what is received
by the general body should be acknowledged as a holy
thing of the church. ' u And he doeth great signs," signifies
testifications that what they teach are truths, although they
are falsities. " So that he maketh fire to come down from
heaven unto the earth before men," signifies proofs that
their falsities are truths. " And seduceth them that dwell
on the earth by the signs which it was given him to do
before the beast," signifies that by testifications and proofs
they lead the men of the church into errors. " Saying to
them that dwell on the earth that they should make an
image to the beast which hath the wound by a sword and
did live," signifies that they induce the men of the church
to receive for doctrine, that faith is the only medium of
salvation, for the reason here explained. " And it was
given him to give breath to the image of the beast, that
ihe image of the beast should both speak," signifies that it
was permitted them to confirm that doctrine by the Word,
by which it is as it were vivified as it is taught. " And

624

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

causs that as many as would not worship the image of the
beast should be killed," signifies that they pronounce dam-
nation upon those who do not acknowledge the doctrine
of their faith as a holy doctrine of the church. " And he
causeth all, the small and the great, and the rich and the
poor, and the free and the bond," signifies all in that church,
of whatever condition, learning, or intelligence they are.
" That he should give them a mark upon their right hand
and upon their foreheads," signifies that no one should be
acknowledged as a Reformed Christian, but he who re-
ceives that doctrine in faith and love. " And that no one
might buy or sell, save he that hath the mark, or the name
of the beast, or the number of his name," signifies that
no one is permitted to teach from the Word but he who
acknowledges that doctrine, and swears to the belief and
the love of it, or to such as is in conformity with it. " Here
is wisdom," signifies that it is the part of the wise to see
and understand, from the things that are said and explained
in this chapter, the quality of the doctrine and faith con-
cerning God and concerning salvation, among the clergy.
" He that hath understanding, let him count the number
of the beast," signifies that he who is in enlightenment from
the Lord may know the quality of the confirmations of
that doctrine and faith from the Word among them. " For
it is the number of a man," signifies the quality of the
Word and thence of the church. " And his number is six
hundred sixty-six," signifies that the quality is this, that
every truth of the Word is falsified by them.

THE EXPLANATION.

567. And I saw a beast coming up out of the sea, signifies
the laity in the churches of the Reformed, who are in the
doctrine and faith of the dragon concerning God and con-
cerning salvation. What and of what quality the faith of

No. 567.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

625

the dragon is, may be seen n. 537. The same faith con-
tinues to be treated of in this chapter ; and by this beast,
which was seen to come up out of the sea, is meant that
faith among the laity ; but by the beast out of the earth
(vers. 11), that faith among the clergy is meant. That the
dragon continues to be treated of here, is manifest from
these words in this chapter : That the Dragon gave to the
beast that came up out of the sea his power, and throne, and
great authority (vers. 2) : and that they worshipped the dragon
who gave authority to the beast (vers. 4) : and concerning the
beast out of the earth, that he spake as the dragon (vers. 1 1) :
and that he exercised all the authority of the first beast befo?'e
the Dragon (vers. 12). That the laity are meant by the
beast out of the sea, and the clergy by the beast out of the
earth, is because the external of the church is signified by
the sea, and the internal by the earth (n/398, and elsewhere) ;
and the laity are in the externals of the doctrine of the
church, and the clergy are in its internals : on which account
the beast out of the earth is also called in what follows, the
false prophet. That they are in the churches of the Reformed,
is because the Reformed are treated of as far as to chap. xvi.
inclusive ; and the Roman Catholics in chap. xvii. and xviii. :
and afterwards the last judgment, and at length the New
Church. They were seen as beasts because a dragon is a
beast, and because a beast in the Word signifies man as to
his affections, — harmless and useful beasts man as to the
good affections, and noxious and useless beasts man as to
the evil affections. On which account the men of the church
are in general called sheep, and a congregation of them a
flock, and he that teaches is called a pastor. It is hence
also that Ihe Word, as to its power, affection, understanding,
and wisdom, is described above by four animals, which
were a lion, a calf, an eagle, and a man (chap, iv.) j and the
understanding of the Word, by horses (chap. vi.). The
reason is, that in the spiritual world a man's affections
' ppear at a distance like beosts, as has often been said

626

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

before ; and beasts, viewed in themselves, are nothing but
forms of natural affections ; but men are not only forms of
natural affections, but also of spiritual at the same time.
That men as to their affections are meant by beasts, may
be evident from these passages : Thou didst send a plentiful
rain, whereby thou didst confirm thi?ie inheritance when it was
"•eary ; the beast thy congregation shall dwell in it (Ps. lxviii.
j i o). Every wild-beast of the forest is mine, the beasts on a
thousand hills ; I /mow every bird of the mountains ; the beast
of my fields is with Me (Ps. 1. 10, n). Ashur is a cedar in
Lebanon, his stature is high, all the birds of the heavens made
their nests in his boughs, and under his branches all the beasts
of the field brought forth, and in his shadow dwelt all great
nations (Ez. xxxi. 3-6, 10, 13 j Dan. iv. 7-13). I will make
a covenant for them in that day with the beast of the field and
with the bird of the iieavens, and I will betroth thee unto Me
for ever (Hos. ii. 18, 19). Rejoice and be glad ; be not afraid,
ye beasts of my fields, for the habitations of the wilderness do
spring (Joel ii. 2 1 , 22). In that day there shall be great tumult,
Judah shall fight against Jerusalem, and there shall be a plague
of the horse, of the mule, of the camel, and of every beast ; then
shall every one that is left go up to Jerusalem (Zech. xiv.
13-16). The birds shall abominate him, and every beast of
the earth shall despise him (Isa. xviii. 6). Thou, son of man,
say to the bird of every wing, and to every beast of the field,
Assemble yourselves to my sacrifice upon the mountains of
Israel ; so will I set my glory among the nations (Ez. xxxix.-
1 7-2 1). Jehovah gathereth the outcasts of Israel; every beast
of my fields, come ye (Isa. lvi. 8, 9). Jehovah will destroy
Ashur, every wild-beast of the nations shall rest in the midst
of her, as well the spoonbill as the wild-duck in her pomeg?-anates
(Zeph. ii. 13, 14). The sheep were scattered without a shepherd,
and were for food to every wild-beast of the field (Ez. xxxiv.
5,8). / will cast thee forth upon the face of the field, and will
make every bird of the heavens to live upon thee, a?id will satisfy
every wild-beast of the earth from thee (Ez. xxxii. 4 ; also

No. 570.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

chap. v. 17 ; xxix. 5 ; xxxiii. 27 ; xxxix. 4 ; Jer. xv. 3 , xvi.
4; xix. 7; xxvii. 5, 6). The enemy reproacheth Jehovah;
deliver not the soul of thy turtledove to the beast (Ps. lxxiv.
18, 19). I saw in vision four beasts coming up out of the sea;
the first was like a lion which had eagle's wings, the second
like a bear, the third like a leopard, and the fourth was terrible
1 Dan. vii. 2-7). The Spirit driveth Jesus into the wilderness,
and He was with the beasts, and angels ministered u?:to Him
(Mark i. 12, 13). He was not with the beasts, but with devils,
who are here meant by the beasts. Besides other places,
where beasts and wild-beasts are named, as Isa. xxxv. 9 ;
xliii. 20; Jer. xii. 4, 8-10; Ez. viii. 10; xxxiv. 23, 25, 28;
xxxviii. 18-20; Hos. iv. 2,3; xiii. 8; Joel i. 16, 18, 20;
Hab. ii. 17 ; Dan. ii. 37, 38 ; Ps. viii. 6-8 ; lxxx. 13 ; civ.
11, 12, 14, 20, 25; cxlviii. 7, 10; Ex. xxiii. 28-30; Lev.

xxvi. 6 ; Deut. vii. 22 ; xxxii. 24. In these places men as
to their affections are signified by beasts. By man and
beast together is signified man as to spiritual and natural
affection, in the following passages : Jer. vii. 20 ; xxi. 6 ;

xxvii. 5 ; xxxi. 27 ; xxxii. 43 ; xxxiii. 10-12 ; xxxvi. 29 ;
1. 3; Ez. xiv. 13, 17, 19; xxv. 13; xxxii. 13 ; xxxvi. 11;
Zeph. i. 2, 3 ; Zech. ii. 4, 5; viii. 9, 10; Jonah iii. 7, 8;
Ps. xxxvi. 6 ; Num. xviii. 15. By all the beasts which were
sacrificed good affections were signified, and the same by
the beasts which were eaten ; and the contrary by the beasts
which were not to be eaten (Lev. xx. 25, 26).

568. Having seven heads, signifies insanity from mere
falsities, the same as by the seven heads of the dragon
(»• 533).

569. And ten horns, signifies great power ; the same as
by the horns of the dragon, which also were ten (n. 539).

570. A?id upon his horns ten diadems, signifies the power
of falsifying many truths of the Word. Power is signified
by horns (n. 539) ; by ten is signified much (n. 101) ; and
the truths of the Word falsified are signified by the diadems
(n. 540). Hence, by "upon his horns ten diadems," is

628

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

signified to have it in his power to falsify many truths of
the Word. It is said of the dragon, that he had upon his
heads seven diadems j but of this beast of his, that he had
ten diadems upon his horns. The reason is, because the
power of falsifying many truths of the Word is here sig-
nified, but there the falsification of them all : for the laity
can do it, but do not. For they who are in falsities and in
their faith, are opposed to truths ; for which reason, when
they see truths in the Word, they falsify them.

571. And upon his heads a name of blasphemy, signifies
denial of the Lord's Divine Human, and a doctrine of the
church not from the Word, but from their own intelligence.
By the seven heads insanity from mere falsities is signified,
as above (n. 568) * and this insanity speaks blasphemy,
when it denies the Lord's Divine in His Human ; and also
when it does not take the doctrine of the church from the
Word, but hatches it from its own intelligence. As regards
th^ First, that it is blasphemy to deny the Lord's Divine
in His Human, it is because he who denies this is against
the faith received in the entire Christian world, which is
called the Athanasian ; where it is said plainly, that in
Jesus Christ God and Man, that is, the Divine and the
Human, are not two, but one ; and that they are one per-
son, united like the soul and the body. Wherefore they
who deny the Divine in His Human are not far from the
Socinians and Arians ;. indisputably so, when they think
of the Lord's Human alone as of the human of another
man, and at the same time not at all of His Divine from
eternity. In regard to the Second point, that it is blasphemy
not to take the doctrine of the church from the Word,
but to evolve it from their own intelligence ; this is so.
because the church is from the Word, and is such as its
understanding of the Word is ; see the " Doctrine of the
New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 76-
79) : and the doctrine that faith alone, that is, faith without
the works of the law, justifies and saves, is not from the

No. 572.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

629

Word, but from a single saying of Paul (Rom. iii. 28),
falsely understood , see n. 417 ; and all the falsity of the
doctrine derives its origin from no other source than their
own intelligence. For what is more universally taught in
the Word than to shun evil and to do good? and what is
more fully set forth there than that God is to be loved, and
(he neighbor also? and who does not see that no one can
love the neighbor, unless he lives according to the works
of the law ? and he that does not love the neighbor, does
not love God : for in love to the neighbor the Lord con-
joins Himself with man, and man conjoins himself with
the Lord ; that is, the Lord and man are together in that
love. And what is it to love the neighbor but not to do
evil to him, according to the precepts of the Decalogue ?
(Rom. xiii. 8-1 1). And as far as a man is not willing to
do evil to his neighbor, so far he wills to do him good.
It is manifest from these things, that it is blasphemy to
exclude the works of this law from salvation, as they do
who make faith alone, which is faith separate from good
works, solely saving. By blasphemy (Matt. xii. 31, 32 ;
Apoc. xvii. 3 ; Is. xxxvii. 6, 7, 23, 24), is meant to deny the
Lord's Divine, as the Socinians do, and to deny the Word.
For they who thus deny the Divine of the Lord, cannot
enter heaven ; for the Lord's Divine is the all in all of
heaven : and he who denies the Word, denies all things
of religion.

572. And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard,
signifies heresy destructive of the church, because from the
truths of the Word falsified. By beasts in general are sig-
nified men as to their affections (n. 567) j and by a leopard
the affection or lust of falsifying the truths of the Word is
signified. And because it is a ferocious beast, and slaugh-
ters harmless animals, it signifies also a heresy destructive
of the church. That the truths of the Word falsified are
signified by a leopard, is from his black and white spots \
and by the black spots falsities are signified, and by the

630

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

white among them truth is signified. Hence, as it is a
ferocious and cruel beast, by it are signified the truths of
the Word falsified, and so destroyed. The same things
are signified by a leopard in the following passages : Can
the Ethiopian change his skin, and the leopard his spots ?
Then may ye also be able to do good, who have been taught to
do evil (Jer. xiii. 23). A lion out of the forest hath smitten
the nobles, a wolf of the plains shall spoil them, the leopard
is watching against their cities ; every one who goeth out shall
be torn i?i pieces, because their backslidings are increased (Jer.
v. 6). " A leopard watching against their cities " means
against the truths of doctrine : a city is doctrine (n. 194).
Because they have forgotten Me, I will therefore be to them as
a lion, and as a leopard by the way will I observe them (Hos.
xiii. 5-7); a way also signifies truth (n. 176). The wolf
shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard with the kid (Isa.
xi. 6). Here the Lord's kingdom which is coming is
treated of : " the kid " is the genuine truth of the church ;
" the leopard " is the same falsified. The third beast
coming up out of the sea was like a leopard, which had fom
wings upon his back (Dan. vii. 6). Concerning the four
beasts seen by Daniel, see below (n. 574).

573. And his feet like a bear's, signifies that it was full of
fallacies from the literal sense of the Word read but not
understood. By the feet is signified the natural, which is
the ultimate, upon which that heresy which is meant by
the leopard, takes its stand, and as it were walks ; and
this is the literal sense of the Word : and they are signified
by a bear, who read the Word, and do not understand it ;
whence they have fallacies. That these are signified by
bears, was made manifest to me from the bears seen in the
spiritual world, and from certain ones there clothed in
bearskin ; all of whom were those that read the Word, and
did not see any doctrinal truth there \ as also those who
confirmed the appearances of truth therein, whence are
fallacies. There appear, there hurtful bears, and harmless

No. 574.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 63 1

bears, and also white ones j but they are distinguished by
their heads : those that are harmless have heads like the
heads of calves or sheep. Such persons or things are
signified by bears in the following passages : As a bear,
lying in wait for me, he hath overturned my paths ; the Hon
in the coverts hath turned aside my ways ; he hath made me
desolate (Lam. iii. 8-1 1). I will meet Jmn like a hear be-
n aved, and I will consume him there like a huge lio?i ; the
wild-beast of the field shall tear them (Hos. xiii. 7, 8). The
calf a?id the young lion shall lie down, and the cow and
the bear shall feed (Isa. xi. 6, 7). The second beast
coming up out of the sea was like unto a bear, and it had
three ribs in its mouth between its teeth (Dan. vii. 5). The
same is signified by the lion and bear which David smote,
taking it by the beard (1 Sam. xvii. 34-37 ; likewise 2 Sam.
xvii. 8). The lion and the bear are mentioned in these
places, because falsity destroying the truth of the Word is
signified by the lion j and by the bear are signified falla-
cies, which also destroy, but not to such a degree ; where-
fore it is said in Amos, The day of Jehovah, a day of
darkness and not of light, is as he who flees from a lion and
falls upon a bear (v. 18, 19). We read in the second book
of Kings, that Elisha was mocked by children, and called
bald ; and that 011 that account forty-two children were torn
in pieces by two she-bears out of the forest (ii. 23, 24). This
was done because Elisha represented the Lord as to the
Word (n. 298) ; and because baldness signified the Word
without the sense of the letter, and thus not any thing
(n. 47) ; the number forty-two signified blasphemy
(n- 583) ; and the she-bears signified the literal sense
of the Word, read indeed, but not understood.

574. And his mouth as the mouth of a lion, signifies
reasonings from falsities as from truths. By the mouth is
Signified teaching, preaching, and discourse (n. 452) • here
reasoning from falsities of doctrine, because the head,
where the mouth is, signifies insanity from mere falsities

632

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XII L

(n. 568). By a lion Divine Truth m its power is signified
(n. 241, 471) ; but here falsity in power appearing as truth
by means of reasonings (n. 573). Hence by "his mouth
as the mouth of a lion," are signified reasonings from falsi-
ties as if from truths. That the leopard, the bear, and the
lion signify such things, may be evident from similar beasts
seen by Daniel, thus spoken of : Four great beasts came up
out of the sea: the first was like a lion, and had eagle's
wings : I beheld until his wings were torn off, and he was
lifted up from the earth, a?id set up upon his feet as a man,
and a man's heart given to him. The second beast was like
unto a bear, and raised himself up on one side ; three ribs
were in his mouth betwee?i his teeth ; and it was said, Arise,
devour much flesh. The third beast was like a leopard, which
had four wings upon his back, as of birds ; the beast had
also four heads, and dominion was given to /iim* The fourth
beast was terrible a7id formidable and powerful, and it had
great iron teeth ; he devoured and brake in pieces and tram-
pled the residue with his feet (Dan. vii. 3-7). By these
four beasts the successive states of the church are de-
scribed, from its first unto its last, until it is altogether
vastated as to every good and truth of the Word \ after
which is the coming of the Lord. By the lion is signified
the Divine Truth of the Word in its first state, and the
establishment of the church by it ; which is meant by his
being lifted up from the earth, and set up upon his feet as
a man, and a man's heart given to him. By the bear the
second state of the church is described, which is, that
the Word is read indeed, but is not understood : by the
three ribs between his teeth are signified appearances
and fallacies ; and by " much flesh " the literal sense of
the Word as a whole is signified. The third state of the
church is described by the leopard^ by which the Word
falsified as to its truths is signified : by the four wings upon
its back, as of birds, confirmations of falsity are signified.
The fourth or last state of the church is described by

No.575-J TIIE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 633

the beast which was terrible and formidable, by which the
destruction of all truth and good is signified ; on which
account it is said that it broke in pieces and devoured,
and trampled the residue with its feet. At length the
Lord's coming is described, and then the destruction of
that church, and the establishment of a New, from verse 9
to the end. By Daniel those four beasts were seen coming
up out of the sea one after another ; but by John the first
three beasts were seen united in one body, and also com-
ing up out of the sea. The reason is because the succes-
sive states of the church are described by them in Daniel,
but here in the Apocalypse the last state is described, in
which are all the former at once ; and as this beast was
seen to be like a leopard as to its body and like a bear as
to its feet, and like a lion as to its mouth, similar things
are signified in both cases by the leopard and the bear :
but by the mouth like a lion's, reasonings from falsities
are signified, because it follows that the beast spake blas-
phemies out of his mouth (vers. 5,6): and by his heads,
insanity from mere- falsities is signified.

575. And the dragou gave hi??i his power and his throne \
and great authority, signifies that that heresy prevails and
reigns through its reception by the laity. By the dragon
that heresy is signified, spoken of n. 537. The laity are
signified by this beast (n. 567) j who do not speak from
themselves, but from their teachers ; and as they are the
people themselves, it is manifest that that heresy prevails
and reigns from reception by them. This therefore it is,
which is signified by the power, throne, and great authority,
which the dragon gave to this beast, and by these words
following (vers. 5), And they worshipped the dragon who
gave authority to the beast. The dragon prevails and reigns
through them, especially through this dogma of their relig-
ion : That the understanding is to be kept under obedience
to faith ; and that that is a faith which is not understood ;
and that, in spiritual things, faith in a thing which is under-

634

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI1L

stood is intellectual faith, which is not justifying. When
these prevail with the laity, the clergy have authority,
veneration, and a species of adoration, on account of the
divine things which they believe they know, and which are
to be received from their mouths. By " power " is signi-
fied prevalence ; by throne, government ; and by great
authority, dominion.

576. And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded unto
duith. signifies that this point of doctrine, which is the
head of the rest, that man is justified and saved by faith
alone without the works of the law, does not agree with
the Word, where works are so often commanded. By
" one of his heads " is signified the chief and fundamental
article of the whole doctrine of the church of the Reformed.
For the beast had seven heads, by which is signified insan-
ity from mere falsities (n. 568) ; and thus also all falsities
in the aggregate : for by seven in the Word is signified all
(n. 10, 391). And as all the falsities of their doctrine con-
cerning salvation depend on this one, that man is justified
and saved by faith alone without the -works of the law, it
is this which is signified by " one of the heads " of the
beast. By its being as it were wounded unto death, is sig-
nified that it does not agree with the Word, where works
are so often commanded. For every point of the doc'rine
of the church, which does not agree with the Word, is not
sound, but is sick with a deadly disease : for the doctrine
of the church must be from the Word, and from no other
source.

577. And his deadly wound was healed, signifies the cue
of that head of the doctrine by this reasoning, that no one
can do a good work of himself, and fulfil the law, and that
there is on that account provided another means of salva-
tion instead, which is faith in the righteousness and ment
of Christ, who suffered for man, and thereby took away
the condemnation of the law. That this is the cure for
the wounded head, and is also applied, is known, when

No. 57S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

635

by the wounded head is meant that which precedes
(n. 576); and therefore there is no need to explain it
further.

578. And the whole earth wondered after the beast, signi
fies that that faith was then received with joy, and became
the doctrine of the whole church, because they thus would
not be servants under the law, but free under faith. And
they wondered, signifies admiration that the deadly wound
was healed, and thence reception with joy. By the whole
earth the whole church of the Reformed is signified, for
the earth is the church (n. 285). Wherefore by "the whole
earth wondered after the beast," is signified that that faith
was received with joy, and became the doctrine of the
whole church. The joy. with which it was received was
because thus they would not be servants under the law,
but free under faith j not knowing that the fact was alto-
gether the contrary ; namely, that they who believe them-
selves to be free under faith, or from that faith, or by
means of that faith, are servants under sin, that is, under
the devil ; for sin and the devil are one and the same.
For they believe that thus the law does not condemn ; and
thus they believe that to sin without the condemnation of
the law is freedom, provided they have faith ; when yet
this is servitude itself. But when a man shuns sin, that
is, the devil, he from a servant becomes free. — To this I
will add this Relation : I spoke with certain doctors of the
church in the world of spirits, as to what they mean by
the works of the law, and what by the law, under whose
yoke, servitude, and condemnation they say they are not,
They said that they were the works of the law of the Deca-
logue. And I then said, " What does the Decalogue re-
quire ? is it not this ? Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not
commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not tes-
tify falsely? Are these the works of the law which you
separate from faith, saying that faith alone without the
works of the law justifies and saves ? and a 'e these

636

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

the things for which Christ made satisfaction ? " And
they answered that they were. And then a voice was
heard from heaven, saying, " Who can be so insane ? *'
And instantly their faces were turned towards the diabol-
ical spirits, among whom was Machiavelli, and many of
the order of the Jesuits, who permitted all those things,
presided only that men would besvare of the laws of the
r/orld : and they would have conjoined themselves with
them, had not a society been interposed, which separated
them. It is said that " the whole earth wondered after the
beast." That " after him " means to follow him and to
obey him, is manifest from these passages : David kept
my precepts, and walked after Me with all His heart
(i Kings xiv. 8). The children of Jesse went after Saul i?ito
the battle (i Sam. xvii. 13). Thou shall not go after a multi-
tude to do evil ; thou shall not speak in a cause to turn away
after many to pervei't judgment (Ex. xxiii. 2). Thou shall not
go after other gods whom thou hast not known (Jer. vii. 9).
They went after other gods to serve them (Jer. xi. 10 ; Deut.
viii. 19). The man who went after Baalpeor will Jehovah
destroy (Deut. iv. 3).

579. And they worshipped the Dragon who gave authority
unto the beast, signifies acknowledgment of the doctrine
of justification by faith without the works of the law by
the leaders and teachers, who made it prevail through its
reception by the general body. By worshipping is signified
to acknowledge as a holy thing of the church. By the
Dragv^n the doctrine of justification and salvation by faith
alone without the works of the law is signified (n. 537).
The general body is signified by this beast, because it is
the laity (n. 567). By giving authority is signified to cause
it to prevail through its reception by them (n. 575).

580. And they worshipped the beast, signifies the acknowl-
edgment by the general body that it is a holy truth, that no
one can do a good work, nor fulfil the law, of himself. By
worshipping is signified to acknowledge as a holy thing of

No. 5S2.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

637

the church, as just above (n. 579) ; here that it is a holy
truth that no one can of himself do a good work, and fulfil
the law : and because these two are holy truths, it follows
that the works of the law are to be removed from faith, as
not saving. But that those truths, together with many others,
are falsified, may be seen above (n. 566). The same is here
signified by the beast as by the dragon, because of reception
and acknowledgment ; on which account it is said that they
worshipped the dragon, and worshipped the beast.

581. Saying, Who is like unto the beast 7 who can make
war with him 1 signifies the superiority of that doctrine
above every other, because it can be contradicted by no
one. " Who is like unto the beast ? " signifies the opinion
respecting the superiority of that church above every other,
by reason of its doctrine. By the beast is signified the
general body, and thus the church, and abstractly its doc-
trine. " Who can make war with him ? " signifies who can
deny that a man cannot do any spiritual good of himself,
besides more things, as above (n. 566). And because this
cannot be contradicted, are we not thus saved by faith
without the works of the law ? But that this conclusion is
absurd, yea, in itself insane, may be seen by every one who
knows any thing of the Word, and is wise from it. " Who
can make war with him ? " also signifies that that doctrine
has been so ingeniously and subtly confirmed and thus
fortified by arguments, by its leaders and those that teach
it after them, that it cannot be impugned.

502. And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great
things and blasphemies, signifies that it teaches evils and
falsities. By " a mouth speaking " is signified teaching,
preaching, and discourse (n. 452). By "speaking great
things and blasphemies" is signified to teach evils and fal-
sities : foi great is predicated of good, and in the opposite
sense, of evil (n. 656, 663, 896, 898) ; and by blasphemies
truths falsified, and thus falsities, are signified. What is
here signified in particular by blasphemies, may be seen

638

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

above (n. 571). It teaches evils, because it removes from
salvation the works of the law, and thus things that are to
be done ; and he who does this is in spiritual evils, which
are sins.

583. And there was given to him authority to work forty-two
months, signifies the opportunity to teach and to do the evils
and falsities of that doctrine even to the end of that church,
and till the beginning of the New. By authority to work being
given unto him the authority to speak great things and blas-
phemies is signified, that is, to teach and do the evils and
falsi-ties spoken of just above (n. 582). By forty-two months
is signified to the end of the former church and till the
beginning of the New, as above (n. 496) ; the same as by
the three days and a half (n. 505) ; and by a time, times,
and half a time (n. 562) ; also the same as by the thousand
two hundred and sixty days (n. 491); because forty-two
months make three years and a half.

584. And he opened his mouth in blasphemies against God
and His name, signifies their utterances, which are scandals,
against the Divine Itself and the Divine Human of the
Lord, and at the same time against every thing of the church
from the Word, by which the Lord is worshipped. " He
opened his mouth in blasphemies," signifies utterances
which are false statements. By the mouth is signified
teaching, preaching, and discourse (n. 452) ; hence by
opening the mouth is signified to utter these things : and
blasphemies signify falsifications of the Word, and many
more things mentioned above (n. 571, 582); here also
scandals, because the words " against God and His name *
immediately follow. By " God " the Lord's Divinity is
here signified, as very frequently elsewhere in the Apoca-
lypse : and by " His name " every thing is signified by
which the Lord is worshipped ; including the Word, because
worship is according to it (n. 81). That by the name of
Jehovah or God the Lord's Divine Human is signified, and
at the same time the Word, also every thing by which He

No. 5S5.] THE APOCALYFSE REVEALED. 639

is worshipped, may be further evident from these passages:
Jesus said, Father, glorify thy Name; and there came a voice
from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it and will glorify
it again (John xii. 28). Jesus said, I have manifested thy
Name to men, and I have made known to them thy Name
(Tohn xvii. 6, 26). Whatsoever ye shall ask in my Name,
that will I do ; that the Father may be glorified in the Son :
if ye shall ask anything in my Name, I will do it (John xiv.
13, 14). In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was
with God, and the Word was God : as many as received
Him, to them gave He power to beco??ie the sons of God, to
them that believe on His Name: and the Word was made
flesh (John i. 1, 12, 14). Jesus said, He that believeth
not on Him hath been judged already, because he hath not
believed in the Name of the Only begotten Son of God (John
iii. 18). Nothing else is meant by the Name of Jehovah God,
which must not be profaned, in the second commandment of
the Decalogue, and by the Name of the Father, which must
be hallowed, in the Lord's Prayer.

585. And His Tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven,
signifies scandals against the Lord's heavenly (celestial)
church and against heaven. Nearly the same is signified
by the Tabernacle as by the Temple, namely, in the highest
sense the Lord's Divine Human, and in a relative sense,
heaven and the church (n. 191, 529). But by the Taberna-
cle in this sense the heavenly (celestial) church is signified,
which is in the good of love to the Lord from the Lord ;
and by the Temple the spiritual church, which is in the
truths of wisdom from the Lord. By " them that dwell in
heaven" is signified Heaven. The reason that the heavenly
(celestial) church is signified by the Tabernacle, is because
the most ancient church, which was heavenly (celestial)
because it was in love to the Lord, had holy worship in
tabernacles ; and the ancient church, which was a spiritual
church, had holy worship in temples. The Tabernacles
were of wood, and the Temples of stone ; and wood signifies

640

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XITT.

good, and stone truth. That the Lord's Divine Human as
to the Divine Love, and also the heaven and church which
are in love to the Lord, are signified by the Tabernacle,
may be evident from the following passages : O Jehovah,
who shall abide in thy Tabej-nacle ? who shall dwell in thy
holy mountai?i ? He that walketh uprightly, and worketh
righteousness, and speaketh the truth (Ps. xv. 1, 2). Jehovah
shall hide me in His Tent, He shall hide me in the secret of
His Tabernacle, He shall lift me up (Ps. xxvii. 5). / will
abide in thy Tabernacle for ever (Ps. lxi. 4). Look upon Zion;
thine eyes shall see Jerusalem a quiet habitation, a Tabernacle
which shall not be taken down (Isa. xxxiii. 20) ; Jehovah who
spreadeth out the heavens as a Tabernacle to dwell in (Isa
xl. 22). Thou hast made Jehovah Most High thy habitation,
no plague shall come nigh thy Tabernacle (Ps. xci. 9, 10).
Jehovah hath set a Tabernacle among them, He will walk
among them (Lev. xxvi. 11, 12). Jehovah forsook the Tent
of Shiloh, the Tabernacle in which He dwelt among men (Ps.
lxxviii. 60). / heard a great voice out of heaven, saying,
Behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and He will
dwell with them (Apoc. xxi. 3). My Tabernacle is laid waste
(Jer. iv. 20 ; x. 20). He will pluck thee out of the Tabernacle,
and He will root thee out of the land of the living (Ps. lii. 5.
Besides other places, as Isa. xvi. 5 ; liv. 2 ; Jer. xxx. 18 ;
Lam. ii. 4 ; Hos. ix. 6 ; xii. 9 ; Zech. xii. 7). Since the most
ancient church, which was a heavenly (celestial) church, be-
cause it was in love to the Lord, and thence in conjunction
with Him, had holy worship in Tabernacles, therefore by
the command of the Lord a Tabernacle was erected by Moses,
in which all the things of heaven and the church were
represented ; which was so holy that no one was permitted
to enter into it but Moses, Aaron, and his sons ; and if
any one of the people entered, he should die (Num. xvii.
12, 13 ; xviii. 1, 22, 23 ; xix. 14-19). In the inmost part of
it was the Ark, in which were the two Tables which were
the Decalogue, over which was the Mercy-seat and the

No 586.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 64 1

Chembs ; and without the veil there the Table upon which
was the Showbread, the Altar of Incense, and the Candle-
stick with the seven lamps ; all of which were representatives
of heaven and the church. It is described in Ex. xxvi. 7-16 ;
xxxvi. 8-37 ; and we read that the form of it was shown to
Moses upon Mount Sinai (Ex. xxv. 9 j xxvi. 30) ; and that
which is given to be seen from heaven is representative of
heaven and thence of the church. In memory of the holy
worship of the Lord in tabernacles by the most ancient
people, and of the conjunction with Him by love, the Feast
of Tabernacles was commanded, spoken of in Lev. xxiii.
39— 4-j. ; Deut. xvi. 13, 14; Zech. xiv. 16, 18, 19.

586. And it was given u?ito him to make war with the
saints, and to overcome them, signifies that they assailed the
Divine Truths of the Word, and overthrew them. By war
is signified spiritual war, which is that of falsity against
truth, and of truth against falsity (n. 500): hence "to
make war " is to assail. By the saints are meant those
who are in Divine truths from the Lord through the Word,
and hence, abstractly from persons, the Divine truths
(n. 173); therefore, by overcoming them is signified to
cause the truths not to prevail, and thus to overthrow
them. Similar things are signified by these words in
Daniel : The fourth least, coming up out of the sea, which
had a mouth speaking great things, made war with the saints,
and prevailed (vii. 20, 21) : al^o by these in the same : The he-
goat ran against the ram, cast him to the earth, trampled <>n
hinu and lifted himself up against the prince of the host, and
the habitation of His sanctuary was cast down ; and /;■: cast
amen the truth to the earth (viii. 5-7, 11, 12). That by the
he-goat faith separated from charity is meant, may be seen
in the "Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning Faith"
(61-68). Similar things are meant by these words: A
king shall arise, of a fierce countenance, understanding subtle
things; he shall destroy the mighty, and the people of the
saints ; and he shall rise up against the prince of princes,

642

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

and fraud shall succeed prosperously in his hand (Dan. viii.
23-25). That this king is the he-goat is said there,
ver. 21. The same is also signified by the beast that came
up out of the abyss making war with the two witnesses, and
overcoming them, and killing them (Apoc. xi. 7, n. 500).
They overcome, because the laity do not see their subtle-
ties, which they call mysteries ; for they conceal them with
appearances and fallacies : on which account they said,
Who is like unto the beast ? who can make war with hi?n ?
(vers. 4, n. 579-581). That they who are in truths from
the Lord through the Word are meant by the saints may
be evident from the passages adduced above (n. 173) ; and
still further, from these : Jesus said, Father, sanctify them
through thy Truth, thy Word is Truth t I sanctify Myself,
that they also may be sanctified through the Truth : I in them,
and Thou in Me (John xvii. 17, 19, 23). Jehovah came
from Sinai, He came from the myriads of holiness, from
His right hand went the fire of the law unto them, all His
saints are in thy hand, he shall receive of thy words (Deut.
xxxiii. 2, 3). From which it is manifest that those are
called saints who are in Divine truths from the Lord
through the Word. Also, that they who live according to
the commandments, that is, the truths of the Word, were the
saints of Jehovah (Lev. xix. 2 ; Deut. xxvi. 18, 19). And
if they would keep the covenant, they would be a holy nation
(xix. 5, 6). The Decalogue is the covenant which they
should keep (n. 529). Hence it was, that the place in the
Tabernacle where the Ark was, in which was the Deca-
logue, was called the Holy of holies (Ex. xxvi. 33, 34).
Those are called saints who live according to the truths of
the Word ; not that they are holy, but that the truths in
them are holy ; and these are holy when they are from the
Lord in them, and the Lord is in them when the truths of
His Word are in them (John xv. 7). By virtue of truths
from the Lord the angels are called holy (Matt. xxv. 31 ;
Luke ix. 26) : and the prophets likewise (Luke i. 70 ; Apoc.

xso. 5SS.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 643

xviii. 20 ; xxii. 6) : and also the apostles (Apoc. xviii. 20).
Hence it is, that the Temple is called the Temple of holiness
(Ps. v. 7 ; lxv. 4) : that Zion was called the mountain of
holiness (Isa. lxv. 1 1 ; Jer. xxxi. 23 ; Ez. xx. 40 ; Ps. ii. 6 ; hi.
4 ; xv. 1) : that Jerusalem is called the holy city (Isa. xlviii.
2; Ixiv. 10; Apoc. xxi. 2, 10; Matt, xxvii. 53): that the
church is called a people of saints (Isa. lxii. 12 ; lxiii. 18 ;
Ps. cxlix. 1) : and also a ki?igdom of saints (Dan. vii. 18,
22, 27). They are called saints because the angels, in the
abstract sense, signify Divine Truths from the Lord j the
Prophets, truths of doctrine ; the Apostles, the truths of
the church j the Temple, heaven and the church as to
Divine truth ; and likewise Zion, Jerusalem, and the people
and kingdom of God. That no one is holy of himself, not
even the angels, may be seen Job xv. 14, 15 ; but from the
Lord, because the Lord alone is Holy, Apoc. xv. 4, n. 173.

587. And authority was given him over every tribe and
tongue and nation, signifies dominion thus over all things
of the church, both those of its doctrine and those of its
life. By authority is signified dominion, as above (n. 575).
By tribe the church as to its truths and goods is signified,
and in the opposite sense, as to its falsities and evils
(n. 27, 349). By tongue is signified its doctrine (n. 282,
483) ; and by nation life according to it (n. 483).

588. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him,
whose names are not written in the book of life of the Zamb,
signifies that all belonging to the church of the Reformed
acknowledged that heresy which is meant by the dragon
and the beast, as a holy thing of the church, except those
who believed in the Lord. By worshipping is signified to
acknowledge as a holy thing of the church, as above
(u. 579, 580). By " all that dwell upon the earth," all that
are of the church of the Reformed are signified, as n. 558.
By the names not written in the Lamb's book of life, are
signified all except those who believe in the Lord. By
names are signified those as to quality (n. Si, 122, 165):

VOL. II. IO

644

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

by the Book of life is signified the Word of the Lord, and
all doctrine concerning Him (n. 256, 257, 259, 469). And
as all the doctrine of the church from the Word, has refer-
ence to this, that they should believe in the Lord, therefore
this is here meant by a name written in the book of life of
the Lamb. Respecting faith in the Lord, see above (n. 67
2nd 553).

589. Slain from the foundation of the World, signifies
the Lord's Divine Human not acknowledged from the first
establishment of the church. That by " the Lamb slain
is signified that the Lord's Divine Human has not been
acknowledged, may be seen above (n. 59, 269), where
these words are explained : I am the First and the Last, and
am He that liveth, and was Dead ; and behold, I am alive
for ever and ever (chap. i. 17, 18) : also these : And I saw,
a?id behold, in the midst of the throne a Lamb standing as if
slain : and they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy
to take the Book ; for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed
us to God (chap. v. 6, 9). " From the foundation of the
world " signifies the first establishment of the church, as
well the Jewish as the Christian. It is known that the
Jews did not acknowledge the Lord's Divine Human.
That the Roman Catholics do not, is also known : and
that neither do the Reformed, see above (n. 294). The
creation of the world is not meant here by the foundation
of the world, but the establishment of the church : for by
the world, in the widest sense, the whole world is meant,
and as well the good as the evil in it, and sometimes the
evil only; but in a sense not the widest, the same is meant
by the world as by the globe and by the earth, that is, the
church. That the church is signified by the globe, may
be seen n. 551 ; and by the earth n. 285. That by
founding the globe and the earth is signified to establish
the church, and that by the founding and the foundation
of them is signified establishment may be evident from
Isa. xxiv. 18 ; xl. 21 ■ xlviii. 12, 13; li. 16, 17; lviii. 12;

No. 591.] THE AFOCALYFSE REVEALED. 645

Jer. xxxi. 37 ; Mic. vi. 1, 2 j Zech. xii. 1 ; Ps. xviii. 7, 15 ;
xxiv. 1, 2 ; lxxxii. 5 ; lxxxix. 11. That " the world" also
signifies the church (Matt. xiii. 37-39 ; Joel i. 9, 10).
And that the Lord is called the Saviour of the world, from
faith in Him (John iii. 16-19 ; iv. 42 ; vi. 33, 51 ; viii. 12 ;
ix. 4, 5 ; xii. 46, 47 ), That the world also means the peo-
ple of the church (John xii. 19 ; xviii. 20). It may be
seen from this what is signified by the foundation of the
world, also. Matt. xxv. 34 ; Luke xi. 50 ; John xvii. 24 ;
Apoc. xvii. 8.

590. If any one have an ear, let him hear, signifies that
they who wish to be wise should attend to these things.
That by having an ear to hear is signified to perceive and
obey, and likewise to attend, may be seen above (n. 87).
That it means also they who would be wise, is a conse-
quence. It is said, "Tf anyone have an ear, let him hear,"
that they may attend to the foregoing things ; and that
else they are not wise.

591. If any one leadeth into captivity, he shall go ifito
captivity, signifies that he who by that heresy leads others
away from believing well and living well, shall be led
away into hell by his own falsities and evils. By leading
into captivity is signified to persuade others and draw
them over so that they may consent and adhere to that
heresy which is meant by the dragon and the beast, and
thus to lead them away from believing well and living well,
By going into captivity is signified to be led away by their
own falsities and evils into hell. By captivity spiritual
captivity is here meant, which is to be seduced, and so led
away from truths and goods, and to be led on into falsities
and evils. That this spiritual captivity is meant by cap-
tivity in the Word, may be evident from the following pas-
sages : Hear, all people, and behold my sorrow ; my virgins
and my young men have gone into captivity (Lam. i. 18).
G od forsook His habitation and tent, where He dwelt among
men, and hath delivered His strength into captivity (Ps.

646

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

lxxviii. 60, 61). The wind shall lead away all thy shep-
herds, and thy lovers shall go away into captivity ; then shall
thou be asha?ned for all thy wickedness (Jer. xxii. 22). /
will make mine arrows drtmk with the blood of the pierced,
and of the captivity (Deut. xxxii. 42). They are bent and
bowed down, and their soul shall go into captivity (Isa. xhi.
I, 2). Jehovah hath sent Me to bind up the brokefi-hmrted,
to proclaim liberty to the captives, and to the bound (Isa.
lxi. 1 ; Luke iv. 18, 19). I will raise him up in justice; he
shall let go my captivity, not for price nor reward (Isa. xlv.
13). Thou hast gone up on high, thou hast led captivity cap-
tive (Vs. lxviii. 18). Shall the captivity of the just be deliv-
ered 1 even the captivity of the mighty shall be take?i away,
and the prey shall be delivered from the violent (Isa. xlix.
24, 25). Shake thyself from the dust, sit down, O Jeru-
salem, loose thyself fro?n the bands of thy neck, O captive
daughter of Zion (Isa. Hi. 2. Besides other places, as
Jer. xlviii. 46, 47 ; 1. 33, 34; Ez. vi. 1-10; xii. 1-12 ; Ob.
i. 1 1 ; Ps. xiv. 7 ; liii. 6). By the captivities of the chil-
dren of Israel by their enemies, spoken of in the book of
Judges, and 2 Kings xix., and in the Prophets, spiritual
captivities were represented and thence signified, which
are treated of elsewhere. The same as by captives is also
signified by " the bound " in the following passages : By
the blood of thy covenant I will send forth the bound out of
the pit (Zech. ix. 11). The sighing of the bound shall come
unto Thee (Ps. lxxix. 11). They shall be gathered as the
bound irt the pit, and they shall be shut up as in the prisvi
(Isa. xxiv. 22). He hath made the world a wilderness, he
hath not opened the house of his bound ones (Isa. xiv. 1 7).
Tfie king said, I was in prison, and ye did not come unto
Me (Matt. xxv. 43). Jesus said, Must not this daughter of
Abraham, whom Satan hath bound, be loosed from this band
on the Sabbath day (Luke xiii. 16).

592. If any one killeth with the sword he must be killed
with the sword, signifies that he who destroys the soul of

No. 594.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

647

another by falsities, shall be destroyed and perish by falsi-
ties. By a sword,* truth is signified, and in the opposite
sense, falsity, both fighting (n. 52, 836). Hence by kill-
ing and being killed is signified to destroy and to be
destroyed, or to ruin and to perish, which is effected by
falsities.

593. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints , sig-
nifies that the man of the Lord's New Church is explored
by temptations from them, as to the quality of his life and
faith. By patience is here signified patience in tempta-
tions and then exploration of what a man is as to a life
according to the Lord's commandments, and as to faith
in the Lord : it is therefore said, " here is the patience and
the faith." By the saints are signified those who are of
the Lord's New Church, in particular those therein who
are in Divine Truths (n. 586). Elsewhere in the Apoc-
alypse also patience is predicated of temptations, by which
a man is explored as to his quality, as chap. i. 9 j ii. 2, 3,
19 ; iii. 10. That it is as to a life according to the Lord's
precepts, and as to faith in Him, is manifest from these
words in the same : They have ?io rest day nor night, who
worship the beast and his image : here is the patience of the
saints; here are they that keep the conwiandments of God,
and the faith of Jesus (Apoc. xiv. 11, 12).
• 594. And I saw another beast coming up out of the earth,
signifies the clergy in the churches of the Reformed, who
are in the doctrine and faith of the dragon concerning God
and salvation. What and of what quality the faith of
the dragon is, may be seen above (n. 537). That it is the
laity who are meant by the beast that came up out of the
sea, and that it is the clergy who are meant by the beast
out of the earth, is because the external of the church is
sig] lined by the sea, and the internal of it by the earth
(n. 398, 567); and the laity are in the externals of the

* Gladius, machaera, romphaea.

648

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

doctrine of the church, and the clergy are in its internals.
That the clergy are now described, is evident from the
particulars which follow, when understood in the spiritual
sense • and manifestly from this, that this beast is called
"the false-prophet" (Apoc. xvi. 13; xix. 20; xx. 10):
especially from these words there : The beast was taken,
and with him the false-prophet, who did signs before him, ^y
which he seduced them that received the mark of the beast,
and them that worshipped his image (xix. 20). That this
beast did signs before the other, by which he seduced
them, is said in this chapter in these words : And he doeth
great signs, so that he sednceth them that dwell upon the
earth, by the sig?is which it was given him to do before the
beast, telling them to make an image of the beast, and to wor-
ship it (vers. 13-15).

595. A fid he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a
dragon, signifies that they speak, teach, and write from the
Word, as if it were the Lord's Divine Truth, and yet it is
truth falsified. By horns is signified power (n. 270, 443) ;
here power in speaking, teaching, and writing, and thus in
reasoning and arguing. The horns seeming like a lamb,
signifies that they set forth these things of theirs, as if
they were the Lord's Divine Truths, because from the
Word : for by a lamb is meant the Lord as to the Divine
Human, and likewise as to the Word, which is the Divine
Truth from the Divine Good. Hence it is, that upon this
beast, which is also the false-prophet, there appeared two
horns like a lamb. But that they were Divine truths falsi-
fied, is signified by his speaking as a dragon. That all
the truths of the Word are falsified by those who are in the
faith of the dragon respecting God and salvation, may be
seen above (n. 566). That these things are signified by
this beast's having two horns like a lamb, and speaking as
a dragon, is plainly manifest from these words of the Lord
in Matthew : If any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is
Christ, or there, believe not ; there shall arise false Christs

No. 597.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

649

and false-prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders
to mislead, if possible, the eleet, Behold, I have foretold it to
you (xxiv. 23-25). The same is signified by Christ as
here by the Lamb, namely, the Lord as to the Divine
Truth of the Word ; therefore their saying, " Lo, here is
Christ," signifies that they would say that this is the Divine
Truth of the Word. But that it is falsified is signified by
these words : " If any man shall say to you, Here is Christ,
or there, believe it not ; for there shall arise false Christs
and false-prophets." That these are they of whom the
Lord foretold, is manifest from its being said that they
should show great signs and wonders, and should lead into
error, if possible, the elect ; the same as concerning this
beast, which is the false-prophet (vers. 13 and 14 of this
chapter). The things which the Lord foretold in that
chapter of Matthew were concerning the last period or
state of the Church, which is there meant by the consum-
mation of the age.

596. A?id he exerciseth all the authority of the first beast
before him, signifies that they confirmed the dogmas which
are signified by the dragon and have been received by the
laity, and that by that means the dogmas prevail. That
this is signified may be seen from the explanations above
concerning the authority given by the dragon to the beast
that came up out of the sea (n. 575, 579); and as this
beast, which is the false prophet, exercised that authority
before the dragon, nothing else is signified but that they
made those dogmas prevail by confirmations.

597. And he causeth the earth and them that dwell therein
to worship the first beast,- whose deadly wound 7aas healed.
signifies that it was thus firmly established by confirma-
tions, that it should be acknowledged as a holy thing of
the church, that as no one can do a good work of himself,
and fulfil the law, the only means of salvation is faith in
the righteousness and merit of Christ, who suffered for
man, and thereby took away the condemnation of the law.

650

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

It is superfluous to explain this, as it follows from what is
explained above (n. 566, 577-582). By the earth and
them that dwell in it, the churches of the Reformed are
signified, as above. By worshipping is signified to . ac-
knowledge as a holy thing of the church, as also above;
here that which is meant by the beast out of the sea, after
his deadly wound was healed 3 and this is what has been
explained above.

598. And he doeth great signs, signifies testifications that
the things they teach are true, although they are false.
By signs are signified testifications that they are true, be-
cause signs were formerly done to testify to the truth. But
after signs and miracles ceased, their signification still
remains, which is, the testification of the truth. But by
the signs here are signified testifications by the beast or
false prophet, that his falsities were true, for the reason
that after the confirmations they do not appear otherwise.
That testifications that a thing is true are signified by
signs, may be evident from the following passages : /// the
consummation of the age, there shall arise false Christs and
false pi'ophets, and shall show great signs and zvonders, and
shall mislead, if possible, the very elect (Matt. xxiv. 24 ;
Mark xiii. 22). And great signs shall there be from heaven ;
there shall be sign? in the sun, the moon, and the stars ; the
sea and the waves roaring (Luke xxi. 11, 25). Jehovah
frustratsth the signs of liars, He maketh the diviners mad,
that turneth wise men backward, atid maketh their knoivledge
foolish (Isa. xliv. 25). Learn not the way of the nations,
and be not dismayed at the signs of the heavens (Jer. x. 2, 3).
They are spirits of demons doing signs, to gather them together
to the battle of that great day (Apoc. xvi. 14). The beast
was taken, and with him the false p?-ophet, who did signs
before him, and seduced (Apoc. xix. 20). That signs were
testifications of the truth is further manifest from these
passages : The disciples said to Jesus, What sign showest
thou, that we may believe thee ? what dost thou work ? (John

No. 59S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 65 1

vi. 30-33). The Jews, scribe* and Pharisees asked a sigii
from the Lord, that they might know that he was the Christ
(Matt. xii. 38-40; xvi. 1-4; Mark vfil 11, 12; Luke xi.
16, 29, 30 j John ii. 16, 18, 19). The disciples said to Jesus,
What is the sign of thy coming a?id of the consummation of
the age ? (Matt. xxiv. 3 ; Mark xiii. 4). If they will not believe
thee, nor hear the voice of the first sign, yet they will beliei'e
the voice of the latter sign (Ex. iv. 8, 9). The voice of a
sign is testification. They showed among them the words of
His signs (Ps. cv. 27). He said to Ahaz, Ask thee a sign
from Jehovah (Isa. vii. 11, 14). This is the sign to thee
fro?n Jehovah : behold, I will bring again the shadow of
the degrees, which hath gone down in the sun-dial of Ahaz
(Isa. xxxviii. 7, 8). Hezekiah said, What is the sign that I
shall go up into the house of Jehovah ? (Isa. xxxviii. 22).
This is a sign to you, that I will visit upon you in this place,
that ye ?nay know that my words stand (Jer. xliv. 29). O
Jehovah, show ?ne a sign for good ; that my haters may sec,
and be ashamed (Ps. lxxxvi. 17). Let them declare unto us
the tilings which shall happen ^ that we may consider them :
show a sign of what is to come, that we may kno7V that ye
are gods (Isa. xli. 22, 23). Thine enemies roared in the
midst of thy festival, they have set up their signs for signs
(Ps. lxxiv. 3, 4, 9). Besides other places (as Isa. xlv. 11,
13 j Jer. xxxi. 20, 21 ; Ez. iv. 3 j Ps. lxv. 7, 8 ; lxxviii. 42,
43 ; Ex. vii. 3 ; Num. xiv. it, 22 ; Deut. iv. 34; xiii. 1-3 ;
Judg. vi. 17, 21 ; 1 Sam. ii. 34; xiv. 10; Mark xvi. 17, iS,
20; Luke ii. 11, 12, 16). Similar things are signified by
the signs of the cove?ia?it (Gen. ix. 13 ; xvii. 11 j Ez. xx. 12,
20). From these things it may clearly be seen, that by
the great signs which this beast of the dragon works are
not meant signs, but testifications by them that the things
which they teach are true. For every heretic who has
confirmed himself in falsities, after the confirmation brings
proofs that his falsities are truths : for he then no longer
sees truths ; since the confirmation of falsity is the denial

10*

652

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

of the truth, and truth denied loses its light. And as far
as falsities shine from the light of confirmation, which is
fatuous light, so far the light of truth becomes thick-
darkness ; see above (n. 566).

599. So that he maketh fire to come down from heaven
unto the earth before men, signifies proofs that their falsities
are the truths of heaven, and that they who receive them
are saved, and that they who do not receive perish. That
this is signified by these words, is because the greatest
signs were done by fire from heaven ; whence the common
expression of confirmation among the ancients, when the
attestation of truth was in question, was, that they could
make fire come down out of heaven, and attest it ; by
which was signified that they could prove it to that degree.
That the truth was also attested by fire from heaven, is
manifest from these passages : That the burnt-offering made
by Aaron was consumed by fire from heaven (Lev. ix. 24).
In like manner the burnt-offering made by Elijah (1 Kings
xviii. 38). In the opposite sense fire from heaven was
a sign testifying that they were in evils and thence in fal-
sities, and that they would perish ; but that fire was a
consuming fire : as the fire from heaven which consumed the
two sons of Aaro?i (Lev. x. 1-6). That which consumed two
hundred and fifty men (Num. xxvi. 10). That which con-
sinned the utter??iost parts of the camp (Num. xi. 1-4). That
which twice consumed the fifty men sent by the king to Elijah
(2 Kings i. 10, 12). The fire and brimstone from heaven
upon Sodom (Gen. xix. 24, 25). The fire from heaven which
consumed them that surrounded the camp of the saints and
the beloved city, spoken of Apoc. xx. 9. The disciples, angry
against the impenitent, said to Jesus, Wilt thou that we com-
mand fire to come down from heaven, and consume them ?
(Luke ix. 54). These are adduced, that it may be known
that fire from heaven signifies testification, yea, proof that
the truth is the truth, and in the opposite sense, that falsity
is the truth, as here. Moreover, fire signifies heavenly love.

No. 601.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

653

and thence zeal for the truth, and in the opposite sense,
infernal love, and thence zeal for falsity (n. 468, 494).

600. And seduceth them that dwell upon the earth by the
signs which it was given him to do before the beast, signifies
that by testifications and proofs they lead the men of the
church into errors. By seducing is signified to lead into
errors. By " them that dwell upon the earth," the men of
the church of the Reformed are signified, as above (n. 578,
588, 597). By "the signs which it was given him to do
before the beast," are signified testifications and proofs
(n. 598, 599). By the beast out of the sea, before which
the signs were done, the faith of the dragon among the
laity is signified (n. 567) ; and by the beast coming up out
of the earth, who did the signs, and is elsewhere called
the false prophet, is signified the faith of the dragon among
the clergy (n. 594). The like is said by the Lord in Matt,
xxiv. 24-26.

601. Saying to them that dwell o?i the earth that they
should make an image to the beast that hath the wound by a
sword and did live, signifies that they induce the men of
the church to receive for doctrine, that faith is the only
means of salvation, because no one can do good of him-
self except it be meritorious, and because no one can fulfil
the law, and so be saved. By " them that dwell upon the
earth " are meant the men of the church of the Reformed,
as above (n. 600). By the image, the doctrine of that
church is signified, spoken of below : and by the " image
to the beast which hath the wound by a sword and did
live," this point of the doctrine is signified, that faith is the
only means of salvation, because no one can do good of
himself except it be meritorious, and because no one can
fulfil the law, and so be saved ; see above (n. 576, <Scc).
Every church appears before the Lord as a man. If it is
in truths from the Word, it appears as a beautiful man \
but if it is in truths falsified, it appears as a monstrous
man. The church appears thus from its doctrine, and

654 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

from life according to it ; from which it follows, that the
doctrine of a church is the image of it. This may also be
seen from this. Every man is his own good and truth, or
his evil and falsity : from these and from nothing else
man is man. Consequently, it is doctrine and a life ac-
cording to it, which makes the image of the man of the
church : the image of a beautiful man, if the doctrine and
the life according to it are from the genuine truths of the
Word j but the image of a monstrous man, if they are horn
the truths of the Word falsified. Man also in the spirit-
ual world appears like some animal ; but his affection so
appears at a distance. They who are in truths and goods
from the Lord, appear like lambs and doves ; but those
who are in falsified truths and adulterated goods, appear
like owls and bats. They that are in faith separated from
charity, like dragons and he-goats. Those who are in
falsities from evil appear like basilisks and crocodiles \
and they that are such, and still have confirmed the doc-
trinals of the church, like fiery flying serpents. From these
things it can be seen, that the doctrine of the church, and
a life according to it, are meant by the image of the beast,
which they made for them that dwell upon the earth. But
what further became of those that worshipped the image
of the beast, may be seen Apoc. xiv. 9-1 1 ; xix. 20 ; xx. 4.
Similar things are signified by images in the spiritual sense
in Ex. xx. 4, 5 ; Lev. xxvi. 1 ; Deut. iv. 16-18 ; Isa. ii. 18 ;
Ez. vii. 20; xvi. 17 ; xxiii. 14-16. The idols and gia^en
images of the ancients were images of their religion, on
which account the falsities and evils of doctrine are signi-
fied by them (n. 459).

602. And it was given him to give breath to the image of the
beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, signifies
that it was permitted them to confirm that doctrine by the
Word, by which it is as it were vivified as it is taught. By
" it was given " is signified that it was permitted : for all
falsities of doctrine, like evils of life, arise from permission]

No. 603.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

655

respecting which see the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Providence " (n. 234-274, 275-284, 296). By "the
image of the beast" that doctrine is signified (n. 601). By
" giving breath to the image of the beast " is signified to
confirm it from the Word ; for from no other source does
any doctrine of the church have spirit and life. " That the
image of the beast should speak," signifies that the doctrine
taught thus is as if it were vivified. That this is meant by
gi/ing breath to the image of the beast so that it should
speak, is because in all things of the Word there is spirit
[breath] and life : for the Lord spoke the Word ; hence He
is in it : and He so spoke the Word that every thing therein
has communication with heaven, and through heaven with
Him. There is a spiritual sense in it, by which communi-
cation is given j on which account the Lord says, the words
which I speak unto you are spirit and life (John vi. 63).

603. A?id cause that as many as would fiot worship the
image of the beast should be kitted, signifies that they
pronounce damnation upon those who do not acknowledge
the doctrine of their faith as a holy doctrine of the church.
By worshipping the image of the beast is signified to
acknowledge the doctrine of their faith as a holy thing of
the church ; for by worshipping is signified to acknowledge
as a holy thing of the church (n. 579, 580, 588, 597): and
by the image of the beast that doctrine is signified (n. 601).
By being killed is signified to be killed spiritually, which is
to be condemned (n. 325, and elsewhere). And because
being condemned is signified by being killed, it also signi-
fies to be declared a heretic, and to be excluded from the
communion of the church ; for such a one is regarded in
thcii eyes as condemned. This the learned of the clergy do,
who have imbibed the mysteries of justification in the
schools and academies, especially they who are in the pride
of learning on account of such things. These condemn all
who do not think as they do \ and as far as they dare, they
fulminate against them. This I am able to relate, that they

656

f HE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

who imbibed these mysteries, and thence were in the pride
of learning, in the spiritual world are so enraged against
those who worship the Lord alone, and do not acknowledge
faith alone as the only means of salvation, that they burn
with wrath and fury when they see them, and also when, at
a distance, they feel the Divine sphere of the Lord and the
sphere of charity around them. Since the dragon is such, he.
is therefore described as a most bitter enemy against
them : as in these words, that he stood before the Woma?i that
was ready to bring forth, that after she had brought forth
he might devour her child ; and that he cast out of his mouth
after the Woman water as a flood, that he might cause her to
be swallowed up by the flood ; and that being angry against
the Woman, he went away to make war with the remnant of
her seed (Apoc. xii. 4, 15, 17). That out of the mouth of the
dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth
of the false prophet, there we?it forth three unclean spirits like
frogs, to gather them together to the battle of the great day of
God Almighty (Apoc. xvi. 13-16 ; so too chap. xix. 19, 20 \
xx. &, 9, 10). As also, that the beast that came up out of the
abyss killed the two witnesses, and cast out their bodies into
the st?-eet of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom
and Egypt, and did not suffer them to' be put into sepulchres
(Apoc. xi. 7-9). By not suffering them to be put into
sepulchres is signified to reject as damned (n. 506).

604. And he causeth all the small and the great, the rich
and the poor, and the free and the bond, signifies all in that
church, of whatever condition, learning, or intelligence
they are. By " the small and the great " are here meant
those that are in a less and greater degree of dignity, and
thus of whatever condition : by " the rich and the poor "
are meant they who are in cognitions and knowledges more
and less (n. 206) ; and thus of whatever learning: by "the
free and the bond " are meant those who are wise from
themselves and those who are so from others (n. 337) ; and
thus of whatever intelligence. Hence now, by all, the small

No. 606.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

657

and the great, the rich and the poor, the free and the bond,
are meant all in that church, of whatever condition, learning,
and intelligence they are. These are the things in the
spiritual sense.

605. That he should give them a mark upon their right
hand, and upon their foreheads, signifies that no one is
acknowledged as a Reformed Christian, but he who receives
that doctrine in faith and love. By giving a mark is signified
to acknowledge as a Reformed Christian, or that one is of
the confession which that doctrine teaches : the mark is
the acknowledgment that he is such, as also the confession
that he is. By the right hand is signified the whole of man
as to intellectual power, and thus as to faith ; for the right
hand signifies a man's power (n. 457). By the forehead is
signified the whole of man as to voluntary power, and thus
as to love ; for the forehead signifies love (n. 347).

606. And that no one might buy or sell, save he that hath
the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name,
signifies that no one is permitted to teach from the Word,
nor consequently to be inaugurated into the priesthood,
honored with the laurel of a mastership, endowed with the
hat of a doctorate, and be called orthodox, but he who
acknowledges that doctrine, and swears to the belief and
the love of it, or to that which is in conformity- with it, or to
that which does not disagree with it. By buying and selling
is signified to procure knowledges for one's self, here those
which relate to that doctrine, and to teach them j which is
treated of in what follows. By a mark is signified recognition
as a Reformed Christian, and the confession that he is such
(n. 605). By the name of the beast the quality of the
doctrine is signified; name signifying quality (n. 81, 122,
165, 584). And by the beast is signified the doctrine
received by the laity, and thus by the general body (n. 567) ;
and as it is said " or the name of the beast," either that or
such as is in conformity with it is signified : by number is
signified the quality of a thing (n. 448) \ and because it is

658

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIIL

said "or the number of his name," that or such as does not
disagree with it, is meant. It is so said, because the doctrine
which is signified by the dragon and his beast is not the
same in kingdoms where the Reformed are, but similar as
to this principle or head of the doctrine, That faith, without
the works of the law, justifies and saves. That to buy and
sell signifies to procure knowledges to one's self, and to
teach them ; and in like manner to trade, to do business,
and to gain, may be evident from these passages : Ho, every
one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath ?io
money, come ye, buy, and eat ; come, I say, buy wine and milk
without ?noney (Isa. lv. i). Ye were sold for nought, and ye
shall therefore be redeemed without money (Hi. 3). With thy
zuisdom and with thy understanding thou hast gotten thee
riches ; and by thy great wisdom in thy trafficking hast thou
increased thy riches (Ez. xxviii. 5). Since by Tyre the
church as to the knowledges of good and truth is signified,
therefore these things are said of Tyre : All the ships of the
sea were for exchanging thy merchandise : Tarshish was thy
merchant i7i silver : Java?i, Tubal, and Meshcch, these were
thy traders; they traded the soul of man: Syria was thy
merchant in chrysoprasus : thy riches, thy tradings, thy mer-
chandise, they that exchange thy merchandise, shall fall into
the midst of the seas in the day of thy ruin (Ez. xxvii. 1,
to end). Howl, ye ships of Tarshish, because Tyre is laid
waste, whose mercJumts were princes, and her traffickers the
honored of the earth (Isa. xxiii. 1-8). The same is meant
by trading in the Lord's parable of the man that travelled
abroad, who gave talents to his servants, that they should
trade and gain (Matt. xxv. 14-20). And of another, who
gave to his servants ten pounds, that they might trade with
them (Luke xix. 12-26). And of the treasure hid in a field,
which when found the man hid, and sold all, and bought the
field (Matt. xiii. 44). And of him that sought goodly pearls,
uho, when he had found one very precious, sold all, and bought
it (Matt. xiii. 45, 46). Such have thy merchants been from

No. 609.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 659

thy youth; they wandered every one to his own quarter; thert
is none that saveth thee (Isa. xlvii. 15. Besides many other
places).

607. Here is wisdom, signifies that it is the part of the
wise to see and understand from the things which have
been said and explained in this chapter, the quality of the
doctrine and faith concerning God and concerning salva-
tion, among the clergy. It is said Here, because those
things are meant which are said and explained in this
chapter, in particular those respecting the beast out of the
earth, by which the doctrine and thence the faith concern-
ing God and concerning salvation, among the clergy, are
signified (n. 594) ; for these things which are found in this
verse are said of this beast : and as it is the part of the
wise, or of wisdom, to see and understand what the qual-
ity of that doctrine and of the faith thence is, it is said,
"here is wisdom."

608. He that hath understanding, let him count the number
of the beast, signifies that he who is in enlightenment from
the Lord may know the quality of the confirmations of that
doctrine and faith from the Word among them. To have
understanding signifies to be in enlightenment from the
Lord. To count the number signifies to know the qual-
ity : quality is signified by number (n. 348, 364, 448) ; and
to know is signified by counting. And as the quality
which is signified by the number is the quality as to truth,
and every truth of the doctrine and faith of the church is
from the Word, therefore the quality of their confirmations
from the Word is meant. This also is the quality which is
signified by the number six hundred sixty-six treated of in
what follows.

609. For it is the ?iumbcr of a ?nan, signifies the quality
of the Word and of the Church from it. By a man is sig-
nified wisdom and intelligence (n. 243) ; here wisdom and
intelligence from the Word, and thus also the Word as tc
wisdom and intelligence in the man of the church. Thy

fj>6o THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [ Chap. XIII

church itself also appears as a man before the Lord.
Hence the man of the church as to his spirit appears in
heaven as a man according to the quality of the church
from the Word in him. It is this, therefore, which is here
signified by " the number of a man," because it follows
after this, " He that hath understanding, let him count the
number of the beast ; " by which is signified that he who
is in enlightenment from the Lord can know what the
quality of the confirmations of the doctrine and faith
respecting God and salvation is among the clergy. The
quality of the church from the Word is also signified by a
man (n. 920, and also elsewhere).

610. And his numbe?- is six hundred sixty-six, signifies
that the quality is this, that every truth of the Word is fal-
sified by them. By the number of the beast the quality
of their confirmations of doctrine and faith from the Word
is signified (n. 608, 609). By six hundred sixty-six is sig-
nified every truth of good ; and because this is said of the
Word, every truth of good in the Word is signified • here
that truth falsified, because it is the number of the beast.
This is signified, because six signifies the same as three
multiplied by two ; and three signifies full and all, and is
predicated of truths (n. 505) ; and two signifies the mar-
riage of good and truth. And as six is composed of these
two numbers multiplied into each other it therefore signi-
fies every truth of good in the WTord j here that truth falsi-
fied. That it is falsified also by them, may be seen above
(n. 566). The reason that the number 666 is mentioned,
is because six is tripled in that number ; and triplica-
tion completes. The multiplication by a hundred, whence
comes the six hundred, and by ten, whence is the sixty,
makes no change \ as may be seen above (n. 348). That
six signifies full and all, and is mentioned where the truths
of good are treated of, may be evident from the passages
in the Word where that number occurs. But this significa-
tion of that number does not clearly appear except to those

No. 611.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

who see the things which are treated of in the spiritual
sense, as that the Lord said that the seeds which fell into
the good ground bore fruit to thirty, sixty, and to a hundred
fold (Mark iv. 8, 20 ; Matt. xiii. 8, 25). That the house-
holder went out and hired laborers into his vineyard at the
third hour and the sixth hour (Matt. xx. 3, 5). That upon
the table in the Tabernacle the loaves we?'e arranged in turn
rows, six in each (Lew xxiv. 6). That six water-pots wc^e
set. after the manner of the purifying of the Jews (John ii. 6).
That there were six cities of refuge or asylum (Num. xxxv.
6, 7 • Deut. xix. 1-9). That the measuring reed with which
the angel measured all the things of the new teniple and new
city was six cubits (Ez. xl. 5). That the prophet drank
water by measure, the sixth of a hin (Ez. iv. 11). That
they should take for an oblation the sixth part of an ephah of
a homer of wheat (Ez. xlv. 13). Since six signifies full,
therefore the word to sextate arose, by which is signified
in the spiritual sense that which is complete, and also,
entirely : as that they should sextate an ephah out of a homer
of barley (Ez. xlv. 13). And of Gog, / will 7?iake thee to
return, and will sextate thee (Ez. xxxix. 2) ; by which is
signified, that with him every truth of good in the Word
was entirely destroyed. Who are meant by Gog, may be
seen (n. 859).

611. I will here add this Relation. All who are pre-
pared for heaven, which is done in the world of spirits,
which is midway between heaven and hell, after a certain
time, desire heaven with a kind of longing ; and soon
their eyes are opened, and they see a way which leads to
some society in heaven. This way they enter, and ascend ;
and in the ascent is a gate, and a keeper there. He opens
the gate, and through it they enter. Then an Examiner
meets them, who tells them from the Ruler to enter in
further, and to inquire whether there are houses anywhere

662

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII

which they can recognize as theirs ; for there is a new
house for every novitiate angel. And if they find one,
they give notice of it, and remain there. But if they do
not find any, they return, and say that they saw none.
And then they are examined by a certain wise one, to see
whether the light that is in them agrees with the light
which is in that society, and especially whether the heat
does. For the light of heaven is in its essence Divine
Truth, and the heat of heaven in its essence is Divine
Good, both proceeding from the Lord as the Sun there.
If there is in them a different light and a different heat
from the light and heat of that society, that is, a different
truth and a different good, they are not received. Where-
fore they depart thence, and pass on through ways that
are open among the societies in heaven : and this until
they find at length a society altogether agreeing with their
affections ; and there is their home for ever. For there
they are among their own as among relatives and friends,
whom, as they are in similar affection, they love from the
heart ; and they are there in the full enjoyment of their
life, and in joy of their whole heart from peace of soul :
for there is in the heat and light of heaven ineffable
delight, which is communicated. Thus it is with those who
become angels. Those who are in evils and falsities may
ascend into heaven by leave : but when they enter, they
begin to gasp for breath or to breathe with great efort;
and soon their sight is obscured, their understanding is
darkened, thought ceases, and death floats before their
eyes, and thus they stand like stocks, and then the heart
begins to throb, the breast to be straitened, and the mind
to be seized with anguish, and to be tortured more and
more ; and in that state they writhe like a serpent brought
near the fire : on which account they roll themselves away,
and cast themselves down a precipice which then appears
to them ; nor do they rest until they are in hell with those
like themselves, where they can breathe, and where thn?

No.6ll.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

663

heart beats freely. They afterwards hate heaven, reject
the truth, and blaspheme the Lord in heart, believing that
their tortures and torments in heaven were from Him.
From these few things it can be seen what the lot of those
is who care nothing for truths, which yet make the light m
which the angels of heaven are ; and who care nothing
for goods, which yet make the heat in which the angels of
heaven are. It can also be seen from this, how much they
err, who believe that every one can share the blessedness
of heaven, provided he be admitted into heaven. For the
belief of the present day is, that to be received into heaven
is of mercy alone ; and that reception into heaven is like
coming into a house at a wedding in the world, and at the
same time into the joy and gladness there. But let them
know that in the spiritual world there is a communication
of affections, since man is then a spirit ; and the life of a
spirit is affection ; and the thought is from it, and accord-
ing to it : and that homogeneous affection conjoins, and
heterogeneous affection disjoins ; and that what is hetero-
geneous torments a devil in heaven, and an angel in hell.
For which reason they are separated exactly according to
the diversities, varieties, and differences of the affections
of their love.

It was given to see more than three hundred of the
clergy of the Reformed Church, all learned men, because
they knew how to confirm faith alone even to justification,
and some of them further. And because they likewise
had this belief, that heaven is only admission through
giace, permission was given them to ascend into a society
of heaven, which however was not one of the higher ones.
And when they ascended together, they then were seen at
a distance as calves ; and when they entered heaven, they
were received civilly by the angels. But when they were
conversing, a tremor seized them, afterwards a shuddering,
and at length a torture as of death : and they then cast
themselves down headlong ; and in their fall they seemed

664

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII

like dead horses. They appeared like calves in their
ascent, because the natural affection of seeing and know-
ing, from correspondence, appears gambolling like a calf :
and they appeared like dead horses in their fall, because
the understanding of truth from the Word appears from
correspondence like a horse, and no understanding of
truth in the Word like a dead horse.

There were boys below, who saw them descending, and
in the descent seeming like dead horses. And they then
turned away their faces, and said to their master who was
with them, " What dreadful thing is this ? we saw men, and
now instead of them dead horses : and because we could
not look at them we turned away our faces. Master, let
us not stay in this place, but let us go away : " and they
went away. And then the master instructed them in the
way, what a dead horse is ; saying, " A horse signifies the
understanding of the Word. All the horses which you
have seen signified that : for when a man goes along medi-
tating upon the Word, his meditation then appears at a
distance like a horse ; noble and lively as he meditates
spiritually on the Word, and poor and dead as he medi-
tates materially." The boys then asked, " What is it to
meditate spiritually and materially upon the Word?" And
the master replied, " I will illustrate this by an example :
Who, when he is reading the Word, does not think of God,
of the neighbor, and of heaven ? Every one who thinks
of God from person only, and not from essence, thinks
materially. He also who thinks of his neighbor only from
form, and not from quality, thinks materially. And he
that thinks of heaven only from place, and not from the
love and wisdom from which heaven is, he likewise thinks
materially." But the boys said, "We have thought of
God from person, of the neighbor from his form as being
a man, and of heaven as a place : have we, then, when we
have been reading the Word, appeared to any one like
dead horses." The master said, " No : you are yet boys,

No. 6u.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

and cannot do othenvise j but I have perceived an affec-
tion of knowing and understanding in you ; and as this is
spiritual, you have also thought spiritually. But I will
return to the things which I said before, that he who
thinks materially when he is reading the Word, or medi-
tating on the Word, appears at a distance like a dead
horse ; but he who thinks spiritually, like a living horse:
and that he thinks materially of God, and of the trinity in
God, who thinks only according to person, and not accord-
ing to essence. For the attributes of the Divine essence
are many; as omnipotence, omniscience, omnipresence,
mercy, grace, eternity, and others. And there are attri-
butes that proceed from the Divine essence j which are
creation and preservation, salvation and redemption, en-
lightenment and instruction. Every one who thinks of
God from person only, makes three Gods ; saying that
One God is the Creator and Preserver, Another the
Saviour and Redeemer, and a Third the Enlightener and
Instructor. Yet every one who thinks of God from es-
sence, makes God One ; saying, God created and preserved
us, redeemed and saves us, and enlightens and instructs
us. This is the reason that they who think of the trinity
in God according to person, and thus materially, cannot,
from the ideas of their thought, which is material, do other-
wise than from one God make three. But still, contrary
to their thought, they are obliged to say, that there is in
each a communion of all the attributes ; and this solely
for the reason that they have also thought of God ob-
scurely from essence. Wherefore, my pupils, think of God
from His essence, and from that of His person ; and not
from His person, and from this of His essence : for to
think of His essence from His person is to think materially
of His essence also ; but to think of His person from His
essence is also to think spiritually of His person. The
ancient gentiles, because they thought materially of God,
and likewise of God's attributes, imagined not three gods

^666

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIII.

only, but as many as a hundred. You must know that the
material does not flow into the spiritual, but the spiritual
into the material. It is the same with thought concerning
the neighbor from his form and not from his quality ; as
also with thought about heaven from place, and not from
the love and wisdom which constitute heaven. It is the
same with each and every thing that is in the Word ; on
which account he that cherishes a material idea of God,
and likewise of the neighbor and of heaven, cannot under-
stand any thing in it. The Word is to him a dead letter ;
and when he is reading it, or is meditating upon it, he
himself appears at a distance like a dead horse. Those
whom you saw falling from heaven, having become to your
eyes like dead horses, were those who have closed up the
rational sight in themselves and others by their peculiar
dogma, that the understanding is to be held captive under
obedience to their faith ; not thinking that the understand-
ing, when shut up by religion, is as blind as a mole, with
nothing but thick-darkness in it, and such thick-darkness
as rejects from itself all spiritual light, prevents the influx
of it from the Lord and from heaven, and establishes a
barrier against it in the corporeal-sensual, far below the
rational, in matters of faith ; that is, puts it close to the
nose, and fixes it in the cartilage of it, owing to which it
cannot afterwards even have the scent of spiritual things ;
whence some have become such that when they perceive
the scent of spiritual things, they fall into a swoon : by
scent I mean perception. These are they who make God
three. They say indeed, from essence, that God is one ;
but still, when they pray according to their faith, which is
that God the Father would have mercy for the sake of the
Son, and send the Holy Spirit, they manifestly make three
Gods. They cannot do otherwise ; for they pray to one,
to have mercy for the sake of another, and to send a
third." And then their master taught them concerning
the Lord, that He is the One God, in whom there is a
Divine trinity.

Chat. XIV.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

667

CHAPTER FOURTEENTH.

1. And I saw, and behold a Lamb standing on the
mount Zion, and with him a hundred forty-four thousand,
having His Father's name written upon their foreheads.

2. And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of
many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder ; and I
heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps.

3. And they sung as it were a new song before the
throne, and before the four animals, and the elders ; and
no one could learn the song but the hundred forty-four
thousand bought from the earth.

4. These are they who were not defiled with women,
for they are virgins ; these are they that follow the Lamb
whithersoever he goeth : these were bought from among
men, first-fruits to God and the Lamb.

5. And in their mouth was found no guile, for they are
without spot before the throne of God.

6. And I saw another angel flying in the midst of
heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them
that dwell on the earth, and to every nation and tribe and
tongue and people ;

7. Saying with a great voice, Fear God, and give glory
to Him, for the hour of His judgment is come ; and wor-
ship Him that made heaven and earth and the sea, and
the fountains of waters.

8. And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is
fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations
drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.

9. And a third angel followed them, saying with a great
voice, if any one worship the beast, and his image, and
receive his mark upon his forehead or upon his hand,

10. He also shall drink of the wine of the anger of God

VOL. II. II

668

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

which is poured out unmixed in the cup of His fury, and
he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone before the
holy angels and before the Lamb.

11. And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for
ever and ever ; and they shall have no rest day and night
that worship the beast and his image, and whosoever re-
ceiveth the mark of his name.

12. Here is the patience of the saints ; here are they
that keep the commandments of God and the faith of
Jesus.

13. And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me,
Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from
henceforth : yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from
their labors ; for their works follow with them.

14. And I saw, and behold a white cloud, and upon the
cloud one sitting like unto the Son of Man, having on his
head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.

15. And another angel went out of the temple, crying
with a great voice to Him that sat on the cloud, thrust in
thy sickle, and reap ; for the hour for thee to reap is come,
for the harvest of the earth is ripe.

16. And He that sat upon the cloud thrust in His sickle
on the earth, and the earth was reaped.

17. And another angel went out of the temple which is
in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.

18. And another angel went out from the altar, having
authority over fire ; and he cried with a great cry to him
that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle,
and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth ; for hei
grapes are ripened.

19. And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth,
and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the
great winepress of the wrath of God.

20. And the winepress was trodden without the city ;
and blood came out of the winepress even unto the bridles
of the horses, for a thousand six hundred furlongs.

Chap. XIV.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

669

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE,

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Concern-
ing the New Christian Heaven : it is described (vers.
1-5). The preaching of the Lord's coming, and then the
New Church (vers. 6, 7, 13). An exhortation to recede
from faith separated from charity, in which is the church
of the present day (vers. 9-12). The exploration of these,
and the manifestation that their works are evil (vers.
14-20).

The Contents of each Verse. "And I saw, and
behold a Lamb standing upon the mount Zion, and with
Him a hundred forty-four thousand," signifies the Lord
now in the New Heaven from Christians, who acknowl-
edged Him as the God of heaven and earth, and were in
truths of doctrine from Him through the Word. " Having
His Father's name in their foreheads," signifies their ac-
knowledgment of the Lord's Divine and Divine Human.
" And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many
waters," signifies the Lord speaking through the New
Heaven from Divine Truths. " And as the voice of a
great thunder," signifies and from the Divine Love " And
I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps,"
signifies confession of the Lord from gladness of heart by
the spiritual angels in the lower heavens. " And they sung
as it were a new song before the throne and before the four
animals and before the elders," signifies celebration and
glorification of the Lord before Him and before the angels
of the higher heavens. " And no one could learn the
song but the hundred forty-four thousand," signifies that
no others from among Christians could understand, and
thus from love and faith acknowledge, that the. Lord alone
is the God of heaven and earth, but they who were received
by the Lord into this New Heaven. " Bought from the
earth," signifies that they are those who could be regener-

670

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XI\.

ated by the Lord and thus be redeemed in the world.
"These are they who were not defiled with women, for
they are virgins," signifies that they did not adulterate the
truths of the church, and defile them with falsities of faith,
but that they loved truths because they are truths. "These
are they that follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth,"
signifies that they are conjoined to the Lord by love and
faith in Him, because they have lived according to His
commandments. " And were bought from among men,"
signifies here as before. " First-fruits unto God and the
Lamb," signifies the first beginning of the Christian heaven,
that acknowledges one God in whom is a Trinity, and that
the Lord is He. " And in their mouth was found no guile,"
signifies that they do not from cunning and design speak
and persuade to evil and falsity. " For they are without
spot before the throne of God," signifies because they are
in truths from good from the Lord. "And I saw another
angel flying in the midst of heaven having the everlasting
gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth," sig-
nifies the annunciation of the Lord's coming, and of the
New Church that is to come down out of heaven from
Him. " And to every nation and tribe and tongue and
people," signifies to all who are in goods from religion,
and in truths from doctrine. " Saying with a great voice,
Fear God," signifies admonition not to do evils, because
this is against the Lord. " And give glory to Him, for the
hour of His judgment is come," signifies acknowledgment
and confession that all the truth of the Word is from the
Lord, according to which every man will be judged. "And
worship Him that made heaven and earth and the sea and
the fountains of waters," signifies that the Lord alone is to
be worshipped, because He alone is the Creator, Saviour,
and Redeemer, and from Him alone are the angelic heaven
and the church and all things of them. "And another
p.ngel followed, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that
great city," signifies that the Roman Catholic religion,

Chap. XIV.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

67I

as to its dogmas and doctrinal tenets is now dispersed.
"Because she made all nations drink of the wine of the
wrath of her fornication/ signifies because by profana-
tions of the Word and adulterations of the good and truth
of the church, she has seduced all whom she could subject
to her dominion. " And a third angel followed them, say-
ing with a great voice," signifies further revelation from the
Lord concerning those who are in faith separated from
charity. " If any one worship the beast and his image,
and receive his mark upon his forehead and upon his
hand," signifies whoever acknowledges and receives the
doctrine concerning justification and salvation by faith
alone, confirms it, and lives according to it. " He also
shall drink of the wine of the anger of God poured out
unmixed in the cup of His fury," signifies that they falsify
the goods and truths of the Word, and imbue their life
with them so falsified. " And shall be tormented with fire
and brimstone before the holy angels and the Lamb, and
the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever,"
signifies the love of self and the world and the lusts there-
from, and from these the pride of their own intelligence,
and thence torment in hell. " And they shall have no
rest day and night that worship the beast and his image,
and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name," signifies
a perpetual state in undelightful things with those who
acknowledge and receive that faith, confirm it, and live
according to it. " Here is the patience of the saints, here
are they that keep the commandments of God and the
laith of Jesus," signifies that the man of the Lord's church
is explored by temptations from them, as to the quality of
his life according to the commandments of the Word and
of his faith in the Lord. "And I heard a voice from
heaven, saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead who
die in the Lord henceforth," signifies a prediction from the
Lord concerning the state of those after death who will
be of His New Church, that they will have eternal life

672

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

and happiness. " Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest
from their labors," signifies that the Divine Truth of the
Word teaches that they who afflict their soul and crucify
their flesh for the sake of those things, will have peace in
the Lord. " For their works follow with them," signifies
according as they have loved and believed, and thence
have done and spoken. " And I saw, and behold, a white
cloud, and upon the cloud one sitting like unto the Son of
Man," signifies the Lord as to the Word. " Having upon
His head a golden crown, and in His hand a sharp sickle,"
signifies the Divine Wisdom from His Divine Love, and
the Divine Truth of the Word. " And another angel went
out of the temple," signifies the angelic heaven. " Crying
with a great voice to Him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in
thy sickle, and reap, for the hour for thee to reap is come,
for the harvest of the earth is ripe," signifies the supplica-
tion of the angels of heaven to the Lord, that He would
make an end and execute judgment, because now is the
last state of the church. " And He that sat upon the cloud
thrust in His sickle, and the earth was reaped," signifies
the end of the church, because there is no longer any
Divine Truth in it. " And another angel went out of the
temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle,"
signifies the heavens of the Lord's spiritual kingdom, and
the Divine Truth of the Word in them. "And another
angel went out from the altar, having authority over fire,"
signifies the heavens of the Lord's heavenly (celestial)
kingdom, which are in the good of love from the Lord.
" And he cried with a great cry to him that had the sharp
sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the
clusters of the vine of the earth," signifies the Lord's oper-
ation from the good of His love by the Divine Truth of
His Word into the works of charity and faith, among the
men of the Christian church. " For her grapes are ripe,"
signifies because it is the last state of the Christian church.
" And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and

No. 6i2.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 673

gathered the vine of the earth," signifies the end of the
present Christian church. " And cast it into the great
winepress of the anger of God," signifies exploration of
the quality of their works, that they were evil. " And the
winepress was trodden without the city," signifies that ex-
ploration was made from the Divine Truths of the Word
as to the quality of the works which proceed from the doc-
tr.ne of faith of the church. " And blood came out of the
winepress even unto the bridles of the horses," signifies
violence done to the Word by dreadful falsifications of the
truth, and the understanding so closed up thereby, that
man can scarce be taught any longer, and thus be led of
the Lord by Divine Truths. " For a thousand six hundred
furlongs," signifies mere falsities of evil.

THE EXPLANATION.

612. And I saw, and behold, a Lamb standing upon the
in 0 unt Zion, a fid with Him a hundred forty-four thousand,
signifies the Lord now in the New Heaven collected from
those in the Christian churches who acknowledged the
Lord alone as the God of heaven andijearth, and were in
truths of doctrine from the good of love from Him through
the Word. By " I saw," these things are signified and
those which follow in this chapter. By the Lamb is meant
the Lord as to His Divine Human (n. 269, 271). By mount
Zion is signified the heaven where are they who are in love t6
the Lord, which is treated of in what follows. By a hundred
forty -four thousand are signified all those who acknowledge
the Lord alone as the God of heaven and earth, and are in
truths of doctrine from the good of love from Him through
the Word (n. 348, &c.). These have been treated of in
i h mi^r vii. ; but there it is said that they were sealed upon
J heir foreheads, and thus distinguished and separated from
fee rest ; here, that they are collected together, and that a

674 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

heaven is formed from them. The heaven which is here
treated of, is the heaven collected from the Christians from
the time of the Lord in the world, and from those of them
who approached the Lord alone, and lived according to
His commandments in the Word, shunning evils as sins
against God. This heaven is the New Heaven, from which
the New Jerusalem, that is, a New Church on earth will
come down (Apoc. xxi. 1, 2). But the heavens before the
Lord's coming are above this, and are called the ancient
heavens ; in which also all acknowledge the Lord alone as
the God of heaven and earth. These heavens communicate
with this new heaven by influx. It is known, that by the
land of Canaan the church is signified, because the Word
was there, and through it the Lord was known : also that
in the midst of it was the city of Zion and below it the city
of Jerusalem, both upon a mountain. Hence by Zion and
Jerusalem the inmost things of the church are signified.
And because the church in heaven makes one with the
church on earth, therefore by Zion and Jerusalem is meant
the church in both : but by Zion the church as to love, and
by Jerusalem the church as to doctrine from love. It is
called mount Zion, because love is signified by a mountain
(n. 336). That heaven and the church where the Lord
alone is worshipped, are signified by mount Zion, may be
evident from th& following passages : / have anointed my
King upon Zion : / will declare concerning the statute, Thou
art my Son, this ..'ay nave 1 begotten thee ; I will give the
nations for tJwie inheritance : Kiss the Son, lest he be angry.,
and ye perish ; blessed are all that trust in Him (Ps. ii.
6-8, 12). O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into
the high mountain ; say, Behold, the Lord yehovih tvill come
in strength (Isa. xl. 9, 10). Rejoice greatly, O daughter of
Zion ; behold, thy King cometh imto thee Just and a Saviour
(Zech. ix. 9 ; Matt. xxi. 2, 4, 5 ; John xii. 14, 15). Cry out
and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion ; for great is the Holy One
of Israel in the midst of thee (Isa. xii. 6). The ransomed of

No. 6i2.] THE APOCALYPSE RE\ EALED.

675

Jehovah shall return to Zion with songs (Isa. xxxv. 10).
Shout and be glad, O daughter of Zion, behold I come that I
may diuell in the midst of thee (Zech. ii. 10). Who will
give the salvation of Israel in Zion (Ps. xiv. 7 j liii. 6). The
Lord Jehovah will lay in Zion a tried stone, and then shall
your covenant with death be abolished (Isa. xxviii. 16-18).
My salvation shall not tarry, I will give salvation in Zion
(Isa xlvi. 13). And the Redeemer shall come to Zion (Isa.
lix. 20). Jehovah Zebaoth shall reign i?i mount Zion (Isa.
xxiv. 23). Jehovah loveth the gates of Zion more than all the
dwellings of Jacob ; glorious things are to be proclaimed in
thee, O city of God ; this one was born there; all my springs
are in thee (Ps. lxxxvii. 2, 3. 5-7). Jehovah hath chosen
Zion ; He hath desired it for His habitation ; this is my rest
for ever, there will I dwell (Ps. cxxxii. 13, 14). Let the
children of Zion rejoice in their King (Ps. cxlix. 2). O
Jehovah, arise, and have mercy on Zioti, the set time is come ;
the name of Jehovah shall be declared in Zion, when the
peoples are gathered together, and the kingdoms to serve
Jehovah (Ps. cii. 12-16, 21, 22). Out of Zio?i God shall
shine; our God cometh, and shall call to the heaven above,
and to the earth, Gather my saints together unto Me (Ps.
L 1-5. Besides other places, as Isa. i. 27 j iv. 3, 5 ; xxxi.
4, 9 ; xxxiii. 5, 20 ; xxxvii. 22 ; Hi. 1 ; lxiv. 10 ; Jer. vi. 2 ;
Lam. iv. 2 ; Am. i. 2 \ Mic. iii. 10, 12 ; iv. 1-3, 7, 8 ; Zeph.
iii. 14, 16; Joel iii. 16, 17, 21 ; Zech. viii. 3; Ps. xx. 2;
xlviii. 2, 11-14 ; lxxvi. 2 j lxxviii. 68 ; ex. 1, 2 ; cxlix. 2, 4;
exxv. 1; exxvi. 1; exxviii. 5, 6; exxxiv. 3; exxxv. 21;
cxlvi. 10). In many places we read of the virgin and the
daughter of Zio)i ; by whom is not meant any virgin or
daughter there, but the church as to the affection of
good and truth ; the same as by the Bride of the Lamb
(Apoc. xxi. 2, 9 ; xxii. 17). The virgin and the daughter
of Zion signifies the Lord's Church in these passages :
Isa, i. 8 ; iii. 16-26 ; iv. 4 ; x. 32 j xvi. 1 ; xxxvii. 22 ; Iii. 2 ;
ixii. 11 ; Jer. iv. 31 ; vi. 2, 23 ; Lam. i. 6 j ii. 1, 4, 8, 10, 13,

11*

676

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

18 ; iv. 22 j Mic. i. 13 ; iv. 8, 10, 13 ; Zeph. iii. 14; Zech.
ii. 10; ix. 9; Ps. ix. 14; and elsewhere.

613. Having His Father's na?ne written in their foreheads y
signifies their acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine and
Divine Human from love and faith. By the name of the
Father is meant the Lord as to the Divine from which [all
things are], which is called the Father, and at the same time
as to the Divine Human which is called the Son ; since they
are one, and one person, united like the soul and the body.
Therefore in heaven by God the Father no other is meant
than the Lord ; and in the New Heaven the Lord is also
called Father. The reason that the name of the Father
is here said to be in their foreheads, is also, that the Divine
Good of the Lord's Divine Love is meant by the Father ;
which is everywhere meant by the Father in the Word of
the Evangelists, when He is named by the Lord ; and the
Divine Truth of His Divine Wisdom is meant by the Son :
which two were united as the soul to the body and the body
to the soul, when the Lord glorified His Human (see
n. n, 170). And because they are one, it is therefore said
in another place, the name of God and of the Lamb in their
foreheads (chap. xxii. 4). In regard to these, therefore,
who are here treated of, it is said that they had the
Father's name written in their foreheads, because by the
hundred forty-four thousand sealed out of the twelve tribes
of Israel, the angels of the higher heavens are meant, who
all are in the good of heavenly (celestial) love ; and by the
Father, as has been said, that good is meant. That the
angels who are here treated of are the angels of the higher
heavens, may be seen in the explanation of the seventt
chapter; in particular, n. 363 there. By "written in their
foreheads," is signified acknowledgment in them froni
love and faith : by written or inscribed is signified the
acknowledgment in them ; and by the forehead is signified
love, and thence intelligence or faith (n. 347, 605). That
the Divine which is called the Father, and the Divine

No 613.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Human which is called the Son, are one like the soul and
the body, and consequently that the Lord as to the Divine
Human is to be approached, and that in this way and no
other the Divine which is called the Father is approached,
may be evinced by so many passages in the Word, that
they would fill pages if they were adduced. They are
adduced with some fulness in the "Doctrine of "he New
Jerusalem concerning the Lord" (n. 29-36, 38-45, &c.) ;
from which only a few will be brought forward here for
confirmation ; which are these : The angel said to Mary,
Behold, thou sha/t conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a
Son, and sha/t call His name Jesus . He shall be great, and
shall be called the Son of the Highest : but Mary said, How
shall this be, seeing I know not a man. The angel answered,
The Holy Spirit shall come upon thee, a?id the Power of the
Highest shall overshadow thee, therefore also, the Holy Thing
which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God
(Luke i. 30-35). The angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph
in a dream, saying, Fear not to take Mary thy wife, for that
which is conceived i?i her is from the Holy Spirit ; and Joseph
knew her not, until she brought forth her first-born Son
(Matt. i. 20, 25). In the beginning was the Word, and the
Word was with God, and the Word was God ; and the Word
was made flesh, and we saw His glory, as the glory of the
Only-begotten of the Father (John i. 1, 2, 14). The Jews
sought to kill Jesus, because he had said that God was His
Own Father, making Hi ?n self equal to God : Jesus answered,
What things soever the Father docth, these also doeth the Son
likewise; as the Father raiscth up the dead and quickencth
than, even so tr.e Son quickencth whom He will : Verily I say
unto you, that the hour will come, when the dead shall hear
the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live
(John v. 18-26). As tfie Father hath life in Himself, so
hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself (John v. 26).
/ am the way, the truth, and the life ; no one cometh to the
Father but by Me ; if ye have known Me, ye have known my

078

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

Father also ; ana1 fro?n henceforth ye have known Him and
have seen Him. Philip saith imto Him, Show us the Father;
yesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and
thou hast not known Me, Philip ? He that hath seen Me hath
seen the Father ; how sayest thou then, show us the Father 1
Believes t thou not that I abide in the Father, a?id the Father
in me ? Believe Me, that I am in the Father and the Father
in Me (John xiv. 6-1 1). I give unto my sheep eternal life; I
and my Father are one. And when the Jews were indignant
that He made Himself God : He said, I do the works of my
Father ; believe the works ; that ye may know and believe that
the Father is in Me and I i?i the Father (John x. 28-38).
He that seeth Me, seeth Him that sent Me (John xii. 45). All
things that the Father hath are 7nine (John xvi. 15). That
the Father had given all things into His hands (John xiii. 3).
Father, thou hast given Me power over all flesh : this is life
eternal, that they should know Thee the only God, and yesus
Christ whom thou hast sent: all mine are thine, and thine are
mine (John xvii. 2, 3, 10). All pozver is given unto Me in
heaven a?id on earth (Matt, xxviii. 18). Whatsoever ye shall
ask in my name, this I will do, and again, / will do it (John
xiv. 13, 14). The Spirit of Truth shall not speak from himself,
but he shall receive of mi?ie, and declare it unto you (John
xvi. 13, 14). He that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same
bringeth forth much fruit ; for without Me ye can do nothing
(John xv. 5. Besides other places). There are still more in
the Old Testament, from which also a few shall be adduced :
Unto us a Child is bom, u?ito us a Soft is given, and the
government shall be upon his shoulder ; and His name shall
be called Wonderful, Counsellor, God, the Mighty, Father of
eternity, Prince of peace (Isa. ix. 6). A virgin shall conceive
and bear a Son, and His name shall be called God with us
(Isa. vii. 14). Behold, the days shall come, that I will raise up
unto David a just branch, who shall reign a King ; and this
is His name, which they shall call Him, yehovah our yustice
(Jer. xxiii. 5, 6 ; xxxiii. 15, 16). Then shall it be said i?i that

No. 614.] THE APOCALYPSE REYEALED.

679

day, Lo, this is our God whom we have waited for, that He
may save us; this is Jehovah whom we have waited for; let
us rejoice and be glad in His salvation (Isa. xxv. 9). Only
in thee is God, and there is no God besides ; verily thou art
a God, that hidest thyself, O God of Israel, the Saviour (Isa.
xlv. 14, 15). Am not I Jehovah, and there is ?io God else
besides Me, a just God and a Saviour, there is none besides
Me (Isa. xlv. 21, 22). / am Jehovah, and besides Me there
is no Saviour (Isa. xliii. 11). I Jehovah am thy God, and
thou shall acknowledge no God besides Me, and there is no
Saviour besides Me (Hos. xiii. 4). Thou, O Jehovah, art
our Father, our Redeemer, thy naine is from everlasting (Isa.
Ixiii. 16). Thus said the King of Israel, and his Redeemer,
Jehovah Zcbaoth, I am the First and I am the Last, and
besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv. 6). Thus said Jehovah
thy Redeemer, I am Jehovah that maketh all things, and alone
of Myself (Isa. xliv. 24). Thus said Jehovah thy Redeemer,
the Holy One of Israel, I am Jehovah thy God (Isa. xlviii. 17).
Jehovah, my Rock, and my Redeemer (Ps. xix. 14). Their
Redee?ner is strong, Jehovah Zebaoth is His Name (Jer. 1. 34).
Jehovah Zebaoth is His name, and thy Redeemer, the Holy
One of Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called
(Isa. liv. 5). That all flesh may know that I Jehovah am
thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob
(Isa. xlix. 26 ; lx. 16). As for our Redeemer, Jehovah
Zebaoth is His nai?ie (Isa. xlvii. 4). Thus said thy Redeemer
Jehovah (Isa. xliii. 14; xlix. 7. And elsewhere, as Luke
i. 68 j Isa. lxii. 11, 12 ; lxiii, 1, 4, 9 ; Jer. xv. 20, 21 ; Hos.
xiii. 4, 14; Ps. xxxi. 5 j xliv. 26 ; xlix. 15 j lv. 17, 18 ; lxix.
18 ; lxxi. 23 ; ciii. 4 j cvii. 2 ; exxx. 7, 8). And in Zechariah,
In that day Jehovah shall be Ring over all the earth; in that
day Jehovah shall be One, and His name one (xiv. 9). But
these are few.

614. And I heard a voice from heaven as the voice of many
waters, signifies the Lord speaking through the New Heaven
hum Divine Truths. By a voice from heaven is signified 1

68o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

voice or speech from the Lord through heaven : for where
a voice is heard from heaven, it is from the Lord ; here,
through the New Heaven from Christians, which is meant by
the mount Zion upon which the Lamb was seen to stand,
and with Him a hundred forty-four thousand (n. 612, 613).
By "many waters" Divine Truths are signified (n. 50).
The Lord speaking through heaven from Divine Truths is
similarly spoken of in these passages following: The voice
of the Son of Man was heard as the voice of many waters
(Apoc. i. 15). And a voice out of the throne, as the voice of
many waters (Apoc. xix. 6). And the voice of the God of
Israel like the voice of many waters (Ez. xliii. 2). The voice
of Jehovah is upon the waters, Jehovah is upon many waters
(Ps. xxix. 3). The sound of the wings of the cherubs was
as the sound of great waters (Ez. i. 24). By the cherubs the
Word is signified (n. 239), and thus the Divine Truth, from
which the Lord speaks.

615. And as the voice of a great thunder, signifies the
Lord speaking through the New Heaven from the Divine
Love. That lightnings, thunders, and voices signify en-
lightenment, perception, and instruction, may be seen above
(n. 236) ; and that the seven thunders speaking signify the
Lord speaking through the universal heaven (n. 472).
When the Lord speaks through heaven, He speaks from the
third heaven through the second heaven, and thus from
Love through the Divine Wisdom ; for the third heaven is
in His Divine love, and the second heaven in His Divine
wisdom. The Lord never speaks in any other way, when
He speaks from the higher heavens ; and this is what is
meant by a voice as of many waters and by a voice of
great thunder. " Many waters " are the Divine Truths of
the Divine Wisdom, and " a great thunder " is the Divine
Good of the Divine Love.

616. And I heard the voice of harpers harping with their
harps, signifies confession of the Lord from gladness of
heart, by the spiritual angels in the lower heavens. That

No. 618.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

to play on the harp signifies to confess the Lord from
spiritual truths, may be seen above (n. 276); that it is from
gladness of heart follows of course : hence the spiritual
angels are signified by the harpers. These are the angels
of the lower heavens, because the voice of the Lord through
the higher heavens was heard as a voice of many waters,
and as a voice of great thunder (n. 614, 615). That the
sound of harpers playing on their harps was heard, is because
sound or discourse flowing down from the lower heavens
is sometimes heard as the sound of harps : not that they
are playing on harps, but because the sound of confession
of the Lord from joy of heart is so heard below.

617. And they sung as it were a new song before the throne
and before the four animals and before the elders, signifies
celebration and glorification of the Lord before Him, and
before the angels of the higher heavens. It may be seen
above (n. 279), that acknowledgment and glorification of
the Lord, as the only Judge, Redeemer, and Saviour, and
thus as the God of heaven and earth, is signified by their
singing a new song. Before the throne is before the Lord,
because He alone sits upon the throne. That before the four
animals and before the elders means before the angels of
the higher heavens, see n. 369. By " as it were a new song "
is signified the celebration and glorification of the Lord in
the New Christian Heaven ; here in particular, that He was
acknowledged as the God of heaven and earth, as He is
acknowledged in the ancient heavens. This is involved in
the phrase " as it were ; " for " as it were a new song "
means as if it were new, when yet it is not new. It has
been said before that the New Heaven which is spoken of
in the Apocalypse (chap. xxi. 1), is a New Heaven from
Christians ; and that the former heavens are from the
ancients and the most ancient ; also, that the Lord is
acknowledged in the latter heavens as the God of heaven
and earth.

618. And 110 one could learn that song but the hundred

682

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

forty four thousand, signifies that no others from among
Christians could understand, and thus acknowledge from
love and faith, that the Lord alone is the God of heaven
and earth, but they who were received by the Lord into
this New Heaven. By this song is signified the acknowl-
edgment of the Lord, that He is the God of heaven and
earth (n. 279, 617). By learning is signified to perceive
interiorly in one's self that it is so ; which is to understand,,
and thus to receive and acknowledge. He who learns in
any other way, learns and does not learn, because he does
not retain. By the hundred and forty-four thousand are
meant they who acknowledge the Lord alone as the God
of heaven and earth (n. 612). That no other from among
Christians could learn this song, that is, could acknowl-
edge that the Lord alone is the God of heaven and earth,
is because they have imbibed from infancy the idea that
there were three persons in the Divinity, distinct from each
other. For it is said in the doctrine of the Trinity, There
is one person of the Father, another of the Son, and another
of the Holy Spirit : also, The Father is God, the Son is God,
and the Holy Spirit is God. And though it is there added
that these three are one, still in their thought they divided
the Divine Essence into three ; which, however, cannot be
divided. And on that account they have approached the
Father, because He is the first in order ; and the leader?
in the church have taught, moreover, that they should pray
to the Father, for the sake of the Son, to send the Holy
Spirit. By this the idea of their thought concerning three
has been confirmed ; and then they are not able to think
of the Son as God, equal with the Father, and one with
the Father ; but of the Son as equal with another man ;
although He alone, as to His Human, is Justice, and is
called Jehovah our Justice (Jer. xxiii. 5, 6; xxxiii. 15, 16).
From this idea of their thought it came to pass that they
could not comprehend that the Lord, as born in the world,
can be the God of heaven and earth, and still less that He

No. 618.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 683

alone is God ; notwithstanding they have heard and read
all those passages which were adduced above (n. 613);
and also these, All things that the Father hath are mine
(John xvi. 15). The Father hath given all things i?ito the
hand of the Son (John xiii. 3). Father, thou hast given me
power over all flesh : all mine are thine and thine are i7iine
(John xvii. 2, 3, 10). All power is given unto me in heaven
and in earth (Matt, xxviii. 18). Also that He was con-
ceived of Jehovah the Father, and hence that His soul is
from Him (Luke i. 34, 38) : hence the Divine Essence is
His : besides many similar passages elsewhere. That they
were said of the Lord who was born in the world, every
one can see. As also, that He and the Father are one ;
and that He is in the Father, and the Father in Him ; and
that He that seeth Him, seeth the Father (John x. 28-^8 ,
xiv. 6-1 1). Although they have heard and read these
things, still they could not recede from the idea conceived
in childhood, and confirmed afterwards by their teachers ;
which has so far closed up their rational, that they could
not see, that is, understand, these words of the Lord : /
am the Way, the Truth, and the Life : no one cometh unto the
Father but by Me (John xiv. 6). He that entereth not by
the door into the sheepfold, but dimbeth up some other wayf
the same is a thief and a robber : I am the door ; by Me if
any one enter in, he shall be saved (John x. 1,9): also that
the Lord glorified His Human, that is, united it to the
Divine of the Father, that is, to the Divine which was in
Him from conception, for the end that the human race
might be united to God the Father in Him and through
Him. That this was the cause of the Lord's coming into
the world, and of the glorification of His Human, He
teaches fully in John xiv., xv., and xvii. For He says, In
that day ye shall k?ww that I am in my Father, and ye in
Me, and I in you (John xiv. 20). He that abidcth in Me,
and I in him, bringcth forth much fruit ; for without Me yt
can do nothing: if a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth

684

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

as a di'ied branch into the fire (xv. 4-6). For them I sanctify
Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth;
that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I
i? 1 Thee ; I in them, and Thou in Me (John xvii. 19, 21, 23 ;
also vi. 56, and elsewhere) : from which it is clearly mani-
fest, that the Lord's coming into the world and the glorifi-
cation of His Human had for their end the conjunction of
men with God the Father in Him and through Him ; thus
that men must come to Him. The Lord likewise confirms
this by so often saying that they must believe in Him, that
they may have eternal life; see above (n. 553). Who can-
not see that all these things were said by the Lord con-
cerning Himself in His Human ; and that He never
would have said, nor could have said, that He was in
men and men in Him, and that we must believe in Him in
order to have eternal life, unless His Human was Divine ?
By asking the Father in His name is not meant to go to
God the Father immediately, nor to ask for His sake ; but
to go to the Lord, and to the Father through Him, because
the Father is in the Son, and they are one, as He teaches.
This is what "in His name " signifies ; as may also be evi-
dent from these passages : He that believeth not in the Son
is judged already, because he hath not believed in the name of
the only begotten Son of God (John iii. 17, 18). These things
are Written^ that ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ the
Son of God, and that believing ye may have life in His name
(John xx. 31). Jesus said, Whosoever shall receive this
child in my name, receiveth Me ; and he that receiveth Me,
receiveth Him that sent Me (Luke ix. 48). Whatsoever ye
shall ask in my name, that will I do (John xiv. 13. Besides
other places, where the expression in the name of the Lord
occurs: Matt. vii. 22; xviii. 5, 20; xix. 29; xxiii. 39;
Mark ix. 37; xvi. 17; Luke xiii. 35; xix. 38; xxiv. 47;
John i. 12 ; ii. 23 ; v. 43 ; xii. 13 ; xv. 16 ; xvi. 23, 24, 26,
27 ; xvii. 6). What the name of God is, and that the
name of the Father is the Lord as to the Divine Human,
may be seen above (n. 81, 165, 584).

No. 620.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

685

619. Bought from the earth, signifies that t'.iey are those
who could be regenerated by the Lord, and thus be re-
deemed, in the world. By the bought from the earth those
redeemed in the world are signified. That redemption is
liberation from hell, and salvation by conjunction with the
Lord, may be seen, n. 281 ; and as this is effected by
regeneration, by the bought, therefore, those that are re-
generated and thus redeemed by the Lord are signified ;
and as all can be regenerated and thus redeemed, if they
will, and few will, therefore by the bought from the earth
is signified that these are tbey who could be regenerated
and thus redeemed by the Lord. What the quality of
these is will now be described (vers 4 and 5).

620. These are they who were not defiled with women, for
they are virgins, signifies that they did not adulterate the
truths of the church, and defile them with falsities of faith ;
but that they loved truths because they are truths. That
a woman signifies the church from affection for truth, and
thence in the opposite sense the church from affection for
falsity, may be seen above (n. 434, 533) ; here the church
from affection for truth, because it is said " not defiled
with women." To be defiled with women signifies the
same as to commit adultery and fornication. That to
commit adultery and fornication signifies to adulterate and
falsify the Word, may be seen above (n. 134). " For they
are virgins " signifies because they have loved truths be-
cause they are truths, thus from spiritual affection. The
reason that these are meant by virgins is that a virg n
signif es the church as a bride, who wishes to be conjoined
to the Lord, and to become a wife : and the church who
wishes to be conjoined to the Lord, loves truths because
they are truths ; for by truths, when the life is according
to them, conjunction is effected. Hence it is, that Israel,
Zion, and Jerusalem are called in the Word virgins and
daughters ; for by Israel, Zion, and Jerusalem the church
is signified. That all those who are such in the Lord's

686

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

church, whether they are virgins or young men, wives or
husbands, boys or old men, girls or old women, are meant
by the virgins, may be evident from the Word, where vir-
gins are mentioned ; as, the virgin of Israel (Jer. xviii. 13 •
xxxi. 4, 2 1 ; Am. v. 2 ; Joel i. 8) : the virgin daughter of
Judah (Lam. i. 15): the virgin daughter of Zion (2 Kings
xix. 21 ; Isa. xxxvii. 22 ; Lam. i. 4 ; ii. 13) : the virgins of
Jerusalem (Lam. ii. 10) : the virgin of my people (Jer. xiv.
17). Wherefore the Lord likened the church to ten virgins
(Matt. xxv. 1, &c.) : and it is said in Jeremiah, / will
build thee, and thou shall be built, O virgin of Israel ; thou
shall go forth anew into the dances of them that make merry
(xxxi. 4, 13) : and in David, They have seen thy goings, O
God, the goings of my God, my King, i?i the sanctuary ; in
the midst of the virgins playing with timbrels (Ps. Ixviii. 24,
25) : and again ; Kings' daughters were among thy honorable
women ; upon thy right hand did stand the queen in purest
gold of Ophir : hearken, O daughter, and consider; the king
shall delight in thy beauty : the daughter of Tyre also shall
offer a gift, the rich among the people shall entreat thy favor :
the King's daughter is all glorious within ; her clothing is of
wrought gold, she shall be brought to the King in raiment
of needlework ; the virgins, her friends, that follow her, shall
enter i?ito the King's palace (Ps. xlv. 9-15). By the King
the Lord is here meant ; by the queen the church as a
wife ; by the daughters and virgins affections for good and
truth. Similar affections are signified by virgins in other
places in the Word, where young men are mentioned at
the same time ; because young men signify truths, and
virgins the affections for them ; as in the following pas-
sages : Behold the days come, in which I will send a famine
in the land ; not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for waters, '
but for hearing the words of Jehovah ; in that day shall the
beautiful virgins and the young men faint with thi/st (Am.
viii. 11, 13). Be ashamed, O Zidon, the sea hath said; I
have not trai ailed, nor brought forth, and I have not nour-

No. 623.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

687

ishcd up young men, I have brought up virgins (Tsa. xxiii. 4).
The Lord hath trodden the winepress of the virgin daughter
of Zion : behold my sorrow ; my virgins and my young men
have gone into captivity (Lam. i. 4, 15, 18). How great is
His goodness, and how great is His beauty ; com hath made
the young men to grow up, and new wine the virgins (Zech.
ix. 17). The streets of the city shall be filled with boys and
girls playing in the streets thereof (Zech. viii. 5). The vir-
gins of Jei'iisalem sit upon the ground : to what shall I liken
thee, O virgin daughter of Zion ; my virgins and my young
men are fallen by the sword (Lam. ii. 10, 13, 21. Besides
othei places, as Jer. li. 20-23 ; Lam. v. 10-12 ; Ez. ix.
4, 6; Ps. lxxviii. 62-64; Deut. xxxii. 25).

621. These are they that follow the Lamb whithersoever He
goeth, signifies that they are conjoined to the Lord by love
and faith in Him, because they have lived according to His
commandments. That this is signified, is manifest from
these words of the Lord : He that doeth my com7nandments ,
he it is that loveth Ale ; and L will love him, a?id will come
unto him, and 7nake ??iy abode with him (John xiv. 20-23).
And in another place : The Shepherd of the sheep, when he
leadeth out His own sheep, goeth before them, and the sheep
follow Hi?n, because they know His voice : my sheep hear my
voice, and I know them, and they follow Me (John x. 4, 5).

622. These were bought from among men, signifies that
they are those who could be regenerated by the Lord, and
thus redeemed, in the world, as above (n. 619), where are
similar words.

623. First-fruits unto God and the La?nb, signifies the
first beginning of the Christian Heaven that acknowledges
one God in whom is a Trinity, and that the Lord is He.
By first-fruits is meant what is born first, also what is first
gathered, and thus the first beginning, here of the New
Heaven from the Christians. By God and the Lamb is
meant here, as above, the Lord as to the Divine itself from
Which [all things are], and as to the Divine Human, and

688

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

also as to the proceeding Divine ; and thus the one God,
in whom there is a Trinity. Something will here be said
respecting the first-fruits. It was commanded in the
Israelitish church, that the first-fruits of the produce of the
fields, of all the coi-n, oil, and wine, the fruits of the trees, also
of the fleece, should be given to Jehovah as holy, and were
given by Jehovah to Aaro?i, and after him to the High Priest
(Ex. xxii. 29 • xxiii. 10; Num. xiii. 20; xv. 17-21 ; xviii.
8-20 ; Deut. xviii. 4 ; xxvi. 1, &c). Also, That they should
celebrate the feast of the first-fruits of the harvest and of bread
(Ex. xxiii. 14-16, 19, 26 ; Lev. xxiii. 9-15, 20-25 5 Num.
xxviii. 26, to the end). The reason was, because the First-
fruits signified that which is born first, and afterwards grows
up, as an infant into a man, and a shoot into a tree ; and
they thence signified every thing that follows until it is
complete ; for all that follows is in the first as the man in
the infant, and the tree in the shoot ; and because this first
exists before the successions, and the same in heaven and
the church, therefore the first-fruits were holy to the Lord,
and the feast of the first-fruits was celebrated. Similar
things are signified by first-fruits in. Jer. xxiv. 1, 2 ; Ez. xx.
40; Mic. vii. 1 ; Deut. xxxiii. 15, 21.

624. And in their mouth was found no guile, signifies that
they do not from cunning and design speak and persuade to
falsity and evil. By the mouth is signified speech, preaching,
and teaching (n. 452) : and by guile, persuasion to evil by
means of falsity, properly from cunning and design, is sig-
nified. For he who persuades to any thing from cunning
or deceit, persuades from design also : for cunning or
deceit proposes to itself, conceals its purpose, and performs
it, when opportunity offers. By a lie in the Word falsity
and false-speaking are signified, and by deceit is signified
each from design ; these are signified in the following
passages : Jesus said of Nathaniel, Behold an Israelite
indeed, in whom is no guile (John i. 47). The rem?iant of
Israel shall not speak a lie. neither shall a deceitful tongue

No. 625.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

be fnmd in their mouth (Zeph. iii. 13). He did no violence,
neither was deceit found in His mouth (Isa. liii. 9). The rich
are filled with violence, and the inhabitants speak a lie ; and
their tongue is deceitful i?i their mouth (Mic. vi. 12). Thou
wilt destroy them that speak a lie ; Jehovah will abhor a man
of blood and deceit (Ps. v. 6). O Jehovah, deliver my soul
from lying, from a deceitful tongue (Ps. cxx. 2, 3). They
have taught their tongue to speak a lie ; thine habitation is in
the midst of deceit ; through deceit they refuse to know Me
(Jer. ix. 5, 6). JSphrai?n hath compassed Me with a lie, and
the house of Israel with deceit (Hos. xi. 12). If any one had
a design to kill his companion by deceit, thou shall take him
from mine altar, and he shall die (Ex. xxi. 14). Cursed is
he that doeth the work of Jehovah by deceit (Jer. xlviii. 10.
Besides other places, as Jer. v. 26, 27 ; viii. 5 ; xiv. 14; xxiii.
26; Hos. vii. 16; Zeph. i. 9 ; Ps. xvii. 1; xxiv. 4; xxxv.
20, 21 ; xxxvi. 3 ; 1. 19 ; lii. 2, 4; lxxii. 14 • cix. 2 j cxix.
118 ; Job xiii. 7 ; xxvii. 4). The deceitful are signified in
the Word by poisonous serpents, and by crocodiles and
vipers j and deceit is signified by their poison.

625. For they are without spot before the throne of God,
signifies because they are in truths from good from the
Lord. By the spotless those who are not in falsity are
signified, consequently those who are in truths : for spots
signify falsities, properly falsities from evil. By the throne
of God is signified the Lord and heaven (n. 14, 233). And as
all who are in good from the Lord appear as if they were
in truths, therefore by their being without spot before the
throne of God is signified that they are in truths from good
from the Lord. For all who are led by the Lord are kept
in good by Him, and from that good nothing proceeds but
truth ; and if falsity, it is apparent falsity ; and this is
viewed by the Lord as similar to truth ; only by a modifi-
cation of the light of heaven it is in another color : for the
good which is in it within so qualifies it. For there is given
falsity from evil, and likewise falsity from gocd. Both may

690

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

appear alike in the external form, but still they are altogether
unlike ; because that which is within makes the essence, and
produces its quality. Since falsities are signified by spots,
it was therefore forbidden that any one of the seed of Aaron,
in whom there was a spot, should approach the altar, and
enter within the vail (Lev. xxi. 17-23) : by which was signified
that they should be blameless : and it was likewise forbidden
that any sacrifice should be offered, of oxen, calves, sheep, goats,
or lambs, in which there was a spot (Lev. xxii. 19-25). The
spots also are there recounted.

626. And I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven t
having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell
on the earth, signifies the annunciation of the Lord's coming,
and of the New Church that is to come down out of heaven
from Him. By an angel in the highest sense is meant the
Lord, and thence heaven likewise (n. 5, 344, 465). By
another angel a new thing now from the Lord is signified.
By flying in the midst of heaven, is signified to look down
upon, to observe, and to provide for (n. 415) ; here for the
new thing from the Lord out of heaven in the church. By
the everlasting gospel is signified the annunciation of the
coming of the Lord and of His kingdom (n. 478, 553).
By " them that dwell on the earth " the men of the
church are signified, to whom the annunciation will be
made. That it is also to announce that a New Church is
now to come down out of heaven from Him, is because the
Lord's coming involves two things, — the last judgment,
and after that the New Church. The last judgment is
treated of in chap, xix., xx., and the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem, in chap, xxi., xxii. That the annun-
ciation of the coming of the Lord and of His kingdom is
signified by the gospel and preaching the gospel, is mani-
festly evident from the passages adduced n. 478 ; which
may there be seen.

627. And to every nation and tribe and tongue a?id people,
signifies to all who are in goods from religion and in truths

No. 629.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

69I

trom doctrine. By nation is signified those who are in
goods, and abstractly goods (n. 4S3) j by tribe is signified
the church as to religion (n. 349) j by tongue, doctrine
(n. 282) : and by people are signified those who are in
truths, and abstractly truths (n. 483) : and therefore by
preaching the gospel to every nation and tribe and tongue
and people is signified to announce to all who are in goods
from religion and in truths from doctrine; for these receive
the gospel, and no others. These tilings are signified by
diose words in the spiritual sense.

628. Saying with a great voice, Fear God, signifies admo-
nition not to do evils, because this is against the Lord.
By the great voice is signified admonition ; and by fearing
God is signified not to do evils because this is against the
Lord. That to fear God is to love Him, fearing to do evil
because this is opposed to Him ; and that every love has
in it this fear; may be seen above (n. 527). These things
are now said to those who will be of the New Church on
earth, because the first thing of reformation is to live
according to the commandments of the Decalogue, where
the evils which are not to be done are enumerated. For
he who does them does not fear God ; but he who does not
do them, shunning them because they are opposed tc the
Lord, fears and also loves the Lord ; as He teaches in
John xiv. 20-24.

629. And give glory to Hhn,for the hour of His judgment
is come, signifies acknowledgment and confession that all
the truth of the Word, from which the Church is a church,
is from the Lord, according to which every man will be
judged. That to give glory to Him signifies to acknowl-
edge and confess that all truth is from the Lord, may be
seen above (n. 249). And because all the truth from
which the church is a church is from the Word, the truth
of the Word is therefore meant. " For the hour of His
judgment is come," signifies because every man will be
judged according to the truth of the Word. This is signi

vol. 11. 12

692

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

fied, because by giving glory to Him is signified to acknowl-
edge and confess that all the truth of the Word is from the
Lord : and it is now said, " for the hour of His judgment
is come : " and " for " involves this as the cause. That
the truth of the Word is to judge every one, may be seen
above (n. 233, 273) : and that the church is from the Word,
and that it is such as is its understanding of the Word,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture n (n. 76-79). It is manifest
from these things, that such is the spiritual sense of those
words. That it is such, is because the angels of heaven
perceive nothing else by glory but the Divine Truth ; and
because all Divine Truth is from the Lord, by giving glory
to Him they understand acknowledgment and confession
that all truth is from Him. For all the glory in the heavens
is from no other source ; and as far as a society of heaven
is in Divine Truth, so far all things shine in it, and so far
the angels are in the splendor of glory. That the Divine
Truth is meant by glory, may be evident from these pas-
sages : The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare the
way of Jehovah; the glory of Jehovah shall be revealed,
a?id all flesh shall see it (Isa. xl. 3, 5). Arise, shine, for thy
light is come, and the glory of Jehovah is risen upon thee;
Jehovah shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen
upon thee (Isa. xl. 1 to the end). / will give thee for a cove-
nant to the people, for a light of the nations, and my glory
will I not give to another (Isa. xlii. 6, 8). For mine own
xake, for mine own sake tvill I do it, a?id I will not give my
glory to another (Isa. xlviii. 1 1). They shall fear His glory
from the rising of the sun ; the Redeemer shall come to Zion
(Isa. lix. 19, 20). Thy light shall break forth as the morn-
ifig, the glory of Jehovah shall gather thee (Isa. lviii. 8). He
shall come to gather together all nations and tongues, that they
way see i?iy glory (Isa. lxvi. 18). Jehovah said, I live, and
the whole earth shall be filled with the glory of Jehovah
(Num. xiv. 2i\ The fulness of all the earth is His glory

No. 630.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

693

(Isa. vi. 1-3). In the beginning was the Word, and the
Word was God; in Him was life, and the life was the light
of men. That was the true light. And the Word was ?nade
flesh, and we saw His glory, the glory as of the Only-begot-
ten of the Father (John i. 1, 4, 9). These things said Esaias,
when he saw His glory (John xii. 41). And they shall see
the Son of Man coming i?i the clouds of heaven with glory
(Matt. xxiv. 30). The heavens declare the glory of God (Ps.
xix. 1). A?id all 7iations shall fear the name of Jehovah,
and the kings of the earth thy glory ; for He hath built up
Zion, and hath appeared in His glory (Ps. cii. 15, 16). The
glory of God shall enlighten the Holy Jerusalem, and her
lamp is the Lamb, and the nations which are saved shall
walk in the light of it (Apoc. xxi. 23-25). The Son of Man
shall come in His glory, and sit upon the throfie of His glory
(Matt. xxv. 31 ; Mark viii. 38). That the glory of Jehovah
filled and covered the tabernacle (Ex. xl. 34, 35 ; Lev. ix.
23, 24; Num. xiv. 10-12 ; xvi. 19, 42). That it filled the
house of Jehovah (1 Kings viii. 10, 11. Besides other
places, as Isa. xxiv. 23 ; Ez. i. 28 ; viii. 4 ; ix. 3 ; x. 4, 18,
19 ; xi. 22, 23 ; Luke ii. 32 ; ix. 26 ; John ii. 11 ; vii. 18 ;
xvii. 24).

630. And worship Him that made heaven and earth and
the sea and the fountains of waters, signifies that the Lord
alone is to be worshipped, because He alone is the Cre-
ator, Saviour, and Redeemer, and from Him alone are the
angelic heaven and the church and all things of them.
That to acknowledge as holy is signified by worshipping,
may be seen above (n. 579, 580, 588, 603) ; and therefore
by worshipping, in speaking of the Lord, is signified to
acknowledge Him as the God of heaven and earth, and
to worship Him. By making heaven and earth and the
sea and fountains of waters, is meant in the natural sense
to create those things, but in the spiritual sense it signifies
to make the angelic heaven and the church and all things
of them : for by heaven in the spiritual sense the angelic

694 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

heaven is signified ; and by the earth and the sea in that
sense the church, internal and external, is signified (n. 403,
404, 420, 470) ; and by the fountains of waters are signi-
fied all the truths of the Word that are serviceable to
the church for doctrine and life (n. 409). That Jehcvah
the Creator is the Lord from eternity, and that the Lord the
Saviour and Redeemer is the Lord born in time, and thus
the Lord as to His Divine Human, may be evident from
the *' Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord,"
from the beginning to the end. Who cannot understand that
there is one God the Creator of the universe, and not three
creators ? also that creation had for its end a heaven and
a church from the human race ? on which subject see the
" Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence "
(n. 27-45). Hence it is, that by making heaven and earth
is signified in the spiritual sense to make the angelic
heaven and the church. These things are said for the
same reason as above (n. 613); where it is explained what
is signified by their having the name of the Father written
upon their foreheads : and because that was said, it is
therefore said here, " worship Him that made heaven and
earth and the sea and the fountains of waters."

631. And another angel followed, saying, Babylon is fallen,
is fallen, that great city, signifies that the Roman Catholic
religion, as to its dogmas and doctrinal tenets, is now dis-
persed. By " another angel " now a new thing from the
Lord is signified, as above (n. 626). By the great city
Babylon the Roman Catholic religion as to its dogmas
and doctrinal tenets is signified. By falling is signified to
be dispersed ; for to fall is said of the city, but to be dis-
persed of the religion and its doctrine, which is signified
by the city Babylon. That by a city doctrine is signi-
fied, may be seen above (n. 194). That these things are
now said of Babylon, is because, after the New Christian
Heaven was formed by the Lord, at the same time a
new thing came to pass with those who had been of the

No. 633.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 695

Roman Catholic religion. The reason is, that the Chns-
tian Heaven which was gathered from the Reformed makes
the centre, and the Papists are around it ; wherefore, when
the centre is new, there is at the same time something new
produced in the circumferences : for the Divine Light,
which is the Divine Truth, propagates itself from the
middle or centre round about to the circumferences, and
reduces the things which are there also into order. For
this cause these few things are now related concerning
Babylon ; but it is treated of in particular in chapters xvii.
and xviii. That the Reformed Christians constitute the
centre, and that the Papists make a broad border around
it, and that the spiritual light, which is the Divine Truth
proceeding from the Lord, propagates itself as from its
centre into all the surrounding regions, even to the farthest,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 104-113); and in the
little work on the " Last Judgment " (n. 48). It may be
seen from this, that these words concerning Babylon follow
in order, after the New Christian Heaven and the preach-
ing of the gospel had been treated of. This is also signi-
fied by " followed."

632. Because she niade all nations drink of the wine of the
wrath of her fornication, signifies because by profanations
of the Word and adulterations of the good and truth of the
church, she has seduced all whom she could subject to her
dominion. By Babylon the Roman Catholic religion is
signified, as above. Wine signifies truth from good, and
in the opposite sense, falsity from evil (n. 316) : and forni-
cation signifies the falsification of truth, and the wrath of
fornication signifies adulteration and profanation (n. 134).
To make all nations to drink signifies to seduce all whom
they could subject to their dominion. By making to drink
of that wine is signified to seduce, and by nations those are
signified who are under their rule.

633. And a third angel followed them, saying with a great

696

THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

voice, signifies further revelation from the Lord concerning
those who are in faith separated from charity. By the third
angel following them is signified further revelation from
the Lord, which follows in order ; for by an angel in the
highest sense the Lord is meant (n. 626). The reason is,
because an angel, when he speaks the Word, as here; does
not speak from himself but from the Lord. By saying with
a great voice is signified that which follows, which is re-
specting the damnation of those who in life and doctrine
confirm themselves in faith separated from charity. From
the first to the fifth verse of this chapter the New Christian
Heaven is treated of, and in the sixth and seventh verses
the preaching of the gospel, that is, of the Lord's coming
to establish a New Church. And because they who are in
faith separate from charity stand in the way, there now fol-
lows a threatening and denunciation of damnation against
those who still persevere in that faith.

634. If any one worship the beast and his image, and re-
ceive his mark upon his forehead and upoti his hand, signifies
whoever acknowledges and receives the doctrine concern-
ing justification and salvation by faith alone, confirms it,
and lives according to it. By worshipping the beast is sig-
nified to acknowledge that faith (n. 580) : by worshipping
his image is signified to acknowledge and receive that doc-
trine (n. 603) : by receiving his mark upon the forehead
and upon the hand, is signified to receive it with love and
faith, and to confirm one's self in it (n. 605, 606) : and be
cause they who confirm themselves in it by love and fa;th
do also live according to it, this likewise is meant. There
are three degrees of the reception of that doctrine, which
are described by these words. The First degree is to ac-
knowledge that doctrine ; the Second degree is to confirm
it in one's self ; and the Third degree is to live according
to it. To acknowledge it is done by the thought, to confirm
it is done by the understanding, and to live according to it
Is done by the will. There are those who are in the first

No. 635.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 697

degree, and yet not in the second and third ; and there are
those who are in the first and second, and yet not in the
third : but they who are in the third, which degree is to live
according to it, are those of whom the things that follow in
the tenth and eleventh verses are said. To live accord-
ing to it is to make nothing of evil, by thinking that evil
does not condemn, because the works of the law do not
save, but faith alone \ also, to make nothing of good, by
thinking in one's self that no one can do good of himself,
unless it is meritorious. Thus they who only shun evils on
account of civil and moral laws, and not on account of the
Divine laws, these are they who do goods only for the sake
of themselves and the world, consequently from the love of
self, and not for the Lord's sake, consequently not from
love for the neighbor. The reason that the things which
now follow in the tenth and eleventh verses are said con-
cerning these, is that nothing which enters only into the
thought and into the understanding condemns ; but that
which enters into the will does condemn : for this enters
into the life and becomes permanent. For nothing can
"nter into the will, unless it is also of the love ; and the
love is the life of man. These also are they who do not
examine themselves, know their sins, and repent ; and
therefore they are condemned. For they say in the heart,
"What need is there of examination, recognition, and ac-
knowledgment of sins, and of repentance, while faith alone
involves all those things." I have seen many such in the
spiritual world, who shunned evils and did goods only on
account of the civil and moral, and not at the same time
the spiritual law ; and they were cast into hell.

635. He shall also drink of the wine of the anger of God
poured out unmixed in the cup of His wrath, signifies that
(hey falsify the goods and truths of the Word, and imbue
their life with them so falsified. This is signified by these
words, because by " the wine of the anger of God poured
out unmixed " the falsified truth of the Word is signified ;

698

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

and by the cup of His fury is signified truth through which
comes good in like manner : and by drinking is signified to
appropriate them, or to imbue the life with them. That the
truth of the Word is signified by wine, may be seen (n. 316) :
by the wine of the anger of God, the truth of the Word
adulterated and falsified (n. 632): by "poured out un-
mixed " is signified wholly falsified. The same is also sig-
nified by a cup as by wine, as the cup is the container. To
drink signifies to imbue the life with them, because this
was said to those who live according to the doctrine of
justification by faith alone ; see just above (n. 634). By
mixing wine and by being poured out the falsification of
truth is also signified in David : In the hand of Jehovah
there is a cup, a?id He hath mixed the wine, filled it with the
mixture, and hath poured out; and all the wicked of the earth
shall drink (Ps. lxxv. 8). In many places in the Word,
anger and fury are mentioned together ; and anger [ira]
there is predicated of evil, and fury [excandescentia] of
falsity ; because they who are in evil become angry, and
they that are in falsity become furious : and in the Word,
each is attributed to Jehovah, that is, to the Lord ; but it is
meant that it is the feeling of man against the Lord ; see
above (n. 525). That anger and fury are mentioned to-
gether in the Word, is manifest from these passages there-
in : Jehovah cometh in fury and anger; the earth shall be
removed out of its place in the day of the fury of His anger
(Isa. xiii. 9, 13). Ashur is the rod of mine anger, against the
people of my fury will I command him (Isa. x. 5, 6). I will
fight against you in anger and in fury (Jer. xxi. 5). The
anger of Jehovah is against all nations, and His fury against
all their armies (Isa. xxxiv. 2). Jehovah will recompense in
His fury and a?iger (Isa. lxvi. 15). I have trodden the people
in mine anger, and made them drunk in my fury (Isa. lxiii. 6).
Mine anger and fury are poured out upon this place (Jer. vii.
20. Besides other places, as Jer. xxxiii. 5 ; Ez. v. 13 ;
Deut. xxix. 27). And the fury of anger (Isa. xiii. 13 ; Ps

No. 637.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 699

lxxviii. 49, 50 ; Deut. vi. 14, 15). But in Isaiah, Only in
Jehovah is there justice and strength, and all that have been
wroth against Him shall be ashamed (xlv. 24).

636. And shall be tormented with fire and brimstone before
the holy angels and the Zamb, and the smoke of their torment
ascendeth up for ever and ever, signifies the love of self and
the world, and the lusts therefrom, and from these the pride
of their own intelligence, and thence torment in hell. By
fire the love of self and of the world is signified (n. 494) ;
by brimstone are signified the lusts from these two loves
(n. 452) : and because all the torment in hell is from these
three, it is therefore said, " He shall be tormented with fire
and brimstone, and the smoke of their torment shall as-
cend up for ever and ever." It is said, "before the angels
and the Lamb," because these loves are against Divine
Truths and against the Lord who is the Word : for by the
angels Divine Truths are signified, because they are the
recipients of them (n. 170); and by the Lamb is signi-
fied the Lord as to His Divine Human and at the same
time as to the Word (n. 595). That the torments in
hell are from the above-mentioned loves, and that those
who are in faith separated from charity are in them, may be
seen above (n. 421, 502, 591).

637. And they shall have no rest day and night, that wor-
ship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark
of his name, signifies a perpetual state in undelightful things
with those who acknowledge that faith and receive its doc-
trine, confirm it and live according to it. By having no rest
day and night, is signified their perpetual state in undelight-
ful things after death, because their torment has just before
been spoken of. By day and night is signified all time, and
in the spiritual sense, in every state, and thus perpetually ;
for in that sense day and night signify states of life (n. 101,
476). That by worshipping the beast and his image, and
receiving the mark of his name, is signified to acknowledge
that faith, receive its doctrine, confirm it in one's self, and

12*

700 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

Jive according to it, may be seen above (n. 634) ; where
similar things are said.

638. Here is the patience of the saints ; here are they that
keep the command?nents of God and the faith of Jesus, signifies
that the man of the Lord's church will be explored by
lemptations from them, with regard to his quality as to a
life accordirg to the precepts of the Word and as to faith in
the Lord. That this is signified by these words may be
seen above (n. 593). By keeping the commandments is
signified to live according to the precepts which are con-
tained in a summary in the Decalogue ; and by the faith of
Jesus is signified faith in Him ■ for these have faith from
the Lord, which faith is the faith of Jesus.

639. And I heard a voice from heaven, saying unto mey
Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord henceforth,
signifies a prediction from the Lord concerning the state
of those after death, who will be of His New Church, which
is, that they who suffer temptations on account of faith in
the Lord and a life according to His precepts, have eternal
life and happiness. By " I heard a voice from heaven,
saying," a prediction from the Lord is signified. That it
is concerning the state of those after death who will be of
His New Church, is because that state is treated of in this
verse. By them " that die henceforth " their state after
death is signified. " Write " signifies that it may be for a
remembrance to posterity (n. 39, 63). By the blessed are
signified they who have eternal life and happiness ; since
these are blessed. By " the dead " are signified those who
have afflicted their soul, crucified their flesh, and suffered
temptations. That these are here meant by the dead, will
be seen below. That they have eternal life and happiness
who have suffered temptations on account of faith in the
Lord and on account of a life according to His precepts, is
manifest from what just precedes, where it is said, Here is
the patience of the saints, here are they that keep the command-
ments of God a?id the faith of Jesus ; by which is signified

No. 640.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 70I

that the man of the New Church will be explored by temp-
tations in regard to his quality as to a life according to the
commandments, and as to faith in the Lord ; see just above
(n. 638), and what follows, and they shall rest from their
labors ; by which is signified that they who have been
tempted will have peace in the Lord ; of whom just below
(n. 640). By the temptations here are meant spiritual
temptations, which they suffer who have faith in the Lord
and live according to His precepts, while they are driving
away the evil spirits that are with them, who act as one
with their lusts. These temptations are signified by the
cross in these passages : Whosoever taketh not his cross, and
followeth after Afe, is not worthy of Me (Matt. x. 38). Jesus
said, If any one zvill come after Me, let him deny himself, take
up his cross, and follow Me (Matt. xvi. 24 ; Luke ix. 23-25 ;
xiv. 26, 27). Also by crucifying the flesh in Paul: They
who are Christ's crucify the flesh with the passions and lusts
(Gal. v. 24). That they who have afflicted their soul,
crucified their flesh, and suffered temptations, are signified
by the dead, is because by these means they have mortified
their former life, and thence have become as dead before
the world. For the Lord said, Except a grain of wheat,
falling into the ground, die, it abideth alone ; but if it die,
it beareth much fruit (John xii. 24). Nor are any others
meant by the dead in John : Jesus said, As the Father
raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them, even so the Son
quickoicth whom He will (v. 21). In the same: Jesus said,
The hour cometh, when the dead shall hear the voice of the
Son of God, and shall live (v. 25). And also by the resur-
rection of the dead (Luke xiv. 14 ; Apoc. xx. 5, 12, 13 ; and
elsewhere): see above (n. 106). And in David: Precious in
the eyes of Jehovah is the death of His saints (Ps. cxvi. 15).
Jesus said also, Whoever shall lose his life for My sake, shall
find it (Matt. x. 39 ; xvi. 25 ; Luke ix. 24, 25 ; xvii. 33 ;
John xii. 2^).

640. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their

702

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

labors, signifies that the Divine Truth of the Word teaches,
that they who afflict their soul and crucify their flesh for
the sake of those things, will have peace in the Lord.
" Yea, saith the Spirit," signifies that the Divine Truth
teaches (n. 87, 104). "That they may rest," signifies that
they will have peace in the Lord. By peace is meant rest
of the soul when no longer infested as before by evils and
falsities, and thus by hell. By labors are meant labors of
the soul, which are to afflict and crucify the flesh, and to
be tempted. Hence by their resting from their labors is
signified that they who afflict their soul and crucify their
flesh in the world for the sake of the Lord and eternal life,
will have peace in the Lord. For the Lord says, In Me ye
shall have peace; in the world ye have affliction (John xvi. 33).
Peace I leave with you, My Peace I give u?ito you ; not as the
world giveth give I unto you (John xiv. 27). Such affliction
is meant by labor in these passages : By the labor of His
soul shall He see, and shall be satisfied, and shall justify
many (Isa. liii. 11). yehovah saw our affliction, and our
labor, a?id our oppression (Deut. xxvi. 7). They shall not
labor in vain, nor bring forth for trouble (Isa. Ixv. 23). /
know thy labor and thy patience, but thou hast borne, a?id hast
patience, and for my name's sake hast labored (Apoc. ii. 2, 3).

641. For their works follow with them, signifies according
as they have loved and believed and thence have done and
spoken. By the works which follow with them are signified
all the things that remain with a man after death. It is
known that the externals which appear before men derive
their essence, soul, and life from the internals, which do
not appear before men, but which do appear before the Lord
and before the angels. The latter and the former, or the
externals and the internals, taken together, are works ;
good works, if the internals are in love and faith, and the
externals act and speak from them ; but evil works, if the
internals are not in love and faith, and the externals act
and speak from them. If the externals act and speak as

No. 641.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 703

if from love and faith, those works are either hypocritical
01 meritorious. Ten persons may do works which are
similar in externals, but still they are dissimilar, because
the internals from which the externals proceed are dissim-
ilar. Who does not see that there is an internal and an
external, and that these two make one ? For who does not
see that the understanding and the will are man's internal,
and speech and action his external ? For who can speak
and act without understanding and will ? And as every
one sees this, he can also see that works are the external
and the internal together. And because the external derives
its essence, soul, and life from its internal, as was said
above, it follows that the external is such as is its internal :
consequently that the works which follow with them are
according as they have loved and believed, and thence
have acted and spoken. That good works are charity and
faith, may be seen above (n. 73, 76, 94, 141): and that a
man's internal, or internal man, is not to understand
without willing, but is to will and thence to understand ;
consequently, that it is not to believe without loving;
but that it is to love and thence to believe : and that to
do these things is man's external, or the external man,
may also be seen above (n. 510). It may be evident from
these things, that by the works which follow with them is
signified according as they have loved and believed, and
thence have acted and spoken. Similar things are signified
by works in the following passages : the day of judgment
God zuill render to every one according to his works (Rom,
ii. 6). We must all be presented before the tribunal of Christy
that each one may give account of the things which he hath
done, whether good or evil (2 Cor. v. 1 o). The Son of Man
will come in the glory of His Father, and then He will render
to every one according to his works (Matt. xvi. 27). They
shall come forth, they that have done good unto the resurrection
of life, but they that have done evil unto the rcsurrcctio7i of
judgment (John v. 29). They were judged according to tin

7°4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

things which were written in the book, all according to their
works (Apoc. xx. 12, 13). Behold, I come quickly, and my
7-eward is with me, to give to every one accordi?ig to his work
(Apoc. xxii. 12). I will give to every one of you according to
his works (Apoc. ii. 23). I know thy works (Apoc. ii. 1, 2,
4, 9, 13, 16, 26 ; iii. 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 14, 15, 19). / will recom-
pense them according to their work, and accordifig to the deed
of their hands (Jer. xxv. 14). Jehovah doeth with us according
to our ways and according to our works (Zech. i. 6. And in
many other places).

642. And I saw, and behold, a white cloud, and upon the
cloud one sitting like unto the Son of Man, signifies the Lord
as to the Word. By a cloud the Word in the sense of the
letter is signified, and by a white cloud the Word in the
literal sense as it is interiorly ; and by the Son of Man is
meant the Lord as to the Word : on which account it is
said, "one sitting upon the cloud like unto the Son of
Man." That the Word as to the literal sense is signified
by a cloud, may be seen above (n. 24, 513). By a white
cloud the literal sense as it is interiorly is signified, be-
cause white is predicated of truths in the light (n. 167, 367) ;
and there are spiritual truths interiorly in the literal sense,
which are in the light of heaven. That the Lord as to the
Word is meant by the Son of Man, may be seen above
(n. 44) ; and it is amply confirmed in the " Doctrine of the
New Jerusalem concerning the Lord" (n. 19-28). The
Lord often said that they should see the Son of Man
coming in the clouds of heaven. He says this in Matt,
xvii. 5 ; xxiv. 30; xxvi. 64; Mark xiv. 61, 62; Luke ix.
34, 35 ; xxi. 27 : and no one knows that any thing else is
signified by it, but that when He comes to judgment, Pie
will appear in the clouds of heaven. Yet this is not meant ;
but the meaning is, that when He comes to judgment, He
will appear in the literal sense of the Word : and as He
has now come, Pie has therefore appeared in the Word by
revealing that there is a spiritual sense in every particular

No. 643.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 705

of the literal sense of the Word, and that in it He alone is
treated of, and that He alone is the God of heaven and
earth. These things are what are meant by His coming in
the clouds of heaven. That there is a spiritual sense in
every particular of the literal sense of the Word, and that
the Lord alone is treated of, and that He alone is the God
cf heaven and earth, has been shown in two of the " Doc-
trines of the New Jerusalem," one " concerning the Lord,"
and the other " concerning the Sacred Scripture." Since
by the Lord's coming in the clouds of heaven is meant His
coming in His Word, and at .the time when He is to execute
judgment, and the Apocalypse treats of this, it is therefore
said there, Behold, He cometh with the doads (Apoc. i. 7) ;
and here, / saw, and behold, a white cloud, and o?ie sitting
upon the cloud like unto the Son of Man. And in the Acts
of the Apostles, While they were looking on, Jesus was taken
up into heaven, and a cloud received him out of their sight ;
and two men in white raiment said, This Jesus, who is taken
up into heaven, will so come as ye have seen Him go into
heaven (i. 9, 1 1). By a cloud the literal sense of the Word
is signified, because that sense is natural ; and the Divine
Truth in natural light appears before the eyes of the angels
who are in spiritual light as a cloud ; as a white cloud with
those who are in genuine truths from the literal sense of.
the Word, as a dark cloud with those that are not in
genuine truths, as a black cloud with those that are in
falsities, and as a black cloud mingled with fire with those
that are in faith separate from charity, because in evils of
life. I have seen it.

643. Having upon his head a- golden crown, and in his
hand a sharp sickle, signifies the Divine Wisdom from His
Divine Love, and the Divine Truth of the Word. That
wisdom is signified by a crown upon the head, may be seen
above (n. 189, 252) ; and by a golden crown, wisdom from
love (n. 235) : and as it was seen upon the head of the Son
of Man, or the Lord, by the golden crown is signified the

706

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV

Divine Wisdom from His Divine Love. By a sickle is sig-
nified the Divine Truth of the Word, because by a harvest
the state of the church as to Divine Truth is signified, here
its last state ; and hence by reaping, which is done with a
sickle, is here signified to put an end to the state of the
church, and to execute judgment : and as these things are
done by the Divine Truth of the Word, this therefore is
signified by the sickle ; and by the sharp sickle, to do it
exactly and exquisitely. The like is signified by a sickle
as by a sword ; but a sickle is mentioned when a harvest
is treated of, and a sword in speaking of war. That the
Divine Truth fighting against falsities, and the contrary,
is signified by a sword, may be seen above (n. 52, 108,

.17).

644. And another angel went out of the temple, signifies the
angelic heaven. What is signified by an angel and angels,
may be seen above (n. 5, 65, 170, 258, 342, 343, 344, 415,
465) ; here the angelic heaven, because it is said that he
went out of the temple ; and by the temple is signified heaven
as to the church (n. 191, 529, 585) : for there is a church in
the heavens equally as on earth.

645. Crying with a great voice to Him that sat 011 the
cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap, for the hour for thee to
reap is come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe, signifies the
supplication of the angels of heaven to the Lord, that He
would make an end, and execute judgment, because now is
the last state of the church. By crying with a great voice
to Him that sat upon the cloud, is signified the supplication
of the angels of heaven to the Lord, because there was not
any thing corresponding on the earth : for the church on
earth is to the angelic heaven like the foundation upon
which a house rests, or like the feet upon which a man
stands, and by which he walks ; on which account, when
the church on earth is destroyed, the angels lament, and
make supplication to the Lord. They supplicate that He
would make an end of the church, and raise up a new

No. 645.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

707

church. Hence it is that by the angel's crying with a great
voice to Him that was sitting upon the cloud, the supplica-
tion of the angels of heaven to the Lord is signified. That
the Lord as to the Word is signified by Him that sat upon
the cloud, may be seen just above (n. 643). That by thrust-
ing in the sickle and reaping is signified to make an end
and to execute judgment, may also be seen above (n. 642,
643). By " for the hour is come to reap " is signified that
it is the end of the church. By "for the harvest is ripe," is
signified that it is the last state of the church. By a har-
vest the state of the church as to Divine Truth is signified.
This is because from the harvest comes the grain of which
bread is made ; and by grain and bread the good of the
church is signified, and this is procured by truths. That
these things are signified by the above words, maybe more
clearly seen from the passages in the Word where harvest,
reaping, and a sickle are mentioned ; as in the following :
I will sit to judge all the nations ; put ye in the sickle, for the
harvest is ripe ; for their wickedness is great (Joel iii. 12, 13) .
Cut ye off the sower, and him that taketh the sickle in the time
of harvest (Jer. 1. 16). The daughter of Babylon is like a
threshing-floor ; yet a little while, aiid the time of harvest will
come (Jer. li. 33). // shall come to pass when the standing
corn of the harvest is gathered, and his arm reapeth the ears :
in the morning thy seed flourishcth, the harvest shall be a heap
in the day of possession, and desperate sorrow (Isa. xvii. 5, 1 1).
The husbandmen were ashamed, because the harvest of the
field perished (Joel i. 11). Jesus said to the disciples, Say
not ye there are yet four months, and then Cometh harvest \
lift up your eyes, and look on the fields, that they are white
already to harvest I sent you to reap (John iv. 35-38).
Jesus said to the disciples, The harvest is plenteous, but the
laborers are few ; pray ye the Lord of the harvest, that He
Will soul forth laborers into His harvest (Matt. ix. 37, 38 ;
Luke x. 2). In these places, and also in Isa. xvi. 9 j Jer,
v. 17 ; viii. 20, the church as to Divine Truth is signified

fOS THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

by harvest But all the things which are contained in these
verses in this chapter, and also in the two chapters which
follow, were foretold by the Lord in the parable concerning
the sower and the gathering of the harvest ; which, because
it teaches and illustrates what they signify, shall be adduced
Jesus said. The kingdom of heaven is like unto a man that
sowed good seed in his field, but an enemy came and sowed
tares : and when the blade was sprung up, then appeared the
tares also : His servants said, Wilt thou that we gather them
up ? but He said, JVayy lest while ye gather up the tares, ye
root up the wheat with them ; let both grow together tmtil the
harvest, and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers y
Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to
burn them-; but gather the wheat into my barn. And the
desciples came to Jesus, saying, Declare u?ito us the parable :
Jesus said, He that soweth the good seed is the Son of Man
(or the Lord) ; the field is the world (the Church) ; the seed
are the children of the kingdom (the truths of the Church) ;
the tares are the children of the wicked 07ie (falsities from
hell) ; the enemy that sowed them is the devil ; the harvest is
the conswnmation of the age (the end of the Church) ; Ithe
reapers are the angels (the Divine Truths) : as therefore the
tares are gathered and burned i?i the fire, so shall it be in
the consummation of the age (at the end of the Church)
(Matt. xiii. 24-30, 36-43).

646. And He that sat upon the cloud thrust in His sickle,
and the earth was reaped, signifies the end of the church,
because there is no longer any Divine Truth in it. This is
signified, because the Lord as to the Word is signified by
Him that sat upon the cloud (n. 642). By thrusting in the
sickle and reaping, is signified to make an end and to exe-
cute judgment (n. 643). By the harvest the state of the
church is signified, here its last state (n. 643, 645) ; and by
the earth is signified the church (n. 285). From these
joined into one sense, it is manifest that by Him that sat
upon the cloud thrusting in His sickle and the earth being

No. 647.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

709

harvested, the end of the church is signified, because there
is no longer any Divine Truth in it.

647. And another angel went out of the te7nple which is in
heaven, he also having a sharp sickle, signifies the heavens
of the Lord's spiritual kingdom, and the Divine Truth of
the Word in them. By an angel in the highest sense the
Lord is signified, also the angelic heaven, and likewise the
Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord \ see above (n. 5.
65, 170, 258, 342, 343, 344, 415, 465). But by the angel
here the heavens of the spiritual kingdom are signified, and
hence the Divine Truths there \ because it follows thaf
another angel went out from the altar, by whom the heav-
ens of the Lord's heavenly (celestial) kingdom are signified,
and thus the Divine Goods there j which things are treated
of in the following paragraph. There are two kingdoms
into which all the heavens are distinguished, the spiritual
kingdom and the heavenly kingdom. The spiritual kingdom
is the kingdom of the Lord's Wisdom, because the angels
there are in wisdom from Divine Truths from the Lord ;
and the heavenly kingdom is the kingdom of the Lord's
Lo*e, because the angels there are in love from the
Lord, and thence in all good. That there are two king
doms into which all the heavens are distinguished, may be
seen in the work concerning " Heaven and Hell," published
at London, 1758 (n. 20-28), and in the "Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom," published
1763 (10 1, 381). By the temple the universal heaven is
signified, as above (n. 644). But as it is here said, " the
temple which is in heaven," and afterwards " the altar," the
heaven of the Lord's spiritual kingdom is signified by
the temple, as was said just above ; and by the sharp sickle
the Divine Truth of the Word is signified as above (n. 643,
645). It is said above that He who sat upon the cloud
thrust in His sickle and the earth was reaped, and now
that an angel went forth out of the temple in heaven, he
also having a sickle, and thrust it into the earth, and

7IO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

gathered the vine of the earth, is because by the earth
which was reaped by Him that sat upon the cloud, or the
Lord, is signified the church in the whole of the earth, but
by the vine of the earth the church in the Christian world
is signified. This involves similar things to those that
were foretold by the Lord in the parable concerning the
sower and the gathering in of the harvest (Matt, xiii.), which
were adduced above at the end of n. 645 ; where it is said
that the harvest is the consummation of the age, that is, the
end of the church ; and that the reapers are the angels, by
whom the Divine Truths are signified. For the angels are
not sent to reap, that is, to do those things ; but the Lord
does them by the Divine Truths of His Word : for the Lord
says, The Word which I have spoken shall judge in the last
day (John xii. 48) : see above (n. 233, 273).

648. And another angel went out from the altar, having
authority over fire, signifies the heavens of the Lord's
heavenly kingdom, which are in the good of love from the
Lord. The heavens of the Lord's heavenly kingdom are
here signified by the ether angel, because he appeared to
go out from the altar ; for by the altar the worship of ^he
Lord from love is signified ; see above (n. 392) : and by
fire is signified love (n. 468) ; and by the fire upon the altar
the Divine Love is signified (n. 395). It is said that he
had authority over fire, because the angels watch over that
love in themselves.

649. And he cried with a great cry to him that had the
sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather
the clusters of the vine of the earth, signifies the Lord's
operation from the Good of His Love by the Divine Truth
of His Word into the works of charity and faith among the
men of the Christian church. This is the spiritual sense
of these words, since the heavens of the Lord's spiritual
kingdom and heavenly kingdom are signified by these two
angels (n. 647, 648) ; and the heavens do nothing from
themselves, but from the Lord ; for the angels in the

•No. 649.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

711

heavens are only recipients. Wherefore nothing else is
signified in the spiritual sense but the Lord's operation,
here into the church in the Christian world, and into the
works of charity and faith of the men there. For by the
vine that church is signified, which is treated of in para-
graph 651 following; and by its clusters and grapes are
signified the works of charity. These are signified by clus-
ters and grapes, because they are the fruits of the vine in
the vineyard ; and in the Word good works are signified
by fruits. That the angel who went out from the altar said
to the angel who went out of the temple, that he should
thrust in his sickle and gather the grapes, is because the
heavens of the heavenly kingdom, or the heavens which
are in the goods of love, are signified by the angel that
came out from the altar ; and the heavens of the spiritual
kingdom, or the heavens which are in the truths of wisdom,
are signified by the angel that came out of the temple, as
was said above : and the good of love does not operate
any thing of itself, but by the truth of wisdom j nor does
the truth of wisdom operate any thing of itself, but from
the good of love. That it is so, has been shown by many
proofs in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love
and Divine Wisdom." This is the reason that the angel
who went out from the altar said to the angel who went out
of the temple, that he should thrust in his sickle and gather
the clusters of the vine of the earth. Hence then it is,
that by these things the Lord's operation from the good of
His love by the Divine Truth of His Word is signified.
That grapes and clusters signify the goods and works of
charity, may be evident from the following passages : Woe
unto ??ie, I have become as the gatherings of the stimmer, as
the grape-gleanings of the vintage ; there is no cluster to eat ;
my soul desires the first-ripe ; the holy one has perished from
the earth, and the upright among men (Mic. vii. 1, 2). Their
grapes are grapes of gall, their clusters are bitter (Deut.
xxxii. 32). My beloved had a vineyard ; he looked thai it

712

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

should bring forth grapes, but it brought forth wild-grapes
(Isa. v. i, 2, 4). These look to strange gods, and love fagons
of grapes (Hos. iii. 1). Every tree is known by its own
fruits ; for of thorns men do not gather figs, nor of a bram-
ble-bush gather they grapes (Luke vi. 44). There shall be in
the midst of the land as it were grape-gleanings, when the
vintage is done (Isa. xxiv. 12, 13). If grape-gatherers come
to thee, would they ?iot leave grape-gleanings (Jer. xlix. 9 ;
Ob. vers. 4, 5). The spoiler is falle?i ttpon thy vintage (Jer.
xlviii. 32, 33). Ye shall be troubled, ye confident ones, for
the vintage shall fail, the gathering shall not come (Isa. xxxii.
9, 10). Besides other places, where the fruit of the vine-
yard and of the vine is spoken of. There are the goods of
heavenly (celestial) love, and there are goods of spiritual
love. The goods of heavenly love are those of love to the
Lord, and the goods of spiritual love are those of love to-
wards the neighbor. The latter goods are called the goods
of charity, and are meant by the fruits of the vineyard,
which are grapes and clusters : but the goods of love to
the Lord are meant in the Word by the fruits of trees,
especially by olives.

649^. For her grapes are ripe, signifies because it is the
last state of the Christian church. The same is signified
by the grapes of the vineyard being ripe, as above by the
harvest being ripe ; but the harvest relates to the church
in general, and the vine to the church in particular. That
the harvest being ripe signifies the last state of the church,
may be seen above (n. 645) ; the ripening of the grapes
of the vine therefore signifies the same. A vine signifies
the church where the Divine Truth of the Word is, and the
Lord is known by it ; since wine signifies the interior truth
which is from the Lord through the Word: consequently
the Vine here signifies the Christian Church. That wine
signifies truth from the good of love, thus from the L >rd,
may be seen above (n. 316).

650. And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth u*J

No. 651.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

713

gathered the vine of the earth, signifies the end of the
present Christian church. By thrusting in his sickle and
gathering, the like is signified as by putting in his sickle
and reaping ; but the latter is said of the harvest, and the
former of the vine. That to gather the vine is to take
down the vine and gather the grapes, and that to reap is
to cut down the harvest and gather the grain, is manifest.
That the Vine signifies the church where the Word is and
the Lord is known by it, and thus here the Christian church,
may be evident from the following passages : Jesus said,
T am the vine, ye are the branches : he that abideth in Me
an J 1 in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit ; for with-
out Me ye can do notJiing. If a man abide not in Me, he is
cast forth, and as a dried branch into the fire (John xv. 5, 6).
Jesus likened the kingdom of the heavens to a householder
who hired laborers into his vineyard (Matt. xx. 1-8). Con-
cerning the sons who should work in the vineyard (Matt,
xxi. 28). Of the fig-tree planted in the vineyard, which did
not bear fruit (Luke xiii. 6-9). Jesus spake a parable : A
certain man planted a vineyard, and set a hedge about it, and
let it out to husbandmen, that he might receive of the fruit of
it; but they killed the servants that were sent to them, and
last of all his son (Matt. xxi. 33-39 ; Mark xii. 1-9 ; Luke
xx. 9-16). I will sing a song of my friend concerning his
vineyard ; my beloved had a vineyard, which he hedged about,
and pla?ited with a noble vine (Isa. v. 1, 2, &c.) in that
day sing ye unto her, a vineyard of pure wine ; I Jehovah
do keep it, I will water it every moment (Isa. xxvii. 2, 3).
Many shepherds have destroyed my vineyard, they have made
it a wilderness (Jer. xii. 10, 11). Jehovah comcth unto
judgment with the elders, for ye have burned up the vineyard
(Isa. iii. 14). I?i all the vineyards shall be wailing (Amos
v. 16, 17). In the vineyards there is no singing, neither is
there shouting (Isa. xvi. 10).

651. A fid cast it into the great winepress of the anger of
God, signifies exploration of the quality of their works,

714 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

that they were evil. By casting the clusters of the vine
into the winepress is signified to explore their works, for
these are signified by the clusters (see above, n. 649). But
as it is called the winepress of the anger of God, the sig-
nification is the exploration that the works were evil ; for
the anger of God is spoken of in relation to evil (n. 635).
The reason that exploration is signified by a winepress is
that in winepresses the new wine is pressed out of the clus-
ters, and the oil out of the olives ; and from the new wine
and the oil pressed out it is perceived of what quality the
clusters and the olives were. And as the Christian church
is signified by the vine, and its works are signified by the
clusters, therefore the exploration of these with the men of
the Christian church is signified by casting them into the
winepress. But as they have separated faith from charity,
and made the former saving without the works of the law,
and as from faith separated from charity none but evil
works proceed, it is therefore called the great winepress of
the anger of God. The exploration of works is also signi-
fied bya winepress in the following passages : My beloved
had a vineyard in the horn of a son of oil ; he planted it with
a noble vine, he also hewed out a winepress in it, and he
looked that it should bring forth grapes, but it brought forth
wild-grapes (Isa. v. 1, 2). Put ye in the sickle ; for the har-
vest is ripe : come down, for the winepress is full, the vats
overflow, for their wickedness is great (Joel iii. 13). The
threslwig-floor and the wi?iepress shall not feed them, and the
new wine shall fail in her (Hos. ix. 1, 2). The spoiler is
fallen upo?i thy vintage, I have caused the wine to fail from
the winepress, none shall tread with shouting, the shouting,
shall be no shouting (Jer. xlviii. 32, 33). A certai?i house-
holder planted a vineyard, and digged a winepress in it, and
let it out to husbandmen, but they killed the servants that were
sent to them, and last of all the son (Matt. xxi. 33-39)-
The press is also mentioned in Joel, speaking of the goods
of charity from which are the truths of faith : Daughters of

No. 652.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

715

Zion, rejoice ; the threshing-floors are full of grain, and the
presses overflow with new wine ana7 oil (ii. 23, 24).

652. And the winepress was trodden without the city, sig-
nifies that exploration was made from the Divine Truths
of the Word, as to the quality of the works which proceed
from the doctrine of faith of the church. By the winepress
being trodden is signified that exploration was made as to
the quality of the works ; by treading the winepress is sig-
nified to explore ; and by the clusters which are trodden
works are signified j as above (n. 649) ; here the works
that proceed from the doctrine of faith of the church, which
are evil works. By " the city " is here meant the great city
treated of above (chap. xi. 8), which " great city is spirit-
ually called Sodom and Egypt." That the doctrine of
faith separated from charity is meant by it, which is the
doctrine of the church of the Reformed, may be seen above
(n. 501, 502): and as all exploration of the doctrine of a
church is made by the Divine Truth of the Word, and this
is not in that doctrine, but out of it, this also is signified
by the treading being done out of the city. It may be
evident from this, that by the winepress being trodden
without the city, is signified that exploration was made
from the Divine Truths of the Word, as to the quality of
the works which flow forth from the doctrine of faith of the
Church. By treading the winepress is signified not only
to explore evil works, but also to bear with them in others,
also to remove them and cast them into hell, in the follow-
ing passages : I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save:
wherefore art thou red in thine apparel, and thy garments
like him that treadcth in the winepress ? I have trodden the
winepress alone (Isa. lxiii. 1-3). The Lord hath thrown
down all my mighty men, the Lord hath trodden the wifie-
press of the daughter of Judah (Lam. i. 15). He that sat
upon the white horse feedeth the nations with a rod of iron,
and he treadcth the winepress of the fury and anger of God
(Apoc. xix. 15).

vol. 11. 13

71 6 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV,

653. A711I blood came out of the winepress, even unto the
bridles of the horses, signifies violence done to the Word by
dreadful falsifications of truth, and the understanding so
closed up thereby that man can scarce be taught any longer,
and thus be led of the Lord by Divine Truths. By the
blood is signified violence clone to the Word (n. 327), and
the Divine Truth of the Word falsified and profaned
(n. 379) : for by the blood out of the winepress is meant the
grape-juice and wine from the trodden clusters ; and by
grape-juice and wine similar things are signified (n. 316).
By " the bridles of the horses " are signified the truths of
the Word, by which the understanding is led ; for a horse
signifies the understanding of the Word (n. 298) : hence
the truth by which the understanding is led is signified by
a bridle. " Even unto the bridles of the horses," is even
into the mouth in which the bridle is inserted ; and a horse
is watered and fed through the mouth ■ therefore it also
signifies, that such violence was done to the Word by dread-
ful falsifications, that man can scarce be taught any longer,
and thus be led of the Lord by Divine Truths. That by
which the understanding is led is also signified by a bridle
(Isa. xxx. 27, 28 ; xxxvii. 29) : and the Divine Truth of the
Word is signified by the blood of grapes (Gen. xlix. 11;
Deut. xxxii. 14) ; but here in the opposite sense.

654. For a thousand six hundred furlongs, signifies mere
falsities of evil. The same is signified by furlongs as by
ways, since furlongs are ways measured ; and by ways are
signified leading truths (n. 176) , and in the opposite sense
falsities : and by a thousand six hundred are signified evils
in their whole aggregate. For by 1600 the same is signified
as by 16, and the same by 16 as by 4, as 16 arises from 4
multiplied into itself : and four relates to good, and the
conjunction of good and .truth (n. 322) ; consequently, in
the opposite sense, to evil and the conjunction of evil and
falsity, as here. And as the multiplication of a number
by 100 does not take away its signification, but exalts it.

No. 655.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

717

hence by "for a thousand six hundred furlongs" mere
falsity of evil is signified. That all the numbers in the
Word signify things, may be seen above (n. 348) ; and that
the number signifies the quality of the thing (n. 448, 608-
610).

655. To this I will add this Relation. I spoke with
certain ones who are meant in the Apocalypse by the
Dragon ; and one of them said to me, " Come with me, and
I will show you the enjoyments of our eyes and hearts."
And he led me through a shady forest, and upon a hill,
from which I could behold the enjoyments of the dragons.
And I saw an amphitheatre constructed in the form of a
circus, with benches around one above another, upon which
sat the spectators. They who sat upon the lowest benches
appeared to me at a distance like satyrs and priapi, some
with a slight covering, and some naked without it. On the
benches above these sat whoremongers and harlots : such
they appeared to me, from their gestures. And the dragon
then said to me, " Nowt you will see our sport." And I
saw let into the area of the circus as it were bullocks, rams,
sheep, kids, and lambs : and after these were let in, a gate
was opened, and there rushed in as it were young lions,
panthers, leopards, and wrolves ; and they attacked the flock
with fury, and tore and slaughtered them. But after that
bloody carnage, the satyrs scattered sand over the place
of the slaughter. Then said the dragon to me, " These are
our sports, which delight our minds (animus)." And 1
answered, " Away, demon : after a little time you will see
this amphitheatre converted into a lake of fire and brim-
stone." He laughed, and went away. And afterwards I
was thinking with myself why such things are permitted by
the Lord ; and I received the answer in my heart, that they
are permitted so long as they are in the world of spirits ;

7 1 8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

but after their time in that world is expired, such theatrical
scenes are turned into such as are direful and infernal. All
those things which were seen, were induced by the dragon-
ists by means of fantasies : so that they were not bullocks,
rams, sheep, kids, and lambs ; but the genuine goods and
truths of the church, which they hated, they made to appe-a
so. The young lions, panthers, leopards, and wolves were
appearances of the lusts of those who seemed like satyrs
and priapi. Those without any covering at all, were they
who believed that evils do not appear before God : and
those with a covering were they that believed that they do
appear, but do not condemn, provided they are in faith.
The whoremongers and harlots were falsifiers of the truth
of the Word ; for whoredom signifies the falsification of
truth. In the spiritual world, at a distance, all things ap-
pear according to correspondences ; which, when they ap-
pear in forms, are called the representations of spiritual
things in objects similar to those that are natural.

I afterwards saw them going out of the forest, the dragon
in the midst of the satyrs and priapi, and their servants and
scullions, who were the whoremongers and harlots, after
them. The company was increased on the way, and it was
then given to hear what they were talking about among
themselves. They said that they saw a flock of sheep with
lambs in a meadow, and that this was a sign that one of
the cities of Jerusalem was near, where charity is made the
primary thing of religion. And they said, " Let us go and
take that city, and cast out the inhabitants, and plunder
their goods." And they drew near : but there was a wall
around it, and angel guards upon the wall. And they then
said, " Let us take it by deceit : let us send some speaker
expert in mystification, who can make black white, and
white black, and can give any color to any subject." And
one was found skilled in metaphysical arts, who could turn
the ideas of things into the ideas of terms, and conceal the
things themselves under formulas, and so fly away like a

No. 655.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 719

hawk with his prey under his wings. He was instructed
how he should speak with the citizens, that they were in
fellowship in religion, and that they should be admitted.
Going up to the gate he knocked ; and when it was opened,
he said that he wished to speak with the wisest person of the
city. And he entered in, and was conducted to a certain
one, whom he addressed, saying, "My brethren are without
the city, and request to be received. They are in fellow-
ship with you in religion. You and we make faith and charity
the two essentials of religion. The only difference is, that
you say that charity is the primary, and that faith is from
it j and we say that faith is the primary, and that charity is
from it. What matter is it whether the one or the other is
called the primary, when both are believed in ? " The wise
person of the city answered, " Let us not speak on this sub-
ject alone, but in the presence of others, who may be arbi-
trators and judges ; otherwise no decision is reached."
And some were then sent for ; to whom the dragonist spoke
the same words as before. And the wise man of the city
then answered, " You have said that it is the same thing,
whether charity is taken as the primary of the church, or
faith, provided it is agreed that both make the church and
its religion j and yet the difference is like that between the
prior and the posterior, between the cause and the effect,
between the principal and the instrumental, between the
essential and the formal. I say this, because I have
noticed that you are skilled in metaphysical art j which art
we call mystification, and some incantation : but to leave
those terms, the difference is as between that which is
above and that which is below ; yea, if you are willing to
believe it, the difference is as between heaven and hell:
for that which is the primary makes the head and breast,
and that which is from it makes the feet and their soles.
But let us first agree what charity is, and what faith is :
that charity is the affection of the love of doing good to the
neighbor for the sake of God, salvation, and eternal life f

720

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIV.

and that faith is thought from confidence concerning God,
salvation, and eternal life." But the emissary said, " I grant
that this is faith, and I also grant that charity is that affec-
tion for the sake of God, because for the sake of His com-
mand 5 but not for the sake of salvation and eternal life."
And the wise man of the city said, " Let it be this, that »t is
only for the sake of God." After this agreement the wise
man of the city said, " Is not affection the primary ? and is
not thought from it ? V But he that was sent by the dragon
said, "This I deny." But he received for answer, "You
cannot deny it. Does not a man think from affection?
Take away affection, and can you think any thing ? It is
altogether as if you should take away sound from speech.
If you take away sound, can you speak any thing ? Sound
also is of the affection, and speech is of the thought ; for
the affection sounds, and the thought speaks. And it is
also like flame and light. If you take away the flame, does
not the light perish ? It is the same with charity, because
this is affection ; and with faith, because this is thought.
Can you not thus comprehend that the primary is the all in
the secondary, altogether as the sound is in speech ? From
which you may see, that if you do not make that to be the
primary which is the primary, you are not in the other.
Wherefore, if you take faith, which is in the second place,
and put it in the first, you will appear no otherwise in
heaven than as a man inverted, whose feet stand upwards,
and his head downwards j or like a mountebank, who, with
his body upside down, walks upon the palms of his hands.
When ye appear such in heaven, what then are your good
works, which are charity, but such as that mountebank would
do with his feet, because he cannot with his hands ? Hence
it is that your charity, as ye also have seen, is natural, and
not spiritual, because it is inverted." The emissary under-
stood this : for every devil can understand truth, when he
hears it; but he cannot retain it, because when the affec-
tion of evil returns, it casts out the thought of truth. And

No. 655.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

721

afterwards the wise man of the city described at length
what the quality of faith is when it is taken as the primary,
— that it is merely natural ; and that it is mere knowledge,
without any spiritual life : consequently, that it is not faith.
'* For your charity is nothing but natural affection ; and
from natural affection no other than natural thought pro-
ceeds, which is your faith. And I may almost say, that in
merely natural faith there is scarce any more that is spirit-
ual, than in a knowledge of the kingdom of the Mogul, of
the diamond mine there, and of the treasure and court of the
eniperor." Hearing this, the dragonist went away in a
rage, and reported to his friends without the city : and when
they heard that it had been said, that charity is the affec-
tion of the love of doing good to the neighbor for the sake
of God, of salvation, and of eternal life, they all cried out,
" This is a lie : " and the dragon himself exclaimed, " O the
wickedness ! are not all the good works which are charity,
when done for the sake of salvation, meritorious ? " Then
they said among themselves,*" Let us call together still more
of our friends, and besiege this city : let us make ladders,
scale the wall, and rush in by night, and cast out these
charities." But when they attempted this, lo, there appeared
as it were fire out of heaven, which consumed them. But
the fire from heaven was an appearance of their anger from
hatred against the others, because they cast down faith from
the first place into the second. The reason that they ap-
peared to be consumed as if by fire, was because hell was
opened under their feet, and swallowed them up. Things
similar to this happened in many places at the time of the
last judgment, and this is what is meant by these words in
the Apocalypse : The Dragon shall go out to seduce the nations
which are in the four corners of the earth, to gather them to-
gether to battle : and they went up on the plain of the earth,
and encompassed the camp of the saints, and the beloved citv .
but fire came down from God met of heaven, and consumed
them (xx. 8, 9).

722

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

CHAPTER FIFTEENTH.

1. And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvel-
lous, seven angels having the seven last plagues ; for in
them is consummated the anger of God.

2. And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire,
and them that had the victory over the beast, and over his
image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name,
standing by the sea of glass, having the harps of God.

3. And they were singing the song of Moses the servant
of God, and the song of the Lamb ; saying, Great and mar-
vellous are thy works, O Lord God Almighty ; just and true
are thy ways, O King of saints.

4. Who shall not fear thee, O Lord ; and glorify thy name,
for thou alone art Holy : for all the nations shall come, and
shall worship before thee ; because thy judgments are made
manifest.

5. And after these things I saw, and behold, the temple
of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened.

6. And the seven angels that had the seven last plagues
came out of the temple, clothed in linen clean and shining,
and girded about the breasts with golden girdles.

7. And one of the four animals gave unto the seven angels
seven golden vials, full of the anger of God who liveth for
ever and ever.

8. And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory
of God, and from His power : and no one could enter into
the temple, until the seven plagues of the seven angels
were consummated.

Ciiap. XV.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

723

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The prepara-
tion for disclosing the last state of the church, and for laying
open the evils and falsities in which its members are (vers. 1,
5-8) : from whom those are separated who have confessed the
Lord, and have lived according to His precepts (vers. 2-4).

The Contents of each Verse. " And I saw another
sign in heaven, great and marvellous," signifies a revelation
by the Lord concerning the state of the church on earth,
what it is as to love and faith. " Seven angels having the
seven last plagues," signifies the evils and falsities in the
church, such as they are in its last state, disclosed univer-
sally by the Lord. " For in them is consummated the
anger of God," signifies the devastation of the church, and
then its end. " And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled
with fire," signifies the farthest boundary of the spiritual
world, where those were gathered together who had a
religion, and worship from it, but not good of life. " And
them that had the victory over the beast, and over his
image, and over his mark, and over the number of his
name," signifies those who have rejected faith alone and
the doctrine of it, and so have not acknowledged and
imbibed its falsities, nor falsified the Word. " Standing by
the sea of glass, having the harps of God," signifies the
Christian Heaven in the boundaries, and the faith of charity
:'n those who were there. " And they were singing the song
of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb,"
signifies confession from charity, and thus from a life
according to the precepts of the law, which is the Deca-
logue, and from faith in the Divinity of the Lord's Human.
m Saying, Great and marvellous are thy works, O Lord God
Almighty," signifies that all things of the world, of heaven,
and of the church were created and made by the Lord from
Divine Love by Divine Wisdom. " For just and true are

13*

724

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

thy ways, O King of saints," signifies that all things which
proceed from Him are just and true, because He is Divine
Good itself and Divine Truth itself in heaven and in the
church. " Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy
name," signifies that He alone is to be loved and worshipped.
" For thou alone art Holy," signifies that He is the Word,
the Truth, and Enlightenment. " Wherefore all the nations
shall come and worship before thee," signifies that all who are
in the good of love and charity acknowledge the Lord alone
as God. " Because thy judgments are made manifest,"
signifies that the truths of the Word openly testify this.
" After these things, I saw, and behold, the temple of the
tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened," signifies
that the inmost of heaven was seen, where the Lord is in
His holiness in the Word, and in the Law, which is the
Decalogue. " And the seven angels that had the seven last
plagues came out of the temple," signifies preparation by
the Lord for influx from the inmost of heaven into the
church, that its evils and falsities might be disclosed, and
thus the evil be separated from the good. " Clothed in
linen clean and shining, and girded about the breasts with
golden girdles," signifies that this was from the pure and
genuine truths and goods of the Word. " And one of the
four animals gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials,"
signifies those truths and goods, by which the evils and
falsities of the church are disclosed, taken from the literal
sense of the Word. " Full of the anger of God that liveth
for ever and ever, signifies the evils and falsities that would
appear and would be exposed by the pure and genuine
truths and goods of the Word. " And the temple was filled
with smoke from the glory of God and from His power,"
signifies the inmost of heaven full of Spiritual and Heavenly
(Celestial) Divine Truth of the Lord. " And no one could
enter into the temple, until the seven plagues of the seven
angels were consummated," signifies to such a degree there,
that more could not be endured, and this until after devas
tat ion the end of that church was seen.

No. 657.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

725

THE EXPLANATION.

656. And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvel-
Ions, signifies a revelation from the Lord concerning the
state of the church on earth, what it is as to love and faith.
These are the things which are treated of in this chapter
and the following, and therefore these are signified by the
great and marvellous sign in heaven. That revelation from
the Lord concerning heaven and concerning the church,
and concerning their state, is signified by a sign in heaven,
may be seen above (n. 532, 536). It is concerning love
and faith, because it is called great and marvellous ; and
great in the Word relates to such things as are of affection
and love, and marvellous to such as are of thought and
faith.

657. Seven angels having the seven last plagues, signifies
the evils and falsities in the church, such as they are in its
last state, disclosed universally by the Lord. By the seven
angels the universal heaven is signified. But as heaven is
not heaven from the things belonging to the angels, but
from the Lord, therefore by the seven angels the Lord is
signified ; nor can any one else disclose the evils and falsi-
ties that are in the church. That heaven is signified by
angels, and in the highest sense the Lord, may be seen
above (n. 5, 258, 344, 465, 644, 647, 648). By plagues are
signified evils and falsities, — evils of love and falsities of
faith : for these are the things which are described in the
following chapter, and are signified by the evil and noxious
sore, by the blood as it were of one dead from which every
living soul died, and by the blood into which the waters of
the rivers and fountains were turned ; by the heat of the
fire that afflicted men ; by the unclean spirits like frogs
that were demons ; also by the great hail. The evils and
falsities which are signified by all these things are the
plagues here; by the last plagues those in the last state of

726

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

the church are signified: by seven are signified all (n. 10,
390). But as those evils which are signified by the plagues
in the following chapter are not all in particular, but all in
general, by seven is here signified all universally : for the
universal embraces all in particular. It is manifest from
this, that by " I saw the seven angels that had the seven
last plagues" is signified that the evils and falsities in the
church, such as they are in its last state, were disclosed
universally by the Lord. That plagues signify spiritual
plagues, which affect men as to their souls, and destroy
them, which are evils and falsities, may be evident from
the following passages : From the sole of the foot even to
the head there is no soundness, a fresh plague not closed, nor
bound up, nor mollified (Isa. i. 6). Jehovah smiteth the peo-
ple in anger with an incurable plague (Isa. xiv. 6). O
Jehovah, remove thy plague from me, I am consumed by the
blow of thine hand (Ps. xxxix. 1 o). Thy wound is incura-
ble, with the plague of an enemy have I smitten thee for the
multitude of thine iniquity, thy sins have become very many;
but I will heal thee of thy plagues (Jer. xxx. 12, 14, 17).
If thou wilt not observe to do all the words of the law, Je-
hovah will make thy plagues wonderful, plagues great and
lasting, and every plague which is not written in the book
of this law, even until thou art destroyed (Deut. xxviii. 58,
59, 61). There shall 110 evil befall thee, and neither shall
any plague come nigh thy dwelling (Ps. xci. 10). Edom
shall be a desolation, every one that passeth by shall hiss at
all her plagues (Jer. xlix. 17). // shall be a desolation, every
one that passeth by Babylon shall be astofiished, and shall
hiss at all her plagues (Jer. 1. 13). In one day shall plagues
come upon Babylon (Apoc. xviii. 8). The two witnesses
shall smite the earth with every plague (Apoc. xi. 6). By
the plagues of Egypt, which were in part similar to the
plagues described in the following chapter, nothing else
was signified but evils and falsities ; which plagues you
may see enumerated above (n. 503) : they are also called

No. 658.] THE ATOCALYPSE REVEALED.

727

plagues (Ex. ix. 14 \ xi. 1). From this it is manifest, that
by plagues nothing else is signified but spiritual plagues,
which affect men as to their souls, and destroy them j as
also Isa. xxx. 26; Zech. xiv. 12, 15; Ps. xxxviii. 5, n;
Apoc. ix. 20 ; xvi. 21 ; Ex. xii. 13 ; xxx. 12 \ Num. xi. 33 ;
Luke vii. 21 j and elsewhere.

658. For in them is emsummated the anger of God, signi-
fies the devastation of the church and then its end. By
a consummation the devastation of the church is signified,
and then its end ; which is treated of in what follows. By
the anger of God is signified evil in men, which, because
it is against God, is called God's anger : not that God is
angry with man ; but that man, from his evil, is angry
against God : and because it appears to the man, while he
is punished and tormented therefor, which is done in hell
after death, as if it were from God, therefore in the Word
anger and fury, yea, evil, are attributed to God : but this
in the literal sense, because that sense is written by appear-
ances and correspondences : but not in the spiritual sense ;
for in this there is not appearance and correspondence,
but the truth in its light. Concerning this anger, see above,
n. 525, 635. It is said that the anger of God is consum-
mated in those plagues, and that by this the devastation of
the church and then its end are signified : the reason shall
be told. Every church declines in process of time, by
receding from the good of love and from the truths of faith,
until there is not any thing of them remaining ; and this is
caused by successive increments of evil and falsity. And
uhere there is no longer any good of love and faith, there
is then nothing but evil and falsity : and when it is so, thf*
end of the church is come. At this end a man knows no
otherwise than that evil is good, and that falsity is truth ;
for he loves them from the enjoyment of them, and there-
fore confirms them. This is the end which is signified by
consummation, and is called devastation in .he following
passages : / have heard a onsummation and decree f/om

728

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

yehovah upon the whole earih (Isa. xxviii. 22). The con-
summation being decreed, justice has overflowed, for the Lord
Jehovih Zebaoth maketh a consummation and decree iti the
whole earth (Isa. x. 22, 23). In the fire of the zeal of
Jehovah shall the whole earth be eaten up, for He shall make
a speedy consui?imation of all the inhabitants of the earth
(Zeph. i. 18). At length upon the bird of abominations there
shall be desolation, and even to a consummation and decree
shall it drop upon the devastation (Dan. ix. 27). The whole
earth shall be a waste, yet will I not make a consummation
(Jer. iv. 27). Jehovah said, I will go down, and will see
whether they have made a co?isummatio?i according to the cry
which is co??ie imto Me (Gen. xviii. 21) ; concerning Sodom.
The iniquity of the Amorites is not yet consummated (Gen.
xv. 16). The end of the church is also meant by the con-
summation of the age spoken of by the Lord in these pas-
sages : The disciples asked Jesus, What shall be the sign of
thy coming and of the consummation of the age? (Matt,
xxiv. 3). At the time of the harvest I will say to the ?-eap-
ersK Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bun-
dles to burn them ; but gather the wheat into my barn ; so
shall it be in the consummation of the age (Matt. xiii. 30, 40).
/;/ the consummation of the age, the angels shall go forth,
and shall separate the wicked from among the just (Matt,
xiii. 49). Jesus said to the disciples, Behold, I am with you
until the consummation of the age (Matt, xxviii. 20). " Until
the consummation of the age ': is until the end of the
church, when there is a New Church, with which the Lord
will then be.

659. And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with
fire, signifies the farthest boundary of the spiritual world,
where those were gathered together who had a religion
and worship from it, but not good of life. By the sea of
glass (chap. iv. 6), is' signified the newT heaven from Chris-
tians who were in general truths from the literal sense of
the Word (n. 238). They who are in general truths are

No. 660.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 729

also in the boundaries of heaven ; wherefore at a distance
they appear as in the sea (n. 398, 403, 404, 405). But by
the sea of glass here is signified the farthest boundary of
the spiritual world, where were gathered together those
who had a religion and from it worship, but not good of
life. As a collection of these is signified, it is therefore
said, as it were 3. sea of glass ; and it likewise seemed
mingled with fire : and by fire the love of evil is there sig-
nified, and from it evil of life (n. 452, 468, 494, 766, 767,
787) : thus no good of life ; for where there is not good,
there is evil. That a collection of them is here meant by
" as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire," is likewise
manifest from what now follows \ as that by this sea stood
those who had the victory over the beast and over his image :
by whom are signified they who by the rejection of faith
separate from charity were in good of life, and thence in
heaven (n. 660). This sea is also what is meant in chap,
xxi. 1 by the sea which was no more (n. 878). What was
the quality of this sea, and of those who were there, it
has also been given me to see. They were those who had
had a religion, had frequented temples, had heard preach-
ings, had gone to the Holy Supper, and beyond these things
had thought nothing concerning God, salvation, and eternal
life ; not knowing what sin is : wherefore were they men as
to form, and most of them also as to civil and moral life,
but not at all as to spiritual life ; from which, however
man is a man.

660. And them that had the victory over the beast, and ovet
his image, and over his mark, and over the number of hi;
name, signifies those who have rejected faith alone and the
doctrine of it, and so have not acknowledged and imbibed
its falsities, nor falsified the Word. By the beast the faith
of the dragon among the laity is signified, tieated of chap,
xiii. 1-10 ; because an image of him was made (vers. 14
there). By his image, the doctrine is signified (n. 602,
^34» 637). By his mark is signified the acknowledgment of

73Q

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

that faith (n. 605, 606, 634, 637, 679). By the number of
his name the falsification of the Word is signified (n. 61c).
From this it is manifest that by these words are signified,
those who rejected faith alone and the doctrine of it, and
thus did not acknowledge and imbibe its falsities, nor falsify
the Word.

661. Standing by the sea of glass, having the harps of God,
signifies the Christian Heaven in the boundaries, and the
faith of charity in those who were there. Since by the sea
of glass a collection of those who had indeed a religion and
worship, but not good of life, is signified (n. 659), therefore
by those who were seen to stand by that sea is signified the
Christian Heaven in its boundaries, where they had religion,
worship, and good of life ; because they had the victory
over the beast and over his image. The higher Christian
Heaven was treated of in the preceding chapter. They of
whom that heaven consisted are meant by the hundred
forty-four thousand, who were seen to stand with the Lamb
upon mount Zion, who are treated of, n. 612-625. By
harps the confession of the Lord from spiritual truths is
signified (n. 276, 616). Spiritual truths are those of faith
from charity. Their being seen to have harps, and their
being heard to sing a song, as presently follows, was
representative of confession from the faith of charity.
The affections of the thoughts and thence the sounds of
the discourse of the angels of heaven are heard variously
below in the spiritual world ; either as the sound of waters,
or as the sound of thunders, as above (chap. xiv. 2) ; or as
the sound of trumpets, as above (chap. iv. 1) ; or as here,
like the sound of harps, as also above (chap. v. 8, xiv. 2).
But still it is not waters which sound, nor thunders which
thunder, nor trumpets and harps which ring ; nor indeed
are they songs ; but the discourses of the angels, and their
confessions according to their affections and their thoughts
from them, are heard thus below ; from which the quality
of their love and wisdom is perceived. It is from the

No. 662.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

731

correspondence of affection with sound, and of thought
with speech, that such things are heard.

662. And they were singing the Song of Moses the servant
of God and the Song of the Lamb, signifies confession from
charity, and thus from a life according to the precepts of
the Law which is the Decalogue, and from faith in the
Divinity of the Lord's Human. That to sing a new song is
to confess from joy of heart and from affection that the
Lord alone is the Saviour, Redeemer, and the God of hea-
ven and earth, may be seen above (n. 279, 617). But here
it is not said a new song, but the song of Moses the servant
of God and the song of the Lamb : and by the song of
Moses is signified confession from a life according to the
precepts of the Law which is the Decalogue, and thus from
charity ; and by the song of the Lamb, confession from
faith in the Divinity of the Lord's Human : for the Lord as
to His Divine Human is meant by the Lamb (n. 269, 291,
595) 1 and by Moses in a comprehensive sense is meant all
the Law written in his five books, and in a restricted sense
the Law which is called the Decalogue : and because this
is serviceable to man in regard to life, it is said, " the song
of Moses the servant of God ; " for by a servant in the
Wed is meant he who is serviceable and that which is
serviceable (n. 380) ; here in regard to life. The reason
that the Law is meant by Moses in a comprehensive sense,
is because his five books are called the Law. That all the
precepts, judgments, and statutes given by him in his five
books are called the Law, may be seen above (n. 417),
That every thing written in those books is called the Law
of Moses, and also Moses, may be evident from these pas-
sages : Philip said. We have found jfesus, of whom Moses
in the Law, and the Prophets, did write (John i. 45). /;/ the
Lata Moses commanded that such should be stoned (John viii.
5). The days of their purification, according to the Law of
Moses, were fulfilled (Luke ii. 22). All things must be ful-
filled which are written in the Law of Moses and in the

73^

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

Prophets concerning Me (Luke xxiv. 27, 44). Did not Moses
give yon the Law ? Moses gave circumcision that the Law
of Moses should not be broken (John vii. 19, 22, 23). Abra-
ham said to the rich man in hell, They have Moses and the
Prophets, let them hear them ; if they hear not Moses and the
P?ophets, neither will they be persuaded though one rose from
the dead (Luke xvi. 29, 31). Therefore the curse is poured
upon us and the oath that is written in the Law of Moses the
servant of God : as it is written in the Law of Moses, all this
evil hath come upon ^(Dan. ix. 11, 13). Pe??iember the Law
of Moses the servant of God, which L commanded him (Mai.
iv. 4). jfehovah said unto Moses, Behold, L will co?ne unto
thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when L speak
unto thee, and may also believe in thee for ever (Ex. xix. 9).
It may be evident from these passages, that by Moses in
the comprehensive sense is meant the Word that was writ-
ten by Him, which is called the Law. It follows from
this, that the Law which is the Decalogue is meant by
Moses ; and the more so, because Moses hewed out the
tables after he had broken the former ones (Ex. xxxiv. 1,
4) : and when he carried them down, his face shone (Ex.
xxxiv. 29-35) : on which account Moses is represented in
pictures holding these tables in his hand. It is also said
in Mark, Moses said, Honor thy father and thy mother (vii.
10). And Joshua wrote a copy of the Law of Moses upon
the stones of the altar (Josh. viii. 32) : that Law was the
Decalogue. From these things it may be seen, that noth-
ing else is here meant by the song of Moses the servant of
God, but confession from charity, and thus from a life
according to the precepts of the Law, which is the Deca-
logue.

663. Saying, Great a?id marvellous are thy works, O Lord
God Almighty, signifies that all things of the world, of
heaven, and of the church, were created and made by the
Lord from His Divine Love by His Divine Wisdom. By
the Lord's works are signified all things that were created

No. 664.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

733

and made by Him, which in general are all things of the
world, all things of heaven, and all things of the church ;
which it is not possible to enumerate in particular. They
are called great and marvellous, because great has relation
to love, and marvellous to wisdom, as above (n 656) ; and
the Lord likewise in the Word is called Lord from the
Divine Good of His Divine Love, and God from the Divine
Truth of His Divine Wisdom. That the Lord is called
Almighty, because He is, lives, and can do all things, from
Himself, and likewise governs all things from Himself, may
be seen above (n. 31). Hence it is, that by "great and
marvellous are thy works, O Lord God Almighty," is signi-
fied in the universal sense, that all things of the world, of
heaven, and of the church, were created and made by the
Lord from His Divine Love by His Divine Wisdom.

664. For just and true are thy ways, O King of saints,
signifies that all things which proceed from Him are just
and true, because He is Divine Good itself and Divine
Truth itself in heaven and in the church. By ways are
signified truths leading to good (n. 176) : and by King,
when speaking of the Lord, the Divine Truth is signified ;
and by King of saints the Divine Truth in heaven and the
church from Him : for by saints those are signified who are
in Divine truths from the Lord (n. 173, 586). Hence by
" just and true are thy ways, O King of saints," is signified
that all things which proceed from the Lord are just and
true, because He is the Divine Truth itself in heaven and
in the church. The Lord is called King in His Divine
Human, because This is the Messiah, the Anointed, the
Christ, the Son of God. That Messiah in the Hebrew
language is Christ in the Greek language, and that the
Messiah or the Christ is the Son of God, may be seen
above (n. 520). That Messiah signifies both King and
Anointed in the Hebrew language, is known. The Lord
as King is the Divine Truth, because this is signified by a
ting (n. 20, 483) : hence it is that by kings are signified

734

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

those who are in Divine truths from the Lord (Apoc. i. 6,
v. 10). It is from this, that heaven and the church are
called His kingdom, also that His coming into the world is
called the Gospel of the kingdom. Heaven and the church
are called His kingdom (Dan. ii. 44; vii. 13, 14, 27 j Matt,
xii. 28 ; xvi. 28 ; Mark i. 14, 15 ; ix. 1 ; xv. 43 ; Luke i
33 ; iv. 43 j viii. 1, 10; ix. 2, 11, 27; x. 11 \ xvi. 16 ; xix.
1 1 : xxl 31 ; xxii. 18 ; xxiii. 51). And His coming is called
the Gospel of the kingdom (Matt. iv. 23 ; ix. 35 ; xxiv. 14).
But more may be seen on these subjects in the " Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord." That the
Lord is called King, is manifest from these passages : They
shall make war with the Lamb, but the Lamb shall overcome
them, because He is Lord of lords and King of kings (Apoc.
xvii. 14). He that sat upon the white horse is called the
Word, and His name is Lord of lords and King of kings
(Apoc. xix. 13, 16 ; Dan. ii. 47). Nathanael said, Thou art
the Son of God, thou art the Ki?ig of Lsrael (John i. 49).
When the Son of Man shall come in His glory, He shall sit
upon the throfie of His glory, and the King shall say to them
that are on His right hand and on His left (Matt. xxv. 31,
34, 41). They cried, Hosanna, blessed is He that cometh in
the name of the Lord, the King of Lsrael (John xii. 13).
Pilate asked Jesus whether He was a king : Jesus answered,
L am a King; to this end was L born, and for this came L
into the world (John xviii. 37). Thi?ie eyes shall see the King
in His beauty ; Jehovah is our King, He will save us (Isa.
xxxiii. 17, 22). L Jehovah am your Holy One, the Creator
of Lsrael, your King (Isa. xliii. 15). Thus said Jehovah the
King of Lsrael, and His Redeemer Jehovah Zebaoth, L am the
First a?id the Last, and besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv.
6). Jehovah shall be King over the whole earth (Zech. xiv.
9 ; Ps. xlvil 2, 6-8). Lift up your heads, O ye gates, that
the King of glory may co??ie in : Jehovah Zebaoth, He is the
King of glory (Ps. xxiv. 7-10). Lwill raise up unto David a
just Branch, who shall reign King, and shall execute judg

No. 666.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

735

me/it 2nd justice in the earth (Jer. xxih. 5 ; xxxiii. 15. Be-
sides other places, as Isa. vi. 5 j lii. 7 j Jer. x. 7, 10 ; xlvi.
18 ; Ez. xxxvii. 22, 24; Zeph. iii. 15 j Ps. xx. 9; xlv. 11,
13, 15 ; lxviii. 24; lxxiv. 12).

665. #7*0 .$•/*<*// ;*^*" fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy
name, signifies that He alone is to be loved and worshipped.
Sy fearing God is signified to love Him ; and by glorifying
His name is signified to worship Him. That He alone is
?o be loved and worshipped is meant by " who shall not/'
and by " thou alone art Holy." That to fear God is to love
Him by fearing to do contrary to Him, and that this fear is
in all love, may be seen above (n. 527, 628). To glorify
His name is to worship Him, because by the name of
Jehovah is signified every thing by which He is worshipped
(n. 81) ; and by glorifying is signified to acknowledge and
confess.

666. For thou alone art Holy, signifies that He is the
Word, the Truth, and Enlightenment. That the Lord is
the Only Holy One, may be seen above (n. 173) ; and that
the Divine Truth is what is called holy (n. 173, 580) : and
because the Word is the Divine Truth, and the Lord is the
Word ; and as the Divine Truth enlightens spiritually, for
it is the light in heaven, but from the Lord ; therefore by
" thou alone art Holy," is signified that the Lord is the
Word, the Truth, and Enlightenment. Since the Word is
Divine Truth, and the Divine Truth enlightens spiritually,
it is therefore said that the Word was dictated of Jehovah
by the Holy Spirit, and that the Holy Spirit enlightens and
teaches man. But who does not know that God is omni-
present, and that what is Holy proceeds from Him, and
that it enlightens where it is received. Who cannot con-
clude from this, that the Holy Spirit is not a God by itself,
distinct from Jehovah or the Lord, as a person fiom a per-
son ; but that it is Jehovah Himself or the Lord ? He who
acknowledges the Divine Omnipresence, must also ac-
knowledge this. That by the Holy Spirit in the Word is

73^

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

meant the Lord's Divine Life, and thus Himself, and in
particular the life of His Wisdom, which is called the Divine
Truth, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Lord" (n. 50-53); where this is demon-
strated from the Word. That the Lord is the Word may be
seen in John i. 1, 14. That He is the Truth (John xiv.
6). That He is the Light, and thence enlightenment (John
xii. 34~36)-

667. Wherefore all the nations shall come and worship be-
fore thee, signifies that all who are in the good of love and
charity acknowledge the Lord alone as God. By all the
nations are signified those who are in the good of love and
charity. That these are meant by nations, in a good sense,
may be seen above (n. 483). By coming and worshipping
before Him, is signified to acknowledge the Lord as God ;
and because there is one God, in whom is a Trinity, and the
Lord is He, it signifies to acknowledge Him alone as God.

668. Because thy judgments are made manifest, signifies
that the truths of the Word, when opened, testify this. By
judgments are signified the Divine Truths according to
which man is to live, from which it is known what his quality
is, and according to which he will be judged : and as these
Divine truths are in the Word, and the Word is now opened,
and this testifies that the Lord alone is the God of heaven
and earth, therefore by " because thy judgments are made
manifest " is signified because the truths of the Word testify
that. That the Word is now opened, and that it testifies
that the Lord alone is the God of heaven and earth, and that
we must live according to His precepts, and that the faith
of the present day must be removed, may be evident
from the four Doctrines now published, one " concerning
the Lord," another " concerning the Sacred Scripture," a
third " concerning a Life according to the Precepts of the
Decalogue," and a fourth " concerning Faith." These are
what are meant by " because thy judgments are made
manifest." Since the Lord is the Divine Good and the

No. 668.]

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

737

Divine Truth, and the Divine Truth is signified by judg-
ment, and the Divine Good by justice, therefore in many
places, where the Lord is spoken of, justice and judgment
are mentioned : as in the following : Zion shall be 7-edcemcd
with justice, and her restored one with judgment (Isa. i. 27).
He shall sit upo?i the throne of David and upon his kingdom
to establish it in judgment and justice (Isa. ix. 7). Jehovah
thall be exalted, for He dwelleth on high, a?id hath filled the
earth with judgment and justice (Isa. xxxiii. 5). Let him
that glorieth glory in this, that Jehovah doeth judgment and
justice in the earth (Jer. ix. 24). I will raise up unto David
a just Branch, who shall reign King and execute judgment
and justice in the earth (Jer. xxiii. 5 ; xxxiii. 15). I will
betroth Me to thee in justice and in judgment (Hos. ii. 19).
Judgment shall flow as water, and justice as a mighty stream
(Am. v. 24). O Jehovah, thy jus flee is like the mountains
of God, and thy judgments a great deep (Ps. xxxvi. 6). Je-
hovah shall bring forth thy justice as the light, a?id thy judg-
ment as the noonday (Ps. xxxvi i. 6). Jehovah will judge thy
people with justice, and thy poor with judgment (Ps. lxxii. 2)
Justice and judgment are the support of His throne (Ps.
lxxxix. 14). When I shall have learned the judgments of thy
justice : seven times in a day do I praise thee, because of the
judgments of thy justice (Ps. cxix. 7, 164). And in other
places, that men ought to do justice and judgment, as Isa.
i. 21 ; v. 16 ; lvi. 1 ; lviii. 2 ; Jer. iv. 2 j xxii. 3, 13, 15 •
Ez. xviii. 5 ; xxxiii. 14, 16, 19 ; Am. vL 12 ; Mic. vii. 9 ;
Deut. xxxiii. 21 ; John xvi. 8, 10. In these passages jus-
tice has relation to the good of truth, and judgment to the
tiuth of good. Since judgment relates to truth, and justice
to good, therefore we read in some places of truth and
justice j as Isa. xi. 5 ; Ps. lxxxv. 11 : and in David, The
judgments of Jehovah are truth, they are just altogether ;
more to be desired than gold, sweeter than honey (Ps. xix.
9, 10). That the Lord's government in the heavenly
(celestial) kingdom is called justice, and in the spiritual

733

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

kingdom judgment, may be seen in the work on " Heaven
and Hell," published at London (n. 214-216).

669. After these things I saw, and behold, the temple of the
tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened, signifies that
the inmost of heaven was seen, where the Lord is in His
holiness in the Word, and in the Law which is the Deca-
logue. By the temple in the highest sense is signified the
Lord as to His Divine Human, and thence heaven and
the church (n. 191, 529) ; here the Christian heaven. By
the tabernacle of the testimony the inmost of that heaven is
signified, where the Lord is in His holiness, in the Word, and
in the Law which is the Decalogue, since heaven as well was
signified by the tabernacle (n. 585) ; and the inmost of the
tabernacle was where the ark was, in which were the two tables,
upon which the Ten Words were written by the finger of God,
which are the Ten Precepts of the Decalogue, which are meant
by the Testimony, and likewise are called the Testimony :
from which it is manifest, that by " I saw, and behold, the tem-
ple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened,"
is signified that the inmost of heaven was seen where the
Lord is in His holiness, in the Law, which is the Decalogue.
That by the tabernacle is also signified where the Word is, is
because "the Testimony " applies not only to the Law which
is the Decalogue, but to the Word also, and to the Lord as
the Word, because the Word testifies of Him (n. 490, 555).
That the Word is in heaven, and laid up there in its inmost,
which is called the Sacrarium, and that there is flamy and
bright light exceeding every degree of the light elsewhere in
heaven, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 70-75) ; and concern
ing that Sacrarium (n. 73 there). Concerning the holiness
of the Law which is the Decalogue, see the " Doctrine of
Life for the New Jerusalem from the Precepts of the Dec-
alogue " (n. 53-60). That the Ark, i?i which were the two
tables of the Decalogue, made the Adytum or inmost of the tem-
ple of Jerusalem, and thus made the tabernacle there, may be

No. 670.]

THE ArOCALVPSE REVEALED.

739

seen (1 Kings vi. 19-2S ; viii. 3-9). That the Law which
is the Decalogue was called the Testimony, is evident from
these passages : Moses came down, and the two tables of the
Testimony 7ucre in his hand ; the tables were the work of God ;
the writing was the writing of God, graven upon the tables
(Ex. xxxii. 15, 16). The two tables of the Testimony, tables
of stone, written by the finger of God (Ex. xxxi. 18). Jeho-
vah said, Thou shalt put into the Ark the Testimony which I
shall give thee (Ex. xxv. 16, 21, 22). And Moses took and
put the Testimony into the Ark (Ex. xL 20). That the cloud
of incense may cover the mercy-seat which is upon the Testimony
(Lev. xvl 13). Jehovah said unto Moses, Leave the rod be-
fore the Testimony, and afterwards Aaron's rod before the
Testimony (Num. xvii. 4, 9, 10). And Moses left the rods
before Jehovah (Num. xvii. 7). The Ark is called the Ark
of the Testimony ^Ex. xxxi. 7) ; and the Tabernacle is called
the habitation of the Testimony (Ex. xxxviii. 21).

670. And the seven angels that had the seven plagues came
out of the temple, signifies preparation by the Lord for
influx from the inmost of heaven into the church, that its
evils and falsities might be disclosed universally, and thus
the evil be separated from the good. That the Lord is
meant by the seven angels, may be seen above (n. 657) :
that all evils and falsities, understood universally, are sig-
nified by the seven plagues, may also be seen above
(n. 657). By the temple here is meant the inmost of
heaven, where are the Word and the Decalogue j as just
above (n. 669). By their coming out of the temple is sig-
nified preparation for influx, because they came out that
they might afterwards receive the vials, and cast the
plagues in the vials into the earth, the sea, the rivers and
fountains, the sun, upon the throne of the beast, and into
the air ; by which is signified influx into the church, that
its evils and falsities may be disclosed. That this was for
the sake of their separation from the good will be seen in
the following chapter.

vol. 11. 14

740

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

671. ClotJied in linen clean and shifting, and girded about the.
breasts with golden girdles, signifies that this was from the
pure and genuine truths and goods of the Word. By
the linen clean and shining, is signified truth, pure and
genuine, as will be shown presently. By a golden girdle
around the breast is signified the Divine proceeding and at
the same time conjoining, which is the Divine good ; see
above (n. 46). By being clothed and girded is signified to
appear and be presented in them : for garments signify truths
clothing good (n. 166); and girdles or belts signify truths
and goods holding together in order and connection (n. 46).
It is manifest from these statements, that by the angels
" clothed in linen clean and shining, and girded about the
breasts with golden girdles," are signified truths and goods
pure and genuine, which, as they are from no other source
than the Word, signify the truths and goods of the Word.
That linen signifies Divine Truth may be evident from the
following statements : as that Aaro?i had breeches of linen,
when he entered into the Tent, and drew near to the altar
(Ex. xxviii. 42, 43). That when Aaron entered into the holy-
place, he put on the holy linen coat, breeches of li?ten were
upon his flesh ; with a linen belt he girded himself, and put
upon himself the linen mitre : these were the holy garments,
and he put on the same garments, when he made atonement
for the people (Lev. xvi. 4, 32). In like manner that the
priests, the Levites, when they entered at the gates of the inner
court, put on linen garments, liticn bonnets upon their heads,
and linen breeches upon their loins (Ez. xliv. 17, 18). That
the priests wore linen ephods (1 Sam. xxii. 18). That Samuel,
when he ?ninistered while a boy before Jehovah, was clothed
in a linen ephod (1 Sam. ii. 18). That David, when the
A rk was tra?isferred into his city, was girded with a linen
ephod (2 Sam. vi. 14). From these things it may be evi-
dent, why the Lord, when He washed the disciples' feet, girded
himself with a linen-cloth, and wiped their feet with the linen-
cloth (John xiii. 4, 5). That angels also appeared clothed

No. 672.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

741

with linen (Dan. x. 5 ; Ez. ix. 2-4, 1 1 ; x. 2-7). Also the
angels seen in the Lord's sepulchre appeared clothed with
bright and shining white (Matt, xxviii. 3). That the angel
tli at measured the new temple had a li?ien line in his hand
(Ez. xl. 3). That Jeremiah, that he might represent the state
of the church as to truth, was commanded to buy a linen
girdle, and hide it in a hole of a rock by the Euphrates, and
afterwards found it spoiled (Jer. xiiL 1-7). It is also said
in Isaiah, A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking
fax shall He not quench, He shall bring forth judgment unto
truth (xlii. 3). By linen in these places nothing else is
meant than truth.

672. And one of the four animals gave to the seven angels
seven golden vials, signifies those truths and goods by which
the evils and falsities of the church are disclosed, taken
from the literal sense of the Word. That the four animals,
which are cherubs, signify the Word in ultimates, and
guards lest its genuine truths and goods should be vio-
lated, may be seen above (n. 239) : and as the interior
truths and goods of the Word are guarded by its literal
sense, that sense of the Word is therefore signified by one
of the four animals. The same is signified by the seren
vials as by the seven plagues, for they are the containers :
and by the containers in the Word the same is signified as
by the things contained ; as by a cup the same as by wine,
and by a platter the same as by food. That by cups, gob-
lets, vials, and plates, similar things are signified as by
their contents, will be seen in what now follows. What is
signified by the seven angels has been said above. That
vials were given to them, is because the subject treated of
is the influx of truth and good into the church, that evils
and falsities may be disclosed : and naked goods and
truths cannot flow in, for these are not received ; but truths
clothed, such as are in the literal sense of the Word.
And besides, the Lord always operates from inmosts
through ultimates, or in fulness. This is the reason that

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

vials were given to the angels : by which are signified
containing goods and truths, such as those of the literal
sense of the Word, by which falsities and evils are de-
tected. That the literal sense of the Word is a container,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scriptures" (n. 27-36, and 37-49).
That by vials, plates, cups, and goblets, and by bottles,
those things are signified which are contained in them,
may be evident from the following passages : Jehovah said,
Take the acp of anger from my hand, and make all the
nations to d?'ink : and if they refuse to take the cups, thou
shalt say, ye shall certainly drink (Jer. xxv. 15, 16, 28).
Babylon hath been a golden cup i?i the ha?id of Jehovah, that
made the whole earth drunken (Jer. li. 7). I will give the
cup of thy sister into thine hand; thou shalt be filed with
drunkenness and sorrow, with the cup of desolation, with the
cup of thy sister Samaria (Ez. xxiii. 31-34). The cup of
Jehovah shall go around to thee, that there may be vomit
upon thy glory (Hab. ii. 16). Even unto thee, O daughter
of Edo?n, shall the cup pass over ; thou shalt be made drunken
and shalt make thyself naked (Lam. iv. 21). Jehovah shall
rain upon the wicked terrible winds ; this shall be the portion
of their cup (Ps. xi. 6). In tfie hand of Jehovah there is a
cup, and He hath mixed the wine, He hath filled it with the
mixture, and hath poured out ; all the wicked of the earth
shall drink (Ps. lxxv. 8). They who worship the beast shall
drink of the wi?ie of the anger of God, poured out without
mixture in the cup of His fury (Apoc. xiv. 10). Awake,
stand up, O Jerusalem, who hast drunk from the hand of
Jehovah the cup of His anger ; thou hast drunk the dregs
of the cup of trembling (Isa. li. 17). The woman havi?ig a
golden acp in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of
her fornication (Apoc. xvii. 4). Double unto her double, in
the cup which she hath filled, fill to her double (Apoc. xviii. 6).
/ make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all people (Zech.
xii. 2). Thou blind Pharisee, cleanse first the inside of the

No. 673 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

743

cup, that the outside may be clean also (Matt, xxiii. 25, 26 ;
Luke xi. 39). Jesus said to the sons of Zebedee, Can ye
drink of the cup that I shall di'ifik of? (Matt. xx. 22, 23 ;
M irk x. 38, 39). Jesus said to Peter, The cup which My
Father hath given Me, shall I not drink it? (John xviii. 11).
Jesus said in Gethsemane, If possible, let this cup pass from
Me (Matt. xxvi. 39, 42, 44). Jesus took the cup, saying,
Drink all ye of it; this is My blood, of the New Covenant
(Matt. xxvi. 27, 28; Mark xiv. 23, 24; Luke xxii. 17).
Jehovah is my cup, thou maintainest my lot (Ps. xvi. 5).
Thou preparest a table before me, my cup runneth over (Ps.
xxiii. 5). What shall I re?ider unto Jehovah? I will take
the cup of salvation (Ps. cxvi. 12, 13). To drink of the cup
of consolation (Jer. xvi. 7). The same as by a goblet and
a cup is also signified by a vial, likewise by a bottle (Matt,
ix. 17 ; Luke v. 37, 38 ; Jer. xiii. 12 ; xlviii. 12 ; Hab.
ii. 15). By vials, censers, and incense-boxes, containing
incense, the same is signified as by incense : in general, by
vessels of every kind the same is signified as by the things
in them.

673. Full of the anger of God that liveth for ever and ever,
signifies the evils and falsities that would appear and would
be exposed by the pure and genuine truths and goods of
the Word. It is said that the vials were full of the anger
of God, because they were full of the plagues ; by which
are signified the evils and falsities of the church (n. 657)
but still they were not full of these, but full of pure and
genuine goods and truths from the Word, by which the
evils and falsities of the church would be disclosed : nor
were they really vials, with truths and goods in them ; but
representatives of influx from heaven into the church. It
is according to the style of the Word in its literal sense
that they are said to be full of the anger of the living God ;
as may be evident from the passages adduced above, in
Which anger and fury are ascribed to Jehovah j when yet
Jehovah has no anger nor fury, but man has it against

744

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

Him. The reason that it is so said in the literal sense
may be seen above (n. 525, 635, 658). From this it is
manifest that by the vials full of the anger of God that
livedi for ever and ever, are signified the dreadful evils and
falsities of the church that would appear and would be
exposed by the goods and truths of the Word. Evils and
falsities are exposed in no other way than by truths and
goods ; for these are in the light of heaven, but falsities
and evils are in the darkness of hell : and in darkness
nothing is exposed, because nothing but evil and falsity
appears there. But by light from heaven all things are
exposed, because in that all things appear : for light from
heaven is the Divine Truth of the Lord's Divine Wisdom.

674. And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory
rf God and from His power, signifies the inmost of heaven
full of spiritual and heavenly (celestial) Divine Truth from
the Lord. By the temple, the inmost of heaven is signified,
as shown above (n. 669). By the smoke is signified the
Divine in the ultimates, as will be seen presently. By glory
is signified spiritual Divine Truth (n. 249, 629) ; and by
power heavenly Divine Truth (n. 373). Hence by the
temple being filled with smoke from the glory of God
and from His power, is signified the inmost heaven full
of Divine Truth spiritual and heavenly. Smoke signifies
the Divine Truth in ultimates, because fire, from which
is smoke, signifies love ; the fire of the altar of burnt-
offering, heavenly love (n. 395, 494) ; and the fire of the
altar of incense, spiritual love (n. 277, 392, 394). That
smoke signifies these things may be evident from these
passages : Jehovah will create upon every dwelling-place of
mount Zion a cloud by day, a?id smoke and. the brightness of
fire by night ; upon all the glory shall be a covering (Isa.
iv. 5). The posts of the threshold were moved at the voice oj
the seraphim that cried, a?id the house was filled with smoke
(Isa. vi. 4). The smoke of the incense went up with the prayers
of the angels out of the hand of the angel before God (Apoc.

No 675.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

745

viii. 4). The smoking flax shall He 7iot quench. He shall
bring forth judgment unto truth (Isa. xlii. 3). That smoke
in the opposite sense signifies the falsities of lusts, may be
seen above (n. 422) ; and falsities originating in the pride
of one's own intelligence (n. 452). Also, smoke in many
places signifies the same as a cloud.

674-i-. And no one could oiter into the temple until the seven
plagues of the seven angels ivere consummated) signifies to
such a degree there that more could not be endured, and this
until, after devastation, the end of that church was seen.
By no one being able to enter into the temple, is signified
that the inmost of heaven was full of spiritual and heavenly
Divine Truth to such a degree that more could not be
endured. By the temple, here as above, the inmost of
heaven is signified. By " until the seven plagues of the
seven angels were consummated," is signified that this would
continue until the end of the church, after devastations
(n. 658). And by the seven plagues of the seven angels,
the evils and falsities which devastate the church and make
an end of it are signified (n. 657).

675. To this I will add this Relation. There was seen
a certain paper sent down from the Lord through heaven
to a society of the English, — to one of the smallest of
their societies, where also there were two bishops. The
paper contained an exhortation that they should acknowl-
edge the Lord as the God of heaven and earth, as He
taught (Matt, xxviii. 18) ; and that they should recede from
the doctrine of justifying faith without the works of the
law, because it is erroneous. This paper was read and
copied by many ; and respecting the things that were in it
they thought and spoke soundly from interior judgment,
and were enlightened by the Lord; and the enlightenment
was received in the light, which is present with the English

746 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV

more than with others. Yet after they had received those
things, they said among themselves, "Let us hear the
bishops." And they were heard ; but they contradicted
and disapproved. For those bishops who were there, were
of those who had become in the world hard of heart as to
the spiritual things of faith and charity, from the love of
dominion over the holy things of the church, and of super-
eminence by means of them in politics also. Wherefore,
after a shoit consultation among themselves, they sent the
paper back to heaven, whence it came. This being done,
after some murmuring, most of the laity receded from their
former assent ; and then their light in spiritual things, which
before shone brightly, was suddenly extinguished ; and they
were afterwards admonished again, but in vain. I saw that
society sinking down, — but how deeply I did not see, —
and thus withdrawn from the sight of the angels, who
worship the Lord only, and abhor faith alone.

But after some days, I saw as many as a hundred of them
ascending from the lower earth, whither that small society
sank down ; who came up to me, and a wise man from
among them spoke and said, " Hear a wonder : when we
sank down, the place at first appeared to us like a lake, but
soon like dry land ; and afterwards like a small city, in
which every one had his house, but a poor one. After a
day we consulted among ourselves what was to be done.
Many said that we must go to the two bishops, and mildly
censure them, because they sent back the paper into heaven,
whence it was let down ; on account of which this had hap-
pened to us." They chose certain ones, who went to the
bishops : and he that was speaking with me said that he
was one of them. " And then a certain one among us who
excelled in wisdom, addressed the bishops thus. ' Hear,
ye fathers ; we believed that with us above others was the
church which deserved to be called the chief in the Chris-
tian world, and a religion which deserves to be called the
noblest. But there has been given to us enlightenment

No. 675.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 747

from heaven, and in the enlightenment a perception that at
this day there is no longer any church in the Christian
world, nor any religion.' The bishops replied, 1 What are
vou saying ? Is there not a church where the Word is,
where Christ the Saviour is known, and where are the
sacraments ? ' To this our friend made answer, ' Those
things are the church, and they make the church ; but they
do not make it outside of man, but within him.' And he
said farther, ' As to the church : can the church be where
three Gods are worshipped ? Can the church be where the
whole of its doctrine is founded upon a single saying of
Paul falsely understood, and hence not upon the Word?
Can the church be where the Saviour of the world is not
approached, and where He is divided into two ? As to
religion : who can deny that religion is to shun evil and to
do good? Is there any religion where it is taught that
faith alone saves, and not charity ? Is there religion where
it is taught that charity proceeding from a man is nothing
but moral and civil charity ? Who does not see that in
that charity there is not any thing of religion ? Is there in
faith alone any thing of deed or of work ? And yet religion
consists in doing. Is there found in the entire world a
nation having any religion, which excludes all saving power
from the goods of charity, which are good works ? when yet
the all of religion consists in good, and the all of the church
in doctrine, which must teach truths, and good by truth.
See, Fathers, what glory we should have, if the church, which
is not, and religion, which is not, should begin and arise
with us.' Then those bishops replied, 'You speak too
loftily. Is not faith in act, which is faith fully justifying
and saving, the church ? and is not faith in state, which is
faith proceeding and perfecting, religion ? Apprehend this,
my children.' But the wise Englishman then said, 1 Hear,
Fathers : does not a man conceive faith in act like a stock?
Is the church, according to your idea, in a stock that is then
vivified ? Is not faith in state the continuation and pro*

14*

748

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

gression of faith in act ? And since according to your idea
every thing saving is in faith, and not any thing in the good of
charity from man, where then is religion ? ■ The bishops then
said, ' Friend, you speak thus, because you do not know the
mysteries of justification by faith alone ; and he who does not
know them, does not know the way of salvation interiorly.
Your way is an external and plebeian way. Walk on in it,
if you will : but know only that all good is from God, and
nothing from man : and that thus in spiritual things a man
can do absolutely nothing of himself. How then can a
man do good, which is spiritual good, of himself ? ' The
Englishman that was speaking with them, being indignant
at this, said, ' I know your mysteries of justification better
than you do yourselves ; and I tell you plainly, that in these
deep mysteries of yours I have seen nothing but spectres.
Is not religion to acknowledge and love God, and to shun
and hate the devil? Is not God good itself, and the devil
evil itself ? Who in the whole world, who has any religion,
does not know this ? Is not acknowledging and loving
God the doing of good because this is of God and from God ?
and is not shunning and hating the devil the not doing of
evil because it is of the devil and from the devil ? Your
faith in act, which you called faith fully justifying and sav-
ing, or, what is the same, your act of justification by faith
alone, — does it teach the doing, of any good which is of
God and from God ? and does it teach the shunning of any
evil which is of the devil and from the devil ? Absolutely
nothing, because you have decided that there is nothing of
saltation in either. What is your faith in state, which you
have called faith proceeding and perfecting, but the same
with faith in act ? How can this be perfected, when you
exclude all good done by man as of himself? saying, "How
can a man be saved by any good from himself, when salva-
tion is gratuitous ? " Also, " What good is from man but
meritorious good ? and yet Christ's merit is all ; and there-
fore to do good for the sake of salvation would be to attrib-

No. 675.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

749

ute to one's self what is Christ's alone ; and thus it would
be also to wish to justify and save one's self." You add,
" How can any one operate good, when the Holy Spirit
operates all things without any help of man's ? What need
is there then of any accessory good from man, when all the
good from man is in itself not good ? " — and more besides.
Are not these your mysteries ? But in my eyes they are
mere subtleties and artifices contrived for the end that you
may set aside good works, which are the goods of charity,
to establish your faith alone. And because you do this, you
regard man — as to these things, and in general as to all
spiritual things which are of the church and religion — as
a stock, or as a lifeless form, and not as a man created in
the image of God, to whom was given, and is continually
given, the faculty of understanding and willing, of believing
and loving, and of speaking and doing, altogether as of him-
self; especially in spiritual things, because from them man
is man. If a man did not think and operate as of himself
in spiritual things, what then would faith be ? and charity ?
unci worship ? yea, what would become of the church and
religion ? You know that to do good to the neighbor from
love is charity. Yet you do not know what charity is ;
when yet charity is the soul, the life, and the essence of
faith. And because charity is all that, what then is faith
when charity is removed, but dead faith ? and dead faith is
nothing but a spectre. I call it a spectre, because the
apostle James calls faith without good works not only dead,
but also diabolical.' Then one of those two bishops, wl.en
he heard his faith called dead, diabolical, and a spectre,
grew so furious, that he snatched the mitre from his head,
and threw it upon a table, saying, ' I will not resume it
until I have taken vengeance upon the enemies of the faith
of our church.' And he shook his head, muttering and
saying, 1 That James, that James.' Upon the mitre was
a plate, on which was engraved Faith Alone. And then
there suddenly appeared a monster rising out of the earth,

750 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XV.

with seven heads, whose feet were like a bear's, and his
mouth like a lion's, altogether like the beast which is
described Apoc. xiii. i, 2 ; whose image was made and
worshipped (vers. 14, 15 of the same chapter). This
spectre took the mitre from the table, and stretched it out
beneath, and put it upon his seven heads : after which, the
earth opened under his feet, and he sank down into hell.
Seeing this, that bishop cried out, ' Violence, violence.'
We then left them * and behold, there were steps before our
eyes, by which we ascended, and returned upon the earth,
and into the view of heaven, where we were before." These
things the wise Englishman related to me.

Chap. XVI.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

751

CHAPTER SIXTEENTH.

i And I heard a great voice out of the temple, saying
to the seven angels, Go and pour out the vials of the anger
of God upon the earth.

2. And the first went forth, and poured out his vial
upon the earth ; and there came an evil and noxious sore
upon the men that had the mark of the beast, and that
worshipped his image.

3. And the second angel poured out his vial upon the
sea : and it became blood as of one dead, and every li\ ing
soul died in the sea.

4. And the third angel poured out his vial upon the
rivers and upon the fountains of waters ; and they became
blood.

5. And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art
just, O Lord, who art, and who wast, and art Holy, because
thou hast judged these things.

6. For the blood of saints and prophets have they poured
out ; and blood hast thou given them to drink, for they
are worthy.

7. And I heard another out of the altar saying, Yea,
Lord God Almighty, true and just are thy judgments.

8. And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the
sun j and it was given him to scorch men with fire.

9. And men were scorched with great heat, and blas-
phemed the name of God who hath power over these
plagues, and they repented not to give Him glory.

10. And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the
throne of the beast ; and his kingdom became dark, and
they gnawed their tongues for distress.

11. And they blasphemed the God of heaven for their
pains and for their sores, and repented not of their works.

752

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

12. And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the
great river Euphrates, and the water thereof was dried up,
that the way of the kings from the rising of the sun might
be prepared.

T3. And I saw out of the mouth of the dragon, and out
of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false
prophet, three unclean spirits like frogs.

14. For they are spirits of demons, doing signs, to go
away unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world,
to gather them to the battle of that great day of God
Almighty.

15. Behold, I come as a thief : Blessed is he that watcheth
and keepeth his garments, that he may not walk naked,
and they see his shame.

16. And he gathered them together into a place called in
Hebrew Armageddon.

17. And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the
air : and there came a great voice out of the temple of
heaven from the throne, saying, It is done.

18. And there were voices, and lightnings and thunders
and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since
men were upon the earth, such an earthquake, so great.

19. And the great city was rent into three parts, and the
cities of the nations fell j and great Babylon came into re-
membrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine
of the fury of His anger.

20. And every island fled away, and the mountains were
not found.

2\. And a great hail as of a talent- weight came down
out of heaven upon men ; and men blasphemed God be-
cause of the plague of the hail ; for the plague thereof was
exceeding great

Chap. XVI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 753

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. In this
chapter the evils and falsities in the church of the Re-
formed are disclosed by influx out of heaven (vers. 1) :
Into the clergy (vers. 2) : Into the laity (vers. 3) : Into their
understanding of the Word (vers. 4, 5, 6, 7) : Into their
love (vers. 8, 9): Into their faith (vers. 10, 11): Into their
interior reasonings (vers. 12, 13, 14, 15): Into all things of
them together (vers. 17-21).

The Contents of each Verse. " And I heard a
great voice out of the temple, saying to the seven angels,
Go, and pour out the vials of the anger of God upon the
earth," signifies influx from the Lord from the inmost of
heaven into the church of the Reformed, where are they
who are in faith separated from charity as to doctrine and
as to life. " And the first went forth, and poured out his
vial upon the earth," signifies into those who are in the in-
teriors of the church of the Reformed, and study the doc-
trine of justification by faith alone, and are called the
clergy. " And there came an evil and noxious sore," signi-
fies interior evils and falsities destructive of all good and
truth in the church. " Upon the men that had the mark of
the beast, and that worshipped his image," signifies in those
who live faith alone and receive the doctrine of it. " And
the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea," signifies
influx among those there who are in its externals, and in
that faith, and are called the laity. " And it became blood
as of one dead, and every living soul died in the sea," sig-
nifies infernal falsity with them, by which every truth of the
Word and thence of the church and of faith was extin-
guished. " And the third angel poured out his vial upon
the rivers and upon the fountains of waters," signifies influx
into the understanding of the Word with them. " And
they became blood," signifies the truths of the Word falsi-

754 THE APCCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

fied. " And I heard the angel of the waters say," signifies
the Divine Truth of the Word. " Thou art just, O Lord,
who art, and who wast, and art Holy, because thou hast
j ldged these things," signifies that this is from the Divine
Providence of the Lord, who is and who was the Word,
which otherwise would be profaned. " For the blood of
saints and prophets have they poured out," signifies that
this is for the reason, that this single point, that faith alone
without the works of the law saves, being received, perverts
all doctrinal truths from the Word. " And thou hast given
them blood to drink, for they are worthy," signifies that it
was permitted those who have confirmed themselves in
faith alone in doctrine and in life, to falsify the truths of
the Word, and to imbue their life with them so falsified.
" And I heard another out of the altar, saying, Yea, Lord
God Almighty, true and just are thy judgments," signifies
the Divine Good of the Word confirming that Divine Truth.
" And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun,"
signifies influx into their love. " And it was given him to
scorch men with fire," signifies that love to the Lord tor-
tured them, because they were in the lusts of evils from the
enjoyment of their love. " And men were scorched with
great heat, and blasphemed the name of God who hath
power over these plagues," signifies that on account of the
enjoyment of the love of self arising from vehement lusts
of evils they did not acknowledge the Divinity of the
Lord's Human, from which nevertheless flows all good of
love and truth of faith. " And they repented not to give
Him glory," signifies that on that account they cannot re-
ceive with any faith that the Lord is the God of heaven and
earth as to His Human also, although the Word teaches it.
" And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the throne of
the beast," signifies influx into their faith. "And his king-
dom became dark," sig?iifies that nothing but falsities ap-
peared. " And they gnawed their tongues for distress,"
signifies that they could not endure truths. " And bias-

Chap. XVI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

755

phemed the God of heaven for their distresses and for theii
sores," signifies that they cojld not acknowledge the Lord
alone to be God of heaven and earth on account of resist-
ance from interior falsities and evils. " And repented not
of their works," signifies that though instructed from the
Word, they still do not recede from falsities of faith and
the evils of life thence. " And the sixth angel poured out
his vial upon the great river Euphrates," signifies influx into
their inteiior reasonings, by which they confirm justification
by faith alone. " And the water thereof was dried up, that
the way of the kings from the rising of the sun might be
prepared," signifies that the falsities of their reasonings
were removed with those who are in truths from good from
the Lord, and are to be introduced into the New Church.
" And I saw out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the
mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false
prophet," signifies the perception that from a theology
founded upon the doctrine of a trinity of persons in the
Divinity, and upon the doctrine of justification by faith
alone without the works of the law. "Three unclean
spirits like frogs," signifies that there arose mere latiocina
tions and lusts of falsifying truths. " For they are spirits of
demons," signifies that they were the lusts of falsifying
truths and of reasoning from falsities. " Doing signs, to
go away unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world,
to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Al-
mighty," signifies asseverations that their falsities are truths,
and the stirring up of all in the whole of that church who are
in the same falsities, to attack the truths of the New Church.
" Behold, I come as a thief : Blessed is he that watcheth,
and keepeth his garments," signifies the Lord's coming, and
heaven then for those who look to Him, and remain stead-
Cast in a life according to His precepts, which are the truths
of the Word. " That he may not walk naked, and they see
his shame," signifies lest they should be with those who are
vn no truths, and their infernal loves should appear. " And

756

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

he gathered them together into a place called in Hebrew
Armageddon," signifies the state of combat from falsities
against truths, and the purpose of destroying the New
Church, arising from the love of dominion and superemi-
nence. " And the seventh angel poured out his vial into
the air," signifies influx into all things collectively with them.
" And there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven
from the throne, saying, It is done," signifies that it was
thus made manifest by the Lord, that all the things of the
church were devastated, and that the last judgment was
now at hand. " And there were voices, and lightnings and
thunders," signifies ratiocinations, falsifications of truth, and
argumentations from the falsities of evil. " And there was
a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon
the earth, such an earthquake, so great," signifies as it were
shakings, convulsions, overturnings, and the drawing down
from heaven of all the things of the church. " And the
great city was rent into three parts, and the cities of the
nations fell," signifies that that church as to doctrine was
altogether destroyed by them, and so too all the heresies
which have emanated from it. " And great Babylon came
into remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup ot
the wine of the fury of His anger," signifies the destruction
also at that time of the dogmas of the Roman Catholic
religion. " And every island fled away, and the mountains
were not found," signifies that there wras no longer any truth
of faith, nor any good of love. " And a great hail as of a
talent-weight came down out of heaven upon men," signifies
direful and atrocious falsities, by which every truth of the
Word and thence of the church was destroyed. " And men
blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail, for the
plague thereof was exceeding great," signifies that because
they confirmed such falsities with themselves, they denied
truths to such a degree that they could not know them, on
account of repugnances arising from their interior falsities
md evils.

No. 6;6.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

757

THE EXPLANATION.

676. And I heard a great voice out of the temple, saying to
the seven angels, Go and pour out the vials of the anger of God
upon the earth, signifies influx from the Lord from the
inmost of heaven into the church of the Reformed, where
are they who are in faith separated from charity as to
doctrine and as to life, to take away truths and goods from
them, and to open the falsities and evils in which they are,
and thus to separate them from those who believe in the
Lord, and from Him are in charity and its faith. These
in a summary are the things which are contained in this
chapter. By the temple is signified the temple of the
tabernacle of the testimony, spoken of in the preceding
chapter, xv. 5 ; by which the inmost of heaven is signified,
where the Lord is in His holiness in the Word, and in the
law which is the Decalogue (n. 669). By a great voice
thence is signified the Divine command, that they should
go and pour out the vials. By the seven angels the Lord
is meant, as above (n. 657). By pouring out the vials, in
which were the plagues, upon the earth, is signified an
influx into the church of the Reformed : by pouring out
the vials is signified influx, and by the earth the church is
signified (n. 285). The church with the Reformed is still
treated of ; but in the following chapter the church among
the Roman Catholics, and afterwards the last judgment,
and at length the New Church, which is the New Jerusalem,
are treated of (see the Preface and n. 2.) Chapters viii.
and ix., above, treat of the seven angels that had the seven
trumpets with which they sounded ; and as many similar
things occur there, it shall here be told what is signified by
those seven angels, and what by these. By the seven
trumpets with which the seven angels sounded, is signified
exploration and manifestation of the falsities and evils in
which they are who are in faith separated from charity;

758

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

but by the seven vials full of the seven last plagues is
signified their devastation and consummation ; for the last
judgment is not executed upon them until they are devas-
tated. Devas cation and consummation are effected in the
spiritual world in this manner : From those who are in
falsities as to doctrine and thence in evils as to life all the
goods and truths which they possessed only in the natural
man, and from which they simulated Christian men, are
taken away ; which being taken away, they are separated
from heaven and conjoined to hell : and then according to
the varieties of their lusts they are arranged into societies
in the world of spirits, which afterwards sink down. The
goods and truths are taken away from them by an influx
from heaven : the influx is from genuine truths and goods,
by which they are tormented and tortured, scarce otherwise
than as a serpent brought to the fire, or cast upon an
ant hill : wherefore they reject from themselves the goods
and truths of heaven, which are also the goods and truths
of the church, and at length curse them \ for the reason
that they felt as it were an infernal torture from them.
When this is done, they enter into their evils and falsities,
and are separated from the good. These are the things
which are described and signified in^this chapter by the
casting forth of the vials in which were the seven last
plagues. In the vials there were not those evils and
falsities which are signified by the plagues, but there were
genuine truths and goods, whose effect was such as is
described. For the angels went out of the temple of the
tabernacle of the testimony, by which is meant the inmost of
heaven, where there are nothing but truths and goods in Di-
vine holiness (chap. xv. 6). This is the devastation and
consummation of which the Lord speaks in these words:
WJwever hath, to him it shall be given, that he may have
more abundantly ; but whoever hath not, even that which he
hath shall be taken away fro?n him (Matt. xiii. 12 ; Mark iv.
25). Take the talent from him, and give it to him that hath

No. 678.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

759

ten talents ; for to every one that hath shall be given, that he
may abound; but from him that hath not, even that he hath
shall be taken away from him (Matt. xxv. 28, 29 ; Luke
xix. 24-26).

677. And the first went forth, and poured out his vial
upon the earth, signifies into those who are in the interiors
of the church of the Reformed, and study the doctrine of
justification by faith alone, who are called the clergy.
The influx is signified by pouring out the vial, as above
(n. 676). By the earth the church is signified (n. 285) ;
here among those therein who are in its interiors, who are
they that study the doctrine of justification by faith alone:
these also say that they know the interiors of it. But the
interiors are only the confirmations of the one position,
that faith alone justifies without the works of the law.
They know no other interiors ; and because in these are
chiefly the priests, the professors of theology, and the lect-
urers, of the seminaries, in a word the teachers and pastors,
therefore this first influx was into them, who are called the
clergy. That it is they who are meant, is because it is said
that the first angel poured out his vial upon the earth, and
the second upon the sea ; and by the earth here is meant
the church with tho«e who are in its internals, and by the
sea is meant the church with those who are in its externals,
as above (n. 398, 403, 404, 420, 470). It is manifest also
that they are meant, from the fact that it is said that there
came a sore upon them.

678. And there came an evil and noxious sore, signifies
interior evils and falsities destructive of all good and truth
in the church. Nothing else is signified by a sore here but
evil arising from a life according to this primary article of
doctrine, that faith alone without the works of the law jus-
tifies and saves; because it came "upon the men that had
the mark of the beast and worshipped his image ; " by
which that faith and the life according to it are signified •
and therefore by the evil and noxious sore are signified

760 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

interior evils and falsities destructive of all good and truth
in the church. By noxious is signified destructive ; and
evil cannot but destroy good, and falsity truth. A sore
signifies these things, because the sores of the body arise
from a corrupt state of the blood, or some other interior
malignity. It is the same with the sores meant in the
spiritual sense: these arise from lusts and their enjoy-
ments, which are the interior causes. The evil itself,
which is signified by a sore, and appears as an enjoyment
in the externals, conceals within, in itself the lusts from
which it arises and of which it is made up. It should be
well known, that the interiors of the human mind with
every one are in successive order and in simultaneous
order. They are in successive order from the higher or
prior to the lower or posterior things of it : they are in
simultaneous order in the ultimate or last things ; but they
exist in these from the interiors to the exteriors as from the
centre to the circumferences. That it is so, has been fully
shown in the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine
Love and Divine Wisdom" (n. 173-281), where degrees
are treated of; from which it is manifest, that the ultimate
is the aggregate of all the prior things. Hence it follows,
that all the lusts of evil exist in simultaneous order within
in that evil which a man perceives in himself. All the evil
which a man perceives in himself is in ultimates ; and
therefore, when the man rejects the evil from himself, he
also rejects the lusts for it at the same time ; but still not
of himself, but of the Lord. A man can indeed reject the
evil of himself, but not the lusts for it : wherefore, when
he wishes to reject evil by fighting against it, he must look
to the Lord ; for the Lord operates from inmosts to ulti-
mates ; for He enters through the man's soul, and purifies.
These things have been said, that it may be known that a
sore signifies evil appearing in the ultimates or outmosts,
arising from an interior malignity. This takes place with
all Who persuade themselves that faith alone saves, and

No. 679.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

76l

on that account do not reflect upon any evil in themselves,
nor look to the Lord. Sores and wounds signify evils in
the outmosts arising from more internal evils, which are
lusts, in the following passages also : From the sole of the
foot even to the head there is no soundness ; a wound and a
scar, and a fresh hurt : they have not been pressed, nor bowid
up, nor mollified with oil (Isa. i. 6, 7). Mine iniquities have
gone over my head ; my wounds have putrefied, they have
wasted away, because of my foolishness (Ps. xxxviii. 4, 5).
/;/ the day that Jehovah shall bind up the breach of His
people, a?id shall heal the wound of their hurt (Isa. xxx. 26).
If thou wilt not obey the voice of Jehovah observing to do
His coi7i?na7idments, Jehovah will smite thee with the sore of
Egypt, with e?nerods and with the scab, and with the itch,
and with an evil sore upon the knees and upon the thighs, of
which thou canst not be healed, fro?n the sole of the foot even to
the crown of thy head (Deut. xxviii. 15, 27, 35). Nor is any
thing else signified by the sore with blains breaking out on man
and 011 beast in Egypt (Ex. ix. 8-1 1) ; for the miracles clone
there signified the evils and falsities in which they were.
And because the Jewish nation was in the profanation of
the Word, and this is signified by leprosy, therefore they
had leprosy not only in their flesh, but also in their gar-
ments, houses, and vessels ; and the kinds of profanation
are signified by the various evils of leprosy, which were
tumors, ulcerous tumors, white and red spots, abscesses, burn-
ings, eruptions, scurfs, &c. (Lev. xiii. 1 to the end). For
the church with that nation was a representative church,
In which internal things were represented by external
things which corresponded.

679. Upon the men that had the mark of the beast, and
that worshipped his image, signifies in those who live faith
alone, and receive the doctrine of it. By having the mark
of the beast is signified to acknowledge faith alone, to
confirm it in one's self, and to live according to it : and by
worshipping his image is signified to receive the doctrine

762

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

of it; see above (n. 602, also 634, 637). By living faith
alone, and receiving the doctrine of it, is meant to make
no account of a life for the sake of salvation, nor of any
truth, believing that if they only pray to God the Father,
to have mercy for the sake of the Son, they are saved.
This they do especially, who know and acknowledge the
interiors of that doctrine ; for these are here treated of ;
see just above (n. 677).

680. And the second angel poured out his vial upo?i the seat
signifies the influx of truth and good from the Lord among
those in the church of the Reformed, who are in its exter-
nals, and in that faith, and are called the laity. By pour-
ing out the vial is signified the influx of truth and good
from the Lord, as above (n. 676, 677) : by the sea the ex-
ternal of the church is signified, and also they who are
in its externals ; when by the earth is signified the inter-
nal of the church, and thus those who are in its internals
(n. 398, 403, 404, 420, 470, 677). These are they who are
called the laity, and are in that faith.

681. And it became blood as of one dead, and every living
soul died in the sea, signifies infernal falsity among them, by
which every truth of the Word, and thence of the church
and of faith, was extinguished. By blood as of one dead,
or by clotted and corrupt blood, infernal falsity is signi-
fied ; for by blood is signified the Divine Truth, and in
the opposite sense the same falsified (n. 379) : but by blood
as of one dead is signified infernal falsity, for by death the
extinction of spiritual life is signified, and hence by dead
is signified infernal (n. 321, 525). By every living soul
dying, is signified that every truth of the Word, of the
church, and of faith, was extinguished : for by the living
soul the truth of faith is signified ; hence by the death of
the living soul is signified the truth of faith extinguished.
By soul in tb^ Word, where man is spoken of, his spiritual
life is signified, which is dso the life of his understanding;
and as the understanding is the understanding from truths,

No. 6S4.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

763

vid truths are of faith, therefore the truth of faith is signi-
fied by soul. That this is signified by soul, may be evident
from many passages in the Word, and likewise from those
where soul and heart occur. It is manifest that by soul
and heart man's life is meant : but his life is from the will
and the understanding; or, speaking spiritually, it is from
love and wisdom, also from charity and faith : and the life
of the will from the good of love or charity is meant by the
heart, and the life of the understanding from the truths of
wisdom or faith is meant by the soul. These are meant
by the soul and heart, Matt. xxii. 37 ; Mark xii. 30, 33 j
Luke x. 27; Deut. vi. 5; x. 12; xi. 13; xxvi. 16; Jer.
xxxii. 41, and elsewhere: also in the passages where the
heart is mentioned by itself, and the soul by itself. That
the reason of their being named is the correspondence of
the heart with the will and the love, and of the animation
of the lungs with the understanding and writh wisdom, may
be seen in the u Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine
Love and Divine Wisdom," Part V., where that corre-
spondence is treated of.

683. And the third a?igel poured out his vial upon the
rivers and fountains of waters, signifies influx into the un-
derstanding of the Word with them. By the third angel
pouring out his vial, similarly as by the former, is signified
influx from the Lord from truths and good, here into the
understanding of the Word with them : for by rivers are
signified truths in abundance serving the rational man,
and thus the understanding, for doctrine and life (n. 409) j
and by a fountain of waters the Lord as to the Wrord is
signified, thus the Word of the Lord ; and hence by the
fountains of waters are signified the Divine truths from it
(n. 384, 409).

684. And they became Mood, signifies the truths of the
Word falsified. That by blood in the good sense the
Divine Truth is signified, and in the opposite sense
the same falsified, may be seen above (n. 379). That the

VOL. II. I 5

764

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Ckap. XVI.

Divine Truth falsified and profaned is signified by blood,
is because the Jews shed the blood of the Lord, who was
the Divine Truth itself or the Word ; and they did this
because they falsified and profaned all the truths of the
Word. That the Lord suffered as the- Word, or that the
Jewish nation offered violence to the Lord as they had to
the Word, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Lord" (n. 15-17). That they who
are in faith alone falsify all the truths of the Word, is
because the whole Word treats of a life according to the
precepts therein, and of the Lord as being Jehovah and
the only God ; and they who are in faith alone do not
think of a life according to the precepts in the Word, nor
do they go to the Lord.

685. And I heard the angel of the waters say, signifies
the Divine Truth of the Word. By the angel of the waters
nothing else is signified but the Divine Truth of the Word ;
because waters signify truths (n. 50) ; and an angel signi-
fies something Divine from the Lord (n. 415, 631, 633);
and also truth from Him (n. 170).

686. Thou art just, O Lord, who art and who wast, and
art Holy, because thou hast judged these things, signifies that
this is from the Divine Providence of the Lord, who is
and who was the Word, and the Divine Truth itself, which
otherwise would be profaned. "Thou art just, O Lord,
because thou hast judged these things," signifies that this
is from the Lord's Divine Providence, as presently ex-
plained " Who art and who wast " signifies the Lord as
to the Word, that He is and was the Word, according to
John i. 1, 2, 14. That the Lord as the Word is here
meant, is because the understanding of the Word with
those who are of the church is treated of. What is
further signified by Is and Was, the Beginning and the
End, the First and the Last, the Alpha and the Omega,
concerning Se Lord, may be seen above (n. 13, 29-31,
38, 57). By His being Holy is signified that He is the

No. 683.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

765

Divine Truth itself (n. 173, 586, 666). It is manifest from
these things, that by "Thou art just, O Lord, who art and
who wast, and art Holy, because thou hast judged these
things," is signified that this is from the Divine Providence
of the Lord, who is and was the Word and the Divine Truth
itself. That it is of the Lord's Divine Providence, that
they who are in faith alone should falsify the truths of the
Word, is because if they knew them, so as to think them
interiorly, they would profane them ; for they are in evils,
because they do not shun evils as sins, nor approach the
Lord immediately : on which account, if they were to
receive the genuine truths of the Word, they would mix
them up with the evils of their life j whence would arise
the profanation of what is holy. It is therefore among
the laws of permission, which are also laws of the Divine
Providence, that they should of themselves falsify the
truths, and so far as they are in evils of life. That it is
the Divine Providence that they who are in evils of life
should be in nothing but falsities of doctrine, to the end
that they may not profane the Divine Truths of the Word,
may be seen in the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Providence" (n. 221-233, and 257 at the end).

687. For the blood of saints and prophets have they poured
o?/f, signifies that this is for the reason that that single
point, that faith alone without the works of the law saves,
being received, perverts all true doctrinals from the Word.
By shedding blood is signified here as above (n. 684), to
falsify the truths of the Word, thus to pervert them. By
saints are signified those in the church who are in truths,
and thus also abstractly the truths of the church (n. 586).
By prophets are signified they who are in doctrinals from
the Word, thus also abstractly doctrinals from the Word

133).

688. And thou hast given them blood to drink, for they are
worthy, signifies that of the Lord's Divine Providence it
was permitted those who confirmed themselves in faitb

766

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI-

alone both in doctrine and in life, to falsify the truths of
the Word, and to imbue their life with them so falsified.
By drinking blood is signified not only to falsify the truths
of the Word, but also to imbue the life with them so falsi-
fied: for he that drinks, appropriates to himself and imbues.
It is said, "for they are worthy," for the reason that they
tvho receive faith alone, and live according to it, are in evils
as to life ; and evil effects this in them : and it is here said
of those who are in evils that they are worthy, as is said in
the world of those who are punished for crimes. Concerning
'the Divine Providence in this matter, see above (n. 686).

689. And I heard another out of the altar say, Yea, Lord
God Almighty, true a?id just are thy judgments, signifies the
Divine Good of the Wrord confirming that Divine Truth.
By another, that is, another angel, the Divine Good of the
Word is signified. By an angel something Divine from
the Lord is signified (n. 415, 631, 633): and by an angel
out of the altar is signified the Divine Good of love (n. 648) ;
here the Divine Good of the Word, because the Word is still
treated of, and because the Divine Truth of the Word is
signified by the angel of the waters (n. 685). Now as the
Divine Good of the Word and the Divine Truth of the Word
make one, similar things are therefore signified by the things
spoken by the angel of the waters and those by the angel
out of the altar : for the angel of the waters said, "Thou art
just, O Lord, who art and who wast, and art Holy, because
thou hast judged these things ;" the angel from the altar,
"Yea, Lord God Almighty, true and just are thy judgments"
The latter and the former signify similar things, only with
the difference, that the one spoke from truth, and the other
from good ; and that the one confirmed what the other spoke,
though by different words ; the one by words which belong
to the class of truth, and the other by words that belong to
the class of good : for there is a marriage of truth and good
in every thing of the Word (n. 97) ; and there are words of
good and words of truth, which appear different, but still
involve similar things.

No. 691.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 767

690. And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun,
signifies influx into their love. By pouring out the vial is
signified here as before influx from goods and truths, here
into their love ; for by the sun the Divine Love of the Lord
is signified, and in the opposite sense the love of self
(n. 53, 382, 414) ; here the love of self, because it follows
that men were afflicted with heat by the fire, and were
scorched with a great heat ; by which the lusts of that love
are signified.

691. And it was given him to scorch men with fire, signifies
that love to the Lord tortured them, because they were in
the lusts of evils from the enjoyment of their love. Since
by pouring out the vial influx from the Lord from goods
and truths is signified, hence by pouring out the vial upon
the sun is signified influx from the Lord from the Divine
Love, to disclose what kind of love there was with the men
of that church : hence by its being given to the angel to
scorch men with fire, is signified that the Lord's Divine
Love tortured them ; and as the Lord's Divine Love tortures
no others but those who are in the lusts of evil from the
enjoyment of the love of self, it follows thence that by its
being given him to scorch men with fire is signified that
love to the Lord tortured them, because they were in the
lusts of evils from the enjoyment of the love of self. That
heat signifies lusts for evils and thence for falsities, may be
seen above (n. 382) ; and that fire signifies the Divine Love,
and in the opposite sense infernal love, see above (n. 494).
That the love of self is infernal love, and the enjoyment of
it is infernal enjoyment, and that the enjoyment of that
love arises from and consists of innumerable lusts for evils,
has been freely shown in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Providence," also in the " Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom." That
it is so, is not known in the Christian world, because it is
not known what love to the Lord is ; and this love will
teach what die love of self is.

768

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

692. And men were scorched with great heat, and blas-
phemed the name of God who hath power over these plagues,
signifies that on account of the enjoyment of the love of
self arising from grievous lusts of evils they did not ac-
knowledge the Divinity of the Lord's Human, from which
nevertheless flows all good of love and truth of faith. By
heat the lusts of evils are signified, which are in the love
of self and its enjoyment (n. 382, 691) : hence by scorching
with a great heat is signified to be in vehement lusts, and
so in the enjoyment of the love. By blaspheming the
name of God is signified to deny or \ ot to acknowledge
the Divinity of the Lord's Human, and vhe holiness of the
Word (n. 571, 582): to blaspheme is to deny or not to
acknowledge ; and the name of God is the Lord's Divine
Human and at the same time the Word (n. 584). By
having power over the plagues is signified that from Him
flows in all the good of love and trutn of faith, by which evils
and falsities are removed (n. 673, 680, 690) : and as the seven
angels that had the seven plagues went out of the temple
of the tabernacle of the testimony (Apoc. xv. 5, 6) ; and by
the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony the inmost of
heaven is signified, where the Lord is in His sanctity in
the Word and in the law which is the Decalogue (n. 669);
and thence was the influx which is signified by the pouring
out of the plagues (n. 676) ; it is evident that by God who
hath power over the plagues is meant the Lord from whom
is this influx. It shall be told in few words what the
quality of the love of self is. The enjoyment of it exceeds
every enjoyment in the world ; for it is made up of mere
lusts of evils, and every lust breathes out its enjoyment.
Into this enjoyment every man is born ; and as it drives
the mind of man to think continually of himself, it draws il
away from thinking of God and the neighbor except from
himself and concerning himself: on which account, unless
God favors his lusts he is angiy with God, as he is angry with
his neighbor who does not favor him. That enjoyment, whco

No. 694.] THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED. 769

it increases, causes a man not to be able to think above him-
self, but below himself ; for it sinks his mind into the life of
his body : hence the man becomes by degrees sensual ; and
the sensual man speaks in a high and lofty tone of worldly
and civil things, but cannot speak of God and of Divine
things except from the memory only. If he is in civil life,
he acknowledges nature as creator, and his own prudence
as governor, and denies God. If he holds priestly office,
he speaks of God and of Divine things from memory, also
in a high and lofty tone ; but in heart he has little belief
in them.

693. And they repented not to give Him glory, signifies
that on that account they cannot receive with any faith, that
the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, as to His Human
also, although the Word teaches it. By not repenting is
signified not to recede from their evils, but to remain in
them ; and by not giving Him glory is signified not to
receive with faith that the Lord is the God of heaven and
earth : for this is giving Him glory. That the Lord is the
God of heaven and earth, He teaches manifestly (Matt
xxviii. 18; John xiii. 3; xvii. 2, 3); also that the Father
and He are one (John x. 30 ; xii. 45 ; xiv. 6-1 1 ; xvi. 15 ;
and elsewhere) : and the doctrine of the church teaches
moreover, that His Divine and Human are one person,
united as the soul and the body.

694. And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the throne
of the beast, signifies influx from the Lord into their faith.
By the angel's pouring out his vial influx is signified here
as before ; and by the throne of the beast is signified where
faith alone reigns : by a throne kingdom is signified, and
by the beast faith alone (n. 567, 576, 577, 594, 601, 660).
That a throne is also mentioned in relation to the govern-
ment of evil and falsity, is manifest from these passages
The dragon gave to the beast his-po7oer and his throne, and
great authority (Apoc. xiii. 2). I know thy works, and where
thou dwellest, where Satan's throne is (Apoc. ii. 13). I beheld

77o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

imtil the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of Days did
sit (Dan. vii. 9). I will overturn the throne of kingdoms,
and the strength of the kingdoms of the nations (Hag. ii. 22).-
Lucifer said, Above the stars will I exalt my throne (Isa.
xiv. 13 ; and elsewhere).

695. And his kingdom became dark, signifies that nothing
but falsities appeared. Falsities are signified by darki ess,
because truth is signified by light. That darkness signifies
falsities by which come evils, and thick-darkness falsities
from evils, may be seen above (n. 413) ; hence by the king-
dom of the beast being made dark, is signified that nothing
but falsities appeared. That they who have confirmed
faith separated from charity falsify the whole Word, may
be seen above (n. 136, 610) : that they have not any truths
(n. 489, 501, 653) ; but mere falsities (n. 563, 597, 602).
But in their own sight the falsities of their faith do not
indeed appear dark, that is, as false, but lucid, that is, as
true, after they have confirmed them ; but still, when they
are viewed from the light of heaven, which discloses all
things, they appear dark. Wherefore when the light of
heaven flows in into the chambers of those who are in hell,
it becomes so dark that they do not see one another : there-
fore, all hell is closed, so that not even a chink is open ;
and then they are in their light (lumen). That they do not
appear to themselves to be in darkness, but in light (lumen),
although they are in falsities, is because their falsities, after
they have confirmed them, appear to them as truths ; hence
is their light (lumen) ; but it is a fatuous light, as is the
light of the confirmation of falsity : this light corresponds to
the light of the sight of owls and bats, to which darkness is
light, and light darkness ; yea, to which the sun is nothing
but thick-darkness. Such eyes do they have after death,
who have confirmed themselves in falsities in the world to
such a degree that they see falsity as truth, and the truth as
falsity.

696. And they gnawed their tongues for distress, signifies

No. 697.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

771

that they could not endure truths. By distress is not meant
distress from falsities ; these do not cause them any dis-
tress : but distress from truths is meant, and thus that they
could not endure them. By gnawing their tongues is signi-
fied not to be willing to hear truths : for by the tongue the
confession of truth is signified ; because the tongue serves
the thought for speech, and spiritually for confession. By
gnawing the tongue is signified to withhold the thought
from hearing truths. That this is signified by gnawing
the tongue, cannot be confirmed from the Word, because it
is not found there ; but it has been given to know it from
experience in the spiritual world. When any one there
speaks the truths of faith, the spirits who cannot endure to
hear truths, hold their tongues in their teeth, and also bite
their lips ; and also induce others to press their tongues
and lips with the teeth, and this even to distress. From
this it is now manifest, that by their gnawing their tongues
through distress, is signified that they could not endure
truths. That the tongue, as the organ of speech, signifies
thought and confession, and likewise the doctrine of truth,
may be seen above (n. 282).

697. And blasphemed the God of heaven for their distresses
and for their sores, signifies that they could not acknowledge
the Lord alone to be God of heaven and earth, on account
of resistance from interior falsities and evils, arising from
the acknowledgment and reception of the dogma concern
ing faith alone. By blaspheming the God of heaven is
signified to deny or not to acknowledge the Lord alone to
be the God of heaven and earth (n. 571, 582). By dis-
tresses are signified the distresses of acknowledging this, as
above (n. 696), and thus resistance from interior falsities ;
for, what one resists, that is distressing : distresses are pre-
dicated of falsities. • By sores interior evils are signified, as
above (n. 678) j and because interior evils and falsities
spring from the acknowledgment and reception of the dog-
ma concerning faith alone, therefore this also is signified.

IS*

772 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

698. And repented not of their works, signifies that though
instructed from the Word, they still do not recede from
falsities of faith and the evils of life thence. By not re-
penting is signified not to recede, as above (n. 693) ; and
by works are here signified falsities of faith and the evils
of life from them, as above (n. 641). It is according to the
sense of the letter, that the distresses and sores cannot com-
pel them to repent of falsities and evils ; but it is according
to the spiritual sense, that instruction from the Word cannot
drive them from falsities and evils, because these are in-
fernal. It is manifest from this, that by their not repenting
of their works is signified that although instructed from the
Word, they still do not recede from falsities of faith and
thence evils of life. It is said that works here are falsities
of faith and evils of life from them. It is so said, because
falsity of faith precedes, and evil of life follows ; for it is a
falsity of faith, that evil does not condemn him who is in
faith : from this a man lives unconcernedly, not thinking of
any evil, and so never repents, or does repentance. He
does the same if he persuades himself that works con-
tribute nothing towards salvation, but faith only without
them.

699. And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great
river Euphrates, signifies influx from the Lord into their in-
terior reasonings, by which they confirm justification by faith
alone. By the sixth angel pouring out his vial is signified
influx here as above. By the great river Euphrates interior
reasonings are signified, the same as above (n. 444, 445) ;
here the interior reasonings of that church, by which they
confirm justification by faith alone, because these are
treated of in what now follows.

700. And the water Thereof was dried up, that the way of
the kings from the rising of the sun might -be prepared, signifies
that the falsities of those reasonings were removed with
those who are in truths from goods from the Lord, and are
to be introduced into the New Church. That the water

No. 700.]

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

773

was dried up signifies that the falsities of those interior
reasonings were removed : by being dried up is signified
that they were removed ; and by the water is signified
truths, and in the opposite sense falsities (n. 50, 614) ; here
the falsities of the interior "easonings, because it was the
water of the river Euphrates, by which those reasonings are
signified (n. 699). By the kings, for whom a way was to be
prepared, they are signified who are in truths from good
from the Lord (n. 20, 483). By the rising of the sun is
signified tie beginning of the New Church from the Lord,
the same as by the morning (n. 151). By preparing the
way is signified to prepare for introduction. From these
things it is manifest, that by the water being dried up that
the way of the kings from the rising of the sun might be
prepared, is signified that the falsities of the interior
reasonings were removed with those who are in truths from
good from the Lord, and are to be introduced into the New
Church. This is the series of the things. The consum-
mation or end of the present church, and the institution or
beginning of a New Church, and their contentions, are
here treated of. They of the present church who are in
faith alone, are meant by the dragon, the beast, and the
false prophet, treated of in what follows ; and its conten-
tions with those who will be of the New Church are meant
by the gathering together of the kings of the eardi to the
battle : but they who will be of the New Church, with whom
they will contend, are meant by those for whom the water
of the river Euphrates was dried up, that a way might be
prepared for the kings from the rising of the sun. This in-
volves the like as the introduction of the children of Israel
into the hnd of Cam.an, with the difference that for them
the river Jordan was dried up, but for these the river
Euphrates. The reason that it was the river Euphrates for
these, is that they contend in this case by interior reason-
ings, which are to be dried up, that is, removed, before the
introduction is effected: which also is the cause that their

774

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI

interior reasonings are disclosed in this work ; and unless
they were disclosed, a man unacquainted with them, though
intelligent, might easily be seduced.

701. And I saiv out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of
the mouth of the beast ', and out of the mouth of the false pro-
phet, signifies the perception that from a theology founded
upon the doctrine of a trinity of persons in the Divinity,
and upon the doctrine of justification by faith alone without
the works of the law. By the mouth is signified doctrine,
and thence preaching and discourse (n. 453, 574). By the
dragon is signified the acknowledgment of three Gods, and
of justification by faith alone, and thence the devastation
of the church (n. 537). By the beast from the sea, which
is here meant, are signified the men of the external church
who are in that acknowledgment and faith (n. 567, 576, 577,
601). By the false prophet are signified the men of the
internal church, who teach theology from those doctrines.
The false prophet has not before been mentioned, but the
beast from the earth is now so called, see above (n. 594).
Now as all these things are signified by the dragon, the
beast out of the sea, and the false prophet, who is here the
beast out of the earth, it follows that by " I saw out of
the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast,
and out of the mouth of the false prophet," is signified the
perception that from a theology founded upon the doctrine of
a trinity of persons in the Divinity, and upon the doctrine
of justification by faith alone without the works of the law.

702. Three unclean spirits like frogs, signifies that there
arise mere ratiocinations and lusts of falsifying truths.
By spirits similar things are here signified as by demons,
since it is presently said that they were the spirits of
demons • and by demons are signified the lusts of falsify-
ing truths (n. 458) : by three is signified all (n. 400, 505) ;
here therefore mere : by frogs are signified ratiocinations
from lusts, because they croak and are lascivious. It is
manifest from this, that by the three unclean spirits like

No. 704.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

775

frogs are meant mere ratiocinations and lusts of falsifying
truths. The same is signified here by frogs as by the frogs
of Egypt, because the devastation of the church among
the Egyptians is in like manner described by the miracles
performed, concerning which it is thus written in Moses :
Aaro?i stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt, a?id
the frogs cai7ie up, and covered the land; and afterwards the
frogs were removed, and remained only in the rimer (Ex. viii.
5-14; Ps. lxxviii. 45 ; cv. 30). The reason that the frogs
were produced from the waters of Egypt, and remained in
the river, was that the waters in Egypt, and especially the
waters of the river there, signified the falsities of doctrine
from which they reasoned.

703. For they are the spirits of demons, signifies that they
were the lusts of falsifying truths and of reasoning from
falsities. That the lusts of falsifying truths are signified
by demons may be seen above (n. 458) ; and as they were
like to frogs, they were also the lusts of reasoning from
falsities, as just above (n. 702).

704. Doing signs, to go away unto the kings of the earth
and of the whole world, to gather them together to the battle
of that great day of God Almighty, signifies asseverations
that their falsities are truths, and the stirring up of all in
the whole of that church, who are in the same falsities, to
attack the truths of the New Church. That to do signs is
to testify and likewise to asseverate that a thing is true,
may be seen above (n. 598, 599) ; here that their falsities
are truths. By " the kings of the earth and of the whole
world " are signified they who are principally in falsities
from evil, here all who are in the same falsities in the
whole church : for by kings are signified those who are
in truths from good, and in the opposite sense those who
are in falsities from evil (n. 483). By the earth the church
is signified (n. 285) ; in like manner by the world (n. 551).
By going away to gather them together to battle, is signi-
fied to excite them to fight, or to attack : for by war spirit

776

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

ual war is signified, which is that of falsity against truth
and of truth against falsity (n. 500, 586). That it is to fight
against the truths of the New Church, is because it is said
the great day of God Almighty y and by that day is signi-
fied the Lord's coming, and the New Church at that time
That this is signified here by the great day will be seen
below. It is said that the spirits of demons would do this,
because the lusts of falsifying truths and of reasoning
from falsities are signified by them, as stated just above
(n. 703). From this it is manifest, that by the spirits of
demons doing signs, " to go away to the kings of the earth
and of the whole world to gather them together unto the
battle of that great day of God Almighty," are signified
asseverations by those who are meant by the dragon, the
beast, and the false prophet, mentioned above (n. 701,
702), that their falsities are truths, and the stirring up of
all in the whole church who are in the same falsities, to
fight against the truths of the New Church. It is evident
from many passages in the Word, that the Lord's coming
and a New Church at that time are signified by "the great
day of God Almighty ; " as from these : In that day Jeho-
vah alone shall be exalted (Isa. ii. 11). In that day Israel
shall stay upon Jehovah, the Holy One of Israel, i?i truth
(Isa. x. 20). In that day shall the nations seek the Root of
Jes'-e, and His rest shall be glory (Isa. xi. 10). I11 that day
shall the eyes have respect unto the Holy One of Israel (Isa.
xvii. 7, 9). In that day shall they say, Lo, this is otir God;
we have waited for Him, that He should save us (Isa. xxv. 9).
My people shall know My name, and in that day they shall
know that I am He that doth speak, behold, it is I (Isa. lii. 6).
Alas, the great day of Jehovah, and there shall not be like ii
(Jer. xxx. 7). Behold, the days come i?t which I will make a
new covenant, and in which the city of Jehovah shall be built
(Jer. xxxi. 27, 31, 38). In those days I will make a just
Branch to grow up unto David (Jer. xxxiii. 15). They shall
not stand in the battle of the day of Jehovah (Ez. xiii. 5).

No. 70s.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 777

/// that day shall the great prince Michael rise up, who siand-
eth for the children of his people. In that day shall every one
who is found written in the book be delivered (Dan. xii. 1). In
that day thou shall call me, My husband. In that day I will
make a covenant with them. In that day I will hear (Hos.
ii. 16, 18, 21). Behold, I send Elijah before the great day
of Jehovah cotneth (Mai. iv. 5). I?i that day Jehovah shall
save his people as a flock (Zech. ix. 16). In that day shall
Jehovah protect the inhabitants of Jerusalem (Zech. xiii. 1).
Behold, the day of Jehovah cometh. One day which shall
be known to Jehovah. In that day there shall be one Jehovah,
and His name one. In that day shall there be a great tumult.
In that day there shall be upon the bells of the horses Holiness
to Jehovah (Zech. xiv. 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 20, 21). Be-
sides these places there are many more, in which the Lord's
coming and a New Church from Him at that time are
meant by " that day as in these : Isa. iv. 2 ; xix. 16, 18,
21, 24; xx. 6; xxii. 20, 25; xxv. 9; xxviii. 5; xxix. 18;
xxx. 25, 26; xxxi. 7; Jer. iii. 16-18; xxiii. 5-7, 12, 20;

I. 4, 20, 27; Ez. xxiv. 26, 27; xxix. 21; xxxiv. 11, 12;
xxxvi. 33; Hos. iii. 5; vi. 1, 2 ; Joel iii. 1, 18; Ob. vers.
15; Am. ix. 11, 13; Mic. iv. 6; Hab. iii. 2; Zeph. iii.

II, 16, 19, 20; Zech. ii. 11; Ps. lxxii. 7, 8. And that
day is called the day of Jehovah (Joel i. 15 ; ii. 1, 2, 11 ;
Am. v. 13, 18, 20; Zeph. i. 7, 14; ii. 2,3; Zech. xiv. 1;
and elsewhere). Since it is the consummation of the age,
that is, the end of the old Church, when the Lord's coming
and the beginning of a New Church take place, in many
places therefore the end of the former church also is signi-
fied by the day of Jehovah; and it is said that there shall
then be rumors, tumults, and wars ; which passages may be
seen collected together in the " Doctrine of the New Jeru-
salem concerning the Lord " (n. 4, 5).

705. Behold, J come as a thief; blessed is he that watchcth
and keepeth his garments, signifies the Lord's coming, and
heaven then for those who look to Him, and remain stead-

778

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

fast in a life according to His precepts, which are the
truths of the Word. That to come as a thief, when speak-
ing of the Lord, signifies His Coming, and heaven at that
time to those who have lived well, and hell to those who
have lived ill, may be seen above, n. 164 : that he is
called blessed who receives eternal life, see n. 639 : that
to watch signifies to live spiritually, that is, to be in truths
and in a life according to them, and to look to the Lord,
see n. 158: and that to keep one's garments signifies to
remain steadfast in the truths until the end of life ; for
garments signify investing truths, see n. 166, 212, 328,
and thus the Lord's precepts in the Word, because these
are truths. These things now follow in order from those
which precede : for what precedes is concerning the Lord's
Coming, and concerning a New Church, also concerning
the attack upon it by those who are of the old Church ;
and as the combat is imminent, they who are in truths
from the Word are admonished to remain steadfast in
them, lest they should fall in the battle, which is spoken
of in the next verse.

706. That he may not walk naked, and they see his shame,
signifies lest they should be with those who are in no truths,
and their infernal loves should appear. By walking naked
is signified to live without truths. By the shame of naked-
ness, on the secret parts, filthy loves, which are infernal loves,
are signified ; and by " lest they see his shame " is signified
lest these should appear. That ignorance of truth is signified
by nakedness, and infernal love by the shame of nakedness,
maybe seen above (n. 213). This is said to those who
will be of the New Church, that they may learn truths, and
remain steadfast in them ; since without truths the evils in-
nate in them, which are infernal loves, are not removed.
A man can indeed live like a Christian without truths ; yet
only before men, but not before the angels. The truths
which they should learn are concerning the Lord, and
concerning the precepts according to which they should
live.

N0.707.] THE ArOCALYPSE REYEALED.

779

707. And he gathered them together into a place called in
Hebrew Armageddon, signifies the state of combat from
falsities against truths, and the purpose of destroying the
New Church, arising from the love of dominion and super-
eminence. By gathering together into a place, here to the
battle, is signified to excite them to fight from falsities
against truths. It means the state of combat, because
place signifies the state of a thing. That it is for the purpose
of destroying the New Church, is because combat between
the Old Church and the New is meant, and the purpose of
the combat is to destroy. What is signified by Armaged-
don will be told below. It has been said before, that the
Dragon went away to make war with the rest of the seed of
the Woman, that keep the commandments of God, and that
have the testimony of Jesus Christ (Apoc. xii. 17) ; also, that
it was given to the beast out of the sea to make war with the
saints (xiii. 7) ; and in this chapter that the spirits of demons
that came out of the ?nouth of the dragon, of the beast, and of
the false prophet, went away to the kings of the earth, to gather
them together to the war of that great day of God Almighty
(vers. 13, 14). Here the battle itself is now treated of, the
result of which is not described, but only its state, which is
signified by Armageddon. By Armageddon is signified in
heaven the love of honor, of dominion, and of superemi-
nence : and in the Hebrew language also loftiness is signi-
fied by Aram or Arom, and love from loftiness is signified
by Megiddo in the ancient Hebrew tongue, as is manifest
from its signification in the Arabic language. The same is
signified by Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddo in
Zechariah xii. 11. In that chapter the coming of the
Lord is also treated of, and the end of the Jewish Church
at that time, and the beginning of a New Church to be estab-
lished by the Lord, and also the collision between those
Churches ; on which account the expression in that day so
often occurs in that chapter ; and by " that day " is signified
the Lord's Coming, as above (n. 704) : that it may be seen,

780

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVL

I will adduce the passages : In that day I will make Jeru-
salem a stone of burden unto all peoples. In that day I will
smite every horse with astonishment and his rider with mad-
ness. In that day I will make the leaders of Judah like a
furnace of fire among the wood. In that day shall Jehovah
defend the inhabitants of Jerusalem, that the feeble one among
them may be as David. In that day will I seek to destroy all
the nations that come against Jerusalem : and lastly, in that
day shall there be a wailing in Jerusalem, like the wailing in
Hadadrimnwn in the valley of Megiddo (vers. 3, 4, 6, 8, 9,
11). And in the following chapter, In that day shall a
fountain be opened to the house of David and to the inhabi-
tants of Jerusalem. In that day the prophets shall be ashamed^
and hall put on a garment of haircloth, that they may deceive
(xiii. 1, 4). By that day is signified the Lord's Coming,
and then the end of the Old Church and the beginning of
a New Church, as was said above. But what is signified
there by the valley of Megiddo cannot be seen, unless the
series of the things in that chapter and the two following in
that prophet be disclosed by means of the spiritual sense ;
which, as it has been opened to me, shall be explained, but
in a brief summary. In the twelfth chapter of Zechariah it
is declared in the spiritual sense, " That the Lord is about
to form a New Church (vers. 1). That there will then be
nothing of doctrine in the Old Church, and that they will
therefore desert it (vers. 2, 3). That there will no longer
be any understanding of truth, only with those who are in
the Word, and who are of the New Church (vers. 4). That
these will learn the good of doctrine from the Lord (vers.
5). That the Lord will then destroy all falsities by the
truths of the Word, lest the doctrine of the New Church
should teach any thing else but the truth (vers. 6, 7). That
the Church will then be in doctrine concerning the Lord
(vers. 8). That He will destroy all persons and all things
that are contrary to that doctrine (vers. 9) ; and that then
there will be a New Church from the Lord (vers. 10). And

No. 707.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. 78 1

that then each and every thing of the Church will be in
grief" (vers. 10-14). These are the contents of chapter
xii. in the spiritual sense. The contents of the following
chapter, xiii., are these : " That the Word will be for the
New Church, and will be opened to them (vers. 1). That
falsities of doctrine and worship will be altogether de-
stroyed (vers. 2, 3). That the old prophetic or doctrinal
teaching is to cease, and that there will no longer be falsi-
ties of doctrine ( ers. 4, 5). That the Lord will be slain by
those who are in he Old Church, from their effort to dis-
perse them that believe in Him (vers. 6, 7). That they
who are of the vastated Church will perish, and that those
who are of the New Church are to be purified and taught
by the Lord " (vers. 8, 9). These are the contents of chap-
ter xiii. in the spiritual sense. The contents of chapter
xiv. are these : " The Lord's combats against the evil, and
their dispersion (vers. 1-5). That there will be no truth
then, but there will be Divine Truth from the Lord (vers.
6, 7). That the Divine Truth will proceed from the Lord
(vers. 8, 9). That truth will be multiplied in the Newr
Church, nor will there be any falsity of evil there (vers.
10, ti). That he who combats against those truths, will
give. himself up to falsities of every kind (vers. 12). That
then will be the destruction of all things of the Church
(vers. 13-15). That they will then come to the worship of
the Lord, even from the Gentiles who are external natural
(vers. 16-19). And that there will then be intelligence
from the good of charity, from which will be their worship '
(vers. 20, 21). These are the contents of the three chap-
ters, xii., xiii., xiv., of Zechariah, in the spiritual sense, un-
folded because in them also the last state of the Old Church
and the first state of the New Church are treated of. And
as it is said that they are to be gathered together into a
place called in Hebrew Armageddon, it is evident that the
same things were said in this prophet concerning the last
state of the Church of this day and the first state of the

782

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

New Church. By Armageddon is signified, as was said,
the love of honor, of dominion, and of supereminence ; for
from that is the combat, and from that and on account of
it is the lamentation which is described there (vers. 11-14,
chap. xii.). The like is also signified by Megiddo (2 Kings
xxiii. 29, 30 ; 2 Chron. xxxv. 20-24) ; but in the spiritual
sense.

708. And the seventh angel poured out his <al into tht
air, signifies influx from the Lord into all things collectively
with the men of the Church of the Reformed. By the
seventh angel pouring out his vial is signified influx as be-
fore. By the air is signified all the things of perception
and thought, and thus of their faith ; consequently also
the general quality of all those there, who are in faith
separate from charity : for by the air their breathing is sig-
nified ; and the breathing corresponds to the understanding,
and thus to perception and thought, and also to faith ; be-
cause faith is of thought according to the perception of the
understanding. That there is this correspondence, and
that every one in the spiritual world breathes according to
his faith, has been fully shown in the " Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom," in
Part V.

709. And there came a gj-eat voice out of the temple of
heaven from the throne, saying, It is done, signifies that it
was thus made manifest by the Lord, that all the things of
the church were devastated, and that the last judgment
was now at hand. By a great voice coming out :f the
temple oi heaven is signified a manifestation from the Lord
from the inmost of heaven : by a great voice is signified
manifestation ; and by the temple of heaven the inmost of
heaven is signified, from which the influx is (n. 669). It is
said tc come from the throne, because heaven is signified
by the throne, and likewise judgment : that it signifies
heaven, see n. 221, 222 ; and that it signifies judgment,
n. 229: and this because it is now made manifest that all

No 7io.j THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 783

things of the church were devastated, and thus that its
end has come ; and at the end of a church a judgment is
executed : wherefore this is said when the last angel poured
out his vial from the temple of heaven from the throne.
By " It is done " is signified that it is consummated ; that
is, that all things of the Church are devastated ; see above
(n. 676).

710. And there were voices and lightnings and thunders,
signifies ratiocinations, falsifications of truth, and argumen-
tations from the falsities of evil in the church among those
who are in faith alone, and refuse to reflect upon the evils
in themselves, since they do not wish to recede from them
if they knew them. That by voices, lightnings, and thun-
ders are signified ratiocinations, falsifications of truth, and
argumentations from falsities, may be evident from what is
said above (n. 396, 531), and from similar things there.
That they who are in faith separate from the works of the
law, and thence in evils of life refuse to reflect upon the
evils in themselves, because they do not wish to recede
from them if they knew them, is manifest without explana-
tion. Experience teaches this : for evils are enjoyments,
because they are loves ; and no one wishes to recede from
enjoyments, unless he looks to the life after death, and first
to hell to see what it is, and afterwards to heaven, what that
is, and thinks of them aside from any evil act. If he then
looks to the Lord also, and thinks, " What is the temporal in
comparison with the eternal ? is it not as nothing? " he can
then reflect upon his evils, and wish to know them, and to
recede from them. But if he had confirmed himself in
faith alone, he will then say in his heart, " Our theological
faith — that God the Father has mercy for the sake of the
Son who suffered for our sins, if I supplicate this with some
confidence — effects all things;" he then does not reflect
upon any evil in himself : he also says with himself from
that faith, that evil does not condemn, and that salvation is
pure mercy, besides other similar things : he thus remains

784 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

fixed in his evils, and enjoys himself in them even to the
end of life. Such are the ratiocinations, the falsifications
of truth, and the argumentations from the falsities of evil,
which are here signified by the voices, the lightnings, and
the thunders.

711. And there was a great earthquake, such as was noi
since men were upon the earth, such an earthquake, so great^
signifies as it were shakings, convulsions, overturnings,
and the drawing down from heaven, of all the things of the
church. That by an earthquake changes in the state of
the church are signified, may be seen above (n. 331): and
as earthquakes are lighter and more severe — here the most
severe, because it is said that such an earthquake had not
occurred since men were made — it is manifest that by the
earthquake here are signified the shakings, convulsions, and
overturnings of all things in the church, and the drawing
of them down from heaven. It is also said of the dragon,
who is called the old serpent, the devil, and satan, that his
tail drew down from heaven the third part of the stars, and
cast them unto the earth (Apoc. xii. 4). In like manner of
the he-goat (Dan. viii. 10-12). The Lord also says of the
end of this church, There shall be great affliction, such as was
7io t from the beginning of the world to this time, nor ever shall
be (Matt. xxiv. 2 1). The end of the church is also described
in the prophets by the shakings, overthrowings, and sinkings
of the earth, and by other things which relate to earthquakes.

712. And the great city was rent into three parts, and the
cities of the nations fell, signifies that that Church as to doc-
trine was altogether destroyed by them, and so too all the
heresies which have emanated from it. That the doctrine
of the church is signified by a city, or what is the same, the
church as to doctrine, may be seen above (n. 194, 501, 502):
hence by the cities of the nations are signified the heretical
doctrines or heresies which have emanated from it, which
are many. By being rent into three parts is signified to be
altogether destroyed ; for by being divided in the Word is

No. 714.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

785

signified to be dissipated, for the reason that thus the parts
do not cohere ; and by three is signified all and the whole
(n. 400, 505) : hence by being rent into three parts is signified
to be altogether destroyed. By falling, which is said of the
cities of the nations, is also signified to be destroyed. It is
said that the city was rent into three parts, and that the cities
of the nations fell, because an earthquake was spoken of just
above, in which such things take place. By the great city
is meant the great city mentioned above (chap. xi. 8), which
is there " called Sodom and Egypt," of which see above
(n. 501-504). That a city signifies doctrine, and hence the
cities signify doctrinals, is because by a land, and especially
by the land of Canaan, the Church is signified : and because
the church is a church from doctrine and according to it,
doctrinals are signified by cities. They were also taught
in the cities, for the synagogues were there, and in Jerusa-
lem was the Temple. Hence it is, that by Jerusalem the
church as to doctrine in a universal sense is signified.

713. And great Babylon ca?ne into remembra?ice before
God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fury of His
anger, signifies the destruction also at that time of the dog-
mas of the Roman Catholic Religion. By Babylon as a city,
as here mentioned, is signified that religion as to its dogmas
and doctrinals (n. 631). By giving to her the cup of the
wine of the fury of the anger of God, is signified to devas-
tate even till there is nothing but evil and falsity. That
this is signified by the cup of the wine of the fury of the
anger of God, may be seen above (n. 631, 632).

714. And a great hail, as of a talent-weight, came down
out of heaven upon men, signifies direful and atrocious fal-
sities by which every truth of the Word and thence of the
church was destroyed. That falsity destroying truth and
good is signified by hail, may be seen above (n. 399) : and
because it is called a great hail as of a talent-weight
direful and atrocious falsities are signified, by which every
truth and good of the Word and thence of the church is

786

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI.

destroyed. It is said to be of a talent-weight, because the
talent was the greatest weight of silver and also of gold ;
and by silver truth is signified, and by gold good ; and in
the opposite sense falsity and evil (n. 211). That it is said
that the hail came down from heaven upon men is accord-
ing to appearances, from which and from correspondences
is the literal sense of the Word. This is similar to what
was before said of the plagues, that they were poured forth
out of heaven by the angels upon men ; when yet they are
truths and goods sent down by the Lord, which are turned
into falsities and evils among them that are below (n. 673).
In the spiritual world among these, when they are in rea-
sonings from falsities against the truths of the Word, hail
sometimes appears to descend, and among some brimstone
and fire : and as these appear in the atmosphere above them,
and as it were from heaven, it is therefore said, from that
appearance, that such hail descended from heaven.

715. And men blasphe?ned God for the plague of the hail,
for the plague thereof was exceeding great, signifies that,
because they confirmed such falsities with themselves, they
denied truths to such a degree that they could not acknowl-
edge them, on account of repugnances arising from their
interior falsities and evils. By blaspheming God is signi-
fied to deny and not to acknowledge the Lord to be the
only God of heaven and earth (n. 571, 582, 697); and to
do the same with the truth of the Word. For the plague
of it was exceeding great, signifies on account of those dire-
ful and atrocious falsities from confirming the dogma of
justification by faith alone (n. 714). That they cannot
acknowledge truths on account of those falsities, is because
the confirmation of falsity is the denial of the truth. It
appears as if it was meant, that the plague of the hail
was so great, that they blasphemed God from the torture
or pain of its stroke ; but this is not meant, but that they
could not acknowledge truths on account of the falsities :
in like manner as before in this chapter, where it is said

No. 716.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

787

that they blasphemed the name of God for the heat (vers. 9) ;
and that they blasphemed the God of heaven for the dis-
tresses and for the sores (vers. 11); which may be seen
explained, n. 692 and 697.

716. To this I will add this Relation. I have spoken
in the spiritual world with certain bishops of England, and
there concerning the small works published at London in
the year 1758, which were " Concerning Heaven and Hell,"
" Concerning the New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doc-
trine," "Concerning the Last Judgment," "Concerning
the White Horse," and " Goncerning the Earths in the
Universe ; " which small works were presented to all the
bishops, and to many of the nobles or lords. They said
that they received them, and saw them, but did not think
them valuable, although skilfully written ; and likewise that
they persuaded as many as they could not to read them.
I asked, " Why so ? when yet there are there arcana con
cerning heaven and hell, and concerning the life after
death, and other things most worthy of attention, which
have been revealed by the Lord for those who will be of
His New Church, which is the New Jerusalem." But they
said, "What is this to us?" and they poured out censures
against them as formerly in the world : I heard them.
And then these things were read before them from the
Apocalypse : And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon
the great river Euphrates, and the water of it was dried up,
that the way of the kings from the lising of the sun might
be prepared : and I sa7v out of the mouth of the dragon,
and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of
the false prophet three unclean spirits like frogs : for they are
spirits of de?no7is doing signs to go away unto the kings of the
earth and of the whole world, to gather them together unto
the battle of that great day of God Almighty : and he gath
vol. 11. 16

788

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVI,

ered them together wito the place called i?i Hebrew Armaged-
don (Apoc. xvi. 1 2-1 6). This was explained before them ;
and it was said that they, and similar persons elsewhere,
were meant by these things.

The king, grandfather to the king now reigning [1766],
heard from heaven these things which were said to the
bishops; and being somewhat indignant, he said, "What
is this ? " And then a certain one of them, who had not
joined with them in the world, turned to the king, and
said, " These, whom you now see with your eyes, thought
in the world, and hence also think now, of the Lord's
Divine Human as of the human of a common man, and
attribute all salvation and redemption to God the Father,
and not to the Lord, except as a cause for the sake of
which [they are done]. For they believe in God the
Father, and not in His Son, although they know from the
Lord, that it is the will of the Father, that they should
believe i?i the Son ; and that they who believe in the Son
should have eternal life ; and that they who do not believe in
the Son, will not see life. Besides this, they deny to charity,
which is done by the Lord through man as by him, the
smallest part in salvation." Speaking further with the king,
he exposed the Hierarchy which many of them continually
affect and also exercise, which they strengthen by conjunc-
tion and combination with all of their order, by means of
emissaries, internuncios, letters and conversations, upheld
by ecclesiastical and at the same time political authority j
owing to which they almost all cling together like one
bundle: and that it is also effected by that 'Hierarchy,
that the above-named Works for the New Jerusalem, though
published at London, and sent to them as a gift, have been
so basely rejected, that they have not even been held
worthy to be named among the books of their catalogue.
On hearing this the king was astonished, especially at their
thinking so of the Lord, who yet is the God of heaven and
earth, and of charity, which yet is religion itself. And then

No. 716.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

789

the interiors of their mind and faith were opened by light
let in from heaven ; and the king saw, and then said,
" Depart ; alas, who can grow so callous against hearing
any thing concerning heaven and eternal life ? "

The king then inquired, whence so universal an obe-
dience was paid to them by the clergy : and it was said
I that it was from the power granted to every bishop in his
diocese, of nominating to the king only one candidate to
the churches, and not three, as in other kingdoms ; and
that owing to that power they had the influence to advance
their dependants to higher honors and larger incomes,
each one according to the obedience which he manifests.
It was also disclosed how far that hierarchy might go, and
that it might advance so far that dominion should be the
essential, and religion formal. Their passion for ruling
was also laid open, and viewed by the angels ; and it was
seen to exceed the ardor for ruling of those who are ip
secular authority.

790

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

CHAPTER SEVENTEENTH.

1. And there came one of the seven angels that had the
seven vials, and spake with me, saying unto me, Come, I
will show thee the judgment of the great harlot that sitteth
upon many waters ;

2. With whom the kings of the earth have committed
whoredom, and the inhabitants of the earth have been
made drunk with the wine of her whoredom.

3. And he carried me away in the spirit into the wilder-
ness, and I saw a Woman sitting upon a scarlet Beast,
full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten
horns.

4. And the Woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet,
and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, hav-
ing a golden cup in her hand, full of abominations and
filthiness of her whoredom.

5. And upon her forehead was a name written, Mystery,
Babylon the great, the mother of whoredoms and abomina-
tions of the earth.

6. And I saw the Woman drunken with the blood of the
saints and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus : and
when I saw her I wondered with great wonder.

7. And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dost thou
wonder ? I will tell thee the mystery of the Woman, and
of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads
and ten horns.

8. The beast which thou sawest was, and is not, and is
about to ascend out of the abyss, and to go into perdition :
and they that dwell upon the earth shall wonder, whose
names were not written in the Book of life from the founda-
tion of the world, when they behold the beast which was,
and is not, but yet is.

Chap. XVII.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

791

9. Here is the mind that hath wisdom : the seven heads
are seven mountains, where the Woman sitteth upon
them ;

10. And they are seven kings : five have fallen, and one
is, the other is not yet come : and when he is come, he
must remain but a short time.

11. And the beast which was and is not is himself the
eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.

12. And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings,
who have received no kingdom as yet ; but they receive
power as kings one hour with the beast.

13. These have one mind, and shall give their power and
authority to the beast.

14. These shall fight with the Lamb ; but the Lamb
shall overcome them • for He is Lord of lords and King
of kings ; and they that are with Him are called, and
ohosen, and faithful.

15. And he said unto me, The waters which thou sawest,
where the harlot sitteth, are peoples and multitudes, and
nations and tongues.

16. And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast,
these shall hate the harlot, and shall make her desolate
and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

17. For God hath put into their hearts to do His
mind, and to do one mind, and to give their kingdom
unto the beast, until the words of God should be con-
summated.

18. And the Woman whom thou sawest is the great city
which reigneth over the kings of the earth.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Concerning
the Roman Catholic Religion : it is described in what man-
ner it had falsified the Word, and thence had perverted all

792 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

the truths of the church (vers. 1-7) : how it had falsified
and perverted them with those who were subject to its
dominion (vers. 8-1 1) : that it was less with those who had
not thus subjected themselves to its dominion (vers. 12-
15) : Concerning the Reformed, that they had withdrawn
themselves from the yoke of its domination (vers. 16, 17) •
concerning its domination still (vers. 18).

The Contents of each Verse. " And there came one
of the seven angels that had the seven vials, and spake
with me," signifies influx and revelation now from the Lord
from the inmost of heaven, concerning the Roman Catholic
Religion. " Saying unto me, I will show thee the judg-
ment of the great harlot that sitteth upon many waters,"
signifies revelation concerning that religion as to its profa-
nations and adulterations of the truths of the Word. " With
whom the kings of the earth committed whoredom," signi-
fies that it has adulterated the truths and goods of the
church which are from the Word. " And the inhabitants
of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her
whoredom," signifies insanity in spiritual things from the
adulteration of the Word with those who are in that religion.
" And he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness,"
signifies that he was carried in a spiritual state to those with
whom all things of the church were devastated. " And I
saw a Woman sitting upon a scarlet Beast, full of names of
blasphemy," signifies that Religion founded upon the Word
profaned by them. " Having seven heads and ten horns,"
signifies intelligence from the Word, holy at the beginning,
afterwards none, and at length insanity, and much power
from the Word continually. " And the Woman was arrayed
in purple and scarlet," signifies the heavenly (celestial)
Divine Good and Divine Truth, which are of the Word,
among them. " And was decked with gold and precious
Btones," signifies spiritual Divine Good and Divine Truth,
which are of the Word, among them. " And pearls," signi-
fies the knowledges of good and truth, which are of the

Chap. XVII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

793

Word, with them. " Having a golden cup in her hand, full
of abominations and filthiness of her whoredom," signifies
that Religion from the holy things of the Word profaned,
and from its goods and truths defiled by direful falsities.
" And upon her forehead was a name written, Mystery,
Babylon the great, the mother of whoredoms and abomina-
tions of the earth," signifies the Roman Catholic Religion
as to its interior quality which is concealed, that from its
rise from the love of ruling from the love of self over the
holy things of the church and over heaven, and thus over
all things of the Lord and His Wrord, it has defiled and
profaned the things which are of the Word and thence of
the church. " And I saw the Woman drunken with the blood
of the saints and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus,"
signifies that Religion insane from adulterated and profaned
Divine Truths and Goods of the Lord,- of the Word, and
thence of the church. " And when I saw her' I wondered
with great wonder," signifies astonishment that that Religion
is such interiorly, when yet it appears otherwise exteriorly.
" And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dost thou wonder ?
I will tell thee the mystery of the Woman, and of the beast
that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten
horns," signifies the disclosure of what the things which
precede and were seen signify. " The beast which thou
sawest was, and is not," signifies the Word acknowledged as
holy among them, and yet really not acknowledged. " And
is about to ascend out of the abyss, and to go into perdi-
tion," signifies deliberation at different times in the Papal
Consistory respecting the reception and reading of the Word
by the laity and the common people, and rejection. " And
they that dwell upon the earth shall wonder, whose names
were not written in the Lamb's Book of life from the foun-
dation of the world, when they behold the beast which was,
and is not, and yet is," signifies the amazement of those
who are of that Religion, all who from its establishment
have aimed at dominion over heaven and earth, that the

794

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

Word, although thus rejected, still is. " Here is the mind
that hath wisdom," signifies that this is the interpretation in
the natural sense, but for those who are in the spiritual
sense from the Lord. " The seven heads are seven moun-
tains, where the Woman sitteth upon them ; and they are
seven kings," signifies the Divine Goods and Divine Truths
of the Word, upon which that religion is founded, destroyed
in time, and at length profaned. "Five have fallen, and
one is, and the other is not yet come ; and when he is
come, he must remain but a short time," signifies that all
the Divine Truths of the Word have been destroyed except
this one, that all the power in heaven and in earth was given
to the Lord ; and except another, which has not yet come
into question, but will not remain, which is, that the Lord's
Human is Divine. " And the beast, which was, and is not,
is himself the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into
perdition," signifies that the Word, as explained above, is
the Divine Good itself, and that it is the Divine Truth ;
and that it is taken away from the laity and the com-
mon people, lest the profanations and adulterations made
in it by their leaders should appear, and they should on
that account recede. " And the ten horns are ten kings,
who have received no kingdom as yet," signifies the Word
as to power from Divine Truths with those who are
in the kingdom of France, and are not fully under the
yoke of the Papal Dominion ; among whom, however,
there has not yet been formed a church fully separated
from the Roman Catholic Religion. " But they receive
power as kings one hour with the beast," signifies that the
Word has power with them, and they by the Word, as if
they were in its Divine Truths. " These have one mind,
and shall give their power and authority to the beast," sig-
nifies that they acknowledge unanimously that government
and dominion over the church are solely through the Word.
"These shall fight with the Lamb, but the Lamb shall
overcome them ; for He is Lord of lords and King of

Chap. XVII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 795

kings," signifies the Lord's combat with them concerning
the acknowledgment of His Divine Human, because in It
the Lord is God of heaven and earth, and is also the Word.
" And they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and
faithful," signifies that they who approach and worship the
Lord alone are they that come into heaven, as well they who
are in the externals of the church as they that are in its in-
ternals and inmosts. " And he said unto me, The waters
which thou sawest, where the harlot sitteth, are peoples and
multitudes, and nations and tongues," signifies that they are
under the Papal Dominion, but in the truths of the Word va-
riously adulterated and profaned by that religion, who are
of its varieties of doctrine and discipline, and its varieties of
religion and confession. " And the ten horns which thou
sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the harlot," signifies
the Word as to power from Divine Truths among the Prot-
estants, who have altogether cast off from themselves the
yoke of the Papal Dominion. " And shall make her deso-
late and naked," signifies that they will divest themselves
of its evils and falsities. " And shall eat her flesh, and
burn her with fire," signifies that from hatred they will con-
demn and destroy from among themselves the evils and
falsities which are proper to that religion, and will hold the
religion itself accursed, and will blot it out from among
them. " For God hath put into their hearts to do His
mind, and to do one mind, and to give their kingdom unto
the beast," signifies judgment in them from the Lord, that
they should altogether repudiate and hold accursed the
Roman Catholic Religion, and should destroy and root it
out from among themselves ; and the unanimous judgment,
that they should acknowledge the WTord, and should found
the church upon it. " Until the words of God should be
consummated," signifies until all the things which have
been foretold concerning them shall be fulfilled. " And
the Woman whom thou sawest is the great city which
reigneth over the kings of the earth," signifies that the

16*

796

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

Roman Catholic Religion reigns as to doctrine in the
Christian world, and also still in some respects among the
Reformed, although they are not under the Papal Do-
minion.

THE EXPLANATION.

717. In what goes before, from chapter viii. to chapter
xvi, inclusive, the Reformed have been treated of. In this
chapter and the next the Papists are now treated of, among
whom they that have claimed to themselves the power of
opening and shutting heaven are meant by Babylon. Here,
therefore, it shall first be told, what in particular is meant
by Babylon. By Babylon or Babel is meant the love of
ruling over the holy things of the church from the love of
self : and as that love mounts up as far as its rein is loos-
ened, and as the holy things of the church are also the holy
things of heaven, therefore by Babylon or Babel is also
signified dominion over heaven. And as this love thus
acts the part of the devil, who aims at similar things, it
cannot do otherwise than profane holy things, by adulter-
ating the goods and truths of the Word ; by Babylon or
Babel, therefore, the profanation of what is holy is also
signified, and the adulteration of the good and truth of the
Word. These are what are signified by Babylon here in
the Apocalypse, and by Babel in the prophetic and histori-
cal Word, in these passages: Concerning Babel: Behold,
the day of Jehovah cometh cruel ; the stars of heaven and the
constellations thereof shall not give their light ; the sun is
darkened in his rising, and the moon shall not cause her light
[lumen) to shine. I will cause the exaltation of the proud tj
cease, and I will humble the haughtiness of the violent. Babel,
the ornarnent of kingdoms, shall be as God's overthrow of
Sodom and Gomorrah : the ziim shall lie there, their houses
shall be filed with the ochim, arid the daughters of the
owl shall dwell there, and the satyrs shall dance there ; th*

No. 717.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

797

ijim shall answer in her palaces, and the dragons in the
palaces of her delights (Isa. xiii. 1, 9, io, 11, 14, 19, 21, 22).
Besides many other things in the whole of the chapter.

Thou shall declare this pai'able concerning the king of Ba-
bel: Thy magnificence is brought down into hell : thou hast
fallen from heaven, O Lucifer ; thou hast said in thy heart,
I will ascend the heavens, above the stars of God will I exalt
my tli7'07ie, I will ascend above the heights of the cloud, I will
become like the Most High ; but yet thou shall be brought dozm
to hell : I will rise against thee, and will cut off fro7n Babel
the na7iie a7id residue (Isa. xiv. 4, 11-15, 22). Besides
other things in the whole chapter.

Jehovah hath spoke7i against Babel : Your mother was
exceedi7igly ashamed, she that brought you forth was suffused
with sha7ne ; behold, the last e7id shall be a wilderness, a dry
la7id, a7id a dese7't. Set yourselves i7i a7'ray against Babel
roimd about, shoot at her, spare 710 arrows : how is Babel
become a desolatio7i amo7ig the 7iatio7is ? she acted i7isole7itly
against Jehovah, agai7ist the Holy 07ie of Israel : a d7'ougJit
is up07i the waters that they 7nay d7-y 7ip,for it is a la7id of
%rave7i i7nages, a7id it glories i7i horrible things ; thc7-efo7-e the
ziii7i shall dwell there with the ijim, a7id the owls shall dwell
therein, as God's overthrow of Sodom and Go7norrah (Jer. 1.
i, 12, 14, 23, 29, 31, 38, 39, 40). Besides many other things
concerning Babel in that whole chapter.

A cup of gold is Babel in the hand of Jehovah, 77iaki7ig the
whole earth drunken ; the 7iatio7is have drunk of her wi7ie,
therefore they a7'e mad : forsake her, for her judgment hath
reached to the heave7is, and hath lifted itself up even to the
clouds : behold, lam against thee, O destroying mountain, that
destroyest the whole earth : I will roll thee doiV7i fro7n the
rocks, and will 77iake thee a mountain of burning. I will visit
upon Bel in Babel, I will bri7ig forth out of his mouth that
which he hath swallowed, that the 7iatio7is 771 ay 710 longer flow
together unto him ; the wall also of Babel shall fall. Be-
hold, the days are coming, in which I will visit upon the

798

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

graven images of Babel, that her whole land may be con-
fowided. Though Babel should ascend into the heavens, and
though she should fortify the height of her strength, from Me
shall spoilers come. Yea, I will ma he drunk her princes and
her wise men, and her leaders, and her rulers, that they may
sleep the sleep of an age, and not awake (Jer. li. 7, 9, 25,
44, 47, 53, 57). Besides many other things concerning
Babel in that whole chapter.

Come down and sit in the dust, O virgin daughter of Babtl,
sit on the earth ; the?-e is no throne : take the millstones and
grind meal : uncover the thigh, pass over the st/sams, thy
nakedness shall be uncovered, thy disgrace shall be seen : thou
hast said, I shall be mistress for ever, thou didst not remem-
ber the etid : thou hast tmistcd in thy wickedness ; thou saidst,
No one seeth me ; thy wisdom and thy knowledge hath seduced
thee, when thou saidst in thy heart, I, and there is none else
like me : devastation shall come suddenly, thou shall not know :
persist in thine enchantments, in the multitude of thy sorceries,
in which thou hast labored from thy youth, peradventure they
will be able to profit, peradventure thou shall become terrible
(Isa. xlvii. 1-3, 7, 10-12). Besides other things concern-
ing Babel in that chapter.

Similar things are signified by the city and tower whose
head was in heaven, which they that came from the east un-
dertook to build in the valley of Shinar, whose speech Jehovah
descending from heaven confounded ; whence the name of the
place was called Babel (confusion) (Gen. xi. 1-9).

Similar things are signified by the following passages from
Daniel : By the image see?i by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babel,
whose feet were partly iron and partly clay, which the Stone
cut out not by a hand smote and ground to pieces, and all the
parts of the image became as the chaff in the threshing-floors ;
and the stone became a great Rock (Dan. ii. 31-47). By the
great image which Nebuchadnezzar king of Babel made, and
commanded that they should fall down and worship before it;
and that they who would not should be cast into the furnace of

No. 718.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 799

fire (Dan. iii. 1-7, &c). By the tree that grew until its height
reached wito heaven, and the sight of it unto the end of the earth,
which a Watcher and a Holy One, coming down from heaven,
commanded to hew down, to cut off its branches, to strip off its
leaves, and to scatter its fruit : and as the king of Babel was
represc?ited by it, it came to pass that he was drive?i from
men, dwelt with the beasts, and eat grass like an ox (Dan. iv.
1 to the end). By Belshazzar king of Babel drinking wine
with his nobles, wives, and concubines, out of the vessels of
gold and silver of the temple of Jerusalem, a?id praising the
gods of gold, silver, brass, iron, and stone ; o?i account of which
there was a writing 011 the wall, and the king himself was
slain the same day (Dan. v. 1 to the end). By the decree of
Darius the Mede, king of Babel, that no one for thirty days
should seek any thing from God or man, save only from the
king; if otherwise, he should be cast into the den of lions (Dan.
vi. 8 to the end). And by the four beasts seen by Daniel to
come up out of the sea, of which the fourth, terrible, strong,
having great teeth of iron, eat up and crushed in pieces, and
trampled the residue with his feet : and that the Judgment then
sat, and the books were opened, and the beast was slain, and
given into the burning of fire : and that there was then seen
coining with the clouds of heaven o?ie like the Son of Man, to
whom was given dominion and glory and the kingdom, and all
peoples and nations and tongues shall worship Hi?n ; His
dominion is the dominion of an age which shall not pass away,
and His kingdom that which shall not perish (Dan. vii. 1-
14, &c).

718. And there came one of the seven angels that had the
seven vials, and spake with me, signifies influx now, and reve-
lation from the Lord from the inmost of heaven, concern-
ing the Roman Catholic Religion. Hitherto the state of
the Church of the Reformed at its end has been treated of ;
now the state of the Roman Catholic Religion at its end is
treated of: this also follows tn the order mentioned in the
introduction. It is not said the Roman Catholic Church,

BOO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII

but the Roman Catholic Religion ; because they do not go
to the Lord, nor read the Word ; and because they invoke
the dead : and the church is a church from the Lord and
from the Word \ and its perfection is according to its ac-
knowledgment of the Lord, and according to its under-
standing of the Word. That one of the seven angels that
had the seven vials came and spoke with John, is because
by the seven angels having the seven vials is sigr'jfied
influx from the Lord from the inmost of the Christian
heaven into the church, to disclose the evils and falsities
therein, see above (n. 672, 676, 677, 683, 690, 691, 699,
700) ; here therefore by those seven angels is signified the
Lord speaking out of the inmost of heaven, and revealing
in what state the Roman Catholic Religion is at its end.
Hence also it is, that one of these seven angels took John
upon a high mountain, and showed him the Lamb's wife,
which is the New Jerusalem (chap. xxi. 9, 10).

719. Saying unto me, I will show thee the judgment of the
great harlot that sitteth upon many waters, signifies revela-
tion concerning that Religion as to its profanations and
adulterations of the truths of the Word. By saying and
showing, revelation is signified : by judgment is signified
the state at its end : by " the great harlot " is signified the
profanation of the holy things of the Word and the Church,
and the adulteration of good and truth : by " many waters "
are signified the truths of the Word adulterated : by sitting
upon them is signified to be and to live in them. That by
playing the harlot, committing fornication, whoredom, and
adultery, is signified to falsify and adulterate the Word,
may be seen above (n. 134, 620, 632) ; and that its truths
are signified by waters (n. 50, 563, 614, 685) ; here the
same adulterated and profaned, because the harlot is said
to be upon them. It is manifest from this, that by saying
unto me, " I will show thee the judgment of the great har
lot that sitteth upon many waters," is signified revelation
respecting that Religion as to its profanations and adul-

No. 720] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 8oi

terations of the truths of the Word. The like is said of
Babel in Jeremiah : Jehovah shall do that which He hath
spoken against the inhabitants of Babel ; O thou that dwell-
est upo?i many waters, great in treasures, thine end is come,
the measure of thy gain (Jer. li. 12, 13) It is said that the
truths of the Word are adulterated and profaned by them,
because they have applied the truths of the Word to
obtaining dominion over the holy things of the church and
over heaven, and to claiming for themselves the Lord's
Divine power : and to apply the truths of the Word to
obtaining dominion over the holy things of the church and
of heaven is to adulterate them, and to apply them to claim-
ing for themselves the Lord's Divine power is to profane
them. It is known that they have confirmed their dogmas
from the Word ; but read them, and attend, and you will
see that they have applied all those things which they have
taken from the Word, to dominion over the souls of men,
and to acquiring to themselves Divine power, authority,
and majesty. Hence it is that Babylon is called the Mother
of whoredoms and abominations of the earth (vers. 5).

720. With whom the kings of the earth have conu?iitted
whoredom, signifies that it has adulterated the truths and
goods of the church which are from the Word. By commit-
ting whoredom is signified to falsify and adulterate truth,
as just above (n. 719): by the kings of the earth are sig-
nified the truths of the church which are from the WTord ;
by kings truths from good, and by the earth the church.
That by kings are signified they who are in truths from
good from the Lord, and thence abstractly truths from good,
may be seen above (n. 20, 664) ; here the same adulterated
and profaned. It is said that the kings of the earth com-
mitted whoredom with the great harlot, and thus as if the
truths of the church which are from the Word, and which
are signified by the kings of the earth, had done so : but
this is according to the style of the WTord in the literal
sense, in which things that are done from man and his

802 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

evils are yet attributed to God and to the Divine things
which are from Him, which are the truths of the Word, as
frequently above ; wherefore the genuine sense, which is
the spiritual sense, is, that that Religion has adulterated
the truths of the church which are from the Word, yea, has
profaned them. He who is not acquainted with the spirit-
ual sense may easily be misled, by believing that by the
kings of the earth the kings of the earth are meant ; when
yet kings are not meant, but truths from good, and in the
opposite sense falsities from evil. That it may further be
seen that nothing else is meant by the kings of the earth
but the truths or falsities of the church, and by their whore-
doms the truths of the church, which are from the Word,
falsified, adulterated, and profaned, some passages shall
be adduced from the Apocalypse and from Daniel, from
which every one who is able to reflect can see that kings
are not meant ; which are : Jesus Christ hath made us
kings and priests (Apoc. i. 6). Thou hast made us kings
and priests unto our God, that we ?nay reign upon the earth
(Apoc. v. 10). Ye shall eat the flesh of kings, the flesh of
commanders of thousands, the flesh of horses and of them
that sit upon them (Apoc. xix. 18). The seven heads of the
scarlet beast are seven moimtains, and they are seven kings ;
five have fallen, a?id one is, and the beast is the eighth king,
a?id is of the seven (Apoc. xvii. 9-1 1). The te7i horns are
ten kings, who have received no kingdom as yet (Apoc. xvii.
12). It is also said, as here, that the kings of the earth have
committed whoredo?n and lived deliciously with the harlot
(Apoc. xviii. 3, 9). Who that can reflect, does not see that
by kings here are not meant kings. In like manner in
Daniel, as that by the rough he-goat is meant a king, and by
his great horn between his eyes the first king; and when pre-
varication s should come to their height, a king should arise of
fierce countenance and understanding subtle things (Dan. viii.
21, 23) That the four beasts coming up out of the sea were
four kings, who shall rise from the earth, and that the ten

No. 721.3 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 803

horns of the fourth beast were ten kings, and that another
should rise up after them, who should humble three kings
(Dan. vii. 17, 24). In like manner that the king of the south
and the ki?ig of the north should fight with each other; and
that the king of the south should send his daughter to the
king of the north ; and tliat the latter king should exalt him-
sdf against God, and should acknowledge a strange god ;
and that he should honor them who should acknowledge that
god with gold, silver, precious stones, and desirable things t
and should make them to rule over many, and should divide
the earth for a price ; and that he should plant the tents of
his tabernacle between the seas, around the mountain of the
beauty of holiness ; but that he should come to his end: be-
sides many other things (Dan. xi. 1 to the end). By "the
king of the south " is signified the kingdom or church from
those who are in truths, and by " the king of the north " is
signified the kingdom and church from those who are in
falsities : for it is a prophecy respecting the churches that
were to come ; what they would be in the beginning, and
what afterwards. The reason that they who are in truths
from good from the Lord are called kings, is because they
are called the Lord's sons ; and as they are regenerated
of Him, they are called born of Him, and also heirs ; and
because the Lord is the King Himself, and heaven and the
Church are His kingdom.

721. A?id the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk
with the wine of her whoredom, signifies insanity in spiritual
things from the adulteration of the Word with those who
are in that Religion. By becoming drunk with the wine of
whoredom, is signified to be insane in spiritual things from
the falsification of the truths of the Word ; here from the
adulteration of them. By wine the Divine Truth of the
Word is signified (n. 316) ; and the falsification and adulter-
ation of it is signified by whoredom (n. 134, 620, 632, 635).
hence by being made drunk from that wine is signified to
become insane in spiritual things. By " the inhabitants of the

8o4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

earth " those are signified who are in the church, as above
(chap. xi. 10 ; xii. 12 ; xiii. 13, 14; xiv. 66); but here they
who are in that Religion, since the Church is not there, for
the reason that they do not go to the Lord, nor read the
Word, and because they invoke the dead, as above (n. 718).
That to be made drunk with that Wine signifies to be insane
in spiritual things, may be seen indeed without confirmation
from other passages in the Word : but as many do not see
it, on account of their thinking not spiritually but sensually,
that is, materially concerning every thing in the Word, when
they are reading it, I wish to adduce a few passages from
the Word showing that to be made drunk signifies there to
be insane in spiritual, that is, in theological things ; which
are these : They are drunken , but not with wi?ie; they stagger,
but not with strong drink (Isa. xxix. 9). Hear, thou afflicted,
drunken, but not with wine (Isa. li. 21). A cup of gold is
Babel in the hand of Jehovah, making the whole earth
drunken ; the nations have drunk of her wine, therefore the
nations are mad (Jer. li. 7). Babel shall be a hissing; when
they have become warm I will make their feasts, and I will
make them drunken, that they may exult, and may sleep the
sleep of an age, and not awake (Jer. li. 32, 37). Babylon is
fallen, is falle?i, because she hath made all the nations drink
of the wi?ie of her whoredo?n (Apoc. xiv. 8 ; xviii. 3). Every
bottle shall be filled with wine ; behold, I will fill all the
inhabitants of this land, kings, priests, and prophets, with
drunkenness (Jer. xiii. 12, 13). Thou shalt be filled with
drunkenness and sorrow, with the cup of devastation and
desolation (Ez. xxiii. 32. 33). Daughter of Edom, eve?i to
thee shall the cup pass ; thou shalt be drunken and shalt be
uncovered (Lam. iv. 2 1). Thou also shalt be drunken (Nah.
iii. 11). Drink and be drunken, and vomit, and fall so as
not to rise (Jer. xxv. 27). Woe unto the?n that are wise in
their own eyes, and intelligent in their oiu?i sight ; woe to them
that are mighty to dri?ik wine, and men of strength to mingle
strong dri?ik (Isa. v. 21, 22. Besides other places, as Isa.

No. 723.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

805

xix. ii, 12, 14; xxiv. 20; xxviii. 1, 3, 7, 8 ; lvi. 12; Jer.
xxiii. 9, 10 ; Lam. iii. 15 ; Hos. iv. 11, 12, 17, 18; Joel i.
5-7 ; Hab. ii. 15 ; Ps. lxxv. 8; cvii. 27).

722. And he carried me away i?i the spirit into the wilder-
ness, signifies that he was carried in a spiritual state to those
with whom all things of the church were devastated. By a
wilderness is signified a church in which there is no longei
any truth, and thus where all the things of it are devastated
(n. 546) ; and by being in the spirit is signified to be in a
spiritual state from Divine influx, as shown above (n. 36).
Hence by " he carried me away in the spirit into the
wilderness," is signified to be carried in a spiritual state to
those with whom all things of the church were devastated.

723. And I saw a Woman sitting upon a scarlet beast,
full of names of blasphemy, signifies that Religion founded
upon the Word profaned by them. By the Woman the
Roman Catholic or Babylonish Religion is signified j for it
follows, that there was a name written upon her forehead,
Mystery, Babylon the great, mother of whoredoms and abom-
inations of the earth. That a woman signifies the church
from affection for truth, may be seen, n. 434 ; here the
Roman Catholic Religion, which is in the opposite affection.
By the scarlet beast the Word is signified, as will be shown
presently; and by "full of names of blasphemy" is signified
altogether profaned : for by blasphemy the denial of the
Lord's Divine in His Human, and the adulteration of the
Word are signified (n. 571, 582, 692, 715), and thus profa-
nation. For he that does not acknowledge the Lord's
Divine in His Human, and falsifies the Word, but not
purposely, profanes it indeed, yet lightly ; but they who
attribute to themselves all the power of the Lord's Divine
Human, and on that account deny it, and who apply all
the things of the Word to acquiring to themselves dominion
over the holy things of the church and of heaven, and on
that account adulterate the Word, profane it grievously. It
may be evident from this, that by " I saw a Woman sitting

8o6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

upon a scarlet beast, full of names of blasphemy," signifies
that Religion founded upon the Word profaned by them.
By scarlet is signified the truth of the Word from a heav-
enly (celestial) origin. That by the scarlet beast the Word
as to Heavenly (Celestial) Divine Truth is signified, appears
at first thought remote and strange, yea, absurd ; because
it is called a beast : but that natural affection is signified
by a beast in the spiritual sense, and that the expression is
applied to the Word, to the church, and to man, may be
seen above (n. 239, 405, 567). That the four animals, one
of which was a lion, another a calf, and the fourth an eagle,
signify the Word, and likewise are called beasts in Ezekiel
(see n. 239, 275, 286, 672). That a horse, which is also a
beast, signifies the understanding of the Word, see n. 298.
It is known that a lamb signifies the Lord, a sheep the man
of the church, and a flock the church itself. These things
are brought forward lest any one should wonder that the
Word is signified by the scarlet beast: and because the
Roman Catholic Religion founds its strength and its dignity
upon the Word, that Woman was therefore seen sitting upon
a scarlet beast, as before upon many waters (vers. 1), by
which are signified the truths of the Word adulterated and
profaned; see above (n. 719). That the Word is signified
by that beast is plainly manifest from the things that are
said concerning him in what follows in this chapter, as in
verse 8 : The beast which thou sawest was and is not ; and
they that dwell upon the earth shall wonder when they behold
the beast which was and is not, but yet is. In verse 11: The
beast which was and is not, is itself the eighth king, and is of
the seven, and goeth into perdition. In verses 12 and 13:
rl hat the te?i horns are ten kings, who shall give their power
and authority to the beast. In verse 17 : God hath put into
their hearts to give their kingdo?n unto the beast. Such things
can be said of nothing but the Word.

724. Having seven heads a?id ten horns, signifies intelli-
gence from the Word, holy in the beginning, afterwards

No. 725.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 807

none, and at length insanity, and much power from the
Word continually. That the head signifies intelligence
and wisdom when speaking of the Lord, and in the oppo-
site sense insanity and foolishness, may be seen above
(n. 538, 568). That "seven" does not signify seven, but
all, and is applied to holy things, see n. 10, 391. That a
horn signifies power, see n. 270, and that "ten homs " sig-
nify much power, n. 539. That by the seven heads are
signified intelligence, holy in the beginning, afterwards
none, and at length insanity, is manifest from verses 9 and
10 of this chapter; where it is told by the angel what is
signified by the seven heads ; concerning which see below.
From this it is manifest that by the beast " having seven
heads and ten horns " is signified intelligence from the
Word, in the beginning holy, afterwards none, and at
length insanity, and much power from the Word contin-
ually.

725. And the Woman was arrayed in purple and scar let ,
signifies the Heavenly (celestial) Divine Good and Divine
Truth, which are of the W;ord, among them. By purple is
signified the heavenly Divine Good, and by scarlet is sig-
nified the heavenly Divine Truth, as shown in what fol-
lows. To be arrayed in them signifies that they are around
them, and thus with them. That they are from the Word
with them, is because the Word is signified by the scarlet
beast upon which the Woman sat (n. 723). It is known
that the Divine Good and Truth of the Word are around
them like clothing, and thus with them : for they adore the
Word from without, and not from within ; and acknowledge
it because it treats of the Lord, and of His authority over
heaven and over the church, which they have transferred to
themselves ; and it treats of the keys given to Peter, whose
successors they say they are : and because their majesty,
dignity, and authority are founded upon these two, they of
necessity acknowledge the holiness of the Word. But still
the Word to them is only like a garment of purple and

8o8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII

scarlet, and of gold, precious stones, and pearls, upon a
harlot holding a golden cup in her hand, full of abomina-
tions and filthiness of whoredom. Since u purple and scar-
let " are mentioned, and then "gold, precious stones, and
pearls," and by purple and scarlet heavenly Divine Good
and Truth are signified, and by gold and precious stones
spiritual Divine Good and Truth, both from the Word,
something shall therefore be said concerning the Heavenly
Divine and concerning the Spiritual Divine. There are
two kingdoms into which the whole heaven of the Lord is
distinguished, the Heavenly Kingdom and the Spiritual
Kingdom. The heavenly kingdom consists of angels who
are in love from the Lord, and the spiritual kingdom con-
sists of angels who are in wisdom from the Lord. In each
kingdom there is good and truth. The good and truth that
are with the angels of the heavenly kingdom are signified
by purple and scarlet, and the good and truth that are with
the angels of the spiritual kingdom are signified by gold
and precious stones. The latter and the former goods and
truths the angels have from the Lord through the Word ;
wherefore there are two interior senses in the Word, the
heavenly and the spiritual. Hence then it is, that the
Woman sitting upon the scarlet beast was seen arrayed in
purple and scarlet, and also adorned with gold, precious
stones and pearls. The same which is signified by this
woman, is signified by the rich man, who was clothed in pur-
ple and fine linen, a?id fared sumptuously every day, at whose
gateway Lazarus was cast, desiring to be filled with the crumbs
that fell from his table (Luke xvi. 19-21). By the rich man
clothed in purple and fine linen the Jews are meant, who
had the Word ; and by Lazarus are meant the Gentiles,
who had it not. Similar things are signified in the follow-
ing passages : They that have eaten luxuries are devastated in
the streets ; they that were brought up in scarlet have embraced
the dunghill (Lam. iv. 5). Therefore, thou wasted one, what
wilt thou do ? though thou clothest thyself in scarlet, though

No. 726.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

809

thou dcckest thyself with an or?ia?ne7it of gold, i?i vain shalt
thou make thyself fair (Jer. iv. 30). Daughters of Israel,
weep over Saul, who decked you in scarlet with delights, and
who put an ornametit of gold upon your apparel (2 Sam. i.
24). Fine linen of needlework was that which thou sprtadest
forth, hyacinth and purple were thy covering (Ez. xxvii. 7).
This is said of Tyre, by which the knowledges of good and
riuth from the Word are signified. Since heavenly good
and truth are signified by purple and scarlet, therefore the
garments of Aaron, as also the vails and curtains of the
tabernacle, were woven of hyacinth, purple, scarlet and
fine linen (Ex. xxvi. 4, 31, 36; xxvii. 16; xxviii. 6, 15):
the curtains also (Ex. xxvi. 1) : and the vail before the Ark
(Ex. xxvi. 31) : the covering for the door of the tent (Ex.

xxvi. 36) : and the covering of the gate of the courc (Ex.

xxvii. 16) : the ephod (Ex. xxviii. 6) : the belt (Ex. xxviii.
8) : the breastplate of judgment (Ex. xxviii. 15) : the fringe
of the cloak of the ephod (Ex. xxviii. 33) : the cloth of scar-
let over the showbread (Num. iv. 8). It is manifest from
these passages what is signified by the purple and scarlet
with which the woman that sat upon the scarlet beast ap-
peared arrayed. In like manner fn the following passages,
where it is said, Alas, the great city, which wast clothed in
fine linen and purple and scarlet, decked with gold and precious
stones and pearls ; for in one hour so great riches is laid waste
(Apoc. xviii. 16, 17): and that purple and scarlet, gold,
precious stones, and pearls, were among the merchandise
of Babylon, see Apoc. xviii. 12.

726. And decked with gold and precious stones, signifies
spiritual Divine Good and Divine Truth, which are of the
Word, among them. By gold is signified good (n. 211);
by a precious stone is signified truth (n. 231, 540, 570);
both from the Word. That spiritual good and truth are
signified is because heavenly good and truth are signified
by purple and scarlet \ and both are conjoined in the
Word on account of the marriage of good and truth theie-

8lO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

in (n. 689): and heavenly good 'and truth, as they are of
love, are in their essence good , and spiritual good and
truth, as they are of wisdom, are in their essence truth.
That heavenly good and truth are of love, and that spiritual
good and truth are of wisdom, may be seen above (n. 725).
What is meant besides by this woman's being thus arrayed
and decked may be seen in the preceding article.

727. And pearls , signifies the knowledges of good and
tmth, which are of the Word, with them. By pearls in the
spiritual sense are signified knowledges of good and truth,
as well heavenly (celestial) as spiritual, which are from the
Word, in particular from its literal sense : and as pearls
signify there knowledges, they are therefore mentioned
after the purple and scarlet, and after the gold and precious
stones. The same knowledges are signified by pearls in
these passages : The kingdom of heaven is like unto a mer-
chant seeking goodly pearls, who when he had found one pearl
of great price went away, sold all that he had, and bought it
(Matt. xiii. 45, 46). By this is signified knowledge con-
cerning the Lord. The twelve gates of the wall of the New
Jerusalem were twelve pearls ; every several gate was one
pearl (Apoc. xxi. 21). The gates of the New Jerusalem
signify entrance into the New Church, and entrance is
made by knowledges of good and truth from the Word.
Cast not your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under
their feet, and rejid you (Matt. vii. 6). By swine are signi-
fied those who love only worldly wealth, and not spiritual
wealth, which are knowledges of good and truth from the
Word. As by Babylon is signified a Religion from which all
knowledges of good and truth from the Word are rejected,
it is said of it, The merchants of the earth shall weep and
wail over Babylon, because no one buyeth their merchandise,
the merchandise of gold and silver, of precious stones and
pearls (Apoc. xviii. 11, 12).

728. Having a golden cup in her hand, full of abomina-
tions and Jflthiness of her whoredom, signifies that Religion

No. 729.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

8ll

from the holy things of the Word profaned, and from its
goods and truths defiled by direful falsities. That the
same is signified by a cup or goblet as by wine, because it
is the container, may be seen above (n. 672) ; and by the
wine of ix-tbylon is signified that Religion as to its direful
falsities (n. 632, 635) By abominations are signified the
profanations of what is holy; and by the filthiness of whore-
dom the defilements of the good and truth of the Word are
signified. Hence by having a golden cup in her hand full
of abominations and filthiness of her whoredom, is signi-
fied that Religion consisting of the holy things of the
church profaned, and of the goods and truths of the Word
defiled by direful falsities. These things are similar to
those which the Lord said to the Scribes and Pharisees ;
Woe ufito you, hypocrites, for ye make yourselves like u?ito
whitened sepulchres, which indeed appear beautiful outwardly,
but within are full of dead men's bones a?id of all unclean-
ness (Matt, xxiii. 27).

729. And upon her forehead a name written, Mystery,
Babylon the great, the mother of whoredoms and abomina-
tions of the earth, signifies the Roman Catholic Religion,
as to its interior quality which is concealed, that from its
rise from the love of ruling from the love of self over the
holy things of the church and over heaven, and thus over
all things of the Lord and His Word, it has defiled and
profaned the things which are of the Word and thence of
the Church. By being written on the forehead is signified
to be implanted in the love, for the forehead signifies the
love (n. 347, 605). By mystery is signified what is hid-
den away interiorly. By Babylon the great is signified
the Roman Catholic Religion and all its quality, as above
(n. 717). By whoredoms the adulterations of the good
and truth of the Word are signified (n. 719-721); and also
the defilements of them, as just above (n. 728). By abom-
.nations are signified the profanations of the holy things of
the church, as also jvit above (n. 728). By the earth the

VOL. II. 17

812

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

church is signified (n. 285). Hence by the mother of
whoredoms and abominations of the earth is signified the
origin of them. Now as these words were written on her
forehead, and by written on the forehead is signified
implanted in the love, and their love is the love of ruling
from the love of self over all the things of the church and
over Heaven, and thus over all things of the Lord and His
Word, this therefore is signified. It may be seen from
these things, that by the name "written upon her forehead,
Mystery, the great Babylon, the mother of whoredoms, and
abominations of the earth," the Roman Catholic Religion
is signified, as to its interior quality which is hidden ;
that, from its origin from the love of ruling from the love
of self over the holy things, of the church and over heaven,
and thus over all things of the Lord and His Word, it has
defiled and profaned the things which are of the Word and
thence of the church. That it is the love of ruling over
all the things of the church, is known from the authority
it claims over the souls of men, and over all the things of
their worship. That it is over heaven, is known from the
assumed power cf loosing and binding, and thus of open-
ing and shutting. That it is over all things of the Lord,
is known from the vicarship, by which they make over to
themselves all that is His. That it is over all things of
the Word, is also known from the interpretation of it being
reserved to themselves alone. It is said, the love of ruling
from the love of self, because there is also given the love
of ruling from the love of uses ; which two loves are dia-
metrically opposite to each other. For the love of ruling
from the love of self is diabolical \ for it regards self alone,
and the world for the sake of self : but the love of ruling
from the love of uses is heavenly j for it regards the Lord,
from whom all things that proceed are uses j and to it uses
are to do good to the church for the sake of the salvation
of souls : on which account this love abominates the love
of ruling from the love of self.

No. 731.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

813

730. A fid I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the
saints and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus, signifies
that Religion insane from adulterated and profaned Divine
Truths and Goods of the Lord, of the Word, and thence of
the church. By the woman that Religion is signified, as
above (n. 723, 725) : by being drunken is signified to be
insane in spiritual things (n. 721); by blood the falsifica-
tion, adulteration, and profanation of the Word are signi
fied (n. 327, 379, 681, 684) : by the saints are signified they
who are in Divine truths from the Lord through the Word,
and abstractly the Divine Truths of the Lord, of the Word,
and thence of the church (n. 173, 586, 666): by the wit-
nesses of Jesus are signified abstractly truths and goods
from the Lord through the Word in the church (n. 6, 16,
490, 506, 668) j here the same profaned, because it is said
the blood of the martyrs or witnesses of Jesus ; and it is
said of Babylon, by which the profanation of the good and
truth of the Word and the church is also signified (n. 717,
718). It is evident from these things, that by / saw the
woman dnmken with the blood of the saints and with the
blood of the witnesses of Jesus, is signified that Religion
insane from the adulterated and profaned Divine truths
and goods of the Lord, of the Word, and thence of the
Church.

731. And when I saw her, I wondered with great wonder \
signifies astonishment that that Religion is such interiorly,
when yet it appears otherwise exteriorly. To wonder with
great wonder is to be greatly astonished : at seeing her
signifies that the woman, that is, the Religion, was such
interiorly, when yet it appears otherwise exteriorly. For
he was astonished at seeing the woman sitting upon a
scarlet beast, arrayed in purple and scarlet, decked with
gold, precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in
her hand, which was her appearance in externals \ and yet
the cup was full of abomination and filthiness of whore-
dom : and he saw written on her forehead, the Mother of

8 14 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

whoredoms and abominations of the earth, which are her
internals. These things were said by John, because every
one even at this day cannot but be astonished, when
he sees that Religion so holy and splendid in externals,
and is not aware that it is so profane and abominable in
internals.

732. And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dost thou
wonder ? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman and of the
beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten
horns, signifies the disclosure of what the things which
precede and were seen signify. This has no need of
further explanation.

733. The beast which thou sawest was, and is not, signi-
fies the Word acknowledged as holy among them, and yet
really not acknowledged. That the Word is signified by
the beast may be seen above (n. 723): by "was and is
not " is signified that it is acknowledged as holy, and yet
really not acknowledged. That the Word has been among
them, and also is, and yet that it is not, is known. It
is acknowledged as holy indeed, because it treats of the
Lord, and of His power over the church and over heaven,
and of Peter and his keys : but still it is not acknowledged ;
for it is not read by the people, because they are kept from
reading it, and dissuaded by various figments of the monks,
and indeed prohibited also ; and it is only kept in the libra-
ries and monasteries, where also few read it, still less attend
to any truth therein, but only to the dictates of the Pope,
which they say are of equal holiness : yea, when they
speak from the heart, they disparage and blaspheme the
Word. From this it may be evident, that by the beast
which was and is not, is signified the Word with them
acknowledged as holy, and yet really not acknowledged.

734. And is about to ascend out of the abyss, and to go into
perdition, signifies deliberation at different times in the
Papal Consistory respecting the reception and reading of
the Word by the laity and the common people, and rejection.

No. 735.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 8 1 5

By the beast which was about to ascend the Word is signi-
fied, as above (n. 723, 733) : by the abyss out of which he
was about to ascend nothing else can be signified but that
Religion, and especially where its throne is, and thus the
Papal Consistory. It is an abyss, because that which is
decreed there regards dominion over the holy things of the
church and over heaven, and thus over all things of the Lord
and His Word (n. 729). These they have for their end as
the essentials, but the good of the church and the salvation
of souls as the forms necessary as means to the end. By
going away into perdition is signified to be rejected. It is
known from ecclesiastical history that the reception and
reading of the Word by the laity and the common people
has been several times deliberated there, but rejected. It
has also been proposed by a Pontiff who is now among the
Reformed and the blessed, who is spoken of in the " Con-
tinuation concerning the spiritual world " (n. 59), but it
was not accepted ; and this is especially known from the
bull Unigenitus, and besides from the Councils.

735. And they that dwell upon the earth shall wonder,
whose names were not written in the book of life frojn the
foundation of the world, when they behold the beast which
was and is not, but yet is, signifies the amazement of
those who are of that Religion, all who from its estab-
lishment have aimed at dominion over heaven and earth,
that the Word, although thus rejected, still is. By won-
dering is signified to be astonished : by them that dwell
upon the earth those are signified who are of the church,
here those who are of that Religion, as above (n. 721):
" whose names were not written in the book of life from
the foundation of the world," signifies those who do not
believe in the Lord, and are not in doctrine from the
Word : all since the establishment of the church, here
since the establishment of this Religion (n. 588, 589) : and
these are no others than they who aim at dominion over
heaven and over the earth : by the beast which was and is

8i6

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

not, but yet is, is signified that the Word, so rejected, still
is. It is manifest from this, that by " they that dwell upon
the earth shall wonder, whose names are not written in the
book of life from the foundation of the world, when they
behold the beast which was and is not, but yet is," is
signified the amazement of those who are of that Religion,
all who since its establishment have aimed at dominion
over heaven and earth, that the Word, though it has been
thus rejected, still i? : for all who aim at dominion over
the holy things of the church and over heaven, hate the
Word, because they hate the Lord ; if not in the mouth,
still in the heart. That it is so, few know in the world,
because they are then in the body ; but it is made manifest
after death, when every one is in his spirit. Hence it is
that they wonder that the Word still is, though it has been
so rejected * as was said above (n. 734). The reason that
the Word still is, is because it is Divine, and the Lord is
in it.

736. Here is the mind that hath wisdom, signifies that
this is the interpretation in the natural sense, but for those
who are in the spiritual sense from the Lord. " Here is
the mind " signifies that this is the understanding and in-
terpretation of the things that were seen : "that hath wis-
dom " signifies for those that are interiorly wise. That the
interpretation is in the literal sense for those who are in
the spiritual sense, is because the interpretation was given
by the angel in the natural sense, and not in the spiritual :
for he said that the seven heads of the beast were seven
mountains, and likewise that they were seven kings ; and
that one of them is, and another is not yet come ; also that
the beast is the eighth, and is of the seven ; besides more
things that follow until the end of the chapter : and these
things cannot be understood except by those who are in
the spiritual sense from the Lord : this is therefore signi-
fied by having wisdom. The reason that the interpretation
was given by he angel in the natural sense, and not in the

No. 737-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

817

spiritual, is because the natural sense is the basis, the
container, and the support of its spiritual and heavenly
(celestial) sense ; see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 27-49): on which
account also interpretations elsewhere in the Word are
given in the natural sense ; and still they cannot be under-
stood interiorly except by the spiritual sense : as may be
seen in the prophets, and also in the evangelists, in many
places.

737. The seven heads are seven mountains where the woman
sitteth upon them, and they are seven kings, signifies the Di-
vine Goods and Divine Truths of the Word, upon which the
Roman Catholic Religion is founded, destroyed in time,
and at length profaned. Since the Word is signified by
the scarlet beast, and therefore the goods of love and the
truths of wisdom therein are signified by his heads, on this
account the quality of the Word as to these two among
those that are meant by Babylon, is here described, — the
Divine Good of love therein by mountains, and the Divine
Truth therein by kings. That the goods of love are signi-
fied by mountains, may be seen, n. 336, 339, 714; and
that the truths of wisdom are signified by kings, n. 20, 664,
704 : and that by the head, when the Lord is spoken of,
the Divine Love of His Divine Wisdom and the Divine
Wisdom of His Divine Love are signified, n. 47, 538, 5 68 ;
and that by seven is signified all and complete ; and that
it is applied to holy things, n. 10, 391, 657 : and that by the
woman is signified the Roman Catholic Religion, n. 723.
Hence then by "the seven heads are seven mountains
where the woman sitteth upon them," are signified the
Divine Goods and Divine Truths of the Word, upon which
the Roman Catholic Religion is founded. The reason is,
that the whole Word is profaned and adulterated by that
Religion, see above (n. 717, 719, 720, 721, 723, 728, 729,
730). It is said to have been profaned in time, since in
the beginning the Word was holy to them : but as they saw

8i8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

that they could rule by means of the holy things of the
Church, they receded from the Word, and acknowledged
their own edicts, precepts, and statutes as of equal, and
practically of superior sanctity • and at length transferred
all the Lord's power to themselves, not leaving any thing.
It is from their first state, when they held the Word holy,
that Lucifer, by whom is meant Babel (n. 717), was called
" son of the morning ; " but it is on account of their later
state, that he was cast into hell (Isa. xiv). But more may be
seen on this subject in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Providence" (n. 257). It may seem as if by "the seven
mountains where the woman sitteth " Rome is meant ; be-
cause that is built upon seven mountains, from which also
it is named. But admitting that Rome is meant, since the
throne and tribunal of that Religion is there, nevertheless
by the seven mountains the Divine Goods of the Word, and
thence of the church, profaned, are here signified ; for the
number seven adds nothing else but what is holy, here what
is profaned, as the same number does elsewhere : as where
are mentioned seven spirits before the throne of God (Apoc.
i. 4). Seven candlesticks, in the midst of which was the Son
of Man (i. 13 ; ii. 1). Seven stars (ii. 1 \ iii. 1). Seven
lamps of fire before the throne (Apoc. iv. 5). Seven seals,
with which the Book was sealed (Apoc. v. 1). The seven
horns and seven eyes of the La?nb (Apoc. v. 6). The seven
angels with the seven trumpets (Apoc. viii. 2). Seven thun-
ders (Apoc. x. 3, 4). The seven angels having seven plagues
in vials (Apoc. xv. 1, 6, 7). In like manner here it is said,
that the scarlet beast had seven heads ; and that the seven
heads were seven mountains, and likewise were seven kings.

738. Five have fallen, and one is, and the other is not ytt
come; and when he is come, he must remai?i but a short time,
signifies that all the Divine truths of the Word have been
destroyed, except this one, that all power in heaven and in
earth was given to the Lord ; and except another, which
has not yet come into question ; and when it does, it will

No. 738.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 819

not remain j which is, that the Lord's Human is Divine.
By five is not signified five, but all the rest j here all the
remaining Divine Truths of the Word, which are signified
by kings. For the numbers in the Apocalypse, and in the
Word generally, signify the quality of the things with which
they are connected. They are like a kind of adjectives
united with substantives, or like a sort of predicates ad-
joined to subjects ; as may be seen from the numbers two,
three, four, six, seven, ten, twelve, a hundred and forty-
four, explained above. Here, therefore, five signifies all
the rest, because seven signifies all the holy things of the
Word : and it follows that one is, and that the other has
not yet come j and thus that there are two out of them all
which remained. From which it is manifest, that by five
have fallen is signified that all the rest have been destroyed.
They are said to fall, because kings are spoken of, who fall
by the sword. By " one is " nothing else is signified but this
Divine Truth, that all power in heaven and on earth was
given to the Lord, according to -the words of the Lord Him-
self (Matt, xxviii. 18 ; John xiii. 3 ; xvii. 2, 3, 10), as may
be seen above (n. 618). That this one has not been de-
stroyed is because they could in no other way claim to
themselves dominion over all things of the church and the
Word and even heaven. By the other who is not yet come,
and when he cometh must remain but a short time, is sig-
nified the Divine Truth which has not yet come in question,
and when it does, will not remain permanently with them j
which is, that the Lord's Human is Divine. It is said that
it must remain but a short time, because this is according
to the Divine Providence, spoken of above (n. 686). That
it is a Divine Truth that the Lord's Human is Divine, may
be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Lord," from beginning to end. But the reason that it
has not yet come in question, is because, after they had
transferred to themselves all the Lord's power, they could
not acknowledge the Lord's Human as Divine, because it

820

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII

would then be said by the laity and the common people
that they had transferred Divine power to themselves, and
thus that the Pontiff was God, and his ministers were gods.
But that this will yet come in question, may be evident
from the fact that it is here foretold in the Apocalypse.
That they have seen this other truth, which is that the
Lord's Human is Divine, though as with closed eyes, is
manifest from this ; that they say that in the Eucharist
there is not only the Body and Blood of the Lord, but also
His Soul and Divinity ; and thus that there is omnipresence
as well of His Human as of His Divine ; and the Human
cannot be omnipresent unless it is Divine : also that they
say, that Christ as to His Body and Blood, and at the
same time as to His Soul and Divinity, is in them and
they are in Him by the Eucharist ; and this is said of
His Human ; which cannot be said, because it is not pos-
sible, unless His Human is Divine. Besides these things
they also say that the saints will reign with Christ, and that
Christ is to be worshipped, and that the saints are to be
invoked and venerated ; also that Christ is the true Light,
and that in Him they live and have merit, and other similar
things, which involve the Divinity of His Human. These
things are from the Council of Trent and from its bull.
Thus, as was said, they may see that truth, but as if with
closed eyes.

739. And the Beast which was and is not is himself the
eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition, signifies
that the Word, as explained above, is the Divine Good
itself, and that it is the Divine Truth, and that it is taken
away from the laity and the common people, lest the
profanations and adulterations made in it by their leaders
should appear, and they should on that account recede.
By " the Beast which was and is not " is signified the Word,
as before (vers. 8) : by his being himself the eighth, here
the eighth mountain, is signified, that it is the Divine Good
itself; for by the seven mountains the Divine Goods of

No. 740.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

82!

the Word are signified (n. 737) ; hence by the Beast him-
self being the eighth mountain, is signified that it is the
Divine Good itself. Good is also signified by the eighth :
and as all the goods of the Word among them were pro-
faned, he himself is not said to be of the seven mountains,
as he is, directly, of the seven kings, by whom the Divine
Truths of the Word are signified, not all of which were
adulterated (n. 737, 738). From these few things the ar-
canum may be seen, which lies hid in these words. By
his going into perdition is signified that it is rejected, as
above (n. 734) ; but as the Word is not rejected so but that
it is acknowledged as holy, but is taken away from the laity
and the common people lest the profanations of good and
the adulterations of truth made in it by their leaders should
appear, and the laity should on that account withdraw,
therefore this, as it is the real subject, is signified by going
into perdition. That the Word is the Divine Good itself
and the Divine Truth is because there is in each and
every thing of it the marriage of the Lord and the Church,
and thence the marriage of good and truth ; alfo because
there is in every thing of it a heavenly (celestial) sense
and a spiritual sense ; and in the heavenly sense it is
Divine Good, and in the spiritual sense it is Divine Truth ;
and these are in the Word, because the Lord is the Word :
which things are all demonstrated in the " Doctrine of the
New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture," published
at Amsterdam.

740. And the ten horns are te?i kings , who have received no
kingdom as yet, signifies the Word as to power from Divine
truths with those who are in the kingdom of France, and
are not fully under the yoke of the papal dominion, among
whom however there has not yet been formed a church
fully separated from the Roman Catholic Religion. That
these things are said of those who are in the kingdom of
France may be evident from the series of things in the
spiritual sense : for the reception of the Word by those

82 2 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. TChap. XVII.

who are in the Christian world is now treated of; the
reception of the Word, and the state of the church thence,
among the Roman Catholics (vers. 9-1 1) ; the reception
of the Word, and the state of the church thence among
those that are attached to that Religion only as to exter-
nals, who are especially in the kingdom of France (vers.
12-14). The rest, who indeed profess that Religion, but
still dissent in various things, are treated of in vers. 15 -f
and the Protestants or Reformed, who have openly
receded from that Religion (vers. 16, 17). But it can by
no means be known that all these are here treated of,
unless it is known that the Word is meant by the scarlet
Beast, and that the church is according to the recep-
tion of the Word. That the Word is meant by the scarlet
Beast, may be seen above (n. 723) ; and that the church is
a church from the Word and according to its understand-
ing of it, see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concern-
ing the Sacred Scripture " (n. 76-79). By horns, here the
horns of the Beast, the power of the Word is signified ;
and by !en horns much power, here Divine power, be-
cause it is that of the Lord through the Word. That horns
signify power, and ten horns much power, may be seen
above (n. 270, 539, 724). That by kings are signified
those who are in Divine truths from the Word, and ab-
stractly the Divine Truths in it, see n. 20, 664, 704; and
that by ten is not meant ten but many, see n. 10 1. By a
kirgdom is signified the church from the Word, because
by kings are signified those who are in Divine truths from
the Word, and abstractly the Divine Truths in it. Hence
by their having received no kingdom as yet, is signified,
among whom there is not yet formed a church altogether
separated from the Roman Catholic Religion. It may be
seen from this, that by " the ten horns are ten kings who
have received no kingdom as yet," is signified the Word
as to power from Divine Truths with those who are in the
kingdom of France, and in some other places ; also those'

No. 74i ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 823

who are called Jansenists, and are not fully under the yoke
of the papal dominion ; among whom, however, there is
not yet formed a church fully separated from the Roman
Catholic Religion. The church with those in the kingdom
of France is said not yet to be separated from the Roman
Catholic Religion, because it coheres with it in externals,
but not so much in internals. The externals are formali-
zes and the internals are essentials. That they still adhere
to it, is because there are so many monasteries there, and
because the priesthood there is under the authority of the
Pontiff ; and these are in all formality, according to the
papal edicts and statutes : and hence very many are still
in the essentials of that Religion ; on which account the
church there is not yet separated. This is what is signi-
fied by their having received no kingdom as yet.

741. Bat they receive power as kings one hour with the
Beast, signifies that the Word has power with them, and
they by the Word, as if they were in its Divine Truths.
By receiving power with the Beast is signified to have
power together with the Word ; and thus that the Word
has power wit.h them, and they by means of the Word. By
receiving power is signified to be strong, and by " the
Beast" the Word is signified (n. 723): by "as kings" is
signified as if they were in Divine Truths from the Word.
That by kings are signified those who are in Divine truths
from the Word, and abstractly the Divine Truths therein,
see n. 20, 664, 704, 740 ; by "one hour" is signified for
some time, and also in some degree. From these things it
s manifest that by their receiving power as kings one hour
with the Beast, is signified that the Word has power with
them, and they through the Word, as if they were in its
Divine truths. These things are said, because they ac-
knowledge that the Word is divinely inspired, and hence
that the church is a church from the Word. But still they
do not as yet draw Divine truths from it, except these
general oaes, that God alone is to be worshipped, and not

824 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. ["Chap. XVII.

any man as God ; and that the power given to Peter is not
in itself Divine, and yet that it is Divine to open and shut
heaven, which is not in any man's own power. These
things they confirm in themselves from the Word ; but
before others, who do not listen to the Word, they do it
from rationality, which is given by continual influx out of
heaven to every one who wishes to be in truths. That
they do not go further, and draw the doctrinals ^f faith
and life from the Word, is of the Lord's Divine Provi-
dence, because they still adhere in externals, or in formali-
ties to the Roman Catholic Religion, lest truth and falsity
should be mixed together, and thence an interior strife
should arise, which is like fermentation that produces
confusion.

742. These have one mmd, and shall give their power ana
authority to the Beast, signifies that they acknowledge unani-
mously that government and dominion over the church are
solely through the Word. By having one mind is signified
to acknowledge unanimously: by giving power and au-
thority to the beast is signified to ascribe government and
dominion over the church to the Word. TJie reason that
government and dominion over the church are meant, is
because the Word, and therefore the church,-are -treated of.
From these things it is manifest, that by these having one*
mind, and giving their power and authority to the beast, is
signified that they unanimously acknowledge that govern-
ment and dominion over the church are solely through the
Word. They indeed acknowledge the Pontiff as the head
of the church ; but they say that his government and do-
minion over the church is not like that of the head over
the body, but is like a supreme government over a body
which does not govern and rule from itself, but from God
through the Word ; and that it is then to be obeyed : con-
sequently that the interpretation of the Word does not
belong to his arbitrary determination alone, as has come to
pass ; because thus the Divine authority of the Word is
perverted and perishes.

No 743.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 825

743. These shall fight with the Lamb, but the Lamb shall
overcome them ; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings ;
signifies the Lord's combat with them concerning the ac-
knowledgment of His Divine Human, because in It the
Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and is also the Word.
By their combat with the Lord and the Lord's with them is
not meant a combat as of the evil and with the evil, but as
of those and with those who are not yet in truths concern-
ing the Lord. By the Lamb is meant the Lord as to the
Divine Human and also as to the Word (n. 269, 291, 595) :
and by overcoming them is signified to convince through
dhe Word. " For He is Lord of lords and King of kings "
signifies because He is, God of heaven and earth. From
His dominion over all the goods of heaven and the church
Pie is called Lord of lords, and from His kingdom over all
the truths of heaven and the church He is called King of
kings (n. 664). It is manifest from this, that by " these
shall fight with the Lamb and the Lamb shall overcome
them because He is Lord of lords and King of kings," is
signified the Lord's combat with them concerning the ac-
knowledgment of the Lord's Divine Human, because the
Lord in His Divine Human is God of heaven and earth.
That the Lord is God of heaven and earth, He teaches in
plain words ; for He says, All things whatsoever the Father
hath are mine (John xvi. 15). The Father hath given all
things into the hand of the Son (John iii. 35, 36 ; xiii. 3).
Father, thou hast give?i me power over all fiesh : all Mine art
Thine and Thi?ir are Mine (John xvii. 2,3, 10). All power h
given unto Me in heave?i and in earth (Matt, xxviii. 18). 2
am the way, the truth, and the life : no one cometh unto the
Father but by Me ; He that knoweth and seeth Me, knoweth
and seeth the Father ; for I am in the Father, a?id the Father
in Me (John xiv. 6-1 1). The Father and L are one (John
x. 30). That every one that believeth in the Lord, should have
everlasting life ; and he that believeth not in Him, shall not set
UfeQolm iii. 15, 17, 18, 36 ; vi. 47 ; xv. 26 ; and elsewhere)

826

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

Who does not know that the Lord was conceived of God
the Father ? (Luke i. 34, 35) ; and who may not know from
this, that God the Father, who is Jehovah, took to Himself
the Human in the world ? and hence that the Human is
the Human of God the Father ? and that thus God the
Father and He are one, as the soul and the body are one ?
Can any one, indeed approach a man's soul, and descend
thence to his body ? Is not his human to be approached ?
and then his soul is approached. By these and many other
things which are in the Word, the Lamb will overcome
them : on which account, as they have ceased to worship
the Pope, let them worship Him from whom the Pope says
that he has all power over the church and heaven. The
Pope is a man, and the Lord is God ; and God alone is to
be approached, invoked, and adored ; that is, is to be wor-
shipped. The Lord alone is the Holy One who is to be
invoked (Apoc. xv. 4). I know that they will think, " How
can Jehovah the Father, who is the Creator of the universe,
descend and assume the Human ? " But let them think
also, " How can a Son from eternity, who is equal to the
Father, and is also^he Creator of the universe, do it ? " Is
it not the same thing ? They say, " The Father and the
Son from eternity ; " but there is not any Son from eternity :
there is the Divine Human, which is called the Son sent
into the world (Luke i. 34, 35). But on this subject see
below (n. 961).

744. A?id they that are with Him, are called, and chosen,
and faithful, signifies that those who approach and worship
the Lord alone, are they that come into heaven, as well
they who are in the externals of the church, as they that
are in its internals and its inmosts. " They that are with
Him " signifies those who approach the Lord, for they are
with Him. By the called, the chosen, and the faithful, are
signified those who are in the externals, the internals, and
the inmosts of the church ; who, because they are in the
Lord, come into heaven. By the called indeed all are

No. 745.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 827

meant, because all are called : but by the called who are
with the Lord are meant they who are in heaven with the
Lord, as all are called who are at the wedding with the
Bridegroom. By the chosen is not meant that some are
elected by predestination, but they who are with the Lord
are so called. By the faithful are meant those who have
faith in the Lord. These are they who are in the externals,
the internals, and the inmosts of the Church, because the
Lord's Church is distinguished, like heaven, into three de-
grees. In the lowest degree are they who are in its exter-
nals, in the second degree are they who are in its internals,
and in the third degree are they who are in its inmosts.
They that are with the Lord in the externals of the Church
are " the called," they that are in its internals are " the
chosen," and they that are in its inmosts are " the faith-
ful : " for they are so called in the Word j where Jacob is
said to be called, and Israel chosen ; since by Jacob those
are there meant who are in the externals of the church,
and by Israel those who are in its internals. The reason
that it is here said, " They that are with Him are called,
and chosen, and faithful," is because it is said before that
" they shall fight with the Lamb, and the Lamb will over-
come them ; " so that they may know that they whom the
Lord overcomes, that is, convinces by the Word, are with
Him in heaven ; some in the ultimate heaven, some in
the second, and some in the third : each one accord' ng
to his reception.

745 And he said unto me, The waters which thou sawest,
where the harlot sitteth, are peoples and multitudes, and na-
tions and tongues, signifies that those are under the Papal
Dominion, but in the truths of the Word variously adulter-
ated and profaned by that Religion, who are of its varieties
of doctrine and discipline, and of its varieties of religion
and confession. The waters which he saw, where the har-
lot sits, are the waters which are mentioned in vers. 1 of
this chapter ; where it is said, I will show thee the judgment

828

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chak XVIL

of the harlot that sitteth upon many waters. That the truths
of the Word adulterated and profaned are there signified
by the waters, may be seen above (n. 719). It is said that
these waters are peoples, multitudes, nations, and tongues,
because by these are signified all those who are under the
papal Dominion, of its varieties of doctrine and discipline
and religion and confession : for by peoples are signified
they who are in doctrine (n. 483) • by multitudes those
who are in discipline, by nations those that are in religion
(n. 483) ; and by tongues those who are in confession
(n. 282, 483). These things are said here, because what
precedes is concerning the reception and understanding of
the Word by those who are in the Roman Catholic Religion
itself (from vers. 8-1 1) ; and afterwards concerning the re
ception and understanding of the Word by the noble French
nation (from vers. 12-14): here therefore concerning the
reception and understanding of the Word with the rest who
are under the papal Dominion : after this it follows con-
cerning the Protestants (vers. 16, 17): thus all things are
foretold in their proper order. It is known that those who
are under the papal Dominion are in various doctrine, dis-
cipline, religion, and confession ; for that Religion is not
observed in the same manner in various kingdoms.

746. Ana1 the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast,
these shall hate the ha?'lot, signifies the Word as to power from
Divine Truths among the Protestants, who have altogether
cast off from themselves the yoke of the papal Dominion.
It is said here, as above (vers. 12), "the ten horns which
thou sawest ; " but there they are said to be " ten kings ; "
but here, " These : " because there, as here, those who have
receded from the Roman Catholic Religion are treated of ,
yet there those who have done it in part ; but here, alto-
gether. That the Protestants or Reformed are here treated
of, is manifest from these things that follow ; that they
shall make the harlot desolate and naked, shall eat her
flesh, and shall burn her with fire, and shall give their

No. 748.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 829

kingdom to the Beast. That the Word as to power from
Divine Truths is signified by the ten horns which thou
sawest upon the Beast, may be seen above (n. 740). To
hate the harlot is, not to endure the Roman Catholic Relig-
ion, and therefore to cast off from themselves the yoke of
the papal Dominion.

747. And shall make her desolate a?id naked \ signifies that
they will divest themselves of her falsities and evils. By
making her desolate is signified to divest themselves of her
falsities : and by making her naked is signified to divest
themselves of her evils : for they make her desolate and
naked among themselves. Desolation in the Word is pred-
icated of truths and falsities, and nakedness of goods and
evils ; as may be evident from the passages that were ad-
duced above concerning nakedness (n. 213, 706). From
these things it may be evident that by their making her
desolate and naked is signified that they will, divest them-
selves of all the falsities and evils of that Religion. That
the Protestants or the Reformed have done so, is known.

748. And shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire, signi-
fies that from hatred they will condemn and destroy among
themselves the evils and falsities which are proper to that
Religion, and will hold the Religion itself accursed, and
will blot it out from among them. This is concerning the
Protestants, who will do thus with the harlot, that is, with
the Roman Catholic Religion. By eating her flesh is sig-
nified to condemn from hatred and to destroy among them-
selves the things proper to that Religion, which are evils
and falsities, as treated of in what follows : and by burning
her with fire is signified to accurse that Religion as pro-
fane, and to blot it out among themselves. That to burn
with fire has this meaning, is because the punishment ot
the profanation of what is holy was burning; wherefore it
was of the Divine law, that they who profvied the name of
Jehovah by worshipping other gods, should themselves and
all that they had be burned with fire (Deut. xiii. 12-18).

83O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

Therefore the golden calf, which the children of Israel pro-
fanely worshipped, Moses bumed with fire (Ex. xxxii. 20 ;
Deut. ix. 21). A?id the two sons of Aaron were consumed by
fire from heaven, because they profaned holy things (Lev. x.
1-6). Nor is any thing else signified by the fire and pile in
Tophet, but the fire of hell, which is for those who profane
holy things (Is. xxx. 33 ) Jer. vii. 11, 31, 32 ; xix. 5, 6 ;
2 Kings xxiii. 10) j for there they worshipped Moloch by
a horrible sacrifice. Since by the fourth beast in Daniel
vii., the Religion which profanes the Word and the holy
things of the church is signified (n. 717), it is therefore said,
that it was burnt with fire (Dan. vii. 11). Now as it is pro-
fane worship to worship a man in place of the Lord, it is
therefore said here, that they should burn the harlot her-
self with fire ; by which is signified that they should ac-
curse the Religion itself, and destroy it among themselves.
The reason that by eating her flesh is signified to condemn
from hatred and to destroy among themselves the evils and
falsities which are proper to that Religion, is because that
is signified by eating flesh : for by flesh are signified the
things proper to any one, which have relation to goods and
truths, and in the opposite sense to evils and falsities ; and
by eating is signified to consume, and thus to destroy.
That by flesh is signified what is proper to any one, which
in itself is evil, is evident from these passages : 77 is the
Spirit that quickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing (John vi. 63).
That which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born
of the spirit is spirit (John iii. 6). As many as received
Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, who
were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh (John i. 12,
13). God remembered that they were flesh, a breath that
passeth away and cometh not again (Ps. lxxviii. 39). Egypt
is man, and not God ; and its horses are flesh, and ?wt spirit
(Isa. xxxi. 3). Jerusalem hath committed whoredom with the
sons of Egypt great in flesh (Ez. xvi. 26). Jesus said to
Peter, Flesh and blood hath not revealed these things to thee

No. 749.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

831

(Matt. xvi. 17). Cursed is he that trusteth in man and
viaketh flesh his arm (Jer. xvii. 5). Because flesh signifies
what is man's own, and they who hate another assail the
things that are his own with the purpose of destroying
them, this therefore is signified by eating flesh, as also in
these passages : He that dieth let him die, and he that is cut off
let him be cut off; let the rest eat each one the flesh of another
(Zech. xi. 9). They shall eat itp Israel with every mouth ;
they shall eat every man the flesh of his arm, Manasseh
Ephraim, and Ephraim Manasseh (Isa. ix. 12, 20, 21). /
will feed thine oppressors with their own flesh (Isa. xlix. 26).
They shall eat every one the flesh of his companion (Jer xix.
9). By eating the flesh of sons and daughters (Jer. xix. 9),
is signified to destroy truths and goods in themselves ; for
by sons are signified truths, and by daughters goods, see
above (n. 139, 543, 546, 612). Besides, "all flesh" is
spoken of in the Word ; and thereby is signified every man
(Gen. vi. 12, 13, 17, 19 ; Isa. xl. 5, 6 j xlix. 26 ; lxvi. 16,
23, 24 ; Jer. xxv. 31 ; xxxii. 27 ; xlv. 5 ; Ez. xx. 48 ; xxi.
4, 5)-

749. For God hath put into their hearts to do His mind,
and to do on-e mind, and to give their kingdom unto the Beast,
signifies judgment in them from the Lord, that they should
altogether repudiate and hold accursed the Roman Catho-
lic Religion, and should destroy and root it out from among
themselves ; and the unanimous judgment, that they should
acknowledge the Word, and found the Church upon it.
Since the Roman Catholic Religion is signified by the
harlot, and the Protestants are signified by the ten horns
that shall hate the harlot, as above (n. 746-748) ; it is
manifest that by doing His mind is signified that they
have judged and concluded that they should altogether
repudiate that religion and hold it accursed, and should
destroy and root it out in themselves, as above (n. 7 48) :
and it is also manifest, that by doing one mind and giving
their kingdom to the Beast, is signified to judge and con-

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

elude unanimously, that they should acknowledge the Word,
and found the church upon it. By the Beast is signified
the Word, as everywhere above (see n. 723) : and by king-
dom the church is signified, and the government over it,
as is shown just below. By God putting into their hearts
is signified that these things are from the Lord. That king-
dom signifies the church may be evident from these passages :
The children of the kingdom shall be cast out into outer dark-
ness (Matt. viii. 12). The seed is the children of the king-
dom (Matt. xiii. 38). He that heareth the Word of the
kingdom, and attendeth not (Matt. xiii. 19). The kingdom
shall be taken from you, a?id given to a nation that beareth
fruits (Matt. xxi. 43). No man having put his hand to the
plough, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God (Luke
ix. 62). Thy kingdom come, a7id thy will be done, as in
heaven so on the earth (Matt. vi. 10). Jesus, John, and the
disciples preached, that the kingdom of God was at ha?id
(Matt. iii. 2 ; iv. 17 ; x. 7 ; Luke x. 11 ; xvi. 16). Also the
Gospel of the kifigdom (Matt. iv. 23 ; ix. 35 ; xxiv. 14 ; Luke
viii. 1). If I by the finger of God cast out demons, no doubt
the kingdom of God is come unto you (Luke xi. 20. Besides
many other places where the kingdom of God is spoken
of). In like manner in these : If ye shall hear my voice and
keep my covenant, ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests
(Ex. xix. 5, 6). Thou, O tower of the flock, O stronghold
of the daughter of Zion, to thee shall the former kingdom
return, the kingdom of the daughter of Jerusalem (Mic. iv. 8).
Afterwards the saints shall receive the kingdom, and shall
establish the kingdom even for ever and ever (Dan. vii. 18, 22).
The kingdom and dominion and the majesty of the ki?tgdoms
under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the
saints ; whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all
dominions shall worship and obey Him (Dan. vii. 27). Unto
the Son of Man was given a kingdom which shall not perish ;
and all peoples, nations, and tongues shall worship Him (Dan.
vii. 14. Besides other places). The church is signified by

No. 751.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

833

a kingdom, because the Lord's kingdom is in heaven and
on earth ; and His kingdom on the earth is the church.
Hence also the Lord is called King of kings.

750. Until the words of God should be consummated \
signifies until all the things which have been foretold
concerning them shall be fulfilled. By being consummated
is signified to be fulfilled ; and by the words of God are
signified the things which are foretold in His Word : and
that it is said to be consummated signifies till they all are
fulfilled. This is said of the Protestants, and of their
giving their kingdom to the Beast ; that is, that they will
acknowledge the Word, and found the church upon it, as
just above (n. 749). But they do indeed acknowledge
the Word, and say that the church is founded upon it;
and still they found the doctrine of their church upon the
single saying of Paul, that man is justified by faith alofie
without the works of the law (Rom. iii. 28), altogether
falsely understood (n. 417). As it is here said, "until the
words of God are consummated," it shall also be told what
is signified by the Lord's last words to the disciples, which
are these : Go ye and make disciples of all nations, teachi7ig
them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you ;
and behold, I am with you all the days, until the consumma-
tion of the age: Amen (Matt, xxviii. 19, 20). "Until the
consummation of the age " is until the end of the Church
(n. 658) : and then, if they do not go to the Lord Himself,
and live according to His precepts, they are left by the
Lord ; and being left by the Lord they become as pagans,
who have no religion : and then the Lord is with those
only, who will be of His New Church. These things are
signified by " until the words of God are consummated,"
and by "until the consummation of the age."

751. And the Wo?7ian whom thou sawest is the great city,
which rcigneth over the kings of the earth, signifies that the
Roman Catholic Religion reigns as to doctrine in the Chris-
tian world, and still also in some respects among the P-e

834

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVII.

formed, although they are not under the papal Dominion.
That all these things are signified by these words, is be-
cause they form the conclusion, and thence involve not
only the things which are said respecting the Roman Cath-
olics, but also those respecting the French nation, and
those concerning the Protestants j and thus that the
Woman, who is the great city, reigns also over these : but
how, shall be told. She does not reign over the Prot-
estants, as she does over those who are attached to her
Religion ; but only so far as they have in some points
received her doctrinals. The doctrinals which they have
received are these : That they approach God the Father,
and not the Lord : that they do not acknowledge the
Lord's Human as Divine : that His passion of the cross
is expiation, propitiation, and satisfaction to God the
Father : concerning the imputation of the Lord's merit ;
some things concerning Baptism, concerning original sin,
and concerning free-agency ; and among the Lutherans,
that they accede nearly to transubstantiation. These doc-
trinals, the remains from papal Catholicism, and agreeing
with it in part, are the grounds from which it is said, that the
woman, who is the great city, reigns over the kings of the
earth. By the woman the Roman Catholic Religion is
signified, as above : by the city is signified doctrine (n. 194,
501, 502, 712): by kingdom is signified the Church (n. 749) ;
hence by reigning is signified government : by the kings
of the earth are signified the truths or falsities of the
church (n. 20, 483, 664, 704, 720, 737, 740) ; hence also
doctrinals : by the earth is signified the church (n. 285).
From these things it is manifest that by these words, " the
woman whom thou sawest is the great city which reigneth
over the kings of the earth," is signified that the Roman
Catholic Religion reigns as to doctrine in the Christian
world, and in some respects even with the Reformed, al-
though they are not under the papal Dominion.

No. 752.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

835

752. To this I will add this Relation. It was given
me to speak with pope Sixtus Quintus. He came out
of a certain society in the west to the left. He told me
that he was appointed as chief Governor over a society
collected from the Catholics who excel the rest in judgment
and industry ; and that he was made their chief Governor
for the reason that he had believed for half a year before
his death that the vicarship was an invention for the sake
of dominion ; and that the Lord the Saviour, because He
is God, is He who is alone to be adored and worshipped :
also that the sacred Scripture is Divine, and thus more
holy than the edicts of popes. He said that he remained
firm in the belief of these two fundamentals of religion
until the end of his life. He also said that their saints are
not any thing. He wondered when I related that it was
decreed in a synod, and confirmed by a bull, that they
should be invoked. He said that he led an active life as
he had done in the world ; and that he proposed to himself
every morning nine or ten things, which he wished should
be accomplished before evening. I asked whence he
obtained in so few years so great a treasure as he had laid
up in the castle of Angelo. He replied that he wrote with
his own hand to the rulers of the rich monasteries, to send
him at their discretion from their resources as much as they
were willing j as it was for a holy use : and that they sent
abundantly, because they feared him. And when I said
that that treasure was still remaining, he said, "Whom can
it benefit now?" While speaking with him, I related that
the treasure in Loretto had been immensely increased and
enriched since his time, and in like manner the treasures
in certain monasteries, especially in Spain; but not to so
great a degree at this day as in former centuries : and I
added, that they keep them without any useful end, other
than to enjoy themselves in the possession of them : and
when I related this, I said also, that they are thus like the

VOL. II. iS

836 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIL

infernal gods, which the ancients called Plutos. When I
mentioned Plutos, he replied, " Hush, I know." He said
further, that no others are admitted into the society over
which he presided, but those who excel in judgment, and
can receive the doctrine that the Lord alone is the God of
heaven and earth, and that the Word is the Holy Divine ;
and that under the Lord's auspices he is every day perfecting
that society. And he said that he had spoken with the saints
so called ; but that they become infatuated, when they hear
and believe that they are saints. He also called the pon-
tiffs and cardinals stupid, — those who wish to be adored as
Christ, though not in person, and who do not acknowledge
the Word as the Holy Divine itself, according to which
alone men must live.

He wishes me to say to those who are now living, that
Christ is the God of heaven and earth, and that the Word
is the Holy Divine ; and that the Holy Spirit does not
speak through the mouth of any one ; but Satan, who wishes
to be adored as God : and that they who do not attend to
these things, as being stupid, go away to their like, and after
a time are cast down into hell, to those who labor under
the fantasy that they are gods ; who have no other life than
the life of a wild beast. To this I said, " Perhaps these
things are too hard for me to write." But he answered,
" Write, and I will subscribe, because they are true." And
then he went away from me into his society, and subscribed
one copy, and transmitted it as a Bull to the other societies
devoted to the same religion.

THE APOCALYPSE.

CHAPTER EIGHTEENTH.

1. And after these things I saw an angel coming down
from heaven, having great power, and the earth was light-
ened by his glory.

2. And he cried mightily with a great voice, saying, Baby-
lon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habita-
tion of demons, and the hold of every unclean spirit, and
the cage of every unclean and hateful bird.

3. For all the nations have drunk of the wine of the an-
ger of her whoredom, and the kings of the earth have com-
mitted whoredom with her, and the merchants of the earth
are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.

4. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come
out of her my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins,
and that ye receive not of her plagues.

5. For her sins have reached even unto heaven, and God
hath remembered her iniquities.

6. Render unto her as she hath rendered unto you ; and
double unto her double according to her works ; in the cup
fchich she hath filled, fill to her double.

7. As much as she hath glorified herself and lived deli-
ciously, so much torment and sorrow give her ; for she saith
in her heart, I sit a queen, and am not a widow, and shall
not see sorrow.

vol. in. r

838

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

8. Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death
and sorrow and famine ; and she shall be utterly burned
with fire, for strong is the Lord God that judgeth her.

9. And the kings of the earth shall bewail her, and
shall lament for her, who have committed whoredom and
lived deliciously with her, when they see the smoke of her
hunting :

10. Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying,
Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city ! for in
■jne hour is thy judgment come.

11. And the merchants of the earth shall weep and
mourn for her, for no man buyeth their merchandise any
more.

12. The merchandise of gold and silver, and precious
stones and of pearls, and fine linen and purple, and
silk and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and every vessel
of ivory, and every vessel of most precious wood, and of
brass, and iron, and marble,

13. And cinnamon and incense, and perfume and
frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour and wheat,
and cattle, and sheep, and horses, and carriages, and
bodies and souls of men.

14. And the fruits of the desire of thy soul have de-
parted from thee, and all things fat and splendid have
departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more
at all.

15. The merchants of these things, who were made rich
by her, shall stand afar off, for fear of her torment, keeping
and mourning,

16. And saying, Alas, alas, the great city, that was ar-
rayed in fine-linen and purple and scarlet, and decked
with gold, and precious stones, and pearls ; for in one hour
are so great riches laid waste.

17. And every shipmaster, and every one employed
upon ships, and sailors, and as many as navigate the sea,
stood afar off,

Chap. XVIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

839

18. And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning,
saying, What city is like unto this great city !

19. And they cast dust upon their heads, and cried,
weeping and mourning, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, in
which all that had ships in the sea were made rich by her
costliness ; for in one hour are they made desolate.

20. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and ye holy apostles
and prophets ; for God hath judged your judgment upon
her.

31. And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great
millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with vio-
lence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and
shall be found no more at all.

22. And the voice of harpers, and of musicians, and of
pipers, and trumpeters shall be heard no more at all in thee ;
and no artificer of any art shall be found any more at all in
thee ; and the voice of the mill shall be heard no more at
all in thee :

23. And the light of a candle shall shine no more at
all in thee ; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the
bride shall be heard no more at all in thee : for thy mer-
chants were the great men of the earth ; for by thy sorcery
were all the nations seduced.

24. And in her was found the blood of prophets and of
saints, and of all that have been slain upon the earth.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Continua-
tion concerning the Roman Catholic Religion : that on
account of adulterations and profanations of the truths
of the Word, and thence of the Church, it will perish
(vers. 1-8). Concerning the highest in the ecclesiastical
order there, what their character is, and concerning their
mourning (vers. 9, 10). Concerning the inferiors in that

84O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

order (vers. 11-16). Concerning the laity and the common
people, who are under obedience to them (vers. 17-19).
The joy of the angels over its removal (vers. 20). Con-
cerning its destruction in the spiritual world on account of
its having no acknowledgment of, inquiry after, enlighten-
ment in, or reception of truth, and hence no conjunction ot
truth and good, which makes the church (vers. 21-24).

The Contents of each Verse. "After these things
J saw," signifies a continuation respecting the Roman
Catholic Religion. " I saw an angel coming down from
heaven, having great power, and the earth was lightened
by his glory," signifies a strong influx of the Lord out of
heaven by Divine Truth, from which His Church was in
heavenly light. " And he cried mightily with a great voice,
saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen," signifies that
he made it known, that by the Lord's Divine power all
who have been in that Religion and at the same time in
the love of ruling from it, are destroyed in the spiritual
world, and are cast into many hells. " And is become the
habitation of demons," signifies that their hells are the hells
of the lusts of ruling from the fire of the love of self, and
of the lusts of profaning the truths of heaven from the
spurious zeal of that love. " And the hold of every un-
clean spirit, and the cage of every unclean and hateful bird,"
signifies that the evils of will and thence of act, and the fal-
sities of thought and thence of design, of those who are in
those hells, are diabolical, because they are turned away
from the Lord to themselves. " For all the nations have
drunk of the wine of the anger of her whoredom, and the
kings of the earth have committed whoredom with her,"
signifies that they have put forth wicked dogmas, which are
adulterations and profanations of the good and truth of the
Word, and have imbued with them all that have been born
and brought up in the kingdoms under their domination.
" And the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through
the abundance of her delicacies," signifies the greater and

Chap. XVIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

84I

less in rank in that hierarchy, who through dominion over
holy things strive for Divine majesty and super-regal glory,
and continually aim to establish it by the multiplication of
monasteries and of possessions under them, and by the treas-
ures which without end they gather together and heap up
from the world, and thus procure to themselves corporeal
and natural enjoyments from the heavenly and spiritual
dominion attributed to them. " And I heard another voice
from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye
be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her
plagues," signifies exhortation from the Lord to all, as well
those who are in that Religion as those who are not in it,
to beware of conjunction with it by acknowledgment and
affection, lest as to their souls they should be conjoined to
its abominations, and should perish. " For her sins have
reached even unto heaven, and God hath remembered her
iniquities," signifies that its evils and falsities infest the
heavens, and that the Lord will protect these from violence
thence. " Render unto her as she hath rendered unto you ;
double unto her double according to her works ; in the cup
which she hath filled fill to her double," signifies just retri-
bution and punishment after death, that then the evils and
falsities by which they have seduced and destroyed others,
will return upon them, according to their quantity and
quality. " As much as she hath gloiified herself and lived
deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her ," signifies
thar in the degree of their elation of heart from dominion
and according to their exultation of mind (animus) and
body from riches, they have after death internal pain from
being cast down and derided, and from want and wretched-
ness. " For she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am
not a widow, and shall not see sorrow," signifies that these
things befall them, because from elation of heart over their
dominion and from exultation of mind over their riches, they
are in the assurance and confidence that they shall rule for
ever, and shall protect themselves, and that they cannot

842

THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Ckap. XVIII

in any way be deprived of these things. " Therefore in one
hour shall her plagues come, death and sorrow and famine,"
signifies that on this account, at the time of the last judg-
ment, the punishments of the evils which they have done
will return upon them, which and Death, which is infernal
life, and inward pain from being cast down from dominion ;
Sorrow, which is internal grief from want and wretchedness
in place of opulence ; and Famine, which is the deprivation
of the understanding of all truth. " And she shall be ut-
terly burned with fire, for strong is the Lord God that
judgeth her," signifies that they will be hatreds against the
Lord and against His heaven and church, because they
then see that the Lord alone rules and reigns over all
things in the heavens and on earth, and not at all any man
of himself. " And the kings of the earth shall bewail her
and shall lament for her, who have committed whoredom
and lived deliciously with her, when they see the smoke of
her burning," signifies the more internal pains of those who
have been in higher dominion and its enjoyments, by means
of the falsified and adulterated truths of the Word which
they made the holy things of the church, when they see
them turned into profane things. " And standing afar off
for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great
city Babylon, that mighty city ! for in one hour is thy judg-
ment come," signifies their fear of punishments, and their
grievous lamentation that that Religion, so fortified, could
be so suddenly and completely overturned, and that they
could perish. "And the merchants of the earth shall
weep and mourn over her, for no man buyeth their mer-
chandise any more," signifies the inferiors in the order, who
minister and make gain by holy things, here their griefs that
after the destruction of Babylon they cannot make profits
by them as before. " The merchandise of gold and silver
and precious stones and pearls," signifies that they no
longer have these things, because they have no spiritual
goods and truths, to which such things correspond. " And

Chap. XVIII.] THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED.

843

fine linen and purple and silk and scarlet," signifies that
they no longer have these things, because they have not the
heavenly (celestial) goods and truths to which such things
correspond. "And all thyine wood and every vessel of
ivory," signifies that they no longer have these, because
they have not the natural goods and truths to which such
things correspond. " And every vessel of precious wood
and of brass and iron and marble," signifies that they no
longer have these, because they have not the goods and
'ruths of knowledge in matters of the church to which such
things correspond. "And cinnamon and incense and per-
fume and frankincense," signifies that they no longer have
worship from spiritual goods and truths, because they have
nothing within in their worship, which corresponds to the
things here named. " And wine and oil and fine-flour and
wheat," signifies that they no longer have worship from
heavenly (celestial) truths and goods, because they have
not within in their worship the things which correspond to
those here named. " And cattle and sheep," signifies that
they no longer have worship from the external or natural
goods and truths of the church, because they have not any
thing within in their worship which corresponds to these
things. " And horses and carriages and bodies and souls
of men," signifies all those things according to the under-
standing of the Word and according to doctrine thence,
and according to the goods and trutiis of its literal sense,
which they have not, because they have falsified and adul-
terated them. " And the fruits of the desire of thy soul
have departed from thee, and all things fat and splendid
have departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no
more at all," signifies that all the blessednesses and hap-
pinesses of heaven, even the external, such as are desired
by them, will altogether flee away, and will no longer ap-
pear, because they have no heavenly (celestial) and spirit-
ual affections for good and truth. " And the merchants of
these things, who were made rich by her, shall stand afar

844 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

off, for fear of her torment, weeping and mourning," signifies
the state before damnation, and the fear and lamentation
at that time, of those who have made gain by various dis-
pensations and promises of heavenly joys. " And saying,
Alas, alas, that great city, that was arrayed in fine-linen
and purple and scarlet, and decked with gold and precious
stones and pearls, for in one hour are so great riches laid
waste," signifies grievous lamentation that their magnifi-
cence and their gains are so suddenly and so entirely de-
stroyed. " And every shipmaster, and every one employed
upon ships, and sailors, and as many as navigate the sea,"
signifies those who are called laymen, as well they who are
placed in greater dignity as those that are in less, down to
the common people, who are attached to that Religion, and
love and prize it, or acknowledge and venerate it in heart.
" Stood afar off and cried when they saw the smoke of her
burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city," sig-
nifies their mourning in a remote state over the condemna-
tion of that Religion, which they believed to be supereminent
above every religion in the world. " And they cast dust
upon their heads, and cried weeping and mourning, saying,
Alas, alas, that great city," signifies their interior and ex-
terior pain and grief, which is lamentation that so eminent
a Religion should be altogether destroyed and condemned.
" In which all that had ships in the sea were made rich by
her costl ness, for in one hour they are made desolate," signi-
fies on this account, that by the holy things of that Religion
all, as many as were willing to buy, were absolved, and for
vorldly and temporal riches received heavenly an 1 eterna.
riches. " Rejoice over her, O heaven, and ye holy apostles
and prophets, for God hath judged your judgment upon
her," signifies that the angels of heaven and the men of the
Church who are in the goods and truths from the Word
should now rejoice in heart that those who are in the evils
and falsities of that Religion are removed and rejected.
" And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone,

Chap. XVIII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

845

and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that
great city, Babylon, be thrown down, and shall be found no
more at all," signifies that by a powerful influx of the Lord
out of heaven, that Religion, with all its adulterated truths
of the Word, will be cast headlong into hell, and will not
at all appear to the angels any more. " And the voice of
harpers and of musicians and of pipers and trumpeters
shall be heard no more at all in thee," signifies that there
will not be in them any affection for spiritual good and
truth nor any affection for heavenly (celestial) good and
truth. "And no artificer of any art shall be found any
more at all in thee," signifies that they who are in that
Religion from doctrine and from a life according to it,
have no understanding of spiritual truth, and thence no
thought of spiritual truth, so far as depends on themselves.
"And the voice of the mill shall be heard no more at all
in thee," signifies that with those who are in that Religion
from its doctrine and from a life according to it, there is no
searching for, investigation or confirmation of spiritual
truth, because the falsity received and confirmed, and thus
implanted, stands in the way. " And the light of a candle
shall shine no more at all in thee," signifies that they who
are in that Religion from doctrine and from a life accord-
ing to it, have no enlightenment from the Lord, and hence
no perception of spiritual truth. " And the voice of the
bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all
in thee," signifies that they who are in that Religion from
doctrine and from a life according to it, have no conjunc-
tion of good and truth, which makes the church. " For
Ihy great men were the merchants of the earth," signifies
that the superiors in their ecclesiastical hierarchy are such ;
because by the various and arbitrary rights left to them in
the statutes of the order, they traffic and make profit.
u For by thy sorcery were all the nations seduced," signifies
their wicked arts and devices, by which they have led away
the minds (animus) of all from the holy worship of the

846 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII,

Lord to the profane worship of living and dead men and
idols. " And in her was found the blood of prophets and
of saints, and of all that have been slain upon the earth,"
signifies that from the Religion which is meant by the city
Babylon comes the adulteration and profanation of every
truth of the Word and thence of the church, and that falsity
has emanated therefrom into the whole Christian world.

THE EXPLANATION.

753. And after these things I saw, signifies a manifestation
concerning the destruction and condemnation of those who
were in the Roman Catholic Religion, and exercised power
over the holy things of the church and over heaven, with
the purpose of ruling over all, and of possessing all the
goods of others. These things are here signified by " after
these things I saw," because they are treated of in this
chapter. The Dogmas of that Religion are prefixed to
this work, that they who are in enlightenment from the
Lord may see that they look to nothing else but dominion
over the souls of men, to the end that they may be wor-
shipped as gods, and may alone possess the goods of the
whole world. And as that was their end, and not at all the
salvation of souls, they could take their dogmas from no-
where else but from hell 5 for they could not from heaven,
that is, from the Lord, but from themselves, because they
transferred all things of the Lord to themselves. What
is more detestable than to separate the Body and Blood
of the Lord, or the Bread and Wine in the Holy Supper,
manifestly against its institution, and this by fictions, and
solely for the sake of the daily and nightly sacrifices of the
Mass, by which they make worldly gains ? What is more
letestable than to worship dead men with Divine invocation,
1 md to fall down on the knees before their images, and to kiss
them reverently, yea, the bones and remains of their dead

No. 754.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 847

bodies, and thus to draw away the people from Divine worship
and to lead them on to profane worship ; and this also for
the sake of gain ? What is more detestable than to make
Divine worship on the Lord's day and on festivals to consist
in Masses not understood, and thus in externals which are
of the body and its affections without internals which are of
ti e soul and its affections, and to ascribe to the former al3
sanctity, and thus to hold all in ignorance and blind faith,
that they may rule and make gain ? What is more detestable
than to transfer all things of the Lord's Divine power to
themselves ? which is nothing else than to pull down the
Lord from His throne, and to put themselves upon it. What
is more detestable than to take away the W7ord, which is the
Divine Truth itself, from the laity and the common people,
and to issue edicts and dogmas in its place, in which there
is scarce a single genuine truth of the Word ? These are
the things which are treated of in this chapter of the
Apocalypse.

754. / saw an angel comifig down from heaven, having
great power, a7id the earth was lightened by his glory, signifies
a strong influx from the Lord out of heaven by Divine Truth,
Irom which His church was in heavenly light. By an angel
the Lord is signified : by the angel coming down from
heaven is signified the Lord's influx out of heaven : by his
having great power is signified strong influx : by the earth
being lightened by his glory is signified the Church in
heavenly light from the Lord by Divine Truth. That by an
angel and by angels in the Word the Lord is meant, may
be seen, n. 258, 344, 465, 649, 657, 718. By coming down
is signified to flow in, because it is said of the Lord. That
the church is signified by the earth, see n. 285, 721. That
glory is predicated of Divine Truth, and signifies it, n. 249,
629. It is said, Divine Truth in heavenly light, because
the Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord is the light of
heaven, which enlightens the angels, and makes their wis-
dom. The influx of the Lord by Divine Truth is now

848

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

spoken of, and the enlightenment of the church by it,
because by that influx those that are in falsities are sepa-
rated from those who are in truths ; and likewise, falsities
appear in the light of truth, as they really are.

755. And he cried mightily with a great voice, sayings
Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, signifies that he made
it known that by the Lord's Divine power all who have
been in that Religion, and at the same time in the love of
ruling from it, are destroyed in the spiritual world, and are
cast into many hells. That this is signified by these words
may be evident from the small work on the " Last Judg-
ment and the Destruction of Babylon," published at London
in the year 1758 ; where its destruction is described, from
n. 53-64 : from which it may be seen that those of that
Religion, who from the heat of the love of self have ruled
over the holy Divine things of the Lord, which are those
of heaven and the church, and who have been mere
idolaters, were destroyed and cast into hell. But that
those of the same Religion, who lived according to the
precepts of the Decalogue, shunning evils as sins, and at
the same time looked to the Lord, were saved, may be seen
in the " Continuation concerning the Last Judgment and
concerning the Spiritual World " (n. 58) : to which there is
no need to add more. The like is said of Babel in Isaiah :
A lion cried upon the watch-towers, a?id said, Babel is fallen,
is fallen, and all the graven images of her gods hath he broken
down to the ground (xxi. 8, 9). Similar ones are gathered
from that Religion since the Last Judgment, and from time
to time are sent to their like.

756. And is become the habitation of demons, signifies that
their hells are the hells of the lusts of ruling from the fire
of the love of self, and of the lusts of profaning the truths
of heaven from the spurious zeal of that love. By "de-
mons " the lusts of evil are signified (n. 458), and also
the lusts of falsifying truths. But demons, like lusts, are
of many kinds ; but the worst are those who are lusts of

No. 756.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 849

ruling over the holy things of the church and over heaven
from the fire of the love of self ; and as this tyranny is
seated in their hearts, they are also lusts of profaning the
truths of heaven from the spurious zeal of that love. And
as these, when they become demons, which takes place
after death, know that the Lord alone rules over heaven
and earth, they become hatreds against Him, till at length;
as after the lapse of an age, they cannot endure to hear
Him named. It is manifest from this, that by " Babylon
has become the habitation of demons," is signified that
their hells are the hells of the lusts of ruling from the fire
of the love of self, and of the lusts of profaning the truths
of heaven from the spurious zeal of that love. It is not
known in the world, that all after death become affections
of the ruling love in themselves : those become good affec-
tions, who have looked to the Lord and to heaven, and
at the same time have shunned evils as sins j but those
become evil affections, which are lusts, who have looked
only to themselves and the world, and have shunned evils
not as sins, but only as detriments to reputation and honor.
Those affections appear and are perceived to the life in
the spiritual world, but only the thoughts from the affections
in the natural world. Hence it is, that man does not know
that hell is within in the affections of the love of evil, and
heaven in the affections of the love of good. That man
does not know this is from this ; and that he does not per-
ceive it, is because the lusts of the love of evil derive from
hereditaiy nature, that they are enjoyed in the will, and
thence are pleasant in the understanding ; and a man does
not reflect upon that which is enjoyed and is pleasant, be-
cause it leads his mind (animus) along, as the current of
a rushing river carries a ship: wherefore they who have im
mersed themselves in those enjoyments and pleasures can-
not come to the enjoyments and pleasures of the affections
of the love of good and truth any otherwise than as those
tvhoply the oars against the current of the rushing river with

85O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

the strong power of the arms. But it is otherwise with
those who have not immersed themselves deeply.

757. And the hold of every unclean spirit, and the cage of
ivery unclean and hateful bird, signifies that the evils of will
and thence of act, and the falsities of thought and thence
of design, of those who are in those hells, are diabolical,
because they are turned away from the Lord to themselves.
By " a hold " is signified hell, because they are imprisoned ;
by " spirit " is signified every thing that is of affection or
will and thence of deed ; and by " bird " is signified every
thing that is of thought or understanding and thence of
design : and therefore by " unclean spirit and unclean
bird " are signified all the evils which are of will and
thence of act, and -all the falsities which are of thought
and thence of design : and because these are in them in
the hells, it is therefore signified that they are diabolical ;
and because they are turned away from the Lord to them-
selves, it is also called, a hateful bird. Babel is described
by similar things in the prophets ; thus in Isaiah : Babel
shall be as God's ove?'throw of Sodo?n and Gomorrah ; it
shall not be inherited for ever, so that the Arab shall fiot tarry
there : the ziim shall lie there, a?id their houses shall be filled
with ochim, and the daughters of the owl shall dwell there,
and satyrs shall dance there : the ifim shall also answer in
her palaces, and the dragons in the palaces of her delights
(xiii. 19-22). Again: I will ait off from Babel the name
and rc?n?iant ; I will make her an inheritance for the bittern
(xiv. 22, 23). And in Jeremiah: In Babel shall dwell the
ziim and ijim and the daughters of the owl, as God overthrew
Sodom and Gomorrah and the neighboring cities ; no son of
man shall dwell there (1. 39, 40). It is manifest from these
passages, that by the hold of every unclean spirit, and of
every unclean and hateful bird, is signified that the evils
of will and thence of act, and the falsities of thought and
thence of design, of those who are in those hells, are dia-
bolical, because they are turned away from the Lord to

No. 757.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

35'

themselves. It is manifest from the Word, that birds sig-
nify such things as are of the understanding and thought
and thence of design, in both senses, as well the bad as
the good. In the bad sense they are mentioned in these
passages : In the midst of the week he shall cause the sacri-
fice to cease, at length upon the bird of abominations shall he
desolation, even utito the consummation it shall drop upon the
devastation (Dan. ix. 27). The cormorant and the bittern
shall possess the land, the screech-owl and the raven shall
dwell in it (Isa. xxxiv. 11). Nothing else but infernal fal-
sities are signified by the ochim, the ziim, the daughters of
the owl, and the dragons, in the places adduced above ;
also by the birds which came down upon the carcasses, which
Abram drove away (Gen. xv. 11): by the birds to which
their carcasses should be give?t for food (Jer. vii. 33 ; xv. 3 ;
xvi. 4; xix. 7; xxxiv. 20; Ez. xxix. 5; Ps. lxxix. 1, 2):
also by the birds which devour that which was sowed (Matt,
xiii. 3, 4). In the good sense, in these passages : Let the
creeping thing and the bird praise the name of Jehovah (Ps.
cxlviii. 10). I will make a covenant for them in that day
With the bird of the heavens and the creeping thing of the earth
(Hos. ii. 18). Ask the beasts and they shall teach thee, and
the birds of heaven and they shall declare unto thee, who of
all these hath not known that. the hand of Jehovah doeth it!
(Job xii. 7-9). / saw, when, behold, there was ?io ma?i, all
the birds of the heavens flew away (Jer. iv. 24-26). Both the
birds of the heavens and the beasts are fled, because I will
make Jerusalem heaps, the habitations of dragons (Jer. ix.
10, 11 ; xii. 9). There is no truth, ?io mercy, no knowledge
of God ; therefore the land shall mourn as to the beast of the
field and as to the bird of the heavens (Hos. iv. 1,3). I am
God, that call the bird from the cast, the man of my counsel
out of a far country (Isa. xlvi. 9). Ashur was a cedar in
Lebanon, all the birds of the heavens made nests in his
branches, and in his shadaw dwelt all great nations (Ez. xxxi.
3, 6). Things similar to these concerning Ashur as a cedar

852 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

are said elsewhere, as Ez. xvii. 23; Dan. iv. 7-11, 17, 18,
Matt. xiii. 31, 32 ; Mark iv. 32 ; Luke xiii. 19. Say to the
bird of every wing, and to every beast of the field, come to
the great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel : so will I set
my glory among the nations (Ez. xxxix. 17, 21 ; Apoc. xix.
17: besides other places, as Isa. xviii. 1, 6; Ez. xxxviii.
20 : Hos. ix. 11 ; xi. 9, 11 : Zeph. i. 3 ; Ps. viii. 6, 8 ; 1. 11 ;
civ. 12). That birds signify the things which are of the
understanding and thence of thought and design is clearly
manifest from the birds in the spiritual world, where there
appear also birds of every genus and every species ; in
heaven such as are most beautiful, birds of paradise, tur-
tle-doves, and pigeons, and in hell dragons, screech-owls,
horned owls, and other similar ones ; all of which are rep-
resentations to the life, of thoughts from good affections in
heaven, and of thoughts from evil affections in hell.

758. For all the nations have drunk of the wine of the anger
of her whoredom, and the kings of the earth have committed
whoredom with her, signifies that they have put forth wicked
dogmas, which are adulterations and profanations of the
good and truth of the Word, and have imbued with them
all that have been born and brought up in the kingdoms
under their domination. That this is signified by these
words maybe evident from the explanations above (n. 631,
632, and n. 720, 721) ; where are like words, to which there
is no need of adding more : only that similar things are
said of Babel in Jeremiah : A cup of gold is Babel in the
hand of Jehovah making the. whole earth drunken, the nations
have drunk of her wi?ie, therefore they are mad (li. 7). Also,
Let Babel be a hissing, when they have grown warm, I will
make their feasts, and I will make them drwiken, that they
may exult, and may sleep the sleep of an age, and not awake
(li. 37, 39). By the wine which they drink, and with which
they are drunken, their dogmas are signified ; and how
wicked these are, may be seen above (n. 754). Among
them also is this wicked one, that the works which are

No. 759.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

853

done according to their doctrinals constitute merit, tran-
scribing into them, and thus into themselves, the Lord's
merit and justice ; when yet all of charity and all of faith,
or all good and truth, are from the Lord : and what is from
the Lord remains the Lord's with the recipients. For what
is from the Lord is Divine, which can in no wise become
man's own. The Divine can be in a man, but n(t in what
beloi gs to man ; for what belongs to man is nothing but
evil : wherefore he who attributes to himself what is Divine
as h!s own, not only defiles it, but also profanes it. The
Divine from the Lord is exquisitely separated from what
belongs to man, and is elevated above it, and in no wise
immersed in it. But as they have transferred to themselves
all the Divine of the Lord, and thus have appropriated it
to themselves, it flows like bituminous water, when it rains,
from a spring which is bitumen. It is the same with the
dogma, that justification is real sanctification ; and that
their saints are holy in themselves, when yet the Lord
alone is Holy (Apoc. xv. 4). More may be seen concern-
ing merit in the work concerning the " New Jerusalem and
its Heavenly Doctrine, published at London in the year
1758 (n. 150-158).

759. And the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through
the abundance of her delicacies, signifies the greater and the
less in rank in that hierarchy, who through dominion over
the holy things of the church strive for Divine majesty and
super-regal glory, and continually aim to establish them
firmly by the multiplication of monasteries and of possessions
under them, and by the treasures which without end they
gather together and heap up from the world, and thus pro-
cure to themselves corporeal and natural enjoyments and
pleasures from the heavenly and spiritual dominion attrib-
uted to them. No others can be meant by the merchants
of Babylon but the greater and the less in rank in their
ecclesiastical hierarchy, because in verse 23 of this chapter
it is said that they are the great ones of the earth : and by

854

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

the abundance of her delicacies by which they were made
rich, nothing else can be meant but the dogmas, by which,
as means, they procure to themselves dominion over the
souls of men, and thus also over their possessions and
wealth. That they gather these together without end, and
distend their treasuries with them, is known: and also
that they make traffic of the holy things of the church, as
that by offerings and presents given to the monasteries,
and their saints and images, and by various masses, indul-
gences, and dispensations, they sell salvation, that is,
heaven. Who cannot see that if the papal dominion had
not been broken at the time of the Reformation, they would
have raked together the possessions and wealth of all the
kingdoms in the whole of Europe? and then that they
would have become the sole lords, and all the rest slaves ?
Have they not extraordinary wealth from former centuries,
when they had power over emperors and kings, whom,
if they were not obedient, they could excommunicate and
dethrone ? and have they not still incomes which are
immense, and great treasuries full of gold, silver, and
precious stones? A like barbarous dominion is seated
still in the minds (animus) of very many of them ; and it is
restrained solely through the fear of its loss, if it is extended
beyond bounds. But of what use are such great revenues,
treasures, and possessions, except that they may delight
and glory in them, and confirm their rule for ever ? From
this it may be evident, what is here signified by the merchants
of the earth, who have been made rich from the abundance
of the delicacies of Babylon. They are called merchants
also in Isaiah : The inhabitants of Babel have become as stuO-
ble, the fire hath burned them up ; they shall not deliver their
soul from the power of the flame : such are thy merchants from
thy youth (xlvii. 14, 15). By trading and trafficking is sig-
nified in .the Word to procure to one's self spiritual riches,
which are knowledges of truth and good, and in the opposite
* ense knowledges of falsity and evil ; and to gain the world

No. 760.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

855

by the latter, and to gain heaven by the former : wherefore
the Lord compared the kingdom of heaven to a merchantman
seeking goodly pearls (Matt. xiii. 45, 46): and the men of the
church to servants) to whom the talents were given, with which
they should trade and make gain (Matt. xxv. 14-20) ; and
to whom the ten pounds were give?i, with which they should in
like manner trade and make gain (Luke xix. 12-26). And
as the church as to the knowledges of truth and good s
signified by Tyre, therefore her traffic and gain are treatec
of in the whole of the twenty-seventh chapter of Ezekiel ;
and it is said of her, In thy wisdom and i?i thine intelligence
thou hast gotten thee gold and silver into thy treasures, and
by the abundance of wisdom in thy traffic hast thou multiplied
wealth (Ex. xxviii. 4, 5). And again, Tyre is laid waste,
whose merchants were princes, and her traffickers the honorable
of the earth (Isa. xxiii. 1-8). And the church perverted
among the Jews in the land of Canaan is called the land of
traffic (Ez. xvii. 4 ; xxviii. 18).

760. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come
out of her, my people, that ye be 7iot partakers of her sins, and
that ye receive not of her plagues, signifies exhortation from
the Lord to all, as well those who are in that Religion as
those who are not in it, to beware of conjunction with it by
acknowledgment and affection, lest as to their souls they
should be conjoined to its abominations, and should perish.
By " another voice out of heaven saying," is signified ex-
hortation from the Lord to all, as well those who are in that
Religion as those who are not in it ; because it follows,
" Come out of her, my people," that is, all who approach
the Lord. This exhortation is from the Lord, because the
voice was from heaven. By " that ye be not partakers of
her sins," is signified that they should beware lest as to
their souls they should be conjoined to her abominations :
and as conjunction is made by acknowledgment and affec-
tion, this also is signified. Their sins are abominations,
for they are called so in the preceding chapter (vers. 4).

856 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

By " that ye receive not of her plagues," is signified lest
they perish j for by plagues evils and falsities are signified,
and at the same time destruction by them. These are sig-
nified by the plagues above (n. 657, 673, 676, and else-
where). Similar things are said of Babel in the Word in
these places : Go ye out of the midst of Babel, ?ny people, de-
liver every one his soul from the fury of the anger of Jehovah,
lest your heart faint, and ye fear for the rumor (Jer. li. 45,
46). Flee from the midst of Babel, and deliver every o?>e his
soul, be not cut off for her iniquity (Jer. li. 6). Forsake Ba-
bel, and let us go every one into his own land, for her judgment
hath reached to the heavens, and hath lifted itself up even to
the clouds (Jer. li. 9). Go ye out of Babel, flee from the Chal-
deans with the voice of singing ; declare this and make it to be
heard ; utter it even to the end of the earth ; say ye, Jehovah
hath redeemed (Is. xlviii. 20, 21 ; Jer. 1. 8).

761. For her sins have reached even unto heaven, and God
hath remembered her iniquities, signifies that their evils and
falsities infest the heavens, and that the Lord will protect
these from violence thence. By her sins reaching to the
heavens is signified that their evils and falsities infest the
angels : by God's remembering her iniquities, is signified
that the Lord will protect the heavens from violence there-
from. This is signified by these words, because all the
things in the heavens are goods and truths, and all the
things in the hells are evils and falsities ; and hence
the heavens and the hells are altogether separated, and in
an inverted position like the antipodes : wherefore evils
and falsities cannot reach to the heavens. But yet, when
evils and falsities are multiplied beyond the degrees of
opposition, and thus beyond due measure, the heavens are
infested ; and unless the Lord then protects the heavens,
which is done by a more powerful influx from Himself, vio
lencc is offered to the heavens : and when this has come to
its height, He then executes a last judgment, and thus they
are liberated. Hence it is, that it follows in this chapter :

No. 762.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

857

Rejoice over her, O heaven, for God hath judged your judg-
ment upon her (vers. 20 : and in the following chapter xix.
vers. 1-9) : and in Jeremiah : Then shall the heavens a?id the
earth and all that is in them sing over Babel, when the wasters
fhall come upon her (li. 48).

762. Render unto her as she hath re?idered unto you, double
unto her double according to her works, i?i the cup which she
hath filled, fll to her double, signifies just retribution and
punishment after death, that then the evils and falsities by
which they have seduced and destroyed others will return
upon them according to their quantity and quality, which is
called the law of retaliation. "Render unto her as she
hath rendered unto you," signifies their just retribution and
punishment after death. " Double unto her double accord-
ing to her works," signifies that the evils by which they have
seduced and destroyed others will return upon them accord-
ing to their quantity and quality. " In the cup which she
hath filled fill to her double," signifies that the falsities will
return in like manner ; for by a cup or wine falsities are
signified (n. 316, 635, 649, 672). Nearly the same things
are said of Babel in the prophets : Recompense unto Babel
according to her works, according to all that she hath done, do
unto her, for she hath acted insolently against Jehovah, against
the Holy One of Israel (Jer. 1. 29). This is the vengea?ice of
Jehovah ; take ye vengeance on Babel; as she hath done, do unto
her (Jer. L 15). The daughter of Babel is laid waste; blessed
is he that rendereth thee thy reward which thou hast rendered
unto us (Ps. exxxvii. 8). It is according to the sense of the
letter, that those whom they have seduced and destroyed
will recompense them : but according to the spiritual sense,
they will not recompense them, but these recompense them-
selves ; as every evil brings its punishment with it. This
is, as it is said frequently in the Word, that God will recom-
pense and revenge injustices and injuries done to Him, and
from anger and fury will destroy them ; when yet the evils
themselves which they have committed against God do

858

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

this : thus they do it to themselves : for this is the law of
retaliation, which draws its very origin from this Divine law,
All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you,
do ye even so to the?n ; foj' this is the Law and the Prophets
(Matt. vii. 12 \ Luke vi. 31). This law in heaven is the
law of mutual love or charity, from which it becomes the
opposite in hell, which is, that to every one it is done as he
had done to another : not that they who are in heaven do
this, but that they do it to themselves ; for the recompense
of retaliation is from opposition to that law of life in heaven,
as if inscribed on their evils. By double is signified much
according to quantity and quality, in these passages also :
Let my pe?'secuto?s be ashamed, bring upon them the day of
evil, and destroy them with a double destruction (Jer. xvii. 18).
Also much according to Q quantity and quality of their
turning from evils, in these : Co?nfort ye my people, because
her wickedness is fulfilled, and her iniquity expiated ; for she
hath received from Jehovah's ha?id double (Isa. xl. 1, 2).
Return to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope ; this day do L
declare L will recompense unto thee double (Zech. ix. 12). For
your shame ye shall have double, and in their land they shall
possess the double, everlasting joy shall be unto them (Isa.
lxi. 7).

763. As much as she hath glorified herself, and lived deli-
ciously, so much torment a?id sorrow give her, signifies that in
the degree of their elation of heart from dominion, and ac
cording to their exultation of mind {animus) and body from
ri:hes, they have after death internal pain from being cast
down and derided, and from want and wretchedness. By
" as much as she glorified herself," is signified in the de-
gree according to their elation of heart from dominion ; for
they glorify themselves from this. By " as much as she
hath* lived deliriously," is signified in the degree of their
exultation of mind and body on account of riches, and the
enjoyments and pleasures therefrom ; as above (n. 759).
By giving her torment, is signified internal pain at being

No 764.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 859

cast down from dominion, and derision at that time : their
torment after death is from nothing else : and by giving
her sorrow is signified internal pain from want and wretch-
edness : their sorrow after death is from these. The enjoy-
ment of the love of ruling from the love of self over all that
belongs to the Lord, which are all the things of heaven and
:he church, is turned after death into such torment; and
Hue pleasantness of the love of filling the mind and body
with delights derived from opulence, with those who are in
the aforesaid love of ruling, is turned into such sorrow.
For the enjoyments and pleasantnesses proceeding from
the loves make one's life ; wherefore, when they are turned
into the opposites, there arise torment and sorrow. These
are the retributions and punishments which are meant in
the Word by the torments in hell ; and hence hatred against
God and against all things of heaven and the church, is
meant by the fire there. Similar things are said of Babel
in the prophets, as, I will render unto Babel all the evil which
they have done in Zio?i in your sight (Jer. li. 24). The spoiler
shall co??ie upon Babel, for the God of retributions, Jehovah,
recompensing will rcco7?ipense (Jer. li. 55, 56). Thy magnifi-
cence is brought down into hell ; the worm (torment which is
internal pain) is spread under thee ; thou hast said in thy
heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throjie above
the stars of God, I 7cill become like unto the Most High : yet
thou shall be brought down to hell ; they that see thee shall
say, Is this the 7na?i that shook the earth t that made the king-
doms tremble? &c. (Isa. xiv. 11-16). This is said of Luci-
fer, who is here Babel, as is manifest from vers. 4-22.

764. For she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am not
a widow, and shall not see sorroiv, signifies that these things
befall them, because from elation of heart over their do-
minion and exultation of mind over their riches, they are
in the assurance and confidence, that they shall rule for
ever, and shall protect themselves ; and that they cannot
in any way be deprived of these things. To say in hei

86o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap XVIII.

heart signifies to be in assurance from elation of heart over
their dominion, also to be in confidence from exultation of
mind over their riches. " I sit a queen " signifies that they
shall rule here perpetually, because " I shall not see sor-
row " follows. " I am not a widow " signifies that they
will protect themselves. By a widow is signified one who
is without protection, because without a man. The words
queen and widow are used, and not king and man, because
Babylon as a church is meant. " And I shall not see sor-
row " signifies that they cannot in any way be deprived of
those two things. That they have sorrow therefrom after
death, may be seen just above (n. 763). Very similar things
are said of Babel in Isaiah : Thou shalt no more be called
the mistress of kingdoms ; thou hast said in thine heart, I
shall be mistress for ever, saying in thine heart, I am, and
there is none else like me ; I shall not sit a widow, nor shall
I know bereavement : but these two thmgs shall come u?ito
thee in one day, bereavement and widowhood : they shall come
upon thee for the 7?iultitude of thy sorceries, and the great
abundance of thine enchantments. Thou hast trusted in wick
edness, thou hast said, None seeth me : thy wisdom hath se-
duced thee, when thou saidst in thme heart, I am, and there is
none else like me ; therefore devastation shall come upon thee
suddenly (xlvii. 5, 7-1 1). By a widow in the Word is meant
one who is without protection, for by a widow in the spirit-
ual sense is signified one who is in good and not in truth.
For by a man is signified truth, and by his wife, good;
hence by a widow, good without truth is signified, and
good without truth is without protection : for truth protects
good. This is signified by widow when mentioned in the
Word; as Isa. ix. 14, 15, 17; x. 1, 2; Jer. xxii. 3; xlix.
10, 11; Lam. v. 2, 3; Ez. xxii. 6, 7; Mai. iii. 5; Ps.
lxviii. 5 ; cxlvi. 7-9; Ex. xxii. 22-24; Deut. x. 18; xxvii.
19; Matt, xxiii. 14; Luke iv. 25; xx. 47.

765. For this in o?ie day shall her plagues come, death and
sorrow and famine, signifies that on this account at the

Vo. 765.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

86l

time of the last judgment the punishments of the evils
which they have done will return upon them, which are.
death, which is infernal life and inward pain from being
cast down from dominion, sorrow, which is internal grief
from want and wretchedness in place of opulence, and
famine, which is the deprivation of the understanding of
all truth. By "for this" is meant because she said in her
heart, I sit a queen, and am not a widow, and shall not see
soi row, as explained just above (n. 764). By " in one day "
the time of the last judgment is signified, which is also
called the day of judgment. By plagues are signified the
punishments cf the evils which they did in the world,
which will then return upon them. By death is signified
infernal life and inward pain from being cast down from
dominion, which is called torment above (n. 763); con-
cerning which death something will be said presently. By
sorrow is signified internal grief from want and wretched-
ness in place of opulence, as also above (n. 764). By
famine the deprivation of the understanding of all truth
is signified. Into these three plagues or punishments do
those of that Religion come, who have ruled from the
love of themselves, and with no love of uses except for the
sake of themselves. These are also atheists in heart, since
they attribute all things to their own prudence and to nat-
ure. The rest of that people, who are such, but do not
think interiorly in themselves, are idolaters. It may be
seen above (n. 323), that the deprivation of the under-
standing of all truth is meant by the plague or punishment
which is called hunger. Even,- man indeed, as long as he
lives in the world, has rationality, that is, the faculty of
understanding truth. This faculty remains with every man
after death. Still they who have imbibed falsities of relig-
ion in the world from the love of self and the pride of their
own intelligence, after death are not willing to understand
truth ; and not to be willing is as it were not to be able.
This inability from unwillingness is in all such, and is
vol. hi. 2

862

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

increased by this, that from the enjoyment of the lust of
falsity for the sake of dominion they continually imbibe
new confirming falsities, and thus become as to under-
standing nothing but falsities, and remain so to eternity.
Similar things are meant by these words concerning Babel
in Jeremiah : Your mother is greatly ashamed, she that bare
you is suffused with shame ; behold, the end shall be a wil-
derness, dryness, and a desert ; for the anger of Jehovah it
shall not be inhabited, but shall be a total waste; every one
that passeth by Babylon shall be astonished, and shall hiss
over all her plagues (1. 12, 13).

766. And she shall be utterly burnt with fire, for strong
is the Lord God that jitdgeth her, signifies that they will be
hatreds against the Lord and against His heaven and
church, because they then see that the Lord alone rules
and reigns over all things in the heavens and on earth,
and not at all any man of himself. By the fire with which
she will be burnt is signified hatred against the Lord and
against His heaven and church, of which see below. By " for
strong is the Lord that judgeth her," is signified that they
see then, that is, in the spiritual world into which they come
after death, that the Lord alone rules and reigns over all
things in the heavens and on earth, and not at all any man
of himself. This is signified by "for strong is the Lord
God that judgeth her," because the Lord does not con-
demn any one to hell, but they themselves ; for when they
feel the angelic sphere flowing down from the Lord out of
heaven, they flee away and cast themselves into hell, as
may be evident from the things that were shown above
(n. 233, 325, 339, 387, 502). That by fire is signified love
in both senses, heavenly love which is love to the Lord,
and infernal love which is the love of self, may be seen
above (n. 468, 494). That infernal fire is hatred, is be-
cause the love of self hates : for all who are in that love
burn with anger according to the degree of it, and are
inflamed with hatred and revenge against those who op-

No 767.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 863

pose j and they who are of Babylon, against those that
rleny that they are to be worshipped and adored as sancti-
ties. When, therefore, they hear that the Lord alone is
worshipped and adored in heaven, and that to worship any
man in place of the Lord is profane, adoration of the Lord
becomes in them hatred against Him, and the adultera-
tion of the Word to the end that they may be worshipped
becomes profanation. This, therefore, is what is signified
by Babylon's being burned with fire. It may be seen
above (n. 748), that being burned with fire is the punish-
ment of the profanation of what is holy. The like is meant
by these words in Jeremiah : / am against thee, O Babel,
thou destroying mountain, that destroyest the whole earth;
I will roll thee down from the rocks, and will make thee a
mountain of burning. The walls of Babel are utterly over-
turned, and her lofty gates are burned with fire (li. 25, 58).

767. A?id the kings of the ea?'th shall bewail her and shall
lament for her, who have committed whoredom and lived deli'
ciously with her, when they see the smoke of her burning, sig-
nifies the more internal pains of those who have been in
higher dominion and its enjoyments by means of the falsi-
fied and adulterated truths of the Word, which they made
the holy things of the church, when they see them turned
into profane things. In this and the following verse the
mourning of the kings of the earth is treated of, by whom
the highest in the order are meant, who are called magnates
and primates ; from vers. 11-16, the mourning of the mer-
chants of the earth is treated of, by whom are meant the
inferiors in the order, who are called monks j and from
✓ers. 17-19, the mourning of the shipmasters and sailors is
treated of, by whom those are meant that contribute, who
are called laymen. Here the kings of the earth are now
treated of, by whom the highest in the order are signified.
That kings are not meant by kings, but those who are in
truths from good, and in the opposite sense, in falsities
from evil, may be seen above (n. 483, 704, 737, 720, 740).

864

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

Here, therefore, by the kings of the earth who committed
whoredom and lived deliciously with the harlot, are signified
those who are in dominion and its enjoyments through the
truths of the Word falsified and adulterated, especially
through that truth falsified and adulterated by them, which
the Lord spoke to Peter ; respecting which something fol-
lows. That to commit whoredom signifies to falsify and
adulterate the truths of the Word, may be seen (n. 134,
632, 635) ; and that to live deliciously signifies to experi-
ence the enjoyments of dominion and at the same time of
opulence (n. 759). By their bewailing and lamenting, their
more internal pains are signified. They are said to bewail
and lament because to bewail is from pain at being cast
down from dominion, and to lament is from pain at the
deprivation of opulence • and because the pains of these
are more internal than those of the merchants of the earth,
it is therefore said of the kings of the earth, by whom are
meant the superiors in the order, that they bewailed and
lamented, and of the merchants of the earth, by whom the
inferiors of the order are meant, it is said that they wept
and mourned. By seeing the smoke of her burning is sig-
nified when they see the falsities of their Religion, which
are falsified and adulterated truths of the Word, turned
into profane things. By smoke those falsities are signified
(n. 422, 452) ; and by burning is signified profanation
(n. 766). From these things, and from those which are
explained above (n. 766), it is manifest that by " the kings
of the earth, who have committed whoredom and lived
deliciously with her, shall bewail her and lament for her
when they see the smoke of her burning," is signified the
more internal pains of those who were in higher dominion
and its enjoyments through the truths of the Word falsified
and adulterated, when they see them turned into profane
things.

768. Something shall here be said concerning that truth
which the Lord spoke to Peter respecting the Keys of the

No. 76S.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

865

Kingdom of heaven, and respecting the power of binding
and loosing (Matt. xvi. 15-20). They say that that power
was given to Peter, and that it has been transferred to them
as his successors ; and that the Lord thus left to Peter,
and after him to them, all His power ; and that [Peter]
was to act as His vicar on earth. But still it is plainly
manifest from the Lord's words themselves, that he did not
give a particle of power to Peter ; for the Lord says, " Upon
this Rock I will build my Church" By a Rock the Lord is
signified as to His Divine Truth j and the Divine Truth
which is the Rock, is there what Peter confessed, before
the Lord said those words ; which is this : " Jesus said to
the disciples, But who say ye that I am ? Simon Peter
answering said, Thou art the Christ the Son of the living
God''' (vers. 15, 16). This is the Truth upon which the
Lord builds His Church, and Peter then represented that
Truth. From which it is manifest, that the confession of
the Lord, that He is the Son of the living God, who has
power over heaven and earth (Matt, xxviii. 18), is that upon
which the Lord builds His Church ; and thus upon Him*
self, and not upon Peter. It is known in the Church that
the Lord is meant by a Rock. I once spoke with the Baby-
lonian nation, in the spiritual world, concerning the keys
given to Peter, whether they believe that power over heaven
and hell was transferred by the Lord to him. Which, as it
was the chief point in their religion, they vehemently in-
sisted upon ; saying that there was no doubt of it, because
it is manifestly said. But to the inquiry, whether they
knew that in every thing in the Word there is a spiritual
sense, which is the sense of the Word in heaven, they said
at first that they did not know it ; but afterwards they said
that they would inquire ; and when they inquired, they
were instructed that there is a spiritual sense in eveiy thing
of the Word, which differs from the literal sense as spiritual
from natural : and they were further instructed that no per-
son named in the Word is named in heaven, but that in

866

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

place thereof something spiritual is there understood.
They were informed at length, that for Peter in the Word
the truth of the church from good is meant, and the same
by the Rock [Petra] which is mentioned at the same time
with Peter : and that it may thereby be known, that not
any power was given to Peter, but to truth from good ; for
all power in the heavens belongs to truth from good, or is
of good by truth : and as all good and all truth are from the
Lord, and nothing from man, that all power belongs to the
Lord. On hearing this, being indignant, they said that
they wished to know whether there is that spiritual sense in
those words : whereupon the Word which is in heaven was
given to them, in which Word there is not the natural sense,
but the spiritual ; because it is for the angels, who are spirit-
ual : and when they read it, they saw manifestly that Peter
was not mentioned there, but instead of him Truth from
good which is from the Lord. Seeing this, they rejected it
in anger, and would almost have torn it in pieces with
their teeth, unless it had at that moment been taken away
from them. They were thence convinced, although they
were not willing to be convinced, that that power belongs
to the Lord alone, and not in the least to any man, because
it is a Divine power.

769. And standing afar off for the fear of her torment \ say-
ing, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city, for
in one hour is thy judgment come, signifies their fear of pun
ishments, and then grievous lamentation, that that Religion,
so fortified, could be so suddenly and completely over-
turned, and that they could perish. To stand afar off for
fear of torment signifies a state as yet remote from the
state of those who are in condemnation, because they are in
fear of torment, as will be explained in what follows.
" Alas, alas," signifies grievous lamentation. That alas
signifies lamentation over calamity, unhappiness, and con-
demnation, may be seen above (n. 416); hence "alas,
alas/' signifies grievous lamentation. By the great city

No. 770.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

867

Babylon that Religion is signified; here as above (n. 751),
Babylon as a woman or harlot, because " her torment " is
spoken of. By " mighty city " is signified the Religion so
fortified. By " in one hour is thy judgment come " is sig-
nified that it could be so suddenly overturned, and that
they could perish. " In one hour " signifies so suddenly \
and by the judgment is signified its overthrow, and the de-
struction of those who committed whoredom and lived deli-
ciously with the harlot, who are here treated of. That the}
perished by the last judgment may be seen in the smal1
work on the " Last Judgment and the Destruction of Baby-
lon," published at London, 1758. These things are said
respecting that destruction. The reason that their stand-
ing afar off for fear of her torment signifies a state as yet
remote from the state of those who are in condemnation,
because in fear of the torment, is that by afar off is not
meant remoteness of space, but remoteness of state, when
one is in fear of punishments : for as long as a man is in a
state of fear, he sees, weighs, and laments. Remoteness
of state, which is remoteness in the spiritual sense, is also
signified by afar off elsewhere in the Word, as in these
passages : Hear, ye that are afar off, what I will do ; and
ye that are near acknowledge my might (Isa. xxxiii. 13). Am
I a God at hand and not a God afar off ? (Jer. xxiii. 23)
He found grace in the wilderness, even Israel ; Jehovah hath
appeared unto me from afar offQer. xxxi. 2, 3). Bring my
tons from afar (Isa. xliii. 6). Hearken, ye people, from afar
(Isa. xlix. 1). Peoples and nations that came from a far
/'and (Isa. v. 26). Besides elsewhere, as Jer. iv. 16; v.
15 ; Zech. vi. 15 ; where by nations and peoples from afar
are meant those more remote from the truths and goods of
the church. In common speech also relatives are said {■
be near, and those more remote in relationship are said to
be distant.

770. That Religion is called a mighty city, because it
had fortified itself strongly : for it had fortified itself not

868

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

only by the multitude of the nations and peoples who ac-
knowledge it, but by many other things also ; as by a great
number of monasteries, and by the armies of monks there,
— this is said, because they call the ministry their soldiery;
by possessions of wealth without any measure or satiety ;
also by the tribunal of the inquisition ; and besides by
threats and terrors, especially in regard to purgatory, into
which every one is said to come : by the extinction of the
light of the Gospel, and thence blindness in spiritual things,
which is effected by prohibitions and restraints upon the
reading of the Word ; by masses said in a language un-
known to the common people ; by various external sanc-
tities; by impressing the worship of the dead and of
images upon the people, who are kept in ignorance con
cerning God ; and by various splendors in externals ;
that by all these means they may be in a corporeal faith
in the sanctity of all the things in that Religion. Hence
it is that it is altogether unknown what lies hid within
in that Religion, when yet that Religion is altogether as
described above in these words : The Woman was arrayed
in purple and scarlet, and decked with gold and precious stones
and pearls , having a golden cup i?i her hand full of abomina-
tions and filthiness of her whoredom (Apoc. xvii. 4). But
however much Babylon had so fortified herself, and in the
same manner in the spiritual world, see below (n. 772),
still she was altogether destroyed at the day of the last
judgment. Of her devastation Jeremiah thus prophesies :
Though Babel should moimt up to heaven, and though she
should fortify the height of her strength, from Me shall
the spoilers come (li. 53). The mighty men of Babel sit in
their bulwarks ; her power is given to oblivion ; they have set
her bulwarks o?i fire, her bars are broken ; the city is taken
fro7ii its extremity. The wall also of Babel is fallen (li. 30,
31,44). Suddenly hath Babel fallefi a?id is b?'oken down ;
howl overjier, take balm for her pain, peradventure if so be
she may be healed (li. 8).

No 772.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

869

771. A?id the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn
over her, for no man buyeth their merchandise any more, sig«
nifies the inferiors in the order, who minister, and make
gain by holy things ; here their griefs that after the destruc-
tion of Babylon their religious rites are not acknowledged
as holy, but as the goods and truths of the Word and thence
of the church adulterated and profaned ; and thus that they
can no longer make profit by them as before. By the
merchants are meant the inferiors in the order of their
ecclesiastical hierarchy, as by the kings of the earth, spoken
of before, are meant the superiors in that order, see above
(n. 767) : thus by the merchants of the earth are meant
those that minister, and make gain by holy things. By
their weeping and mourning their griefs are signified, as
also above (n. 767). By their merchandise are signified
the holy things or religious rites by which they make gain
or profit. By buying them no more is signified not to wish
to have them, because they are not holy, but are the goods
and truths of the Word and thence of the church adulterated
and profaned. That to buy is to procure for one's self
(n. 606). Concerning this it is written in Jeremiah : O
Babel, that dwellest upon many waters, abundant in treasures,
thine end is conie, the measure of thy gain (li. 13).

772. The merchandise of gold and silver and precious stones
and pearls, signifies that they no longer have these, because
they have no spiritual goods and truths, to which such
things correspond. By their merchandise nothing else is
signified than the things there named 3 for it is known that
they have gold, silver, and precious stones and peails in
abundance, and that they have got them as gain by their
religious ceremonies, which they made holy and divine.
Those who were of Babylon had such things before the
last judgment ; for it was then permitted to them to form
to themselves as it were heavens, and to procure such
things to themselves from heaven by various arts, yea, to
fill storehouses with them as in the world. But after the

870

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

last judgment, when their fictitious heavens were destroyed,
then all those things were reduced to dust and ashes, and
carried away by an east wind, and strown as a profane dust
over their hells. But on this subject read the things de-
scribed from what was seen, in the little work on the
" Last Judgment and the Destruction of Babylon," pub-
lished at London, 1758. Since that overthrow and their
casting down into hell, they are in such a miserable state,
that they do not know what gold, silver, a precious stone,
or a pearl are. The cause is, that gold, silver, and precious
stones correspond to spiritual goods and truths, and pearls
to the knowledges of them, and as they have not any truths
and goods, nor the knowledges of them, but in their stead
evils and falsities and the knowledges of these, they cannot
have those precious things, but such as correspond to their
state, which are vile materials and of ugly color ; except a
few sea-shells on which they set their hearts, as they did
before on the precious things named above. It is to be
known, that there are in the spiritual world all things which
are in the natural world, with the difference only that all
the things in the spiritual world are correspondences ; for
they correspond to their interiors. Splendid and magnifi-
cent things they have who are in wisdom from Divine
truths and goods from the Lord through the Word ; and
the opposite, they who are in insanity from falsities and
evils. There is such correspondence, from creation, when
what is spiritual in the mind is brought down into the sen-
sual of the body : on which account every one there knows
what another is, as soon as he comes into his apartment.
From these things it may be evident, that by the merchandise
of gold and silver and precious stones and pearls is sig-
ned that they have these no longer ; because they have not
spiritual goods and truths, nor knowledges of good and
truth, to which such things correspond. That gold from
correspondence signifies good, and silver truth, may be
se-,m above (n. 211, 726). That a precious stone signi*

No. 774.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

871

fies spiritual truth, n. 231, 540, 726. That pearls sig-
nify the knowledges of truth and good, n. 727.

773. And fine linen a?id purple and silk and scarlet, signi-
fies that they no longer have these things, because they
have not the heavenly (celestial) goods and truths to which
such things correspond. By the things before named, which
were gold, silver, precious stones and pearls, are signified
in general spiritual goods and truths, as was said above
(n. 772) ; but by these, which are fine linen, purple, silk
and scarlet, are signified in general heavenly goods and
truths : for with those who are in heaven and in the church,
there are spiritual goods and truths, and there are heavenly
goods and truths. Spiritual goods and truths are of wis-
dom, and heavenly goods and truths are of love : and as
they have not the latter goods and truths, but the evils and
falsities opposite to them, these are therefore mentioned,
for they follow in order. Now as the case with these is the
same as with the former, there is no need of any further
explanation than that in the preceding paragraph. What
fine linen in particular signifies, will be told in the follow-
ing chapter, in explaining these words, Fine linen is the
righteousness of the saints (vers. 8, n. 814, 815). That
purple signifies heavenly good, and scarlet heavenly
truth, Day be seen above (n. 725). By silk is signified
mediate heavenly good and truth ; good from its soft-
ness, anf truth from its brightness. It is mentioned only
in Ez. xv\ 10, 13.

774. And all thyine wood, and every vessel of ivory, signi-
fies that they no longer have these, because they have not
the natural goods and truths, to which such things corre-
spond. These things are similar to those which were
explained, n. 772, 773 ; with the difference only that by
those named first spiritual goods and truriis are meant,
which are treated of above (n. 772) ; and that by those
mentioned in the second place heavenly goods and truths
are meant, as explained just above (n. 773) ; and that by

872 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

these now mentioned, which are thyine wood and vessels
of ivory, natural goods and truths are meant. For there
are three degrees of love and wisdom, and thence three
degrees of truth and good. The first degree is called
heavenly, the second spiritual, and the third natural.
These three degrees are in every man from birth, and they
are also in general in heaven and in the church ; which is
the cause of there being three heavens, the highest, the
middle, and the lowest, altogether distinct from each other
according to those degrees ; and so, too, of the Lord's
church on earth. But what its quality is in those who are
in the heavenly degree, and what in those who are in the
spiritual degree, and what in those who are in the natural
degree, cannot here be explained, but may be seen from
the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and
Divine Wisdom," Part Third, where degrees are treated
of : here only that in those who are of Babylon there are
not spiritual goods and truths, nor heavenly goods and
truths, and not even natural goods and truths. That spirit-
ual things are mentioned in the first place, is because many
among them can be spiritual, provided they hold the Word
holy in heart, as they say with their mouth : but they can-
not become heavenly, because they do not approach the
Lord, but approach living and dead men, and worship
them. This is the cause that the heavenly things are
named in the second place. By the thyine wood is signi-
fied natural good, because wood in the Word signifies good,
and stone truth ; and thyine wood takes its name from two,
and two also signifies good. That it is natural good is
because wood is not a costly material, like gold, silver,
precious stones, pearls, fine linen, purple, silk and scailet}
neither is stone. It is the same with ivory, by which natu-
ral truth is signified. Ivory signifies natural truth, because
it is white, and can be polished, and because it is extended
from the mouth of an elephant, and likewise makes his
strength. That ivory may denote the natural truth of that

No. 775.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

873

good which is signified by thyme wood, " a vessel of ivory "
is mentioned ; for by a vessel a container is signified ;
here truth the container of good. That wood signifies
good may be in some degree evident from these passages :
That the bitter waters in Mar ah were made sweet by wood
cast in (Ex. xv. 25). That the tables of stone, on which
the Law was inscribed, were laid up in an ark made of
shittim wood (Ex. xxv. 10—16). That the temple at Jeru-
salem was covered, and sheathed within, with wood (1 Kings
vi. 10, 15). That the altar in the wilderness was made of
wood (Ex. xxvii. 1, 6). Besides these : The stone crieth out
of the wall, and the bea?n out of the wood answerel/i (Hab.
ii. 11). They shall make a spoil of thy riches, and make a
prey of thy merchandise, and thy stones and thy woods shall
they put into the midst of the sea (Ez. xxvi. 12). It was said
to the prophet, that he should take one stick of wood, and
write upon it the name of Judah and of the sons of Israel ;
and also another stick of wood, and write the ?iame of Joseph
and Ephraim ; and I will make them into one stick (Ez.
xxxvii. 16, 19). We drink our waters for money, and our
wood cometh for a price (Lam. v. 4). If otu goeth into a
forest with a companion, and his axe falleth from the wood
upon his companion, that he die, he shall flee into a city of
refuge (Deut. xix. 5). This was for the reason, that wood
signifies good, and thus that he had not put his companion
to death from evil, or with evil intention, but by an error,
because he was in good : besides other places. But by
wood in the opposite sense is signified evil and cursed ; as
that they made graven images of wood, and adored them
(Deut. iv. 23-2S ; Isa. xxxvii. 19 ; xl. 20 ; Jer. x. 3, 8 ; Ez.

xx. 32) : also that hanging upon wood was a curse (Deut

xxi. 22, 23). That ivory signifies natural truth may be
evident from the passages where ivory is mentioned ; as
Ez. xxvii. 6, 15 ; Amos iii. 15 ; vi. 4 ; Ps. xlv. 8.

775. And roery vessel of precious wood, and of brass and
iron and marble, signifies that they no longer have these,

874

THE AlJOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

because they have not the goods and truths of knowledge
in matters of the church, to which such things correspond.
These are similar to the things explained above (n. 772-774) ;
with the difference, that by these the knowledges which are
the ultimates of man's natural mind are meant, which, as
they differ in quality according to the essence that is in them,
are called vessels of precious wood, of brass, of iron and
of marble. For by vessels are signified knowledges, here
in matters of the church ; because knowledges are the con-
tainers of good and truth, as vessels are the containers of
oil and wine. Knowledges are also in great variety, and
their .receptacle is the memory. That they are of great
variety is because man's interiors are in them : they are also
introduced into the memory either from intellectual thought,
or from hearing, or from reading, and then according to the
various perception from rationality. All these are within
in knowledges ; which appears when they are reproduced,
which happens when the man speaks or thinks. But what
is signified by vessels of precious wood, of brass, of iron,
and of marble, shall be briefly told. By a vessel of precious
wood is signified knowledge from rational good and truth j
by a vessel of brass, knowledge from natural good is signi-
fied ; by a vessel of iron, knowledge from natural truth is
signified, and by a vessel of marble is signified knowledge
from the appearance of good and truth. That wood signifies
good ma}* be seen just above (n. 774). That good and at
the same time rational truth are here signified by precious
wood, is because wood signifies good, and precious is pred-
icated of truth ; for one kind of good is signified by the
wood of the olive-tree, another by that of the cedar, the fig,
the fir, the poplar, and the oak. That a vessel of brass
and of iron signifies knowledge from natural good and
truth, is because all the metals, as gold, silver, brass, iron,
tin, lead, in the Word, signify goods and truths. They
signify because they correspond ; and because they corre-
spond, they are also in heaven : for all things there are

>o 776.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 875

correspondences. But what each of the metals signifies
from correspondence, this is not the place to prove from
the Word ; only to show by a few passages that brass sig-
nifies natural good, and hence iron natural truth ; as may
be seen from these : That the feet of the Son of Man appeared
like unto Brass, as if glowing in a furnace (Apoc. i. 15).
That there appeared to Daniel a Man whose feet were as the
brightness of polished Brass (Dan. x. 5, 6). That the feet of
the cherubim also appeared glittering as the brightness of pol-
ished Brass (Ez. i. 7). That the feet signify the natural,
may be seen, n. 49, 468, 470, 510. That an angel was seen
like the appearance of Brass (Ez. xl. 3). That the statue seen
by Nebuchadnezzar was as to its head gold, as to the breast and
anns silver, as to the belly and side brass, as to the legs iron
(Dan. ii. 32, 33) ; by which statue the successive states of
the Church were represented, which were called by the
ancients the ages, — the golden, the silver, the brazen, and
the iron. Since brass signified the natural, and the Israel-
itish people were merely natural, therefore the Lord's
Natural was represented by the Brazen Serpent, which they
that were bitten by the serpents should look upon, and be
healed (Num. xxi. 6, 8, 9 ; John iii. 14, 15). That brass sig-
nifies natural good may also be seen in Isaiah lx. 17 ; Jer.
xv. 20, 21 ; Ez. xxvii. 13 j Deut. viii. 7, 9 ; xxxiii. 24, 25.

776. He who does not know what is signified by gold,
silver, precious stone, pearl, fine-linen, purple, silk, scar-
let, thyine wood, an ivory vessel, precious wood, brass,
iron, marble, and a vessel, may wonder that such things
are enumerated, and may think that they are only words
multiplied for the exaltation of the subject : but it may
be evident from the explanations, that not a single word
is unmeaning, and that by them it is fully described,
that they who have confirmed themselves in the dogmas of
that Religion have not a single truth ; and if not a single
truth, they have not a single good which is a good of the
church. I have spoken with those who have confirmed

876

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

themselves in that Religion, even with some who were dele-
gates in the Councils of Nice, of the Lateran, and of
Trent, who in the beginning believed that the things which
they decreed were pure ard holy truths, but after instruc-
tion, and then enlightenment given from heaven, confessed
that they did not see one truth : but as they had then con-
firmed themselves in them more than others, after the
enlightenment, which they themselves extinguished, they
returned to their former faith. Especially did they believe
that the things which they had ordained concerning Baptism
and Justification were truths. But still, when they were
in enlightenment, they saw, and from enlightened sight
confessed, that no one has original sin from Adam, but
from his own ancestors successively ; and that this is not
taken away by the imputation and application of the Lord's
merit in Baptism : also that the imputation and application
of the Lord's merit is a human fiction, as it is impossible \
and that faith is in no wise infused into any suckling, be-
cause faith is an attribute of one who thinks. They saw
also that baptism is holy and a Sacrament, because it is a
sign and a memorial that man can be regenerated by the
Lord through truths from the Word, — a sign for heaven,
and as a memorial for man ; and that by it a man is intro-
duced into the church, as the children of Israel by the pas-
sage of the Jordan were introduced into the land of Canaan,
and as the inhabitants of Jerusalem were prepared for the
reception of the Lord through John's baptism : for without
that sign in heaven before the angels, the Jews could not
have subsisted and lived at the coming of Jehovah, that is,
the Lord, in the flesh. Similar to these were the things
which they ordained concerning Justification. That the
imputation of the Lord's merit neither is, nor is given, may
be seen in the "Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning
the Lord " (n. 18). And that hereditary evil, which is
called original sin, is not from Adam, but from ancestors
successively, see the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the

No. 777.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 877

Divine Providence " (n. 277). What Adam means in the
Word, see n. 241 of the same.

777. And cinnamon and i?icense and perfume and frankin-
cense, signifies that they no longer have worship from spirit-
ual goods and 'truths, because they have nothing within in
their worship which corresponds to the things here named.
In the foregoing verse all the things that are of the doc-
trine of the church are treated of, but all the things which
are of the worship of the church are treated of in this verse.
The things which are of doctrine are premised, and those
that are of worship follow, because the quality of the wor-
ship is from the goods and truths of the doctrine : for wor-
ship is only an external act, in which there must be internals,
which are of doctrine. Without these the worship is with-
out its essence, life and soul. Now, as all the things which
are of doctrine have relation to goods which are of love
and charity, and to truths which are of wisdom and faith,
and these goods and truths are heavenly (celestial), spirit-
ual and natural, according to the degrees of their order, so
also are all the things of worship : and as in the preceding
verse the spiritual things of doctrine are mentioned first,
so likewise here the spiritual things of worship, which are
cinnamon, incense, perfume, and frankincense j and the
heavenly things of worship are named in the second place,
which are wine, oil, fine flour and wheat ; and in the third
place the natural things of worship are named, which are
cattle and sheep. That all these goods and truths of wor-
ship must be from the Word, is signified by their being of
horses, of chariots, of the bodies and of the souls of men.
This is the series of the things in the spiritual sense in this
verse. But by all the things which are enumerated in this
verse, the same is meant as by those that are enumerated in
the preceding verse ; that is, that these goods and truths are
not among them, because they have not in themselves such
things as correspond to them : which is manifest from the
things that precede, where are these words, that the city of

8?8

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

Babylon should be burnt up with fire, and no one should buy
her merchandise any more (vers. 8-1 1) ; and from those which
follow, where are these words, that all things fat and splen-
did had departed from her, and were no longer found (vers.
14) ; and that they were laid waste (vers.' 16, 19). But
something shall now be said of the things that have been
named, which are cinnamon, incense, perfume, and frank-
incense. These are mentioned, because they are such
things as incense-offerings were made of. That the wor-
ship of the Lord from spiritual goods and truths is signified
by incense-offerings, maybe seen above (n. 277, 392) : and
that incense-offerings were pleasing, because they were
from fragrant substances which correspond (n. 394). All
the fragrant materials by which they were prepared are
meant by the cinnamon, incense, and perfume, and their
essential by the frankincense. This is manifest from the
enumeration of the spices of which it was compounded, in
Moses : Jehovah said u?ito Moses, take to thee spices, stacte,
onycha, and galbanum, and pure frankincense ; and tJiou shalt
make of them incense, a perfume, the work of the perfumer,
salted, pure, holy (Ex. xxx. 34-37). Of these the incense-
offerings were made, by which, as was said, worship from
spiritual goods and truths was signified. Cinnamon is
mentioned here in place of all the spices there. But what
each of those spices signifies in the spiritual sense, may be
seen in the " Arcana Celestia," upon Exodus, where they
are severally explained.

778. And wine a?id oil and fine flour and wheat, signifies
that they no longer have worship from heavenly (celestial)
truths and goods, because they have not within in the wor-
ship the things which correspond to these here named:
These things are similar to those which have been said
just above and before, with the difference only that heav-
enly (celestial) goods and truths are here signified. What
goods and truths are called heavenly, and what spirit-
ual, may be seen above (n. 773) ; and that as they have

No. 779.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 879

not these, neither are these in their worship. For, as was
said above, the goods and truths of doctrine are in worship
as the soul in the body ; wherefore worship without them
is lifeless worship. Such is worship which is holy in ex-
ternals, in which there is not any holy internal. That wine
signifies truth from the good of love, may be seen above
(n. 316). That oil signifies the good of love will be seen
in the following paragraph. By fine- flour is signified
heavenly (celestial) truth, and by wheat is signified heav-
enly good. That the truths and goods of worship are sig-
nified by wine, oil, fine flour and wheat, is because the
drink-offerings and meat-offerings consisted of them, which
were offered upon the altar together with the sacrifices ;
and by the sacrifices and by the offerings offered upon the
altar worship is signified, for the chief part of worship con-
sisted in them. That the drink-offerings, which were wine,
were offered upon the altar together with the sacrifices, may
be seen, Ex. xxix. 40; Lev. xxiii. 12, 13, 18, 19; Num.
xv. 2-15; xxviii. 11-15, 18 to end; xxix. 1-7, &c. : and
also in Isa. lvii. 6 ; lxv. 11 ; Jer. vii. 18 ; xliv. 17-19 ; Ez.
xx. 28 ; Joel i. 9 ; Ps. xvi. 4 j Deut. xxxii. 38. That oil
was also offered upon the altar together with the sacrifices,
Ex. xxix. 40 ; Num. xv. 2-15 ; xxviii. 1 to the end. That the
meat-offerings, which were of fine flour of wheat, were of-
fered upon the altar together with the sacrifices, Ex. xxix.
40; Lev. ii. 1-13; v. 11—135 vi. 14-21; vii. 9-13; xxiii.
12, 13, 17; Num. vi. 14-21 ; xv. 2-15; xviii. 8-20; xxviii.
1-15 ; xxix. 1-7: and besides in Jer. xxxiii. 18; Ez. xvi.
*3> l9) Joel i- 9'} Mai. i. 10, 11 ; Ps. cxli. 2. The bread
of faces or the shewbread upon the table in the Tabernacle
was also made of fine flour of wheat (Lev. xxiii. 17; xxiv.
5-9). It may be seen from this, that these four things,
wine, oil, fine flour and wheat, were holy and heavenly
things of worship.

779. Since oil is here mentioned among the holy things
of worship, and signifies heavenly (celestial) good, some*

88o

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

thing shall be said here of the anointing oil, which was in
use among the ancients, and was afterwards commanded
to the children of Israel. That in ancient times they
anointed stones set up as statues, is manifest from Gen.
xxviii. 1 8, 19, 22. That they also anointed warlike arms,
shields and bucklers, 2 Sam. i. 21 ; Isa. xxi. 5. That it
was commanded that they should prepare holy oil, with
which they should anoint all the holy things of the Church ;
that with it they anointed the altar and all its vessels, also
the tabernacle and all things of it, Ex. xxx. 22-33 ; xl.
9-1 1 ; Lev. viii. 10-12 ; Num. vii. 1. That they anointed
with it those who should discharge the duties of the priest-
hood, and their garments, Ex. xxix. 7, 29 ; xxx. 30 ; xl.
13-15 ; Lev. viii. 12 ; Ps. cxxxiii. 1-3. That with it
they anointed the prophets, 1 Kings xix. 15, 16. That they
anointed the kings with it, and that the kings were on that
account called the anointed of Jehovah, 1 Sam. x. 1 ; xv. 1 ;
xvi. 6, 13 ; xxiv. 6, 10 ; xxvi. 9, 11, 16, 23 ; 2 Sam. i. 16;
ii. 4, 7 ; v. 17 j xix. 21 ; 1 Kings i. 34, 35 ; xix. 15, 16 :
2 Kings ix. 3 ; xi. 12; xxiii. 30; Lam. iv. 20; Hab. iii.
13 ; Ps. ii. 2, 6 ; xx. 6 ; xxviii. 8 ; xlv. 7 ; lxxxiv. 9 ; lxxxix.
20, 38, 51 ; cxxxii. 17. The reason that anointing with the
oil of holiness was commanded, is because oil signified the
good of love, and represented the Lord, who as to His
Human is the very and the only Anointed of Jehovah,
anointed not with oil, but with the Divine Good itself of the
Divine Love ; wherefore also He was called the Messiah
in the Old Testament and the Christ in the New (Johr
i. 41 ; iv. 25): and Messiah and Christ signify Anointed.
Hence it is that the priests, the kings, and all the things of
the Church were anointed, and when anointed were called
holy ; not that they were holy in themselves, but because
they thereby represented the Lord as to His Divine Hu-
man. Hence it was sacrilege to harm a king, because
he was the anointed of Jehovah (1 Sam. xxiv. 6, 10;
xxvi. 9; 2 Sam. i. 16; xix. 21). Moreover, it was a re-

No. 7S1.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 88 1

cenecl custom to anoint themselves and others to testify
gladness and benevolence of mind (animus) j but with
common or some other precious oil, not with the oil of
holiness (Matt. vi. 17; Mark vi. 13; Luke vii. 46; Isa.
lxi. 3; Amos vi. 6; Mic. vi. 15; Ps. xcii. 10 ; civ. 15;
Dan. x. 3 ; Deut. xxviii. 40). That it was not permitted
to anoint themselves or others with the oil of holthess (Ex.
xxx. 32, 33).

780. And cattle and sheep, signifies that they no longer
have worship from the external or natural goods and truths
of the church, because they have not any thing within in
their worship which corresponds to these things. This is
similar to the things explained above (n. 777, 778); with
the difference that there are signified spiritual goods and
truths, and heavenly (celestial) goods and truths, but here
natural goods and truths ; for the distinction between
which, see above (n. 773). By cattle and sheep are signified
the sacrifices which were made with oxen, bullocks, he-
goats, sheep, kids, rams, she-goats, lambs. Oxen and bul-
locks are meant by the cattle, and kids, rams, she-goats,
and lambs, by the sheep ; and sacrifices were the externals
of worship, which are also called the natural things of
worship.

781. And of horses and of carriages and of the bodies and
souls of men, signifies all those things according to the
understanding of the Word and according to doctrine
thence, and according to the goods and truths of its literal
sense, which they have not, because they falsify and adul-
terate the Word, by applying the things which are therein
to dominion over heaven and the world, contrary to its
genuine sense. These things are named in the possessive
case, because they qualify those which precede. That the
understanding of the Word is signified by horses, may be
seen, n. 298. That by chariots doctrine from the Word is
signified, n. 437 ; hence the like by carriages. That the
fijoods and truths of the literal sense of the Word are signi-

882

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

fied by the bodies and souls of men, is because similar
things are signified by them as by the body and blood in
the Holy Supper. By the body in it is signified the Lord's
Divine Good, and by the blood the Lord's Divine Truth ;
and as they signify these, they also signify the Divine
Good and Divine Truth of the Word, because the Lord
is the Word. But here the soul is mentioned instead of
blood. The reason is, that truth is equally signified by
the soul, see above (n. 68 1) ; and because the blood is
called the soul in the Word (Gen. ix. 4, 5 j Lev. xvii. 12-14;
Deut. xii. 23). The like is signified by the " soul of man "
(Ez. xxvii. 13) j also by the "seed of man" (Dan. ii. 43).
Similar things are signified by horses and carriages in
Isaiah : Then shall they bring all your brethren upon horses
and in chariots and in carriages, and upon mules and upon
swift steeds, unto the mountain of My holiness, yerusalem
(lxvi. 20). This is said of the Lord's New Church, which
is Jerusalem, — concerning those therein who are in the
understanding of the Word and in doctrine from it, which
are the horses, chariots, and carnages. Now as they who
are of the Roman Catholic Religion falsify and adulterate
the Word, by the application of it to dominion over heaven
and the world, it is signified that they have no goods and
truths from the Word, and therefore neither in their doc-
trine. Concerning this it is said by Jeremiah : The king of
Babel hath devoured me, he hath destroyed me, he hath made
me an empty vessel, he hath swallowed me up as a sea beast,
he hath filled his belly with my delicacies (li. 34, 35). A
sword is against the horses of Babel, and against his chariots,
and against his treasures, that they may be plundered: drought
is upon her waters, that they may be dried up ; for it is a land
of graven images, and they boast in their idols (1. 37, 38).

782. And the fruits of the desire of thy soul have departed
from thee, and all things fat and splendid have departed from
thee, a?id thou shall find them no more at all, signifies that
all the blessednesses and happinesses of heaven, even the

No. 782.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

883

external such as are desired by them, will altogether flee
away, and will no longer appear, because they have no
heavenly (celestial) and spiritual affections for good and
truth. By the fruits of the desire of the soul nothing else is
signified but the blessednesses and happinesses of heaven,
because these are the fruits of all the things of doctrine and
worship, which are treated of, and because they are the
desires of men when they die, and also their desires when
they first come into the spiritual world. By things fat and
splendid are signified heavenly (celestial) and spiritual
affections for good and truth ; by fat things the affections
of good, as will be seen presently ; and by splendid things
the affections of truth, which are called splendid, because
they exist from the light of heaven and its splendor in
the mind ; whence are intelligence of good and of truth
and wisdom. By their departing and by not finding them
more is signified that they will flee away and will appear
no more, because those persons are in no heavenly and
spiritual good and truth. It is said that even the external,
such as are desired by them, will disappear ; because no
other blessednesses and happinesses and affections are
desired by them, but corporeal and worldly; and hence
they cannot know what and of what quality those are which
are called heavenly (celestial) and spiritual. But these
things will be illustrated by a description of their lot after
death. All of that Religion who have been in the love of
dominion from the love of self, and thence in the love of the
world, when they come into the spiritual world, which takes
place immediately after death, pant after nothing but
dominion and the pleasures of the mind (animus) from it,
and the pleasures of the body from opulence ; for the
reigning love, with its affections or concupiscences and
cicsires, remains with every one after death. But as the
love of ruling from the love of self over the holy things of
the church and of heaven, all of which are Divine things
of the Lord, is diabolical, therefore, after a certain time,

884

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

they are separated from their companions, and* cast down
into the hells. But still, because they have from their
Religion been in external Divine worship, they are first
instructed as to what and of what quality heaven is, and
what and of what quality the happiness of eternal life, —
that they are nothing but blessednesses flowing in from the
Lord with every one in heaven according to the quality of
the heavenly affection for good and truth in them. But
because they have not approached the Lord, and hence are
not conjoined with Him, and likewise have not been in any
such affection for good and truth, they are averse to those
things, and turn themselves away, and then desire the
pleasures of the love of self and the world, which are
merely natural and corporeal. But as it is innate in those
pleasures to do evil, especially to those who worship the
Lord, and thus to the angels of heaven, they are therefore
deprived of these pleasures also, and are then cast down
among companions who are in contempt and wretchedness
in the infernal workhouses. But these things are done to
them according to the degree of their love of dominion
over the Divine things of the Lord, according to which
degree is their rejection of the Lord. It may now be
evident from these things, that by " the fruits of the desire
of thy soul have departed, and all things fat and splendia
have departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more
at all," is signified that all the blessednesses and happi-
nesses of heaven, even the external, such as are desired
by them, will altogether flee away, and no longer appear ;
because they have no affections for good and truth. That
fat things signify heavenly (celestial) goods and their
affections and the enjoyments of their affections, may be
evident from the following passages : Hearken unto Me, eat
ye that which is good, that your soul may be delighted with
fatness (Isa. lv. 2). I will satisfy the soul of the priests with
fatness, and My people shall be satisfied with good (Jer.
XTJci. 14). My soul shall be satisfied with marroiu and

No. 783.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 885

fatness, an'd my mouth shall p?'aise thee with joyful lips (Ps
lxiii. 5). They shall be satisfied with the fatness of thy house,
and thou shalt make them drink of the river of thy delights
(Ps. xxxvi. 8). And in this mountain will Jehovah make to
all peoples a feast of fat things, of fat things full of marrow
(Isa. xxv. 6). They shall still bring forth fruit in old age,
they shall be fat and flourishing, to show that Jehovah is
i j right (Ps. xcii. 14, 15). That in the feast which Jehovah
1 ill make, they shall eat fat to satiety, and shall drink blood
to drunkenness (Ez. xxxix. 19). Jehovah will make fat thy
burnt-offering (Ps. xx. 3). As fat signifies heavenly (celestial)
good, it was therefore a statute that all the fat of the sacrifices
should be burned upon the altar (Ex. xxix. 13, 22 ; Lev. i.
8 ; iii. 3-16 ; iv. 8-35 ; vii. 3,4, 30, 31 ; xvii. 6 ; Num. xviii.
17, 18). By the fat in the opposite sense they are signified
who are nauseated at good, and because it is very abundant,
despise and reject it (Deut. xxxii. 15; Jer. v. 28; L 11;
Ps. xvii. 10; Ixxiii. 7; lxxviii. 31; cxix. 70; and else-
where).

783. The merchants of these things, that were made rich by
her, shall stand afar off for fear of her torment, weeping and
mourning, signifies the state before damnation, and the
fear and lamentation at that time, of those who have made
gain by various dispensations and promises of heavenly
joys. By the merchants of these things, namely, of the
fruits of the soul's desire, and of fat and splendid things,
treated of in the verse next preceding, those are signified
who by various dispensations, and promises of heavenly
joys, were enriched, that is, who acquired gain. By these
merchants all are meant, as well the superiors and the
inferiors in their ecclesiastical order, who made gain by
such things. That the superiors are included, is manifest
from vers. 23 of this chapter, where it is said, For thy
merchants were the great men of the earth : that the inferiors
also are included, from vers. 11 ; see above (n. 771). By
standing afar off for fear of her torment, weeping and
vol. in. 3

886 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

mourning, is signified while they are still in a state remote
from damnation, and still at that time in fear of punish-
ments, and in lamentation, as above (n. 769) ; where
similar things are said.

784. As regards the dispensations by which they profit,
they are various. There are dispensations in regard to
contracting matrimony within the degrees prohibited by the
laws ; relating to divorces ; relating to evils, even enormous
ones, and exemption at the same time from temporal pun-
ishments. There are also dispensations by indulgences :
dispensations relating to administrations without any power
or authority of the secular rulers : among which also are
confirmations of dukedoms and principalities : likewise,
by promises of heavenly joys made to those who enrich
monasteries, and augment their treasuries, calling their
gifts good works, in themselves holy, as also merits ; to
which they are prompted by the belief impressed upon
them in the power and help of their saints, and in the
miracles performed by them. Especially do they take
advantage of the rich when they are sick, and likewise
infuse at that time a terror of hell, and so extort wealth
from them ; promising to offer masses for their souls
according to the value of their legacy, and a gradual
delivery thereby from the place of torment, which they call
Purgatory, and thus admission into heaven. As regards
Purgatory, I can aver that it is purely a Babylonish fiction
for the sake of gain, and that it neither does nor can exist.
Every man after death first comes into the world of spirits,
which is midway between heaven and hell, and is there
prepared either for heaven or for hell, every one according
to his life in the world : and in that world there is torment
for no one ; but the evil first come into torment, when after
preparation they come into hell. There are innumerable
societies in that world, and joys in them similar to those
on earth, for the reason that they who are there are con-
joined with men on the earth, who are also in the midst

No. 785.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

887

between heaven and hell. Their externals are there suc-
cessively put off, and thus their internals are opened \ and
this until the reigning love, which is indeed the life's love,
and the inmost, and the one that rules over their externals,
is revealed ; and when this is revealed, the man's real
quality appears ; and according to the quality of that love,
he is sent forth from the world of spirits to his place, — if
good, in heaven, and if evil, in hell. That it is so has been
given me to know certainly, because it has been given me
by the Lord to be together with those who are in the world
of spirits, and to see all things, and thus to relate it from
actual experience ; and this now for twenty years. Where-
fore I can assert that Purgatory is a fiction, which may be
called diabolical ; because it is for the sake of gains, and
for the sake of power over souls, even of the deceased, after
death.

785. And saying, A/as, alas, that great city, that was arrayed
in fine linen and purple and scarlet, and decked with gold,
precious sto?ies and pearls, for in one hour are so great riches
laid waste, signifies grievous lamentation that their mag-
nificence and their gains are so suddenly and so entirely
destroyed. By " alas, alas," grievous lamentation is signified,
as above (n. 769). By " that great city" is signified the
Roman Catholic Religion, as it is said to be arrayed in
fine linen and purple, and decked with gold ; which cannot
be said of a city, but of a Religion. By " arrayed in fine
linen and purple and scarlet, and decked with gold, precious
stones, and pearls " are signified similar things as above
(n. 725-727), where are the same words, — in general, mag-
nificent things in external form. " For in one hour are
so great riches laid waste " signifies that their gains are so
suddenly and completely destroyed. By one hour is signi-
fied suddenly and completely, as above (n. 769) ; because by
time and all the things of time states are signified (n. 476).
It is manifest from this, that the things which were adduced
above are signified by these words. Very similar things

888

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

are said of the devastation of Babel in Jeremiah : The land
of Babel is full of guilt against the Holy One of Israel : the
thoughts of Jehovah are against her, to make her a desolation :
they shall not take of thee a stone for a corner nor a stone for
foundations, for thou shalt be a waste for ever. Babel shall
become heaps, a dwelling-place for dragons, an astoiiishment, a
hissing. Babel is reduced to desolation, the sea goeth up over
her, she is covered with the multitude of the waves, her cities
are reduced to desolation, a land of drought and of solitude
(li. 5, 26, 29, 37, 41-43).

786. And every shipmaster, and every one employed upon
ships, and sailors, and as many as navigate the sea, signifies
those who are called laymen, as well they that are placed in
greater dignity as those that are in less, down to the com-
mon people, who are attached to that Religion, and love
and prize it, or acknowledge and venerate it in heart.
From the ninth to the sixteenth verse the clergy are treated
of, who have been in dominion from that Religion, and
have exercised the Lord's Divine power, and by it have
made gain of the world. Those are now treated of, who
are not in any order of the ministry, but still love and prize
that Religion, and acknowledge and venerate it in heart,
who are called laymen. By " every shipmaster " are meant
the highest of them, who are emperors, kings, dukes, and
princes. By " every one employed upon ships " those are
meant who are in various functions in a higher or lower
degree. By " sailors " are meant the lowest, who are called
the common people. By " as many as navigate the sea,"
are meant all in general who are attached to that Religion,
and love and prize it, or acknowledge and venerate it in
heart. That all these are here meant, is manifest from the
series of the things in the spiritual sense ; and from the
signification of being upon ships, and of being employed
upon ships, and of sailors ; and from the signification of
them that navigate the sea. By the masters of ships, and
those employed upon them, and sailors, no others can

No. 786.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 889

be meant but those who contribute the things which are
above called merchandise, — which are those things which
they collect into their treasuries, as also possessions, — and
who receive benedictions and beatifications in return, as
merits, and other similar things which they desire for their
souls. And when these are meant, it is manifest that by
every shipmaster the highest of them are meant ; by every
one employed upon ships, all in offices subordinate to them ;
and by sailors, the lowest. That by ships spiritual mer-
chandise is understood, which are knowledges of truth and
good, may be seen above (n. 406) ; here natural merchan-
dise ; and they take back spiritual, as they think. The rea-
son that by as many as navigate the sea are meant all,
whoever they be, who love and prize that Religion, or
acknowledge and venerate it in heart, is because that
Religion is signified by the sea ; for by the sea the exter-
nal of the church is signified, see above (n. 238, 290, 403,
404,405,470,565^,659, 661): and this Religion is merely
external. Similar things are signified by this in Isaiah :
Thus said Jehovah your Redeemer ; the Holy One of Israel,
for your sake have I sent to Babel, and will cast down all her
nobles, whose cry is in the ships : thus said Jehovah, I who
have made a way i?i the sea, and a path in the mighty waters
(xliii. 14, 16). A "cry in the ships" is spoken of, as here
also, that "they stood afar off, and cried from the ships."
And likewise in Ezekiel : At the voice of the cry of thy pilots
shall the suburbs tremble, and all that hold the oar shall come
down out of thy ships, all the sailors and pilots of the sea, and
shall cry bitterly over thee (xxvii. 28-30). But this is con-
cerning the devastation of Tyre, by which the church as to
the knowledges of truth and good is signified. But it is to
be known, that no others are here understood but those
who have and prize that Religion, and in heart acknowl-
edge and venerate it. But they who are of the same Relig-
ion, and acknowledge it, because they were born and brought
up in it, and do not know any thing of their devices and

890

THE APOCAI YPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

snares for arrogating to themselves Divine worship, and for
possessing all the property of all in the world, and still do
goods from a sincere heart, and likewise turn their eyes to
the Lord, these come among the blessed after death ; for,
being instructed, they there receive truths, and reject the
adoration of the pope, and the invocation of the saints, and
acknowledge the Lord as the God of heaven and earth, and
are taken up into heaven, and become angels. On which
acc ount also there are many heavenly societies of them in
the spiritual world, over which are set the honorable, who
have lived in the same manner. It has been given to see
that some also were set over those societies, who were em
perors, kings, dukes, and princes ; who indeed acknowl-
edged the pontiff as the supreme head of the church, but
not as the vicar of the Lord ; and who acknowledged like-
wise some things from the papal bulls, but yet held the
Word holy, and acted justly in their administration. Con-
cerning these some things may be seen in the " Continua-
tion concerning the Last Judgment and concerning the
Spiritual World " (n. 58 and 60), related from experi-
ence.

787. Stood afar off, a?id cried when they saw the smoke of
her burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city, sig-
nifies their mourning in a remote state over the condemna-
tion of that Religion, which they believed to be supereminent
above every religion in the world. By their standing afar
off is signified while they are yet in a state remote from
damnation, and still in fear of punishments (n. 769, 783).
By their crying, their mourning is signified. By the smoke
of the burning is signified damnation on account of the
adulteration and profanation of the Word (n. 766, 767). By
their saying " what city is like unto this city," is signified
that they believed that that Religion was supereminent
above every religion in the world. By that great city that
Religion is signified, as often above. That they believe
that Religion to be supereminent above every religion, and

No. 7SS.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

89I

that it is the mother, queen, and dominant church, is known ,
also that it is continually instilled by the canons and monks,
that they should believe so ; and it is also known to those
who give attention, that these do this from the fire of ruling
and of acquiring gain. Yet still, on account of the power
of their domination, they are unable to recede from all its
externals j but they can recede from its internals, since
full liberty has been left and is left to man's will and under-
standing, and thence to his arTection and thought.

788. And they cast dust upon their heads, a?id cried weep-
ing and ?nourning, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, signifies
their interior and exterior pain and grief, which is lamenta-
tion, that so eminent a religion should be altogether destroyed
and condemned. By casting dust upon their heads interior
pain and grief are signified on account of the destruction
and condemnation spoken of in what follows. By crying out,
weeping and mourning, is signified exterior pain and grief:
by weeping is signified grief of soul, and by mourning grief
of heart. By " Alas, alas, that city," is signified grievous
lamentation over her destruction and condemnation. That
4< alas " [woe] signifies lamentation over calamity, unhap-
piness, and condemnation, and hence " alas, alas," a griev-
ous lamentation, maybe seen, n. 416, 769, 7S5 : and that the
city signifies that Religion, n. 785, and elsewhere. That in-
terior pain and grief on account of the destruction and con-
demnation is signified by casting dust upon the head, may be
evident from the following passages : They shall cry bitterly,
and shall cast up dust upon their heads, and shall roll them-
selves in ashes (Ez. xxvii. 30). The daughters of Zion sit upon
the ground, they have cast up dust upon their heads (Lam.
ii. 10). Job's friends rent their mantles, and sprinkled dust
upon their heads (Job ii. 12). Come down, and sit in the
dust, O daughter of Babel, sit on the ground, there is no
th) one for thee (Isa. xlvii. 1 : besides other places). The
reason of their casting dust upon their heads, when they
were inmostlv pained, was because dust signifies what is

892

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

condemned, as is manifest from Gen. iii. 14; Matt. x. 14;
Mark vi. 11 ; Luke x. 10-12 \ and dust upon the head
represented the acknowledgment that of themselves they
were condemned, and thus repentance, as Matt. xi. 21 ;
Luke x. 13. That dust signifies what is condemned, is be-
cause the earth over the hells in the spiritual world consists
of mere dust without grass or herbage.

789. In which all that had ships in the sea were made rich
by her costliness, for in one hour they are made desolate, signi
fies on this account, that by the holy things of that Religion,
all, as many as were willing to buy, were absolved, and for
worldly and temporal riches received spiritual and eternal
riches, and that now no one can buy them. By being
made rich by her costliness is signified to be made ac-
ceptable to God by the holy rites of that Religion, or to
believe that for temporal and temporary merchandise and
riches they would receive spiritual and eternal merchan-
dise or riches ; that is, that for gold, silver, precious stones,
pearls, purple, and the other things which are enumerated
(vers. 12, 13), they would receive blessings and happinesses
after death. These things are meant by the costliness,
with which they say that they were made rich by that city.
That they also speak thus, is known. By their being made
desolate in one hour is signified that on account of the de-
struction of that Religion, no one can hereafter buy their
holy things. From these things it is manifest, that by these
words are signified the things which were stated above.
That the holy things of the church are signified by things
costly or precious, is manifest from these passages : Blessed
of Jehovah is the land of Joseph, for the precious things of
heaven, for the precious things of the products of the sun, and
for the precious things of the produce of the months, and for
the precious things of the hills of eternity, and for the precious
thing.1- of the earth (Deut. xxxiii. 13-15). Is Ephraim my
precious son? Is he a pleasant child? (Jer. xxxi. 20). By
Ephraim the understanding of the Word is meant. The

No. 790.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

893

sons of Zion were esteemed more precious tha?i pure gold (Lam.
iv. 2). " The sons of Zion " are the truths of the church.
Besides elsewhere, as Isa. xiii. 12 j xliii. 4 ; Ps. xxxvi. 7 ;
xlv. 9 ; xlix. 8,; lxxii. 14. Hence now it is, that it is said
that from that city all that had ships in the sea were made
rich by her costliness.

790. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and ye holy apostles and
prophets ; for God hath judged your judgment upo?i her,
signifies that the angels of heaven and the men of the
church, who are in goods and truths from the Word, should
rejoice in heart that those who are in the evils and falsities
of that Religion are removed and rejected. "Rejoice over
her, O heaven," signifies that the angels of heaven should
now rejoice in heart, for exultation is joy of the heart.
" And ye holy apostles and prophets " signifies, and to-
gether with them the men of the church who are in goods and
truths from the Word. By the apostles those are signified
who are in the goods and thence in the truths of the church
from the Word, and abstractly the goods and thence the
truths of the church from the Word (n. 79) ; and by prophets
are signified truths from good from the Word (n. 8, 133),
who are called holy, because the apostles and prophets,
as was said, signify abstractly the goods and truths of the
Word, which in themselves are holy, because the Lord's
(n. 586, 666). " For God hath judged your judgment upon
her," signifies because they who are in the evils and falsities
of that Religion are removed and rejected. That no others
are rejected, may be seen above (n. 786). The joy of the
angels of heaven over the removal and rejection of those
who are in the evils and falsities of that Religion, is treated
of in the following chapter from vers. 1-9 ; here only that
they should rejoice. But the angelic joy is not for their
condemnation, but over the New Heaven and New Church,
and the salvation of the faithful ; which things cannot be
given before they are removed, which is done and has been
done by the last judgment ; on which subject something

894

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

will be seen in the explanation of verses 7, 8, 9 of the
chapter following. From this it may be evident, that by
"rejoice over her, O heaven, and ye holy apostles and
prophets, for God hath judged your judgment upon her,"
is signified that the angels of heaven and the men of the
church, who are in goods and truths from the Word, should
rejoice in heart, that they who are in the evils and falsities
of that Religion are removed and rejected. Who cannot see
that the apostles and prophets spoken of in the Word are
not here meant ? They were few, and not more excellent
than others : but by them are meant all in the Lord's church
who are in goods and truths from the Word ; as also
by the twelve tribes of Israel, spoken of above (n. 349).
By the apostle Peter the truth or faith of the church is
meant ; by the apostle James, the charity of the church ;
and by the apostle John, the works of charity of the men of
the church.

791. And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great mill-
stone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall
that great city, Babylon, be thrown down, and shall be found
no more at all, signifies that by a powerful influx of the
Lord out of heaven that Religion with all its adulterated
truths of the Word will be cast headlong into hell, and will
not at all appear to the angels any more. By " a mighty
angel took up," a powerful influx of the Lord out of heaven
is signified ; for by an angel is signified the Lord, and
His operation, which is through heaven (n. 258, 415, 465,
649) ; here, as he is called a mighty angel, and took up a
stone like a great millstone, powerful operation is signified,
which is a powerful influx. By a stone like a great mill-
stone the adulterated and profaned truths of the Word are
, signified : for by a stone truth is signified, and by a mill is
| signified the searching for, investigation, and confirmation
lof truth from the Word, as will be shown in n. 794; but
here the adulteration and profanation of the truth of the
Word, as it is said of Babylon. By casting into the sea is

No. 792.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

895

signified into hell. By "thus with violence shall that great
city, Babylon, be thrown down," is signified that thus will
that Religion be cast into hell. By its not being found
any more is signified that it will no longer appear at all to
the angels. This is signified because all from that Religion
who are in its evils and falsities come indeed after death
into the world of spirits : for that world is like a forum, in
which all are at first congregated ; and it is like the stomach,
into which all foods are first collected. The stomach also
corresponds to that world. But at this day, as it is after the
last judgment, which was accomplished in the year 1757, it
is not permitted them, as before, to tarry in that world, and
to form to themselves as it were heavene ; but as soon as
they arrive there, they are sent to societies which are in
conjunction with the hells, into which also they are cast
from time to time : and thus care is taken by the Lord, that
they shall no longer appear at all to the angels. It is this,
therefore, which is signified by that city, that is, that Religion,
being found no more. Since the truth of the Word adul-
terated is signified by the millstone, and by the sea hell,
the Lord therefore says, He that shall offend one of the little
ones that believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone
were hanged about his neck, and he were plunged into the depth
of the sea (Matt, xviii. 6). It is called a millstone in Mark
ix. 42 ; Luke xvii. 2. Of Babel nearly the same is said in
Jeremiah : When thou hast made a?z end of reading this book,
thou shalt bind a stone upon it, and shall east it into the midst
of the Euphrates, and shalt say, Thus shall Babel sink, and
skill not rise again (li. 63, 64). By the midst of the Euphrates
is meant the same as by the sea, because the river Euphrates
bounded and separated Assyria, where Babel was, from the
land of Canaan.

792. A?id the voice of harpers and of musicians, and of
pipers and trunipetcrs, shall be heard no more at all in thee,
signifies that there will not be in them any affection for
spiritual tru*h and good, nor any affection for heavenly

896

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

(celestial) truth and good. By voice is meant sound, and
every sound corresponds to an affection which is of love,
since it arises therefrom. From this it is that the sounds
of the harp, of music, and of the pipe, from correspond-
ence, signify affections. But the affections are of two
kinds, spiritual and heavenly : spiritual affections are affec-
tions of wisdom, and heavenly affections are affections of
love. They differ from each other as the heavens ; which
are distinguished into two kingdoms, the heavenly and the
spiritual, as has several times been said above. There are
therefore musical instruments whose sounds have relation
to spiritual affections, and there are those which have rela-
tion to heavenly affections. The voice or sound of harp-
ers and musicians has relation to spiritual affections, and
the voice or sound of pipers and trumpeters to heavenly
affections. For the instruments whose sounds are discrete,
as stringed instruments, belong to the class of spiritual
affections ; and the instruments whose sounds are continu-
ous, as wind instruments, belong to the class of heavenly
affections. Hence it is, that the voice or sound of harp-
ers and musicians signifies affection for spiritual good and
truth, and the voice or sound of pipers and trumpeters sig-
nifies affection for heavenly good and truth. That the
sound of the harp from correspondence signifies confession
from affection for spiritual truth, may be seen, n. 276, 661.
It is here meant that they who are in the evils and falsi-
ties of the Roman Catholic Religion have no affections foi
spiritual truth and good, nor any affections for heavenly
truth and good, because it is said that the voice of harpers
and of musicians and of pipers and trumpeters shall be
heard no more at all in thee. The reason that they do
not have them is because they cannot be given to them :
for they have not any truth from the Word ; and because
they have no truth, neither have they any good. The lat-
ter is given to those only who desire truths : but no others
desire truths from a spiritual affection, but they who go

No. 793-J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

897

to the Lord : these, according to this their desire, are
instructed by the angels after death, and receive truths.
The external affections in which they are while they are
hearing masses, and in their other devotions, which are
without truths from the Lord through the Word, are merely
natural, sensual, and corporeal : and as they are such, and
are without internals from the Lord, it is not wonderful
that in this thick-darkness and blindness they are earned
away to the worship of living and dead men, and to sacri-
fices to demons, who are called plutos, to make expiation
for their souls.

793. And 110 artificer of any art shall be found any more
at all in thee, signifies that they who are in that Religion
from doctrine and from a life according to it, have no un-
derstanding of spiritual truth, and hence no thought of
spiritual truth, so far as they are in it of themselves. By
an artificer in the spiritual sense of the Word is signified
one that is intelligent, and that thinks from the understand-
ing ; in the good sense, one that from the understanding
thinks truths, which are heavenly ; and in the bad sense,
one that from the understanding thinks falsities, which
are infernal : and as the latter and the former are of many
genera, and each genus of many species, and each species
again of many genera and species, which, however, are
called particulars and singulars, it is therefore said, "no arti-
ficer of any art." By artificers also, from their handicrafts
and arts, such things are signified from correspondence as
are of wisdom, intelligence, and knowledge. It is said, from
correspondence, because all human work corresponds, and
likewise every operation, provided it be of any use, to such
things as are of angelic intelligence ; but the works of arti-
ficers in gold, silver, and precious stones correspond to one
kind of matters or subjects of angelic intelligence ; those
of artificers in brass, iron, wood and stone to other kinds ;
and to others, those of artificers in other desirable uses, as
cloths, linens, garments and clothings of various kinds : all

898

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

these correspond, as was said, because they are works. Il
may be evident from this, that by no artificer of any art
shall be found in Babylon, is not meant that there is not
any artificer there ; but that there is not any understand-
ing of spiritual truth, and thence neither any thought of
spiritual truth. But it is so only with those who are in
that Religion from its doctrine and from a life according
to it; and likewise so far as they are in it of themselves.
That an artificer signifies those who are in the understand-
ing of truth, and thence in the thought of truth, may be
evident from these passages : Bezaleel and Aholiab the arti-
ficers shall make the Tabernacle, .for they are filled with wis-
dom, intelligence, and knowledge (Ex. xxxi. 3 ; xxxvi. 1, 2).
And every wise-hearted man among them that did the work,
they made the Tabernacle, with the work of the artificer (Ex.
xxxvi. 8). Thou shall make the Tabernacle of fine-twi?ied linen,
and blue a?id purple, and double-dyed scarlet, and cherubs,
with the work of the artificer shall thou make them (Ex.
xxvi. 1). Thou shall make the vail in like manner with the
work of the artificer (vers. 31 ; xxxv. 35). /;/ like manner
the Ephod with the work of the artificer : as also the Breast-
plate (Ex. xxviii. 6 ; xxxix. 8). Artificer is there ex-
pressed by a word which also signifies an inventor. Thou
shall engrave two stones, which thou shall put upon the
shoulders of the ephod, with the work of an artificer in gems
(Ex. xxviii. 1 1). In the opposite sense, by the work of an
artificer is signified that work which is done from one's
own intelligence, from which nothing else can be produced
but falsity. This is meant by the work of the artificer in
these places : They shall make a molte?i image of their silver
according to their own intelligence, the whole the work of arti-
ficers (Hos. xiii. 2). The ai'tificer melteth the graven image,
and the founder spreadeth it over with gold, and casteth silver
chains ; he seeketh a wise artificer (Is a. xl. 19, 20). He cut-
teth wood out of the forest, the work of the hands of the work
man ; silver is brought from Tarshish, and gold from Upha\

No. 794 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

899

the work of the artificer ; blue and purple are their garment,
the whole the work of the wise (Jer. x. 3, 9. Also, Deut.
xxvii. 15). That idols signify falsities of worship and
religion from one's own intelligence, may be seen above
(n. 459. 460).

794. And the voice of the mill shall be heard no more in
thee at all, signifies that with those who are in that Relig-
ion from its doctrine and from a life according to it, there
is no searching for, investigation or confirmation of spirit-
ual truth, because the falsity received and confirmed and
thus implanted stands in the way. By the voice of the
mill nothing else is signified but the search after, investi-
gation and confirmation of spiritual truth, especially from
the Word. That this is signified by the voice of a mill, or
by grinding, is because heavenly (celestial) and spiritual
good are signified by the wheat and barley which are
ground ; and hence by fine flour and meal truth from that
good is signified : for all truth is from good, and all truth
which is not from spiritual good, is not spiritual. It is
said, the voice of the mill, because spiritual things are
everywhere in the Word designated by things instrumental,
which are the ultimates of nature ; as spiritual truths and
goods by cups, vials, bottles, platters, and many other ves-
sels; see above (n. 672). That the good of the church
from the Word is signified by wheat (n. 315) ; and that the
truth from that good is signified by fine flour from wheat
(n. 778). That a mill signifies search after, investigation
and confirmation of spiritual truth, maybe seen from these
passages : Jesus said, in the consummation of the age, two
men shall be in the field ; the one shall be taken, and the other
shall be left : two women shall be grinding at the mill; the
one shall be taken, and the other shall be left (Matt. xxiv. 40,
41). By the consummation of the age is meant the end of
the Church, when there is a last judgment : by the field
the church is signified, because the harvest is there : by
them that grind at the mill are signified those in the Church

9<DO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

who search after truths : by those that are taken they who
find and receive them are signified: and by them that are
left, those who do not search after nor receive them, because
they are in falsities. I will take from them the voice of joy and
the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride,
the voice of the mills, and the light of the candle (Jer. xxv. 10).
By the voice of the mills in this passage the like is signi-
fied as here in the Apocalypse. Thou shall not take the mill
or the millstone to pledge, for he taketh the soul to pledge
(Deut. xxiv. 6). The mill is here called the soul, because
by the soul is signified the truth of wisdom and faith (n. 68 1).
In the opposite sense, the investigation and confirmation
of falsity is signified by a mill, as in these places : They led
away the young men to grind at the mill, and the children fell
dowti under the wood (Lam. v. 13). Sit in the dust, O daugh-
ter of Babel ; take the mill and grind ?neal ; uncover thy locks,
uncover thy thigh, pass over the rivers, let thy nakedness bi
uncovered, and let thy shame be seen (Isa. xlvii. 1-3). " Take
the mill and grind meal" signifies to search after and inves-
tigate falsities, for the sake of confirming them.

795. But to illustrate this by an example : Who cannot
see, that they who are in Babylon have sought after and in-
vestigated the means of confirming this enormous falsity,
that the Bread and Wine in the Eucharist should be divided,
so that the bread might be given to the laity, and the wine to
the clergy ? This can be seen from reading only the decision
made in the Council of Trent, and established by a Bull ;
which is this : " That immediately after the consecration,
the true Body of Jesus Christ, and the true Blood, together
with His Soul and Divinity, are truly, really and in sub-
stance contained under the appearance of the Bread and
Wine ; the Body under the appearance of the Bread, and the
Blood under the appearance of the Wine, by the power of the
words : but the Body itself under the appearance of the
Wine, and the Blood under the appearance of the Bread,
and the Soul under both, by the power of the natural con-

No. 796.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 90 1

nection and concomitance, by which the parts of the Lord
Christ are joined to each other, and His Divinity by reason
of that admirable hypostatic union with the Body and the
Soul : and that just as much is contained under each ap-
pearance as under both : and that the whole and entire
Christ exists under the appearance of the Bread, and under
fcvery part of that appearance ; and the whole also under
the appearance of the Wine, and under its parts. Also, that
water is to be mixed with the wine." These are their very
words ; and that they are contrary to the force of the Lord's
vvords, they themselves confess. Who that is of sound judg-
ment, does not see that the truths themselves are here in-
verted, and converted into falsities by reasonings which the
upright in heart cannot but abominate. But why is this ? Is
it not solely for the sake of masses, which they call sacrifices,
propitiatory, most holy, and pure, with nothing but what is
holy in them, by which they infuse holiness into the bodily
senses of men, and at the same time bring night into all the
things of faith and of spiritual life \ and this for the reason
that in the darkness they may rule and get wealth ? And
also to cherish the idea concerning the Ministers, that they
are full of the Lord, and that the Lord is in them. And
that the wine is for them, lest they should be wearied out ;
and the water in the wine, lest they should become intoxi-
cated.

796. And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in
thee, signifies that they who are in that Religion from doc-
trine and from a life according to it, have no enlightenment
from the Lord, and hence no perception of spiritual truth.
By the light of a candle is signified enlightenment from the
Lord and thence the perception of spiritual truth : for by
light the light of heaven is meant, in which the angels are,
and men also as to the understanding ; which light in its
essence is the Divine Wisdom : for it proceeds from the
Lord as the Sun of the spiritual world, which in its sub-
stance is the Divine Love of the Divine Wisdom ; from

902

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

which no other light can proceed than that of the Divine
Wisdom, nor any other heat than that of the Divine Love.
That it is so, is demonstrated in the " Angelic Wisdom con-
cerning the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom " (n. 83-172).
Since that light is from the Lord, and the Lord is omni-
present by means of it and in it, therefore all enlighten-
ment is effected through it, and thence the perception of
spiritual truth, which those have who love Divine Truths
spiritually, that is, who love truths because they are true,
and thus because they are Divine. That this is to love the
Lord, is manifest : for in that light the Lord is omnipresent,
because the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom are not in
place, but are where they are received, and according to the
reception. That they who are in the Roman Catholic Relig-
ion have not any enlightenment, and perception of spirit-
ual truth therefrom, may be evident from their not loving
any spiritual light : for the origin of spiritual light is, as was
said, from the Lord ; and no others can accept that light,
nor receive it, but they who are conjoined to the Lord : and
conjunction with the Lord is effected solely by the acknowl
edgment and worship of Him, and at the same time by a
life according to His precepts from the Word. The ac-
knowledgment and worship of the Lord, and the reading of
the Word, cause the presence of the Lord ; but these two to-
gether with a life according to His precepts, effect conjunc-
tion with Him. In Babylon it is the contrary. There the
Lord is acknowledged, but without dominion ; and the Word
is acknowledged, but without the reading of it. In place of
the Lord the pope is there worshipped, and in place of the
Woi d the papal bulls are acknowledged ; according to which
they live, and not according to the precepts of the Word ;
and the bulls have for their end the dominion of the pope
and his ministers over heaven and the world, and the pre-
cepts of the Word have for their end the Lord's dominion
over heaven and the world ; and these are diametrically op-
posite to each other, like hell and heaven. These things

No. 797-] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 903

are said, that it may be known, that they have altogether
no light of a candle, that is, enlightenment and percep-
tion of spiritual truth from it, who are in the Babylonish
Religion from doctrine and from a life according to it.
That the Lord is the Light, from which is all enlighten-
ment and perception of spiritual truth, is manifest from these
passages : That was the true Light, which enlightefieth every
man that cometh into the world (John i. 4-12) : this is con-
cerning the Lord. This is the Judgment, that the Light is
come into the world : he that doe'th the truth cometh to the
Light (John iii. 19, 21). Jesus said, Yet a little while is
the Light with you ; walk while ye have the Light, lest dark-
ness come upon you : while ye have the Light, believe in the
Light, that ye may be children of Light (John xii. 35, 36).
Jesus said, L am come a Light into the world, that zvhosoever
believeth in Me, may not abide in darkness (John xii. 46).
Jesus said, L am the Light of the world (John ix. 5). Simeon
said, Mine eyes have seen thy salvation, a Light for the reve-
lation of the nations (Luke ii. 30-32). The people that sat in
darkness have seen a great Light ; and to them that sat in the
region and shadow of death, hath Light arisen (Matt. iv. 16 ;
Isa. ix. 2). / have given thee for a Light of the nations, that
thou may est be my salvation even unto the end of the earth (Isa.
xlix. 6). The city New Jerusalem hath no need of the sun or
the moon to shine in it ; for the glory of God enlighteiieth it,
and the Lamp of it is the Lanib (Apoc. xxi. 23 ; xxii. 5). It
is manifest from these passages, that the Lord is the Light,
from which are all enlightenment and thence perception of
truth : and because the Lord is the Light, the devil is thick-
darkness ; and the devil is the Love of ruling over all the
holy Divine things of the Lord, and thus over Him : and as
far as dominion is given to it, so far it darkens, extinguishes,
sets on fire, and burns up, the holy Divine things of the
Lord.

797. And the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall
be heard no more at all in thee, signifies that they who are in

904 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

that Religion from doctrine and from a life according to it,
have no conjunction of good and truth, which makes the
church. By voice is here signified joy, because it is that of
a bridegroom and bride. By a bridegroom, in the highest
sense, the Lord as to Divine Good is meant ; and by a
bride the church is meant as to Divine Truth from the
Lord : for the church is a church from the reception of the
Lord's Divine Good in the Divine Truths which are from
Him. That the Lord is called the Bridegroom, and like-
wise the Husband ; and that the church is called the Bride
and also the Wife, is manifest from the Word. That the heav-
enly marriage, which is the conjunction of good and truth, is
therefrom, will be seen in a small work on "Marriage."
Now as this heavenly marriage is effected by the reception
of Divine Good from the Lord in Divine truths from the
Word by the men of the church, it is manifest that there is
no conjunction of good and truth in those who are in that
Religion from doctrine and a life thence, because they have
no conjunction with the Lord ; but their conjunction is with
men living and dead : and this conjunction, with those who
are in the love of ruling from the love of self over the holy
Divine things of the Lord, and over the Lord, is like con-
junction with the devil, who, as was said in a preceding
article, is that love ; and to approach the devil to come to
God through him, is detestable. That the Lord is called
the Bridegroom, and the Church the Bride, is manifest from
these passages : He that hath the Bride is the Bridegroom ;
but the friend of the Bridegroom, who standeth and hcareth
Him, rejoiceth with joy because of the Bridegroom's voice (John
iii. 29). John the Baptist says this of the Lord. Jesus
said, As lo?ig as the Bridegroom is with them, the sons of
the marriage cannot fast ; the days will come when the
Bridegroom shall be taken away from them, then shall they
fast (Matt. ix. 15 ; Mark ii. 19, 20 ; Luke v. 34, 35). I saw
the holy city New Jerusalem prepared as a Bride adorned
for her Husband (Apoc. xxi. 2). The angel said, Come,

No. 797.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

905

and I will show thee the Bride, the Lamb's Wife (Apoc. xxi.
9, 10). The time of the marriage of the La7?ib is co?ne, and
His Wife hath made herself ready. Blessed are they that
are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb (Apoc. xix. 7,
9). By the Bridegroom, whom the ten virgins went out to
meet, is also meant the Lord (Matt, xxv, 1, 2, &c). It is
manifest from this what is signified by the voice and the
joy of the bridegroom and bride in the following passages :
As the joy of the bridegroom over the bride, thy God shall
rejoice over thee (Isa. lxii. 5). My soul shall be joyful in my
God, as a bridegroo?n deckcth himself with a diade?n, and as
a bride adorneth herself with her jewels (Isa. lxi. 10). There
shall still be heard in this place the voice of joy and the voice
of gladness, and the voice of the bridegroom and the voice of
the bride, saying, Let us confess unto jfchovah Zebaoth (Jer.
xxxiii. 10, 11). Let the bridegroo?n go forth out of his cham-
ber, and the bride out of her bride-cha??iber (Joel ii. 16). /
will cause to cease fro?n the streets of Jerusalem the voice of
joy and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroo?n and
the voice of the bride (Jer. vii. 34 ; xvi. 9). / will take from
them the voice of joy and the voice of gladness, and the voice of
the bridegroom and the voice of the bride, the voice of the mills,
and the light of a ca?idle, and the whole land shall be for a
desolation by the king of Babel (Jer. xxv. 10, 11).

From what has been said the series of the things in these
two verses may now be seen, which is, that they who are iii
that Religion have not any affection for spiritual truth and
good (n. 792) ; that they have not any understanding of
spiritual truth, and hence not any thought of it (n. 793) :
for thought is from affection and according to it. That
neither have they any search after, investigation or confir-
mation of spiritual truth (n. 794). That they have no enlight-
enment from the Lord, and hence no perception of spiritual
truth (n. 796). And finally, that they have no conjunction
of good and truth, which makes the church (n. 797). These
things likewise follow each other thus in order.

906 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

798. Since it is said that they have not any conjunction
of good and truth, because there is not in them the mar-
riage of the Lord and the church, something shall here
be said of the power of opening and shutting heaven, which
acts as one with the power of remitting and retaining sins,
which they claim to themselves as the successors of Peter
and the apostles. The Lord said to Peter, Upon this same
Rock [Petrd] will I build my church, and the gates of hell
shall 7iot prevail agaihst it : I will give unto thee the keys
of the kifigdom of the heavens, and whatever thou shall bind
on earth shall be bound i?i the heavens, and whatever thou
shall loose 011 earth shall be loosed in the heavens (Matt,
xvi. 18, 19). The Divine Truth which is meant by the
Rock upon which the Lord will build His Church, is what
Peter then confessed ; which was, Thou art the Christ, the
Son of the living God (vers. 16 there). By the keys of the
kingdom of the heavens — which are, that whatever that
Rock, which is the Lord, shall bind on earth shall be
bound in the heavens, and whatever it shall loose on earth
shall be loosed in the heavens — is meant that the Lord
has power over heaven and earth, as He likewise says,
Matt, xxviii. 18 ; and thus the power of saving the men
who from faith of heart are in that confession of Peter.
The Lord's Divine operation to save men is from firsts by
ultimates ; and this is what is meant by saying that what-
ever He shall bind or loose on earth shall be bound or
loosed in heaven. The ultimates by which the Lord
operates are on earth, and indeed in men. For the sake
of this, that the Lord Himself might be in the ultimates
as He is in the firsts, He came into the world, and put
on the Human. That all the Lord's Divine operation is
from firsts by ultimates, and thus from Himself in the
firsts and from Himself in the ultimates, may be seen
in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love
.and Divine Wisdom" (n. 217-219, 221): and that it
is thence that the Lord is called the First and the

No. 798.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

907

Last, the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the End, the Almighty, may be seen above (n. 29-31, 38,
57). Who cannot see, if he will, that the salvation of men
is the continuous operation of the Lord in man from his
earliest infancy even to the end of his life ? and that this is
purely a Divine work, and can in no wise be given to any
man ? It is Divine in such a sort that it is at once the
work of omnipresence, omniscience, and omnipotence : and
that man's reformation and regeneration, and thus his salva-
tion, are all of the Lord's Divine Providence, may be seen
in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Provi-
dence," from beginning to end. The very Coming of the
Lord into the world was solely for the sake of man's salva-
tion. For the sake of this He assumed the Human, re-
moved the hells, and glorified Himself, and put on omnipo-
tence even in the ultimates, which is meant by sitting at the
right hand of God. What, therefore, is more abominable,
than to found a Religion, by which it is ordained that that
Divine authority and power are man's, and no longer the
Lord's j and that heaven will be opened and shut, if only
a priest says, "I absolve," or "I excommunicate;" and
that sin, though enormous, is remitted, provided he says, " I
remit ? " There are many devils in the world, who, in order
to escape temporal punishments, seek and obtain absolution
from a diabolical crime by arts and gifts. Who can be so
insane as to believe that the power is given of admitting
devils into heaven ?

It was said above (n. 790, at the end), that Peter repre-
sented the truth of faith in the Church, James the good of
charity in the Church, and John the good works of the men
of the Church j and that the twelve apostles together rep-
resented the Church as to all its elements. It is clearly
manifest that they represented them, from the Lord's words
to them in Matthew : When the Son of Man shall sit upon
Vie throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thi ones,
judging the twelve tribes of Israel (xix. 28 ; Luke xxii. 30)

908 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIIL

by which words nothing else can be signified than that the
Lord is to judge all according to the goods and truths of
the Church. If this was not meant by these words, but the
apostles themselves, all in the great city Babylon, who call
themselves the successors of the apostles, might claim to
themselves that they are to sit upon thrones as many in
number as themselves, from the pontiff down to a monk,
and to judge all in the whole world.

799. For thy great men were the merchants of the earth,
signifies that the superiors in their ecclesiastical hierarchy
are such, because by various and arbitrary rights, left to
them in the statutes of the order, they traffic and make
profit. By the great men are meant the superiors in their
ecclesiastical hierarchy, who are called cardinals, bishops,
and primates ; who are called merchants because they make
gain by the holy things of the Church, as by merchandise
(n. 771, 783); here, who by various and arbitrary rights,
left to them in the statutes of the order, traffic and make
profit. Why this is said is manifest from the things that go
before, for this is a consequence of them. In what goes
before, it is said that there shall be heard no more in
Babylon the voice of harpers, of musicians, of pipers and
trumpeters ; that there shall be there no artificer of any
art ; that the voice of the mill shall not be heard there ;
that the light of a candle shall not be there ; nor the voice
of the bridegroom and of the bride : by which is signified
that in Babylon there is not any affection for spiritual truth,
nor any understanding and consequent thought of it, nor
any search after and investigation of it, nor any enlighten-
ment and perception of it, and hence there is no conjunction
of good and truth, which makes the church ; see above
(n. 792, 793, 794, 796, 797). The reason that they have not
these, is because even the superiors in the order traffic and
make gain, and thus set an example to the inferiors. This
therefore is why it is said, For thy great men were the mer-
chants of the earth. But some one perhaps may say, "What

No. 799-1 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 909

are those arbitrary rights, which can be called tradings?"
They are not their annual revenues and stipends, but they
are dispensations by the power of the keys ; which are, that
they remit sins even if they are enormous, and thereby release
from temporal punishments : that by interceding with the
pope, they get power for contracting matrimonies within the
prohibited degrees, and for breaking them up within degrees
not prohibited; and do it themselves by tolerance without
interceding: by granting the privileges which are within
their jurisdiction : by ordinations of ministers, and confirma-
tions : by general and particular gratuities from the monas-
teries : by the appropriation of revenues from other sources
which belong by right to others : and by many other means.
These, and not their annual revenues, were they content
with them, cause that they have no affection for spiritual
truth, nor any thought, investigation and perception of it,
and no conjunction of truth and good, because those are
the gains of the unjust Mammon ; and an unjust person
perpetually covets natural wealth, and refuses spiritual
wealth, which is Divine Truths from the Word. From this
it may now be evident, that by " thy great men were the
merchants of the earth," is signified that the superiors in
their ecclesiastical hierarchy are such, because by various
and arbitrary rights, left to them in the statutes of the order,
they traffic and make profit. Something shall still be said
here concerning dispensation by the power of the keys,
fiom crimes, even enormous ones, by which they not only
release the guilty from eternal punishments, but from tem-
poral punishments also ; and if they do not release, they
still protect by asylums. Who does not see that this does
not belong to ecclesiastical jurisdiction, but to civil juris-
diction ; and that it is to extend their dominion over every
thing secular, and to destroy the public security: also that
by this power still reserved to them, they are in the power
of bringing back their former despotic domination over all
tribunals established by kings, and thus over the judges,

VOL. III. 4

9IO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII

even the highest ; which also they would do, if they did not
fear withdrawal. This is meant in Daniel, by the fourth
beast that came up out of the sea thinking to change times and
right (vii. 25).

800. For by thy sorcery were ali the nations seduced, signi-
fies their wicked arts and devices, by which they have led
away the minds (animus) of all from the holy worship of
the Lord to the profane worship of living and dead men
and idols. By the sorcery whereby all the nations have
been seduced, are signified the wicked arts and devices by
which they have deluded and persuaded, so that they might
be worshipped and adored instead of the Lord, and thus
as the Lord ; and because the Lord is the God of heaven
and earth, as He teaches, Matt, xxviii. 18, thus as gods.
It may be seen above (n. 798), that they transferred the
Lord's Divine power to themselves : and because this is
signified by those words, they also signify that by wicked
arts and devices they have led away the minds of all from
the holy worship of the Lord to the profane worship of
men living and dead, and of idols. That nevertheless
these things will come to an end, and are already at an
end in the spiritual world, has been said and shown before.
This is thus described in Isaiah : Persist in thy enchant-
ments, O Babe/, and in the multitude of thy sorceries, wherein
thou hast labored from thy youth : if so be they will be able
to profit, if so be thou may est become terrible ; thou art wearied
in the multitude of thy counsels : let now the observers of the
heavens, the star-gazers, the diviners by the months, stand upy
and save thee. Behold, they are become as stubble, the fire
hath burned them ; they shall not deliver their soul from the
power of the flame : such have thy merchants become from thy
youth ; every one hath wandered to his own quarter, there is
noiie to save thee (xlvii. 12-15).

801. Afid in her was found the blood of prophets and of
saints, and of all that have been slain upon the earth, signi-
fies that from the Religion which is meant by the city

No. 8c2.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 911

Babylon comes the adulteration and profanation of every
truth of the Word and thence of the church, and that falsity
has emanated therefrom into the whole Christian world.
By blood is signified the falsification, adulteration and
profanation of the Word (n. 327, 379, 684). By prophets
are signified all those who are in Divine truths from the
Word, and abstractly truths of doctrine from the Word
(n. 8, 133). That by saints are signified those who are
of the Lord's church and abstractly the holy truths of the
church (n. 173, 586, 666). That by them that are slain
are signified those who are spiritually slain, and that those
are said to be slain spiritually who perish by falsities
(n. 325, and in many other places). And as the church is
signified by the earth, by all that are slain on the earth
are signified all in the Christian Church who have perished
by falsities ; because the falsity in them emanated from
that Religion. It is also said of Babel in Jeremiah, That
there are the slain of all the earth (li. 49, 52) : and in Isaiah,
That Lucifer, which there is Babel, hath destroyed her land,
and hath slain her people (xiv. 20). That many falsities
have emanated from the Babylonish Religion into the
churches of the Reformed, may be seen above (n. 751);
where this passage was explained, that the Woman whom
thou sawest is the great city which reigneth over the kings of
the ea?-th (Apoc. xvii. 18).

802. It has been said that from the Religion which is meant
by the city Babylon proceeds the adulteration and profanation
of every truth of the Word and thence of every holy thing
of the church ; and it has been said many times in what
goes before, that that Religion has not only adulterated
the goods and truths of the Word, but has also profaned
'them ; and that Babel therefore in the Word signifies the
profanation of what is holy. It shall now be told how

912

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XVIII.

that profanation has been and is effected. It was said
above, that the love of ruling from the love of self over the
holy things of the church and over heaven, and thus over
all the Divine things of the Lord, is the devil. Now be-
cause that dominion as an end is established in the minds
of those who founded that Religion, they could not do
otherwise than profane the holy things of the Word and
the church. Suppose that that love, which is the devil,
should be rooted in the mind of any one interiorly, as every
reigning love is ; then place some Divine Truth exteriorly
before its eyes ; will it not tear it to pieces, cast it to the
ground, and trample it down, and in place of it call up a
falsity that agrees with itself ? The love of possessing all
the things of the world is satan, and the devil and satan
act as one, as if leagued together, in such as from the one
love are in the other. It may be concluded from this,
whence it is that profanation is signified in the Word by
Babylon. Take an example : Let there be put before that
love which is the devil this Divine truth, that God alone
is to be worshipped and adored, and not any man ; and
thus that the vicarship is an invention and a fiction, which
is to be rejected. In like manner this truth, that to in-
voke dead men, to fall down to their images, to kiss them
and their bones, is simply and foully idolatrous, which is
also to be rejected. Would not that love which is the
devil reject these two truths in the vehemence of its anger,
hurl its thunder against them, and tear them in pieces?
But if any were to say to that love which is the devil, that
to open and shut heaven, or to loose and to bind, and thus
to remit sins, which is the same as to reform and regen-
erate, and so to redeem and save man, is purely Divine ;
and that a man cannot claim to himself any thing Divine
without profanation ; and that Peter did not claim it to
himself, and therefore did not exercise any such power:
moreover, that the succession is a thing invented by that
love ; as also the transmission of the Holy Spirit from

No. 802.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

913

man to man : on hearing these things, would not that love
which is the devil, stun the speaker with anathemas, and
in the fire of its fury command him to be delivered to the
inquisitor, and to be cast into a dungeon ? If any one
were to say further, How can the Lord's Divine power
be transferred to you ? How can the Lord's Divinity be
separated from His Soul and Body ? Is it not according
to your faith that it cannot ? How can God the Father
introduce His Divine Power into the Son, except into His
Divinity, which is the receptacle ? How can this be trans-
ferred into a man so as to be his ? Besides other similar
things. On hearing these, would not that love which is
the devil be silent, kindle into wrath within, gnash the
teeth, and cry out, u Drag him forth, crucify him, crucify
him ; go, go all of you, see the great heretic, and amuse
yourselves with him ? "

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

CHAPTER NINETEENTH.

1. After these things I heard as it were a voice of a great
multitude in heaven, saying, Alleluia, Salvation and glory
and honor and power unto the Lord our God :

2. For true and just are His judgments ; for He hath
judged the great harlot, who corrupted the earth with her
whoredom, and hath avenged the blood of His servants at
her hand.

3. And a second time they said, Alleluia ; and her smoke
rose up for ever and ever.

4. And the twenty-four elders and the four animals fell
down, and worshipped God who sat upon the throne, say-
ing, Amen ; Alleluia.

5. And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise
our God, all ye His servants, and ye that fear Him, both
small and great.

6. And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude,
and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty
thunders, saying, Alleluia, for the Lord God Omnipotent
reigneth.

7. Let us be glad and rejoice and give glory to Him \ for
the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His Wife hath made
herself ready.

8. And it was given to her that she should be arrayed
in fine linen clean and bright; for the fine linen is the
justice of the saints.

9. And He said unto me, Write, Blessed are they that
are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He
said, These are the true words of God.

10. And I fell down before his feet to worship him:
and he said unto me, See thou do it not : I am thy fel-

Chap. XIX.] THE APOCALVTSE REVEALED.

915

low-servant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of
Jesus : worship God : for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit
of prophecy.

11. And I saw heaven opened; and behold, a white
horse ; and He that sat upon him is called faithful and
true ; and in justice He doth judge and make war.

12 And His eyes were as a flame of fire, and upon His
head were many diadems ; having a name written, which
no man knew but Himself :

13. And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blooc
and His name is called, The Word of God.

14. And the armies in heaven followed Him upon
white horses, clothed in fine linen white and clean.

15. And out of His mouth proceeded a sharp sword,
that with it He should smite the nations ; and He shall
feed them with a rod of iron : and He treadeth the wine-
press of the fuiy- and anger of God Almighty.

16. And He hath upon His vesture and upon His thigh
a name written, King of kings and Lord of lords.

17. And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He
cried with a great voice, saying to all the birds that fly in
the midst of heaven, Come, and gather yourselves together
unto the supper of the great God :

18. That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh
of commanders of thousands, and the flesh of mighty
men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit upon
them, and the flesh of all, free and bond, and small and
great.

19. And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth and
their armies gathered together to make war with Him that
sat upon the horse, and with His army.

20. And the beast was taken, and with him the false
prophet, that wrought signs before him, with which he
seduced them that received the mark of the beast, and that
worshipped his image : these two were cast alive into the
lake of fire burning with brimstone.

916

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

21. And the remnant were slain with the sword of Him
that sat upon the horse, which proceeded out of His mouth ;
and all the birds were filled with their flesh.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The glori-
fication of the Lord by the angels of heaven, because
the R;> nan Catholic Religion is removed in the world of
spirits, whereby they have come into the light and into their
blessedness (vers. 1-5). Annunciation of the Lord's com-
ing, and of a New Church from Him (vers. 6-10). The
opening of the Word as to the spiritual sense for that church
(vers. 11-16). The calling of all to it (vers. 17, 18). Re-
sistance by those who are in faith separated from charity
(vers. 19). Their removal and damnation (vers. 20, 21).

The Contents of each Verse. " After these things
I heard as it were a voice as of a great multitude in heaven,
saying, Alleluia," signifies thanksgiving, confession and
celebration of the Lord by the angels of the lower heavens,
on account of the removal of the Babylonians. " Salvation
and glory and honor and power unto the Lord our God,"
signifies that now there is salvation from the Lord, because
there is now reception of Divine Truth and Divine Good
from His Divine power. " For true and just are His judg-
ments ; for He hath judged the great harlot, who corrupted
the earth with her whoredom," signifies because in justice
the profane Babylonish religion is condemned, which has
destroyed the Lord's Church by filthy adulterations of the
Word. u And hath avenged the blood of His servants at
her hand," signifies retribution for the injuries and violence
offered to the souls of the worshippers of the Lord. " And
a second time they said, Alleluia ; and her smoke rose up
for ever and ever," signifies thanksgiving and celebration of
the Lord from joy that that profane religion is condemned

Chap. XIX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 917

for ever. " And the twenty-four elders and the four ani-
mals fell down, and worshipped God who sat upon the
throne, saying, Amen, Alleluia," signifies worship of the
Lord as the God of heaven and earth, and as the Judge of
the universe, by the angels of the higher heavens, and con-
firmation of the thanksgiving, confession and celebration of
the Lord by the angels of the lower heavens. " And a
voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye
His servants, and ye that fear Him." signifies influ t from
the Lord into heaven, and thus unanimity of the angels,
that all who are in the truths of faith and in the goods
of love should worship the Lord as the only God of heaven.
" Both small and great," signifies those who worship the
Lord from the truths of faith and the goods of love in a
greater or less degree. " And I heard as it were the voice
of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and
as the voice of mighty thunders, saying, Alleluia, for the Lord
God Omnipotent reigneth," signifies the joy of the angels of
the lowest heaven, of the angels of the middle heaven, and of
the angels of the highest heaven, that the Lord alone reigns
in the Church which is now to come. " Let us be glad and
rejoice, and give glory to Him ; for the marriage of the
Lamb is come," signifies joy of soul and heart, and thence
glorification of the Lord, that henceforth there may be a
full marriage of Him with the Church. " And His Wife
hath made herself ready," signifies that they who will be of
this Church, which is the New Jerusalem, are collected
together, inaugurated and instructed. " And it was given
to her that she should be arrayed in fine linen clean and
bright," sig7iifies that they are instructed by the Lord in
genuine and pure truths through the Word. " For the fine
linen is the justice of the saints," signifies that through
truths from the Word those who are of the Lord's Church
have goods of life. " And he said unto me, Write, Blessed
are they that are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb,"
signifies an angel sent from heaven to John, and speaking

9 1 8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. JChap. XIX.

with him concerning the Lord's New Church, and saying
that it was given to know on earth, that those have eternal
life who receive the things which are of that church. " And
he said, These are the true words of God," signifies that this
is to be believed because it is from the Lord. " And I fell
down before his feet to worship him ; and he said, See thou
do it not ; I am thy fellow-servant and of thy brethren that
have the testimony of Jesus ; worship God," signifies that
the angels of heaven are not to be adored and invoked, be-
cause there is nothing Divine in them ; but that they are
associated with men, as brethren with brethren, — with
those who worship the Lord, — and thus that in consocia-
tion with them the Lord alone is to be adored. " For the
testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy," signifies that
the acknowledgment that the Lord is the God of heaven
and earth, and at the same time a life according to His
precepts, is in the universal sense the all of the Word and
of doctrine therefrom. " And I saw heaven opened, and
behold, a white horse," signifies the spiritual sense of the
Word revealed by the Lord, and the interior understanding
of the Word disclosed thereby, which is the coming of the
Lord. " And He that sat upon him is called faithful and
true ; and in justice He doth judge and make war," signifies
the Lord as to the Word, that it is the Divine Good itself
and the Divine Truth itself, from both of which He executes
judgment. " And His eyes were as a flame of fire," signifies
the Divine Wisdom of the Lord's Divine Love. " And upon
His head were many diadems," signifies the Divine Truths
of the Word from Him. " Having a name written which
no man knew but Himself," signifies that what the quality
of the Word is in its spiritual and heavenly (celestial) senses
no one sees but the Lord, and he to whom He reveals it.
" And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood ; and
His name is called The Word of God," signifies the Divine
Truth in its ultimate sense, or the Word in the letter, to
which violence has been offered. "And the armies in

CilAP. XIX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 919

heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine
linen white and clean," signifies the angels in the New
Christian heaven, who were conjoined to the Lord in the
interior understanding of the Word, and thus in pure and
genuine truths. " And out of His mouth proceeded a
sharp sword," signifies the dispersion of falsities by the
Lord by doctrine therefrom. "That with it He should
smite the nations ; and He shall feed them with a rod of
iron," signifies that He will convince all who are in dead
faith, by the truths of the literal sense of the Word, and by
rational arguments. " And He treadeth the winepress of
the fu^ and anger of God Almighty," signifies that the
Lord endured alone all the evils of the Church, and all the
violence offered to the Word, and thus to Himself. " And
He hath upon His vesture and upon His thigh a name
written, King of kings and Lord of lords," signifies that the
Lord teaches in the Word what He is, that He is the Divine
Truth of the Divine Wisdom and the Divine Good of the
Divine Love, thus that He is the God of the universe.
" And I saw an angel standing in the sun ; and he cried
with a great voice, saying to all the birds that fly in the
midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together to
the supper of the great God," signifies the Lord from
Divine Love, and thence from Divine Zeal, calling and
convoking all who are in spiritual affection for truth and
think of heaven, to the New Church, and to conjunction
with Himself, and thus to eternal life. "That ye may eat
the flesh of kings, and the flesh of commanders of thou-
sands, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses
and of them that sit upon them, and the flesh of all, free
and bond, and small and great," signifies the appropriation
of goods from the Lord through the truths of the Word and
of doctrine thence, in every sense, degree, and kind. " And
I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies
gathered together to make war with Him that sat upon the
horse, and with His army," signifies that all the interiorly

920 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

evil, who have professed faith alone, with the leaders and
their followers, will fight against the Lord's Divine Truths
in His Word, and will infest those who will be of the Lord's
New Church. " And the beast was taken, and with him
the false prophet that wrought signs before him, with which
he seduced them that received the mark of the beast, and
worshipped His image," signifies all those who professed
faith alone, and were interiorly evil, as well the laity and
common people as the clergy and the learned, who by rea-
sonings and asseverations that faith alone is the only means
of salvation, have induced others to receive that faith, and
to live according to it. " These two were cast alive into
the lake of fire burning with brimstone," signifies that all
those, as they were, were cast into hell, where are loves
of falsity and at the same time lusts of evil. " And the
remnant were slain with the sword of Him that sat upon
the horse, which proceeded out of His mouth," signifies that
all from the various heresies among the Reformed, who
have not lived according to the Lord's precepts in the
Word with which they were acquainted, being judged from
the Word, perish. " And all the birds were filled with
their flesh," signifies that from their concupiscences of evil,
which are their own substance, the infernal genii are as it
were nourished.

THE EXPLANATION.

803. After these things I heard as it were a vol 'e of a
great multitude in heaven, saying, Alleluia, signifies thanks-
gi ving, confession and celebration of the Lord by the angels
of the lower heavens on account of the removal of the
Babylonians. By a great multitude in heaven the angels
of the lower heavens are signified. By their voice saying
Alleluia, is signified thanksgiving, confession and celebra-
tion of the Lord by them. By Alleluia in the Hebrew
language is signified Praise God ; thus it was an expres-

No. S04.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

921

sion of thanksgiving and confession and celebration of the
Lord from joy of heart ; as is manifest from these passages :
Bless Jehovah, O my soul, Hallelujah (Ps. civ. 35). Blessed
be Jehovah the God of Israel f?-om everlasting to everlasting;
and let all the people say Amen, Hallelujah (Ps. cvi. 48).
We will bless Jah henceforth and for ever, Hallelujah (Ps.
cxv. 18). Let every soul praise Jah, Hallelujah (Ps. cl. 6.
Besides other places, as Ps. cv. 45 ; cvi. 1 5 cxi. 1 ; cxii. 1 ;
cxiii. i, 9 ; cxvi. 19 ; cxvii. 2 ; exxxv. 3 ; cxlviii. 1, 14 ;
cxlix. 1, 9 ; cl. 1). That it is on account of the rejection
of the Babylonians, is manifest from the preceding chap-
ter, in which the Babylonians are treated of ; wherefore it
is said, "After these things : " and from the things follow-
ing in vers. 2 and 3 in this chapter. That the angels of
the lower heavens are meant by the great multitude in
heaven, is evident from vers. 4 of this chapter, where it
is said that the twenty-four elders and the four animals
worshipped Him that sat upon the throne, saying, Amen,
Alleluia ; by whom the angels of the higher heavens are
meant.

804. Salvation and glory and honor and power unto the
Lord our God, signifies that now there is salvation from the
Lord, because there is now reception of Divine Truth and
Divine Good from His Divine Power. By " Salvation be
to the Lord our God," is signified acknowledgment and
confession that salvation is from the Lord : by " glory and
honor be unto the Lord our God," is signified the acknowl-
edgment and confession that Divine Truth and Divine
Good are from the Lord, and thus the reception of them,
(n. 249, 629, 693) : by " Power be unto the Lord our God,"
is signified the acknowledgment and confession that the
Lord has power. To say, " Salvation, glory, honor, and
power be unto the Lord," is according to the sense of the
letter ; as likewise elsewhere, that unto the Lord belongeth
blessing : but in the spiritual sense this means, that because
those things are in the Lord, they are also from the Lord ;

922

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

here that they are now communicated to angels and men,
for the reason that the Babylonians are removed and
rejected, who intercepted, enfeebled, and obstructed the
influx of them from the Lord, like black clouds in the
world between the sun and men ; for as the light of the sun
of the world is intercepted, enfeebled, and obstructed by
black clouds being interposed, so is the light of the Sun of
heaven, which is the Lord, by the black falsities interposed
by the Babylonians. The thing is altogether similar, only that
the one is natural, and the other spiritual. Falsities also
in the spiritual world appear like clouds, dark and black
according to their quality. This is likewise the cause, that
not until after the last judgment was the spiritual sense of
the Word revealed, and that the Lord alone is God of
heaven and earth. For by the last judgment the Babylo-
nians were removed, and likewise the Reformed who pro-
fessed faith alone ; whose falsities were like dark clouds
interposed between the Lord and men on earth ; and were
likewise like the cold of winter, that took away spiritual
heat, which is the love of good and truth.

805. For true and just are His judgments ; for He hath
judged the great harlot, who corrupted the earth with her
whoredom, signifies because in justice the profane Babylon-
ish religion is condemned, which has destroyed the Lord's
Church by foul adulterations of the Word. By " true and
just are thy judgments," the Divine truths and goods of the
Word are signified, according to which judgment is executed
by the Lord (n. 668, 689); which together are called justice:
for by justice, in speaking of the Lord, nothing else is sig-
nified ; as below (vers. 11 : also Isa. lxiii. 1 ; Jer. xxiii. 5, 6;
xxxiii. 15, 16). By "for He hath judged the great harlot"
is signified because the profane Babylonish religion is con-
demn jd which was treated of in the foregoing chapter.
It is called the great harlot, from her adulteration and
profanation of the Word. By "who corrupted the earth
with her whoredom " is signified, which has destroyed the

No. 806.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 923

Lord's Church by foul adulterations of the Word. By her
whoredom the adulteration of the Word is signified (n. 134) ;
and by earth the Church (n. 285, 721).

806. And hath ave?iged the blood of His servants at her
ha?id, signifies retribution for the injuries and violence
offered to the souls of the worshippers of the Lord. That
retribution for the injuries and violence offered to the souls
of the worshippers of the Lord is signified by His having
avenged the blood of His servants at her hand, is because
by His avenging is signified retribution. By shedding
blood is signified to offer violence to the Lord s Divinity
and to the Word (n. 327, 684) ; here to the worshippers of
the Lord, who are meant by His servants. They offered
injuries and violence to the souls of these by transferring to
themselves the Divine worship of the Lord, and by prohib-
iting the reading of the Word. It is said of the Lord, that
He avenged or revenged the blood of His servants, as if
He did this from vengeance or revenge : but still it is not
from vengeance or revenge, as it is not from anger and
fury ; which, however, are attributed to the Lord in many
places in the Word ; see above (n, 525, 635, 658, 673).
Anger and vengeance are attributed to the Lord, when the
evil, being separated from the good, are cast into hell ;
which is done at the day of the last judgment : on which
account that day is called a day of anger, and likewise
anger j also a day of vengeance : not that the Lord is
angry and avenges ; but that they are angry with the Lord,
and breathe vengeance against Him. It is as when a
malefactor, after sentence is passed, is angry at the law, and
breathes vengeance against the judge : for the law is not
angry, nor is the judge revengeful. Vengeance is understood
in this sense in the following passages : The day of ven-
geance is in My heart, and the year of My redeemed is comt
(Isa. lxiii. 4) ; speaking here of the Lord and the last judg-
ment. The day of Jehovah's vengeance, the year of retribu-
tions for the controversy of Zion (Isa. xxxiv. 8). Behold, yout

924 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

God will come with vengeance, with the retribution of God
will He come, and will save you (Isa. xxxv. 4). These art
the days of vengeance, that all things that are written may
be fulfilled (Luke xxi. 22); speaking here of the consum-
mation of the age, when the last judgment comes. The
spirit of the Lord yehovih is upon Me, to proclaim the day
of the good pleasure of Jehovah, and the day of vengea?ice
of our God, to comfort all that mourn (Isa. Ixi. 1, 2). Shall
not My soul take revenge for this? (Jer. v. 9, 29). / will take
vengeance on Babel, nor will I make a man to intercede (Isa.
xlvii. 3). His device is against Babylon to destroy it, be-
cause this is the vengeance of Jehovah, the vengeance of His
temple (Jer. li. 11, 36). Sing, ye nations, His people ; for
He hath avenged the blood of His servants, and will rende?
vengeance to His enemies, and will expiate His land, His peo-
ple (Deut. xxxii. 43).

807. And a second time they said, Alleluia, and her smoKt
rose up for ever and ever, signifies thanksgiving and celebra-
tion of the Lord from joy, that that profane religion is con-
demned for ever. Their saying it a second time is from
their varying affection of joy, that they were liberated from
infestation from those who were in that religion, also foi
fear lest they should rise up and infest again. That thanks-
giving and celebration of the Lord is signified by Alleluia,
may be seen above (n. 803). By her smoke is signified
that religion as to its direful falsities, since falsities from
evil appear like the smokes from fire (n. 422) : the fire here
is the love of self (n. 468, 494, 766). That by the smoke of
a burning, when treating of Babylon, prof anation is signified,
n. 766, 767. By its going up for ever and ever is signified her
damnation to eternity.

808. And the twenty-four elders and the four animals fell
down a?id worshipped God who sat upo?i the throne, saying.
Amen, Alleluia* signifies worship of the Lord as the God of
heaven and earth and as the Judge of the universe by the
angels of the higher heavens, and the confirmation of the

No. 808.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 925

thanksgiving, confession, and celebration of Him made by
the angels of the lower heavens. By falling down and wor-
shipping are signified humiliation, and from the humiliation
adoration, as above (n. 370). By the twenty-four elders
and the four animals the higher heavens are signified
(n. 369). By Him that sat upon the throne is meant the
Lord. as the God of heaven, and as the Judge of the uni-
verse ; since by the throne is signified heaven and the
kingdom there (n. 14, 221, 222), and likewise judgment;
here judgment, because the judgment upon Babel is treated
of ; which precedes. That He that sat upon the throne is
the Lord, may be seen below. By " Amen, Alleluia," is
signified the confirmation of the thanksgiving, confession,
and celebration made by the angels of the lower heavens.
By Amen confirmation and consent from the truth is signi-
fied (n. 23, 28, 61, 371, 375); and by Alleluia is signified
thanksgiving, confession, and celebration of the Lord
(n. 803). That it is those which were offered by the angels
of the lower heavens, is because they first spoke, and cele-
brated the Lord as the God of heaven, the Judge, and the
Avenger ; and said, Alleluia ; as is manifest from vers. 1
and 2, and from the explanation above (n. 803, 804). The
confirmation of these things by the angels of the higher
heavens is signified by Amen, Alleluia.

That He that sat upon the throne is the Lord, is mani-
test from the Apocalypse, chap. i. 4 ; ii. 8 ; iii. 21 ; iv. 2-6,
9 ; v. 13 j vi. 16 ; vii. 9-1 1 ; xxii. 1. 3 : in which places
He is called God and the La??ib upon the throne. By God
there the Divine Itself of the Lord is meant, which is called
the Father ; and by the Lamb the Divine Human, which is
called the Son (n. 269, 291) j and thus the Lord alone. This
is also manifest from chap, vii., where it is said, The Lamb
that is in the midst of the throne shall feed them (vers. 17):
and in Matthew : When the Son of Man shall sit upon the
throne of His glory, He shall judge (xix. 28). When the Son
of Man shall come in His glory, and all the angels with Him
then shall He sit upon the tlwone of His glory (xxv. 31).

926

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap XIX.

809. And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our
God, all ye His servants, and ye that fear Him, signifies in-
flux from the Lord into heaven, and thus unanimity of the
angels, that all who are in the truths of faith and the goods
of love should worship the Lord as the only God of heaven.
By the voice which came out of the throne is signified in-
flux from the Lord into heaven. That it is from the Lord
is because He that sat upon the throne was the Lord, as
was shown just above (n. 808). Therefore by the voice
that came out therefrom is meant influx : for the Lord, in-
asmuch as He is above the heavens, and appears before
the angels as a Sun, does not speak thence to the angels,
but flows in ; and that which flows in, is received in heaven,
and is spoken. For which reason that voice, although
from the throne, yet was heard by John out of heaven,
and thus from the angels there ; and whatever the angels
speak out of heaven is from the Lord. By " Praise our
God " is signified that they should worship the Lord as the
only God of heaven. That to praise God is to worship
Him, will be seen below. By " all His servants " are signi-
fied all who are in the truths of faith (n. 3, 380) : by " all that
fear Him " are signified they who are in the goods of love
(n. 527, 628). That to praise God signifies to worship Him,
and hence that the praise of Him is the worship of Him,
is evident from many passages in the Word, a few only of
which will be adduced : Suddenly there was with the angel
a multitude of them that praised God (Luke ii. 13, 20). The
whole multitude of the disciples began to praise God with a
great voice (Luke xix. 37). They were in the temple prais-
ing and blessing God (Luke xxiv. 53). Publish ye, praise
ye, and say, O Jehovah, save thy people (Jer. xxxi. 7). Praise
ye Jehovah in the heavens; p?-aise Him in the heights;
praise ye Him, His angels ; praise ye Him, His hosts ;
p7-aise ye Him, sini and ?noon ; praise Him, all ye stars of
light; praise Him, ye heavens of heavens ; let them praise
the name of Jehovah ; praise Jehovah from the earth :

No. 811.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

927

He hath exalted praise from all peoples (Ps. cxlviii. 1-5, 7,
13, 14). Out of the mouth of babes a?id sucklings thou hast
perfected praise (Matt. xxi. 16). All the people gave praise
unto God (Luke xviii. 43. Besides other places, as Isa.
xlii. 8 ; lx. 18 j Joel ii. 26 ; Ps. cxiii. 1, 3 ; cxvii. 1). These
things which are said in this verse do not have reference to
those which precede concerning Babylon, but to the things
that follow concerning the New Church to be established
by the Lord ; which is here treated of in what follows.

810. Both small and great, signifies those who worship
the Lord from the truths of faith and the goods of love in a
less or greater degree. By the small and the great in the
natural sense they are meant who are in a less or greater
degree of dignity, but in the spiritual sense those who are in
a less or greater degree of worship of the Lord, and thus
who worship the Lord less and more holily and fully from
the truths of faith and the goods of love. This is signified
because it follows after " Praise God, all ye His servants,
and ye that fear Him ; " by which such things are signified
(n. 809 : see also, n. 527, 604).

811. A?id I heard as it were the voice of a great 7nulti-
tude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of
mighty thunders, saying, Alleluia, for the Lord God 0?ntiip-
otent reigneth, signifies the joy of the angels of the lowest
heaven, of the angels of the middle heaven, and of the
angels of the highest heaven, that the Lord alone reigns in
the Church which is now to come. By the voice is signified
the joy of worship, confession and celebration of the Lord ;
because it follows that they said, Alleluia, and then Let us
be glad and rejoice, and give glory to Him. By " the voice
of a great multitude " the joy of the angels of the lowest
heaven is signified, as above (n. 803). By " the voice of
many waters " is signified the joy of the angels of the mid-
dle heaven, as above (n. 614). The joy of these was heard
thus, because many waters signify truths in abundance
(n. 50, 614, 685) ; and the angels of the middle heaven are

928

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

in truths, because in intelligence. By " the voice of mighty
thunders " the joy of the angels of the highest heaven is
signified. That their voice or speech is heard as thunder,
may be seen above (n. 615). By saying Alleluia is signi-
fied the joy of worship, confession, and celebration of the
Lord, as above (n. 803). By " for the Lord God Omnipo-
tent reigneth," is signified because the Lord alone reigns ;
for the Lord is called Omnipotent (Apoc. i. 8 ; iv. 8 ; xi.
17 ; xv. 3 ; xvi. 7, 14 ; xix. 15 ; xxi. 22; where the expla-
nations may be seen). That these things are said of the
New Church to be established by the Lord, is evident from
the three verses following, in which it is said, For the mar-
riage of the Lamb is come, and His Wife hath made herself
ready ; also, Blessed are they that are called unto the mar-
riage supper of the Lamb. The joy of all the heavens, which
is described in this and the following verse, is for this.

812. Let us be glad and rejoice, and give glory to Him ; for
the marriage of the Lamb is come, signifies joy of soul and
heart, and thence glorification of the Lord, that henceforth
there may be a full marriage of Him with the Church. By
being glad and rejoicing, joy of soul and heart is signified.
Joy of soul is joy of the understanding, or from the truths
of faith 1 and joy of heart is joy of the will, or from the
goods of love. The two are mentioned on account of the
marriage of truth and good in every thing in the Word,
spoken of above (n. 106, 689). By giving glory to Him is
signified to acknowledge and confess that all truth is from
the Lord (n. 629) ; also to acknowledge that the Lord is
the God of heaven and earth (n. 693) : here therefore is
signified to glorify, because this involves both. By "for
the marriage of the Lamb is come," is signified because
henceforth there is a full marriage of the Lord and the
Church. That this may be signified, it is therefore said
" the Lamb ; " and by the Lamb is meant the Lord as to
the Divine Human (n. 269, 291). It may be evident almost
without explanation, that when ti e Lord's Human is ac-

No. 8i2.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

929

knowledged to be Divine, there is a full marriage of the
Lord and the Church ; for it is known in the Reformed
Christian world, that the Church is a Church from the
marriage of the Lord with her : for the Lord is called the
lord of the Vineyard, and the Church is the Vineyard ; and
the Lord is called the Bridegroom and Husband, and the
Church is called the Bride and Wife. That the Lord is
called the Bridegroom, and the Church the Bride, may be
seen, n. 797. That there is then a full marriage of the
Lord and the Church, when His Human is acknowledged
to be Divine, is manifest : for then God the Father and He
are acknowledged to be one, as the soul and the body. When
this is acknowledged, the Father is not approached for the
Son's sake ; but the Lord Himself is then approached, and
God the Father through Him ; because the Father is in
Him, as the soul is in the body, as was said. Before the
Lord's Human is acknowledged to be Divine, there is
indeed a marriage of the Lord with the Church ; but only
with those who go to the Lord, and think of His Divine,
and not at all whether His Human is Divine or not. The
simple in faith and in heart do this ; but rarely the learned
and erudite. Moreover, also, there cannot be given three
husbands to one wife, nor three souls to one body: and
therefore, unless one God is acknowledged, in whom is a
Trinity, and that that God is the Lord, there is no marriage.
That marriage may take place "from henceforth," because
it could not take place until after the Babylonians were
separated in the spiritual world by the last judgment ; as
also the Philistines, who are they that profess faith alone :
and as their separation is treated of in what goes before, it
is said "from henceforth." That there is a marriage of
the Church with the Lord may be evident from these pas-
sages : Jesus said, The children of the marriage cannot mourn,
as long as the Bridegroom is with them (Matt. ix. 15 j Mark
ii. 19). The kingdom of the heavens is like unto a man a
king, who made a marriage for His Son, and sent out, and

930

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

'mvited to the marriage (Matt. xxii. 1-14). The kingdom of
the heavens is like unto ten virgins, who went forth to meet
the Bridegroom ; of whom five, being ready, went in with the
Bridegroom to the marriage (Matt. xxv. 1-12). lhat the
Lord meant Himself here is manifest from verse 13 fol-
lowing, where He said, Watch, for ye know neither the day
nor the hour in which the Son of Man will come : and in
another place, Let your loins be girded, and your lights
burning, and ye like to them that wait for their Lord, when
He will return from the marriage (Luke xii. 35, 36).

813. And His Wife hath made herself ready, signifies
that they who will be of this Church, which is the New Jer-
usalem, are collected together, inaugurated and instructed.
By the Wife the Lord's New Church is signified, which is
the New Jerusalem ; which is clearly manifest from chapter
xxi. following, where are these words : L saw the Holy City
Netv yerusalem coming down from God out of heaven, pre-
pared as a Bride adorned for her Husband (vers. 2). And
in the same chapter : An angel came unto me, saying, Come
hither, L will show thee the Bride, the Lamb's Wife : and he
shozved me the great city Holy yerusalem coming down out of
heaven from God (vers. 9, 10). By His wife's having made
herself ready,is signified that they who will be of that New
Church of the Lord are collected together, inaugurated and
instructed ; and because these things are signified by her
making herself ready, it therefore follows that the Wife
" was arrayed in fine linen clean and bright ; " by which is
signified inauguration by instruction : and therefore there
follows likewise the account of the White Horse, by which
is signified the understanding of the Word from the Lord
for them.

814. And it was given to her that she should be arrayed in
fine linen clean and bright, signifies that they who will be
of the Lord's New Church are instructed by the Lord in
genuine and pure truths through the Word. By " it was
gften to her " is meant to the Wife, by whom is signified

No. S14.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 931

the Lord's New Church, which is the New Jerusalem, as
just above (n. 812). By being arrayed is signified to be
instructed in truths, because truths are signified by gar-
ments (n. 166) ; and by white garments genuine truths
(n. 212). By fine linen clean and bright is signified shin-
ing from good and pure from truths : and because pure
truth is not given from any other source than from the Lord
through the Word, therefore this also is signified. It is
called clean and bright, because clean signifies that which
is devoid of evil, and thus that which shines from good ;
and bright signifies what is devoid of falsity, and thus
what is pure from truth. By linen or linen cloth genuine
truth is signified in the following places also : O Jerusalem,
I have clothed thee with needlework, I have girded thee with
fine linen, a?id I have covered thee with silk ; thus wast thou
decked with gold and silver, and thy rai7nent was fine linen
aid silk (Ez. xvi. 10, 13). Fine li?ie?i with needleivork from
Egypt was thy clothing (Ez. xxvii. 7). This is concerning
Lyre, by which the Church as to the knowledges of truth
and good is signified. The armies in heaven followed Him
upon ivhite horses, clothed in fine linen tvhite and clean (Apoc.
xix. 13, 14). That Joseph was attired in garments of fint
linen by Pharaoh (Gen. xli. 42), signifies the same. Truth
from the Word, with them, though not in them, is signified
by the fi?ie linen at Babylon (Apoc. xviii. 12, 16), and upon
the rich man (Luke xvi. 19). Fine linen is also called cotton
(xylinum), wherefore genuine truth is also signified by the
latter in these passages in Moses : Thou shall checker a
tunic of cotton for Aaron ; a?id thou shall make a mitre of
cotton (Ex. xxviii. 39). They made tunics of cotton for Aaron
and for his sons (Ex. xxxix. 27). Thou shall make the taber-
nacle of interwoven cotton, and hyacinth, and purple, and
double-dyed scarlet (Ex. xxvi. 1 ; xxxvi. 8). Thou shalt make
hangings for the court of intenvoven cotton (Ex. xxvii. 9, 18 ;
xxxviii. 9) : also the vail of the court with interwove?i cotton
(Ex. xxxviii. 18).

932

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

815. For the fine linen is the justice of the saints, signifies
that through truths from the Word those who are of the
Lord's Church have goods of life. By fine linen are signi-
fied genuine truths, which are truths from the Lord through
the Word, as just above (n. 814). By justice are signified
goods of life with those who are in truths (n. 668). By
" the saints " are signified those who are of the Lord's
Church (n. 173, 586). The reason that justice is the goods
of life with those who are in truths, is because no one can
be called just, unless he lives according to truths : for in the
natural sense every one is called just, who lives well ac-
cording to the civil and moral laws ; but in the spiritual
sense he is called just who lives well according to the
Divine laws, and the Divine laws are truths from the Word.
He who believes himself to be just, consequently in good
of life, without truths, according to which he lives, is much
deceived; for a man cannot be reformed and regenerated,
consequently be made good, except by truths, and by a life
according to them. Hence it is manifest, that by " the
fine linen is the justice of the saints," is signified that those
who are of the Lord's Church have goods of life through
truths from the Word. This is plainly manifest from the
angels of heaven. The more they are in truths and in a
life according to them, in the brighter garments do they
appear attired. The reason is, that they are in brighter
light.

816. And he said unto me, Write, Blessed are they that are
called to the marriage supper of the Lamb, signifies an angel
sent from heaven to John, and speaking with him concern-
ing the Lord's New Church, and saying that it was given to
know on earth, that those have eternal life who receive the
things which are of that Church. That it was an angel
sent from heaven to John that spoke these things to him,
may be evident from the verse following, — that John fell
down at his feet, to worship him ; and that the angel an-
swered, that he was his fellow-servant ; therefore that not

No. 816.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

933

he, but God, was to be worshipped. That the former things
which John heard were from heaven itself, and by many
angels speaking together from the Lord, is plainly manifest
from verses 5, 6, and 7 preceding • where it is said that a
voice came out of the throne, and that thus was heard as it
were a voice of a great multitude, and as of many waters,
and as of mighty thunders, and of them that said " Let us
be glad and rejoice." These were in the plural ; but now
it is in the singular, and thus by a single angel sent to him.
But I will relate how it is, when the angels speak with a
man. They do not in any case speak with him from
heaven ; but the voice which is heard thence, is from the
Lord through heaven. But when it is given to the angels
to speak with a man, they send one from their society, to
be near the man ; and they speak with the man through
him. He who is sent is the subject of many, and such an
one it was who now spoke with John. This was done, that
it might be announced on earth, that the universal heaven
acknowledges the Lord alone as the God of heaven, and
that He alone is. to be adored ; also that a New Church is
to be established by the Lord on the earth, as it has been
established in the heavens : for a Church is first established
in the heavens by the Lord, and then through the heavens
on the earth. This is the arcanum in these words. Now
to the explanation : " Write " signifies that he should com-
mit this to posterity for remembrance (n. 39, 63, 639) : here,
that he should make these things known ; this is meant by
write. " Blessed are they that are called to the marriage
supper of the Lamb," signifies that those have eternal life
who receive the things which are of the New Church. They
are called blessed who have eternal life (n. 639). By the
marriage of the Lamb the New Church is signified, which
is in conjunction with the Lord, as. above (n. 812). By
them that are called are meant all who receive (n. 744).
All are called, indeed ; but they who do not receive, reject
the call. It is called the marriage supper of the Lamb,
vol. nr. 5

934

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

because this is done in the last state of the Church, which
is called evening \ and in the evening suppers take place ;
but the first state of a New Church is called morning. In
the evening man is called to the church j and when the
called are present, the morning comes. That the last state
of the church is called evening and night, and its first state
the dawn and morning, may be seen above (n. 151) : and
as it was the iast state of the Jewish church, and thus
evening, when the Lord went to Jerusalem to suffer, the
Lord therefore then supped with the disciples, and insti-
tuted the Eucharist ; whence it is called the Holy Supper :
by which also is effected a conjunction of the Lord with
the man of the church, or a marriage, if the man, after re-
pentance, goes directly to Him ; but if otherwise, presence
is effected, and not conjunction. From this it may be evi-
dent what is signified by supper and supping elsewhere in
the Word.

817. And he said, These are the true words of God, signi-
fies that this is to be believed, because from the Lord ;
namely, that they are blessed who are called to the mar-
riage supper of the Lamb ; that is, that they on earth who
receive the things which are of the Lord's New Church,
have eternal life.

818. And I fell down before his feet to worship him.;
and he said to me, See thou do it not ; I am thy fellow-
servant, and of thy brethren that have the testi?7io?iy of
Jesus ; worship God, signifies that the angels of heaven
are not to be adored and invoked, because there is nothing
Divine in them ; but that they are associated with men as
brethren with brethren, — with those who worship the
Lord, — and thus that, in consociation with them, the
Lord alone is to be adored. " I fell clown before his
feet to adore him, and he said unto me, See thou do it
not, worship God," signifies that no angel of heaven is to
be adored and invoked, but the Lord alone. " I am thy
fellow-servant, and of thy brethren," signifies that the

No. 819.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

935

Divine is not in an angel, but that he is associated with
man as brother with brother. By having the testimony of
Jesus is signified that he is in like manner in conjunction
whh the Lord, through the acknowledgment of the Divine
in His Human, and a life according to His precepts. That
this is signified by having the testimony of Jesus will be
seen in the following paragraph. That the angels of
heaven are not superior to men, but that they are their
equals, and that they are therefore the Lord's servants, just
as men are, is because all the angels have been men, bora
in the world, and not any of them were created immedi-
ately ; as may be evident from the things which are written
and shown in the work on " Heaven and Hell," published
at London, 1758. They indeed excel men in wisdom ; but
this is for the reason that they are in a spiritual state, and
thence in the light of heaven ; and not in a natural state,
and so in the light of the world, as men are upon Earth.
But as far as any angel excels in wisdom, so far he ac-
knowledges that he is not above men, but like them ; on
which account there is not any conjunction of men with
the angels, but there is consociation with them. Conjunc-
tion is given with the Lord alone. But how conjunction
with the Lord, and consociation with the angels, by the
Word, are effected, see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 62-69).

819. For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy,
signifies that the acknowledgment that the Lord is God of
heaven and earth, and at the same time a life according to
His precepts, is in the universal sense the all of the Word
and of doctrine therefrom. By the testimony of Jesus is
signified the Lord's attestation in heaven, that man is His,
and thus that he is in heaven among the angels there : and
because that attestation cannot be given to any others but
those who are in conjunction with the Lord, and they are in
conjunction with the Lord who acknowledge Him as the God
of heaven and earth, as He teaches in Matt, xxviii. 18, and

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX,

it the same time live according to His precepts, especially
iccording to the precepts of the Decalogue, these two things
are therefore signified by the testimony of Jesus j see above
{n. 6, 490). By that testimony being the spirit of prophecy, is
signified that it is the all of the Word and of doctrine there-
from ; for the Word in the universal sense treats only of
the Lord, and of a life according to His precepts. Hence
it is, that the Lord is the WTord : for He is the Word, be-
cause the Word is from Him, and treats of Him alone, and
teaches solely how He is to be acknowledged and wor-
shipped ; and these are the precepts of the Word, which
are called Divine Truths, according to which one must live,
that he may be able to come into conjunction with the Lord.
That the Word treats of the Lord alone, and that it is
thence that the Lord is called the Word, may be seen in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Lord "
(n. 1-7, 8-1 1, 19-28, 37-44): and in the "Doctrine of the
New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 80-
90, 98-100). This is also what the Lord says, that the Spirit
of Truth, which is the Holy Spirit, shall testify concerning the
Lord ; and that he will not speak from himself but that he
will receive of the things which are the Lord's, and declare
them (John xv. 26 ; xvi. 13, 15).

820. And L saw heaven opened, and behold, a White Horse,
signifies the spiritual sense of the Word revealed by the
Lord, and the interior understanding of the Word disclosed
thereby ; which is the coming of the Lord. By heaven
being seen open is signified a revelation from the Lord,
and a manifestation at that time ; as explained below. By
a horse is signified the understanding of the Word, and
by a white horse the interior understanding of the Word
(n. 298) ; and as this is signified by a white horse, and as
the spiritual sense is the interior understanding of the
Word, that sense is therefore signified here by the white
horse. The reason that this is the coming of the Lord is
because it manifestly appears by that sense, that the Lord

No. 820.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

937

is the Word, and that the Word treats of Him alone, and
that He is the God of heaven and earth, and that from
Him alone the New Church exists. The Lord said that
they should see the So?i of Man coming in the clouds of heaven
with power and glory (Matt. xvii. 5; xxiv. 30; xxvi. 64;
Mark xiv. 61, 62 ; Luke ix. 34, 35 ; xxi. 27 ; Apoc. i. 7 :
Acts i. 9, 11). And the Lord said this also where He
spoke with the disciples concerning the consummation of
the age, which is the last time of the Church, when the
judgment takes place. Every one who does not think be-
yond the sense of the letter, believes that when the last
judgment shall come, the Lord will appear in the clouds of
heaven with the angels and a sound of trumpets. But that
this is not meant, but that He will appear in the Word, may
be evident from the explanation above (n. 24, 642). And
the Lord does appear manifestly in the spiritual sense of
the Word. It appears not only that He is the Word, that
is, the Divine Truth itself, and that He is the inmost of the
Word, and thence the all of it ; but also that He Himself
is the one God, in whom is the Trinity, and thus the only
God of heaven and earth : and moreover that He came
into the world, that He might glorify His Human ; that is,
make it Divine. The Human which He glorified, that is,
made Divine, was the Natural Human, which He could
not glorify or make Divine but by taking to Himself a
Human in a virgin in the natural world ; to which He then
united His Divine, which He had from eternity. That
unition was effected by temptations admitted into the Hu-
man that He had taken, the last of which was the passion
of the cross, and at the same time by the fulfilling of all
things of the WTord ; not only by the fulfilling of all things
of the Word in its natural sense, but by the fulfilling of all
things of the Word in its spiritual sense and in its heavenly
(celestial) sense ; in which, as was said above, He alone is
treated of. But on these points, see the tilings that are set
forth in the " Doctiine of the New Jerusalem concerning

938

THE APOCALYPSE REVEJ LED. [Chap. XIX.

the Lord," and in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture." Now, as the Lord is
the Word, and the Word became flesh (John i. i, 2, 14).
and the Word became flesh that He might fulfil it, it is
manifest that the Lord's coming in the Word is meant by
His appearing in the clouds of heaven. That the clouds
of heaven signify the Word in the literal sense, may be seen
above (n. 24, 642). It is manifest that the Lord's appear-
ing in the Word is meant, since the interior understanding
of the Word is signified by the white horse ; and it is said
that the name of Him that sat upon the horse is The Word
of God, and that His name is King of kings and Lord of
lords (vers. 13, 16). It is now manifest from this, that by
" I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse," is
signified the spiritual sense of the Word revealed by the
Lord, and thereby the interior understanding of it disclosed ;
which also is the coming of the Lord. That the spiritual
sense of the Word is at this day revealed, concerning which
no one in the Christian world has before known any thing,
may be seen in the Heavenly Arcana, wherein the two books
of Moses, Genesis and Exodus, are explained according to
that sense ; also in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem
concerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 5-26) ; in a little work
" on the White Horse " from beginning to end, and in the
things collected there from the Heavenly Arcana concern-
ing the Sacred Scripture ; and besides in these explanatio?is
upon the Apocalypse, where not a single verse can be under-
stood without the spiritual sense.

821. And He that sat upon him is called faithful and true,
and in justice He doth judge and make war, signifies the Lord
as to the W7ord, that it is the Divine Good itself and the
Divine Truth itself, from both of which He executes judg-
ment, and separates the good from the evil. By Him that
sat upon him, that is, upon the white horse, the Lord is
meant as to the Word. That it is the Lord as to the Word,
is manifest fiom verse 13 following, where it is said, that

No. S23.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

939

He was dothed with a vesture dipped in blood, and His name is
called The Word of God. By "faithful and true " are signified
the Divine Good and the Divine Truth; by "faithful" the
Divine Good, because this is faithful. That " faithful," when
speaking of men, means one who is in the inmost or third
heaven, and thus who is in heavenly (celestial) good, may be
seen above (n. 744). That by true, when speaking of the Lord,
the Divine Truth is signified, is manifest. That by justice
both are signified, as well good as tiuth, and, when speaking
of the Lord, the Divine Good and Divine Truth, may be
seen above (n. 805). Hence it follows, that by judging in
justice is signified to execute judgment from the Divine
Good and the Divine Truth. That all judgment is executed
by the Lord through the Word, and thus that the Word
itself judges ever}- one, may be seen above (n. 233). That
to make war in justice signifies to separate the good from
the evil, is because the Lord does not make war against
any one, but separates the good from the evil : and when
the good are separated from the evil, the evil then cast
themselves into hell.

822. And His eyes were as a flame of fire : that it signifies
the Divine Wisdom of the Lord's Divine Love, may be seen
above (n. 48), where are similar things ; and they are said
of the Son of Man, by whom the Lord as to the Word is
meant (n. 44).

823. And upon His head were many diadems, signifies the
Divine Truths of the Word from Him. By "upon His
head " is signified from the Lord : for by the head wisdom
from love is signified ; and man is governed from the head
by wisdom from love. The diadems were seen upon His
head, because the Divine Truths of the Word, which are
signified by the diadems, are from Him. That diadems
signify the Divine Truths of the Word, may be seen,
n. 231, 540. That the head, when speaking of the Lord,
signifies the Divine Wisdom of the Divine Love, n. 47 :
•vhat more is signified by the head, n. 538, 568. In the

94-0 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX

spiritual world the Divine Truths of the Word correspond
to diadems, and they appear there from correspondence,
and in heaven upon the head of those who hold the Word
as holy. Hence it is that diadems signify the Divine Truths
of the Word in its literal sense. The reason is, because
the literal sense is translucent from its spiritual and heav-
enly (celestial) sense, as a diadem is from light.

824. Having a name written which no man knew but
Himself, signifies that no one sees of what quality the
Word is in its spiritual and heavenly (celestial) senses but
the Lord, and he to whom He reveals it. By a name is
signified the quality of any one (n. 165, and elsewhere) ;
here the quality of the Word, or what the Word is within,
that is, in its spiritual and heavenly (celestial) senses. It is
said, " a name written," because the Word is with men on
earth as well as with the angels in the heavens ; see the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture" (n. 70-75). By no one knowing but Himself,
is signified that no one sees but the Lord Himself^ and
he to whom He reveals it, that is, what the quality of the
Word is in the spiritual sense. That no one sees the spir-
itual sense of the Word but the Lord alone, and hence that
no one sees that sense except from the Lord, and no one
from the Lord unless he is in Divine Truths from Him,
may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con-
cerning the Sacred Scripture " (n. 26).

825. And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood,
and His name is called The Word of God, signifies the Divine
Truth in its ultimate sense, or the Word in the letter, to which
violence has been offered. By a vesture is signified truth
investing good (n. 166, 212, 328) ; and when applied to the
Word, the Word in the literal sense is signified : for this is
like a garment, in which its spiritual and heavenly (celestial)
senses are clothed. By the blood is signified violence offered
to the Lord's Divine and to the Word (n. 327, 684). The
reason that this is signified is that the Lord's Divine Truth

No 825.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 94 1

in the Word is signified by blood (n. 379, 654) ; wherefore by
shedding blood is signified to offer violence to the Lord's
Divine and to the Word. By the Word of God is signified
here the Word in the literal sense ; for violence has been
offered to this, but not to the Word in the spiritual sense,
because this sense has not been known ; and if it had
been known, violence would have been offered to it also.
Wherefore that sense was not revealed until after the last
judgment was accomplished, and a New Church was to be
instituted by the Lord : nor is it revealed to any one at this
day, except him who is in Divine Truths from the Lord ;
see the " Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the
Sacred Scripture " (n. 26). That violence has been offered
to the Lord's Divine and to the Word, is plainly manifest
from the Roman Catholic religion, and from the religion of
the Reformed concerning faith alone. The Roman Catholic
religion teaches that the Lord's Human is not Divine,
wherefore they have transferred all things of the Lord to
themselves : also that the Word is to be interpreted only
by them ; and the interpretation by them is everywhere
contrary to the Divine Truth of the Word, as was shown in
the explanation of chapter xviii. preceding. It is manifest
from this, that violence is offered to the Word by that re-
ligion. In like manner by the religion of the Reformed as
regards faith alone. Neither does this make the Lord's
Human Divine, and it founds its theology upon a single
saying of Paul falsely understood ; and it therefore makes
nothing of all the things which the Lord taught concerning
love and charity and good works ; which are yet so promi-
nent that every one, if he only has eyes, can see. The like
was done with the Word by the Jews. Their religion was,
that the Word was written for none but themselves, and
thus that no others are meant therein ; and that the Messiah
who was to come would exalt them above all in the whole
world : by which and many other things they falsified and
adulterated all things of the Word. This is meant by these

942 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

words in Isaiah : Who is this that cometh from Edom, with
dyed garments from Bozrah ? wherefore art thou red in thine
apparel, and thy garments as of him that treadeth in the wine-
fat ? whence victory is sprinkled upon my garme?its1 and I
have polluted all my vesture (lxiii. i, 2, 3). By garments
here also the Divine Truths of the Word are signified : by
Edom is signified red, here red from blood. Hence it is
manifest that by "clothed with a vesture dipped in blood,
and His name is called the Word of God," is signified the
Divine Truth in the ultimate sense, or the Word in the
letter, to which violence has been offered.

826. And the armies in heaven followed Him upofi white
horses, clothed in fine linen white and cleati, signifies the
angels in the New Christian Heaven, who were conjoined
to the Lord in the interior understanding of the Word,
and thus in pure and genuine truths. By " the armies in
heaven " are meant the angels who are in Divine truths
and goods (n. 447). By heaven is here meant the New
Christian Heaven, spoken of above (n. 612, 613, 626,
659, 661). The reason that this heaven is meant, is be-
cause this is the New Heaven which is treated of in the
Apocalypse. By following the Lord is signified to be
conjoined to Him (n. 62 1). By the white horses upon which
they appeared, is signified the interior understanding of the
Word, as above (n. 820). By the fine linen white and
clean, is signified pure and genuine truth from the Lord
through the W7ord (n. 814). It is also said of the New
Church, that it should be arrayed in fine linen clean and
bright (vers. 8 of this chapter) ; and so here of the New
Christian Heaven, through which, from the Lord, that
Church will exist.

827. And out of His mouth proceeded a sharp sword.
That it signifies the dispersion of falsities by the Lord by
doctrine therefrom, is manifest from the things explained
n. 52, where similar things are said of the Lord, who is
there called the Son of Man ; and by the Son of Man

No. 829.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

943

is meant the Lord as to the Word (n. 44) ; here in like
manner by Him that sitteth upon the white horse : for the
dispersion of falsities is effected by the Lord through the
Word

828. That with it He should smite the nations ; and He
shall feed them with a rod of iron, signifies that He will
convince all who are in dead faith, by the truths of the
literal sense of the Word, and by rational arguments. It
is evident that these things are signified, from similar things
above (n. 544). It may there be seen, that by the rod of
iron with which the nations should be smitten, are signified
truths from the literal sense of the Word confirmed by
rational arguments from the natural man ; and likewise,
n. 148,485. That faith alone without works is dead, is clearly
manifest in James ii. 17, 20 ; who also says, Be ye doers
of the Word, not hearers only ; how ye deceive yourselves
(i. 22, &c). Paul says in like manner, Not the hearers of
the law will be justified by God, but the doers of the law will
be justified (Rom. ii. 13).

829. And He treadeth the wine-press of the fury and anger
of God Almighty, signifies that the Lord endured alone all
the evils of the Church, and all the violence offered to the
Word, and thus to Himself. By the wine of the fur}* and
anger of God are signified the goods and truths of the
Church, which are from the Word, profaned and adulter-
ated, and thus the evils and falsities of the Church (n. 316,
632, 635, 758). By treading the press of that wine is sig-
nified to endure them, to fight against them, and to condemn
them, and thus to liberate the angels in the heavens and
men on earth from infestation by them. For the Lord
came into the world to subjugate the hells, which had then
grown up so that they began to infest the angels : and He
subjugated them by combats against them, and thus by
temptations ; for spiritual temptations are nothing else than
combats against the hells. And as even' man is in com-
pany with spirits as to his affections and thence thoughts,

944

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

— an evil man with spirits from hell, and a good man with
angels from heaven, — therefore when the Lord subjugated
the hells, He not only liberated the angels of heaven from
infestation, but also the men of the Earth. This therefore
it is, which is signified by these words in Isaiah : He hath
taken our diseases, and He hath carried our pains ; but He
was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our
iniquities ; and by His wow id healing is given to us: Jehovah
hath laid upon Him the iniquity of us all ; He was afflicted;
He was cut off out of the land of the living, for the transgres-
sion of my people was He stricken ; and He hath laid guilt
upon His soul (liii. 4-10). These things are concerning the
Lord, and concerning His temptations by the hells, and at
length by the Jews, by whom He was crucified. The Lord's
combats are also described in Isaiah lxiii. 1-10 ; where
are these words also : Thy garments are as of him that
treadcth in the wine-press ; I have trodden the wine-press alone :
by which is signified that He alone endured the evils and
falsities of the Church, and all the violence offered to the
Word, and thus to Himself. It is said the violence offered
to the Word, and thus to Himself, because the Lord is the
Word ; and violence is offered to the Word and to the Lord
Himself by the Roman Catholic religion, also by the religion
among the Reformed in regard to faith alone. The Lord
endured the evils and falsities of both, when He executed
the last judgment, by which He again subjugated the hells:
and unless they had been subjugated again, no flesh could
have been saved j as He says in Matthew xxiv. 21, 22.

830. And He hath upon His vesture and upon His thigh
a ?iame written, King of kings and Lord of lords, signifies
that the Lord teaches in the Word what He is, that He is
the Divine Truth of the Divine Wisdom and the Divine
Good of the Divine Love, thus that He is the God of the
universe. By the Lord's vesture the Word as to the Divine
Truth is signified, as above (n. 825). By the Lord's thigh
is signified the Word as to Divine Good. The thighs and

No. 830.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

945

loins signify conjugial love j and as that love is the funda-
mental love of all loves, therefore the thighs and loins sig-
nify the good of love. That this is from correspondence
may be seen above (n. 213). When therefore the thigh is
spoken of in relation to the Lord, it signifies Himself as to
the Good of Love ; here also the Word as to the same. By
the name written, the Lord's quality is signified, as above
(n. 824). By King of kings is meant the Lord as to the
Divine Truth of the Divine Wisdom, and by Lord of lords
is meant the Lord as to the Divine Good of the Divine
Love. The like is signified by the Lord's kingdom and
dominion, where both are mentioned, see above (n. 664).
As it is said " King of kings and Lord of lords," and by
them the Lord as to the Divine Truth and Divine Good is
meant, it is therefore said also, rt a name written upon His
vesture and upon His thigh ; " and by the name written
upon His vesture is signified the Word as to Divine Truth,
and by the name written upon His thigh, the Word as to
Divine Good. Both are in the Word : the Divine Truth of
the Word is in its spiritual sense, which is for the angels of
the middle or second heaven, who are in intelligence from
Divine Truths j and the Divine Good of the Word in its
heavenly (celestial) sense, which is for the angels of the
highest or third heaven, who are in wisdom from Divine
Goods. But the latter sense is deeply hidden, perceptible
to those only who are in love to the Lord from the Lord.
That it is the Lord, is openly said above in the Apocalypse .
They shall fight with the Lamb ; and the Lamb shall overcome
them ; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings (xvii. 14).
That the thigh signifies the good of love, and when speak
ing of the Lord, the Divine Good of the Divine Love, is
evident from these passages in the Word : Justice shall be
the girdle of His loins, and truth the girdle of His thighs
(Isa. xi. 5). Over the head of the cherubs was the appearance
of a Man upon a throne ; from the appearance of His loins
and upward, and from the appearance of Llis loins and down-

946 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX

ward, was the appeara?ice of fire and brightness round about
(Ez. i. 26-28). By the Man upon the throne is meant the
Lord : by the appearance of fire from the loins upward
and downward His Divine Love is signified ; and by the
brightness round about is signified His Divine Wisdom
therefrom. The Man seen by Daniel, whose loins were girded
with gold of Uphaz (Dan. x. 5), was an angel in whom was
the Lord : by the gold of Uphaz, the good of love is signi
fied. The like is signified by the thigh in Isa. v. 27 ; Ps.
xlv. 3 ; and elsewhere. Concerning the correspondence
of the thighs or loins with conjugial love, which is the fun-
damental of all loves, see the " Heavenly Arcana " (n. 5050-
5062).

83 1. A?id I saw an angel standing in the Sun, and He cried
with a great voice, saying to all the birds that fly in the midst
of heaven, Come, and gather yourselves together to the supper
of the great God, signifies the Lord from Divine Love and
thence from Divine Zeal calling and convoking all who are
in spiritual affection for truth, and who think of heaven, to
the New Church, and to conjunction with Himself, and thus
to eternal life. By the angel standing in the Sun is meant
the Lord in the Divine Love : by the angel the Lord is
meant, and by the Sun His Divine Love. By crying with
a great voice is signified from Divine Zeal ; for a voice or
influx from the Lord from the Divine Love is from Divine
Zeal ; for zeal is of love. By " the birds that fly in the
midst of heaven " are signified all who are in spiritual affec-
tion for truth, and thence think of heaven. By coming and
being gathered together to the supper of the great God, is
signified a calling and a convocation to the New Church
and to conjunction with the Lord : and as eternal life is
from conjunction with the Lord, that therefore is also sig-
nified. By crying "come" the calling is signified, and by
being gathered together is signified the convocation. That
the Lord is meant in the Word by an angel, may be seen
above (n. 5, 170, 258, 344, 465, 649, 657, 718) ; the more so

No. 832.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 947

here, as He was seen to stand in the Sun ; and no angel
appears in the Sun, for the Lord is the Sun of the spiritual
world ; wherefore the Lord alone is in it. That by the
Sun, when speaking of the Lord, the Divine Love is signi-
fied, may be seen n. 53, 414. That by crying with a great
voice, when said of the Lord in the Divine Love, is signi-
fied to speak or flow in from Divine Zeal, is manifest ; as
the Divine Zeal is of the Divine Love, here for the salva-
tion of men. That such things as are of the understanding
and thence of the thought are signified by birds, see n. 757 j
here they who are in spiritual affection for truth, and think
about heaven ; since it is said, " the birds that fly in the
midst of heaven : " and by flying in the midst of heaven is
signified to observe, to attend, and to think (n. 245, 415).
That the New Church, and thus conjunction with the Lord,
are signified by the supper of the great God, see n. 816;
where their supper is called the marriage supper of the Lamb.

832. That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of
co?n?nanders of thousands, and the flesh of mighty men, and
the flesh of horses and of them that sit upon them, and the flesh
of all, free and dond, and small and great, signifies the ap-
propriation of goods from the Lord through the truths of the
Word and of doctrine thence, in every sense, degree, and
kind. Just above (n. 831), conjunction with the Lord by the
Word is treated of ; here the appropriation of goods from
Him through the truths of the Word. By eating is signified
appropriation (n. 89) : by the flesh which they should eat are
signified the goods of the Word and thence of the Church :
md by kings, commanders of thousands, mighty men,
horses, and them that sit upon them, free and bond, smaller
and greater, are signified truths in even,- sense, degree, and
kind. By " kings " are signified those who are in the truths
of the church from the Word, and abstractly the truths of
the church from the Word (n. 20, 483). By " commanders
of thousands " are signified those who are in the knowl-
edges of good and truth, and abstractly those knowledges

948 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED [Chap. XIX,

(n. 337). By "the mighty" are signified they who are in
erudition from doctrine from the Word, and abstractly such
erudition (n. 337). By horses the understanding of the
Word is signified ; and by " them that sit upon horses "
are signified they who are in wisdom from the understand-
\ig of the Word, and abstractly wisdom therefrom (n. 298,
820). By " the free and bond " are signified they who
know from themselves and they who know from others
(n. 337, 604). By "the small and the great" those are
signified who are such in a lesser or greater degree (n. 527,
810). It is manifest from these explanations, that by eat-
ing their flesh is signified the appropriation of goods from
the Lord through the truths of the Word and of doctrine
thence in every sense, degree, and kind. It is to be known
that no man has any spiritual good from the Lord, except
through truths from the Word : for the truths of the Word
are in the light of heaven, and its goods are in the heat of
that light ; wherefore, unless the understanding is in the
light of heaven through the Word, the will cannot come
into the heat of heaven. Love and charity cannot be formed
except through truths from the Word : a man cannot be re-
formed except through truths therefrom : the church itself
with a man is formed by them ■ but not by those truths in the
understanding alone, but by a life according to them : the
truths thus enter into the will, and become goods. Thus
the form of truth is turned into a form of good : for that
which is of the will and thus of the love is called good, and
every thing which is of the will or love is also of man's life.
It may be seen from this, that the appropriation of good by
means of truths in every sense, degree, and kind, from the
Lord through the Word, is here meant by eating the flesh
of those that are named. Who cannot see that flesh is not
here meant by flesh ? Who can be so insane as to believe
that the Lord calls and convokes all to a great supper, that
He may give them the flesh of kings, commanders of thou-
sands, mighty men, horses, them that sit on them, the free

No. 832.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

949

and bond, small and great, to eat ? Who cannot see that
there is a spiritual sense in those things, and that with-
out that sense no one would know what they signify?
Who persists in denying that the Word is spiritual in
its bosom ? Would it not be more than material, if those
things should be understood according to the literal sense,
and not according to the spiritual sense? Similar to
these things are the following from Ezekiel : Thus said the
Lord Jehovih, Say to the bird of every wing, and to every beast
of the field, assemble yourselves a?id come ; gather yourselves
together from around unto my great sacrifice upon the moun-
tains of Israel, that ye ?nay eat flesh and drink blood : ye shall
eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes
of the earth ; ye shall eat fat to fulness, and drink blood even
to drunkenness, of my sacrifice which I sacrifice for you : ye
shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots and every
man of war : thus will I set my glory among the nations
(xxxix. 17-21). Here in like manner the good of the
Church from the Lord through the Word is signified by
flesh, and the truth of the church by blood. Who does
not see that blood would not be given to drink even to
drunkenness ? and that they would not be filled at the
table of the Lord Jehovah with horses, chariots, mighty
men, and every man of war ? Since therefore by flesh is
signified the good of the church, and by blood the truth of
the church, it is plainly manifest that by the Lord's Flesh
and Blood in the Holy Supper Divine Good and Divine
Truth from the Lord are signified, the same as by the bread
and wine spoken of in John vi. 51-58. Flesh also signifies
good in many other passages in the Word, as in these : 1
will take away the heart of stone fro?n their flesh, and will
give them a heart of flesh (Ez. xi. 19 j xxxvi. 26). My flesh
longeth for thee in a land of drought (Ps. lxiii. 1). My heart
and my flesh cry out for the living God (Ps. lxxxiv. 2). My
flesh shall dwell in trust (Ps. xvi. 9). When thou seest the
naked that thou cover him, and that thou hide not thyself from
thy fiesh (Isa. lviii. 7).

950 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

833. And I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and
their armies gathered together to make war with Him that
sat upon the horse, and with His army, signifies that all the
interiorly evil, who have professed faith alone, with the
leaders and their followers, will fight against the Lord's
Divine Truths in His Word, and will infest those who will
be of the Lord's New Church. That by the beast are sig-
nified those who are in the religion of faith alone, may be
seen above (n. 567, 576, 577, 594, 598, 601). That it is
only they who are interiorly evil, and have professed that
religion, will be seen below. By the kings of the earth
those are signified who are in the falsities of that religion
above the rest, and thus the leaders : for by the kings of
the earth are signified they who in the truths of the church
from the Word, and in the opposite sense they who are in
falsities (n. 20, 483, 704, 707, 720, 740); here those who
are in falsities. By their armies all those among them are
signified who in like manner are in falsities (n. 447). By
making war is signified to contend against, since by war
in the Wrord spiritual war is signified, which is that of
falsity against truth, and of truth against falsity (n. 500,
586, 707). By Him that sat upon the horse is meant the
Lord as to the Word (n. 820, 821): and as they cannot
fight against the Lord Himself, but against His Divine
Truths which are in the Word, and thus they fight also
against the Lord, because the Lord is the Word, this there-
fore is meant by making war with Him that sat upon the
horse. That by an army those are signified who are in
Divine truths, and thus abstractly Divine Truths, con-
sequently those who are of the Lord's New Heaven and
New Church, because they have Divine truths, may be seen
above (n. 826).

834. And the beast was take?i, and with him the false
prophet, that wrought signs before him, with which he
seduced them that received the ma?'k of the beast and wor-
shipped his image, signifies all those who professed faith

No. 835.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

951

alone, and were interiorly evil, as well the laity and common
people as the clergy and the learned, who by reasonings
and asseverations that faith alone is the only means of
salvation, have induced others to receive that faith, and to
live according to it. By the beast here is meant ihe beast
out of the sea, spoken of Apoc. xiii. 1-10 ; and by the false
prophet is meant the beast out of the earth, spoken of in
the same chapter, from vers. 11-18. That by the beast out
of the sea are meant the laity and the common people who
are in the religion of faith alone, and that by the beast out
of the earth are meant the clergy and the learned who are
in that religion, may be seen from the explanations of that
chapter. That the false prophet here is the beast out of
the earth, which is treated of in that chapter from vers.
11-18, is plainly manifest ; because it is here said of the
false prophet, that it is he that wrought signs before the
other beast, with which he seduced them that received
the mark of the beast, and worshipped his image : for
similar things are said of the beast out of the earth (chap,
xiii.) ; namely, that he did great signs before the beast out of
the sea, and sedueed them that dwell upon the earth, that they
should worship his image, and receive his mark upon the right
hand and upon the forehead (vers. 12-17) : from which it is
manifest, that the clergy and the learned are here signified
by the false prophet, who have confirmed themselves in the
religion of faith alone, and have seduced the laity and the
common people. They are called the false prophet, be-
cause by a prophet those are signified who teach and
preach falsities by perverting the truths of the Word
(n. 8, 701). That by the signs of that beast are signified
reasonings and asseverations that faith alone is the only
means of salvation, may be seen above (n. 598, 599, 704).
By receiving the mark of the beast and worshipping his
image is signified to acknowledge and receive that faith
(n. 634, 637, 679).

835. These two were cast alive into the lake of fire burning

952

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

with brimstone, signifies that all those, as they were, were
cast into the hell where are the loves of falsity, and at the
same time the lusts of evil. By alive is signified as they
were. By these two, namely, the beast and the false
prophet, are signified all those who professed faith alone,
and were interiorly evil, as well laity as clergy ; as just
above (n. 834). By the lake of fire burning with brimstone
is signified the hell where they are who are, in the loves of
that falsity, and at the same time in the lusts of evil. By a
lake is signified falsities in abundance, treated of in what
follows. By fire is signified love, here their love of falsity.
That fire signifies love in both senses, the good and the
bad, may be seen n. 468, 494, 599 ; here the love of falsity,
because it is said a lake of fire. By brimstone is signified
the lust of evil and thence of falsity (n. 452). The like is
said of the dragon and of these two in the following chapter,
in these words : The devil, that is, the dragon, who seduced
them, was cast into the lake of fire and briinstone, where the
beast and the false prophet are; and they shall be tormented day
and night for ever and ever (xx. 10). It is to be known, that
the hell where such are, appears at a distance like a fiery
lake with a green flame as of brimstone. But they who are in
it do not see this : they are shut up there in their work-
houses, where they wrangle among themselves vehemently ,
and sometimes there appear knives in their hands, with
which they threaten, if they do not yield. It is their love
of falsity, together with the lusts of evil, that makes the
appearance of such a lake. That appearance is from cor-
respondence. That by a lake is signified where there is
truth in abundance, and thence in the opposite sense where
there is falsity in abundance, maybe evident from the Word*
where there is truth in abundance, from these places : From
the wilderness shall waters bi'eak forth and rivers in the plain
of the desert, and the dry place shall become a lake (Isa. xxxv.
6, 7). I will make the wilderness a lake of waters, and the
dry land springs of waters (Isa. xli. 18 ; Ps. cvii. 33, 35).

No. 836.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

953

/ will make the rivers islands, and I will dry up the lakes
(Isa. xlii. 15). The God of Jacob who turneth the rock into
a lake of waters, and the flint into a fountain of waters (Ps.
cxiv. 7, 8). All that make hire from the lakes of the soul
(Isa. xix. 10). In the opposite sense from these: I will
cut off from Babel the name and the remnant, and I will make
her an inheritance of the bittern, and lakes of waters (Isa.
xiv. 22, 23). Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire
(Apoc. xx. 14). Whoever was not found written in the book
of life was cast into the lake of fire (Apoc. xx. 15). Their
part in the lake of fire bunting with brimsto?ie, which is the
second death (Apoc. xxi. 8).

836. A?id the remnant were slain with the sword of Hi?n
that sat upon the horse, which proceeded out of His mouth,
signifies that all from the various heresies among the Re-
formed, who have not lived according to the Lord's pre-
cepts in the Word, with which they were acquainted, being
judged from the Word, perish. By "the remnant" are
meant all from the various heresies among the Reformed,
who have not lived according to the Lord's precepts in the
Word, with which they were acquainted, which are the pre-
cepts of the Decalogue, and who thus do not shun evils as
sins : for they who do not thus shun them are in evils of
every. kind ; for the evils remain fixed in them from birth,
and thence from infancy even to the end of life ; and they
increase daily, if they are not removed by actual repentance.
Of these it is said that " they were slain with the sword of
Him that sat upon the horse." By being slain is signified
here, as often before, to be slain spiritually, which is to
perish as to the soul. By " the sword of Him that sat upon
the horse, which proceeded out of His mouth," is signified
the truths of the Word fighting against the falsities of evil.
For by a sword, of the several kinds named gladius, machaera,
and romphcea, is signified truth fighting against falsity and
falsity fighting against truth (n. 52). But the gladius is
upon the thigh, hence it is combat from love \ machaera

954

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap, XIX.

is in the hand, hence it is combat from power ; and the
lomphaea is of the mouth, hence it is combat from doctrine :
for which reason the sword proceeding out of the mouth of
the Lord, is combat from the Word against falsities (n.'io8,
117, 827); for the Word proceeded out of the mouth of the
Lord. The reason that the combat with the Reformed, and
not with the Babylonians, is here treated of, is because the
Reformed read the Word, and acknowledged the truths
therein as Divine truths. Not so the Babylonians : these
acknowledge the Word indeed, but still do not read it ; and
every one regards the decrees of the pope as in the first
place, and far above it : wherefore there can be no combat
with them from the Word. They also put themselves above
it, and not under it. But still these are judged from the
Word, and from the decrees of the pope so far as they agree
with the Word.

837. And all the birds were filed with their flesh, signifies
that from their concupiscences of evil, which are their own
substance, the infernal genii are as it were nourished. By
the birds are signified the falsities which are from hell ; and
because the infernal genii are in those falsities, who are to-
gether with a man in his falsities which are of his love,
therefore they are here signified by the birds. A man also
who is in those falsities, becomes such a genius after death.
That by unserviceable and injurious birds, especially the
unclean and rapacious, which feed on carrion, are signi-
fied falsities which are of love, may be seen above (n. 757).
By flesh are here signified the evils of the concupiscences,
which are man's own substance (n. 748). By being filled
with it is signified to be as it were nourished by them, and
to draw them in with delight ; for the infernal genii, who
are in similar concupiscences of evil, eagerly draw in and
fill their nostrils, and thence their life, from the concupi-
scences exhaled from the thoughts and breaths of such :
wherefore also they live and dwell together.

838. Let every one therefore beware of that heresy, that

No. 838.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

955

man is justified by faith without the works of the law ; for he
who is in it, and does not fully recede from it before the
end of life draws near, is consociated after death with in-
fernal genii : for they are the goats of whom the Lord says,
Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire prepared for
the devil and his angels (Matt. xxv. 41) : for the Lord does
not say of the goats that they had done evils, but that they
bad not done goods. The reason that they did not do
goods is because they say in themselves, " I cannot do
good of myself j the law does not condemn me j the blood
of Christ cleanses me, and liberates me ; the passion of the
cross has taken away the guilt of sin j the merit of Christ
is imputed to me by faith j I am reconciled to the Father,
am in grace, am regarded as a son ; and He considers our
sins as infirmities, which He forthwith remits for His Son's
sake j thus He justifies through faith alone ; and unless this
was the only means of salvation, no mortal could be saved.
For what other end should the Son of God suffer the cross,
and fulfil the law, but that He might take away the con-
demnation of our transgressions ?" These and many sim-
ilar things they say within themselves, and thus do not do
goods which are goods ; for from their faith alone, which is
nothing but a faith of knowledge, in itself a historical faith,
and thus only something learned, there do not proceed any
goods: for it is a dead faith, into which no life or soul
comes, unless the man approaches the Lord immediately,
and shuns evils as sins as of himself : then the goods which
he does as of himself are from the Lord, and thus good in
themselves. This subject is thus spoken of in Isaiah :
Woe to the sinful nation, laden with iniquity, a seed of evil-
doers, corrupted sons ; when ye spread forth your hands, I
hide mine eyes from you ; yea, though ye make many prayers
I do not hear : wash you, ?nake you clean, put away the evil
of your works from before mine eyes, cease to do evil, ham to
do good : then though your sins have been as scarlet, they shall
be white as snow ; though they have been red as purple, they

956

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

shall be as wool (i. 4, 15-18). And in Jeremiah : Stand in
the gate of the house of Jehovah, and proclaim there this
7vord : Trust ye ?iot in the words of a lie, saying, the temple
of Jehovah, the temple of Jehovah, the temple of Jehovah are
these (the church of God, the church of God, the church of
God is where our faith is) ; will ye, stealing, killing, com?nit-
ting adultery, and swearing by a lie, then come and stand be-
fore Me i?i this house, which is called by my na?ne, and say,
We are delivered, while ye do these abo?7iinations ? Is this
house become a den of robbers ? behold, even I have seen, saith
Jehovah (vii. 2-4, 9-1 1).

839. I looked forth into the world of spirits, and saw an
army upon red and black horses. They that sat upon
them appeared like apes, with their faces and breasts turned
towards the loins and tails of the horses, and with the backs
of their heads and their backs towards the horses' necks
and heads ; and the reins hung around the necks of the
riders. And they cried out, " Let us fight against them
who ride upon the white horses." And they pulled the
reins with both hands, and thus pulled back the horses
from the fight ; and this continually. Then two angels
descended from heaven, and drew near to me, and said,
" What do you see ? " And I related that I saw this ludi-
crous cavalcade, and asked what it was, and who they were.
And the angels answered, " They are from the place which
is called Armageddon (Apoc. xvi. 16), where they have
been assembled to the number of some thousands, to fight
against those who are of the Lord's New Church, which is
called the New Jerusalem. They spoke in that place con-
cerning the church and religion : and yet there was not
any thing of the church in them, because there was not any
spiritual truth j nor any thing of religion, because there
was not any spiritual good. They spoke there on both

No. S39] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

957

subjects with the mouth and with the lips, but for the rea-
son that by means of them they might have dominion.
They learned in their youth to confirm Faith alone, the
Trinity of God, and the Duality of Christ j and when they
w^re advanced to more eminent offices in the church, they
retained those tilings for a while : but as they then began
to think no more about God and heaven, but about them-
selves and the world, and thus not about eternal blessed-
ness and happiness, but about temporal eminence and
opulence, they rejected the doctrinals acquired in their
youth from the interiors of their rational mind, which com-
municate with heaven, and hence are in the light of heaven,
into die exteriors of their rational mind, which communi-
cate with the world, and hence are only in the light of the
world, and at length have thrust them down into the sen-
sual natural : whence the doctrinals of the church have be-
come with them things of the mouth only, and no longer of
thought from reason, and still less of affection from love :
and as they have made themselves such, they do not admit
any genuine truth which is of the church, nor any genuine
good which is of religion. The interiors of their minds
have become comparatively like bottles filled with iron
filings mixed with powdered sulphur, into which if water be
poured, there first arises a heat, and afterwards a flame, by
which the bottles are burst. In like manner they, when
they hear any thing about living water, which is the genuine
truth of the Word, and this enters through the ears, are
violently heated and inflamed, and reject it as a thing diat
would burst their heads. These are they who appeared to
you like apes riding, with the body turned round, upon red
and black horses, with the reins around their necks ; since
they who do not love the truth and good of the church from
the Word, will not look at the forward parts of any horse,
but at his hinder parts : for a horse signifies die under-
standing of the Word ; a red horse the understanding
of the WTord destroyed as to good, and a black horse

VOL. III. 6

958 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chai.XIX

the understanding of the Word destroyed as to truth.
The reason of their crying out to fight against them that ride
upon the white horses, is that a white horse signifies the un-
derstanding of the Word as to truth and good. Their seem-
ing to pull back the horses by their necks, was because they
feared the combat, lest the truth of the Word should come
!o many, and so into the light. This is the interpretation."

The angels said further, " We are from the society in
heaven which is called Michael, and were commanded by
the Lord to descend into the place called Armageddon,
whence the cavalcade seen by you burst forth. By Arma-
geddon, with us in heaven, is signified the state and the pur-
pose of fighting from falsified truths, arising from the love
of command and supereminence ; and as we perceive in
you the desire of knowing about the combat there, we will
give some account of it. After our descent from heaven,
we came to the place called Armageddon, and saw there
some thousands gathered together. We did not enter into
that assembly ; but there were two houses on the southern
side of that place, where there were boys with their masters.
We went in thither, and they received us kindly. We were
much pleased with their company. Their faces were all
beautiful, from the life in their eyes, and from the zeal in
their discourse. The life in their eyes was from the per-
ception of truth, and the zeal in their discourse from the
affection for truth ; on which account also caps had been
given them from heaven, the borders of which were orna-
mented with bands of golden threads interwoven with
pearls ; and garments were also given, variegated with
white and hyacinth colors. We asked them whether they
looked into the neighboring place, which is called Arma-
geddon. They said that they did through a window in the
roof of the house, and that they saw there a company, but
under various forms, now as tall men, and now not as men,
but as statues and carved idols, and an assembly around
them kneeling. They also appeared to us under various

No. 839 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

959

forms ; now as men, now as leopards, and now as goats , the
latter with horns bent downwards, with which they dug up
the ground. We interpreted those transformations, showing
whom they represented and what they signified. But to the
point : They that were gathered together, when they heard
that we had entered into those houses, said among them-
selves, ' What are they doing among those boys ? Let us send
some from our assembly to cast them out.' And they sent :
and when they came, they said to us, ' Why have you en-
tered into those houses? whence are you? we command
you by authority to go away.' But we answered, 1 You can-
not command that by authority. You are, indeed, in your
own eyes, like Anakims, and they who are here like dwarfs.
But still you have no power and right here, unless per-
chance by craft from your three lodging-houses here, which,
however, will not avail. Wherefore take back word to your
companions, that we were sent hither from heaven, to as-
certain whether there is any religion among you, or not ;
and if not, that you should be cast out of this place. Where-
fore propose to them this, in which is the very essence of
the Church, and thence of Religion, How they understand
these words in the Lord's Prayer : ' Our Fatjier who art in
the heavens, hallowed be thy name ; thy kingdom come ; thy
will be done as in heaven so also upon the earth.'' On hearing
this, they said at first, ' What is this ? ' and then that they
would propose it. And they went away, and told these
things to their companions, who answered, ' What proposi-
tion is this ? and of what kind ? ' Yet they understood the
arcanum, — that they wished to know, ' whether those things
confirm the way to God the Father according to our faith ; '
wherefore they answered, ' The words are clear, that we
must pray to God the Father ; and as Christ is our Saviour,
that we must pray to God the Father for the Son's sake.'
And they soon concluded in indignation, that they would
go to us, and declare it to our faces ; saying also, that they
would pull our ears. They also went out of that place,

960 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

and entered a grove near the two houses in which these
boys were with their masters ; where was a plain elevated
like a wrestling-ground. And they took hold of each
other's hands, and entered into the wrestling-ground, where
we were, and were waiting for them. There were there
sods cut from the ground like hillocks. Upon these they
reclined : for they said among themselves, • Let us not stand
before them, but sit.' And then one of them, who could
make himself appear like an angel of light, on whom it had
been enjoined by the rest to speak with us, said, ' You have
proposed to us to open our mind concerning the first words
in the Lord's Prayer, how we understand them. I say to
you, therefore, that we understand them thus : that we must
pray to God the Father ; and because Christ is our Saviour,
and we are saved by His merit, that we must pray to God
the Father from faith in His merit.' But we then said to
them, ' We are from the society of heaven which is called
Michael, and we were sent to visit and inquire, whether
you that are gathered together in this place have any relig-
ion or not ; and we cannot know this otherwise than by a
question concerning God : for the idea of God enters into
every thing of religion, and by it conjunction is effected,
and by conjunction salvation. We in heaven read that
Prayer claily, like men on earth ; and we do not then think
of God the Father, because He is invisible ; but we think
of Him in His Divine Human, because in this He is visible :
and in this He is called by you Christ, but by us the Lord ;
and thus to us the Lord is the Father in heaven. The
Lord also taught that He and the Father are one ; that the
Father is in Him and He in the Father ; and that he who
seeth Him seeth the Father : also that no one cometh to
the Father but by Him ; and likewise that it is the
will of the Father, that they should believe in the Son ;
and that he that believeth not in the Son, does not see life ;
yea, that the anger of God abideth upon him. From which
it is manifest, that the Father is approached through the

No. 839.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

961

Lord Himself and in Him : and because it is so, He also
taught that all power is given unto Him in heaven and in
earth. It is said in that Prayer, " Hallowed be thy ?iame"
and " thy ki7igdom come ; " and we have demonstrated from
the Word that His Divine Human is the Father's Name \
and that the Father's kingdom is then come, when the Lord
is immediately approached ; and by no means when God
the Father is approached immediately : for which reason the
Lord also said to the disciples, that they should preach
the kingdom of God ; and this is the kingdom of God.'
We instructed them further from the Word, that the Lord
came into the world, that He might glorify His Human,
for the end that the angels of heaven and the men of the
church might be united to God the Father through Him
and in Him : for He taught that they who believe in Him
are in Him, and He in them • which is as the Church
teaches, that they are in Christ's Body. Finally we in-
formed them, that at this day a New Church is instituted
by the Lord, which is meant by the New Jerusalem in the
Apocalypse ; in which will be the worship of the Lord
alone, as it is in heaven : and that thus every thing which is
contained in the Lord's Prayer from beginning to end will be
fulfilled. All the things which we have said above we
confirmed from the WTord in the Evangelists, and from the
Word in the Prophets, in such abundance that they were
tired of listening.

" First, we confirmed that our Father in the heavens is the
Lord Jesus Christ, from these passages : U?ito us a Child
is born, unto us a Son is given ; and His name shall be called
Wonderful, Counsellor, God, Father of Eternity, Prince of
Peace (Isa. ix. 6). Thou, O Jehovah, art our Father,
Redeemer from Everlasting is thy name (Isa. lxiii. 16).
Jesus said, He that seeth Me, seeth Him that sent Me (John
xii. 45). If ye have known Me, ye have known the Father
also ; and henceforth ye have known Him, and have seen
Him (John xiv. 7). Philip said, Lord, show us the Father ;

962

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX

Jesus said unto him* He that seeth Me, seeth the Father ; how
say est thou then, show us the Father (John xiv. 8, 9). Jesus
said, the Father and I are one (John x. 30). All things
whatsoever the Father hath are Mine (John xvi. 15 ; xvii.
to). The Father is in Me, and I in the Father (John x. 38 ;
xiv. 10, 11, 20). That no one hath seen the Father, except
the Only Son who is in the bosom of the Fither (John i. 18 \
v. 37 ; vi. 46). Wherefore He also says, that no one cometh
to the Father, but by Him (John xiv. 6) ; and that to come
to the Father is by Him, from Him, and in Him (John vi.
56 ; xiv. 20 ; xv. 4-6 ; xvii. 19, 23).

But concerning the Unity of God the Father, the Son, and
the Holy Spirit, more may be seen in the Relation (n. 962).

" Secondly, That ' Hallowed be thy name? is to approach
the Lord and worship Him, we confirmed by these pas-
sages: Who shall not gloi'ify thy Name, for thou alone art
Holy (Apoc. xv. 4) : this is concerning the Lord. Jesus
said, Father, glorify thy Name ; and there came forth a voice
from heaven, I have both glorified it and will glorify it (John
xii. 28). The name of the Father which was glorified is
the Divine Human. Jesus said, I am come in My Father's
najne (John v. 43). Jesus said, He that receiveth this child
in My name, receiveth Me ; and he that receiveth Me, receiveth
Him that sent Me (Luke ix. 48). These things were written,
that ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God,
and that believing ye may have life in His name (John xx.
31). As many as received Him, to them gave He power to
become the sons of God, to them that believe in His ?ia?nt
(John i. 12). Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, this I
will do ; that the Father may be glorified in the Son (John
xiv. 13, 14). He that believeth not, is judged already, because
he hath not believed in the na?7ie of the only-begotten Son of
God (John iii. 15, 16, 18). Where two or tlwee are gathered
together in My name, there am I i?i the midst of them (Matt,
xviii. 19, 20). Jesus told the disciples to preach in His name
(Luke xxiv. 47). Besides other places, where the Name of

No. 839.] THE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED.

the Lord is mentioned, by which is meant Himself as to
His Human ; (as Matt. vii. 22 ; x. 22 ; xviii. 5 ; xix. 29 ;
xxrv. 9, 10; Mark xi. 10; xiii. 13; xvi. 17 ; Luke x. 17;
xix. 38; xxi. 12, 17 ; John ii. 23): from which it is mani-
fest that the Father is hallowed in the Son, and by angels
and men through the Son ; and that this is meant by
4 hallowed be thy name ; ' as is further evident in John
xvii. 19, 21-23, 26-

" Thirdly. That Thy kingdom ccme, means that the Lord
reigns, we showed by these passages : The Law and the
P?-ophets wei-e until John, since that time the kingdom of
God is preached (Luke xvi. 16). John preaching the Gospel
of the kingdom, said, The time is fulfilled, the kingdom of
God is at hand (Mark i. 14, 15 ; Matt. iii. 2). Jesus Him-
selfpreached the Gospel of the kingdom, and that the kingdom
of God was at hand (Matt. iv. 17, 23 ; ix. 35). Jesus
commanded the disciples to preach and declare the good tidings
of the kingdom of God (Mark xvi. 15 ; Luke viii. 1 * ix. 60).
In like manner the seventy who?n He sent forth (Luke x.
9, 11. Besides other places, as Matt. xi. 5; xvi. 27, 28;
Mark viii. 35 • ix. i, 27 ; x. 29, 30; xi. 10; Luke i. 19 ;
ii. 10, 11 ; iv. 43; vii. 22 ; xvii. 20, 21 ; xxi. 30, 31 ;
xxii. 18). The kingdom of God, of which the good tidings
was made known, was the kingdom of the Lord, and thus
the kingdom of the Father. That it is so, is manifest from
these passages : The Father hath given all things into the
hand of the Son (John iii. 35). The Father hath given to
the Son power over all flesh (John xvii. 2). All things are
delivered unto Me of my Father (Matt. xi. 27). All power
is given unto Me in heaven and on earth (Matt, xxviii. 18).
Further also from these : Jehovah Zebaoth is His name,
and thy Redee?7ier the Holy One of Lsrael, the God of the
whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv. 5). L saw, and
behold, one like the Son of Man, to whom was given dominion,
glory, and kingdom ; and all peoples and nations shall wor-
ship Him ; His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which

964

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XIX.

shall not pass away, a?id His kingdom that which shall not
perish (Dan. vii. 13, 14). When the seventh angel sounded,
there were voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of the world
are become our Lord's and His Christ's, and He shall reign
for ever and ever (Apoc. xi. 15 ; xii. 10): which kingdom
of the Lord is treated of in the Apocalypse from beginning
to end j into which all are to come, who will be of the New
Church, which is the New Jerusalem.

" Fourthly. Thy will be done as in heaven so also upon the
earth : this we confirmed by these passages : Jesus said,
This is the will of the Father, that every one that seeth the
Son, and believeth on Him, ?nay have everlasting life (John
vi. 40). God so loved the world, that He gave His only-
begotten Son, that every one who believeth in Him may ?iot
perish, but have everlasting life (John iii. 15, 16). He that
believeth o?i the Son, hath everlasting life; but he that
believeth not the Son, shall not see life ; but the anger of God
abideth 011 hi?n (John iii. 36 : besides other places). To
believe in Him is to go to Him, and to have confidence
that He saves, because He is the Saviour of the world.
Besides, it is known in the church, that the Lord Jesus
Christ reigns in heaven. He says also that His kingdom
is there. When, therefore, the Lord reigns in like manner
in the church, the Father's will is then done as in heaven
so also upon the earth.

" To these things we finally added : It is said in the whole
Christian world, that they who are of the church make the
Body of Christ, and are in His Body. How then can a
man of the church approach God the Father, except through
the Son, in whose Body he is ? If otherwise, he must go
entirely out of His Body, and approach.

" On hearing these and still more things from the Word,
the Armageddons wished now and then to interrupt our
discourse, and to adduce such things as the Lord spake
with the Father in His state of exinanition. But their
tongues then adhered to their palates, as it was not per-

No. 839.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

965

mitted them to contradict the Word. But the bridles of
their tongues being at length loosened, they cried out,
'You have spoken against the doctrine of our church,
which is, that God the Father is to be approached imme-
diately, and that we must believe in Him. You have thus
made yourselves guilty of a violation of our faith : there-
fore go out from here ; and if not, you shall be cast out*
And their minds being inflamed, from threats they pro-
ceeded to violence. But, by power then given us, we struck
them with blindness ; owing to which, not seeing us, they
rushed forth into the plain, which was a desert : and those
who appeared to you like apes upon horses, were the same
as were seen by the boys out of the window like statues and
idols, before whom the rest knelt."

966 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. fCiiAP. XX.

CHAPTER TWENTIETH.

1. And I saw an angel coming down from heaven hav-
ing the key of the abyss, and a great chain in his hand.

2. And he laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent,
which is the Devil and Satan, and bound him a thousand

years ;

3. And cast him into the abyss, and shut him up, and
set a seal upon him, that he should seduce the nations no
more until the thousand years were ended : and after this
he must be loosed a little time.

4. And I saw thrones j and they sat upon them j and
judgment was given unto them : and the souls of them that
were beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, and for the Word
of God, and who did not worship the beast, nor his image,
nor receive his mark upon their forehead and upon their
hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand
years.

5. And the rest of the dead lived not again until the
thousand years were ended : this is the first resurrection.

6. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first res-
urrection : upon these the second death hath no power ;
but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall
reign with Him a thousand years.

7. And when the thousand years are ended, Satan shall
be loosed out of his prison.

8 And shall go forth to seduce the nations that are in
the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather
them together to battle ; the number of whom is as the
sand of the sea.

9. And they went up upon the breadth of the earth, and
surrounded the camp of the saints, and the beloved city;

Chap. XX.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

967

and fire came clown from God out of heaven, and consumed
them.

10. And the devil that seduced them was cast into the
lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false
prophet are : and they shall be tormented day and night
for ever and ever.

1 i. And I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat
upon it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled
away, and there was found no place for them.

12. And I saw the dead, small and great, standing
before God ; and the books were opened : and another
book was opened, which is the book of life j and the dead
were judged from the things written in the books, accord-
ing to their works.

13. And the sea gave up the dead which were in it;
and death and hell gave up the dead which were in them j
and they were judged every one according to their works.

14. And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire :
this is the second death.

15. And if any one was not found written in the book of
life, he was cast into the lake of fire.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. Concerning
the removal of those who are meant by the dragon (vers.
1-3) ; and then concerning the ascent from the lower
earth, of those who worshipped the Lord, and shunned
evils as sins (vers. 4-6). • The judgment upon those who
had nothing of religion in their worship (vers. 7-9). The
damnation of the dragon (vers. 10). The universal judg-
ment upon the rest (vers. 11-15).

The Contents of each Verse. " And I saw an angel
coming down out of heaven, having the key of the abyss,
and a great chain in his hand," signifies the Divine opera-

968

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX

tion of the Lord into the lower regions, from the Divine
power of shutting and opening, also of binding and loos-
ing. " And he laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent,
which is the devil and satan," signifies that those were held
back who are meant by the dragon ; who, because they
think sensually and not spiritually concerning the things of
faith are called the old Serpent ; and because they are in
evils as to life, are called the Devil ; and because they are
in falsities as to doctrine, are called Satan. " And bound
Him a thousand years," signifies that they who are here
meant by the dragon were withdrawn and torn away from
the rest in the world of spirits, that there should be no
communication with them for a while or for some time.
" And cast him into the abyss, and shut him up, and set
a seal upon him, that he should seduce the nations no
more," signifies that the Lord altogether removed those
who were in faith alone, and took away all their communi-
cation with others, lest they should inspire something of
their heresy into those who would be elevated into heaven.
" Until the thousand years were ended ; and after this he
must be loosed a little time," signifies that this is for a while
or for some time, until they who were in truths from good
should be taken up into heaven by the Lord, after which
they who are meant by the dragon are to be loosed a short
time, and communication with others is to be opened to
them. ". And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and
judgment was given unto them," signifies that the truths of
the Word, according to which all are judged, were opened ;
and that then those were taken up from the lower earth,
who had been kept concealed by. the Lord, lest they should
be seduced by the dragon and his beasts. " And [I saw]
the souls of them that were beheaded for the testimony of
Jesus, and for the Word of God," signifies those who were
rejected by them that are in falsities from their own intelli-
gence, because they worshipped the Lord, and lived accord-
ing to the truths of His Word. " And who did not worship

Chap. XX.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

969

the beast, nor his image, nor receive his mark upon their fore-
head and upon their hand," signifies who did not acknowl-
edge and receive the doctrine of faith alone. " And they
lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years," signifies
who already are in conjunction with the Lord, and have
been for some time in His kingdom. " And the rest of the
dead lived not again, until the. thousand years were ended,"
signifies that besides those who have been spoken of, not
any were taken up into heaven, until after the dragon was
loosed, and they we're then proved and explored as to what
they were. " This is the first resurrection," signifies that
salvation and eternal life is primarily to worship the Lord,
and to live according to His precepts in the Word, because
by these conjunction is effected with the Lord, and conso-
ciation with the angels of heaven. " Blessed and holy is
he that hath part in the first resurrection," signifies that
they who come into heaven have the happiness of eternal
life, and enlightenment by conjunction with the Lord.
" Upon these the second death hath no power," signifies
that they are not condemned. " But they shall be priests
of God and of Christ," signifies because they are kept by
the Lord in the good of love and thence in the truths of
wisdom. " And shall reign with Him a thousand years,"
signifies that they were already in heaven, when the rest,
who did not yet live again, that is, receive heavenly life,
were in the world of spirits. " And when the thousand
years are ended, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison,"
signifies that after these who had been hitherto concealed
and guarded in the lower earth, were taken up into heaven
by the Lord, and the New Christian Heaven was increased
by them, all those who had confirmed falsities of faith in
themselves were let loose. " And shall go forth to seduce
the nations, which are in the four corners of the earth,
Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle," signi-
fies that they who are here meant by the dragon, would draw
to their party all from the whole earth in the entire world

970 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX,

of spirits, who lived there in external natural worship only,
and in no internal spiritual worship; and would excite
them against those who worshipped the Lord, and lived
according to His precepts in the Word. " The number of
whom is as the sand of the sea," signifies the multitude
of such. "And they went up upon the breadth of the
earth, and surrounded the camp of the saints, and the
beloved city," signifies that, being excited by the dragon-
ists, they would spurn every truth of the church, and
endeavor to destroy all things of the New Church, and its
very doctrine concerning the Lord and concerning Life.
" And fire came down from God out of heaven, and con-
sumed them," signifies that they perished by t-he concu-
piscences of infernal love. " And the devil that seduced
them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where
the beast and the false-prophet are 5 and they shall be
tormented day and night for ever and ever," signifies that
they who were in evils as to life and in falsities as to doc-
trine were cast into hell. " And I saw a great white throne,
and Him that sat upon it, from whose face the heaven and
the earth fled away," signifies a universal judgment executed
by the Lord upon all the first heavens, in which were those
who were in civil and moral good and no spiritual good,
and thus who simulated Christians in externals, but were
devils in internals, which heavens with their earth were
utterly dissipated, so that nothing of them appeared any
more. " And I saw the dead, small and great, standing
before God," signifies all who have died from the earth,
and were now among those who were in the world of
spirits, of whatever condition and quality, gathered to-
gether by the Lord to judgment. " And the books were
opened, and another book was opened, which is the book
of life," signifies that the interiors of the minds of them
all were laid open, and by influx of light and heat from
heaven were seen and perceived as to the quality of their
affections which are of love or of the will and thence as

No. 84c] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 97 1

to the thoughts which are of faith or of the understanding,
as well the evil as the good. " And the dead were judged
from the things written in the books according to their
works," signifies that all were judged according to their in-
ternal life in externals. " And the sea gave up the dead
which were in it," signifies the external and natural men
of the Church called together to judgment. " And death
ai d hell gave up the dead which were in them," signifies
the men of the church impious at heart, who were in them-
selves devils and satans, called together to judgment.
1 And they were judged every one according to his works,"
signifies here as before. " And death and hell were cast
into the lake of fire," signifies that the impious at heart,
who in themselves were devils and satans, and yet in ex-
ternals like men of the Church, were cast down into hell
among those who were in the love of evil, and thence in
the love of the falsity that agrees with the evil. "This is
the second death," signifies that these have damnation
itself. " And if any one was not found written in the
book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire," signifies that
they who did not live according to the Lord's precepts
in the Word, and did not believe in the Lord, were con-
demned.

THE EXPLANATION.

840. And I saw an angel coming down from heaven, hav-
ing the key of the abyss, and a great chain in his hand, signi-
fies the Lord's operation into the lower regions from the
Divine power of shutting and opening, also of binding and
loosing. By an angel coming down from heaven the Lord
is meant (see n. 5, 170, 344, 465, 657, 718) ; also the Lord's
operation (n. 415, 631, 633, 649); here into the lower
regions, because He is said to come down. By his having
the key of the abyss is signified the Divine power of opening
and shutting hell (see n. 62, 174): and by His having a

972 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chaf XX,

great chain in His hand is signified the endeavor and
thence the act of binding and loosing. Hence it follows,
that there was not any key nor chain in the Lord's hand,
but that it so appeared to John was a representative of the
Lord's Divine Power. The opening of hell and the shut-
ting of it is also treated of two or three times in this chap-
ter.

841. And He laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent, which
is the devil a?id satan, signifies that those were held back
who are meant by the dragon, who, because they think
sensually and not spiritually concerning the things of faith,
are called the old Serpent ; and because they are in evils
as to life, are called the Devil ; and because they are in
falsities as to doctrine, are called Satan. Who they are
that are meant by the dragon, may be seen above (n. 537).
The reason that he is here as well as there called the old
Serpent, the Devil, and Satan, is because a serpent signifies
those who think sensually and not spiritually (n. 455, 550) ;
the devil, those who are in evils as to life ; and satan, those
who are in falsities as to doctrine (n. 97, 550). For all
those who do not go to the Lord immediately think sensu-
ally of the things of the church, and cannot think spiritually ;
for the Lord is the light itself (n. 796, 797) ; on which ac-
count they who do not go to the Lord immediately, cannot
think from spiritual light, which is the light of heaven, but
from natural light separated from spiritual light, which is
to think sensually. Hence it is that they are called the
old Serpent. They who do not go to the Lord immediately,
nor shun evils as sins, remain in sins ; hence it is that the
dragon is called the Devil : and as the same are in falsities
as to doctrine, therefore the dragon is called Satan.

842. And boimd him a thousand years, signifies that they
who are here meant by the dragon were withdrawn and torn
away from the rest in the world of spirits, that there should
be no communication with them for a while or for some
time. That by binding is here signified to draw back and

No. 843.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

973

tear away from the rest in the world of spirits, that there
should be no communication with them, will be seen in the
paragraph next following. The reason that by the thou-
sand years are not meant a thousand years, but for a while
or for some time, is because a thousand, without other
numbers added, signifies this in the spiritual world. He
who believes that a thousand years signify a thousand
years, does not know that all the numbers in the Word sig-
nify things ; and so he may be misled, especially in the Apoc-
alypse, concerning the sense of the things, where number*
occur; as, 5, 7, 10, 12, 144, 666, 1200, 1600, 12000, 144000,
and many others : in the latter of which numbers a thousand
signifies only something qualifying j and when a thousand
is applied to designate times, it signifies somewhat more :
but where it is mentioned alone, as here, it signifies a while
or for some time. That it is so, has been told me from
heaven j where, in the Word which is there, no number is
read, but the thing instead of the number ; and instead of
a thousand a while. They wonder there, that when the
men of the church have seen so many numbers in the
Apocalypse, which cannot but signify things, they have
still adhered to the conjectures of the chiliasts or millen-
nialists, and have thereby impressed upon themselves vain
notions respecting' the last state of the church.

843. And cast him into the abyss, and shut him up, and
set a seal upon him, thai he might seduce the nations no more,
signifies that the Lord altogether removed those who were
in faith alone, and took away all their communication with
others, lest they should inspire something of their heresy
into those who would be elevated into heaven. By the
dragon those who are in falsities of faith are here meant, as
just above (n. 842). It is said of the dragon, that he was
seized, bound, cast into the abyss, shut up, and a seal set
upon him : and by this is signified that he was altogether
removed, and that all communication between him and
others was cut off. By his being seized is signified that

974

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

they who are meant by him were collected t .gether and
held back : by his being bound is signified that they were
withdrawn and torn away : by his being cast into the abyss
is signified that they were let down towards hell : by his
being shut up is signified that they were altogether removed :
by a seal being set upon him is signified that communica-
tion with others v/as altogether taken away. The reason
that the dragon was altogether removed for a while, is that
those who had been kept concealed by the Lord might be
taken up from the lower earth, who are treated of vers.
4-6 ; lest they should be seduced by the dragonists when
they were being taken up : wherefore it is said also, " that
he should seduce the nations no more ; " by which is signi-
fied that he should not inspire into them any thing of his
heresy. This was done in the world of spirits, which is
midway between heaven and hell, because there the evil
communicate with the good ; and in that world the good
are prepared for heaven, and the evil for hell ; and the
good are there proved by some companionship with the
evil, and are explored as to what they are, and how stead-
fast. By the nations which he should not seduce, the good
are meant. That they who are in good as to the life are
meant by nations, and in the opposite sense the evil, may
be seen above (n. 483). From this it may be evident, that
by his casting him into the abyss, and shutting him up, and
setting a seal upon him, is signified that the Lord altogether
removed those that were in falsities of faith, and took away
all their- communication with others, lest they should in-
spire something of their heresy into those who should be
taken up into heaven.

844. Until the thousand years should be ended, and after this
he must be loosed a little time, signifies that this is for a while
or for some time, until they who were in truths from good
should be taken up into heaven by the Lord, after which
those that are meant by the dragon are to be loosed for a
short time, and communication with others is to be opened

No. 845.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

975

to them. The reason that by the thousand years being
ended is signified for a while or a certain time, is because
a thousand years are not signified by the thousand years, but
a while or some time, as above (n. 842). By " he must be
loosed for a little time," is signified that after that they who
are meant by the dragon, described above, are to be loosed
from their confinement, and then communication with others
is to be opened to them. That this is signified, is manifest
from what is said above, and thus from the series of the
things, and from the connection with what follows in the
spiritual sense. In what now follows, from vers. 4-6, those
are treated of who were taken up by the Lord into heaven
for whose sake the dragon was removed and shut up.

845. And I saw th rones, and they sat upon them, and judg-
ment was given unto them, signifies that the truths of the
Word, according to which all are judged, were opened, and
that then those were taken up from the lower earth, who
had been kept concealed by the Lord, lest they should be
seduced by the dragon and his beasts. That this is signi-
fied by these words, is because by the thrones upon which
they sat are not signified thrones, but judgment according
to the truths of the Word. That judgment is represented
by the thrones seen in heaven, may be seen above (n. 229).
That nothing else is signified by the thrones upon which
the twenty-four elders sat, and by those upon which the
twelve Apostles are to sit ; and that all are judged accord-
ing to the truths of the Word, may also be seen above
(n. 233). Hence it is manifest, that by judgment being
given to them is signified that judgment was given to the
truths of the Word. They who were taken up from the
lower earth into heaven by the Lord are they who had been
kept concealed there in the mean time, lest they should be
seduced by the dragon and his beasts : because this is said
concerning the souls of them that were beheaded and con-
cerning the dead, as described presently j not that they
were dead to themselves, but to others. The place where

976

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX,

they were kept concealed is called the lower earth, which
is next above the hells, under the world of spirits j and
there, by communication with heaven and by conjunction
with the Lord, they are in safety. There are many such
places ; and they live there cheerfully among themselves,
and worship the Lord ; nor do they know any thing about
hell. They who are there are from time to time taken up
by the Lord into heaven after a last judgment j and when
they are taken up, those who are meant by the dragon are
removed. It has very often been given me to see them
taken up, and consociated with the angels in heaven.
This is meant in the Word by the sepulchres being opened,
and the dead being raised.

846. A fid [I saw] the souls of them that were beheaded for
the testimony of Jesus and for the Word of God, signifies
those who were rejected by them that are in falsities from
their own intelligence, because they worshipped the Lord,
and lived according to the truths of His Word. By " the
souls of them that were beheaded for the testimony of Jesus
and for the Word of God," are meant men after death who
are then called spirits, or men clothed with a spiritual body,
who have been kept concealed by the Lord in the lower
earth, until the evil were removed by the last judgment.
They are called the beheaded [smitten with the axe], because
they are rejected by them that are in falsities from their
own intelligence ; who are all that are in evils and thence
falsities, or in falsities and through them in evils, and yet in
Divine worship in externals. That that falsity is signified
by the axe, will be seen in the following paragraph. By
the testimony of Jesus and the Word of God is signified the
acknowledgment of the Lord's Divine in His Human, the
same as by these passages above : John testified the Word
of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ (Apoc. i. 2).
Micnael and his angels overcame the dragon by the blood of the
La?nb and the Word of their testimony (xii. 11). The dragon
went away to make war with the remnant of her seed, who

No. 847. J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 977

keep the commandments of God, a?id have the testimony of
Jesus Christ (xii. 17). / a?n the fellow-servant of thy breth-
ren that have the testimony of Jesus Christ : the testimony of
Jesus is the spirit of prophecy (xix. 10). That the acknowl-
edgment of the Lord's Divine in His Human, and a life ac-
cording to the truths of His Word, in particular according to
the precepts of the Decalogue, is signified by these things,
may be seen in the explanations of these passages. These
souls are the same as those of whom these things are said
above : / saw under the altar the souls of them that were
slain for the Word of God and for the testimony which they
held : and they cried with a great voice, saying, How long, O
Lord, who art Holy and True, dost thou not judge and avenge
our blood on them that dwell upo?i the earth : and to every one
of them were given white robes ; and it was said unto them,
that they should rest yet for a little time, until their fellow-
se?-vants and their brethren, who should be killed as they we?-e,
should be fulfilled (vi. 9-1 1) : which may be seen explained
R- 325-329-

847. It is said in the Word in many places, that some
were slain, pierced, or dead j and yet it is not meant that
they were slain, pierced, and dead ; but that they were re-
jected by those who are in evils and falsities ; see n. 59,
325, 589. The same is signified by the dead in the fol-
lowing verse, where it is said that the rest of the dead lived
not again, until the thousand years were ended : from which
it is manifest, that by those who are called " the beheaded "
are signified those that were rejected by them that are in fal-
sities from their own intelligence. That falsity from one's
own intelligence is signified by an axe, is manifest from
these passages : The customs of the nations are vanity, though
one cut down a tree from the forest, the wo?-k of the hands of
the workman with the axe (Jer. x. 3). The voice of Egypt
shall go like a serpent ; they have come with axes as hewers
of wood (Jer. xlvi. 22). He is known as lifting up axes upon
the thicket of trees, and already do they beat down the carvings

978

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

of it with the axe and hammers ; they have profaned the
dwelling-place of thy ?iame to the earth (Ps. lxxiv. 5-7). When
thou shalt besiege a city, thou shalt not destroy the trees thereof
by smiting the axe against them (Deut. xx. 19). By the axe
in these places is signified falsity from one's own intelli-
gence : the reason is, because by iron is signified truth in
ultimate*, which is called sensual truth ; which, when it is
separated from rational and spiritual truth, is turned into
falsity. That it is falsity from one's own intelligence, is
because the sensual is in what belongs to one's self (see
n. 424). On account of this signification of iron and axe, it
was commanded that if an altar of stone should be built, it
should be built of whole stones, and that iron should not bt
lifted up upon the stones, lest it should be profaned (Ex. xx.
25; Deut. xxvii. 5): wherefore also these things are said
of the temple at Jerusalem : The House itself was built of
whole stone ; neither ha?mners nor the axe, nor any instru-
ment of iron, were heard in the house when it was building (1
Kings vi. 7) ; and on the other .hand, where a graven im-
age is treated of, by which falsity from one's own intelli-
gence is signified, it is said that he maketh it with iron, with
tongs, or with the axe and hammers (Isa. xliv. 12). That
falsity from one's own intelligence is signified by a graven
image and an idol, may be seen above (n. 459).

848. And who did not worship the beast nor his image, nor
?'eceive his mark upon their forehead and upon their ha?id.
That it signifies those who did not acknowledge and re
ceive the doctrine of faith alone, is manifest from the things
explained above (n. 634), where are similar words.

849. And they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand
years, signifies who already are in conjunction with the
Lord, and have been for some time in His kingdom.
" Who lived with Christ " signifies, who were in conjunc-
tion with the Lord, because these live. "Who reigned
with Christ " signifies who were in His kingdom, as ex-
plained presently. That by a thousand years is signified

No. 851.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 979

for some time, may be seen above (n. 842). These things
are said of those who worshipped the Lord in their life in
the world, and lived according to His precepts in the
Word, and were guarded after death, lest they should be
seduced by the dragonists ; and thus who had already for
some time been conjoined to the Lord, and consociated
with the angels of heaven, as to their interiors. That to
reign with the Lord is not to reign with Him, but to be in
His kingdom by conjunction with Him, may be seen above
(n. 284). For the Lord alone reigns ; and ever}7 one in
heaven, who is in an employment, discharges his office in his
society as in the world, but under the Lord's auspices. They
act indeed as of themselves ; but as they regard uses pri-
marily, they act from the Lord, from whom is all use.

850. And the rest of the dead lived not again, until the
thousand years were ended, signifies that besides these who
have been spoken of, not any were taken up into heaven,
until after the dragon was loosed, and they were then
proved and explored as to what they were. By "the rest
of the dead " are signified those who -were also rejected
by those who are in faith alone, because they worshipped
the Lord, and lived according to His precepts, but were
not yet proved and explored as to their quality. That
these are signified by the dead here, may be seen above
(n. 847): for all, after departure out of the world, first
come into the world of spirits, which is in the midst be-
tween heaven and hell, and are there proved and explored,
and so prepared, the evil for hell, and the good for heaven.
It is said of these, that they lived not again ; that is, were
not yet thus conjoined to the Lord, and consociated with
the angels of heaven, as the former were. That many
were also saved afterwards, is manifest from vers. 12-15 °f
this chapter ; where it is said that the book of life was
also opened : and if any one was not found written in the
book of life, he was cast into the lake of fire.

851 This is the first resurrection, signifies that salvation

980 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

and eternal life is primarily to worship the Lord, and to
live according to His precepts in the Word, because by
these conjunction is effected with the Lord and consociation
with the angels of heaven. That all* these things are signi-
fied by " this is the first resurrection," is because it follows
as a conclusion from what goes before, and hence involves
them. The preceding things which these words involve,
are contained in vers. 4, and something also in vers. 5. In
the fourth verse they are these : He saw the souls of them
that were beheaded for the testimony of Jesus and for the
Word of God, and who did not- worship the beast, nor his
image, nor receive his ?nark upon their forehead and upo?> their
hand, and they lived and reigned with Christ. That by " the
souls of them that were beheaded for the testimony of Jesus
Christ and for the Word of God," those are signified who
were rejected by them that were in falsities from their own
intelligence, because they worshipped the Lord and lived
according to His precepts in the Word, may be seen above
(n. 846, 847) : that by their not worshipping the beast nor
his image, nor receiving his mark upon their forehead and
upon their hand, is signified that they rejected the heretical
tenet of faith alone, may be seen above (n. 848) : and that
by their living and reigning with Christ a thousand years,
is signified that they have conjunction with the Lord and
consociation with the angels of heaven, may be seen above
(n. 849). These, therefore, are the things involved in " this
is the first resurrection." By "resurrection" is signified
salvation and eternal life ; and by " the first " is not meant
a first resurrection, but the very and primary thing of res-
urrection, thus salvation and eternal life. For there is only
one resurrection to life ; a second is not given : for which
reason, neither is a second resurrection anywhere mentioned.
For they who are once conjoined to the Lord, are conjoined
to Him for ever, and are in heaven ; for the Lord says, /
am the Resurrection and the Life ; he that believeth in Me,
though he die, shall live ; every one that liveth and believeth in

No. 853.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

Me, shall never die (John xi. 25, 26). That these things are
meant by the first resurrection, is evident also from the.
verse now following.

852. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first res-
urrection, signifies that they who come into heaven have the
happiness of eternal life, and enlightenment by conjunction
with the Lord. He is said to be blessed who has the hap-
piness of eternal life (n. 639) ; and he is said to be holy
Who has enlightenment in Divine truths by conjunction
with the Lord : for the Lord alone is Holy ; and the Divine
proceeding from Him, from which is enlightenment, is what
is called the Holy Spirit (n. 173, 586, 666). By the first
resurrection is signified elevation into heaven by the Lord,
and thus salvation ; as just above (n. 851). Hence it is
manifest, by " blessed and holy is he that hath part in the
first resurrection " is signified that they who come into
heaven have the happiness of eternal life, and enlighten-
ment by conjunction with the Lord.

853. Upon these the second death hath 710 power, signifies
that they are not condemned. By the second death nothing
else is signified but spiritual death, which is damnation.
For the first death is natural death, which is the death of
the body ; but the second death is spiritual death, which is
the death of the soul \ and that this is damnation, is known :
and as the second death is damnation, and the first death
is the decease, and this latter death is not spiritual, there-
fore the first death is nowhere named in the Apocalypse ;
but the second death is in this chapter also at vers. 14 ;
also in the following (xxi. 8) ; and likewise before (chap,
ii. 1 1). He who does not observe this, may easily believe
that there are two spiritual deaths, because the second
death is mentioned ; when yet there is only one spiritual
death, which is here meant by the second death : in like
manner that there are two resurrections, because the first
resurrection is mentioned ; when yet there is only one
resurrection : wherefore neither is a second resurrection

vol. in. 7

982

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

anywhere mentioned ; see above (n. 851). It is manifest
from this, that by " upon these the second death hath no
power," is signified that they are not condemned.

854. But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, signi-
fies because they are kept by the Lord in the good of love
and thence in the truths of tvisdom. By priests in the
Word are meant those who are in the good of love, and
by kings those who are in the truths of wisdom ; on which
account it is said above, Jesus Christ hath made us kings
and priests (Apoc. i. 6) ; and likewise, the Lamb hath made
us kings a?id priests, that we may reign upon the earth (v. 10) :
and it can manifestly be seen, that the Lord will not make
men kings and priests, but that He will make angels of
those who shall be in the truths of wisdom and the good
of love from Him. That they who are in the truths of
wisdom from the Lord are meant by kings, and that the
Lord is called a King from the Divine Truth, may be seen
above (n. 20, 483, 664, 830) \ but that they who are in the
good of love from the Lord are meant by priests, is because
the Lord is Divine Love and Divine Wisdom, or what is the
same, Divine Good and Divine Truth ; and the Lord from
Divine Love or Divine Good is called a Priest, and from
Divine Wisdom or Divine Truth is called a King. Hence
it is, that there are two kingdoms into which the heavens
are distinguished, the heavenly (celestial) and the spiritual :
and the heavenly (celestial) kingdom is called the Lord's
priestly kingdom, for the angels there are recipients of
Divine Love or Divine Good from the Lord ; and the
spiritual kingdom is called the Lord's royal kingdom, for
the angels there are recipients of Divine Wisdom or Divine
Truth from the Lord : but more on these two kingdoms
may be seen above (n. 647, 725). It is said that they are
recipients of Divine Good and Divine Truth from the Lord,
but it is to be known that they are perpetually recipients,
for the Divine Good and Divine Truth cannot be appro-
priated to any angel or man, so as to be his, only so as

No. 854.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

983

to appear as his, because they are Divine ; wherefore, no
angel or man can produce from himself any good or truth,
which is good and truth in itself: from which it is manifest,
that they are held in good and truth by the Lord, and that
they are continually held ; and therefore if any one comes
into heaven, and thinks that good and truth are appro-
priated to him as his, he is forthwith let down from heaven,
and instructed. It may now be evident from these things,
that by " they shall be priests of God and of Christ," is
signified because they are kept by the Lord in the good of
love, and thence in the truths of wisdom. That they who
are in the good of love from the Lord are meant by priests
in the Word, may be evident from many passages there ;
and as they are adduced in the " Heavenly Arcana," pub-
lished at London, I will only present the following extracts
from that work : That the priests represented the Lord as
to Divine Good (n. 2015, 6148). That the priesthood was
representative of the Lord as to the work of salvation, be-
cause this was from the Divine Good of His Divine Lov>»
(n. 9809). That the priesthood of Aaron, of His sons,
and of the Levites, was representative of the Lord's work
of salvation in successive order (n. 10017). That hence
by the priests and by the priesthood the good of love from
the Lord is signified (n. 9806, 9809). That by the two
names, Jesus and Christ, as well the priesthood as the
royalty of the Lord is signified (n. 3004, 3005, 3009). That
priests must administer ecclesiastical things, and kings
civil things (n. 10793). That priests must teach truths,
and by them lead to good, and so to the Lord (n. 10794).
That they must not claim to themselves authority over the
souls of men (n. 10795). That to the priests belongs dig-
nity for the sake of holy things, but that they must not
attribute the dignity to themselves, but to the Lord, from
whom alone the holy things are ; because the priesthood is
not m the person, but is adjoined to the person (n. 10906,
10907). That priests who do not acknowledge the Lord,
signify in the Word the contrary things (n. 3670).

984 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

855. And they shall reign with Him a thousand years ;
signifies that they were already in heaven, when the rest
who did not yet live again, that is, receive heavenly life,
were in the world of spirits. By reigning with Christ is
not signified to reign with Him, but to be in His kingdom,
or in heaven ; see above (n. 284, 849) : by a thousand years
are not meant a thousand years, but for a while is signified,
as above (n. 842). That the thousand years signify noth-
ing else but that space of time which was between the
shutting up of the dragon in the abyss, and his release, is
manifest ; because it is said that he was cast into the abyss,
was shut up, and that a seal was set upon hi?n a thousand
years, and the?i that he was loosed (vers. 3-7). This same
space of time is also signified here; wherefore, by their
reigning with Christ a thousand years is signified that they
were already in heaven, while the rest of the dead who did
not yet live again, described in verse 5, were in the world
of spirits. But those who do not know that by the num-
bers in the Apocalypse are not meant numbers but things,
do not comprehend these things. I can assert that the
angels do not understand any number naturally, as men
do, but spiritually ; and indeed, that they do not know
what a thousand years are, only that it is some interval of
time, small or large, which cannot be expressed otherwise
than by a while.

856. And when the thousand years are ended, Satan shall
be loosed out of his prison, signifies that after those who had
been hitherto kept concealed and guarded in the lower
earth, were taken up by the Lord into heaven, and the
New Christian Heaven was increased by them, all those
who had confirmed falsities of faith in themselves were let
loose. " When the thousand years were ended " signifies
after those who had hitherto been kept concealed and
guarded in the lower earth were taken up into heaven by
the Lord. The reason that this is signified by when the
thousand years were ended, is because the salvation of

No. 858.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 985

those who worshipped the Lord and who lived according
to His precepts is alone treated of in verses 4-6, which
precede ; and this space of time is meant by the thousand
years. That they were taken up from the lower earth is
not indeed said, but still it is manifest from chapter vi.
9-1 1, where they were seen under the altar ; and under the
altar is in the lower earth : wherefore they are also called
here priests of God and of Christ (vers. 6 ; see above,
n. 846). Nor is it here said, that the New Christian
Heaven was increased by them : still, however, this is
manifest from chap, xiv., where the New Christian Heaven
is treated of ; as may be seen from the things explained
there, especially n. 612, 613, 626, 631, 647, 659, 661.
That by Satan's being loosed out of his prison, is signified
that those who had confirmed themselves in faith alone as
to doctrine were let loose, is because the dragon is here
called Satan, and not at the same time the Devil, as above
(vers. 2) j and by the dragon as the Devil are meant those
who were in evils of life, and by the dragon as Satan are
meant those who were in falsities of faith ; see above
(n. 841). But the quality of these respectively will be
seen in the following paragraph.

858. And shall go forth to seduce the nations which are
in the four comers of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather
them together to battle, signifies that they who are here meant
by the dragon would draw to their party all from the whole
earth in the entire world of spirits, who lived there in
external natural worship only, and in no internal spiritual
worship, and would excite them against those who wor-
shipped the Lord, and lived according to His precepts in
the Word. By his going forth to seduce the nations that
are in the four corners of the earth, is signified that they
who are meant by the dragon, who are spoken of just above
(n. 856), would draw to their party all who were in the
whole world of spirits : by seducing is here signified to
draw to their party : by nations are signified as well ihe

986

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

good as the evil (n. 483) : by the four corners of the earth
is signified the whole spiritual world (n. 342), here they
who are in the whole world of spirits, which is in the midst
between heaven and hell, and where all, after their depart-
ure from the earth, first come together, spoken of n. 784,
791 : for those who were in hell could not come into the
sight of the dragon, nor they who were in the heavens.
By Gog and Magog are signified those who are in external
natural worship separated from internal spiritual worship,
who are treated of in the following paragraph : by gather-
ing them together to battle is signified to excite them that
are meant by the nations against those who worship the
Lord and live according to His precepts in the Word ;
since all who do not worship the Lord, and do not live
according to His precepts, are evil ; and the evil act as
one with the dragon or the dragonists. That by war is
meant spiritual war, which is that of falsity against truth,
and of truth against falsity, may be seen above (n. 500, 586).

859. That those who are in external worship and not in
any internal worship are meant by Gog and Magog, may
be evident in Ezekiel, from chapter xxxviii., where Gog is
treated of from the beginning to the end ; and from chap-
ter xxxix., vers. 1-16. But that those are signified by Gog
and Magog, is not clearly manifest there except through
the spiritual sense, which, as it has been disclosed to
me, shall be opened : first, what the things that are con-
tained in these two chapters signify. In the thirty-eighth
chapter of Ezekiel : " Those are treated of who are in the
literal sense of the Word only, and in worship which is
external without an internal, who are Gog (vers. 1, 2) : that
each and every thing of that worship is to perish (vers.
3-7) : that that worship will take possession of the church,
and vastate it ; and so it will be in externals without inter-
nals (vers. 8-16) : that the state of the church will thereby
be changed (vers. 17-19) : that thence the truths and
goods of religion will perish, and falsities succeed (vers.

No S59.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 987

20-23). The thirty-ninth chapter of the same, treats
of those Mho are in the sense of the letter of the Word
alone, and in external worship : that they will come into
the church which is Gog, but that they will perish (vers.
1-6): that this will be done when the Loid comes and
institutes a Church (vers. 7-8) : that this church will then
disperse all their evils and falsities (vers. 9, 10): that it
will altogether destroy them (vers, n-16): that the New
Church to be established by the Lord will be informed in
truths and goods of every kind, and imbued with goods of
every kind (vers. 17-21): and that the former church will
be destroyed on account of evils and falsities (vers. 23, 24) :
that a church will then be gathered by the Lord from all
nations (vers. 25-29)." But something shall be said of
those who are in external worship without internal spiritual
worship. They are those that frequent churches on the
sabbath and festival days ; sing psalms and pray at such
times ; listen to the preachings : and attend to the elo-
quence, and little if at all to the matter ; and are some-
what moved by prayers uttered with affection ; as, that
they are sinners ; and do not reflect at all upon themselves
and their life ; also they receive yearly the Sacrament of
the Supper ; offer prayers morning and evening, and pray
also at dinner and supper ; and discourse sometimes also
about God, about heaven, and eternal life ; and know how
to repeat at such times some passages from the Word, and
to appear like Christians, although they are not: for, after
they have done all these things, they make nothing of
adulteries and obscenities, of revenges and hatreds, of
clandestine thefts and depredations, of lies and slanders,
and of concupiscences and intentions of evils of every
kind. They who are of such a character do not believe
in any God, still less in the Lord. If they are questioned
as to what the good and truth of religion are, they do not
know at all, and think that it is not of much importance
'hat they should know : in a word, they live to themselves

988 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

and the world, and thus to their liking and their body,
and not to God and the neighbor, and thus not to the
spirit and the soul : from which it is manifest that their
worship is external without internal worship. These also
are prone to receive the heresy of faith alone, especially
when they hear that a man cannot do good of himself,
and that they are not under the yoke of the law. Hence
it is, that it is said, that the dragon shall go forth to
seduce the nations, Gog and Magog. By Gog and Magog
is also signified in the Hebrew language a roof and a floor,
which are the externals.

860. The ftumber of whom is as the sand of the sea, signifies
the multitude of such. Their multitude is compared to the
sand of the sea, because by the sea the external of the church
is signified (n. 403, 404, 420, 470) ; and by the sand that
which is not serviceable for any use in the sea, but to make
its bottom. Because their number is so vast, therefore the
valley of their burial is called the multitude of Gog; and the
name of the city where they are, Multitude (Ez. xxxix. 15).

861. And they went up upon the breadth of the earth, and
surrounded the camp of the saints, and the beloved city, signifies
that being excited by the dragonists, they would spurn every
truth of the church, and endeavor to destroy all things of
the New Church, and its very doctrine concerning the Lord
and concerning Life. By going up upon the breadth of the
earth, is signified to spurn every truth of the church ; for
by going up upon is signified to climb over and to pass by,
and thus to spurn : and by the breadth of the earth is
signified the truth of the church, as explained in what
follows : by surrounding the camp of the saints is signified
to besiege and to wish to destroy all the things of the
New Church, as shown in the following paragraph : and by
the beloved city is signified the doctrine of the New Church.
That the doctrine of the church is signified by a city may
be seen above (n. 194, 501, 502, 712); which is called be-
loved, because it treats of the Lord and of life ; for it is the

No. 86i] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

doctrine of the New Jerusalem which is here meant. That
this is signified by these words, no one can see except by
the spiritual sense of the Word : for it cannot come into
the thought of any one that the truth of the church is
signified by the breadth of the earth ; and that all the
things of the New Church, as well its truths as its goods,
are signified by the camp of the saints ; and that its doc-
trine is signified by the city. Lest the mind, therefore)
should remain in doubt, it is necessary to demonstrate what
" breadth " and what " the camp of the saints " signify in
the spiritual sense ; from which it may afterwards be seen,
that such is the sense of these words. That " the breadth
of the earth " signifies the truth of the church, is because
there are four quarters in the spiritual world, the east,
the west, the south, and the north ; and the east and west
make its length and the south and the north its breadth :
and because those who are in the good of love dwell in
the east and the west, therefore also good is signified by the
east and west, and in like manner by length ; and because
those who are in the truths of wisdom dwell in the south
and the north, therefore also truth is signified by the
south and north, and in like manner by breadth. But on
this more may be seen in the work on "Heaven and Hell,"
published at London, 1758 (n. 141-153). That truth is
signified by breadth may be evident from these passages
in the Word : O Jehovah, thou hast not shut me up into the
ha?id of the enemy, thou hast made my feet to stand i?i a broad
place (Ps. xxxi. 8). / called upon Jah in straitness, He
answered me in a broad place (Ps. cxviii. 5). Jehovah led
me forth info a broad place, He delivered me (Ps. xviii. 19).
/ am He that raiseth up the Chaldeans, a nation bitter and
swift, that walketh in the breadths of the earth (Hab. i. 6).
Ashur shall pass through Judah, he shall overflow and go
over, and the stretching out of his wings shall fill the breadth
of thy land (Isa. viii. 8). Jehovah shall feed them as a
slurp in a broad place (Hos. iv. 16. Besides other places,

990 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

as Ps. iv. i ; lxvi. 12 ; Deut. xxxiii. 20). Nor is any thing
else signified by the breadth of the city New Jerusalem (Apoc.
xxi. 16) : for since the New Church is meant by the New
Jerusalem, by its length and breadth cannot be signified
length and breadth, but its truth and good ; for these are
of the church. As also in Zechariah, / said unto the angel,
14 rhither goest thou ? and he said, To measure Jerusalem, to
see what is the breadth thereof and what is the length thereof
(ii. 2). In like manner by the breadth and length of the
new temple and new earth, in Ezekiel, chap, xl., xli., xlii.,
xliii., xliv., xh\, xlvi., xlvii. So also by the length and
breadth of the altar of burnt-offering, of the tabernacle, of
the table upon which was the bread, of the altar of incense,
and of the ark : and likewise by the length and breadth of
the Temple at Jerusalem, and of many other things which
are described by measures.

862. It has been said that by their surrounding the camp
of the saints and the beloved city is signified that they
endeavored to destroy all things of the New Church, as
well its truths as its goods and its very doctrine concerning
the Lord and concerning life ; as has been said in the
preceding paragraph. These things are signified because
by the camp of the saints all the truths and goods of the
church which is the New Jerusalem are signified. That a
camp in the spiritual sense signifies all the things of the
church, which rank themselves among its truths and goods,
may be evident from these passages : The sun and the moon
were darkened, and the stars withdrew their shining; Jehovah
uttered His voice before His army, for His camp is very great,
for strong is he that doeth His word (Joel ii. 10, 11). /
will encamp about my house because of the army (Zech. ix. 8).
God hath scattered the bones of them that enca?np against me,
because God cast them off (Vs. liii. 5). The angel of Jehovah
mcampeth about them that fear Him, and delivereth them
(Ps. xxxiv. 7). The angels of God met Jacob, and said to
Jacob, This is the camp of God; therefore he called the nanu

No. 863.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 991

of that place Mahanaim [the two camps] (Gen. xxxii. 1, 2
Besides other places, as Isa. xxix. 3 ; Ez. i. 24 ; Ps.
xxvii. 3). That by an army in the Word the truths and
goods of the church, and also its falsities and evils, are
signified, may be seen, n. 447, 826, 833 ; hence also by a
camp. Since the church as to all its truths and goods is
signified by the children of Israel and their twelve tribes
(n. 349, 350), they were therefore called the army of
Jihovah (Ex. vii. 4; xii. 41, 51); and where they were
assembled and encamped they were called a camp, as Lev.
iv. 12 ; viii. 17 ; xiii. 46 ; xiv. 8 ; xvi. 26, 28 ; xxiv. 14, 23 ;
Num. i. ; ii. ; iii. ; iv. 5, &c. ; v. 2, 3, 4, ; ix. 17 to the end ;
x. 2-28; xi. 31, 32; xii. 14, 15; xxxi. 12, 19, 24; xxxiii.
1-49; Deut. xxiii. 10-14; Am. iv. 10. From these things
it is now manifest, that by their surrounding the camp of
the saints and the beloved city, is signified that they
endeavored to destroy all the truths and goods of the New
Church which is the New Jerusalem, and also its doctrine
concerning the Lord and concerning life. The like is
signified by this in Luke : When ye shall see yerusalem
surrounded by armies, then know that the devastation is near ;
at length shall Je?'usale7n be trodden down by the nations,
until the times of the nations shall be fulfilled (xxi. 20, 24).
This is concerning the consummation of the age, which is
fhe last period of the church : the church is also signified
here by Jerusalem. That Gog and Magog, that is, those
that are in external worship separate from internal worship,
will then invade the chureh, and endeavor to destroy it, is
also said in Ezekiel xxxviii. 8, 9, n, 12, 15, 16 ; xxxix. 2 :
and that there will then be a New Church from the Lord
(vers. 17 to the end).

863. And fire came doim from God out of heaven, and
consumed them, signifies that they perished by the concupis-
cences of infernal love. By the fire coming down from
heaven, which consumed them, the concupiscences of evils,
or of infernal love, are signified, as above (n. 494, 748) ;

992 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

since they that are in external worship separate from in-
ternal worship are in evils of every kind and in concupis-
cences, because the evils that are with them have not been
removed by any actual repentance (n. 859). It is said that
the fire came down from God out of heaven ; and it was so
done in ancient times, when all the things of the church
were represented before their eyes, consequently when the
churches were representative : but at this day, when repre-
sentatives have ceased, the like is said, and by it the same
is signified, as formerly, when it was represented. That
fire came down out of heaven upon them that profaned
holy things, may be seen above (n. 494, 748). The like is
said of Gog and Magog in Ezekiel : / will cause it to rain
fire and brimstone upon Gog, and upon his wings, and upon
many people that are with him (xxxviii. 21). I will send fire
upon Magog (xxxix. 6).

864. And the devil that seduced them was cast into the lake
of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet
are ; a?id they shall be tormented day and night for ever and
ever, signifies that they who were in evils as to life and in
falsities as to doctrine were cast into hell, where they will
be infested interiorly by the love of their falsity and by
the lusts of their evil continually for ever. By the devil that
seduced them is meant the dragon, as is manifest from what
goes before ; and those in general are meant by the dragon,
who are in evils as to life and in falsities as to doctrine
(n. 841). It is said " the devil that seduced them," that it
might be known that it was the dragon ; because he se-
duced, as is manifest from vers. 2, 3, 7, 8 of this chapter.
By the lake of fire into which he was cast is signified hell
where are the loves of falsity and the lusts of evil (n. 835),
By the beast and the false prophet are signified those who
are in faith alone both in life and in doctrine, as well the
unlearned as the learned ; by the beast the unlearned, and
by the false prophet the learned (n. 834). By being tor-
mented day and night is signified to be interiorly infested

No. S65.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

993

continually • and by "for ever and ever," to eternity. And
as it is said that they were cast into the lake of lire and
brimstone, and thereby is signified where the loves of fal-
sity and the lusts of evil are (n. 835), it is these by which
they are interiorly infested : for every one in hell is tor-
mented by his love and its concupiscences j for these make
the life of every one there, and the life is tormented : where-
fore there are degrees of torment there, according to the
degrees of the love of evil and thence of falsity.

865. And I saw a great white thro?ie, a fid Him that sat
upon it, f?-om whose face the heaven and the earth fled
away, signifies a universal judgment executed by the Lord
upon all the first heavens, in which were those who were in
civil and moral good and no spiritual good, and who thus
simulated Christians in externals, but were devils in inter-
nals ; which heavens with their earth were utterly dissipated,
so that nothing of them appeared any more. Before these
things are explained in order according to the letter, some-
thing is to be premised concerning the universal judgment
which is here treated of. From the time when the Lord
was in the world, when He executed a last judgment in
person, it has been permitted that those who were in civil
and moral good, although in no spiritual good, whence they
appeared in externals like Christians, but in internals were
devils, should remain longer than the rest in the world of
spirits, which is midway between heaven and hell : and it was
at length granted them to make for themselves homes there,
and likewise, by the abuse of correspondences and by fan-
tasies, to form for themselves as it were heavens j which also
they formed in great abundance. But when they were mul-
tiplied to such a degree that they intercepted spiritual
light and spiritual heat between the higher heavens and
men on earth, the Lord then executed a last Judgment,
and dissipated those imaginary heavens : which was done
in such manner that the externals by which they simulated
Christians were taken away, and the internals in which the]

994

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX,

were devils were opened ; and they were then seen as they
were in themselves : and they who were seen to be devils
were cast into hell, each one according to the evils of his life.
This was done in the year 1757. But more may be seen
concerning this universal Judgment in the little work on the
" Last Judgment," published in London, 1758, and in the
" Continuation " concerning it, published at Amsterdam,
1763. Now to the explanation I By the great white throne
and Him that sat upon it is signified the universal judg-
ment executed by the Lord : by a throne heaven and also
judgment are signified (n. 229) : by Him that sat upon the
throne the Lord is meant (n. 808 at the end). That the
throne appeared white, is because the judgment was exe-
cuted from Divine truths ; for white is predicated of truths
(n. 167, 379). That the throne appeared great, is because
the judgment was executed also from the Divine Good ; for
great is predicated of good (n. 656, 663). " From whose
face the earth and the heaven fled away," signifies that
those heavens which they had made for themselves, which
were spoken of just above, together with their earths, were
dissipated. For in the spiritual world there are earths just
as in the natural world (see n. 260, 336) : but like all things
there the earths also are from a spiritual origin. " And
there was found no place for them," signifies that the
heavens with their earths were so entirely dissipated that
nothing of them appeared any more. It may be evident
from this, that by " I saw a great white throne and Him
that sat upon it, from whose face the earth and the heavei.
fled away, and there was found no place for them," is signi
fled a universal Judgment executed by the Lord upon all
the new heavens in which were those who were in civil and
moral good and in no spiritual good, and who thus in ex
ternals simulated Christians, but in internals were devils ,
which heavens with their earths were utterly dissipated, so
that nothing of them appeared any more.

866. And I raw the dead small and great standing before

No. 866.J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED

995

God, signifies all who have died from the earth and were
now among those who were in the world of spirits, of what-
ever condition and quality, gathered together by the Lord
to judgment. By "the dead" are signified all who have
deceased from the earth, or who have died as to the body ;
who are further treated of below : by " small and great " is
signified of whatever condition and quality, as n. 604 : by
" standing before God," that is, before Him that sat upon
the throne, is signified to be presented and gathered to-
gether for judgment. By " the dead " in the Word the
same is signified as by death, and by deaths various things
are signified : for by death is signified not only the extinc-
tion of the natural life, which is the decease, but also the
extinction of spiritual life, which is damnation. By death
is also signified the extinction of the loves of the body, or
the lusts of the flesh ; after which there is a renewal of life.
So, too, by death is signified resurrection, because a man
after death immediately rises. By death is also signified
neglect, non-acknowledgment, and rejection by the world.
But in the most general sense the same is signified by death
as by the devil, wherefore also the devil is called death ;
and by the devil is meant the hell where those are who are
called devils : hence also by death is meant evil of the will,
which makes a man to be a devil. In this last sense death
is to be understood in the following verse, where it is said
that death and hell gave up their dead, and that they were
cast into the lake of fire. From this it may be evident, who
are signified by the dead in the various senses : here are
signified all those who had left the world, or had died from
the earth, and were then in the world of spirits. It is said,
in the world of spirits, because into that all come first after
death, and are prepared there, the good for heaven, and
the evil for hell ; and they tarry there, some only for a
month, or a year, and some for ten and even to thirty
years : and those to whom it was granted to make to them-
selves as it were heavens, for some centuries ; but at this

996 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

day not beyond twenty years. There is a vast multitude
there ; and there are societies there, as in the heavens and
in the hells : concerning this world see above (n. 784, 791).
Upon these who were in that world, the last judgment was
executed ; but it was not executed upon those who were in
heaven, nor upon those who were in hell : for they who
were in heaven were saved before, and they that were in
hell were damned before. It may be seen from this, how
much they err who believe that the last judgment will take
place on the earth, and that at that time men will rise
again as to their bodies : for all who have lived from the first
creation of the world, are together in the spiritual world,
and all clothed with spiritual bodies ; and before the eyes
of them that are spiritual they appear to be men, as those
who are in the natural world appear in the sight of natural
men.

867. And the books were opened \ and another book was
opened, which is the book of life, signifies that the interiors of
the minds of them all were laid open, and by the influx of
light and heat from heaven, were seen and perceived as to
the quality of their affections which are of love or of the
will, and thence as to the thoughts which are of the faith
or of the understanding, as well the evil as the good. By
" the books " are not meant books, but the interiors of the
minds of those who are judged : by the books the interiors
of the minds of those who are evil, and are judged to death •
and by the book of life they who are good, and are judged
to life. They are called books, because upon the interiors
of ever}- one's mind are written all the things which he
has thought, intended, spoken and done, in the world, from
the will or love, and thence from the understanding 01
faith. All these things are written upon the life of every
one, so exactly that absolutely nothing is wanting. These
things appear to the life just as they are, when spiritual
light which is wisdom from the Lord, and spiritual heat
which is love from the Lord, flow in through heaven : the

No. 868.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

997

spiritual light discloses the thoughts which are of the
understanding and the faith, and the spiritual heat dis-
closes the affections which are of the will and the love ;
and the spiritual light and spiritual heat together disclose
the intentions and efforts. That it is so, I do not say that
a rational man can see from the light of his understanding ;
but he can, if he will ; provided he is willing to understand
that there is given spiritual light, which illuminates the un-
derstanding, and spiritual heat, which enkindles the will.

868. A?id the dead were judged fro?n the things written in
the books, according to their works, signifies that all were
judged according to their internal life in externals. By
" the dead " are signified all who died from the earth, and
were then in the world of spirits, as above (n. 866) : " from
the things written in the books," signifies from the interiors
of the mind of each one then laid open, as just above
(n. 867) : " according to their works," signifies according to
each one's internal life in externals. That this is signified
by works in the Word, may be seen above (n. 73, 76, 94,
141, 641) ; to which I will add this, — that there are given
works of the mind and works of the body, both of them in-
ternal and at the same time external. The works of the
mind are the intentions and endeavors, and the works of
the body are the speech and the acts : the latter and the
former proceed from the man's internal life, which is that
of his will or love. Whatever does not result in works,
either internal which are of the mind, or external which are
of the body, is not in the life of man ; for it flows in from
the world of spirits, but is not received : wherefore it is like
the images which hurt the eyes, and like odors which offend
the nose, from which the man turns away his face. But on
this subject more may be seen in the passages cited above,
where also some passages are adduced from the Word in
proof that a man will be judged according to his works:
besides which, there are also these from Paul : In the day
of wrath and revelation of the just judgment of God, u ho will

998

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

re7ider to every cne according to his works (Rom. ii. 5, 6).
We must all be manifested before the jndgme?it-seat of Christy
that every one may receive the things done in his body,
according to that he hath done, whether it be good or evil
(2 Cor. v. 10).

869. And the sea gave up the dead which were in it,
signifies the external and natural men of the church called
together to judgment. By "the sea" the external of the
chuich is signified, which is natural : hence by those whom
the sea gave up are signified the external and natural men
of the church. That the sea signifies the external of the
church, which is natural, may be seen above (n. 238, 239
at the end, 402, 403, 404, 470, 567, 659, 661). By the
dead are signified those who had died from the earth, as
above (n. 866, 868). That the external men of the church
are meant by the dead whom the sea gave up, is because no
others were judged but they who were in some worship :
for all those who despised the holy things of the church, and
denied God, the Word, and the life after death, were judged
immediately after death, and were conjoined with those
that were in hell, whither they were afterwards cast down.
But they who had been external and natural men in the
church, and professed with the mouth that there is a God,
that there are a heaven and a hell, and in a certain way ac-
knowledged the Word", are they who were called together to
the judgment. Of these who were from the sea many were
saved ; for we do not read that all of them were cast into
the lake of fire, like death and hell : but that if any one of
them was not found written in the book of life, he was cast
in (vers. 15). Those of them who were saved are also
meant by the rest of the dead who lived not again until the
thousand years were ended (vers. 5). From this it may
now be evident, that by the sea giving up the dead that
were in it, are signified the external and natural men of the
church called together to the judgment.

870. And death and hell gave up the dead which were in

No. 8; i.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

999

them, signifies the men of the church, impious at heart, who
were in themselves devils and satans, called together to
judgment. No others are meant by death and hell, but
those who were interiorly in themselves devils and satans ;
by death they that were interiorly in themselves devils, and
by hell they that were interiorly in themselves satans ; con-
sequently all the impious in heart : and yet in externals
they appeared like men of the church ; for no others were
called to this universal judgment : for they who in externals
are like men of the church, whether they be of the laity or
of the clergy, and in internals are devils and satans, are
judged, because with them the externals are to be separated
from the internals j and they also can be judged, because
they have known and professed the things which are of the
church. That by death are meant the impious in heart
who in themselves were devils, and by hell those who in
themselves were satans, is manifest from its being said that
death and hell were cast into the lake of fire (vers. 14 fol-
lowing) : and neither death nor hell can be cast into hell ;
but they who are death and hell as to their interiors, that
is, who are in themselves devils and satans. Who are
meant by the devil and satan may be seen above (n. 97,
841, 857) ; and that they are death who in themselves are
devils, just above (n. 866). Death and hell are also spoken
of elsewhere, as, the Son of Man said, I have the keys of death
and of hell (Apoc. i. 18). The name of him that sat upon the
pale horse was death, and hell followed him (Apoc. vi. 8). So
also Hos. xiii. 14 ; Ps. xviii. 4, 5 ; xlix. 14, 15 ; cxvi. 3.

871. And they were judged eveiy o?ic accord i?ig to their
works; that it signifies that all were judged according to
their internal life in externals, is manifest from the things
explained above (n. 868), where are similar words : to which
I will add this, that every one is judged according to the
quality of his soul ; and a man's soul is his life, for it is the
love of his will : and the love of every one's will is alto-
gether according to the reception of the Divine Truth pro-

IOOO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

reeding from the Lord ; and the doctrine of the church,
which is from the Word, teaches this reception.

872. And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire, sig-
nifies that the impious at heart, who in themselves were
devils and satans, and yet in externals like men of the
church, were cast down into hell, among those who were in
the love of evil, and thence in the love of the falsity that
agrees with the evil. By death and hell are signified the
impious at heart, who interiorly in themselves were devils
and satans, and yet in externals like men of the church, as
above (n. 870). By the lake of fire is signified the hell
where those are who are in the love of evil and thence in
the love of the falsity that agrees with the evil, and thus
who love evil, and confirm it by reasonings from the natural
man, and still more, who confirm it by the literal sense of
the Word. These cannot do otherwise than deny God in-
teriorly in themselves, for this lurks hidden in evil of life
confirmed by falsities. A lake signifies where falsity is in
abundance, and fire signifies the love of evil, as above
(n. 835, 864). That death and hell are said to have been
cast into the lake of fire, is according to the angelic speech,
in which a person is not named, but that which is in the
person, and makes him j here that in the person which
makes his death and hell. That it is so, may be seen from
the fact that hell cannot be cast into hell.

873. This is the second death, signifies that these have
damnation itself. That by the second death spiritual death
is signified, which is damnation, may be seen above (n. 853).
This is said, because they who are impious at heart, and
are in themselves devils and satans, and yet like men of
the church, are damned beyond others.

874. And if a?iy one was not found written in the book of
life, he was cast into the lake of fi?-e, signifies that they who
did not live according to the Lord's precepts in the Word,
and did not believe in the Lord, were condemned. That
by the book of life the Word is signified, and by being judged

No. 875 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I CO J

out of that book is signified according to the truths of the
Word, may be seen above (n. 256, 259, 295, 303, 309, 317,
324, 330) : and no other is found written in the book of
life, but he who has lived according to the Lord's precepts
in the Word, and has believed in the Lord ; this, therefore,
is meant. That he who does not live according to the
Lord's precepts in the Word is condemned, the Lord
teaches in John : If any one hear my words, a?id believe not,
[ judge him not ; he hath that which judgeth him ; the Word
Which I have spoken, the same shall judge him at the last day
(xii. 47, 48). And that he who does not believe in the Lord
is condemned, also in John : He that believeth on the Son,
hath eternal life ; but he that believeth ?wt the Son, shall not
see life ; but the wrath of God abide th on him (iii. 36).

875. To the above I will add this Relation. On a
certain morning, awaking from sleep, I saw two angels
descending from heaven, the one from the southern part oi
heaven, and the other from the eastern part of heaven ;
both in chariots to which white horses were harnessed.
The chariot in which the angel from the south of heaven
was carried shone like silver, and the chariot in which the
angel from the east of heaven was carried shone like gold ;
and the rems which they held in their hands flashed as
from the flamy light of the dawn. In this manner were
these two angels seen by me at a distance ; but when they
came nearer, they did not appear in chariots, but in their
^angelic form, which is human, — he who came from the
east of heaven, in a shining purple garment ; and he who
came from the south of heaven, in a garment of bright
hyacinthine blue. When they were below, under the heav-
ens, they 1 an to meet each other, as if they were emu-
lous which should be first, and embraced and kissed each
other. I heard that these two angels, when they lived in

1002 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

the world, were conjoined by an interior friendship ; but
now one was in the eastern heaven, and the other in the
southern heaven. In the eastern heaven are those who
are in love from the Lord, but in the southern heaven
those who are in wisdom from the Lord. After they had
spoken awhile of the magnificent things in their heavens,
this came up in their discourse ; whether heaven in its
essence is love, or whether it is wisdom. They agreed at
once, that the one is of the other, but questioned which is
the original. The angel who was from the heaven of wis-
dom asked the other what love is j and he answered that
love, springing from the Lord as a Sun, is the vital heat of
angels and men, and thus their life ; and that the deriva-
tions of love are called affections ; and that by these are
produced perceptions, and thus thoughts ; from which it
flows, that wisdom in its origin is love ; consequently that
thought in its origin is the affection of that love : and that
it may be seen from the derivations viewed in their order,
that thought is nothing else but the form of affection ; and
that this is not known, because the thoughts are in the
light, but the affections in heat: and that therefore we
reflect upon the thoughts, but not upon the affections ;
just as is the case with sound and with speech. That
thought is nothing else than the form of affection may also
be illustrated by speech, as this is nothing but the form of
sound. It is similar also, because sound corresponds to
affection, and speech to thought : wherefore the affection
makes the sound, and the thought speaks. This may also
be made clear from the consideration that if the sound be
taken away from speech, there is nothing of speech left.
In like manner, take away affection from thought, and
there is nothing of thought left. Hence it is now manifest,
that love is the all of wisdom ; consequently, that the es-
sence of the heavens is love, and that their existence is
wisdom ; or, what is the same, that the heavens are from
the Divine Love, and that they exist from the Divine Love

No. 875.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IOO3

by the Divine Wisdom ; and therefore, as was said before
the one is of the other. There was a novitiate spirit with
me at that time, who, on hearing this, inquired whether it
was the same with charity and faith j because charity is
of affection, and faith is of the thought. And the angel
answered, " It is altogether similar : faith is nothing but
the form of charity, just as speech is the form of sound.
Faith is also formed from charity, as speech is formed from
sound. We are also acquainted with the mode of the
formation in heaven, but there is not leisure to explain it
here." He added, " By faith I mean spiritual faith, in which
there is spirit and life solely from charity ; for charity is
spiritual, and through charity, faith. Wherefore faith with-
out charity is merely natural faith, and this faith is dead
faith: it conjoins itself also with merely natural affection,
which is nothing but concupiscence." The angels spake of
these things spiritually ; and spiritual speech embraces
thousands of things which natural speech cannot express,
and what is wonderful, which cannot even fall into the
ideas of natural thought. Remember this, I pray ; and
when you come out of natural light into spiritual light,
as is the case after death, inquire then what faith is, and
what charity is ; and you will see clearly that faith is char-
ity in form, and hence that charity is the all of faith ; con-
sequently that it is the soul, the life, and the essence of
faith, altogether as affection is that of thought, and as
sound is that of speech : and if you desire, you will see the
formation of faith from charity to be similar to the forma-
tion of speech from sound, because they correspond. After
the angels had conversed upon all these subjects, they
departed ; and as they withdrew, each to his own heaven,
there appeared stars around their heads ; and when they
were at a distance from me, they appeared in chariots
again, as before.

A:ter these two angels were out of my sight, I saw a
certain garden on the right ; where were olive-trees, vines,

1004 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

fig-trees, laurels, and palm-trees, arranged in order according
to correspondence. I looked thither, and among the trees
I saw angels and spirits walking and conversing j and then
an angelic spirit looked at me in turn. Those are called
angelic spirits, who are preparing for heaven in the world
of spirits, and afterwards become angels. That spirit came
from the garden to me, and said, " Will you go with me
into our paradise? and you shall hear and see wonderful
things." And I went with him ; and he then said to me,
" These whom you see " — for there were many — " are all
in affection for truth, and thence in the light of wisdom.
There is here also a building, which we call the Temple of
Wisdom : but no one sees it, who believes himself to be
very wise, still less he who believes himself to be wise
enough, and less still he who believes himself to be wise
from himself. The reason is, because these are not in the
reception of the light of heaven from affection for genuine
wisdom. Genuine wisdom is, for a man to see, from the
light of heaven, that the things which he knows, under-
stands and is wise in, are as little in comparison with that
which he does not know and understand and is not wise in, as
a drop to the ocean ; consequently scarce any thing. Every
one who is in this paradisal garden, and acknowledges
from perception and sight within himself that his wisdom
is so little comparatively, sees that temple of wisdom ;
for interior light enables him to see it, but not exterior
light without it." And as I had often thought this, and
from knowledge, and then from perception, and at length
from sight from interior light, had acknowledged that man
has so little wisdom, behold, it was given me to see that
temple. As to form it was wonderful. It was raised high
above the ground, quadrangular, the walls of crystal, the
roof of translucent jasper elegantly arched, the substructure
of various precious stones. There were steps of polished
alabaster. At the sides of the steps appeared the figures
of lions with their whelps. And I then asked whether it

No. 875.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IOO5

was permitted to enter, and it was said that it was. I
therefore ascended ; and when I entered, I saw as it were
cherubs flying under the roof, but soon vanishing. The
floor upon which we walked was of cedar ; and the whole
temple, from the transparence of the roof and walls, seemed
in the form of light. The angelic spirit entered with me,
to whom I related what I heard from the two angels con-
rerning love and wisdom, as also concerning charity and
faith. And he then said, " Did they not speak of a third
also ? " I said, " What third ? " He answered, " It is Use:
love and wisdom without use are not any thing : they are
only ideal entities ; nor do they become real before they
are in use : for love, wisdom, and use, are three things
which cannot be separated. If they are separated, neither
is any thing. Love is not any thing without wisdom, but
in wisdom it is formed for something. This something for
which it is formed, is use. Therefore, when love through
wisdom is in use, it is then something ; yea, it then first
exists. They are altogether as the end, the cause, and the
effect. The end is not any thing, unless through the cause
it is in the effect. If one of the three is dissolved, the
whole is dissolved, and becomes as nothing. It is similar
with charity, faith, and works. Charity without faith is not
any thing ; nor faith without charity ; nor charity and faith
without works : but in works they become something, of a
quality according to the use of the works. It is similar
with affection, thought, and operation ; and it is similar
with will, understanding, and action. That it is so may be
seen clearly in this temple, because the light in which we
are here is light that enlightens the interiors of the mind.
That there is not a complete and perfect thing unless there
is a trine, geometry also teaches ; for a line is not any
thing, unless it becomes an area ; and an area is not
any thing, unless it becomes a solid : on which account
the one must be produced into the other, that they may
exist ; and they co-exist in the third. As it is in this, so
vol. in. 8

1006 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

it is in each and every created thing ; they are finished in
their third. Hence now it is, that three in the Word, spirit-
ually understood, signifies complete and altogether. Since
it is so, I could not but wonder, that some profess faith
alone, some charity alone, some works alone ; when yet
the one without a second, and two together without the
third, are not any thing." But I then asked, "Cannot a
man have charity and faith, and still not works? Cannot
a man be in affection and thought about any matter, and
not in the performance of it?" The angelic spirit said to
me, " He cannot, except only ideally, and not really. He
must still be in the endeavor or will to operate ; and will
or endeavor is in itself act, because it is the continual ef-
fort to act ; which becomes an outward act, when deter-
mination is present. On which account endeavor and will,
as an interior act, is accepted by every wise man, because
by God, altogether as an exterior act, provided it does not
fail, when opportunity is given."

After this I descended by the steps from the temple of
wisdom, and walked in the garden, and saw some sitting
under a certain laurel eating figs. I turned aside to them,
and asked them for some figs ; which they gave me : and,
behold, the figs became grapes in my hand. When I won-
dered at this, the angelic spirit, who was still with me, said
to me, " The figs have become grapes in your hand, because
figs, from correspondence, signify the goods of charity and
thence of faith in the natural or external man, but grapes
the goods of charity and faith in the spiritual or internal
man ; and because you love spiritual things, therefore it
so happened to you : for in our world all things come to
pass and exist, and also are changed, according to corre*
spondences." And then there came over me the desire of
knowing how a man can 'do good from God, and yet as
of himself ; and I therefore asked them that were eating the
figs how they understood it. They said that they " could
not comprehend it otherwise than that God operates it

No. 875.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IOO7

within in man and through man, when he does not know
it ; since if man were conscious of it, and thus did it as of
himself, which is also to do it of himself, he would not do
good, but evil : for every thing that proceeds from a man,
as from himself, proceeds from his proprium ■ and the pro-
prium of man is evil from birth. How then can good from
God and evil from man be conjoined, and so proceed con-
jointly into act ? The proprium of man also, in the things
of salvation, is continually claiming merit ; and as far as
it does this, it takes away from the Lord His merit ; which
is the highest injustice and impiety. In a word, if the
good which God operates in a man by the Holy Spirit
should flow in into the willing and thence the doing of the
man, that good would be altogether defiled and also pro-
faned ; which, however, God never permits. A man can
indeed think that the good which he does is from God>
and call it the good of God through himself, and as if from
himself ; but still we do not comprehend this." But I then
opened my mind, and said, " You do not comprehend, be-
cause you think from the appearance, and the thought from
appearance confirmed is a fallacy. You are in the appear-
ance and the fallacy from it, because you believe that all
the things which a man wills and thinks, and thence does
and speaks, are in him, and consequently from him j when
yet nothing of them is in him except the state of receiving
what flows in. Man is not life in himself, but is an or^an
receptive of life. The Lord alone is life in Himself, as
He also says in John : As the Father hath life in Himself
so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself (v. 26.
Besides other places, as John xi. 25 j xiv. 6, 19). There
are two things which constitute life, — love and wisdom ;
or what is the same, the good of love and the truth of
wisdom. These flow in from God, and are received
by man, and are felt in the man as in him j and because
they are felt by him as in him, they also proceed as from
him. It is given by the Lord, that they should be thus felt

I008 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

by the man, in order that that which flows in may affect him,
and so be received and remain. But because all evil also
flows in, not from God, but from hell, and this is received
with enjoyment, because man was born such an organ,
therefore no more of good is received from God, than
(here is of evil removed by the man as of himself ; which
is done by repentance, and at the same time by faith in
the Lord. That love and wisdom, charity and faith, or,
speaking more generally, the good of love and charity and
the truth of wisdom and faith, flow in ; and that the things
which flow in appear in the man as in himself, and thence
as from him, may be manifestly seen from the sight, the
hearing, the smell, the taste, and the touch. All the things
which are felt in the organs of those senses flow in from
without, and are felt in them : in like manner in the organs
of the internal senses, with the difference only that into
the latter spiritual things flow in, which do not appear ;
but into the former natural things, which do appear. In
a word, man is an organ recipient of life from God ; con-
sequently he is a recipient of good so far as he desists
from evil. The Lord gives to every man to be able to
desist from evil, because he gives him to will and to under-
stand as of himself : and whatever the man does from the
will, as his own, according to the understanding, as his
own, or, what is the same, whatever he does from free-
dom which is of the will according to reason which is
of the understanding, this remains. By this the Lord
brings man into a state of conjunction with Himself, and
in this reforms, regenerates, and saves him. The life which
flows in is life proceeding from the Lord, which is also
called the Spirit of God, and in the Word the Holy Spirit ;
of which it is also said, that it enlightens and vivifies ; yea,
that it works in man : but this life is varied and modified
according to the organization induced upon the man by
his love and position in relation to it. You may also know
that every good of love and charity and every truth of

No. 875.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IOO9

wisdom and faith flow in, and are not in the man, from the
fact that he who thinks such a thing is in man from cre-
ation, cannot think otherwise than that God infused Him-
self into man, and thus that men would in part be Gods ;
and yet they who think this from belief become devils, and
stink like dead carcasses. Besides, what is human action
but the action of the mind ? for that which the mind wills
and thinks, it acts through its organ the body : and there*
fore when the mind is led by the Lord, the action is also
led ; and the mind and the action from it are led by the
Lord, when it believes in Him. Unless it were so, say,
if you can, why the Lord has commanded in the Word, in
a thousand and a thousand places, that a man must love
his neighbor, must work out the good of charity, and beai
fruit like a tree, and do His precepts, and all this that
he may be saved ; also why He has said that man will be
judged according to his deeds or works, — he who has
done good to heaven and life, and he who has done evil
to hell and death. How could the Lord speak such things,
if every thing that proceeds from man were meritorious,
and thence evil ? You may know, therefore, that if the
mind is charity, the action is also charity j but if the mind
is faith alone, which is also faith separated from spiritual
charity, the action is also that faith : and this faith is meri-
torious, because its charity is natural, and not spiritual.
It is otherwise with the faith of charity, because charity
does not wish to merit, and thence neither does its faith."
On hearing this, they that sat under the laurel said, " We
comprehend that you have spoken justly ; but still we do
not comprehend." To which I replied, "That I have spoken
justly, you comprehend from the common perception which
a man has from the influx of light from heaven when he
hears any truth ; but you do not comprehend from your
own perception, which man has from the influx of light
from the world. These two perceptions, namely, the in-
ternal and the external, or the spiritual and the natural,

IOIO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XX.

make one with the wise. You also can make them one, if
you look to the Lord and remove evils." As they under-
stood these things also, I selected some boughs from the
laurel under which we sat, and held them out, and said,
" Do you believe that this is from me, or from the Lord ? "
And they said, that they believed it to be through me as
from me ; and behold, the boughs blossomed in their
hands. As I withdrew, I saw a cedar table, upon which
was a book, under a green olive-tree, whose trunk was
entwined with a vine. I looked, and behold, it was a book
written by me, called the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom," and also " concern-
ing the Divine Providence ; " and I said that it was fully
shown in that book, that man is an organ recipient of life,
and not life.

After this I went home exhilarated from that garden,
and the angelic spirit with me ; who said to me on the
way, " If you wish to see clearly what faith and charity
are, and thus what faith separate from charity is, and faith
conjoined to charity, I will show it to the sense." I an-
swered, "Show it." And he said, "Think of light and
heat instead of faith and charity, and you will see clearly :
for faith in its essence is truth, which is of wisdom ; and
charity in its essence is affection, which is of love ; and the
truth of wisdom in heaven is light, and the affection of love
in heaven is heat : the light and heat in which the angels
are is nothing else. From this you can see clearly, what
faith separate from charity is, and what faith conjoined to
charity. Faith separated from charity is like the light
in winter, and faith conjoined to charity is like the light in
the spring. Wintry light, which is light separated from
heat, because it is conjoined to cold, strips the trees en-
tirely of their leaves, hardens the earth, and kills the grass,
and likewise congeals the waters : but vernal light, which
is light conjoined to heat, quickens the trees, first into
leaves, then into blossoms, and at length into fruits ; opens

No. 875.J THE ArOCAI.YP.SE REVEALED.

IOl 1

and softens the earth, that it may produce grass, herbs,
flowers, and shrubs ; and likewise dissolves the ice, that
the waters may flow from the springs. It is altogether
similar with faith and charity. Faith separate from charity
deadens all things ; and faith conjoined to charity quickens
all things. This quickening and that deadening can be
seen to the life in our spiritual world ; because here faith
is light, and charity is heat : for where there is faith con-
joined to charity, there are paradisal gardens, flower beds,
and grass plots, in their pleasantness, according to the
conjunction • but where there is faith separate from char-
ity, there there is not even grass ; and where it is green,
it is from briers, thorns, and nettles. This the light and
heat proceeding from the Lord as the Sun effect in the
angels and spirits, and thence around them." There were
at that time not far from us some of the clergy, whom the
angelic spirit called justifiers and sanctifiers of men by
faith alone, and likewise mysteriarchs. We said these
same things to them, and demonstrated them so that they
saw that it was so : and when we asked, " Is it not so ? "
they turned themselves away, and said, "We did not hear."
But we cried out to them, saying, " Hear now, then."
They then put both hands over their ears, and screamed
out, " We do not wish to hear."

IOI2 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIRST.

1. And I saw a New Heaven and a New Earth ; for the
first heaven and the first earth were passed away ; and the
sea was no more.

2. And I John saw the holy city New Jerusalem coming
down from God out of heaven, prepared as a Bride adorned
for her Husband.

3. And I heard a great voice out of heaven, saying,
Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He shall
dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and He
Himself shall be with them, their God.

4. And God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes ;
and death shall be no more \ neither mourning, nor crying,
nor labor (trouble) shall be more ; for the former things
are passed away.

5. And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I
make all things new: and He said unto me, Write, for
these words are true and faithful.

6. And He said unto me, It is done. I am the Alpha
and the Omega, the Beginning and the End. I will give
unto him that thirsteth of the fountain of the water of life
freely.

7. He that overcometh shall inherit all things ; and \
will be God to him, and he shall be to me a son.

8. But the fearful, and unfaithful, and abominable, and
murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters,
and all liars, shall have their part in the lake that burnetii
with fire and brimstone, which is the second death.

9. And there came unto me one of the seven angels which
had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and spake
with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the Bride,
the Lamb's Wife.

Chap. XXL] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1013

10. And he carried me away in the spirit upon a great
and high mountain, and showed me the great city, the
holy Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from God :

11. Having the glory of God, and her light {lumen) was
like unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper stone
shining like crystal :

12. Having a wall great and high, having twelve gates,
and over the gates twelve angels, and names superscribed,
which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children
of Israel.

13. On the east three gates, on the north three gates, on
the south three gates, and on the west three gates.

14. And the wall of the city having twelve foundations,
and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

15. And he that spake with me had a golden reed to
measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof.

16. And the city lieth four-square ; and the length of
it is as large as the breadth : and he measured the city
with the reed unto twelve thousand furlongs : the length
and the breadth and the height of it were equal.

17. And he measured the wall of it, a hundred forty-four
cubits, the measure of a man, which is, of an angel.

18. And the building of the wall of it was jasper; but
the city was pure gold like unto pure glass.

19. And the foundations of the wall of the city were
adorned with every precious stone : the first foundation
was jasper, the second sapphire, the third chalcedony, the
fourth emerald,

20. The fifth sardonyx, the sixth sardius, the seventh
chrysolite, the eighth beryl, the ninth topaz, the tenth
chrysoprasus, the eleventh jacinth, the twelfth amethyst.

21. And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; each one
of the gates was of one pearl ; and the street of the city
was pure gold as it were transparent glass.

22. And I saw no temple therein ; for the Lord God
Almighty is the temple of it, and the Lamb.

ioi4

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

23. And the city hath no need of the sun, neither of the
moon, to shine in it ; for the glory of God did lighten it,
and the lamp thereof is the Lamb.

24. And the nations which are saved shall walk in the
light of it, and the kings of the earth shall bring their
glory and honor into it.

25. And the gates of it shall not be shut by day, for
there shall be no night there ; and they shall bring the
glory and honor of the nations into it.

26. And there shall not enter into it any thing unclean, and
that doeth abomination and a lie : but they that are written
in the Lamb's book of life.

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. In this chap-
ter the state of Heaven and the Church after the last Judg-
ment is treated of : that after it, through the New Heaven,
a New Church will exist on the earth, which will worship
the Lord alone (vers. 1-8). Its conjunction with the Lord
(vers. 9, 10). Description of it as to intelligence from the
Word (vers. 11) : as to doctrine thence (vers. 12-21) : and
as to all its quality (vers. 22-26).

The Contents of each Verse. "And I saw a New
Heaven and a New Earth," signifies that a New Heaven
was formed by the Lord from Christians, which at this day
is called the Christian Heaven, where those are who wor-
shipped the Lord, and lived according to His precepts in
the Word, who thence have charity and faith : in which are
also all the infants of Christians. " For the first heaven
and the first earth were passed away," signifies the heavens
not made by the Lord, but by those who came from Chris-
tendom into the spiritual world, which were all dissipated
at the day of the last judgment. " And the sea was no
more," signifies that the external of the heaven collected

Chaf. XXI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1015

from Christians since the first establishment of the Church,
after those were taken out and saved who were written
in the Lord's book of life, was in like manner dissipated.
" And I John saw the holy city New Jerusalem coming
down from God out of heaven," signifies a New Church to
be established by the Lord at the end of the former, which
will be consociated with the New Heaven in Divine truths
as to doctrine and as to life. " Prepared as a Bride for her
Husband," signifies that Church conjoined to the Lord
through the Word. " And I heard a great voice out of
heaven, saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men,"
signifies the Lord from love speaking and declaring the good
tidings, that He now will be present with men in His Divine
Human. " And He shall dwell with them, and they shall
be His people, and He Himself shall be with them, their
God," signifies conjunction with the Lord, which is such
that they are in Him and He in them. " And God will
wipe away every tear from their eyes, and death shall be
no more, neither mourning, nor crying, nor labor shall be
more, for the former things are passed away," signifies that
the Lord will take away from them all grief of mind (ani-
mus), fear of damnation, of evils and falsities from hell,
and of temptations from them, and they shall not call those
things to mind, because the dragon, who caused them, is
cast out. " And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold,
I make all things new ; and He said unto me, Write, for
these words are true and faithful," signifies the Lord con-
firming all concerning the New Heaven and New Church
after the last Judgment was accomplished. " And He said
unto me, It is done," signifies that it is the Divine Truth.
" I am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and the
End," signifies that the Lord is the God of heaven and
earth, and that all things in heaven and on earth were
made by Him, and are governed by His Divine Providence,
and are done according to it. " I will give unto Him that
thirsteth of the fountain of the water of life freely," sig?iifies

IOl6 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

that to those who desire truths from any spiritual use the
Lord will give from Himself through the Word all which
conduce to that use. " He that overcometh shall inherit
all things, and I will be God to him, and he shall be tc
me a son," signifies that they who overcome the evils in
themselves, that is, the devil, and do not yield when they
are tempted by the Babylonians and dragonists, will come
into heaven, and there will live in the Lord and the Lord
in them. " But the fearful and unfaithful and abominable, '?
signifies those who are in no faith, and in no charity, and
thence in evils of every kind. " And murderers, and
whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and liars,"
signifies all those who make nothing of the precepts of the
decalogue, and do not shun as sins any evils there named,
and therefore live in them. " Shall have their part in the
lake that burnetii with fire and brimstone," signifies that
their lot is in hell where the loves of falsity and the lusts
of evil are. " Which is the second death," signifies damna-
tion. " And there came to me one of the seven angels
which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues,
and spake with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thee
the bride, the Lamb's wife," signifies influx and manifesta-
tion from the Lord out of the inmost of heaven concerning
the New Church, which will be conjoined with the Lord
through the Word. " And he carried me away in the spirit
upon a great and high mountain, and showed me the great
city the holy Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from
God," signifies that John was translated into the third
heaven, and his sight opened there, before whom was mani-
fested the Lord's New Church as to doctrine in the form of
a city. " Having the glory of God, and her light (lumen)
was like unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper
stone shining like crystal," signifies that in that Church the
Word will be understood, because it will be translucent
from its spiritual sense. " Having a wall great and high,"
signifies the Word in the literal sense from which is the

Chap. XXI.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1017

Doctrine of the New Church. " Having twelve gates,"
signifies that all the knowledges of truth and good by which
man is introduced into the Church, are there. " And over
the gates twelve angels, and names superscribed, which are
the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel," sig-
nifies the Divine truths and goods of heaven, which are also
the Divine truths and goods of the Church, in those knowl-
edges, and guards lest any one should enter, unless he is
in them from the Lord. " On the east three gates, on the
north three gates, on the south three gates, and on the west
three gates," signifies that the knowledges of truth and good,
in which is spiritual life out of heaven from the Lord, and
by which introduction into the New Church is effected, are
for those who are in love or affection for good more and less,
and for those who are in wisdom or affection for truth more
and less. " And the wall of the city having twelve founda-
tions," signifies that the Word in the literal sense contains
all things of the doctrine of the New Church. " And in them
the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb," signifies all
things of doctrine from the Word concerning the Lord and
concerning a life according to His precepts. " And he that
spake with me had a golden reed, to measure the city and
the gates thereof and the wall thereof," signifies that there-
is given by the Lord to those who are in the good of love,
the faculty of understanding and knowing what the Lord's
New Church is as to doctrine and its introductory truths,
and as to the Word from which these are. " And the city
lieth four-square," signifies justice in it. " The length of it
is as large as the breadth," signifies that in that Church
good and truth make one, like essence and form. " And
he measured the city with the reed unto twelve thousand
furlongs : the length and the breadth and the height of it
were equal," signifies that the quality of that Church from
doctrine was shown, that all things of it were from the good
of love. " And he measured the wall of it, a hundred forty-
four cubits," signifies that it was shown what the quality oi

lOl8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

the Word is in that Church, that from it are all her truths
and goods. " The measure of a man, which is, of an
angel," signifies the quality of that Church, that it makes
one with heaven. " And the building of the wall of it was
:asper," signifies that all the Divine Truth in the sense of
vhe letter with the men of that Church is translucent from
the Divine Truth in the spiritual sense. " And the city was
pure gold like unto pure glass," signifies that thence the
all of that Church is the good of love flowing in together
with light out of heaven from the Lord. " And the foun-
dations of the wall of the city were adorned with every
precious stone," signifies that all things of the doctrine of
the New Jerusalem taken from the literal sense of the
Word, with those who are there, will appear in the light ac-
cording to reception. " The first foundation was jasper, the
second sapphire, the third chalcedony, the fourth emerald,
the fifth sardonyx, the sixth sardius, the seventh chrysolite,
the eighth beryl, the ninth topaz, the tenth chrysoprasus, the
eleventh jacinth, the twelfth amethyst," signifies all the
things of that doctrine from the literal sense of the Word in
(heir order, with those who approach the Lord immediately,
and live according to the precepts of the Decalogue, shun-
ning evils as sins ; for these and no others are in the
doctrine of love to God and love towards the neighbor,
which two are the foundations of religion. " And the
twelve gates were twelve pearls, and each one of the gates
was of one pearl," signifies that the acknowledgment and
knowledge of the Lord conjoins into one all the knowl-
edges of truth and good which are from the Word, and in-
troduces into the Church. " And the street of the city was
pure gold as it were transparent glass," signifies that every
truth of that Church and of its doctrine is the good of love in
form flowing in together with light out of heaven from the
Lord. " And I saw no temple therein, for the Lord God Al-
mighty is the temple of it, and the Lamb," signifies that in
this Church there will be no external separate from the inter

Chap. XXL] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IOI9

nal, because the Lord Himself in His Divine Human, from
Whom is the all of the Church, is alone approached, wor-
shipped, and adored. " And the city hath no need of the
sun and the moon to shine in it, for the glory of God did
lighten it, and the lamp thereof is the Lamb," signifies that
the men of that Church will not be in the love of self and
in their own intelligence, and thence in natural light
(lumen) only, but in spiritual light from the Divine Truth of
the Word from the Lord alone. " And the nations which
are saved shall walk in the light of it," signifies that all who
are in the good of life, and believe in the Lord, will there
live according to Divine truths, and will see them within in
themselves, as the eye sees objects. " And the kings of
the earth shall bring their glory and honor into it," signifies
that all who are in the truths of wisdom from spiritual good
will there confess the Lord, and will ascribe to Him all the
truth and all the good which are in them. " And the gates
of it shall not be shut by day, for there shall be no night
there," signifies that they will be continually received into
the New Jerusalem, who are in truths from the good of love
from the Lord, because there is not there any falsity of
faith. " And they shall bring the glory and honor of the
nations into it," signifies that they who enter will bring
with them the confession, acknowledgment, and faith, that
the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, and that every
truth of the Church and every good of religion is from
Him. " And there shall not enter into it any thing unclean,
and that cloeth abomination and a lie," signifies that no one
is received into the Lord's New Church, who adulterates
the goods and falsifies the truths of the Word, and who
does evils from confirmation, and so also falsities. " But
they that are written in the Lamb's book of life," signifies
that no others are received into the New Church, which is
the New Jerusalem, but those who believe in the Lord, and
live according to His precepts in the Word.

. 1020 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXi.

THE EXPLANATION.

876. And I saw a Nezv Heaven and a New Earth, signi-
fies that a New Heaven was formed by the Lord from
Christians, which at this day is called the Christian Heaven,
where those are who worshipped the Lord, and lived ac-
cording to His precepts in the Word, who thence have
charity and faith ; in which heaven are also all the infants
of Christians. By a New Heaven and a New Earth, is
not meant a natural heaven visible before the eyes, nor
a natural earth inhabited by men ; but a spiritual heaven
and the earth of that heaven, where the angels are, is
meant. That this heaven and the earth of this heaven are
meant, every one sees and acknowledges, if he can only be
withdrawn somewhat from merely natural and material
ideas, when he reads the Word. That an angelic heaven
is meant, is manifest % because in the verse next following
it is said that he saw the holy city New Jerusalem coming
down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned
for her husband ; by which is not meant any Jerusalem
coming down, but a Church : and the church on earth
descends from the Lord out of the angelic heaven, because
the angels of heaven and the men of the earth in all things
of the church make one (el 626). It may be seen from this,
how naturally and materially they have thought and do think,
who from these words and those that follow in this verse
have framed for themselves the dogma concerning the
destruction of the world and a new creation of all things.
This New Heaven has been several times treated of above
in the Apocalypse, especially in chapters xiv. and xv. It
is called the Christian Heaven, because it is distinct from
the ancient heavens, which existed from the men of the
church before the coming of the Lord. These ancient
heavens are above the Christian Heaven • for the heavens
are like expanses one above another, and in like manner

No. 877.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. TQ2I

each heaven : for every heaven by itself is distinguished
into three heavens, the inmost or third, the middle or
second, and the lowest or first ; in like manner this new
heaven : I have seen them, and have spoken with them.
All are in this New Christian Heaven, who, from the first
establishment of the Christian Church, have worshipped
the Lord, and lived according to His precepts in the Word,
and consequently who have been in charity and at the same
time in faith from the Lord through the Word ; and who
thus have not been in a dead faith, but in living faith.
Concerning this heaven various things may be seen above
(n. 612, 613, 626, 631, 659, 661, 845, 846, 856). In like
manner all the infants of Christians are in that heaven,
because they have been educated by the angels in the two
essentials of the church, which are the acknowledgment
of the Lord as the God of heaven and earth, and a life
according to the precepts of the Decalogue.

877. For the first heaven and the first earth were passed
away, signifies the heavens not made by the Lord, but by
those who came from Christendom into the spiritual world,
which were all dissipated at the day of the last judgment.
That these heavens, and no others, are meant by the first
heaven and the first earth which passed away, may be seen
above (n. 865), where these words are explained : / saw a
great white throne, a?id Hint that sat upon it, from whose face
the heaven and the earth fled away (chap. xx. preceding,
vers. 11) ; where it was shown, that by these words is sig-
nified a universal judgment performed by the Lord upon
all the former heavens, in which were those who were in
civil and moral good, and in no spiritual good, and thus
who simulated Christians in externals, but in internals were
devils ; which heavens, with their earth, were altogether
dissipated. The remaining things respecting these may be
seen in the little work on the " Last Judgment," published
at London, 175S, and in the "Continuation concerning it,''
published at Amsterdam : to which it is superfluous to add
more here.

1022 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

878. And the sea was no more, signifies that the external
of the heaven collected from Christians since the first estab-
lishment of the Church, after those were taken out and
saved who were written in the Lord's book of life, was in
like manner dissipated. By the sea the external of heaven
and the church is signified, in which are the simple, who
have thought respecting the things of the Church naturally,
and very little spiritually. The heaven in which these are,
is called external (see n. 238, 239, 403, 404, 420, 466,
470, 659, 661). Here the external of the heaven that was
collected from Christians since the first establishment of
the Church, is meant by the sea. But the internal of the
heaven from Christians was not fully formed by the Lord
earlier than some time before the last judgment, and like-
wise after it ; as may be evident from chap. xiv. and xv.,
where that is treated of ; and from chap, xx., vers. 4, 5 :
see the explanations. The reason that it was not formed
sooner was that the dragon and his two beasts had domin-
ion in the world of spirits, and burned with the lust of
seducing whomsoever they could ; on which account there
was danger in collecting them into any heaven before.
The separation of the good from the dragonists, and the
damnation of the latter, and at length their rejection into
hell, are treated of in many places, and at last in chap,
xix., vers. 20, and in chap, xx., vers. 10 ; and after this it
is said that the sea gave up the dead i7i it (vers. 13) ; by
which are meant the external and natural men of the
church convoked to judgment, see above (n. 869) : and
those were then taken out and saved, who were written in
the Lord's book of life ; which subject also is treated of
there : it is this sea which is here meant. Elsewhere also,
wrnre the New Heaven is treated of, it is said that it
extended to the sea of glass mingled with fire (chap. xv. 2) ;
by which sea the external of the heaven from Christians is
also signified, see the explanation (n. 659-661). It may
be evident from this, that by " the sea was no more," is

No. 879.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO23

signified that the external of the heaven collected from
Christians from the first establishment of the Church, was
in like manner dissipated, after those were taken out and
saved who were written in the Lord's book of life. It has
been given to know many things concerning the external
of the heaven collected from Christians from the first estab-
lishment of the Church, but there is not leisure to adduce
them here ; only that the former heavens, which passed
away at the day of the last judgment, were permitted for
the sake of those who were in that external heaven or sea,
because they were conjoined by externals, but not by
internals ; on which subject some things may be seen
above (n. 398). That the heaven where the external men
of the church are, is called the sea, is because their habita-
tion in the spiritual world appears at a distance as in the
sea: for the heavenly (celestial) angels, who are the angels
of the highest heaven, dwell as it were in an ethereal at-
mosphere ; the spiritual angels, who are the angels of the
middle heaven, dwell as it were in an aerial atmosphere ;
and the spiritual-natural angels, who are the angels of the
ultimate heaven, dwell as it were in an aqueous atmosphere,
which at a distance appears as a sea, as has been said.
Hence it is, that the external of heaven is meant by the sea
also in many other places in the Word.

879. And I John saw the holy city New Jerusalem com-
ing down from God out of heaven, signifies a New Church
to be established by the Lord at the end of the former,
which will be consociated with the New Heaven in Divine
truths as to doctrine and as to life. That John here names
himself, saying, I John, is because by him as an apostle is
signified the good of love to the Lord, and thence good of
life ; wherefore he was loved above the rest of the apostles,
and at the Supper lay at the Lord's breast (John xiii. 23 ;
xxi. 20) ; and the same is true of this Church which is
now treated of. That the Church is signified by Jerusalem
will be seen in the following paragraph ; which is called a

1024 TIIE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

city, and is described as a city, from doctrine and a life
according to it : for a city in the spiritual sense signifies
doctrine (n. 194, 712). It is called "holy" from the Lord,
who alone is holy, and from the Divine truths which are
in it from the Lord out of the Word, which are called holy
(n. 173, 586, 666, 852): and it is called "New," because
He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things
new (vers. 5) : and it is said to come down from God out
of heaven, because from the Lord through the New Chris-
tian Heaven, spoken of in verse 1 of this chapter (n. 876) :
for the Church on earth is formed through heaven by the
Lord, that they may act as one and be consociated.

880. That the Church is meant by Jerusalem in the
Word, is because there in the land of Canaan, and no
where else, was the Temple and the Altar, and Sacrifices
were offered, thus Divine worship itself; wherefore also
three festivals were celebrated there yearly, and to them
every male throughout the whole land was commanded to
come. From this it is, that by Jerusalem the Church is
signified as to worship, and hence also the Church as to
doctrine ; for the worship is prescribed in the doctrine,
and is performed according to it : also because the Lord
was in Jerusalem, and taught in His Temple, and after-
wards glorified His Human there. That the Church as to
doctrine and worship thence is meant by Jerusalem, is
manifest from many passages in the Word, as from these
in Isaiah : For Ziorfs sake will I not hold my peace, and for
Jerusalem's sake I will not rest, until the righteousness thereof
go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp
burnetii. And the nations shall see thy righteousness, and all
kings thy glory : and thou shall be called by a neiv name,
which the mouth of Jehovah shall name ; thou shall also
be a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord: Jehovah
delighteth in thee, and thy land shall be married. Behold,
thy Salvation cometh ; behold, His reward is with Him 2
and they shall call them, the holy people, the redeemed of

No. 880.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO25

Jehovah : and thou shalt be called, Sought out, a city not
forsaken (lxii. 1-4, ii, 12). In the whole of this chapter
the Lord's coming is treated of, and a new Church to be
established. It is this new Church which is meant by
Jerusalem, which will be called by a new name which the
mouth of Jehovah shall name ; and which shall be a crown
of glory in the hand of Jehovah, and a royal diadem in the
hand of God j in which Jehovah shall be well-pleased, and
which shall be called a city sought out, and not forsaken.
By these things Jerusalem cannot be meant, in which were
the Jews when the Lord came into the world ; for that was
the opposite in every respect ; and was rather to be called
Sodom, as also it is called (Apoc. xi. 8 ; Isa. iii. 9 ; Jer.
xxiii. 14; Ez. xvi. 46, 48). Again, in Isaiah: Behold, I
create a new heaven and a new earth, the former shall not
be called to mind : be glad and rejoice for ever in that
which 1 create. Behold, I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and
her people a joy ; that I may rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in
my people. Then the wolf and the lamb shall feed together ;
they shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain (lxv.
17-19, 25). In this chapter also the Lord's coming is
treated of, and a new church about to be established by
Him, which was not established among those who were in
Jerusalem, but among those that were out of it : wherefore
this Church is meant by the Jerusalem, which will be to
the Lord a rejoicing, and whose people will be to Him a
joy ; where also the wolf and the lamb shall feed together,
and where they shall not hurt. It is likewise said here, as
in the Apocalypse, that the Lord will create a new heaven
and a new earth, and also that he will create Jerusalem ;
by which similar things are signified. Again in Isaiah :
Awake, awake, put on thy strength, O Zion ; put on thy
beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city ; for hence-
forth there shall no more come into thee the wicircumcised
and the unclean : shake thyself from the dust, arise, sit daivn,
O Jerusalem. The people shall know my name in that day ;

1026

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

for I am He that doth speak ; behold Me : Jehovah hath
comforted His people. He hath redeemed Jerusalem (lii. i, 2,
6, 9). In this chapter also the coming of the Lord is
treated of, and the Church to be established by Him ;
and therefore by Jerusalem, into which the uncircumcised
and the unclean shall no more come, and which the Lord
shall redeem, is meant the Church ; and by Jerusalem the
holy city is meant the Church as to doctrine from the Lord
and concerning the Lord. In Zephaniah : Shout, O daugh-
ter of Zion ; be glad with all the heart, O daughter of Jeru-
salem : the King of Israel is in the midst of thee ; fear not
evil any more ; He ivill rejoice over thee with joy, He shall
rest in thy love, He will joy over thee ivith shouting: I will
make you a name and a praise to all the people of the earth
(iii. 14-17, 20). Here in like manner the Lord and the
Church from Him are treated of, over which the King of
Israel, who is the Lord, will rejoice with joy, will joy with
shouting, and in whose love He will rest, and who will
make them a name and a praise to all the people of the
earth. In Isaiah : Thus saith Jehovah, thy Redeemer and
thy Former, saying to Jerusalem, Thou shall be inhabited,
and to the cities of Judah, Ye shall be built (xliv. 24, 26).
And in Daniel : Know and understand that from the going
forth of the Word to restore and to build Jerusalem, even
unto Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks (ix. 2 5). That
the Church is here also meant by Jerusalem is manifest,
since this will be restored and built by the Lord, but not
Jerusalem the seat of the Jews. By Jerusalem is meant
the Church from the Lord in the following passages also ;
in Zechariah : Thus saith Jehovah, I will return to Zion,
and will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem ; whence Jerusalem
shall be called, the City of Truth, and the Mountain of Je-
hovah of Hosts, the Mountain of holiness (viii. 3, 20-23).
In Joel : Then shall ye know that I am Jehovah your God,
that dwelleth in Zion, the mountain of my holiness ; and
Jerusalem shall be holiness ; and it shall come to pass in that

No. 881.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO27

day, that the mountains shall drop new wine, and the hills
shall floiu with i7iilk, and Jerusalem shall dwell to genera-
tion and generation (iii. 17-21). In Isaiah : that day the
branch of Jehovah shall be beautiful and glorious ; a?id it
shall come to pass, that he that is left in Zion, a?id he that
remaineth in Jerusalem, shall be called holy ; every one that
is written to life in Jerusalem (iii. 2, 3). In Micah : In the
last days shall the moimtaiii of the house of Jehovah be
established at the top of the mountains ; for out of Zion shall
go forth the law, and the Word of Jehovah f?-o?n Jerusalem ;
to thee shall the former kingdom come, the kingdom of the
daughter of Jerusalem (iv. i, 2, 8). In Jeremiah : At that
time they shall call Jerusalem the throne of Jehovah, and
all nations shall be gathered together at Jerusalem to the name
of Jehovah ; neither shall they walk any ?nore after the ii?iag-
ination of their evil heart (iii. 17). In Isaiah: Look upon
Zion, the city of our solemnities ; thine eyes shall see Jeru-
salem a quiet habitation, a tabernacle that shall not be taken
down ; the stakes thereof shall never be removed, Jieither shall
a?iy of the cords thereof be broken (xxxiii. 20. Besides other
places also, as Isa. xxiv. 23; xxxvii. 32; lxvi. 10-14;
Zech. xii. 3, 6, 8-10 ; xiv. 8, 11, 12, 21 ; Mai. iii. 2, 4; Ps.
exxii. 1-7 ; exxxvii. 5-7). That the Church is meant by
Jerusalem in these places, which was to be established
by the Lord, and not the Jerusalem inhabited by the Jews
in the land of Canaan, may also be evident from die places
in the Word where it is said of the latter, that it is alto-
gether destroyed, and that it is to be destroyed ; as Jer.
v. 1 ; vi. 6, 7 j vii. 17, 18, <Scc. ; viii. 5-8, &c. ; ix. 10, 11,
13, &c. ; xiii. 9, 10, 14 ; xiv. 16 ; Lam. i. 8, 9, 17 ; Ez. iv.
1 to the end ; v. 9 to the end; xii. 18, 19 ; xv. 6-8 ; xvi.
1-63 ; xxiii. 1-49 ; Matt, xxiii. 37, 38 ; Luke xix. 41-44 \
xxi. 20-22 ; xxiii. 28-30 ; and in many other places.

881. Prcpa?'ed as a Bride for her Husband, signifies that
Church conjoined to the Lord through the Word. It is
said that John saw the holy city New Jerusalem coming

1028 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

down from God out of heaven, here that he saw that city
prepared as a bride for her husband ; from which it is also
manifest, that the church is meant by Jerusalem, and that
he saw it first as a city, and afterwards as a virgin bride, —
as a city representatively, and as a virgin bride spiritually \
thus in a double idea, the one within or above the other :
just as the angels do, who, when they see or hear or read ir.
the Word of a city, perceive a city in the idea of their lowei
thought ; but in the idea of their higher thought they per-
ceive the church as to doctrine ; and this, if they desire it,
and pray to the Lord, they see as a virgin, in beauty and
apparel according to the quality of the church. It has
likewise been given me to see the church thus. By being
prepared is signified to be attired for betrothal ; and the
church is no otherwise girded for betrothal, and afterwards
for conjunction or marriage, than by the Word ; for this is
the only means of conjunction or marriage, because the
Word is from the Lord and concerning the Lord, and thus
is the Lord : on which account it is also called a covenant,
and a covenant signifies spiritual conjunction. The Word
was given also for that end. That the Lord is meant by
Husband, is manifest from verses 9 and to of this chap-
ter, where Jerusalem is called the Bride the Lamb's Wife.
That the Lord is called the Bridegroom and Husband, and
the Church the Bride and the Wife, and that this marriage
is like the marriage of good and truth, and is effected
through the Word, may be seen above (n. 797). From this
it may be evident, that by Jerusalem prepared as a bride
for her husband, is signified that Church conjoined to the
Lord by the Word.

882. And I heard a great voice out of heaven, saying, Be-
hold, the tabernacle of God is with men, signifies the Lord
from love speaking and declaring the good tidings, that He
now will be present with men in His Divine Human. This
is the heavenly (celestial) sense of these words. The heav-
enly angels, who are the angels of the third heaven, un«

No. 883.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO29

derstand them no otherwise : for by hearing a great voice
from heaven saying, is meant with them the Lord from love
speaking and declaring good tidings ; because no one
else speaks from heaven but the Lord ; since heaven is not
heaven from things belonging to the angels, but from the
Divine of the Lord, of which they are recipients. Speech
from love is meant by a great voice, for great is predicated
of love (n. 656, 663). By "behold the tabernacle of God
is with men," is meant the Lord now present in His
Divine Human. By the tabernacle of God is meant the
heavenly (celestial) Church, and in the universal sense the
Lord's heavenly kingdom, and in the highest sense His
Divine Human ; see above (n. 585). The Lord's Divine Hu-
man is meant by a tabernacle in the highest sense, because
that is signified by the Temple j as may be evident in John
ii. 18, 21 ; Mai. iii. 1 ; Apoc. xxi. 22 ; and elsewhere :. and in
like manner by the Tabernacle, with the difference that by
the Temple the Lord's Divine Human as to the Divine
Truth or Divine Wisdom is meant, and by the Tabernacle
is meant the Lord's Divine Human as to the Divine Good
or Divine Love. It follows from this, that by " behold the
Tabernacle of God is with men," is meant that the Lord
will now be present with men in His Divine Human.

883. A?id He shall dwell with them, and they shall be His
people, and He Himself shall be with them their God, signifies
conjunction with the Lord, which is such that they are in
Him, and He in them. By His dwelling with them is sig-
nified the conjunction of the Lord with them, spoken of in
what follows. By their being His people, and He Himself
being with them their God, is signified that they are the
Lord's and the Lord theirs ; and since by dwelling with
them conjunction is signified, it is signified that they will
be in the Lord, and the Lord in them : otherwise there is
no conjunction. That it is such, is clearly manifest from
the Lord's words in John : Abide in Me, and I in you : I
am the Vine, ye are the branches i He that abideth in Me, and
vol. in. 9

1030

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

/ in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit ; for without
Me ye can do nothing (John xv. 4, 5). And again : In that
day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye i?i Me,
and I in you (xiv. 20). He that eateth ??ty flesh and drinkcth
my blood abideth in Ale and I in him (John vi. 56). That
the assumption of the Human, and the unition of It with
the Divine, — which was in Him from birth, and is called
the Father, — had for its end conjunction with men, is also
manifest in John : For their sakes I sanctify Myself that
they also might be sanctified through the truth : that they may
be one, as we are one ; I in them, and Thou in Me (xvii. 19,
21, 22, 26) : from which it is evident that the conjunction
is with the Lord's Divine Human, and that it is reciprocal ;
and that thus, and no otherwise, is there conjunction with
the Divine which is called the Father. The Lord also
teaches that the conjunction is effected by the truths of the
Word, and by a life according to them (John xiv. 20-24 ;
xv. 7). This is what is meant, therefore, by His dwelling
with them, and their being His people, and He Himself
being with them their God : and the same in other places
where the same words occur (Jer. vii. 23 ; xi. 4; xiii. 11 ;
xxiv. 7 ; xxx. 22 * Ez. xi. 20; xxxvi. 28; xxxvii. 23, 27 ;
Zech. viii. 8 * Ex. xxix. 45). The reason that by dwelling
with them is signified conjunction with them, is because to
dwell signifies conjunction from love ; as may be evident
from many passages in the Word ; also from the dwelling
of the angels in heaven. Heaven is distinguished into
numberless societies, arranged among themselves accord-
ing to the differences of the affections which are of the
love in general and in particular. Each society is one
species of affection, and they dwell there distinctly accord-
ing to the relationships and affinities of that species of
affection • and they who are in the closest relationship, in
one house. Hence dwelling together, when spoken of
married partners, signifies, in the spiritual sense, conjunc-
tion by love. It is to be known that conjunction with the

No. 884.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. I03I

Lord is one thing, and His presence another : conjunction
with the Lord is not given to any others but those who
approach Him immediately \ to the rest, His presence.

884. And God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes,
and death shall be no more, neither mourning, nor crying, ?io*-
labor shall be more, for the former things are passed away,
signifies that the Lord will take away from them all grief
of mind {animus), fear of damnation, of evils and falsities
from hell, and of temptations from them, and they shall
not call those things to mind, because the dragon, who
caused them, is cast out. By " God shall wipe away every
tear from their eyes," is signified that the Lord will take
away all grief of mind ; for weeping is from grief of mind.
By the death which shall be no more, is signified dam-
nation, as n. 325, 765, 853, 873 ; here the fear of it. By
mourning, which shall be no more, is signified a fear of
evils from hell : for mourning signifies various things, in
every case on account of some subject which is treated of;
here the fear of evils from hell, because the fear of damna-
tion from hell precedes, and the fear of falsities from hell,
and of temptations from them, follows. By crying is signi-
fied the fear of falsities from hell, as will be seen in the
following paragraph. By labor, which shall not be, temp-
tions are signified (n. 640). By their being no more be-
cause the former things have passed away, is signified that
they shall not recall them to mind, because the dragon,
who caused them, is cast out ; for these are the former
things which have passed away. But these things need
illustration. Every man after death comes first into the
world of spirits, which is midway between heaven and hell,
and is there prepared, a good man for heaven, and an evil
man for hell ; concerning which world see above (n. 784,
791, 843, 850, 866, 869) : and as the companionship there i*
as in the natural world, it could not be otherwise before the
last judgment than that they who were civil and moral in
externals, but evil in internals, should be together, and

IO32 THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

should converse with those who were in like manner civil
and moral in externals, but good in internals ; and as there
is within in the evil the continual lust of seducing, there-
fore the good, who were in companionship with them, were
infested in various ways. But they who suffered severely
from their infestations, and came into fear of damnation,
and of evils and falsities from hell, and of grievous tempta-
tion, were removed by the Lord from consort with them,
and sent into a certain earth below the other, where also
there are societies, and were protected there ; and this
until all the evil were separated from the good, which was
done by the last judgment ; and then they who had been
preserved in the lower earth were taken up by the Lord
into heaven. These infestations were caused especially by
those who are meant by the dragon and his beasts ; on
which account, when the dragon and his two beasts were
cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, then, as all infes-
tation, and thence grief, and fear of damnation and of hell,
ceased, it is said to those who had been infested, that
"God shall wipe away every tear from their eyes, and
death shall be no more, neither mourning, nor crying, nor
labor shall be more, for the former things are passed away : "
by which is signified that the Lord will take away from
them all grief of mind, fear of damnation, and of evils and
falsities from hell, and of grievous temptation from them ;
and they shall not call those things to mind, because the
dragon who caused them, is cast out. That the dragon
with the two beasts was cast out, and cast into the lake of
fire and brimstone, may be seen above (chap. xix. 20 ; xx.
10): and that the dragon infested, is manifest from many
passages ; for he fought with Michael, and wished to de-
vour the offspring which the woman brought forth, and
persecuted the woman, and went away to make war with
the rest of her seed (chap. xii. 4, 5, 7-9 ; 13-17 ; also, xvi.
13-16 ; and elsewhere). That many who were interiorly
good were guarded by the Lord, lest they should be in-

No. 886.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I033

fested by the dragon and his beasts, is manifest from
chap. vi. 9-1 1 ; and that they were infested, chap. vii. 13-
17 ; and that they were afterwards carried away into
heaven, chap. xx. 4, 5 ; and elsewhere. The same are also
meant by the captives and those bound in the pit, and lib-
erated by the Lord (Isa. xxiv. 22 ; lxi. 1 ; Luke iv. 18, 19 ;
Zech. ix. 11 ; Ps. lxxix. 11). This is also signified in the
Word, where it is said that the sepulchres were opened ;
also where it is said that the souls were waiting for the last
judgment, and for resurrection at that time.

885. That crying in the Word is expressive of grief and
fear of falsities from hell, and thence of devastation by
them, is manifest from these passages : The former troubles
shall be forgotten, and shall be hiddeii from my eyes ; and
the voice of weeping shall be 110 more heard in her, nor the
voice of crying (Isa. lxv. 16, 19) : this is also said of Jerusa-
lem, as here in the Apocalypse. They are blackened tmto
the ground, and the cry of Jerusalem is gone up (Jer. xiv. 2,
&c), where mourning over the falsities which vastate the
church is treated of. Jehovah looked for judgment, but be-
hold a scab, for justice, but behold a cry (Isa. v. 7). A voice
of the crying of the shepherds, for Jehovah layeth waste their
pastures (Jer. xxv. 36). The voice of crying fro?n the fish
gate, because their goods shall become a booty, and their houses
a desolatio?i (Zeph. i. 10, 13. Besides other places, as Isa.
xiv. 31 ; xv. 4-6, 8 ; xxiv. 11 ; xxx. 19 ; Jer. xlvi. 12, 14)
But it must be observed, that crying in the Word is expres-
sive of every affection that bursts forth from the heart ;
wherefore it is the voice of lamentation, of imploring, ( f
supplication on account of pain, of entreaty, of indignation,
of confession, yea, of exultation.

886. And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make
all things new ; and He said unto me, Write, for these words
are true and faithful, signifies the Lord speaking concern-
ing the last judgment to those who were to come into the
world of spirits, or who were to die from the time when

io34

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

He was in the world to the present, and saying these things,
— that the former heaven with the former earth, and the for-
mer church, with each and every thing in them, would perish,
and that He would create a new heaven with a new earth, and
a new church, which is to be called the New Jerusalem, and
that they may know these things for certain, and may bear
them in mind, because the Lord Himself has testified and
said it. The things contained in this verse, and in the follow-
ing down to the eighth inclusive, were said to those in the
Christian world who would come into the world of spirits,
which takes place immediately after death, to the end that
they might not suffer themselves to be seduced by the Baby-
lonians and dragonists ; for, as has been said above, all after
death are assembled in the world of spirits, and cultivate
social intercourse with one another as in the natural world ;
where they are together with the Babylonians and dragonists,
who continually burn with the lust of seducing, and who were
also allowed to form for themselves as it were heavens by
imaginary and illusory arts, by which also they might be
able to seduce. Lest this should be done, these things
were said by the Lord, that they might know for certain,
that these heavens, with their earths, would perish ; and
that the Lord would create a new heaven and a new earth,
when those who did not suffer themselves to be seduced,
would be saved. But it is to be known, that these things
were said to those who lived from the time of the Lord down
to the last judgment, which took place in the year 1757 ;
because they could be seduced : but hereafter they cannot
be seduced there, because the Babylonians and dragonists
have been separated, and cast out. But now to the explana-
tion : By Him that sat upon the throne, is meant the Lord
(n. 808, at the end). That the Lord here spake from the
throne is because He said, " Behold, I make all things new ; "
by which is signified that He would execute a last judgment,
and then would create a new heaven and a new earth, also
new church, with each and all of the things which would

No. 8S8.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I035

be in them. That a throne is a judgment in a representa-
tive form, may be seen, n. 229, 845, 865. That the former
heaven and the former church perished at the day of the
last judgment, n. 865, 877. By " He said unto me, Write,
for these words are true and faithful," is signified that they
may know these things certainly, and bear them in mind,
because the Lord Himself has testified and said it. By the
Lord's using the word "said" the second time, is signified
that they may know it certainly. By write is signified that
they are for recollection, or that they should bear them in
mbd (n. 639) : and bv " these words are true and faithful "
is signified that they are to be believed, because the Lord
Himself has testified and said it.

887. And He said imto me, It is done, signifies that it is
the Divine Truth. That by " He said unto me " is signi-
fied that it is the Divine Truth, is because the Lord said
the third time, " He said unto me ; " also because He said,
" It is done," in the present : and what the Lord says the
third time, is what must be believed, because it is Divine
Truth ; also what He says in the present: for thrice signi-
fies complete to the end (n. 505) ; in like manner when
what He is about to do is said to be "done."

888. / am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the End, signifies that they may know that the Lord is the
God of heaven and earth, and that all things in heaven
and on earth were made by Him, and are governed by His
Divine Providence, and are done according to it. That
the Lord is the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the End ; and that by this is meant that all things were
made, are governed, and are done, by Him, and more
besides, may be seen above (n. 13, 29-31, 38, 57, 92).
That the Lord is the God of heaven and earth, is evident
from His words in John : Power is given unto Me over all
flesh (xvii. 2): and in Matthew: All power is given unto
Me in heaven and on earth (xxviii. 18): and that by Him
were all things made that were made (John i. 3, 14). That

IO36 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

all the things which were made or created by Him, are
governed by His Divine Providence, is manifest.

889. / will give unto him that thirsteth of the fowitain of
the water of life freely, signifies that to those who desire
truths from any spiritual use the Lord will give from Him-
self through the Word all that conduce to that use. By
" him that thirsteth " is signified he who desires truth from
any spiritual use, as will be explained presently. By the
fountain of the water of life, the Lord and the Word are
signified (n. 384). By giving freely is signified from the
Lord, and not from any intelligence of man's own. That
by thirsting is signified to desire from some spiritual use
is because there is given a thirst or desire for the knowl-
edges of truth from the Word from natural use, and also
from spiritual use, — from a natural use in those who have
erudition for their end, and through erudition fame, honor,
and gain, and thus themselves and the world ; but from a
spiritual use, to those who have it for their end to serve
the neighbor from love for him, to seek the good of his
soul, and of their own also, and thus for the sake of the
Lord, the neighbor, and salvation : to these there is given
from the fountain of the water of life, that is, from the
Lord through the Word, as much truth as conduces to that
use. To the rest truth therefrom is not given. They read
the Word, and either do not see any doctrinal truth, or if
they do, they turn it into falsity ; not so much in speech when
it is repeated from the Word, as in the idea of their thought
concerning it. That to hunger signifies to desire good, and
!o thirst to desire truth, may be seen n. 323, 381.

890. He that overcometh shall inherit all things and I
will be God to him, and he shall be to 7ne a son, signifies that
those who overcome the evils in themselves, that is, the
devil, and do not yield when they are tempted by the
Babylonians and the dragonists, will come into heaven,
and there will live in the Lord and the Lord in them.
By overcoming is here meant to conquer the evils in

No. 891.1 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I037

themselves, and thus the devil, and not to yield when
they are tempted by the Babylonians and the dragonists.
To conquer the evils in themselves is to conquer the devil,
because all evil is meant by the devil. By inheriting all
things is signified to come into heaven, and then into posses-
sion of the goods which are there from the Lord, and thus
into the goods which are from the Lord and are the Lord's,
as a son and heir : hence heaven is called an inheritance
(Matt. xix. 29; xxv. 34). By "I will be God to him, and
he shall be to me a son," is signified that in heaven they
will be in the Lord and the Lord will be in them, as above
(n. 883), where are similar words ; only it is there said that
they will be His people, and He will be with them their
God. That they who approach the Lord immediately are
His sons, is because they are born anew from Him, that is,
are regenerated \ wherefore He called His disciples sons
(John xii. 36 ; xiii. 33 ; xxi. 5).

89 1. But the fearful and unfaithful and abominable, sig-
nifies those who are in no faith, and in no charity, and
thence in evils of every kind. By the fearful those are
signified who are in no faith, as will be shown presently.
By the unfaithful are signified those who are in no charity
towards the neighbor ; for they are insincere and fraudu-
lent, and thus unfaithful. By the abominable are signified
those who are in evils of every kind ; for abominations in
the Word signify in general the evils which are named in the
last six precepts of the Decalogue : as may be evident in
Jeremiah : Trust ye not in lying words, saying, the Temf>le
of Jeho7'ah, the Temple of Jehovah, the Temple of Jeho7-ah
are these ; for, stealing, killing, and committing adultery, and
swearing by a lie, will ye then come and stand before Me in
this house, while ye do these abominations (Jer. vii. 2-4.
9-1 1 : and so everywhere else). That they who are in no
faith are signified by the fearful, is evident from these
passages : Jesus said to the disciples, Why are ye fearful, 0
ye of little faith (Matt. viii. 26 ; Mark iv. 39, 40 ; Luke

IO38 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

viii. 25). yesus said to the ruler of the synagogue, Fear not,
only believe, a7id thy daughter shall be saved (Luke viii. 49,
50 ; Mark v. 36). Fear not, little flock, for it is your Father's
good pleasure to give you the kingdom (Luke xii. 32). In like
manner by Fear not ye (Matt. xvii. 6, 7 ; xxviii. 3-5, 10 ;
Luke i. 12, 13, 30 ; ii. 9, 10 ; v. 8-10 : and elsewhere).
From all these it may be evident that by the fearful and
also the unfaithful and abominable, those are signified who
are in no faith, and in no charity, and thence in evils of
every kind.

892. And murderers and whoremongers and sorcerers and
idolaters and liars, signifies all those who make nothing of
the precepts of the Decalogue, and do not shun as sins
any evils there named, and therefore live in them. What
is signified by the four precepts of the Decalogue, which
are, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not commit adultery,
Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not testify falsely, in the
triple sense, the natural, the spiritual, and the heavenly
(celestial), may be seen in the " Doctrine of Life for the
New Jerusalem" (n. 62-91) ; wherefore there is no need
of explaining them again here. But instead of the seventh
precept, which is, Thou shalt not steal, sorcerers and idol-
aters are here named : and by sorcerers are signified those
who search out truths, which they falsify, that they may
confirm falsities and evils by them ; as those do who take
this truth, that no one can do good of himself, and by it
confirm faith alone ; for this is a sort of spiritual theft.
What further is meant by sorcery, may be seen above
(n. 462). By idolaters are signified those who institute
worship, or are in worship, not from the Word, and thus
not from the Lord, but from their own intelligence (n. 459) \
as those likewise have done, who have fabricated a uni-
versal doctrine of the church from a single saying of Paul
falsely understood, and not from any Word of the Lord :
which also is a species of spiritual theft. By liars are sig-
nified those who are in falsities from evil (n. 924)

No. S95.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO39

893. Shall have their part in the lake that burnetii with
fire and brimstone : That it signifies that their lot is in hell,
where the loves of falsity and the lusts of evil are, is mani-
fest from the explanations above (n. 835, 872) ; where are
similar words.

894. Which is the second death : That it signifies damna-
tion, is also manifest from the explanations above (n. 853,

873).

895. And there came unto me one of the seven angels which
had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and spa he
with 7ne, saying, Come hither, I will show thee the bride, the
Lamb's wife, signifies influx and manifestation from the
Lord out of the inmost of heaven concerning the New
Church, which will be conjoined with the Lord through
the Word. By one of the seven angels that had the seven
vials full of the seven last plagues, that spake with me, is
meant the Lord flowing in from the inmost of heaven, and
speaking through the inmost heaven, here manifesting the
things which follow. That the Lord is meant by this
angel, is manifest from the explanation of chapter xv. vers.
5 and 6, where are these words : After this I saw, and,
behold, the temple of the tabernacle i?i heaven was opened, and
there went forth seven angels having the seven plagues. That
by them is signified that the inmost of heaven was seen,
where the Lord is in His holiness, and in the law which is
the Decalogue, may be seen above (n. 669, 670). As also
from the explanation of chapter xvii., vers. 1, where are
these words : And there came one of the angels that had the
seven vials, and spake with me, saying, Come, I will show
thee the judgment of the great harlot. That by these words
are signified influx and revelation from the Lord out of the
inmost of heaven concerning the Roman Catholic religion,
maybe seen above (n. 718, 719). Hence it is manifest,
that by "there came to me one of the seven angels that
had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and
spake with me, saying," "s meant the Lord flowing in from

IO4O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI,

the inmost of heaven : and that by " Come hither, I will
show thee," manifestation is signified ; and that by " the
bride, the Lamb's wife," the New Church is signified, which
will be conjoined with the Lord through the Word ; as n.
881. That church is called the bride when it is being
established, and the wife when it is established ; here, the
bride, the wife, because it is certainly to be established.

896. And he carried me away in the spirit upon a great and
high mountain, and showed me the great city the holy Jerusalem
coming down out of heaven from God, signifies that John
was translated into the third heaven, and his sight opened
there, before whom was manifested the Lord's New Church
as to doctrine in the form of a city. By " he carried me
away in the spirit upon a great and high mountain," is sig-
nified that John was translated into the third heaven, where
those are who are in love from the Lord, and in the doc-
trine of genuine truth from Him : great also is predicated
of the good of love, and high of truths. That by being
taken away into a mountain is signified into the third
heaven, is because it is said, " in the spirit ; " and he who
is in the spirit is as to the mind and its sight in the spiritual
world 5 and there the angels of the third heaven dwell upon
mountains, and the angels of the second heaven upon hills,
and the angels of the lowest heaven in the valleys between
the hills and the mountains : and therefore, when any one
is carried in the spirit into a mountain, the signification is
that it is into the third heaven. This carrying away is done
in a moment, because it is clone by a change of the state of
the mind. By " he showed me " is signified the sight then
opened, and manifestation. By " the great city holy Jeru-
salem coming down out of heaven from God," is signified
the Lord's New Church, as above (n. 879, 880) ; where it
is also explained whence it is that it is called holy, and that
it is said to come down out of heaven from God. It was seen
in the form of a city, because a city signifies doctrine (n. 194,
712) ; and the church is a church from doctrine and from

No. 897.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO4I

a life according to it. It was also seen as a city, that it
might be described as to all its quality ; and this is de-
scribed by its wall, gates, foundations, and by their various
measures. The church is similarly described in Ezekiel ;
where it is also said, that the prophet was led away in the
visions of God upon a very high mountain, and saw a city on
the south, which the angel also measured as to its 7oall and
gates, and as to its breadth and length (chap. xl. 2, <Scc).
Hie like is meant by this in Zechariah : I said to the angel,
Whither goest thou i he said, To measure Jerusalem, that I
may see what is the breadth thereof and what is the length
thereof (ii. 2).

897. Having the glory of God, and her light (lumen) was
like unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper stone shin-
ing like crystal, signifies that in that Church the Word will
be understood, because it will be transparent from its spirit-
ual sense. By the glory of God the Word is signified in
its Divine light, as will be shown in what follows. By her
light (lumen) the Divine Truth there is signified, for this
is meant by light in the Word (n. 796, 799). By "like
unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper stone shin-
ing like crystal," is signified the same shining and translu-
cent from its spiritual sense ; as will be seen also in what
follows. By these words is described the understanding of
the Word with those who are in the doctrine of the New
Jerusalem, and in a life according to it. With these the
Word as it were shines when it is read. It shines from the
Lord by means of the spiritual sense, because the Lord is
the Word, and the spiritual sense is in the light of heaven,
which proceeds from the Lord as a Sun : and the light
\vhich proceeds from the Lord as the Sun is in its essence
the Divine Truth of His Divine Wisdom. That there is a
spiritual sense in every thing of the Word, in which the
angels are, and from which is their wisdom, and that the
Word is translucent from the light of that sense with those
who are in genuine truths from the Lord, is shown in the

IO42 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI

" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture." That by the glory of God the Word in its
Divine light is meant, may be evident from these passages :
The Word was made' flesh, and %ve beheld His glory, as the
glory of the Only-begotten of the Father (John i. 14). That
by glory is meant the glory of the Word, or the Divine
Truth in Him, is manifest, since it is said, that the Word
ivas made flesh. The same is meant by glory in the follow-
ing verses, where it is said that the glory of God did lighten
it, and the lamp thereof is the Lamb (vers. 23). The same
is meant by the glory in which they will see the Son of Man,
when He shall come in the clouds of heaven (Matt. xxiv. 30 ;
Mark xiii. 25); see above (n. 22, 642, 820): nor is any
thing else meant by the throne of glory upon which the Lord
will sit when He shall come to the last judgment (Matt. xxv.
31) ; because He will judge every one according to the
truths of the Word ; on which account it is said that He
will come in His glory. When the Lord was transfigured,
it is said also that Moses and Elias were seen in glory (Luke,
ix. 30, 31). By Moses and Elias the Word is there signi-
fied. The Lord Himself also then permitted Himself to
be seen before the disciples as the Word in its glory. That
glory signifies the Divine Truth, see many things from the
Word above (n. 629). The Word is compared to a stone
most precious, as it were a jasper stone shining like crys-
tal, because a precious stone signifies the Divine Truth of
the Word (n. 231, 540, 726, 823) ; and a jasper stone the
Divine Truth of the Word in the literal sense translucent
from the Divine Truth in the spiritual sense. This is sig-
nified by the jasper stone (Ex. xxviii. 20 ; Ez. xxviii. 13),
and in what follows in this chapter ; where it is said that
the building of the wall of the holy Jerusalem was jasper
(vers. 18) : and because the Word in the sense of the letter
is translucent from its spiritual sense, it is called jasper
shining like crystal. All the enlightenment which they
have who are in Divine Truths from the Lord, is from this.

No. 898.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I043

898. Having a wall great and high, signifies the Word in
the literal sense from which is the doctrine of the New-
Church. When the Lord's New Church as to doctrine is
meant by the holy city Jerusalem, nothing else is meant by
its wall but the Word in the literal sense, from which the
doctrine is : for that sense protects the spiritual sense,
which lies hid within, as the wall does a city and its inhab-
itants. That the literal sense is the basis, the continent,
and the support of the spiritual sense, may be seen in the
" Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred
Scripture " (n. 27-36). And that that sense is the guard,
lest the interior Divine Truths, which are those of the
spiritual sense, should be injured (n. 97 of the same).
Also that the doctrine of the church is to be drawn from
the literal sense of the Word, and to be confirmed by it
(n. 50-61). It is called "a wall great and high," because
the Word is meant as to the Divine Good and the Divine
Truth ; for great is predicated of good, and high of truth,
as above (n. 896). By a wall is signified that which pro-
tects j and, in speaking of the church, the Word in the
literal sense is signified, as in the following passages : I
have set watchme?i upon thy walls, O Jerusalem ; they shall
not be silent day and night, that make mention of Jehovah
(Isa. lxii. 6). They shall call thee the city of Jehovah, the Zion
of the Holy One of Israel ; and thou shalt call thy walls sal-
vation, and thy gates praise (Isa. lx. 14, 18). Jehovah will
be a wall of fire round about, and a glory in the midst of her
(Zech ii. 5). The sons of Arvad were upon thy walls, and
the Gammadims hung their shields upon thy walls round
about: they have made thy beauty pe?fect (Ez. xxvii. 11).
This is concerning Tyre, by which is signified the church
as to the knowledges of truth from the Word. Ru?i to and
fro through the streets of Jerusalem, and sec if there is any
that seekcth truth ; go up on her walls, and cast down (Jer. v.
1, 10). Jehovah hath purposed to destroy the wall of the
daughter of Zion, He made the rampart and the wall to

1044 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

mourn, they languish together, the law and the prophets are no
more (Lam. ii. 8, 9). They shall run to and fro in the city,
they shall rim up on the wall, they shall climb up into the
houses, they shall enter in at the windows (Joel ii. 9). This
is concerning the falsifications of truth. Day and night the
wicked go about in the city, upon its walls, destructions are in
the midst of them (Ps. lv. 10 ; besides other places, as Isa.
xxii. 5; lvi. 5; Jer. i. 15; Ez. xxvii. 11; Lam. ii. 7).
That the Word in the literal sense is signified by a wall, is
clearly manifest from what follows in this chapter, where
the wall, its gates, foundations, and measures are much
treated of. The reason is, because the doctrine of the New
Church, which is signified by the city, is solely from the
sense of the letter of the Word.

899. Having twelve gates, signifies all the knowledges of
truth and good there, by which a man is introduced into
the church. By the gates are signified knowledges of truth
and good from the Word, because by them a man is intro-
duced into the church ; for the wall, in which the gates
were, signifies the Word ; as explained just above (n. 898) :
and it is said in what follows, that the twelve gates were
twelve pearls, each one of the gates was one pearl (vers. 21) :
and by pearls the knowledges of truth and good are signi-
fied (n. 727). That a man is introduced into the church
by them, as into a city through the gates, is manifest. Thru
twelve signifies all, may be seen above (n. 348). Knowl
edges of truth and good are signified by gates in these
places also : / will lay thy foundations with sapphires, and
I will make thy sunshine of ruby, and thy gates of carbuncles
(Isa. liv. 11, 12). Jehovah loveth the gates of Zion more
than all the dwellings of Jacob, glorious things are to be de-
clared of thee, O city of God (Ps. lxxxvii. 2, 3). Enter into
His gates with thanksgiving, be thankful unto Him, bless His
name (Ps. c. 4). Our feet have stood within thy gates, 0
Jerusalem, Jerusalem is builded as a city that is compact
together (Ps. exxii. 2, 3). Praise Jehovah, O Jerusalem,

No. 90c] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO45

for He strengthencth the bars of thy gates, He blesseth thy
children within thee (Vs. cxlvii. 12, 13). That I may show
forth all thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Zioji (Ps.
ix. 14). Open ye the gates, that the righteous nation that
keepeth truth may enter in (Isa. xxvi. 2). Lift up the voice, that
they may go into the gates of the princes (Isa. xiii. 2). Blessed
are they that do His commandments y and enter in through the
gates into the city (Apoc. xxii. 14). Lift up your heads, O
ye gates, that the King of glory may come in (Ps. xxiv. 7, 9).
The ways of Zion do mourn, all her gates are desolate, her
priests sigh (Lam. i. 4). Judah mourneth, and the gates
thereof languish (Jer. xiv. 2). Jehovah hath purposed to de-
stroy the wall of the daughter of Zion, her gates have su?ik
into the earth (Lam. ii. 8, 9). Who make a man to sin in a
word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in the gate
(Isa. xxix. 21). He chose new gods, then was war in the
gates (Judg. v. 8). Besides other places, as Isa. iii. 25,
26; xiv. 31 ; xxii. 7 ; xxiv. 12 ; xxviii. 6 ; lxii. 10; Jer. i.
15 ; xv. 7 ; xxxi. 38, 40; Mic. ii. 13 ; Nah. iii. 13 j Judg.
v. 11. Since gates signify introductory truths, which are
knowledges from the Word, therefore the elders of a city
sat in the gates, and judged ; as is manifest from Deut. xxi.
18-21 ; xxii. 15 ; Lam. v. 14 ; Am. v. 12, 15 ; Zech. viii. 16.

900. And over the gates twelve angels, and names super-
scribed, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children
of Lsraet, signifies the Divine truths and goods of heaven,
which are also the Divine truths and goods of the Church,
in those knowledges, and likewise guards, lest any one
should enter, unless he is in them from the Lord. By the
twelve angels are signified here all the truths and goods of
heaven j since by angels in the highest sense the Lord is
signified, in a general sense the heaven of angels, and in
a particular sense the truths and goods of heaven from the
Lord; see n. 5, 170, 258, 344, 415, 465, 647, 648, 657,
718: here the truths and goods of heaven, because there
follows, " and names superscribed, which are the names of

IO46 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

the twelve tribes of the children of Israel," by which are
signified all the truths and goods of the church (n. 349).
By over the gates is signified in these knowledges, because
over in the Word signifies within : the reason is, because
that which is the highest in successive order becomes the
inmost in simultaneous order ; on which account the third
heaven is called not only the highest but the inmost heaven.
Hence it is, that over the gates signifies in the knowledges
of truth. By the names superscribed is signified all their
quality, thus the quality in them ; for all quality is from the
internals in the externals. That guards lest any one should
enter into the church unless he is in those knowledges from
the Lord, are signified by the same words, is manifest, be-
cause the angels were seen standing over the gates, and
the names of the tribes of Israel were also written above
them. It is said that the truths and goods of heaven and
the church are in the knowledges which are from the Word,
by which introduction into the church is effected, because
the knowledges (cognitions) of truth and good from the
Word, when the spiritual out of heaven from the Lord is in
them, are not called cognitions, but truths : but if the spirit-
ual out of heaven from the Lord is not in them, they are
nothing but things learned.

901. On the east three gates, on the north three gates, on the
south three gates, and on the west three gates, signifies that
the knowledges of truth and good, in which is spiritual life
out of heaven from the Lord, by which introduction into the
New Church is effected, are for those who are in love or
affection for good more and less, and for those who are in
wisdom or affection for truth more and less. By the gates
are now signified the knowledges of truth and good, in
which there is spiritual life out of heaven from the Lord ,
because over the gates were the twelve angels, and the
names of the twelve tribes of the sons of Israel written, by
which that life in those knowledges is signified, as is mani-
fest fiom the explanations just above (n. 900). That the

No. 902.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO47

gates signify the knowledges of truth and good, by which
introduction into the New Church is effected, may be seen
above (n. 899). There were three gates on the east, three
on the north, three on the south, and three on the west,
because love and affection for good in a higher degree is
signified by the east, and thus more ; and by the west is
signified love and affection for good in a lower degree, and
thus less ; and wisdom and affection for truth in a higher
degree is signified by the south, and thus more ; and by
the north is signified wisdom and affection for truth in a
lower degree, and thus less. That these things are signi-
fied by the east, the west, the south, and the north, is be-
cause the Lord is the Sun of the spiritual world ; and in
front of Him are the east and the west, and on the sides
are the south and north j the south on the right side, and
the north on the left : therefore they who are more in love
to the Lord and thence in affection dwell in the east, and
they who are less, the west ; and they who are more in
wisdom from affection for truth dwell in the south, and
they who are less, in the north. That the habitations of
the angels of heaven are in such an order may be seen in
the work on " Heaven and Hell," published at London,
1758 *(n. 1 41-153). There were three gates towards each
quarter, because three signifies all (n. 400, 505).

902. And the wall of the city having twelve foundations ,
signifies that the Word in the literal sense contains all
things of the doctrine of the New Church. By the wall of
the city is signified the Word in the literal sense (n. 898) ;
and by the twelve foundations are signified all things of
the doctrine of the church : by foundations are signified the
doctrinals, and by twelve all. The church is also founded
upon doctrine, for doctrine teaches how one must believe
and how he must live ; and the doctrine must be drawn
from no other source than the Word : that it is from the
.iteral sense of the Word, may be seen in the " Doctrine
of the New Jerusalem respecting the Sacred Scripture "

1048

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chaj XXL

(n. 50-61). Since all things of the doctrine are signified
by the twelve foundations of the wall of the city New
Jerusalem, and the church is a church from the doctrine,
therefore its foundations are particularly treated of below
(vers. 19, 20). In the Word the foundations of the earth are
mentioned several times ; and by them are not meant the
foundations of the earth, but the foundations of the church :
for the earth signifies the church (n. 285) ; and the foun-
dations of the church are none other than those which are
from the Word, and are called doctrinals : for the Word
itself is what founds the church. Doctrinals from the
Word are also signified by foundations in these passages :
Do ye not understand the foundations of the earth ? (Isa.
xl. 21). / will put my words into thy mouth, to plant the
heavens and to found the ea?'th (Isa. li. 16). They do not
acknowledge, they do not understand, they walk in darkness,
all the foundations of the earth totter (Ps. lxxxii. 5). The
Word of Jehovah, who stretcheth forth the heavens and the
foundations of the earth, and who formeth the spirit of man
within him (Zech. xii. 1). Jehovah hath kindled a fire in
Zion, and it hath devoured the foundatio7is thereof (Lam.
iv. 11). The wicked shoot in darkness at the upright in heart,
because the foimdations are undermined (Ps. xi. 2, 3). 'Hear
ye, O mountains, the controversy of Jehovah, the strength,
the foundations of the ea?'th, for Jehovah hath a controversy
with His people (Mic. vi. 2). The cataracts on high were
opened, and the foundations of the earth were shaken, the
earth is broken in pieces, the earth is rent, the earth is moved
exceedingly (Isa. xxiv. 18-20. Besides other places, as Isa.
xiv. 32 ; xlviii. 13 ; li. 13 ; Ps. xxiv. 2 ; cii. 25 ; civ. 5, 6 ;
2 Sam. xxil 8, 16). He who does not think that the earth
signifies the church, can think no otherwise here than merely
naturally, yea, materially, when he reads of the foundations
of the earth : the same as it would be, if he did not think
that the city Jerusalem here signifies the church, while he
reads of its wall, gates, foundations, streets, measures, and

No 003.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO49

other particulars which are described in this chapter as
relating to a city; when yet they relate to the church, and
thus are not to be understood materially, but spiritually.

903. And in them the names of the twelve apostles of the.
Zamfi, signifies all things of doctrine from the Word con-
cerning the Lord and concerning a life according to His
precepts. That the names of the twelve apostles of the
Lamb were written on the foundations, is because the Lord's
church, as to all things of it, is signified by the twelve
apostles (n. 79, 233, 790) ; here as to all things of its doc-
trine, because their names were written upon the twelve
foundations, by which are signified all things of the doc-
trine of the New Jerusalem (n. 902). By the twelve names
is signified all its quality ; and all its quality has reference
to two things in the doctrine and thence in that church, —
concerning the Lord, and concerning a life according to
His precepts ; these therefore are signified. The reason
that all things of the doctrine of the New Church have ref-
erence to these two, is because they are its universals, on
which all the particulars depend, and are its essentials,
from which all the formalities proceed : hence they are as
the soul and life of all things of its doctrine. They are
indeed two, but the one cannot be separated from the
other ; for to separate them would be like separating the
Lord from man, and man from the Lord ; and then there
is no church. These two are conjoined like the two tables
of the law, one of which contains the things which are the
Lord's, and the other those which are man's ; wherefore
they are called a covenant, and a covenant signifies con-
junction. Think how it would be with these tables of the
law, if the first only was extant, and the second was taken
away ; or if the second was extant, and the first was
taken away. Would it not be as if God did not see man,
or as if man did not see God, and as if the one receded
from the other? These things are said, that it may be
known, that all things of the doctrine of the New Jeru-

IO5O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

salem have relation to love to the Lord and to love to-
wards the neighbor. Love to the Lord is to have faith in
the Lord and to do His precepts, and to do His precepts
is love towards the neighbor ; since to do His precepts is
to do uses to the neighbor. That they who do His pre-
cepts love the Lord, the Lord Himself teaches in John xiv.
21-24: and that love to God and love towards the neigh-
bor are the two precepts on which hang the Law and the
Prophets (Matt. xxii. 35-38). By the Law and the Prophets
is meant the Word in its whole complex.

904. And he that spake with me had a golden reed to
measure the city and the gates thereof and the wall thereof
signifies that there is given by the Lord to those who are
in the good of love the faculty of understanding and know-
ing what the Lord's New Church is as to doctrine and its
introductory truths, and as to the Word from which these
are. " And he that spake with me " signifies the Lord out
of heaven, because the angel was one of the seven angels
that had the seven vials, mentioned above (vers. 0), by
whom is meant the Lord speaking out of heaven (n. 895).
By the reed is signified power or faculty from the good of
love ; by a reed power or faculty (n. 485), and by gold the
good of love (n. 211, 726). By measuring is signified to
know the quality of a thing, and thus to understand and
know (n. 486). By the city, which was the holy Jerusalem,
is signified the church as to doctrine (n. 879, 880). By the
gates are signified the knowledges of truth and, good from
the literal sense of the Word, which, from the spiritual life
in them, are truths and goods (n. 899) : and by the wall is
signified the Word in the literal sense, from which the
church is (n. 898). It is manifest from this, that by " he
that spake with me had a golden reed, to measure the city
md the gates thereof and the wall thereof," is signified
that there is given by the Lord to those who are in the
good of love the faculty of understanding and knowing
what the quality of the Lord's New Church is as to doc-

No. 905.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO5I

trine and its introductory truths, and as to the Word from
which they are. That this is . signified cannot at all be
seen in the sense of the letter ; for in that it is only seen
that the angel that spoke with John had^a golden reed to
measure the city, the gates, and the wall : but yet that
there is another sense in these things, which is the spirit-
ual sense, is manifest from the fact that by the city Jeru-
salem is not meant any city, but the church j and therefore
all the things that are said of Jerusalem as a city, signify
such things as are of the church j and all the things of the
church are in themselves spiritual. Such a spiritual sense
is also in the things that are said above (chap, xi.), where
are these words : There was given unto me a reed like unto a
rod, and the angel stood, saying, Arise and measure the temple
of God and the altar and them that worship therein (vers. 1).
There is a similar spiritual sense also in all the things
which the angel measured with the reed in Ezekiel, xl. to
xlviii. Also in these in Zechariah : / lifted up mine eyes
and saw, and behold, a man, in whose hand was a measuring
line; and I said, Whither goest thou 1 and he said unto me,
To measure jferusalem, to see what is the breadth thereof,
and what is the length thereof (\\. 1, 2). Yea, there is such
a spiritual sense in all the things of the Tabernacle and all
things of the Temple at Jerusalem, whose measurement we
read of, and likewise in their measures themselves : and
yet nothing of them can be seen in the literal sense.

905. And the city lieth four square, signifies justice in it
That the city appeared quadrangular, is because quadran-
gular or square signifies just, for triangular signifies right ;
ail these are in the ultimate degree, which is natural.
Quadrangular or square signifies just, because it has four
sides, and the four sides look to the four quarters ; and to
look equally to the four quarters is to view all things from
justice : on which account three gates stood open into the
city from each quarter ; and it is said in Isaiah, Open ye
the gates, that the just nation which keepeth truth may enter

IO52 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

in (xxvi. 2). The city lay quadrangular, that its length
and breadth might be equal \ and by the length the good
of that church is signified, and by the breadth its truth •
and when the g<*od and the truth are equal, then it is just.
It is from this signification of square, that we say in com-
mon discourse, a square man, which is a man who does not
turn aside to this side or to that through injustice. Because
square signifies just, therefore the altar of burnt-offering,
by which was signified worship from heavenly (celestial)
good and the truth thence, was square (Ex. xxvii. 1) : so
the altar of incense, by which worship from spiritual good
and the truth of it was signified, 7vas square also (Ex. xxx.
1, 2; and the breastplate of judgment likewise, in which
was the Urim and Thummim, was a square doubled (Ex.
xxviii. 16; xxxix. 9; besides other instances).

906. The length of it is as large as the breadth, signifies
that in that church good and truth make one, like essence
and form. By the length of the city Jerusalem the good
of the church is signified, and by its breadth the truth of
the church is signified. That truth is signified by breadth
was shown from the Word above (n. 861). That good is
signified by length, here the good of the church, is for the
same reason as that breadth signifies truth. The reason
is, that the extent of heaven from east to west is meant by
length, and the extent of heaven from south to north is
meant by breadth ; and the angels who dwell in the east
and west of heaven are in the good of love, and the angels
who are in the south and north of heaven are in the truths
of wisdom; see above (n. 901). It is similar with the
church on earth ; for every one who is in the goods and
truths of the church from the Word, is consociated with the
angels of heaven, and dwells with them as to the interi-
ors of his mind, — they who are in the good of love in the
east and west of heaven, and they who are in the truths
of wisdom in the south and north of heaven. The man
does not indeed know this, but yet every one after death

NO. 90-.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I053

comes into his place. Hence now it is, that by length,
when speaking of the church, is signified its good j and by
breadth, its truth. It is manifest that long and broad can
not be predicated of the church, but that they can of a city,
by which the church is signified. That it signifies that the
good and truth in that church make one like essence and
form, is because it is said that its length is as great as the
breadth, and by the length the good of the church is signi-
fied, and by the breadth its truth, as was said. They make
one, like essence and form, because truth is the form of
good, and good is the essence of truth ; and the essence
and the form make one.

907. And he measured the city with the reed unto twelve
thousand furlongs, the length and the breadth and the height of
it were equal, signifies that the quality of that church from
doctrine was shown, that all things of it were from the good
of love. By measuring with a reed is signified to know the
quality of a thing (n. 904) : and by the angel's measuring
it before John, is signified to show it so that he might know.
By a city, here Jerusalem, the Lord's New Church as to
doctrine, is signified (n. 879, 880). By the twelve thousand
furlongs are signified all the goods and truths of that
church. That twelve thousand signifies the like as twelve,
and that twelve signifies all goods and truths, and is said
of the church, may be seen above (n. 348). Similar things
are signified by furlongs as by measures, and by measures
the quality is signified (n. 313, 486.) The length, the
breadth, and the height are said to be equal, that it may be
signified that all the things of that church were from the
good of love : for the good of love is signified by the length,
and the truth from that good by the breadth (n. 906) ; and
by the height the good and truth together in every degree
are signified : for height is from die highest to the lowest ;
and the highest descends to the lowest by degrees which
are called degrees of height, in which the heavens are, from
the highest or third to the lowest or first. These degrees

VOL. III. 10

1054 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Ckap. XXI

may be seen treated of in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning
the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom," in Part Third. " The
length and the breadth and the height were equal," sig-
nifies that all things are from the good of love, because the
length, which signifies the good of love, comes first ; and
(he breadth is equal to it, and thus is like the length, as also
is the height. On any other ground, what would it mean,
that the height of the city was twelve thousand furlongs,
thus rising immensely above the clouds ; yea, above the
aerial atmosphere, whose height does not exceed three
hundred furlongs ; yea, it would rise immensely in the
ether towards the zenith. That by these three being equal
is signified that all the things of that church are from the
good of love, is manifest from what follows ; for it is said
that the city was pure gold like pure glass (vers. 18) ; and
likewise that the street of the city was pure gold as it were
transparent glass (vers. 21): and by gold is signified the
good of love. That all the things of heaven and the church
are from the good of love, and the good of love from the
Lord, will be seen in the following paragraph.

908. That all things of heaven and the church are from
the good of love, and the good of love from the Lord, can-
not be seen, and hence not known, unless it is demonstrated.
The reason that it is not known because not seen, is be-
cause good does not enter into man's thought as truth does ;
for truth is seen in the thought, because it is from the light
of heaven ; but good is only felt, because it is from the
heat of heaven : and rarely does any one, when he reflects
upon the things which he thinks, attend to those which he
feels, but to those which he sees. This is the reason that
the learned attribute all things to thought, and not to affec-
tion ; and that the church attributes all things to faith, and
not to love : when yet truth, which at this day is called in
the church the truth of faith, or faith, is only the form of
good which is of love ; see above (n. 875). Now, as a man
does not see good in his thought, — for good, as was said,

No. 909.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO55

is only felt, and is felt under various forms of enjoyment ;
and because a man does not attend to the things which he
feels in thought, but to those which he there sees ; there-
fore all that which he feels with enjoyment he calls good ;
and he feels evil with enjoyment, for this is ingenerated
from birth, and proceeds from the love of self and the
world. This is the cause of his not knowing that the good
of love is the all of heaven and the church, and that this is
not in man except from the Lord, and that it does not flow
in from the Lord with any one but him who shuns evils
with their enjoyments as sins. These are the things that
are meant by the Lord's words, that the law and the prophets
hang on these two commandments, Thou shalt love God
above all things, and thy neighbor as thyself (Matt. xxii. 35-
40) : and I can aver, that there is not in man a grain of
truth, which is truth in itself, except as far as it is from the
good of love from the Lord ; and hence not a grain of faith
which in itself is faith, that is, is living, saving, and spirit-
ual, except so far as it is from charity which is from the
Lord. Since the good of love is the all of heaven and the
church, therefore the whole heaven and the whole church
are arranged by the Lord according to the affections of
love, and not according to any thought separate from
them ; for thought is affection in form, as speech is sound
in form.

909. And lie measured the wall of it, a hundred and forty-
four cubits, signifies that it was shown what the quality of the
Word is in that Church, that from it are all her truths and
goods. By His measuring is signified that the quality was
shown, as above (n. 907). By the wall is signified the Word
in the literal sense (n. 898). By a hundred and forty-four
are signified all the truths and goods of the church from the
Word (n. 348). By the cubits is signified the quality, the
same as by a measure. For by a hundred and forty-four
the like is signified as by twelve, since the number a
hundred and forty-four arises from twelve multiplied by

IO56 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

twelve ; and multiplication does not take away the signi-
fication

9 1 o. The measure of a man, which is, of an angel, signifies
the quality of that church, that it makes one with heaven.
By measure the quality of a thing is signified (n. 313, 486).
By " a man " is here signified the church from men, and by
an angel is signified heaven from the angels : hence by the
measure of a man, which is of an angel, the quality of the
church is signified, as making one with heaven. By man
in the Word is signified intelligence and wisdom from the
Word (n. 243) ; and intelligence and wisdom from the Word
in a man is the church in him : hence by man in the con-
crete or in general, that is, when a society or an assemblage
is called a man, in the spiritual sense the church is meant.
Hence it is that the prophets were called sons of man, and
that the Lord Himself called Himself the Son of Man:
and the Son of Man is the truth of the church from the
Word ; and when speaking of the Lord, it is the Word itself
from which is the church. By an angel three things are
signified ; in the highest sense the Lord, in the general
sense heaven or a heavenly society, and in the particular
the Divine Truth : that these three things are signified by
an angel, may be seen, n. 5, 66, 170, 258, 342, 344, 415,
465, 644, 647, 648, 657, 718 ; here the heaven with which
the Lord's New Church will make one. That the church
which is a church from the Word, and thus from the Lord,
is in consociation with heaven, and in conjunction with the
Lord, may be seen above (n. 818). It is otherwise with a
church which is not from the Lord's Word.

911. And the building of the wall of it was jasper, signifies
that all the Divine Truth of the Word in the sense of
the letter with the men of that church is translucent
from the Divine Truth in the spiritual sense. By the
wall is signified the Word in the literal sense (n. 898).
By its building is signified the whole of it, because the
whole of it is in the building. By jasper the same is signi-

No. 912.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO57

fled as by precious stones in the aggregate ; and by a pre-
cious stone, when treating of the Word, is signified the
Divine Truth of the Word in the literal sense translucent
from the Divine Truth in the spiritual sense (n. 231, 540,
726, 823) : that the like is signified by jasper, may be seen
above (n. 897). That it was translucent, is because the
Divine Truth in the literal sense is in natural light, and the
Divine Truth in the spiritual sense is in spiritual light :
and therefore when the spiritual light flows in into the
natural light with a man who is reading the Word, he is
enlightened, and sees the truths therein ; for the objects
of spiritual light are truths. The Word is also such in the
literal sense of the letter, that the more a man is enlightened
by the influx of the light of heaven, the more he sees the
truths from their connection and thence their form ; and
the more he sees them in this manner, the more interiorly
is his rational opened : for the rational is the very recepta-
cle of the light of heaven.

912. And the city was pure gold' like unto pure glass, sig-
nifies that thence the all of that Church is the good of love
flowing in together with light out of heaven from the Lord.
By the city, or Jerusalem, is meant the Lord's New Church
as to all its interior, or as viewed within the wall. By gold
is signified the good of love from the Lord, as shown in
what follows ; and by " like unto pure glass " is signified
transparent from the Divine wisdom : and because wisdom
appears in heaven as light, and flows in from the Lord
as a Sun, by "like unto pure glass " is signified flowing in
together with light out of heaven from the Lord. It w is
shown above (n. 908), that all the things of heaven and
the church are from the good of love, and the good of love
from the Lord. It is now said here, that the city was seen
as pure gold, by which is signified that the all of the New
Church, which is the New Jerusalem, is the good of love
from the Lord. But as the good of love is not given singly
or abstracted from the truths of wisdom, but that it may

IO58 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

be the good of love, it must be formed ; and it is formed
by the truths of wisdom, therefore it is here described as
" pure gold like unto pure glass : " for the good of love
without the truths of wisdom has not any quality, because
not any form ; and its form is according to its truths in
their order and connection, flowing in together with the
good of love from the Lord, and thus in man according
to reception. It is said, in man j but it is not meant as
man's, but as the Lord's in him. From this it is now mani-
fest, that by the city being pure gold like unto pure glass,
is signified that thence the all of that church is the good of
love flowing in with light out of heaven from the Lord.

913. Gold signifies the good of love, because the metals,
like every thing else that appears in the natural world,
correspond, — gold to the good of love, silver to the truths
of wisdom, copper or brass to the good of charity, and iron
to the truths of faith. Hence it is, that these metals exist
in the spiritual world also ; since all things that appear
there are correspondences : for they correspond to the
affections and thence the thoughts of the angels, which in
themselves are spiritual. That gold from correspondence
signifies the good of love, may be evident from these pas-
sages : I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fii'e, that
thoic may est be rich (Apoc. iii. 18). How is the gold become
dim, and the refined gold changed 7 the stones of holiness are
poured out at the head of all the streets : the sons of Zion
were esteemed equal to pure gold (Lam. iv. 1, 2). He shall
save the souls of the poor, and shall give them of the gold of
Sheba (Ps. lxxii. 13, 15). For brass I will bring gold, and
for iron silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron;
and I will make thine officers peace, and thine exactors justice
(Isa. lx. 17). Behold, thou art wise, no secret lies hid from
thee ; with thy wisdom and with thine understanding thou
hast gotten thee gold and silver in thy treasuries ; thou hast
been in Eden, every precious stone was thy covering, and gold
(Ez. xxviii. 3, 4, 13). The multitude of camels shall cove?

No. 913.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

thee, all they from Shcba shall come, they shall bring gold
and frankincense, and shall show forth the praises of Jehovah
(Isa. lx. 6, 9 ; Matt. ii. 11). I will fill this house with glory.
The silver is ??iine, and the gold is mine : the glory of this lat-
ter house shall be greater than of the foniier (Hag. ii. 7, 8, 9).
Kings' daughters were among thy honorable wo?nen ; upon
thy right ha?id did stand the queen in the best gold of Ophir,
her clothing was of wrought gold (Ps. xlv.9, 13; Ez. xvi. 13).
Thou hast taken thy fair jewels of My gold, and of My silver,
which I had given thee, and madest to thyself images of men
(Ez. xvi. 17). Ye have takc7i my silver and my gold, and
have carried into your te?nples my goodly pleasant things
(Joel iii. 5). Because gold signifies the good of love, there-
fore when Belshazzar with his nobles dra7ik wine out of the
vessels of gold brought from the Temple of Jerusalem, and at
the same time praised the gods of gold, silver, brass, and iron,
there was a writing on the wall, and that night he was slain
(Dan. v. 2, &c. Besides many other places). Since gold
signifies the good of love, therefore the Ark, in which the
Law was, was ove?'laid with gold within and without (Ex.
xxv. 1 1). And therefore the mercy-seat and the cherubs over
the Ark were of pure gold (Ex. xxv. 18). The Altar of
incense was of pure gold (Ex. xxx. 3). So also the Candle-
stick with the lamps (Ex. xxv. 31, 38). And the Table upon
w/iich was the show- bread was overlaid with gold (Ex. xxv.
23, 24). Because gold signifies the good of love, silver
the truth of wisdom, brass the good of natural love which
love is called charity, and iron the truth of faith, therefore
the ancients called the successive periods, from the most
ancient down to the last, the golden, silver, brazen, and
iron ages. Similar things are signified by the statue seer:
by Nebuchadnezzar in a dream, whose head was good gold,
the breast and arms silver, the belly and thighs brass, the legs
iron, and the feet part of iron and part of clay (Dan. ii.
32, 33). By these things the successive states of the
chuich in this world are signified, from the most ancient

I060 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

times down to this clay. The state of the church of this
day is described thus : that thou sawest iron mixed with
miry clay, they shall mingle the?nselves with the seed of man,
but they shall not cohere the one with the other, as iron is not
mixed with clay (vers. 43). By iron is signified the truth of
faith, as was said ; but when there is no truth of faith, but
faith without truth, then the iron is mixed with miry clay,
which do not cohere. By the seed of man, with which
they should mingle themselves, the truth of the Word is
signified. This is the state of the Church at this day.
What it is to be hereafter is described there in a few
words, vers. 45, but more fully, chap. vii. 13-18, 27.

914. And the foundations of the wall of the city were
adorned with every precious stone, signifies that all things of
the doctrine of the New Jerusalem taken from the literal
sense of the Word with those who are there, will appear
in the light according to reception. By the twelve founda-
tions are signified all the things of the doctrine (n. 902).
By the wall is signified the Word in the literal sense
(n. 898). By the holy city Jerusalem the Lord's New
Church is signified (n. 879, 880). By "every precious
stone " is signified the Word in the literal sense trans-
parent from its spiritual sense (n. 231, 540, 726, 911).
And as this takes place according to reception, it is there-
fore signified that all the things of doctrine from the WTord
with them will appear in the light according to reception.
No one who does not think sanely, can believe that all
things of the New Church can appear in the light. But let
it be known that they can, for every man has exterior and
interior thought. The interior thought is in the light of
heaven, and is called perception ; and the exterior thought.
;s in the light of the world : and the understanding of
every man is such that it can be elevated even into the
light of heaven, and also is elevated, if from any enjoy-
ment he wishes to see truth. That it is so, has been given
me to know by much experience, on which wonderful things

No. 914 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. Io6l

may be seen in the "Angelic Wisdom concerning the Di-
vine Providence," and still more in the "Angelic Wisdom
concerning the Divine Love and Divine Wisdom." For
the enjoyment of love and wisdom elevates the thought,
so that it sees as in the light that a thing is so, although
it had not before heard of it. This light, which enlight-
ens the mind, flows in from no other source than out of
heaven from the Lord ; and because they who will be of
the New Jerusalem will approach the Lord directly, that
light flows in by the orderly way, which is through the love
of the will into the perception of the understanding. But
they who have confirmed in themselves the dogma that
the understanding is to see nothing in theological things,
but that what the church teaches is to be believed blindly,
cannot see any truth in the light ; for they have obstructed
the way of the light in themselves. This dogma the Church
of the Reformed has retained from the Roman Catholic
religion, which teaches that no one but the church itself,
by which they understand the pontiff and the papal con-
sistory, is to interpret the Word ; a«d that he who does
not embrace in faith all things of the doctrine put forth by
the church, is to be held as a heretic, and that he is anath-
ema. That it is so, is evident from a clause of the Coun-
cil of Trent, in which all the dogmas of that religion are
established ; where this is said at the end : " The Presi-
dent Moronus then said, Go in peace. Acclamations fol-
lowed, and among others, this of the cardinal from Lorraine
and the fathers : We all so believe ; we all are of that very
sentiment; we all consenting to and embracing it subscribe
to it ; this is the faith of the blessed Peter and the Apos-
tles ; this is the faith of the Fathers.; this is the faith of
the Orthodox, so be it, Amen, Amen ; Anathema to all
heretics, Anathema, Anathema." The decrees of that
Council are those which are adduced above in a summary
at the beginning of this work ; in which, however, there is
scarcely a single truth. These things are brought forward,

I062 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXi.

that it may be known that the Reformed retained from that
religion a blind faith, that is, a faith separated from the
understanding; and that those who retain it hereafter can-
not be enlightened in Divine truths by the Lord. As long
as the understanding is held captive under obedience to
faith, or the understanding is removed from seeing the truths
of the church, theology becomes nothing but a thing of the
memory ; and a thing of the memory only is dissipated
as every thing is when separated from judgment, and
perishes from its obscurity. Hence it is, that they are
blind leaders of the bli?id ; and when the blind lead the blind,
both fall into the pit (Matt. xv. 14). And they are blind,
because they do not enter in by the door, but some other
way : for Jesus says, / am the door, by Me if any one enter
in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture
(John x. 9). To find pasture is to be taught, enlightened,
and nourished in Divine truths. All who do not enter in
by the door, that is, by the Lord, are called " thieves and
robbers : " but they who enter in by the door, that is, by
the Lord, are called "the shepherds of the sheep," in the
same chap. (x. vers. 1, 2). Therefore, my friend, go to
the Lord, and shun evils as sins, and reject faith alone ;
and then your understanding will be opened, and you will
see wonderful things, and v"'ll be affected by them.

915. The first foundation was jasper, the second sapphire,
the third chalcedony, the fourth emerald, the fifth sardonyx, the
sixth sardius, the seventh chrysolite, the eighth beryl, the ninth
topaz, the tenth chrysoprasus, the eleventh jacinth, the twelfth
amethyst, signifies all the things of that doctrine from the
lileral sense of the Word in their order with those who
approach the Lord -immediately, and live according to the
precepts of the Decalogue shunning evils as sins ; for these
and no others are in the doctrine of love to God and love
[towards the neighbor, which two are the foundations oi
religion. That by the twelve foundations of the wail are
signified all the things of the doctrine of the New Jerusalem

No 915.] THE APOCALYPSE KEVEALED. 1063

from the literal sense of the Word, may . be seen above
(n. 902, 914). That by precious stones in general are
signified all the truths of doctrine from the Word translu-
cent through the spiritual sense, see above (n. 231, 540,
726, 911, 914). Here some specific truth thus translucent
is signified by every stone. That the Word in the literal
sense corresponds as to its doctrinals to precious stones
of every kind, may be seen in the " Doctrine of the New
Jeiusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture" (n. 43-46).
There are two colors in general which shine forth through
precious stones, red and white. Other colors, as green,
yellow, blue, and many more, are composed of those with
the intervention of black ; and by red is signified the good
of love, and by white the truth of wisdom. The red
color signifies the good of love, because it derives its
origin from the fire of the sun ; and the fire of the Sun of
the spiritual world is in its essence the Lord's Divine Love,
and thus the good of love ■ and the white color signifies
the truths of wisdom, because it derives its origin from the
light which proceeds from the fire of that Sun, and that
proceeding light is in its essence the Divine Wisdom, and
thus the truth of wisdom ; and black derives its origin from
their shade, which is ignorance. But to explain what par-
ticular of good and what of truth is signified by each stone
would be too prolix : but still, that it may be known what
particular good and truth each stone in this order signifies,
see the things that are explained above (chap, vii., from
vers. 5-8, n. 349-361); where the twelve tribes of Israel
are treated of : for the same is here signified by each stone,
as by each tribe there named ; since by the twelve tribes
there described are signified in like manner all the goods
and truths of the church and of its doctrine in their order :
wherefore it is also said in this chapter (vers. 14), that in
these foundations were written the navies of the twelve apostles
of the Lamb, and by the twelve apostles are signified all
things of doctrine concerning the Lord, and concerning a

1064

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

life according to His precepts (n. 903). Similar things are
also signified by these twelve stones as by the twelve precious
stones in Aaron's breastplate, which was called the Urini
and Thummim, spoken of in Ex. xxviii. 15-21; which are
severally explained in the Heavenly Arcana, from n. 9856-
9882 ; with the difference that in the latter were the names
of the twelve tribes of Israel, but in the former the names cf
the twelve apostles of the Lamb. That the foundations are
of precious stones is also said in Isaiah : O thou afflicted,
behold, I zvill lay thy stones with fair colors, and will lay thy
foundations with sapphires, and thy gates of carbuncles ; all
thy sons shall be tau fit of 'Jehovah (liv. 11, 12, 13). By
the afflicted is meant the church about to be established by
the Lord among the Gentiles. Again : Thus said the Lord
Jehovih, I will lay in Zion for a fomidation a Stone, a t?'ied
Stone, a precious Corner Stone, a sure foundation ; I will
make judgme?it a rule, and justice a phumnet (xxviii. 16, 17).
Since every truth of doctrine from the Word must be
founded upon the acknowledgment of the Lord, the Lord
is therefore called the Stone of Israel (Gen. xlix. 24) ; also
the Corner Stone which the builders rejected (Matt. xxi. 42 ;
Mark xii. 10, 11 ; Luke xx. 17, 18). That the Corner
Stone is a foundation stone is evident from Jer. li. 26.
The Lord is also called a Rock in many places in the
Word ; wherefore He meant Himself by the Rock, when
He said, Upon this Rock I will build my Church (Matt. xvi.
18, 19) j and also when He said, He that heareth my words,
aiid doetn them, is likened to a prudent mail, who built a houst
and laid the foundation upon the Rock (Luke vi. 47, 48 \
Matt. vii. 24, 25). By the Rock the Lord as to the Divine
Truth of the Word is signified. That all things of the
church and its doctrine have reference to these two things,
that the Lord is to be approached immediately, and thai
we must live according to the precepts of the Deca-
logue shunning evils as sins j and that thus all things
of doctrine have relation to love to the Lord and love

No. 916.] THE APOCALVPSE REVEALED. 1065

to the neighbor, will be seen in the " Doctrine of the New
Jerusalem concerning Charity," where these things will be
set forth in their order.

916. And the twelve gates were twelve pearls, and each one.
of the gates was of o?ie pearl, signifies that the acknowledg-
ment and knowledge of the Lord conjoins all the knowl-
edges of truth and good, which are from the Word, into
one, and introduces into the church. By the twelve gates
are signified all knowledges of truth and good, by which a
man is introduced into the church (n. 899, 900). By twelve
pearls all knowledges of truth and good are also signified
(n. 727) : hence it was that the gates were pearls. The
reason that each one of the gates was of one pearl, is
that all the knowledges of truth and good, which are sig-
nified by the gates and by the pearls, have relation to
one knowledge, which is the container of them, which
one knowledge is the knowledge of the Lord. It is
called one knowledge, though there are many which
make up that one knowledge ; for the knowledge of the
Lord is the universal of all things of doctrine and thence
of all things of the Church ■ from it all the things of wor-
ship derive their life and soul, for the Lord is the all in all
things of heaven and the church, and thence in all things
of worship. That the acknowledgment and knowledge of
the Lord conjoin all the knowledges of truth and good
from the Word into one, is because there is a connection of
all spiritual truths ; and if you are willing to believe it, their
connection is like the connection of all the members, vis-
cera, and organs of the body : wherefore, as the soul holds
all these together in order and connection, so that they are
felt no otherwise than as one thing, the Lord in like man-
ner holds together all spiritual truths in man. That the
Lord is the gate itself by which we must enter into the
church and thence into heaven, He teaches in John : / am
the door, by Me if any man enter in he shall be saved (x. 9).
And that the acknowledgment and knowledge of Him is

io66

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

the pearl itself, is meant by these words of the Lord in
Matthew : The kingdom of heaven is like unto a merchant
man seeking goodly pearls ; who when he had found one pearl
of great price, we?it and sold all that he had, and bought it
(xi Li. 45, 46). The one pearl of great price is the acknowl-
edgment and knowledge of the Lord.

917. And the street of the city was pure gold, as it were
transparent glass, signifies that every truth of that church
and its doctrine is the good of love in form flowing in to-
gether with light out of heaven from the Lord. These
things are similar to those which are said above (vers. 18),
concerning the city itself, — that it was pure gold like unto
pure glass ; and that this signifies that all things of that
church are the good of love flowing in together with light
out of heaven from the Lord, may be seen n. 912, 913 ;
with the difference that it is here said that the street of the
city was such ; and by the street of the city the truth of the
doctrine of" the church is signified (n. 501). That every
truth of the doctrine of the church from the Word is the
good of love in form, may be seen above (n. 906, 908).

918. And I saw ?io te?nple therein, for the Lord God Al-
mighty is the Temple of it, and the Lamb, signifies that in
this church there will be no external separate from the in-
ternal, because the Lord Himself in His Divine Human,
from which is the all of the church, is alone approached,
worshipped, and adored. By " I saw no temple therein,"
is not meant that there will not be temples in the New
Church, which is the New Jerusalem ; but that there will
not be in it any external separate from the internal. The
reason is, because by a temple is signified the church as to
worship, and in the most exalted sense the Lord Him self
as to the Divine Human, who is to be worshipped ; see
above (n. 191, 529, 585) : and as the all of the church is
from the Lord, it is therefore said, " for the Lord God Al-
mighty is the Temple of it, and the Lamb ; " by which the
Lord in His Divine Human is signified. By the Lord God

No. 919.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO67

Almighty is meant the Lord from eternity, who is Jehovah ;
and by the Lamb is signified His Divine Human ; as often
above.

919. And the city hath 710 fieed of the sun and of the moo ft
to shine in it, for the glory of God did lighten it, and the lamp
thereof is the Lamb, signifies that the men of that church
will not be in the love of self and in their own intelligence,
and in natural light {lumen) alone, but in spiritual light
from the Divine Truth of the Word from the Lord alone.
By the sun here is signified natural love separate from
spiritual love, which is the love of self ; and by the moon
is signified natural intelligence and faith separate from
spiritual intelligence and faith, which is one's own intelli-
gence and faith from one's self. This love and this intelli-
gence and faith are here signified by the sun and the moon,
whose shining will not be needed by those who will be in
the Lord's New Church. By the glory of God, which en-
lightens it, the Divine Truth of the Word is signified
(n. 629) : and as that enlightenment is from the Lord, it is
said " and the lamp thereof is the Lamb." Similar things
are signified by these words in Isaiah : Thou shall call thy
walls salvation, a?id thy gates praise ; the sun shall be no
mo?'e thy light by day, neither for brightness shall the moon
give light unto thee ; but Jehovah shall be unto thee an ever-
lasting light, and thy God thy glory : thy sun shall no more
go down, neither shall thy moon withdraw itself; for Jeho-
vah shall be thine everlasting light ; thy people shall be all
righteous (lx. 18-2 1). By the sun and moon which shall no
longer give light, are meant the love of self and one's own in-
telligence ; and by the Sun and Moon which shall no more
go down, are meant love to the Lord from the Lord, and in-
telligence and faith from Him : and by Jehovah's being an
everlasting light, the same is signified as here, that the glory
of God will enlighten it, and the lamp thereof is the Lamb.
That the sun signifies love to the Lord, and in the opposite
sense the love of self, may be seen above (n. 53,414) ; and

I068 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

that the moon signifies intelligence from the Lord and faith
from Him (n. 332, 413, 414) : hence the moon in the opposite
sense signifies one's own intelligence and faith from one's
self. Since the love of self is signified by the sun in the op-
posite sense, and by the moon one's own intelligence and
faith from one's self, it was therefore an abomination to
adore the sun, the moon, and the stars, as may be evident
in Jeremiah viii. 1, 2 ; in Ezekiel viii. 15, 16 ; inZephaniali
i. 5 ; and that such should be stoned, Deut. xvii. 2, 3, 5.

920. And the nations which are saved shall walk in the
light of it, signifies that all who are in the good of life and
believe in the Lord, will there live according to Divine
truths, and will see them within in themselves, as the eye
sees objects. By the nations those are signified who are
in the good of life, and also who are in evil of life (n. 483) ;
here they who are in good of life, and believe in the Lord j
because it is said, " the nations which are saved." To walk
in the light signifies to live according to Divine truths, and
to see them within in one's self, as the eye does objects : for
the objects of the spiritual sight, which is that of the inte-
rior understanding, are spiritual truths ; which are seen by
those who are in that understanding, as natural objects are
seen before the eyes. By light is signified here the percep-
tion of Divine Truth from interior enlightenment from the
Lord in them (n. 796) ; and by walking is signified to live
(n. 167). Hence it is manifest that by walking in the light
of the New Jerusalem is signified to perceive and see
Divine Truths from interior enlightenment, and to live ac-
cording to them. But this must be illustrated, because it
is not known who are here meant by the nations, and who
by the kings, mentioned presently in this verse. By nations
those are signified who are in the good of love from the
Lord, which good is called heavenly (celestial) good 3 and
by kings are signified those who are in the truths of wis-
dom from spiritual good from the Lord, as shown in the
following paragraph. They who are in heavenly good from

No. 92i.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1069

the Lord, all have Divine truths inscribed on their life ;
wherefore they walk, that is, live, justly according to them,
and also see them within in themselves, as the eye sees ob-
jects ; concerning whom see the things which are related
above (n. 120-123). All the heavens are distinguished into
two kingdoms, the heavenly (celestial) and the spiritual.
The good of the heavenly kingdom is called heavenly good;
which is the good of love to the Lord ; and the good of the
spiritual kingdom is called spiritual good, and is the good
of wisdom, which in its essence is truth. Concerning these
two kingdoms see above (n. 647, 725, 854). It is the same
with the Church j and the men there are heavenly, who live
according to the precepts of what is just, because they are
Divine laws, as a civil man lives according to the precepts
of what is just because they are civil laws. But the differ-
ence between them is, that the former, by his life according
to precepts or laws, is a citizen of heaven, as far as he
makes the civil laws, which are those of justice, Divine laws
also in himself. They who are signified here by the nations,
in whom, as was said, Divine truths are written, are those
who are meant in Jeremiah : I will put my law in the midst
of them, and will write it upon their hearts ; neither shall they
teach any one his co7npa?iion or any one his brother any more,
saying, Know ye Jehovah ; for they shall all hiow Me from
the least of them even to the greatest of tlwn (xxxi. 33, 34).

921. And the kings of the earth shall bring their glory and
honor into it, signifies that all who are in the truths of wis-
dom from spiritual good will there confess the Lord, and
will ascribe to Him all the truth and all the good which are
in them. By the kings of the earth those are signified who
are in truths from good from the Lord (n. 20, 854) ; here
therefore they who are in the truths of wisdom from the
good of spiritual love ; because nations are mentioned be-
fore, by which are signified those who are in the good of
heavenly love, as explained in the preceding paragraph.
By bringing their glory and honor into it, or into the New

IO7O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

Jerusalem, is signified to confess the Lord, and to ascribe
to Him all the truth and good that are in them. That
this is signified by bringing and giving glory and honor,
may be seen, n. 249, 629, 693 ; for glory is predicated of
the Lord's Divine Truth and honor of His Divine Good
(n. 249). By nations and kings similar things are signified
as by nations and people, above (n. 483) ; by nations those
who are in the good of love, and by people those who are
in the truths of wisdom ; and in the opposite sense also -.
wherefore nations and kings are mentioned occasionally in
the Word, just as nations and people, as in these places :
All kings shall bow dow7i to Him, a?id all nations shall serve
Him (Ps. lxxii. 11). Thou shall suck the milk of the nations,
and shall suck the breasts of kings (Isa. lx. 16). Many
nations shall make them serve, and great kings (Jer. xxv. 14).
The Lord at thy right hand struck through kings in the day
of His anger, He judged among the nations (Ps. ex. 5, 6. Be-
sides other places).

922. And the gates of it shall not be shut by day, for there
shall be no night there, signifies that those will be continually
received into the New Jerusalem, who are in truths from
the good of love from the Lord, because there is not there
any falsity of faith. By the gates not being shut by day, is
signified that they who wish to enter are continually ad-
mitted : " by day " signifies continually, because there is
always light there, as above (vers. 11-23), and not any
night, as is said afterwards. Those who are in truths from
the good of love from the Lord are continually received,
because the light of the New Jerusalem is truth from the
good of love, and the good of love is from the Lord, as has
often been shown above \ and no others can enter into that
light but they who are in truths from good from the Lord.
If aliens enter, they are not received, because they do not
agree ; and then they either go out of their own accord, be-
cause they cannot bear the light, or they are sent out. By
A.here being no night there, is signified that there is no fal-

No. 923.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO7I

sity of faith ; for by night the opposite to light is signified,
and by light is signified truth from the good of love from
the Lord, as has been said : hence by night is signified
that which is not from the good of love from the Lord ;
and this is falsity of faith. Falsity of faith is also meant
by night in John : Jesus said, I must work the works of
God, while it is day ; the night cometh, when no- man can
work (ix. 4). And in Luke : In that night there shall be
two in one bed; the one shall be taken, the other shall be left
(xvii. 34). The last state of the Church is there treated
of, when there will be nothing bu^ falsity of faith. By bed
is signified doctrine (n. 137).

923. And they shall bring the glory and honor of the nations
into it, signifies that those who enter in will bring with them
the confession, acknowledgment, and faith, that the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and that every truth of the
church and every good of religion is from Him. That by
bringing glory and honor into it is signified to confess the
Lord and to ascribe to Him all the good that is in them,
maybe seen above (n. 921). Similar things are signified
here, with the difference that they who are meant there by
the kings of the earth will bring it with them, and here
they who are meant by nations : for it is said, they shall
bring the glory and honor of the nations into it ; and by the
nations are signified those who are in good of life, and be-
lieve in the Lord (n. 920) : and the reception of those who
are in truths from the good of love from the Lord is like-
wise treated of just above (n. 922): hence it follows, that
by their bringing the glory and honor of the nations into
it, is signified that they who enter in will bring with th2m
the confession, acknowledgment, and faith, that the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and that all the truth o\
the church and all the good of religion is from Hire.
Nearly similar things are signified by these words in
Isaiah : I will extend peace to Jerusalem, and the glory of
th' nations as a torrent (lxvi. 12). It is said, the truth of the

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

church and the good of religion, because the church is one
thing and religion another. The church is called the church
from doctrine, and religion is called religion from a life ac-
cording to the doctrine. Every thing of doctrine is called
truth ; and its good is likewise truth, because it only teaches
good : but every thing of life according to the things which
the doctrine teaches, is called good ; also to do the truths
of doctrine is good : this is the distinction between the
church and religion. But still, where there is doctrine,
and not life, there it cannot be said that there is either
the church or religion : because doctrine looks to the life
as one with itself, just like truth and good ; or like faith
and charity, wisdom and love, and like the understanding
and the will : and therefore, where there is doctrine, and
not life, there is no church.

924. And there shall not enter into it any thing unclean,
and that doeth abo?nination and a lie, signifies that no one is
received into the Lord's New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem, who adulterates the goods and falsifies the
truths of the Word, and who does evils from confirmation,
and so also falsities. By not entering in is signified not to
be received, as above. By unclean is signified spiritual
whoredom, which is the adulteration of the good and the
falsification of the truth of the Word (n. 702 and 728) ; for
this is uncleanness and impurity itself ; because the Word
is cleanness itself and purity itself ; and this is defiled by
evils and falsities, when it is perverted. That adultery and
whoredom correspond to the adulteration of the good and
the falsification of the truth of the Word, may be seen,
n. 134, 632. By doing abomination and a lie is signified
to do evils and thus also falsities. By abominations are
signified evils of every kind, especially those which are
named in the Decalogue (n. 891) ; and by a lie is signified
falsities of every kind \ here the falsities of evil, which in
themselves are evils, and thus falsities that confirm evil ;
which are the same as confirmed evils. A lie signifies

No. 925.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO73

falsity of doctrine, because a spiritual lie is nothing else :
hence by doing a lie is signified to live according to falsi-
ties of doctrine. That a lie in the Word signifies falsity of
doctrine, may be evident from the following passages : We
have made a covenant with death, and with hell have we made
an agreeme?it ; we have made a lie our trust, and under false-
hood have we hid ourselves (Isa. xxviii. 15). They deceive
every man his companion, and do not speak the truth, and
have taught their tongue to speak a lie (Jer. ix. 5). lliey
are a rebellious people, lying sons, they will not hear the law
of Jehovah (Isa. xxx. 9). Behold, I am against them that
prophesy lying dreams; they tell them that they may se-
duce my people by their lies (Jer. xxiii. 32). The diviners
see a lie, and speak dreams of vanity (Zech. x. 2). They have
seen va?iity and the divination of a lie ; because ye speak vanity
and see a lie, therefore, behold, I am against you, that my
hand i?iay be against the prophets that speak a lie (Ez. xiii.
6-9 ; xxi. 29). Woe to the city of bloods, it is all full of lies
and robberies (Nah. iii. 1). In the prophets of jfcrusalein I
have seen a horrible thing, committing adultery and walking
in a lie (Jer. xxiii. 14). From the prophet even to the priest,
every one doeth a lie (Jer. viii. 10). In Israel have they
committed a lie (Hos. vii. 1). Ye are of your father the
devil ; he was a murderer from the beginning, because the
truth is not in him ; when he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of
his own ; for he is a liar, and the father of it (John viii. 44).
Here also falsity is meant by a lie.

925. But they that are written in the Lamb's book of life,
signifies that no others are received into the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, but those who believe in the
Lord, and live according to His precepts in the Word.
That this is signified by being written in the book of life,
may be seen above (n. 874) ; to which there is no need to
add any thing further here.

1074 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXL

926. To this I will add this Relation. When I was
upon the explanation of chapter xx., and was meditating
about the dragon, the beast, and the false prophet, a certain
one appeared to me, and asked, " What are you meditating
upon ? " I said that it was upon the false prophet. He then
said to me, " I will lead you to the place where they are
who are meant by the false prophet." He said that they
were the same as are meant in chapter xiii. by the beast
out of the earth, which had two horns like a lamb, and
spoke as a dragon. I followed him ; and behold, I saw a
multitude, in the midst of which were bishops, who taught
that nothing else saves man but faith ; and that works are.
good, but not for salvation ; and that still they are to bfc
taught from the Word, that the laity, especially the simple,
may be held the more strictly in the bonds of obedience to
the magistrates, and as from religion, and thus interiorly,
may be compelled to exercise moral charity. And then one
of them, seeing me, said, " Do you wish to see our Temple,
in which there is an image representative of our Faith ? "
I drew near, and saw ; and behold, it was magnificent, ai.d
n the midst of it the image of a Woman, clothed in a
scarlet garment, and holding a golden coin in the rig.it
hand ; and in the left a chain of large pearls. But boih
the temple and the image were produced by fantasies ;
for infernal spirits can by fantasies represent magnificent
things, by closing up the interiors of the mind and opening
only its exteriors. But when I noticed that they were such
illusions, I prayed to the Lord, and suddenly the interiors
of my mind were opened ; and I then saw in place of the
magnificent temple a house full of chinks from the top to
the bottom, in which nothing held together ; and instead ^f
a woman I saw hanging in that house an image, the head of
which was like a dragon's, the body like a leopard's, and
the feet like a bear's, thus like the description of the beast
out of the sea (Apoc. xiii.) ; and instead of the floor was

No. 926.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

a swamp, in which was a multitude of frogs ; and it was
said to me that under that swamp was a great hewn stone,
beneath which lay the Word well concealed. On seeing
these things, I said to the deceiver, " Is this your temple ? "
and he said that it was. But suddenly his interior sight
was then opened, and he saw the same things that I did :
on seeing which, he cried out with a great cry, " What is
this ? and whence is this ? " And I said that it is from the
light of heaven, which discloses the quality of every form,
and here the quality of your faith separated from spiritual
charity. And forthwith there came an east wind, and car-
ried away every thing that was there, and also dried up the
swamp, and thus laid bare the Stone, under which lay the
Word. And after this there breathed as it were a vernal
heat from heaven j and behold, there then appeared in the
same place a Tabernacle, simple in its external form ; and
the angels who were with me said, " Behold, the Tabernacle
of Abraham, such as it was when the three angels came
to him, and announced that Isaac was to be born. This
appears before the eyes as simple, but it becomes more
and more magnificent according to the influx of light from
heaven." And it was given them to open the heaven in
which were the spiritual angels, who are in wisdom : and
then, from the light flowing in thence, that Tabernacle
appeared like a Temple similar to that of Jerusalem.
Upon looking into it, I saw the foundation stone, under
which the Word had been deposited, set around with
precious stones ; from which as it were lightning flashed
upon the walls, upon which were the forms of cherubs, and
beautifully variegated them with colors. These things I
wondered at. The angels said, " You shall see something
still more wonderful." And it was given them to open the
third heaven, in which were the heavenly (celestial) angels,
who are in love ; and then, from the light flowing in thence,
the whole of that Temple vanished ; and in place of it was
seen the Lord alone, standing upon the foundation stone,

1076

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXI.

which was the Word, in an appearance similar to that in
which he was seen by John (Apoc. chap. i.). But because
a holiness then filled the interiors of the minds of the
angels, by which they were impelled to fall down upon
their faces, suddenly the way of the light from the third
heaven was closed by the Lord, and the way was opened
for the light from the second heaven j in consequence of
which the former appearance of the Temple returned, and
likewise of the Tabernacle, but in the Temple. By this
was illustrated the meaning of these words in this chapter :
Behold, the Tabernacle of God is with men, and He will
dwell with them (vers. 3, n. 882) ; and of these : L saw 110
Temple in the New Jerusalem ; for the Lord God Almighty
is the Temple of it, and the Lamb (vers. 22, n. 918).

Chap. XXII.l THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

CHAPTER TWENTY-SECOND.

1. And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear
as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the
L amb.

2. In the midst of the street of it, and of the river, on
this side and on that, was the Tree of life, bearing twelve
fruits, yielding its fruit every month ; and the leaves of the
tree were for the healing of the nations.

3. And no accursed thing shall be there ; and the throne
of God and of the Lamb shall be in it, and His servants
shall minister unto Him.

4. And they shall see His face, and His name shall be
in their foreheads.

5. And there shall be no night there ; and they have
no need of a lamp and the light of the sun ; for the Lord
God giveth them light ; and they shall reign for ever and
ever.

6. And He said unto me, These words are faithful and
true : and the Lord God of the holy prophets hath sent
His angel to show unto His servants the things which
must shortly be done.

7. Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth
the words of the prophecy of this book.

8. And I John saw these things and heard : and when I
heard and saw, I fell down to worship before the feet of
the angel who showed me these things.

9. And he saith unto me, See thou do it not j for I am
thy fellow-servant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and
of them that keep the words of this book : worship God.

10. And he saith unto me, Seal not the words of the
prophecy of this book, for the time is at hand.

VOL. III. 11

IO78 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

11. He that is unjust, let him be unjust still; and he
that is filthy, let him be filthy still ; and he that is just,
let him be just still ; and he that is holy, let him be holy
still.

12. And behold, I come quickly; and my reward is
with Me, to render to every one according as his work
shall be.

13. I am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the End, the First and the Last.

14. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that
they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in
through the gates into the city.

15. But without are dogs and sorcerers, and whore-
mongers and murderers and idolaters, and whosoever
loveth and doeth a lie.

16. I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you
these things in the Churches ; I am the Root, and the
Offspring of David, the bright and morning Star.

17. And the Spirit and the Bride say, Come; and let
him that heareth say, Come ; and let him that thirsteth
come ; and let him that willeth take the water of life
freely.

18. For I testify unto every one that heareth the words
of the prophecy of this book, if any one shall add unto
these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are
written in this book.

19. And if any man shall take away from the words ot
the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part
out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and the
things which are written in this book.

20. He who testifieth these things saith, Surely I come
quickly, Amen. Yea come, Lord Jesus.

21. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all
Amen.

Chap. XXIL] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

1079

THE SPIRITUAL SENSE.

The Contents of the whole Chapter. The Church
is still described as to intelligence from Divine truths from
the Word from the Lord (vers. 1-5). That the Apoca-
lypse was manifested by the Lord, and that it is to be
revealed in its proper time (vers. 6-10) Concerning the
coming of the Lord, and His conjunction with those who
believe in Him, and live according to His precepts (vers.
n-17). That the things which are revealed are by all
means to be kept (vers. 18, 19). The Betrothal (vers. 17,
20, 21).

The Contents of each Verse. " And he showed me
a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding
out of the throne of God and of the Lamb," signifies the
Apocalypse now opened and explained as to its spiritual
sense, where Divine Truths in abundance are revealed by
(he Lord, for those who will be in His New Church, which
is the New Jerusalem. "In the midst of the street of it,
and of the river, on this side and on that, was the tree of
life, bearing twelve fruits," signifies that in the inmosts
of the truths of doctrine and thence of life in the New
Church is the Lord in His Divine Love, from Whom all
the goods, which man there does apparently as of himself,
flow forth. " Yielding its fruit every month," signifies that
the Lord produces goods in man according to every state
of truth in him. " And the leaves of the tree were for the
healing of the nations," signifies rational truths therefrom,
by which they who are in evils and thence in falsities aie
led to think soundly and to live becomingly. "And no
accursed thing shall be there ; and the throne of God and
of the Lamb shall be in it, and His servants shall minister
unto Him," signifies that in the Church which is the New
Jerusalem, there will not be any who are separated from
the Lord, because the Lord Himself will reign there, and

Io8o THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

they who are in truths from Him through the Word, and do
His commandments, will be with Him, because conjoined
with Him. " And they shall see His face, and His name
shall be in their foreheads," signifies that they will turn
themselves to the Lord, and the Lord will turn Himself to
them, because they are conjoined by love. " And there
shall be no night there, and they have no need of a lamp
and the light of the sun, for the Lord giveth them light,"
signifies that there will not be any falsity of faith in the
New Jerusalem, and that men there will not be in knowl-
edges concerning God there from natural light \lumen~]}
which is their own intelligence, and from glory arising
from pride, but will be in spiritual light from the Word
from the Lord alone. " And they shall reign for ever and
ever," signifies that they will be in the Lord's kingdom and
in conjunction with Him to eternity. " And He said unto
me, These words are faithful and true," signifies that they
may know this for certain, because the Lord Himself has
testified and said it. "And the Lord God of the holy
prophets hath sent His angel to show unto His servants the
things which must shortly be done," signifies that the Lord,
from Whom is the Word of both Covenants, has revealed
through heaven to those who are in truths from Him, the
things which are certainly to be. " Behold, I come quickly ;
blessed is he that keepeth the words of this prophecy,"
signifies that the Lord will certainly come, and will give
eternal life to those who keep and do the truths or pre-
cepts of the teaching of this book now opened by the Lord.
" And I John saw these things and heard ; and when I
heard and saw, I fell down to worship before the feet of
the angel who showed me these things," signifies that John
thought that the angel who was sent to him by the Lord,
that he might be kept in a state of the spirit, was God Who
revealed those things ; when yet it was not so, for the
angel only showed what the Lord manifested. " And he
said unto me, See thou do it not, for I am thy fellow-

Chap. XXII.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I08l

servant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them that
keep the words of this book, worship God," signifies that
the angels of heaven are not to be worshipped and invoked,
because nothing Divine belongs to them ; but that they are
associated with men as brethren with brethren, with those
who are in the doctrine of the New Jerusalem, and do its
precepts ; and that the Lord alone is to be worshipped in
consociation with them. " And he said unto me, Seal not
the words of this prophecy, for the time is at hand," signi-
fies that the Apocalypse must not be closed up, but is to be
opened ; and that this is necessary in the end of the Church,
that any may be saved. " He that is unjust, let him be
unjust still ; and he that is filthy, let him be filthy still ; and
he that is just, let him be just still j and he that is holy let
him be holy still," signifies the state of all individually after
death, and before his judgment, and in general before the
last judgment, that goods will be taken away from those
who are in evils, and truths from those who are in falsi-
ties ; and on the other hand, that evils will be taken away
from those who are in goods, and falsities from those who
are in truths. " And behold, I come quickly, and my re-
ward is with Me, to render to every one according as his
work shall be," signifies that the Lord will certainly come,
and that He is heaven and the happiness of eternal life
to every one according to his faith in Him, and his lile
according to His precepts. " I am the Alpha and the
Omega, the Beginning and the End, the First and the Last,"
signifies because the Lord is the God of heaven and earth,
and bj Him all things in the heavens and on earth were
made, and are governed by His Divine Providence, ami
are done according to it. " Blessed are they that do His
commandments, that they may have right to the tree of
life, and may enter in through the gates into the city," sig-
nifies that they have eternal happiness who live according
to the Lord's precepts, for the end that they may be in the
Lord and the Lord in them by love, and in His New Ct urch

IO82 THE AFOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

by knowledges concerning Him. " But without are dogs,
and sorcerers and whoremongers, and murderers and idol-
aters, and whosoever loveth and doeth a lie," signifies that
no one is received into the New Jerusalem, who makes the
precepts of the Decalogue of no account, and does not
shun any evils there named as sins, and therefore lives in
them. " I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you
these things in the churches," signifies a testification by
the Lord before the whole Christian world, that it is true
that the Lord alone manifested the things which are de-
scribed in this book, as also those which are now opened.
" I am the Root and the Offspring of David, the bright
and morning Star," signifies that He is the Lord who was
born in the world, and was then the Light, and who will
come with new light, which will arise before His New
Church, which is the Holy Jerusalem. " And the Spirit
and the Bride say, Come," signifies that heaven and the
church desire the coming of the Lord. " And let him that
heareth say, Come j and let him that thirsteth come ; and
let him that willeth take the water of life freely," signifies
that he who knows any thing of the Lord's coming, and
of the New Heaven and the New Church, and thus of the
Lord's kingdom, should pray that it may come ; and that
he who desires truths should pray that the Lord may come
with light ; and that he who loves truths will then receive
them from the Lord without labor of his own. " For I tes-
tify unto every one that heareth the words of the prophecy
of this book, if any one shall add unto these things, God
shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this
book," signifies that they who read and know the truths of
the doctrine of this book now opened by the Lord, and still
acknowledge any other God than the Lord, and any other
faith than in Him, by adding any thing by which they may
destroy these two, cannot do otherwise than perish from
the falsities and evils which are signified by the plagues
described in this book. " And if any one shall take away

No. 932.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1083

from the words of the book of this prophecy, God will take
away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy
city, and the things which are written in this book," signi-
fies that they who read and know the truths of the doctrine
of this book now opened by the Lord, and still acknowl-
edge any other God than the Lord, and any other faith
than in Him, by taking away any thing by which they may
destroy these two, cannot be wise in and appropriate to
themselves any thing from the Word, nor be received into
the New Jerusalem, nor have their lot with those who are
in the Lord's kingdom. " He who testifieth these things
said, Surely I come quickly ; yea, come, Lord Jesus," signi-
fies the Lord, who revealed the Apocalypse, and has now
opened it, testifying this Gospel, that in His Divine Human,
which He took to Himself in the world and glorified, He
comes as the Bridegroom and Husband ; and that the
Church desires Him as a Bride and Wife.

THE EXPLANATION.

932. And he showed me a pure river of ivater of life cleat
as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the
Lamb, signifies the Apocalypse now opened and explained
as to its spiritual sense, where Divine Truths in abundance
are revealed by the Lord for those who will be in His New
Church, which is the New Jerusalem. By the pure river ot
water of life clear as crystal, is signified the Divine Truth
of the Word in abundance translucent from its spiritual
sense, which is in the light of heaven. That the Divine
Truth in abundance is signified by a river (n. 409), is be-
cause truths are signified by the waters of which a river
consists (n. 50, 685, 719) ; and by the waters of life those
truths from the Lord through the Word, as here follows :
and by " clear as crystal " are signified these truths trans-
lucent from the spiritual sense, which is in the light of

IO84 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII

heaven (n. 897). That the river was seen to go forth out of
the throne of God and the Lamb, signifies that it is out
of heaven from the Lord ; for by the throne the Lord is
signified as to judgment and as to government and as to
heaven ; as to judgment, n. 229, 845, 865 ; as to govern-
ment, n 694. 808 at the end; and as to heaven, n. 14,
221, 222 ; here, therefore, out of heaven from the Lord.
By God and the Lamb, here as often above, the Lord is
signified as to the Divine Itself from Which [He came forth],
and as to the Divine Human. That by this river of water
of life, in particular, are meant Divine Truths in abun-
dance, here now revealed by the Lord in the Apocalypse,
is manifest from verses 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19 of this
chapter, where the book of this prophecy is treated of, and
it is said the things which are there written are to be kept,
which could not be kept before the things which are con-
tained therein were revealed by means of the spiritual
sense, because they were not before understood : and the
Apocalypse is also the Word, like the prophetic Word of
the Old Testament ; and the evils and falsities of the
church which are to be shunned and held in aversion, and
the goods and truths of the church which are to be done,
are now disclosed in the Apocalypse, especially those con-
cerning the Lord and concerning eternal life from Him ;
which are indeed taught in the prophets, but not so mani-
festly as in the Evangelists and in the Apocalypse : and
the Divine Truths concerning the Lord, that He is the
God of heaven and earth, which th:n proceed from Him,
and are received by those who will be in the New Jerusa-
lem, which are treated of in the Apocalypse, are those
which are meant in particular by the pure river of water of
life clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God
and of the Lamb ; as may be evident also from these pas-
sages : Jesus said, He that believeth oft Me, as the Scripture
hath said, Out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water
(John vii. 38). Jesus said, Whosoever drinketh of the water

No. 933.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1085

that I shall give hint, shall never thirst ; but the water that
I shall give him shall be i7i him a fountain of water sp?'i?iging
up into everlasti/ig life (John iv. 14). / will give u?ito him
that is athirst of the water of life freely (Apoc. xxi. 6 ; xxii.
17). And the La??ib ivho is in the midst of the throne shall
feed them, a?id shall lead them unto living fountains of waters
(Apoc. vii. 1 7). In that day shall living waters go out from
Jerusalem ; Jehovah shall be King over all the earth ; in
that day shall Jehovah be one, and His na?ne one (Zech. xiv.
8, 9). By living waters, or waters of life, Divine Truths
from the Lord are there signified.

933. In the midst of the street of it and of the river, on this
side and on that, was the tree of life bearing twelve fruits,
signifies that in the inmosts of the truths of doctrine and
thence of life in the church is the Lord in His Divine Love,
from Whom all the goods which man does apparently as of
himself, flow forth. By " in the midst " is signified in the in-
most, and thence in all things around (n. 44, 383). By street
is signified the truth of the doctrine of the church (n. 501,
917). By the river is signified Divine Truth in abundance
(n. 409, 932). " On this side and on that " signifies on the
right and on the left ; and truth on the right is what is in
clearness, and on the left what is in obscurity j for the south
in heaven, by which truth in clearness is signified, is to the
right ; and the north, by which is signified truth in ob-
scurity, is to the left (n. 901). By the tree of life is signi-
fied the Lord as to the Divine Love (n. 89). By fruits are
signified the goods of love and charity, which are called
good works ; which are treated of in the following para-
graph. By twelve are signified all, and it is an expression
applied to the gocds and truths of the church (n. 34S).
From these collected into one sense, it follows that by " in
the midst of the street and of the river, on this side and on
that, was the tree of life bearing twelve fruits," is signified
that in the inmosts of the truths of doctrine and of life in the
church is the Lord in His Divine Love, from Whom all the

11*

io86

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

goods which a man does apparently as of himself, flow forth.
This takes place with those who go to the Lord immediately,
and shun evils because they are sins ; thus who will be in
the Lord's New Church, which is the New Jerusalem : for
they who do not go immediately to the Lord, cannot be
conjoined to Him, and thus neither to the Father, and
hence cannot be in a love which is from the Divine ; for
the looking to Him conjoins, — not intellectual looking
alone, but intellectual looking from the affection of the
will ; and affection of the will is not given, unless man
keeps His commandments ; wherefore the Lord says, He
that keepeth my commandments ; he it is that loveth me ; and
I will come unto him, and make an abode with him (John
xiv. 21-24). It is said, in the inmosts of the truths of doc-
trine and thence of life in the New Church, because in
spiritual things all things are and all things proceed from
the inmost, as from fire and light in the centre to the circum-
ferences ; or as from the sun, which is also in the centre,
heat and light flow into the universe : the operation is the
same in the least things as in the greatest. Because the
inmost of all truth is signified, it is therefore said " in the
midst of the street and of the river," and not on both sides
of the river, though this is meant. That from the Lord,
provided He is in the inmost, all the goods of love and
charity are and proceed, is manifest from the words of the
Lord Himself in John : Jesus said, As the branch cannot
bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, so neither can
ye, except ye abide in Me : I am the Vi?ie,ye are the branches ;
he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth
much fruit ; for without Me ye can do nothing (xv. 4-6).

934. That fruits signify the goods which man does from
love or charity, is known indeed without confirmation from
the Word : for the reader understands nothing else by fruits
in the Word. The cause that the goods of love or charity
are meant by fruits is, that man is compared to a tree, and
is also called a tree, 89, 400. That fruits signify the goods

No. 935.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

of love or charity, which are called in common speech good
works, may be evident from these passages : The axe is laid
unto the root of the tree ; every tree that bri?igcth not forth good
fruit, shall be hewn down, and cast into the fire (Matt. iii.
10; vii. 16-20). Either make the tree good and the fruit
good, or else make the tree corrupt and the fruit corrupt ; the
tree is known from the fruit (Matt. xii. 33 ; Luke vi. 43,
44). Every branch that beareth not fruit shall be taken atcay,
but every branch thai beareth fruit shall be pruned, that it may
bring forth more fruit ; he that abideth i?i Me, and I in him,
the same bringeth forth much fruit (John xv. 2-8). Ering
forth therefore fruits meet for repentance (Matt. iii. 8). That
which was sowed in the good ground is he that heareth the
Word, and attendeth, a?id beareth fruit (Matt. xiii. 23).
jfesus said to the disciples, I have chosen you, that ye should
bear fruit, and that your fruit should remain (John xv. 16).
A certain man had a figtree planted in his vi?ieyard ; and he
came seeking fruit on it, and found none ; and he saith to the
vinedresser, cut it down, why cumbereth it the ground ? (Luke
xiii. 6-9). A man, a householder, let out his vineyard to
husbandmen, to receive the fruits of it ; but they killed the ser-
vants sent to them, and at length his son ; he therefore let out
the vineyard to others, who should render him the fruits in
their seasons : so the kingdom of God shall be taken away
from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits of
it (Matt. xxi. 33-39, 41, 43. Besides many other places).

935. Yielding its fruit every month, signifies that the Lord
produces goods in man according to every state of truth in
him. By a month is signified the state of man's life as to
truth, as will be shown presently. By yielding fruit is sig-
nified to produce goods : that fruits are the goods of love
and charity was shown just above (n. 934) ; and because
the Lord produces them with man in essence, though the
man does them as of himself, and thus in appearance, as
was said above (n. 934), it is evident that it is signified
that the Lord produces them from the inmost, when He is

I088 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

there. But it shall be told how it is to be understood, that
the Lord produces the goods of charity with a man accord-
ing to the state of truth with Him. He who believes that
a man does good that is acceptable to the Lord, which is
called spiritual good, unless there are truths from the
Word in him, is much deceived. Goods without truths are
not goods, and truths without goods are not truths in man,
although they may be in themselves truths : for good with
out truth is like the voluntary of man without the under-
standing, which voluntary is not known, but is like a
beast's, or like that of a carved image which an artificer
causes to operate. But the voluntary together with the
intellectual becomes human according to the state of the
understanding by means of which it exists : for the state
of life of every man is such, that his will cannot do any
thing except through the understanding, nor can the under-
standing think any thing except from the will. It is similar
with good and truth ; since good is of the will, and truth is
of the understanding. It is manifest from this, that the
good which the Lord produces in man is according to the
state of the truth in him from which is his understanding.
That this is signified by the tree of life yielding its fruit
every month, is because the state of truth in man is signi-
fied by month. That states of life are signified by all times,
which are hours, days, weeks, months, years, ages, may be
seen (n. 476, 562). That states of life as to truths are sig
nified by months, is because the times determined by the
moon are meant by months, and truth of the understanding
and of faith is signified by the moon (n. 332, 413, 414, 919).
Similar things are meant by months in these passages :
Blessed of Jehovah is the land of Joseph for the precious
things of the produce of the sun, and for the precious things of
the produce of the months (Deut. xxxiii. 14). It- shall come to
pass that from month to month, and from sabbath to sabbath, all
flesh shall come to bow themselves down before Jehovah (Isa.
*xvi. 23). On account of the signification of month, which is

No. 956.] THE APOCALVrSE REVEALED. 10S9

that of the moon, sacrifices wen? offered at the beginning of
every month or of the New moon (Num. xxix. 1-6 : Isa. i. 14).
And then also they sounded with the trumpets (Num. x. 10 ;
Ps. lxxxi. 3) : and it was commanded that they should ob-
serve the month Abib, in which they celebrated the Passover
(Ex. xii. 2 ; Deut. xvi. 1). States of truth are signified by
months, and in the opposite sense states of falsity in man,
In the Apocalypse above also (chap. ix. 5, 10, 15 ; xi. 2 ;
xiii. 5). The same is signified by month in Ez. xlvii. 12.

936. And the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the na-
tions, signifies rational truths therefrom, by which they who
are in evils and thence in falsities are led to think soundly,
and to live becomingly. By the leaves of the tree are signified
rational truths, of which below. By the nations are signi-
fied those who are in goods and thence in truths, and in
the opposite sense those who are in evils and thence in
falsities (n. 483) ; here they who are in evils and thence in
falsities, because it is said, "for the healing of the nations,"
and they who are in evils and thence in falsities cannot be
healed by the Word, because they do not read it ; but if
they have sound judgment, they can be healed by rational
truths. Things similar to those in this verse are signified
by these words in Ezekiel : Behold, waters went forth from
under the threshold, from which 7vas a river, upo?i whose
bank on this side and on that were very many trees for food,
whose leaf falleth not, nor is consumed ; it is renewed every
month, whence its fruit is for food, and its leaf for medicine
(xlvii. 1, 7, 12): there also the New Church is treated of.
That rational truths are signified by leaves, is because by
ail the parts of a tree are signified corresponding things in
man ; as by the branches, leaves, flowers, fruits, and seeds.
By the branches man's sensual and natural truths are signi-
fied ; by the leaves his rational truths : by the flowers the first
spiritual truths in the rational ; by the fruits the goods of
love and charity ; and by the seeds are signified the last
and the first things of man. That rational truths are s'g-

I O9O THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

nified by the leaves, is clearly manifest from the things
seen in the spiritual world : for trees appear there also,
with leaves and fruits : there are there gardens and para-
dises of them. With those who are in the goods of love
and at the same time in the truths of wisdom there appear
fruitbearing trees, luxuriant with beautiful leaves ; but with
those who are in the truths of some degree of wisdom, and
speak from reason, and are not in the goods of love, there
appear trees full of leaves, but without fruits : but to those
with whom there are neither goods nor the truths of wisdom,
there do not appear trees, unless stripped of their leaves,
as in the time of winter in the world. A man not rational
is nothing else but such a tree. Rational truths are those
which proximately receive spiritual truths, for the rational
of man is the first receptacle of spiritual truths : for in
man's rational is the perception of truth in some form,
which the man himself does not see in thought, as he does
the things which are beneath the rational in the lower
thought, which conjoins itself with the external sight.
Rational truths are also signified by leaves (Gen. iii. 7 ;
viii. 11 j Isa. xxxiv. 4; Jer. viii. 13; xvii. 8; Ez. xlvii.
12; Dan. iv. 12, 14; Ps. i. 3; Lev. xxvi. 36; Matt. xxi.
19; xxiv. 32 ; Mark xiii. 28). But their signification is ac-
cording to the species of the trees. The leaves of the olive
and the vine signify rational truths from heavenly and spirit-
ual light ; the leaves of the fig, rational truths from natural
light ; and the leaves of the fir, the poplar, the oak, the pine,
rational truths from sensual light. The leaves of these strike
terror in the spiritual world, when they are shaken by a
strong wind: these are meant in Lev. xxvi. 36; Job xiii.
25. But it is not so with the leaves of the former.

937. And no accursed thing shall be there, and the throne
of God and of the Lamb shall be in it, and His servants shall
minister unto Him, signifies that in the church which is the
New Jerusalem, there will not be any who are separated
from the Lord, because the Lord Himself will reign there ;

No. 937.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 1 09 1

and they who are in truths from Him through the Word, and
do His commandments, will be with Him, because conjoined
with Him. By " no accursed thing shall be there," is sig-
nified that not any evil or falsity from evil, which separates
the Lord, will be in the New Jerusalem ; and as evil and
falsity are not given, except in a recipient, which is man,
it is signified that not any who are separated from the Lord
will be there. By " accursed " in the Word is meant all
that evil and falsity which separates man and turns him
away from the Lord ; for then the man becomes a devil and
a satan. By the throne of God and of the Lamb being in
it, is signified that the Lord Himself will reign in that
Church ; for by a throne is here signified kingdom ; and
the Lord's kingdom is where He alone is worshipped. By
His servants ministering unto Him, is signified that they
who are in truths from the Lord through the Word will
be with Him, and will do His commandments, because
conjoined with Him. That by the Lord's servants are sig-
nified they who are in truths from Him, may be seen above
(n. 3, 380) ; and by ministers those who are in good from
Him (n. 128) : hence by the servants who will minister
unto Him, are signified those who are in truths from good
from the Lord through the Word, and do His command-
ments. As the church at this day does not know that con-
junction with the Lord makes heaven, and that conjunction
is effected by the acknowledgment that He is the God of
heaven and earth, and at the same time by a life according
to His precepts, something shall therefore be said respect-
ing these points. He who knows nothing about them may
ask, What is conjunction? How can acknowledgment and
life make conjunction ? What need is there of these ?
Cannot everyone be saved from mercy alone ? What need
is there of any other means of salvation than faith alone ?
Is not God merciful and omnipotent? But let him know
that in the spiritual world knowledge and acknowledgment
make all presence, and that affection which is of love makes

1092

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

all conjunction. For spaces there are nothing else but ap-
pearances according to similarity of minds (animus), that
is, of affections and thence of thoughts. Wherefore when
any one knows another either by reputation, or from deal-
ings with him, or from conversation, or from relationship,
while he thinks of him from the idea of that knowledge, he
becomes present with him, although he might be to appear-
ance a thousand furlongs off : and if one also loves another
whom he knows, he dwells with him in one society ; and if
he loves him intimately, in one house. This is the state
of all in t he whole spiritual world ; and this state of all
derives its origin from the fact, that the Lord is present
with every one according to his faith, and is conjoined ac-
cording to his love. Faith and thence the Lord's presence
are given through the knowledges of truths from the Word,
especially concerning the Lord Himself there ; but love
and thence conjunction are given through a life according
to His precepts : for the Lord says, He that hath my com-
mandments, and doeth them, he it is that loveth Me ; and I
will love him, and will make an abode with him (John xiv.
21-24). But how this is done shall also be told. The
Lord loves every one, and wishes to be conjoined to him :
but He cannot be conjoined as long as the man is in the
enjoyment of evil, as in the enjoyment of hating and re-
venging, in the enjoyment of committing adultery and
whoredom, in the enjoyment of robbing or stealing under
any pretence, in the enjoyment of slandering and lying,
and in the lusts of the love of self and the world : for every
one who is in these is in companionship with devils who
are in hell. The Lord indeed loves them even there ; but
He cannot be conjoined with them, unless the enjoyments
of those evils are removed ; and these cannot be removed
by the Lord, unless the man examines himself that he may
know his evils, acknowledges and confesses them before the
Lord, and wishes to desist from them, and so to repent.
This the man must do as of himself, because he does not

No. 938.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO93

feel that he does any thing from the Lord : and this is
given to man, because conjunction, that it may be con-
junction, must be reciprocal, — of man with the Lord,
and of the Lord with man. As far therefore as evils with
their enjoyments are thus removed, so far the Lord's love
enters, which, as was said, is universal towards all; and
man is then led away from hell, and is led into hea\ en.
This a man must do in the world ; for such as he is in the
world as to his spirit, such he remains for ever ; with the
difference only, that his state becomes more perfect, if he
has lived well ; because he is not then clothed with a
material body, but lives as a spiritual being in a spiritual
body.

938. And they shall see his fare, and His name shall be
in their foreheads, signifies that they will turn themselves to
the Lord, and the Lord will turn Himself to them, because
they are conjoined by love. By seeing the face of God
and of the Lamb, or the Lord, is not meant to see His
face, because no one can see His face, as He is in
His Divine Love and in His Divine Wisdom, and live ;
for He is the Sun of heaven and of the whole spiritual
world : for to see His face, as He is in Himself, would
be as if one should enter into the sun, by whose fire he
would be consumed in a moment. But the Lord some-
times presents Himself to be seen out of His Sun ; but
He then veils Himself and presents Himself to the sight,
which is done by means of an angel ; as He also did in
the world before Abraham, Hagar, Lot, Gideon, Joshua,
and others : wherefore those angels are called angels, and
also Jehovah ; for the presence of Jehovah was in them
from afar. But by their seeing His face is not here meant
to see His face in this manner, but to see the truths which
are in the Word from Him, and through them to know and
acknowledge Him. For the Divine Truths of the Word
make the light which proceeds from the Lord as a Sun, in
which the angels are ; and as they make the light, they

1094 TIIE ArOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

are like mirrors in which the Lord's face is seen. That by
seeing the Lord's face is signified to turn one's self to
Him, will be told below. By the Lord's name in their
foreheads, is signified that the Lord loves them, and turns
them to Himself. By the Lord's name the Lord Himself
is signified, because all His quality by which He is known
and according to which He is worshipped is signified
(n. 8 1, 584) ; and by the forehead is signified love (n. 347,
605) ; and by its being written in the forehead is signified
the Lord's love in them (n. 729) ; from this it may be evi-
dent what is strictly signified by those words. But it signi-
fies that they turn themselves to the Lord, and that the
Lord turns Himself to them, because the Lord looks at
all who are conjoined to Him by love, in the forehead,
and thus turns them to Himself: on which account the
angels in heaven turn their faces in no other direction
than to the Lord as the Sun ; and, what is wonderful, this
is the same in every turning of their body. Hence it is in
common speech, that they have God continually before
their eyes. A similar thing takes place with the spirit of
a man who is living in the world, and is conjoined to the
Lord by love. But concerning this turning of the face
to the Lord, more things worthy of mention may be seen
in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love
and Divine Wisdom" (n. 129-144); and in the work on
"Heaven and Hell," published at London, 1758 (n. 17,

123, 143, 144, i53> 255> 272)-

939. That by seeing the face of the Lord is not meant
to see His face, but to know and acknowledge Him as He
is with respect to His Divine attributes, which are many ;
an.l that they who are conjoined with Him by love know
Him, and thus see His face, may be evident from the fol-
lowing passages : What to Me is the multitude of sacrifices,
when ye come to see the face of Jehovah (Isa. i. 11, 12). My
heart said, seek ye my face; thy face, O Jehovah, do I seek
(Ps. xxvii. 8). Let us make a joyful noise to the Rock of out

No. 939.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO95

salvation, let us come before His face with thanksgiving (Ps.
xcv. 1, 2). My soid thirsteth for the living God ; when shall
I come to appear before the face of God I I will yet praise
Him, for His face is salvation (Ps. xlii. 2, 5). My face shall
not be seen e7npty-hande.d (Ex. xxiii. 15). To come to suppli-
cate the face of Jehovah (Zech. viii. 21,22; Mai. i. 9). Make
thy face to shine upon thy servant (Ps. xxxi. 16). Who will
show us good ? lift up the light of thy face upon us, O Je-
hovah (Ps. iv. 6). They shall walk in the light of thy face,
O Jehovah (Ps. lxxxix. 15). O God, make thy face to shi?ie>
that we may be saved (Ps. lxxx. 3, 7, 19). God be merciful
unto us, and bless us ; and cause His face to shine upon us
(Ps. lxvii. 1). Jehovah bless thee, and keep thee; Jehovah
make His face to shine upon thee, and be merciful unto thee ,
Jehovah lift up His face upon thee, and give thee peace (Num.
vi. 24-26). Thou shall hide them in the secret of thy face
(Ps. xxxi. 20). Thou hast set our secret sin in the light of
thy face (Ps. xc. 8). Jehovah said unto Moses, My face shall
go with thee ; Moses said, If thy face go not, make us not to
go down from hence (Ex. xxxiii. 14, 15). The bread upon
the table in the Tabernacle was called the bread of faces (Ex.
xxv. 30 ; Num. iv. 7). It is also frequently said, that
Jehovah hid and also turned away His face ; as in these
passages : On account of their wickedness I hid my face from
theni (Jer xxxiii. v. ; Ez. vii. 22). Your sins have hid God's
face fro?n you (Isa. lix. 2). The face of Jehovah shall no
more regard them (Lam. iv. 16). Jehovah will hide His
face from them, as they have made their works evil (Mic.
lii. 4). Thou didst hide thy Jace (Ps. xxx. 7 ; xliv. 24 ; civ.
29). I will forsake them, and hide my face from them; I
will surely hide my face for all the evil which they have done
(Deut. xxxi. 17, 18. Besides other places, as Isa. viii. 17 ;
Ez. xxxix. 23. 28, 29 ; Ps. xiii. 1 : xxii. 24 j xxvii. 8, 9 ,
lxix. 17; lxxxviii. 14; cii. 2; cxl'ii. 7; Deut. xxxii. 20).
In the opposite sense by the face of Jehovah is signified
anger and aversion, for the reasor that the evil man turns

IO96 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

himself away from the Lord ; and when he turns himself
away, it appears to him as if the Lord turned Himself away
and was angry j as is evident from these passages : I have
set my face against this city for evil (Jer. xxi. 10 j xliv. 11).
1 will set my face against that man and will make him deso-
late (Ez. xiv. 7, 8). I will set my face againstJhem, and fire
shall devour them, when I shall set my face against >the??i (Ez.
xv. 7). Whosoever eateth any blood, I will set my face against
that soul (Lev. xvii. 10). They perished at the rebuke of thy
face (Ps. lxxx. 16). The face of jfehovah is against them
that do evil (Ps. xxxiv. 16). / send mine angel before thee,
benoare of his face, for he will not bear your transgression
(Ex. xxiii. 20, 21). Let thy enemies be scattered, and let them
that hate thee flee from before thy face (Num. x. 35). I saw
Him that sat upon the throtie, from whose face the heaven
and the earth fled away (Apoc. xx. 11). That no one can
see the Lord, as He is in Himself, as was said above, is
manifest from this : Jehovah said to Moses, Thou canst not
see my face, for no man shall see Me, and live (Ex. xxxiii.
18-23). Yet that He has been seen, and they have lived,
because it was through an angel, is manifest from Gen.
xxxii. 30 ; Judges xiii. 22, 23 ; and elsewhere.

940. And there shall be no night there, and they have no
need of a lamp and the light of the sun, for the Lord giveth
them light, signifies that there will not be any falsity of faith
in the New Jerusalem, and that men there will not be in
knowledges concerning God from natural light (lumen),
which is their own intelligence, and from glory arising from
pride, but will be in spiritual light from the Word from the
Lord alone. By there being no night there, the like is sig-
nified as above (chap, xxi.), where are these words : The
gates of it shall not be shut by day, for there shall be tio night
there (vers. 25) ; by which is signified that those are con-
tinually received into the New Jerusalem, who are in truths
from the good of love from the Lord, because there is no
falsity of faith there (n. 922). By their having no need of

No. Q4D.]- THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IO97

a lamp and of the light of the sun, because the Lord God
giveth them light, the same is signified as above (chap,
xxi), where is this : The city had 710 need of the sun and of
the moon to shine i?i it, for the glory of 'God did lighten it, and
the la?np thereof is the La7nb (ver. 23) ; by which is signified
that the men of that church will not be in the love of self
and in their own intelligence, and thence in natural light
alone, but in spiritual light from the Lord alone from the
Divine Truth of the Word (n. 919). But instead of "the
moon " it is here said " a lamp \ " and instead of " the sun,"
" the light of the sun " is here spoken of : and by the moon,
as by a lamp, natural light from one's own intelligence is
signified j and by the light of the sun is signified natural
light from the glory arising from pride. But it shall be ex-
plained in few words what natural light from the glory aris-
ing from pride is. There is given natural light from glory
arising from pride, and also not from pride. Those have
light from the glory arising from pride, who are in the love
of self, and thence in evils of ever)7 kind ; and if they do
not do them for fear of the loss of reputation, and if they
likewise condemn them as against morality and against the
public good, they still do not repute them as sins. These
are in natural light from the glory arising from pride : for
the love of self in the will becomes pride in the understand-
ing; and this pride from that love can elevate the under-
standing even into the light of heaven. This is given to
man, that he may be a man, and that he may be capable
of being reformed. I have seen and heard many who
were in the highest degree devils, who understood as the
angels themselves do, the arcana of angelic wisdom, when
they heard and read them : but instantly, when they re-
turned to their love, and thence to their pride, they not
only understood nothing about them, but also saw the
opposites, from the light of the confirmation of falsity, in
them. But natural light from glory that is not from pride
is with those who are in the enjoyment of uses from genu-

IO98 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

ine love towards the neighbor. Their natural light is like-
wise rational light, in which there is inwardly spiritual light
from the Lord. The glory with them is from the bright-
ness of the light that flows in from heaven, where all things
are bright and harmonious ; for all uses in heaven shine
brightly. The pleasantness from these in the ideas of
their thoughts is perceived as glory. It enters through
the will and its goods into the understanding and its truths,
and there becomes manifest.

941. And they shall reign for ever and ever. That it sig-
nifies that they will be in the Lord's kingdom, and in con-
junction with Him to eternity, is evident from the things
that have been explained above (n. 284, 849, 855) ; where
there are similar words.

942. And he said ufito me, These words are faithful and
true, signifies that they may know these things certainly,
because the Lord Himself has testified and said it. This
is also evident from the explanations above (n. 886), where
are similar words.

943. A?id the Lord God of the holy prophets hath sent His
angel to shotv unto His servants the things which must shortly
be done, signifies that the Lord, from whom is the Word of
both Covenants, has revealed through heaven to those who
are in truths from Him the things which will certainly be.
" The Lord God of the holy prophets " signifies the Lord
from whom is the Word of both Covenants ; for those who
teach truths from the Word, are signified by the prophets ;
and in an abstract sense, the doctrine of truth of the
church (n. 8, 173) ; and in a broad sense, the Word itself:
and as the Word is signified by the holy prophets, there-
fore by them the Word of both Covenants is signified.
" Hath sent His angel to show unto His servants the things
which must shortly be done," signifies that the Lord has
revealed to those who are in truths from Him the things
which will certainly be. By the angel is here signified
heaven, as above (n. 5,66, 644, 647, 648, 910). By sei

No. 943.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

IO99

vants are signified those who are in truths from the Lord
(n. 3, 380, 937). By "shortly" is signified certainly (n. 4).
Hence by the things that must shortly be done are signi-
fied the things which will certainly be. That heaven is
here signified by the angel, is because the Lord spoke with
John through heaven, and likewise spoke through heaven
with the prophets ; and with every one with whom He
speaks, He speaks through heaven. The reason is, that
the angelic heaven in general is like one man, whose soul
and life is the Lord j wherefore all that the Lord speaks,
He speaks through heaven, as the soul and mind of man
through his body. That the universal angelic heaven
in one complex resembles one man, and that this is from
the Lord, may be seen above (n. 5), and in the work-
on "Heaven and Hell," published at London, 1758
(n. 59-86) ; and in the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the
Divine Providence" (n. 64-69, 162-164, 201-204) ; and in
the " Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and
Divine Wisdom" (n. 11, 19, 133, 288). But I will declare
this mystery. The Lord speaks through heaven, but still
the angels there do not speak, and do not even know what
the Lord speaks, unless there are with the man some of
them, through whom the Lord speaks openly from heaven,
as with John and with some of the prophets. For there is
an influx of the Lord through heaven, as there is an influx
of the soul through the body. The body speaks and acts
indeed, and likewise feels something from the influx ; but
still the body does not act any thing of itself as of itself,
but is acted upon. That the speech is such, and indeed
all the influx of the Lord through heaven with men, has
been given me to know by much experience. The angels
of heaven, and likewise the spirits below the heavens,
know nothing concerning man, as man knows nothing
concerning them, because the state of spirits and angels
is spiritual, and that of men is natural ; which two states
are consociated solely by correspondences : and consocH-

I IOO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

tion by correspondences causes them indeed to be together
in the affections, but not in the thoughts ; wherefore the
one does not know any thing concerning the other • that
is, man knows nothing of the spirits with whom he is as
to his affections, and the spirits know nothing of the man .
for, that which is not in the thought, but only in the affection,
is not known, because it does not appear, or is not seen.
The Lord alone is acquainted with the thoughts of men.

944. Behold, I come quickly ; blessed is he that keep eth the
words of this prophecy, signifies that the Lord will certainly
come, and will give eternal life to those who keep and do
the truths or precepts of the teaching of this book, now
opened by the Lord. " Behold, I come quickly," signifies
that the Lord will certainly come : by quickly is signified
certainly (n. 4, 943) : and by coming is signified that He
will come, not in person, but in the Word, in which He
will appear to all who will be of His New Church. That
this is His coming in the clouds of heaven, may be seen
above (n. 24, 642, 820). "Blessed is he that keepeth the
words of this book," signifies that He will give eternal life
to those who keep and do the truths and precepts of the
teaching of this book now opened by the Lord. By blessed
is signified he who receives eternal life (n. 639, 852) ; by
keeping is signified to keep and do the truths or precepts :
the words are truths and precepts. By " the prophecy
of this book " is signified the teaching of this book now
opened by the Lord : prophecy is teaching (n. 8, 133, 943).
He who considers, can see that keeping the words of the
prophecy of this book is not meant, but that it signifies to
observe, that is, to keep and do the truths and precepts of
doctrine which are opened in this book which is now ex-
plained : for in the Apocalypse without explanation there
are few things which can be kept ; for the things prophe-
sied have not hitherto been understood. For example,
the things which are related in chap. vi. concerning the
horses that went out of the book cannot be kept : the

No. 945.] TIIE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I IOI

things in chap. vii. concerning the twelve tribes: those in
chap. viii. and ix. concerning the seven angels that sounded:
those in chap. x. concerning the little book that was eaten
up by John : those in chap. xi. concerning the two wit-
nesses, who were slain and lived again : those in chap. xii.
concerning the Woman and the Dragon : those in chap,
xiii. and xiv. concerning the two beasts : those in chap. xv.
and xvi. concerning the seven angels that had the seven
plagues : those in chap. xvii. and xviii. concerning the
woman that sat upon the scarlet beast and concerning
Babylon : those in chap. xix. concerning the white horse
and the great supper : those in chap. xx. concerning the
last judgment : and those in chap. xxi. concerning the New
Jerusalem as a city. From which it is manifest that it is
not meant that those are blessed who keep the words of
the prophecy ; for they are closed up • but that those are
blessed who observe, that is, keep and do the truths and
precepts of the teaching, which are contained in them, and
are now opened: and that they are from the Lord, may be
seen in the Preface.

945. And I John saw these things and heard ; and when
I heard and saw, I fell down to worship before the feet of the
angel who showed me these things, signifies that John thought
that the angel who was sent to him by the Lord, that he
might be kept in a state of the spirit, was God who re-
vealed those things ; when yet it was not so, for the angel
only showed what the Lord manifested. That John sup-
posed that the angel who was sent to him was God Him-
self, is manifest 5 for it is said that he fell down to worship
at his feet. But that it was not so, is manifest from the
following verse, where the angel says that he "was his
fellow-servant, worship God." That this angel was sent
to him by the Lord, is manifest from verse 16, where it is
said : / jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these
things in the Churches. But the arcanum which lies hid
in these things is this : An angel was sent by the Lord to

vol. nx 12

TI02 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

John, that he might be kept in a state of the spirit, and
that in that state he might show him the things which he
saw. For whatever John saw, he did not see with the eyes
of the body, but with the eyes of the spirit j as may be
evident from the places where he says that he was in the
spirit and in vision (chap. i. 10, ix. 17, xvii. 3, xxi. n);
so too everywhere where he says that he saw : and no one
ran come into that state, and be kept in it, except through
angels who are closely adjoined to the man, who impart
their spiritual state to the interiors of his mind ; for so
the man is elevated into the light of heaven, and in it sees
the things which are in heaven, and not those which are
in the world. In a similar state sometimes were Ezekiel,
Zechariah, Daniel, and the other prophets ; but not when
they spoke the Word : they were then not in the spirit, but
in the body, and heard from Jehovah Himself, that is, the
Lord, the words which they wrote. These two states of
the prophets are to be well distinguished. The prophets
themselves also distinguish them carefully : for they say
everywhere, when they wrote the Word from Jehovah, that
Jehovah spoke with them and to them • and very often,
"Jehovah said," "the word of Jehovah." But when they
were in the other state, they say that they were in the
spirit, or in vision ; as may be evident from these pas-
sages : Ezekiel said, The spirit lifted me up, and brought
me back into Chaldea to the captivity in the vision of God, so
the vision which I saw we?it up from me (xi. 1, 24). He
says that the spirit lifted him tip, and he heard behi?id him
an earthquake, and other things (iii. 12, 14). Also, that the
spirit lifted him up between the earth and heaven, and led him
away to yerusalem i?i the visions of God, and he saw abom-
inations (viii. 3, &c.) ; wherefore in like manner in the
vision of God or in spirit, he saw four animals, which were
cherubs (chap. i. and x.) ; also the new Temple and a new
Earth, and an angel measuring them, described in chap. xl.
to xl viii. That he was then in the visions of God, he says

No. 946.] THE APOCALYl'SE REVEALED.

I IO3

(chap. xl. 2) ; and that the spirit lifted him up (chap,
xliii. 5). The like was done with Zechariah, in whom an
angel then was, when he saw the man ridifig among the
myrtle-trees (Zech. i. 8, &c). When he saw the four horns,
and then a man i?i whose hand was a measuring line (i. 18 ;
i i. t , &c). When lie sazo Joshua the high priest (iii. 1, &c).
When he saw the candlestick a?id the two olive-trees (iv.
1 , Sec). When he saw the flying roll and the cphah (v. 1, 6).
And when he sazo the four chariots going out between two
mountains, and the horses (vi. 1, &c.) In a similar state
was Daniel, when he saw the four beasts coming up out of
the sea (vii. 1, &c.) ; and when he saw the battles of the rain
and the he-goat (viii. 1, &c.) That he saw them in visions,
we read, chap. vii. 1, 2, 7, 13 ; viii. 2 ; x. 1, 7, 8. And that
the angel Gabriel was seen by him in vision, and spake with
him (ix. 21). It was the same with John, when he saw the
things which he described j as when he saw the Son of Man
in the midst of the seven candlesticks ; the Tabernacle, the
Temple, the Ark, the Altar, in heaven; the Dragon and his
combat with Michael, the beasts, the Woman that sat upon
the scarlet beast ; the New Heaven and New Earth, a?id the
holy ycrusalem with its wall, gates, and foundations ; and
mrwiy other things. These were revealed by the Lord, but
shown by an angel.

946. And he said unto me, See thou do it not, for I am thy
fellow-servant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them
that keep the words of this book, worship God, signifies
that the angels of heaven are not to be worshipped and
invoked, because nothing Divine belongs to them ; but that
they are associated with men as brethren with brethren,
with those who are in the doctrine of the New Jerusalem,
and do its precepts ; and that the Lord alone is to be
worshipped in consociation with them. By these words
which the angel here speaks with John, almost the same
things are signified as he spoke with him above (chap, xix.),
where it is written And I fell at the feet of the angel to

r 104

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

worship him, and he said unto me, See thou do it not ; I am
thy fellow-servant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony
of Jesus ; worship God (vers. 10). That such things are
signified by these words, may be seen above (n. 818), with
the difference that it is now said, the fellow-servant of thy
brethren the prophets, and of them that keep the words of
this book: and by "brethren the prophets" are signified
those who are in the doctrine of the New Jerusalem ; and
by " them that keep the words of this book " are signified
those who keep and do the precepts of that doctrine, which
are now manifested by the Lord ; see above (n. 944).

947. And he said unto me, Seal not the words of this
prophecy, for the time is at hand, signifies that the Apoca-
lypse must not be closed up, but is to be opened ; and that
this is necessary at the end of the church, that any may be
saved. By not sealing up the words of this prophecy is
signified that the Apocalypse must not be shut up, but is
to be opened ; which will be explained in what follows. By
" the time is at hand," is signified that this is necessary, that
some may be saved. By time is signified state (n. 476, 562) ;
here the state of the church, — that it is such that it is
necessary. By "at hand" is signified necessary; for by at
hand is not meant nearness of time, but nearness of state ;
and nearness of state is necessity. It is manifest that
nearness of time is not meant, because the Apocalypse was
written in the beginning of the first century : and the Lord's
coming, — when the last judgment takes place, and the New
Church, which are here meant by " the time is at hand,"
and likewise by " the things which must shortly be done M
(vers. 6), and by "I come quickly" (vers. 7, 20), — has now
appeared and come to pass seventeen centuries afterwards.
These same things are also said in the first chapter, — that
the things " must be done quickly " (vers. 1) j and that
"the time is at hand" (vers. 3); respecting which see above
(n. 4, 9) ; by which similar things are meant. That at hand
or nearness of time is not meant, but nearness of state, shall

No 947.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I IO5

be illustrated. The Word in the purely spiritual sense
derives nothing from the idea of time, nor from the idea
of space ; because there appear indeed times and spaces in
heaven like times and spaces in the world, but still they
are not there ; wherefore the angels cannot measure the
times and spaces, which there are appearances, any other-
wise than by states, as these advance and are changed :
from which it may be evident, that in the purely spiritual
sense, by quickly and at hand quickness and nearness of
time are not meant, but quickness and nearness of state.
This may indeed seem as if it were not so. The reason is,
that with men, in every idea of their lower thought, which
is merely natural, there is something from time and space ;
it is otherwise in the idea of the higher thought, in which
men are when they revolve natural, civil, moral, and spirit-
ual things in interior rational light ; for then spiritual light,
which is abstracted from time and space, flows in and
enlightens. You can try this, and so be confirmed, if you
wish ; provided you attend to your thoughts : and you will
likewise then be confirmed, that there is higher and lower
thought ; since simple thought cannot survey itself, except
from some higher thought: and unless man had higher and
lower thought, he would not be a man, but a brute. That
by not sealing up the words of this prophecy is signified
that the Apocalypse must not be shut up, but is to be
opened, is because by sealing is signified to shut up, and
hence by not sealing is signified to open ; and by the time
being near is signified that it is necessary : for the Apoca-
lypse is a sealed or shut book, so long as it is not explained.
Also, as was showr. above (n. 944), by the words of this
prophecy are meant the truths and precepts of the teaching
of this book as opened by the Lord. That this is necessary
at the end of the church, that some may be saved, may be
seen above (n. 9). It may be evident from this, that by
not sealing up the words of this prophecy because the time
is at hand, is signified that the Apocalypse must not be

U06 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Ckap. XXII.

shut up, but is to be opened ; and that this is necessary at
the end of the church, that any may be saved.

948. He that is unjust, let him be unjust still, and he that
is jilthy, let him be jilthy still, and he that is just, let him be
just still, and he that is holy, let him be holy still, signifies
the state of all individually after death, and before their
judgment, and in general before the last judgment ; that
goods will be taken away from those who are in evils, and
truths from those who are in falsities ; and on the other
hand, that evils will be taken away from those who are in
goods, and falsities from those who are in truths. By the
unjust is signified he who is in evils, and by the just he
who is in goods (n. 668). By the filthy or unclean is sig-
nified he who is in falsities (n. 702, 708, 924) ; and by the
holy is signified he who is in truths (n. 173, 586, 666,
852). It follows from this, that by letting the unjust be
unjust still, is signified that he who is in evils will be
still more in evils ; and by letting the filthy be filthy still,
is signified that he who is in falsities will be still more in
falsities : and on the other hand, that by letting the just be
just still, is signified that he who is in goods will be still
more in goods ; and by letting the holy be holy still, is sig-
nified that he who is in truths will be still more in truths.
But it also signifies that goods will be taken away from
those who are in evils, and truths from those who are in fal-
sities ; and on the other hand, that evils will be taken away
from those who are in goods, and falsities away from those
who are in truths, because so far as goods are taken away
from any one who is in evils, so much the more is he in
evils ; and as far as truths are taken away from any one
who is in falsities, so much the more is he in falsities : and
on the contrary, as far as evils are taken away from any
one who is in goods, so much the more is he in goods ; and
as far as falsities are taken away from him who is in truths,
so much the more is he in truths. The one or the other
happens to all after death ; for thus the evil are prepared

No. 949.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. I 107

for hell, and the good for heaven. For an evil spirit can-
not carry goods and truths with him to hell, nor can a good
spirit carry with him evils and falsities to heaven ; for thus
heaven and hell would be confounded together. But it is
to be carefully observed, that the interiorly evil and the in-
teriorly good are meant : for the interiorly evil may be ex-
teriorly good ; for they can act and speak like the good, as
hypocrites do. And the interiorly good may sometimes be
exteriorly evil ; for they can do evils and speak falsities ex-
teriorly, but still repent, and wish to be instructed in truths.
This is the same as the Lord says, To every one that hath it
shall be given that he may have abundance; but from him that
hath not even that he hath shall be taken away (Matt. xiii. 12 ;
xxv. 29 1 Mark iv. 25 ; Luke viii. 18 ; xix. 26). Thus it hap-
pens to all after death before judgment upon them. It was
also so done in a general manner to those who either
perished or were saved at the day of the last judgment :
for before this was done, the last judgment could not be
executed ; for the reason that as long as the evil retained
goods and truths, they were conjoined with the angels of
the lowest heaven as to externals, and yet they must be
separated. And this is what was foretold by the Lord,
Matt. xiii. 24-30, and 38-40 ; which may be seen explained
above (n. 324, 329, 343, 346, 398). From this it can be
seen what is signified in the spiritual sense by letting the
unjust be unjust still, and the filthy be filthy still, and the
just be just still, and the holy be holy still. Similar things
are signified by this in Daniel : Go thy way\ Daniel ; for
the words are closed up and sealed even to the time of the end :
many shall be purified and cleansed ; they shall act wickedly,
nor shall any of the wicked understand, but the intelligent
shall understand (xii. 9, 10).

949. And behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with
Me, to render to every one according as his work shall be, sig-
nifies that the Lord will certainly come, and that He is
heaven and the happiness of eternal life to every one ac-

II08 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII

cording to his faith in Him and his life according to His
precepts. " Behold, I come quickly," signifies that He
will certainly come, that is, to execute judgment and to
found a New Church and a New Heaven. That quickly
means certainly, may be seen n. 4, 943, 944, 947. " My
reward is with Me," signifies that the Lord Himself is
heaven and the happiness of eternal life. That reward is
heaven and eternal happiness, may be seen n. 526. That
it is the Lord Himself, will be seen below. " To render to
every one according to his work," signifies according to
conjunction with the Lord by faith in Him and by a life
according to His precepts. This is signified, because by
good works are signified charity and faith in internals,
and their effect at the same time in externals ; and as
charity and faith are from the Lord, and are according to
conjunction with Him, it is manifest that these are signi-
fied : thus also do these things cohere with the foregoing.
That good works are charity and faith in internals, and at
the same time their effect in externals, may be seen above
(n. 641, 868, 871). It is known that charity and faith are
not from man, but from the Lord : and because from the
Lord, they are according to conjunction with Him ; and
conjunction with Him is effected by faith in Him and a
life according to His precepts. By faith in Him is meant
confidence that He saves j and those have this confidence
who approach Him immediately, and shun evils as sins
with others it cannot be given. It has been said that " my
reward is with Me " signifies that He is heaven and the
happiness of eternal life ; for reward is inward blessedness,
which is called peace, and external joy thence. These are
solely from the Lord ; and what are from the Lord, are not
only from Him, but are Himself : for the Lord cannot send
forth any thing from Himself, unless it is Himself : for He
is omnipresent with every man according to conjunction ;
and conjunction is according to reception, and reception is
according to love and wisdom j or if you will, according to

No. q;o,| THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. IICKj

charity and faith ; and charity and faith are according to
the life; and the life is according to the aversion to enl
and falsity, and the aversion to evil and falsity is according
to the knowledge of what evil and falsity are, and ihen ac-
cording to repentance and at the same time the looking to
the Lord. That the reward is not only from the Lord, but
is also the Lord Himself, is manifest from the passages in
the Word where it is said that they who are conjoined to
Him are in Him, and He in them ; as may be evident in
John xiv. 20-24; xv- 4> 5» &c- > xvn- J9> 2I> 22> 26 ; and
elsewhere ; see above (n. 883) ; and also where it is said
that the Holy Spirit is in them ; and the Holy Spirit is the
Lord, for it is His own Divine Presence ; and likewise
when God is implored to dwell in them, teach them, lead
them, — their tongue to speak and their body to do that
which is good ; beside other similar things. For the Lord
is Love itself and Wisdom itself : these two are not in
place, but are where they are received, and according to
the quality of the reception. But this arcanum cannot be
understood, except by those who are in wisdom from the
reception of light out of heaven from the Lord. For them
are the things that are written in the two works, the one on
the " Divine Providence," the other on the " Divine Love
and Divine Wisdom ; " in which it is demonstrated that
the Lord Himself is in men according to reception, and not
any Divine separate from Him. In this idea are the angels,
when they are in the idea concerning the Divine omnipres-
ence ; and I doubt not that some Christians also may be in
a similar idea.

950. / am the Alpha and the Omega, the Beginning and
the E?id, the First and the Last, signifies because the Lord
is the God of heaven and earth, and by Him all things in
the heavens and on earth were made, and are governed by
His Divine Providence, and are done according to it.
That these and more things are signified by these wo. Is,
may be seen above (n. S88).

I HO THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

951. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that
they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in
through the gates into the city, signifies that they have eternal
happiness who live according to the Lord's precepts, for the
end that they may be in the Lord and the Lord in them by
love, and in His New Church by knowledges concerning
Him. By " blessed " are signified they who have the hap-
piness of eternal life (n. 639, 852, 944). By doing His
commandments is signified to live according to the Lord's
precepts. " That they may have right to the tree of life,"
signifies to the end that they may be in the Lord, and the
Lord in them, by love, that is, for the Lord's sake ; of which
hereafter. By going in through the gates into the city, is
signified that they may be in the Lord's New Church by
knowledges of Him. By the gates of the wall of the New
Jerusalem are signified knowledges of good and truth lrom
the Word (n. 899, 900, 922): and as every gate was one
pearl, by the gates are principally signified knowledges
concerning the Lord (n. 916) : and by the city, or the New
Jerusalem, the New Church with its doctrine is signified
(n. 879, 880). That by their having a right to the tree of
life, is signified to the end that they may be in the Lord
and the Lord in them, or for the Lord's sake, is because
the Lord as to the Divine Love is signified by the tree of
life (n. 89, 933) : and by a right to that tree is signified
power from the Lord, because they are in the Lord and the
Lord in them. The same is signified by this as by their
reigning with the Lord (n. 284, 849). That they who are «
in the Lord and the Lord in them are in all power, so that
whatever they will they can do, the Lord Himself teaches
in John : He that abideth in Me and I in him, the same
bringeth forth much fruit', for without Me ye can do nothing :
if ye abide in Me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask
what ye will, a?id it shall be do?ie unto you (xv. 5, 7) : and
similarly concerning power, Matt. vii. 7 ; Mark xi. 24 ;
Luke xi. 9, 10: and indeed in Matthew: Jesus said, If yi

No. 952.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I I I I

have faith, if ye shall say to this mou/itai/i, Be thou removed^
and be thou cast into the sea, it shall be done : yea, all things
which ye shall ask, believing, ye shall receive (xxi. 21, 22).
By these words the power of those who are in the Lord is
described. These do not desire any thing, and so do not
ask for any thing, except from the Lord • and whatever they
desire and ask from the Lord, that is done ; for the Lord
says, without Me ye can do nothing; abide in Ale and I in
you. Such power do the angels in heaven have, that if
they only desire, they obtain. But still they do not desire
any thing but what is for use ; and this they desire as of
themselves, but still from the Lord.

952. Without are dogs, a?id sorcerers, and whoremongers ^
and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and doeth
a lie, signifies that no one is received into the New Jeru-
salem, who makes the commandments of the Decalogue of
no account, and does not shun any evils there named as
sins, and therefore lives in them. These things are signi-
fied in general by all these words, because the command-
ments of the Decalogue are there meant j as may be seen
from the explanation above (n. 892), where are similar
things, except that here dogs also are named, by which are
signified those who are in lusts ; which are also treated of
in the ninth and tenth commandments of the Decalogue.
Those are signified in general by dogs, who are in lusts of
every kind, and indulge them ; but in particular those who
are in merely corporeal pleasures, especially those who are
in the pleasure of eating and drinking, in which alone they
take delight. Wherefore clogs in the spiritual world appear
from those who have sacrificed to their appetite and palate,
and are called there corporeal appetites. Such, because
they are gross in mind, make the things of the Church of
no account. For this reason it is said that they shall stand
without, that is, shall not be received into the Lord's New
Church Similar things are signified by dogs in these pas-
sages in the Word : His watchmen are blind, they are all

I I 1 2 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. |Chap. XXIL

dumb dogs, gazing, lying down, loving to slumber, they are
greedy dogs, they do not know satiety (Isa. lvi. 10, n). They
make a noise like dogs, and go around in the city, they wander
for food, if they are 7iot satisfied, thus they pass the night
(Ps. lix. 6, 14, 15). By dogs are meant the vilest men
(Job xxx. 1 ; 1 Sam. xxiv. 14; 2 Sam. ix. 8 ; 2 Kings viii.
13); and likewise the unclean; wherefore it is said in
Moses, Thou shall not bring the reward of whoredo?n and
the price of a dog into the house of Jehovah for any vow
whatever, for these are a?i abo?nination to Jehovah thy God
(Deut xxiii. 18).

953. / Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these
things in the Churches, signifies a testification by the Lord
before the whole Christian world, that it is true that the
Lord alone manifested the things which are described in
this book, as also those which are now opened. The
reason that the Lord here names Himself Jesus, is that
all in the Christian world may know that the Lord Him-
self, who was in the world, manifested the things which
are described in this book, as also those which are now
opened. By sending an angel to testify, is signified testifi-
cation by the Lord that it is true. The angel did indeed
testify it, yet not from himself, but from the Lord ; which
is clearly manifest in vers. 20 following, from this : He
who testifieth these things saith, Surely I co??ie quickly. It is
a testification that it is true, because to testify is said con-
cerning the truth ; since the truth testifies from itself, and
the Lord is the Truth (n. 6, 16, 490). To testify signifies
to bear witness that it is true that the Lord manifested to
John the things which are described in this book, and also
that He has now manifested what all and each of the things
signify. This is properly meant by testifying, for it is said
that He testifieth these things in the churches ; that is,
that the things contained in what was seen and described
by John are true : for to testify is said of the truth, as
has been said. By " unto you these things in the Churches,"

No. 955.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I 113

is signified before the whole Christian world ; because the
churches which are here meant are there.

954. I am the Root and the Offspring of David, the bright
and morning Star, signifies that He is that Lord who was
born in the world, and was then the Light, and who will
come with new light which will arise before His New Church,
which is the Holy Jerusalem. " I am the Root and the
Offspring of David," signifies that He is that Lord who
was born in the world, and thus the Lord in His Divine
Human. From this He is called the Root and the Off-
spring of David, and also the Branch of David (Jer.
xxiii. 5; xxxiii. 15): also the Rod out of the stem of
Jesse, and the Shoot out of his roots (Isa. xi. 1, 2). " The
bright and morning Star " signifies that He was then the
Light, and that He will come with new Light, which will
arise before His New Church, which is the Holy Jerusa-
lem. He is called the bright Star from the light with
which He came into the world, on which account He is
called a Star and also the Light: a Star, Num. xxiv. 17 :
and the Light, John i. 4-12 * iii. 19, 21 ; ix. 5 ; xii. 35, 36,
46 ; Matt. iv. 16 ; Luke ii. 30-32 ; Isa. ix. 2 ; xlix. 6.
And He is called the morning Star from the light which
will arise from Him before the New Church, which is the
New Jerusalem. For by a Star is signified the light from
Him, which in its essence is wisdom and intelligence ; and
by the morning is signified His coming, and a New Church
then; see above (n. 151).

955. And the Spirit and the Bride say, Come, signifies
that Heaven and the Church desire the coming of the Lord.
By the Spirit is signified Heaven ; by the Bride, the Church ,
and by saying, Come, is signified to desire the Lord's com-
ing. That a New Church, which is the Holy Jerusalem ,
is meant b) the Bride, is evident from chap. xxi. 2,9, 10 j
see n. 881, 895 : and that Heaven is meant by the Spirit,
is because the angelic spirits are meant, from whom the
New Heaven will be formed ; concerning whom see above

J I 1 4 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

(chap. xiv. i -7 ; xix. 1-9 ; xx. 4, 5). By the church which
is here called the Bride, is not meant the church composed
of those who are in falsities of faith, but a church of those
who are in truths of faith ; for these desire light, conse-
quently the coming of the Lord, as above (n. 954).

956. A?id let him that heareth say, Come ; a?id let him
that thirsteth C07?ie ; and let hi?7i that willeth take the water
of life freely, signifies he who knows any thing of the
Lord's coming, and of the New Heaven and New Church,
and thus of the Lord's kingdom, should pray that it may
come \ and that he who desires truths should pray that the
Lord may come with light, and that he who loves truths
will then receive them from the Lord without labor of his
own. By "let him that heareth say, Come," is signified
that he who hears, and thence knows something of the
Lord's coming, and of the New Heaven and the New
Church, and thus of the Lord's kingdom, should pray that
it may come. By "let him that thirsteth say, Come," is
signified that he wjio desires the Lord's kingdom, and
truths then, should pray that the Lord may come with
light. By " let him that willeth take water of life freely,"
is signified that he who from love desires to learn truths
and to appropriate them to himself, will receive them from
the Lord without labor of his own. By willing is signified
to love; because that which a man wills from the heart, he
loves ; and that which he loves, he wills from the heart.
By water of life Divine truths from the Lord through the
Word are signified (n. 932). And by freely is signified
without his own labor. Similar things to those in this
verse are signified by these words in the Lord's Prayer :
Thy kingdom C077ie, thy will be done, as in heaven so upon the
earth (n. 839). The Lord's kingdom is His Church, which
makes one with heaven ; wherefore it is now said, " let
him that heareth say, Come, and let him that thirsteth
come." That to thirst signifies to desire truths, is evident
from these passages : I will pour water upon him that thirst

No. 957.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. I I 1 5

eth, I will pour my Spirit upon thy seed (Isa. xliv. 3). Every
one that thirsieth, come ye to the waters, buy wine and milk
without silver (Isa. lv. 1). Jesus cried, saying, If any one
thirst, let him come unto Me, and drink. He that believeth
on Me, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water (John
vii. 37, 38). My soul thirst eth for the living God (Ps.
xlii 2). O God, thou art my God, my soul thirsteth for
thee, faint without water (Ps. lxiii. 1). Blessed are they
that thirst after righteousness (Matt. v. 6). I will give unto
him that thirsteth of the fountain of the water of life freely
(Apoc. xxi. 6) : by which is signified that to those who
desire truths for any spiritual use, the Lord will give from
Himself through the Word all which conduce to that use.
That by thirst and thirsting is also signified to perish from
lack of truth, is evident from these : My people are gone into
captivity, because they have no knowledge, their multitude is
dried up with thirst (Isa. v. 13). The fool speaketh foolish-
ness, and his heart doeth iniquity, and he maketh the drink
of the thirsty to fail (Isa. xxxii. 6). The poor and needy
seek water, but there is none • their tongue faileth for thirst ;
I Jehovah will hear them (Isa. xli. 17). Plead with your
mother, lest I strip her naked, and slay her with thirst (^Hos.
ii. 2, 3). Mother here is the church. Behold, the days come,
in which I will send a famine upon the land ; not a fa?nint
of bread, nor a thirst for waters, but for hearing the words
of Jehovah : in that day shall the beautiful virgins and the
young men faint for thirst (Am. viii. 11, 13). But by not
thirsting is signified not to have a lack of truth, in these
passages. Jesus said, Whosorver drinketh of the water that
I shall give him, shall never thirst (John iv. 13-15). Jesus
said, He that believeth on Me shall never thirst (John vi. 35).
Jehovah hath redeemed Jacob ; then shall they not thirst ,
He shall make waters to flow out of the Rock for them (Isa.
xlviii. 20, 21).

957. For I testify unto every one thai heareth the words of
the prophecy of this book, if any one shall add unto the*

1 1 16

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written
in this book, signifies that they who read and know the
truths of the teaching of this book now opened by the Lord,
and still acknowledge any other God than the Lord, and
any other faith than in Him, by adding any thing by which
they may destroy these two, cannot do otherwise than
perish from the falsities and evils which are signified by
the plagues described in this book. By hearing the words
of the prophecy of this book, is signified to read and know
the truths of the teaching of this book now opened by the
Lord, see above (n. 944). By adding to these things, is
signified adding any thing by which they may destroy those
truths ; as explained below. By the plagues written in this
book, are signified the falsities and evils which are denoted
by the plagues described in chap. xv. and xvi. That the
plagues signify the falsities and evils which those have who
worship the beast and false prophet of the dragon, may be
seen, n. 456, 657, 673, 676, 677, 683, 690, 691, 699, 708, 718.
The dragon's beast and false prophet are those who make
faith alone saving without good works. There are two
things in this prophetic book, to which all its contents ha^e
reference. The first is, that no other God is to be acknowl-
edged, than the Lord ; and the second, that no other faith
is to be acknowledged than faith in the Lord. He who
knows these, and still adds any thing with the intention to
destroy them, cannot but be in falsities and evils, and perish
from them ; since from no God but the Lord, nor by any faith
but in the Lord, is given good which is of love, and truth
which is of faith, and thence the happiness of eternal life; as
the Lord Himself teaches in many places in the Evangelists;
see above (n. 553). That this is signified, and not that
God will add the plagues described in chap. xv. and xvi.
upon him who adds any thing to the words of the prophecy
of this book, any one can see from his own judgment ; for
an innocent person may do that, and many likewise might
do it from a good end, as also from ignorance of what is

No. 958.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I I 17

signified. For the Apocalypse has hitherto been as a
closed or mystic book : wherefore every one can see that
the meaning is, that nothing is to be added or taken away,
which destroys the truths of the teaching in this book now
openec by the Lord ; which truths have reference to those
two tilings. Wherefore also those words follow in the
series after these : Jesus sent his angel to testify u?ito you
these things i?i the churches ; I am the Root and the Offspring
of David, the bright and morning Star ; and the spirit and
the bride say, Come ; and let him that heareth say, Come;
and let him that thirsteth come ; and let him that willeth take
the water of life freely (vers. 16, 17) : by which is signified
that the Lord will come in His Divine Human, and will
give eternal life to those who acknowledge Him : and
therefore also these words follow in the series, He who
tcstifeth these things saith, Surely, I come quickly ; Amen :
Yea, come, Lord Jesus (vers. 20). From wrhich it is mani-
fest that no other uiiings are meant. To add is also a
prophetic word signifying to destroy, as Ps. cxx. 3, and
elsewhere. It may now be seen, what is signified by the
things which are in this verse, and in the following.

958. And if any one shall take away from the words of
the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out
of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and the things
which are written in this book, signifies that they who read
and know the truths of the doctrine of this book now
opened by the Lord, and still acknowledge any other God
than the Lord, and any other faith than in Him, by taking
away any thing by which they may destroy these two, can-
not be wise in and appropriate to themselves any thing
from the Word, nor be received into the New Jerusalem,
nor have their lot with them who are in the Lord's kingdom.
1W these words similar things are signified as above, only
that here those are spoken of who take away, and there
those who add ; consequently, they who, either by adding
or taking away, destroy those two truths. By taking away

1 1 1 8 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap XXII.

one's part out of the book of life, is signified that they can-
not be wise in or appropriate to themselves any thing out
of the Word. The book of life is the Word and also the
Lord as to the Word (n. 256, 469, 874, 925). The reason
is, that the Lord is the Word, for the Word treats of
Him alone ; as is fully shown in two of " the Doctrines of
the New Jerusalem," the one " concerning the Lord," and
the other " concerning the Sacred Scripture : " on which
account they who do not approach the Lord immediately,
cannot see any truth from the Word. By taking away their
part out of the holy city is signified out of the New Church,
which is the holy Jerusalem ; for no one is received into it
who does not go to the Lord alone. By taking away their
part out of the things written in this book, is signified not
to have their lot with those who are in the Lord's kingdom :
for all the things that are written in this book regard the
New Heaven and New Church, which make the Lord's
kingdom, as their end ; and the end is that to which all
the things that are written in the book have reference.

959. That it may be known that by these words is not
meant he who takes away from the words of this book as it
is written in the sense of the letter, but he who takes away
from the truths of the teaching which are in its spiritual
sense, I will tell whence this is. The Word, which was
dictated by the Lord, passed through the heavens of His
heavenly (celestial) kingdom and the heavens of His spir-
itual kingdom, and so came to the man by whom it was
written ; wherefore the Word in its first origin is purely
Divine. This, while it passed through the Lord's heavenly
kingdom, was the heavenly Divine ; and while it passed
through the Lord's spiritual kingdom, was the spiritual
Divine: and when it came to man, it became the natural
Divine. Hence it is that the natural sense of the Word
contains in itself the spiritual sense, and this the heavenly
sense, and both the purely Divine sense, which is not open
to any man, nor indeed to any angel. These things are

No. 960.]

THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I I 19

adduced, that it may be seen, that by nothing being added
to nor taken away from the things written in the Apocalypse,
is understood in heaven that nothing is to be added to or
taken away from the truths of the doctrine concerning
the Lord and concerning faith in Him • for it is this sense,
together with truth concerning a life according to His
precepts, from which is the sense of the letter, as has been
said.

960. He who testifieth these things saith, Surely I come
quickly, Amen : Yea, come, Lord Jesus, signifies the Lord,
who revealed the Apocalypse, and has now opened it, tes-
tifying this Gospel, that in His Divine Human which He
took to Himself in the world, and glorified, He comes as
the Bridegroom and Husband, and that the Church desires
Him as a Bride and Wife. The Lord says above, / Jesus
have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the
Churches (vers. 16 of this chapter) ; and it may be seen
above (n. 953), that by these words is signified a testifica-
tion by the Lord before the whole Christian world, that it
is true that the Lord alone manifested the things which are
written in this book, and which are now opened. Hence it
is manifest, that by " he who testifieth these things saith," is
meant the Lord, who revealed the Apocalypse, and has
now opened it, testifying. That it means testifying this
Gospel, is because here He declares His coining, His king-
dom, and His spiritual marriage with the Church : for He
says, Surely I come quickly, Amen : Yea, come Lord Jesus ;
and by the Gospel is signified the coming of the Lord to
His kingdom, see n. 478, 553, 626, 664. That here it is
to His spiritual marriage with the Church, is because this
new Church is called the Bride and Wife, and the Lord her
Bridegroom and Husband (above, chap. xix. 7-9 j xxi. 2, 9,
10 ; xxii. 17). And here to the end of the book, the Lord
speaks and the Church speaks, as the Bridegroom and the
Bride. The Lord speaks these words : Surely L come
quickly, Amen ; and the Church speaks these : Yea, come,

I I 20 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII

Lord Jesus ; which are the words of betrothal to spiritual
marriage. That the Lord will come in the Divine Human
which He took to Himself in the world, and glorified, is
evident from the fact, that He names Himself Jesus, and
says that He is the Root and the Offspring of David (vers.
16); and that the Church here says, Come, Lord Jesus;
see above (n. 953, 954).

961. To this I will add two Relations. The first is
this. Once on waking from sleep, I fell into a profound
meditation concerning God ; and when I looked up, I saw
above me in heaven a most brilliant light in an oval form :
and when I fixed my attention on that light, it receded to
the sides, even to the circumference ; and behold, heaven
was then opened to me, and I saw magnificent things, and
angels standing in the form of a circle on the southern
side of the opening, speaking with one another. And as I
earnestly desired to hear what they were saying, it was
therefore given me first to hear the sound, which was full
of heavenly love, and afterwards their speech, which was
full of wisdom from that love. They were talking with one
another of the one God, of Co?ijimction with Him, and of Sal
vation thence. They spoke ineffable things, the most of
which cannot be expressed by any natural language. But
as I had many times been in companionship with angels in
heaven itself, and then in similar speech with them, because
in a similar state, I could therefore#now understand them,
and gather some things from their discourse, which can be
expressed intelligibly in the words of natural language.
They said that the Divine Esse is One, the Sa?ne, the Itself and
Indivisible ; and thus also the Divine Essence, because the
Divine esse is the Divine essence ; and thus also God, be-
cause the Divine essence, which is also the Divine esse, is
God. They illustrated this by spiritual ideas, saying that

No. 961 J THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I I 2 I

the Divine Esse cannot fall into many, every one of which
has the Divine Esse, and yet be One, the Same, Itself, and
Indivisible ; for each would think from his Esse from him-
self and by himself : if he should at the same time also
think from the others and by the others unanimously, there
would be many unanimous gods, and not one God. For
unanimity, as it is the consent of many, and at the same
time of each one from himself and by himself, does not
agree with the unity of God, but with a plurality, — they
did not say of Gods, because they could not ; for the light
of heaven, from which was their thought, and in which their
discourse proceeded, resisted. They also said, that when
they wished to speak of Gods, and each as a Person by
himself, the effort of utterance immediately fell of itself into
One, yea, into the One Only God. To this they added that
the Divine Esse is the Divine Esse in itself, not from itself ;
because from //^//"supposes an Esse in itself, from which it
is, and thus supposes a God from God, which is not given.
That which is from God is not called God, but is called
the Divine : for what is a God from God ; and thus what
is a God from God born from eternity ; and what is a God
from God proceeding through a God born from eternity,
but words in which there is no light at all from heaven ?
It is otherwise in the Lord Jesus Christ : in Him is the
Divine Esse Itself from which [all things are], to which
the soul in man corresponds, the Divine Human, to which
the body in man corresponds, and the proceeding Divine,
to which activity in man corresponds. This Trine is a one,
because from the Divine from which all things are is the
Divine Human, and thence from the Divine from which all
things are, through the Divine Human is the proceeding
Divine. On this account also,- in every angel and in every
man, because they are images, there is a soul, a body, and
activity, which make one ; since from the soul is the body,
and from the soul through the body is the activity. They
said further, that the Divine Esse, which in itself is God, is

I I 22 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

the Same: not the Same simply, but Infinite; tl at is, the
Same from eternity to eternity : it is the Same everywhere,
and the Same with every one and in every one ; but that
all the variety and changeableness is in the recipient, and
is caused by the state of the recipient. That the Divine
Esse, which is God in Himself, is the Itself, they illustrated
thus. God is the Itself, because He is Love Itself, Wis-
dom Itself, Good Itself, Truth Itself, Life Itself ; which,
unless they were the Itself in God, would not be any thing
in heaven and in the world ; because there would not be
any thing of them having relation to the Itself. All quality
derives its quality from the fact that there is an Itself from
which it is, and to which it has relation, that it may be
what it is. This Itself, which is the Divine Esse, is not
in place, but with those and in those who are in place,
according to their reception ; since of love and wis-
dom, and of good and truth, which are the Itself in God,
yea, are God Himself, place cannot be predicated, or pro-
gression from place to place, but without place, whence is
omnipresence. Wherefore the Lord says, that He is in the
midst of them ; also He in them, a?id they in Hhn. Yet as
He cannot be received by any one as He is in Himself, He
appears as He is in Himself as the Sun above the angelic
heavens, the proceeding from which in the form of light is
Himself as to wisdom, and in the form of heat is Himself
as to love. The Sun is not Himself ; but the Divine Love
and Divine Wisdom going forth from Himself proximately,
round about Himself, appear before the angels as the Sun.
He Himself in the Sun is a Man, — He is our Lord Jesus
Christ both as to the Divine from which, and as to the
Divine Human : since the Itself, which is Love Itself and
Wisdom Itself, was His soul from the Father, and thus the
Divine Life, which is Life in itself. It is otherwise in every
man : in him the soul is not life, but a recipient of life.
The Lord also teaches this, saying, lam the Way, the Truth,
and the Life ; and again : As the Father hath life :n Him-

No. 961.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

1123

self, so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself. Life
in Himself is God. They added to this, that he who is in
any spiritual light, can perceive that the Divine Esse, which
is also the Divine Essence, because it is One, the Same,
the Itself, and thence Indivisible, cannot be given in more
than one j and that if it were said to be given, manifest
contradictions would follow.

After hearing these things, the angels perceived in my
thought the common ideas of the Christian Church con-
cerning a Trinity of Persons in Unity and their unity in
trinity, respecting God, as also concerning the birth of a
Son of God from eternity : and they then said, " What are
you thinking of ? Are you not thinking those things from
natural light, with which our spiritual light does not agree ?
Wherefore, unless you remove the ideas of that thought,
we close heaven to you, and go away." But I then said to
them, " Enter, I pray, more deeply into my thought and per-
haps you will see agreement." And they d'd so, and saw
that by three persons I understood three proceeding Divine
Attributes, which are Creation, Salvation, and Reformation ;
and that these Attributes are of the one God : and that by
the birth of a Son of God from eternity I understood His
birth foreseen from eternity and provided in time. And I
then related that my natural thought concerning a trinity
and unity of persons, and concerning the birth of a Son of
God from eternity, I received from the Doctrine of faith
of the Church, which has its name from Athanasius ; and
that that Doctrine is just and right, provided that instead
of a trinity of persons there be there understood a trinity of
person, which is given only in the Lord Jesus Christ ; and
instead of the birth of a Son of God there be understood
Llis birth foreseen from eternity and provided in time : be-
cause as to the Human, which He took to Himself in time,
He is called openly///^ Son of Gorf. The angels then said,
" Well : " and they requested that I would say from their
mouth, that if any one does not go to Him as God of

I I 24 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

heaven and earth, he cannot come into heaven ; because
heaven is heaven from the Only God ; and that He is the
Lord Jesus Christ, who is Jehovah the Lord, Creator from
eternity, Saviour in time, and Reformer to eternity ; thus
who is at once the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.
After this the heavenly light before seen above the aper-
ture returned, and gradually descended, and filled the in-
teriors of my mind, and enlightened my natural ideas of
the unity and trinity of God : and then the ideas received
about them in the beginning, which were merely natural, I
saw separated, as the chaff is separated from the wheat by
winnowing, and carried away as by a wind into the north
of heaven, and dispersed.

962. The Second Relation. Since it has been given
me by the Lord to see wonderful things which are in the
heavens and below the heavens, I must, as commanded,
relate what has been seen. There appeared a magnificent
palace, and in its inmost a temple. In the midst of the
latter was a table of gold, upon which was the Word, be-
side which two angels were standing. Around it were seats
in three rows : the seats of the first row were covered with
silken cloth of a purple color ; the seats of the second
row, with silken cloth, of a blue color ; and the seats of
the third row, with white cloth. Under the roof, high
above the table, there appeared a wide-spread canopy,
shining with precious stones, from whose splendor shone
forth as it were a rainbow, as when the heaven clears up
after a shower. There then suddenly appeared a number
of the clergy, occupying all the seats, clothed in the gar-
ments of their priestly office. At one side was a ward-
robe, where an angel keeper stood ; and within there lay
splendid garments in beautiful order. It was a Council
convoked by the Lord ; and I heard a voice from heaven,
saying," Deliberate." But they said, "Upon what?" It
was said, " Concerning the Lord, and concerning the Holy
Spirit." But when they thought upon these subjects, they

No 962.] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. I I 25

were not in enlightenment; wherefore they humbled them-
selves in prayer. And then light descended from heaven,
which first illuminated the back part of their heads, and
afterwards their temples, and at length their faces : and
then they commenced ; and, as it was commanded, first,
concerning the Lord. The first question proposed and
discussed was, "Who assumed the Human in the virgin
Man ?" And an angel standing at the table upon which
was the Word, read before them these words in Luke : The
angel said to Mary, Behold, thou shall conceive in thy womb,
and shall bring forth a Son, and shall call His name jesus :
He shall be great, a?id shall be called the Son of the High-
est. And Mary said to the angel, How shall this be,
seeing I know not a man I And the angel answering said.
The Holy Spirit shall come upon thee, and the power of the
Highest shall overshadow thee; whence the Holy Thing
that is born of, thee shall be called the Son of God (i. 31, 32,
34, 35) : as also what is in Matthew, chap. i. vers. 20-25 >
and what is in vers. 25 there he read emphatically. Be-
sides these, he read many things from the Evangelists,
where the Lord as to His Human is called the Son of God,
and where He from His Human calls Jehovah His Father :
as also from the Prophets, where it is foretold that Jehovah
Himself should come into the world J among which also
these two, in Isaiah : // shall be said in that day, Lo, This
is our God, whom we have waited for, that He may save us ;
This is yehovah, whom we have waited for ; let us rejoice
and be glad in His salvation (xxv. 9). The voice of him that
crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye a way for Jehovah, make
straight in the desert a highway for our God : for the glory of
yehovah shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together :
Behold, the Lord yehovih cometh in strength ; He shall feed
His flock as a shepJierd (Isa. xl. 3, 5, 10, n). And the
angel said, Since Jehovah Himself came into the world,
and assumed the Human, and thereby saved and redeemed
men, He is therefore called the Saviour and Redeemer in
vol. in. 13

1 1 26 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

the prophets. And then he read before them these pas
sages following : Surely God is i?i thee, a?id there is no God
besides ; verily thou art a hidden God, O God of Israel the
Saviour (Isa. xlv. 14, 15). Am not I Jehovah ? and there
is no God else besides Me ; a just God and a Saviour, there
is none besides Me (Isa. xlv. 21, 22). I am Jehovah, and
besides Me there is no Saviour (Isa. xliii. 11). I Jehovah
\i?n thy God, and thou shalt know no God but Me, and there
is no Saviour besides Me (Hos. xiii. 4). That all flesh may
know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer
(Isa. xlix. 26; lx. 16). As for our Redeemer, Jehovah
Zebaoth is His name (Isa. xlvii. 4). Their Redeemer is string,
Jehovah Zebaoth is His 7iame (Jer. 1. 34). O Jehovah my
Rock and my Redeemer (Ps. xix. 14). Thus said Jehovah
thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel, I Jehovah am thy
God (Isa. xlviii. 17; xliii. 14; xlix. 7; liv. 8). Thou O
Jehovah art our Father, our Redeemer from everlasting is
thy name (Isa. lxiii. 16). Thus said Jehovah thy Redeemer,
I am Jehovah that maketh all things, and alone of myself
(Isa. xliv. 24). Thus said Jehovah Xing of Israel, and His
Redeemer Jehovah Zebaoth, I am the First a?id the Last,
and besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv. 6). Jehovah
Zebaoth is His na?7te, and thy Redeemer, the Holy One of
Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa.
liv. 5). Behold, the days come, that I will raise up unto
David a righteous Branch who shall reign King, and this
is His name, Jehovah our RighteoitsAjss (Jer. xxiii. 5, 6 ;
xxxiii. 15, 16). In that day shall Jehovah be King over all
the earth ; in that day shall Jehovah be one, and His name
one (Zech. xiv. 9). Being confirmed from all these pas-
sages, those that sat upon the seats said unanimously that
Jehovah assumed the Human to save and redeem men.
But there was then heard a voice from the Roman Catho-
lics, who had hid themselves in a corner of the temple,
saying, " How can Jehovah the Father become Man ? is
He not the Creator of the universe ? " And one of them

No. 962.] THE 'APOCALYPSE REVEALED. 112 J

that sat upon the seats of the second row turned himself
around, and said, " Who was it then ? " And he from the
corner answered, "The Son from eternity." But he ic-
ceived for answer, "Is not the Son from eternity, accord-
ing to your confession, the Creator of the universe also ?
And what is a Son or a God born from eternity ? And
how can the Divine essence, which is one and indivisible,
be separated, and some of it descend and take on the
Human, and not the whole ? " The second Discussion
concerning the Lord was upon this point, Are not God
the Father and He thus one, as the soul and the body are
one ? They said that this is a consequence, because the
soul is from the Father. And then one of these who sat
upon the seats in the third row read from the Creed which
is called Athanasian these words : Although our Lord Jesus
Christ, the Son of God, is God and Man, still they are not
two, but one Christ ; yea, He is altogether one, He is one
Person : since as the soul and the body ?nake one man, so God
and Man are one Christ. The reader said that this creed
is received in the whole Christian world, even by the
Roman Catholics. And they then said, " What need is
there of more ? God the Father and He are one, as the
soul and the body are one." And they said, " As it is so,
we see that the Lord's Human is Divine, because it is the
Human of Jehovah. Also that the Lord as to the Divine
Human is to be approached ; and that thus and no other-
wise can the Divine which is called the Father be ap-
proached." This conclusion of theirs the angel confirmed
by many more passages from the Word, among which were
these in Isaiah : Unto us a Child is bom, unto us a Son
is given, whose name is Wonderful, Counsellor, God, the
Mighty, the Father of eternity, the Prince of peace (ix. 6).
Again : Thou art our Father, Abraham hath not known us,
and Israel doth not acknowledge us, Thou, O JcJwvah, art
our Father, our Redeemer from everlasting is thy name
(lxiii. 16). And in John : Jesus said, He that believeth in

1 1 28 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXII.

Me, bdieveth in Him that sent Me, and he that seeth 'Me
seeth Him who sent Me (xii. 44, 45). Philip said unto
Jesus, Show us the Father ; Jesus saith unto him, He that
seeth Me seeth the Father ; how sayest thou then, show us the
Father ? Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and
the Father in Me ? Believe Me that I am hi the Father
and the Father i?i Me (John xiv. 8-1 1). And lastly this'
Jesus said, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life ; no one
cometh to the Father but by Me (John xiv. 6). On hearing
these, they all said with one voice and heart, that the
Lord's Human is Divine, and that this is to be approached
that the Father may be approached ; since Jehovah God,
who is the Lord from eternity, through It sent Himself
into the world, and made Himself visible to the eyes of
men, and thus accessible. In a similar manner He made
Himself visible and thus accessible in the human form to
the ancients, but then through an angel.

After this followed the deliberation concerning the Holy
Spirit. And first was exposed the idea of many respecting
God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, which was
as if God the Father was sitting on high, and the Son at
His right hand, and they were sending forth the Holy
Spirit from them, to enlighten and teach men. But a voice
was then heard from heaven, saying, " We cannot endure
that idea of thought. Who does not know that Jehovah
God is omnipresent ? He who knows and acknowledges
this, will also acknowledge that He Himself enlightens and
teaches ; and that there is not an intermediate God, distinct
from Him (and still less from two), as one person from an-
other. Therefore let the former idea, which is vain, be re-
moved ; and let this, which is just, be received ; and you
will see this matter clearly. But a voice was then heard
again from the Roman Catholics, who had hid themselves
in the corner of the temple, saying, " What then is the
Holy Spirit, who is named in the Word in the Evangelists
and in Paul, by whom so many of the learned from the

No. 962 ] THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. I 1 29

clergy, especially from ours, say that they are led ? Who
in the Christian world at this day denies the Holy Spirit
and His operation?" At this one of those who were sitting
upon the second row of seats, turned round and said, " The
Holy Spirit is the Divine proceeding from Jehovah the Lord.
You say that the Holy Spirit is a person by Himself and a
God by Himself. But what is a person going forth and
proceeding from a person, but operation going forth and
proceeding ? One person cannot go forth and proceed from
another through a third, but operation can [proceed from
the soul through the body]. Or what is a God going forth
and proceeding from a God, but the Divine going forth and
proceeding ? One God cannot go forth and proceed from
another through a third, but the Divine can [go forth and
proceed from the One God]. Is not the Divine Essence
one and indivisible ? And as the Divine Essence or the
Divine Esse is God, is not God one and indivisible ? " On
hearing this, they who sat upon the seats concluded unani-
mously that the Holy Spirit is not a Person by itself, nor a
God by itself ; but that it is the Holy Divine going forth
and proceeding from the One, Only, Omnipresent God, who
is the Lord. At this the angels that stood by the golden
table upon which was the Word, said, " // is we//. We do
not anywhere read in the Old Testament, that the prophets
spoke the Word from the Holy Spirit, but from Jehovah
the Lord ; and where the Holy Spirit is mentioned in the
New Testament, the proceeding Divine is meant, which is
the Divine enlightening, teaching, vivifying, reforming, and
regenerating.'' After this there followed another Discus-
sion concerning the Holy Spirit, upon the question, From
whom does the Divine which is called the Holy Spirit pro-
ceed ? is it from the Divine which is called the Father, or
from the Divine Human which is called the Son ? And
when they were discussing this, the light shone in from
heaven, from which they saw that the Holy Divine, which
is meant by the Holy Spirit, proceeds from the Divine in

I 1 30 THE APOCALYPSE REVEALED. [Chap. XXIL

the Lord through His glorified Human, which is the Divine
Human, comparatively as all activity proceeds from the
soul through the body in man. This the angel standing at
the table confirmed from the Word by these passages : He
whom the Father hath sent, speaketh the words of God : He
hath not given the Spirit by measure unto Him, the Father
loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand (John
iii. 34, 35). There shall come forth a Rod out of the stem of
Jesse, the Spirit of Jehovah shall rest upon Him, the Spirit
of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and might
(Isa. xi. 1, 2). That the Spirit of Jehovah was put upon
Him, and that it was in Him (Isa. xlii. 1 ; lix. 19, 20 ; lxi.
1 ; Luke iv. 18). When the Holy Spirit shall come, which
I will send unto you from the Father (John xv. 26). He
shall glorify Me, for He shall receive of mine, and show it unto
you : all things that the Father hath are mine ; therefore I said
that He shall receive of mine, and show it u?ito you (John
xvi. 14, 15). If I go away, I will send the Comforter unto
you (John xvi. 7). The Comforter is the Holy Spirit (John
xiv. 26). The Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was
not yet glorified (John vii. 39). After the glorification,
Jesus breathed on them, and said to the disciples, Receive
ye the Holy Spirit (John xx. 22). Since the Lord's Divine
operation from His Divine omnipresence is meant by the
the Holy Spirit, therefore when He spoke to the disciples
concerning the Holy Spirit which He would send from God
the Father, He also said, I will not leave you orphans ; I go
away, and come unto you : and in that day ye shall knoiv that
I am in my Father, and ye in Me, and I in you (John xiv.
18, 20, 28). And just before His departure out of the
world, He said, lo, I am with you all the days until the con-
summation of the age (Matt, xxviii. 20). Having read these
words before them, the angel said, "From these and many
other passages in the Word, it is manifest that the Divine
which is called the Holy Spirit proceeds from the Divine in
the Lord through His Divine Human." To this they that

No. 962.] THE APOCALYrSE REVEALED.

II3I

sat upon the seats said, "This is the Divine Truth." At
length this decision was made, "That from the delibera-
tions in this Council we have clearly seen, and thence ac-
knowledge as the Holy Truth, that in our Lord Jesus Christ
there is a Divine Trinity, which is, the Divine from Which,
which is called the Father ; the Divine Human, which is
called ths Son ; and the proceeding Divine, which is the
Holy Spirit. Thus there is One God in the Church."

After these things were concluded in that magnificent
Council, they rose : and the angel keeper of the wardrobe,
came and brought to each of those who sat upon the seats,
splendid garments interwoven here and there with threads
of gold, and said, " Receive these Wedding Garments."
And they were conducted in glory into the New Christian
Heaven, with which the Lord's Church on earth, which is
the New Jerusalem, will be conjoined.

Apoc. xxii. 21.

The Grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all.
Amen.

INDEX

WORDS, NAMES, AN D THINGS

CONTAINED IN TUB

APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

In the following Index, ill. or illustrated, signifies more fully explained; sh. signifies
shown, or proved £rom the Word ; and sign., signifies or denotes.

ABADDON {Abaddon). See De-
stroyer.

ABOMINATION {abominatio). That
the evils enumerated in the second
table of the decalogue are called
abominations, sh. n. S91.

ABYSS (abyssns). A description of
the pit of the abyss, where they are
who have confirmed in themselves
faith alone separated from charity, n.
421, 442.

ACCUSE, to (acciisare). That ac-
cuser and to accuse, when spoken of
the devil, sign, to bring forth vari-
ous th.ngs out of man, and to con-
demn, n. 554.

ADULTERY (adulterium). That
to commit adultery and whoredom
sign, to adulterate and to falsify the
goods and truths of the Word, /'//.
7j\dish. n. 134. The reason is, because
in the Word and in every part there-
of there is a marriage of the Lord
and the church, also a marriage of
good and truth, which constitutes the
church ; concerning which, n. 134,
359> 3&>, 812, 816, 8S1, 955. See
Mar riage and Bridegroom.
That by the great harlot of Babyion
is sign, the adulteration and profa-
nation of the Word, n. 719. See
Papists.

AFAR OFF (longing-mini). That
afar off sign, remoteness of state,
that is, lemoved from such things
as constitute states of good and

truth, and thence appertain to the
church, /'//. and sh. n. 769. The
contrary is sign, by near, n. 947 ;
see At' Hand. That to stand afar
off, and to lament over damnation,
sign, to be in a state remote from
damnation and in fear, n. 769, 7S3,
7S7.

AFFECTION (afectio). See Love.

AFFLICTION (afflictio). That af-
fliction sign, the state of the church
infested by evils and falsities, sh. n.
33. That it also sign, temptations,
n. 377. That affliction is predicated
of falsities, n. 95, 137.

AFTER (post). That to walk after
another sign, to obey, sh. n. 57S.

AIR [acr). What is signified by air,
see n. 708.

ALAS (tys). See Woe.

ALLELUJAH (allcluja). That it
sign, praise ye God ; that it was an
expression of thanksgiving, confes-
sion, and celebration of the Lord
from joy of heart, sh. n. 803, 807,
80S. See To Praise.

ALTAR (a/tare). That in the church
amongst the children of Israel there
were two altars, one for burnt-offar-
ings, the other for incense ; and that
by the altar for burnt-offerings is rep-
resented, and thence signified wor-
ship from heavenly love, and by the
altar for incense, worship from spirit-
ual love, ill. and sh. n. 392, 649.
See Sacrifice and Incense. That
the altar for burnt-offerings also sign.
the heavenly kingdom of the Lord,

"34

INDEX.

n. 649. That fire was continually
burning upon the altar of burnt-
Dffering and that hence fire was
taken in the censer, and offered with
incense, sh. n. 395. That that fire
rign. the divine heavenly love, n.
395. See Fire.

AMEN {amen). That amen sign.
confirmation from the truth, and
since the Lord is truth itself, it
sign, confirmation from the Lord,
sh. v.. 23, 61, 199, 292 ; and it also
sign, consent of all, n. 375.

A MP H IT H EAT R E {amphithea-
trum). Concerning the amphithea-
tre where the dragons held their
diversions, /'//. n. 655. Concerning
their diversions there, see Faith.

ANGEL {angelus). That by angel, in
the highest sense, is meant the
Lord ; in a respective sense, heaven,
also a heavenly society, and likewise
divine truth, n. 647, 910. That by
angel, in the highest sense, is meant
the Lord, ill. and sh. n. 344, 465,
647, 910, 5, 258; also by the seven
angels, n. 657. That by angel and
angels are sign, heaven, because heav-
en is heaven from the Lord, n. 5,
342, 910. That by Michael and
Gabriel are not meant any archangel,
but societies- of heaven and minis-
tries therein ; that by Michael are
meant societies of angels, whose
special ministry is to teach, that the
Lord is the God of heaven and
earth, and that God the Father and
He are one ; and that by Gabriel are
meant societies of angels, wherein is
taught, that Jehovah came into the
world, and that his human nature is
the Son of God, n. 548, 564, 77.
That angel sign. Divine truth, n.
900, 910. Concerning the angels of
the third heaven, n. 120, and in the
following. That an angel does not
speak with man out of heaven, but
the Lord through heaven ; but when
an angel is to talk with man, he is
^ent from heaven, and talks with man
Jrom the Lord. n. 816 ; see Heaven.
That the angels are not superior to
men. but their equals; the reason
why they excel men in wisdom, is,
because they are in spiritual light,
Out men in natural light, p. 818.
That angels and spirits ki.ow noth-
ing of man. with whom they do not
speak, because they are consociated

by correspondences as to thoughts ;
but as to the affections it is different,
n. 943. That angels are consociated
with men, but the Lord only is con-
joined with them, n. 818, 946. That
angels are not to be invoked, much
less worshipped, but only the Lord,
n. 81S. That he is an angel of
heaven who receives the Lord in love
and faith, n. 344.

AN I MALS {animalia). See Beasts.
Concerning the four animals, see
Cheru dim.

ANOINTING, to Anoint (unctio%
ungere). See Oil.

AN T I PAS (Antipas), the martyr,
that is, a confessor of the truth, n.
112.

APES {simia). Concerning apes
mounted on horses, and seated
thereon with their bodies reversed ;
who they were, and of what nature
and qualitv, ill. n. 839.

APOCALYPSE or REVELATION
{Apocalypsis). That the Apoca-
lypse treats concerning the last state
of the Christian church, afterwards
concerning the last judgment, and
lastly concerning the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, and not
concerning the empires or kingdoms
of the world, preface, and n. 2, 227,
387, 483, 543. That in series it
treats of the falsities in the church,
inasmuch as the truths of the New
Church cannot be received t before
those falsities are discovered 'and re-
moved, n. 700. That the Apoca-
lypse was manifested to John by the
Lord, and that it is now opened by
the Lord, preface, and n. 953, 954,
957. . That nothing shall be added
or taken away from what is written
in the Apocalypse, sign, that noth-
ing shall be added or taken away from
the truths of the New Church, which
contain prophecies, and are now re-
vealed, ill. n. 957-959. That the
last words in the Apocalypse are the
words of betrothal between the Lord
and the church to marriaee, n. 960.

APOSTLES {aposfoli). That by the
disciples of the Lord are meant those
who are taught and instructed in the
goods and truths of the church, n.
79. That by apostles are meant
those who teach the goods and truths
of the church, and that the twelve
apostles of the Lord consequently

represented and thence in the Word '
signify the church as to all the goods
and truths thereof, n. 5, 233. 790,
903, 915. What is signified by Peter,
James, and John, n. 5. That the
same is signified by the apostles sit-
ting on twelves thrones, and judging I
the" twelve tribes of Israel, n. 233,
798. That the apostles are called
holy, because they represented holy
things, n. 790.

ARK (area). See Decalogue.

A RMAGEDDON (Armageddon).
That Armageddon sign, the love of
honor, dominion, and pre-eminence,
sh. n. 707. That to gather together to
war, in Armageddon, sign, a state of
combat from falsities against truths,
and a desire of destroying the New
Church, arising from a love of do-
minion or power and pre-eminence,
n. 707, til. n. 839. Concerning the
combat in Armageddon with respect
to the understanding of the Lord's
prayer in its beginning, ill. n. 839.
See Prayer.

ARMS (anna). That arms sign, such
tilings as belong to spiritual war, sh.
n. 436. See War. That breast-
plates sign, argumentations, sh. n.
436, 450.

ARMY or HOST (exercitus). That
an army sign, those who are in
Divine goods and truths, and thence
abstractedly goods and truths, and in
the opposite sense. thoSe who are in
evils and falsities, and thence abstract-
edly evils and falsities, til. and sh. n.
447, S33. That therefore the sun,
moon, and stars, are called hosts or
armies, sh. n. 447. That by sun,
moon, and stars, are sign, the goods
and truths of the church, also its
evils and falsities, n. 413. See Sun,
Moon, and Stars.

ARTIFICER (art if ex). That an
artificer sign, a man who is intelli-
gent, and who from understanding
think; truths, and, in an opposite
sense, who from self-derived intelli-
gence thinks falsities, /'//. and sh. n.
793. That even- kind of device in
the world corresponds with such
things as belong to angelic wisdom,
ill. n. 793.

ASER (Asehcr). That Aser, in the
highest sense, sign, eternity, in the
spiritual sense, eternal beatitude, in
the natural sense, the affection of

EX. I I 35

good and truth, also the love of
being useful, which is callec mutual
love, sh. n. 353.

ASIA (Asia). That Asia sign, those
who are in the light of truth from
the Word, ill. n. 11. Concerning
Great Tartar/ in Asia, n. 11. Ste
Tartar y.

ASSYRIA or ASKUR (Assyria).
That it sign, the rational faculty of
the church, *'//. n. 444. See Eu-
phrates.

AT-HAND, NEAR (frofe, /ro/in-
qnum). That at-hand and near
sign, nearness of state, also that it
is absolutely necessary, ill. n. 947.
See also Afar-off, and Shortly.

ATMOSPHERES ( atmosphere ).
That in the spiritual world there are
atmospheres like ether, air, and
water, in which the angels of the
three heavens dwell, and that those
atmospheres are spiritual, n. 238,
878.

AXE (seeuris). That an axe sign.
falsity from one's own intelligence,
/'//. and sh. n. S47.

BABEL and BABYLON (Babel ei
Babylon, vide Pontificit). See
Papists.

BALAAM (Bileam). That Balaam
was a hypocrite and a diviner or
soothsayer, and that through his
counsel given to Balak he sought to
destroy the children of Israel by
eating things offered to idols, sh. n.
114.

BALANCES or SCALES (lanees,
st at era, vide mensura). See Meas-
ure.

BALD (eah-us). That it sign, those
who are without truths from the
Word, ill. and sh. n. 47.

BAPTISM (baftismus). What the
Papists teach concerning baptism
may be seen in what is set forth con-
cerning their doctrine, n. I. That
baptism is a sacrament of repentance
and an introduction into the church,
ill. n. 224, and at n. 531 towards the
end. n. 776. What the Reformed
teach concerning baptism, see what is
set forth concerning their doctrines
at n. YI. That baptism is for a sign
before angels, and for a memorial

INDEX.

befjremen, n. 776. The reason of
John's baptism, n. 776. That bap-
tism represents and thence signifies
a cleansing and purification from
evils and falsities, and consequently
reformation and regeneration ; the
like was formerly signified by wash-
ing, sh. n. 378.

BARLEY {hordeum). See Wheat.

BEAR (ursus). That bears sign.
those who read the Word and do not
understand it, whereby they involve
themselves in fallacies, ill. and sh. n.
573. That in the spiritual world
there appear bears that are hurtful
and bears that are harmless, n.
573-

BEAR WITNESS, to {testari). See
Testimony.

BEAST (bestia). That beast sign.
various things with men and angels,
which appertain to their will or affec-
tion and to their understanding and
thought, ill. and sh. n. 290. That
beasts sign, men as to their natural
affections and concupiscences, ill.
and sh. n. 567. That affections and
concupiscences appear in the spirit-
ual world as beasts, concerning which
see n. 601. Beasts, birds, and
fishes, in general termed creatures,
sign, affections, perceptions, and
thoughts among men, and conse-
quently men as to such things, ill.
and sh. n. 405. That man and
beast sign, man as to spiritual affec-
tion and as to natural affection, sh.
n. 567. What is sign, by the four
beasts rising out of the sea in Daniel,
chap. vii. and that nearly the same
is sign, by the beast from the sea in
Apoc. xiii. ill. n. 574. That by the
beast from the sea in Apoc. xiii. are
sign, the men of the external church,
who are called the laity, who are in
faith separate from charity, n. 594.
That by the beast from the earth,
which is also called the false
prophet, are meant the men of the
church on earth, who are called
clergy, and are in faith separate from
charity, sh. n. 594. That by the
throne of the beast is sign, where
the false of faith reigns, n. 694.
That by the beast, his image, his
mark, and the number of his name,
is sign, faith alone, its doctrine, its
acknowledgment, and the falsifica-
tion of the Word, n. 660, 679. That

by the scarlet beast is sign, the
Word, ill. and sh. n. 723, 733-7^
739-741, 746, 749- What is sign.
by the four animals, see Cheru-
bim.

BED (lectns). That bed sign, doc-
trine, /'//. from beds in the spiritual
world, and sh. n. 137. That Jacob,
1 inasmuch as in the Word he sign.
the doctrine of the church, when
any one thinks profoundly concerning
him, there appears a man above to-
wards the right, as it were lying on
a bed, n. 137 at the end.

BENJAMIN (Benjamin). That
Benjamin sign, a life of truth origi-
nating in good, sh. n. 361.

BIND, to (vincire). See Bound.

BIRD (avis). See Fowl.

BIRTH (natiyitas). By births and
conceptions in the Word are meant
spiritual births and conceptions,
which relate to the good of love and
the truth of faith ; inasmuch as they
are procreated from the marriage of
good and truth, /'//. n. 139, ill. n.
543. That the members of gener-
ation in both sexes correspond with
heavenly love, n. 213. See to Bring
forth.

BISHOPS (episcopi). Some particu-
lars relative to certain English bish-
ops in the spiritual world, contained
in memorable relations at the end of
some chapters, n. 241, 675, 716.

BITTER (amarum). That it sign.
falsified truth, ill. and sh. n. 411.
See Wormwood.

BLACK, BLACKNESS (nigrum,
?tigredo). That there are two kinds
of blackness ; one in opposition to
white, and the other in opposition to
red, concerning which see n. 231, ill.
and sh. n. 312. That blackness also
sign, ignorance, n. 915.

BLASPHEMY (blasphemia). That
it is a denial of the Divinity of the
Lord, and the sanctity of the Word,
ill. and sh. n. 571. That it is also
profanation, ill. n. 723.

BLESSED (beatus). That the
blessed sign, those who have ths
felicity of" eternal life, n. 639, 816
944, 95 i-

BLIND (evens). That the blind sign.
those who do not know truth, and
those who do not understand truth,
sh. n. 210.

BLOOD (sanguis). That the blood

INDEX.

of the Limb sign, the Divine truth
of the Lord in Him and from Him,
ill. and sh. n. 379, for this reason,
because the Lord is the Word, and
the Divine truth therein is meant by
His blood, and the Divine good
therein by His flesh, likewise by His
body, ill. n. 555, 684. That blood,
in the opposite sense, sign, violence
offered to the Word, consequently to
the Lord, sh. n. 825. That, in the op-
posite sense, it signifies Divine truth
falsified, adulterated, and profaned,
sk. n. 379, 404, 687. 6S8. That
blood as of one dead, sign, infernal
falsity, HI. n. 6S1.
BOOK {liber). That books sign, the
interiors of the mind of man, be-
cause in them are written all things
appertaining to his life, n. 867. That
the Book of Life is the Lord con-
sidered as the Word, consequently
the Word, n. 95S. That to be writ-
ten in the Book of Life, and to be
judged therefrom, sign, from the
Divine Truth of the Word, and
from the Lord thereby, sh. n. 256.
That to open the book, and to loose
the seals thereof, sign, to know the
states of all, and to judge every one
according to his state, ill. n. 259,
295. That no one can look in the
book, sign, that no one but the Lord
alone is able to know it in the least,
n. 262. See Seal. That to be
written in the Book of Life, sign, he
who believes in the Lord, and lives
according to His commandments, sh.
n. S74. That not to be written in
the Book of Life, sign, the contrary,
n. S74. That by the little book open
in the hand of the angel, is meant
that essential of the New Church,
that the Lord, even as to His Hu-
manity, is the God of heaven and
earth, n. 469. What was written in
that little book, may be seen, n. 472.
That to depart as a book or scroll
rolled together, sign, that good and
truth, which is in the Word, should
recede and become hidden in the
church, n. 335. It is said that the
book was rolled together, because
books were then made of parch-
ment, and wee rolled up, n.

BOTTLE (uter). That a bottle or
pitcher sign, the same as its con-
tents, sh. n. 672.

BOTTOMLESS PIT (alyssus). See

Abyss.

BOUND, to BIND (vinetus, vin-
cire). Thrjf to be bound in prison
and in custody, sign, to be infested
by evils and falsities, sh. n. 99. Sei»
Captive.

BOW (arcus). That a bow sign.
doctrine fighting from truths against
falsities, and from falsities against
truths, ///. and sh. n. 299. That
therefore arrows and shafts sign
truths or falsities, n. 299.

BRASS (crs). That brass sign nat-
ural good, ill. and sh. n. 775.

BREAD {pants). That there are
bread and wine in the Holy Supper,
because bread there sign, the holy
principle of love, and wine the holy
principle of faith ; and because the
material bread and the heavenly
bread mutually correspond therein,
also the material wine and the heav-
enly wine, ill. n. 224. That bread
from flour of wheat was offered up
together with the sacrifices upon the
altar, which was called a cake or
meat-offering, sh. n. 778. That the
bread of faces upon the table in the
tabernacle was also made of fine
flour of wheat, sh. n. 778 ; because
wheat sign, the good of the church
from the Word, and fine flour its truth
thence derived, ill. and sh. n. 315.

BREADTH (laiiindo). That breadth
sign, the truth of the church, and
length the good of the church, ill.
and sh. n. 906, 907.

BREAST (mai/tnia, mamilla). See
Paps.

BK EAST-PLATE (thorax). See
Arms.

BRIDEGROOM, BRIDE [sponsus,
sponsa). That by virtue of the
marriage of the Lord with the
Church, the Lord is called the
Bridegroom, and the Church
the Bride, n. 797, 8S1. That the
New Church, which is the New
Jerusalem, is called the Bride the
Lamb's Wife, sh. n. 81 95;. That
the church is called a bride while it is
establishing, and that it is called a
wife when it is established, n. S95
towards the end. That at the end
of the Apocalypse the Bride and
Bridegroom speak, that is, the Lord
and the Church, as if it were during
tfcfl betrothal, n. 960.

n38

INDEX.

BRIDLE of a HORSE (frcznum
eqtri). That the bridle of a horse
sign, that by which the understand-
ing is guided, sh. n. 653.
BRING FORTH, to, to TRAVAIL
in BIRTH, BIRTH ( purer e, par-
titrire, partus). That to bring forth
and to travail in birth sign, to con-
ceive and bring forth these things
which appertain to spiritual life, sh.
n. 535. See also Birth.
BROTHER (/rater). That a man-
brother is spoken of charity, and a
companion, of faith, sh. n. 32. That
the Lord calls those, who from him
are m charity, brothers, ill. and sh.
n. 32. But that it is not written,
neither is it becoming that they, on
the contrary, should call the Lord
brother, n. 32.
BUILDING (structura). That build-
ing or structure sign, the whole sub-
ject to which it relates, because the
all of it is in the building, n. 911.
BURY, BURIAL, MONUMENT
(sepelire, sepultnru, sepulcJirum).
That to be buried sign, to rise again,
and to continue life, because all
earthly and impure things are re-
jected, n. 506. That not to be
buried sign, to continue in things
earthly and unclean, and for that
reason to be rejected as damned, sh.
n. 506.

BUY, to (cmere). That by buying
and selling is sign, to acquire knowl-
edges of good and truth, or truths,
and to teach them, sh. n. 606. See
to Trade. That by the bought of
the Lord are sign, the redeemed,
that is, the regenerate, n. 619.

CALF (vitnlits). That a calf sign.
the natural affection of knowing
truths, and, in the opposite sense,
the affection of knowing falsities,
sh. n. 242. That calves in sacrifices
sign, the affection of knowing truths ;
and that the calves of Egypt, and
the calves of Samaria, sign, the af-
fection of knowing falsities, n. 242.
That the calf, which was one of the
four animals which were cherubim,
sign, the Divine truth of the Word
as to affection, ill. n. 242.

CALLED (vocaius). That by the

called, in a general sense, are meant
all throughout the world, because all
are called, n. 744. That by the
called, in a particular sense, arc
meant they who are with the Lord,
ill. n. 744. That the called to the
marriage-supper of the Lamb sign.
those who receive the things which
are of the New Church, n. 816.
That the called, the chosen, and tha
faithful, sign, those who are in th,?
externals, the internals, and inmost
principles of the church, n. 744.

CAMP (castra). That a camp sign.
all the truths and goods of the church,
sh. n. 862.

CANDLE (hccerna). See Candle-

C A N DLESTICK {candelabrum).
That it sign, the church as to en-
lightenment from the Lord through
the Word, ill. and sh. n. 43> 75'
That in particular it sign, intelli
gence and faith, n. 493. That the
seven candlesticks sign, the New
Church in the heavens and on the
earths, ill. n. 66. That the seven
lamps sign, the same, n. 237. That
lamps and candles sign, intelligence
in both senses, n. 408.
CAPTIVE, CAPTIVITY (captivus,
captivitas). That captivity sign.
spiritual captivity, which is a leading
away from truths and goods, and a
detention in falsities and evils, sh.
n. 591. That the bound and shut
up in prison sign, the same as cap-
tives, n. 591, sh. n. 884 towards the
end. See Bound.
CHAIN (catena). That to have a
chain in the hand sign, the endeav-
or proceeding from the power of
binding and loosing, n. 840.
CHALICE (calix). " See Cup.
CHARIOT (ciirrus). That a char-
iot sign, the doctrine of the church,
sh. n. 437. That a coach sign.
nearly the same, sh. n. 781.
CHARITY (charitas). For the good
of charity and of life, see Works.
For the nature of mutual love, n.
353, see Love. That faith exists
from charity, and that it is the form
of charity, altogether like speech and
sound, ill. n. 655, ill. n. 875. What
is the quality of the man of the
church, if he gives charity the prec-
edence ; and what is his quality, il
he gives faith the precedence, ill. Ik

INDEX

1139

655. That charity and faith are not
any thing unless they are in works,
and that in works they exist and sub-
sist, ill. n. 875. That charity and
faith also exist and subsist in works
while they are inwardly in will or en-
deavor, ill. n. 875. A comparison
made between chanty and faith, and
heat and light, from which may be
seen the nature of faith united with
charity, and the nature of faith sep-
arated from charity, ill. n. 875.
That charity consists in performing
the commandments of the decalogue,
sh. from Paul, n. 356. A disputa-
tion among those who make faith the
primitive, and consequently spiritual,
and thence heavenly, ill. n. 386, 655.
That the neighbor is not to be
thought of from his person, but
from his quality or character, *'//. n.
611. That a dispute concerning
faith alone was heard at a distance
like the gnashing of teeth, and a dis-
putation concerning charity like a
beating noise, ill. n. 386.

CHASTEN to, and to REBUKE
(castigare et argtiere). That they
sign, to tempt, n. 215.

CHERUBIM {cherubi). That the
four animals in the throne, and
round about the throne, were cheru-
bim ; and that cherubim sign, the
Word in its literal sense, and de-
fences or guards, lest the interior
senses, which are spiritual and heav-
enly, should be hurt, ill. and sh. n.
239> 275> 2CA 3*4- The first chap-
ter of Ezekiel concerning the cheru-
bim explained, n. 239 towards the
end. That seraphim sign, doctrine
from the Word, n. 245.

CHRIST (Oiristus). That Christ is
the Messiah, sh. n. 520. That
Christ or the Messiah is the Son of
God, sh. n. 520. That by Christ is
meant the Divine Humanity of the
Lord, n. 520; see Lord. That by
Christ is meant Divine Truth, and
that by false Christs are meant Di-
vine truths falsified, sh. n. 595.

?, H U RC H ( cedes in ). For the doctrine
of the Reformed concerning the church
see the doctrines of the Reformed
churches in what is premised, IX.
That the church appears before the
Lord as a man, beautiful or deformed
according to its doctrine, and at the
same time conformity of life to it, n.

601. That the church becomes more
perfect, as the various things of
which it consists are conveniently
disposed in their order, n. 66, 73.
That even- church commences from
the goods of life or charity, and ter-
minates in faith alone, n. 82. That
the church in process of time de-
creases, by receding from the good
of love and truths of faith, even un-
til evil is supposed to be good, and
falsehood truth, n. 658. That the
angels of % heaven lament when the
church on earth is destroyed, ar.d
pray to the Lord that it may be
brought to an end, which is effected
by the last judgment, /'//. n. 645.
Because the church on earth is the
foundation of heaven, n. 645. That
at the end of the present church
there exists such an inversion and
affliction, as can never be exceeded,
sh. n. fit. That the church on
earth will be altogether as the church
is in the heavens, because they are
conjoined like the internal and the
external with man, ill. n. 533. That
the church on earth, like heaven, is
distinguished into three degrees ;
hence that those who are in the
church, are in the externals, inter-
nals, and inmost principles thereof,
n. 744. That they who are in the
externals are said to be the called ;
they who are in the internals, the
chosen ; and they who are in the
inmost principles, the faithful, n.
744. That the doctrine of truth
constitutes the church, and a life
conformable thereto constitutes re-
ligion, ill. n. 923. That where the
life is not conformable to doctrine,
there is neither religion nor church,
n. 923. That at this day there is
no church in the Christian world,
neither among the Roman Catholics,
nor among the Reformed, ill. n. 263,
ill. n. 675. That there is no church
among the Roman Catholics, but a
religion, because they do not ap-
proach the Lord, nor read the Word,
and because they invoke the dead,
n. 718. That the church of the Lord
as to doctrine is represented as a city,
and sometimes as an espoused virgin,
ill. n. 88 1 . That by the seven churches
are meant all who are of the church
in the Christian world, and everyone
according to reception, n. 10, 41, 69

1 140

INDEX.

That in the Word of both Testaments
it is predicted concerning a new
church, which shall acknowledge the
Lord only, and that this prediction
has not been fulfilled until this day,
n. 478. That this New Church, in-
asmuch as it will acknowledge the
Lord only, is called the Bride and
the Wife of the Lord, sh. n. 533.
That this New Church is meant and
described in the Apocalypse by the
New Jerusalem, /'//. and sh. n. 880,
881. That all things appertaining to
the New Church will originate in the
good of love, n. 907, ill. n. 908, 912,
917. That all who are in truths
originating in good are received into
the New Church, because they love
the light thereof ; and that the rest
cannot bear that light, ill. n. 922.
That this New Church is succes-
sively formed and increases; the
reason whereof is, that the falsities
of the former church are first to be
rejected, also that a new heaven has
first to be formed, which will act in
unity with it, n. 547. That this New
Church cannot be established before
those things which are meant by the
dragon, the beast, and the false
prophet, are removed, sh. n. 473.
That this New Church will consist
of such as approach the Lord only,
and perform the work of repentance
from evil works, ill. and sh. n.
69-72. That the two essentials of
the New Church are, an acknowl-
edgment of the Lord, that he is
the God of heaven and earth, and
that his Humanity is Divine : the
other, a life conformable to the pre-
cepts of the decalogue ; and that
these two are conjoined, like the two
tables of the decalogue, and like love
to God and love towards our neigh-
bor, n. 490, ill. and sh. n. 903. That
they who desire to destroy these two
essentials of the New Church will per-
ish, n. 494. That they cannot receive
any truth from heaven, n. 496. That
they falsify the Word, n. 497. That
they plunge themselves into all kinds
of evils and falsities, n. 498. That
those who acknowledge faith alone will
reject these two essentials, n. 500, 501.
That these two essentials of the New
Church are in opposition to the two
essentials of the old church, concern-
ing which, ill. n. 509, ill, n. 537.

CITY {ttrbs). That a city sign, tne
doctrine of the church, 'ill. and sh.
n. 194, ill. n. 712, ill. n. 861, £81.
Inasmuch as the church is described
as a city, sh. n. 896. That Jerusa-
lem as a city sign, the New Church
of the Lord as to doctrine, n. 879,
912. That the cities of the nations
sign, heretical doctrines, n. 712.

CLEFT {fissitra). See Rock.

CLOAK \ pallia). See Garment.

CLOUDS {nubes). That clouds sign.
Divine truth in the ultimates, conse-
quently the Word in its literal sense,
sh. n. 24, 466, 642, 820. That
white clouds sign, the Word in the
literal sense translucent by virtue of
its spiritual sense, n. 642. That by
the Lord's saying He will come in the
clouds of heaven with glory, is sign.
His advent in the Word, and a reve-
lation of its spiritual sense from Him
for the use of the New Church which
will then be established, sh. n. 24,
sh. n. 642, ill. n. 820.

CLUSTER (botrtcs). See Grapes.

COLOR {color). That white and red
are fundamental colors in heaven,
because white is derived from the
light of the sun of heaven, and red
is derived from the fire of the sun
there, concerning which, ill. n. 231,
915 ; see White and Red. That
those two colors are changed into
other colors by shade, which in
heaven is ignorance, n. 915. That
there exists a satanic black, which is
opposite to white, and a diabolic
black, which is opposite to red, n.
231, 232.

COMPANION (socius). What is
sign, by companion and brother, n.

COMPARISON {comfaratio). That
comparisons in the Word are from
correspondences, n. 334.

CONCEPTION (generalio). See
Birth.

CONFESSION (con/essio). Of re-
pentance and confession among the
Reformed, see the doctiines of the
Reformed in what is premised, IV.

COXFI RMATION {confirmatio).
That there is a false light arising
from confirmation, and that it ap-
pears to those who are in falsities as
light, but that it is the light of infat-
uation, which is of such a nature
that it is converted into darkness ofl

INDEX.

I I4I

the flowing-in of light from heaven,
and that the sight of their eyes is
like that of owls and bats, ill. n.
566, 695. That those who have
confirmed themselves in falsities are
not willing to understand truth, and
that it appears &s if they were not
able, n. 765.
CONSUMMATION [consummaiio).
That consummation and the con-
summation of the age sign, the end
of the church, which takes place
when there no longer remains any
good of life or truth of doctrine in
the church, /'//. and sh. n. 658. That
consummation in the Word is also
called devastation and decision, sh.
n. 65S. That consummation or dev-
astation is effected by the deprivation
of goods and truths, which being
taken away man enters into the evils
and the falses which he inwardly
cherished, sh. n. 676. What is
meant by the last words of the Lord
to the disciples, in Matthew, that
He would remain with them even
until the consummation of the age,
n. 750.

CONTAINER, CONTAINED (con-
tinent, contentum). That the con-
tainer sign, the same with the thing
contained, ill. n. 406, 672. See
Vessel.

CONVERSION [conversio). That
angels and good men as to the spirit
continually turn themselves towards
the Lord as a sun, and that thus they
have the Lord continually before
their face, and this which ever way
they turn, which is wonderful ; and
that the devils continually turn
themselves from the Lord, n. 3S0,
93$-

COPPER [cuprum). See Brass.

CORNER [angulus). That the four
coiners sign, the four quarters of the
spiritual world, s/i. n. 342. That
hence the four corners of the earth
sign, the universal heaven, n. 342.
That the comer-stone sign, the foun-
dation, n. 342.

COR RESPON DENCE [correspond-
ent'ia). That there is a correspond-
ence between the natural and the
spiritual, concerning which, /'//. n. 1.

COSTLINESS (frefiosa). That
costliness sign, the holy things of the
church, s/i. n. 7S9.

COTTON {xylinum). See Linen.

COVENANT {fa-dus). That cove-
nants/^, conjunction, ill. and sh. n.
529, towards the end.

COURT [atrium). That the court
of the temple sign . the external
heaven, and heaven in ultimates, also
the church on earth, ill. and sh. n.
4S7. Concerning the two courts of
the temple at Jerusalem, n. 487.

CREATE, io [creare). That to create
sign, to reform and regenerate sh.
n- 254, 475-

CREATURE [creatura). That creat-
ures sign, all who can be created,
that is, reformed, sh. n. 405. What
is sign, by creatures of the earth,
air, and sea, n. 405. See Beasts,
Fowls, and Fishes.

CROSS {crux). That the cross sign.
temptations, sh. n. 639. That to
crucify sign, many things, principally
to deny the Lord to be the Son of
God. n. 504.

CROWN (corona). That crown sign.
wisdom, ill. and sh. n. 189, 252.
That a crown sign, an ensign of
warfare and victory, sh. n. 300.
That hence a crown was an ensign of
victor)- to martyrs, because they had
conquered in temptations, n. 103.

CRUCIFY, to [crucifigcre). See
Cross.

C RY I N G, or a C RY [clamor). That
crying or a cry is spoken of grief and
fear of falses from hell, and thence
of damnation, sh. n. S85. That it
is spoken of every affection breaking
out from the heart, n. S85.

CUNNING [astus). See Guile.

CUP (f>oculum). That a cup, chalice,
platter, vial, sign, the same as the
things contained in them ; if wine is
in them, that they sign, truth or
falsity, ill. and sh. n. 672. Th.-jflfc
bottle or pitcher sign, the same, sh.
n. 672 towards the end. That vials
full of the wrath of God sign, the
evils and falsities in the church, n.
673. That to pour out the vials upon
the earth, and upon the sea, sign.
influx into the church, n. 676, 677,
680.

CURSED THING [devotum). That
a cursed thing sign, evil, which
separates the Lord from man. n. 937.

CUSTODY [custodia). See Bound
and Captive

1 142

INDEX.

iJARKNESS {tench rcB). That dark-
ness and thick darkness sign, falsi-
ties, n. 110, 695. That they also
sign, ignorance, n. no. That dark-
ness sign, falsities either arising from
ignorance, or from falsities of religion,
or from evils of life, s/i. n. 413.

DAVID ( David). That by David is
meant the Lord as to Divine Truth,
n. 174, 266.

DAUGHTER {filia). See Son.

DAY (dies). That day and night
sign, at all times and in every state,
thus peq^etually, n. 637. That day
and night from light sign, the spirit-
ual truth and natural truth of the
Word, ill. and sh. n. 414. That the
great day of Jehovah sign, the com-
ing of the Lord, and the establish-
ment of a new church at that time,
n. 704, 707. That day sign, the end
of the former church, sh. n. 707.

DEATH, DEAD {mors, mortuus).
That death sign, various things ;
that it sign, extinction of natural
life, which is death ; that it sign, ex-
tinction of spiritual life, which is
damnation ; that it sign, extinction
of concupiscences, which is the cru-
cifixion of the flesh, and thus a re-
newal of life ; that it sign, resurrec-
tion ; that it sign, a rejection by
the world ; that it sign, the devil
and hell, and thence evil of the will,
n. 866. That death sign, extinction
of spiritual life, and hell, damnation,
sh. n. 32 t. That the first death
sign, departure out of the world, and
the second death damnation, n. 106,
///. n. 853, 873, 894. That the first
death is not mentioned in the Apoc-
alypse, n. 853. That death also
sign, the life of man's self-love, be-
cause this love extinguishes spirit-
ual life, n. 323.

That the dead sign, the same
things as death, n. 856. That the
dead sign, dead out of the world, sh.
n. 525, 868, 869. That the dead
sign, those who are in natural life
without spiritual life, n. 159. That
the dead sign, those who have not
any spiritual life, sh. n. 525. That
the dead sign, those who are interi-
orly devils, n. 870, 872. That the
dead sign, those who have crucified
the flesh, and have suffered tempta- 1

tions, sh. n. 639. That the deatf

sign, those who are rejected by the
evil, n. 847, 850, 866. That dead,
in speaking of the Lord, sign, to be
neglected, and His Humanity not
acknowledged as Divine, n. 59, 93,
269. Concerning dead worship, see
Worship.

DECALOGUE {decalogus). Tha'
the precepts of the decalogue were
promulgated by Jehovah, and were
not only precepts of society, but also
of religion, ill. n. 529. That the
precepts of the decalogue are in
every religion, and that man should
live according to them from religion,
n. 272. Wonderful things concern-
ing the decalogue and concerning the
ark from the Word, and that thence
it may be seen that the decalogue is
most holy, ill. and sh. n. 529. That
the first step to reformation, is to
live according to the commandments
of the decalogue, n. 628. That
through a life comformable to the
precepts of the decalogue conjunc-
tion is effected with the Lord, ill. n.
490. That the second table of the
decalogue is the universal doctrine of
repentance, ill. n. 531 at the end, n.
461. That the decalogue is called
the testimony, sh. n. 490, sh. n.
669. That the second table of the
decalogue is a blank table to those
who are in faith alone, n. 461. An
answer from heaven to those who
believed and asserted, that by the
works of the law, from whose dam-
nation through faith they are exempt,
are understood the works of the law
of the decalogue, n. 578. That the
temple of the tabernacle of the testi-
mony sig?i. where the Lord is in His
hcliness in the Word, and in the
law, which is the decalogue, n. 669.

DEGREE {gradus). That there are
three degrees of love and wisdom or
of goodness and truth in the Lord,
Who is Infinite, which are called
heavenly, spiritual, and natural, and
that Jaence there are three degrees in
the heavens, and also in man from
creation, n. 49, ill. n. 774. That the
church of the Lord is distinguished
into those three degrees, n. 774. See
Church.

DEMON, or DEVIL {dcemon, d<e-
monium). That demons and devils
sign, lusts originating in love of thfl

INDEX.

1143

world, and such as are in those lusts
become demons after death, ill. and
sh. n. 458. That they sign, cupidi-
ties of falsifying truths, n. 703, 756.
That they become demons of the
worst kind who were in the lust of
exercising dominion from the love of
self over the holy things of the
church, n. 756.

DEN ( spelunca ). That they who had
been in evil loves are in hell in dens,
ari that hence dens sign, evil loves,
/'//. and sh. n. 338.

DESERT [solitude). See Wilder-
ness.

DESTROYER, PERDITION (/«•-
ditor, perditio). That Abaddon and
Apollyon sign, a destroyer and per-
dition ; and that destroyer and per-
dition sign, the destruction of the
church, by a total falsification of the
Word, sh. n. 440.

DEVASTATION (devastatio). See
Consummation.

DEVIL {diabolus). That the hell
where they are who are in evils as to
life, properly who are in self-love, is
called in one expression the Devil,
because all who are there are called
devils ; and that the hell where they
are who are in falsities as to doctrine,
properly who are in the pride of their
own intelligence, is called in one
expression Satan, because all who
are there are called Satans, n. 97,
550, 841, 856, ill. n. 153. That the
depths of Satan sign, the interiors of
faith separated from charity, n. 143.
That the throne of Satan sign.
where there are falsities, and thence
spiritual darkness, n. 110. That in
every religion it is known that there
is a God from Whom proceeds good,
and that there is a devil from whom
proceeds evil, and that therefore good
is to be done and evil shunned, n.
27:?. ill. n. 675.
DIADEM (diadema). See Stone,
and under the article Precious
Stone.

DOCTRINE [doctrina). That worship
is according to doctrine, n. 777, 778.

DOG {canis). That dogs sign, cor-
poreal appetite, principally the pleas-
ure of eating and drinking, /'//. and
s/i. n. 952.

DOOR {janua\ That gates [fortas)
sign, knowledges of what is true and
good out of the Word, by which man

is introduced into the church, conse-
quently introducing truths, sh. n.
899, 901, 916. That there are
actually doors in the spiritual world,
which are opened and shut to those
who ascend to heaven, and that there-
fore they sign, entrance or admis-
sion, sh. n. 176, 177. That the Lord
alone opens and shuts the doors
there, n. 177. That doors sign.
admission and introduction, n. 217.
That the Lord is the door by which
man is to enter that he may be
saved, sh. n. 916.
DOUBLE, and to DOUBLE (dup-
linn, et diiplicare). That they sign.
to be done according to quantity and
quality, sh. n. 762.
DRAGON {draco). That the dragoD
sign, those who make God three, and
the Lord two, and who separate
charity and faith, and make the lat-
ter competent to salvation and not
the former, ill. n. 537. That dragon
sign, the devastation of the church,
sh. n. 537. That they who are
meant by the dragon will persecute
the New Church of the Lord, and,
as k\r as possible, will seduce them,
ill. and sh. n. S8^. The reason why
the dragon is called the old serpent,
the devil, and satan, n. S41, 856.
What is sign, by the dragon being
bound one thousand years, n. S42.
Concerning the sports of the drag-
on, and concerning the obsession
of a citv by them, *//. n. 655.
DRINK-OFFERING, or LIBA-
TION (libamcn). See Wine.
D R U N K E N N E S S ( ebricias ) . That to
be made drunk with the wine of
whoredom or of Babylon, also simply
to be made drunk, sign, to be infat-
uated or insane with regard to spirit-
ual things, sh. n. 721.
DUST (pulvis). That dust sign.
what is damned, sh. n. 77S. That
to cast dust on the head sign, interior
grief and mourning on account of
damnation, sh. n. 778.
DWELL, to (habitare). That to
dwell is spoken of good, n. 380.
That to dwell and to cohabit sign.
conjunction proceeding from love, //.',
n. 8S3. That by the Lord's being
said to dwell with them is sign. that
He is in them, and they in Him, con-
sequently conjunction, n. S83.

U44

INDEX.

EAGLE {aquila). That flying eagles
sign, "knowledges and thence under-
standing, sh. n. 244 ; also under-
standing perverted, from knowledges
of what is false, sh. n. 244.
EAR (auris). See To Hear.
EARTH {terra). That the earth
sign, the church, sh. n. 285, 902.
That the earth sign, the church
among those who are in' its internals
and are called clergy, and the sea,
the church among those who are in
its externals, and are called laity,
sh. n. 398, 402, 470, 567, 594, 677,
680 ; see the Sea. That the earth
also sign, damnation, which takes
place with them among whom the
;hurch is perverted and destroyed,
sh. n. 285. That in the spiritual
world there are earths as well as in
the natural world ; but that the
latter are from a natural origin,
whereas the former are from a spirit-
ual origin, n. 260, 331, 865. That
the heavens are expanses, and in
each expanse the earth is under the
feet, n. 260. Who are m^nt by
those who are under the earth, n.
260. Concerning the lower earth,
see Spiritual World.

That the earths in the spiritual
world are changed according to the
evils and falsities of those who dwell
upon them, and that earthquakes hap-
pen, n. 331, 51 5. That hence earth-
quakes sign, changes of the state of
the church, sh. n. 331, ill. n. 396.
That a great earthquake, such as
was not before, sign, overturning of
all things belonging to the church,
ill. and sh. n. 711.
EARTHQUAKE {terra mohcs).

See Earth.
EAT, to {edere). That to eat sign.
to appropriate to himself, n. 89.
What is sign, by eating the flesh of
another, n. 748. See Flesh.
EGYPT {^.gyptus). That Egypt
sign, the natural man in conjunction
with the spiritual, and in such case
the affection of truth, sh. n. 503.
That Egypt, in the opposite sense,
sign, the natural man separated from
the spiritual, and in that case insan-
ity in spiritual things, sh. n. 503.
The reason whereof is, because the
Egyptians cultivated the science of

correspondences, whence came thei*
hieroglyphics, which science they
afterwards turned into magic, and
made it idolatrous, n. 503, towards
the end. The miracles in Egypt
recounted, n. 503. That all those
things signified the falsities and evils
of the church, n. 399.
ELDER {senex, seniores). That the
four-and-twenty elders sign, all the
truths and goods of the church in
heaven and in earth, ill. 233, 251.
That they sign, the heavens, n. 521.
In particular, the higher heavens, n.
275, 808.

ELECTTON {electio). That by the
chosen or elect are meant they who
are with the Lord, who are not
elected by predestination, n. 744.
Who are meant by the called, the
chosen, and the faithful, n. 744. See
Church.

ELIJAH and ELISHA. That
Elijah and Elisha represented the
Lord as to the Word, ill. n. 298,
437-

EMPTY {vacuum). That man is
said to be empty when there is noth-
ing but falsities and evils in him, n.
160.

ENCHANTMENT {incantatio).
That to enchant is to persuade what
is false and to destroy truth, n. 462,
655, 892. That enchantment is not
only a persuasion of what is false,
and consequently a destruction of
the truth, but it is also a persuasion
of what is true, and consequently a
destruction of what is false, ill. and
sh. n. 462. That enchantments
were in use formerly, and were per-
formed three ways, concerning which,
n. 462.

ENDURANCE {tolerantia). Tiat
endurance sign, study and labor, n.
129. That the word of endurcjce
sign, spiritual combat, which is temp-
tation, n. 185.

ENGLISH {Angli). A conversation
of certain Englishmen with two an-
gels concerning the understanding of
man in spiritual things, concerning
God, the rmmortality of the Soul.
Regeneration, Baptism, and the Holv
Supper, ill. n. 224. Concerning the
English clergy ascending Jnto a so-
ciety of the higher heavens, and of
their discourse there on a certain
time with their king, about the Lord

INDEX.

"45

and about Charity ; and after their
descent, of their discourse with
others of the clergy about unanimity
and concord, ill. n. 341. Concern-
ing a paper sent down from heaven
to a society of English, and sent back
by two bishops there ; and of a dis-
course afterwards with those bishops
concerning the church and religion
at this day, ill, n. 675. Of the tracts
published in London concerning the
New Jerusalem, reprobated by the
English bishops ; and concerning
the dominion which they affect, ill.
n. 716.

EPHESUS {Ephesus). That by the
church of Ephesus are meant those
who primarily respect truths of doc-
trine, and not goods of life, n. 73.

EPHRAIM {Ephraim). See Man-
asses.

EVEN I NG [vespera). That evening
sign, the last time of the old church ;
and morning, the first time or com-
mencement of the New Church, s/i.
n. 151. That the Lord instituted
the Holy Supper, because the even-
ing, in which the supper took place,
sign, the last time and state of the
church, n. 219, ill. n. 816.

EVIL {malum). That evil is the
devil, n. 890. That there is evil of
falsity and falsity of evil, concern-
ing which, n. 379, 382. That they
who confirm evil in themselves per-
ish, n. 872. That the evil which
appears to man, contains innumera-
ble concupiscences in simultaneous
order, ill. n. 678. See Repent-
ance. That evil is attributed to
Jehovah that is, to the Lord, and
that this is from appearance, n. .494,
498, 714. That after death, goods
and truths are taken away from the
evil, and evils and falsities from the
good, ill. n. 948.

EUPHRATES {Euphrates). That
Euphrates sign, rational things bor-
dering upon or bounding the spiritual
things of the church, ill. n. 444.
That it sign, interior reasonings, n.
699. That it sign, reasonings full
of falsities, and thence insanities, sh.
n. 444.

EXTERNAL {externum). That the
ultimate is the continent and com-
plex of all things prior, n. 438,
towards the end. That all spiritual
power consists in truths in the ulti-

mates, n. 148. What is in the in-
most is in all things around, ill. n.
933. That the church in the heav-
ens and the church on the earths
make one, like the internal and ex-
ternal in man, n. 486.

EXTREME {extremum). That in
the ultimates or extremes is the sim-
ultaneous order of the successives,
ill. n. 678. See Order.

EYE {oculus). That eye sign, the
understanding, n. 25, sh. n. 48.
That eye, in speaking of the Lord,
sign. Divine wisdom, Omniscience,
and Providence, sh. n. 48, 2.10, 271.
What is sign, by the eye> of the
cherubim, n. 240, 246.

EYE-SALVE {collyrium). That it
sign, a medicine whereby tt e under-
standing is healed, n. 214.

FACE {facies). What is sign, by
seeing the face of the Lord, ill. n.
938. That to see the face of Je-
hovah or the Lord sign, to know
and acknowledge what He is, as to
His Divine attributes, besides other
things, sh. n. 939. That no one
can see the Lord, such as He is in
Himself, and live, sh. n. 939. That
the face of Jehovah or the Lord, in
an opposite sense, sign, anger and
aversion, because a bad man is
angry, and turns himself away, sh.
n. 939. That face, in speaking of
the devil, sign, subtle artfulness, n
562.

FAITH {fides). That faith is truth,
ill. n. in, 129. Various things con-
cerning the conjunction of faith and
charity, /'//. n. 417. That faith is
f-om charity, and that it is ti e form
of charity, altogether like speech
and sound, ill. n. 655, ill. n. 875.
A comparison of charity and faith
with heat and light, from which may
be seen what faith is separated from
charity, and what faith is conjoined
with charity, ill. n. 87^, towards the
end. The quality of faith originat-
ing in charity described, n. 451.
That charity and faith are not any
thing, unless they exist in works,
and that in works they exist and sub-
sist, /'//. n. 875. That charity and
faith in man arc inwardly ia act,

1 146

INDEX.

consequently in works, when they
are in the will, because they are then
in the endeavor, ill, n. 875.

A general or universal idea of faith
concerning the Lord, and concerning
salvation from Him, n. 67. That
they who believe in the Lord have
eternal life and are saved, sh. n. 60,
sh. n. 553. That the acknowledg-
ment of the Lord and faith occasion
presence ; but that affection and love
occasion conjunction, ill. n. 937.
That Paul and James agree in this,
'.hat the doers of the law are justi-
fied by God, sh. n. 828, ill. n. 417.

For the doctrine of the Reformed
concerning justification by faith, and
concerning good works, see the doc-
trines of the Reformed in what is
premised at n. II. That the Re-
formed establish their doctrine upon
a single assertion of Paul, falsely
understood, ill. n. 417, 750. That
all who belong to the church in the
Christian world agree in this point,
that man is justified without the
works of the law, n. 391. That
faith alone at this day constitutes
the universal theology, and charity
in no respect, n. 133. In what man-
ner they defend their doctrine, by
various kinds of discourses and rea-
sonings, ill. n. 838. That all through-
out the Christian world acknowledge
faith alone as the only means of sal-
vation, although in other things they
disagree, ill. n. 484. That faith
alone is confirmed various ways,
principally the faith of the clergy,
but not so that of the laity, ill.
n. 426, 461, 677. That faith
alone is easily received, the reason
thereof, and that therefore it is re-
ceived, n. 539. That there are
three degrees of reception of the
religious principle of faith alone :
1st, to acknowledge it ; 2dly, to con-
firm it in one's self; 3dly, to live
according to it ; that there are some
who are in the first and second de-
gr>» and not in the third, and that
th^y who are in the third are damned ;
the quality of these described, ill. n.
634. That faith alone is also faith
separated from charity, n. 388. Con-
cerning those who, in theological
matters, know nothing, except that
faith alone is all, and of their habi-
tation and lot, from experience, n.

456. That the learned have attrib-
uted all salvation to faith, and noth*
ing to charity ; the reason whereof
is, that they have attributed every
thing to knowledge, and nothing to
affection, because the former appears
before the sight, whereas the latter
does not appear, but faith proceeds
from thought, and charity from affec-
tion, n. 908. That faith proceeds
from thought, and charity from affec-
tion, ///. n. 655. That that tenet
ought to be shunned, that a man is
justified, that is, saved, by faith
alone without the works of the law,
ill. n. 838.

Various reasonings, by which they
establish, that faith alone is the only
means of salvation, ill. n. 449. That
in the northern quarter are they who
only acknowledge faith alone and
the customary worship as means of
salvation, and live as they like, con-
cerning whom from experience, n.
442. Many of their visionary notions*
enumerated who confirm themselves
in faith alone, n. 451. That the in-
teriors of faith, separated from char
ity, are the depths of Satan, n. 143
That they are spectres, ill. n. 675
See English. That they seduce
and consequently that they are dan
gerous, ill. n. 144. Concerning
those who separate faith entirely
from charity, pretending that God,
by virtue of faith, operates inwardly,
even to the proper will of man, and
it there turns itself about on the left
side, and that thus the interiors of
man's mind are intended for God,
and the exteriors for man, hence
that God pays no regard to any
thing which relates to man ; that
these were seen as turtles with two
heads, ill. n. 463. That the interior
reasonings of those who are in faith
alone, must first be detected and re-
moved, otherwise the truths of faith
appertaining to the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, cannot
be received ; for which reason they
are treated of in the Apocalypse, n.
483, 700. That they who have con-
firmed themselves in faith alone,
cannot receive the two essentials of
the New Church, which are the ac-
knowledgment that the Lord is the
God of heaven and earth, and a life
according to the precepts of the dec-

INDEX.

1147

alogue; th?.; they reject them for
three reasons, ill. n. 500. That they
who have confirmed themselves in
the falsities of that faith, can with
difficulty recede from them, for this
reason, because they are kept shackled
as it were by the dragonists in the
world of spirits, with whom they are
in society, n. 563. That they who
are in faith alone, and pray from the
form of their faith, cannot do other-
wise than make God three and the
Lord two ; because they pray to God
the Father, that he would have mercy
for the sake of the Son, and send the
Holy Ghost, /'//. n. 537, ill. n. 611.

That they who have confirmed in
themselves faith alone, have so far
shut up their understanding, as no
longer to see any truth in the Word,
/'//. n. 421. That they who have
confirmed in themselves faith alone,
have no truth from the Word, but
what is falsified, whence there is not
any church among them, nor any re-
ligion, /'//. n. 541, /'//. n. 675. That
the doctrine of faith at this day is
contrary to the Word, and that it
falsifies the whole Word, n. 136,
404, 570. That they who from con-
firmation are in faith alone, know
the truths from the Word, which are
enumerated, but that they have fal-
sified all, made evident by a paper,
on which those truths were written,
which was placed on a table illumi-
nated by a direct influx of light from
heaven, also by touching the Word,
which lay on another table, concern-
ing which, ill. n. 566. Concerning
a leader in the doctrine of faith alone,
who touched the Word placed on a
table, and was thrown into a corner
of the room, and became as it were
dead, ill. n. 566. That the adultery
of the son with the mother corre-
sponds with the falsification of the
truths of the Word by faith alone,
and that this is represented by the
adultery of Reuben with Rilhah his 1
father's concubine, sli. n. 134.

That they who. from confirmation,
are in faith alone, are in the light of
infatuation, which corresponds to
the light which owls and bats see
by, which light in itself is darkness,
ill. n. 566. That evil of life follows
from the falsities of that faith, n. 6<>8.
That it is of the Divine Providence

I of the Lord, that they who have
confirmed themselves in faith alone
falsify truths, lest if they knew holy
truths, they should profane them. n.
6S6, 688. Concerning three hundred
who had confirmed in themselves
faith alone, and ascended into heav-
en, and in their descent were :-een
like dead horses ; because a living
horse sign, the understanding oi the
Word, and a dead horse the under-
standing of the Word destroyed, ill.
n. 611. In what manner the dragon
spirits heal the wounds made by this
tenet, that the works of the law are
not necessary to salvation, which,
nevertheless does not accord with
the Word, n. 576-578. Concerning
those who asserted, that by the
works of the law are meant the
works of the law of the decalogue ;
what reply was made to them from
heaven, n. 578. A pit of the abyss
described, where they are who have
confirmed faith alone, n. 421, 442.

Concerning this tenet of their faith,
that God the Father withdrew His
grace and favor from the human
race, and that therefore reconcilia-
tion and satisfaction were necessary,
but that this is contrary both to
Scripture and reason, ill. n. 484.
Concerning the act of justification
by faith alone, that they make them-
selves as to that act like a statue of
salt, or Lot's wife, ill. n. 484. Con-
cerning the state of justification by
faith alone, and concerning the mys-
teries of it, that the goods of charity
done by man contribute nothing to
salvation, and that hence it follows,
that in such case there is no religion,
/'//. n. 484. Concerning those who
make faith alone the only means of
salvation, and concerning those who
make charity the only means, also
concerning a syncretist, ill. n. 386.
A disquisition among certain spirits,
whether faith is spiritual and rot
charity, or whether charity is spirit-
ual and thence faith, ill. n. 386. A
disquisition concerning faith and
charity, the quality of charity, if to
faith is assigned the first place, and
the quality of faith, if to charity is
assigned the first place ; that in this
latter state, faith is spiritual from
charity, whereas, in the former, faith
is natural and charity also, compared

INDEX.

•with a mountebank walking on the
palms of his hands, ill. n. 655. That
the great city, which is spiritually
called Sodom and Egypt, is where
they are who acknowledge faith alone
as the only means of salvation ; va-
rious things there concerning the
mockery of charity, and concerning
a plenary justification of man from
sins by faith alone, ill. n. 531. Con-
cerning the pastimes of the dragon
in an amphitheatre, that by phan-
tasies they introduced sheep and
lambs, and afterwards lions and
tigers, which tore them to pieces,
/'//. n. 655. Concerning the dragon
spirits, who were desirous to take
by stratagem a certain city, where
charity reigned, asserting, that they
also professed faith and charity,
only with this difference, that they
assign to faith the first place, and to
charity the second ; but in vain ;
concerning which circumstance, ill.
n. 655. That the dragons after-
wards laid siege to that city, but
that they were consumed by fire from
heaven, ill. n. 655. A disquisition
in a council concerning justifying
faith without the works of the law,
and the conclusion therein, that faith
produces good works, as a tree pro-
duces fruit ; also an inquiry, whether
it is so believed at this day by those
who have confirmed themselves in
faith alone, and it was perceived to
be quite the reverse, ill. n. 417. That
from this conclusion the conjunction
of faith with charity has not been
found, ill. n. 417. A temple or
place of worship, in which was seen
a representative image of faith sepa-
rated from charity, described as to
its quality, and that it was afterwards
destroyed, and in the place thereof
was seen the tabernacle, the temple,
and the Lord, ill. n. 936. Concern-
ing the lot of those who have con-
firmed themselves in faith alone ;
that in the spiritual world they are
led to build, but what they build by
day falls down by night, and that
afterwards they are let into hell, ill.
n. 153. Also concerning their lot
and destruction, ill. n. 531.

That they who have confirmed in
themselves faith alone, believe them-
selves to be wise, when nevertheless
they are the foolish virgins n. 433.

That they who, from confirmations,

are in faith alone, believe that the doc-
trine thereof is so fortified, that it can-
not be impugned, n. 581. That they
who have confirmed themselves in
faith alone, are inveterate enemies
against those who oppose that faith,
but especially when they feel among
them the sphere of the Lord, ill.
and s/i. n. 603. That they who are
in faith alone do not think about re-
pentance, n. 450, ill. n. 531. That
the decalogue to them is a blank
table, n. 461. That they who
think themselves free under faith,
and not bondmen under the law,
are bondmen, ill. n. 578. That
they who are in faith alone do
not reflect, neither are willing to re-
flect, upon evils of life in them-
selves, ill. n. 531, 710. That the
tenet concerning faith alone is dam-
nable, sh. n. 838. That they are
the goats, ill. n. 417, 838. That
the church commences from charity,
and ends in faith alone, n. 82.

That they who are in faith alone, will
and teach that the understanding is
to be kept in subjection to all things
of their faith ; but that this tenet is
hurtful, ill. n. 224, 564, 575. That
the understanding is to be kept in
subjection to faith, or that what the
church teaches is to be blindly be-
lieved, is retained from the Roman
Catholic religion, which declares this
tenet, n. 914. That thereby the way
of light from the Lord is obstructed,
insomuch that man can no longer
be enlightened, ill. n. 914.

FAITHFUL (fidelis). That faith-
ful sign, those who are in faith in
the Lord, and that it sign, those who
are in the inmost principles of the
church, n. 744, 821. See Church.

FALSE PROPHET {fsettdo pro-
pheta). See Prophet.

FALSITY (falsum). That falsities
are darkness and thick darkness, n.
no. That there is evil of falsity,
and falsity of evil, n. 379, 382. That
there is falsity proceeding from evil,
and falsity not proceeding from evil,
and that falsity not proceeding from
evil appears before the Lord as truth,
but under different colors, ill. n. 625.
Concerning goodness and falsity to-
gether, n. 97. Concerning the light
of the confirmation of what is false

INDEX.

I 149

together with its quality, /'//. n. 566,
695. See Confirmation.

FAMINE ( fames). See Hunger.

FAT, FATNESS (pinguc, pin-
gnedo). That fat things sign.
heavenly goods and the affections
thereof, and the delights of those
.iffections, sh. n. 782.

F ATHER ( pater). That father sign.
good; and in speaking of the Lord,
Divine good in Him, n. 170, ill. and j
sh. n. 613. That the Lord by
Father meant the Divinity in Him,
ill. n. 150, ill. n. 170. That God
and the Father, also God and Je-
hovah, sign, the Lord with respect
to Divine Truth, and with respect
to Divine Good, n. 21. That the
Lord, as to His Divinity {Divinum
a quo), as well as to His Divine
Human, is called the Father, sh. n.
21, sh. n. 613, sh. n. 839. That the
kingdom of the Father comes, and
that the will of the Father is done
as in heaven, so on earth, when the
Lord is immediately approached, /'//.
and sh. n. 839. See also the Lord.

FEAR, to FEAR (limor, timcrc).
That the fear of God, and to fear
God, sign, the love of God, and to
love God, especially a fear and to
fear to do any thing against Him,
that is, against His precepts, inas-
much as this fear is in all love, ill.
and sh. n. 527, ill. n. 628. What
holy fear is, ill. and sh. n. 56. That
what is introduced from fear does
not remain, n. 164 towards the end.
That the fearful, and to fear, sign.
to be in no faith, sh. n. 891. That
fear sign, a fear of hell and of tor-
ments there, which is with the
wicked, n. 527.

FEED, to, and PASTOR {pascere,
et pastor). That to feed sign, to
teach, and pastor or feeder, one that
teaches. /'//. and sh. n. 383.

FIG-TREE {Jicus). That a fig-tree
sign, natural good, sh. n. 334, ill.
n. 875.

FILTHY (immitndus). See Un-
clean.

FIRE (ignis). That fire sign. Di-
vine Love, /'//. and sh. n. 468. That
in the spiritual world love appears
at a distance as fire, n. 422. That
therefore fire upon the altar of burnt-
offering sign. Divina heavenly love,
and that for that reason it was com-
VOL. III. I

manded that it should burn con-
stantly thereon, and that fire should
be taken therefrom in the censer,
and they should make incense, /'//.
and sh. n. 395. That fire, in an
opposite sense, sign, infernal love,
n. 422, 494. That fire and sulphur
sign, infernal love and concupis-
cences derived from that love, sh. n.
452, 453. That fire sign, hatred,
ill. n. 655 towards the end, 766.
What is sign, by hail mingled with
fire, n. 399. See Hail. That it is
attributed to Jehovah, that He con-
sumes with fhe, ill. and sh. n. 494.
That the truth is testified by fire
from heaven, sh. n. 599. That a
consuming fire from heaven was a
testification that they were in evils
and falsities, sh. n. 599 ; and that they
were in the concupiscence of infernal
love, ill. n. 863. That to be burnt
with fire sign, the punishment of the
profanation of what is sacred or holy,
sh. n. 748, 766.

FIRST-BEGOTTEN (primogeni-
tus). That the Lord is called the
first-begotten from the dead, which
sign, that in His humanity He is
Divine good united to Divine truth,
ill. and sh. n. 17. That first-begot-
ten is spoken of the church ; and
that is the first-begotten, which from
love of the will, through faith of the
understanding, first exists in act or
operation, ill. n. 17. Forasmuch as
the church then first exists with man
when the truth of doctrine conceived
in the internal man is bom in the
external, ill. n. 17.

FIRST-FRUITS ( primitice). That
first-fruits sign, that which first
springs up, and afterwards grows ;
and because in the first is contain rd
all which follows in power, that
hence the first-fruits were holy, ill.
and sh. n. 623. That first-fruits
sign, such things as belong to the
church, ill. and sh. n. 623.

FISH (piscis). That fish sign, sen-
sual affections, which are the ulti-
mate affections of the natural man.
ill. n. 290 towards the end. That
fishes also sign, those who are in
common truths, which are also ulti-
mata of the natural man, sh. n.
405. That fishes also sign, those
who are in external falsities, sh. n.
405.

ii50

INDEX.

FIVE {quinqtie). That five sign.

something and little, sh. n. 427.
FLESH {caro). That it sign, the

good of the Word and of the church,

ill. and sh. n. 832. That flesh sign.

the proprium of man, sh. n. 748.

That to eat the flesh of another

fign. to destroy his selfhood, sh. n.

748.

FLOOD {flumen). See River.

FLY, to {volare). That to fly sign.
to perceive and to instruct, and in
'.peaking of the Lord sign, to fore-
see and to provide, sh. n. 244, also
11. 245, 561, 831. See Wing.

FOOD {cibus). That they who are
in the spiritual world are nourished
by food ; but that food there is of a
spiritual origin, concerning which
various things are related, n. 152.

FOOT {pes). That feet sign, what
is natural, and in speaking of the
Lord, the Divine natural, ill. and sh.
n. 468. That to set the right foot
on the sea, and the left on the earth,
sign, that the Lord has the univer-
sal church under His intuition and
dominion, as well those therein who
are in its externals, as those who
are in its internals, n. 470. That
the footstool of the Lord sign, the
church on the earths, ill. and sh. n.
49, likewise n. 470. That to stand
upon the feet sign, to be reformed
as to the external or natural man,
ill. and sh. n. 510.

FOREHEAD (fr'ons), That fore-
head sign, love, both good and evil,
ill. and sh. n. 347. That the Lord
looks at angels in the forehead, and
that the angels look at the Lord
through the eyes, because they look
from the understanding of truth ;
hence proceeds conjunction, ill. n.
380. That to set a seal upon the
foreheads sign, to separate and dis-
tinguish one from another, according
to the love, n. 347. That written
on the forehead sign, inherent in the
love, n. 729. That name written on
the forehead sign, acknowledgment
from love and faith, n. 613.

FORTY-TWO {quadraginta duo).
That forty- two months sign, com-
plete to the end, when the New
Church begins, ill. and sh. n. 489,

{*<5u NIDATION, to LAY A FOUN-
DATION {fundamentum, fun-

dare). That the founiat'on of the

world sign, the establishment of the
church, sh. n. 489. That the foun-
dations of the wall of the city New
Jerusalem, and in general the foun-
dations of the earth, sign, doctrinals
of the church, ill. and sh. n. 902,
903, 914. That the twelve founda-
tions of the wall of the city New
Jerusalem, which were of twelve
precious stones, sign, all of the doc-
trine of the New Church from the
literal sense of the Word, ill. and
sh. n. 915.

FOUNTAIN (fons). That fountain
and fountains sign, the Lord and
the Word, sh. n. 484, 683.

FOUR ( quatuor). That four has re-
lation to goods, and three to truths ;
and that hence four sign, good and
the conjunction of good and truth,
ill. and sh. n. 322. That a fourth
part sign, all good, n. 322. Wha'
is sign, by the four angels, n. 342.
See Angel. What is sign, by thk
four winds, n. 343. See Wind.

FOUR-SQUARE {quadrat urn).
That four-square and quadrangular
sign, what is just, ill. and sh. n.
905.

FOWL or BIRD {avis). That beasts,
birds, and fishes sign, affections,
perceptions, and thoughts, both in
the good and evil sense, ill. and
sh. n. 405, 831. See Beast and
Fish. That birds sign, such things
as relate to the understanding and
to the thought, and thence in both
senses to counsels, ill. and sh. n.
757. That birds sign, falsities from
hell, also the infernal genii, who are
in these falsities, ill. n. 837.

FRANCE {Gallia). Prophecies con-
cerning the church in the kingdom
of France, n. 740-744. That it
dissents from the Roman Catholic
religion, and that in many things it
coheres with that religion in exter-
nals, but not so much in internals,
ill. n. 740. That they do not ac-
knowledge the pope as head of the
church, like a head which governs a
body, but as highest in rank, n. 742.
That they acknowledge the Word as
holy, according to which we must
live ; also, that Divine power does
not belong to any man, n. 741, 742.
That it is owing to the Lord's Di-
vine Providence, that they have not

INDEX.

yet proceeded farther, lest truths and
falsities might be commixed, n. 741.
That the Lord will convince them by
the Word, that He is to be ap-
proached as to His Human, because
it is Divine, ill. n. 743, 744.

FRANKINCENSE, CENSER
{thus, thuribulum). See Incense.

FREE, FREE-WILL (liberum,
liberum arbitral m). For the doc-
trine of the Reformed concerning
free-will, see their doctrines in what
is premised at n. IX. That free-
men and bondmen sign, those who
know and understand from them-
selves, and those who know and
understand from others, n. 337, 604,
S32.

FROG {rana). That frogs sign, ra-
tiocinations proceeding from cupidi-
ties, because they croak, and are
pruriencies, sh. n. 702.

FRUIT {fructus). That fruits sign.
the goods of love and charity, which
are good works, ill. and sh. n. 934.

FULL {plenum). That full is spoken
of man, in whom are truths and
goods, and empty in whom are falsi-
ties and evils, n. 160.

FURLONG {stadium). That fur-
longs sign, the same as ways, n.
654. That they also sign, the same
as measures, n. 907.

FURNACE (fornax, caminus). That
a furnace is put for its fire, n. 422.
That the smoke of a furnace sign.
falsities of concupiscences proceed-
ing from evil loves, sh. n. 422.

G A B RI EL ( Gabriel). That the angel
Gabriel sign, societies of heaven
where it is taught that Jehovah came
into the world, and that His Human
is the Son of God, n. 548, 564, 707.
See Angel.

GAD ( Gad). That the tribe of Gad
sign, in the highest sense Omnipo-
tence, in the spiritual sense good of
life and uses, and in the natural
sense works, ill. and sh. n. 352.

GALL {/el). See Wormwood.

GARDEN (horius). That a garden
and paradise sign, the wisdom and
intelligence of the man of the church,
sh. n. 90. This illustrated by gar-
dens and paradises in the spiritual

world, where they are who are in

wisdom and intelligence, n. 90, ill.
n. 875.

GARMENT or VESTURE {vestt
tnentum). That garments sign.
truths, because truths invest good,
sh. n. 45, sh. n. 166, 212. That
garment, in speaking of the Ix>rd,
sign, the truths of the Word, sh. n.
166. And that the Lord's vesture
sign, the Word as to Divine Truth,
n. 825, 830. That to be clothed
and to be arrayed in garments, sign.
to be in truths, and to be presented
in truths, n. 671, S14; also to be
conjoined with societies of heaven,
which are in truths, n. 328, 367.
That mantles, robes, and cloaks sign.
truths in common, ill. and sh. n.
328, 367, 378; also religious princi-
ples, n. 378, 379. What is sign.
by a garment down to the foot, in
speaking of the Lord, n. 45. That
a vesture stained with blood, in
speaking of the Lord, sign, violence
offered to the Word, ill. and sh. n.
825.

GARMENT DOWN TO THE
FOOT {talaris). See Garment.

GATE {porta). See Door.

GATHER THE VINTAGE, to
{vindemiare). See Vineyard.

GIFT {donum). That to send gifts
is to be associated through love and
friendship, n. 508.

GI RDLE {eingulum ). That a girdle
or zone sign, a band conjoining
truths and goods of the church, sh.
n. 46, 671.

GLADNESS {Icttitia). See Toy.

GLOBE {orbis). That by globe Is
sign, the church, the same as by
earth, sh. n. 551.

GLORY (gloria). That glory has re-
lation to Divine truth, and honor to
Divine good, sh. n. 249, 921, 923.
That glory has relation to Divine
truth, and that it signifies Divine
truth, ill. and sh. n. 629. That it also
relates to Divine wisdom and Divine
majesty, n. 22. That in proportion
as the angels are in Divine truths, in
the same proportion they are in the
splendor of glory, n. 629. That the
glory of the Lord sign, the Word in
its Divine light, ill. and sh. n. S97.
That to give the Lord glory and honor
sign, to ascribe to Him all truth and
all good, n 249. That to give the

1152

INDEX.

Lord glory sign, to acknowledge
and confess that all Divine truth is
from Him, ill. and sh. n. 629. That
glory originating in pride is in them
who are in the love of self, and that
glory not originating in pride is in
them who are in the love of uses ;
this latter glory is from spiritual
light, but the former from mere
natural light, ill. and sh. n. 940.

GOATS {hirci). That they who are
in faith alone are meant by goats, ill.
n. 8-38. Concerning a herd of goats
and a flock of sheep, and concerning
a council, in which this passage from
Paul was deliberated upon, that man
is justified by faith without the works
of the law, ill. n. 417.

GOD {Dens). See the Lord.

GOG ( Gogus). That Gog and Magog
sign, those who are in external nat-
ural worship, and not in internal
spiritual worship, ill. and sh. n. 859,
860, 862 towards the end, 863 tow-
ards the end.

GOLD (aur?im). That gold sign, the
good of love, sh. n. 9x3, ill. n. 211,
917.

GOOD {bonum). See also Truth.
Concerning the goods of life, which
are also the goods of charity, see
Charity and Works. Concerning
the conjunction of good and truth,
also concerning the conjunction of
evil and false, see Marriage. That
the good of love is formed by the
truths of wisdom, ill. n. 912. That
good is formed by truths, and by a
life conformable to them, n. 832.
That spiritual good with man is ac-
cording to truths, which become of
the love of the will, ill. n. 935. That
truth is the form of good, because it
proceeds from good, n. 907, 908.
That in thought good is not reflected
upon, because it is not seen, but only
felt ; but that truth is reflected upon,
because this is seen therein, ill. n.
908. That good is felt under a species
of delight, and that therefore it may
be evil, ill. n. 908. That man can-
not do good from himself, which in
itself is good, but from the Lord, n.
178. That goods and truths from
the Lord are ; not appropriated to
man, but that they continually re-
main the Lord's with him, /'//. n.

854. That after death goods and
truths are taken away from the evil,
and evils and falsities from the good,
///. and sh. n. 948. Concerning heav-
enly good and truth, and concerning
spiritual good and truth, n. 726. See
also Love and Truth.

GOSPEL (evangelium). Concerning
the law and the gospel, see what is
premised concerning the doctrine of
the Reformed churches. That the
gospel sign, the coming of the Lord
and of his kingdom, and that the
New Church will be established by
Him, and that to declare or preach
the gospel sign, to announce those
things, sh. n. 478, 553, 626.

GRACE {gratia). That it is false,
that God the Father withdrew His
grace, and that therefore He is to be
reconciled, ill. n. 484.

GRAPES {uves). That grapes and
clusters of grapes sign, the goods of
charity, because they are the fruit of
the vine, sh. n. 649.

GRASS {gramen). That giass igtt.
that truth of the church which first
springs up or is born with man, ill.
and sh. n. 401. In like manner
herbs of the field, n. 401. That
green grass sign, that which is alive
with man, and that grass burnt up
sign, that which is dead with him,
ill. n. 401.

GRAVEN IMAGE {sculptile). See
Idol.

GREAT {magnum). That great in
the Word relates to good, and high
to truth, n. 337, 582, 656, 663, 896,
898. That small and great sign, all
in a lesser or greater degree, ill. n.
810, 527, 604, 832 ; also all of what-
ever condition and quality, n. 866.

GREAT MEN {magnates). That
great men sign, those who are in
good, and, in the opposite sense,
those who are in evil, sh. n. 337.

GREEN {viride). That green grass
sign, what is alive, n. 401. That
the natural sphere round about the
Lord appears green like the emerald,
n. 232.

GUILE {dolus). That a lie sign.
falsity and false speaking, and that
guile sign, both from design, because
guile and cunning proposes some-
thing to itself, ill. and sh. n. 624.

INDEX.

HAIL (grando). That hail sign, in-
fernal falsity destroying good and
truth, sh. n. 399, ill. n. 714. That
hail mingled with fire sign, falsity
originating in infernal love, sh. n.
399. Hail of a talent weight sign.
direful and atrocious falsities, ill. n.
714.

HAIR {capillus). That hair sign.
truth in the ultimates, consequently,
the literal sense of the Word, sh.
n. 47.

HAND {mantis). That the works of
a man's hand sign, the things proper
to man, which are evils and falsities ;
and that the works of the hands of
God sign, the things proper to Him,
which are goods and truths, ill. and
sh. n. 457. That communication is
produced by the touch of the hand,
and that therefore the Lord touched
many with His hand, whom He
healed, ill. and sh. n. 55.

HARP {cithara). That harps sign.
confessions of the Lord from spir-
itual good and truths, ill. and sh.
n. 276, 616. That the sound of
harps, and in general the sound
of stringed instruments, correspond
with spiritual affections, n. 792.-
See Music. That the angels do
not play upon haq:>s, but that their
speech and confessions are so heard,
n. 276, 616, 661.

HARVEST {messis). That harvest
sign, the state of the church, and
that to put forth the sickle to the
harvest sign, to make an end of the
perverted church, and to execute
judgment, /'//. n. 643, ill. and sh.
n. 645. The Lord's parable of the
reapers explained, n. 645 towards
the end. n. 647 towards the end.

HEAD {caput). That head sign.
wisdom originating in love, n. 823 ;
also intelligence, sh. n. 538. That
head, when spoken of the Lord, sign.
the Divine love of the Divine wisdom,
n. 47. That head, in the opposite
sense, sign, insanity and folly, sh.
n. 53S. That it sign, imaginary and
visionary notions, n. 451. That the
seven heads of the dragon sign, in-
sanity arising from truths falsified
and profaned, n. 538. In like man-
ner, the seven heads of the beast,
rising up out of the sea, n. 568, 576.

HEAR, to {audire). That to hear
sign, to perceive and to obey, ill.
n. 87, 104, 118. That therefore the
Lord said. He that hath an ear to
hear, let him hear, sh. n. 87.

HEART {cor). That soul sign, the
life of the understanding and faith,
and heart the life of the will and
love, ill. and sh. n. 681. That heart
sign, the good of love and charity,
and that the reins sign, the truths of
wisdom and faith, /'//. and sh. n. 140.

HEAT {calor). That it is spiritual
heat which kindles the will, and
produces love therein, n. 867. That
that heat after death discovers the
affections of every one, n. 867. That
spiritual light, together with spiritual
heat, then discovers the intentions
and endeavors, n. 867. A compari-
son made of charity and faith, with
heat and fight, iU. n. 875 towards
the end.

HEAT of the SUN {a-stus solis). The
heat of the sun sign, concupiscences
of evil, /'//. and sh. n. 382, 691, 692.

HEAVEN {caelum). That the New
Heaven was formed of such Chris-
tians as acknowledged the Divinity
of the Lord in His Humanity, and
His kingdom, and at the same time
had repented of their evil works,
Preface. That this heaven is
formed of those who lived after the
Lord's coming, n. 612, 876. That
this heaven is also distinguished into
three, n. 876. Concerning the higher
and lower parts of this heaven, n. 661,
878. That the one hundred and forty-
four thousand sealed from every tribe
constitute therein as it were the head,
and that a great multitude, which
could not be numbered, constitute as
it were the body, n. 363. That this
heaven is meant by the New Heaven
in John, n. 876. That from this
heaven will descend the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, Pref-
ace. That this New Heaven is
distinct from the ancient heavens,
and that it is under them, and that
they communicate by influx, Pref-
ace, and n. 612, 617, 876. That the
external heaven, which was before
the last judgment, and is signified by
the sea, after they were taken thenca
who were written in the book of life,
was dissolved, /'//. and sh. n. 87S
The first heaven, which passed away

"54

INDEX.

of whom it was composed, n, 330.
That it was permitted those, who
had lived in externals like Christians,
but in internals were devils, to form
to themselves by phantasies, in the
world of spirits, as it were heavens
in great abundance, n. 865, 877.
That these heavens are meant by the
former heaven and the former earth,
which passed away, n. 877. That
these fictitious and imaginary heaA) -
ens, before the last judgment, were
like dark clouds between the sun and
the earth, consequently between tliB
Lord and the men of the church,
n. 804. That therefore these heav-
ens were dispersed, n. 761, 804, 865.
That after the last judgment, it was
not allowed to form to themselves
such heavens, but that then every one
was bound to the society to which he
belonged, n. 791. That hence it
appears, that by the heaven and
earth which John saw perish, is not
meant heaven and earth in the natu-
ral world, but in the spiritual world,
n. 876. That the universal heaven
is as one man, whose soul and life is
the Lord, and that hence the Lord
is heaven, n. 5, 363, 882, 943. That
therefore when the Lord speaks
through heaven, He speaks as the
soul does through the body, n. 882,
943. That when the Lord speaks
through heaven, the angels are igno-
rant thereof, comparatively as the
viscera and muscles of the body are
ignorant thereof when man speaks
and acts, and that nevertheless they
are in connection after a wonderful .
manner, n. 943. That a voice out
of heaven is from the Lord, n. 809.
That the heavens are expanses one I
above another, and that everywhere
there is earth under the feet, n. 260.
That under the earth sign, those who
are in the ultimate heaven, Hi. and
sh. n. 260. That the higher and
lower heavens act as one by influx,
n. 286. That all the heavens ac-
knowledge the Lord to be the God
of heaven and earth, n. 811.

That all the heavens are distin-
guished into two kingdoms, the
heavenly kingdom, and the spiritual
kingdom, concerning which, n. 387,
647, 725, 920. That the heavenly
kingdom of the Lord is His priestly
kingdom, and the spiritual kingdom

is His royal kingdom, ill. n. 85 \.
That the three heavens ate three
degrees of love and wisdom, which
degrees are called heavenly, spiritual,
and natural, n. 49. That all the
heavens are distinguished into innu •
merable societies, and these societies
are according to the varieties of affec-
tions, both in general and in partic-
ular, n. 364. That the highest heaven
is as it were in an ethereal atmosphere,
the middle heaven as it were in an
aerial atmosphere, and the lowest
heaven as it were in a watery atmos-
phere, n. 878, towards the end. That
in the spiritual world there are also
atmospheres, but spiritual, n. 238,
S78. That the angels of the third
heaven are in the good of love from
the Lord to the Lord, and that they
have the truths of wisdom written in
their life, and not in their memory ;
and that they clearly see those truths
inwardly in themselves, when they
hear them : and that they become
angels of the third heaven who do
good works, and adjoin thereto tniths
from the Word, sh. n. 120, 121, 123,
920. That the heavens exist from the
Divine love through the Divine wis-
dom, ill. n. 875. See Love. That
happiness in heaven is according to
the quality of the affection of good
and truth, n. 782. That heaven is
not to be thought of from place, but
from love and wisdom, ill. n. 611.

That the church is as well in the
heavens as on the earth, n. 612.
That the church on earth is the
foundation of heaven, n. 645. That
heaven is like the internal of man,
and the church on earth like his ex-
I ternal, wherefore heaven is first pre-
pared and formed by the Lord, and
from it afterwards the church, in like
manner as the internal of man be-
fore his external, and the lattei by
the former, n. 486. That when the
church on earth is perverted, and no
good remains in it, and consequently
no truth proceeding from good, the
angels of heaven lament, and suppli-
cate for its end, consequently for the
last judgment, and for a new church
in the room of the former, r. 645,
761. That the angels of heaven aie
rejoiced that in the spiritual world
the Babylonians are removed, and
that thus the New Church is at hand,

INDEX.

n. 790. That heaven and hell are
quite distinct, and opposite, because
all things in the heavens ate goods
and truths, and in the hells are evils
and falsities, n. 761.

In what manner an angelic spirit,
after he is prepared, ascends and en-
ters heaven, ill. n. 61/ In what
manner an evil spirit, it he ascends
into heaven, is tormented, /'//. n. 611.
That a voice from heaven is variously
heard below, either as the sound of
waters, or as the sound of thunders,
or as the sound of trumpets, or like
the sound of harps, sh. n. 661. That
a voice from the lowest heaven is
heard sometimes as the noise of a
crowded multitude, a voice from the
middle heaven as the sound of many
waters, and a voice from the highest
heaven as thunder, n. 811. Concern-
ing the habitations of the angels
according to quarters, towards the
east, west, south, and north, n. 90;.
See Ouarters.

HEIGHT {altitiido). That height
sign, the good and truth of the
church in every degree, ill. n. 907.

HELL {infernnm). That the hells
are distinguished into two kingdoms,
the diabolical and the satanical, con-
cerning which, n. 387. That these
hells are called the devil and satan,
for this reason, because all who are
therein are devils and satans, n. 387.
Concerning the hell where they are
who are in the loves of falsity and
thence in the lusts of evil, n. 835.
That hell consists»of perpetual work-
houses or prisons, concerning which,
ill. n. 153. That death and hell
sign, those who in themselves are
devils and satans, ill. and sh. n. 870,
ill. n. 872. That death sigii. ex-
tinction of spiritual life, and hell
damnation thence, n. 321. That the
Lord governs heaven and also hell,
because he who governs the one
must necessarily govern the other,
ill. n. 62. Various things concern-
ing the hell into which they come
who have confirmed themselves in
faith alone, both in doctrine and life,
n. 153. That the heavens and the
hells are, with respect to situation,
opposite, ill. n. 761 . That the delights
of the love of evil are turned into
their opposite undelightfulness in
hell, ill. n. 763. That every one in

hell is tormented by his love and its
concupiscences, n. 864. That the
infernal genii greedily draw in con-
cupiscences and inhale their sphere,
n. 837. That before any one is let
down into hell, goods and truths are
taken away from him, which resided
with him in the external man from
the world, ill. and sh. n. 676. That
from the evil in the world of spirits
good and truths are taken away, that
they may be in evils and falsities,
and that they are disposed into soci-
eties, which, at the proper time, sink
down into hell, ill. and sh. n. 676.
That the more an evil spirit con-
firms himself in falsities and evils,
the more he guards himself from
the influx of heaven, and thus from
being tormented thence, ill. n. 339,
34°-

HERB {herba). See Grass.

HEREDITARY, INHERIT AN'CE
(hercditarium, hercdUas). That no
one has hereditary evil from Adam,
but from his parents, n. 776. That
they who are conjoined to the Lord
are called heirs, n. 890.

FIE RES V {lueresis). Concerning va-
rious heresies, see the doctrines of
the Reformed in what is premised at
n. X.

HILL (collis), n. 336. See Moun-
tain.

HOLY {sanction). Concerning the
Romish saints, see the Romish doc-
trines in what is premised, n. VIII.
Concerning the Romish saints, that
they become infatuated when they
believe that they are saints and to
be invoked, ill. n. 752. That the
Lord only is holy, n. 173, 247, 666,
962. Because He is the Word, Di-
vine truth, and light, n. 173, 790.
And that therefore He alone is to be
worshipped, n. 247. That the Holy
Spirit is Divine truth, and thence
the holy Divine proceeding from the
Lord, and that the Holy Spirit is not
a person nor a God by itself, ill. and
sh. n. 173 towards the end; /"//. and
sh. n. 962. That holy relates to
truths from the Lord, n. 173. That
holy relates to truth, and just to
good, sh. n. 173 towards the end.
That they are called saints or holy,
who are in Divine truths from the
Lord, and live according to them, ill.
and sh. n. (j$6. That the prophets

INDEX.

and apostles are called holy in the
Word, because they represented the
holy things of the Lord, ill. n. 790.

HOLY SUPPER {coena). Concern-
ing the holy supper or the eucharist
amongst the Papists, may be seen
in what is premised concerning their
doctrines, n. II. Concerning the
enormous falsity of the Papists, that
they have divided the bread and wine
in the eucharist, ill. n. 795. Con-
cerning the holy supper amongst the
Reformed, see their doctrines in what
is premised, n. VIII. That the Lord
instituted the holy supper, because
evening, in which suppers take place,
sign, the last state and time of the
church, n. 219, ill. n. 816. That by
the holy supper conjunction is ef-
fected with the Lord, if man does
the work of repentance, and directly
approaches the Lord, ill. n. 224 to-
wards the end, n. 816. That there-
fore it is called the marriage-supper
of the Lamb, n. 816. That the holy
supper is a sacrament of repentance,
and an introduction into heaven,
ill. n. 224, ill. n. 531 towards the
end. That blood in the holy supper
sign, the Divine truth of the Word,
consequently the Lord as to that
truth, ill. and sh. n. 379. In like
manner the wine, n. 316. See Blood
and Wine.

HONOR {honor). That to give the
Lord glory and honor sign, to as-
cribe to Him all truth and all good ;
because glory relates to Divine truth,
and honor to Divine good, sh. n. 249,
921, 923.

HORN {cornu). That hom sign.
power, and, in speaking of the Lord,
omnipotence, sh. n. 270. That ten
horns sign, the power of the Word
from Divine truths, n. 740, 746.

HORSE {equus). That horse sign.
understanding of the Word, ill. and
sh. n. 298. That meditation on the
Word appears like a horse, lively as
man thinks spiritually, but dead as
he thinks materially, ill. n. 611.
That a white horse sign, under-
standing of the truth of the Word,
and also the interior or spiritual sense
of the Word. ill. n. 298, 820, 826.
That horse also sign, understanding
of the Word falsified by reasonings
from self-derived intelligence, sh. n.
298. Tliat a red horse sign, under-

standing of the Word destroyed as

to good, ill. n. 305. That a black
horse sign, understanding of the
Word destroyed as to truth, ill. n.
312. That a pale horse sign, under-
standing of the Word destroyed both
as to good and as to truth, n. 320,
and in what follows. That horse-
men sign, reasonings, n. 447. That
the bridle of a horse sign, that
whereby the understanding is guided
or led, sh. n. 653.

HOST {exercitus). See Army.

HOUR {hora). That an hour is a
full state, and that half an hour is
greatly, n. 389. See Time.

HUNGER, or FAMINE {fames).
That hunger or famine sign, a de-
privation and rejection of knowledges
of truth and good, proceeding from
evils of life, sh. n. 323. That it sign.
ignorance of the knowledges of truth
and good, proceeding from a want
or scarcity thereof in the church,
sh. n. 323. That it sign, a desire
to know and understand truths and
goods, sh. n. 323. That to hunger
sign, a want of good, and to thirst
sign, a want of truth, n. 381.

HUNGER, to {esurire). See Hun-
ger.

HYPOCRITE {hypocrita). Concern-
ing the lot of hypocrites after death,
ill. n. 294.

IDOL (idolum). 'That idols, graven
and molten images, sign, falsities
of worship and religion, ill. and sh.
n. 459. What in particular is sign.
by idols of gold, silver, brass, stone,
and wood, ill. n. 459. That the idols
of the ancients represented falsities
and evils of the doctrine of the church,
n. 601. That idols neither see nor
walk sign, that in falsities of wor-
ship there is nothing of life, ill. a id
sh. n. 460.

IDOLS, things sacrificed tinto {idclo-
thyta). See Sacrifice. -;

IMAGE {imago). That image sign.
the doctrine of the church, concern-
ing which it is treated, and that the
image of the beast sign, the doctrine
of the church perverted, /'//. and sh.
n. 601.

IMMORTALITY {immortal it as).
That man lives immortal after death

INDEX.

from the power of being conjoined
to the Lord by love and faith, ill.
n. 224.

INCENSE [svffitus). That incense
sign, worship'and confession of the
Lord from spiritual goods and truths,
ill. and sh. n. 277, 777. See Altar.
That the smoke of the incense sign.
what is grateful and accepted, n.
394. The reason that incense and
the smoke thereof signified such
things, was from fragrant odor and
its correspondence, sh. n. 278, 394.
Concerning the fragrant spices from
which the incense was prepared, and
concerning their correspondence with
spiritual goods and truths, n. 777.
That propitiations and expiations
were made by incense, ill. and sh.
n. 393. That frankincense sign, the
same as incense, in like manner vials,
and a censer or incense-pan. ill. and
sh. n. 277. That to cast the censer
into the earth sign, influx into the
parts beneath, n. 395.

I N F A N T ( in fans). That all infants
are in heaven, n. 876 towards the
end.

INFLUX [influxus). That the Lord
flows-in and operates from first prin-
ciples through or by ultimates, ill.
n. 31, 798. That there is an imme-
diate influx into the higher and lower
heavens, and that there is a mediate
influx of the higher heavens into the
lower, n. 286. That the Lord by
various degrees of influx disposes,
moderates,"and tempers all things in
the heavens and in the hells, n. 346.
That all things which a man wills
and thinks, enter by influx, or flow-
in, as all things which a man sees,
hears, smells, tastes, and feels ; but
that the former are not perceived by
the senses, because they are spiritual,
;'//. n. 875. The reason whereof is,
because man is a recipient of life,
and not life, and consequently life I
flows-in, /'//. n. S75. That evil spir- |
its cannot sustain the Lord's influx
from heaven, neither His sphere, n.
339, 340. Concerning the influx of
spiritual light and heat, see Light
and Hk m .

INHERITANCE (hecrcditas). See
Hereditary.

INTERNAL and INMOST {in-
ternum et intimum). See EX-
TERNAL.

IRON (ferrum). That iron sign.
truth in the ultimates and conse-
quently truth of faith, n. 913. That
iron and an axe sign, falsity from
one's own intelligence, ill. and sh.
n. S47. What is meant in Daniel
by iron mixed with miry clay, and
mingled with the seed of man, n.
913 towards the end.

ISLE or ISLAND {insula). That
isles or islands sign, the nations
more remote from the worship of
God, but yet which will accede, sh.
n. 34, 336.

ISSACHAR {Issachar). That Issa-
char and his tribe represented, and
thence in the Word signifies, in the
highest sense, the Divine good of
truth and the Divine truth of good,
in the internal or spiritual sense,
heavenly conjugial love of good and
truth, and in the external or natural
sense, remuneration and good of life,
but in the opposite sense, meritorious
good. ill. and sh. n. 358.

IVORY {ebur). That ivory sign.
natural truth, sh. n. 774.

J-

JACOB {Jacob). That Jacob sign.
doctrine of the church, sh. n. 137.
That in his stead in the spiritual
world there appears a man lying in a
bed, the reason thereof, sh. n. 137.

JACVNTH {hyacinthum). That ja-
cynth sign, intelligence from spirit-
ual love, and, in the opposite sense,
knowledge from infernal love, ill.
and sh. n. 450.

JASPER {jaspis). That jasper sign.
the Divine truth of the Word trans-
lucent by virtue of its spiritual sense
in the complex, consequently the
same as precious stones in general,
sh. n. 897, oik. That jasper sign,
truths of the Word in ultimates,
n. 23JL

JERUSALEM {Hkrosolyma). That
Jerusalem sign, the church, ill. and
sh. n. 880, S81. That Jerusalem of
the lews sign, the church destroyed,
which is therefore called Sodom, sh.
n. 8S0. That Jerusalem, which is
treated of in the Apocalypse, sign,
the New Church of the Lord ; the
reason why it is called new, and
holy, and conung down out of

INDEX.

heaven, ill. n. 879. That Jerusalem
as a city sign, the church as to doc-
trine, n. 879. That all things relat-
ing to Jerusalem as a city sign, such
things as relate to the church and its
doctrine, n. 904.

JEW (Judarts). See Judah.

JOHN {Johannes). That by John
the apostle are meant they who are
in the good of life from charity and
its faith, ill. n. 5, 6, 790, ill. n. 879.

JOSEPH (Josephus). That Joseph
and his tribe represented, and thence
in the Word sign., in the highest
sense, the Divine spiritual in the
internal sense, the spiritual kingdom,
and in the external or natural sense,
fructification and multiplication of
truth and good ; and also doctrine
of truth and good of the spiritual
church, ill. and sh. n. 360.

JOY {gaudium). That joy relates to
thu delight of the love of good, of
the heart and of the will ; and glad-
ness to the delight of the love of
truth, of the soul, and of the under-
standing, ill. and sh. n. 507.

JUDAH, JEW {Jehudah, Judeeus).
T .iat Judah and his tribe represented,
and thence in the Word signifies, in
the highest sense, the Lord as to
heavenly love, in the spiritual sense,
the heavenly kingdom of the Lord
and the Word, and in the natural
sense, doctrine of the heavenly church
from the Word, ill. and sh. n. 350.
That Judah and the tribe of Judah
sign, the church, n. 182. That
Judah sign, the heavenly church,
consequently those who are in the
good of love from the Lord, and
that Israel sign, the spiritual church,
consequently those who are in the
truths of doctrine from the Lord,
n. 96, 266. That Judah, in the
opposite sense, sign, diabolical love,
which is the love of self, sh. n. 350.
That the twelve tribes were divided
into two kingdoms, the Jewish and
the Israelitish, and that the latter
represented the spiritual church, and
the former the heavenly church,
n. 350.

JUDGMENT ( judicium). That the
Lord in His Humanity will execute
judgment, sh. n. 273. That never-
theless the Lord will judge no one to
hell, but that the Word judges every
one, n. 821. That the last judgment

was executed on those who were in
the world of spirits, and not upon
those who are in hell, n. 342, 866.
That immediately after death, con-
sequently before the last judgment,
they were judged to hell, who denied
God and the Word, consequently who
had rejected all tilings appertaining
to religion, n. 869. That they are
condemned who have not lived ac-
cording to the precepts of the Word,
and thence could not receive faith in
the Lord, sh. n. 874. That the last
judgment then takes place when the
wicked are so multiplied that the
heavens above cannot be kept in
their state of love and wisdom,
n. 343, 865. That when the church
on earth is destroyed, the angels of
heaven lament, and supplicate the
Lord to make an end thereof, which
is effected by the last judgment, ill.
n. 645, 761. That unless the last
judgment had been accomplished,
the heavens would have suffered,
and the church perished, n. 263.
That by the last judgment all things
are reduced to order in the spiritual
world, and thence . in the natural
world, or in the earths, n. 274. That
before the judgment upon all goods
and truths were taken away from the
evil, and evils and falsities from the
good, ill. and sh. n. 948. Concern-
ing the destruction of Babylon in the
spiritual world by the last judgment,
n. 772.

That the universal judgment was
executed upon those who in external
form appeared as Christians, leading
a moral and civil life like spiritual
men, but who in internal form were
false Christians and infernals, n.
330, 865, 870, 877. That it was
permitted them by arts to form to
themselves imaginary heavens in the
world of spirits, ill. n. 865. That
those imaginary heavens formed by
the Babylonians and the Reformed,
were like dark clouds interposed be-
tween the Lord or heaven and the
men of the church ; that therefore
these heavens were dissipated ; the
reason whereof is, that the holy truths
of the Word for the New Church,
which is the New Jerusalem, could
not be revealed before, ill. n. 804.
That these heavens are meant by the
former heaven which passed awaj,

INDEX.

"59

Apoc. xx. 1, n. 330, 877. That
the Lord, when He came to execute
the judgment, caused the angelic
heavens to approach over them,
whence changes among them were
effected, n. 342, 343. And the inte-
riors of their minds were laid open,
which were infernal, n. 865. That then
the more the spirits had confirmed
themselves in falsities and evils, the
deeper they cast themselves into hell,
by reason of the influx from heaven :
whj :h is signified by saying to the
mountains and the rocks, that they
should fall on them and hide them
from the face of Him that sitteth on
the throne, ///. n. 339, 340. That
judgment has relation to Divine truth,
and justice to Divine good, and that
therefore both are frequently men-
tioned in the Word, principally re-
specting the Lord. sh. n. 668.
JUST, JUSTICE (justus, justifia).
That he is said, to be just, in the
natural sense, who lives according to
civil and moral laws, and in the spir-
itual sense, who lives according to
Divine laws, n. Si 5. That by just
is meant he who is in good of life,
and by unjust he who is in evil of
life, ill. n. 815, 948. That just has
relation to good, and holy to truth,
sh. n. 173 towards the end. That
justice has relation to good, and
judgment to truth, sh. n. 668. In
like manner justice and truth, sh.
n. 668.

JUSTIFICATION (justification
The tenets of the Papists concerning
justification, see the doctrine of the
Papists in what is premised, n. V.
The tenets of the Reformed concern-
ing justification and concerning good
works, see the doctrine of the Re-
formed in what is premised, n. III.

KEY (clan's}. That key sign, the
power of opening and shutting, sh.
n. 62, sh. n. 174, 840. That to have
the keys of hell and death sign, to
be able to save, that is, to bring forth
from hell, and to shut it lest man
should re-enter, n. 62, 1 74. Concern-
ing the kevs of Peter, see Peter.

KILL, to (pccidere). That to kill or
to slay sign, to destroy as to souls,

sh. n. 325. That to kill sign, to
bear intestine hatred, and other sig
nifications. n. 307. That to kill also
sign, to declare for a heretic and to
damn, n. 603. That slain is predi-
cated of those who perish by falsities,
sh. n. 801. That slain is also pred-
icated of those who are rejected
by the wicked, and held in hatred,
sh. n. 325. That slain, in speaking
of the Lord. sign, that He is not
acknowledged, n. 269, sJi. n. 589.
That to pierce the Lord sign, to
destroy the Word by falsities, n. ?f>
That to kill sons sign, to turn truths
into falsities, n. 139.
KING (rex). That the Lord as king
sign. Divine truth, and that from
Divine truth in the Word He is called
king, sh. n. 664. That the Lord
with respect to His Humanity is
called King of kings and Lord of
lords, and that He is called King
from Divine truth, and Lord from
Divine good, and that this also is
meant by kingdom and dominion,
where it treats concerning Him, n.
743. That the spiritual kingdom of
the Lord, where they are who are in
truths of wisdom, is His royal king-
dom, and the heavenly kingdom of
the Lord, where they are who are in
good of love, and is called dominion,
is His priestly kingdom, ill. n. 854.
That the Lord, with respect to His
Divine Humanity, is called King,
Messiah, Christ, Anointed of Jehovah,
Son of God, n. 664. That kings sign.
those who are in truths of wisdom
from the Lord, and priests those who
are in good of love from the Lord,
ill. and sh. n. 20, 854, 921. That
kings sign, those who are in truths
originating in good, and abstractedly
truths originating in good, and in the
opposite sense, those who are in fal-
sities originating in evil, and abstract-
edly falsities originating in evil, n. 20,
664, 704, 720, 830, 921. That kings
sign, those who are in truths origi-
nating in good from the Lord, for
this reason, because the Lord as King
sign. Divine truth, and they are called
sons and heirs, sh. n. 720.
KINGDOM, to REIGN (rcgmm,,
ngnarc). That kingdom sign, the
church, n. 740, /'//. and sh. n. 7 49.
That to reign, when speaking of th»
Lord, sign, to be in His kingdom,

n6o

INDEX.

He in them, and they in Him, ill.
and sh. n. 284. That there are also
in heaven they who reign, but that
nevertheless the Lord reigns in them,
and thus by them, because they pri-
marily regard uses, n. 849. That
the kingdom of the Father then
conies, when the Lord with respect
to His Divine Humanity is imme-
diately approached, ill. and sh. n.
839.

KNOWLEDGE {scientia). That
there are with man knowledges in
great variety, ill. n. 775. See Un-
derstanding.

LABOR {labor). That labor sign.
affliction of soul, and crucifixion of
the flesh, for the sake of the Lord
and of eternal life, sh. n. 640. That
labor also sign, temptations, n.
884.

LAKE {stagnum). That a lake sign.
where there is truth in. abundance,
also where falsity abounds, sh. n.
835. That a lake of fire and sul-
phur sign, hell, where the love of
what is false and the cupidity of the
lust of evil reign, ill. n. 835, 864.

LAMB {agnus). That lamb sign.
the Lord as to the Divine Humanity,
n. 269, 291, and also as to the Word,
n. 273, and as to both, n. 595. That
by God and the Lamb is meant the
Lord as to His divinity from which He
came, and as to His Divine Humanity,
n. 932, 808, gi8.

LAMP {lampas). See Candle-
stick.

LANE (viais). See Street.

LAODICEA {Laodicea). That by
the Laodicean church are meant
those in the church who alternately
believe, and do not believe, and thus
pr:_fane holy things, ill. n. 198, and
in the following.

LAW {lex). Concerning the law and
the gospel, see the doctrines of the
Reformed, premised n. IV. That
by the works of the law mentioned by
Paul in Rom. iii. 28, are meant the
works of the Mosaic law, proper to
the Jews, ill. and sh. n. 417. What
is meant by the law of Moses, sh. n.
662. See Moses.

LEAF {folium). That leaves sign.

rational, natural, and sensual truths,
ill. and sh. n. 936. That leaves of
different trees sign, various truths,
concerning which, n. 936. Concern-
ing terror excited by the agitation of
leaves in the spiritual world, n. 936.

LEFT - HAND {sinistrum). See
Right-Hand.

LENGTH {longiUido). See Breadth

LEOPARD ( pardns). That leopard
sign, the lust of falsifying the truths
of the Word, and thence heresies
destructive of the church, ill. and
sh. n. 572.

LEPROSY {lepra). That leprosy
sign, profanation of the Word, and
that the Jews who profaned the
Word were infected with leprosies,
n. 678 at the end.

LEVI {Levi). That Levi and his
tribe represented and thence sign, in
the highest sense love and mercy, in
the spiritual sense charity in act,
which is good of life, in the natural
sense consociation and conjunction,
n. 357. That Levi sign, the affec-
tion of truth originating in good, and
consequent intelligence, ill. and sh.
n- 357-

LIE, LIAR {77iendacium, mendax).
That a lie sign, falsity of doctrine,
and also false speaking, and that^
guile sign, both as grounded in de-*
sign, ill. and sh. n. 624, sh. n. 924.
That a liar sign, the same as a lie, n.
79 towards the end.

LIFE, and to LIVE {vita, vivere).
That Jehovah is alone life, and that
therefore He calls Himself alive and
living, sh. n. 58. That the Lord as
to His Divine Humanity is also life
in Himself, sh. n. 58, ill. n. 961.
That the Lord is life eternal, because
life eternal is in Him and thence
from Him, sh. n. 60. That man is
not life in himself, but a recipient of
life, ill. n. 875, ill. n. 961. That
man lives immortal after death, from
the power of being conjoined to the
Lord through love and faith, ill. n.
224.

LIGHT {lux). That the Lord is the
light, which illuminates the under-
standing of angels and men, and
that that light proceeds from the
sun of the spiritual world, in which
He dwells, /'//. and sh. n. 796. That
the light of heaven is Divine truth,
and that by that light falsities are

INDEX.

1 161

discovered, also the thoughts of
every one, and that this light is a
spiritual light, n. 754, 867, 922.
That the light of the sun, or the light
of the day, sign, the spiritual truth
of the Word, and that the light of the
moon or the light of the niaht sign.
the natural truth of the Word, sh. n.
414. A comparison made between
charity and faith, and heat and light,
ill. n. 875 towards the end. Con-
cerning glory arising from spiritual
light, and concerning glory arising
from natural light, ill. n. 940. That
the light of infatuation is the light of
the confirmation of falsity, which
light is similar to that in which owls
and bats see, ill. n. 566, 695.
LIGHT, or LAMP (hiccrna). See

Candlestick.
LIGHTX I XG (fulgur). That light-
nings, thunderings, and voices sign.
illumination, perception, and in-
struction, ill. and sh. n. 236. That
they also sign, confirmations, reason-
ings, and argumentations in favor of
falsities, n. 396.
LIXEX {linum). That linen sign.
truth, and in an eminent sense Di-
vine truth, sh. n. 671.
LIXEX (byssus), LIXEX CLOTH
(byssimon). That linen and fine
linen sign, genuine truth, sh. n. 814,
826. That cotton {xylinum) sign.
the same, sh. n. 814, 815.
LIOX {ho). That lion sign, the
power of truth, ill. and sh. n. 241.
That a lion, in speaking of the Lord,
sign, the Divine Truth of the Word
as to power, sh. n. 241. In like
manner one of the cherubim, who
appeared like a lion, n. 241. That
the lion has prevailed, sign, that the
Lord has conquered the hells, n.
265. That to roar like a lion, when
speaking of the Lord, sign, grievous
lamentation that the church is taken
from Him by the hells, /'//. and sh.
n. 471.

LIVE to (vizrrc). See Life.

LOCUST {loensta). That locusts
sign, falsities in extremes, of a qual-
ity appertaining to them who are
called sensual men, ill. and sh. n.
424, 430. That locusts also sign.
pigmies, sh. n. 424.

LOINS \lumbi). That loins and
thighs sign, conjugial love, and in
general, love, and in speaking of

the Lord, Divine love, r/i. n. 830.
That this is from correspondence,

n. S^o.

The LORD and GOD {Dominus ei
Dens). The doctrine concerning
God and Christ the Lord, among the
Reformed, see their doctrinals in
what is premised, n. I. II. That
upon a just idea of God is founded
the whole heaven, and the whole
church, and all things of religion,
because thereby conjunction is ef-
fected with God, and by conjunction
heaven and eternal life, Pref. and n.
469. That the Divine Esse is a
Divine Esse in itself, and that it is
one, the same, itself, and indivisible,
and that the Divine Esse is God, ill.
n. 961. That an invisible God can-
not be approached, neither God as ?
spirit, if by spirit is understood air,
but that God is visible, in order thai
there may be conjunction, ill. n
224. That there is not any church
except one God be acknowledged, in
whom is a trinity, n. 476. That onr
God does not exist, except in one
person, ill. n. 490. That the angels
cannot utter the word gods, and thai
if they were willing, the expression
of itself would terminate in one, yea
into the only God. ill. n. 961. That
God is to be thought of from essence
to person, and not from person tc
essence, and that they who think
concerning God from person, make
God three, but they who think from
essence make God one, ill. n. 611
That they also make God one, who
think concerning God from the at-
tributes of the Divine essence, also
from the proceeding attributes, which
are creation, preservation, salvation,
and redemption, illumination and
instruction, ill. n. 611, /'//. n. 961.
That they who are in faith alone,
make God three, principally in the
customary prayer of their faith, that
they pray to God the Father that lie
would have mercy for the sake of the
Son, and send the Holv Spirit, ill.
n. 61 t, 61S, 537. That by God and
the Father is meant the Lord as tc
Divine truth and as to Divine good,
or as to Divine wisdom and as to
Divine love, n. 21, 103. That the Lord
from eternity is Jehovah the Father,
sh. n. 291. That the Lord is the
Father, sh. n. 21. That the Lord

Il62

INDEX.

and God the Father are one, ill. n.
693. That the Divine which is
called the Father, and the Divine
which is call jd the Son, are one, like
soul and body, and that therefore
together they are the Father, ill. and
sh. n. 613, 743, ill. and sh. n. 839,
ill. n. 962. That therefore the Lord
is often called Jehovah the Redeem-
er, and Jehovah our justice, sh. n.
613, ill. and sh. n. 962. That the
Lord from the essential Divinity (ex
divino a quo), through the Divine
Humanity, is the Saviour, n. 368,
ill. and sh. n. 961. That Jehovah
came into the world, and took upon
Him humanity, in order to redeem
and save mankind, wherefore also
Jehovah is called the Redeemer, sh.
n. 281, ill. and sh. n. 962. That the
Lord united the Humanity to the
Divinity which was in Himself, and
is called the Father, in order that
angels and men might be united
to God the Father in Him and
through Him, sh. n. 222. That the
Lord came into the world, to unite
mankind to God the Father in Him
and through Him. sh. n. 618, sh. n.
883. That God the Father cannot
be approached, except by Christ and
through Him, ill. n. 484. That men
at this day approach God the Father,
from an idea of the humanity of
Christ, as the son of Mary, and thus
as a common man, and not as the
Son of God. and consequently God,
n. 504. That the Alpha and the
Omega, the Beginning and the End,
sign, the Lord, sh. n. 29 ; that they
sign, that He is the self-subsist-
ing and only-subsisting from firsts to
lasts, from whom all things proceed,
therefore who is love itself and the
only love, wisdom itself and the
only wisdom, life itself and the only
life in Himself, and thus the Creator
Himself and the only Creator, Sav-
iour, and Illuminator from Himself,
and consequently the all in all of
heaven and the church, n. 29, 38,
92, ill. n. 962. That they sign, that
all things are made, governed, and
done by Him, n. 888. Who is, who
was, and who is to come, sign, that
the Lord is eternal, infinite, and
Jehovah, sh. n. 13, 57, 522. Who
is, who was, and holy, sign, that the
Lord is ard was the Word, n. 686.

That He is the first and the last,
sign, that the Lord is the only God,
n. 92. That Jehovah in the New
Testament is called the Lord, n.
193. That the Lord is the Ancient
of Days mentioned in Daniel, sh. n.
291. That the Messiah is Christ,
and that He is the Son of God, sh.
n. 520.

That the Lord alone is the God
of heaven and earth, sh. n. 42, sh. n.
888. That all the heavens acknowl-
edge that the Lord is the God of
heaven and earth, ill. n. 811. A
conversation of the Engl.sh clergy
with their former king concerning
the Lord, that He is the God of
heaven and earth, ill. n. 341, ill. n.
716. Because all things of the
Father are His, and that no one can
come to the Father but by Him, and
that therefore He is the God of
heaven and earth, sh. n. 618. That
to the Lord belongs all power in
heaven and earth, sh. n. 613, sh. n.
743, 752. That the Lord governs
all things from Himself from firsts
by ultimates, ill. n. 31. That the
Lord came into the world, and took
upon Him a Humanity, that He
might be at the same time in ulti-
mates and in first principles, and
thus might save men, because the
influx and the operation of the Lord
is from firsts through or by ultimates,
n. 798. That the Lord from Him-
self knows all things, ill. n. 262.
That the Lord is omnipotent, sh. n.
811. That all things in the Apora-*
lypse relate to the acknowledgment,
that the Lord is the God of heaven
and earth, and to a life according to
His commandments, n. 903, 957.
That the kingdom of the Father
comes, when the Lord is immediately
approached, sh. n. 839. That the
Lord governs heaven and hell, for-
asmuch as He who governs the one
must govern the other, ill. n. 62.
That they who have confirmed in
themselves a trinity of persons, can-
not receive, that the Lord is the one
God, who is the God of heaven and
earth, notwithstanding they had read
it frequently in the Word, which is
sh. n. 618. That the mystic union,
which is also called the hypostatic
union, is a figment respecting the
influx of the Divinity of rhe

INDEX.

Lord into His Humanity, ill. n.
565. The universal of faith concern-
ing the Lord, and concerning salva-
tion by Him, n. 67. That they are
saved \\\\o believe in the Lord, sh.
n. 553. That they are condemned
who do not believe in Him, nor live
according to His commandments, n.
874. That the Lord is in man ac-
cording to man's reception, from
faith and from a life according to His
commandments, ill. n. 949. That
acknowledgment of the Lord caufc.es
His presence, and that affection |
which is of love causes conjunction
with Him, /'//. n. 937. That the
Lord with respect to His Divine
Human is to be approached, because
in this He is visible, and because the
Father and He are one, like soul
and body ; that hence it may appear, |
that when He is approached as to !
His Divine Human, which is the j
body, He is approached as to the
Divinity {divinum a quo), which is
the soul, consequently the Father,
ill. n. 341, 743, ;'//. n. 962. That no
one can be conjoined to the Lord,
except he immediately approaches
Him, because the aspect, which is of
the understanding derived from the
affection which is of the will, con-
joins, n. 933. That the Human of
the Lord is Divine, and that it ought
to be approached, ill. and sh. n.
962. That the marriage of the
church with the Lord is with His
Divine Human, and that then the
marriage is full, ///. and*?//, n. 812.
That therefore the New Church is
called the Bride, and the Lamb's
Wife, sh. n. 813. That the will of
the Father is done as in heaven so in
earth, when the Lord is approached
as to His Divine Humanity, sh. n.
839. That the New Church is
formed of those who approach the
Lord only, and perform the work of
repentance from evil works, itl. and
sh. n. 69-72. That conjunction is
-with the Divine Human of the Lord,
and that such is the nature of the
conjunction, that they are in the
Lord and the Lord in them, sh. n.
8S3. That conjunction is effected
by truths of the Word, and by a life
conformable to them. n. 883. That
the Lord cannot be conjoined to any
one who is in evil, wherefore man

must first do the work of repentance,
*'//. n. 937. That the Lord only can
teach and lead all ; because He is
God, and because heaven and the
church are as one man, whose soul
and life is the Lord, n. 383. That
the Lord only is to be invoked and
worshipped, and not any angel, /'//.
n. 818, 946. That the Lord only is
justice, and that He only is merit,
n. 86. That the Lord is called sal-
vation, sh. n. 36S. That in the
Lord are the heavenly Divine, the
spiritual Divine, and the natural
Divine principles ; that therefore
these three degrees of love and wis-
dom are in the three heavens, and
also in man, from creation, ill. n.
49. That the Lord is in the heav-
enly Divine principle with the angels
of the third heaven, in the spiritual
Divine with the angels of the second
heaven, and in the natural Divine
with the angels of the lowest heaven,
and with men on earth ; and that
nevertheless He is not divided, be-
cause He is present with every one
according to his quality, n. 466.

That they who do not approach
the Lord cannot understand thr
Word, ill. n. 42, ill. n. 566. 95S.
That the Lord is the Book of Life,
which is the Word, n. 958. That
the Lord is called the Son of God as
to His Divine Humanity, and the
Son of Man as to the Word, n. 44.
That the Lord is called the Lamb as
to the Divine Human, and also as to
the Word, moreover Christ, n. 6,
15, 269, 273, 291, 595. That the
Lord is the Word, and all things
thereof, ill. n. 819, S20. That in
the Word 01 both Testaments the
Lord alone is treated of, and that
hence it may appear that the Lord is
the Word, ill. and sh. n. 478, 820.
That the Lord fulfilled all things oi
the Word in the natural, spiritual,
and heavenly senses, /'//. n. 820.
That because they do not imme-
diately approach the Lord, they can-
not be in spiritual light, and :hat in
spiritual things they think sensual Iv,
/'//. n. 841. That the knowledge
and acknowledgment of the Lord
conjoin all the knowledges of good
and truth, or spiritual truths, in one,
ill. n. 916. That the coming of the
Lord is His coming in the Woid,

1164

INDEX.

and that this is signified by his com-
ing in the clouds of heaven, ill. n.
820, 944. See Clouds. That by
lights from the heavens were seen
the tabernacle, and afterwards the
temple, and, lastly, in the place
thereof, the Lord alone standing on
the foundation-stone, which was the
Word, ill. n. 926.

That to the Son of man belongs the
kingdom, sh. n. 291. That He is called
King, whence, sh. n. 664 ; see King.
That the Lord in His Divine Hu-
man reigns over all, sh. n. 520. That
the heavenly kingdom is the priestly
kingdom of the Lord, and the spirit-
ual kingdom His royal kingdom, ill.
n. 854. What is meant by reigning
with the Lord, n. 284 ; see King-
dom. That the Lord is heaven, n.
943 ; see Heaven. That they who
are in the Lord, and the Lord in
them, whatsoever they will and ask
they obtain, because they will and
ask from the Lord, ill. and sh. n.
951. That the Lord appears above
the heavens in a sun, because no
one can sustain His presence, such
as it is in itself, and that He is pres-
ent with every one by veilings and cov-
erings, sh. n. 54, 465. That because
the Lord is love itself and wisdom it-
self, and these are not in place, He is
omnipresent, ill. n. 961. That man
cannot see the Lord such as He is in
Himself, and live ; that therefore He
presents Himself to be seen in the
heavens by angels, whom He fills with
His majesty, ///. n. 938. That the
truths of the Word are minors, or
glasses, by which also He makes Him-
self to be seen, ill. n. 938. That the
Lord from the sun looks at the
angels in the forehead, and so turns
them to Himself, and in like manner
men as to their spirit ; and that
angels and men look at the Lord
through the eyes, ill. n. 938, 280.
That the angels continually behold
the Lord as a sun, and continually
have Him before their eyes, and this
in every turn of their face and body,
which is wonderful, n. 938. That
the Lord in the Word is meant by
angel, n. 465 ; see A xgel. That
whatever flows-in, orciers by influx,
from the Lord with man, remains of
the Lord with Him, and never be-
comes of man, n. 758. That the

Lord does not enter by influx Into
the proprium of man, but that He
exquisitely separates what apper-
tains to Him from their selfhood, n.
758. Concerning the Lord's speak-
ing through heaven with man, n. 943.
That the Lord speaks from Divine
Love through Divine Wisdom, be-
cause from the third heaven through
the second, n. 615. What is meant
by the name of the Lord, sh. n.
618; see Name. That the Lord
from His Divine Human will exe-
cute judgment, sh. n. 273. That by
the birth of the Lord from eternity,
is meant His birth foreseen from
eternity, and provided for in time,
ill. n. 961. That the Lord glorified
His Human, that is, made it Divine,
as the Lord regenerates man, and
makes him spiritual, ill. n. 193.
That the Lord alone bore the evils
and falsities of the church, and all
the violence offered to the Word,
sh. n. 829 ; and that this was effected
by combats against the hells, and
that thus He became the Saviour and
Redeemer, n. 829. That the Lord
permitted the Jews to treat Him as
they treated the Word, n. 410.
That they who are in faith alone,
and pray from their form of faith,
cannot do otherwise than make God
three, and the Lord two, ill. n. 537,
ill. n. 611. That they who deny the
Divinity of the Lord in His Human,
act almost in unity with the Socin-
ians and Arians, n. 571. That the
New Church cannot be established,
and thus the Lord acknowledged as
the God of heaven and earth, before
they who are meant by the dragon,
the beast, and the false prophet, are
removed, sh. n. 473. That scarce
any one in the spiritual world, from
acknowledgment in thought, could
pronounce or utter One God, nor
Jesus, neither Divine Human with re-
spect to the Lord, although it was con-
firmed to many by the Word, ill. n.
294.

LOVE (amor). That there is heav-
enly love, in which are the angels
who are in the Lord's heavenly king-
dom, and that there is spiritual love,
in which are the angels who are in
the Lord's spiritual kingdom ; con-
cerning which two kingdoms, and
concerning the loves there, n. 120,

INDEX.

121, 123, 387, 647, 725, 854, 920.

That love in the heavenly kingdom
is love to the Lord, and a love of
doing uses from the Lord, which
love is there called mutual love, n.
353. That spiritual love is love to-
wards our neighbor, which is called
charity, n. 128. That spiritual love
derives its essence from heavenly
love, n. 395. That it is love from
which wisdom is derived, ill. n. 875.
That the heavens exist from Divine
love through Divine wisdom, ill. n.
S75. That love and wisdom are
not any thing unless they are in use,
ill. n. 875. That love and wisdom,
when they are in the endeavor of
the will to use. are notwithstanding
in act and exist, ill. n. 875. That
all after death become affections of
their ruling love, n. 756. That they
come to heaven who are affections of
heavenly love and of spiritual love,
consequently, who are affections of
the love of good and truth, n. 756.
That happiness in heaven is accord-
ing to the quality of the affection of
good and truth, n. 782. That heaven
is regulated, and also the church
before the Lord, according to affec-
tions which are of love, n. 90S at
the end. That all things of the New
Church will be from the good of
love, /'//. n. 907, 908, 912, 917.
That knowledge which is of thought
in the spiritual world occasions pres-
ence, and that affection which is of
love occasions conjunction there, ill.
n. 937. That according to the con-
junction, love will be reciprocal, /'//.
n. 937. That Divine love and Di-
vine wisdom are not in place, but
with man according to reception, ill.
n. 796. That hence charity and faith
are not in place, but with those who
are in place, according to reception,
ill. n. 949, 961. That the good of
love is formed by truths of wisdom,
/'//. n. 912. That there does not ex-
ist a grain of true, living, and spirit-
ual faith, except so far as it is derived
from spiritual love, which is charity,
/// n. 90S. That in the world they
do not attend to the affections, but
to the thoughts, the reason thereof,
n. 756. That self-love, especially the 1
love of exercibing dominion grounded
in self-love, is infernal, n. 691, 729.
That the love of exercising domin-

ion, originating in self-love, is the
devil, and that hence the pride of
one's own intelligence is Satan, n.
453. That the love of dominion,
originating in self-love, and hence
the pride of one's own intelligence,
are the heads of all infernal loves,
and that this is unknown in the
world, the reason thereof, n. 502.
But the love of dominion from the
love of uses is heavenly, and that
they are in this love who reign in
heaven, n. 502, S49. That when
the love of dominion originating ir
self-love, and the pride of one's
own intelligence, constitute the head,
then the love of uses, which is heav-
enly love, constitutes the feet, and
the soles of the feet ; and on the
contrary, n. 502. That heavenly
and spiritual love torment and ex-
cruciate those who are in self-love,
and in the pride of one's own intel-
ligence, when they flow in, n. 691.
Self-love described as to its delight,
and that this love immerses the mind
of man in his proprium, which is
mere evil, and that consequently it
draws it away from God, whence man
becomes a worshipper of nature, n.
692 ; and he becomes sensual corpo-
real, n. 692. That the delights of
the love of self and of the world,
which in the world are felt as delight-
ful in the highest degree, are changed
into opposite infelicities in hell, /'//.
n. 763. That after death they come
to hell who are in the affections of
the love of evil, which arfections are
concupiscences, n. 756. That every
love is felt under some species of
delight, and that therefore unless
man knew what evil was, he might
feel evil as good, and thence by fal-
sities confirm it, from which man
perishes, ill. n. 531, 90S.
LOWER EARTH {terra inferior).

See Spiritual World.
LUKEWARM {tcfuius). Concern-
ing the lukewarm, n. 202, 204. See
Profanation.

If.

MAGOG (Afagogus). See Gog.
MAN (homo). That man sign, intel-
ligence and wisdom, /'//. and sh. n.
243. That man in the complex sign.
the church, ill. n. 910. That joii

Ii66

INDEX.

of man. sign, the doctrine of truth
belonging to the church, and when
speaking of the Lord. sign, the Word,
n. 910. That man is a man after
death, and that then he is the affec-
tion which is of his iove, n. 558.
Concerning the consociation of man
with spirits and angels, ill. n. 943.
That man communicates immedi-
ately with those who are in the world
of spirits, but mediately with those
who are in heaven or hell, n. 552 at
the end, 558. That man does not
know any thing of the spirits with
whom he is, nor spirits of man, the
reason thereof, ill. n. 943.
MAN ASSES (Menasche). That Ma-
nasses sign, the voluntary principle
of the church, and Ephraim its intel-
lectual principle ; that Manasses sign.
the voluntary principle, ill. and sh.
355-

MANNA That manna sign.

the good of heavenly love conjoined
to wisdom, and, in the highest sense,
the Lord, sh. n. 120.

MANTLES (togee). See Gar-
ments.

MARK {character). That it is an
acknowledgment and a confession,
n. 605. That to receive a mark on
the right hand and on the forehead
sign, to acknowledge from faith and
love, n. 605.

MARK to (signare). See Sign.

MARRIAGE {conjiiginm). That the
conjunction of the Lord and the
Church in the Word is called a mar-
riage, n. 359, 380. That for this
reason the Lord is called the Bride-
groom and Husband, and the church
the Bride and the Wife, ill. and sh.
n. 797, sh. n. 813. That therefore
in the Word it is called a marriage
or nuptials, sh. n. 812. That the
marriage of the Church is with the
Divine Human of the Lord, ill. and
sh. n. 812. That then there is a
full marriage when the Lord is ap-
proached as to His Divine Human,
sh. n. 812. That the Word is the
medium of conjunction, or of the mar-
riage of the Church with the Lord,
n. 881. That the marriage of the
Lord and the Church is also the mar-
riage of good and truth, n. 359, 380.
That the Lord flows-in, or enters by
influx, from the good of love into
truths with angels and men, and thus

conjoins them to himself, n. 359, 380.
That good conjoins truth to itself,
especially heavenly good, concerning
which, n. 121. The affection and
thence the desire of conjunction of
good and truth is described by com-
parisons, n. 122, 130. That the mar-
riage of good and truth is the mar-
riage of love and wisdom, also of
charity and faith, n. 97, ill. n. 875.
That good is the esse of a thing,
and that truth is the existere of a
thing thence, n. 97. That good is
according to the quality of the truths
by which it exists, and that these
truths are conjoined to good, n. 97.
See Good and Truth. Good with-
out truths described, n. 122, 130.
That where there are falsities there
is no good, except spurious, or meri-
torious, or pharisaical good, by ex-
amples, ill. n. 97. That in all the
particulars of the Word there is a
marriage of good and truth, and that
there are words therein which have
relation to good, and words which
have relation to truth, ill. n. 373,
483. 689. See the Word.

MARTYR [martyr). That martyr
sign, confession of the truth, in like
manner witness, n. 112. That to
martyrs in heaven are given crowns,
ill. n.. 103. See Crowns.

MASSES {missce). The tenets of the
Papists concerning masses, see their
doctrines in what is premised at
n. III.

MEASURE, to MEASURE (men-
sttra, metiri). That to measure
sign, to know and scrutinize the
quality or state of a thing, ill. and
sh. n. 486 ; in like manner at n. 904.
That measure sign, the quality or
state of a thing, ill. and sh. n. 486,
910. That measures, balances, and
scales sign, estimation of a thing as
to its quality, sh. n. 313, 315.

MERCHANDISE, to (mercari). See
To Trade.

MERIT (7neritum). That the Lord
only is justice, and that He only is
merit, n. 86. That they who give
faith the preference place merit in
works, but not they who give charity
the preference, ill. n. 86. That good
and truth from the Lord are not ap-
propriated to man, but that they are
continually of the Lord ; wherefore
no one can say that he merits, ill. n.

INDEX.

854. That the Divine of the Lord
is not conjoined with the proprium
of man, but that it is exquisitely
separated by the Lord, and that
the Divine continually remains the
Lord's and never becomes man's,
n. 758. That the Babylonians have
transcribed the merit and righteous-
ness of the Lord unto themselves,
n. 758.

M ETALS {mctallum). That all met-
als are correspondences, and that
therefore they are in the spiritual
world, n. 775. That they corre-
spond to good and truth, /'//. n. 913.
That therefore metals in the Word,
as gold, silver, brass, iron, sign.
such things as are of the church,
with respect to good and truth, ill.
n. 2H, 775.

METAPHYSICS {meta/hysica).
Concerning a metaphysician among
the dragonists, who was desirous to
cast out the inhabitants of a certain
city, because he knew how to conceal
things under forms, ill. n. 655.

MICHAEL ( Michael). What is sign .
by Michael the angel, n. 548. See
Angel.

vIIDST {medium). That in the midst
sign, in the inmost, and thence in
all things around, ill. and sh. n. 44,
933-

MIGHTY {fortis). That the mighty
or powerful sign, those who are in
erudition, n. 337, 832.

MILITARY SERVICE {militia).
See War.

MILL {mola). That a mill sign, in-
quiry, search into, and confirmation
of truth out of the Word, n. 791, ill.
and sh. n. 794. What is sigh, by
being cast as a millstone into the
sea, n. 791.

MINISTER ( minister). That he is
called a servant who is in truths,
consequently he who serves, and
that he is called a minister who is in
goods, consequently he who minis-
ters, sh. n. 128, 937. That hence
ministry is operation, n. 128.

M I R A CLE {miracttlum), That*igns,
by which are meant miracles, sign.
testifications that truth is false, and,
in the opposite sense, that false is
truth, ;'//. and sh. n. 598, 704, 834.
That the sign of fire coming down
from heaven sign, attestation that it
is truth although it is false, sh. n.

599, 600. What is further signified

by sign, see Sign.
MISERABLE {miser). What is sign.

by miserable and poor, see Poor.
MIX to [miseere). That wine mixed

sign, truth falsified, sh. n. 635.
MONTH {mensis). That a~ month

sign, a full or plenary state, sh. n.

4S9 at the end. That it sign, rrun's

state of life as to truth, ill. and sh.

n. 935.

MON UMENT {sepidchrnm). See To
Bury.

MOON {Inna). Tie moon sign, the
truth of faith grounded in the good
of charity, n. 53, 332. That it sign.
intelligence and faith, and is spoken
of the church, n. 413, 533. That
moon, in an opposite sense, sign.
one's own intelligence, and faith
grounded in man's self, sh. n. 919.
That the sun, moon, and stars being
darkened, sign, that the goods of
love and the truths of faith are no
longer seen in the church, neither
are the knowledges of good and
truth known : passages adduced from
the Word, where it is so expressed,
n. 413.

MORAL {moralis). Concerning moral
spiritual life and concerning moral
life merely natural, ill. n. 386, 450.

MORNING {mane). That morning
sign, the coming of the Lord, and
then the New Church, sh. n. 151.
That thence the Lord is called the
morning-star, n. 1 5 1 , 954. See Sta r.
That morning sign, the commence-
ment of a new church, and evening
the end of the former church, sh. n.
151.

MOSES {Moses). That by the law
of Moses are meant all things which
are written in his five books, /'//. n.
417, sh. n. 662. That the like things
are meant by Moses himself, sh. n.
662,417-

MOUNTAIN {mons). That a moun-
tain sign, heavenly love, which is
love to the Lord, and that hill sign.
spiritual love, which is love towards
our neighbor ; the reason is, because
they who are in heavenly love dwell
in the spiritual world upon moun-
tains, and they who are in spiritual
love upon hills, ill. and sh. n. 336.
That a great and high mountain
Sign, the third heaven, ill. n. 896.
That the mount of Olives, near Je-

n68

INDEX.

rusalem, sign, the Divine love of the
Lord, and that the Lord often abode
there, sh. n. 336, ill. and sh. n. 493.
That mountains and hills, in an op-
posite sense, sign, the love of self
and the world, sh. n. 336. That
mountain sign, love of evil, and rock
faith of false, n. 339. That seven
mountains sign, the Divine goods
of the Word and of the church pro-
faned, and .that by the seven moun-
tains may also be understood Rome,
»• 737-

MOUTII FROM THE MOUTH
(os oris). That mouth sign, doc-
trine, preaching, and discourse, n.
574 ; and also reasoning, n. 574.
That out of the mouth sign, out of
the thought and discourse, n. 452.

MULTITUDE {turba). That a
great multitude sign, those who are
in the inferior heavens, also those
who are in the externals of the
church, n. 363, 803.

MUSIC {musica). That the sound
of musical instruments corresponds
to affections, the sound of string-
instruments to affections of spirit-
ual love, consequently which are of
truth ; but the sound of wind in-
struments, which are continuous, to
affections of heavenly love, conse-
quently which are of good, ill. n.
792. That confessions and celebra-
tions of the Lord were formerly made
by songs accompanied with various
instruments of music, according to
the correspondence of the sound to
the affections, n. 276.

MYRIAD {myrias). See Ten Thou-
sand.

NAKED, NAKEDNESS {nudus,
nuditas). That nakedness sign, in-
nocence, also ignorance of good and
truth, sh. n. 213 at the end. That
to walk naked sign, to live without
truths, n. 706. That nakedness and
the shame of nakedness sign, the
evil, filthy, and profane love in which
man is bom, ill. and sh. n. 213, 706.
What is sign, by to make desolate
and naked, n. 747.

s'AME {nomen). That by all names
of places and persons in the Word
are meant things. That name sign.
the quality of any one, ill. n. 165, 824.

That by the name of God is stgti. all
by which God is worshipped, the all
of doctrine, and universally the all of
religion, ill. and sh. n. 81, 180,
That to write in or upon any one the
name of God, sign, to inscribe Divine
truth so that it may be in him, n. 194,
That the name of God sign, the qual-
ity of worship, n. 81, ill. That th«
name of Jehovah and the Father
'sign, the Divine Humanity of the
Lord, and the Word, also all by which
He is worshipped, sh. n. 81, sh. n.
5S4, ill. and sh. n. 839. That the
name of the Lord sign, the Lord as
to His Divine Humanity, ill. and sh.
n 839. What is further sign, by the
name of the Lord, sh. n. 618. That
to ask the Father in the name of the
Lord, is not to approach the Father
immediately, nor to ask Him for the
sake of the Son, but to approach the
Lord, because thus the Father is ap-
proached in Him, and through Him,
ill. n. 341, sh. n. 618, ill. and sh. n.
962. That the name of the Father
is the Divine Human of the Lord,
ill. and sh. n. S39.
NAPHTALI {Naphtali). ThatNaph-
tali and his tribe represented, and
thence in the Word signifies, in the
highest sense, the proper power of
the Divine Human of the Lord : in
the spiritual sense, temptation and
victory ; and in the natural sense,
reluctation or struggle on the part of
the natural man, ///. n. 354. That
it also sign, a perception of use, and
what use is after temptation, sh.
n- 354-

NATION ( gens). That by nations in
the Word are meant they who are
in goods or in evils of life, and by
people, they who are in truths or
in falsities of doctrine, ill. and sh.
n. 483. That nations, in an ab^ tract
sense, sign, goods or evils of life,
n. 147. That nations sign, those
who are in the good of love and
charity from the Lord, n. 667, 920,
923. That by nations and kings
the same is meant as by nations and
people, sh. n. 921.

NEAR (propinquum). See At Hand.

NEIGHBOR (proxitmts). See Char-
ity.

NICOLAITAN (Nicolaita). That
the works of the Nicolaitans sign.
meritorious works, n. 86, 115.

INDEX.

NIGHT inox). That night sign, fal-
sity of faith, sh. n. 922, 940. What
is sign, by clay and night, or in the
day and in the night, n. 414, 637.
See Day and Sun.

NUMBER, to NUMBER {numerus,
numerare). That all numbers in
the Word have a signification, ill.
r. 348. That numbers in the Word
*ign. things, ana that they are, as it
were, a sort of adjectives conjoined
to substantives, adding or determin-
ing some quality to the things treated
of, n. 10, 287, 348, 738, 842. That
number sign, the quality of a thing
as to truth, n. 608-610. That to
number sign, to know the quality,
consequently, what the qualities are,
/'//. and sh. n. 364.

OATH {/uramentum, jiirare). See
To Swear.

ODOR {odor). That fragrant odors,
which exist in heaven, correspond to
affections which are of charity, and
thence to perceptions which are of
faith, n. 27S, 394.

OFFERING {minchah). See Bread.

OIL {oleum). That oil sign, the good
of love, n. 316, sh. n. 493, /'//. n. 779.
That anointings were made by oil,
because anointing represented the
Lord as to His Divine Human, who,
as to His Divine Human, was the
only anointed of Jehovah, not with
oil, but with the good of love, /'//.
n. 779. That they anointed kings,
priests, prophets, the altar, the tab-
ernacle, the garments of Aaron, in
a word, all the holy things of the
church ; and that in ancient times
they anointed statues, and also war-
like arms, sh. n. 779. That they
anointed these things with the oil of
holiness ; and that they anointed
themselves anc others with common
oil, to testify their gladness and
benevolence of mind, sh. n. 779.
That oil was offered, together with
sacrifices upon the altar, sh. n.
778.

OLIVE-TREE, OLIVE {oka, oliva).
That olive sign* love and charity, ill. I
wd sh. n. 493. That the mount of
Olives sign, the same, sh. n. 493.
fee* Mountain.

1 OMNIPOTENCE {omnipotentia).
That the Almighty sign. He who is,
lives, and has power from Himself,
and governs all things from firsts by
ultimates, ill. n. 31," 522. That the
Lord is called the Omnipotent, sh.
n. 811.

OMN I PRESENCE {ovtn ipresentia ) .
That the Lord is omnipresent, be-
cause He is love and wisdom, or good
•uid truth, which are Himself, and
which are not in place, but with those
who are in place, according to recep-
tion, ill. n. 961.
OMNISCIENCE ( omniscientia ).
That the Lord from Himself knows
all things, and that hence omniscience
belongs to Him, ill. n. 262.
ONE HUNDRED AND FORTY-
FOUR {centum, quadraginta qua-
tuor). See Twelve.
ORDER {ordo). Concerning succes-
sive and simultaneous order, that in
ultimates or extremes is the simulta-
neous order of the successives, ill.
n. 678. That the highest in succes-
sive orc»r becomes inmost in simul-
taneous order, and consequently in
the series, n. 900.
OVER or UPON {sufrv). That over
or upon sign, within, because those
things which are higher and highest
in successive order, are interior and
inmost in simultaneous order, n. 900.
See Ordfr.
OVERCOME, to {vincere). See Vic-
tory.

OWL {noctua). That light arising
from the confirmation of what is false
corresponds to the light which owls
and bats see by, /'//. n. 566, 695.
That they who have confirmed fal-
sities in themselves, are such with
respect to their spiritual sight, and
that thev are called owls and bats,
ill. n. 566.

PALE {pallidum). That pale sign.
no life, and that which is without
goods and truths, n. 320. That a
pale horse sign, the understanding
of the Word destroyed both as to
good and truth, n. 320.
I PALM {palma). That palm fen,
Divine truth, and that to hold palms
in the hands sign- confession from
Divine truth s, ill. and sh. n. 367.

1 170

INDEX.

PAPISTS ( poi.tificii). The doctrines
of the Papists concerning baptism,
the eucharist, masses, repentance,
justification, purgatory, the seven
sacraments, holy things, and power,
see what is premised concerning their
doctrines. Concerning Babel, col-
lected from Isaiah, Jeremiah, and
Daniel, n. 717. That the city Baby-
Ion sign, the Roman Catholic relig-
ion, r. 631. That there is no church
among them, but a religion ; because
they do not approach the Lord, nor
read the Word, and because they in-
voke the dead, n. 718. That this
religion is hoi) and splendid in ex-
ternals,"and yet profane and abomi-
nable in internals, HI. n. 731. That
through externals they are held in
the faith that this religion is even
super-eminent, insomuch that the
common people cannot believe other-
wise, when nevertheless it has for
its end dominion, and the possession
of all things in the world, n. 7S7.
That they who are of that religion
are in external affections without in-
ternal affections, and that thence they
are in the worship of men living and
dead, n. 792. That the love of ex-
ercising dominion over the Divine
tilings of the Lord, and thence over
the holy things of the church, is the
devil, and that therefore they have
profaned all the truths and goods of
the Word, by various ways, ill. n.
802. That Babel sign, the profana-
tion of what is holy, and the adulter-
ation and falsification of the whole
Word, and thence of the church, n-
717, 729, ill. n. 802. That they
profane, n. 723, 728, 781, ill. n. 802.
That Babel is called the den of de-
mons, and of every unclean bird,
because there are atrocious evils and
falsities there, s/i. n. 757. Certain
tenets of theirs enumerated, which
are detestable, namely, concerning
the eucharist, concerning the invoca-
tion of the dead, concerning masses,
concerning the Divine power trans-
ferred to themselves, and concerning
the prohibition of reading the Word,
ill. n. 753, 795. That by abomi-
nable arts and schemes they have
diverted men from the worship of
the Lord, consequently from Divine
worship, ill. and sh. n. 800. Some
tilings relating to their worship, n.

777, 7/8, 780- That they have ex-
tended their dominion over things of
a secular nature, and over supreme
judges, and that they continually as-
pire to their former despotic power,
n. 799 at the end. That the vicar-
ship is an invention and a fiction, ih.
n. 752 ; also n. S02.

That by dominion over the souls
of men as a means they amass
riches without end ; and that in the
preceding ages, when they enjoyed
despotic power, they collected to-
gether prodigious treasures, ill. n.
752> 759« That the like dominion
still possesses their minds, but at
this day it is restrained, ill. n. 759.
That they are enriched by the holy
things of the Word adulterated, n.
772. Various things relating to their
acquisition of riches enumerated, /'//.
n. 784. That the heads or chiefs in
their ecclesiastical hierarchy make
unlawful gain, concerning which, n.
799. That the laity bring them
precious things, and buy of them
such things as they say belong to
eternal life, n. 786, 789. That they
who bring and buy, are meant by the
ship-pilots, and by those employed
upon ships, and by mariners, n.
786.

That they acknowledge, and in a
manner esteem the Word as holy,
because it treats of the Lord, whose
power they have transferred to them-
selves, and also of the keys given to
Peter, whose successors they affirm
themselves to be ; but that tlvis holy
acknowledgment they possess from
without, and not from within, n.
725, ill. n. 733, 739. That they
have not denied this Divine truth,
that to the Lord belongs all power in
heaven and earth ; but that they have
profaned it, by having transfer!" id
His power to themselves, ill. n.
738. That they have seen, but as it
were with their eyes shut, that the
Humanity of the Lord is Divine ;
but that they have not yet acknowl-
edged it; because they have trans-
ferred all things of the Lord to
themselves, ill. n. 738. That at
first they held the Word sacred ; but
that they successively adulterated it,
and at length profaned it, ///. n. 737.
That they have adulterated the truths
of the Word by applying them to

INDEX.

dominion : and that they have pro-
faned the Word by Applying and at-
tributing to themselves Divine power,
n. 719, s/i. n. 781. That they have
often deliberated respecting the read-
ing of the Word by the laity, but
rejected it, n. 733, 734. That the
Word in various ways, and by vari-
ous pretences, is prohibited to be
read, n. 733, 734. That the Word
is taken out of the hands of the laity
and common people, lest their adul-
terations and profanations should
become apparent, n. 739. That in
heart they defame the Word, and
hate it, ill. n. 733, 735. That they
have not any truth, and consequently,
neither any good, HI. n. 765, 766,
777- 778, 7S0. That they have not any per-
ception of truth, because they do not
approach the Lord, nor read the
Word, ill. n. 796. That they have
not any spiritual affection of truth
and good, n. 792. That there does
not remain with them any inquiry
after spiritual truth, n. 794. That
they have not any understanding
of spiritual truth, n. 793. That
they have not any conjunction of
spiritual good and truth, because
they have no conjunction with the
Lord, but with men living and dead,
ill. n. 797, 798. That the power of
binding and loosing, or of opening
and shutting heaven, is a Divine
power, and not given to man, n.
798. That what the Lord said in
the Word to Peter, and concerning
the keys, is not to be understood of
Peter, but of that Divine truth which
Peter then confessed, and that that
truth is meant by the rock on which
the Lord would build His church, n.
768, 798. That otherwise they might
claim to themselves a power, that all
of th«:m should sit upon thrones, and
judge the twelve tribes of Israel, ac-
cording to the Lord's words to the
disciples, n. 798 at the end. That
they have fortified themselves by
various things, as by the tribunal of
the inquisition, by terrors in regard
to purgatory, by a plurality of monas-
teries, by possessions and riches, and
moreover by a prohibition from read-
ing the Word, by external holiness,
consequently by masses, and by the
worship of the dead among the com-
mon people, and by various splendid

exhibitions and delight.;, n 770 ; but
that nevertheless they shall be de-
stroyed, n. 770.

That they who are in the kingdom
of France are not united with the
Roman Catholic religion, ill. n.
740-744. That that religion in the
various kingdoms is not equally cul-
tivated, n. 740, 745. That there are
chiefly two sorts of men who culti-
vate that religion, the one who ac-
knowledge it, because they are born
and brought up in it, but who never-
theless approach God, and hold the
Word to be sacred ; the other, who
love and kiss that religion, n. 786
That they who acknowledge it be-
cause they are born and brought up
in it, but who nevertheless approach
God, and hold the Word to be
sacred, after death come into heaven,
and that many societies are formed
of them in the spiritual world, n
7S6, ill. n. 531. That from that
religion have emanated the falsities
of the Reformed churches, concern-
ing which, n. 751, Soi at the end.

That the doctrinals of the Roman
Catholic religion by the last judg-
ment and after it were dispersed, n.
631. That their evils and falsities
infested the heavens, and that the
heavens are rejoiced that they are
removed, n. 790. Concerning the
last judgment upon the Babylonians,
and concerning their treasures which
they had also amassed there, and
that their treasures there were dissi-
pated and reduced to dust, n. 772.
That after that they did not possess
any precious things, but instead
thereof vile things, which correspond
with their falsities, n. 772-776. That
they who exercise dominion from the
love of self and from the love of the
world, after death wish to be in the
same pleasures, but that they are de-
prived of them, and reduced to mis-
erable states, n. 782. That the
delights originating in th2ir love of
dominion, and the satisfactions aris-
ing from their love of wealth, after
death are changed into opposites, ill.
n. 763. That after death they are
deprived of all these things, n. 764,
770. Concerning the punishments
of those after death who had exer-
cised dominion from the instigation
of the love of self and the world, ill.

1172

INDEX.

n. 765. That after death they enter-
tain hatred against the Lord, because
they then see that the Lord alone
reigns over heaven and the church,
and not in the least any man from
himself, n. 766. That at the day of
the last judgment they were cast into
hell, who, from the instigation of the
love of self, had exercised dominion
over the holy things of the church, and
they were preserved who had looked
to the Lord, and shunned evils as
sins, n. 755. Concerning their
elateness of heart from dominion,
and concerning their confidence of
mind from wealth, n. 764. That
every one ought to beware of having
any connection with that religion by
acknowledgment and affection, lest
he should perish, ill. and sh. n.
760.

PAPS (mamma, mamilla). That
paps and breast sign, love, and in an
eminent sense Divine love, n. 46 at
the end.

PARADISE (paradisus). See Gar-
den.

PASTOR (pastor). See To Feed.

PAT M OS ( Patmos). That the island
of Patmos sign, a place and state in
which John could be illuminated, ill.
n. 34.

PATIENCE (patientia). That pa-
tience is spoken of temptation, n.
593, 638.

PAUL (Patelus). That the passage
in Paul to the Romans, iii. 28, that
man is justified by faith without the
works of the law, is falsely under-
stood, ill. and sh. n. 417, 750.

PEACE (pax). That peace is the
Divine salutation, sh. n. 12. That
peace sign, all things which come
from the Lord, in particular charity,
spiritual security, and internal tran-
quillity, ill. and sh. n. 306. That
peace signifies tranquillity of soul
from not being infested by falsities,
consequently not by hell, and that
this peace is from the Lord, sh. n.
640.

PEARL (margarita). That pearls
sign, knowledges of things good and
true, sh. n. 727, 916. That the one
pearl of great price, mentioned in
Matthew, sign, the knowledge and
acknowledgment of the Lord, n.
916.

PEOPLES (populi). That peoples

sign, those who are m truths or in
falsities of doctrine, and abstractedly
truths or falsities ; and that nations
sign, those who are in goods or evils
of life, and abstractedly goods or
evils, ill. and sh. n. 483.

PERDITION (perditio). See De-
stroyer.

PERGAMOS (Pergamus). That
the church in Pergamos sign, those
who place the all of the church in
good works, and not any thing in
truths of doctrine, n. 107, and in
what follows.

PERSON (persona). That the spirit-
ual sense is abstracted from persons ;
wherefore where a person is named
in the Word, he signifies somewhat
in the church, n. 78, 79, 96.

PERSUASION (persuasio). That
in the spiritual world there exists a
power of persuasion, which deprives
others of the understanding of truth,
n. 428.

PETER (Petrits). That Peter among
the apostles represented truth and
faith, n. 790. That where it is
spoken concerning Peter and the
keys given to him, Peter is not
meant, but that Divine truth which
Peter then confessed, and that that
truth is signified by the rock on
which the Lord would build His
church, ill. n. 768, 798. That in
the Word, which is in heaven, instead
of Peter is read truth originating in
good which is from the Lord, ill. n.
768.

PHILADELPHIA (Philadelphia).
That the church in Philadelphia
sign, those in the church who are
in Divine truths from the Lord, n.
1 72 and in what follows.

PLACE (locus). See Space.

PLAGUE (plaga, qua vulnus).
That plagues sign, evils of love and
falsities of faith, consequently spirit-
ual plagues, whereby a man as to his
soul perishes, ill. n. 456, 498, ill.
and sh. n. 657, 957. The plagues
of Egypt enumerated ; that they sig-
nify the falsities and cupidities where-
by the church there perished, n. 503,
657. That it is attributed to Jeho-
vah, that He smiteth with plagues,
sh. n. 498.

PLATTER (paropsis). See Cup.

POOR (pauper). That the poor
sign, those who are not in truths,

INDEX.

and the needy or indigent these who
are not in goods, n. 95. That the
miserable and the poor sign, those
who are without the knowledges
of things true and good. sh. n. 209.

POPE (papa). See Papists.

POPE SEXTUS THE FIFTH
{Serf us Qui tit us papa). A discourse
with him concerning the Lord, con-
cerning the Word, concerning the
vicarship, concerning the Romish
saints, concerning the treasures in
monasteries, ill. n. 752.

PRAISE, to PRAISE (laus, lau-
dare). That to praise God sign: to
worship Him, sh. n. 809. See also
Allelujah.

PRAYER, PRAYERS (oratio, f re-
ces). That the prayers of the saints
are those things which are of faith
and charity, n. 278. That the Lord
willeth that man should first ask and
will, and the Lord afterwards an-
swers and gives, for this reason, that
it may be appropriated to man, ill.
and sh. n. 376. That they who are
in the Lora and the Lord in them,
whatsoever they will and ask, they
obtain, because they will and ask
from the Lord, ill. and sh. n. 951.
Concerning the meaning of these
words in the Lord's* prayer, "Our
Father, who art in the heavens, hal-
lowed be thy name, thy kingdom
come, thy will be done as in heaven
so in earth," /'//. and sh. n. 839.
That all things contained in the
Lord's prayer are fulfilled, when the
Lord is immediately approached, ;'//.
and sh. n. 839.

PREDESTINATION ' predestina-
tio). See Election.

PRESENT (munus). See Gift.

PRESS {torcular). That by an oil-
press is signified the good of love,
and by a wine-press is sign, the truth
of faith, n. 651. See Oil, and Wine.
That thence a press sign, explora-
tion of good and truth, and in an
opposite sense, exploration of evil
and false ; and that this is meant by
the great wine-press of the wrath of
God, sh. n. 651. That to tread the
wine-press of the wrath of God, when
spoken of the Lord, sign', to bear
the evils and falsities of the church,
and the violence offered to the
Word, sh. n. 829. What is further
sign, by to tread the press, n. 652.
VOL. III. I

PRIEST (sacerdos). That pri est sign.
those who are in the good of love
from the Lord, and abstractedly
goods of love, and kings sign, those
who are in truths of wisdom from
the Lord, and abstractedly truths of
wisdom, n. 20, ill. and sh. n. S54.
See King. That the heavenly king-
dom, in which they are who are in
the good of love, is the Lord's
priestly kingdom, and the spiritual
kingdom, in which they are who are
in the truths of wisdom, is the Lord's
roval kingdom, ill. n. 85 4.

PRINCE ( princcps). That the prince
of the kings of the earth sign, the
Lord with respect to Divine truth,
n. 18.

PRISON {career, custodia). See Cap-
tive, and Bound.

PROFANATION {pro/anatio). That
there are many kinds of profanation
of what is holy : concerning the prof-
anation of what is holy by the Pa-
pists, n. 717, 723, 728. See Papists.
That it is provided by the Lord, that
it should not be known what spirit-
ual truth and spiritual good are. lest
the holy Word of the church should
be profaned, because what is known
may be profaned, but not that which
is not known, n. 314, 316, 686, 688.
That it is a most grievous kind of
profanation, at one time to believe,
and at another time not to believe, n.
198. Forasmuch as these with re-
spect to thought are sometimes in
heaven, and at other times in hell,
and because they cannot be in one or
the other, they extirpate their inte-
riors, and become mere phantasies,
n. 202, 204. That with them evils
and goods, also truths and falsities,
are mixed, n. 202, 204 ; and that the
things of the church among them in
no respect cohere, ill. n. 20S. That
they are meant by the lukewarm, n.
202, 204.

PROPHET (propheta). Thatprophet
in like manner as prophecy Sign,
doctrine from the Word, and that to
prophecy sign, to teach it ; and that
prophet, when spoken of the Lord,
sign, the Word, ill. and sh. n. 8.
913. Concerning the two states of
the prophets, the one when they
wrote the Word, the other when
they saw those things which are in
heaven, ill. and sh. n. 945. That bj

1174

INDEX.

the false prophet is meant the beast
from the earth, and that that beast
sign, the clergy who are in faith
alone, /'//. and sh. n. 594, 701, and
sh. n. 834.

PROVIDENCE {providentia). That
it is of the Lord's Providence, that
they who are in evils of life, and
thence in falsities of doctrine, know
nothing of holy truths, lest, if they
knew them, they should profane them,
n. 314, 316, 686, 688.

PURGATORY (purgatoriuin). The
tenet of the Papists concerning pur-
gatory, see the doctrines of the Pa-
pists in what is premised at n. VI.
That purgatory is a mere Babylonian
fiction invented for the sake of gain,
ill. n. 784).

PURPLE {purpura). That purple
sign, heavenly good, and scarlet
heavenly truth, sh. n. 725.

QUARTERS OF THE WORLD

(plagce mundi). That the angels
dwell according to the quarters; in
the east they who are more in love
to the Lord ; in the west they who
are less in that love ; in the south
they who are more in wisdom from
the Lord ; and in the north they
who are less in that wisdom, ill. n.
901, 906. The reason whereof is,
because the Lord is the sun of
heaven, from whose face is the east
and west, and on the sides are the
south and north, n. 901. That the
men of the church, with respect to
their spirit, are, in like manner as
the argels, either in the east, or in
the west, or in the south, or in the
north of the spiritual world, ill. n.
906. Concerning the turning of the
angels to the Lord as a sun, and then
towards the quarters, n. 380, 938.
QUICKLY (cito). bee Shortly.

RAIN (//«wa). That rain sign Di-
vine truth from heaven, sh, n. 496.
That an inundating rain sign, devas-
tation of truth, and also temptations,
sh. n. 496.

RAINBOW {iris ). That many kinds

of rainbows appear in the spir.tuaJ
world, ill. n. 232, 566. That a
rainbow sign, regeneration, which is
when man from natural becomes
spiritual, sh. n. 466, ill. n. 566.

RATIONALITY {rationalitas). See
Understanding.

REAP, to (metere). See Harvest.

REASON (ratio). See Understand-
ing.

REBUKE, to, and to CHASTEN
(argucre et castigare). That they
sign, to tempt, n. 215.

RED (rubruiu). That red is spoken
of the good of love, because it pro-
ceeds from the fire of the sun, n.
167, ///. n. 231, sh. n. 305. That
infernal redness sign, the love of
evil, n. ^05.

REDEMPTION, REDEEMER (re-
demption redcmptor). That Jehovah
is called the Redeemer, sh. n. 281 ;
also n. 613. That Jehovah is called
the Redeemer, because He assumed
the human, ill. and sh. n. 962. That
redemption sign, deliverance from
hell of the Lord, and salvation by
conjunction with Him, n. 619. That
the redeemed are meant by the bought
from the earth, n. 619.

REED (calamus). That it signifies
feeble power, sh. n. 485. That a
golden reed, by which they were
measured, sign, a power or faculty
of knowing and understanding the
quality of a thing, sh. n. 904. See
Measure.

REFORMATION, the REFORM-
ED (reformatio, reformati). The
doctrines of the Reformed concern-
ing God, concerning Christ the Lord,
concerning justification by faith, and
concerning good works ; concern-
ing the Law and the Gospel, con-
cerning repentance and confession,
concerning original sin, concerning
baptism, concerning the holy supper,
concerning the church ; see their doc-
trines in what is premised. That
the Apocalypse treats concerning the
Reformed from chap. vii. to xvi.
inclusive, and concerning the Papists,
chap. xvri. and xviii., n. 387, 388.
Prophecies concerning the Reformed,
that they would secede from the Ra-
man Catholic religion, and that they
would acknowledge the Word, from
which and according to which would
be theh church, n. 746-750. That

INDEX.

the Reformed retained some things
from the Roman Catholic religion,
ill. n. 751 boi at the end. Many
things concerning the Reformed
Church at this day, see Faith.
That the Reformed constitute the
centre or middle in the spiritual
world, ill. n. 631.

That to reform and to regenerate
men is of the Lord alone ; forasmuch
as it is a Divine work, and forasmuch i
as omnipresence, omniscience, and r
omnipotence must appertain thereto, 1
ill. n. 79S. That a man is capable :
of reforming and regenerating him- j
self as if from himself, and neverthe- .
less from the Lord, /'//. n. 224. That j
the interior operations of the Lord
in regenerating, man are myriads of
myriads, which nevertheless are for
me sake of the extremes, in which
man shall be jointly with the Lord,
/'//. n. 463. That man is regenerated,
first as to his internal man, and after-
wards as to his external ; and that
the internal man cannot be regener-
ated by merely knowing and under-
standing, but by willing and loving,
and thence by understanding and
knowing til. n. 510. That man is
reformed by truths and by a life con-
formable to them, n. 815, ill. n. 832.
That truths of doctrine, among those
who do not live conformably to them,
successively perish, ill. n. 85. That
man, who is reformed, first respects
truths of doctrine, and afterwards
goods of life ; and that when he
respects truths of doctrine, he is like
unripe fruit, and that afterwards,
as he respects goods of life, he be-
comes like ripe fruit, and that his
first state is called reformation, but
the latter regeneration, ill. n. 84.
That the state of man is thereby
inverted, n. 84.

k EFORMED {Reformats). See Ref-
ormation.

REGENERATION {rcgencratio).
S^e Reformation.

REIGN, to{regnarc). See Kingdom.

REINS {rencs). That the reins sign.
tniths of intelligence and faith, and
that the heart sign, goods of love j
and charitv, ill. and s/i. n. 140.

RELIGION (rcligio). That the doc- !
trir > of truth constitutes the church, '
that a life conformable to doc-
. constitutes religion ; but where |

there is not life, there is neither re-
ligion nor church, ill. n. 923. That
it is in every religion, that there is a
God from whom proceeds good, and
that there is a devil from whom pro-
ceeds evil ; and that therefore good
ought to be done, because it is of
God and from God, and that evil
ought to be shunned, because it is of
the devil and from the devil, n. 272.
That in every religion there are pre-
cepts, like those in the decalogue,
n. 272. That among the mysteries
of the faith of the present church
there is also that religious good,
which contributes to salvation, can-
not be done by man, ill. n. 484, /'//.
n. 675. That in the Christian world
at this day there is neither church
nor religion, ill. n. 675.
R E P E N T A N C E ( fan itentia ). The
tenets of the Papists concerning
repentance, see their doctrines pre-
mised at n. IV. The tenets of the
Reformed concerning repentance, see
their doctrines premised at n. V.
Actual repentance described, ill. n.
531 at the end. That baptism and
the holy supper are sacraments of
repentance, and that the decalogue is
the universal doctrine of repentance,
ill. n. 531 at the end. That man
without repentance is in the evils into
which he is born ; hence that unless
evils are removed by actual repent-
ance, they remain, /'//. n. 531, ill.
n. 836. That the Lord loves all, but
that He cannot be conjoined with
them so long as they are in evils,
wherefore men must first perform
repentance. /'//. n. 937. That evil con-
tains in itself innumerable concupis-
cences in simultaneous order, and
that these concupiscences cannot be
removed by man, but by the Lord
only ; and that they are removed by
the Lord when He is approached,
because the Lord enters by the way
of the soul in man, ill. n. 678. That
repentance was represented by various
things among the children of Israel,
concerning which, n. 492. That the
New Church is formed of those who
approach the Lord only, and perform
repentance from evil works, ill. and
s/i. n. 69, 72; see the Church.
Concerning the successive state of
man's thought, before he is willing
to reflect upon evils of life, and to

INDEX.

do repentance, ill. n. 710. That they
who acknowledge faith alone as the
only means of salvation, neither think
of repentance nor will it, n. 450, 457,
710. That the Reformed, who are
in faith alone, can with difficulty per-
form actual repentance ; the reason
thereof, n. 531. That they who per-
form repentance perceive what good
is, and come into good, and are
saved, n. 379. ill. n. 531.
RESPIRATION (respiratio). See
Wind.

RESURRECTION (resurrectio).
That the first resurrection sign, sal-
vation and life eternal, n. 851, 852.
That in the Apocalypse the second
resurrection is not mentioned, n. 851,
853. Concerning their resurrection
after the last judgment, who were
guarded by the Lord in the lower
earth, n. 325, 326, 329, 843, 845,
846, 850, 884, 885. See Spiritual
World. Concerning the lot of
every one after death, that they are
instructed, and afterwards sent to
various societies, and that at length
they remain where their love and
faith is, n. 549. Various particulars
relative to the state of men after
death, as that they are in a body like
as in the world, but in a spiritual
body, and that they remain in the
world of spirits until they put off
the natural affections, and put on
spiritual affections, besides many
other things, ill. n. 153.

RETALIATION (/alio). That the
law of retaliation sign, that to every
one is done according to the quantity
and the quality of his deeds, and that
evil returns upon every one as he has
committed it, ill. n. 762. That this
law derives its origin from the fol-
lowing: "All things whatsoever ye
would that men should do to you,
do ye even so to them," ill. n. 762.
Tha't from this law punishment is as
it were inherent in its own evil, ill.
762. That the delights of the love
of self and the world are converted
into their opposite infelicities in hell,
n. 763.

REVELATION (Apocalypsis). See
Apocalypse.

REVENGE (vindicta). See Ven-
geance.

REUBEN {Ruben). That Reuben and
his tribe represented, and thence in

the Word sign., in the highest sense,
omniscience; in the spiritual sense,
wisdom, intelligence, and science,
also faith ; and in the natural sense
sight, ill. and n. 35 1 . That Reu-
ben, in the opposite sense, sign.
wisdom separated from love, also
faith separated from charity, n. 134,
ill. and sh. n. 351. That this is rep-
resented and signified by the adulterv
of Reuben with Bilhah, his father's
woman, n. 134.

REWARD (merces). That reward
sign, internal beatitude, and thence
external, which are only from the
Lord, n. 949. That hence reward
sign, the happiness of life eternal,
arising from the delight and pleas-
antness of love, and of the affection
of good and truth,*///, and sh. n. 526.

RICHES (divitice). That riches
sign, spiritual riches, which are
knowledges of good and truth, sh.
n. 206.

RIGHT (dextrum). That in the spir-
itual world the south is on the right
hand, and the north on the left, n.
933-

RIVER and FLOOD (fluvius et flu-
men). That a river sign, truths in
abundance, and also falsities in abun-
dance, sh. n. 409, 563, 683. What is
sign, by the great river "Euphrates,
see Euphrates. That the river of
the water of life sign. Divine truth
from the Lord, ill. and sh. n. 932.

ROAR, to (rugire). See Lion.

ROBE (stola). See Garment.

ROCK (petra). That a rock when
spoken of the Lord sign . Divine truth,
n. 768, sh. n. 915; in like man
ner a stone, n. 915. That a rock, in
the opposite sense, sign, the faith of
falsity, and mountain the love of evil,
n. 339. That they who are in alsi-
ties of faith, enter by holes and clefts
into rocks, ill. and*//. 338. What i>
sign, by hiding themselves in irci.n-
tains and rocks, n. 339.

ROD or STAFF (baculus). That a
rod or staff sign, power, in like man-
ner as a sceptre, ill. and sh. n. 485.
That a rod of iron sign, the power
of truth in ultimates, n. 148. That
to rule with a rod of iron sign, to
convince by the literal sense of the
Word, and, at the same time, by ra-
tional arguments grounded in natural
light, sh. n. 148, 544, 828.

INDEX

1177

SACKCLOTH Ksaccus). That to
clothe in sackcloth represented lam-
entation over devastated truth in the
church, /'//. and sh. n. 492.

SACRAMENTS (sacramenta). The |
tenets of the Papists concerning the
seven sacraments, see the doctrines
of the Papists premised, n. VII.
That baptism is a sacrament of re-
pentance, and an introduction into
the church; and that the holy sup-
per is a sacrament of repentance,
and an introduction into heaven, /'//.
n. 531.

SACRED SCRIPTURE (Scriftura
Sacra). See the Word.

SACRIFICE (sacrificinm). That to
eat, when speaking of sacrifices, sign.
to appropriate to one's self what is
holy ; and that to eat things sacri-
ficed unto idols, wluch belonged to
the sacrifices of the Gentiles, sign.
to defile and profane what is holy, n.
114, 135-

SALVATION (sains). By the Lord's
being called salvation is sign, that
the Lord is the Saviour, also that sal-
vation is in Him and from Him, sh.
n. 368, 804.

SAND (arena). Why the multitude
is described by the sand of the sea,
n. 860.

bARDIS (Sardcs). That the church
in Sarclis sign, those who are in
dead worship, n. 154 and following.
Concerning dead worship, n. 154,
157, 161.

SARDINE {sardius). That the sar-
dine stone sign, the goods of the
Word in ultimates, n. 231.

SATAN (satatias). See the Devil.

SCALES or BALANCES (lances).
See Measure.

SCARLET (coccinum). That pur-
ple sign, heavenly good, and scarlet
heavenlv truth, sh. n. 725.

SCEPT R E (sccptrum ). That sceptre
sign, power, in like manner as staff,
ill. n. 485.

SCORPION (scor/nus). That scor-
pion sign, deadly persuasion, sh. n.
425.

SEA (mare). That the sea sign.
heaven in its extreme, ;'//. and sh.
n. 878 ; for this reason, because in
the extremes, and at a distance, the
heavens api>ear like seas, which are

atmospheres, in which they live who
are in the most general truths from
the literal sense, wherefore the seas
there are appearances, n. 233, 404,
878. See Atmosphere. That the
sea sign, the church among those
who are in truths of a general kind,
also among those who are in external
natural worship, and but little in
spiritual, ill. and sh. n. 238, 869.
That the sea sign, the external ol
the church, consequently the church
as consisting of those who are in its
externals ; and that the earth sign.
the internal of the church, conse-
quently the church as consisting of
those who are in its internals ; where-
fore the sea sign, the church among
the laity, because the laity are in its
externals, and the earth the church
among the clergy, because the clergy
are in its internals, sh. n. 398, 402,
470, 567, 594, 677, 680. That the
sea as of glass mingled with fire sign.
a collection of those who are in ex-
ternal worship and not at the same
time in internal, ill. n. 659, 661.
That the sea which shall be no more,
Apoc. xxi. 1, sign, a collection con-
sisting of various Christians before
the last judgment, from which time
of the judgment they were taken
away and saved, who were written in
the book oi life, sh. n. 87S. That
the sea also sign, hell, /'//. and sh.
n. 791.

SEAL (sigillum). That sealed with
seven seals sign, entirely or totally
hidden, n. 257. That to open the
seals sign, to explore and know the
states of all, and to judge every one
according to his state, n. 259, 295,
388. See Book.

SEAL, to (obsignare). To seal with
seals, what, n. 257. See Seal.
That not to seal the words of this
prophecy sign, that the Apocalypse
must not be shut, but is to be opened,
preface towards the end, and n. 947.

SEE, to, VISION (videre, visio).
That to see sign, to understand,
iff. n. 7. What is sign, being in
vision, sh. n. 36. Concerning the
state of the prophets when they
were in vision, ill. and sh. n. 945.
See Spirit.

SEED (semen). That seed sign.
those in the church who are in truths
of doctrine, and abstractedly truth*

1178

INDEX.

of doctrine, sh. n. 565. That seed,
in the opposite sense, sign, falsities
of doctrine, n. 565 at the end. What
is sign, in Daniel by iron and clay,
which shall mingle with the seed of
man, n. 913 at the end.

SELL, to {vendere). See To Buy.

SENSUAL MEN {sensuales). What
is the nature and quality of those
men who are called sensual, also the
nature and quality of sensual things,
which are the ultimates of the
mind of man, ill. from the Arcana
Coelestia, n. 424, 430. Sensual men
and sensual tilings further described,
n. 455. That locusts sign, them,
n. 424, 430.

SEPULCHRE {sepulchrum). See
To Bury.

SERAPHIM {seraphim). See Cher-
ubim.

SERPENT {serpens). That serpent
sign, sensual things, which are the
ultimates of man's life, hence also
craftiness and various evils, ill. and
sh. n. 455, 841. That a serpent j/^w.
a seducer, sh. n. 562.

SERVANT {scrvus). That servants
sign, those who are in truths, and by
truths serve others ; that therefore
the prophets were called the servants
of Jehovah ; and that even the Lord
is so called with respect to His
Divine Human, sh. n. 3. That ser-
vants sign, those who are in truths,
and ministers those who are in goods,
because the latter minister and the
former serve, n. 128. What is sign.
by bondmen and freemen, n. 337,
604, 832. See Free.

SEVEN {septan). That seven sign.
all things and all, and thence what
is full and perfect, and that it is
predicated of any thing holy, and of
any thing profane, ill. and sh. n. 10,
737. That the number seven adds
what is holy and also what is profane,
sh. n. 737.

SHAME (pudor). What is sign, by
the shame of nakedness, see Naked-
ness.

SHEEP {ovis). Concerning two flocks,

one of sheep, and the other of goats,

ill. n. 417.
SHIP {navis). That ships sign.

knowledges of good and truth, ill.

and sh. n. 406.
SHORTLY or QUICKLY {cito).

That shortly or quickly sign, cer-

tainly, ill. n. 4, 943, 947, 949. That
near or at-hand sign, nearness of
state, not nearness of time, n. 9, ill.
n. 947. See Afar-off.

SICKLE ( falx). That a sickle sign.
the Divine truth of the church, be-
cause harvest sign, the state of the
church ; and to put forth the sickle
to the harvest sign, to make an end
of the church destroyed by falsities,
and to execute judgment, ill. n. 643,
ill. and sh. n. 645. See Harvest,

SIGN, to SEAL or MARK {signutn
signare). That a sign sign, a reve«
lation of things to come, sh. n. 532,
656. That a sign is spoken of truth,
and that in such case it is testifica-
tion, and that a sign is also spoken
of quality, and that in such case it is
manifestation, sh. n. 532. Sign in-
stead of miracle, see Miracle.
That to mark or seal on the foreheads
sign, to distinguish and separate one
from another according to love, n.
347-

SILK {serictim). That silk sign.

mediate heavenly good and truth,

n. 773 at the end.
SILVER {argentum). That gold

sign, the good of love, and silver

the truth of wisdom, ///. and sh.

n. 913.

SIMEON {Simeon). That Simeon
and his tribe represented, and thence
in the Word signifies, in the highest
sense, providence ; in the spiritual
sense, spiritual love, which is love
towards our neighbor, and is called
charity ; and, in the natural sense,
obedience and hearing, ill. n. 356.

S I N ( peccatum ). Concerning original
sin, see the doctrines of the Reformed
premised at n. VI.

SINGING, A SONG {cantus, canti-
cum). That a song sign, acknowl-
edgment and confession from joy of
heart, because singing exalts, sh.
n. 279. That a new song sign, an
acknowledgment, confession, and
glorification of the Lord, that He is
the God of heaven and earth, n. 279,
617, That the song of Moses sign.
confession from a life according to
the precepts of the decalogue, and
that the song of the Lamb sign.
confession from faith respecting the
Divinity of the Lord's Humanity,
ill. n. 662.

SIX {sex). That six sign, what ia

INDEX.

1179

complete, n. 489 ; in like manner to
sextate, sh. n. 610 at the end. That
six sig7i. all truth of good, ill. and
sh. n. 610. That 666 sign, all the
truth of the Word falsified, ill. n.
610.

SIXTEEN {scxdccim). That the
numbers 16 and 1600 sign, the mar-
riage of good and truth, or of evil
and falsity ; in like manner the num-
bers 4 and 2, n. 654.

SLEEP {somnus). That natural life
without spiritual life is called sleep,
and that it is like sleep, /'//. and sh.
n. 158. See also Watchful.

SLEEP, to {dormire). See Sleep.

S MALL ( parvus). What is meant by-
small and great, see Great.

SMOKE \fitmus). That the smoke
cf incense sign, what is grateful and
accepted, ill. n. 394. That smoke
sign. Divine truth in the ultimate?,
ill. and sh. n. 674. That it some-
times sign, the same as clouds, n.
674 at the end. That smoke in the
opposite sense sign, profane falsity,
n. 807. That it sign, the pride of
one's own intelligence, sh. n. 452,
453. That the smoke of a furnace
sign, falsities of concupiscences from
evil loves, sh. n. 422.

SMYRNA {Smyrna). That the church
in Smyrna sign, those who are in
goods as to life, but in falsities as to
doctrine, n. 91 and in what follows.

SODOM ( Sodom ). That Sodom sign .
the love of dominion from self-love,
ill. and sh. n. 502.

SON, DAUGHTER {Jlius, filia).
That son sign, truth, ill. n. 139.
That son sign, truth of doctrine and
understanding, and consequent per-
ception and thought of what is true
and good, /'//. and sh. n. 543. That
a male son sign, truth conceived in
the spiritual man and born in the
natural, n. 543. That the male son,
whom the dragon persecuted, sign.
the doctrine of the New Jerusalem,
ill. n. 543. That daughter and virgin
sign, the affection of what is true and
good, and that they sign, the church
as to that affection, n. 543 at the end.
That the daughter and the virgin of
Zion, of Jerusalem, of Israel.of Judah,
in the Word sign, the church in regard
tu the affection of goodness and truth,
sh. n. 612 at the end, n. 620. That
where virgins and joung men are i

mentioned together, there virgins

sign, the affection of truth, and young
men the understanding of truth, sh.
n. 620. That they who are conjoined
to the Lord by love and faith, are
called His sons and heirs, because
they are born again from Him, sh.
n. 890. That the Lord is called the
Son of God as to His Divine Hu-
manity, and the Son of Man as to the
Word, n. 44.

SONG (canticum). See Singing.

SORE {ulcus). See Wound.

SOUL (anima). That soul sign, the
life of the understanding and of faith,
and heart the life of the will and of
the love, ill. and sh. n. 681, 781, 812.
That to love their soul sign, to love
self and the world, consequently the
things proper to man ; whence it is
known what' is sign, by loving their
soul more than the Lord, ill. and sh.
n. 556. Concerning the immortality
of the soul, n. 224. See Immor-
tality.

SOUND {sonns). That sounds cor-
respond to affections, and that thence
the sound of instruments sign, affec-
tion of two kinds, n. 792 ; see Music.
That thought exists from affection,
and that thought is the form of af-
fection, just as speech is of sound :
in like manner faith and chanty, ill.
n. 655, ill. n. 875.

SOUND, to {clangcrc). See Trum-
pet.

SPEECH {loqucla). Concerning the
speech of spirits and angels, see
Tongue. Concerning the speech
of angels with man, see Angel, and
Heaven.

SPEWED. See Vomit.

SPIRIT {spirit us). That the Holy
Spirit is not a person by himself,
because the Lord is omnipresent,
n. 666, ill. n. 962. A deliberation
in a grand council concerning the
Holy Spirit, that it is not a God by
itself, but that it is the proceeding
Divine from the Divinity in the
Lord through His Divine Human
glorified, /'//. n. 962. That spirit,
when spoken of God sign, the
Divine Truth of the Word n. 87.
That the spirit and the life of doc-
trine is from the Word, because from
the Lord, sh. n. 602. That the
seven spirits sign, all who are in
Divine truths, consequently ab-

n8o

INDEX.

stractedly from persons they sign.
Divine truth, n. 14, 237. That the
proceeding Divine in the Word is
called the spirit of the nostrils of
Jehovah, the blast of God, and
breath, n. 343 ; see Wind. That to
be in the spirit sign, to be in a
spiritual state, in which the things
which are in the spiritual world
clearly appear; and that to be in
vision sign, the same, sh. n. 36,
225, 722. Concerning the two states
of the prophets, the one when they
wrote the Word, in which they heard
the Lord speaking, the other, when
they saw those things which are
in heaven, in which state they are
said to have been in the spirit, also
in vision, sh. n. 945. That spirits
who are in the world, of spirits, are
together with men, and men with
spirits ; and yet spirits know nothing
concerning man, nor man concerning
spirits, for this reason, because man
is in a natural state, and spirits in a
spiritual state, n. 943.
SPIRITUAL WORLD, and the
WORLD OF SPIRITS {mundus
sfiiritaalis, et mundiis spirituum).
By the spiritual world is meant both
heaven and hell. That the world of
spirits is in the midst between heaven
and hell, n. 552. That all after
death come first into the world of
spirits, and that this world is like a
forum or public place of resort, and
as a stomach which first receives the
food, n. 791. That in the world of
spirits there are societies, and that
spirits are there prepared either for
heaven or for hell, n. 784, 866, 884.
That the wicked there at first have
intercourse with the good, that they
may be explored and proved, n. 843,
850, 886. That they who are in the
world of spirits are associated with
men on earth, n. 552, 784. How
long they who were formerly in the
woild of spirits, remained there, and
how long they remain there at this
day, before they are elevated into
heaven or cast into hell, n. 866.
That the dragon and his angels were
cast into the world of spirits, whence
they are in communication with men
on earth, who are in the draconical
faith, n. 552, 558. That they who
had worshipped the Lord, and lived
according to His commandments.

were guarded by the Lord in the
lower earth, lest they should be
seduced by the dragonists ; and that
after the last judgment, when the
dragonists were removed, they were
taken up by the Lord into heaven,
n- 325> 326, 329, 843, 845, 846, 850,
884, 886. That in the spiritual
world there are all the objects that
exist in the natural world, but that
all things which appear in that woi d
are correspondences, n. 772.
SPOT {macula). That a spot sign.
a falsity, and that hence the un-
spotted sign, him who is in truths,
and without falsities, ill. and sh. n.
625.

STAFF {bacillus). See Rod.

STAND, to {stare). That to stand
before God sign, to hear and to do
what is perceived, sh. n. 366, 369.
That to stand upon one's feet sign.
to be reformed as to the external
or natural man, ill. and sh. n.
510.

STAR {stella). That stars sign.
the knowledges of good and truth,
ill. and sh. n. 51, 74, 333. That stars
sign. Divine spiritual truth, which
is the truth of faith from the good
of charity, n. 420. That stars sign.
intelligence, n. 408. That the seven
stars sign, the church in heaven, n.
65. That the Lord is called a star
from the light of His Divine wisdom,
sh. n. 954. That the Lord is called the
morning-star from the light which
will rise for the New Church, which
is the New Jerusalem, ill. n. 151,
954. That stars falling from heaven
sign, that the knowledges of good
and truth from the Word are dissi-
pated, ill. n. 333. What is sign, by
the sun, moon, and stars being dark-
ened, sh. n. 413; see Sun.

STING {acideus). That stings sign.
falsities of a hurtful nature originat-
ing in evils, sh. n. 439.

STONE {lapis). That stone sign.
truth in ultimates, n. 231. That
precious stones and diamonds sign.
Divine truths of the liteial sense of
the Word, also the truths of doctrine
derived from the Word translucent
by virtue of its spiritual sense, n.
231, ill. and sh. n. 540, also n. 823,
915. That precious stones corre-
spond to the truths and goods of the
Word, and that in heaven they are

INDEX.

n8x

from that origin, n. 731. That pre-
cious stones and diadems also sign.
the truths of the Word falsified and
profaned, ill. and sh. n. 540. That
the Lord in regard to Divine truth
is called the corner-stone, the stone
of Israel, and the rock, ill. and
sh. n. 915.

STREETS {platcce). That streets
sign, the truths and falsities of doc-
trine, sh. n. 501.

SULPHUR {sulphur). That sulphur
sign, concupiscences from infernal
love, sh. n. 452. 453.

SUN (sol). That 'the Lord as to
Divine love and Divine wisdom
shines as a sun before the angels of
heaven ; and that the proceeding
thence as heat is His Divine love,
and that the proceeding thence as
light is His Divine wisdom, where-
by He is omnipresent, n. 796, ill.
n. 961. That the Lord appears as
a sun high above the heavens, be-
cause the angels cannot sustain His
presence, such as He is in Himself,
sh. n. 54, /V/. n. 961. That the sun,
when speaking of the Lord. sign.
Divine love and Divine wisdom, ill.
and sh. n. 53, 831. That the sun
sign, the good of love, and, in an
opposite sense, that love adulterated,
n. 332. That the sun in an oppo-
site sense, sign, self love, sh. n.
53, 690, 919 ; also natural love, sh.
n. 919. That the sun, moon, and
stars being darkened, sign, that good
of love, truth of faith, and knowl-
edges of good and truth, are no
longer seen and known, by reason of
evils from falsities and falsities from
evils in the church, sh. n. 413. Wliat
is sign, in Joshua by that the sun
stood still in Gibeon, n. 53.

SWEAR, to, OATH (jurare, jnra-
mcntum). That to swear is to at-
test that it is truth, sh. n. 474. That
oaths were representative of a cove-
nant, the conditions of which were
sworn to ; but that they were abolished
with the rest of the representatives,
sh. n. 474. That the children of
Israel, because they were in repre-
sentative rites, were permitted to
swear by Jehovah, sh. n. 474. That
Jehovah or the Lord swore by Him-
self, because by Divine Truth which
is Himself, sh. n. 474.

SWORD {gladius). That as word j/gvz.

truth fighting against falsity, and fal-
sity fighting against truth, ill. and
sh. n. 52. In like manner a sword
(inachcera), and a sword (rom/hcea),
n. 52, 108, 308, 836. That a sword
(gladius), because upon the thigh,
sign, combat from love ; that a
sword (mach&ra), because in the
hand, sign, combat from power ;
and that a sword (romphaa), be-
cause from the mouth, sign, combat
from doctrine ; and that a sword
(romphcca) proceeding out of the
mouth of the Lord sign, combat
from the Word, n. 836.

SYNAGOGUE (synagoga). That the
synagogue of Satan sign, the doctrine
of falsity, n. 97.

SYNCRETIST (syncretista). Con-
cerning the conjunction of faith and
charity by a syncretist, ill. n. 386.

TABERNACLE (tabernaculum).
That the tabernacle sign, the Lord's
Divine Human, and in a representa-
tive sense heaven and the church, ill.
and sh. n. 585, sh. n. S82. That the
tabernacle sign, the heavenly church,
which is among those who are in
love and thence in wisdom from the
Lord ; and that the temp^ sign.
the spiritual church, which is among
those who are in charity and thence
in faith from the Lord, n. 5S5, 882.
That the temple of the tabernacle
of the testimony sign, the inmost of
heaven, where the Lord is in His
holiness in the Word and in the law
which is the decalogue, n. 669, S95.
The temple and tabernacle seen after
the destruction of a place of wor-
ship, wherein was an image of faith
separated from charity, ill. n. 926.
Concerning the tabernacle in the wil-
derness, and concerning the feast oi
tabernacles, n. 585.

TAIL {cauda). That the tail is the
ultimate of the head, because the
head is continued to the tail, n. 43S.
That it sign, the sum of all things
relating to doctrine, when the head
sign, the prim?jy thereof, sh. n. 43S.
That tail also sign, all the truths of
the Word falsified, n. 43S, 541.

TARTARY ( Tartar 7a). Great Tar
tary in Asia described, from a coiv

INDEX.

versation with spirits and angels, who
were from thence; and that among
them is the old Word, n. u.
TEETH (denies). That teeth sign.
sensuals, which are the ultimates of
the natural mind, sh. n. 435. That
gnashing of teeth is disputation from
falsities of faith, ill. n. 386, sh. n.
435-

TEMPLE (tcmflum). That the tem-
ple sign, the Lord's Divine Human,
also the church in heaven and the
church in the world ; and that it
sign, those three conjointly, because
they cannot be separated, sh. n. 191,
529. That the tabernacle sign, the
Lord's Divine Human and the heav-
enly church, in which the Lord is in
Divine good ; and that the temple
sign, the Lord's Divine Human and
the spiritual church, in which the
Lord is in Divine truth, n. 585, 882.
See Tabernacle. That the tem-
ple sign, the spiritual heaven, and
worship from spiritual love, n. 649.
That in the New Church there will
be temples, but that nevertheless the
Lord will be the temple, ill. n. 926.
Concerning a place of worship which
was seen, wherein was an image of
faith separated from charity, and
concerning its destruction through
light from heaven, and that in the
room of that place of worship there
then appeared the tabernacle, the
temple, and lastly the Lord only, ill.
n. 926.

TEMPTATION (tentatio). That
they in the world who conquer in
temptations, conquer to eternity, n.
301. Something concerning temp-
tations, n. 215, 639.

TEN (decern). That ten sign, full,
much, and many, also every thing,
and all, sh. n. 101 ; in like manner a
tenth part, n. 515.

TEN THOUSAND (myrias). That
myriads or tens of thousands have
relation to truths, and thousands to
goods, ill. and sh. n. 287. That
myriads of myriads sign, a great
abundance, n. 447.

TENT (tentorium). See Taber-
nacle.

TESTIMONY, WITNESS, to TES-
TIFY (testimonium, testis, testari).
That to testify or bear witness is said
of truth, and that truth testifies of
itself, consequently the Lord, be-

cause He is truth itself, n. 6, 199,
953. That the Lord testifies from
Himself, and that He is His own
witness, sh. n. 669, sh. n. 6, 199,
r,h. n. 490, 953. That the testimony
of Jesus sign, that the Lord is tha
God of heaven and earth, and also a
life according to His commandments,
in particular according to the pre-
cepts of the decalogue, sh. n. 490,
555, /'//. n. 819. That testimony
sign, the acknowledgment of the
Divine Human of the Lord, sh. n.
490, 846. That the testimony sign .
the decalogue, ill. and sh. n. 669.
That the two witnesses in like man-
ner sign, the acknowledgment of the
Lord and a life according to His
precepts, n. 490. That the two
witnesses are the two doctrines, one
concerning the Lord, and the other
concerning a life according to the
commandments of the decalogue, n.
498, 515. Concerning the two wit-
nesses lying dead in the great city,
which is Sodom and Egypt, and
what was done to them, ill. n. 531.

THICK DARKNESS (caligo). See
Darkness.

THIEF, THEFT (fur, furtum).
That the Lord will come as a thief,
sign, that the truths and goods of
worship shall be taken from the
wicked, and that they shall not know
when and how this is done, sh. n.
164. That this is attributed to the
Lord, although it is hell which takes
away and steals them, n. 164.

THIGH (femur). See Loins.

THIRST, to THIRST (situs, sitire).
That to thirst is said of a lack of
truth, and to be hungry of a lack
of good, n. 381. That to thirst
sign, to desire truths, also to be in
want of truth, and from the want
of truth to perish, sh. n. 956. See
also Hunger.

THOUGHT (cogitatio). See Under-
standing.

THOUSAND (mille). That the thou-
sand years which relate to the king-
dom of the faithful, and the binding
and loosing of the dragon, sign, some
time, /'//. n. 842, 844, 849, 855, *'//.
n. 856. That the chiliasts or mille-
narians thence imagine vain tilings
concerning the last state of the
church, n. 842. That a thousand
two hundred and sixty days sign

INDEX.

until the end and beginning, ill. n.
491, 547-

THOUSANDS COMMANDERS
of {chilias), what, n. 287. See Ten-
Thousand.

THREE (tres, tria). That three in
the Word relates to truths, n. 322.
That thence three in the Word sign.
all with respect to truth, in like
manner a third part, n. 400 ; also
complete and entire, because in all
and every thing there must be a
trine, in order that it may be some-
thing, sh. n. 505, iff. n. 875. That
the Lord spake three times, sign.
that it is Divine truth, and that it
ought to be believed, s/i. n. 505 at
the end, n. 887. That seven relates to
holy things, and three to things not
holy, and that otherwise they sign.
the same things, n. 505 at the end.
See Seven. That three and a half
tign. until the end and beginning,
ill. n. 505, sh. n. 562. That to be
divided into three parts sign, to be
totally destroyed, n. 712.

THRONE {(h'ronus). That He who
sat on the throne is the Lord, sh.
n. 808 at the end. That throne sign.
heaven, sh. n. 14, 221, 932. That
throne sign, judgment in a repre-
sentative form, sh. n. 229, S65, 932.
That it also sign, government, n. 932.
That the thrones on which the apos-
tles should sit, sign, judgment from
the Div.ne truths of the Word and
of the church from the Lord, sh.
n. 233. That throne refers also to
the kingdom of evil and falsehood,
sh. n. 694. What is sign, by the
throne of Satan, n. 110. What is
sign, by the throne of the beast,
n. 694.

TH U N DER {tanitru). That a voice
out of heaven, when from the Lord,
is heard as thunder, ill. and sh.
n. 472, 615. That lightnings, thun-
derings, and voices sign, illustration,
perception, and instruction, sh. n.
236. That they also sign, reason-
ings, argumentations, and confirma-
tions in favor of falsities, n. 396, 710.

T H V ATI RA ( Thyatirce ). That the
church in Thyatira sign, those who
are in faith from charity and thence
in good works, also those who are in
faidi separate from charity and thence
in evil works, n. 124, and in the fol-
lowing.

TIME {tcmpus). That there is no
time in the Divine idea, sh. n. 4
That times and spaces in the spirit-
ual world are appearances according
to states of life, ill. n. 947. That
thence time, and such things as ap-
pertain to time, sign, states of life,
n. 427, iff. n. 476, 785, 935, 947.
That no time sign, that there is no
state of the church, consequently no
church, ill. and sh. n. 476. Tha*
time, times, and half a time, sign
to the end and until a beginning, *h.
n. 562.

TONGUE {lingua). That tongue
sign, the doctrine of a church, and
as speech religion, sh. n. 282. That
to gnaw the tongue sign to detain
the thought from hearing truths,
consequently not to endure to hear
truths, ill. n. 696. That the spirit-
ual language, which is common to
spirits and angels, has nothing in
common with the language of men
in the world ; and that every letter
in the alphabet sign, a thing ; hence
letters conjoined, a certain sense of
the thing ; and that vowels, because
they are sounds, sign, the affections
of a thing and its sense; and that
thence it appeals why the Lord is
called Alpha and Omega, n. 29, 38.

TRADE, io {negotiari). That to trade
and to traffic sign, to acquire knowl-
edges of good and truth from the
Word, n. 606, sh. n. 759. See ali>o
To Buy. That, in the opposite
sense, it sign, to procure knowledges
of things evil and false, and by them
to gain, iff. n. 759, 771. That the
merchandise of Babylon are the holy
things of the Word adulterated and
profaned, n. 772. That by those
things they have traded and acquired
lucie, n. 772, 783, 784. That even
the heads in their ecclesiastic hierar-
chy are such, /'//. n. 799.

TRAVAIL IN BIRTH, to { fartu-
rirc). See To Bking forth.

TREE {arbor). That the tree of life
sign, the Lord as to Divine Love,
n- 89, 933, 951. That tree sign.
men as to affections and consequent
perceptions, ill. and sh. n. 400.
That all things appertaining to a
tree correspond to such things as are
in man ; what by the tree itself, what
by the branches, by the leaves, by
I the flowers, by the fruit, and by the

INDEX

seed, ill. from such things seen in I
the spiritual world, n. 936.
TRIBE (tribes). That the twelve
tribes of the children of Israel sign.
the church as to all its goods and
truths, and that they sign, those in
the church who are in goods and
tniths from the Lord through the
Word, n. 348, 349. That they sign.
those things according to the series
in which they are named, sh. n. 349.
That every tribe sign, something of
the church, n. 349. That the tribe,
which is first named, is as the head
and the all in the rest, n. 330. Why
the twelve tribes are divided into four
classes, and thence in each class there
are three, n. 360. That 12,000 of
each tribe," and thence 144,000 to-
gether sign, the higher heavens, and
the church among them, which church
is the internal ; and that they form
as it were the head and face of the
rest, ill. n. 348-350, 363. That 144,-
000 sealed out of the tribes sign, those
who have approached the Lord alone,
and lived according to his command-
ments, of whom the new Christian
heaven is formed, n. 612. That by
the tribes of the earth wailing, is
sign, that there are no longer any
' goods and truths of the church,
n. 27.

TRUMPET {buccina, tuba). That
trumpets from heaven sign, various
things, and sh. n. 226. That to
sound trumpets, sign, to call together
upon solemn occasions, also to ex-
plore and to discover of what quality
they are, n. 391, sh. n. 397.

TRUTH {veritas, verian). Concern-
ing the marriage of good and truth,
see Marriage. That truth is the
form of good, and good is the essence
of truth, and that thus they make
one, n. 906 at the end. That good
without truth is not good in spirit,
and that truth without good is not
truth in spirit, ill. n. 386. That
good is formed by truths, not by
truths in the understanding only, but
by a life according to them, ill. n. 832.
That to live according to truths is
good, and that thus truth becomes
good through life, n. 923. That the
good of doctrine also is truth, because
it only teaches what good is, n. 923.
That good in the thought is not re-
flected upon, because it is only felt ;

but that truth is reflected upon, be-
cause it is seen therein, n. 908.
Concerning heavenly good and truth,
and concerning spiritual good and
truth, n. 726. That good with man
is according to truths, which become
of the will or the love, ill. n. 935.
That truth does not operate any thing
from itself but from good, neither
does good operate any thing from
itself but through truth, n. 649.
That the good of love is formed by
tniths of wisdom, in like manner
the good of charity by truths of faith,
ill. n. 912.

That no one can see any doctrinal
truth in the Word, except from the
Lord, ill. n. 566. That the Divine
tniths of the Word are like mirrors,
whereby the Lord is seen, /'//. n. 938.
That the acknowledgment of the
Lord keeps in connection all knowl-
edges of good and truth, or truths, ill.
n. 916. That there is a connection
of all spiritual truths, which is like
the connection of the viscera, organs,
and members in man's body, ill.
n. 916. That the rational mind of
man is opened more interiorly, in
proportion as he sees tniths in the
Word, n. 911. That the angels,
who are in the heavenly kingdom of
the Lord, see spiritual truth within
themselves, as the eye sees natural
objects, ill. and sh. n. 920. That by
means of tniths all things appertain-
ing to the church and religion become
spiritual ; many of these truths enu-
merated from the Heavenly Arcana,
n. 161. That man cannot be reformed
but by means of truths, n. 815. That
man cannot be reformed by means of
truths only, but at the same time by
a life according to them, /'//. n. 832.
That without truths evils cannot be
removed, n. 706. That evils and
falsities are discovered by means of
goods and truths from the Word,
n. 673. Concerning those who are
in good with respect to life, and not
in truths with respect to doctrine,
n. 107, no.

TURTLE {testndo). Concerning
turtles which were seen, who and of
what nature and quality they were,
///. n. 463.

TWELVE (duodecim). That the
number twelve sign, all things of
the church in regard to the tnru*

INDEX.

and goods thereof, ill. and sh. n. 348,
907. That numbers arising from
twelve by multiplication signify the
same as twelve, as 144, 12,000,
144,000, n. 348, 909. That the
14-1,000 sealed out of every tribe of
Israel, sign, those in heaven and
the church, who approach the Lord
alone, and live according to His pre-
cepts, n. 348, and in the following,
n. 612.

ULCER \ ulcu 7) . See Wo und.

ULTIMATE {vltimum). See Ex-
treme and External.

UNCLEAN [tMTKMiidus). Thatclean
relates to goods, and shining to truths,
n. 814. That unclean relates to the
adulteration and falsification of the
Word, n. 924. That unclean or fil-
thy relates to those who are in falsi-
ties from evil, n. 702, 924, 948.

UNCTION or ANOINTING, to
ANOINT {unctio, ungere). See
Oil.

UNDERSTANDING, INTELLI-
GENCE (intellectiis, intelligcntia).
That genuine wisdom and intelli-
gence is procured by means of knowl-
edges of truth and good from the
Word, consequently by means of
spiritual truths from the Lord, n.
189. That wisdom consists in know-
ing that there is a God, what God is,
and what is of God, ill. n. 243. That
al' wisdom is derived from love, ill.
n. 875. See Love. That they who
are of the heavenly kingdom of the
Lord, see Divine truths in them-
selves, as the eyes see objects, ill. and
sh. n. 920. The temple of wisdom
desciibed, /'//. n. 875. That no one
can see the temple of wisdom, still
less enter therein, unless he perceives
that the things which he knows and
understands are so little compara-
tively that they are like a drop of
water to the ocean, ill. n. 875. That
love and wisdom neither exist nor
subsist but in use, ill. n. 875. That
every man has the faculty of willing
good and understanding tmth, con-
sequently liberty and rationality, and
that this faculty is never taken away
from anyone, n. 427, 429. That the
understanding of even- man may be
elevated into the light of heaven,

and perceive spiritual truths when
he hears them : and that this is done
according to the affection of know-
ing and understanding them. n. 914.
That even devils can understand the
arcana of wisdom, /'//. n. 940. That
they who have confirmed themselves
in falsities, are not willing to under-
stand truths, and that it appears as
if they were not able, n. 765. That
many may be in the understanding
of the knowledges of good and truth,
but that they in fact are not in them,
unless they are in a life according to
knowledges, n. 337. That whatever
is in the understanding, and not, at
the same time, in the life, is not in
man, but still, as it were, in an outer
court, n. 337. That the understand-
ing can be elevated into the light of
heaven, but if the will is not at the
same time elevated into the heat of
heaven, that the things of the under-
standing perish and fall to the love
of the will, n. 335. That the light
of heaven with the wicked may be
received in the understanding re-
moved from the love of the will, but
if the light of heaven falls into the
evil of the will, there arises dark-
ness, /'//. n. 386. That man has
an understanding in spiritual things
equally as in tilings of a civil nature,
ill. n. 224.

That there is an interior thought,
which is called perception, and that
there is an exterior thought, which
properly is called thought, and that
the latter is in natural light, whereas
the former is in spiritual light, n.
914, ill. n. 947. Concerning the
material thought and concerning the
spiritual thought relative to God,
heaven, and our neighbor, ill. n.
611. That the rational faculty is the
first receptacle of spiritual truths, n.
936.

That it is hurtful to close the un-
derstanding in spiritual things, q,
224. What evils exist, when the
understanding is shut in things of
faith from religion, ill. n. 564, 575.
That a thousand visionary things may
be obtruded by removing understand-
ing from faith, n. 451, 575. That the
tenet with respect to the understand-
ing being held a prisoner in subjec-
tion to faith, is derived from the
Roman Catholic religion, and that A

n86

INDEX.

obstructs the passage of the light
out of heaven from the Lord, inso-
much so that man cannot afterwards
be illustrated, ill. n. 914. That the
reason why the learned have attrib-
uted every thing to thought and
thence to faith, is, because thought,
and consequently faith, falls within
the sight of the understanding, but
affection, and consequently charity,
does not fall within the sight of the
understanding, but into the love of
the will, and the love of the will
perceives only from delight, which it
perceives obscurely by the senses, ill.
n. 908.

UPON {supra). See Over.
USE {usus). See Work.

VASTATION (vastatio). See Con-
summation.

VENGEANCE or REVENGE (vin-
dicta). That vengeance is attributed
to the Lord, when nevertheless the
wicked breathes revenge against the
Lord when he perishes, ill. and sh.
n. 806. See Wrath.

VESSEL (vas). That vessel sign.
knowledges, because they are con-
tainers, ill. n. 775. What is signified
by vessels of brass, of wood, and
iron, and of marble, n. 775.

VESTURE (vestimcntuvi). See Gar-
ment.

VIAL (phiala). See Cup.

VICTORY, to OVERCOME {vic-
toria, vincere). That to overcome
sign, to fight against evils and falsi-
ties, and to be reformed, sh. n. 88,
105, 890.

VINEYARD {vinca). That a vine-
yard sign, the church where the
Word is, and the Lord known, in
particular the spiritual church, ill.
and sh. n. 650. That to gather the
vintage, or to collect grapes, sign, to
bring forth the fruit, and to make an
end, the same as to reap, ill. and sh.
n. 649.

VIRGIN {virgo). See Daughter.
VIRTUE or POWER (virtus) has
relation to heavenly good, sh. n.

373, 674.
VISION (visio). See to See.
VOICE (vox). That a great voice,

when from heaven, sign. Divine

truth, sh. n. 37, 50, 226. That voice,
when speaking of instruments, sign.
sound, n. 792.
VOMIT (vomitus, vomere), n. 204.

WALK, to (ambulare). That to walk
sign, to live, and when speaking of
the Lord, that it is to live from Him,
sh. n. 167.

WALL (murus). That a wall sign.
what defends, and that when it re-
lates to the church, it sign, the
Word in its literal sense, sh. n. 898.
That the wall of the city Jerusalem
sign, the Word in its literal sense,
n. 898, 902. That the foundation
of its wall sign, doctrinals from the
Word, sh. n. 902.

WAR (bcllum). That wars sign.
spiritual wars, which are attacks
upon truth, and are conducted by
reasonings from false principles, sh.
n. 500, 548, sh. n. 586. That the
ministry of the Levites was called
military service, sh. n. 500 at the
end. That the various kinds of
arms sign, such things as belong
to spiritual war, sh. n. 436. See
Arms.

WASH, to (lavare). That to wash
sign, to cleanse and purify from
evils and falsities, and so to reform
and regenerate, ill. and sh. n. 378.
That washings formerly represented
and signified such things ; in like
manner baptism, n. 378.

WATCHFUL, WATCHFUL-
NESS, WATCHING (vigilia).
That spiritual life, which exists from
the affection and perception of truth,
is signified by watchfulness and
watching, sh. n. 158, 705. That
natural life without spiritual life is
called sleep, and that it resembles
sleep, ill. and sh. n. 158.

WATER (aqua). That waters sign.
truths, sh. n. 50. That living water
or the water of life sign. Divine
truth from the Lord, sh. n. 932.
That the voice of waters sign.
Divine truth out of heaven, and
from the Lord through heaven, n.
50, 614, 615. That the angel of the
waters sign, the Divine truth of the
Word, n. 685. That water also
sign, the Divine truths of the Word

INDEX.

adulterated and profaned, n. 719,
745-

WAY (via). That in the spiritual
world there are actually ways which
lead to heaven, and that thence ways
sign, leading truths:, n. 1 76.

WEALTH (opes). See Riches.

WEDDING (nuptke). See Mar-
riage.

WEEK (septimana). That a week
fign. state, and the seventh week a
holy state, n. 489.

WHEAT (triticum). That wheat
and barley sign, good and truth of
the church from the Word, ill. and
sh. n. 315.

WHITE (album). That white is
predicated of truth, because it pro-
ceeds from the light of heaven, by
which is sign, truth, *"//. n. 167,
231, 305 ; see Color. That to
make white sign, to purify truths
from falsities, n. 379.

WHITE STONE (calculus albus).
That a white stone sign, truths
favoring and united to good, n.

121.

WHOREDOM (meretricatio, scoria-
tio). See Adultery.

WIDOW (vidua). That widow sign.
those who are without protection,
because without truths, which never-
theless they desire, ill. and sh. n.
764.

WILDERNESS (dcscrhtm). That
wilderness sign, the church in which
all the truths of the Word are falsi-
fied, sh. n. 546. That it sign, the
church in which there are not any
truths, because they have not the
Word, sh. n. 546. That it sign.
a state of temptation, in which man
is as it were without truths, sh. n. 546.

WILL (voluntas). That to will sign.
inwardly to love ; because what a
man inwardly wills, that he loves,
and what he inwardly loves, that
lie wills, n. 956. That the will is
an internal act, because it is an en-
deavor to act, /'//. n. 875.

WIND (ventus). That wind sign.
influx from heaven, and, in the oppo-
site sense, influx from hell, ill. and
sh. n. 343. That this influx from
heaven is called the blast of God,
breath, and breathing, n. 343. That
respiration, which is of the air, corre-
sponds to the understanding and to
faith, n. 708. That wind, especially

an east wind, sign, the dispersion of
falsities by influx, sh. n. 343.

WINE (vinum). That wine sign.
Divine truth, and, in an opposite
sense, Divine truth both falsified and
profaned, ill. and sh. n. 316. That
the wine of Babylon sign, the abom-
inable tenets of the Roman Catholic
religion, from the truths of the Word
adulterated and profaned, *'//. n. 75S.
See Papists. That bread and wine
were offered upon the altar together
with sacrifices : bread was the meat-
offering, and v/ine was the drink-of-
fering, n. 778. See Bread.

WING (ala). That wings sign, de-
fences and powers, ill. and sh. n.
24^, 561. See To Fi>y. That the
voice of wings sign, reasonings, n.
437-

WISDOM (sapientia). See Under-
standing.

WITNESS (testis). See Testimony.

WOE, or ALAS (va>). That woe or
alas sign, lamentation over calamity,
unhappiness, and damnation, sh. n.
416, 518, 769, 785, 788.

WOMAN (mulier). That woman
sign, the church, sh. n. 434.

WOOD (lignum). That wood sign.
good, in particular natural good, sh.
n. 774. What is sign, by thyine
wood, n. 774. That wood sign.
good according to the species of tree,
ill. n. 775. That wood, in an oppo-
site sense, sign, evil and what is
accursed, sh. n. 774.

WORD, the, or SACRED SCRIP-
TURE (verbum, seu script ura
sacra). That the Lord is the Word,
and the all of the Word, ill. n. 200 ;
ill. and sh. n. 819. That the Word
is Holy and Divine, ill. n. 752.
That no one can see any doctrinal
truth in the Word but from the Lord,
because the Lord is the Word, n.
42, ill. n. 566, 958. That the Word
is hidden to all to whom the Lord
does not open it, n. 257. That the
Word is the medium of conjunction
with the Lord, ill. n. 88 1. That
the Word is in heaven among the
angels, concerning which, n. 669.

That the Word is the beginning
of the work of God, /'//. and sh. n.
200. That the Word vivifies and
enlightens, ill. n. 200. That the
spiritual life of man is from the
Word, n. 411. That the spirit and

n88

INDEX.

life of the doctrine of the church is
from the Word, n. 602. That the
Word is not understood without doc-
trine, and that doctrine is not under-
stood without a life according to
doctrine, n. 320. That the Word
by means of the literal sense com-
municates with the universal heaven,
ill. n. 200. That the Word in its
origin is purely Divine, and that
when it passed the third heaven it
was made Divine heavenly, when it
passed the second heaven it was
made Divine spiritual, and that when
it came into the world it was made
Divine natural, whence it is, that
there are three senses in the Word,
the heavenly, the spiritual, and the
natural, n. 959. That the spiritual
truth of the Word is like light from
the sun, and that the natural truth
of the Word is like light from the
moon and stars, ill. n. 414. That
they who read the Word from the
love of self and the world, conse-
quently from a use merely natural,
see no truth therein ; but it is differ-
ent with those, who, from the affec-
tion of truth, are in spiritual use, ill.
n. 255, 889. That it is of the Divine
Providence of the Lord, that they
who are in evils of life, and in falsi-
ties of doctrine, do not see either
truth or good in the Word ; because
if they saw and knew them, they would
profane them, n. 314, 316, 686,
688.

That in the Word there are ap-
pearances, and that by them the
truths therein maybe falsified, unless
genuine truths are known, ill. n.
439. Concerning those who falsify
the Word, from experience, and
what the falsification of the Word
is, HI. n. . 566 at the end. That
spiritual death proceeds from falsifi-
cation and adulteration of the W ord,
n. 411. That the Reformed do in-
deed acknowledge that the church is
founded on the Word, but that
nevertheless they found it upon one
single assertion of Paul falsely un-
derstood, n. 750, ill. n. 417. See
Faith. Concerning a table, in
which the light flowed immediately
from heaven, on which were placed
truths from the Word falsified, what
happened ; and concerning another
table, on which was the Word, where

I no one who had falsified truths was
allowed to touch it, and concerning
a certain leader in the doctrine of
faith alone, who touched it, what
happened, ill. n. 566. That all the
truths of the Word are falsified and
destroyed by the dragonists, ill. n.
541.

That the Papists declare the Word
to be holy, but for what reasons, and
in what manner ill. n. 725, 733.
That at first they acknowledged the
Word to be sacred, but that after-
wards they adulterated and profaned
it, ill. n. 737. That by them the
Word is taken away from the laity,
lest the adulterations and profana-
tions thereof should be perceived, n.
739. That the reading of the Word
by the laity has at times been de-
liberated among them, which not-
withstanding was rejected, n. 734.
That the Papists at heart despise
and reject the Word, n. 735. Con-
cerning the acknowledgment of the
Word by the French nation, n. 740-
744. See France.

That in the Word there are two
senses, a heavenly and a spiritual,
contained within its natural sense,
and that the heavenly sense is de-
signed for those in heaven who are
in the heavenly kingdom of the Lord,
and the spiritual sense is designed
for those in heaven who are in the
spiritual kingdom of the Lord, n.
725. That the Word, in its litera.
sense, is the basis and the firmament,
also the guard, and as it were the
wall, lest its spiritual sense should be
injured, n. 898. That the spiritual
sense is in every particular of the
Word, and that thence the Word is
internally spiritual, ill. n. 1. That
the Word is guarded by the Lord,
lest its spiritual sense should be in-
jured, was represented by open
purses full of gold and silver, ill.
n. 255. That no one sees the spi it-
ual sense but from the Lord, n. 824.
That the Word, in its literal sense,
is transparent to those who are in
genuine truths, n. 897 ; and thence
to those who will be of the Lord's
New Church, n. 897. That a man
who reads the Word holily is illus-
trated by the light from the spiritual
sense flowing into its natural sense,
n. 911. That the coming of thfl

INDEX.

H89

Lord in the clouds of heaven sign.
the opening of the Word as to its
spiritual sense, in which He alone is
treated of, ill. and sh. n. 642. That
the spiritual sense of the Word
could not be revealed till after the
last judgment, ill. n. 804, 825. That
violence was offered to the Word by
the Roman Catholics, also by the
Reformed, who were in faith separ-
ated from charity, and also by the

Jews ; but that violence was offered
y them to the literal sense of the
Word, but not to its spiritual sense,
because this has been hitherto un-
known and shut up, n. 825, 829.
That the Lord bore every violence
offered to the Word, consequently to
Himself, because He is the Word,
n. 829.

That the spiritual sense of the
Word is abstracted from persons, n.
78, 79, 96. See Person. That in
the Word there is a marriage of good
and truth, and that therefore there
are words which are particularly
spoken in relation to good, and
words which are particularly spoken
in relation to truth, n. 373, 483,
689. See Marriage. That the
interpretations given from the Lord
in the Word were given in a natural
sense, and not in a spiritual sense,
the reason, n. 736. That from the
most ancient times there was a Word
in Asia, before the Israelitish Word,
and that this Word still remains,
and is in Great Tartary, n. 11. Con-
cerning the two states of the prophets,
one in which they wrote the Word,
and the other when they were in
spirit or vision, sh. n. 945. See
Spirit.

IVORK, WORKS {of us, opera).
The doctrine of the Reformed con-
cerning good works, see the doctrines
of the Reformed premised at n. III.
That man cannot do good from him-
self, but from the Lord, n. 178, ill.
n. 224. That works are internal
and external ; and that such as the
internal works are, such are the exter-
nal ; consequently such as the mind
i; inwardly, which produces them,
;//. n. 76, ill. and sh. n. 641. That
good works are charity and faith in
internals, and their effects in exter-
nals, n. 949. That works are the con-
tinents of charity and faith, n. 141.

That love and wisdom are not any
thing unless they are in use, in like
manner that charity and faith are not
any thing unless they are in works,
and that in these they exist, ill. n.
875. That there are internal acts,
in which they must be, in order that
they may exist, which are of the
will, and are called endeavors, ill. n.
875. That these internal acts ought
to close in external acts, in order that
they may abide, ill. n. 868, *'//. n.
875. That man regards works in
their external form, which may ap-
pear similar both in the good and
wicked, but that the Lord regards
works in their internal and external
form at the same time, ill. n. 76.
That by the Lord's saying to the
seven churches, " I know thy works,"
is sign, that the Lord sees all the
interiors and exteriors of man at
once, n. 76, 94, 109. That love,
wisdom, and use cohere as one ; in
like manner, charity, faith, and
works, ill. n. 352. That the inter-
nal operations from the Lord are
ten thousand times ten thousand
in number, but that they are for
the sake of the outmost, in which
man will be jointly with the Lord,
///. n. 463. That man ought
to do good which is of charity, and
believe truth which is of faith, as
from himself, n. 218, 222, /'//. n. 224,
ill. n. 875 ; but that nevertheless he
ought to believe that it is from the
Lord, ill. n. 875. The reason is,
because man is not life in himself ;
also because his action is the mind
acting ; and because the Lord has
commanded that man shall do
good, /'//. n. 875. That all of relig-
ion consists in doing good to our
neighbor, ill. n. 484 at the end, n.
571. That to do the commandments
of the Lord is to love Him, ///.
n. 556. That they who immediately
approach the Lord live according to
Divine laws, as the natural man
according to civil laws, but between
them there is a difference, n. 920.
That spiritual use is for the sake of
the Lord, our neighbor, and salva-
tion ; and that natural use is for the
sake of self and the world, n. SS9.
That there is a spiritual moral life,
and a natural moral life, which livej
in their external form appear alike.

1 1 90

INDEX.

ill. n. 386. That the works of the
Lord sign, all things in heaven, in
the world, and in the church, created
and made by Him. n. 663. That
the works of the hands of God sign.
goods and truths, n. 457. See
Hand.

That they who primarily, or in the
first place, respect goods of charity,
which are good works, are in reality
in truths of doctrine, but not on the
contrary, n. 82. That every man
respects truths of doctrine in the first
place, but that he is then like unripe
fruit ; but that with those who are
regenerated the state is inverted, and
that then they respect, in the first
place, goods of charity, and become
like ripe fruit, which contains prolific
seed, ill. n. 83, 84. See Reforma-
tion. That they who are in works
alone, and not in truths, are in dark-
ness and in thick darkness, and they
act as the Gentiles did formerly ;
and that in the world of spirits they
assist the wicked, who through them
commit evil. n. 110. How they who
are in good works and not in truths
appear in heaven, n. 107.

That the Reformed who are in
faith alone, and have confirmed them-
selves therein, believe that every good
work done by man is meritorious, ill.
n. 484 at the end. ill. n. 875. Various
arguments among the Reformed, that
a man cannot do any religious good,
that is, good which contributes to
salvation, /'//. n. 484, ill. n. 675.
Their arguments that a man can con-
tribute nothing, or no more than a
stock, to the act of justification, ill.
n. 484, ill. n. 675. That they who
believe that all works done by man
are not good, but meritorious, and
thus not saving, but faith alone,
falsify all things of the Word, and
destroy all things of the church, ill.
n. 541, ill. n. 566. That by the
works of the law in Paul are meant
the works of the Mosaic law, proper
to the Jews, ill. and sh. n. 41 7. That
man is judged according to his works,
from Paul, sh. n. 417, 868. Also
that Paul, in like manner as James,
says, that the doers of the law are
justified before God. and not hearers,
sh. n. 417, sh. n. 828. That by the
dragon and the false prophet are
meant those who Leach that faith

alone saves, and that the works of
charity are good, in order that the
laity, as if from religion, maybe kept
thereby more strictly bound to live
according to civil and moral laws, ill.
n. 926.

WORLD {mundtts). That the world
sign, all who are in the world, the
good as well as the wicked ; that it
also sign, the church, sh. n. 589.
That the foundation of the world
sign, the establishment of the churclt,
sh. n. 589.

WORLD OF SPIRITS (mundui
spirituum). See Spiritual
World.

WORMWOOD {absinthium). That
wormwood sign, infernal falsity ; in
like manner gall, ill. and sh. n. 410.
See Bitter.

WORSHIP {cultus). That worship
is according to doctrine, n. 777, 778.
That worship with man is perfected
according to life, and that therefore
it is at first natural, afterwards moral,
and lastly spiritual, n. 161. Concern-
ing external worship separated from
internal, ill. n. 859. That worship
without truths of faith and goods of
charity is dead worship, n. 154, 161,
ill. n. 157.

WORSHIP, to {adorare). That to
worsliip sign, to acknowledge as
holy or sacred, n. 579, 580, 588, 630.
That when speaking of the Lord, it
sign, to acknowledge Him as the
God of heaven and earth, and to
adore Him, n. 630.

WOUND {vulnus). That sores or
ulcers, and wounds sign, evils in
the extremes, originating in internal
malignity, which are concupiscences,
sh. n. 678.

WRATH (ira). That wrath and re
venge are attributed to the Lord,
when nevertheless the evil araavrath-
ful, and breathe revenge, ill. n. 525,
635, 658, sh. n. 806. That the wrath
of God sign, evils and falsities in the
the church, n. 673. That the day of
the wrath of the Lamb sign, the last
judgment, sh. n. 340, 525, 806. That
the wrath of the Lamb also sign, the
influx of the Lord from heaven into
the evil, n. 339. That wrath, when
speaking of the evil, sign, hatred,
n- 558, 565, 655 to the end, 658.
That wrath relates to evil, and angel
to falsity, /'//. and sh. n. 635.

INDEX.

I 191

WRITE, to (scribcre). That to write
sign, to commit to posterity for re-
membrance, n. 39, 63, 639, Si 6.

rOUNG MAN(/«cth). That where
virgins and young men are mentioned
together, virgins sign, the affections
of truth, and young men truths, sh.
n. 620.

ZEAL (zelus). That zeal is the con-
sequence of love, and when predi-
cated of the Lord, that it is the
consequence of Divine love, n. 831.
That exteriorly zeal appears like
anger, but that interiorly it is affec-
tion, which is the consequence of

love, because it is from spiritual heat,
sh. n. 216.

ZEBULON (Sedition). That Zebulon
and his tribe represented, and thence
in the Word signifies, in the highest
sense, the union of the Divine and
the Divine Human in the Lord ; in
the spiritual sense, the marriage
of the Lord and the church, al-o
the marriage of good and truth ;
and, in the natural sense, conjugial
love, ill. n. 359.

ZIOX (Sion). That Mount Zion sign.
heaven and the church, where the
Lord alone is worshipped, and where
there is life according to His com-
mandments, /'//. and sh. n. 61 2. That
the virgin and the daughter of Zion
sign, the church in regard to the
affection of good and truth, sh. n.
612.

ZONE (zona). See Girdlb.

INDEX

THE MEMORABLE RELATIONS

CONTAINED IN THE

APOCALYPSE REVEALED.

I. Concerning the old Word, which
was extant in Asia before the Israel-
itish Word, and which is preserved
to this day among the people who
inhabit Great Tartary, n. II.

The faith of the New Heaven and
the New Church comprehended in
one general or universal idea, n. 67.

II. Concerning the state of man
after death in general, and con-
cerning their state in particular who
have confirmed themselves in falsi-
ties of doctrine. Respecting both
the former and the latter, the fol-
lowing facts are noted : First, That
men, for the most part, rise again
on the third day after their decease,
and that they know no other than
that they are still alive in the former
world. Second, That all flock into
a world, which is in the midst be-
tween heaven and hell, called the
world of spirits. Third, That they
are there introduced or translated to
various societies, and thereby exam-
ined as to their nature and quality.
Fourth, That the good and faithful
are there prepared for heaven, and
the wicked and unfaithful for hell.
Fifth, That after preparation, which
continues some years, a way is
opened to the good to a certain
society in heaven where they are to
dwell to eternity ; but to the wicked I
a way is opened to hell : besides 1
many other particulars. Afterwards
the nature of hell is described ; and '
that they are called satans there who
are in falsities from confirmation, '
md devils who are in evils of life, j
a. 153. 1

III. A company of spirits were seen
praying to God, that He would send
His angels to instruct them on vari-
ous subjects relative to faith, because
on most points they were in doubt,
forasmuch as the churches differ so
among themselves ; and yet all of
their ministers exclaim, Believe us;
ive are God's ministers and know :
and angels appeared whom they
questioned concerning charity and
faith, repentance, regeneration, con-
cerning God, the immortality of the
soul, also baptism and the holy sup-
per ; to which particulars the angels
made such replies as might fall
within their understanding ; observ-
ing, moreover, that whatever does
not fall within the understanding, is
like seed sown in sand, which how-
ever watered with rain, yet withers
away ; and that the understanding
closed by religion, no longer sees
any thing in the Word from light,
which is from the Lord therein ;
nay, that, if it reads, it becomes
more and more bbnd in things relat-
ing to faith and salvation, n. 224.

IV. That there were seen in a certain
manger large purses, in which was
silver in great abundance, and near
them angels, as guards ; in an apart-
ment adjoining, modest virgins, with
a chaste wife ; and also near that
apartment stood two little children ;
and lastly was seen a harlot and a
dead horse ; and afterwards 1 was
instructed what these things particu-
larly signified, and that by then the
Word was represented and described,
such as it is in itself, and such as it

1 194

INDEX.

is at this day. Also, concerning
those who thought they should
shine like stars in heaven, who,
when examined, were found to have
studied the Word from self-love,
that they might appear great in the
world, and be worshipped. W hen
they were admitted into heaven, they
were found to be without truths, and
were stripped of their garments, and
expelled ; but still their pride re-
mained, and a belief in their own
merit. But the case is different with
those who study the Word from the
affection of knowing truth, because
it is truth ; these are taken up into
heaven, and saved, n. 255.
V. In the spiritual world it is not
allowed any one to speak but as he
thinks, otherwise he is openly heard
as a hypocrite ; and that therefore
in hell no one can name Jesus, be-
cause Jesus signifies salvation. By
this means experiment was there
made, how many in the Christian
world at this day believed, that
Christ, even as to His Human, is
God ; wherefore in a place where
many of the clergy and laity were
assembled, it was proposed to them
to utter the words Divine Human ;
nevertheless scarce any one could
disengage these two words from his
thought, and thus pronounce them.
That the Lord with respect to His
Human also, was God, was con-
firmed to them by many passages
from the Word, as by the following,
in Matt, xxviii. 18 ; John i. 2, 24;
xvii. 2 ; Coloss. ii. 9 ; 1 Epist. John
v. 20, and also by other passages :
but still they could not utter Divine
Human ; and what was surprising,
that neither could the Evangelical,
although their orthodoxy teaches,
that in Christ God is man, and man
God; and still further, that neither
could the monks, who yet in the 1
most holy manner adore the body
of Christ in the eucharist, utter the
words Divine Human. From this
experiment it was discovered, that
the greater part of Christians at this
day are either Arians or Socinians,
and that such, if they worship Christ
as God, are hypocrites, n. 294.
VI. Once six hundred of the English
clergy were permitted to ascend to a
society of the higher heaven, where

\ they saw their king (George II.),
I with whom they discoursed about
, their application to the Lord, and
: not to God the Father. After this
the king presented two bishops in
i the company with heavenly gifts,
from which and from their king they
were suddenly separated. The ac-
count they give to their companions
after their return, and the discourse
of their bishops about unanimity
and concord, supremacy and domin-
ion, to which the rest assent, and
lastly, concerning their appearance
in a monstrous form, n. 341.
VII. That there was heard at a dis-
tance as it were a gnashing or grind-
ing of teeth, and intermixed therewith
as it were a beating (noise); I ap-
proached towards the sounds, and
saw a hut constructed of reeds, stuck
together with mud, and instead ot
the gnashing of teeth and the beat-
ing sounds, I heard from the inside
of the hut altercations on faith and
charity, which of them was the es-
sential of the church ; and they who
were for faith maintained their argu-
ments, asserting that faith is SDirit-
ual, because it is from God, but
charity is natural, because it is from
man ; on the other side, they who
were for charity said, that charity is
spiritual, and faith is natural, unless
it be conjoined to charity. To this
a certain syncretist, desirous to put
an end to the strife, made an addi-
tion, confirming that faith is spirit-
ual, and charity is only natural ; but
it was observed, that moral life is
twofold, spiritual and natural, and
that in man who lives from the Lord,
life is spiritual-moral, but in man
who does not live from the Lord,
life is natural-moral, such as may ex-
ist with the wicked, and frequently
with spirits in hell, n. 386.
VIII. There were seen two flocks,
one of goats and the other of sheep ;
but when they were beheld nearer,
instead of goats and sheep were seen
men, and it was perceived, that the
flock of goats consisted of those who
made faith alone saving, and the
flock of sheep consisted of those
who made charity united with faith
saving ; and I asked them, why
they were assembled there ; they
who appeared like goats said, that

INDEX.

they formed a council, because they
had been informed, that what is said
by Paul in Rom. iii. 28, That man
is justified by faith without the
works of the law, is not rightly un-
derstood, forasmuch as by faith in
that passage is not meant the faith
of the present day, but faith in the
Lord the Saviour ; and by the works
of the law are not meant the works
of the law of the decalogue, but the
works of the Jewish law, which were
rituals (which is also demonstrated) ;
and they said, that it had been
concluded, tnat faith produces good
works as a tree produces fruit. To
this, they who constituted the flock
of sheep gave assent ; but then an
ancrel, standing between the two
flocks, cried to the flock of sheep,
" Do not give ear to them, because
they have not receded from their
former faith ; " and he divided the
sheep into two flocks, and said unto
those on the left, " Join yourselves
to the goats, but I declare to you,
that a wolf will come, who will carry
them away, and you with them."
But then inquiry was made in what
manner they understood that faith
produces good works as a tree pro-
duces fruit, and it was discovered,
that their perception, with respect
to the conjunction of faith and char-
ity, was entirely opposite to that
comparison, and consequently that
their declaration was deceitful : which
being comprehended, the flock of
sheep, some of whom had adjoined
themselves to the goats, reunited
into one, as before, confessing that
charity is the essence of faith, and
that faith separated therefrom is
merely natural, but conjoined there-
to becomes spiritual, n. 417.
IX. A description of the bottomless (
pit which is in the southern quarter
towards the east, or of the hell of
those who have confirmed in them-
selves justification and salvation by
faith alone, who are all of the Re-
formed Church. Also of an abyss
under the bottomless pit, where they
are, who, besides that confirmation,
have in their spirit denied God, and
in their hearts laughed at the holy
things of the church. Their qual-
ity is also described, together with I
their lot, n. 421.

X. Some account of those who live in
the northern quarter of the bottom-
less pit, who do not study the arcana
of justification by faith, but only
make bare faith the all of religion,
and nothing besides it and the cus-
tomary worship, and so live as they
like. Their habitations, their mode
of reasoning, and their lot described,
n. 442.

XI. An account of those who dwell in
the northern quarter of the bottom-
less pit towards the west, or of the
hell of those who know little about
religion, attending only to its formal-
ities, being laden and overcharged
with worldly and corporeal things,
and plunged in ignorance and stu-
pidity, n. 456.

XII. Concerning the Inxantations
which were in use among the an-
cients, and were performed three
ways, the third of which only re-
mains among men at this day, who
have confirmed in themselves falsi-
ties of religion from the pride of
their own intelligence, n. 462.

XIII. That there was seen a grand dock
or arsenal for shipping, and therein
vessels of various sizes, and boys
and girls sitting on the decks, who
expected turtles, which rose up out of
the sea ; w hen they were emerged, I
saw that they had two heads, one of
which they could draw back into the
shells of their body ; the other head
appeared in form like a man's, and
from this latter they talked with the
boys and girls, who on account of
their elegant discourse stroked them,
and also gave them gifts. What
these things signified, was explained
by an angel, namely, that they were
men in the world, and consequently,
so many spirits after death, who
say, that God, among those who
have obtained faith, does not sec
any thing that they think or do, but
only regards their faith which is con-
cealed in the interiors of their mind :
and that such men can quote ana
declare holy things from the Word
before their congregations in church-
es, altogether like others, but the>e
things they utter from the great
head which appears like a man's, in
which they then in>ert the small
one, or draw it into the body. That
these spirits were afterwards seen

INDEX.

floating in the air, in a ship with
seven sails, and they who were
therein, ornamented with laurel, and
clad in purple garments, exclaimed
that they were the most eminent for
wisdom of all the clergy ; but these
appearances were images of pride
and conceit flowing forth from the
ideas of their minds ; and when they
were on the ground, I spoke with
them first from reason, and after-
wards from the Sacred Scripture,
and by many arguments I demon-
strated that this doctrine of theirs
was insane, and inasmuch as it
was contrary to Sacred Scripture,
it was from hell. But the argu-
ments whereby I demonstrated it,
on account of their prolixity, cannot
be quoted here, but may be seen in
the Memorable Relation itself;
afterwards, that they were seen in a
sandy place, in tattered garments, hav-
ing their loins girt about as it were
with fishing nets, through which their
nakedness appeared ; and lastly, they
sunk down to a society in the neigh-
borhood of the Machiavelists, n. 463.
XIV. That there was heard a noise
like the grinding of a mill, and that
following the noise, I saw a house
full of clefts and chinks, the entrance
into which appeared under ground,
and therein was a man {vir) collect-
ing passages from the Word and
other books, in favor of justifica-
tion by faith alone, and that
scribes on one side copied what he
collected into a book. And I in-
quired what he was then collecting ;
he said he was collecting this, that
God the Father withdrew His grace
and favor from the human race, and
that therefore He had sent His Son,
who should make expiation and pro-
pitiation ; to which I replied, that it
was contrary both to Scripture and
reason, that God could withdraw His
grace and favor, for thus He would
withdraw His essence, and conse-
quently would cease from being
God ; and when I had proved this
even to conviction, he became exas-
perated, and ordered his scribes to
turn me out ; but as I walked out of
my own accord, he threw after me
the first book he could lay hands
on, and that book proved to be the
Word, n. 484.

XV. Second Memorable Rela-
tion. There was heard a noise like
the collision of two mill-stones, and
I approached to the entrance of it,
and I saw a house, in which were
many small cells, wherein sat the
learned of this age confirming justi-
fication by faith alone ; and as I drew
near to one of them, I asked what he
was then studying ; he said, concern-
ing the act of justification,
which is the principal or most im-
portant article of all the doctrines in
our orthodoxy ; and I asked, whether
he knew any sign when justifying
faith enters and when it has entered ;
and he said, that this was effected
passively and not actively ; to which
I replied, " That if you take away
the activity therein, you also take away
the reception, and that consequently
this act would be only an ideal phan-
tom, or a creature of the imagination,
and is but the pillar or statue of
Lot's wife, tingling like dry salt when
scratched by a scribe's pen or finger-
nail ; " the man growing angry took
up a candlestick to throw at me, but
the candle going out, he threw it in
the face of his companion, n. 484.

XVI. Third Memorable Rela-
tion. That I approached towards
a certain house where a number of
people were assembled together, and
debating whether the good which a
man does in a state of justification by
faith is religious good or not ; it was
agreed that by religious good is meant
such good as contributes to salvation ;
but victory inclined to those who
contended, that all the good that a
man does contributes nothing to
salvation, forasmuch as no good pro-
ceeding from the will of man can
have any connection with what is a
free gift ; that neither can any good
proceeding from man be connected
with the merit of Christ, which is the
only means of salvation ; neither can
man's operations be coupled with
the operation of the Holy Spirit,
which effects all things without the
aid of man ; from which it was con-
cluded, that good works also in a state
of justification by faith contribute
nothing to salvation, but faith alone.
This reasoning being heard by two
Gentiles who stood at the door, one
of them said to the other, " These

INDEX.

1197

people have no religion at all, for who
does not know, that what is called
religion consists in doing good to
one's neighbor for the sake of God,
consequently, from God and with
God' " n. 484.
VVII That I was seized with a griev-
ous disease, proceeding from the
smoke emitted from that Jerusalem
mentioned in the Apocalypse, xi. 8,
which is called Sodom and Egypt,
and that I was seen by those who
were in that city as dead, who said
among themselves, that I was not
worthy of burial, the like of which is
related concern'ng the two witnesses
mentioned in the same chapter ; and
moreover, I heard many blasphemies
from the dwellers in that city, be-
cause I had preached repentance, and
faith in the Lord Jesus Christ; but
inasmuch as a judgment was executed
upon them, I saw that the whole of
that city fell, and was overflowed
with waters, and afterwards that they
ran about among heaps of stones,
and lamented their lot, when never-
theless they believed that through the
faith of their church they were re-
newed and made just ; but it was said
to them, that they were the farthest
off from being such, because they
never performed any act of repent-
ance, and thence they knew not one
evil that was damnable in themselves ;
after that it was said to them from
heaven, that faith in the Lord and
repentance are the two means of re-
generation and salvation, and that
this is most obvious from the Word,
and, above all, from the decalogue,
baptism, and the holy supper, as
may be seen in the Memorable
Relation, n. 531.
XVI 1 1. There was a debate among
spirits, whether a man can see any
genuine truth in the Word, without
immediately approaching the Lord,
who is the Word itself ; but because
there were some who contradicted it,
an experiment was made, and then
they who approached God the Father
could not see any truths, but all who
approached the Lord were enabled to
see them. During this dispute there
came up out of the bottomless pit
certain spirits mentioned in Apoc.
chap, ix., when they proceeded to
examine the mysteries of justification
VOL. HI. 16

by faith alone, saying that they them-
selves approach God the Father,
and see their own mysteries as clear
as the day ; but answer was made
that they saw them in the light of
infatuation, and that there was not
one single truth belonging to them ;
being angry at these assertions, they
adduced many things from the Word,
which were truths, but they weie
told, that in themselves they were
truths, but in them they were truths
falsified ; that such was the case was
evidenced by their being led to a
house where there was a table, into
which the light flowed immediately
from heaven, and they were told to
write those truths which they had
adduced from the Word on a piece
of paper, and place it on the table,
which, when done, that paperon which
the truths were written, shone like a
star, but when they drew nearer,
and fixed their eyes attentively on it,
the paper appeared black as if from
smoke. After that the angelic spirits
were led to another table like the
former, on which lay the Word en-
compassed by a rainbow, which,
when a certain leader of the doctrine
of faith alone touched with his hand,
an explosion took place as from a
gun, and he was cast into a corner of
the room, and lay there for the space
of an hour to all appearance dead.
The angelic spirits then conversed
with each other about the falsification
of the Word, and in what it consists,
which is proved by an example,
n. 566.

XIX. In what manner man, when he is
prepared for heaven, enters therein,
namely, that after preparation he sees
a way which leads to a society in
heaven, wherein he will live to eter-
nity, and that near the society there
is a door, which is opened, and that
after he has entered examination is
made, whether there is a similar light
and a similar heat in him, that is, a
similar truth and good to that which
is with the angels of that society ;
which when discovered, he goes about
and inquires w here his house is, for
there is a new house provided for
every novitiate angel, which being
found, he is received and reckoned
as one of that society. But with
regard to them in whom there ii

INDEX.

neither light nor heat, that is, the
good and truth of heaven, their lot
is hard, for when they enter, they are
miserably tormented, and from the
torment, cast themselves down head-
long ; this happens to them from
the sphere of the light and heat of
heaven, in the opposite of which
they are ; afterwards they no longer
desire heaven, but associate them-
selves with their like in hell : hence
it appears, that it is vain to suppose,
that heaven consists in admission
through favor, and that being admit-
ted they enter into the enjoyments
therein, like those who in this world
enter into a house where there is a
marriage. That many who believed
that heaven consisted only in admis-
sion through favor, and after admis-
sion eternal joy, from leave ascended
into heaven, but because they could
not sustain the light and heat, that is,
the faith and love there, they threw
themselves down headlong, and that
then they were seen by those who
stood below, like dead horses.
Among those who stood below and
saw them thus fall, were some children
with their master, and he instructed
them what this appearance as it were
of dead horses signified, and who
they were who, from a distance, so
appeared, observing that they were
those who, when they read the Word,
think of God, their neighbor, and of
heaven materially and not spiritually ;
and that they think materially of God,
who think from person concerning
essence, and of the neighbor and his
quality from, his face and speech, and
of heaven and the state of love therein
from place ; but that they think spir-
itually, who think of God from His
essence and thence of His person, of
the neighbor from his quality, and
thence of his face and speech, and of
heaven from a state of love therein
and thence of place. After which
he taught them, that a horse signifies
the understanding of the Word, and
because the Word with those who
think spiritually while they read it,
is a living letter, that therefore they
appear at a distance like sprightly
horses ; and, on the contrary, because
the Word with those who think
materially, while they read it, is a
dead letter, that therefore these latter

appear at a distance like dead horses,
n. 6ii.

XX. That one of the dragon spirits
invited me to see the delights of
their love, and he carried me to a
certain place like an amphitheatre, on
the benches whereof were seated
satyrs and harlots, and then he said,
" Now you shall see our pastimes ; "
and he opened a gate and let in as it
were oxen, rams, sheep, goats, and
lambs, and presently after through
another door he let in lions, panthers,
tigers, and wolves, who rushed in
upon the flock, and tore them in
pieces and killed them ; but all these
appearances were produced by means
of phantasies : upon seeing this, I
said to the dragon, " In a short time
thou shalt see this theatre converted
into a lake of fire and brimstone."
The pastime being finished, the drag-
on went forth attended by his satyrs
and harlots, and he saw a flock of
sheep, whence he perceived, that one
of the Jerusalem cities was near, from
the sight whereof a desire seized him
to take that city, and cast out its in-
habitants, but because it was encom-
passed by a wall, he proposed to take
it by stratagem, and then he sent one
skilful in incantation, who being let
in, when one of the inhabitants of
the city discoursed intelligently con-
cerning faith and charity, explaining
which of them was the primary, and
how far charity was conducive to
salvation, the dragon, enraged at the
reply, departed out of the city, and
collecting together a great number
of his foflowers, prepared to lay
siege to it, but while he was in the
endeavor to approach and assail it,
fire from heaven consumed them,
according to what is foretold in
the Apocalypse, chap. xx. 8, 9, n.
655.

.XL A certain paper was sent down
from heaven to a society of Eng-
lish, which contained an exhor-
tation to acknowledge the Lord the
Saviour to be the God of heaven and
earth, according to His words in
Matt, xxviii. 18 ; but they consulted
two prelates who were in the society,
what they should do, who advised
them to send back the paper to
heaven from whence it came ; which
being done, that society sunk undef

INDEX.

I 199

ground, but not very deep : after I
some days some of them came up I
thence, and related what was their lot,
after they had sunk down, moreover
that they had there addressed them-
selves to the prelates, and argued
with them on account of their advice,
and that they had made many re-
marks concerning the state of the
church at this day, and had blamed
their doctrine of the trinity, their
justifying faith, their charity, and
other mat;ers which appertained to
the orthodoxy of the prelates, and
finally demanded, whether tl.ey would
renounce these errors, because they
were contrary to the Word : but it
was all to no purpose ; and because
they had called their faith dead and
also devilish, according to James in
his epistle, one of the prelates took
off his cap from his head, and laid it
on a table, and said he would not
take it up again, until he had avenged
himself on the scoffers of his faith ;
but then there appeared a monster
rising up from beneath, like the beast
described in the Apocalypse, chap,
xiii. 1, 2, who took the cap and car-
ried it away, n. 675.

The twelfth, thirteenth, and four-
teenth chapters of Zachariah ex-
plained in a summary way. n. 707.
XXI I. A conversation held with some
English bishops in the spiritual
world, concerning the tracts pub-
lished in the year 175S, which they
had received in the world, but thought
of no value, and had discouraged 1
everybody they could from reading
them ; passages from the Apocalypse, j
chap. xvi. 12-16, were read and ex-
plained to them, and they were told '
that they and others like them were
the persons there alluded to. This
conversation with the bishops was
heard from heaven by their king
(Geo. II.), who inquired the cause ;
and being informed of their false
notion concerning the Lord's Divine
Human, of their rejection of charity,
and the nature of the hierarchy
which they affect and exercise, which
occasioned the shameful rejection of
the above-mentioned works, the king
was astonished, and bid them depart
thence, exclaiming, " How is it pos-
sible for any one so to harden his
heart against hearing any tiling that

relates to heaven and life eternal ? n
n. 716.

XIII. I had some discourse in the
spiritual world with pope Sixtua
Ouintus, who came out from a so-
ciety- in the west ; he told me that
he presided over a society of Catho-
lics, who excelled in judgment and
industry, and that he was made their
governor, by reason that half a year
before his death he had been of
opinion that the vicarship was in-
vented for the sake of dominion,
and that the Lord the Saviour, be-
cause He is God, ought alone to be
adored and worshipped, also, that
the Sacred Scripture is Divine, in
which belief he continued to his
life's end. He also mentioned many
other things, relating to the Romish
saints, the treasure in the castle of
St. Angelo. at Loretto, respecting
the society over which he presides,
and of the stupidity* of such popes
and cardinals as desire to be adored
as Christ. Also concerning his mes-
sage to those on earth respecting
Christ, the Word, and the Holy
Spirit, which he subscribed and
transmitted, n. 752.
XXIV. A conversation in the spiritual
world with the Babylonian nation,
respecting the keys that were given
to Peter, and respecting their belief
that the Lord transferred to him
His power over heaven and hell,
which they violently insisted upon :
but this being contrary to the spirit-
ual sense of the Word, they desired
to see the Word which is in heaven,
in which Word there is not the nat-
ural but the spiritual sense, because
it is for the use of the angels who are
spiritual, in which Word thev saw
plainly that Peter is not mentioned,
but instead of Peter, truth from

GOOD WHICH IS FROM THE LORD.

On seeing this, in a rage they re-
jected it, and would almost have
torn it to pieces with their teeth, if
it had not been instantly taken from
them, n. 768.

Concerning the adulteration and
profanation of all the truth of the
Word, and thence of every thing
holy in the church, proceeding from
the Roman Catholic religion ; and
also how that profanation was and is
occasioned, n. 802.

I200

INDEX.

X XV. That I saw an army mounted
on red and black horses, all of them
with their faces turned towards the
tails, and the hinder part of their
heads towards the heads of the
horses, who cried out, "Let us fight
against them who ride upon white
horses;" and that this ludicrous
army sallied out of a place which is
called Armageddon, Apoc. xvi. 16 ;
and that it was constituted of those
who in their youth had imbibed the
tenet respecting justification by faith
alone, and who afterwards, when
they were promoted to eminent sta-
tions, rejected those things which
are of faith and religion, from the
internals of their mind to the exter-
nals of their body, where at length
they disappeared. The quality of
those who appeared in Armageddon
is described, and it was heard from
thence, that they were desirous to
engage in dispute with the angels of
Michael, which was also permitted,
but at some little distance from Ar-
mageddon; and that they disputed
among themselves on the under-
standing of these words of the Lord's
Prayer, Our Father who art in

THE HEAVENS, HALLOWED BE THY
NAME, THY KINGDOM COME ; and

then they were told by the angels
of Michael, that the Lord the Re-
deemer and Saviour, is the Father
of all in the heavens, forasmuch as
He Himself taught, that the Father
and He are one ; that the Father is
in Him and He in the Father; that
he who sees Him sees the Father ;
that all things of the Father are in
Him ; also that it is the will of the
Father, that they should believe in
the Son, and that they who do not
believe in the Son, shall not see life,
but that the wrath of God abideth on
them ; also that to Him belongs all
power in heaven and earth, and that
to Him belongs all power over all
flesh : that no one sees or can see
God the Father, but the Son alone
who is in the bosom of the Father ;
besides many other passages. After
this combat, the Armageddons being
overcome, one part of them were cast
into the bottomless pit mentioned in
the Apoc. chap. ix. and the other
part were driven forth into a desert,
ix. 839.

The xxviii. and xxix. chapters of
Ezekiel explained in a summary way,
n. 859.

XXVI. That two angels descended,
the one from the eastern heaven,
where they are under the influence
of love, and the other from the
southern heaven, where they are
under the influence of wisdom, and
they conversed concerning the es-
sence of the heavens, whether it
consisted in love or wisdom, and
they agreed that it consisted of love
and of wisdom thence derived ; hence
that the heavens were created by God
from love through wisdom. That
after this sight, 1 went into a garden,
through which 1 was conducted by a
certain spout, and at length to a palace
which was called the temple of
wisdom, of a quadrangular shape,
its walls of crystal, its roof of jasper,
and whose foundations consisted of
precious stones of various kinds ; and
he said, that no one could enter that
temple, except he who was in the
belief, that the things which he
knows, understands, and is wise in,
are so little in comparison with those
which he does not know, nor under-
stand, and which he is not wise in,
as to be scarce any thing ; and be-
cause I was in this belief, it was given
me to enter, and I saw that this
whole temple seemed built to be the
form of light. I related in this tem-
ple what I had heard from the two
angels concerning love and wisdom,
and they asked whether they had not
mentioned a third, which is use ; and
they said, that love and wisdom
without use are only ideal entities,
but that in use they became realities ;
and that it is the same with charity,
faith, and good works. After this I
left the temple and walked in the
garden, and I saw some spirits sit-
ting under a laurel and eating figs ;
whom I asked in what manner they
understood, that man can do good
from God, and yet do it as from him-
self ; who replied, that God operates
it inwardly in man, but if man does
good from his own will and from his
own understanding, thai he defiles it,
so that it is no longer good ; but in
reply tc this, I said, that man is only
an organ of life ; and that if he be-
lieves in the Lord he does good of

INDEX.

I20I

himself from the Lord, but if he
does not believe in the Lord, and still
more if he does not believe in any
God, he does good of himself from
hell ; and moreover, that the Lord
gave man the free-will of acting either
from one or the other. That the
Lord gave man this freedom, is con-
firmed by the Word, wherein man
is commanded to love God and his
neighbor, to operate the goods of
charity as a tree bears fruit, and to
do His commandments in order that
he may be saved, and that every one
will be judged according to his works ;
and that all these things would not
have been commanded, if man could
not have done good of himself from
the Lord. After these things, in
returning home with the angelic
spirit, He illustrated what faith and
charity are, and what their conjunc-
tion effects ; this He illustrated by a
comparison with light and heat, which
meet in a third, because light in
heaven in its essence is the truth of
faith, and heat there in its essence is
the good of charity ; hence that as
light without heat, which like the
light of winter in the world strips
the trees of leaves and fruit, so is
faith without charity ; and as light
united to heat, which like the light of
spring vivifies all things, so is faith
united to charity, n. 875.
KXVII. That I was earned to a place,
where they were who are meant by
the false prophet, and by one of
them there I was invited to see their
place of worship, and 1 went and saw
it, and therein was the image of a
woman clothed in a scarlet robe,
holding in her right hand a golden
medal, and in her left a string of
pearls, but these things were induced
by fantasies ; but when the interiors
of my mind were opened by the
Lord, instead of the place of wor-
ship, I saw a house full of crevices,
and instead of the woman I saw a
beast, like that described in Apoc.
xiii. 2 ; and under ground there was
a bog, in which the Word lay deeply
hidden : but presently, from the
blowing of an east wind, the place of
worship was removed, the bog dried
up, and the Word exposed to view ;
and then by light from heaven there
appealed the tabernacle such as

it was with Abraham, when the three
angels came to him and foretold the
birth of Isaac: and afterwards, from
light which was sent forth from the
second heaven, instead of the taber-
nacle there appeared the TEMPLE,
such as it was at Jerusalem : after
these things, the light shone from the
third heaven, and then the temple
disappeared, and the Lord alone
was seen, standing upon the founda-
tion stone, where was the Word ; but
because an excessive holiness then
filled their minds, this latter light
was withdrawn, and instead thereof,
light from the second heaven was
sent forth ; from which the former
appearance of the temple returned,
and within it the tabernacle, n. 926.

XXVIII. A discourse among the
angels concerning God, that His
Divine is the Divine Esse in itself
and not from itself, and that it is
one, the same, itself, and indivisible ;
also that God is not in place, but
with those who are in place ; and
that His Divine Love appears to the
angels as a sun, and that the heat
thence proceeding is in its essence
love, and the light thence proceeding
in its essence wisdom. That the
Divine proceeding attributes, which
are creation, salvation, and reforma-
tion, are of one God, and not of
three, n. 961.

XXIX. That there was seen a magnif-
icent palace, in which was a temple,
wherein were seats placed in three
rows : in the temple was a council
convened by the Lord in which they
were to deliberate concerning the
Lord and concerning the Holy Spirit ;
and when as many of the clergy as
there were seats had entered, the
council began ; and inasmuch as the
first proposition was concerning the
Lord who assumed the humanity in
the Virgin Mary, then an angel
standing at the table read before
them what the angel Gabriel said to
Mary, The Holy Spirit shall
come upon thee, and the vir
tue of the Most High shall
overshadow thee, and the
holy thing which is born of
thee shall pe called the
Son of God, Luke i. 35 ; and also
in Matt. i. 20-25 : and moreover
many passages from the prophets,

1202

INDEX.

that Jehovah Himself is about to
come into the world, and also that
Jehovah Himself is called the Sav-
iour, Redeemer, and Righteousness ;
from which it was concluded, that
Jehovah Himself assumed the hu-
manity. The other deliberation re-
specting the Lord was Whether
He and the Father are not
therefore one, just as the

SOUL AND BODY ARE ONE ; and

this was confirmed by many passages
in the Word, and also from the sym-
bol of faith or creed of the present
church ; from which it was concluded,
that the soul of the Lord was from
God the Father, and thence that His
Humanity is Divine, and that it ought
to be approached in order to ap-
proach the Father, because by it He
sent Himself into the world, and
made Himself visible to man, and
thereby also accessible. This was 1

succeeded by the third deliberation,
which was respecting the Holt
Spirit, and then first was dissipated
the idea of three Divine persons from
eternity, and it was established from
the Word, that the Holy Divine,
which is called the Holy Spirit, pro-
ceeds out of the Lord from the Fa-
ther. At length frcm what was
deliberated in this council this con-
clusion was made, that in the Lord
the Saviour there is a Divine Trinity,
consisting of the Divine from which
all things are, which is called the
Father, the Divine Human, which
is called the Son, and the Divine
Proceeding which is called the Holy
Spirit, and that thus there is one
God in the church. After this coun-
cil was finished, there were given to
those who sat on the seats splendid
garments, and they were conducted
into the new heaven, n. 962.

Date Due

JA3.0$f

aKiHifWiriiiii

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Apocalypse revealed : wherein are disclosed the arcana there foretold which have hitherto remained concealed"

See other formats